Ars Chirurgica. A COMPENDIUM OF THE THEORY and PRACTICE OF CHIRURGERY.

In Seven BOOKS.

CONTAINING

  • I. The INSTRƲMENTS and OPERATIONS of the ART.
  • II. The Removal of DEFILE­MENTS.
  • III. The Cure of TƲMORS.
  • IV. The Cure of WOƲNDS.
  • V. The Cure of ƲLCERS.
  • VI. The Cure of FRACTƲRES.
  • VII. The Cure of DISLOCA­TIONS.

SHEWING The Names, Causes, Signs, Differences, Prognosticks, and various Intentions of CURING all kinds of Chirurgick Diseases, from Head to Foot, happening to Human Bodies.

To which is Added, Pharmacopoeia Chirurgica; or, The Medical Store, Latin and English: which contains an absolute Sett of Choice Preparations or Medicaments, fitted for the Compleat and Universal Practice both of PHYSICK and CHIRƲRGERY.

The whole Work Galenically and Chymically performed. The like yet never Published in any Language whatsoever.

BY WILLIAM SALMON, M. D. Living at the Great House by Black-Friers-Stairs, LONDON.

LONDON, Printed for I. Dawks, in Wardrobe-Court, in Great Carter-lane: And sold by S. Sprint, G. Conyers, in Little Britain; Roger Clavel, in Fleet-street; J. Jones, and R. Knap­lock, in St. Paul's Church-Yard; B. Aylmer in Cornhill; and E. Tracy on London-Bridge, M.DC.XCVIII.

To the Honourable, THOMAS GARDNER, Esq Serjeant-Chirurgeon to His Majesty, AND Chirurgeon to His Houshold. Present MASTER of the Company of CHIRURGEONS: AND To the Honoured ASSISTANTS, And the rest of the Worthy Members of that Honourable Society.

SIRS,

THAT I might approve my self grateful, and worthy of the Honour of being re­ceived into, and entertained as a Member of your Honourable Society; I, like the Widow in the Gospel, come with all the Chearfulness imaginable, to cast my Mite into the Corban. The Offering is not great, nor may I commend it, but submit it to your more serene Judgements; who, I am very confident, will pass a Censure upon it according to Truth.

IF you disapprove of it, it must sink like a dead Weight, into its own Abyss, and be for ever lost; [Page] as that which never yet had a being in the World. But if you like and approve of it, I know it will live, and grow up under your benign Rays, to be a Tree of great magnitude, bringing forth desireable Fruit; and be in after-Ages a Monument of your Goodness: which neither the Malice of the present or future Times shall ever be able to obliterate.

IN this short Practice of Chirurgick Physick, I have endeavoured to present you with the direct Line of Practice, laid down not from Opinion only, Prejudice, or Custom; but from Principles of Art, superstructed upon the solid Foundations of Reason and Truth, and confirm'd by the Experience of all precedent Ages.

THE Direct Line of Practice. This I say, because I have not gone about the Circle, where I could go directly over; nor crooked, where I could go streight: this Adage was present in my Mind, Frustra fit per plura, quod fieri potest per pauciora; to go the nearest Way to the Wood.

LAID down from Principles of Art. I thought it reasonable, that we should walk by the Precepts of that Art which we profess: if we walk by them, then it is as reasonable, that all Methods should be squared according to their Directions: and where there is an aberration in the Method, it is just that we should dissent, and endeavour to come again into the Right Way.

IF we ought not to walk by them, (as some great Doctors maintain) it then renders the Principles fallacious, and the Art precarious; and makes the Professors and Doctors of such a Science, to be little less than Fools or Knaves, and possibly to be both.

BƲILT upon Solid Foundations. That is built upon a Rock, upon such a Foundation, where tho' the Rain of Ignorance may descend; and the Floods of Malice shall beat; tho' the Warwick-Lane Wind [Page] of swelling and vain Titles may blow, and the Storms of Incogitancy assault; yet shall Our Building be secure from Danger, and contemn the utmost Force.

FOƲNDATIONS of Reason. This I say, because they agree with the Intellectual Sense and Understanding, deduced from a Chain of Conse­quences; by comparing and laying things together, 'till that which is sought after, becomes self-evident.

AND Truth. That is, such a Certainty, as is confirmed to us by an infinite number of Experiences, from the Nature of the Things themselves; shewing and pointing forth with the Hand, to those Methods, which both agree with the Principles of the Science, and the Safety and Health of the Patient.

AND Confirmed from the Experiences of all pre­ceding Ages. That is, excerpted and gathered out of the Leaves of Antiquity, and the continued Observa­tions of the Great Men and Professors of these Arts, thro' the Series of all Times. This is that which is the Duty of every Professor; and without the Know­ledge of which, as no Great Works can ever be per­formed; so none can attain to any Honour or Glory in their Profession.

THESE Things being said, I profess that I have opposed nothing of Antient or Modern Practice, but what disagrees with the Fundamentals of Our ART: nor have I laid down any thing, for Doctrine and Practice, but what I conceive may easily be made good (from the best Authorities) in the Face of the whole World.

I KNOW to whom I speak; to Men of Sense, Learning, and great Experience; to Men of Honesty, Integrity, and Honour; to Men that are the true Physicians, and greater than Doctors; and without whom, the latter are a kind of Precarious and Useless Animals, the Mighty Incumbrance of the Learned World.

I HAVE Studied the Arts of Physick and Chir­urgery for above Forty Years, and have gone thro' the Practice of them for above Thirty-four Years last past; and I believe that I understand both the Theory and Practice of the same. I Build upon Principles, and Square all my Practice upon these Foundations.

I PURSUE Truth as fast and as far as I can: and therefore if I differ in any thing from others, it is not for Difference-sake: I profess the contrary: for were the opposite Opinions to mine Truth, it would be no less my Interest to pursue them, than those I now do.

THE Health of the Sick, and Welfare of the Patient, is that which ought to be Our greatest Aim, so far as relates to Our Art. And therefore it ought to be all one to us, by what Methods it is attained, so that the poor Patient is but secure. And this I think ought to be the great Endeavour of every good Man.

AND upon this Account it is, that I have La­boured at the Oar here, to Advantage the Publick, as much as may be; and to open the Eyes of such as have been lull'd asleep under the Shadows of Authority, without Reason, and settled upon the Lees of blind Obedience. That this may be accomplished, is my great Design, and to promote as much as may be the Prosperity, Honour, and Glory of this your Antient and most Honourable Society, (of which I am one but of the least Members,) and from which I shall not de­sist, but with the last Period of my Life; who am,

Honoured SIRS,
Your Faithful And Humble Servant, W. SALMON.

THE PREFACE.

I. ALtho' I have been continually worried for almost Six Years together by a Company of Warwick-lane D's, yet it has pleased God singularly to assist me in performing this fol­lowing Work, nor has the Persecution, Abuses, or fear of my Adversaries, had any such Influence upon me, as to deter or hinder me from effectually going on with the same; but I have endeavoured with all my might to bring it forth to publick View, for the general Good of Mankind.

II. I have not Personally, or by Letter, consulted with any Man, living or dead, concerning the Composure of the same, as to the whole, nor any Part or Paragraph thereof; and therefore 'tis possible it is not so perfect, as it might be desired; yet this we say of it, that it is so well compleated in all its Parts, that an Intelligent Artist may be sufficiently directed to do any thing thereby, intended by it.

III. I have not been sparing thro' the whole Work in consulting variety of Authors, (with whom I am not slenderly stored) and observing their Sentiments in most particulars. And that the young Artist might not take with my Opinions only, I have generally Quoted them, and mostly in their own words, that I might not impose upon the unwary Reader; nor have I quoted any Author in this whole Work, or any of my other Books, but what I have by me of my own, and in my own Possession and Library.

IV. I know I have Detractors enough, and such as will be lavish with their scandalous Tongues, to asperse me for Writing this, as well as several other of my Books, but the Happiness of it is, that I lye not within the reach of their Lash; and these kind of Men are such a Con­temptible Sort of Ignorant, Malicious, and Mean-spirited Animals, that their Obloquy deserves no Observation, but like their Eulogies, to be slighted with Contempt.

V. It is not unknown to me, that there are many other Species of Chirurgick Diseases, the which I have not so much as named in these Discourses, more especially in the Book of Tumors: But as we have been Copious in handling the Generick Kinds, so we think enough may be educed from them, for the Cure of any of their Species not here men­tioned, for as much as the Indications of Cure, and particular Intenti­ons, are for the most part one and the same.

VI. I aim in this, as in all the other things I have done, only at the Publick Good; and if that is but served by me, I have all that I de­sire; I value not what the Monopoly-men say of me, nor how much they envy or spight me, for they are such a vain sort of Blades, as are only fit to play with Cockle-shells and Hodmon [...]ods: If they aim at any higher things, it is at no greater Discoveries than the Metaphysical Considera­tion to know what NOTHING is made of.

VII. And tho' the Sparks of the Monopoly, still continue base­ly and maliciously to Persecute me only for their Malice sake, yet (thro' God's Assistance) I shall still proceed on in my Duty: For as I have no reason to love such a sort of Ignorant and Malicious Fellows, so I thank God I fear them less; nor shall I ever stoop or bow, so much as the breadth of a Hair, to the Gods they so much adore, their Envy, Folly, Ignorance and Pride.

VIII. It was not long since discoursed to me by some of their Gang, that I ought to have come to them for a License to this my Ars Chirur­gica: But alas! How should they approve of any thing of mine, whilst they so basely Abuse and Persecute me who am the Author? And endea­voured with all their might to seize and suppress the Sheets of my Se­plasium or Druggist's Shop, and of my Pharmacopocia Bateana: But after all, I see no reason for such a vain Application, it being to such as have nothing to do with the Art: And pardon me (if I think or say amiss) when I think and say, that I faithfully believe, they under­stand little or nothing of the Matter; and yet I will include into the number the Caution-Doctor also.

IX. I would not have them be offended, that I call them Manda­mus Doctors, Grace Doctors, Proxy Doctors, ad eundem Doctors, Caution Doctors, Master Doctors, and No Doctors, because these are their proper Epithets or Titles: Nor did the most of them Commence with any other Degree, as appears by a Catalogue of Doctors lately emit­ted into the World: None of these thus Qualified, ever did their Exer­cises for their Degree in any Ʋniversity, but only by the Virtue of Pur­chase Money, or Partial Favour, came out with this pitiful Feather in their Caps. And some of them having been Graduated in a Foreign Ʋniversity for two or three Crown Pieces, as your Miserable Padua Doctors, and Leaden Doctors, under the pretext of such a Foreign Diploma, come vaunting out ad cundem in one of our Ʋniversities here.

X. This is the plain and naked Truth of the Business; so that I see no other difference between one of these Fellows, and an Honest, Ingeni­ous and Industrious Physician, who has served his time with some Able Apothecary, or Skilful Chirurgian, but this, that this latter may be much the more Learned and Skilful Man in his Profession, and I think, a Thousand times more to be trusted to, in the Cure of any Disease, than any of the former; for that these latter have the Practical Knowledge of Pharmacy, Chymistry and Chirurgery to boot, which the others gene­rally want.

XI. Those Monopoly-men are for the most part pitiful Fellows, and know little or nothing at all of Physick to which they pretend, being the most Impudent Quacks that are in Nature, and yet under the Titles of Doctors of Physick, they strut up and down, and who but they; and think an Honest Physician not good enough to be one of their Fellows; tho' God knows, notwithstanding their Pride and their Ignorance, (be­ing much alike equal) they are not worthy to keep an ordinary Farrier Company.

XII. These are the Men who call all but themselves Quacks, tho' in­deed it is truly a Scandal to be one of their Monopoly or Conventicle: The most Ignorant Man living, may come out a Doctor of Physick after their manner and way of Doctorizing, and be (I verily believe) as good a Doctor as any of them: This is truly an abuse upon the People of this Great City of London, and an Impudent Cheat which is put upon the whole Nation; under the burthen of which, the Great and the Rich are destroyed, and the Wretched and Miserable groan.

XIII. Whatever their Qualifications were before, whether a Prea­cher, a Reader of Prayers, an Atheist, a Publick Debauchee, a Bar­ber-Surgeon, a Serving-man, a Foot-man, or a Bellows-blower, or Nothing at all, it matters not much, for at once, in the twinckling of an Eye, as it were, after a Miraculous manner, they can mount from the profoundity of Ignorance to the Pinnacles of Knowledge; from the Abyss of Nothing, to the Altitude of being Doctors of Physick, intruding into Our Business with all the Impudence imaginable, to the great Abuse and Scandal of the Medical Art.

XIV. I have for my Supporters, against the Deluge of their Fury, two Invincible Pillars, Charity and good Success, which bid defiance to all the Torrents of their malice: I know they have threatned to Rivet me, as of late they did one, (which is a sending a Man to Newgate without Bail or Mainprize, if three or four of them shall think fit, un­less he will pay them 20 l. down upon the Nail;) and not long since another: But they have had such ill Success in Riveting this latter, that I am perswaded, they will be very Cautious for the future, how they use any more those Instruments of a Foolish Shepherd.

XV. Now what a sad thing it is, that nothing but downright Blows will beat us into any better Manners; and yet when they do come to that way of Fencing, they are always so unhappy, that tho' they strike even boldly and home too, yet they ever miss the Mark, and strike be­sides, to the great Damage of the unfortunate Paw, that grasped the untoward Weapon.

XVI. What a wretched thing is it, that Fools and Fidlers (I mean fidling Fellows) should be put in such Posts of Management, that know not in Truth how to manage themselves; that such sorry, mean, low-spirited, sneaking, cautionary Fellows or Fops should be trusted with the Key, who know not so much as how to put it into the Lock, much less [Page] which way to turn it, so as to manage their Mystery of Iniquity, to the best advantage.

XVII. But all this, is that they may shew, not their Skill in, but their Zeal to the Mysteries of their God Dagon, who is neither good Flesh, nor good Fish, but a Heterogeneous Mixture of part Brass, and part Clay, which makes the Compositum of their Hellish Monopoly: Con­cerning which I ask this Question, Whether it is not upheld by the feeble Props of Subornation and Perjury; or by the Scandalous Helps of Mercenary and Hired Witnesses?

XVIII. When they Sue a Man at Law for Practising, do they ever prove his Practise by any Patient of his? Or, do they not PROCURE some Mercenary Fellows or Persons, and send them, who are to pretend themselves to be Sick, and require some Medicaments for their fained Disease, which Medicines being obtained, they carry away; and this One Adventure, do they not bring in as a proof of One whole Months Practise, tho' the Mercenary Fellow was in Truth, never any Patient, nor then ailed any thing, nor ever took so much as one Grain of the Me­dicaments he carried away?

XIX. What can any Honest and Ingenious Man think of this way of Dealing? Is it not Wicked with a Vengeance? Can there be any Pra­ctise of Physick without a Patient? And can any One be a Patient, who ails nothing, or takes none of the Physick? And if such a Person as this is brought to prove Practise, who is Originally PROCURED for Money (for certainly no prudent Persons would Forswear and Damn themselves for Nothing, or Swear a Lie for no Profit, only for their sweet Faces sake;) I only ask, Whether such a One is not PROCU­RED and Suborned? And whether that is the Practise which the Law intends? And whether the playing of such Pranks as these with an Honest and Innocent Man, will make him guilty of the Breach of any Law?

XX. If such a Person who is not Sick, nor ever took any of the Phy­sick, can be no Patient, how can such a Witness as this be brought in, to Swear himself such a One, and be made a proof of the Practice of Physick? And how can such a Man as this (who goes to the Physician but one Day in a Month) truly Swear a whole Months Practice, when (if it was truly Practise) it could prove the Practice but of One Day?

XXI. I suppose the Law never called the Selling of Medicines (espe­cially to such as are not Sick, nor ever took any of them) the Pra­ctice of Physick; nor do these Impudent Fellows Practice that way themselves. If so, What are such Witnesses as these? Are they not Suborned and Perjured Witnesses? What can any Honest Jury man think of this Barbarous and sticked way of Dealing? And may they not justly think that those Persons who can PROCURE such Evidences, are Wicked in the highest degree; and ought indeed to be Indicted and Prosecuted for Subornation of Perjury?

XXII. May we not suppose the Skill of these Monopolizers in Phy­sick, to be equal to their Honesty, and both to their Religion, who make no Conscience of such Dealings as these? Where is the Honour of these Men, who can bow and submit their Souls to such Meanness and Vile­ness as this? And what trust can a Man who wants a Physician, put in Men of such base Minds as these are, who can do Acts infinitely be­low the Barbarism and Baseness of Pagans or Heathens?

XXIII. And yet notwithstanding all their Malice, they are not be­come their Crafts-masters in their New Trade of Justicing or Mittimus-making: 'Tis necessary that a Man should serve some time to his Busi­ness or Calling, before he pretends to be Master of it; but these Blades have taken up the Trade of Warrant-making, just as Monsieur Caution took up the Trade of Doctorizing, viz. to pretend to Commence Doctor, without coming to the Ʋniversity; and to pretend to be a Ʋniversity­man, without being of any Colledge: As 'tis possible I can give Instances by Name, of a full Hundred, all of whom live within a Mile of an Oak.

XXIV. 'Tis probable that some may think this to be hard Language, yet it is certain, that it is nothing but Truth: However I think, they ought to give the Loosers leave to speak: I know they will not spare me to the utmost of what lies in their Power; for what Reason then, (since it may do Service to the World) should I spare for speaking Truth of them? They have continually done their worst to me, and why should not I publish it? Ʋnless you will say, that it may be lawful for them to do some Damnable and Villanous ill things, which are not fit afterwards to be told again. But the Truth of it is, I speak of a sort of Profligates, who I fear are past Grace, and count nothing a shame, which is not enough to hang them.

XXV. There is no Reason, but that I should be even with them; 'tis natural for a Man who goes but to Market, to have a Penniworth for his Penny; why then should not I have some Satisfaction, for all the Money I have spent? If I say nothing, they will do no less, nor be in the least more respectful to me; and if I say and do all this, and a thou­sand times more, they can do me no more Prejudice; so that since I am like to have none of their Favour, nor can fear no more or greater Mis­chief, I am Ignorant for what Reason I should be silent, and not lay them open to the whole World.

XXVI. 'Tis a foolish thing for Dogs to grin, and show their Teeth, when they cannot bite; but it is the Nature of some Currs always to be Curning; but thanks be to God, I never saw a Curst Cow, but she had ever short Horns. It may be, that some may think by this, that I call my Malicious Adversaries Beasts; truly I do not, tho' I think, by their thus continually worrying me for almost these Six Years together, they act like Beasts; and if Men will make Beasts of themselves, how can I help that? 'Tis my Duty to defend my self, as much as I can, from their Claws, their Teeth, and their Horns.

XXVII. I would gladly know of them, for what Reason it is, that they call Men Quacks: Whether it is from their Ignorance of the Art of Physick; or, from their not being Members of their Damnable Mono­poly? If it is from the first Cause, then a great many Learned Gentle­men whom they so call, they abuse; because they cannot be such, for that they very well understand the whole Art of Physick in all its various Parts: And those Learned Persons think, that upon this score, that Scandalous Term of Quack, belongs properly to the greatest part, if not almost to the whole of their own Conventicle: But if from the latter Cause, then since truly to know the Art of Physick is no proper Qualifi­cation of a Monopoly Doctor, any Man, tho' he abounds never so much with Ignorance, so he has but Money enough, and will but part with it to them, may be immediately abscinded from his old Title of Quack, and presently become as Venerable a Monopoly-man as any of them all.

XXVIII. I do not think I am obliged to subsede to the proudest Fel­low of the Pack; my Skill and Abilities in my Profession are manifest by what I have already done; and my Books already published, speak more for me than I can do for my self, they being an evident demonstra­tion of what I can do in the Faculty: I have Composed and Published more Books of the Arts of Physick, Chirurgery, Pharmacy, Chymistry and Anatomy, than all the Monopoly-men have done, ever since they have been a Body to this day, and I believe the greatest part of them may yet learn and inform themselves, out of my Writings, unless they be absolute Dunces. 'Tis possible I was better fitted and qualified, and more able to Compose and Publish those great Works, than any of them, as being Master and Possessor of a larger and better Library than any other Physician or Doctor in England, that Worthy and very Learned Gentleman Dr. Francis Barnard only excepted.

XXIX. And I hereby Challenge all those Pragmatick Fellows, not to out-do, but only to equal any thing of mine; let them show themselves, and their Parts, if they have any, and make a proof to the World, that they do understand some few things in the Art they pretend to: Let them cease from their Rhodomontading, and Hectoring, and Worry­ing, those who are better than themselves, and from their Malicious Prosecuting at Law, such as are more Excellent, and have more Judg­ment in the Faculty (and 'tis possible in all other Natural Learning too) than ever the best of them dare to pretend to: Let them shew themselves Men, and come upon the Square; let them try their Skill to the utmost, and let us see whether they do indeed understand the Books which I have already wrote, and which in a great measure I have le­velled even to low Capacities: If they would do this, it would look something like: But as they and their Case now stand, it is impossible for the greatest Orator to defend them: Nor can the Tongue of an Angel be able truly to speak the least word in their Defence.

Thus much upon the Grievance of the Nation, now to the Work in [...]and.

XXX. At the Conclusion of Our Pharmacopoeia Chirurgica, the Cista Chirurgica, or Chirurgians Chest, ought to have followed, fitted up with Medicaments from that Store-house; but thro' over-much haste of the Work, was there forgot: Now that we might not deprive the young Artist of such a helpful Compendium, so useful as well at Home as Abroad, in all Forreign Expeditions, whether by Land, or Sea, in the Camp, or in the Navy, we shall here give you the same: 'Tis true it is out of its proper place, yet better so, than to be totally omitted.

XXXI. As for the Instruments, whether Small or Great, and the Accessaries, they are the same here which we have named in Our Repo­sitory, lib. 1. cap. 5. sect. 69, 70, and 71. of this Work following: and the Chief Simple Medicaments, whether Vegetable, Mineral, or Animal, are those which we have enumerated in lib. 1. cap. 56. sect. 4. ad 33. or from sect. 34. ad 36. or this following in the three next Sections, which differs something there-from.

The REFORMED CHEST.
  • 1. Vegetable Simples. Aloes fine, Balsams natural, Cambogia, Camphir, Cream of Tartar, Bayberries, Elecampane, Frankincense, Gum Guajaci, Jallap, Jesuite's Bark, Liquorice whole and in ponder, Liquorice juice, Mechoacan, Nutmegs, Opium, Pot-ashes, Rhubarb, Rosin, Saffron, Scammony, Sena, Tobacco in small rowls, Turpentine.
  • 2. Mineral Simples. Alum Roch, Antimony, fine Bole, Catechu Chalk, Filings of Iron, Nitre, Osteocolla, Oil of Peter, Quick-silver Tutia, Vitriol white, Common, and Roman.
  • 3. Animal Simples. Blood dried, Cantharides, Civet, Cochinele Crabs Eyes, Honey, Ox Gall, Sal Armoniac, Wax.
  • 4. Tinctures. Antimonii Purgans, Cordialis, Exfolians, Mar­tis, Mirabilis, Opii, Stomachica.
  • 5. Spirits. Cordialis, Mirabilis, Opiatus Compositus; Salis, Salis Armoniaci, Universalis.
  • 6. Oils. Anisi, Limonum, Succini, Sulphuris, Tartari per de­liq. Terebinthinae, Vitrioli.
  • 7. Balsams. Mirabilis, Saturni Sulphuris.
  • 8. Elixirs. Antepilepticum, Cranii Humani, Proprietatis, Sanguinis Humani, Viperarum.
  • 9. Potestates, or Powers. Anisi, Carui, Caryophyllorum, Cor­nu Cervi, Juniperi, Lavendulae, Limonum, Pulegii, Rosmarini, Salviae, Succini, Terebinthinae, Virtutum.
  • 10. Salts. Aluminis, Armoniaci Volatilis, Lapis Infernalis, Nitratum, Prunellae, Succini Volatilis, Tartari, Tartar Emeticum, Tartari Vitriolati, Vitriolatum.
  • 11. Mineral Preparations. Amalgama of Jupiter and Mercury, Bezoar Minerale, Ceruse, Copper burnt, Crocus Metallorum, Cro­cus Martis Astringens, Crystalli Lunae, Flores Sulphuris, Litharge, [Page] Minium, Mercurius Vitae, Saccharum Saturni, Sal Martis, Vitrum Antimonii, Verdigrise.
  • 12. Mercurial Preparations. Arcanum Corallinum, Arcanum Jovis, Argentum Vitae, Aurum Vitae, Cinnabar Artificial, Gryphs Mercurii, Mercurius Dulcis, Princes Pouder, Precipitate Red, White, & per se, Sublimate Corrosive, Turpethum Minerale.
  • 13. Syrups. Simplex, Volatilis, Antifebriticus, Limonum, Ca­tharticus, de Meconio Mel Rosarum.
  • 14. Pouders. Antimonii, Antifebriticus, Cachecticus, Cathar­ticus, Cornachini, Emeticus, Herculeus
  • 15. Electuaries. Catarrhale, Theriaca Chymica, Stomachicum ad Tussim.
  • 16. Pills. Catharticae, Family, Hystericae, ad Luem, Lauda­num Specificum nostrum, Laudanum Catharticum nostrum, Lau­danum Volatile nostrum, Laudanum Samech, Mirabiles.
  • 17. Externals, and first of Waters. Regulata, or Ophthalmica, Styptica, Calcis cum Mercurio, Mercurialis, Lac Mercurii.
  • 18. Oils. Calefaciens, Refrigerans, Anodynum, Diacolocyn­thidos, ad Vermes, Butyrum Antimonii.
  • 19. Balsams. Anodynum nost. Amicum nost. Arthriticum nost. Gummi Elemi, Mel Saponis, Ophthalmicum, de Sapone, Vulnerarium nostrum.
  • 20. Ointments. Aegyptiacum, Album, Basilicon, Cosmeticum, Mercuriale, Nicotianae nostrum, Populeon, ad Scabiem, Tutiae.
  • 21. Pouders. Errhina, ad Hypersarcosin, Mercurii Coagulati, Stypticus, pro Ulceribus, pro Ulceribus Venereis.
  • 22. Cerates. Album, de Galbano, Gummi Elemi, Nigrum, ad Tophos, Viridum.
  • 23. Emplasters. Album, Arthriticum, Diachylon Simplex, Dia­chylon cum Gummi, Epispasticum, de Meliloto, de Minio cum Sa­pone, Mercuriale, ad Strumam, Vulnerarium.

Thus much for the Reformed Chest. Some it's possible may desire to know why I writ the Pharmacopoeia part, in Latin as well as English, the Answer is, it's probable it may fall into other Hands than English, who understand nothing at all of our Language, to whom, if it had been only English, it would have proved wholly useless; therefore confidering the very great Ʋsefulness of the Work, and that it might be universally serviceable to Mankind, we determined to make it speak also the Learn­ed Language.

Thus have we at length, through the Blessing of God, brought this Great and Good Work to an End, and in some measure compleated a System of Chirurgery, which no Language, not the profluent Latin could ever boast of before: I pray God his Blessing may go with the use of it, and make such as Study and Practise it, highly Beneficial to Mankind, that this may be accomplisht, you have the earnest Desires and Prayers of

W. Salmon.

ERRATA.

  • PAg. 172. a. lin. 33. r. Sinapi, Pimentum.
  • PAg. 173. b. l. 35. r. Mustard-seed, Jamaica-Pepper.
  • PAg. 179. a. l. 32. and 34. r. vivae.
  • PAg. 184. a. l. 16. for Utitur r. usurpatur.
  • PAg. 190. a. l. 10. r. librae tres.
  • PAg. 191. a. l. 26. r. per optimum.
  • PAg. 191. a. l. 32. r. malignas.
  • PAg. 228. a. l. 18. r. diffectorum &.
  • PAg. 245. a. l. 12. r. ascenderit in.
  • PAg. 301. a. l. 7. r. libram unam & semis.
  • PAg. 301. b. l. 10. r. lbjss.
  • PAg. 303. a. l. 7. r. addantur Sacchari.
  • PAg. 306. a. l. 32. r. lentigines.
  • PAg. 312. a. l. 32. r. Aloes, Mastiches.
  • PAg. 312. b. l. 32. r. ℥vi. Aloes, Mastich.
  • PAg. 321. a. l. 19. r. Boli Armenae.
  • PAg. 322. a. l. 22. and 23. for Racides. r. folia & foliorum.
  • PAg. 322. b. l. 24. r. Asarabacca Leaves.
  • PAg. 323. b. l. 26. r. Asarum Leaves.
  • PAg. 445. b. l. 28 r. Palliatives.
  • PAg. 561. a. l. 2. r. [...].
  • PAg. 574. a. l. 25. and 26. r. Haematitis.
  • PAg. 602. b. l. 27. r. upon the.
  • PAg. 602. b. l. 28. r. Sacred Majesty.
  • PAg. 637. a. l. 20. r. cortex Peruanus.
  • PAg. 699. b. l. 37. r. many Medicines there are.
  • PAg. 731. arg. l. 13. r. X. Of Curing by the Second Intention.
  • PAg. 732. arg. l. 8. for Thorax, r. Neck or Throat.
  • PAg. 816. b. l. ult. r. place, is filled.
  • PAg. 858. b. l. 27. r. feels; as also.
  • PAg. 969. a. l. 2. for ULCERS, r. WOUNDS.
  • PAg. 1104. b. l. 5. for Spirit, r. Syrup.
  • PAg. 1122. b. l. 39. r. Rape Root.
  • PAg. 1123. b. l. 44. r. ʒij. ad ʒiv.

The Medicinal CHARACTERS.

  • lb A pound.
  • ℥ An ounce.
  • ʒ A dram.
  • ℈ A scruple.
  • gr. A grain.
  • M. A handful.
  • P. A pugil.
  • p. A part.
  • No. Number.
  • A. Ana, of each a like.
  • ss. ss. half any quantity.
  • q.s. quantum satis.
  • q.v. quantum vis.
  • ℞ Recipe.
  • S.A. Secundum Artem.
  • ♄ Saturn or Lead.
  • ♃ Jupiter or Tin.
  • ♂ Mars or Iron.
  • ☉ Sol or Gold.
  • ♀ Venus or Copper.
  • ☿ Mercury or Quicksilver.
  • ☽ Luna or Silver.
  • ♁ Antimony or Stibium.
  • 🜺. (arsenic) Arsenick.
  • 🜍 Sulphur.
  • 🜭 Cinnabar.
  • 🜔 Salt.
  • 🜕 Niter.
  • (vitriol) (vitriol) 🜖 Vitriol.
  • (alum). (alum) Alum.
  • ⊕. 🜹 Sal Armoniack.
  • 🜿 Tartar.
  • 🜘 Sal Gem.
  • 🝗 Ashes.
  • 🝕 Urine.
  • (glass) Glass.
  • 🜊 Vinegar.
  • (talc). Talck.
  • 🝞. Sublimate. Spirit.
  • 🝁 Quicklime.
  • 🜂 Fire.
  • 🜄 Water.
  • 🝆 Oyl.
  • B. Balneum.
  • BM. Balneo Mariae.
  • BV. Balneo Vaporis.
  • 🝪. Alembick.
  • 🜅. AF. Aqua fortis.
  • AR. Aqua Regia.
  • AV. Aqua Vitae.
  • SV. Spirit of Wine.
  • SSS. Stratum super stra­tum, or lay upon lay.

Note,

  • Twenty Grains make a Scruple.
  • Three Scruples make a Drachm. ʒ
  • Eight Drachms make an Ounce.
  • Twelve Ounces make a Pound. lb
ΚΑΙΝΟΝ ΓΥΜΝΑΣΙΟΝ ΙΑΤΡΙΚΟΝ.

ARS CHIRURGICA, A GUIL. SALMONE. M.D.

ARS CHIRURGICA. LIBER PRIMUS. Of Instruments and Operations.

I. Of the INSTRUMENTS.

CHAP. I. Of Chirurgery in General.

I. THIS Art is called in Greek [...], operatio quae fit manibus, [...]. Ars Chirurgica, Ars quae manibus exercetur, seu quae ma­nus opera indiget: in Latin, Chi­rurgia: in English, Chirurgery and Surgery: and the Artist is called [...], qui manu opus facit: Chirurgus, a Chirurgian, or Sur­geon.

II. Chirurgery therefore is an Art, which teaches the way of re­moving and curing Diseases of the Body, by the Assistance of the Hands.

III. 'Tis true, says Barbet, that External Accidents require not only the help of the Hands, but also Internal means, therefore it is no wonder for a part of Physick to require the whole; so that it was that great Man's Opinion, That a Chirurgian ought to under­stand so much of Physick, as to know how to give internal Re­medies upon any occasion which falls in his way, otherwise, in my Opinion, he cannot be said to understand his Art, or be thought fit to Practise the same.

IV. Chirurgery being a Part which depends upon the Body of Physick, the internal Medicines we impart to you not as Chirurgians, But as Physicians. So that it is necessary for a Chirurgian to understand the Medical part of Curing, and to be withal a Phy­sician; and that this is true, is as apparent as that the Sun is up at Noon-day; for produce me any Book of Chirurgery, or Work teaching that Art, which does not instruct its Pupils in giving Internal Remedies in all [Page 2] such Cases where they are re­quired, and I will immediately give up the Cause.

V. 'Tis certain, that a Chirur­gian is a Man having a Rational Soul, and Reasonable Ʋnderstand­ing, as well as any He, who pre­tends to be a Doctor of Physick, and if so, I see no reason why he with Labour, Pains, Read­ing, and Industry, may not at­tain the Medical part of the Art as well as another: and to re­verse the Tables, I affirm 'tis possible for a good Chirurgian to be Master of the whole Art of Physick, (and I think, 'tis his proper Province only) where­as a Doctor, simply considered, can pretend to nothing more but one part of the Art; which part also he can never perfectly un­derstand, without a substantial knowledge of Chirurgick Opera­tions; so that a Doctor (sim­ply a Doctor in Physick) is at best but a piece of a Physician, whereas an able and truly Learn­ed Chirurgian, such as Senner­tus, Paul Barbet, Fabritius Hil­danus, &c. are the only com­pleat Physicians, whatever the REVELATION-MEN may say to the contrary, let them talk till Dooms-day.

VI. Chirurgery consists of two parts, 1. That which respects the OPERATION. 2. That which respects the DISEASE.

VII. As to the Operation, it is considered with relation to the In­struments performing, and Medi­caments to be applied; or to the Action it self. The Instruments are, 1. Small, which are most­ly proper for the Pocket. 2. Large, fit only for the Reposito­ry; of all which in their order.

VIII. The Medicaments to be applied are those selected ones con­tained in the Pharmacopoeia Chi­rurgica, here following, which are to be fitted and proportioned to the Arca Chirurgica, or Chirurgians Chest; this we have done Eng­lish and Latin for the sake of Strangers.

IX. The Operations of Chirur­gery, singly considered, as to the Action it self is sixfold, viz. 1. Synthesis. 2. Diaeresis. 3. Exaeresis. 4. Aphaeresis. 5. Di­arthrosis. 6. Prosthesis. To which six we have added as an Appendix, 7. The Order and Method of making Reports. 8. The way of Embalming.

X. Synthesis teaches how to unite Parts which are disjoined: Diaeresis teaches the separation of what was united together: Exae­resis teaches the removing of things hurtful: Aphaeresis teaches the removing of things superfluous: Diarthrosis teaches the Reduction of Parts disordered by ill conforma­tion: Prosthesis teaches how to supply Parts which are wanting. The making of Reports, is the Relation made before a Magi­strate upon the view of a wound­ed Person. Embalming is the Preserving of dead Bodies.

XI. The Operations of Chirur­gery simply considered, we have made to be six; whereas some other Au­thors make them but five, making Exaeresis and Aphaeresis but one part, and comprehending both under the former Title.

XII. The second part of Chirur­gery, which has respect to Diseases, [Page 3] is also sixfold, viz. 1. Defedation. 2. Tumors. 3. Wounds. 4. Ʋl­cers. 5. Fractures. 6. Disloca­tions; of all which we shall (God willing) treat in order. Wherein we shew the Medicinal Part, of giving proper internal Reme­dies, which every Chirurgian ought to know, maugre the snarling and Usurpation of the REVELATI­ON-MEN, who, in truth, know nothing at all of the Matter.

XIII. It is true, that some Authors make but five Divisions of this part of the Art, bringing Defedation or Defilement, under some of the other Titles; but as that is a force upon the Method, so we thought good to separate all things of that nature, and put them in a Title apart, which as they offer themselves first to consideration, and are the easi­est part of the Art, we have put them in the first place.

CHAP. II. Of the Small Instruments.

I. THE Incision Knife is used to cut the Skin or Flesh, where need is; to pare away the putrid part of a gangrenous Member; in making Issues; o­pening Apostems; in Scarifica­tions and Cupping. Tab. 6. Let. F.

II. The Scissers are to cut Cloth for Rowlers, Lint and Emplasters: to clip off proud Flesh, or putrid loose Skin, ends of Sinews, &c. See Tab. 5. Let. R.

III. The Spatula is used to spread Emplasters, mingle Un­guents on the palm of your Hand, or otherwise, cover the Pledgets, and to stir and min­gle Ointments and Emplasters in the Composition. Tab. 5. Let. E.

IV. The small Probes are with one end to sound the depth of a Wound or Ulcer: with the o­ther end (by arming the Eye thereof with Lint) to wipe or dry a Sore or Ulcer: Or by dip­ping it in some Oil or Liquor, to convey it to the bottom of the Ulcer or Fistula, thereby to mundifie, corrode, or heal it, according as need requires. Tab. 5. Let. N. O.

V. The Ʋvula Spoon serveth to put Pouder or the like to the palate of the Mouth, (if it be sore, raw, or inflamed) blow­ing the Pouder into the Cavity behind it, through the hollow Pipe: as also to melt Unguents, to dip Tents in: and to pour scalding Oil or Liquor into a Wound. Tab. 6. Let. Q.

VI. The Levatory is an Instru­ment to raise up a depressed Skull, (but be not too rash on hasty in using of it, for if no [Page 4] evil Symptoms appear, the de­pressed Skull may rise, and scale of it self:) it serves also to take off the scale of a Bone after Amputation. Tab. 5. Let. LL. Tab. 6. Let. M. N.

VII. The Director is to guide and direct the Incision Knife in dilating or enlarging of a Wound, when you are near any Vessels, it is also used in Cut­ting for the Stone. Tab. 4. D.

VIII. The Forceps are used to take off Emplasters, Pledgets, and Tents, the Spil of a Bone, to hold up the Flesh or Skin, the better to cut it with the Scissers or Incision Knife; to take out any thing which lyes in the Ears, Nostrils, Mouth or Throat, or a Bullet lying with­in reach. Tab. 6. Let. G. H. I.

IX. The Speculum Linguae; the one end thereof is to hold the Tongue down, when you inject any Liquor into the Throat or Mouth, or apply any Medicine thereto; or when you would make any Inspection into the Mouth or Throat, as in Quin­sies, Cankers, &c. The other end thereof is to scrape the Tongue, if it is furred in Fe­vers, &c. Tab. 5. E.

X. The Fleame is used to o­pen the Gums, and to separate them from the Tooth which you mean to pull out, compassing the Tooth with the round sharp end thereof, close to the Tooth; and piercing deeper by little and little, until you feel it as low as the Jaw-bone.

XI. The Rasour is used in shaving the Crown of the Head; and cutting Hair off of other places, where you intend to lay a Plaster, that so it might not hurt in pulling off. Tab. 5. F. G.

XII. The Stitching Quill is that which holds the Needles; the Needles must be ready armed with green or red Silk oiled, to sew up the Lips of Wounds, to fasten Rowlers, and other things which need sewing. Tab. 5. C.

XIII. The Case of Lancets must always be in a readiness, clean, well set, not too square poin­ted, nor too thin, for then they will not make a good Orifice; their use is to let Blood withal.

XIV. The Salvatory is to keep Ointments in; and ought always to be furnished with these following, 1. Basilicon. 2. Apostolorum. 3. Aureum. 4. Album. 5. Dialthaea. 6. Li­nimentum Arcaei. If you de­sign eight places in your Salva­tory, you may supply the two last with de Minio and Diapom­pholigos.

XV. The Plaster Box consists of two principal parts. The first and largest place is to hold the afore-mentioned Instru­ments; which is the upper part of the Box: The lower and lesser part is to hold Emplasters ready spread, with Lint and such like. The Emplasters most usual here are, Diacalciteos, Sti­cticum Paracelsi, de Gummi E­lemi, de Lapide Calaminari, Oxy­croceum, de Meliloto simplex, de Mastiche, Catagmaticum.

XVI. The Incision-Knife is com­monly put in the Case of Laun­cets; so also the Rasour, or in a Case by it self.

CHAP. III. Of the Larger Instruments for the Closet and Chest.

I. THE Dismembring Knife, has an use according to the Title, viz. in Amputation, or to take off any Member or part of Mans Body, so far as re­spects the fleshy or soft parts, even to the Bone. One may serve for the Chest, provided it be sharp, well ground, of good Metal, and not too thin edged Tab. 8. F.

II. The Trepan is of use for Fractures of the Skull, where there is Contusion, and a de­pression of both the Tables. §1. Be sure the Instrument be good, and without faults, and clean from Rust. §2. The place where the blow was given is not always to be chosen to set the Trepan upon, sometimes the Fracture is found at a good di­stance off, and therefore you must consider the complaint of the Patient, with respect to the feeling of your Fingers. §3. When the place is found, the Hair is to be shaved off a­bout the breadth of four Fin­gers round. §4. This done, have in a readiness all fit Medi­cines and Instruments to apply to, and bind up the Wound a­gain, as Spunges, Ligatures, Hot-water, &c. and if a Flux of Blood hinder not, foment with Posca, or Wine and Ho­ney. §5. It will do also well to have a Restrictive ready made with Bole, Water, Vinegar and an Egg; or the Pulvis Astrin­gens, as also Oleum & Mel Rosa­rum, Linimentum Arcaei. §6. The Germans seldom or never use this Instrument: nor is it to be used too hastily; for we dai­ly see many dangerous Fractures healed without it; there is not one in ten that justly requires it. §7. Therefore by reason of the danger, the young Artist may first make Experience upon a Calves or Sheeps Head, till he can well and easily take out a piece of the Bone. See the fur­ther use hereafter. The Instru­ment, see Tab. 1. Let. A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. M. The Male Trepan E. F. The Female G. H. I. M. the point of the Male. A. B. the head of the Trepan.

III. The Trafine is an Instru­ment only of Iron; the use thereof is necessary in pricking of the Skull, that does not pe­netrate both the Tables, that with them the print made upon the Skull may be taken away. See Tab. 1. Let. K. L. Tab. 7. Lev. K. which is the Instrument it self. One of the Shanks may be Triangular, and then it may be used for the small Trepan.

IV. The Levatory large. It is an Instrument used in the de­pression of the Skull: this raises [Page 6] with more force than that little one before described for the Pla­ster Box; because it hath firm­ness, not only in the Hand of him that raiseth it, but also in its Head. See Tab. 5. L. L. Some make the Levatory with three parts, having three spears or points to thrust forwards.

V. The Head Saw. It is an Instrument with which a vent may sometimes be given thro' the Cranium, whereby the use of the Trepan is sometimes hap­pily forborn. Sometimes a small ragged piece of the Skull may so hang, that this Instru­ment may be used to saw it a­way. But the young Artist ought not to be too busie in sawing, plucking away, or raising the tractured Bone, more than meer Necessity urges to, lest dread­ful Accidents (not to be reme­died) follow: If the Bone be nearly loose, or in sight, take it away, if not, forbear to pluck much at first; for Nature is ex­ceeding helpful in ejecting un­natural things in that part. See Tab. 5. H. I. Tab. 7. A. B.

VI. The small Head Saw. It is that with which some Men cut away the distances between the holes made in the Skull with the Trepan, as also rifts like Hairs that do not penetrate, and scrape away the rottenness of the Cranium. Tab. 3. L.

VII. The Dismembring Saw. It is a great and terrible Instru­ment, ordained only for Am­putation, or dismembring: It ought always to be ready and clean kept, with two Blades thereunto, though one good Blade well used, may serve the Artist his whole Life. Tab. 8. E. E.

VIII. The Lenticular. It is an Instrument which Levigates the Brims of the Hole made, lest pricking the Membranes, they might cause Pain and In­flammation. See Tab. 7. I.

IX. The Rasour-Knife, or Pen-knife. It is used as an Incision-knife, and when there is no fear of the parts underneath, name­ly in dividing the Scalp of the Head as far as the Skull, and in opening Nodes of the French Pox, especially upon the Shin-bones and elsewhere, and in dividing the Caruncles of the Matrix. See Tab. 2. O.

X. The Membrane Preserver. It is a Silver Plate (for it must never be made of Iron, because of the Inbred cold thereof, which is hurtful both to the Du­ra and Pia mater, which cover the Brain) made firm, some­what crooked and smooth on the outside, used in great depressi­ons of the Skull three or four times with the Trepan, and to cut forth the spaces between the holes: for then the Plate is let down between the Skull and Du­ra mater, that the outward part of it may be nearest the Brain, lest by the sharpness of Pincers and Saws, the Membranes of the Brain should either be pricked or cut unawares. Celsus calls it [...], Meningophylax. See Tab. 5. K.

XI. The Dismembring Pincers. They are intended for the im­mediate separation of Fingers and Toes. See Tab. 3. Let. G. [Page 7] They are now much out of use, because they often introduce ill Accidents, a fine little Saw be­ing introduced in their place.

XII. Dismembring Chizel. Their use is the same with the former, and much more commendable: but a fine Saw as aforesaid, is used in place of them both, be­ing much more safe. See Tab. 3. I. Tab. 8. D. G. H.

XIII. The Mallet or Hammer. It is commonly made of Wood, some have them made of Lead, and some of Iron: it is gene­rally used with the Chizel, See Tab. 3. K. You may also have it made of the common fashion.

XIV. Speculum Oris. It is an Instrument which takes hold of the Tongue, and under the Chin at once, being a very ne­cessary Instrument to hold open the Mouth for the better apply­ing Medicines to the Throat, as also to the Uvula, and other parts. Tab. 8. O. P. Q.

XV. Speculum Ani. It is an Instrument by which the Disea­ses of the Intestinum Rectum, and Neck of the Womb are seen by opening of those parts. If there happen in the Orifice of the Fundament, or Neck of the Matrix any excoriation or exul­ceration, Medicaments cannot well be brought to the grieved part, but by the help of this In­strument; nor can the grief be seen without it. See Scultetus Tab. 17. fig. 2. and 3. Yet let not the young Artist be too bu­sie in using of it, without Ne­cessity, or where an Injection may do the feat. For if the Sphincter Muscle should not easi­ly give way, but make resistance, (as in many Patients it will a­gainst their Wills) it may ea­sily be bruised or hurt, and so thereby you may create a new Disease. It has a Male part for Men, and Female for Women. Tab. 8. M. N.

XVI. Speculum Matricis. It is an Instrument only used for Women, when the dead Child is to be cut out, or some Ulcer of the Matrix is to be viewed, for which purpose it is of excel­lent Service. Tab. 7. C.

XVII. Actual Cauteries. The Use of these are very needful in Amputation, for the Cauteri­zing of any Vein or Artery, in strong fluxes of Blood, which cannot otherwise be stayed. In the Epilepsie, or Falling-sick­ness, they are often used with good success; as also to make a Fontanel or Issue in the Neck or hinder part of the Head, and in the Cure of the Lethargy and Apoplexy. Anciently they were used for the opening of Apo­stems, but now that practice is quite laid aside. When a Mem­ber is amputated, sometimes the whole end of the Stump is Cau­terized, and sometimes but the great Vessels only. Tab. 6. A. B. C. Tab. 8. A. B. C.

XVIII. Actual Seton Cautery. It is also called the Needle for the Seton, which must neither be too long, lest the point should miss the opposite hole, (but a­bout a Hand breadth in length:) neither must it be very small or gross, but answerable to the Holes of Seton Pincers, only a little smaller, and so being made [Page 8] very red hot, it passeth through most nimbly, making the Seton without almost any pain. See Tab. 3. E.

XIX. Cautery for the Ranula. The Ranula is a Tumor under the Tongue which corrupts the Speech: this if it be any other­wise abated, except by the burning Iron, it will grow a­gain: It is thus used, first frame a plate of Iron (hollowed on the inside) having a hole in the midst, which (the Mouth be­ing wide open) apply to the Tumor, so that the hole therein may fall just upon that part of the Tumor which you would o­pen: then with this Instrument red hot pierce the Tumor, which with your Thumb under the root of the Chin, a little bear up by strength and force, that it may pierce the deeper. Tab. 5. S. T.

XX. The Catheter. It is a kind of Probe, by which being thrust into the passage of the Yard, and into the Bladder, way is made for the Urine, or the Stone is felt and removed: When therefore you have occa­sion to use it, put it in gently, so far as it can well go, being first anointed with Oil of Al­monds or of Roses: thrust it in without much force; then feel by the root of the Yard near the Fundament, where the Cathe­ter resteth or bears out, and so by guiding, thrust it in farther towards the Fundament, pres­sing or bearing down (as it were) a little, the lower part of the Instrument, with the up­per hand, which stays the Cathe­ter, then (with the help of the lower finger of the other hand) turn the Catheter upwards, put­ting it also withal forward a lit­tle, so will it slip into the Blad­der. Then draw out the inner Wier, and the Urine will come forth; keeping still the Instru­ment carefully within the Blad­der till all be run out, which will come without forcing; moreo­ver, you may by putting up your finger in Anum, the Catheter be­ing in the Bladder, and the Wa­ter drawn out, easily feel the Stone in the Bladder, if any be, the Sick standing and bending his Body also forwards. It is made of Silver that it may be bent; and very smooth that it might not hurt; with many lit­tle holes perforated at the end, that the Pin being drawn back, the Urine may freely come forth. Tab. 4. A.

XXI. The Directory. It is a Silver Probe, which must be so bent, that its fissure, which it hath in the middle, as far as the end of it, may be on the back­side, or Gibbous part thereof. It is called a Directory, because being thrust into the Yard, it doth most exactly shew the Neck of the Bladder; and upon that must Incision be made, to take out the Stone. See Tab. 4. D.

XXII. The Dilatatory. It is an Instrument used for inlarging of a Wound, when Arrow­heads, Bullets, or other Foreign matters are to be taken forth, out of the Fleshy or Brawny parts. Tab. 7. H.

XXIII. The Wound Hook. It is of use in all such Wounds [Page 9] where there may be some pieces of a Link of a Chain, or Mayle, or other like matter lodged therein, to pull them out. It is called the Hooked Probe, and is useful in Wounds made with Gun-shot. Tab. 6. O.

XXIV. Terebellum Hildani. The Wimblet of Hildanus for bringing forth Bullets, and such like. It consists of three Parts, to wit, a Piercer, in a double case: We shall mention it, and shew the Use thereof hereafter, See the Figure it self. Tab. 2. A. B. C. D. and E. F. G. H.

XXV. The Scalpra. Scraping Tools, to scrape or shave Bones withal, where there is occasion; you ought to have divers of them, and of several Fashions: Those for the Head are com­monly of one Fashion, those for other Bones of another. When a rotten Bone is to be scraped in the extream Parts, as the Thigh Bone, Shin Bone, Shoulder Bone, Arm-bone, greater and stronger rasping Tools must be provided for them. Now every rasping Instrument is made of most pure Steel, that it may have an Edge, that will perfectly rasp away. The Ancients did fit proper hafts to every scraping Instrument; but our modern Artists provide one handle of Wood, Bone, or Ivory, which they fasten to the Instrument by a Screw. See Tab. 2. N. Tab. 7. N.

XXVI. The File. It is an In­strument of common Use in cleansing, smoothing, and ma­king even the Teeth. See Tab. 4. H.

XXVII. The Pliers. It is an Instrument to take out an Arrow head, or the head of any Wea­pon which is hollow, for the shanks being divided in that hollowness, will hold the Arrow head firm and fast, and so draw it out. Tab. 7. G.

XXVIII. Pliers with a Screw. It is an Instrument having a Screw running though its han­dles, or cross its shanks. The end of which is like the Crows Bill, or a little flatter. This Screw doth open and close the Crows Bill, as you please to take hold of the Head of the Weapon, though it be buried in the Flesh. See Tab. 7. D.

XXIX. Hooks to draw out the dead Child. They are made of various Fashions, according to the Use and Place of application; but are never to be made use of, unless the Child be dead; nor then, if Nature be able to expel it, as many times she is. See Tab. 2. I. K. L. M.

XXX. Hook to draw Stones out of the Bladder. It is to be used when the Stones are many, or little, or in pieces, or cannot be easily brought to the Neck of the Bladder. See Tab. 4. E.

XXXI. Decussorium, an Instru­ment to press down the Dura Mater. It is used after Trepanning the Skull, as often as you dress the Wound; wherein, pressing it down to the Dura Mater, you must bid the Patient to strive to put forth his breath, stopping his Mouth and Nose, so that the Matter may more easily be eva­cuated. This Tool must have the end round, polisht and smooth. See the Fig. Tab. 7. M.

XXXII. The Gouge or hollow Chizel. It is of use to make an entrance into the Bone, for the fixing of other Instruments, as the Trepan, &c. The use here­of is common with Carpenters and Joiners. See the Figure, Tab. 3. H.

XXXIII. Seton Forceps. They are of several Forms, the two principal of which we have ex­hibited Tab. 3. A. and Tab. 4. P. The first is a pair of Pincers, having holes in their upper Part, with a certain Cavity, which is closed by the Chirur­gians hand; with these hold is laid on the Skin of the Neck, and with the Needle Tab. 3. E. be­ing red hot, the Skin is perfora­ted through the holes at B. The latter are of the same use as the former, save they have a hold­fast at R. which of its self binds, or holds close the Instrument or Pincers. These are only of use when the Chirurgian has no Ser­vant, which may deliver to him the red hot Needle.

XXXIV. Seton Needles. These are to be used, either red hot, or cold: that which is used red hot, is that before mentioned, Tab. 3. E. That which is used cold, is sharp and with edges, being only first anointed with Oil of Roses. See it Tab. 3. F.

XXXV. Needles for a Hare Lip. They ought to be made of Steel, sharp, three square, and of about two inches and a half long. The thread must be well waxed, that it break not; the Needle must be run through both sides of the Wound or Breach, taking up all the Flesh of both Lips, and in the same manner, another short Needle (as the place will bear) must be thrust in the midst, cross the former, and under the Flesh as the former is. Then the Thread which was in the Eye of the first Needle, must be strained cross about all the four ends of the two Needles, 7 or 8 times or more, to hold the Lips of the Breach firmly toge­ther, till the union be perfected, after which the Needles must be taken away, and the Wounds they made, healed according to Art. See Tab. 8. I. K. L.

XXXVI. Needles for Wounds. These are chiefly for Wounds of the Peritonaeum, but they are made use of in other Wounds also. The manner of the using of these Needles, we have at large declared in Cap.. Sect.. following, and in other pla­ces. Tab. 6. D. E.

XXXVII. Needles for Couching Cataracts. They are often made of Silver, but in my Opinion those made of Steel are much better. See Tab. 4. L M N O. they are commonly inserted in­to a handle of Silver, which is an Octagon, that on both sides has a perforated glans or Ivory head, through which the Needle pas­ses. L. is a Silver Case; M. is the Needle with a Haft and Case of Silver, fitted for the curing of a Cataract or Suffusion; O the Needle in its haft, and its Cap­sula or Cover. The way of u­sing see Cap. 31. Sect.. follow­ing.

XXXVIII. Hollow scraping Levatorie. It is of singular use [Page 11] after trepaning to take away the Splinters, and smooth the in­ward edge of the Skull, least the little bits or splints should hurt or prick any of the Membranes: It is smooth on the outside, and hollow within, that it may re­ceive and hold whatever it shaves off, from falling in upon the said Membrane. See Tab. 6. K.

XXXIX. Forceps to break off Bones of the Skull. These may supply in part the use of the for­mer, for want thereof, as also to take out bits, splints, and such like, which are already fallen down upon the Membranes: See Tab. 1. N. The Crows Bill, with­out Teeth. And P Q. the Hollow Forceps, or Parrots Bill.

XL. The Crows Bill Forceps with Teeth. They may be for the former use in Fractures of the Skull: But their chief In­tention is in Amputation, to draw the Vessels out of the Flesh, that thereby they may be tied up to stay their Bleeding, which is done with a double and strong thread: after which you shall with a sharp Needle and Thread, take four stitches deep into the Flesh, which makes a cross, like the Letter X; sow up the Flesh and Skin, somewhat loosely to cover the end of the Bone, that it take not the Air; for if you should endeavour to draw it close to make the Skin meet, the Skin would break, and your work would be spoiled. See Tab. 1. O. and Tab. 5. M.

XLI. Cranes Bill Forceps straight. They are the straight Instrument of Hieronymus Fabri­tius ab Aquapendente, for to draw forth a Polypus, being made of Steel, Convex outwardly, but inwardly Concave, having an edge inwardly bent backwards, wherewith we can cut nothing but the Polipus now laid hold on. They are of use also to take forth small Bullets, and other strange Bodies, gotten into Wounds. See Tab. 6. I, L. and Tab. 2. P.

XLII. Goose Bill Forceps. Their general use is in Wounds, to take forth Bullets which are large, and other things of an Orbicular or round form. Their Magnitude and Forms may be various, according to the di­versity of the occasion, and sci­tuation of the Wound, as little, great, straight, crooked, broad, narrow, toothed or smooth. See Tab. 4. F. G. Tab. 6. G.

XLIII. Crooked Forceps or Pli­ers. They are an Instrument wherewith the Polipus is cut and drawn forth, which by the holes of the Nostrils, leads in the Pal­let to the Throat, thereby threatning to choak the Sick: They are also of use in taking Bones or Splints out of Wounds, whose Cavities make an Ob­lique Angle. Tab. 6. H.

XLIV. Crooked Toothed Cranes Bill. It is an Instrument, altoge­ther like the straight Cranes Bill at Sect. 41. save the Bill of the Instrument makes with the shanks an oblique Angle: The uses of it also are the same, tho' used in different kinds of Wounds: The straight Cranes Bill, is only used in straight Wounds; the crooked Cranes Bill in such as are the Oblique, [Page 12] being directed to take forth Bullets, or other strange Bodies from Wounds having an oblique Angle.

XLV. Myrtle Leaved Pen-knife. It is a Knife with two edges; and resembling the form of a Myrtle Leaf, used with its proper Pincers, to cut a Seton in the Neck. Tab. 4. I. K.

XLVI. Seton Point. It is a long narrow Point, to the end of which is fastned a Seton, or round line of Purple Silk, which being, drawn to the middle, is left in the hole: to the point at D. is fastned a small button of Wax, that it may pass through without delay or pain. See Tab. 3. C. D.

XLVII. Terebellum for the Head, or Head Piercer. It is used in the same manner as is the Trepan or Trefine; but chiefly in those cases where a single hole may be of service enough to dis­charge the purulent Matter from the Meninges of the Brain. Tab. [...]. K. L.

XLVIII. Lapidillum. It is a Spoon made of Latten, where­with the Stone is taken forth out of the Urinary Passages; name­ly a Probe, which on that part, where it is made hollow like a Spoon for the Ears, is put into the Conduit of the Yard, so that it may pass beyond the small Stone above it, and may lay hold on it with its Lips and Cavity. This done, Oil of sweet Almonds is poured through the hollow Pas­sage (which hath a large Orifice) into the Urinary Passage, that it may become slippery: After­wards the Probe is gently drawn forth, and the Conduit is pressed behind the Stone with the finger, till it be driven forth. Tab. 3. M.

XLIX. The Goose Bill Spatula. It is an Instrument provided to receive and take forth Bullets, or other round Bodies, out of Wounds, for such like Intenti­ons. See it Tab. 4. B.

L. Fistula Syringe, with a long slender Pipe. It is used to inject Lotions, into hollow Wounds, Ulcers and Fistula's, and to wash other obscure Parts, which can no otherwise be come at. Tab. 9. D.

LI. The Ear and Yard Syringe. It is altogether like the former, save the Pipe at the end is all of one piece with the Body of the Syringe, short, viz. about an inch long, and so thick as to fill the Cavity of the Ear and Yard. The chief uses of it, are to inject liquid Bodies into the Ears, Nose and Yard. By this Instrument, if well made, you may inject into the Bladder it self. Tab. 9. A.

LII. The Womb Syringe. It is a straight hollow Cane, made of Pewter, of about seven or eight inches long; smooth, equal, and about the thickness of a Mans Thumb; having its end perfo­rated with five or six small holes. It serves to cast in injections to wash the Womb, cleanse it, and to deterge Ulcers, Fistulas, and such like, stop the Whites, &c. Tab. 9. B.

LIII. The Clyster Syringe. It is a Syringe with a long Pipe, like that at Sect. 50. save the Pipe is much thicker, and has a larger Orifice: And the Body of the Syringe is so large, as to hold near a Pint: It is a most admi­rable [Page 13] Instrument to exhibit a Clyster with, casting it in much farther than can be done by any Clyster-pipe. You may have them of several sizes. Tab. 9. C.

LIV. Clyster Pipe. It is an Instrument made of Box, Bone or Ivory, about three Inches and a half long, hollow, having its least end (which enters into the Anus) perforated in the sides thereof with five or six holes: the larger end is tyed fast to a Bladder with a Cork and thread; which Bladder holds the Clyster till it is administred: Its use is to exhibit Clysters, instead of the Clyster Syringe, if it be wanting.

LV. Weights and Scales. These are Instruments so necessary, that the Artist can in no ways be without them, the Life of the Patient often lying at stake, for a little fault or error, commit­ted by a Mistake in the Dose of a Medicament. The Scales ought to be Gold Scales, bright, smooth, equal, with a delicate Beam, which may turn with the tenth part of a Grain. The Weights are gr. ½ j. ij. iij. iv. v. vj. half Scruple ℈ss. ℈j. ℈ij. half a Dram ʒss. ʒj. ʒij. half Ounce ℥ss. ℥j. ℥ij. all which Weights ought to be dou­ble, lest any should be lost.

CHAP. IV. Of the Form of the Chirurgians Chest.

I. THE old form of the Chest was this: It was first di­vided into three parts, 1. The Left Hand part. 2. The Middle part. 3. The Right Hand part; and each part has an Upper and a Lower division: The upper of which is to be taken out, and put in again at pleasure, to make way to come at the things which are in the lower part.

II. If the length of the Chest be five Feet, from inside to inside, the breadth may be 20 Inches, and the depth 20 Inches; and this is the best proportion, whether it be greater or lesser than the num­bers limited: and the upper and lower parts may be divided one from another just in the mid­dle.

III. If the length be five Feet, the Left Hand may be two Feet of the length, the middle part one Foot of the length; and the Right Hand part two Feet of the length; which divisions may aptly e­nough serve both for upper and lower parts.

IV. The breadth of the Chest at either end (both for upper and lower parts) may be divided into five divisions; and the length of each end may be divided equally into seven parts; leaving the middle part to contain the In­struments, [Page 14] Weights, Scales, Tow, Rowlers, &c. as the Chirurgian shall think most fit for his Occa­sions.

V. According to this division, each end of the Chest will have twice thirty five divisions, viz. 70 parts, and both ends one hun­dred and forty; for 5 × 7 = 35 × 2 = 70 the num­ber in either end, and 70 × 2 = 140 the contents of both ends, and such a number of Medicines an ordinary Chest may contain.

VI. But if the Chest be larger, you may encrease the number of the Divisions in proportion to its large­ness, to make it receptive of what quantities and numbers you please.

VII. This is the old form of the Chirurgians Chest, which is well enough known to most, but the Contrivance thereof not so absolute­ly convenient and useful as might be wished for; for which cause sake we shall here propose a new form, having greater con­veniencies, more security, less trouble, and vastly more useful.

VIII. Let it be made absolutely in the form of a Nest of Drawers; two Feet and eight Inches high; 20 Inches deep backwards: and three Feet three Inches from in­side to inside in length; or four Feet four Inches, or five Foot five Inches, according to the number and quantity of the Me­dicines it shall contain: and let the divisions go all perfectly home to the Back.

IX. Let the length, (if it be but three Feet three Inches) be divided into six equal parts, and the heighth into five, dividing the uppermost row into two divisi­ons only, for keeping of Instru­ments, Box of Weights, Tow, Rowlers, and other Necessaries belonging to the Chirurgick Practice.

X. The four under rows then be­ing divided into six equal parts, will make the whole Nest of Boxes to consist of twenty four several Drawers: let each Drawer be divided broadways into two e­qual parts, and backwards into six equal parts (so as to take the divisions out if you think convenient) so will the whole Nest contain 288 several Boxes, nearly 2¾ Inches square.

XI. If you make it four Feet four Inches in length, then divide it into eight equal parts, which multiplied by four, the number in height, makes thirty two several Drawers; each of which being divided, as the former broad­ways, exactly in the middle, and backwards into six equal parts, will make your Nest of Drawers to contain 384 several Boxes, which will hold as many several Medicines, or half as many, (by diminishing their numbers, and augmenting their quantities) or a quarter of the number, ac­cording as your Occasions may require.

XII. To this Repository thus constituted, let be affixed two sub­stantial Doors, which may open in the middle, one of which is to have Bolts above and below on the inside to keep it fast and firm. The other a substantial Lock in the middle, to keep them close­ly shut, that the Drawers may [Page 15] not fall out of their places.

XIII. Thus have you a Recepta­cle large enough for any ordinary Practice whatever, which may contain (tho' of the least size) 288 several Medicines; or 144 if you double their quantities; and 72 if you Quadruple them; which is a thing very considera­ble, to be kept in order in so small a place; and the top of it will serve as a Table to lay your Instruments on, dispense Medi­cines, spread Plaisters upon, &c.

Of the Vessels holding the Me­dicines.

XIV. Let all Liquid Things, as Waters, Spirits, Tinctures, Wines, Vinegars, Menstruums, Oils, Sy­rups, and Salts, be put up in Glasses; let the Glasses be made purposely in a Mould, for this design, nearly 2¾. Inches square, and five Inches and half high, and all of them stopt with Corks (except the Syrups) and cover­ed with Pewter Screws, upon the Neck of which let be Engraven or Written the Name of the Medicine.

XV. Let Pouders, Electuaries, Extracts, Pills, Troches, Balsams, Ointments, be put up into Pewter Pots with Pewter Covers; and let the Pewter Pots be also cast, or made nearly 2¾ Inches square, and near six Inches high, with square Covers, to slip on and off; and upon the sides of these Pewter Boxes, (and on their Covers) let be Engraven or Written the Names of the Medi­caments contained.

XVI. Cerates and Emplasters, may be rowled up in Papers or Bladders; Roots, Herbs, Seeds, and Flowers, wrapt up in Paper, or put into small Paper Bags; all which may be made of a just length, viz. near six Inches long, and of such a bigness as to go ea­sily into the Receptacle, upon each of which set the Name fair­ly, and at length: Thus will the Repository be easily and compleatly furnished, and fitted for a present and ready use.

CHAP. V. The Furniture of the CHIRURGIANS CHEST.

I. THat we might as well fit the Camp as the Court, and as well accommodate the Physi­cian by Sea as by Land, we thought good here to exhibit several Repositories according to the Institution of the most ex­cellent and approved Men Learn­ed in this Art.

II. The first which we shall here present you with, shall be the Arca Chyrurgica, or Cista Militaris of the Famo is Gulielmus Fabritius Hildanus. The second shall be the [Page 16] Viaticum of that Able Chirurgi­an John Woodall our Countryman. The third shall be an Institution of Our own, which we wrote some Years since, at the request of a Worthy and Ingenious Man of Our own Nation.

III. The reason of all this Va­riety is to satisfie the Curiosity of the Industrious Student of Our Art; for as much as the Institu­tions of One Man, which may please one Artist, may displease another; we have therefore ex­hibited this variety, that by va­rious Exemplars of this kind, if nothing which we shall here say, can please, or be without exception; the Judicious Pro­fessor may from hence take a Pattern, and furnish his Re­pository with such things as may best fit his Intentions, or An­swer his desired End.

IV. For as all Men are not a­like wise, so no one Man can know all things: every Artist may have some one particular Secret or another, for which he may have a particular estimation, and with which he desires his Chest to be furnished; so also his Judgment or Experience, or both, may lead him to chuse se­veral things which we have re­jected, from his certain know­ledge of their more powerful effects; and to reject many things which we have chosen, from his own knowledge of the imbecility of their Powers, be­ing compared with those he in­tends to substitute.

V. In all these Cases every Man is left free: nor do I know any reason why any Man should be bound up to things Opposite to his Knowledge. For this Cause sake I here shew you variety: forasmuch as others may dif­fer as much from us, as we here differ one from another.

I. CISTA HILDANI.

VI. Purging Simples. Aga­rick, Aloes, Rhubarb, Cassia, Crocus Metallorum, Colocyn­this, Diagridium, Sena, Her­modacts, Manna, Mecoachan, Myrobalans, Juice of Damask Roses, Troches Alhandal, Tur­bith.

VII. Purging Compounds. Be­nedicta Laxativa, Confectio Ha­mech, Diacarthamum, Diaphe­nicon, Diaturbith, Electuarium de Succo Rosarum, Electuarium Lenitivum, Pulvis Senae Brassa­voli, Syrup of Roses solutive, Pilulae aggregativae, Pilulae Au­raeae, Cochiae, de Agarico, Lucis majoris, Ruffi, Extractum Rudii, Species for Suppositories.

VIII. Cordial Pouders and Ele­ctuaries: Aromaticum Rosatum, Fine Bole, Camphir, Confectio Alkermes, Confectio de Hyacin­tho, Coral prepared, burnt Harts horn prepared, Cream of Tartar, Diaireos, Diamargariton frigi­dum, Diarrhodon abbatis, Dia­tragacanthum frigidum, Diatri­on Santalinum, Flos Sulphuris, Bezoar Stone, Pearl prepared, Mithridate, Meconium, Opium, Laudanum Opiatum, Osteocolla prepared for inward use, Phi­lonium Romanum, Pulvis ad E­pithemata Cordis, Hartshorn rasped, Lapis Prunellae, Tartar Vitriolate, Terra Sigillata, Lon­don [Page 17] Treacle, Venice Treacle, Diatessaron.

IX. Aromatick Spices. Cala­mus Aromaticus, Cloves, Cin­namon, Saffron, Galingal, Mace, Nutmegs, Pepper, Ginger, Su­gar.

X. Waters distilled. Of Sor­rel, Aniseed, Borrage, Bugloss, Marigolds, Cinnamon Distilled without Wine, Bawm, Plantane, Roses, Aqua Vitae, Wormwood-water, Mint-water, Treacle-water, of Juices of Barberries, of Citrons, of Pomegranates, Wine Vinegar, Vinegar of Ro­ses.

XI. Syrups. Of Sorrel, un­ripe Currans, Barberries, Bu­gloss, Citrons, Quinces, Pome­granates, Limons, Liquorice, Poppies, Red Roses, dried Ro­ses, Violets, Honey of Roses, Oxymel simple and with Squills, Diamorum.

XII. Roots. Of Althaea, Ange­lica, Birthwort long, round, Bistort, Briony, Avens, Onions, Succory, Comfrey, Sow-bread, Elecampane, Eringo, Fennel, Gentian, Swallow-wort, Orrice, White Lilies, Liquorice, Parsly, Burnet, Plantane, Polipody, Squills, Tormentil.

XIII. Herbs or Leaves. Worm­wood common, Roman, Agri­mony, Ladies Mantle, Jack by the Hedge, Althaea, Betony, Carduus Ben. Centaury, Knot­grass, Cuscuta, Dittany of Creet, Horse-tail, Eye-bright, Fumi­tory, Hypericon, Marjoram, Bawm, Mint, Mercury, Nep, Origanum, Plantane, Self-heal, Winter-green, Ribwort, Rose­mary, Rue, Sage, Sanicle, Sca­bious, Scordium, Golden-rod.

XIV. Flowers of Betony, Bor­rage, Bugloss, Camomil, Dill, Elder, Marigolds, Melilot, Mul­lein, Pomgranates, Primrose, Roses, Rosemary, Sage, Vio­lets.

XV. Seeds. Of Anise, Cori­ander, Carraways, Cummin, Dill, Foenugreek, French Barley, Line, Parsly, Plantane, Quinces, Ra­dish, Mustard.

XVI. Fruits. Almonds, Bay-berries, Acorns, Acorn Cups, Figs, preserved Cherries, Quin­ces, Galls, Cypress-nuts, Oran­ges, Limons, Pomgranates, Lu­pins, Myrtle-berries, Rose-hips, Prunes, Tamarinds, Raisins.

XVII. Oils, Natural and Arti­ficial. Of Almonds sweet, bit­ter, Dill, Aniseeds, Balsam of Tolu, Vigo's Balsam, Oil of Car­raways, Cloves, Wax, Camo­mil, Cinnamon, Quinces, Fen­nel Seed, Hypericon, Juniper-berries, white Lilies, Earth­worms, Mastich, Mint, Myrtles, Nutmegs, Olives, Roses, Scor­pions, Turpentine, Violets, yolks of Eggs, Petroleum, Foxes, El­der, Linseed.

XVIII. Ointments Simple and Compound. Aegyptiacum, Album Rhasis, Apostolorum, Aureum, de Minio Camphoratum, Defen­sivum Chalmetaei, Dialthaeae, Diapompholigos, Nicotianae, Po­puleon, Rosatum, ad Ambussa Hildani, Basilicon, Linimentum Arcaei, Martiatum.

XIX. Fats, Suet or Grease. Of Geese, Beef, Capons, Deer, Goats, Men, Hens, Hogs, Bears.

XX. Emplasters. Apostoli­cum, Basilicum, de Betonica, Dia­palma, [Page 18] Diachylon simplex, Dia­chylon compound, de Meliloto, de Mucilaginibus, Oxycroceum, de Ranis, Paracelsi.

XXI. Gums and Rosins. Am­moniacum, Benjamin, Wax, Co­lophony, Elemi, Euphorbium, Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, Pitch, Styrax Calamita, Turpentine, Tragacanth.

XXII. Minerals and such like. Alum crude, Alum burnt, An­timony crude, Arsenick, Lime washed, Ceruse, Crocus Martis, Gypsum, Lapis Calaminaris, La­pis Causticus, Medicamentosus Crollii, Sabulosus, Litharge of Gold, of Silver, Quicksilver, Mercury Sublimate, Praecipitate, Nil praeparatum, Niter crude, prepared, burnt Lead, Realgar, Seif album, Brimstone, Tutia prepared, Vitriol crude, Vitriol burnt.

XXIII. Meals or Flowers. Of Bay-berries, Beans, Barley, Len­tils, Darnel, Lupins, Wheat, Mill-dust, Pouder stopping Blood.

XXIV. Small Instruments for the Pocket. 1. A Plaster-Box. 2. A Rasor. 3. A pair of Scis­sars. 4. Incision Knife. 5. Four Lancets. 6. A crooked Knife to open Apostems. 7. A Fleam to divide the Gums with in the Tooth-ach. 8. An Extractor to take things out of Wounds. 9. A pair of Forceps for the same use. 10. Needles great and small to stitch up Wounds. 11. A stitching Quill. 12. Spa­tula's great and small. 13. Probes. 14. Speculum Oris, one end whereof is to depress the tongue, the other to scrape it. 15. U­vula Spoon. 16. A Borax quill, to sprinkle Pouders on Wounds or Ulcers. 17. A Hook single at one end, double at the other. 18. A small Hone to set the In­cision Knives and Lancets.

XXV. The Salvatory. Furnish­ed with, 1. Unguentum Basili­cum. 2. Aureum. 3. Aposto­lorum. 4. Nutritum. 5. Al­bum Rhasis. 6. de Minio, or Desiccativum rubrum.

XXVI. Large Instruments for the Chest, 1. Trepans. 2. Le­vatories. 3. Scalpras. 4. Great Speculum Oris. 5. A Speculum Oris to force open the Mouth. 6. Tooth-drawers. 7. Forceps to draw forth Bullets. 8. Great Saw for Amputation. 9. Little Saws for dismembring Fingers and Toes. 10. Amputating-Knife. 11. Crooked Knife. 12. Cauterizing Knife. 13. Cathe­ters. 14. Syringes. 15. Pa­raeus his Pully, with Girdle and Remora, for reducing broken Bones and Dislocations. 16. Clyster Pipes. 17. Mortars. 18. Strainers or Sieves. 19. Skillets. 20. Splints.

XXVII. Accessaries. Linnen-cloth, Linnen-Rowlers, Boul­sters, Tow, Pledgets of Tow, Lint, Tents of Lint, Tents of Gentian Roots, Spunges, Ox­bladders. Thus far Hildanus.

II. WOODALL's VIATI­CƲM.

XXVIII. Large Instruments, 1. Incision Knives. 2. Dismem­bring Knives. 3. Catlings. 4. Rasors. 5. Trepans. 6. Tra­fine. 7. Levatories. 8. Head [Page 19] Saws. 9. Dismembring Saws. 10. Dismembring Nippers. 11. Chizel and Mallet. 12. Specu­lum Oris. 13. Speculum Oris, with a Screw. 14. Speculum Linguae. 15. Speculum Ani. 16. Cauterizing Irons. 17. Storks Bills. 18. Ravens Bills. 19. Crows Bills. 20. Terebellum. 21. Inci­sion Shears. 22. Probes or Fla­mules. 23. Spatula's great and small. 24. Spatula Mundani. [25. for Teeth, Paces. 26. Pul­licans. 27. Forcers or Punches. 28. Crows Bills. 29. Fleames 30. Gravers. 31. Small Files.] 32. A Bundle of small German Instruments. 33. Clyster Syrin­ges. 34. Small Syringes. 35. Ca­theter. 36. Wax Candles. Those for the Lid of the Chest, till the Chirurgian see cause of removal.

XXIX. Salvatory. Furnished with the aforenamed usual Oint­ments, specified at Sect. 23.

XXX. Pocket Instruments. 1. Plaster-Box. 2. Scissers. 3. For­ceps. 4. Spatula. 5. Capital Instrument. 6. Probe. 7. Stitch­ing Quill. 8. Needles. 9. Lan­cets. 10. Borax Pipe. 11. Le­vatory. 12. Uvula Spoon.

XXXI. Accessaries. Cupping Glasses, Brass Bason, Blood Por­rengers, Diet Pot, Skillet, Cha­fing Dish, Clyster Pot, Funnel, Cups to give Potions in, a Board to spread Plasters on, Pestel and Mortar, Weights and Scales, Sieves, Searces, Strainers, Splints, Junks, Tape, Tow, Spunges, Clouts, Rowlers, Paper white, Brown, Empty Pots, Glasses, Needles and Thread, Wax Can­dles, Lanthorn, Tinder-box fur­nished, Ink, Quills, Close-stool, Bed-stood, Brass Pail, Bricks to heat, Pipkins, empty Bags, Skins of Leather.

XXXII. Emplasters. Stycti­cum Paracelsi, Diachylon cum Gummis, Diachylum simplex, Diacalciteos, Oxycroceum, de Meliloto pro Splene, de Meli­loto simplex, de Lapide Calami­nari, de Minio, Calidum.

XXXIII. Ointments. Basili­con, Apostolorum, Aureum, Aegyptiacum, Album Campho­ratum, Diapompholigos, Pe­ctorale, Rosarum, Nutritum, Populeon, de Mele & Sapo, con­tra Ignem, contra Scorbutum, Dialthaeae Compositum, Simplex, Potabile, Mercurii, Linimentum Arcaei, Aragon, Martiatum, A­xungia Porcinae, Cervi, de Melle simplex.

XXXIV. Waters or Liquors. Aqua Composita, Coelestis, of Dr. Stephens, Rosa Solis, of Cin­namon, Limons, Rosemary, Sas­safras, Aniseed, Wormwood, Bawm, Angelica, Mint, Cardu­us, Treacle-water, [Simple of Damask Roses, red Roses musk­ed, Plantane] Aqua Fallopii, Aqua Viridis, Aqua Fortis, Lo­tions, Lixivium strong and com­mon, Wine Vinegar, Vinegar of Roses, Verjuice, Liquid Cau­stick.

XXXV. Spirits, of Wine, of Vitriol, of Turpentine.

XXXVI. Salts, of Worm­wood, of Niter, Sal Gem, La­pis Infernalis.

XXXVII. Oils Galenical, of Roses, Dill, Camomil, Worms, Lilies, Hypericon simple, cum Gummis, of Elder, of Linseed, [Page 20] of Eggs, Bays, Wormwood, Pop­pies, Scorpions, sweet Almonds, bitter Almonds, Petroleum, Bal­sam natural, artificial.

XXXVIII. Oils Chymical. Of Vitriol, Sulphur, Cloves, Cin­namon, Mace, Bricks, Anise, Turpentine, Juniper, Spike, An­timony, Amber, Wormwood, Origanum.

XXXIX. Syrups. Of Worm­wood, Limons, Poppies, Cinna­mon, Roses simple, Solutive, Violets, Oxymel simple, Honey of Roses, Diamorum, Horse-Radish, Prunellas.

XL. Conserves. Of Roses, Rose­mary-flowers, Barberries, Quin­ces, Wood-Sorrel, Sloes.

XLI. Electuaries. Catholick Extract purging, Extract of Ru­di [...]s, Di [...]catholicon, Diapheni­con, Diapranum, Confectio Ha­mech, de Succo Rosarum, Dia­trion Piperion, Theriaca Lon­dinensis, confectio Alkermes de Ovo, Mith [...]idatum, Venice Trea­cle, Diatessaron.

XLII. Opiates. Laudanum Pa­racelsi, Diascordium, Diacodi­um, Philonum Romanum, Per­sicum, Tarsense, Aureae, Alex­andrinae.

XLIII. Juyces. Of Worm­wood, Liquorice, Limons, Pulp of Tamarinds, Acacia.

XLIV. Pills. Of Agarick, Au­reae, Cochiae, de Euphorbio, de Cambogia, Ru [...].

XLV. Troches. Of Worm­wood, Alhandal, de Spodio, de Minio.

XLVI. Pouders. Aurum Vi­tae, Pulvis Sanctus, Arthriticus.

XLVII. Purging Simples. Sc­na, Rhubarb, Agarick, Scam­mony, Aloes, Hermodacts, Poly­pody, Euphorbium, Turbith, Myrobalans, Cambogia, Cassia Fistularis.

XLVIII. Simples Alteratives. Saffron, Opium, China, Sarsa, Sassafras, Guajacum, Cortex Guajaci, Liquorice, Common Barly, French Barly, Aniseeds, Fennel seeds, common, sweet, Carraways, Cummin seed, Parsly seed, Line seed, Foenugreek seed, Dill seed, Poppy seed, Plantane seed, the four greater Cold Seeds, the four lesser, Sugar, Almonds, Raisins, Starch, Su­mach, Galls, Bayberries, Juni­per Berries.

XLIX. Spices. Cinnamon, Mace, Pepper, Cloves, Nut­megs.

L. Gums. Camphir, Guaja­ci, Opoponax, Bdellium, Am­moniacum, Sagapenum, Galba­num, Myrrh, Mastich, Labda­num, Styrax Calamita, Liquida, Benjamin, Tragacanth, Ship Pitch, Rosin, Amber, Sanguis Draconis.

LI. From Animals. Ivory, Harts-horn, Wax, Mummy, Al­bum Graecum, Sperma Ceti, Wolfs Blood, Cantharides, Spo­dium.

LII. Minerals and Earths. An­timony crude, Stibium, Sulphur, Roch Allum, Burnt Allum, Vi­triol Common, White, Burnt, Lapis Prunellae, Venetian Ce­ruse, Litharge, Verdigrise, Tu­tia, fine Bole, common Bole.

LIII. Flower or Meals. Of Wheat, Beans, Barly, Bran, Flower, White Starch.

LIV. Herbs most fit to be chosen. Rosemary, Marjoram, Mint, [Page 21] Melilot, Sage, Time, Worm­wood, Carduus Ben. Bawm, Sa­vin, Scordium.

LV. Roots. Of Althaea, Horse Radish, Pyrethrum, Angelica, Comfrey.

III. WOODALL's EPI­TOMY.

LVI. Instruments. 1. Dismem­bring Saw. 2. Dismembring Knife. 3. Incision Knife. 4. Head Saw. 5. Trefine. 6. Clyster Pot. 7. Clyster Pipes. 8. Small Syringes with Pipes. 9. Cathe­ter. 10. Speculum Oris. 11. Cau­terizing Buttons. 12. Flamula, 13. Forceps straight. 14. For­ceps crooked. 15. Paces for Teeth. 16. Forcers or Punches, 17. Crows Bills. 18. Spatula's, 19. Weights and Scales. 20. Pe­stle and Mortar. 21. Strainers. 22. Spunges. 23. Skillets. 24. Chafing dish. 25. Pankin. 26. Chizel and Mallet. 27. Blood Porringers. 28. Cupping-Glas­ses. 29. Potion Cup. 30. Large Spoon. 31. Tow. 32. Funnels. 33. Cap Paper. 34. Skins of Leather. 35. Large Skillet. 36. Clouts and Rowlers. 37. Blad­ders. 38. Bags. 39. Pots. 40. Glasses.

LVII. Emplasters. Sticticum Paracelsi, Diacalciteos, Oxycro­ceum, de Minio, de Meliloto, de Cumino.

LVIII. Oyntments. Basilicon, Viride, Populeon, Album, Tri­apharmacum, Dialthaeae, Dia­pompholigos, Egyptiacum, Li­nimentum Arcaei, Digestive, Mel S [...]ponis, Hogs Lard.

LIX. Oils Galenical and Chymi­cal. Of Whelps, Hypericon with Gums, Roses, Camomil, Dill, Lilies, Linseed, Chymical Oils of Vitriol, Turpentine, Origa­num.

LX. Pouders. Restringens ma­jus, Defensative, Pulvis Sanctus, Arthriticus, Barly Meal, Bean Meal, Aurum Vitae.

LXI. Herbs. Wormwood, Mint, Rosemary, Time, Cen­taury, Hypericon, Scordium.

LXII. Syrups. Of Violets, Li­mons, Mint, Roses Solutive, Di­amoron, Oxymel, Mel Rosa­rum.

LXIII. Conserves. Of Roses, Sloes, Barberries, Scurvygrass.

LXIV. Electuaries. De Ovo, Diascordium, Mithridatum, Phi­lonum Persicum, Venice Trea­cle, London Treacle, Treacle Diatessaron, Confectio Hamech, Confectio Alkermes, Diatrion Piperion, Diacatholicon, Dia­phenicon, Lohoch Sanum, Lau­danum, Aquila Vitae, Catho­lick Extract purging.

LXV. Pills. De Euphorbio, Ruffi, Cochiae, Auraeae.

LXVI. Liquids. Aqua Coele­stis, Cinnamomi, Rosarum, Mint, Carduus Ben. Plantane, Aqua Vitae, Angelicae, Lotions, Spirit of Wine, Wine Vinegar.

LXVII. Purging Simples. Fine Aloes, Sena, Rhubarb, Colocin­this, Cambogium, Stibium.

LXVIII. Simples. Fine Bole, common Bole, Lapis Calamina­ris, Alum crude, burnt, Vitriol white, green, burnt, Precipi­tate, Sublimate, Ceruse, Juice of Liquorice, Juice of Limons, Mastich, Myrrh, Greek Pitch, Opium, Turpentine, Lupines, [Page 22] Pomgranate Peels, Galls, Roots of Liquorice, Seeds of Anise, of Fennel, of Cummin, of Line, of Foenugreek, Bayberries, Juniper berries, Barly Common, French or Hulled, Flowers of Camomil, of Melilot, Cantharides, Harts-horn rasped, Harts-horn burnt, Mummy.

IV. SALMON's REPOSI­TORY.

LXiX. Small Instruments. 1. Salvatory. 2. Plaster-box. 3. Scissers. 4. Forceps. 5. Probe. 6. Spatula Linguae. 7. Uvula Spoon. 8. Borax Pipe. 9. Fleam. 10. Stitching Quill. 11. Nee­dles. 12. Lancets. 13. Inci­sion Knife. 14. Rasor.

LXX. Larger Instruments. 1. Dismembring Knife. 2. Dis­membring Saw. 3. Head Saw. 4. Trepan. 5. Trefine. 6. Te­rebellum. 7. Cauterizing Irons. 8. Crow Bills. 9. Forceps strait. 10. Crooked. 11. Paces for Teeth. 12. Directory. 13. Le­vatory. 14. Bone Scrapers. 15. Files. 16. Plyers. 17. Ca­theter. 18. Clyster Syringe. 19. Fistula Syringe. 20. Yard Syringe. 21. Womb Syringe. 22. Large Spatula's. 23. Cup­ping-Glasses. 24. Dismembring Chizel.

LXXI. Accessaries. 1. Blood Porringers. 2. Searces. 3. Strain­ers. 4. Pestle and Mortar. 5. Weights and Scales. 6. Tape. 7. Junks. 8. Tow. 9. Clouts. 10. Spunges. 11. Wax Candle. 12. Leather.

LXXII. Roots. Asarum, E­lecampane, Liquorice, Mechoa­can, Rhubarb, Snake root. Barks. Guajaci, Mace, Perua­nus. Woods. Guajacum, Ne­phriticum. Herbs. Carduus, Se­na. Flowers. Saffron. Fruits. Winter Cherries, Cloves, Figs, Nutmegs. Seeds. Cardamums, Granadillas. Meals. Beans, Bar­ly, Bayberries, Orobus. Ashes. Pot-ashes.

LXXIII. Gums. Aloes, Bal­sams of Chili, Peru, Tolu, Cam­bogia, Colophony, Guajaci, O­pium, Scammony, Strasburgh Turpentine. Juices. Chermes, Liquorice. Oils. Olive, Petro­leum.

LXXIV. Animals, and their Parts. Cantharides, Cochinele, Feathers burnt, Harts-horn cal­cin'd white, Hogs or Ox Gall, Honey, Hog-lice dried, Musk, Ox Blood dried, Ox-horn, Sal Armoniack, Suet, Wax.

LXXV. Minerals. Amber, Alum, Antimony, Bole, Nitre, Quicksilver, Steel or Iron, Ter­ra sigillata, Vermilion, Tin, Vi­triol white, Hungarian, Roman, Sal Gem, Tartar.

LXXVI. Metalline Preparati­ons. Burnt Lead, Ceruse, Sac­charum Saturni, Arcanum Jovis, Crocus Martis Astringens, Vitri­olum Martis, Sal Martis, Verdi­grise, Aurum Vitae, Angelus Mi­neralis, Crystals of Luna. Mer­curial Preparations. Red Precipi­tate, White Precipitate, Arca­num Coralinum, Princes Pouder, Turpethum Minerale, Corro­sive Sublimate, Mercurius Dul­cis.

LXXVII. Preparations from Antimony, Bezoar Minerale, Crocus Metallorum, Vitrum An­timonii, [Page 23] Butter of Antimony. From Salts. Volatile Sal Armo­niack, Sal Prunellae, Nitre Vi­triolated, Tartar Emetick, Tar­tar Vitriolated, Salt of Tartar Vitriolated, Nitre Vitriolated. Salt of Vitriol, Burnt Allum, Lapis Infernalis. From Sulphurs, Flowers of Sulphur. From Stones. Pulvis Ostiocollae.

LXXVIII. Spirits. Spirit of Wine Tartarized, Spirit of Sal Armoniack, Spiritus Vulnerari­us, Spirit of Nitre. Spirituous Waters. Angelica, Wormwood, Aqua Bezoartica. Tinctures. An­timony, Aurea, Castorei, Ca­thartica. Elixirs. Proprietatis, Vitae nost.

LXXIX. Oils distilled. Anise, Cinnamon, Cloves, Juniper, Mint, Turpentine. Powers of Amber, Carraways, Harts-horn, Juniper, Lavender, Limons, Mint, Mercury, Pennyroyal, Rosemary, Sassafras, Sage, Tur­pentine. Oils from Minerals. Of Amber, Sulphur, Vitriol, Balsam of Sulphur common and Anisated.

LXXX. Liquors. Mercurii Sublimati, Salis Tartari. Wines. Benedictum, Antimoniale. Vi­negars. Squills, Spirit of Vine­gar. Syrups. Acetosus simplex, Limonum, Violarum, de Spina Cervina, Poppies, Mint, Vola­tile.

LXXXI. Quiddonies. Barber­ries. Extracts. Pectorale nost. Laudanum Vol. nost. Aloes, O­pium. Electuaries. Theriaca no­stra, New London Treacle, Dia­catholicon.

LXXXII. Pouders. Antife­britick nost. Royal nost. Hercu­les nost. Styptick, Bezoartick. Rosins. Jalap. Pills. Family-Pills, Panchymagogue.

LXXXIII. Waters, Lotions. Aqua Regulata, Styptica, Oph­thalmica. Oils. Anodynum, Pa­ralyticum, Refrigerans. Bal­sams. Amicum, Arthriticum, Lucatelli, Vulnerarium, Poly­chrestum.

LXXXIV. Ointments. Album, Aegyptiacum, Basilicum minus, Fuscum Wurtzii, Narcoticum, Nicotianae. Cerates. De Am­moniaco, de Galbano. Empla­sters. Cephalicum, Diapalma, Diachylon cum Gummis, Diasul­phuris, Epispasticum, ad Her­niam, Meliloto simplex, de Mi­nio, Oxycroceum, de Ranis cum Mercurio, Sticticum Paracelsi.

LXXXV. Hitherto of the mat­ter of the Repository, out of which the Ingenious Artist may chuse what likes him best, towards the furnishing of his Chest. But it is not necessary that he should have all things that are here enu­merated; if he has any thing more excellent of his own, he has the liberty of substitution. We have but delivered these things as Exemplars, from whence he may form new ad li­bitum. But these we have here insisted on, are the very choice and best of those things now in Use.

II. OPERATIONS CHIRƲRGICAL.

I. SYNTHESIS.

CHAP. VI. Of FRACTURES.

I. [...] Compositio, [...], quod est, componere. Synthesis or Uniti­on is that which teaches how to unite parts disjoined, and it is twofold, 1. What regards the hard and bony parts. 2. What regards the soft and fleshy parts.

II. The Unition of Bones, is either the Setting of Broken Bones; or the Reduction of Bones out of Joint: the first is called a Fracture, the other a Dislocation.

III. A Fracture, is the Solution of Ʋnity in the hard or bony Parts of the Body, caused by some exter­nal Violence upon the Part. Yet sometimes a Fracture may come without any such external force, as when a Bone is corrupted by the Scurvy, Pox, Gout, or Le­prosie.

IV. The general Causes, are ei­ther Falls or Blows, and by whatsoever is able to break, bruise, or cut.

V. The Differences. 1. From the manner, some being transverse, which are properly called Fra­ctures: others according to the length of the Bone, called Fissures: others Comminutions, when the Bone is broken into small parts.

VI. 2. From the Part, it be­ing sometimes in the Head, Shoulder, Clavicula, Arm, Cu­bit, Ribs, Thighs, Legs, &c.

VII. 3. From Accidents, as being sometimes accompanied with a Wound, Dislocation, In­flammation, Gangrene, &c.

VIII. The Signs. If a Bone be transversly or obliquely broken, it may be known by handling it, wherein you will find an inequa­lity, the Patient being scarce a­ble to move the part affected, and sometimes that part is short­er than the other.

IX. If the Thigh, Leg, or Foot be broken, the Patient cannot stand at all (but he may a lit­tle, tho' with pain, in a Dis­location,) and this is the surest difference, between a Fracture and a Luxation.

X. A Fissure is discerned by the thickness, pain, and unevenness of the part, which a skilful Chi­rurgian is only fit to judge of.

XI. A Comminution or Brui­sing, [Page 25] wherein the Bones are shattered, is perceived by the Bones being very unequal, and yielding here and there to the Fingers.

XII. The Prognosticks. A trans­verse Fracture is more easie to Cure than an Oblique, or when accompanied with apparent in­equalities.

XIII. A Fracture where but one Bone is broken, is easier to Cure than where there are two, or where the Bones are much shat­tered.

XIV. A Fracture in the midst of a Bone, is also easier to be Cured, than that which happens to the Head, or lower end of the Bone; so also a single Fracture more easie than a Compound.

XV. If it remains undressed be­yond the seventh Day, there will be danger of Mortification; so also many times, if the Part is too hard bound.

XVI. In Setting of a broken Bone, there is Extention, Con­joining, Ligature, and well Placing.

XVII. 1. Extention is an O­peration performed with pain; which being done aright, must be greater or lesser, according to the time of the Fracture, age of the Patient, and magnitude of the Bone. A new Fracture, tender or young Patient, and a small Bone, require a gentler Extenti­on; an old Fracture, strong Pati­ent, and a big Bone, a greater.

XVIII. This Extention is to be so done, that the Muscles do not labour; for then it will be with much less pain: The Part must be so laid, as when in Health, they could longest endure it without tiring: But the exact manner of doing this, is better learnt by Practise than by many Words.

XIX. 2. Conjoining the Bones is the next Operation; in doing of which, be cautious lest the Muscles be wrested from their natural Po­sition and Figure: It is well done, if the Bone be any thing firm, and all the places about the Fracture be found equal.

XX. 3. Ligature is done with a double Rowler: The first is to be thrice rowled about the Fracture, and then upwards: The second (which must be twice as long) is to be once wound about the Fracture, proceeding down­wards, and then upwards again, a little higher than the first Rowler; to which you may add convenient splints (of Wood or Past-board) round about the Member.

XXI. Let not the bandage be too streight, lest it cause pain, or en­danger a Gangrene, by robbing the part of its Nourishment: nor too loose, lest the Bones slip out of their Places: This you will find to be well done, if the Patient soon after he is dressed finds his Pain abated, and on or after the third day, the ligatures seem loose, and the place a little below the binding be a little swelled.

XXII. At the second Dressing, it must be bound somewhat closer, and afterwards changed yet but once every four, five, or six days.

XXIII. 4. Well placing is the last of the prescribed Operations, which ought to be softly, evenly, and a little raised; if you lay it too low, the Bone will bend [Page 26] outwards; if too high, it will bend inwards: This you will find to be well done, if in the second dressing you find all even.

XXIV. Before you rowl the Li­gature about the Member, bath the Part with S.V. or with Oil S.V. and Vinegar mixt together: Or lay Oxycroceum, Opodeldoch, Ca­tagmaticum upon it; or lay a Cataplasm of fine Bole, Wheat, Meal, Whites of Eggs, Bole, Frank­incense, Dragons-blood, and a little Camphir, which let go round the Part, and about three Inches be­low the Fracture.

XXV. But at any time you may apply this following, ℞ Mastich, Catechu, a. ʒiij. Oliba­num, Frankincense, a. ʒij. Aloes, sanguis Draconis, fine Bole, Gum Tragacanth, Lapis Haematitis, Talck calcined, a. ʒj. Whites of Eggs and Oil of Roses, a. q.s. make a Plaster.

XXVI. If there is an Inflam­mation in the Fracture before Ex­tention, foment it with an Emol­lient Oil; or lay the part in warm Cow-dung, which will digest and ease pain.

XXVII. If the Fracture is ac­companied with a Wound, then ex­tend the Part first, (but gentler than in a simple Fracture) next join the Bones together; then have respect to the Wound, to unite the Lips thereof with Plasters, rather than with the Needle, and to guard it with a defensa­tive; lastly, bind up the Part with Rowlers, and lay it conve­niently, or easily.

XXVIII. If it be a Commi­nution, or shattering of the Bones, joined with the Wound; those which are small and loose remove with the Forceps: Those which are any ways fixed, leave to Nature, for she will throw them out of her own accord, though somewhat later; and if they be not too much displaced, she will sometimes unite them again (by a Callus) to the whole.

XXIX. But to make the mat­ter the more easie, you may assist Nature with the following things, ℞ Ashes of Earthworms, Bone-ashes, a. ʒiv. Olibanum ʒij. Myrrh ʒi. Honey ℥ij. mix, and make an Ointment. Or this, ℞ Pouder of Comfrey roots, round Birthwort, a. ℥ss. Olibanum, Ma­stich, a. ʒiij. Euphorbium ʒijss. Aloes, Myrrh, Catechu, a. ʒjss. Wax, Turpentine, a. q.s. which with a little Oil of Ben, make into an Ointment.

XXX. If the Bone it self be naked, cover it with its own Skin and Muscles, and defend it from the Air as much as is possible.

XXXI. If it be naked and start­ed out, endeavour to reduce it a­gain into its place; but if be na­ked, and too far, take away the piece or pieces thus started out with a proper Saw, or a pair of Nippers.

XXXII. These four Manual Operations being this well perform­ed, you must now come to act the Part of a Physician, prescribing to the Patient a good Diet, and some proper Purge, according to the Quality of the Humour a­bounding.

XXXIII. In Fractures of the lower Parts, Purging is not so convenient; but if the Patient is Costive, a Suppository may be exhibited.

XXXIV. But in Fractures of the upper Parts, Purgings and Cly­sters may be often necessary, ac­cording to the following Dire­ctions, and which you are to observe in all other Accidents and Cases, wherein the skilful Artist sees need of Purging.

XXXV. These among Simples are said to Purge Choler, Rhu­barb, Cassia, yellow Myrobalans, Tamarinds, Manna, Scammony. Among Compounds, Syrup of Suc­cory with Rhubarb, washed A­loes, Angelick Pills of Grulingius, Diacatholicon, Hiera Picra, Le­nitivum, Pilulae de Aloe Rosata, Rudii, Ruffi, &c.

XXXVI. Among singular Compounds we have these; ℞ Lenitive Elect. Cassia extracted a. ʒ ij. Cremor Tartari ʒ j. Spirit of Sulphur gut. x. ad xx. black Cherry-water q.s. mix, and make a Potion.

XXXVII. Or this, ℞ Rhubarb, Sena a. ʒ ij. Cremor Tartari ʒ i. Aniseeds ʒ ss. Water q.s. mix and Infuse scalding hot for two hours, and at last give it a walm or two; strain out and give it.

XXXVIII. Our Family Pills are inferiour to no other for this purpose; but if the Sick is in great pain, and wants rest, you may give this: ℞ Angelick Pills of Grulingius à gr. xv. ad ℈i. of our Volatil Laudanum gr. ij. iij. or iv. mix for a Dose. Give it over Night, it will give pleasant Rest, and a Stool, two, or three the next day.

XXXIX. A Purging Pouder may be thus made: ℞ Resinous, Scammony a gr. vi. ad x. or xij. Sal Prunellae, Cream of Tartar An­timony diaphoretick a. gr.xij. Tar­tar vitriolated gr. vi. mix for a Dose.

XL. These following Purge Flegm and Watery Humours: Roots of Asarum, Mechoacan white and black, Colocynthis, Myrobalans Belliric, Emblic and Chebuls, Agarick, Turbeth. Among Com­pounds these, Syrup of Diacar­thamum, Electuary of Hiera with Agarick, Diaphoenicon, Diacar­thamum, Confectio Hamech, Pilulae Cochiae minoris, ex duo­bus; our Family Pills, our Pan­chymagogue Pills, Troches of Agarick, of Alhandal.

XLI. Among singular Com­pounds we have these: ℞ blew Flower-de-luce Roots, Troches of Agarick, Sena a. ʒ i. Aniseedsij. Mechoacan ʒ ss. Water, or Parsly-water q.s. Infuse three hours, boil a little, strain, and sweeten with Syrup of Roses solutive, or with Mannai, and then give it for a Dose.

XLII. Or this: ℞ Syrup of Roses solutivei. Pouder of Jallapi. Cream of Tartarij. Scam­mony gr. vi. Decoction of Aniseeds q.s. mix, and make a Potion.

XLIII. Or you may give Our Family Pills fromi. ad ij. Or this, ℞ Scammony in fine Pouder à gr. x. ad xvi. plus minus; of our Volatil Laudanum à gr. ij. ad iv. or vi. mix, and make Pills: Give it over Night, it will make the Patient easie, and not work, or but rarely, till the next Day.

XLIV. Or thus; ℞ Pilulae ex duobus ʒ ss. of our Laudanum Vo­latile gr. ij. ad vi. mix for a Dose. Or, ℞ Scammony gr. viij. Tro­ches Alhandal gr. ij. ad iv. of [Page 28] our Laudanum Volatile gr. ij. ad vi. mix, and with the Pap of a reast­ed Apple make a Dose to be given over-night.

XLV. These among simple Me­dicaments are said to Purge Me­lancholy; Sena, Roots of black Hellebor, Indian Myrobalans, Lapis Lazuli. Among Compounds, Syrup of Roses solutive with Sena, Diacatholicon, Confectio Hamech, Pulvis Diasena, Tro­ches Alhandal.

XLVI. Among singular Com­pounds we have these. ℞ Sena ʒ ij. Indian Myrobalans ʒ i. Ani­seedsij. Liquorice bruised ʒ ss. Water q.s. Infuse two hours, then boil a little, strain out, and add Syrup of Roses with Sena ʒ vi. Tartar vitriolate gr. x. mix for a Potion.

XLVII. Or this, ℞ Syrup of Senai. Scammony, Jallap, a. gr. x. Cremor Tartariij. Deco­ction of Aniseedsiv. mix and make a Potion.

XLVIII. Or you may Purge with our Family Pills ài. ad ij. Or you may give this, ℞ Sena in Pouder ʒ i. ad ʒ iss. Ginger gr. xij. Sal Gem gr. vi. Laudanum vola­tile gr. ij. ad vi. mix, and with Honey, or pap of an Apple, make Pills, to be given over Night, which will work kindly the next Day.

XLIX. Or thus; ℞ Sena in Pouder ʒ ss. Scammony gr. vi. Co­locynthis gr. iij. Aniseeds, Ginger a. gr. viij. Sal Gem gr. iv. Vola­til Laudanum gr. ij. ad vi. mix and with Honey make a Dose of Pills, to be given over night, if the Patient be in much Pain.

L. Lastly, this is to be noted, that in all these Prescriptions, the Dose is to be proportioned according to the Age and Strength of the Patient; the Quantities here in these Recipes prescribed, being for Men, and such as are grown to their full Strength.

CHAP. VII. Of DISLOCATIONS.

I. A Dislocation is the forcing of a Bone out of its Place or Cavity, or natural location, into another hindring voluntary Mo­tion.

II. The Causes. They may be said to be two-fold, 1. External, from Falling, Beating, Running, Wrestling, vehement Extention and over-straining, as it often happens in flinging of Stones, Leaping; and to Women in La­bour, through the unskilfulness of Midwives, &c.

III. 2. Internal, by the Afflux of Humours, which falling upon the Joints, relax, and resolve the Ligaments, thereby causing the Bones to slip, or fall out of their places.

IV. The Differences, 1. From the manner; for sometimes the Bone is altogether forced out of its place, and that is properly called a Luxation or Dislocation: Sometimes its out but a little, or half way, and that is called Subluxation, or Elongation.

V. 2. From the Cause, some are from external Accidents, as Falls, Wrestlings, &c. some are from internal Causes, as the Afflux of Humors.

VI. The Signs. If the Disloca­tion be in a lean Body, it is plain enough. The Bone causes a Tu­mor to be in the place to which it is forced; and a Cavity in that from whence it is forced.

VII. If there is a perfect or compleat Dislocation, the Member will be drawn up as it were, and shorter, unless it be caused from the Laxity of the Ligaments, and then it will be longer; the part is painful, chiefly in motion.

VIII. In a Subluxation or Elon­gation, the Accidents are lesser, and not often all together.

IX. The Prognosticks. In Chil­dren and other delicate and tender Bodies, the Bones may be reduced the more easily; but are kept in with more trouble and difficulty, & è contra, in full grown and strong persons.

X. If the Dislocation be of the Head, it is mortal; that of the Vertebrae is dangerous; and that which is inveterate, or of long standing, is hard to be cured.

XI. If it proceeds from an in­ward cause, the Cure is very slow; and when restored, it is apt to come to its old state again.

XII. The Cure. In Dislocations or Bones out of Joint, you make the reduction, by those four manual Operations used in Fractures, which you must perform either by Hand or Instrument, as the na­ture of the part affected will de­clare to you.

XIII. Extention must be made so great, that there may be a Ca­vity between the Bones disjointed; to the end that in Setting, the one may not rub against the o­ther, whence oftentimes arises extream, and sometimes incura­ble Accidents.

XIV. In the Conjoining, you must be careful not to wrest the Bones or Muscles, but that they may keep their natural Fi­gure.

XV. Before binding up, be sure to preserve the part from Inflam­mation, and Flux of Humours, by applying Emplasirum Metroprop­to icon, Gummosum Paracelsi, or ad Herniam Schroderi.

XVI. Or this which is excel­lent: ℞ Olibanum, Mastich, Frankincense, Dragons blood, Ca­techu, Terra sigillata a. ʒ vi. white Starchi. Comfrey rootsss. Goats suetiv. Wax q.s. mix and make a Plaster.

XVII. Or thus; ℞ Ceruse, Wax, Frankincense a. ℥iv. Oliba­num, Mastich a. ℥i. Turpentine ℥ij. Oil of Ben ℥iij. mix and melt, and add to them Comfrey roots in Pouder, Catechu, white Starch, Terra sigillata a. ℥iij. Tragacanthi. mix and make a Plaster.

XVIII. If the vehemency of the pain, or other Symptoms, do not require it, you are not to unbind it before the fifth, sixth, or seventh day; and then it is to be done [Page 30] with as little trouble or motion, as possibly may be.

XIX. And the part is to be laid in such an even and easie posture, as the Patient can find most repose in, which is mostly that, when sound, it can remain longest in without trouble.

XX. If the Dislocation is ac­companied with Inflammation at first, beware of extending the Part, or making any progress to the re­duction, before that be removed, which you must first do with Emollients, as Balsamum Vulne­rarum Samaritanum, Ʋng. de Althaea Compositum, or Laurinum Vulgare, and then with Discu­tients, as Emplastrum de Minio Simplex, de Mastiche, or de La­pide Calaminare.

XXI. An Emollient Oint­ment: ℞ Veal fat ʒ vi. Sperma Ceti ʒ iij. Oil of Ben q.s. mix and make a Liniment, adding Oil of Fennel-seeds gut. xxx. A Dis­cutient Emplaster: ℞ Frank­incense, Rosin, Gum Elemi, Ma­stich, Pitch a. ℥i. Galbanum, Am­moniacum a. ʒ vi. Cummin and Fennel seeds a. ℥i. Wax, Oil a. q.s. mix and make an Emplaster.

CHAP. VIII. Of RUPTURES.

I. RƲptures are of several kinds, of which some be Proper, some Common, others Remote.

II. Proper Ruptures are three­fold, viz. 1. Hernia Intestinalis seu Enterocele, a falling down of the Bowels into the Cod. 2. Hernia Inguinalis, seu Bubonocele, a Rupture or falling down into the Groin. 3. Hernia Omentalis, seu Epiplocele, a falling down of the Cawl, called also Hernia Epi­ploica.

III. Common Ruptures are six­fold, 1. Hernia Aquosa, seu Hy­drocele, when Water falls down into the Cod: 2. Hernia Ven­tosa, seu Pneumatocele, or the Wind-Rupture: 3. Hernia Car­nosa, seu Sarcocele, a fleshy Rup­ture: 4. Hernia Varicosa, seu Cir­cocele, a dilatation of the Veins which nourish the Testicles: 5. Hernia Humoralis, seu Hygrotocele, a repletion of the Testicles by a defluxion of unnatural Humors falling on the Cods: 6. Hernia Vasis deferentis, seu Spermatocele, which is when the Vas deferens falls twisted into the Scrotum.

IV. The Remote are chiefly two, 1. Hernia Gutturis, seu Broncho­chele, a Swelling in the Throat: 2. Hernia Ʋmbilicalis, Exom­phalos, seu Omphalocele, a Rup­ture of the Navel.

V. Now of all these there are but four, which are the proper Sub­jects of this Chapter, viz. the three Proper, and the last, viz. the Hernia Ʋmbilicalis: The o­ther Eight belong to another [Page 31] place; where we intend to de­scribe and treat of them.

VI. We shall begin with the Synthesis, or Re-unition of the broken Peritonaeum, which some­times gives way to the Intestines, sometimes to the Cawl, and often to both, letting them fall out of their natural places into the Groins or Cods; where if the Guts come out, it is called En­terocele. or Hernia Intestinalis, as abovesaid: But if the Cawl be out, it is called Epiplocele, or Hernia Omentalis.

VII. The Causes of a Rupture are either Proximate or Remote. The Proximate is the stretching, enlarging, or bursting of the Peri­tonaeum, which is made up of two strong, yet soft Membranes, which so hold in, all that is included in the Abdomen, or Belly, that no­thing may fall out: In Women it terminates as it were at the Os Pubis: In Men, its outermost Membrane reaches farther, and constitutes the first proper Coat of the Testicles; and in the Groins, it comprehends the Se­minal Vessels as in a sheath, called Processus seu Productio Pe­retonaei. The Groins then, and this Process, are the usual places of Ruptures; but a Rupture may happen (though seldom) above the Navel, also beneath it, and on either side of it; which Barbett says he has often seen, and which some Chirurgians mistaking, have dressed like an Abscess, as not thinking them to be the places of a Rupture.

VIII. The Remote or External Causes of a Rupture of the Peri­tonaeum, are Falling, Leaping, Wrestling, Blows, violent Strain­ing, carrying heavy Burthens, vehement Coughing or Vomi­ting, straining at Stool, and Wind pent up that it cannot get out, with other vehement Mo­tions of the Body.

IX. Most commonly it is the Ileon which falls down, yet some­times the other Guts fall with it, and press into the Scrotum; in this case, it cannot be a simple distention of the abovesaid Pro­cess; but certainly, in all such great Ruptures it must be bro­ken.

X. The Signs. A Rupture is known by the Tumor being some­times bigger, sometimes lesser, sometimes wholly gone, but easily returning upon the least Motion.

XI. And though the Intestines or Cawl, be never so much fallen down, they may easily, without any pain, be thrust in again, un­less Wind or Excrements hinder, in which case it is very pain­ful.

XII. If it proceeds from Wind, it is known by hardness of the Belly, and breaking Wind upwards, and downwards, and the swelling, weight, and hardness gradually increase.

XIII. If the Peritonaeum be only stretched and relaxed, the Tumor or Swelling is but little at first, and grows bigger by de­grees; but if it be broken, it suddenly descends.

XIV. The Prognosticks. Rup­tures happening in Infants and little Children, are easily cured, and Nature many times does the work alone. But in middle aged, or old People, it is slowly [Page 32] cured, and many times not at all.

XV. If the Bowels be filled with Wind or Excrements, so that there is vehement Pain, and no Reduction can be hoped for, or that it cannot suddenly be removed, Inflammation and Gangrene is to be feared, and at last Death it self.

XVI. The Cure. In this Case you must lay the Patient upon his Back, with his Legs elevated, and a little opened, by which the Cawl of the Intestines may return of its own accord, or o­therwise be prest up gently with your Fingers.

XVII. But if through hardned Excrements or Wind, you cannot do this, you must first exhibit Enema ad Iliacam Passionem Myn­sichti (See Our Pharmac. Lond. lib. 5. cap. 8. sect. 5.) once or twice, giving mean season Dia­cassia with Manna ℥iss. or ℥ij. Bath the Bowels for half an hour with Oil of Roses, applying over the Bowels and Tumor Cataplas­ma Resolutivum Foresti (Pharm. Lond. lib. 5. cap. 7. sect. 11.)

XVIII. If Wind seems to afflict, anoint with this Oint­ment against Flatulency: ℞ Oil of Beniij. Veal sueti. distilled Oil of Juniper ʒ vi. mix them. Or this, ℞ Oil of Nutmegs by ex­pression, Oil of Mace a. ℥i. Oil of Fennelss. mix them. And in­wardly give the Powers of Anise, Carraways, Fennel, or Juniper-berries, in whatsoever they drink.

XIX. After anointing with the former Ointment or Oil, you may apply the Cummin Plaister, or this following: ℞ Sticticum Pa­racelsi, Tacamahacca, Galbanum, Ammoniacum a. ℥i. melt and mix; to which add Chymical Oil of Fen­nel seedss. and make an Empla­ster.

XX. This done, after some 12 hours, attempt the reducing of it: which being performed, with convenient Bands or Trusses, keep the Bowels so long up, till the broken Peritonaeum be firm­ly knit together, or conjoined to the Muscles of the Belly, that nothing may fall out any more.

XXI. For this purpose you must apply over the Rupture Empl. ad Herniam, or Catagmaticum, first or second, or ad Herniam Schro­deri, or ad Herniam Nostrum, re­moving and applying a new Pla­ster once a week, or when it ceases sticking.

XXII. Inwardly let the Patient take Blood of Comfrey, Morning, Noon and Night, in a glass of good Alicant, or Balsam of Sal Gem, Pouder of Parsly-seeds, shell, or black field Snails, or Rupture-wort.

XXIII. To this purpose also, a continual Diet of Gelly of Ho s, Calves, or Neats Feet, made strong, sweetned with Sugar, and aroma­tized with Cinnamon, is inferior to no one thing yet known.

XXIV. Let the Sick eat Bread well baked with Anise, Fennel or Caraway-seeds; his Food light, meat roasted; and let his drink be Alicant, Rod-wine, Tent, or some such astringent Liquor; let his Diet be slender and spa­ring, keep his Bed during the Cure, and if it be an old Rup­ture, lie on his back for the space of forty days.

XXV. If his Belly should be bound, give him new damask Prunes raw, taking once a week the Angelick Pills of Grulingius. After forty days are past, let the Patient rise, yet continuing his Plaster and Truss, for at least sixty days longer.

XXVI. This Emplaster is much commended: ℞ Catechu, fine Bole, Myrrh, Mastich, Olibanum, Galls, pouder of Comfrey Roots, a. ℥i. Dragons-blood, Aloes, pouder of Earthworms, Sarcocol, Mum­my, a. ℥iss. Loadstone, Crocus Martis, Rosin, a. ℥ij. Pitch ℥iv. Frankincense ℥viij. Turpentine q.s. make an Emplaster.

XXVII. Barbett commends this Apozem to be taken ℥v. at a time, and two or three times a day. ℞ Osmund Royal, Rup­ture-wort a. M. i. Roots of Com­frey, Bistort a. ℥iss. Flowers of Hypericon M.i. Aniseeds ʒij. Red Wine q.s. boil to a pint and half, then strain, and add Ferne­lius his Syrup of Comfrey ℥ij. mix and make an Apozem.

XXVIII. He also commends these Pills: ℞ Galbanum dissol­ved in Vinegar. ʒij Mummy ʒi. pouder of Earthworms ℈ij. Myrrh, filings of Steel, dried. Hares-dung a. ʒss. make them into Pills a­bout the bigness of great Pease.

XXIX. This Cure in old Rup­tures and aged People is seldom or never performed, because the edges of the burst Peritonaeum are ma­ny times Callous, that though they be never so well brought close to one another, yet they will never grow together; in this Case Bands will do the best.

XXX. But in young Children they easily grow together, and here Trusses are better than the best Bands. Those made with Steel Springs are best; which if they be well fitted to the Patients Body, are of good use.

XXXI. If by a Wound the Intestines come out, reduce them before the natural heat is ex­hausted, if you intend to pre­serve Life: If the Bowels them­selves be wounded, stitch the Lips together with a waxed thread, and gently return them into the Body.

XXXII. So also the Omentum being slipt out, unless it has lost its natural Colour and Heat; in which case, tie it in the place which is sound, cutting off the part which is putrid, then re­duce it into the Belly, leaving the thread hauging out of the Wound, that being suppurated, it may be drawn out without trouble.

XXXIII. This being done, stitch together the Wound and Perito­naeum, thus; Thrust a needle with a waxed thread, from with­out, through the Skin and Mus­cles, into the very Peritonaeum, leaving it on this side untoucht, but laying hold on the other side: and pierce it through, the Muscles and Skin also; draw the Lips together; and passing over the space of an Inch, put in the Needle on the same side again, on which it was drawn out last, leaving again the Peri­tonaeum, on the same side un­toucht; but holding it on the other side, thrust it through the Skin and Muscles, and so on­wards.

XXXIV. Now, by reason of the motion of the Belly, and haste here used, the stitches may easily be un­done; for which cause sake, you must always apply over the wound a sticking Emplaster.

XXXV. Exomphalos seu Her­nia Umbilicalis, a Rupture of the Navel: It may be, 1. From Blood, Aneurisma; 2. From Flesh, which is hard; 3. From the Caul, where the Tumor is soft; 4. From the Guts, which is unequal.

XXXVI. The two first admit no Cure: the latter two must be reduced, by laying the Patient backwards, and proceeding as at Sect. 16. aforegoing.

XXXVII. But it is to be ob­served, that the Peritonaeum sel­dom breaks in this part; for the learned Barbett divers times found, and shewed in Dissected Bodies, that the Navel, toge­ther with the Intestine follow­ing, stood out bigger than a Mans Head; insomuch, that the right Muscles of the Belly were pressed to the side, and se­vered from one another; and yet the Peritonaeum was but stretched, and no where broken.

XXXVIII. Dr. Thomas Gard­ner, chief Chirurgian to the Kings Houshold, healed a famous Exom­phalos, of so great a Magnitude, that it is almost incredible; It was done upon one Mr. Stiles, at the Lock and Key in Smithfield: It mortified, and broke of its own accord outwardly, out of which a Worm peept, which he taking hold of, pull'd out about 38 Feet in length, which then breaking off, was alive, and craw­led upon the ground; (Mr. Horse­nail a Chirurgian being also pre­sent:) his Food and Excrements coming forth of the Wound, for some Weeks. That Excellent Ar­tist, Dr. Gardner, heal'd it up, and he walkt several times after it, to Ha [...]nstead on foot; after which giving him a Specifick Medica­ment against Worms, viz. a strong Infusion of Garlick, he voided a­bout 20 Yards, or 60 Feet more of the same Worm dead, (which kind are called Lati) and so be­came well beyond all expectation.

XXXIX. After the Exom­phalos is reduced, you are here to observe, that upon the Emplaster, which ought to be round, you must put Bolsters of Leather or Wax, or some other hard thing, accord­ing to the bigness of the Rup­ture; for so by this means it will with good Bandage or a Truss, be sufficiently and perfectly kept in.

CHAP. IX. STRUTTING out of the EYE.

I. IT is said to strut out when it comes forth beyond its C [...]it, so as the lid cannot cover it, or not well cover it.

II. It is known by Sight: The Causes are mostly inward, as In­flammation, [Page 35] Blows, hard La­bour, Straining vehemently, Strangling.

III. The Cure. Let it be gent­ly put into its place (otherwise, if it cannot be reduced, it is to be removed:) and being reduced, let it be kept in its place by a fit Bandage; a Bolster being also applied, dipt in our Aqua Ophthalmica, described in our Pharm. Lond. Lib. 5. Cap. 1. Sect. 14.

IV. Or you may dip it in our Aqua Regulata, described in our Phylaxa, Lib. 1. Cap. 1. Others advise to dip it in a Decoction of Sloes; or in this: ℞ Pomgra­nate Peels and Flowers, Nut-galls, Sumach Berries a. ℥i. red Wine q.s. boil and make a Decoction.

V. The Bolster you may make of red Rose-leaves, Rosemary-flowers and Camomil-flowers; which be­ing put into a Bag, may be moistned with any of the afore­named things.

VI. Apply to the Forehead a Defensative; for which purpose you may use Mynsichts Cataplasm of a Swallows Nest: Afterwards apply to the Forehead and Tem­ples Emplastrum Cephalicum.

VII. An Eye hanging out of its Orbit the breadth of a Finger, was put into its place, and cured with the following Cataplasm, without offence to the Sight. ℞ leaves of Mallows, Marsh­mallows, Rue, Housleek a. M. i. whites of Eggs No iv. Meals or Flower of Barly, Beans, and Lin­seed a. ℥ss. Camphir, Saffron a. ʒss. Oil of Roses ʒiss. Breast-milk ℥ij. Rose-water q.s. mix and make a Cataplasm, by only mixing, with­out boiling; and apply it warm.

VIII. At opening of it, drop into the Eye our aforemention­ed Aqua Regulata; or put in this Ointment: ℞ fine Aloes, Camphir, long and round Birth­wort-roots a. ʒi. red Coral, Pearl prepared a. ʒiss. Sief Album ʒij. Crocus Martis, levigated Calx of Flints a. ʒiij. Glass of Antimony ℈i. white Sugar-candy ℥ij. clari­fied Honey ℥iv. boil a little, and make an Ʋnguent.

CHAP. X. FALLING out of the WOMB.

I. PRolapsus seu procidentia Ʋ ­teri, is next to be consi­dered: But the Womb does not easily fall down by Relaxation, much less by Laceration of its broad Ligaments, as most Au­thors imagin.

II. But by hard Labour, or a violent and unskilful bringing a­way of the Afterbirth; it has been of ten seen, that the bottom of the Womb has been plainly in­verted, so as the most inward Parts have shewed themselves outwards.

III. Or rather, the wrinkled part of the Sheath, whose inner­most wrinkled Tunicle, by Re­laxation, may fall down, which is often taken for the Womb it self.

IV. The Causes. They are, 1. External, from the Rash laying hold of it by the Midwife, mi­staking it either for the Child or the Afterbirth, and so draw­ing it strongly, causes it to re­cede from its proper place.

V. 2. Internal, by the vehe­mency of the Pangs, or the Childs Head being bigger than ordinary, displacing it; which happens in diseased Bodies, and where there is much weakness, and a great Flux of moist, watery, slippery and slimy Humours, flowing to it; whereby it is made to sink more and more, till at length by its bigness, it comes forth of the Body.

VI. It is known by sight, and feeling of the Part, with the Hand of the Midwife, or the Patients own hand.

VII. The Prognosticks. In the beginning some think it to be easily cured, by Astringents used for a Month, the part being put up for a Month: But this is very rare to be seen; for though ta­ken in the beginning, the Cure is very difficult to be perform­ed.

VIII. If it is great, and the Protrusion far out, and of long con­tinuance, it can never be cured; but being replaced, it may be kept up with a Pessary.

IX. If it cannot be put up, by reason of its bigness, but shall chance to Gangrene, it is to be cut off; which you may do thus: Draw out the hanging part, so far as to tie it with a Tape, or Silk string, to hinder bleeding; which done, cut it off at once with a Knife, which will be with little effusion of Blood: Then it is to be healed with such things as digest, cleanse, and resist Pu­trifaction.

X. That this thus cut off, is not the Womb, appears from these Words of Barbett. We have found (says he) especially in those who were subject to Costiveness or Belly-ach, that the Membranes of the Pu­denda, or Vagina, were so far stretched out, that the Ʋnskilful had taken it for the Womb it self, and do so still. But though many Authors have dared to write, that the Womb may be cut off, without danger of Life, seems altogether Impossible to a Skilful Anatomist.

XI. To reduce it, lay the Pa­tient on her Back, her Knees high, and Legs asunder, and so, if pos­sible, put it up gently with your Hand; if it be tumified or in­flamed, so as it will not go up, follow our Directions for a Rup­ture, Sect. 16. Ch. 8. aforegoing. Then reduce it; putting up a Pessary, that may in bigness and proportion answer the end.

XII. Make it with Cork, which cover, with Wax, mixed with a little Castoreum and Assafoetida: Let it not be too thick, but perforated long ways for the Humour to pass through: This continue there, and let it be kept with a fitting Bandage, ap­plying over the Belly Empla­strum ad Herniam, Catagmaticum, or that of Schroder.

XIII. Let the Patient be still for ten or twelve days, with her Legs a cross, forbear loud speaking, and as much as may be Coughing or Sneering, or whatever may occa­sion violent Expulsion. Inward­ly observe the Method in Rup­tures, except in the time of the Courses.

XIV. Barbett, after he has advised the Patient to be laid on her Back, as before directed, or­ders to take a Wax Candle of a competent thickness, and to mix therewith some Castoreum, or Assaf [...]etida, and with it gent­ly to press the Womb inwards; and having fastned the Candle with a Bandage, to apply out­wardly to the Belly Emplastrum Barbarum, or this following: ℞ Roots of Cypress, Bistort a. ʒi. Galls, Acacia a. ʒss. Cypress-nuts, D [...]te-stones, Myrtle-berries a. ʒi. Pitch, Colophony a. q.s. mix and make a Plaster.

XV. Great care is also to be taken, that your Wax-Candle be not too thick: lest by its conti­nual Friction it should cause the Whites, and so weaken the Body.

XVI. Others advise (after it is put up with the Hand) to sup­port it with a Ball of the bigness of a Ducks Egg, or bigger, dipt twice or thrice into some streng­thening Emplaster, in which there may be a hole to discharge the Menses; through which may also be put a Copper Wire, with a string fastned to it, to draw it the more easily out of the Body.

XVII. But that which exceeds all these things, almost a thousand fold, is a Ring which may be made of Silver, Pewter, or Wood, as of Box, Cocus or Elder-wood, from an Inch and half to two Inches and a quarter in Diameter, from out­side to outside; and the turned Substance of the Limb of the Ring, ought to be as thick as the round part of the largest Swans Quill, or rather thicker.

XVIII. This Ring thus made, may be smeared with some proper Emplaster, and so put up: It is without trouble; nor will it fret or gall the Part, or obstruct the Act of Generation, and withal may easily be taken forth when the Patient pleases. See the Third Edition of Our Sy­nopsis Medicinae, Lib. 5. Cap. 72. throughout.

XIX. This (though the Cure is never performed) so absolutely serves the Patient, that she goes up and down, and performs all her other Duties, and lives as much at Ease, as if she ailed no­thing at all, and answers all the Ends and Intentions of any pre­scribed Medicine whatsoever: So that now, it would be labour lost to use them.

CHAP. XI. FALLING out of the FUNDAMENT.

I. PRolapsus seu Procidentia Ani, is known by Sight, and it proceeds from the Loose­ness, or Relaxation of the Sphin­cter Muscle.

II. The Cause. It is from Cold, or Weakness of the Tone of the Part, too much straining, &c. usual in Tenesmus, Dysenteries, Diarrhaeas, &c. As also from Blows, Leap­ing, and Ulcers in or near the Part; and is common to Chil­dren.

III. Prognosticks. It is not of difficult Cure if it be recent, or in one young, and of a good Habit of Body.

IV. But if it be of long stand­ing, accompanied with a perpetual Costiveness, or a constant Diar­rhaea, and in aged People, of a cold and moist Constitution, it will be of Difficult Cure, and sometimes not to be done at all.

V. The Cure. The Gut being fallen down, anoint it with Oil of Roses and Myrtles, mixing a lit­tle Pouder of Sumach, Galls, or Catechu with it; and then with your Fingers, and a small Linnen Rag, put it up.

VI. If there be Pain, Tumour, and Inflammation, which may hinder the reducing of it, then bath or anoint the Anus with this mixture. ℞ Oil of bitter Almonds ℥ss. Oil of Mace by ex­pression, ʒij. Oil of Amber ʒj. mix. them. Or with this; ℞ Oil of Ben ℥i. Oil of Nutmegs by expres­sion ℥ss. Oil of Rue Chymical, or of Aniseeds ʒiss. mix them.

VII. Being well anointed, strew over it astringent Crocus Martis, or Catechu in fine Pouder, and then endeavour its Reduction. If all these things will not do, you must foment it an hour or longer with red Wine, by the help of Spunges, applying them as hot as the Patient can well endure.

VIII. But you must take great care that the Part takes no cold, lest Putrefaction or a Gangrene ensue, with which you may be surprized sooner than you are aware of; for which cause you must do your utmost to put it up again with all imaginable speed; endeavouring in the mean time, with the former Prescribed Medicines, by Bath­ing, Fomenting, and Anoint­ing, to preserve its Natural Heat.

IX. Being put up, wipe the Part very clean, and apply a Spunge dipt in this following Liquor: ℞ Red Wine ℥viij. A­lum ℥ss. Tincture of Catechu ℥ij. mix, and dip the Spunge therein, being warm, and apply it as hot as may be endured.

X. And bind it on with a Swathe, which put about the mid­dle, and from the same let fit Ligatures come between the Legs, and fastned well to the Swathe, both before and behind.

II. DIAERESIS.

CHAP. XII. The OPENING of a VEIN.

I. [...], (à [...], di­vido) Diaeresis, a divi­ding asunder, is the second part of the Operations of Chirurgery, and shews the separation of Parts, whether naturally or unnaturally joined, by Manual Operation.

II. It teaches the opening of Veins and Arteries, the Wind-pipe, Brest, Belly, closed Orisices, Ustion, making of Issues, applying the Seton, Scarification, opening of Abscesses or Apostems, dividing of Bones by Perforation, Exci­sion, Scraping, Filing, or Saw­ing, together with the Applica­tion of Cupping-Glastes, for the drawing forth of Blood out of the fleshy Parts, &c.

III. The Way and Manner of opening a Vein. Make a Ligature about the Arm, about 2 Inches above the place you intend to cut, of a Womans Fillet, or the like, so as it may be easily loosed, if need be; then put a thick Staff into the Patients hand to gripe fast, and with your hand, chafe well the Vein, that it may rise full. If it lies deep and small, foment it with warm wa­ter, rubbing it hard with a Lin­nen Cloath, till it sufficiently appear; make the Orifice large, not deep: If it be too small, it will soon puff up with Wind. Strike the Vein (not just along, nor quite over-thwart, but) slanting. If it be not deep e­nough at first, quickly thrust in­to the same place again deeper; but before you cut it, lay your thumb gently upon the Vein, just by the place, and with the Lancet, between the finger and thumb, in the other hand (the other singers leaning upon the Arm, to keep your hand the more steadier) gently thrust in the Lancet, as far as you think may reach the Vein, a little stretching up your hand, by which you shall enlarge the O­rifice.

IV. Bleed as much as may be convenient; then by loosing of the Ligature, the Blood will stay. with your Finger squeeze the thickned Blood out of the Ori­fice, lay on a Pledget of Lint, dipt in cold water, and a Lin­nen Cloth, two or three times double upon that, (which ought to be in a readiness before­hand;) then with a Band or Ligature, bind up the Arm, go­ing cross above and below the Elbow, making the Band to cross upon the Boulster: then pin or tie it fast, so as the Patient may [Page 40] endure it, which let remain till the next day, letting the Arm be held up, or with a Linnen Cloth be fastned to the Brest.

V. It is in vain to tell you all the particular Ʋses and Intentions, for which Our WARWICK-LANE BLOOD-SUCKERS institute Bleeding: 'Tis a General and Ʋ ­niversal Remedy with them, a­gainst all Diseases, at all Times, and in all Persons, of what Age, Sex, or Constitution soever: So that should we particularly enu­merate them, from their admi­red Practice, it would not only be Labour in vain, but also cost me many Sheets of Paper to do it, which now I have saved in these very few words; and told you in a Sentence, whatever you are to expect from it, according to the REVELATION-MENS way of Quacking.

VI. What our own Thoughts are of it, we have in part told you in the Third Edition of our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 1. Cap. 77. Sect. 20. ad 46. Where we have laid down several Propositions, self-evident, against the received way of using it; but because possibly that way of arguing, may be above the Capacity of OƲR WARWICK LANE SPARKS, and that Discourse not thought satisfactory in every re­spect: We, for the Satisfaction of every sincere Inquirer, will here resume the Argument again; and, by a new Set of Propositi­ons, demonstrate that to the very external Senses, which be­fore we proved only to the In­ternal.

VII. Prop. 1. Tho' we deny not, but that there may be a Vacuum in Nature; yet Nature generally ab­hors it. This is evident in Wa­ter Pumps, and in many other things, where there is a violent Suction, by reason of the Pro­trusion of the Air.

VIII. Prop. 2. That in any long and narrow Cylindrical Body, if it be filled with a continued and liquid Matter, that Matter will not easily run out, unless it may receive a supply at the other end, or some other parts of the Cylinder, where there are Pores or Passages. This Children demonstrate with a Reed, where, putting it end­ways into the Water, it will fill, and then nipping the upper part of it close, though they take it out of the Water, yet will not the Water easily fall out of it, unless they open it at the other end again.

IX. Prop. 3. That the Veins and Arteries may not unfitly be compared to Cylindrical Bodies, yet with many capillary Pores or Pas­sages into their larger Cavities. This is manifest from the Capil­lary or small Twigs of Veins and Arteries, derived from the grea­ter Stocks, Arms and Branches.

X. Prop. 4. That these Cylin­drical Bodies are filled with a continuous and flowing Liquor, which is the Blood. This is evi­dent in Phlebotomy and Disse­ction.

XI. Prop. 5. That there are no Anastomoses between the Ar­teries and Veins, yet discovered by any Anatomist, except that fa­mous one of the Splenetick Ar­tery, with the Ramus Splenicus of the Vena Porta; and possibly [Page 41] some of the Arteria, with the Vena Pulmonaris of the Lungs. This all the latter Scrutinators of Anatomy affirm and maintain; and why we should believe that to be, which was never yet seen, I see no reason for.

XII. Prop. 6. That there being a Circulation of the Blood, proved by the Experience of these last Ages, and Ocular Demonstration, if there be no general Anastomoses over the whole Body (as none have yet been discovered;) the Arteries in this Circulation, must cast their Blood every where, into the Sub­stance of the Flesh. For the Flesh being any where cut, bleeds.

XIII. Prop. 7. That to main­tain and continue this Circulation, the Blood must be protruded, out of the fleshy Mass or Substance, into the Capillary ends of the Veins; where filling them, it smoothly slides out of the smaller Veins into the greater; and from them into the Vena Porta and Cava; and out of the Vena Cava into the right Earlet of the Heart; from thence into the right Ven­tricle, and so by the Arteria Pulmonalis into the Lungs, out of which it is sent by the Vena Pulmonalis into the left Earlet of the Heart, and so into the left Ventricle of the same; where, by the Motion or Pulsation of the Heart, it is obtruded into the Aorta.

XIV. Prop. 8. That this Li­quid Substance or Blood contained in the aforenamed Vessels, is gene­rated of the Nourishment we daily receive; which if it be irregular, corrupt, or not well concocted, re­ceives into its Substance seve­ral heterogene and corrupt Parti­cles. This is evident; for if the Matter of which any thing is made be corrupted, the thing constituted must have some of the Particles of that corruption.

XV. Prop. 9. That the Blood consists of a grumous Matter, a watery Substance, and a Spirit or Life; by the latter of which it is agitated and stirred up, to make a separation of those corrupt Par­ticles it may contain, which in its Circulation are cast forth into the Substance of the Flesh, and from thence sent in a humid form into the Skin, Cuticula, and Habit of the Body. This is evident from the Small Pox, Botches, Boils, Scabs, Erysipelas, Tettars, Ring­worms, Herpes, Morphew, Scurff, Leprosie, and other defilements thereof.

XVI. Prop. 10. That this Corruption remains in the Substance of the Flesh, and Habit of the Body, till Nature is able to expel it, and cast it totally forth, or till she is assisted with proper Medi­cines to do the same. This is evi­dent in all such as are troubled with Scorbutes, Botches, Boils, Scabs, Leprosies, &c.

XVII. Prop. 11. That the Blood having once cast forth this Heterogenous and Corrupt Matter into the Substance of the Flesh, by virtue of its Vital Potency, is not apt to receive it in again of its own accord; but on the contrary, still continues its Action, of expelling and casting out. This is apparent from the long continuance, and increase of the aforesaid Habi­tual Defilements: For if that [Page 42] which was once cast out was wasted and gone, the evil would cease; which we see it does not; and therefore must be con­tinued by that means, by which it first began.

XVIII. Prop. 12. That since Nature willingly admits not of a Vacuum, by Prop. 1. That by taking away the Blood out of the Veins, such a Vacuum would ne­cessarily follow, unless they were supplied with other Juices, out of the Substance of the Flesh, by Prop. 2. This is evident by the Construction of that second Pro­position: And by Prop. 5. and 6. where it is proved, that there being no Anastomoses, the Veins receive their bloody Juice out of the Flesh.

XIX. Prop. 13. That then to avoid such a Vacuum in the Veins, if the Veins (upon Blood letting) receive in of the Corrupted Juices of the Body, through the whole Ʋniversal Habit, to repleat them; it follows, that the Ʋniversal bloody Mass must be at once Cor­rupted, and defiled with an almost indelebile Pollution. This is so manifest of it self, that it needs no other Explication.

XX. Prop. 14. The Blood, by this diminution in Quantity, and loss of Spirits therewith, is so de­pauperated in Quality, and so truly enfeebled, that by many such Out­lets, it seems to be overcome, yield up its active Potency, and submits to the over-powering Tar­tarous and Corrupt Matter brought in. By which it is clear, that Blood-letting pollutes the bloo­dy Mass, and causes it to imbibe the corrupt Juices of the fleshy Substance which it had be­fore cast out; whereby Dis­eases are, after that Operati­on, made ten times more re­bellious and difficult to Cure, than they were before; and the universal human Nature becomes ten times (as I may say) more depraved, whereby those Pati­ents are left in a deplorable, and sometimes in an incurable State. Which, before the many re­peated Acts of BLOOD SƲCK­ING, were in a very tolerable and hopeful Condition; which is the thing that was to be de­monstrated, in opposition to the horrid Practices of the BLOOD SƲCKERS of our Times.

XXI. Besides, their drawing Blood in all sorts of Fevers, to me is a Paradox, not to be unfolded: For a Fever may rationally enough be compared to a boiling Pot: Now when a Pot, through the Fury of the Heat, is ready to run over, what Course is to be taken to quell its Outrage, and stop the boiling over? To this the greatest Coun­try Clown that is, will make you a ready Answer; viz. either to put in some cold Water into the Pot, or to diminish and take a­way the Fire: For if you take away any of the Liquor out of the Pot (which answers to Blood Sucking and Blistring) the rest of the Liquor must needs boil the faster, because the same fire or heat, has a less quantity of Matter to exercise its fury upon.

XXII. So that in the main, this is found to be an Operation of as little use as any, in the whole Art of Chirurgery; and if it is to be used at all, these four cases are [Page 43] the chief, viz. 1. A Quinsey: 2. A Pleurisie: 3. A Peripneumony: 4. An inward Bruise, or Hurt in the Thorax: Which yet, if a Skilful Physician has the Matter in hand, he will easier, safer and sooner perform, by the admi­nistration of some inward Spe­cifick, as Spirit or volatil Salt of Mans Blood, or Flesh, or Urine, &c. than any BLOOD SƲCKER of them all can do by Bleeding. But of this, at present, enough.

CHAP. XIII. OPENING of an ARTERY.

I. THE former Reasons which have been just now offered against Bleeding of a Vein, may serve here: To which add the dangerous and frightful Opera­tion, by reason of which, none of the Moderns but dislike it; yet for the Curiosity of such as desire to know how it is to be done, and whom substantial Rea­son cannot perswade out of their Road, we will here shew the way.

II. Some tie a Bandage about the Neck, but seeing, when it is hard bound, it is very troublesom; others think it better th [...] the Li­gature be made under the Arm­holes, which must be so straight­ned, that the Jugular Veins and Carotide Artery, may appear both by swelling and touch; then let the Arteries be compressed by the Thumb, a little below where you intend to make the Incision.

III. Being opened (which must be done by a steady and strong hand) take forth what Blood you intend; which done, strew some Astrin­gent Pouder upon the Wound, then put over it a double Linnen Cloth, with a Plate of Lead, after bind it up with a fit Bandage, which in five or six days will be perfectly well.

IV. The Intentions for which these kinds of Artists open an Ar­tery, are against inveterate Head­aches, Megrims, Palsies, Mad­ness, Epilepsies, Inflammation of the Eyes or Ears; for which purpose they open the Arteries of the Forehead, Temples, or those behind the Ears, or Arte­ria Puppis, all of them Branches of the external Carotide.

V. In the Inflammation of the Liver and Diaphragma, the Ar­teries between the Thumb and forefinger. In Palpitation of the Heart, either that, or the Sa­phena, is to be opened.

VI. Other Arteries are not to be opened, except a Bone lies under them, for fear of an A­neurisma.

VII. The motion of the Blood in the Arteries, is by leaping, as it were forwards, by reason it goes out of the greater Arteries into the less; whereby it is by a [Page 44] struggling motion forced to make its way; and this strug­ling leaping motion is that, which where it may be felt, is called the beating of the Pulse; by which is known the State and Affections of the Heart and Vital Spirits.

VIII. Whereas the Motion of the Blood in the Veins, is smooth and flowing, because it goes out of the lesser Veins into the greater, in its return to the Heart, whence it follows, that if the; Blood be taken too liberally out of them, the Heart is rob­bed of so much of its Pabulum, that the Vital Spirits thereby fail.

CHAP. XIV. OPENING of the WIND-PIPE.

I. BRonchotomia seu Laringo­tomia, is the opening of the Wind-Pipe, when Persons are troubled with that kind of Quinsey, called Cynanche, where the Sick is in danger of Suffocation, that Disease being more dangerous than this Operation.

II. Let the Sick bend back his Head, both to stretch out, and better shew the Aspera Arteria: Draw a Line with Ink from the middle of the Neck before, almost to the Cavity of the Jugulum: Divide the Skin, according to the length of the Larinx unto the hollow: let him that stands by to assist, pluck by the Skin on each side, that the Artist may see and remove the two long Muscles, called Sternohyoides, with a Knife made either with Wood or Bone: The Larinx then appearing, make an Inci­sion in the middle, between the third and fourth Annulary Car­tilage, taking heed that you hurt not the Cartilages them­selves.

III. When you find the Breath to come forth, take out the Inci­sion Knife, and put into the place a Pipe of Silver or Lead, yet not so deep as to reach the hin­der part of the Wind-pipe, lest it cause a continual Cough.

IV. The danger of Suffocation being over, which is generally about the third or fourth day, take forth the Pipe and cure the Wound, as you do others.

V. Before you do this Operation, beware lest the Lungs, Pleura, Gullet, &c. be not also inflamed, or already full of Matter: An Inflammation and Corruption of the Larinx, is most commonly mortal: If therefore upon these Accidents, you attempt this work, the death of the Patient may prove matter of Scandal.

VI. The Epiglottis may some­times be so indurated, that it may not only hinder speaking, but also [Page 45] hinder swallowing, except of great pieces of Meat; for Drink, and all other liquid things, run into the Wind pipe, as not being well closed by the indurated E­piglottis: This Affect is incura­ble.

VII. The Glottis, or Chink of the Larinx, either from Food or Physick, is sometimes so straitly wrung together, that the Patient cannot make any Noise: for this purpose some commend this; ℞ Cows Milk lbi. Yolks of Eggs Noij. treble refined Sugar ℥i. mix and dissolve, of which the Patient may often take three or four Spoonfuls.

VIII. Or you may give this; ℞ English Saffron ʒss. Olibanum in fine Pouder ʒi. Juice of Liquo­rice ʒiss. white Sugar ʒij. Gum Tragacanth ʒiij. mix, and with Damask Rose-water make Tro­ches, to be continually chew­ed in the Mouth, and swallow­ed.

IX. This following is of good use, and has been often proved; ℞ Syrup of Sugar, Oil of sweet Almonds new drawn ana ℥iij. put them into a Glass, and shake them well together; of which let the Patient swallow a spoonful at a time, five, six, or eight times a day.

X. If it be inveterate, and not easily Cured, you must mix with the former Composition Powers of Aniseeds ℥iss. or, for want thereof, of the Oil of Aniseeds ʒij. which mix well by shaking to­gether, and let it be given as the former.

CHAP. XV. OPENING of the BREST.

I. THIS Operation is perform­ed in two Cases: 1. In a Hydrops Pectoris vel Pulmonis, wherein Water is collected into the Cavity of the Thorax, either by Rupture of the Lymphaeducts, or too great a waterishness of the Blood. 2. In an Empyema, which follows an Inflammation of the Throat, Lungs, Pleura, &c. where in Matter is collected; which upon the breaking of the Apostem, falls also into the Ca­vity of the Thorax.

I. Of a Dropsie of the Brest.

II. Signs. It is known by a dry Cough, a painful heaviness, and a difficulty of Breathing, even to Suffocation; there is also great Thirst, little Appetite, and a paleness of the Countenance; sometimes there is a swelling of the Legs; and now and then it is accompanied with a Fever.

III. The Causes. They are be­fore declared, to which add an Obstruction of the Lymphaeducts, as it often happens.

IV. The Prognosticks. If it be recent, it is easier cured than when inveterate: So also, if it be in a Person Young than in one Old: But in whom soever, and though Recent, yet it is a thing of dif­ficult Cure.

V. It often degenerates into an Ascites; and if the Bowels be hurt, it is incurable.

VI. If the Water cannot be ex­pelled by Diaphoreticks, Diureticks, nor by Purging Medicines, then we must come to the Manual Operation, as at Sect. 18. fol­lowing. See the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 4. Cap. 26. throughout.

II. Of an Empyema.

VII. The Signs. When the In­flammation of the Lungs or Pleura, will not, upon Bleeding or other fit means, be removed, you may then judge a Collection of such Matter to come, within 12, 14, or 16 days.

VIII. The Patient finds a great heaviness in his Brest, without con­siderable Pain; but if it be with Pain, it is commonly with a new Afflux of Humours, which they divert by Revul­sion.

IX. There is a difficulty of Breathing, and in Motion the Pa­tient finds a rumbling; and is sensible that the Matter changes place, and the side affected is hotter than the other.

X. He casts up, with violent Coughing, a purulent Matter, ha­ving a continual Fever, or rather a Continent; (for such as I have seen afflicted with this Disease, had no remission of the heat:) The Appetite is depraved or weak, and he finds Anxiety or Pain at Heart.

XI. The Cause. It proceeds from a Fever, which many times putting the Blood and Humours into violent Motions, lodges them in the Lungs, Membranes of the Pleura, or Parts adjacent.

XII. The Differences. One is in the Lungs it self; another in the Membranes of the Pleura: Or, One arises from a Peripneumonia; another from the Pleurisie. One is from a Rupture of some pre­ceding Apostem, as aforesaid. Another from a Vein opened, broken, or gnawn asunder; whence comes Blood, which issuing forth, is converted into Pus, forming it self a Cystis. A­nother from an afflux of Rheum, or Humours, into the Thorax.

XIII. The Prognosticks. All Empyema's are dangerous, and Death is rather to be feared, than Life hoped for. But that, in a strong Person, and on the right side, and where the Pus is voided white, and without any great Pain or Coughing, it is the more hopeful.

XIV. So also, if, upon opening, the Sick has an Appetite to Meat, the Thirst goes away, and the Fever leaves the Sick the same Day, there is hopes; and con­trariwise.

XV. Between the thirtieth and fortieth day, the Apostem common­ly breaks; and if it be not spit forth in Forty Days, it com­monly turns into a Consumption.

XVI. But, if upon opening, the Pus be of an ill Colour or Savor, [Page 47] somewhat Bloody, or Water flows forth in great quantity, or it co­lours the Probe red, the Sick, for the most part, dies. See the Third Edition of Our Syn­opsis, Lib. 4. Cap. 22.

XVII. The Cure. If now the Humours collected connot be expell­ed by Expectoration, nor by Ʋrine, or Medicines, we must then come to Manual Operation, which is performed according to this following Method.

XVIII. The way and manner of Opening the Brest, both in a Hy­drops Pectoris, and an Empyema. The place of opening, is said, by some, to be between the third and fourth Rib; by others, be­tween the fourth and fifth; and others say, between the fifth and sixth (reckoning upwards;) this last is thought safest; for if higher, the Pericardium may be hurt, if lower, the Midriff.

XIX. But as in other Tumors, so in this, the most raised place is most fit. So that if a Tumor ap­pear on either side, make the Apertion four or five inches from the Sternon, and nearer to the lower, than the upper Rib, be­cause under each Rib there lies an Intercostal, Vein, Artery, and Nerve.

XX. First, mark the place to be cut, with Ink; and charge the Sick to hold his Breath, as long as he can, mean season make an Oblique, but small, Orifice, in­to which put a Pipe of Silver or Lead; at which suffer ℥iv. or v. to run out in a day.

XXI. If the Matter run not well, place the Sick on the wounded side, and make him Cough. If yet it will not come, by reason of its toughness, inject into the Cavity some abstersive, healing, and drying Medicine, as Decoctum Vulnerarium, Decoctum Fumaria compositum. See Pharm. Lond. Lib. 4. Cap. 14. Sect. 8, and 17. or Infusum seri Lactis Mesuae; let­ting the Patient take inwardly, Decoctum Vulnerarium Mynsichti (at Sect. 30. of the aforecited place) of which he may drink often in a day, about two ounces at a time.

XXII. If the Sick be weak, and the inward parts corrupted, this Operation is more dangerous, other­wise it has proved more effe­ctual, than in the Paracentesis, for a Dropsie in the Belly. But before you do it, first try all o­ther means, as Expectoration, Purging by Vomit, Stool and Urine, Sweating, &c. and if they fail, then make use of Chi­rurgery.

XXIII. If the Matter runs not, by reason of its toughness, Bar­bett advises to inject this: ℞ Goats Whey ℥xviij. Honey of Roses ℥iv. Juices of Celandine and Smal­lage a. ʒvi. mix.

XXIV. Or this; ℞ Comfrey-roots ℥i. Roots of Sanicle ℥ss. Leaves of Agrimony, Betony, Bur­net, Periwinkle a. Mss. the Cor­dial-flowers P. ij. Seeds of Hype­ricon, Carduus, Roman-Nettle a. ʒss. boil in Water and Honey q.s. to a pint and half, then strain out; with which Inject, letting him drink also a little of it twice or thrice a day.

XXV. Sometimes the collected Matter is contained in a Mem­brane of its own, and by its rising, [Page 48] manifests it self from without. This the Latins call Vomica Pul­monis. In this case, you must not stay till the Membrane breaks of it self: For, by delay, the Matter flowing up and down, will be more difficulty got out of the Brest; but it ought pre­sently to be opened, chusing no other place for the Apertion, but the most raised part of the Tumor.

III. Of a Pleurisie.

XXVI. And because an Empy­ema mostly follows a Pleurisie, I shall shew in this place, so much concerning it, as is necessary for a Chirurgian to know, because many of them are apt to mistake any Pain in the Side, though arising from Wind only, for a Pleurisie.

XXVII. A Pleurisie then is an Inflammation of the Pleura, and many times of the Lungs them­selves (but that is rather a Pe­ripneumony) arising from an Af­flux of Blood, attended with, 1. Pain; 2. Cough; 3 Short­ness of Breath; 4. Spitting of Blood; 5. Continent Fever; 6. And a quick Pulse.

XXVIII. The Cause. It is chiefly from Blood, or Blood and Humours, over-heated, and put into a violent Fermentation in the Lungs or Pleura.

XXIX. The Differences. It is, 1. Sincere, when it proceeds from Blood alone. 2. Bastard, when it comes from Blood mixt with other Humours. 3. Of the Lungs. 4. Of the Pleura.

XXX. The Prognosticks. If the Patient Spit not the third or fourth day, he will scarcely live to the seventh: And therefore the sooner the Matter is con­cocted, and the whiter and ea­sier it is ejected, the sooner and safer will be the Cure.

XXXI. And if upon a plentiful Expectoration, the Cough and Dif­ficulty of Breathing lessen not, it is an evil Sign: So also, if upon Bleeding, or other proper ap­plications, the Pain ceases not; for then the Sick must either die, or the Pleurisie will turn to an Empyema, or a Consumption.

XXXII. The Cure. Authors prescribe Bleeding largely, as one of the most necessary and safest means of Cure. However, Ex­perience has confirmed the ad­mirable use of the volatil Salt, or Spirit of Mans Blood, or Mans Flesh, and for want there­of, the same Preparations from Bulls Blood or Flesh; Spirit of Sal Armoniack, and many other things of like nature.

XXXIII. But if a Vein be opened, let it be on the same side the Pain is of; for thereby the Sick is much more and sooner relieved, than when it is done on the opposite side: If the Pain ceases not in twenty four hours, they sometimes Bleed twice or thrice on the same Arm, but with respect to the Patients strength.

XXXIV. After Bleeding, some­times Purging, Sweating, and Ex­pectorating Medicines are very good; this is commended by Barbett, (after once Bleeding) by an Experimental Success: ℞ Juice of Dandelion [...]iss. Plantane-water ʒij. Waters of Carduus and Sca­bious, [Page 49] Syrup of Corn Poppies a. ℥i. Crabs Eyes ʒss. mix them: and give the Sick every half hour, two Spoonfuls of it, for some time: The rest of the Cure seek out in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 4. Cap. 27.

CHAP. XVI. OPENING of the BELLY.

I. THIS Operation is called Pa­racentesis; and although it signifies all sorts of Punctures, yet Custom has only appropriated it to the opening of the Brest, in an Empyema, and of the Belly in a Dropsie; yet more to the latter, than to the former.

II. This Work is generally per­formed upon such as have a Dropsie of the Belly, called Ascites, or Tympanites; thus,

III. If the Navel stands forth, make the Apertion there; but if not, which is usual in this Case, then make it three inches below the Navel, on the Muscles, called Obliqua descendens, near the side of the right Muscle, but so much, whether on the right or left side of the Belly, as the breadth of two fingers or more.

IV. Then mark the place with Ink, and make the Operation ac­cording to the Ductus of the Fibres, a little obliquely thus [/] on the right side, and thus [\] on the left side; piercing the Skin, Muscles and Peritonaeum, taking great care, that the Omentum or Guts be not wounded.

V. As soon as you perceive the Water come forth, put in a Pipe of Silver or Lead, which is smooth, fixt at Head with broad Wings, perforated with three or four small holes on the sides of that end which is put into the Aper­tion, no longer than the thick­ness of the dissected part, which is about an Inch, somewhat crooked at the end, and exactly fitting the size of the Orifice; which put into it, laying over it a sticking Emplaster, and up­on that a spunge, or fourfold doubled rag, all which bind on very well, and let the Sick rest for two or three hours.

VI. Then open the Bandage, and take away one, two, or three quarts of water, and sometimes more at a time; this repeat once or twice a day, till the Water is almost discharged: For to take away all at once, would so chill the Parts, as to endanger the Life of the Patient. The Pipe is to remain all the time of the Cure, at last remove it, and Cure the Apertion as an ordinary Wound.

VII. But this Operation is bet­ter performed by the Steel Pipe of Paul Barbett, made with an end like a Lancet, and sharp, with holes on the sides: This is to be thrust into the Cavity of the [Page 50] Belly, through the right Muscle, where the Orifice is soon healed, taking out but a Gallon or two of water at a time.

VIII. This done, take out the Instrument, and lay upon the hole only dry Lint, with a sticking Em­plaster over it, which will keep the Water in, two, or three, or more days; after, according to the Strength of the Sick, re­peat it, either by opening the first Orifice again, or making a new one, if the Artist find the Water to be drawn another way.

IX. But before these Operations be performed, consider, that the Body be not too much emaciated or wasted. 2. That the Dropsie be Recent, at least, that the great bulk of the Tumor be but of short standing. 3. That the Patient have no Fever, nor difficulty of Breathing. 4. That the Noble Parts be sound and uncorrupt­ed. 5. That the Person be of middle Age, or at least very strong; because in Children and aged People, it succeeds not well. 6. Take care to preserve the natural Heat, for after Open­ing, the Parts easily Gangrene or Mortifie.

X. In an Hydrocele (when the Water falls into the Scrotum) you may make a discharge of the Humour, by the last mentioned In­strument, so dexterously, that the next day, you shall hardly be able to find where the hole was.

XI. You may apply this Instru­ment very facetiously to an Em­pyema, and to a Dropsie of the Brest, in Chap. 15. aforegoing.

XII. This Operation is of An­cient Ʋse, yet full of Danger, but many times preserves the Life of the Patient, and the Success which has been in the Use of it, emboldens us now and then, to draw it into Practice.

XIII. But we find Experimen­tally, 1. That the Parts debili­tated, and deserted of their natural Heat, after opening, do easily Mortifie. 2. That, together with the Water, the Spirits do also Issue out.

XIV. However, after all has been said that can be said, the A­pertion is best to be made at the Navel; where it is certainly done with the least trouble to the Artist, and without any Pain to the Patient, and with less danger than in any other place.

XV. It may be opened with a Lancet, where the Water will issue forth, without the help of a Pipe; and when you think a sufficient quantity is taken away, you may stop it with a little dry Lint, and a sticking Emplaster, gently binding it on with a Swathe.

XVI. If therefore the Navel struts out of its own accord, that is the certain place to be chosen for this Operation; but if otherwise, it is best to be done (as is pra­ctised upon Negroes in many Places of both Indies) by rai­sing it into a Bladder with Cupping-glasses, and then prick­ing it, as is before directed, and as if it was raised naturally of it self.

XVII. I remember that once I saw Dr. Gardner, Chief Chirur­gian [Page 51] to the King's Houshold, open the Belly of one that had an Ascites. He did it at the Navel, without any Pipe, as before directed; and it was done with that dexterity, and easiness, that I never saw the least Ope­ration in Chirurgery perform­ed with the like Facility, and not the least Pain to the Pa­tient.

CHAP. XVII. OPENING of Closed ORIFICES.

I. WE shall begin with them that are highest, or in the Ʋpper Parts of the Body; of which, those of the Eyes offer themselves first to consideration.

I. Closed Eyes.

II. Ancyloplepharon, Coali­tus, the Eye-lids growing together, or else, to the white and horny Coat, or both together. If before Birth, or naturally so, they are carefully to be divided by an Incision-Knife; on the Point of which is to be a little Knob; after which they are to be kept asunder with Lint, and fit Me­dicines.

III. If after a Wound, not being healed according to Art, so that the Eye-lids grow together; put in a small Probe by degrees, at the Corner next the Nose, and bearing it up, divide the joined Lids all along: Or you may do it with an Incision-knife, after the manner of the former Operation.

IV. If the Eye-lids should ad­here to the Coats, by reason of Ʋlcers ill cured, &c. they are carefully to be divided with the like Incision-Knife, rather lea­ving some of the Eye-lid on the Coat of the Eye, then cut the Tunicle, for that what remains may be taken off afterwards.

V. This done, ℞ Rose-water and Whites of Eggs, beat them together, and dip Pledgets therein, which apply, to hinder grow­ing together again: Then let the Sick be often moving their Eye-lids, and wash often with our Aqua Regulata, or Aqua Ophthalmica.

VI. Or, you may wash with this; ℞ Rhenish-wine, Red-wine, Damask-Rose-water a. ℥iij. Tutid prepared ʒiij. Myrrh in pouder ʒij. Scammony in pouder ʒi. boil till a third part is wasted; strain, and hang in a Nodule, Verdigrise, Camphir a. ʒi. digest a Week-strain again, and keep it for use.

II. Orifice of the Ears closed.

VII. The Passages of the Ears may be stopped, either visible, or scarce so: If they be visible, they may easily be divided, and after Cicatrized with fit Medi­cines, [Page 52] done round about a Pipe, which may be put into the Ear.

VIII. If they be so deep, as that they are scarcely to be seen, it is dangerous so to open them; and they are rather to be eaten away with eroding Medicines, but you ought to apply them with that Caution, as to save harmless the Drum of the Ear.

III. The Nostrils closed.

IX. They may be closed up, ei­ther almost, or altogether. They are both cured one and the same way; first open them with an Incisi­on-Knife, and then dilate them with prepared Elder Pith, or Puff-balls, or Spunge prepared, &c. which done, put up a hol­low Pipe, anointed with Ʋn­guentum Diapompholigos.

IV. The Mouth closed.

X. It is either almost closed, or quite closed; in both Cases it is to be opened with an Incision-Knife, then dressed with Balsam de Chili, Peru, or Tolu, applied upon dry Lint, and so gently bound up; which will heal them at one Intention.

V. The Praeputium closed.

XI. Whether it be from ill Con­formation, or Ʋlcers, closed at the end, or sticking to the Glans; 'tis first to be divided with a crooked Incision-Knife; after which, a thin plate of Lead is to be put between, sprinkled with Ceruse, Litharge, or burnt Lead in fine Pouder.

XII. The first dressing may be Lint dipt in Whites of Eggs; af­terwards for three or four days, with some digestive Mixture; as this, ℞ Honey, Turpentine a. ℥ss. Yolk of one Egg, mix them together by grinding; lastly, apply the Lead, Ceruse, &c. to dry and heal.

VI. The Glans not perforated.

XIII. It is to be carefully open­ed with a Lancet, after which you may put a small leaden Pipe dressed with some fit Balsam or Ointment into it, where it is to be kept till it is well.

XIV. If it be not rightly per­forated, having a small hole near the Fraenum only, so as that nei­ther the Urine nor Semen, can pass directly out, whereby Pro­creation may be hindred: In this case, you are to extend the Praeputium with the left hand, and divide the Glans to the hole, using a Pipe as before.

XV. If in Infants the Orifice be too little, make use of Elder Pith compressed, anointing it with Ʋng. Rosatum, not using Incision, as in the former.

VII. The Anus in Infants not Perforated.

XVI. This may either be in part, a small hole remaining, or else closed all together: If in part, it is carefully to be opened with a Lancet and Scissars, on both sides; after which you may do it with Tents or Pledgets dipt in Ʋnguentum Tutiae, or any other drying Oint­ment, to prevent Bleeding: [Page 53] Thus it will be cured in a few Days, without a Leaden Pipe.

XVII. But if it be wholly shut, and the end of the Intestinum Rectum is covered with a Mem­brane; if it be thin, it may some­times be opened with the Fin­gers; but if thick, with a Lancet, or small Incision-Knife, long­ways, (taking great care of the Sphincter Muscle) and then kept open with a small Leaden Pipe, and drying Unguents; or an Elder Pith dressed with the same.

VIII. Pudenda Virginum closed.

XVIII. This is many times ex­ternal, wherein the Vulva is quite closed with a preternatural Mem­brane, or only a very small hole left: And this is either natu­rally so from the Birth, or join­ed together upon an ill affected Ulcer: These you must open long-ways with a sharp Incision-Knife, in part wound about with Linnen Rags, and then the Wound is to be cured the com­mon way.

XIX. Sometimes a preterna­tural Caruncle shuts the Os Vul­vae; here you must have a Specu­lum Matrices; and in the latter end of the Cure, a small Pipe, perforated throughout, in length, to help the Cicatrizing.

XX. If there be a Membranous Coalition of the four Carneous Mon­ticuli, whereby the fore Parts of the Vulva are shut up, sometimes very close; it may easily be per­ceived by the Eye or Touch. Let the Legs be held a sunder up­wards, then make Incision, be­ginning from beneath, not ma­king the opening too small, lest in time it should hinder delivery, (yet carefully taking heed not to hurt the Bladder) then dress the Wound with thick flat Pledgets (that can­not easily fall out) dipt in cool­ing and drying Ointments; and so managed, that what has been parted, may not grow together again.

IX. The Vagina closed.

XXI. This may be closed either in part, or wholly; if in part, whe­ther naturally, or through an Ʋl­cer, it may be either in the be­ginning, or the middle, a hole being in the midst to discharge the Menses, and for admission of Seed.

XXII. If it be wholly closed, it is in many caused through hard Labour; in which it may be hurt, inflamed, and made raw, and by that means grow together: Sometimes it is also caused by some fleshy Excrescence, arising in the French-Pox, or otherwise.

XXIII. The Signs. It may ea­sily be known by feeling of a skilful Chirurgian or Midwife; the Hus­band also, by his not being able to enter. The Patient also com­plains of great Pain in the lower Ventricle and Loins, on that side where the broad Ligaments are connected with the Os Ilium. The Colour is pale and unhealth­ful; and at the New Moon they are apt to Vomit Flegm mixt with Blood, because they want their Menses.

XXIV. The Cure. The Patient [Page 54] is to be laid on her Back, with her Head low, her Loins raised with Cushions or Bolsters, her Knees high, and separated wide asunder; then with the Hands, the Vulva being kept open, a crooked In­cision-Knife is to be conveyed to the upper part of the Membrane, cutting it through downwards towards the Intestinum Rectum, going in a direct Line, and shunning the other way, for fear of hurting the Bladder.

XXV. Being thus opened, there is to be put up a Pessary, made of a dry Spunge, and moistned with Oil of Eggs, Earthworms, or Nervinum, mixed with Oil of Mastich.

XXVI. The Place being widened with the Spunge, you may then put in a Pessary of Wax, moistned with Oil of Eggs, applying a thick Bolster and Bandage, not to be removed, but upon making Wa­ter, or to use an Injection to cleanse the Part of the Pus, which is so long to be used, till it is perfectly healed. The Pes­sary may also be made hollow like a Pipe, and of Silver or Lead, as you see occasion.

XXVII. Or the Woman being put into a due posture, the part may be dilated with the Speculum Vaginae, or Matricis, and so be divided with a crooked Incision-knife tyed to the Fore-finger, cutting from the upper part downwards, &c. as before di­rected.

X. The Inward Orifice of the Womb closed.

XXVIII. It may be so closed as not to admit of a small Probe, caused thro' cold Humours, Seed, or Menses long kept, whereby when they are heaped upon it, it be­comes so swelled, as to close the Mouth thereof: In some the Mouth of the Womb is hard, from Wind, and Humours heap­ed up therein, which cause great pain both in the Belly and sides thereof.

XXIX. If it be very hard, ta­pering out, and sunk down, so that little good can be done by Emollient and Discussive Fomentations and Ointments, 'tis then to be en­larged with Gentian Root, or prepared Spunge, by which it may be widened, and come to its due purgation.

XXX. Being thus widened, there may easily be put in an Instrument of Silver or Ivory, after the fa­shion of a Screw, the one end thick­er than the other, and within hol­low, thro' which the Menses may flow, being assisted by Cough­ing, Sneezing, Laughing, or some other violent Motion.

XXXI. This may be carried without any trouble or inconvenien­cy, and 'tis better than Incision, which is certainly dangerous, tho' sometimes (all other means fail­ing) it may be attempted: But if there is an insensibility in the part, or no sharp pain, or there is a thin, fluid, or stinking, black Matter, the affect is In­curable.

CHAP. XVIII. OPENING of APOSTEMS.

I. AN Abscess or Apostem, is a Tumer containing a Matter cast forth by Nature for its relief, and gathered together in­to one place, which if Nature her self perfects not, is brought to sup­puration or ripeness by Art, except in some cases, wherein we dare not stay for a perfect Maturati­on; as, 1. When the Matter is very sharp or malign, so as it may corrupt the neighbouring Parts, as Nerves, Tendons, Bones. 2. When it may affect a more noble Part. 3. When it is in the Joints. 4. When cast forth by a Crisis.

II. Before you come to the Work it self, you must consider of the In­strument with which it is to be done: Some open it with a Lan­cet or Incision-knife, others with a Potential Cautery.

III. If with the Lancet or Inci­sion-knife, the Apertion is made as l [...]ng, and as deep as you think fit, (yet you are not to thrust the Lan­cet in too deep, nor farther into the Cavity than to the Matter,) and the undigested Matter remain­ing will be sooner Concocted by Application of fit Medicines, given both Internally, and ap­plied Externally; nor will there be any long Gleet, which if it happens, is certainly the fault of the Chirurgian.

IV. First, consider whether the Matter be contained in its own pro­per Cistis or Tunicle, or not. If it be in a Tunicle, and be small, make the Incision long-ways; and as soon as you perceive the Cistis, draw the Incision-knife a little back, and turn the point upwards, making your opening thro' the Skin so big as may af­ford the Pus a free vent. If it be big, make a double Incision; viz. Cross-ways; but beware of touching the Cistis, lest you have a foetid, and almost incu­rable Ulceration.

V. The Apertion being made wide enough, press out with your Fingers the whole Vesicle, or Body of the Apostem, which seldom or never sticks to the Skin, and will easily come forth: but have a care, that not the least particle of the Bag remain behind, lest it gather again.

VI. Those Apostems which hap­pen behind the Ears, in the Neck, Arm-holes, or in the Groin, spring from Indurated Glandules, re­pleat with a praeternatural Hu­mour, comprehended in their own Membranes, which being toucht either with Instrument or Cau­stick Medicines, there follows a Gleet of the contained Humour, which will continue till the whole Glandule and Tunicle are both consumed, and it may be also in the mean season corrupt some of the adjacent Parts.

VII. If it be without a Tunicle, [Page 56] then make the Apertion in the right Line, observing the Fibres of the Muscles: In the head, accord­ing to the position of the Hair, long-ways: In the Eye-lids transverse: In the Nose, Neck, Brest, Back, Arms, Feet, Joints, long-ways: In the midst of the Belly, long-ways, in the Sides a little slanting; in the Groins transverse, but not very deep, by reason of the subjacent Semi­nary Vessels.

VIII. And always take heed, lest you touch any great Vein, Ar­tery or Nerve, though you cut the Fibres a-cross, lest from a lesser evil you create a greater.

IX. The place of opening is the highest and softest part of the Apo­stem, and if possible, in the de­pending place thereof, that the Pus or Matter may the more ea­sily be discharged: To which purpose, you are with a Tent to keep it open, till the Part be­ing wholly cleansed, may return to its prestine Health.

X. Some open it with a Lancet, others with a potential Cautery made of Quick-lime, and Holland, or black Soap. The Cautery is best for Timorous People, and is without great pain (unless very Corrosive) working deep e­nough into the Flesh.

XI. But in a Contained Abscess, it may eat too deep, and accord­ing to the place, do much Mischief; besides which, it commonly spreads it self farther than it should, notwithstanding the de­fensative. And it is found by Experience, that in some it has eaten thro' the Skin and Mus­cles, and in Tumors of the Bel­ly, eaten to the very Cavity; in others wounded the Processes of the Peritonaeum, together with the seminal Vessels therein.

XII. It is also some Hours in doing the operation, and it may be at last (the Escar not falling presently) you must be forced to make use of the Lancet or Incision-knife; whereas with the Lancet or Incision-knife the work is, 1. Safely. 2. Spee­dily. And, 3. Without much pain performed, by which the Patient has immediate Relief.

CHAP. XIX. OPENING of the SKIN.

I. THere are many kinds or ways of opening the Skin, according to the number of the In­tentions for which it is done, of which these are chief. 1. Vesica­tories. 2. Making Issues. 3. Ap­plying the Seton. 4. Applying of Leeches. 5. Cupping-glasses. 6. Scarification. 7. Ustion or Burning, which is the Applica­tion of the Actual Cautery. 8. Haemorrhoids. 9. Varix.

I. Vesicatories, or Blistering.

II. It is done by Application of the common Epispastick or Vesica­tory of the Shops, Examples e­nough of which you may find in Our Pharmacopoeia's, Doron, Seplasium, and other Books. The Epispa­stick is spread upon Leather, and laid on generally at going to sleep, that the Patient by sleep­ing may be the less sensible of the pain: and it is continued on, sometimes 8, 10, 12 or 14 Hours, according to the Place and Na­ture of the Part it is applied to.

III. At the time appointed, it is taken off, the Blister clipt, and the Water let out; at which time some Artists take off the Skin wholly, but others as Learned and Experienced in their Faculty, let it lye on, over which they lay a Melilot Emplaster which gene­rally (better and more easily) pulls it off; or for want there­of, the smooth side of a Cole­wort Leaf, (which is said to be drawing, the contrary side dry­ing and healing:) And with this Emplaster or Leaves it is drest first twice a day, till the chief of the running is over; after once a day, till it is whole.

IV. As for taking off the Skin when the Blister is drawn, they say they do it that the Sore might run the more plentifully, freely, and longer: To which we answer, 1. That the taking off the Skin puts the Patient to a vast deal of pain more, than the letting it lye on. 2. That we have tryed by many Experiments, that by Appli­cation of the Emplaster or Colewort Leaves, we have found the run­ning as free and plentiful as by the former way of taking the Skin off, and sometimes the running to last much longer. 3. That the pulling off the Skin by means of the Emplaster or the Leaves, is not the tenth part of the pain, which that is, that is taken off by the Hands at time of draw­ing; for all which reasons that way is to be chosen, which being as advantageous to the Pa­tients as any, puts them to the least pain.

V. The Ʋses of Blistering are manifold, (tho' we exclude their vulgar use in all sorts of Fevers, which we think not much less per­nicious than the exhibition of Poy­son:) 1. Where any vehement pain is setled in any Part. 2. Where any Tumor is fixed that cannot be otherwise mo­ved. 3. For Derivation, where there is a Flux of Humours, that can no otherwise be mastered: As a Rheum falling upon the Eyes or Teeth; a Catarrh upon the Palate; a defluxion upon a­ny particular Joint, &c.

VI. The place of their Applica­tion is generally, 1. For the re­moving of Pain, upon the very place pained, for if it be but two or three Inches, above, below, or on either side, I have expe­rimentally found, that it does no good at all, whereas apply­ed upon the very place, it gene­rally does the work effectually. 2. Ʋpon the very place of the Tu­mor afflicting. 3. If for Deriva­tion, upon those parts which will easily derive from the Parts affect­ed, [Page 58] as upon the Nape of the Neck, for a Rheum in the Eyes, &c.

VII. How often they are to be applied. Many times the Disease is inveterate, and the Humour malign and stubborn, and it of­ten falls out, that at once or twice blistering the Cure can­not be done; and if any part of the malign Humour is left be­hind, 'tis as good as doing no­thing, for that will quickly in­crease and grow as bad again; for this cause they must be so often applied till the Cause is wholly removed, which in some may be done at the first time, in others at the second, in others at the third or fourth Applica­tion; and in some cases they may be applied five or six times.

VIII. If any shall object, that by this often Application, a Hu­mour may possibly be drawn into a Part; we affirm from a large Experimental Knowledge the contrary: For a Vesicatory is so far from drawing an Humour into a Part, that it always draws the Humour out; for by its potency, and speedy way of Action, it draws with that vio­lence, that it breaks, and as it were, disjoints the Humour, and so takes it forth; and not as other lazy Attractives, which by long lying, draw and affix Humours in a Part, without drawing them out at all.

IX. As to their use in Fevers, we have very much to say against them; but because we design brevity in this work, shall re­fer it to another place, and in part mind you of what we have said already on this Subject, Chap. 12. Sect. 21. aforegoing.

X. The danger and ill effects of Vesicatories, are Heat and Scald­ing of the Water, difficulty of Pis­sing, and sometimes Pissing of Blood. This is remedied by plentifully drinking an Emulsi­on of the four cold Seeds; or Barley Water mixt with Milk. Thus, ℞ hull'd Barley ℥viij. Wa­ter three Pints or more, boil, and cast away the first Water; add two Quarts more, and boil till the Barley is broken, adding a double quantity of Milk; strain, and sweeten it a little with fine Sugar, of which let the Patient drink liberally.

II. Fontanels, or Issues.

XI. An Issue is a little Ʋlcer made by Art, in a sound part of the Body, by a red hot Iron, Lancet, Scissars, or corrosive Medicine, to evacuate superfluous Hu­mours, and so either to Prevent, or Cure Diseases.

XII. Let them be made be­tween the Muscles, not in the be­ginning, middle, nor end of a Mus­cle: If you make an Issue in the Head, let it be in the middle of the Coronal Suture: In the Neck, between the Shoulders: If on the Arm, about the middle space between the Shoulder and Elbow, towards the outside.

XIII. If on the Thighs, let it be on the inside, two or three Fin­gers breadth above the Knee; if on the Leg, as much below the Knee.

XIV. The way of doing of it, is by Incision, Caustick, or Burning. [Page 59] 1. By Incision. Take up the Skin on both sides, either with a pair of Forceps, or your Hand; which done, divide it in the place you intend, (first marked with Ink) with a Lancet, Inci­sion-knife, or a pair of Scissars.

XV. 2. By Caustick. The place being first marked with Ink, apply a Plaster, with a hole in the middle over it, in which hole put the Caustick, over the place mark­ed; over which lay another Pla­ster: After three or four Hours take off the Emplasters and Cau­sticks, and apply on the Escar a Plaster of Diapalma, dressing it twice a day, that it may the sooner separate.

XVI. For a Caustick, you may use Lapis Infernalis (in our Phar­mac. Londinensis, Lib. 3. Cap. 11. Sect. 102.) or that made of Silver (at Sect. 20. Cap. 2. Lib. 3. of the said Book.)

XVII. 3. By Burning. Ap­ply the Cautery red hot, yet so, as that the Skin be not wholly pene­trated, lest you hurt too much the subjacent Muscle; after remove the Escar, as before. The Escar be­ing fallen, take little hard Dos­sels made of Lint, upon which spread some detersive Medicine, and press them into the Ulcer, till they have made some Im­pression, then put into the hole a little Ball of Wood, Wax, El­der pith, Silver, or a Pea, &c. which are often to be taken out, and renewed continually, till the Disease be Cured, or weak­ness hinder, applying over only green Oiled Cloth.

XVIII. If the Issue should grow up, make Balls of Gentian, Her­modact, Orrice, &c. so may you remove the proud Flesh: A Ball made with Precipitate and white Wax, will keep it open.

XIX. If hot scalding Humours flow, apply to it Unguentum Al­bum Camphoratum, mixt with an equal quantity of Populneum: If it smells ill, wash it often with generous Canary, mixt with an equal quantity of Rhe­nish Wine.

III. The Seton, in the Nape of the Neck.

XX. The Seton is no more but one of the kinds of Issues, made after another manner, and chiefly applicable to the Nape of the Neck; tho' it may be made in other places too.

XXI. A Seton is much a grea­ter trouble than an Issue; yet this advantage arises from it, that what evils two Issues will not re­move, is oftentimes done by one Seton.

XXII. It is made in many places; as, Arms, Legs, Brest, Ears, Region of the Liver, Spleen, Navel, Scrotum, &c. But the chief place is the Neck, between the first and second Vertebra, or second and third, or which is best, between the third and fourth.

XXIII. Take up the Skin, with a perforated pair of Forceps, nip it pretty hard to stupifie it. Through the perforations of the Forceps and Skin, pass a Needle red hot, af­ter which, with another Needle, bring through the silken String or Cord.

XXIV. The first day to ease [Page 60] pain, apply to the part, Lint dipt in Whites of Eggs and Rose-water mixt together, then procure di­gestion with convenient Medi­cines; afterwards let the String be drawn every day sometimes to this side, sometimes to that, that the mattery part may hang out of the Wound: The Ulcer is thus to be kept open, as long as need requires.

XXV. But Barbett tells us, it may be much easier, and better performed thus. Let the Artist take up the Skin in one Hand, and his Servant with another; and in the place he intends (first marked with Ink) let him pass it through, with a sharp-poin­ted Needle, not made hot, to which let be first tyed a conve­nient Cord of Silk or Thread, rubbed over with Wax.

XXVI. This Operation evacu­ates from the Head, Eyes, Nose, Teeth, and causes derivation from the Mouth, Brest, Spinal Mar­row, and Joints; it Cures Head­achs, Megrims, Vertigo's, Fi­stula Lachrymalis, Hydrocepha­lus, &c. In Scrotum, Hernia aquosa, &c.

IV. Application of Leeches.

XXVII. Leeches are said to be more advantagious than Scari­fication, and safer than Bleeding, because they draw forth the Extra­vased Blood, which is in the Flesh; and they may with benefit be applied, as well in weak as strong Bodies, they drawing chiefly from the Cutaneous Parts, by which means they often Cure Cuticular Diseases.

XXVIII. Leeches are applied to the Veins of the Arms and Legs, to Haemorrhoids, Vulva, Gums, Lips, Nose, Ʋlcers, after sca­rifying in Gangrenes, Herpes, &c. and that in general Evacuations of the whole Body.

XXIX. When you apply them, make the place clean with Milk and Sugar, rubbing it till it grows red; then hold them near the Head in a Rag, and so apply them to the place, it being first moistned with Pigeons Blood.

XXX. If you would have them fall off before they have done, cast Salt on them: If you would have them suck longer than full, cut off their Tails.

XXXI. Chuse them in clear Water, sandy and gravelly Ponds, whose Heads are little, Bodies small, Bellies red and round, and Backs streaked like Threads of Gold. They ought to be kept twelve days at least before they are used.

XXXII. You may keep them a Year in Water with a few Crums of Bread, changing the Water once in four days.

XXXIII. Those in muddy, fil­thy and stinking Ponds, with great Heads, greenish colour, and blew streaks on the Back, are poysonous and dangerous, exciting Vene­mous Tumors, Inflammation, Ulcers, Convulsions, and some­times Death.

XXXIV. They are often used in Melancholy Diseases, Leprosie, Ringworms, repletion of malign Matter, Pleurisies, Inflammation of the Lungs, Phagedena, Fu­runculus, Vertigo, Epilepsie, Apoplexy, Megrim, old Head­achs, [Page 61] Diseases of the Eyes, and many other desperate Diseases.

XXXV. However, because some Leeches may be Venemous, and it is hard to discern which are not so, it will be good after Applica­tion, and that they are fallen off, to foment the Part well with Red or Claret Wine, as hot as it can well be endured, by which means, the Apertions will not only bleed the better, and the Effects of their Application be the more substantial; but the Venom they may have left be­hind, (if any be) will wholly be extracted or drawn forth.

V. Applying of Cupping-glasses.

XXXVI. They are applied ei­ther without Scarification, or with Scarification. The Modus of Application, is either to stick dried Flax with soft Wax to the bottom within the Cup, or put in loose, after set it on Fire, and presently clap it on. Some heat them very hot, in hot Wa­ter. Others stick in a little bit of Wax-candle lighted, and so apply them.

XXXVII. They are made of differing matters, and of various forms: Some are to apply and suck up withal, others are Blind.

XXXVIII. If you do it with Scarification, having applied them as before, and taken them off, then Scarifie the part, which is to be done either superficially or profound, as the Nature and Constitution of the same will permit. The best time of Ap­plication is in the Full of the Moon (not in the New) a­bout Two or Three in the After­noon; and they may continue on about half an Hour.

XXXIX. They are used to draw the Morbifick Matter out of a Part wherein it is: and to draw deep Apostems more outward; as also Matter in the more deep or no­ble Parts, to Parts more superfi­cial and less noble.

XL. They are of Ʋse also to stop Gangrenes, to warm Parts that are cold, by drawing Blood and Spirits into them; to reduce Parts elapsed, to draw out Fla­tulencies and thin Matter, and to ease Pains.

XLI. To ease Pains in the Head, or any other Part, they are to be applied upon the very spot or place pained: To the Mold of the Head to stop Catarrhs, draw up the Uvula, &c.

XLII. To the Neck, for the Palsie, Numbness, Weakness in the Limbs: To the Scapulae, for the Apoplexy, and all sorts of sleepy Diseases, and Diseases of the Head from cold: To the Nape of the Neck, for the Quinsie.

XLIII. To the Navel, in the Procedentia Ʋteri, Wind Co­lick: To the Flanks, for Wind in the Spleen: To the Ʋreters, to attract the Stone and Gravel in­to the Bladder.

XLIV. To the Ribs, for redu­cing them: To the Orifices of Ʋl­cers, and the Ears, to draw things out of them: To the Bi­tings of Venemous Creatures, to draw out their Venom and Poy­son.

XLV. To the midst of the Shoulders, for a Cough, diffi­culty of Breathing, Diseases of [Page 62] the Brest, Pleurisies, &c. To the sides of the Neck and Chin, in Diseases of the Mouth, Gums, Teeth: On the Region of the Reins, for Apostems of those Parts, and of the Liver.

XLVI. To the Arms, Thighs, Legs, &c. for pains in them: To the Os Sacrum, for Fistu­la's, Haemorrhoids Ficus, &c. To the Thighs, Legs, and Ancles, for the Strangury, pain of the Womb, Reins, Bladder.

VI. Scarification.

XLVII. Scarification is per­formed with a Lancet or Incision-knife: the Ancients have done it alone, without Cups, the Mo­derns use it not without Cup­ping.

XLVIII. It is intended either for Revulsion or Evacuation, sometimes of the whole Body, sometimes only of particular Parts.

XLIX. It has been used in A­cute, Putrid, Malign and Pesti­lential Fevers, chiefly in Children, and that with great success; in Apoplexies, Frensies, and all Affects of the Senses.

L. In Affects of the Gums, all outward Pains, Ʋlcers, Ecchy­mosis or Gangrene, where it was either present, or might be fear­ed; in which Case it might be said to be either Therapeutick, or Prophylactick.

LI. 'Tis performed sometimes very superficially, not passing he depth of the Skin, sometimes more deep in the Flesh; and is best done with a Lancet fixed to a Spring, which being done mo­mentarily, the Patient is not so fearful, nor yet so sensible of the pain.

VII. Ʋstion, or Burning.

LII. This is of Ʋse, when nei­ther Medicine nor Knife will bring Relief, as well in the soft, as the hard Parts; but in all sorts of Burning, great care is to be ta­ken, that the adjacent Parts be not hurt; to prevent which you must defend them with Lint, cold Iron, and other Defensa­tives.

LIII. It is performed either with actual or potential Cauteries. The Actual are the better and most certain, the Potential are more acceptable, because of Peoples fearfulness.

LIV. The Actual is done with a cauterising Iron, (made at the end in form like a Button) the Po­tential with Lapis Inferrnalis, and other Caustick Medicaments.

LV. The Intention is, 1. For Making Issues. 2. For Appli­cation of the Seton. 3. To Stop Bleeding after Amputation.

LVI. In removing of the Eschar, beware of using Oil alone, Butter or Grease, for Barbett has ob­served, that they have occasion­ed a Gangrene; and therefore he advises to Empl. Diapalma, or Lint wet in Wine, which will be sufficient.

LVII. Ʋstion is called the Actu­al Cautery, and has its Ʋses as afore specified; but Art has found out better, and more safe means, which I should advise the Young Chirurgian with all Industry to pursue.

VIII. Hemorrhoids.

LVIII They are either External, which being opened, diminishes the Plethora of the Part, and are of good Effect in Diseases of the internal Parts, &c. Or Internal.

LIX. Hemorrhoids are opened by Frictions, Fig-leaves, course Cloths, Juice of Onions, &c. If outward; but by sharp Clysters and Suppositories, &c. if in­ward or blind; being opened, they help Diseases of the Bow­els, Womb, Reins, Bladder, Joints, Liver, Spleen, Mesen­tery, &c.

LX. Being suppressed, they are tumified and painful, of various Magnitudes and Colours, and in some not very much unlike a small bunch of Grapes; whence they have various Names.

LXI. If they swell and inflame, they are in danger to Gangrene; to prevent which, you must imme­diately apply Leeches: And, if the Tumour be very great, you must apply many Leeches, by which a great quantity of Blood is to be drawn away; after the removing of the Leeches, to prevent Fistulating, you must foment for an hour or more with hot Red Wine.

LXII. If they suppurate and open, they may possibly leave a Fi­stula in Ano, which is many times incurable, especially with­out cutting: ℞ Juice of Mullein, Oil of Ben, Oil of Roses a. ℥ss. Yolk of Eggs No i. Honey, Turpen­tine a. ʒij. beat them well toge­ther, and keep it for use; apply­ing it with Lint or Linnen Cloth, and give every day Electuarium Lenitivum.

IX. The Opening of Varix.

LXIII. It is done by Incision all along the Tumor, having first tied both ends: others, having found out the extent of it, divide the Skin at both ends, where having taken up the Varix, and tied it, they make Apertion in the middle, and then heal it as an ordinary Wound.

LXIV. But Scultetus says, both ways may prove unsuccessful, and therefore advises rather to the Application of Topical Reme­dies.

CHAP. XX. DIVIDING of Closed PARTS.
I. Hydatis, a fat Substance under the Skin of the Ʋpper Eye-lid.

I. IF it proceeds from serous Hu­mors, the Eyes look red, and flow with Tears, not being able to endure the Light. If it be old, and included in a Cistis, divide the Skin, and take it out; on which apply Whites of Eggs beat with Rose-water.

II. If it be recent, fasting Spit­tle may remove it, or it may be fomented with a Decoction of Worm­wood and Camomil Flowers; after which apply Empl. de Ranis cum Mercurio, or Diachylum with Gums, into which a little Sal Armoniack is put.

II. Hordeolum, Tumor like a Barley Corn.

III. It arises from thick Fleg­matick Humors mixt with Blood; and is to be opened on the Inside of the Eye-lid, pressing out the Matter within; but some open it on the out-side; sometimes it is taken away by Application of a Plaster of Sagapenum.

III. Grando, the little round moveable Swelling.

IV. It arises on the Eye-lid, from a hard stony Matter: It is opened with a Lancet, and remo­ved with its Cistis: Some mollifie and dissolve it, by applying Empl. de Galbano Crocatum Myn­sichti; or a Plaster of Ammonia­cum, or de Ranis cum Mercurio.

IV. Lagophthalmos, when the upper Eye-lid covers not the Eye.

V. It may be caused either In­ternally, by ill Conformation; or Externally, by Wounds, Burns, &c. If by the last ways, it is incu­rable.

VI. If by the former, divide the Skin of the Eye-lid like a half Moon, with the Horns in this man­ner ☽; keeping the Edge of the Incision open, and cure it as a green Wound; but in Cutting, beware of the Gristle.

VII. Others use the Dry Stitch, with Emplastrum Glutinos. lay­ing on a Plaster on the Eye-lid; and another pretty low on the Cheek, that the Indents of each may answer; and then stitch them together, by which the Eye-lid will be drawn down to cover the Eye.

V. Ectropion, the lower Eye-lid fallen down.

VIII. If it be so fallen down as it cannot be shut (which often happens to Aged People) it is curred by the Dry Stitch, as the former, only the one Plaster is there to be laid upon the lower Lid, and the other above the Eye-brows.

IX. The same observe if the upper Eye-lid be relaxed, so that it keeps shut, and cannot lift it self up.

X. This Emplastrum Glutino­sum is thus made: ℞ Dragons­blood, Frankincense, Sarcocol, Ma­stich, a. ʒ ij. make a Pouder, which mix well with Whites of Eggs, to the thickness of Honey, as Scultetus has taught.

VI. Hypopion, Matter between the Horny and Grapy Coat.

XI. It arises either from Inter­nal or External Causes, as Inflam­mations, Blows, Bruises, &c. After Universals premised, use Cup­ping, with Scarification, Dige­stives, and Anodyn Collyriums.

XII. When it is come to Matter, you must open the Cornea at the [Page 65] Iris; then press out the Quitter, and cleanse the Ulcer with Hy­dromel, or some such like.

VII. Tongue tied.

XIII. Some Children are born Tongue-tied, whereby they are de­prived, first of Sucking, then of Speaking: This is remedied by cutting the String of the Tongue transverse, with a pair Scissars, and besmearing it afterwards with Honey of Roses, three or four times a day.

XIV. In Cutting, the neighbour­ing Parts and Veins must be care­fully shunned; for sometimes the Nerve of the sixth Pair, or its Branches, run so near the string, that a deep Incision may easily do much hurt, and bring upon the Patient sad Accidents.

XV. But there is not one Child of an hundred, scarcely of two hundred, which needs this manual Operation: And those Midwives are Ignorant, who in all new­born Children forthwith dila­cerate this Fraenum or String, whereby the Parts being hurt, evil Symptoms succeed, and sometimes death.

VIII. Cutting the Gums of In­fants.

XVI. The Gums in Infants are sometimes long in Cutting, where­by Death oftentimes ensues: if extremity urge, make a gentle Apertion with your Incision-Knife; so may you haply save the Life of a Child, which other­wise would be lost.

IX. Growing together of the Fingers and Toes.

XVII. If the Fingers and Toes grow together, whether Naturally, or by Accident, you must divide them with an Incision-Knife, (un­less conjoin'd by Nerves, Tendons, or Arteries) then strew them with some Astringent Pouder, laying over Cloths dipt in the white of an Egg, beaten with Rose Water and Oil of Earth­worms, after which, perform the Cure, as in other Wounds.

XVIII. Where note, that in this and in all such like Operations, use preparatively, general Eva­cuations.

X. Cutting of a Wry Neck.

This, though it is not a closed Part, yet is a contracted Part, and may well enough have place in this Chapter.

XIX. This Operation is per­formed after two manners: The first is done by the Hook, the other without it.

XX. The Wry Neck is caused from the Contraction of one of the Muscles of the lower Jaw, called Musculus Latus, or Quadratus, which arises from the upper part of the Sternum, Clavicula, and Acromium, and is inserted into the inferior Jaw, and firm­ly fixed in the middle of the Chin.

XXI. But where is this Muscle is very broad, so, seldom or never is it contracted in its whole Lati­tude, but sometimes more for­ward, sometimes more backward, [Page 66] and sometimes more laterally, and accordingly the Seat of the Chord appears.

XXII. Adjacent to this Chord, are the Jugular Veins, the Ar­teriae Musculae, the Recurrent Nerves, and Nerves of the hinder­most Branch of the seventh Pair arising from the Neck.

XXIII. These in Cutting, ought all (if possible) to be avoided: chiefly the Jugular Veins, because of the mighty Flux of Blood, endangering the Patients Life: Also the Recurrent Nerves (which spring from the external Branch of the Par Vagum;) for that if they be wounded, or cut asunder, the Voice is lost, and the Crea­ture becomes dumb.

XXIV. Now this Contraction seems for the most part to be in the Tendons of the Quadratus, chiefly where it is joined to the Clavi­cula; but, by reason of the ex­ceeding shortning thereof, the Muscle (in length) seems to be a continued Chord.

XXV. This Chord in many Persons (especially if grown into Years) becomes not only very hard, but perfectly Cartilaginous or Gristly: So that in Cutting, its hardness has caused a kind of cracking noise.

XXVI. The Cutting of a Wry Neck by the Hook. You must carefully avoid all the before-named Vessels, and make a Trans­verse Apertion of the Skin over the Chord, about an Inch or somewhat more on each side; then with a Hook (made of Steel for this purpose) being put under the said Chord, you must gently pull the contracted part forth, which must immediate­ly be cut compleatly through by an Incision-Knife, advising the Patient the while to hold his Neck up.

XXVII. This done, you must heal it as a Green-wound, com­mitting withal the Sick to his Bed. This is the old Butcherly way, which puts the Patient to great pain and danger; and withal, a long Cure.

XXVIII. The Cutting of a Wry Neck, by a new way, without the Hook. Here you must strongly take hold of the Chord with your Thumb and Fore-finger, with which feeling for the Vessels (chiefly the Jugular Vein, whose Approximate is the Recurrent Nerve) you must carefully thrust it by, Then having fast hold of the Chord with your Thumb and Finger, you must warily thrust in your Incision-Knife, as it were beyond the Chord, and just above your Fingers; then making the Patient hold up his Head, the Chord will be a cut asunder, the outward Skin remaining whole; thus will the work be done, with no more but a prick appearing outwardly, and the Wound will be well in about twenty four hours, without any effusion of Blood.

CHAP. XXI. DIVIDING of BONES.
I. Trepaning, or Perforation.

I. WHere it is needful to apply the Trepan, it ought to be done as soon as possibly it may; viz. on the third, fourth, or fifth day, lest the putrefying Blood should cause greater E­vils, but to know whether it be needful to be applied or not, is our first enquiry, because it is an Operation of great danger.

II. It is of great Ʋse when the Bones are very foul; but of great­est use where ill Symptoms fol­low a Fissure, or Fracture of the Skull, or a Contusion.

III. Yet a Fissure, or a Fracture, simply considered, require not the Trepan, as an Instrument without which they cannot be Cured: and a slight Contusion does not al­ways cause such dangerous Symptoms as that Operation of Trepaning does; a small quan­tity of extravasated Blood, be­ing oftentimes in strong People discussed by the strength of Na­ture it self.

IV. Now as Blood is oftner ex­travasated between the Dura Ma­ter, and the Pia Mater, than in other places; so there the Trepan can do but little good; but in this Case Barbett would advise to di­vide the Dura Mater; for that Experience has evinced, that by the help of Art, an Incision, yea a Gangrene of the Part it self has been Cured.

V. So that for the most part, the Trepan is required but in three cases; 1. Where the loose pieces of the Bones prick and wound the Meninges. The signs are a con­tinual pricking pain, from the very moment of hurt (if the Sick be sensible, if not, he is al­ways feeling the Part affected with his Hands:) There are likewise Contortions of the Membranes of the Eyes, and Con­vulsions of the Limbs; to which add, the Quality of the Instru­ment making the Fracture.

VI. 2. Where the first Table is only depressed, but the second bro­ken, there being no way to remove the pieces how well soever separa­ted, but by this of Trepaning. The signs are Dimness of Sight, Gid­diness, Fever, Vomiting, fee­ble Pulse, especially about the Temples, and sometimes an A­poplexy.

VII. 3. Where there is an Ex­travasation of Blood, upon which follows Putrefaction, and if not soon remedied, Death. The signs are a Continent Fever, Head in­flamed, Restlesness, unquiet Sleep, Watchings, Inflammati­ons of the Eyes, and a light Delirium: And if the Sick be Sanguine, there are also Laugh­ing, Talxing idly, Redness of the whole Face: If Cholerick, Yellowness of Face and Eyes, great Heat, Madness: If Fleg­matick, [Page 68] the Symptoms are less, but accompanied with a Palsie or Apoplexy: If Melancholick, there are Fear, Laughing, and Impertinent Talk.

VIII. The manner of Trepaning is thus; the Hair being shaved, let the Skin be divided with a double Incision in form of a Cross, to the Pericranium, avoid­ing with the greatest diligence always the Temporal Muscles, and Sutures of the Head.

IX. This done, bind up the Wound, unless the Haemorrhage be small (which sometimes is so vio­lent as to hinder the Artist for some days from his Work) if it will then give leave, divide the Pericranium from the Skull: After a few Hours (the Skull being bare of the Pericranium) let the Patient be well placed, his Head firmly held, and his Ears stopt with Cotton.

X. Then set on the Trepan with a Pin, which ought neither to be upon the Fracture, nor the Su­tures, (as some have done it) and holding the Instrument with the Left Hand, with the right gent­ly turn the Trepan about, till it has taken good hold round; now take out the Pin, and set on the Trepan again without it, moving it still about.

XI. If there be any filings of the Skull, take off the Trepan, and wipe them away; the Trepan you may sometimes Oil, that it may go the easier: and sometimes wet it with Water, that it may not grow hot.

XII. If Blood appears, be sure the Trepan has past the first Ta­ble, after which you must have greater care, lest it unawares should slip in, and wound the Meninges, from whence often­times follows sudden Death.

XIII. The Dura Mater invests the inside of the Skull, in the same manner as the Pericranium doth the outside, but is not so strongly joined to it, but that a Fall or Blow may easily separate them.

XIV. The piece of Bone sepa­rated by the Trepan, beginning to be loose, with a little Instrument, viz. the Levatory put in between the Skull and the Trepan, free it from the hole, and take it out with a pair of Forceps.

XV. If any inequality yet re­main in the inside of the inward Table, which may hurt the Me­ninx, take it away with the Len­ticular, or Scraper. The coa­gulated Blood and Matter take away with Spunges, Lint, &c.

II. Scraping, Filing and Sawing.

XVI. Parts of the Bones are removed by Scraping, which is of use in Fissures and foul Bones, as also in the Teeth, being crusted over with a Blackish, Tartarous Substance. The Bones are to be scraped till you come to the sound Part, which is white and solid; upon the Bone thus scra­ped, strew some Pouder.

XVII. But before you go about this Operation, you must separate the Pericranium and Periostium; for they are no ways to be touched with Instrument, nei­ther the Lips of the Wound.

XVIII. 2. By Filing. This is chiefly used to the Teeth, when [Page 69] they stand unnaturally, either too high, or too far forth.

XIX. 3. By Sawing. It is done with a Saw in a mortified Part, of which we shall speak when we come to Amputation.

III. EXAERESIS.

CHAP. XXII. BIRTH of a Living CHILD.

I. [...], Exaeresis; de­tractio, evulsio (ab [...] evello, from [...] ca­pio) is that which teaches the way and manner of removing, or taking away things hurtful; the chief of which are, 1. The Li­ving Birth. 2. A Dead Child. 3. The Secundine, or After­birth. 4. A Mola. 5. The Caesarian Birth. 6. The Stone in the Bladder. 7. Teeth. 8. Bullets, Arrows, Thorns, Bones. 9. Urine stopped: Of all which in their order; and first of the Birth of a Living Child.

II. The time of Travail being come, known by the breaking down of the Water, unusual and strong Pains, and other Signs, the Wo­man is to be put into a fit po­sture, some put them to a Stool, (made on purpose, but now of little use) others put them on their Knees; some cause them to lean on Womens Shoulders; some to sit on Womens Laps; and others to lye on a Bed or Pallet.

III. Let her not strive till strong Pains come upon her, then let the Midwife put up her Hand, being first anointed with Oil of Roses, or rather with this. ℞ Oil of Ben, or of Bitter Almonds ℥j. Oil of Savin gut. 30. mix them. Then when the Thro's come strong and quick, and Nature helps forward the Ex­pulsion, with her Hand, let her draw away the Child.

IV. But if she proves faint and weak, give her some Cordial Julep, as this; ℞ Black Cherry Water ℥iijss. strong Cinnamon Wa­ter ℥j. Confectio Alkermes ℥ss. Syrup of Citron Peels ʒvj. mix them. Or this: ℞ Black Cherry Water ℥iv. Spirit of Saffron and Angelica, a. ℥ss. Syrup of Citron Peels ʒvj. mix them, of which give now and then a Spoonful, two, or three, as you see need.

V. If the Travail be slow, you may hasten it by giving this: ℞ Aqua Elementaria (the ma­king of which you will have in the Pharmacopoeia following) [Page 70] ℥iv. Tincture of Saffron ℥j. Tinct. of Castor ℥ss. Juice of Penny-royal ʒiij. mix, and sweeten with double-refined Sugar; of this give her a Spoonful or two of­ten.

VI. Or in place of the former, you may give this: ℞ Borax ℈ij. Saffron, Salt of Amber, a. ℈ss. mix, being in Pouder, give them in a Glass of White-wine. Or this: ℞ Pouder of the Livers and Galls of Eels ℈j. Borax in fine Pouder, Saffron, a. ℈ss. mix for a Dose, to be given as aforesaid. But before these things be given, you must be sure that the Child is in a right posture.

VII. If the Head offers it self right, with its Face towards the Anus, receive it, if otherwise, endeavour to place it right: then turn your Fingers round a­bout gently, thereby to make way for the Birth.

VIII. If it comes any other way, endeavour to gain the Feet, and bring it away, which is then more certain than the Head; but be sure the Childs Face is right.

IX. If the Birth be slow, give the aforesaid Medicines, or the Pulvis partum provocans, with a Spoonful of Cinnamon Water, mixt with a little Spirit of Ca­stor.

X. If the Labour has been long and hard, give Sperma Ceti ʒj. in a draught of Julepum Rosa­tum, Morning and Night: being in Bed, keep her quiet for a Week.

XI. If she has Gripings, anoint the Lower Parts, and indeed all the Belly, with Oil of Amber, applying warm Flannel very hot over the same, moistned with the said Oil.

XII. If those Gripings be ex­tream, give the Liquor Vitae Ano­dynus, (see Our Pharmacopoeia Londinensis, Lib. 4. Cap. 11. Sect. 11.) to a quarter of a Spoon­ful, in a Glass of Sack.

XIII. I have often used the Oil of Amber, and this Liquor Vitae, in this Case, and in all Af­ter-pains, with admirable suc­cess, yea when the hope of Life has been past, which, as a grate­ful acknowledgment of the Goodness of God, I now here publish.

XIV. The Child being Born, bring away the After-birth, (as we shall hereafter teach) and in this, trust not to the string, but ra­ther, by it being directed, put up your Hand gently; and lay hold on the Secundine, and bring it away gently; for doubt­less the Hand may easily go up, where the Body of the Child comes out.

XV. If she goes not to Stool after three days, give a Clyster made of near a Pint of Milk, in which about two Spoonfuls of Sugar is dissolved and strained.

XVI. The Child is to have the Navel-string tied with a double twine-thred, a full Inch from the Belly, some say two: About an Inch from which Ligature it is to be cut off.

XVII. But if the Child be weak, first put the Blood back towards the Belly, then tie it. After the Se­ction, apply a double Linnen Cloth dipt in Oil of Roses.

XVIII. After which you may [Page 71] either cleanse the Child with dry Cloths, or wash it with Water warmed, mixt with Red Wine.

XIX. If the Child has Fainting Fits, give it two, three, or four drops of Blood squeezed out of the Navel-String, in a Spoonful of Breast Milk.

XX. Otherwise, let the first thing which is given to the Child, be Magistery, or Pouder of red Coral, gr. x. or Pouder, or Ma­gistery of Mans Skull, gr. x. or Pulvis Epilepticum Mynsichti gr. x. mixt with as much white Sugar Candy, and so exhibited with a little Breast Milk.

XXI. Authors say, these things prevent the Child for ever having Convulsion Fits, or the Falling­sickness.

XXII. If the Child has Gripings, give fine Pouder of Aniseeds to ℈i. in some Pap, &c. and increase it till the Child goes well to Stool; it has excellently succeeded in Children, till they have been a quarter or half a Year old.

XXIII. If the Labour has been long and hard, give Irish Slate ad ʒi. or Sperma Ceti ad ℈ij. in a draught of Camomil Posset­drink, which she may take Morning, Noon and Night: Or this; ℞ Irish Sl [...]e, Sperma Ceti a. ℈i. Borax, Saffron in Pouder a. ℈ss. mix for a Dose.

CHAP. XXIII. BIRTH of a dead CHILD.

I. AS a dead Child is to be removed by Manual Ope­ration, so also a living on, if it be too big, or the Passage is too streight, or that it cannot pos­sibly be turned, or it be too weak, so as it cannot help it self.

II. Let the Woman be put into a fit Posture also, as we have ad­vised for that of a living Child, Chap. 22. Sect. 2. aferegoing; and at that time when the Woman finds strong Pains coming upon her; then, your hands being first anointed, by Sect. 3. Chap. 22. put them up, and draw forth the Birth.

III. But if this proves vain, you must then use Instruments, though terrible and difficult, the chief of which is the Hook, as the expert Scultetus has taught us.

IV. This is a dreadful Opera­tion; but it is better to save one Life, than to lose two; my ad­vice therefore is, That the Ar­tist be not too rash in doing this Work, but to be sure that the Child is dead, and then to do it as carefully and tenderly, in respect of the Woman, as he can.

V. The Signs of a dead Child. If the After-birth be excluded [Page 72] before the Child, and if Water and stinking Matter flow from the Womb, and the Child falls heavy on the side when the Wo­man turns; these are Signs the Child is dead.

VI. If the hand, being dipt in warm Water, be laid on the Wo­mans Navel, and Cordials be given the Mother, and yet nei­ther she, nor they, feel it move, the Death of the Infant may be suspected.

VII. If the Mothers Face grows pale, her Breath stinks, the lower Parts of her Belly, and extream Parts grow cold; and there be Pains of the Head, Fever and Fainting, or Convulsions and Delirium; the Child is more than to be feared dead, and 'tis possible, the Mother will not long continue.

VIII. The Causes. They are generally, debility of the Expulsive Faculty, the over greatness of the Child, or the posture of its lying in the Womb, not being right: to which add, thickness of the Mem­branes of the Womb, straitness of the Passages, and weakness of the Mother, or Child.

IX. Another Cause may be, the Childs Head coming with its Face towards the Mothers Belly, and so stopping against the Os Pubis; in this Case the Child cannot be delivered, except the Head be a little raised, and the Birth be turned towards the Back, in its due Posture: To which add, the Bunchings in of the Verte­brae of the Os Sacrum, which where it is found, 'tis scarcely possible for a live Child to be brought forth.

X. If therefore the Child be dead, it must immediately be ex­tracted, lest the Life of the Mo­ther also be lost: And this must be done by Manual Operation.

XI. The Hook is to be fixed to some part of the Head, as Ears, Eyes, Mouth; if that cannot be done, you must fix it where you can, always taking care in drawing, that, if the Hook should slip, you may neither of­fend the Womb, nor Neck there­of.

XII. The Child being thus brought away, you must put up your Hand, and bring away the Se­cundine, or After-birth.

XIII. If an Arm or Leg be forth, and it cannot be returned to stay, the Arm must be taken off, if possible, at the Shoulder: The Leg, as high as may be, at Knee or Hip, and then you must six your Instrument, where you can easiest fix it fast, or secure from slipping, &c.

CHAP. XXIV. EXTRACTION of the SECUNDINE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]; in Latin, Secundas & Secundinas; in English, the Secundine and After-birth.

II. It consists of two Parts, 1. Placenta Ʋterina, or Hepar Ʋterinum, the Womb Cake, or Womb Liver. 2. Membranae, the Membranes which circumvolve the Child in the Womb.

III. The Placenta resembles the form of a Cake, and is knit both to the Navel, and to the Chorion, and makes up the greatest part of the Secundine, or After-birth.

IV. The Flesh of it is like that of the Liver or Spleen, soft, and of a blackish red, and has very many small Veins and Arteries in it, and certainly the chief use of it is, for the firmer containing the Child in the Womb, and through its Vessels to convey to it its Nutriment.

V. The Membranae are three­fold, 1. The Chorion, which is the outwardmost Membrane, which involves the whole Foetus. 2. Allantoides, which is the mid­dle Membrane involving the Foetus: And, 3. Amnios, which is the inmost Membrane, which immediately contains the Child, not joined to the Chorion in any place, except where the Ʋmbi­lical Vessels pass through them both into the Placenta.

VI. The After-birth has often­times been unhappily left by Mid­wives; sometimes wholly, and sometimes but in part, thereby destroying the Patient.

VII. It is removed Manually, thus: Put up your Hand, guide­ing it by the String; which done, lay hold on the Secundine, removing it gently, and by de­grees: After which put a Clo­sure to the Woman, bidding her keep her Legs close, that it may be kept there, and cold prevent­ed from entring into the Womb, which might then destroy the Woman.

VIII. After which, being laid in Bed, give her a little Water-Gruel, made of three parts of Water, and one of White Wine; or of Water and strong Beer.

IX. 2. By Medicine it is best done with Pulvis partum provo­cans aforesaid, which for secu­rity sake you may give, although before-hand, it was done Manu­ally, lest any part or parts there­of should be left behind.

X. Some commend this; ℞ Choice Myrrh, Venetian Borax a. ʒss. choice Saffron, Livers and Galls of Eels in pouder a. ℈ss. mix and make a pouder for two Doses. It is also said, that a Decoction of Squinanth with a little Saffron, and Juice of Camomil, has effe­ctually brought away the Secun­dine, and eased the Pain.

XI. To facilitate the Birth be­forehand, and afterwards to ease the pain of the Parts hurt, you may anoint with this Oil: ℞ Oil of Ben. or Oil of sweet Al­monds ℥i. Chimical Oil of Camo­mil, or Fennel, gut. 80. mix them well by shaking.

CHAP. XXV. EXTRACTION of a MOLA.

I. AMola, or false Conception, is a Mass of Flesh with­out Bones or Bowels; made thro' fault of the Seed, of one or both Sexes.

II. Signs. 'Tis known (but scarcely till the fourth Month is past) by a beating and trembling Motion, falling like a Stone to the part the Woman turns to.

III. And in this Disease the Belly is sooner great, and grows harder than in a true Birth or Con­ception, and is much more trou­blesom to carry.

IV. There is difficulty of Breath­ing, pains in the Back and Groins, and no Milk in the Breasts, and the Substance the Woman goes with, is without any self-mo­tion.

V. The Cause. It is mostly a defect in the Seed, with Weakness of the formative Faculty, either in its self, or from too much Blood flowing into the Womb; and therefore a Conception in the time of the Menses flowing, does many times prove a Mola.

VI. The Prognosticks. If it has been of long standing, as a Year or two, or more, the Cure will be very difficult: and if, upon the delivery of it, a great Hemor­rhage follows, it is very dange­rous.

VII. The Cure. 1. Medicinal. Purges ought to be given, and such as are strong, made chiefly of A­loes, Scammony, and Colocyn­this, and often to be repeated.

VIII. After which, you are to give such things as strongly provoke the Terms; for all such things expel a Mola.

IX. ℞ Myrrh, white Amber prepared, Borax a. ʒiij. Livers and Galls of Eels dried ʒij. Assa foetida, Saffron a. ʒi. mix, and make a Pouder. Dose ʒi. in a strong Decoction of Penny­royal.

X. Also the Pulvis Partum provocans (which see in Our Pharmacopaeia Londinensis, Lib. 4. Cap. 21. Sect. 90.) given ʒi. at a time in Rhenish Wine, is an excellent thing; and these may also be of use for the bringing away of a dead Child.

XI. Zacutus gave this; ℞ Euphorbium ʒi. make it into a fine pouder, and with Syrup of Mug­wort make it into Pills: These were given four times in the space of twelve days, being [Page 75] given every day, three hours after Supper.

XII. And by the means of this Medicine (saith he) with great Labour and Pain, after the man­ner of Childing Women, she voided eight Moles bigger than Hens Eggs; consisting of Membranes, with small Veins: After which, being Purged, she grew well. Zacut. Prax. admirand. Lib. 2. Obs. 145.

XIII. 2. Chirurgical. If these things do not, you must come to Manual Operation, which is per­formed with the Griffins Talon, or the Hook; but with this Cau­tion, that if it should chance to slip (as it easily may, where it is only a Lump of Flesh) you be very careful that you wound not, or hurt the Womb.

CHAP. XXVI. The CAESARIAN BIRTH.

I. THis is that which teaches the Extraction of the Foe­tus out of the Womb by Section, where it cannot otherwise be delivered.

II. And if both Mother and Child be alive, it is so to be done as to respect both, that both may be saved; but if the Mother be dead, and the Child only alive, so as to save it.

III. It is a dangerous Operati­on, yet has been many times suc­cessfully done, even where both have been living; the Incision having been so made, to save both Mother and Child, and that several times on one and the same Woman, without preju­dicing her Breeding again.

IV. If it be done on a living Wo­man, it is not to be attempted, till all other means has proved un­successful: Yet it must be before the strength be too far spent.

V. If the Mother be just ready to die, and the Child alive, the Chirurgian ought to be ready at hand, that the work may be im­mediately performed, as soon as the Woman is dead, to save the living Child.

VI. There are several Causes why this Operation should be done, 1. Those which respect the Child: As, 1. Its being too fat and big. 2. When more than one are striving to come forth toge­ther, one being dead, and lying in the others way. 3. When it is a Monster with two Heads, more Arms than usual, &c. 4. When dead, and putre [...]ed or rotten, or is wasted to Bones.

VII. 2. Those which respect the Mother; which are, 1. When the passages are too narrow, she having been Married too Young or too Old. 2. When the Parts by some Scar or Hurt are harden­ed, [Page 76] made narrow, or grown to­gether. 3. When there is a large fleshy Excrescence in the Vagi­na. 4. When the Os Pubis is grown unnaturally big, or stands out. 5. When there is a fleshy swelling within the Womb, or its Neck, &c.

VIII. Before you begin the Work, have in a readiness all your necessary Instruments; as a Pen and Ink to mark the place, an Incision-knife, four or five Needles threaded with Silk, three soft Spunges, several Bolsters of Cloth, a fourfold doubled Nap­kin to put round about the Bel­ly, and two Rowlers six Inches broad, to rowl the Belly, and stop the Blood.

IX. As to Medicines, these must be also had in a readiness. 1. De­coctum Traumaticum, made only with Red Wine. 2. A Restri­ctive Pouder, thus made: Take white Starch ʒxij. Olibanum, Mastich, a. ʒx. Rosin ʒvj. fine Bole, Catechu, a. ʒiv. Sanguis Draconis, Comfrey Roots, a. ʒij. make all into a fine Pouder, and mix. 3. A Vulnerary Balsam, as Balsam de Chili, Balsamum Vul­nerarium, or some such like.

X. This done, and having con­sidered the strength of the Woman, give her an Emollient Clyster to empty the Guts; let her also make Water to empty the Bladder, and give her a good Cordial, or a Glass of Wine, to fortifie her Spirits.

XI. Then mark the place you intend to open with Transverse Lines, the length of half a Foot; let the Woman lye on her Back near the edge of the Bed; let two strong Persons hold her, keeping her Legs close, laying a great Pillow under her Head; and let the soundest side be pitcht on, unless there be a Rup­ture, for then that side is to be taken.

XII. But if the Woman be dead, take the place you judge fittest, which let be two or three Inches beneath, and on the side of the Navel, and as much from the Lower Part.

XIII. First cut open the Belly to the Fat, then through the Mus­cles and Peritonaeum, till you see the Womb; having obtain'd it, open it in the middle, but with great care as to the Child, that it, nor its Bandage or Ligaments be not wounded, and then take forth speedily the Child, Secun­dine, and Navel-string, deliver­ing them to the Midwife.

XIV. If the Child be Weak, or Convulsed, sprinkle the Secun­dine with warm Wine, and lay it to the Childs Belly.

XV. And if the Woman be yet alive, immediately wash the Womb with the before-named Decoctum Traumaticum, which will stay its Bleeding, and cleanse it from the Blood and Filth.

XVI. Presently after you must stitch up the Wound, as you stitch up a Hare-lip, only keep open a place with a Tent, in the most depending part; and lay over the afore-described Restrictive Pouder, mixt with the Whites of Eggs and Vinegar beat toge­ther.

XVII. The Bleeding being thus stayed, heal the Wound at one In­tention with the aforenamed Bal­sam [Page 77] de Chili, or Vulnerarium, or any other of like Nature and Properties.

XVIII. After the first, and so in the rest you are to use the Bol­sters, and on them the Napkin, and then the Rowlers.

XIX. The Womb it self is not to be stitched, but to be healed by Injections, but such as may not hinder the Lochies, by which the Pain will be mitigated, Inflam­mation prevented, and the Womb it self comforted and strengthened, and made able to expel its Recrements.

XX. The Tent is to be kept in t [...] the great danger is over, and the usual Symptoms are vanished; and such Emplasters, &c. may be used, as are applied to other Wounds of the Belly.

XXI. Lastly, let her Diet be such as is used in other great Wounds and Ʋlcers of the Belly; as good strong Broths, Gellies, Chick­ens, Poached Yolks of Eggs, Gravy of Mutton, Veal, &c. and more especially the last, to prevent her being costive, which if it should so happen, it must be remedied with Emollient Clysters.

CHAP. XXVII. CUTTING out the STONE.

I. THE Stone bred in Man's Body, is from a Tartarous Pituitous Matter, Saline and Earthy, arising from a peculiar Lapidescent or petrefactive qua­lity, causing pain, obstruction of Urine, Fevers, and other Symptoms.

II. The Cause. It is from Tartar and Salt joined with a pro­per Acid; this is apparent from the mixture of the Salt or Li­quor of Flints (which contains Alcalious Salt joined with many Earthy or Tartarous Particles,) with an Acid, it presently causes a Coagulation, which turns into a hard Stone; and doubtless after the same manner it is, that Stones are formed in several Parts of our Bodies.

III. The Signs. The Ʋrine is Pituitous, White, Crude, and Troubled, suddenly adhering to the Ʋrinal; being sometimes Bloody, and sometimes with Sand or Gravel, and sometimes full of little Threads.

IV. It is oftentimes stopt, and when made, it is with great desire, beat, and pain, and a pain at the end of the Yard, which continues: There is great thirst, and a fre­quent making of Urine, but with pain, and by drops.

V. The Patient often holds his Privy Part in his Hand, and is pressing the bottom of the Belly, and in the Region of the Belly a Weight is perceived, the Pati­ent [Page 78] (especially if young) sel­dom making Water without go­ing to Stool, and many times the Intestine falling out.

VI. But these, as they are the signs of the Stone, so they may be the signs of the Strangury, where there is no Stone, but only a Tartarous Slime, or Sand ob­structing; therefore before you come to Cutting, you ought to be upon sure grounds, lest you put the Patient in peril of his Life to no purpose.

VII. Formerly they passed a Ca­theter thro' the Ʋreter into the Bladder, then thrusting one or two Fingers into the Anus, they searcht for the Stone, and found its bigness. But this way is so very painful, that thro' fear, it is difficult to have it permitted.

VIII. But now the searching is after this manner, the Artist (who ought to have long Fingers) puts his Fingers up the Anus, and (the Patient being held in a manner upright) pressing upon the lower parts of the Abdomen or Flank, with his other Hand he forces the Stone upon the Fingers, if there be any, whereby he finds the certainty of its be­ing, and the magnitude thereof.

IX. The Prognosticks. A crumb­ling Stone is seldom dissolved, a hard Stone never to be wasted by Medicines; but sometimes it is so soft, that by the very Cathe­rer it self, it may be broken to pieces in the Neck of the Blad­der, and so brought forth.

X. If it be very small, it is ma­ny times pist forth whole; if it sticks in the Ʋrethra, it cannot be removed without danger and great pain.

XI. If it sticks in the Tunicles of the Bladder, or grows to the su­perficies of its interior Coat; it cannot be taken away by Secti­on, without the Death of the Patient.

XII. And by so much as the Stone is greater, by so much is the Operation more dangerous and pain­ful. But in Women, Stones of about the bigness of a large O­live, a skilful Artist has taken out by dilatation, without any Incision at all.

XIII. The Cure. We speak not here of the Medicinal Cure, for that we refer you to the Third Edition of our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 39. and 40. where we have handled the Matter at large; as also to Our Medicina Practica, lib. 1. cap. 19. where, as to that point, you may find plentiful satisfaction.

XIV. We treat here only of the Manual Operation, or the manner of taking them forth by Incision, for which there are several ways proposed by Authors, viz. 1. The Apparatus Minor. 2. The Ap­paratus Major. 3. Apparatus Hy­pogastricus, of all which in order.

XV. But before you begin this Work, you must have all your ne­cessary Instruments in a readiness, as Catheters, Probes, Director, Incision-knife, Conductor, Spe­cula, Lapidillum, Pincers, Small Hooks, Forceps, Spunges, Rags, Rowlers, &c.

XVI. For Medicines, 1. A Cordial; as ℞ Black Cherry Wa­ter ℥vj. Our Aqua Bezoartica, Spirit of Angelica, a. ℥jss. Sy­rup of Citron Peels, or Syrup of the Juice of Alkermes ℥ij. mix [Page 79] them. 2. An Astringent Bath­ing: ℞ Water Gal. iv. Self-heal bruised M. viij. Oak Bark lbjss. Catechu ℥viij. mix, and boil for an Hour, then strain out. 3. A­stringent Pouders. 4. Balsam de Chili, and Balsamum Vulnera­rium. 5. A Sticking Emplaster.

XVII. Before you begin the Ope­ration, it will be also necessary that the Patient may have had a Stool, and made Water, leaping and jumping also a little before-hand; and if a Child, let him be well shaked by the Arm-pits, that the Stone may fall as much as may be to the Neck of the Bladder.

I. Apparatus minor.

XVIII. Lithotomia, by the Apparatus Minor. Let the Child, (for it is chiefly used to Chil­dren) be placed on a soft Pil­low, in a strong Mans Lap (af­ter three, or four times jump­ing from a fitting high place) tye both his Hands to the Soles of his Feet; and let two stand­ers by hold each Knee, pulling them as far asunder as may be.

XIX. Then his Fingers being a­nointed with Oil of Roses, let him take the first Finger of his Left Hand, or, if necessity requires, the two first Fingers, and thrust them up the Fundament, with his Right Hand let him gently compress the Parts above the Os Pubis, so that the Stone may slip down under the Os Pubis into the Pe­rinaeum, which when brought thither by the aforesaid Fingers.

XX. Make an Incision with a sharp Knife, in the Left Side, be­tween the Testicles and the Anus, near to the Suture of the Perinae­um, cutting to the very Stone it self: If it comes not out of the Wound of it self, nor by the thrusting forth of the Fingers, which are in the Intestinum Re­ctum, draw it out with a pair of Forceps, or which is better, with the Lapidillum or Spoon.

XXI. The Stone being taken out, and all the Ligatures loosed, apply Medicines stopping Blood, as Meal mixt with Bole, &c. then bind it up according to Art, taking care to consolidate it, as soon as possible, lest the Patient have a dropping of Urine through the Wounded Part.

II. Apparatus major.

XXII. The second way of Cut­ting, called Apparatus Major. Put the Patient on a Table, be­ing first bound, and held, as a­bove: then through the Ʋre­thra pass a Director into the Bladder to the Stone: After make an Incision, as aforesaid, in the hollow of the Director; put in the Conductor, taking the Director out; then pass through the Wound the Forceps or Lapidillum, or other fit In­strument, by which the Stone may be both layed hold on, and drawn forth, not making use of the Fingers in the Anus, except great necessity urge it.

XXIII. If the Stone is bigger than the Orifice, so that it cannot come forth, the Wound must be in­larged either by Incision, or the Di­lator; or else the Stone must be broken in pieces by the Forceps, and so drawn forth in Parts; after this, dry, stop the Blood, bind up, and consolidate, as we taught before.

XXIV. But if the Wound be too great, give it a stitch, and put in a Silver Pipe two or three days; that thereby the concreted Blood, Slime, Tartarous Mat­ter, and Sandy Urine may be compleatly brought forth, be­fore the healing up.

III. Apparatus Hypogastricus.

XXV. Lithotomia by the Ap­paratus Hypogastricus, which is the third way of Cutting. The man­ner is thus: Let the Patient be laid and held fast, upon a Mat­teress or Quilt; then let a Ser­vant thrust his fore and middle Fingers one after another into the Anus, up the Intestinum Re­ctum, to make the Stone rise as high as one can; this done,

XXVI. Let the Operator make Incision gently above the Groin, and on the side of the Linea Alba, to wit, in the Right Muscle a­bove the Os Pubis, according to the Ductus of its Fibres, and by the assistance of the Lapidillum or Forceps, take forth the Stone.

XXVII. The bottom of the Bladder may without doubt be o­pened without hurting the Parts of the Abdomen, because it is situ­ated between the duplicature of the Peritonaeum: And the fuller it is of Urine, the more appa­rent it will be.

XXVIII. The Cure is to be per­formed as of Simple Wounds in the Abdomen; or you may other­wise change the Method, ac­cording as Symptoms are pre­sent; and Experience has taught us, that Wounds of the Bladder are not Mortal.

XXIX. De Franco was the first that practised this Operation, which is called Apparatus Hypo­gastricus, or the High Operation, because it is performed in the Hypogaster; and though he does not advise the doing of it, yet if there be a necessity for it, he says it is not impracticable.

XXX. If any one would practise this High Operation, it would be necessary for him to try many Ex­periments on Dead Bodies, after the Water is taken out of the Blad­der: Yet after all, by reason of the danger thereof, it is now quite out of use.

XXXI. The manner of perform­ing these Operations in Women is the same, save the Fingers are not put into the Anus, but into the Vulva, where the Catheter and Director must be straight, and much shorter than those used for Men: But Stones are often drawn out of Womens Bladders as big as a Walnut, and that without Incision, only by for­cing it with the Fingers.

XXXII. Note also, that where­as at Sect. 23. above, advice is given to break the Stone with the Forceps, it may prove of ill conse­quence to the Patient, if any bits of it remaining within, should be the occasion of its breeding again: In this Case therefore, it will be much better to make the Ori­fice so wide at first, as that it may be taken out whole.

XXXIII. The Cordial afore­prescribed, is to be given upon Fainting or Convulsions, or any kind of Sickness at Heart. The Astringent Bath is to put the Pa­tient into, as soon as Cut, as [Page 81] warm as he can endure it, in which he is to sit for some time, according to the Method of some Practisers. The Astringent Pou­der is for stopping of the Bleed­ing; and the other things, as Balsams and Emplaster, are after to be applied, according as the Intentions of the Cure require.

CHAP. XXVIII. DRAWING of TEETH.

I. THE Drawing of Teeth is generally occasioned from Pain, Rottenness, or Loosness of the Teeth: The Pain is caused by the hurt of the small Nerves, scattered about their Roots: Rottenness, from the Afflux of a sharp, corroding, or putrefactive Humour: And Loosness, from the weakness of the Parts holding.

II. The Signs are needless, un­less to discover the Causes. If it be from hot Humours or Causes, the Pain is more vehement and intense, and the Habit of the Body is hot; with a sense of heat in the Part, and Inflamma­tion of the Gums, wherein hot Remedies encrease the Pain, but cold things give ease.

III. If from a cold Cause, or Humours, the pain is more obtuse and dull, with a kind of heaviness in the Part, and the other Symptoms present, are all opposite to the former.

IV. If from Worms, the pain is by fits, soon ceasing, and as soon returning; and some­times the Motion of the Worms is perceived in the part.

V. If from sharp and corrosive Humours, the Pain is very vehe­ment and biting; sometimes there is a solution of Continuity, and the Teeth seem to be eaten away, and sometimes to be hol­low.

VI. The Prognosticks. When the Gums and Cheeks begin to swell, the pain usually goes away: If it be from hot and sharp Humours, the pain is the shorter; but if from cold Humours, it is (tho' gentler, yet) of longer continu­ance: If the Teeth be hollow or rotten, there will be no absolute Cure without pulling out.

VII. The Cure. Whether it pro­ceeds from a hot, or a cold Cause, Purging with proper Catharticks is good: If from a hot Cause, you may Purge with Pil. Cochiae, our Family Pills, or Extract of Cassia, because it derives from the Head by the Reins.

VIII. Behind the Ears apply Vesicatories, and sometimes they are profitable to derive, being ap­plied to the Scapulae, or Nape of the Neck: So also Cups with Scarification; and if the Body is bound, an Emollient or Ca­thartick Clyster is to be exhi­bited.

IX. After Purging, give every Night of our Laudanum, gr. ij. ad iv. or vi. to thicken the Humour, stop the Flux, and give ease of the Pain.

X. Outwardly, you may give them to hold in their Mouth gr. iv. of our Laudanum tied up in a Rag; or a little bit of Sal Prunellae, which gives immediate ease.

XI. The Flux being stayed, you may discuss the Swelling, by bathing with Powers of Amber outwardly, on the Cheek and Jaw, and hold­ing in the Mouth this mixture: ℞ Powers of Aniseeds or Cara­ways ʒss. Carduus Water, or A­qua Elementaria ʒi. mix them.

XII. Sometimes the Pain has been cured by Sternutatories, and Errhines, prudently applied.

XIII. If there be a Flux of Corrosive Humours falling upon the Teeth and Jaws, viz. a sharp Catarrh; after Universals have been given; Laudanum, à gr. ij. ad vi. must be given every Night to stop the Flux, and in the Mouth, the following may be chewed.

XIV. ℞ of the best Tobacco, round Birthwort-roots, Gentian, a. ʒi. Roots of Pyrethrum, Sal Prunellae, a. ʒss. mix, and tie them up in a Rag, to be chewed in the Mouth. Let it be first steeped a little while in Vinegar, and then chewed, it commonly Cures at first or second using.

XV. If it be caused from a cold Distemper; first, you must Purge with Phlegmagogues; avoid the cold Air, and bathe the external Parts of the Jaws and Cheeks, with Powers of Amber.

XVI. In the Mouth let them hold this Mixture:Powers of Aniseeds ʒi. Guttae Vitae ʒij. Aqua Bezoartica ℥i. black Cherry-water ℥ij. mix them.

XVII. And at Bed-time cause them gently to Sweat, with Our Volatile Laudanum, given à gr. ij. ad vj. After which, the next Morning, give this Mixture; ℞ of Our Tinctura Mirabilis ℥ss. Aqua Bezoartica ℥i. black Cherry or Poppy-water ℥iss. mix them for a Dose.

XVIII. If they be hollow, or have Worms, you may stop them with this: ℞ Tobacco in fine Pouder ʒj. Turpentine q.s. mix, and make small Pills, which put into the hollow place: If this does no good; you must either burn them in the Ears; or stop them with Lint dipt in Chymical Oil of Cloves, Camphir, Hasle, or Box; or you may make up the Lint into a Pill with our Volatile Laudanum; which being put into the hollowness, is to be kept there for some days.

XIX. If all these do nothing, you must then come to drawing of the painful Tooth. The Gums must first be opened with the Fleam, and the Flesh loosned round about the Tooth.

XX. This done, you must with Piercers, half Piercers, Punches, or a Pellican, lay hold of the Tooth, and with a wary and gentle kind of forcing, bring it forth: After which, if it Bleeds much, you must stop it with this Pou­der: ℞ burnt Alum, Catechu a. ʒj. Sanguis draconis, fine Bole, dried Blood a. ʒss. mix them.

CHAP. XXIX. DRAWING out Extraneous THINGS.

I. THIS has relation to Ex­traneous Things, which may be Force, or other Accident, be gotten into Wounds, or any Ca­vernous Parts of the Body; as Bullets, Arrows, Splinters, Thorns, &c. into Parts Wound­ed or Lacerated; Fish-bones, and other things sticking in the Throat, &c.

II. Bullets. If it be of Lead, and difficult to find, or not easie to come forth, it will be best to Cure the Wound without Ex­tracting it.

III. But if it be near to the part where it did enter, (putting the Sick, as near as may be, in­to the Posture he was in when wounded) seek out the Bullet with your Finger or Probe, then with blunt Hooks (to lift aside the Vessels) and hollow For­ceps, draw forth the Bullet, &c.

IV. But if it be near to the op­posite Part, you must cut it out there, lest it be injurious to draw it out the way it went in.

V. Arrows. These, if barbed, are very hard to be got out, unless they be in sight, and are for the most part taken forth on the oppo­site side; but then it ought to be done with great care, with respect to Veins, Arteries, and Lymphaeducts.

VI. Splinters. If deep in the Flesh, are either to be taken forth with attractive Emplasters, or Cataplasms, or otherwise the Flesh must be opened with a Lancet or Incision-Knife; and so they are to be taken forth with a Pair of Pliers, or For­ceps.

VII. Thorns. These being sel­dom deeper than Skin-deep, are either drawn forth with a Cata­plasm of Common Soap mixed with Chalk, and applied; or other­wise the Skin opened with a Needle, and so pickt forth.

VIII. Pieces of Iron, and pieces of Garments. These are easily taken forth with proper Instru­ments, if they be in sight: o­therwise more difficulty; yet when once the Wound comes to digest, they are many times cast out by Nature.

IX. Fish-bones, or other things sticking in the Throat. If they are to he seen, they may be taken out with a pair of Forceps; if not, let them be thrust down with a small Whale-bone made fit, of about 14 or 16 Inches long; so as the end to be put down may be thick, and growing smaller by degrees to the other end.

X. Pins, Needles, &c. If they may be seen, may also be taken forth with a pair of Forceps; but if not, the best way will be to drink warm Water and Oil, and to provoke Vomiting with a Feather put down the Throat.

XI. Extraneous Things got into the Nose. Inject Oil of sweet Almonds, and afterwards pro­voke Sneezing with proper Ster­nutatories: Breathe also strong­ly.

XII. If into the Ears. Stop both Nose and Mouth, and then strain by Breathing: If they cannot be so removed, use Forceps, Ear­pickers, blunt Hooks, &c. If yet these cannot be used, the Pas­sage is to be cut a little with an Incision-Knife, to make way for the Instrument: If Creeping things be got in, kill them, by dropping in Oil of Wormwood, and Vihegar.

XIII. If into the Eyes. If they be small, by blowing the Nose strongly the Eye will be cleared; otherwise they may be wiped out with a fine Spunge: If they stick fast, they must be pulled out with a pair of Pliers, or picked forth with a Needle; washing the Eye afterwards with some proper Ophthalmick Water; and if much wounded, dressing it with Our Balsamum Ophthal­micum, &c.

CHAP. XXX. URINE STOPPED.

I. URine is stopped either by the Stone, or by some Tartarous Matter sticking in the Passages of the Ʋrine, which hin­ders its coming forth; which lat­ter is commonly called the Ischu­ria, and of which we have dis­coursed in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, L. 5. C. 49.

II. If the Obstruction be made in the Reins or Ʋreters, where no Instrument can come, nor any Manual Operation be done, you must then have recourse only to Medicaments.

III. This Cause, whether of the Stone or Strangury, is from a Tartarous Matter heaped up in the Reins, and falling into the Pas­sages of the Ʋrine; the way of making of which we have dis­coursed of in Chap. 27. Sect. 2. aforegoing.

IV. The Signs. If it be in the Reins, there is a heavy Pain, and Soreness in the Reins; if in the Ʋreters, (which are the Passages from the Reins to the Bladder) there is pain in the Flanks be­low the Navel, to the Groin, and bottom of the Belly.

V. There is also Stoppage of Ʋrine, Sickness of Stomach, and many times Vomiting withal, a Heat and Pain in making of Wa­ter, and in Men a Pain at the End of the Yard.

VI. If the Obstructing Matter be in the Bladder, it is known by the last enumerated Signs; but the Pain is more particularly and eminently at the end of the [Page 85] Yard: And if the Sick stands upon his Head, he has present Ease and Relief, by reason the Stone falls from the place stopt.

VII. If it be in the Urethra, or Passage from the Bladder, it may be known by feeling, or searching, and sometimes a Swelling of the Part.

VIII. To distinguish whether it be a Stone, or Tartarous Matter that stops the Ʋrine: If Speci­ficks remove the Obstruction, or bring away Slime and Pus, there possibly may be no Stone; but if no Relief comes, a Stone is to be feared.

IX. In the Bladder, or Urethra, it is known by searching, either with a Wax-Candle, or a Ca­theter, or the Gripe, which is the surer way.

X. The Prognosticks, If it be a Stone in the Reins, it is uncura­ble, unless small; so also in the Ʋreters: If in the Bladder, and large, only by Cutting: So also if it be lodged in the Ʋrethra, without which, nothing but Death can be expected.

XI. If it is Tartarous Matter, Sand or Gravel, it is more easily cured; and more easily in the Bladder, than in the Reins.

XII. If it be inveterate, the Cure is more difficult than if it be recent; so also in such as are weak, old, or decrepit: If the Stoppage is removed, and it often returns, it is so much the worse.

XIII. The Cure. 1. Medicinal. Among Vegetables, these things are most prevalent. Water distilled from Arsmart, drunk ad ℥vi, at a time. Parsley-water, also Water distilled from Onions in like pro­portion: Bean-shell-water with Syrup of Violets, which is of good use: So also Grass-water.

XIV. Of Juices. The Juice of Pellitory of the Wall, or Syrup of the same Juice given ab ℥ij. ad ℥iv. Juice of Camomil given ad ℥iv. is famous, I know it by Experience: So also Juice of Onions given ℥j. ad ℥ij. in White Wine, and repeated. And in­ferior to none, is the Juice of Winter-Cherries, given ad ℥j. or more, in White Wine, as afore­said.

XV. Seeds. Those of Violets are said to be of excellent use, because, together with expelling the Stone, they are said to Purge, if used by way of Emulsion. Daucus Seeds given either in Pouder ad ʒss. or more; or in Decoction, are much commend­ed: So also the Seeds of Grom­well, Fennel, Parsley, Bishops­weed, &c.

XVI. Berries. Juniper-berries provoke Urine powerfully; so also Bay-berries, whether in their Substance, as Pouder, Extract; or in their distilled Waters, Spirits, Oil, Potestates, &c.

XVII. Foecula's, Ashes. Tartar made into a Salt, or Oil per De­liquium, and given ad ℈j. or ʒss. in Arsmart or Parsley-water, is an approved thing. Pot-ashes, Broom Ashes and Bean-stalk Ashes, drunk in White Wine, are of excellent use.

XVIII. Woods. The chief a­mong Woods, is Lignum Nephri­ticum; which being rasped, may be either given in Substance, in Pouder, or else in Infusion [Page 86] in Water or Wine, which being used for some time, has done Wonders.

XIX. Gums. The chief a­mong Gums are, Turpentines of all Kinds, Balsams de Chili, Co­payba, of Gilead, Peru, and Tolu, Opium; the various ways of u­sing th [...]m you may search out in Our Seplasium, lately emitted into the World.

XX. Among Minerals, these are f [...] most use. 1. Nitre given in Pouder a ℈ss. ad ʒss. 2. Sal Prunellae, given in White Wine, sweetned with double refined Sugar. 3. Spar, given in fine Pouder ad ʒj. 4. Lapis Nephri­ticus, given à ʒss. ad ʒj. in some proper Vehicle.

XXI. Mineral Spirits. The chief of these are Spirits of Salt, of Sulphur, of Vitri­ol, of Nitre, Bezoardick Spirit of Nitre, Spirit of Alum. Tin­cture of Lapis Nephriticus, made with rectified Spirit of Salt, the Stone being first poudered, and then both digested, till it makes a green Tincture.

XXII. Among Animals, these are esteemed. Egg-shells calcined, and given à ʒss. ad ʒj. which Medicine is said to be valuable before all other things: Hog-lice are in great estimation, being given in Pouder à ℈j. ad ʒss. or their Salt, à ℈ss. ad ℈j. So also the Pouder or Salt of Bees. Cochi­nele in Pouder, ad ℈j. or ʒss. or its Tincture ad ʒj. given in Rhenish Wine, is said to be a gentle and pleasant Medicine, and of great Virtue. To these things add, the Pouder, Salt and Oil of Scorpions.

XXIII. Spirits from Animals. Spirit of Ʋrine, of Sal Armoni­ack, and of Hartshorn, mixt with some proper Diuretick-Water or Tincture, and so taken. Spirit of Sal Armoniack given in Rhenish Wine, is said to be a Specifick: To which things add, Our Spiritus Ʋniversalis.

XXIV. But Crabs Eyes are thought to be inseriour to nothing that has yet been enumerated; they may be poudred, levigated, and given à ss. ad j. in Ar­smart Parsley, Pellitory, or O­nion Water, or in Rhenish Wine.

XXV. Among singular Com­pounds, you may use these follow­ing:Juice of Liquorice jss. which dissolve in Juice of Winter Cherries, q.s. Camphir ʒj. dis­solved in S.V. q.s. Saffron ℈ij. Laudanum nost. ʒij. White-wine lbviij. mix, let it settle, and de­cant the clear. Dose ℥iv. at Bed time.

XXVI. Liquor Nephriticus: ℞ of the Lynx-stone, Jews-stone, Hog-lice dried, Crabs eyes, Egg­shells, a. q.v. dissolve in Spirit of Salt, filter the Solution, and di­stil to driness; the Caput Mort. put into a Cellar, to dissolve per deliquium. Dose à gut. xij. ad xx. or xxx. in any proper Ve­hicle.

XXVII. Sal Lithontripticus: ℞ Sal Prunellae, of Tartar, of Wormwood, a. ʒj. Volatil Salt of Amber ʒjss. mix them. Dose a gr. viij. ad ℈j. or ʒss. in White-wine or Saxifrage-wa­ter.

XXVIII. Pulvis Nephriticus: ℞ Crabs eyes, Goats blood pre­pared, [Page 87] Calx of Egg-shells, a. ʒij. Lapis Judaicus, Nephriticus, Bone of a Pikes Head, Pouder of Winter Cherries, a. ʒjss. Grom­well seed, Daucus seeds, Crystals of Tartar, Sal Prunellae, a. ʒj. mix, and make a Pouder. Dose ad ʒj.

XXIX. Julepum Nephriti­cum: ℞ Julep of Roses lbj. Cinnamon Water ℥vj. Tartar Vi­triolate ℈iv. mix them. Dose ad ℥ij. Or this: ℞ Tincture of Lignum Nephriticum lbj. Horse-radish Water lbss. Syrup of Corn Poppies ℥iij. Tartar Vitriolate ʒij. Pouder of Crabs eyes ʒiij. mix them.

XXX. Spiritus Antinephriti­cus: ℞ Roots of Rest Harrow, white Saxifrage, a. ℥j. Liquo­rice ℥ss. Goats blood dried, Crabs eyes bruised, Hog-lice, Nutmegs, Cinnamon, a ℥j. Saffron ℥ss. Cloves ʒij. Strasburgh Turpen­tine ℥xvj. Spirit of Wine lbv. cut and bruise what are to be cut and bruised, mix, and digest together for 14 or 20 days; then distil in B.M. Dose, from one Spoon­ful to two, in a Morning fast­ing in Parsly or Arsmart Water, sweetned with a little refined Sugar; as much in the same man­ner at Noon; and in like man­ner at Night going to Bed.

XXXI. While these things are taking, you ought also to exhibit Emollient and Nephritick Clysters, Examples enough of which you have in Our Pharmacopoeia's Lon­don, and Batean, and in some other of our Books. Or you may give this: ℞ Strasburgh Turpentine ℥j. Tolks of two Eggs, grind them together till they are well mixt; to which add Chicken Broth, White-wine, a. lbss. hot enough to be given for a Clyster; mix, and exhibit.

XXXII. But if after all, you find that none of these, or other pro­per things will do; if it be in the Reins, you must commend the Patient to Heaven, to place his Hope there, since so little is left him to trust to upon Earth. But if by the Symptoms you find the Matter stopping be in the Blad­der, or its Mouth, or in the Ʋ ­rethra, you must then apply your self to the following Manu­al Operations.

XXXIII. If it be a Stone which is lodged in the Urethra, and will neither go backwards nor forwards, but sticks fast there, whereby the Passage of the Ʋrine is totally stopt; you must first try all fit means to educe it without In­cision, as Emollient Oils, Oint­ments, Fomentations and Baths, Injections of Oil, &c.

XXXIV. If those things will not do, you must come to Exten­tion: The Ʋrethra is to be ex­tended by Wind blown in, tying that part of the Yard beyond the Stone next the Pubes; whereby the Ʋrethra being di­lated, the Stone may possibly with the Fingers be forced out.

XXXV. If this will not do, the next way is, by strongly Suck­ing the Part; so that by draw­ing the Breath very strongly, the Stone is drawn forth with it.

XXXVI. If this yet does not, you must endeavour to break the Stone by the help of a pair of For­ceps and Probe, which many [Page 88] times succeeds well enough, if the Stone is of a brittle substance; otherwise not.

XXXVII. But if none of these ways do, you must come lastly to Incision; tho' the place where it should be made, Authors contend much about: Some are for the Lateral Parts, lest if the lower Part should be cut, there be a new Passage for the Urine: O­thers are for the Lower Part, lest the Nervous Part should be hurt.

XXXVIII. But both ways have been tried with Success, and found easie enough; yet sometimes the Lateral Apertion hurts Erecti­on, as I observed once in one Patient; for which Cause I should rather chuse the Lower Part of the Ʋrethra.

XXXIX. Incision being made, the Stone is either to be pulled forth with a little smooth Hook, or pressed forth with your Fingers; after which, the Wound (whe­ther of the Ʋrethra or Bladder) must be cured after the usual Method of Curing Wounds in those Parts.

XL. But if the Matter sticks not so fast in the Neck of the Bladder, but may be removed, or put back by Instrument, whereby the Urine may be drawn forth, we commend to you the use of the Catheter.

XLI. Now, because the Silver Catheter, by being put in by un­skilful Hands, may sometimes hurt the Prostatae, or break the Semi­nal Bladders, whereby an incura­ble Gonorrhea is produced; we have for that cause, in this Cure, rejected it, and make choice of that of Helmont; which as it is infinitely more safe, so it fully answers all the ends which we require from it.

XLII. The Description of Hel­mont's Catheter, as you find it in his Treatise of the Stone, Chap. 7. Because (says he) the little Silver Catheter, to bring forth Urine, is Cruel and Bloody, and much torments the Patient, it very much displeases me: And among many which I have tried, this which I have made of Lea­ther, being as fit as harmless, I have chosen.

XLIII. I cause (says he) the Leather to be painted within, of a white Colour, made of Ceruse and Linseed Oil; which, when it is as it were dry, let it be made into a Pipe, by sowing it very smoothly upon a fit Brass Wire, so as the seam may not stick out: The one end of the Pipe is to be lesser than the other; the bigger end is so large, that the Pipe of a Syringe may be put into it, as often as one pleases, that by this means, any fit Li­quor might be injected into the Bladder.

XLIV. This done, the whole Leather Pipe is besmeared with dissolved Glew, to strengthen it; which being dried, is over that painted with Ceruse, mixed with Linseed Oil; and this also, as well for the firmness of the Pipe, as to prevent it from being wet through, whereby it would grow weak and flaggy.

XLV. Now draw forth the Brass Wire, and fit another for the Pipe, made of Whale-bone; so will you have a Leather Catheter, [Page 89] easie, thin, and flexible, which will not any ways hurt or pain the Patient in putting it in, al­though it may be Fourty times put up into the Bladder in one day.

XLVI. This Catheter being put up into the Bladder, removes and thrusts in what lay in the Neck of the Bladder, or in the Mouth there­of; which done, the Whale-bone is drawn out of the Pipe, and then the Ʋrine freely passes forth thro' it, without any stop or pain; and you may every time draw it out as you please. I know one, who by the means of this Instrument, caused a Lithontriptick Patient to make Water with ease, for Eight or Nine Months toge­ther.

LXVII. The Ʋrine being emp­tied, you may (if you so please) cast into the Bladder, by a Sy­ringe, any proper Liquor, which you may think fit, to dissolve the Tartarous Coagulum, which makes the Obstruction; but it ought not to be of too sharp a Nature, nor what may any ways cause pain.

XLVIII. Lastly, you must note, that the Syringe must be fitted (before-hand) to the outmost end of the Catheter, that the whole Operation may be done neatly, and easily.

IV. APHAERESIS.

CHAP. XXXI. COUCHING of CATARACTS.

I. [...], (ab [...], aufero) Aphaeresis is that which teaches how to take off, or remove any thing, which is su­perfluous; and its Operations are chiefly, 1. The Couching of Ca­taracts. 2. Amputation. 3. Cutting off Cancers. 4. Cut­ting off Wens. 5. Cutting a Sarcocele. 6. Cutting off Warts and Corns. 7. Removing of Caruncles or Carnosities. 8. Re­moving of Humours by Friction, by Bathing, by Sweating, and by Fasting.

II. A Cataract (whose Couch­ing we here teach) is called in Greek, [...]; and in Latin, Suffusio; and it is a Congelation of Superfluous Humours, generating by little and little, a preternatural Mem­brane between the Cornea and the Crystalline Humour, covering either wholly, or in part, the Pupil of the Eye, and so de­stroying, [Page 90] at least, hindring the Sight.

III. The Cause. It mostly ari­ses from a pituitous Humour, ei­ther gathered there from the weakness of the Eye, or transmit­ted thither from the Brain, by reason of the abundant quantity.

IV. The Signs. Whilst it is re­cent, or beginning, the Patient sees every thing double, and of various Colours, and as if many Flies were passing to and again before his Eyes, Nets, Clouds, and o­ther things in the Air, nor can they easily endure the Light.

V. His Sight by degrees lessens, and things appear like dark Spots; after which, blindness follows.

VI. And if all that the Patient sees, seems to be perforated, or with holes, then the Cataract covers the Center of the Pupil; yet not the whole Pupil, but leaves round about the Sight a circular part free.

VII. If the Pupilla spreads it self, when you rub the Eye with your Fingers, it is yet imperfect; but if it remains unmoved, 'tis certain, that it is ripe for Couch­ing.

VIII. The Differences. It is either Imperfect, when the Hu­mour is thin and fluid, or the Apple of the Eye not totally co­vered.

IX. Or it is Perfect, when the Humour is become a Membrane, or the Pupilla quite covered, so as all things seem dark.

X. Some Cataracts are white, some grey, some yellow, others lea­den coloured, green or black, ac­cording as yellow, green, or black Choler is mixed with the Humours.

XI. The Prognosticks. If it be imperfect, and in the beginning, it may easily be cured, by Medicines internally given, and externally applied; and so much the more easie, if it be in a sound Body, and a middle-aged Person.

XII. The less the Pupilla is dilated, the less hopes of Cure; and the nearer the Cataract is to the Crystalline Humour, the more dangerous it is.

XIII. Where you are certain that it is a Cataract, it will re­main soft, till the end of the third Year; so that it will not be Couched, or follow the Needle; but after the Third or Fourth Year, it will be so firm, as to admit of Couching.

XIV. If when the Eye is turned to the Sun, the Patient shall see no glimmering or appearance of Light, he will then see no benefit from the Chirurgick Operation.

XV. If, in Couching, the Hu­mours of the Eye be commixt by the Needle, though the Membrane be removed, the Blindness will re­main: Yet I knew a young Girl, to whom this happened, that after some time, perfectly re­covered her Sight again, and that without the use of any means.

XVI. If, in the Operation, you touch the Membrane called Re­tina, the Patient will ever after that, see in the Air, Hairs, Flies, &c.

XVII. If some Blood is spilt in Couching, it is not dangerous, but will stop of it self.

XVIII. If the Cataract be not [Page 91] altogether Couched, but broken or divided into several pieces, where­by the sight does not perfectly return upon the Spot, yet many times, in six or eight Weeks after, it becomes perfect again.

XIX. The Cure. If the Cata­ract is Imperfect, it is performed by Medicine: If Perfect, by Ma­nual Operation only, all other means being Vain.

XX. In the Cure of the Imper­fect, first Purge with Pilulae Cochiae, or Aggregativae, or ra­ther with our Family Pills, which are inferior to no other Head Purge.

XXI. Strengthen the Stomach, by eating daily green Ginger, that especially which is brought to us, preserved in the East or West Indies, Caraway Comfits, Candied Orange and Citron-Peels, Candied Angelica.

XXII. Strengthen the Head with Conserve of Rosemary-flowers, and a constant taking the Hun­garian-water inwardly, Morn­ing, Noon and Night, in any pro­per Vehicle, which ought to be continued for some considerable time.

XXIII. Outwardly Bath the whole Head with the Powers of Amber, Morning and Night, or rather with this Mixture: ℞ Powers of Amber, of Limons, of Rosemary, ana ℥j. mix them to Bathe with.

XXIV. To the Eyes apply this: ℞ Gum Tragacanth ʒij. Celandine-water q.s. mix and dissolve; with which mix burnt Alum ʒss. and make a Collyrium.

XXV. Or this; ℞ Tincture of Aloes, made in half Wine half Water ℥iv. S.V. ℥j. Regulus of Antimony in Pouder, White Vitriol a. ℈j. Honey ʒvi. mix and digest a Month, then use it.

XXVI. Or this, ℞ Hens Gall, Tincture of Scammony a. ℥iv. White Wine ℥viij. Juices of Fennel and Celandine a. ℥x. Tinctures of Myrrh and Aloes a. ℥iijss. in which Camphir ʒj. has been dissolved: Sarcocol ℥j. mix, digest in a gen­tle heat for two Months, shaking the Glass once a day, then letting it settle, decant the clear, and keep it for use. See more here­of in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 3. Cap. 27. throughout.

XXVII. The Manual Operation, for Cure of a confirmed Cataract; before which Ʋniversals ought to be used, for Evacuating the whole Body, and afterwards particulars for Purging the Head; but you must take heed that the Patient be not troubled with Head-Ach, Pain in the Eyes, Fever, Vomit­ing, Coughing, or Sneezing.

XXVIII. Seat the Sick in a Chair, somewhat lower than your own, if you sit; bind up the well Eye, and cause him to hold his Hands about your Wast, not stirring them till the Ope­ration is ended.

XXIX. Let somebody hold his Head fast behind, and hold then asunder his Eye Lids, causing him to turn his Eye towards his Nose: Then thrust your Needle quick­ly in by the Cornea, half a straws breadth from the Iris, some say a straws breadth, and bring it unto the hollow of the Eye.

XXX. When the Needle hath Couched the Cataract, endeavour [Page 92] therewith to press it gently, and so long from above down­wards, until it remains there.

XXXI. If it be stubborn in rai­sing up; you must again and again divide it into several Particles, and bring them down, keep­ing them in both a little while under, that they may not return again, before the Pupil of the Eye.

XXXII. Then draw out the Needle, and bind up as well the Sound, as the Ʋnsound Eye; ap­plying double Linnen Cloths, moistned in Rose-Water, in which a little Alum is dissolved, and then beaten together with Whites of Eggs.

XXXIII. In the Operation, take heed of hurting the Crystalline Humour, and the Sound Tuni­cles.

XXXIV. Apply an Astrictive to the Forehead, let the Head lie high, and dress the Affect for about Fourteen Days, or­dering the Sick to stir his Head and Teeth as little as may be.

XXXV. Let the time in which this is done be the Morning, in the decrease of the Moon, and in a clear and serene Air. How to know when it is fit to do this Operation, we shall hereafter teach.

CHAP. XXXII. Of AMPUTATION.

I. [...], Am­putatio, Dismembring, or the Cutting off any Part or Limb, is a dreadful Operation, seldom used, but in a Sphacelus, or perfect Mortification, or where there is such a Laceration of any Part, as it is impossible to be re­stored, or to save Life with­out it.

II. [...], Mortificatio seu Sphacelus, a Mor­tification, is that which invades both Flesh and Bones with a Rottenness or Putrefaction.

III. The Signs. If Cut (the Patient not seeing it) the Part is senseless, and the Patient feels it not; the Flesh is cold, flaggy, black, smells like a dead Carkass, and the Skin by reason of rottenness may be separated from the Flesh, there flowing from it a vis­cid, greenish and blackish Mat­ter.

IV. And although there may be yet some Motion, it is because the heads of the Muscles are not alrea­dy affected; however the Work is not to be delayed, but the Part is to be taken off either in the sound and sensible Part, or in the corrupt and dead; the first of which, as it is most used, is al­so most secure.

I. The Common Way, in the Sound Part.

V. The Body ought first to be purged with Ʋniversals; after which, before the Operation, the Spirits ought to be raised with Cordials; of which, this is excellent: ℞ Canary ℥iv. of our Aqua Bezoartica ʒvi. Juice of Alkermes ℥j. mix them for a Dose.

VI. Some Authors say, That this Operation is most conveniently done in the Joint, but then the Cure is rendred the more difficult, and the use of the other part alto­gether lost: Therefore the Ex­tirpation is much better to be done, two or three Fingers breadth, or more, below the Joint; except the Mortification has seized the uppermost part of the Arms or Thighs, then you must necessarily take the Joint it self.

VII. The Amputation is also more safe in the Sound Part than in the Dead, though the former is accompanied with the greater pain. But Woodall, and some others, perform it in the Dead Part.

VIII. The Common Way is this, 1. Prepare the Body with good Diet, as Yolks of Eggs, Toast dipt in Muscadine, Tent, Alicant, or Canary: And let the Patient be purged for some days before­hand with Cassia new drawn, and such gentle Lenitives; let him take three or four times a day Confectio Alkermes of Our Prescription, (see Pharm. Lond. Lib. 4. Cap. 22. Sect. 2.)

IX. 2. Have in a readiness, 1. Two Saws, lest one should break. 2. A Dismembring Knife and Cat­lin. 3. Several Rowlers, five or six Yards long. 4. Three great Needles (not much now in use.) 5. Boulsters, greater and lesser. 6. Pledgets of Tow, greater and lesser. 7. Dorsels and Buttons, of several sizes. 8. A large Bowl, with Ashes, Water, and Vinegar.

X. 3. Then the Patient being conveniently seated, draw up all the soft Parts with a strong Hand, after make a Ligature hard, girt­ing it strongly, and pressing pow­erfully upon the great Vessels, with your Fingers, which may in part also keep the Patient steady.

XI. 4. This done, with the Dis­membring Knife, cut the Skin and Flesh round, very speedily, to the Bone. If it be in the Leg, or be­low the Elbow, divide the Flesh between the Fossiles with the Incision Knife; after separate the Periostion from the Bone, by scraping of it either with the edge or back of the Incision Knife.

XII. 5. With a sharp Saw, cut the Bone as near to the living Flesh as may be.

XIII. 6. The Operation thus over, there will be a Flux of Blood, which if it be not too great, you may stay it only by such Medi­cines as stop Blood, as Pulvis Dysentericus Crollii, Pulvis Sper­niola Crollii; or rather with Pou­ders causing an Escar; thus you may mix equal parts of Ʋm­ber and unslakt Lime together, with a little Hair in Pouder or [Page 94] Ashes of an old Hat, which re­duce into an Ointment with the White of an Egg.

XIV. Or this: ℞ white Starch ℥vi. Sanguis Draconis, Frankin­cense, a. ℥j. fine Bole, Terra Si­gillata, a. ℥ss. Gypsum ℥jss. Frogs prepared ℥ij. Moss of Mens Skulls ℥j. Hares hair cut small ʒij. Tragacanth in Pouder, Spunge Torrefied in Pouder, a. ʒj. mix, and make a subtile Pouder.

XV. But if the Flux is great, you must use an Actual Cautery to the Mouths of the Vessels, other­wise in the use of the aforesaid Pouders, take four of your great­est Buttons, made of Tow moist­ned well in Posca, which arm with either of the said Pouders, and apply them to the great Vessels, speedily applying over them a thick Bed, made of Tow, dipt also in Posca, and spread thick over with the Pouder.

XVI. 7. Have another Bed made so much larger, as to reach an Inch or two over every side round, and armed with the Pou­ders as aforesaid, to be laid over the former; on which draw a Bladder, and on it make a Liga­ture an Inch broad near the top, over all these lay a fourfold Lin­nen Cloth.

XVII. 8. But if the Flux be great, and the Patient refuses the Actual Cautery; then, as soon as the Member is taken off, let the Skin together with the Flesh, in four distinct places opposite one to the other, be taken up with a Needle and waxed Thread, and the Ligature loosned above, or drawn down, that if possible they may meet.

XVIII. This way is painful and troublesome, and therefore sel­dom to be used, yet it stays the Hae­morrhage, preserves the Bone from all danger, and makes the Wound to be the sooner Cu­red.

XIX. 9. If you use not the Bladder, be sure your Buttons be ready to apply to the place where the Blood appears, as you roul up the part: And having loosed the Ligature, roul up the Member with Swaths dipt in Oxycrate, applying to the next Joint above, a Defensative.

XX. 10. Observe, that unless there be great pain, that you dress it not till the third day; then have in readiness Stuphes and good Roulers, the first may be dipt in White-wine, or S.V. to be laid on the former Applica­tions, that they may be the more easily removed, which do very gently.

XXI. If the Bed next the Wound stick, remove it not till the third dressing: The Applica­tions being removed, strew the Vessels, with some of the former Pouders of Crollius, on which apply three or four Pledgets, with Whites of Eggs dipt in the Pouder.

XXII. On these, and the rest of the Wound, apply Basilicon, Balsa­mum Terebinthinae, or Balsa­mum Arcaei, till there is digesti­on. Or this: ℞ Strasburgh Turpentine ℥iij. Oil of Roses ℥ij. Gum Elemi dissolved in the Oil, and strained ʒss. Saffron ʒss. mix, and make an Ointment.

XXIII. 11. After Digestion, mundifie with Apostolorum, or [Page 95] Hartman's Vulnerary Balsam, or Ung. è succis aperitivis. Or with this: ℞ Turpentine ℥iij. Meals of Orrice Root, and of Bar­ley, Pouder of round Birthwort Root, a. ℥ss. Honey of Roses ℥j. S.V. ℥ss. Mithridate ʒij. mix, and make a Mundificative. Or this: ℞ Juices of Parsly, Smal­lage, Scordium, Plantane, Rue, a. ℥iv. Juices of Self-heal, All­heal, a. ℥ij. Honey of Roses lbj. boil to the thickness of a Syrup, to which add Pouders of the Roots of round Birthwort, Angelica, Swal­low-wort, Meal of Lupins, Mi­thridate, a. ℥j. S.V. ℥ij. mix them, then Incarnate, and dry with Pulvis Dysentericus Crollij: It dries without any biting pro­perty.

XXIV. Over this you may apply some Glutinative Emplaster, as Ceratum ex pelle Arietina Ar­noldi de Villa Nova, Empla­strum Gratia Dei, or the like.

XXV. 12. If proud Flesh a­rises, use Ung. Aegyptiacum laid on hot, upon which lay another Pledget, and so dress it up for a­bout two days: The next dres­sing use only dry Lint or Flax, by this means the great sensibili­ty of the Ulcer will be abated; or to eat the Flesh away, you may lay on burnt Alum mixt with Vitriol, burnt Ceruse, and burnt Lead.

XXVI. At every dressing, en­deavour to draw the Skin and Muscles together by degrees, that the Bone may be covered; it is best done with the dry Stitch ap­plied a Fingers breadth from the Lips of the Wound, round a­bout the Member, &c.

XXVII. Lastly, Fingers and Toes, yea Hands and Feet, as al­so superfluous Joints, may be re­moved by Chizels, &c. of which see Scultetus Tab. 27. Fig. 12. and 15. but the Saw is best.

XXVIII. If Humidities a­bound, ℞ Pouders of Roots of Hog-fennel, round Birthwort, Flo­rentine Orrice, Pine bark, and Lignum Guajaci, a. ℥ss. mix, and strew it on the Ulcer once or twice a day. It dries with­out biting, and will cause the scaling of the Bone, which will be within thirty or forty days.

II. Aquapendens his Way, in the Dead Part.

XXIX. This is done in the Dead Part, but near the Sound, yet not too near it: Let two strong Men hold both Parts of the Mem­ber very steady, then begin the Operation: The Part being ta­ken off, remove as much dead Flesh as may be; then with red hot Cauteries, sear the dead Part, and therewith heat the end of the Bone, till such time as the Patient perceives the heat of the Fire.

XXX. After that, make a fo­mentation with a good Lixivium, as in a Gangrene, which apply (not too hot) for about half an hour: This done apply Stuphes very warm to the Part, binding it up; within the space of two or three days, there will be a separation of the mortified Part from the sound.

XXXI. At second dressing do the like again, and cutting off the dead Flesh with Sciffers, forget not to [Page 96] heat the Bone; but beware of an Haemorrhage stealing upon you, for which you ought to be pro­vided, as aforesaid.

XXXII. Some Authors say, That the dead Flesh toucht with Oil of Vitriol or Sulphur, as in a Gangrene, may be better, and less dangerous.

XXXIII. Now here is to be no­ted, 1. That the Body must be before-hand prepared, as aforesaid. 2. That in a Sphacelus caused from a defect of Innate heat, the former way is the better, viz. Amputating in the Sound Part. 3. But in a very slow Sphacelus, sprung from an Internal Cause, in a Body otherwise Sound, this latter way is the best. 4. That this way causes very little pain, and puts a sudden stop to the Putrefaction. 5. That by this Method, a Flux of Blood is not to be feared, &c.

CHAP. XXXIII. CUTTING off CANCERS.

I. [...], Cancer, is a preternatural Tumor said to arise from Melancholy, round, hard, livid, painful, with Tur­gid Veins resembling the Feet of a Crab.

II. It is twofold, denominated from its two times; 1. [...], Carcinoma, a Cancer not ulcerated. 2. [...], Pha­gedaena, a Cancer ulcerated.

III. Signs. It is not easily known in the beginning, being very small, about the bigness of a Tare or Vetch, yet sometimes it grows to be six, eight, ten, or twelve pounds in weight; it is accompanied with painful Symptoms, the Tu­mor being hard, full of Pain, hot, livid, or black, roundish, with some inequality, and many tumified Veins.

IV. As to the various Causes, Prognosticks, and Intentions of Cure, we shall refer you to the Chapter of the Cancer in Lib. 3. following, where we shall dis­course every thing at large: Here we shall only give you a short Idea of what we think most necessary to be done.

V. The Cure. If the Cancer be not exulcerated, first purge with this: ℞ Sena ℥iv. Rhubarb ℥j. Hermodacts, Gummy Turbith, Ja­lap, Cambogia, white Flowers of Antimony, Mastich, Ginger, Cin­namon, Galangal, a. ʒj. Scam­mony, Cremor Tartari, a. ℥jss. Oils of Vitriol, Cloves, Juniper and Anise, a. ʒss mix, and make a subtil Pouder. Dose à ℈j. ad ʒj. which frequently reiterate.

VI. Provoke the Terms in Wo­men, if stopt, and the Haemor­rhoids in Men, if usual, for this is beneficial.

VII. Apply over the Cancer this: [Page 97]Oil of Ben ℥iv. Strasburgh Turpentine ℥ss. of Our Hercules q.s. mix, and make an Oint­ment. Or this: ℞ Oil-Olive ℥vj. Turpentine ℥j. burnt Lead ℥ij. Saccharum Saturni ℥jss. Juice of Nightshade ℥j. of Our Hercules q.s. mix, and make an Oint­ment.

VIII. But if it be ulcerated, some, to form a Palliative Cure, apply the Quintessence of Arsenick, (see its Preparation in Our Pharm. Lond. Lib. 4. Cap. 5. Sect. 7.) mixing it with Basili­con, or a Digestive, renewing it once in two days.

IX. Barbett applies this:Galls, Pomgranate Pells, a. ℥j. burnt Talck ℥j. fine Bole ℥ss. burnt Lead ʒij. Ashes of Crabs ʒj. Ho­ney, Turpentine, a. q.s. mix, and make an Ointment. By these and the like Medicines, ulcera­ted Cancers have been kept ea­sie, and in the same condi­tion.

X. Some commend this: Take Aqua Fortis ℥j. Corrosive Subli­mate ℥iv. Sal Armoniack ℥ij. Arsenick ʒj. put them into a Glass Alembick, and distil to driness: add to the Faeces, Vinegar q.s. and distil again, till the Matter comes to the consistence of a Paste.

XI. First wash the Cancer with Linnen Cloths dipt in hot Wine, rubbing it pretty hard, then spread the Paste on a double Cloth (not full out so broad as the Cancer [...]) and apply it for 24 Hours, so will an Escar be made bigger than the Plaster, which kills and removes the Cancer: After which it is to be Cured as ano­ther Ulcer, according to Art.

XII. This Application is apt (from its vehemency) to produce a Fever, Vomiting, and Flux of the Belly and Ʋrine, for two or three days, or more, but yet with a benefit to the Sick.

XIII. But if these things do not, so that you must be forced to come to Manual Operation, you ought first to purge the Body well with Ʋniversals, or with the former Purge at Sect. 5. a­foregoing.

XIV. This Operation is often performed on Cancers, whether Ʋl­cerated or not: And it is done either with Cauteries after In­cision, or else with both at once; or by Incision, with Ad­strictives; but the first with Cau­teries is best, because that bri­dles the malignity of the Tu­mor, and also, if any small Portion of the Cancer should be left behind, may cause it to fall with the Escar.

XV. If the Cancer be small, not ulcerated, loose, and free from the Flesh on all sides, Incision with Astrictives may serve, let­ting it first bleed, if the Sick be strong.

XVI. In this Operation, 1. Pre­pare the Body, as we have taught Sect. 13. 2. Have in a readiness Pledgets, Boulsters, Rowlers, Needles, Astringent Pouders or Cauteries, as you intend to proceed.

XVII. Take hold of the Cancer, either with your Left Hand, or a pair of round Forceps, then imme­diately cut it off, and apply ei­ther the Astringent Pouder, or the Cauteries, as you intend.

XVIII. Some cut it off with [Page 90] [...] [Page 91] [...] [Page 92] [...] [Page 93] [...] [Page 94] [...] [Page 95] [...] [Page 96] [...] [Page 97] [...] [Page 98] Cauterizing Knives red hot, then dress it up with Anodynes, and such things as may cause the Es­car to fall; but doubtless 'tis none of the best way.

XIX. Others (which is the most common way) pass two Nee­dles through the Cancer; a-cross at right Angles, and holding those ends up by threads or strings, cut it off with a sharp Knife.

XX. In all these ways, let the Part afterwards be anointed with Oils of Roses and Myrtles, then cure the Wound according to Art. If after the Escar is fallen, the Pus is thick, white, and lau­dable, Pain and Symptoms be a­bated, and the Flesh grow like Pomgranate-seed, it will do well, and the Cancer is eradi­cated.

XXI. But if the Cancer grows to the Bone, or passes through any Internal Part, it is incurable: A Cancer in the Lip is to be first cut out, then cured as a Hare-Lip.

XXII. After the Cancer is cut off, some dress it with Anodyns, others with Anodyns mixt with Stypticks, which being all ready prepared, and spread upon Tow, or other convenient Matter, and laid on a proper Emplaster, are clapt upon the Wound at once; after which Application, and the Flux being stopt, it is to be cured after the manner of a Green Wound.

XXIII. This Work is horrid in Appearance, but soon done, if a skilful and nimble Artist has it in hand; I remember that I once saw Dr. Th. Gardner, the King's Chirurgian, cut off a very large Cancer (weighing near eight Pounds when off) from a Wo­mans Breast between Forty and Fifty Years of Age: I pull'd out a Minute Watch which I had a­bout me, when he first took the Needles in Hand, and from that time, the piercing of the Nee­dles, cutting off, and binding up, to the laying the Woman into her Bed, amounted not full out to two Minutes: The Flux of Blood was very small, and the Woman did well, being per­fectly cured in about Six Weeks time afterwards.

CHAP. XXXIV. CUTTING off WENS.

I. A Wen is called in Greek, [...]; in latin, Lupia; being for the most part a round Tumor, bunching out, most­ly without any proper Cistis, but sometimes with one.

II. The Cause. Some will have them to proceed from a Pituitous Humour, but doubtless they come rather from Blood; the Mouths of the Arteries appointed to carry Nourishment to the Mus­cles, [Page 99] being sometimes more open than they ought to be.

III. The remote Cause, is some­times from Falls, Blows, or other External Violence: Where the Parts are disorderly moved, the Native Heat and Flesh forming Faculty, turning the Extravased Blood into Flesh; which in­creasing, makes a preternatural Tumor, which sometimes be­comes Malign, if the Blood be impure.

IV. If it proceeds from Blood only, it is florid, warm and easie, but grows prodigiously: If from Flegm, it is flaggy, tough and viscous: If from Choler, it is many times painful: If from Me­lancholy, it somtimes grows to a gristly hardness.

V. And commonly answerable to these Humours, is the Colour, Red, White, Yellow, or Livid.

VI. As the Wen increases, so its Arteries grow big, which nourish it; as also the Veins increase, that they appear under the Skin, sometimes as thick as ones Fin­ger.

VII. The Prognosticks. It is not of it self malign, but may ea­sily be made so, by untoward and evil Applications; and is apt to degenerate into a Cancer, if it be long ill used.

VIII. The Cure. If in the be­ginning, use Astringents and Re­pellents; as a Plate of Lead be­smeared with Quick-silver, or Empl. de Ranis cum Mercurio; but for Applications, we refer you to the Chapter of the Wen in Lib. 3. following, where it is handled at large.

IX. But as the best Remedies seldom answer Expectation, the Tumor still increasing; so the best Cure is either binding with a Thread, or the Knife, or both.

X. Some apply Suppuratives to the Tumor, to ripen it, then open it by a Caustick, or with an Inci­sion-Knife; but that way is dan­gerous, for fear, that if any ma­lign Humour should attend it, it should degenerate into a Cancer.

XI. The Cutting off of a Wen. Cast a Thread, small, (but strong) twice round the neck of the Tu­mor, and tie it with a double Knot, which must be daily straitned, till the Tumor be deprived of its Co­lour, Feeling and Life, which will be in about seven or eight days: Then you may take it off with a Crooked Knife, which is easily performed, for that neither any great Pain, nor Flux of Blood is to be feared.

XII. This Operation is best done in Gross or Flegmatick Bodies; in others, Pain and Inflammation are so violent, that it will scarce­ly be endured: in such it is commonly removed at once, by Cutting, and then applying A­stringent Pouders, or the Actual Cautery; after, Curing it as o­ther Wounds.

CHAP. XXXV. CUTTING off a SARCOCELE.

I. WHAT a Sarcocele, or Hernia Carnosa is, we have in part told you in Chap. 8. Sect. 3. But it is more a Fleshy Tumor than a Rupture; unless it be called a Rupture, from the eroding of the Membranes which close the ends of the Capillary Blood Vessels.

II. A Fleshy Rupturethen, is a hard Tumour, slowly increasing, unequal, rough, heavy, and with­out any thin or floating Humours; and not very painful, unless joined with any sharp Matter.

III. The Cause is chiefly Blood, whether pure or impure, for the most part abounding in Quantity, being cast out of the Capillary Blood Vessels, the Membranes which close them, being either eroded, broken, or dilated; whereby the Nutritious Blood flowing more into the Part than Nature re­quires, and not Putrifying, it is changed into the Substance of Flesh.

IV. This Flesh sometimes grows to the Testicle, in which case, it cannot be taken away, but by taking away the Testicle it self; but many times it only Circumvolves the Testicle, but grows not to it; in which Case it may be re­moved, without either hurting, or Cutting the Stone out.

V. This was lately done in a Patient, that came to me, by the Hands of a French man, who slit open the Scrotum very carefully long-ways, took forth the tumi­fied Testicle; and pulling it down a little, tied it fast, as high as he could above the Stone; then he cautiously cut the Fleshy Sub­stance long-ways also, so as not to hurt or scratch the Membranes of the Testicle: Which done, he turned the Testicle out with his Fingers, and with one cut, cut off the Fleshy Substance, just below the Bandage (the Patient not crying out for it.) Then he returned the Testicle into the Cod, and in a short time healed it after the manner of a green Wound: The piece of Flesh in this Operation weighed above two Pounds.

VI. The Prognosticks. It is scarcely ever cured by Medicines, and seldom without Manual Ope­ration: And if the Fleshy Sub­stance grows to the Stone, not without removing, or cutting it off also.

VII. If the Fleshy Substance ex­tends its self to the Groins, it is for the most part incurable.

VIII. The Cure. In its begin­ning, it is many times cured by astrin­gent and repelling Medicines: Some have been Cured with the Pouder of Doves-foot Roots; o­thers with the Pouder of Rest­harrow Roots, taken ʒj. Morn­ing and Evening in Wormwood Wine, or some other fit Vehi­cle, [Page 101] for four Months together.

IX. And over the whole Scro­tum, you may apply Emplastrum de Galbano Crocatum Mynsichti, or de Ranis cum Mercurio, and so tie it up in a kind of Bag-Truss.

X. But if notwithstanding all that can be done, its increase can­not be hindred, you must come to the Manual Operation, thus; Make a little Orifice to the Scro­tum, and rather in the Supe­rior than the Inferior Part; thro' which, by help of Pledgets, let suppurating Remedies be ap­plied, that, if possible, the Flesh may be wasted.

XI. And every dressing, diligent­ly wipe away the Matter, but not all of it, that what Flesh yet re­mains, may the better be consu­med.

XII. If this succeeds not, draw forth the Testicle, and by Incision cut off as much Flesh as you can, without doing Injury to it. Then restore it to its place, and the remainder of the Flesh con­trive to consume by Suppura­tion.

XIII. If the former ways pre­vail not, take out the Hernious Testicle, as far as you can; then pass once or twice a Silken Thread above the Tumor, by the process of the Peritonaeum, and pass both ends of the Silk through the Ori­fice it self; so that that which was on the right side, may be on left, and that on the left, may be on the right: So tying the Process of the Peritonaeum with a Knot, Cut off the Testicle, letting both ends of the Silk hang out of the Scrotum, then Cure it as another Wound.

XIV. But here you ought well to consider the Cause, before you Ope­rate; for sometimes you may be deceived by a Scirrhous, swelling of the Parastates: And sometimes the Spermatick Vessels are de­tained in the S [...], where oftentimes they may exceed in Magnitude the Testicles them­selves, cauting no other incon­veniency, but Fear.

XV. Lastly, when you come to Operate, make the Ligature as near to the Tumor as possible; for the higher the Process of the Peritonaeum is perforated, so much the thicker it its, by which the suppuration, and falling of the Thread will be hindred; in which time, if Convulsions fol­low, they foreshew Death.

An Appendix, concerning Cutting an Oscheocele.

XVI. Although this Discourse does not properly belong this place, but rather to Chap. 8. aforegoing; yet, because the Operation of Cut­tin; was not there taught, we were necessitated to refer it to another place: And here, having an opportunity, under a Branch of the same Head, we thought good to resume that part which was there wanting, and to de­liver it here.

XVII [...], Oscheocele, Hernia Scroti: Hernia intesti­nalis vel Omentalis, in quae, ob Rupturam, aut Lesi [...]m ali­quam Intestinum aut Omentum, in Scrotum delabitur, Lind. Ex. 4. § 45. It is a Rupture in which the Guts or Caul, through [Page 102] a Breach of the Peritonaeum, fall down into the Cods.

XVIII. By reason Cutting of an Oscheocele is not only dreadful, but also hazardous, it is seldom in use, except when the Substance fallen into the Scrotum, cannot be reduced; yet some have made use of it, to prevent a falling down any more, and so for a perfect Cure.

XIX. To perform this, (when the Guts cannot be reduced, either from the hardned Excrements there, or Narrowness of the Pas­sage) the Patient must be tied fast to a Form or Table, and In­cision must be made in the upper Part of the Scrotum, not touch­ing the Guts; then putting in the Directory at the Incision, and under the Production of the Peritonaeum, with your Knife, cut such a space as is necessary, towards the Belly; after which, reduce the Intestine, and stitch up so much of the Peritonaeum as may be sufficient to hinder the fall of any thing again into the Cod, after it is healed.

XX. But unless the Patient be very strong, this is not to be done; much less the following Operation, which is performed either with, or without taking away the Te­sticle.

XXI. That, with taking away the Testicle, is so horrid and bloody, as Scultetus has related it, (by which way the famous Gelders of Italy did Cure a Hernia Inte­stinalis) that we shall forbear to teach it, and come to shew you that Operation, which saves the Testicle intire.

XXII. The Incision is to be made about the Share-bone, into which the Directory is to be put, thrusting it long-ways under the Process of the Peritonaeum, which lift up, and separate it from the adjoining Fibres and Nervous Bo­dies, to which it adheres: Then forthwith draw aside the Se­minal Vessels, with the Cre­master, or hanging Muscles of the Stones, and then draw the Process aside above, and take so much from it as is too loose, with a small Mullet perforated in the midst: and, with a Needle, having Five or Six Threads, thrust it through, as near as you can to the Seminal Vessels and Cremaster; after which, put the Needle again through the midst of the Rem­nant of the Process, taking up therewith the Lips of the Wound; then tie the Thread with a strait Knot, and cut off the Needle, leaving so much of the Thread, as may hang forth of the Wound; which is not to be drawn out, till there is a sufficient Conglu­tination, which then heal up ac­cording to Art.

CHAP. XXXVI. CUTTING off WARTS and CORNS.

I. WARTS are known by Sight, being of various Kinds: Some hard, some soft, some jagged on the Top, as if they were Flowering or Seed­ing; some having broad Roots, some small; proceeding from an Earthy, Pituitous or Melancho­ly Matter.

II. If they have small Roots, they may easily be taken away, where-ever they be, either by tying them with a Thread hard, whereby they are deprived of their Nourishment; or by Pinch­ing them, after which they fall, or may otherwise be cut off; but some nip them off with their Nails, at once; after which they never come again.

III. Those with broad Roots, are first to be cut down, or prick'd, after which they are removed with various Medicines: Some rub them with the Juice of Mari­gold Leaves; others take them away with Purslain bruised, and applied.

IV. Some commend the Liver of Colocynthis to be bound to them; it is singular, if it be mixt with Red Praecipitate. Others use Dissolvents, or Potential Caute­ries.

V. Or you may strew them with Filings of Brass, over which you may lay an Emplaster, to keep them on. Or this, ℞ Basiticon ℈j. Verdigrise gr, xiv. mix and apply it, over which lay a sticking Emplaster.

VI. Some commend the Water which runs from Ash-sticks burnt, or that which stands in the Roots of Oak-trees when cut down; o­thers affirm, the stroaking them with a dead Man's Hand to be efficacious; and I have known several have found it true by Experience.

VII. Others lay a Defensative round about them, and then care­fully prick them; after which they apply one drop of the Oil of Vitriol or Sulphur upon them, and over that a sticking Em­plaster; by which means they become effectually removed.

VIII. CORNS, are a Disease proceeding from the same Cause which Warts come from, and they are also of various kinds; some are hard, some soft, some with a single root, and some with a manifold.

IX. You must first cut them as near as you can, in the Wane of the Moon, with a very sharp Knife, and then apply over them Em­plastrum de Ranis cum Mer­curio.

X. Or this: ℞ Basilicon ʒj. Red Praecipitate ʒss. mix, and apply it, over which lay a stick­ing Emplaster; it will certainly do, if kept long enough to them. Or this: ℞ Red Wax, and spread it on Leather, upon which strew [Page 104] Red Praecipitate, and apply it.

XI. Or this: ℞ Red Wax ʒj. Verdigrise ʒss. Oil of Ben q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster, which apply upon the Corns: Some apply the Leaves of Ivy bruised, Morning and Night, which generally Cures in fifteen Days.

XII. Others apply a Desensa­tive round about the Corns, and being cut close, drop upon them one drop of Oils of Vitriol or Sul­phur; or a few drops of the Juice of Spurge, which some say is a Specifick.

XIII. Others have had them cured by Application of Bean-leaves or Celandine, bruised and appli­ed for certain days, after which Basilicon and Red Praecipitate have consummated the Cure.

XIV. But if all these things fail, you must come to cutting them out; thus, Cut them round with the point of your Incision-knife, then tye them with a Twine Thread, turning them with it every way as you cut them, by degrees winding the Thread a­bout them; and continue your cutting round, till you come to the very root of the Corn, and they are perfectly removed.

XV. After which, if the place bleeds, apply some Natural Bal­sam, as de Peru, de Tolu, or de Chili, or Balsamum Lucatelli, and a Plaster of Diachylon sim­plex.

XVI. If the Part about be hard, lay over it Mynsicht's Em­plastrum de Galbano Crocatum, mixt with a little Sal Armoni­ack; or this: ℞ Galbanum ex­tracted with Vinegar ℥j. Ship­pitch ℥ss. Diachylon simplex ʒij. Sal Armoniack ʒj. mix them: This is said to remove both Corns and Warts, if renewed every third or fourth Day.

CHAP. XXXVII. REMOVING CARUNCLES.

I. CAruneles or Carnosities growing in the Urethra, or passage of Ʋrine and Seed, are a kind of fleshy substance, not much differing from the nature of a Wart, and may be properly cal­led Warts of the Ʋrethra, which when they are grown to a consi­derable bigness, stop up the pas­sage.

II. These are to be removed ei­ther with Medicines, or Instrument: The first is done by conveying a Caustick, or other proper Mat­ter to them, thro' an hollow Pipe: The latter is done by putting in an Instrument, and rubbing them hard.

III. If then there be Caruncles or Carnosities in the passage, you may put up a little Suppository made of equal parts of Ʋng. Fus­cum [Page 105] Wurtzii, and Honey of Ro­ses, boiled up to a fit thick­ness.

IV. Or this: ℞ Litharge ʒij. Minium ʒj. Flowers of Sulphur ʒiij. Ung. Aegyptiacum ʒj. Ho­ney of Roses q.s. mix them, and herewith anoint a Wax-candle, which put up the Ʋrethra, re­peating it twice or thrice a Day, till there is a perfect clean­sing.

V. Washing in Lime-water (not too strong) is excellent, so also with our Aqua Ophthalmica, they being injected with a Sy­ringe: Lastly, you may heal with Ʋnguentum Mirabile: In­wardly take a Traumatick, Su­dorifick, and Antivenerial Diet.

VI. But if it cannot be cured by any of the former means, or if it grows so great as to stop the Water, you must come to Ma­nual Operation.

VII. But that no other Parts but only the Caruncle may be eaten away, and that the Ʋrine might not wash away the Medicines that are applied, you must (by the Advice of Fabritius ab Aqua­pendente) make a Pipe of Lin­nen, and smear it over with white Wax: Let it be in length about an Inch, or an Inch and half, and so broad as to be e­qual to the Silver Catheter, and at the end thereof let a long Thread hang.

VIII. This Linnen Pipe let be smeared over with this Liniment,Honey calcined to Ashes, Tutty prepared, fresh Butter, Turpentine washt, Wax, a. ℥ss. burnt A­lum ʒss. melt and mix; this consumes the Caruncle without pain, or excoriation of the sound Part.

IX. But some highly commend the following of Rochus Cervie­rus. Take Sulphur Vive, Mer­cury Praecipitate, Verdigrise, Crude Antimony, all in Pouder, a. ʒiij. white Wax ℥j. which mix well in a Leaden Mortar with Oil of Ro­ses q.s. to an Ointment.

X. The Linnen Pipe being a­nointed with one of these, must up­on the Catheter be thrust into the Urethra, till it meet with the Ca­runcle, then the Catheter is to be drawn back, and the Linnen Pipe left in the passage, to be af­terwards drawn forth by its fast­ned Thread.

CHAP. XXXVIII. REMOVING of HUMOURS.

I. HƲmours are removed seve­ral ways, the chief of which are these four, 1. By Fri­ction. 2. By Bathing. 3. By Sweating. 4. By Fasting. There are other ways of removing of Humours, as by Purging, Vomit­ing, Ʋrine, and Salivation; but [Page 106] these belong rather to Internal Administration, than Manual Operation.

I. Of FRICTION.

II. Friction is a rubbing of the whole Body, or of some of its Parts, as Head, Back, Shoul­ders, Arms, Thighs, Legs, &c. with course Cloths, or other proper things.

III. The Intention is, to disperse Humours, Excrements, Spirits, loosen Obstructions, open the Pores, divert Fluxes and Rheums, cause free Circulation of the Blood, prevent Scabs, Itch, Pustules, Breakings out, Tumours, Cramps, and take away cold pains, (cau­sed through Congelation) in most parts of the Body.

IV. It is to be done with awarm Hand, Spunge, or course Linnen Clothwarmed; beginning at first softly, and increasing by de­grees, till the place becomes red, first from lower Parts, and so ascending upwards.

V. If it be done soft and long, it opens the Pores, and wastes the Humours: if hard and short, it makes the Skin red for a time: if hard and long, it fastens and makes the Flesh hard, and stirs up natural heat.

II. BATHING.

VI. Baths are either Natural, or Artificial.

VII. Natural Baths are chiefly those at Bath (supposed to spring from Sulphur, and some Golden Mineral, Iron, &c.)

VIII. They are used in Palsies, Sciatica's, Numbness, Hardness, and Contractions of the Nerves, Morphew, Scabs, Scurf, old Sores, Tumors, old Pains, Dis­eases of the Joints, Liver, Spleen, Itch, Leprosie, &c.

IX. Artificial Baths are made in Imitation of the Natural, and to the same intentions and pur­poses: of which you may see several forms in Our Pharmac. Lond. which may easily be made much stronger, by the Solution of proper Minerals therein.

X. They are used either to the whole Body, or to a Part only; not too hot, for fear of hurting, and always after due purging.

XI. The time is chiefly at Eight in the Morning, and about Five in the Afternoon: At first, stay in not much above half an hour; the following times you may stay in an hour or two, as your strength and conveniency will serve.

XII. Being too much used, they dry and weaken the Body: Their use is to ease Pain, open the Pores, evacuate superfluous Hu­mours, resolve, make thin, heat, cool, dry, moisten, cure Gouts, Sciatica's, Poxes, Leprosies, &c.

XIII. An Artificial Bath of Sulphur may be thus made. Take Flowers of Sulphur ℥xx. Salt of Tartar or Pot-ashes ℥x. Water lbx. mix, and boil for two hours, or something more, almost conti­nually stirring it; then put it all together into a Bathing-tub almost full of warm Water, fit for Bathing in. It is excellent against Scabs, Itch, Scurf, Morphew, Lepro­sie, French-Pox, and other Breakings out.

II. SWEATING.

XIV. Sweating, it is used for all the same Intentions and Pur­poses that Baths are designed for, and no ways inferiour to them; and being used three or four times a Year, is found to be a good expedient against the Scurvy, and to preserve the Bo­dy in Health.

XV. Go into it in the Morning, with an empty Stomach (as to Food,) but it will be good to be repleat with two or three Glasses of Sack.

XVI. In the time of the Sweat, give some pleasant Sudorifick Cor­dial, a little sharpned with Oil of Vitriol or Sulphur. Take Black-Cherry-water ℥ij. Our Aqua Be­zoartica ℥j. Syrup of Citrons ℥ss. mix them. Or thus: Take Car­duus Water ℥ij. Our Aqua Bezo­artica ℥j. Syrup of Red Poppies ℥ss. Spirit of Sulphur, enough to give it a grateful acidity.

XVII. Stay in as long as may be conveniently, but come forth before Fainting, wiping off (in the mean season) the Sweat with warmed Napkins.

XVIII. Then let the Patient be immediately laid in a warm Bed, and covered with Cloths, where let them Sweat well again for two or three Hours, and if they can, repose themselves to sleep.

XIX. If they enter into the Sweat about seven or eight in the Morning, they may rise before Dinner, and use gentle Exercise, keeping themselves warm, be­cause the Pores are open.

XX. The way of doing it, is in Hartman's Chair, with Spirit of Wine set on Fire: Which certain­ly was one of the most happy In­ventions in the World: I shall omit the description of it at this time, because it is now com­mon in London.

IV. FASTING.

XXI. Fasting is of use (whilst the Body is emptying) to lessen the quantity of Humors, by hindering their Generation, and this chiefly in universal ill habits, and el­derly people: For Children are scarcely able to bear it, nor Cho­lerick People; for Bile causes a vast Consumption of Humi­dity.

XXII. This possibly is one of the most useful courses in the whole Art of Physick or Chirurgery; for as much as many Diseases may be cured by Fasting alone, which no other course could do any good in.

XXIII. Besides, the Stomach being empty, draw Humours from all other Parts of the Body; by which means they come to be removed, and so cast forth in the common Draught, with the other Recrements of the Body.

XXIV. More especially, it is to be used in all Diseases proceeding from fulness, for in them it makes an Alteration almost to a Mira­cle; and therefore it is of great use in Surfeits of every kind, and Diseases proceeding from Gluttony, Gormandizing, and Drunkenness.

V. DIARTHROSIS.

CHAP. XXXIX. Of CROOKEDNESS in General.

I. THis Fifth part of the Art is called by some in Greek, [...], Diarthrosis, Arti­culatio, commissura Artuum; and is intended to rectifie ill Conformation, in reducing it to its natural Figure by right Articulating of it, whence Diar­throsis, Articulating.

II. But in my Opinion, from the nature of the Intention, it ought ra­ther to be called [...], Dior­thosis, emendatio, seu directio, because it is rather a mending, directing, or putting into a right state or situation, what is distorted, crooked, or out of order.

III. It is directed chiefly, 1. To rectifie, or set straight a Crook­edness of the Back. 2. A Crook­edness of the Arms and Legs. 3. A Crookedness of the Fingers. 4. Of Feet and Toes.

IV. The Parts affected, and which particularly cause these Dis­tortions, are, the Muscles, and in them the Nerves and Tendons especially, and sometimes the Bone it self.

V. The Signs. These are so evident, that they need not be de­clared, being manifest both to Sight and Feeling.

VI. The Causes. Though they arise sometimes from Wounds, Fra­ctures or Dislocations (whose Cure depends upon the Cure and right Healing of those Diseases) yet they many times are connate from Infancy, and arise from a Rickety Disposition, or from some Cause, inward or outward, which might have been cured, had it not been neglected.

VII. The Prognosticks. If the Cure be attempted, whilst the Pa­tient is young and tender, the Dis­tortion may be rectified with ease; for then, the Parts being more flexible, are more apt for a Reduction.

VIII. But if they be grown stiff or callous, and into a kind of a Bony hardness; the Restoration is much to be doubted, if not impossible; more especially if there be Age withal.

IX. The Cure. First, the Parts affected ought to be Fomented, Bathed, or Anointed with Emol­lients and Softners; as a Bath of Milk, Emollient Oils and Li­niments; and after them the Application of softning Em­plasters.

X. A softning Oil. ℞ Oil of sweet Fennel-seeds ℥iss. Oil of Ben. [Page 109] or of sweet Almonds ℥ivss. mix them; with which anoint Morn­ing and Evening.

XI. A softning Ointment. ℞ Oil of Aniseeds ℥jss. pure golden coloured and sweet scented Palm Oil ℥iij. mix them, and anoint well therewith, Morning and Evening.

XII. A softning Liniment. ℞ rectified Oil of Vitriol ℥j. Oil Olive ℥iij. mix them: With this anoint once a day; it is much better than any of the former, and resolves more.

XIII. A softning Bath. ℞ Spirit of Nitre ℥j. Spirit of Vi­triol ℥j. mix them, and there­with gently bathe the Contorted or Contracted Parts.

XIV. In the intervals of A­nointing, you ought also to anoint with Neuroticks, of which this is an excellent thing. ℞ Oil of Nutmegs, or Mace by Expression ℥iij. Oil of Lavender and Limons a. ℥ss. mix them.

XV. Or thus. ℞ Earthworms lbss. which cleanse, by washing first in Water, then in Wine, cut them small, and affuse upon them (in a large Receiver) Oil Olive lbss. or rather as much Oil of sweet Almonds, Oil of Limon; ℥ij. and upon warm Embers resolve into Liquor, which strain out strongly by pressing.

XVI. This is an excellent Oil, for the Liquor of the Worms, by its peculiar Vertue, penetrates im­mediately; and passes to the Nerves and Nervous Parts, Veins, Arteries, &c. moderately warm­ing, humecting, and strength­ning them; whilst, mean sea­son, the Viscous Substance there­of occludes the Pores, and keeps in the Heat, in order for reso­lution of the hardned and con­stricted Parts.

XVII. Afterwards you may apply also Emplasterwise, Myn­sicht's Galbanum Crocatum, or Ammoniacum cum Cicuta, or de Ranis, with triple quantity of Mercury: For by these various Applications, the Parts will be before-hand prepared for the use of the Instruments.

XVIII. For the whole stress of the Cure seems to lie upon the right Contrivance, Making, and Affixing of the Instruments; with­out which, nothing can indeed be done; but, in a manner, all your Labour will be in vain.

XIX. Wherefore, fit Instru­ments being made; and the former softning Medicines used for some time before-hand; you must come to the Application of the Instru­ment, (using also your softning Medicines as before) together with Splenia, or Bolsters, and proper Bandage; as the Nature, Position, and Form of the Part requires.

CHAP. XL. CROOKEDNESS of the BACK.

I. THIS is thought to proceed mostly from the Rickets; which, while the Patient is young, if not neglected, may be cured, but by the help of In­struments.

II. There is generally a fulness of one Shoulder, more than in the other, which tends that way, if not prevented, and while it's in beginning, may be helped by constant Swinging.

III. Sometimes it is in the Spine, the Vertebrae being con­torted, mostly outwards, seldom (if ever) inwards; and also to either side, which is most usual with young Girls, who have generally a debility of the Leg of the same side.

IV. Tho' these kinds of Crook­edness are many times caused from the Rickets, or a Defluxion of a Morbifick Matter; yet they are many times caused from an ill Conformation in the Womb, or some Pituitous Humour, collect­ed about the Vertebrae.

V. Sometimes also it is caused, as afore-mentioned, by external Violence, from Falls, Bruises, or a constant ill Posture of the Body, whilst Young and Tender, in sit­ting, standing, carrying, bow­ing down forwards, writing, sowing, or making to use their Feet too soon.

VI. Many times also it is the Mothers fault, who striving to have them small in the Waste, by strait lacing, draws their Bodies aside; more especially, if there be any thing in the Cloths on either side, which hurts them: Which ill custom, if the Child escapes Crookedness, it commonly brings other ill Diseases, as Ob­structions of the Viscera, Green­sickness, Consumptions, &c.

VII. The Cure. Here Emol­lient and Discussive Oils, Oint­ments, Liniments, Balsams, and Emplasters are to be used, (Exam­ples of which you have in the aforegoing Chapter) before the Application of the Instrument.

VIII. The Instrument is a Steel Compress, or Bodice, fitted to the Body to be reduced: It is to be full of Holes, that it may be the lighter and cooler; and lined with Cotten, that it may not hurt; bunching inwards, an­swerable to the bunching out of the Back.

IX. This Compress is to be gently and gradually used, being straitned by degrees; for without the use thereof, all other Medi­cines will be applied in vain; whilst, by the use thereof, some have been restored in about eight or ten Months time, or a Year at farthest.

X. As you perceive the Redu­ction to come on you must accord­ingly alter the Compress, viz. for such as are not yet come [Page 111] to their Growth, where they are to be altered every third Month.

XI. Where the Person was very youthful, I have known this affect Cured by swinging by the Arms and Arm-holes, and sometimes gently by the Chin in a Sling, and the success was wonderful; but this is much better for a Gibbo­sity in the Shoulder, or where one Shoulder grows higher than another.

XII. If the Patient is come to their full Growth, the means of Cure, and all Tryals of this Ope­ration is in vain.

XIII. If the Patient be very Young, the Compress, or Bodice, may be made of stiff Whale-bone; so fitted to keep the Back-bone upright, repress the bunching out, and defend the Parts.

XIV. And about the Seventh Vertebra of the Back, some ad­vise to open an Issue, which is said to intercept the Humour flow­ing down, if it should seem to affect the Hip, Reins, or Feet.

XV. Hildanus has an Obser­vation, which I care not if I in­sert, it is Cent. 5. Observ. 67. paginâ meà 458. of a young Girl about Eighteen Months old, who had the Vertebrae of her Loins beginning to grow bunch­ed outwards.

XVI. After that some Barbers had for divers Months attempted the Cure, with Ʋnguents, Baths, and Plates of Lead, but all in vain, for that the Spine did bunch out daily more and more; Hildanus was then called, who found the Third and Fourth Vertebrae of the Loins to bunch out, as large as a Ducks Egg, which were gradually followed by the Second and Fifth.

XVII. By which means the Spine being grown into a great Bunch, especially towards the left side; it also made the left Leg much weaker than the right.

XVIII. First, he rubbed the Back, whole Thigh and Leg, with the following Water, to strengthen the Nerves. ℞ Water distilled from Juniper-berries without Wine, Waters of Sage, Betony, and La­vender a. ℥ij. Pouder of Tormentil-Roots, and Rose-Leaves a. ʒij. make an Infusion, by digesting eight or ten days in a large Vessel, de­cant the clear, and keep it for use.

XIX. After Chasing, he appli­ed the following Emplaster.Emplast. Slotani (or, in place thereof, Ammoniacum cum Cicuta) ℥v. new Wax ℥ij. Osteocolla ℥j. Pouders of Comfrey-Roots, Terrae sigillata a. ʒij. Pouders of Balau­stians, Cypress-Nuts, Damask-Roses a. ʒj. mix them over a gentle Fire, and make an Em­plaster, by adding Oil of Roses, or of Mastich q.s.

XX. To repress the Extuberance of the Vertebrae, he made an Iron Plate, a little bent, long and broad enough to cover the whole Gibbosity, and quilted it into a Compress, or Bodice, between Cloths, that it might hurt the Child the less.

XXI. This Compress was worn upon the Naked Body, and so fitted, as to comprehend all her Belly, to the Muliebria: It was tied on with a long Strap over the mid­dle of the Belly; and about the [Page 112] Brest, it was gently tied, that it might not straiten the Ribs, or Midriff.

XXII. But below the Bastard Ribs, to the bottom of the Ab­domen, it was straitly tied, that the Iron Plate might repress the bunching-out Vertebrae.

XXIII. And lest the Compress should have slipt upwards, two Straps, an Inch broad, were fast­ned on each side the Groin, to go under the Perinaeum, and to turn up again upon the But­tocks, and so were fastned by Straps to the Compress on either side.

XXIV. He ordered all from the Hip to the Foot, to be Chafed with the aforesaid Water every day; and the Plaster and Chasing upon the Extuberance every Fourth, or Sixth day; by which means, through God's Blessing, the Child was Cured in Six Months: But she wore the Bodice and Plate, by reason of the weak­ness of the Parts, Two Years; in which time she grew very well.

CHAP. XLI. CROOKEDNESS of the ARMS and LEGS.

I. IT is known by Sight: The Cause is many times Defluxi­ons of Humours, Rickets, Kings-Evil, Dislocations, and Tumours, hard to be cured, called by Hip­pocrates, Galangones.

II. The Prognosticks. If it be from a Contraction of the Tendons and Muscles, it is more easily Cured, than if it proceeds from Repletion of the Cavities, by a thick, pituitous and viscous Hu­mour, which may fall, not only in this, but in other Joints, af­ter Defluxions, great Pain and Weakness.

III. If also there be a Callus, in or near the Joint, (from an E­rosion of the two ends of the Bones by some sharp Humour, whereby an intervening Callus makes them grow into one, as in Fractures) then it is in vain to attempt the Cure: For, let the Artist do what he can, it will ever after be stiff and useless.

IV. The Cure. If it be without a Callus, after Ʋniversals have been premised, let the Nerves, Muscles and Tendons be soft­ned by Emollients, either by Fomenting or Anointing.

V. You may Foment with the Powers of Amber or Aniseeds: If you anoint, you may do it with this. ℞ Oil of bitter Almonds ℥iv. Oleum Succini, Anisi. a. ℥j. mix them: It softens beyond all imagination.

VI. Also, the Disaffected Part ought to be held an hour or two in a hot Bath of warm Water, in [Page 113] every Gallon of which, ℥iij. of Sal Armoniack is dissolved.

VII. And you may after Bathing, apply this following Cataplasm:Baked Turneps lbij. Oil of Tur­pentine and Aniseeds, a. ℥iij. mix, and apply it as hot as can well be indured, letting it lye on all Night.

VIII. Which done, Bathe it a­gain, as before directed; then a­noint with the aforementioned Oil, and after apply the afore­directed Cataplasm again; which course repeat twice a day, so long till you find the contracted Part made somewhat supple and pliant.

IX. Then come to the Applicati­on of the Instruments, which ought to be so ordered, as, 1. To crush the Prominent and Convex Parts. 2. That it may scarcely touch the hollow, but rather defend it from Compression. 3. That it be so fitted to the Parts, as to hinder motion as little as may be.

X. The Instrument is various, according to the Parts affected; but that which serves for the El­bow, may serve for the Wrist and Knee, which is thus:

XI. Make a Casket of Wood or Iron, in fashion of a Ring, and of such a breadth as may compass the whole Joint: In that for the Knees, there must be a hollow for the Rotula, in the midst of the Casket must be a Screw, which is to pass into the Ring, the Ring also having Hinges, by which it may open and shut; to the Gasket put straps of Leather to fasten it, both above and be­low the Joint. The Screw is made, to bring gradually the Joint into form. See the Fi­gure thereof in Scultetus, Ta­ble 18. Fig. I. and Table 43. at C.

XII. Immediately, upon the Part affected you must put an E­mollient or softning Emplaster, with which it must be dressed twice a day; I have found mighty suc­cess in a Cerecloth made of Empl. de Minio, made with Oil, without Wax, and not boil'd too much; it alone restored a Con­tracture in the Elbow, of many Years standing.

XIII. Then six the Instrument to it, which let be well guarded with Tow, Cotton, or Lint, to be kept on Night and Day, as you see occasion, or as the Pa­tient can bear it.

XIV. Every time the Insiru­ment is taken off, the Part must be bathed, or fomented, anoin­ted, and a new Emplaster ap­plied, straitening the Instru­ment every Day, as you see the disaffection requires it.

XV. By this means the Crooked Limb comes to be extended, which is yet to be done with all gentle­ness, lest Pain be excited, and evil Symptoms arise.

XVI. If the Contracture is in the Knee, whilst the Instrument is sixt to it, the Patient ought to walk gently upon it, if he be able. But if it be in the Arm, he must then often stirit, sometimes for­wards, and sometimes back­wards.

XVII. Hildanus his description of the Instrument for the Thigh. It is a wooden Case or Cradle, made hollow, and fit to receive [Page 114] the Thigh about the middle; and the Small of the Leg a little above the Ancle.

XVIII. Then there must be an Iron Hoop, fit to receive the Knee, with an Hinge to open and shut, and with a Button, and several holes to straiten or widen it, as there shall be occasion: A Male Screw must be put thro' a hole in the Hoop, just in the Ham, and a hole in the wooden Cra­dle, which is placed behind, and made fast with strings to the middle of the Thigh, and Small of the Leg. This Male Screw, must rest by a Shoul­der in the Hoop; then the Fe­male Screw must screw on be­hind the wooden Cradle, and thereby the Leg extended, as much as you see needful.

XIX. Hildanus has C [...]ed Crooked Elbows without this In­strument, only by the use of Emol­lients, and causing the Patient every Hour to lift some heavy Mat­ter with his Hand, as a Pail full of Stones, and to walk about with it; this is an easie Me­thod, but he says he has found great success in it.

XX. Crookedness of the Legs is also many times remedied by Boots, Splints, Boulsters, and such like, fitted to the Part, u­sing withal, Emollient Baths, Oils, Ointments, and Empla­sters.

CHAP. XLII. CROOKEDNESS of the FINGERS.

I. THE same Method that we have prescribed in softning the Contracted Nerves, Tendons, and Muscles of other Parts, must be taken here; after which an Extender ought to be fitted to the Finger or Fingers contract­ed, to stretch them forth gra­dually, (if the thing is to be done;) and the use thereof to be continued so long, till the Parts are restored to their natu­ral Situation, conformation and Use.

II. Hildanus, Cent. 1. Observ. 83. has a famous Example. I had a Patient, (says he) a Child, about fourteen Months old, who, falling into the Fire, burnt his right hand.

III. His four Fingers, and the external Part of the Metacarpus were so burnt, that the ends of his Fingers were drawn back, to their first Articulation or Roots.

IV. The Father of the Child committed the Cure to Ignorant Persons; so that the Skin of the back of the Hand and Fingers was shrunk up, and grown to­gether into a kind of Globular Form.

V. About Seven Months after [Page 115] it was healed, the Child was brought to me: I first Purged it with Broth in which Manna was dissolved; then I used the fol­lowing Emollient Decoction and Ointment, for several days.

VI. The Decoction. ℞ Al­thaea, the whole Plant, Root and all, Roots of Bryony, of white Li­lies a. ℥j. Flowers of Camomil, Melilot, Hypericon, Ground-pine, Germander a. M.j. Linseed, Foenu­greek-seed a. ℥j. Broth made of a Wethers or Calves Feet and Head q.s. mix, and boil them together for a Fomentation.

VII. I anointed the whole Arm and Hand with this Ointment:Ointment of Marsh-mallows ℥j. Mans-grease, Hens, Goose and Bears-grease a. ℥ij. Mucilage of Earthworms ℥ss. mix, and make an Ointment.

VIII. After Anointing, I wrapt the Hand (says he) in Empla­strum de Mucilaginibus; by which means the Contracted Sinews, and Callosity of the back of the Hand and Fingers, grown together on the said back of the Hand, were sufficiently mollified.

IX. I then with a Rasour cut away the Callus, between the Fin­gers and Metacarpus, then I se­parated the Fingers; after which I strewed on my Pouder to stop Bleeding, and applied Whites of Eggs mixt with Rose and Plantane-water, together with Oil of Roses.

X. Which done, I applied a De­fensative to the Wrist, and A­nointed the whole Arm with Oils of Roses, of Myrtles and Earthworms.

XI. The next Day was laid upon the Incisions this Digestive, with soft Lint. ℞ Turpentine wash­ed in Rose and Plantane-waters ℥j. Oils of Roses and of Eggs, a. ℥ij. Saffron ℈ss. Yolk of one Egg, mix them. And withal, the Arm was Anointed with the a­forementioned Oils.

XII. The Fifth Day I applied an Instrument, with which, by degrees, the Fingers were drawn and extended to their natural site.

XIII. It was made of a Splint three Inches broad, and long e­nough to reach nearly from the Elbow to the Wrist: And at the end next the Wrist, it had a stick fastned a-cross it, with four round Pegs standing up.

XIV. The Splint was tied in two places round the Arm, with a Band; which being thus tied on, and well Lined with Lint or Cotton, Finger-stalls of Leather were put upon the Ends of the Fingers, with Strings to fasten them to the Four Pegs before-mentioned.

XV. Every Day they were bent more and more, which that it might be the better done, the Arm and Hand were Anointed with the Ointment at Sect. 7. above, as oft as the Wounds were dressed.

XVI. And that the Fingers might not grow together again, Plates of Lead were put between them: Thus were the Fingers, by little and little, restored to their natural Posture.

XVII. Mean season, the Wounds were healed and Cicatrized; not [Page 116] with vehement Driers, but with things which were withal a lit­tle Emollient; whereby, with the Blessing of God, the Hand was perfectly Cured.

CHAP. XLIII. CROOKED FEET and TOES.

I. CRookedness between the Joints, if the Patient be Young, is cured by the like Means and Instruments; but they are commonly fitted to the Part, that they may be serviceable, and not troublesom. See Paraeus, Lib. 23. Cap. 10.

II. If the Feet be Distorted, or turned Inwards, it is called Va­ris; but if Outwards, Valgus.

III. In Varis, bind the Ancles together, and put Bolsters between the Great Toes: In Valgus, bind them close at the Toes, and put thick Bolsters between the An­cles and Heels.

IV. If they have been of long standing, you must have half Cases, from above the Knees to the Toes, made of Steel, Brass, Wood or Leather, to which fit Straps and Buckles to fasten them, one at the Gartering place, one a little above the Ancle, and another where the Shoes are tied.

V. We will give you an Exam­ple of a Cure of this kind, out of the Famous Hildanus, Cent. 6. Obser. 90. A Woman with Child going in Pattens, stumbled, and was out of order after it: When brought to Bed, (which was of a Boy) its right Foot was dis­torted, so much that his Toes, and all his Foot turned inwards, towards the inside of his An­cle.

VI. So that the Child when grown big enough to walk, trod more upon the out-part of his An­cle, than the Sole of his Foot: For this, much means was tryed, but all in vain.

VII. When he was something a­bove Three Years old, and all the hopes of Restoration were past, they desired my help: I viewed, and considered well; but (to speak Truth) despaired of restoring the Foot, for that the distorti­on was old and confirmed.

VIII. Yet at the Parents re­quest, I attempted the Cure; first purging the Child with Manna, and Syrup of Roses Solutive, al­ternatim; lest by Baths and Fo­mentations I should attract Hu­mours to the Part affected.

IX. The Body twice or thrice purged, the following Emollient Decoction was used two or three times a Day, for Ten or Twelve Days together.

X. ℞ Roots of Althaea, Mal­lows, a. ℥ss. Herbs and Flowers of Betony, Ground-pine, Camomil and Melilot Flowers, a. M. j. [Page 117] Linseed and Foenugreek-seed, a. ℥j. Broth of Sheeps Feet and Heads q.s. mix, and make a Decoction, for use.

XI. After the Foot and Leg had been somented with the former Decoction, they were a­nointed with this Ointment: ℞ Oil of white Lilies, of sweet Almonds, a. ℥ss. Oil of Earth­worms ℥j. Oil of Juniper-berries ℥ij. mix them.

XII. Then the following Em­plaster was applied; ℞ Empl. de Mucilaginibus ℥ijss. Gum Ammoniacum dissolved in Spirit of Juniper and strained, and boil­ed again to a thickness ℥j. new Wax ℥ss. Oil of Eggs ℥j. dissolve over a gentle Fire; and mix there­with Pouder of Betony Flowers, of Ground-pine, and Red Roses, a. ℈ij. Saffron, Pouder of Earth­worms, Mastich, Olibanum, a. ʒj. mix, and make an Emplaster, S.A. adding a little Oil of Roses, if need be. It wonderfully molli­fies, and strengthens the Ner­vous Parts.

XIII. The Foot and other Parts being sufficiently softned, the E­mollients were left off, and Corro­boratives applied: But in the mean time, whilst the Emolli­ents were used, a kind of Boot, or high Shoe was also put on, which shall hereafter be de­scribed.

XIV. And although the Foot was wonderfully distorted, yet af­ter the Emollients were for some time used, it were easily reduced into its natural form, and that without pains. But as soon as ever the Hand was off it, it would presently return to its former irregular Figure.

XV. And whenever the Foot was extended, and reduced to its Natural posture, a great hollow­ness was selt between the inner Ancle, and the Sole of the Foot.

XVI. For the Process of the lower Appendix of the Os Tibiae, which constitutes the inner Ancle, (for that it had rested a long time upon the Os Calcis) was depressed, and stood at a di­stance from the Os Calcis; and the Process of the Fibula, which makes the outward Ancle, was preternaturally prominent, and twisted the Foot inwards.

XVII. To reduce therefore the Foot to its natural Posture and Form, it was needful to sink the prominence of the Fibula, and a little to prolong the Defect of the Process of the Appendix of the os Tibiae: The former was performed by Art and Pains; the latter, through Natures As­sistance.

XVIII. That Nature is thus wonderfully solicitous for the pre­servation of her Individuum, I can demonstrate by an Instance in my Study.

XIX. I have the Skeleton of a Capon, which had broke its left Thigh-bone short off, and the one end of the broken Bone grew over the other by a firm Callus; and therefore that Leg must have been shorter than the other: But provident Nature made the Os Tibiae of that Leg of much longer than the Os Tibiae of the right, so that no Inequality or Defor­mity was left.

XX. Now if it may be thus in [Page 118] Brutes, why not so in Children, while they are growing, more es­pecially if they be of a health­ful Habit of Body, as this Patient was?

XXI. But to our Cure again: The Foot being thus sufficiently soft­ned, it was (with the whole Leg) Anointed with this Mix­ture: ℞ Juice of Earthworms, Aqua Betonicae, waters of Ground­pine, Sage and Juniper a. q.s. mix them. After which the fol­lowing Plaster was applied.

XXII. ℞ Emplastrum Slotani (or, in place thereof, Emplast. of Ammoniacum cum Cicuta) ℥iij. fine Gum Elemi, new Wax a. ℥j. Mastich, Olibanum, Earthworms, all in Pouder a. ʒij. Pouder of Red Roses, Balaustians, Cypress-Nuts a. ʒ j. Oil of Earthworms q.s. mix, and make a Cerate, which spread upon Leather, and apply it, renewing it every sixth day.

XXIII. Then having replaced the Foot in its natural Posture, which will be done without pain, the following Instrument was so cleverly applied to the Foot, that it could not get back into its former preternatural Posture, unless the Swaths and Bandage should chance to be loosned.

XXIV. The Instrument. It was made of Iron, shaped like a half Boot, but parted about the mid-leg, and held together by two Iron Pins, running into two Loops, and a Screw between them; to let the lower Part down, or draw it up tight, as occasion should require.

XXV. This lower part was so made, as to take hold of the Foot, and keep it from starting any way, out of its proper place, and was for the outside of the Leg, be­ing fastned to a piece above the Knee, by a Pin to run on, for the Motion of the Knee.

XXVI. The inside of the Leg was covered with Splints lined with Tow or Cotton, and so the Instrument on the outside, was fastned round the Leg by Strings.

XXVII. The Foot being thus tied strait and fast in this manner, the Prominence of the Fibula was depressed, or at least hin­dred from starting out.

XXVIII. And the Process of the lower Appendix of the Os Tibiae (since there was a hollow­ness) might grow out, and so gra­dually fill up the Emptiness about the inner Ancle. Thus the De­formity, and ill Position of the Foot was rectified; so that when the Child walked, no fault was perceived.

XXIX. From what has been said, and may be observed in the History of this Cure, 'tis evident, that disaffections of this kind re­quire long time, much Industry, and great Skill, with gentle Manage­ment; for Violence does no good, it is Natures Business to correct and mend such Deformi­ties, joined with a Skilful Artist's help.

XXX. The Child wore the a­foresaid Instrument a whole Year; and then another was contrived for the Child to wear afterwards; because Children, when they are growing, must have new ones fitted to them, as the old ones are out-grown.

XXXI. And in such like Cases as these are, a Physician must set himself to work, to invent pro­per Instruments; without which, the very best of Medicines may be used to no purpose.

VI. PROSTHESIS.

CHAP. XLIV. Of BALDNESS.

I. [...], Prosthesis, addi­tio, à [...], appono, is that part of the Art, which teaches how to add to, or supply Parts which are wanting; which are chiefly, 1. Hair, in Baldness. 2. A Lip, in a Hare-Lip. 3. Eyes, Nose, Teeth. 4. Arms and Legs; of which in order.

II. Baldness falls under the Title of Defedation; and therefore what relates to the Medicinal Cure, shall here be omitted, re­ferring you to the Chapter of Baldness in Lib. 2. following.

III. There are several kinds of falling of the Hair, as, 1. Tinea, when the Hair falls off one by one, being eaten and consumed by certain Worms, known by the Hairs being one shorter than another, and uneven, small Worms sticking in their Ends.

IV. 2. Area, the falling off the Hair, from certain parts of the Head, and is threefold; 1. Alo­pecia, a Fox-like shedding of the Hair, in Patches, without any kind of Figure. 2. Ophiasis, a Serpent-like shedding of the Hair, beginning in the hinder part of the Head, and creeping to the fore part of the Head. 3. Leprous, accompanied with Scales, Scurff, Dandriff, Morphew.

V. 3. Defluvium, wherein all or most of the Hair falls off, in most places of the Head; which is caused, 1. From Defect of Nourishment, as in Persons Consumptive, and such as are sick of Hectick or Malign Fevers. 2. From evil Humours, which eat and corrode the Roots of the Hair. 3. From the Rarity and ill Disposition of the Pores of the Skin.

VI. 4. Calvities, Baldness, when the Hair falls off wholly from the fore-part of the Head; caused from a defect of Nourishment, driness of the Brain, either thro' Age, or some violent Causes, as too much use of Coition.

VII. Many of these are very dif­ficult to Cure; the last is said to be uncurable: The remedy in this Case, is an Artificial covering, being Hair made up into a Per­riwig, according to the Barbers Art; of which we shall say no more in this place.

CHAP. XLV. Of a HARE-LIP.

I. IT is known by sight, being sometimes single, sometimes double; sometimes in one Lip only, and sometimes in both Lips.

II. Sometimes the Lip is much cleft, shewing two or three Teeth of the upper Jaw; sometimes 'tis less, and sometimes double cleft, there remaining only a piece between both, which, unless it be callous, need not be taken away, though its usual so to do.

III. Sometimes with these, not only the upper Jaw, but also the Roof of the Mouth is divided in two, one side of the upper Jaw-bone standing out, with a Tooth or two more than the other, without the Lip.

IV. The Cause. It is usually from Frights, and strong Fancies in the Mother, whilst she goes with Child; which are also many times the cause of Monstrous Births.

V. The Prognosticks. 'Tis more dangerous to be done upon a grown, than a young Person, tho' haply, it has sometimes been done in Persons of Thirty Years of Age.

VI. The younger Children are when they are Cut, the better and the safer it is; yea, if it may be, whilst they are Infants, un­less they be sick or weak.

VII. The Cure. You ought to consult whether the loss of the part of the Hare-lip can be help'd by reunion, otherwise it is not to be meddled withal. It is a work of Art to excoriate the Parts, and keep them close together, that by the Blood they may unite.

VIII. Chuse a very clear place, and put the Patient into his proper Seat, (if a Child, into the Lap of a strong and discreet Person;) and let one stand behind to hold the Head, the Childs Hands be­ing tied down; and, if possible, let it be kept from Sleep for ten or twelve Hours before the O­peration, that it may be dispo­sed for Sleep presently after it.

IX. Have also in readiness, a Glass of generous Wine, or some good Cordial, in case of Fainting; together with a Bason of Blood­warm Water, Sponges, Pledgets, Bolsters, Bandage, Incision-Knife, cutting Pincers, Scissars, and five or six three-square Needles, threaded with Red Silk.

X. If the Deformity be great, be very cautious, lest you make it worse; if it sticks, or grows un­to the Gums, which sometimes it does, you must divide them, putting Lint between, &c.

XI. Then taking up that part of the Lip which must be ex­coriated, with the left hand, take off the Skin equally, either with a very sharp Knife, or else with a pair of good Scissars; so as it may become perfectly raw; [Page 121] or as a green Wound, cutting to the very Angle of the Hia­tus; doing the same in like manner on the other side, cut­ting away so much as is need­ful.

XII. Then with your Hand, draw the Parts together, and stitch them, observing this, not to take the Stitches superficially, but through all; passing the Needle straight through the Lip, from the outside inwards, on the one side; and from the inside out­wards, on the other side.

XIII. Then tie the Threads, and fasten the ends, and cut them off; but observe, not to take your Stitches too near the edges of the Wound, but at a good distance, lest the hold should break: The number of which is to be determined by the ampli­tude of the Wound.

XIV. After the Stitching is done, let Compresses, or Bolsters be dipt in Whites of Eggs and Rose-water beaten together, and applied, both to the inside and outside of the Wound.

XV. Then a fine, soft, and smooth piece of Linnen, of about half an Inch broad, dipt in Posca, must be applied to the inside of the Lip, to keep it from Fluxion: And a fine, soft, and smooth Rowler, of about three Inches broad, dipt also in Posca, must be brought along obliquely a­bove the Ears, and must be tied tightly behind the Head.

XVI. When a Day, or some­thing better is past, remove the Compresses, and apply Congluti­nants, with Lint and Unguentum ex Cerussa, and a Plaster of Ceratum ex Cerussa applied over it.

XVII. But to the Inside, you must apply Syrupus ex Rosis siccis, Syrup of Myrtles; and if there is much foulness, Julep of Violets with Mel Rosarum, which used either alone, or mixed, hasten the Coalition, or Uniting.

XVIII. Or you may use this.Honey of Roses ℥v. Syrup of dried Roses ℥i. Myrrh in fine Pouder ʒiss. mix them; spread it on a Rag, and apply it often to the inside of the Lip.

XIX. When the Parts seem well united, which may be at the end of the third day, you may loosen some of the Stitches; but then you ought to hold the Parts easily together, with a sticking Emplaster, till there is a per­fect Coalition: And then, as soon as the Glew sticks, the Stitches may wholly be loosed.

XX. This is a good Glew. ℞ Glair of Eggs q.v. Chalk in impalpable Pouder q.s. mix them.

XXI. Or this. ℞ Glair of Eggs No ij. Gum Tragacanth, Gum Arabick, Mastich, Frank­incense a. ʒ v. the other Ingre­dients being in fine Pouder, mix them with the Glair to a Con­sistency.

XXII. Then get two double­pasted Cloths, about three Inches long, and as broad as the Lip; with Threads fastned at small, but equal distances in both, in each a like number.

XXIII. Spread these Cloths with the sticking Emplaster; ap­plying the ends where there are no Threads, wet to the Lip, [Page 122] but so as the outmost Edges of the double Cloth, meet not by about four Inches, from the edg of the Wound.

XXIV. About six Hours after the Plasters are applied, they will be fast and dry; at what time you may tie the Threads gently, so close, that the Lips of the Wound may seem close, and there be no pain.

XXV. Which done, dress the Wound with drying and healing Balsams, which while it is doing, loosen the Threads, wipe the Wound, apply the Balsam, and then tie the Threads again; over which put a thin Cloth, and a Rowler; which work do twice a day, till it is perfectly healed.

XXVI. But some advise to ap­ply at Bed-time, Ceratum ex Ce­russa, binding it on with a Row­ler: Which, since there is a difference in Flesh, as to heal­ing, I should rather advise you to make use of that which will best agree.

XXVII. Scultetus does the Work after another manner, and I think as well, or better. Tab. 35. Fig. 8. The Cloven Lip must be taken hold of, on both sides; and if growing to the Gums, must be separated with a fit Knife, and a Linnen Cloth must be put in between the Lip and the Gums, that they may not grow together again.

XXVIII. Then sticking Em­plasters must be applied on both sides the Cleft, with Strings; which being done, and dried fast on, the Lips of the Fissure must be renewed, or made raw with a pair of Scissars, and being re­newed, they must be brought to touch one another with stitch­ing, which will not so soon break forth again; but being by the Strings drawn together, will be kept so, till the Coali­tion is perfect, by the help of Spanish Balsam.

XXIX. Or thus. Having cut both sides of the Hare-lip, so much as is needfull, pass through them a Needle or two, as there may be occasion, leaving them in, and wind the Thread about the ends of the Needle, as Taylors do, when they stick them on their Sleeves.

XXX. Then anoint the Lips first, and Wound with Spanish Balsam, Lucatellus Balsam, or Balsam de Peru, de Chili, or any other proper Unguent, which you may strengthen with the dry Stitch, as before direct­ed.

CHAP. XLVI. PARTS of the HEAD Supplied.

I. THAT Supply which is made of Flesh taken from a living Body, learnedly treated of by Gasper Taliacotius, the Bono­nian Professor of Anatomy, is so difficult and painful, besides the necessary preparation for the Work, the Symptoms that fall out in the doing of it, and the danger that follows the least neglect; that it is seldom or never attempted in our Days: And therefore, by reason of the Difficulty and Unsuccessfulness thereof, we shall wholly preter­mit it; referring those which are curious in that kind, to the Author himself.

II. However, Artificial Eyes, Nose, Palate, Teeth, &c. may be made to supply those Defects, of several other Materials; of which, Ambrose Parrey, lib. 23. cap. 1. ad 7. has spoken at large.

I. Of the Eyes.

III. If therefore, the Eye hap­pen to be broken, or put out by any Violence or Inflammation, or if it waste or consume, by reason of a Consumption of its proper Sub­stance, there can be no hope to restore the Sight or Function of the Eye; but you may cover the Deformity of the Eye so lost, by another Eye Artificially made of Gold, Silver or Glass, coun­terfeited and Enamel'd, so as it may seem to have the Bright­ness, Decency, and Life of the Natural Eye; which may be put into the place of the Eye so lost.

IV. If it cannot be worn, being put into the place, you must make a stiff Iron or Brass Wire, like unto Womens Ear Wires; which may be so formed, as to bind the Head harder or looser (as the Patient shall see reason) from the lower Part of the Head be­hind, above the Ear, unto the greater Corner of the Eye.

V. This Wire ought to be cover­ed with Silk, and made somewhat broad at both ends, lest that the sharpness thereof should hurt any part it comes to; but the end in which the Artificial Eye must be put, ought to be broader than the other, and covered with a thin piece of Leather, that up­on it the Colours and liveliness of the Eye may be shadowed and Counterfeited.

II. Of the Nose.

VI. If the Nose be lost, it is requisite to make a Nose-Artificial of Gold, Silver, Tin, Paper, or Linnen Cloth glewed together; and it ought to be Coloured, Coun­terfeited and made, both for Fashion, Figure and Bigness, [Page 124] that it may as much as possible, resemble a natural Nose.

VII. This Artificial Nose must be stayed with little Threads or Strings, unto the hinder part of the Head, or a Cap upon the Head: And if any part of the upper Lip is lost with the Nose, you may shadow it with an Appendix to the Nose, and Counterfeit it according to Art, like the for­mer.

III. Of the Ears.

VIII. The Ear is gone, either wholly or in part: If it be wholly wanting, another must be made of Paper Artificially glewed to­gether; or else of Leather, which is much better, and so fastned with Laces from the top or hin­der part of the Head, that it may stand in the appointed place.

IX. Or you may have an Arti­ficial Ear made of Leather, and Counterfeited or Painted, so that it may resemble the Shape and Co­lour of a Natural Ear; which may be retained in the place where it ought to stand, with a Steel or Brass Wire coming from the top, or hinder Part of the Head, as we have before spoken of the Eye.

X. If the Ear be only lost in part, it ought not to be neglected; but you must make many holes in the remaining part, with a Bodkin; and after that the holes are cica­trized, or healed, let some con­venient thing be artificially for­med, like unto the part of the Ear lost, which being shadowed and Painted, let it be tied, or fastned, unto the remaining part by those holes.

IV. Of the Palate.

XI. If a part or portion of the Bone of the Palate being broken by any accident, is lost; or corroded, through the Virulency of the Pox, falls away (as is usual,) where­by the Patients cannot easily pro­nounce their words, but ob­scurely, and with snuffling; this is to be remedied by an Artifi­cial Palate, or a Plate filling the Vacancy in the Roof of the Mouth.

XII. It ought to be made of Gold or Silver, a little bigger than the Cavity it self is, as thick in the middle nearly as a Crown-piece, and in form like unto a Dish: On the upper side, which shall be towards the Head or Brain, a little Spunge must be fastned, which when it is moistned with the moisture distilling from the Head and Brain, will be swollen and puffed up, so that it will fill the Cavity of the Palate, that the Artificial one shall not fall down, but stand fast and firm, as if it stood of it self.

V. Of the Teeth.

XIII. If the fore Teeth are broken, or come forth of their places, causing a Deformity to the Mouth, or causing a Lisping, and hindring a right Pronounciation; other Teeth are Artificially made of Bone or Ivory, which may be put in the place of those which are wanting.

XIV. They must be joined fast one to another, and also so fastned unto the Natural Teeth adjoining, [Page 125] which are whole; And this must be done with fine Gold or Silver Wire; or, for want of them, with a common well twisted Thread of Silk, throughly wax­ed for strength sake.

CHAP. XLVII. ARTIFICIAL ARMS and LEGS.

I. IT is Necessity which investi­gates the Means whereby we may help and imitate Nature, and supply the Defects of Members, which are perished and lost; which in the Case of Arms or Legs, may well be done with Silver, Latten, Steel, Copper, Wood, or other fit Matter.

II. And some have been made by Ingenious Smiths, or other Artifi­cers, with which the Party which wore them, have performed the proper Functions of going, standing, and handling; and with their Artificial Legs, Feet, Arms and Hands, have done other necessa­ry Flexions and Extensions, be­yond what can possibly be ima­gined, by any but such as have seen them.

III. These, says Ambrose Par­rey, are not only profitable for the Necessities of the Body, but also for the Decency and Comliness thereof; whose Forms or Figures you may see in the said Author, lib. 23. cap. 12. Page 532, 533, & 534.

IV. Arms, Hands, and Fingers must be made of Iron, or Latten, with many Wheels and Screws, to make the required Motion, that they may be the more useful, when applied to the Intention; and they are to be conveniently fixed to the Shoulder, Elbow or Wrist, and be tied on with Strings.

V. Legs, Feet and Toes are more frequently made use of, espe­cially the first; some being made in the form of natural Legs, others all small downwards, with a Seat, wherein are put small Pillows or Bolsters for the Knee to rest on; which also are to be fastned with Strings to the Thigh.

VI. Sometimes also it happens, that the Patient who had the Nerves or Tendons of his Leg wound­ed, long after the Wound is whole and consolidated, cannot go but with very great Pain and Misery, by reason that the Foot cannot follow the Muscle which should draw it up.

VII. To remedy this, you must fasten a Linnen Band (moderately strong) unto the Shooe which the Patient wears on his pained Foot; and at the Knee it must have a slit, where the Knee may come forth in bowing of the Leg.

VIII. This Linnen Band, or Strap, coming thus up above the Knee, must be trussed up fast un­to the Patients Middle, that it may in some measure move, lift up, and erect the Foot in going.

VII. REPORTS.

CHAP. XLVIII. Of REPORTS in General.

I. WHAT Care ought to be taken in making Reports. The Chirurgian ought to be ve­ry considerate, ingenious and wise, because the Events of Dis­eases and Accidents are often doubtful and uncertain: Nor is it easie to presage rightly of Life or Death, by reason of the uncertain Condition of the Bo­dy, and of the Humours with which it abounds. He ought to be a Man of Honesty, Integrity and Piety, that he may not be carried away with Favour, nor corrupted with Rewards; but give a just Report to the Magi­strate, as the Nature of the thing requires.

II. Now the Report is made concerning a wounded Body, either alive, or after Death. The rea­son of which is, that a Magi­strate may do Justice upon the Offender, according to the Qua­lity of the Demerit: For if the Man be alive, he ought to have the Prognosticks from the Chi­rurgian, to know the Probabili­ties or Hopes of Life, or the Danger of Death; that accord­ingly he may deal with the Ma­lefactor, sending him to close Prison, or suffering him to give Bail, and go at large. If it be of a Body dead, to know how the Deceased came by his End, that Courts of Judicature may proceed the more justly.

I. Of Wounds, Mortal, Dange­rous and Safe.

III. Of Wounds, some are Mor­tal; some Dangerous; some Safe. Those Wounds may be called Mortal, which are made in a Principal Part; and therefore they are denominated from the Nature and Quality of the Parts, alone: For from the Essence of the Wound, it cannot be, because a Wound, as to its Es­sence is the same in all Parts, it being a fresh Solution of U­nity in a soft Part; so that, were any Wound in its Essence Mortal, all Wounds would for that reason be Mortal, and none Safe.

IV. Whether Wounds may be said to be Mortal, from any supervening Symptom: 'Tis true, if grievous Symptoms come between, such a Man must be mortally affected; but in truth, no Wound has from the Symptoms any thing, why it should be Mortal; for if [Page 127] a Man was wounded in his Foot, and an Inflammation, Gan­grene, or Convulsion should follow upon it, whereby the Patient should die, must the Wound therefore be said to be Mortal? If so, all Wounds may be so denominated. There­fore, though supervening Sym­ptoms may bring Death, yet they can never alter the Nature of a Wound.

V. What Wounds then may be said to be Mortal? Truly all such as are made in the Prin­cipal Parts and Fountains of the Body; as the Brain, Heart, Li­ver, Stomach, (from the great Necessity of its Action) and Spinal Marrow, (from its great Affinity with the Brain:) Also such as are made in those Parts, which once divided, scarcely ever grow together again; and yet they exercise some neces­sary Action of Life; as the Dia­phragma, Small Guts, and Blad­der: Lastly, such Parts, as by their large Effusion of Blood, or Spirits, destroy Life, as the great Arteries and Veins. And Hippocrates, Praedict. 2. Aph. 6. and in some other places, dis­coursing of Mortal Wounds, takes them from the Nature of the wounded Part, and never from any thing else. Yet, if a Man be bit in the Finger by a Viper, or a Rattle-Snake, that may be said to be a Mortal Wound, though neither the Quality of the Part, nor Great­ness of the Wound makes it so; but that is so, only from the Quality of the Poison infused.

VI. Invisible Wounds in the Great Arteries and Veins, never bring Death, without the inter­vening of heavy Symptoms. From whence it appears, that those Symptoms, through whose in­tervention wounded Persons seem to die, do always follow the Nature, Quality, and Ex­cellency of the wounded Part: So if the Mouth of the Stomach should be wounded, Swooning necessarily supervening, kills the Patient: If the Brain be wounded, a Convulsion, or A­poplexy supervening, the Party dies: So that Mortal Wounds wholly depend upon the Nature of the Parts wounded; and whatever Symptoms supervene, they always succeed according to the Nature and Property of the Part.

VII. Such Wounds are dange­rous, as are inflicted on the less Noble or Principal Parts; as a Wound of the Lungs, Spleen, Testicles, Womb, &c. For Wounds of the Lungs have been healed, so also Wounds of the Womb; and the Spleen and Testicles have been totally taken away, and the Animal has done well again: These are such Wounds, as Galen says, have an equal tendency to Life or Death. And to these, such Wounds as are called Cacoethe, or Malig­nant, and such as are Contu­macious to Cure, may be refer­red; also such as touch the ex­tream Parts of the Liver, or the Meninges of the Brain.

VIII. Such Wounds are safe, which are in Places remote from the Principal Parts, and are void of dangerous Symptoms: That is [Page 128] to say, such as tend according to the Course of Nature, to Recovery; but these Parts are manifold, and of various kinds, according to their Place and Si­tuation, Majority or Minority, and other proper Circumstances.

II. Of Wounds, Great.

IX. Wounds, says Paraeus, are called Great in a threefold re­spect; the First is from the Great­ness of the Dissolved Ʋnity, or Resolution of Continuity. And such are those Wounds, which made by a violent stroke of a Back Sword, have cut off an Arm or a Leg, or have wounded the Brest over-thwart.

X. The Second is, from the Dignity or Worthiness of the Part: Now this Dignity depends on the Excellency of the Action; thus any little Wound made with a Bodkin or Tuck, in any Part whose Substance is Noble, as the Brain, Heart, Liver, or any other Part, whose Action and Function is necessary to preserve Life, as the Wind­pipe, Lungs, Bladder, is judged Great.

XI. The Third is, from the ill Habit, or Abundance of ill Hu­mours, or Debility of the wound­ed Person: So Wounds made in the Nervous Parts, and old de­cayed People, are said to be Great; but in searching of Wounds, the Chirurgian ought to take Care, that he be not de­ceived by his Probe; for some­times it cannot go into the bottom of the Wound, but stops and sticks by the way; either because the Patient is not placed in the same Posture he was in, when he received the Wound; or else, for that the stroke being made down-right, slipt aside to the right or left Hand; or upwards, or down­wards; whereby, expecting that the Wound is but small, may judge that it may be cured in a short time, whenas it may ei­ther be long in Curing, Dange­rous, or Mortal.

XII. For this Cause sake, in some Cases the Artist ought for some time to suspend his Judg­ment. For from the First day it behoves him to suspend his Prognosticks of the Wound, un­til the Ninth, because in such a space of time, the Accidents may truely shew themselves, whether they be Small or Great, according to the Condition of the Wound, and Habit of the wounded Person; State of the Air, Season of the Year, or o­ther Qualities attendant.

III. Diseases, Great or Small, Long or Short, Mortal, or not.

XIII. But mostly the Signs where­by we may judge, whether Diseases are Great or Small, Long or Short, Mortal, or not, are four. They are drawn either from the Na­ture and Essence of the Disease; or from the Cause, or the Effects thereof; or from the Simili­tude, Proportion and Compa­rison of those Diseases, with the Season, or Constitution of the Time; as whether it be Health­ful or Sickly, Malign, Pestilen­tial, or otherwise.

XIV. Being called therefore to a Green Wound, whose Essence, and Nature, and Danger, is no other but a simple Solution of Continuity in the Musculous Flesh; we may presently pronounce, that the Wound is of no danger, but will soon be Cured: But if it have an Ulcer with it, or is Sa­nious, then we may say, it will be more difficult, and long in Curing; and so of all other Dis­eases, taking the Signs from their Essence and Nature.

XV. What are the Signs taken from the Causes. Those which are taken from the Magnitude, Weight, and Form of the Wea­pon, or other Matter causing. So a Wound made with a heavy and sharp Edged, or Pointed, Weapon, as a Halbert, if the Blow be with great Violence, must be accounted great; and also Mortal, if the Accidents be corresponding.

XVI. What are the Signs, from the Effects. Truly if a Patient fall to the Ground, through the Violence of the stroke; if a Cholerick Vomiting follow thereon; if his Sight fail him, and there be a Vertigo; if Blood comes forth at his Eyes and Nose, and if Distraction or a Delirium follow, with loss of Memory, and Sense of Feeling; we may say, that the hope of Life is small; and that it only remains to be presaged from the Similitude and Comparison of the Wound, with respect to the Season, and Constitution of the Time.

XVII. What are the Signs from the Similitude, &c. These are taken from the likeness of the affect, to another of the same kind; also the Likeness and Comparison of the Season, con­sidered in respect to its Con­stitution: For at some time, through fault of the Air, and evil Humours in Mens Bodies, and the Disturbance of them, most Gun-Shot Wounds are Mortal: So in some Seasons, the Measles, Small-Pox, Vomi­ting, Fluxes and Fevers, carry with them a kind of Pestilent Contagion; whereby, in such Constitutions of the Air, the Judgments of Diseases are the less difficult.

IV. Wounds considered, in respect to the Parts hurt.

XVIII. All Wounds received in the Outside; and Forepart of the Body, do for the most part hurt Extension; and what are received on the Inside, Flexion, or Bending. For Galen demonstrates, that Inside Muscles serve for bend­ing of a Part, and External for stretching it out. A Muscle so long operates, as it is contract­ed towards its beginning, and draws the part moved, towards that; whether it be done by drawing the whole Muscle to that they call the Head; or when it is drawn in the whole, or altogether.

XIX. Whether the External or Internal Muscles are cut asunder, in both, the Figure of the Part re­mains immoveable. For neither Extension is lost alone, nor Fle­xion alone, but both continue, and both are lost together; not that the Operation really pe­rishes, whose Muscles are in­tire; [Page 130] but because those Muscles succeed one another in their Operations by turns: For the internal bending Muscle being whole, the external Extensor being cut, at first indeed you may bend the Part, but you cannot bend it again, unless you extend it with something else: & contra, if the internal Muscle or Bender is cut, the External, or Extensor, being whole, this will extend at first, but no more afterwards, unless the Part be bended with your Hand again; for then the whole Muscle will perform its Operation again.

XX. Since some Parts are com­posed of many Joints, it sometime happens, that the Function of the Part where the Wound is made, is not always hurt, but of an ad­joining Part, which is tied to the wounded Part by Articulation: Because Muscles are derived from superjacent Bones, where­in there are Acetabula, and are inserted after the beginnings of the subjacent, which are to be moved; and by these intense Muscles, when their Heads are drawn upwards, the whole Mem­ber is drawn up with them.

XXI. So that if a Wound is made in the Brachium, it will hurt the Functions of the Cubit; if it be made in the Scapula, it will hurt the Functions of the Brachium, &c. But the use of a Part is not always lost, by the cutting of one Muscle, where several Muscles conspire to that one Action; and therefore the cutting of that singular Muscle, is not sufficient for the whole Action of the Part.

V. What the Event of the Wound may be.

XXII. If it should be demand­ed of us in a Court of Judicature, what the Issue of a Wound may be, before the Event is seen; as, whether the Man will be Lame, or made Imperfect in any of his Functions: To that we answer, that great care is to be taken in this Matter, that no room may be left for reprehension, so as to lay the blame upon the Physicians Cure, and not upon the Wound received: But this you are to understand, that we intend not here all kinds of Hurts, but of some which have respect to the Animal Function; to wit, such as are External, whereby some manifest and vo­luntary Motion is hurt: But the Evil which is done to the Na­tural and Vital Instruments, are not intended here, because upon Recovery, no such Im­ment may be left, as may obstruct the doing his ordinary Affairs.

XXIII. For, if the Heart, Lungs, Liver, Stomach, Arte­ries, or Veins, should be hurt or wounded, it either kills the Pa­tient, or he escapes: If he escapes, he may perform voluntary Mo­tions, and go about his ordinary Occasions.

XXIV. From what has been said, it may be deduced, that a Muscle is the Instrument of Spon­taneous or voluntary Motion; to wit, of that Motion, which is at the command of our Will: For there is no Part in the whole Body, which if it has a Sponta­neous Motion, but it has Muscles inserted into it; which Muscle [Page 131] is said to consist of three Parts, 1. The Beginning, which is called the Head and Rise of the Muscle, coming from the Bone. 2. The Middle, or Belly, which is of a carnous or fleshy Sub­stance, with many Fibres dis­persed in it, from Ligaments and Nerves. 3. The two Ends, which are Nervous: Now the end of a Muscle is called a Ten­don, because its Action is to extend, and the Muscle ends in it, being made up of many mixt Fibres, and is inserted either into a Bone, or into another Muscle, to wit, into that Part which is to be moved. And though Galen may say, that a Tendon, not a Muscle, is the Instrument of voluntary Moti­on, the Difference is not great; for a Tendon is indeed a part of a Muscle, and that to which the Action is principally owing; but the Muscle is the entire In­strument of Moving, so that it makes not much, whether the Property of the Function be at­tributed to the one or the other.

XXV. A Muscle then being the Instrument of voluntary Motion, if the Muscle be hurt, the Motion of the Part familiar to the Muscle, [...]st needs be hurt. If a Muscle [...] Incised, its Motion is only [...]urt; but if it be cut transverse at right Angles, or asunder, its Motion will be lost in the subject Parts: Now the mea­sure of the Hurt is proportional to the measure of the Section; more Motion being lost in grea­ter Sections, and less in lesser.

XXVI. What has been said of a Muscle, the same is to be under­stood of a Tendon. For if you cut them quite asunder, you de­stroy the Motion of that Part; if you make Incision, you will so far hurt it as you make Inci­sion; and the same thing is to be understood of the Heads of the Muscles; for when the Head of a Muscle is cut, it per­forms (as Galen says) its Motion no more.

XXVII. If therefore a Muscle has but one Head, if that be cut, it is deprived of its whole Action; but if it have more Heads, the whole Action will not be lost, un­less they be all cut. For it is not every cutting of a Muscle which takes away the use of a Part, but only that which is trans­verse, or made at right Angles: and this a Physician ought to know, who would presage or foretel the Hurt of a Part; though, I confess, in some Cases, and in some Parts, it is very difficult.

VI. In a dead Person, whether the Wound was made before, or after Death?

XXVIII. If a wounded Body be found Dead, and it be enquired whe­ther the Wounds were given whilst the Person was alive, or after they were dead. Look then upon the Wound, and if the Lips thereof are red and bloody, and the Place about it black and blew, the Wound was made whilst a­live; but if no Signs of Blood appear, the Wound was made after Death; because, the Blood being cold and coagulated, it could not flow to the Part hurt or wounded.

CHAP. XLXI. REPORTS, where no Wound appears.

I. MANY are the Ways by which People come by their Deaths, besides Wounding, as, 1. Blows. 2. External Suffoca­tion. 3. Internal Suffocation. 4. Thunder and Lightning. 5. Poison.

I. By Blows, or Beating.

II. Since many die suddenly by Blows, or Beating, whence comes Contusions, Tumors, &c. It is necessary to enquire into the manner, how Death is induced thereby, and of what Conse­quence or Danger, such Blows, Beating, or Contusion may be.

III. Where Blackness, Blewness, or Lividness appears, a Blow, or some private Nipping may be judg­ed. But this ought to be in a Part fleshy, and where the Ca­pillary Arteries or Veins are; for they being broken by the force of the Blow, Beating, Nipping, &c. pour forth their Blood, where, being extravasated, it contracts that discolor.

IV. But every bruised Part does not always appear black and blew; and the Reason is, be­cause it is void of those Vessels, as Nervous Parts are, or else they lie deep in the Part, so that the Blood cannot flow to the external Parts: And there­fore, if a Nervous Part be hurt, you will find neither Discolor, nor Ecchymosis.

V. And sometimes a blackness and blewness may be, where no ex­ternal Violence has gone before. This is evident in many who die of Poison; and in some Pleu­riticks, whose Side looks livid like a Bruise, as Hippocrates de Acutor. Lib. 1. says. And in Epidem. 4. he says, One that died of a Dropsie, had his Hy­pochonder look red, as if the Body had been beaten with Stripes. Also, some dying of a Fever, or some other sponta­nous and internal Disease; the Reason of which seems to be the mighty struggling of Na­ture, which she violently exerts in Extremity, thrusting forth the Blood thither; which being void of Spirit and Life, turns livid, as is manifest after a par­ticular manner, in the Plague and Spotted Fever.

VI. Blows, Beating, Nipping, or Falls, which occasion Bruising, cause Death two ways, either be­cause they break or tear the Bowels, Membranes, Nerves and great Vessels; or because they excite vio­lent Pain, whence comes a Fever. In these cases therefore, a vio­lent Blow being upon a Part, under which some great Vessel lies; as the Epigastrum, which contains great Veins and Arte­ries, Blood may be voided by Excretion out of the Brest, or by the Urinary Passages.

VII. But if the Mouth of the Stomach receives a Blow, a ve­hement Pain is generally excited, which kills the Patient. And here it is not necessary that Blood should come away; nor indeed is Excretion of Blood to be expected from every Blow on the Head.

VIII. Death may also be caused by a blow on the Head, more espe­cially on the Temporal Muscles. Because these produce dreadful Symptoms, as an Apoplexy, Catochus, Convulsions, and the like, from the Concussion and Compression of the Brain, and Interception of the Animal Spi­rits: And the Head may be so weak, as a very slight blow may endanger all this; and if the blow be very violent, Blood may come out at the Ears and Nose, and sometimes at the Mouth also.

IX. But neither Discolor, nor Bleeding are the certain Signs of a Man's dying by Blows or Beating; because these may sometimes be present, where the other never went before; so that it is not safe, positively to determine upon this ground; though when these two Signs do appear, and there was no other manifest cause of Death, Blows, or Beating, are much to be suspected.

II. By External Suffocation.

X. Several who have been se­cretly Suffocated by a Murtherer, do not presently afford any Sign of it: Wherefore, he that is re­quired to make a Report in such a Case, ought not rashly to judge, but be very considerate, lest he lay the fault where truly it ought not to lie.

XI. Now this may be caused by Drowning, or forcibly stopping of the Mouth and Nose, or a String, or the Inspiration of a Sulphurous Air. Now by Suffocation, I mean such a Violence done to the Instruments of Breathing, which hindring the Office of Re­spiration, introduces Death.

XII. If a Person be Drowned, there is an unusual Swelling and Flabbiness of the whole Body; the Belly is chiefly swelled, some mucous Excrements come out of the Nose, and frothy stuff out of the Mouth, and the Fin­gers ends seem as if they were worn: For such as are Drown­ed, though at bottom of the Water, strive to get out, where scratching and scrabbling in the Sand, or Gravel, they wear their Fingers.

XIII. Now the swelling of a Body in a drowned Person, is not so much from receiving in the Wa­ter, as from Wind, into which the Humours thereof are turned by a putrid Heat, and secret Fermen­tation; for which reason, this Swelling shows not it self till after some considerable time; upon which, the Body is then said to swim.

XIV. If one be Suffocated, by a forcible stopping of the Mouth and Nose; as with a Pillow, or any thing put into them, or a Cord, you will find this, which is com­mon to all such as are thus Suf­focated, that they will froth at Mouth, and sometimes at the Nose too: For the Expiration of [Page 134] fuliginous Steams being stop'd, they are all violently impelled; for which reason, some of the proper Humidities are expelled together with them.

XV. But if one be Strangled with a Cord, or Rope, the Print of it will appear, chiefly where the Rope crosses. The Head of the Aspera Arteria will be many times bruised, and there will be a Luxation of the second Vertebra of the Cervix, or Neck; the Arms, Legs, and Face will be livid, the Brest swoln, and Urine voided.

XVI. The Reasons of which Ac­cidents are these: The Swelling of the Brest, is from many Fumes arising from the contained Breath within. The Urine flows, be­cause of an unequal straining of the Muscles, which conspiring for the common safety, are con­tracted towards their Original; and the Sphincter growing dead, whereby it loses its Use and Office, lets the Water go. Also the Face, and other Parts of the Body are red, or livid, because the Violence of Strangling is such, that the Expulsive Facul­ty of the whole Body is so irri­tated, as to force all the Blood, and other Juices to the Skin, especially to those Places, which have the larger Vessels, as the Face, Back, Arms, Thighs, &c.

XVII. And opening the Body, you will find the Lungs full of pu­rulent Froth, though the rest of the Viscera may be in good order: And the Head and Brest will be found full of Blood: And if the Breath is stopt by any other way, you may observe the same Signs, except the Print of the Rope.

III. By Internal Suffocation.

XVIII. If a Man, naturally a­bounding with good Humours, and who keeps a wholsom Diet, should die suddenly, or be accidentally found dead, and no Symptoms of external Violence be found on him, you are to enquire whe­ther he lay last in a new Room, lately done with Lime and Mor­tar, or Plaister; or whether he had been shut up in a close Place, where Damps come; or in a close Room, where was no Chimney, and in which Char­coal was burnt; or whether it was an Apoplexy, which many times after Death is attended with a Flux of Blood, or Hu­mours; or faint away and die, by the heat of a Bath, or the like.

XIX. 'Tis possible, that Air containing an inimical Sulphur, may kill, if long and liberally ta­ken in; as is the Air of subter­raneous Vaults, Damps in Mines, new Plaistered Rooms, and the Fumes of Charcoal, not having a Vent to get out at.

XX. So also, where there be­ing no great quantity of Air, the Place is so close, that what is within cannot get forth, nor any fresh come in: For the Principle of Life is maintained by a due Ventilation, and a moderate Refrigeration, without which, the vital Flame will necessarily go out: So that, People which die through the Heat of a Bath, it is not because the Spirits are [Page 135] evacuated, but for want of Re­frigeration, to keep the Flame alive.

XXI. And such who die in new Plaistered Houses, or in the Steams of Charcoal, or in Mines with Damps, or in stinking Caves, Vaults, or Charnel Houses; Die, not so much for want of Air, as because the cold Air is not attra­cted, which is absolutely neces­sary for Respiration; to which add, the stinking and inimical Sulphur, contained in the Air of such impure Places; which, as it were, with a kind of violence, smites the Vital Powers. These Die, not through any fault of the Brain, but for want of Ven­tilation, and by the Malignity of the impure Sulphur.

XXII. But, such who die of an Apoplexy, have a Suffocation of the Animal Spirits, from Matter filling the Ventricles of the Brain; which pressing hard upon the Meninges, compress the Brain, with the little Vessels which carry the Blood, and convey the Spirits to their respective Parts; which failing, the Person pre­sently dies.

XXIII. Now, in Respiration we attract two Things, 1. The Air it self. 2. Its Quality: So that, should we have never so much of the Air, yet, if it be of a hot Sulphureous Quality, the Creature will be as well Suf­focated, as if it inspired no­thing at all; whereas, had it been of a cool Nitrous Quali­ty, it would have refreshed the Spirits, both Vital and A­nimal, and maintained Life; which is overcome by the Blood and Spirits being too much heated.

XXIV. Lastly, Galen says, the only Symptom which is common to all such as have the use of In­spiration intercepted, is that of Frothing. But dying by the means of Sulphureous Fumes, is a less violent Death, than that of being stopt at Mouth and Nose, or being Strangled with a Cord or Rope.

IV. By Thunder and Lightning.

XXV. If a Body be found, and it be demanded, whether it was by Thunder, or any other Mis­chance? If by Thunder, or Lightning, the Body smells strong of Sulphur; also under the Part, whether it be whole or Wounded, the Bones are bro­ken; and if wounded, the Wound is black, and the Body falls on the wounded side, (but Beasts on the contrary side;) and if one be Thunder-struck waking, the Eyes are found shut; but if sleeping, they are found open, and the Body is also free from Corruption.

XXVI. There are three or four kinds of Thunder, or Thunder and Lightning, which hurt three or four several ways. The first, is, that which terebrates, and makes as it were a kind of hole in the Body. The second, is, that which divides or breaks a Body, or tears it into several Parts. The third, is, that which neither bores nor tears, but only burns, and leaves evident Signs of Burning: And this is twofold, 1. That which burns either slightly, like [Page 136] blasting; or so as to consume; or set all on Fire. 2. That which burns, so as only to make the Body black. The fourth, is, that which kills without any Symptoms, or, at most, only changes the natural Co­lour a little, or sometimes makes it blew, pale, purple, or livid.

XXVII. Suppose a Man should be walking with his Friend in the Field, and one of them should be Thunder-struck; and the surviving Man should be Indicted for Mur­ther; it is necessary here, that a Physician should be able to de­termin, that the Innocent might be rescued from the force of Ig­norance and Malice; and to make a Report according to Truth, for Direction sake, in the Case of doing Justice.

XXVIII. Mens Bodies are many ways affected by Thunder, yet two notable Signs are com­mon to all that are Thunder­struck, viz. to have a brown or blackish Color, where the Thun­der strikes, and to be some­what burnt; also to smell like Sulphur: For the Flashes of Lightning, and Strokes of Thun­der are Sulphureous, as Pliny observes.

XXIX. From what has been said then, it will not be hard to find out when any one has been kil­led by Thunder. The Nature of Thunder is Spirituous, and A­ristotle affirms every kind of Thunder to be Spirit, which is only thin and clear, and there­fore not burning; or else thick and fumous, which consumes by burning. Some have fan­cied a Thunder-Bolt to be a Stone, or some hard and solid thing, because it sometimes breaks the Bones in the Body, without much hurting the Flesh, tears great Trees all into bits, and breaks the most hard and solid things: Now this comes not from its Materiality or Solidity, but from its Nature and Violence, which chiefly hurts things which resist it, slightly touching things which give way to it. I have twice seen a Thunder-Bolt fall, which was like a great Pyramis, or Cone of Fire inverted, or the point turned downwards, and the base upwards: I went and viewed the places in which they fell, and found nothing, only the Grass round about its central Point was burnt up, being in Diameter about eighteen or twenty Feet: By which it ap­pears, that Thunder is rather Spirit than Body, or any thing solid, whatever others may ima­gine.

XXX. And therefore, because the Body of Man is almost all over covered with a soft and fleshy Sub­stance, we shall rarely find it brui­sed, but rather burnt or discolor­ed, and sometimes the Bones under the Thunder-stroke broken: As a Sword shall be melted in a Scab­bard by it, the Scabbard being whole; the Wood about Piles inviolate, all the Iron being run down; and Money melted in a Man's Purse, or Pocket, the Purse, or Pocket remaining whole and unhurt.

V. By Poison.

XXXI. If a Man being in Health and Strength, be found dead, if his Body appear black and blew, or be vehemently swell­ed, or be flabby and stinking, it may be concluded his Death came by Poison.

XXXII. But in judging of Poi­son, you are in the first place to consider the Nature of the prin­cipal Poisons, and after what manner they will operate in Man's Body. For some Poisons kill by exciting a violent Fermentati­on, as the Juice of the Berries of deadly Nightshade, swelling the whole Body, as if it would burst; and making the Face, and other Parts, red, black, and blew: Others, as Juice of the Hellebors, Vomit and Purge even to Death; and if the Patient escape with Life, the Nails, Hair, and Skin all come off.

XXXIII. Other Poisons, as Arsenick, corrosive Sublimate, &c. smite the vital Powers with Malignity, causing an exceeding Drought, a Frothing at Mouth, and Sickness at Heart; making the Sick Mad, or look as if Dis­tracted. These, if they be o­pened after Death, will have their Stomach, and other Bow­els, corroded, made black like Soot, and mortified in many Places.

XXXIV. But if the Sick has drank Aqua fortis, Spirit of Ni­tre, Oils of Vitriol or Sulphur, Death is introduced by violent Heat and Corrosion; and when Dead, a violent Fermentation is excited; whence comes a ve­hement Swelling and Puffing up of the Thorax and Abdomen, with a Swelling and Lividness in the Face.

XXXV. But by the late ways of Poisoning used in France, no Symptoms appear at all upon the Body of the Dead. And there­fore in such Cases no Report can be made, but what may be doubtful, or shall be received from the Relatives or Neigh­bours of the Deceased, relating to Circumstances, and other Ac­cidents inducing a strong suspi­cion of Poison.

CHAP. L. REPORTS, from the Viscera being Wounded.
I. Wounds of the Brain.

I. WOunds of the Brain are said to be Mortal, upon a twofold Cause; 1. Because it is a Principal Part, and the Ori­ginal of the Nerves and Animal Faculty. 2. Because it usually induces many grievous, and for the most part, Mortal Sym­ptoms. [Page 138] As it is a Principal Part, the Spirits are soon wasted or spent, and the prejudice is im­mediately imparted to the whole Body. And, as to the Sym­ptoms, they are Inflammati­on, hurt of the Animal Facul­ty, and Convulsions. Now by Wounds of the Brain, we mean, Wounds of the Meninges, which reach to the Substance of the Brain; also Wounds of the Substance it self. Yet some­times the Meninges have been hurt, the Life being safe, and therefore some Authors will have them to be enumerated among dangerous Wounds.

II. Now when the Brain, or its Membranes are hurt or wounded, Blood comes out at the Nose, and in some, at the Ears; Generally Vomiting of Choler follows, and some have their Senses stupifi­ed, the Eyes turn strangely in the Head; and on the third (and sometimes sooner) or fifth Day, a Delirium is induced; and some have a Convulsion of the Nerves.

III. But if a Membrane only be hurt, the Patient has a notable violent Head-ach, which is en­raged by shutting the Jaws, and holding their Breath, the Eyes are hot, the Tongue falters, and there is Dotage.

IV. If the Substance of the Brain is Wounded, the Patient falls down, and the Voice is lost. The Face is sometimes drawn awry, there is Vomiting of Choler, and a white Humour like Pap runs out at the Ears.

II. Wounds of the Stomach.

V. If the Stomach (says Hip­pocrates) be Wounded, it is Mor­tal. Yet Galen seems doubtful in this Case, because some have been wounded in that Part, and have been cured. In my Opi­nion therefore, it may come a­mong the dangerous Wounds; for if the Stomach be but slight­ly wounded, it will agglutinate. And though Celsus (agreeing with Hippocrates) says, Wounds of the Stomach are Mortal, yet Marcellus Donatus relates, how several wounded in their Sto­machs have recovered; and of late, a Patient of mine in Lon­don, recovered of a Wound in the Stomach.

VI. A Wound in the Outer Tu­nicle easily heals; but if it pierces into the Cavity, it will prove more difficult to Cure. A Wound in the bottom of the Stomach has less of Danger; but a Wound in the Mouth thereof, which is of a very nervous Substance, is desperate, not only for the Ex­cellency of the Part, but for its Communication with the Heart and Brain, and being void of Blood.

VII. If the Stomach then be wounded, the Hiccough follows, with Vomiting of Choler. Meat and Drink are cast up immedi­ately, the Pulse fails, and there are frequent Swoonings: Cold Sweats follow, and the Extream Parts chill and grow cold; and there is a most vehement pain, more especially if the Wound tends upwards.

III. Wounds of the Liver.

VIII. Wounds of the Liver, by reason of a vehement Flux of Blood, are mortal. For the Patient dies by Fluxion of Blood, before agglutination can be made: But this is to be understood of large and deep Wounds, for such as are shallow, and in the edges of it, may be healed. Therefore,

IX. It was the Opinion of Cel­sus, that Wounds of the Liver, in the Vena Porta, were only Mor­tal; and that when the thick part of the Liver was wounded, Death generally ensued: That is, when the Concave or Convex Parts thereof are hurt; but other Wounds thereof are only dan­gerous; and unless happening in a Cacochymick Body, or in one committing some Error, are not hard to heal.

X. Now, when the Liver is wounded, much Blood flows out of the Right Side, and the Bowels are drawn to the Back-bone. There is also sometimes Vomiting of Choler, the Sick looks pale, Coughs, and delights rather to lie on his Belly; he makes bloo­dy Urine and Stools, languishes in a Fever, and at length the Body consumes away.

IV. Wounds of the Lungs.

XI. These, if they be large, and make a deep solution of Ʋnity, if they waste the Parenchyma of the Part, and hurt the great Vessels, and some principal Branches of the Arteria or Vena Pulmonalis, are said to be Mortal. Because there­by is made a great Effusion of Blood, and Dissipation of Vital Spirits; besides, the Coagula­ting of the Blood in the adjacent Vessels, will in some measure impede its Circulation: And tho' the Wounds of the Lungs may be small or superficial, if the Cure be not skilfully managed, they may kill.

XII. And though the great Ves­sels are not wounded, but only the Bronchia, or Aspera Arteria, the Case is Mortal, but at a greater distance of Time; several Sym­ptoms conspiring to that End; as, the Communication with the Heart, Putrefaction of the Lungs, Dissipation of Spirits, a Conti­nent Fever, and Difficulty of Cure, by reason of continual Motion and Cough, still en­larging the Wound.

XIII. And Galen, Meth. Lib. 5. cap. 2. says, Wounds of the Lungs admit not of Cure, not for that the Part is in continual Mo­tion (as some before him ima­gined) but because the Pus or Sanies are difficultly gotten out from thence: And much of this mind was Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. who affirms, it is only incurable, when the middle of the Lungs are wounded.

XIV. But if the lesser Blood-Vessels be broken, or the Flesh of the Lungs divided, though the Wound may kill, yet it does not do it suddenly, and possibly a Skilful and Careful Artist may Cure it, unless it be inflamed. And 'tis thought that more danger lies in a Wound of the Substance, than of the Vessels, because they are more difficultly healed.

XV. When the Lungs are wound­ed, there is Difficulty of Breathing, and frothy Blood comes up at the Mouth, making a noise when he Breaths. He lies easiest on the wounded Side, and then he speaks; but on any other Side he is dumb: If the Wound be wide, frothy Blood comes out at it; but if not wide, it comes up at the Mouth: The Vessels of the Neck swell, the Tongue is discolored, they draw in much Breath, and crave cold things; and if it continue long, a Fever is induced, and with it, a Phthi­sis, and Death.

V. Wounds of the Diaphragma, or Midriff.

XVI. The Events of these are various, according to the variety of its Substance. If a Wound be in its Nervous Parts, which is its Centre, it is Mortal; for its constant Motion hinders Agglu­tination. If it be in its fleshy Part, which goes round the in­side of the Thorax, it is possible to be healed, as Galen has ob­served: But if an Inflammation comes thereon, the Cure will be very Dangerous and Diffi­cult.

XVII. When the Midriff there­fore is wounded, the Praecordia are attracted upwards, they breath slowly, and the Back akes. And Paulus affirms, That if breathing be enlarged, it is with Sighing, and Pain all over the Shoulders.

VI. Wounds of the Guts.

XVIII. Wounds, says Galen, into the Cavity of the Guts, are very seldom healed: And Hippo­crates, Sect. 6. Aph. 18. says, If the small Guts are wounded, it is Mortal. And this is, not on­ly because of their Substance, but because we cannot well ap­ply Medicines to them.

XIX. But the Jejunum being wounded, is said to be most incu­rable; because of the Magni­tude of its Vessels; thinness of its Tunicles, its Nervous Sub­stance, its Proximity to the Liver, and Susception of Cho­ler: But it is said, That a Wound has sometimes been cured, when it has only touched its Out­side.

XX. Wounds of the other Guts, if slight, or not cut in two, are apt to heal, because their Substance is very Carnous; and they seldom kill, unless seized with an Ili­ack, or an Inflammation, or Gangrene supervene. A Proof of this I had in a Negro of my own, who being wounded in the Guts, had his Excrements come through them and the Belly, for near six Weeks toge­ther; I only applied outwardly an Emplaster to the wounded Parts, and kept him warm, with a Laxative Diet made of Maiz and Milk, and in two Months time he was as well as ever, and went to his Work again.

XXI. But great Wounds, and transverse, or being cut in two, are Mortal. And the reason is, by the great separation of Parts, being kept asunder by a large afflux of vitious Humors: Besides, being cut totally asun­der, they can never come toge­ther again to unite; nor can [Page 141] the Excrements ever after go through the Body.

XXII. The Sign that the Guts are wounded, is, that the Excre­crements come forth at the Wound. There is a Swelling in the Prae­cordia, and Choler sometimes comes out at the Mouth: So also, if the lower Guts be wounded, for then the smell, as well as Excrements, shew it.

VII. Wounds of the Bladder.

XXIII. Wounds of the Bladder, are Mortal, says Hippocrates, Sect. 6. Aph. 18. If it be wound­ed through and divided, with a large Wound, it is Mortal; but a small Wound has been known by Experience to heal up, and that firmly; and if it be incu­rable, it must be in the Nervous Part.

XXIV. Wounds in its Carn­ous Parts are curable; for we daily see, that Wounds made there, by Cutting for the Stone in the Bladder, are made with Safety, and soon cured, if the Body be not Cacochymick: But Wounds are with difficulty cu­red, if made in that Part, where the Bladder is tied to the Os Sacrum.

XXV. When the Bladder is wounded, there is Pain in the Groins, and they swell above the Os Pubis: Blood comes away with the Urine, and the Urine runs out at the Wound: There is Sickness of Stomach, and in­clination to Vomit, and they are cold and dry, vomiting Choler, or having the Hiccough.

VIII. Wounds of the Spinal Marrow.

XXVI. These are said to be as Mortal as those of the Brain; and Galen tells us, It is a kind of Brain to all the Parts which are below the Head. For, from it many Conjugations of Nerves spring, which give Sense and Motion to most of the other Parts of the Body; and there­fore, from it many grievous Sym­ptoms arise: It also Communi­cates with the Brain and other adjacent Parts, and is of Diffi­cult Cure; and the higher the Wound is in the Spine, the more Mortal it is.

XXVII. If the Spinal Marrow be totally hurt in any of the Ver­tebrae, all the lower Parts are resolved, or suffer a Paralysis, as Galen affirms. But if only one side is hurt, and the other re­mains whole; the Paralysis af­fects only the lower Parts on the same Side hurt.

XXVIII. But in respect to the Nature of the Part, a Wound in the lower Part of the Spinal Mar­row, is far worse than that in the upper. Because, as Colum­bus observes, the Marrow above is soft, and perfectly of the Sub­stance of the Brain, whereas that below is almost Nervous: Yet such Wounds must be very great, to make them Mortal.

XXIX. If the Spinal Marrow be cut transversly asunder, it is certainly Mortal. But, if the Weapon has not run deep into it, there is a possibility of Re­covery.

XXX. If therefore the Spinal Marrow be wounded, there is a Paralysis of some particular Part or Parts, and a Convulsion of the Nerves: Sense is also lost; and at some times there is an invo­luntary voiding of Seed, Ordure, or Urine.

IX. Wounds of Arteries and Veins.

XXXI. If they be in the Ar­teria Magna, or Vena Cava, or other great Vessels in the inside of the Body, as the great Arteries and Veins about the Neck and Throat, Arm-pits, Thighs, Legs, they are Mortal. And they must needs be Mortal, because of the large Effusion of Blood, and the impossibility of stopping it.

XXXII. And by how much they run less out of the Body, by so much they die sooner, because the Patient is Suffocated. Their Nervous Substance, and deep Situation, shew the great difficulty of Cure, because nothing can be exhibited, which can carry its full Virtue to them; besides, the great exhausting of the Vital Spirits.

XXXIII. When these great Ar­teries or Veins are wounded, a great quantity of black Blood is cast forth, the Patient immediate­ly looks pale, and Death is at hand. The Pulses presently alter and fail, and the Arteries cast forth a thin, yellow, frothy Blood.

X. Wounds of the Aspera Arteria.

XXXIV. If they be great, they are always Mortal; and the Pa­tient dies of them, not because the Breath has a Passage out at the Wound, but because their Substance, or Matter, is Carti­laginous, and in perpetual Mo­tion, so that it can never be healed. And it is observed, that Wounds in the upper Part of the Throat, where divers Nerves, Arteries and Veins meet, are most dangerous.

XXXV. But if it be Cut any where else, it may be Cured; for in a dangerous Quinsey, we of­ten order Laryngotomia, and that successfully: And therefore slight Wounds of the Aspera Arteria are many times cured.

XXXVI. In these Wounds but little Blood comes forth, because of the nature of the Part, and many times the Breath comes forth at the hole. But by degrees the Throat is filled with Blood; there is great Pain backward, the Voice is hoarse, and the Tongue dry.

XI. Wounds of the Reins.

XXXVII. Wounds of these Parts are generally Mortal: For many Vessels are spread through the Kidnies, and they receive a perpetual Afflux of Recre­ments; besides, they are of ne­cessity for the Conservation of Life.

XXXVIII. But if the Wounds reach only to the thick and fleshy Part, and are slight, they are sometimes curable: But the Cure is very difficult, if they be deep.

XXXIX. When the Reins therefore are wounded, the Pain reaches to the Groins and Testicles: There is also difficulty of making [Page 143] Water, and it is bloody, or all Blood.

XII. Wounds of the Spleen.

XL. Simple Wounds of the Spleen are not Mortal, if a Skil­ful Artist has the Cure in hand. For we have often known the whole Spleen to have been cut out of living Animals, and yet they still survived. I had some Years since, a Bitch whose whole Spleen was cut out, and I kept her several Years after, and she had several Litters of Whelps; only she became dull, and as if dis-spirited: But if any great Vessels be wounded withal, there is danger, according to the Magnitude and Excellency of the Vessels hurt.

XLI. When the Spleen therefore is only Wounded, there will come forth from the left Side, black Blood; and on the same Side, the Stomach and Praecordia will grow hard, with vehement Thirst, and Pain in the Throat, like as when the Liver is wound­ed. These are the chief Signs shewing the Viscera to be wound­ed; if none of them are mani­fest, then none of these Parts are hurt, but you must inquire else­where for the Cause of the Dis­affection.

XIII. Wounds of the Heart.

XLII. Wounds of the Heart are generally Mortal: If the Ventri­cles be wounded, the Patient in­fallibly dies. But if the Wound penetrate not so far as to the Ventricles, but stays in the Sub­stance of the Heart, whereby Inflammation ensues, the Sick may possibly live a day or two. If the Wound reaches to the Ventricles, Death must necessa­rily follow, because of the great Effusion of Blood, and vast Dis­sipation and Exhausting of Spi­rits. And though it may be objected, that Tumors and Ul­cers have been found in the Heart, yet seeing these arise and grow gradatim, Life may some­times for a while, subsist to­gether with them, but in the end they bring a Syncope, Con­vulsions, and Death. But Wounds, in regard that they suddenly disturb the very Frame and Oeconomy of the Heart, the Life cannot long subsist with them.

XLIII. If the right Ventricle be wounded, the wounded person may in this Case lengthen out his Life for some short time: But if the left Ventricle be wounded, the Person immediately Perishes; be­cause the left Ventricle is the Store-house and Treasury of the Blood and Vital Spirits. But as to Wounds of the right Ven­tricle, Sennertus in his Praxis, lib. 5. par. 4. cap. 3. has given us an Historical Relation of a Soldier, who was wounded into the right Ventricle of the Heart, and yet lived to the Sixteenth Day; this Soldier was opened by Nicholaus Mulerius, two other Chirurgians, Luke and Gasper Hullen, being also present with many more Spectators. The Man was a Soldier at Groningen, under the Most Illustrious Count Wil­liam of Nassaw; he received his [Page 144] Wound the 22 of August 1607, and died the 8 of September fol­lowing; which strange, but true History, is found written on a Table, hanging up against a Wall, in the Library of the Uni­versity of Groningen aforenamed.

XLIV. When the Heart there­fore is Wounded, much Blood is found to come away: If it be the right Ventricle, the Blood runs black: If the left, the Blood comes forth more florid and light coloured: The Arteries or Pulses also flag, the Colour is pale, with cold, ill scented Sweats; then Coldness encreases upon the extream Parts, and immediate Death.

XLV. From all that has been said, it appears, that the Signs of the Disaffections of internal Parts, are to be deduced from, 1. The Hurt of the Action. 2. The Site of the Parts. 3. The Ex­creta. 4. The Kind of the Grief. 5. And from proper Symptoms. So that, if in a wounded Per­son Respiration is hurt, conclude the Lungs, Thorax, or Vertebrae are hurt. If Excrements come forth, the large Guts are wound­ed; if Chyle, the small Guts: If Ʋrine come out at the Wound, the Reins, Ureters, or Bladder are hurt. As to the Site; if the Wound be in the right Hypo­chonder, the Liver may be sus­pected to be hurt; if in the left, the Spleen; if in the Pecten, or Share, the Bladder, &c. As to the Kind of the Pain; if it be dull, the Lungs, Liver, or Spleen are hurt; if sharp and pricking, their Tunicles and Vessels; it violent, the Stomach, Guts, and Nervous Parts. As to the Sym­ptoms, consider what are proper to each Part. If a Frensie, Epi­lepsie, &c. be present, the Brain is hurt. If Nauseousness, Vomiting, Hiccough, the Sto­mach. If Respiration, the Tho­rax. If Swooning, the Heart. If Convulsions, the Nerves, &c.

CHAP. LI. REPORTS, from Wounds External.
I. Of the Malignity of Wounds.

I. WOunds, both Mortal and Dangerous, Internal and External, are accompanied some­times with Malignity. Now the times wherein this Malignity manifests it self, remains to be enquired into. Guido, and Ta­gaultius from him, limit three times, wherein Malign Signs shew themselves, viz. the seventh, ninth, and fourteenth Days. And indeed, many among the Mo­derns suspend their Judgment till the ninth day is over, be­cause in that time they think, that hopeful or malign Signs [Page 145] will shew themselves, with re­spect to the Constitution of the Patient, Quality of the Air, and Condition of the Wound.

II. But indeed, it is the Criti­cal Day which ought to be taken notice of, viz. the Times when the Moon comes to her Sinister or Dex­ter Quartils, or Oppositions, &c. And these are the Times which Hippocrates intends, when speak­ing of a Wound in the Head, he says, a Fever in Summer time, seizes him about the seventh Day, but in Winter, about the fourteenth Day: If any Error has been committed, and if evil Symptoms seem to come on apace, the Patient will die in Summer, before the seventh Day; and in Winter, before the four­teenth. This seems to be rati­onal, as being deduced from the Crises; and why they happen later in Winter than in Summer, is evident, because in Winter our internal Heat is more vigo­rous and strong, and therefore resists malign Causes the more powerfully.

III. Therefore, if the Patient be strong of Constitution, has Youth of its side, and the Wound was given in perfect Health, and in Winter time, you ought to wait till the second Crisis, for the ap­pearance of the Symptoms, and before you may adventure to de­liver your Prognosticks. At what time, if Evil and Malign Sym­ptoms come on, Death may be predicted, on, or before the next Critical Day, according as they approach, slowly or hasti­ly: But if a Wound happens to a weakly Person, Aged, and of a cold and dry Complexion, Cacochymick, and in Summer time, I should expect the Sym­ptoms to be manifest, about the time of the first Crisis.

II. Whether a Wound will kill, or not kill.

IV. Now, to know whether a Man dies of his Wound, or of something else, you are to consider, whether the Wound present, be Mor­tal in its own Nature, or is for the most part so; if it be, the Wound may be truly said to be the Cause of Death: But, if the Wound be safe, and without danger, the Death of the Per­son must be imputed to some­thing else.

V. But, if Wounds be in their own Nature, dangerous and doubt­ful; so also ought your Presages to be. For, if they be great, they may then be the occasion of Death; but if small, Death must be imputed to some other Mat­ter or Cause. If then, a great Wound be made in a Joint, whereby the Nerves, Tendons, and Vessels are torn; though this in it self is not Mortal, yet because it is very dangerous (it yielding to no Errors without prejudice and requiring an exact Cure, with all Care and Dili­gence;) if the Person dies, you may report the Wound to be the Cause of Death; unless some egregious Fault has been committed in the Cure, either by the Chirurgian, or the Pa­tient, or some other unavoida­ble ill accident should intervene. And though without the fault, [Page 146] the wounded Man might have died, yet since the Case is du­bious, where any fault has been committed, the Report should always be in Favour of the Li­ving.

VI. In dangerous Wounds of the Skull, where there is occasion to open it, if the Patient dies, (un­less some egregious and plain fault has been committed) the Wound may be said to be the Cause of Death: But when the Salubrity of the Clime shall be admitted, then all Wounds of the Head, even if the Bone be broken or perforated, (if the Membranes be but safe) are to be accounted safe, unless much of the Skull be taken away; for then, be­cause it is impossible for the Meninges not to be wounded; you ought to esteem such Wounds dangerous: As for o­ther Wounds, though they rank themselves with the Dangerous, yet they approach nearer to the Nature of such as are safe.

III. How Men are said to Die of small Wounds.

VII. A Person having received a Wound not Mortal, may Die; but then it cannot be of the Wound, but of some other Cause; as from the evil Habit of Body, weak­ness of the Part wounded, irre­gular Living, malign Constitu­tion of the Air, Ignorance, or Negligence of the Chirurgian, or some other unhappy Acci­dent, as some new hurt, strain­ing of the Part, bruiting it, &c.

VIII. If it happens on a Person Cacochymick, or Cachestick, tain­ted with the Dropsie, Rheuma­tism, Kings-Evil, Consumption, Leprsie, Pox, &c. Though the Wound may be in a Carnous Part, and not subject to danger, there may from such a Habit of Body, be great Defluxions, ve­hement Pains, strong Inflamma­tions, Fevers, Convulsions, Gan­grenes, Sphacelus, or other ill Symptoms, the malign and tain­ted Humours flowing many ways into the Part.

IX. If there be a weakness in the Part wounded, as Strumous Nodes, Gout, Rheumatism, Para­lysis, Numbness, Flux of Humours for a long time before, or other Weaknesses: Into what a great danger may a small Wound (though in it self not Mortal) put him? especially if it be in a Joint, or a Nerve, or Tendon be wounded; and be joined also with a Cacochymick Habit of Body.

X. If the Patient lives irre­gularly, eating Gluttonously, drink­ing to be Drunk, keeps unseason­able Hours, lies in the Cold, is unsatiable in Venery, perplext with Cares, and uses violent Exercises; he may bring upon himself Sur­feits, Dropsies, Rheums, Agues, Inflammation of the wounded Part, Gangrenes, Consumptions, Hecticks, &c. and other Dis­eases so great, as to send him into another World; in these Cases, the irregular Living, join­ed with the Wound, is the Cause of Death, not the Wound simply it self.

XI. If there be a malign Con­stitution of the Air, as in the Plague time, or when some other Epide­mick [Page 147] Disease Reigns; at such a time, a small Wound is apt to receive its malign Influences, and pestilential Miasms; from whence arise Convulsions, Faintings, Cacoethick Ulcers, Inflammations, Gangrenes, ma­lign Fevers, the Distemper of the Time, and other dangerous Symptoms, the least of which are able to destroy the Patient.

XII. If there be Ignorance, or Negligence, in the Chirurgian, it is easie to be apprehended, how an Error of that kind, may create an irreparable Evil, and bring the Wound into such a Condition, as either to put the Patient into apparent danger of his Life, or, at least, to bring upon him some incurable Ulcer, or leave him Lame and Helpless all the days of his Life after.

XIII. Lastly, if any other un­happy Accident should happen, as lying upon the wounded Part, or bruising it, or otherwise hurting or straining of it, a Defluxion, In­flammation, Gangrene, and Spha­celus may be introduced; by which (though the Wound it self was small, in an ignoble Part, in no bad Place, nor in the least Mortal in its own na­ture, yet) the Patient may un­happily die.

IV. Wounds dangerous.

XIV. And these are all such as are large, or bruised, and much battered, with Fracture of the Bone, or where much of the Flesh is cut quite away, or cut out and hanging on, or where the Wound is of a Circular Figure: The safest are, such as are small, in a fleshy Part, and in a right Line; and in a Child, Youth, or young Person; for such heal sooner than in elder People, or in such as are weak and infirm, of an evil Habit, Voluptuous, Idle, or Intemperate, &c.

XV. Also Wounds in the Heads of the Muscles, in the Cranium, or Skull, Brest or Belly; and Wounds of the Nerves, or Nervous Wounds, as Galen says, with all such as have an equal tendency to Life and Death, may be ac­counted dangerous.

XVI. Wounds under the Clavi­cula, and the inner Process of the Scapula, are very dangerous; be­cause the Axillar Artery and Vein, and fifth Pair of Nerves running from the Vertebrae of the Neck to the Arms, may be hurt. And of this kind, as Cel­sus says, are many of those Wounds in the Arm-pits and Hams, about the Anus and Testi­cles, in the Thighs, and among the Fingers, all which are very difficult to Cure.

XVII. Among the dangerous Wounds also, are those of the end of a Muscle, of a Nerve, Artery, Membrane, Cartilage, or Bone. In which respect, Wounds of the Neck are many times of evil Consequence; because some­times some considerable Nerve or Tendon may be hurt, espe­cially if the Wound reaches to the Spinal Marrow. Wounds near the Navel, about which lie the perforated Tendons of the Oblique and Transverse Muscles, are not without danger, though they be not deep. Wounds also [Page 148] in the back part of the Thorax, which, though they reach not the Cavity, yet by reason of the proximate dispersion of large Arteries, Veins, and many Nerves, are accounted very dan­gerous.

XVIII. Wounds in the Joints are of dangerous Consequence, be­cause of their Tendons and Liga­ments, which being hurt, many times produce malign Symptoms; especially in a Wound of the inside of the Arm. And of this kind, may be esteemed Wounds of the Arm-pits, bending of the Elbow, inside of the Wrist, and outside of the Leg; because in these there are great Veins, Ar­teries, Nerves, and Tendons, which hazard violent Fluxes of Blood, Pain, Inflammations, Gangrenes, Convulsions, &c.

XIX. When Nerves, Tendons, and Membranes, investing the Skull or other Bones, are cut or wound­ed, there is sometimes hurt of the Sense, numbness of the Part, violent Pain, Inflammation, Convulsion, and sometimes a Delirium, by consent of the Brain; and these many times happen, when the Ligaments of the Joints are cut: But the Pain is more violent, and Inflammations, Tu­mors, or Convulsions oftner suc­ceed, when the Nerve, or Ten­don is prick'd, or partly cut, than when they are quite cut asunder.

XX. Wounds of the Nerves are rarely Mortal, unless by Accident; but they are indeed oftentimes very dangerous. Now under the name of Nerves, Galen comprehends both the Nerves themselves, springing from the Brain and Spinal Marrow, and also Liga­ments and Tendons, which be­ing wounded, he esteems Ma­lignant and Dangerous, but ne­ver Mortal. For, says he, if that no principal Part be drawn into Consent, nor the Wounded or Contused Nerve is affected with an Inflammation, Wounds of the Nerves may be cured without any Danger; and if these Accidents should attend, yet neither shall Pu­trifaction, or Convulsion, or Death ensue; for Mortal Wounds can only be inflicted on those Parts that are either Principal, or de­stroy Strength by large Effusion of Blood and Spirits; or serve to some necessary use of Life; all which being seriously considred, the Nerves can never be found of those kinds: For, an Hand, an Arm, or Leg, and their Nerves, may be cut off with­out loss of Life; and therefore doubtless, Wounds of the Nerves can never be accounted among such as are Mortal, but only a­mong such as are Dangerous.

XXI. But Nerves which have their Original immediately from the Brain, or mediately from the interposition of the Spinal Marrow, are more apt to cause Convulsions, than Tendons, which are composed of a Nerve and a Ligament. But if the Tendon insert it self into a Muscle, the more of Nerve there is in it, the more of Dan­ger there is in it; but a wounded Ligament, if it proceeds from one Bone to another, is not of so dangerous a Consequence.

XXII. Lastly, many of those Wounds, which we have said, are [Page 149] for the most part Mortal, may (when they are small) be account­ed among the Dangerous: As, Wounds of the Dura Mater, of the edges of the Liver, Lungs, Spleen, Womb, &c. when they are slightly wounded.

V. Wounds of the Nerves, and Back-bone.

XXIII. Not only the hurt of the Muscles, but the hurt of the Nerves also, hinder Motion; because distri­buted through the Muscles, and being the chief Cause of Motion. For, Galen says, that in all Mus­cles, whether you wound their Nerves, or cut their Fibres a­thwart, you immediately de­prive them of all Motion: Now the Faculty of Motion is deri­ved from the Brain, and distri­buted to the other Parts by the Nerves; which, because they are not sufficient of themselves for Motion, the Muscles were ordained, to be as it were, Lea­vers, that one might the more easily raise up any Weight: For which reason, every Muscle has a Nerve inserted into it, from whence it derives its Motion: And since the original Cause of Motion, is from the Animal Spi­rit, if that be stopt or inter­cepted by Cutting, Compressing, or Bruising the Chanel in which it runs, to wit, the Nerves, all Motion and Sense in that Part will cease: But those Parts will yet retain both Motion and Sense, through which the remaining part of the Nerve runs, which it continues with the Brain.

XXIV. Now, the Nerves seldom run along the outside of the Body, into the Muscles, but, for safety sake, as it were, run along the inside. The Nerves that come along to the Hand, run along the inside of the Arm; but contra­riwise in the Leg; for they run along the backside of the Thigh, because of its Fleshiness. For which cause sake, not any Nerves pass by, or upon, the Elbow, Knee-pan, or Shin-bone, be­cause they have little or no Flesh upon them; but always deep among the Fleshy Parts of the Limbs, Cartilages, and Liga­ments.

XXV. If the Nerves springing from the fifth, sixth, and seventh Vertebrae of the Cervix, along the Arm-pits; and from the first and second Vertebrae of the Thorax (which accounted from the begin­ning, may be called the eighth and ninth pair) being very strangely intermixt, and crossing one a­nother, descending to the Arm and Hand; if these, I say, be wounded in the Vertebrae, the Motion of the Arms and Hands will be hurt, according to the Magnitude of the Wound.

XXVI. If the Nerves proceed­ing from the Vertebrae of the Loins and Os Sacrum, which in­termix and cross one another also, in a various complication, be wound­ed, there will be a hurt in like manner to the Motions of the Thigh, Leg, and Foot: For whatsoever Pair of Nerves pro­ceeding from the aforesaid Ver­tebrae, are hurt, the Muscles un­derneath will also be hurt.

XXVII. If the Spinal Marrow be cut quite through (says Galen) [Page 150] in the Region of the third or fourth Vertebrae, the Person will pre­sently be depriv'd of Breathing; not the Thorax only, but the whole Body below the Wound, becoming immoveable.

XXVIII. If it be cut through, below the second or first Vertebrae, or in the very beginning of the Spinal Marrow, the Person im­mediately falls down dead. But if the Spinal Marrow be cut quite through, lower than the Fourth Vertebra, all the Muscles of the Brest lose their Motion, and Respiration is performed by the benefit of the Diaphragma, or Midriff only; but a Cut a­bout the seventh Vertebra, much less, cuts under the eighth or ninth, hinders not the Function of the Thoracick Muscles: And the lower the Wound is yet made, the more Muscles of the Thorax will do their Office.

XXIX. If the Wound of the Spinal Marrow be in a right Line, up and downwards, none of the Intercostal, Lumbar, nor Crural Nerves will lose their use; but if it be cut half way cross, all the Nerves springing thence on the same side, perish. But ge­nerally hurts of the Parts, from Wounds of the Medulla Spina­lis, are Mortal, there being not much difference between Wounds of that, and Wounds of the Brain.

VI. Wounds of the Head.

XXX. If a deep Wound be made in the Neck behind, so as to reach the Parts under, you will hurt the Motions of the Head. For there being six Pair of Muscles which draw the Head backward, they all of them lie under some other ex­ternal Muscles, the Exterior under the Musculous Dilatation, which moves the Cheeks, the Posterior under the Scapular Muscle; where­fore a superficial Wound cannot hinder the Motion of the Head: All these six Pair of Muscles, come from the Spines of the first five Vertebrae, and reach almost half way up the hinder part of the Head.

XXXI. And there is one Pair of Muscles which bend the Head forward, these arise from the top of the Thorax, and end of the Clavicula, being long, round and strong, and are apparent before the Skin is taken off, and are inserted into the Mamillary Processes: If these be both mo­ved, the Head is bent forwards; but if it be drawn on one side only, one of them only acts; these, if they be cut, hinder the Motion of the Head forwards or side-ways.

XXXII. A Wound in the Head in the Cutaneous Part, which only makes bare, or breaks the Bone, but hurts not the Meninges, is safe, because it is in the Skin, or a Carnous Part, no Nervous, or Principal Part being hurt. But such a Wound may be in some respects dangerous, because near the Brain, and may put a Per­son into more hazard, than Wounds of other Parts; and therefore Judgment ought to be delivered concerning them very cautiously, because they produce many and vehement Symptoms, not happening in Wounds of [Page 151] other Parts, arising from the Nature of the Part, faults in Management, and difficulty of Cure: For such is the formation of the Head; that whatsoever Wound happens in its Skinny or Carnous Substance, it may easi­ly, by a Fracture of the Skull, be communicated to the Me­ninges, and the Brain it self; because there may be a Fissure of the Cranium, in another Part than where the Wound is, as Hippocrates affirms, which is cal­led Resonitus Cranii, or, a Con­trafissure: And Avicen says, the Skull may be oftentimes broken, whilst the Skin remains whole. And Celsus, That though the Bone be perfectly whole, yet some Vein in the Membrane of the Brain, may be broken and bleed; in all which Cases, a wise Artist may be in a doubt what to do, and make more than small faults, by his Mistakes in Curing.

XXXIII. Such a Fracture of the Cranium, as lays the Meninx, or Dura Mater bare, is full of Danger; for they have place a­mong Nervous Wounds, which are dangerous. Yet in giving Judg­ment, consider the Temper of the Clime, Nature of the Place, Quality of the Season, and Habit of the Body, and accordingly deliver your Opinion.

VII. Wounds of the Forehead, and upper Eye-lids.

XXXIV. A Wound in the Fore­head, near the Eye-brows, if long­ways, according to the Course of the Fibres, when healed, will not hurt the Function of the Part, or Eye-lid; but if it be transverse and deep, the Eye-brow and Skin un­der it will be drawn downwards, causing a great trouble to the Eyes, because the upper Eye-lid cannot open freely, nor perfectly do its Duty. This Substance lying up­on the Forehead, and sticking fast to it, Galen calls a Musculous Skin; Vesalius, not a Musculous, but a Carnous Membrane, but Fallopius says, it is perfect Mus­cle, from its Fibres and Motion; and Realdus, that it is duplicate, because he has seen one side of the Forehead convulst, whilst the sound side was entire in its Function. These Muscles have no Tendon, because it is not a Bone, but a Skin that is to be moved, and is terminated in that common Suture, which di­vides the Bones of the Head from those of the upper Jaw: And their Fibres (as Vesalius says) run in a direct Line from the top of the Nose to the begin­ning of the Forehead; but Co­lumous says, they run obliquely, from the top of the Nose, to the said middle of the Fore­head.

XXXV. If the upper Eye-lid is wounded transverse, in the space between the Corners of the Eye, the total loss of the Function of the Eye-lid follows, if the Wound be deep; but if not deep, it will only not shut close. For in this Case, the two oblique Muscles moving and lifting up the Eye-lid, must be cut asunder, or much hurt, according to the Effect following.

VIII. Wounds of the Cheeks.

XXXVI. If the Musculus la­tus be wounded, whose use is, to draw the Cheeks from one side to theother, and perform some other Motions, without moving the lower Jaw, or opening the Mouth, the Functions of the Cheeks must ne­cessarily be hurt: This Action is very manifest, in that Convul­sion, or Contraction, called Spasmus Cynicus; for therein, this Muscle is extreamly stretcht, and contracted-towards its Ori­ginal: Its Fibres are carried, partly up to the Lips, as in that part of the Muscle which ascends to the Os Pectoris, and middle of the Clavicula; and partly run obliquely from the same, as in that part of it which rises from the rest of the Clavicula, top of the Shoulder, the Sca­pula, and Region of the Neck.

XXXVII. If the two Muscles descending Obliquely from the Cheeks, moving the upper Lip; and the two Muscles ascending from the end of the Jaw, where the Chin is, be wounded, the Fun­ctions, or Actions of the Lips will cease, or be hurt. Now let the Wound in these Parts be made which way it will, it is always transverse, and cuts the Fibres across; because the Fibres of those Muscles are strangely in­terwoven, and complicate one with another.

XXXVIII. If the Region which lies between the Ear, the Fore­head, and Os Jugale, making an imperfect Circle, called the Tem­ples, be wounded, the lifting up of the upper Jaw, and the shutting of the Mouth will be hurt. For the Crotaphites, or Temporal Mus­cle lies there, which arising from the Os Verticis, Frontis, & Temporis, is fastned to the crooked Point of the lower Jaw, drawing it up to shut the Mouth. And the Fibres of this Muscle, run from the Circumference to the Centre, which they do in no other Muscle besides. A Wound in this Muscles causes also (as Hippocrates and Galen say) Con­vulsions, Fevers, Sleepiness and Doting, because near to the prin­cipal Nerves.

XXXIX. If the Space between the Os Jugale, and Root of the Ear, at the beginning of the neat her Jaw, be wounded, Mastication, or Chewing will be hindred. For there the Masseter, or Chewing Muscle lies, which you may ea­sily feel with your Fingers, when the Mouth is open; arising from that part of the Head where the Processus Styloeides are, compre­hending all the neather Jaw, and drawing it round.

IX. Wounds of the Arms.

XL. If the Muscles dedicated to any Function of the Arm, are wounded, those Functions will be hurt. That which lies upon the Epomis being wounded, the Mo­tion drawing the Arm upright is hurt. If those two which come by the sides of the former, from the Scapula, be wounded, the Motion which draws the Arm backward or forward, according as they are on this or that side, is hurt. If the three Muscles [Page 153] which draw the Arm to the Brest are wounded, that Motion also is frustrate. If the four Muscles, proceeding from the Scapula, and that from the lower end of the lowest Rib, under the Scapula, be wounded, the Mo­tion which turns the Arm back­ward is prejudiced.

XLI. If the Muscles dedicated to the Cubit, or Elbow, are wound­ed, the Functions of the Cubit will also be hurt. If the Muscle which appears near the Humeral Vein, having two Heads, one upon the edge of the Head of the Sca­pula, and another upon the Pro­cess, and cleaving first to the Os Brachii, and then to the Ra­dius, having a second under it, assistent to the same Action, be wounded, the Motion extending the Cubit will be hurt: But if a Wound be made in the hinder Part, opposite to the aforesaid Muscles, touching their ends, the Office of bending the Elbow will be lost. If the long Muscle arising from the Os Humeri, and implanted into the lower Ap­pendix of the Radius, being the second of them which draw the Radius forwards, be wounded, the Motion raising the Radius supinely will be hindred. But if the lower Part of the Ʋlna, going along to the lower Part of the Wrist, be wounded, all the Motions of the Wrist will be hurt; for there all the four Muscles of the Cubit, which are the cause of all the Motion of the Arm, are extended.

XLII. If a Wound be made in the inside of the Cubit, inclining a little back, then the second Joints of the four Fingers cannot bend; for there runs one Muscle, the first among the Internal, which moves the upper part of the Hand, which arising from the lower Swelling of the Humerus, is hid under others, till it comes to the Elbow, where coming forth, it is seen under the Skin, except what the former Muscle does pass over: This then ha­ving passed the Wrist, is divi­ded into four Tendons, each of which being fixt to the second Bones of the Fingers, are their Benders. And therefore, what­ever of the internal Muscles, which run down with the first to the Wrist, are cut, certainly hurt the Function of Contracti­on, or bending.

XLIII. The Hand is manifestly extended by the external Muscles, placed in the back part of the Arm. If therefore the first of these be wounded, which having past the Elbow, appears, and is seen un­der the Skin, and runs under another, which extends the Wrist, which being divided in­to four Tendons, runs to all the Joints of all the Fingers, and extends them; the Motion cau­sing these Extensions will be frustrate. The second Muscle, by which the Palm is formed, having the same Original with the former, is to be seen under the Skin with the first, proceed­ing underneath to the Hand; this is that, by which the little Finger is drawn aside from the rest; therefore, if this Muscle is wounded, and the Wound be made in the lower Region, the Function of the little Finger [Page 154] will be hurt; but if it be made a little above, the Function of the three next Fingers then suffer.

X. Wounds of the Hands.

XLIV. If the back of the Hand be wounded, where (not Muscles, but) Tendons creep along to their Joints, then the Function of that Finger will be hurt, which is next to the Muscle, or Tendon, Cut or Wounded. But many times, when these exterior Tendons have been cut, the Fingers have yet been extended, but the Fun­ction has been the more weakly performed; the cause of this remaining ability of Extension, is from other Muscles arising in the Palm, which exercising the same Function of extending, with those which were cut, makes the prejudice, or hurt of the Function the less: And this is evident, because, if the Palm of the Hand be wounded, the Motion of the Fingers is many times hurt thereby.

XLV. If therefore the broad Tendon in the Palm, which lies next the Skin, and four Muscles which lie under it, from the mid­dle of the Palm, to the setting on of the Fingers; which (though they be internal) extend the four Fingers and the Thumb: If, I say, these be Wounded, the Function, or Action of extending the Thumb and Fingers must be hurt. And these four arise from the Tendons of that Muscle, which bends the third Joints of the four Fingers, and then running to the exter­nal Part, are implanted in the said third Joints, and so extend them.

XLVI. If a Wound be about the little Finger, that Muscle will be hurt, which arises from the fourth Bone of the Matacarpus, and draws it aside from the other Fin­gers. If the Ball of the Thumb is wounded, the three Muscles which bend the Thumb will be hurt; and whatever Wound it is which hinders its Function, it must be either in it, or very near it, because the Thumb has this peculiar property in it self, to take nothing to it, from any upper part.

XI. Wounds of the Thighs.

XLVII. A Wound any where in that Region of the Buttock, which reaches from the Os Sacrum and Coccyx, half over the Os Ilium, unless it be shallow, will hinder the Extension of the Thigh. For, the Muscle giving this Motion, arises from the aforesaid Parts, and ends at length in the great Trochanter, making the Buttock. But since this Function requires much strength, other Muscles are helpful to it, lest by the hurt of one Muscle, the whole Action of the Part should be lost.

XLVIII. A Wound in the Thigh, in the forepart, between the tops of the Knee-pan, will prejudice the Extension of the Leg. For under that place, there runs the seventh Muscle of them that move the Leg, and under that the eighth Muscle, to be seen above the Knee: But, because it has other Muscles assistant in this Action, [Page 155] the total loss of this Extension need not be feared, from the wounding of one Muscle.

XLIX. And if that Muscle be wounded, which descends obliquely, almost from the Groin, like a Bor­der along the inside of the Thigh, and ending in the Shin, that Mo­tion or Action of the Leg, which draws it towards the Groin on the other side, or to the Thigh, will be very much hurt. And if the hinder part of the Thigh, between the end of the Buttock and the Ham, be wounded, it hinders Contraction; especially if the Tendons be cut, which appear so evidently in the sides of the Ham; that when the Knee is bent, they may be plainly felt by the Fingers.

XII. Wounds of the Legs.

L. If those Muscles, which co­ming up above the Knee, do by their Bellies, on each side of the Leg, make up the Calf, and at length make the strongest Tendon of the whole Body, coming to the Heel: If these, I say, be wounded, or that Tendon be cut, then the Action of the Foot, which stret­ches it forth, will be hurt: But the hurt, or wounding of one Muscle, is not sufficient to destroy the Action of the whole; for four other Auxiliary Muscles, lend their Assistance to this Fun­ction.

LI. If the two Muscles running between the Calf and the Os Tibiae, or Shin bone; one of which next the Calf, extends four of the Toes; the other running by the Os Tibiae, extends the end of the Foot: If, I say, these be wounded, the Action of extending will cer­tainly be hurt.

LII. If the Metapedium, or Instep he wounded athwart deep, and the Wound be not healed at one Intention, by reason of the Con­course of Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Muscles, and Tendons, and the easie afflux of Humours, as being a depending Part. If the use of the Foot be not wholly lost, yet the Ulcer will be of difficult Cure, and long in Healing.

CHAP. LII. EXAMPLES of making REPORTS.
I. Of Death, presumed to ensue.

WE A. B. and C. D. Chirur­gians of the City of L. have by Command, or Order of Counsel, viewed the Body of E. F. which we find in Bed, wounded in his Head, on his left Temple, plercing the Bone with a Fracture, and Depression of the broken Bone, Splinters there­of, and Meninges into the Sub­stance of the Brain, with a weak Pulse, dejected Appetite, cold [Page 156] Sweats, Convulsions, and Ra­ving; whereby we judge that certain and sudden Death is at Hand: In witness whereof, we have hereunto put our Hands, the 16. May, 1695.

II. A Report in a doubtful Case.

I A. B. by Order of the Co­roner, have visited G. H. whom I found Sick in Bed, being wounded with a Scimitar, or Cutlass, on his left Thigh. The Wound was three Inches broad, and pierces quite through the Substance of the Thigh, cutting also the great Artery and Vein, whence came a great effusion of Blood, by which he is exceed­ingly weakned, and is often taken with Swooning Fits: Now, his Thigh is very much Swoln, and livid, whereby a Gangrene, or Sphacelus is fear­ed; for which Reasons, the Health and Safety of the Sick is much doubted of. In wit­ness whereof, I have hereunto put my Hand, the 24. August, 1695.

III. A Report, in Case of the loss, or Debility of a Member.

We A. B. C. D. Chirurgians of the City of L. by Command of the Counsel, have visited I. K. whom we found Wounded in his left Arm, with a Wound of four Inches bigness. The Tendons bending the Leg were out, as also the Nerves, and Crural Veins and Arteries: There are also present Malign Symptoms, as, great Pain, In­flammation, Abscess, Fever, Convulsions, and Gangrene; for which Reasons, we think his Life to be in great danger; but if, through the Skilfulness of the ARtist, and great Care, he e­scapes Death, he will doubtless continue Lame, all the Days of his Life following, through the Impotency of the wounded Part. In witness whereof, we have hereunto put our Hands, the 12. of April, 1695.

IV. A Report, when Wounds are found in divers Parts.

We A. B. C. D. E. F. Chirur­gians of L. by Order of the Counsel, have visited M. N. whom we found hurt with five Wounds. The first was on his Head, in the middle of the Os Frontis, three Inches broad, pe­netrating to the second Table; so that we were forced to take away several Splinters of the same Bone. The second was a­cross his right Cheek, reaching from his Ear to the middle of the Nose. The third is on the midst of his Abdomen, or Belly, two Inches broad, and so deep, as to pierce into the Capacity, or Hollowness of the Abdomen; so that we were forced to cut away a part of the Caul, coming out thereat, to the bigness of a Wall­nut, being also grown of a black Colour, and Putrified. The fourth was upon the back of the right Hand, with the Cutting of the Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Tendons, and Bones of that Part; for which Cause, though cured, it will always remain Lame. Tho [Page 157] fifth upon the Spina Dorsi, two Inches big, with a Paralysis, or Numbness, or Deadness on all the Parts on the right Side be­low it; for which Reason 'tis much to be feared, that the Me­dulla Spinalis is hurt. The Pa­tient has oftentimes Fainting and Swooning Fits, and some­times Convulsions, Fever, and other ill Symptoms attending; for which Reason, we think his Life to be in very great Danger, (or Death is much to be feared.) In witness whereof, we have hereunto put our Hands, the 14. Day of October, Anno 1695.

V. A Report of a Woman delivered of a Dead Child.

We A. B. C. D. by the Judges Command, have visited G. P. whom we found Sick in Bed, having a strong Fever upon her, with a Convulsion and Efflux of Blood at her Womb, by reason of a Wound in the Abdomen, or Belly, below her Navel on the right Side, penetrating into the Capacity of her Belly; whence it came to pass, that she was de­livered before her Time, of a Male Child, perfect in all its Parts, but Dead, being killed by the same Wound, which pierced through its Skull, into the Sub­stance of the Brain: For which Reason we judge, that the Death of the Mother also is near at hand. In witness whereof, we have hereunto put our Hands, the 27. Day of June 1695.

VI. A Report of a Wounded Person, found Dead.

It was demanded of us, E. F. G. H. Chirurgians of the City of L. whether the wounded Bo­dy received the Wounds alive, or dead? Now, because when a Person is wounded whilst living, the Lips of the Wound will be red and bloody, and the Flesh about it black and blew, with Signs of Blood in the Place where the Body was found: And, be­cause none of these Signs are found in this present Body, nor any appearance of Blood, or bleeding, neither about the Wound, nor about the Place, though the Weapon be found in the Wound, and run through the Body; because that the Blood being cold and coagulated, be­fore the Wound was made, it could not flow to the Part hurt or wounded: For these Reasons we judge, the Wound was made after Death; and that the De­ceased was not Felo de se, but kill'd first, and afterwards run through by another. In witness whereof, we have hereunto put our Hands, the 10. May, 1695.

The first Five of these Reports, are in a manner taken out of Parae­us, or made in imitation of his; I do not say how exquisitely they are worded; nor with what Ar­tist-like Terms they might, or ought to have been expressed; yet they may serve as Exemplars for others, to take Pattern by, and do better when Occasion shall require.

VIII. EMBALMING.

CHAP. LIII. EMBALMING the AEGYPTIAN WAY.

I. [...], Pol­linctura, (à pollincere, vel pollingere) Conditura, (a condiendo) Balsamatio, (à Bal­samo;) The Art of Embalming, is that which teaches to cleanse, sweeten, perfume and dry, or pre­serve a dead Carkass or Body.

II. The Artist is called, [...], Pol­lictor, seu Pollinctor, an Em­balmer, or Preserver of Dead Bodies.

III. The Aegyptians called him [...], Salinator, a Salter; and the Art, [...], Salitura, the Art of Salting; because the ancient way of Em­balming in that Nation, was by Salting or Poudering with Salt, as we shall now immediately teach.

IV. Embalming is exercised ei­ther according to the ancient Ae­gyptian ways; the European ways; or, our Modern Institu­tions.

V. The ancient Aegyptian way of Preserving the Dead, was either by Salting; or, by Aromatick Gums and Spices.

VI. The Scythians eat their Dead; the Graecians burn; the Indians anoint with Oils and Fats; the Persians bury, but first Encerate; the Babylonians bury in Honey and Wax; and this was the Custom also sometime among the Graecians; for Agesi­laus of Lacedaemon was Embalm­ed in Honey, as Xenophon relates; so also was the Body of Alexan­der the Great, as you may per­ceive from Statius, in Sylvis.

VII. The Aegyptians Embalm, and that either with Salts, or with Aromaticks, to keep the Body from stinking, putrifying or breeding of Worms, and (if it were possible) to make it Im­mortal: These Embalmed Bo­dies they call Gabbares.

VIII. Their Opinion was, that so long as the Body endu­red, so long the Soul continued with it; therefore they studied to preserve their Dead by Em­balming, lest the Soul should quickly transmigrate to another Body.

IX. The Romans, from a con­trary Opinion, burnt their Dead, that their Souls might quickly be discharged, and return into their own Nature. Herodotus and Diodorus Siculus tell us, That these Embalmed Bodies become, as it were, petrified, and hard [Page 159] like Marble. August. de diversis, Serm. 120. concludes from this their Practice, that they held, or believed, the Resurrection of the Dead.

X. The Aegyptian Art of Sali­nation is threefold, viz. either by Salt alone; or, by Salt and Juice of Cedar; or, by Salt and Aro­matick Gums and Spices.

XI. Herodotus and Diodorus have very copiously Recorded the manner of Embalming; and how he that professes that Art, keeps Patterns of dead Bodies; as also, that according as they are paid, they can Embalm the Body, exact or not; and that those who would go the Price of it, might have their Dead done extream curiously. See Herodotus, lib. 2.

I. Salination with Salt alone.

XII. This was only of Use with the Poor People. The dead Body was carried to the Salina­tors, (for so they were called) where the Body being opened with a sharp Ethiopick Stone, with Lotions it was cleansed, and the Belly purely wash'd, then with Nitre it was Salted seventy Days, and after dried; in which Condition it would keep firm many Hundreds of Years.

XIII. And if an Aegyptian, or a Stranger was found killed by a Crocodile, or drowned in the River, the City where he was cast up, or found, must Embalm him, (with Salt only, 'tis supposed) and bury him in the Sacred Mo­numents; whom no one, no not a Relation or Friend may touch, but the Priests of Nile only.

II. Salination with Salt, and Juice, or Balsam of Cedar.

XIV. This was of Use among the middle or better Sort of People. The Salinator forces up a Clyster by the Anus, of the Juice, or Balsam of Cedar, with which they fill (as it were) the Cavity of the Belly, neither cutting nor unbowelling; then they Salt it with Nitre for Seventy Days compleat.

XV. At the end of that Term they take out the Clyster, and out with it comes the Guts, Ven­tricle, and other internal Vis­cera; so powerful is the Clyster made of Juice, or Balm of Cedar.

XVI. In the mean Season, the Nitre has consumed all the other superfluous Humidities, having penetrated to the Bone: thus the Body being made throughly clean, it is after dried, and put into its proper place, where it will remain without Corruption multitudes of Years.

III. Salination with Salt, and Aromaticks.

XVII. The Salinator extract­ed the Brain by the Nostrils with a Hook, then he filled it with dissolved Gums, after that, with a sharp Ethiopick Stone, he ript up the Belly, and unbowelled it, which was immediately washt and cleansed with Phoenician, or Palm-wine.

XVIII. And filling the whole Cavity of the Belly with Aro­matick [Page 160] Spices, Myrrh and Cassia, (but no Frankincense) it was sewed up, and then Salted with Nitre for Seventy Days; at the end of which time it was clean­sed, washed and dried.

XIX. This done, it was bound with Fillets, or Ribands, begin­ning at the Head, and ending at the Feet, and then going a­gain from the Feet to the Head; to the wrapping up (as the Hi­storian says) of a Thousand Ells; after which it is wrapped up in a Cere-Cloth, dip'd in melted Gums and Rosins.

XX. The Body then is restored to the Relations, who make a wooden Coffin, in shape of a Man, into which they put the Dead, and entomb him.

IV. The Aegyptian Embalming, with Aromaticks alone.

XXI. The Artist that is to Dis­sect the Belly, is called the Scribe; he lays the Body upon the Ground, and marks out how much of the Belly must be cut open about the left side; this Section is performed with the sharp Ethiopick Stone.

XXII. The Entrails are pre­sently flung away, by their Law, being pulled out by the Hand of the Embalmer; but the Heart and Kidnies are cleansed with Phoe­nician Wine, or Wine of Palms, and Aromaticks, and kept.

XXIII. This done, the whole Body is anointed with Juice, or Balsam of Cedar, or Turpentine, for about Forty Days, (the number of the Days of their Mourning for the Dead:) Afterwards they per­fume the Body with Myrrh, Cin­namon, Aloes, and other Aroma­tick Gums, Spices, and Odors.

XXIV. And this is done in such sort, that (as their Historians report) the Hair shall be preserved and renewed Hundreds of Years; and every Member kept so en­tire, that the Eye-brows, Beard, and Countenance, and shape of the whole Body, may easily be known by any that knew them in their life-time. Diodorus Si­culus, lib. 1.

XXV. Now from what Histo­rians have said, and the evident Demonstration of the Mumies brought from Aegypt, it is cer­tain, that they had two ways of Embalming; the one cheap, for the poorer sort, the other costly, for the Rich.

XXVI. For the poorer People they used Asphaltus, i. e. Bi­tumen Judaicum, or Pissasphal­tum, which is a mixture of Pitch and Bitumen.

XXVII. For the Rich, they used Aromatick Spices, Balsa­mick Juices, Oils, and Rosins, such as Opobalsamum, liquid Rosin of Cedar, Aloes, Myrrh, Turpentine of Chi [...], Cassia lignea, Cinnamon, &c. which by their Bitterness, innate Balsamick Sul­phur, Oiliness, and Volatil Salt, were able to resist Putrifaction and Corruption, for a very great number of Years.

CHAP. LIV. EMBALMING the EUROPEAN WAYS.

I. THESE are such as are universally practised thro' most of the European Nations, and are either without Dissecti­on, or with it.

II. Those which are Embalmed without Dissection, cannot be of that endurance which they are of, who are Dissected; nor are those Bodies useful for Mum­mies.

III. The name of Mummy is only given to Dissected Bodies, Em­balmed with Aromatick Drugs; or, to those Bodies which are covered over, and dried in the Sands of Lybia, by the heat of the Sun.

IV. It is improperly given either to the Liquor which flows from the Coffins of Princes Embalmed, which being dried in the Sepul­chre, becomes hard as the Em­balmed Flesh.

V. Or, to those Bodies which are Embalmed with Asphalthum or Bitumen, (which is a Sulphu­rous Humidity of the Earth) which, through length of time, being once dry, becomes like Mortar, or a crusted Paste over the Body.

VI. The Coffins of the Aegyp­tians were shaped out to the Simi­litude of a Man; and if they were made of Wood, it was Sy­camore or Cedar, which are re­ported, will remain sound for ever,

I. Embalming without Dissection, called Encearing.

VII. You ought to cleanse the Bowels well by Clysters cast in, made either of Wine Vinegar, Sea Water, Salt Brine, or Solution of Niter, or a strong Decoction of Co­loquintida; and these to be often repeated; then hanging the Body up by the Arms, that the Ordure, or Faeces may drop out.

VIII. If the Body be laid in warm Water almost scalding hot, for a season, after the Exhibiti­on of the Clyster, it will work so much the better.

IX. The Bowels being cleansed, let all the Passages of the Body be stopt up with hurds dipt in the Com­position prepared for the Cere­cloth, and over them lay Cloth fitted, and dipt in the same.

X. Lastly, wrap up the Body in a Cerate, made of new Cloth; so large as it may go four, or five, or more times round the Body, as you think fit; and then Cord it up, putting it into a strong well made Coffin, well and firmly Pitcht all over the inside.

XI. But here note, 1. That in thin and lean Bodies, it is not al­ways necessary to use the Cly­sters, being chiefly for fat and gross Bodies.

XII. 2. That some Cord not the Body, being wrapt in the Cere-cloth; [Page 162] but it is most safe to use Cordage, if the Body be very Fat and Gross.

XIII. 3. That the Cerat for this purpose you may see in our Doron, or Supplement to our London Dispensatory, lib. 3. cap. 5. sect. 1, 2. Or you may use this following:

XIV. ℞ Burgundy Pitch lbxij. Bees Wax lbiv. Pitch lbi. Frank­incense, Gum Elemi, Verdigrise a. lbss. Oil q.s. melt, mix, and make a Cerat. Or this, ℞ Bees Wax lbxx. Rosin, Sheeps Suet, Stone Pitch, a. lbx. Turpentine lbvi. Oil enough to give it the body of a Cerat.

II. Embalming with Aroma­ticks.

XV. Have in a readiness for Dissection, all the proper Instru­ments, Incision Knives, Saws, &c. as also Spunges, Stuphes, Linnen, Needles, waxed Thread, Bandages.

XVI. 2. Embowel the Corps, removing all the Viscera, or con­tained parts in the three Venters, except the Heart and Kidnies, which may be Embalmed with the Body. All these Bowels you may put in an Urn, or Pot, and bury them by themselves.

XVII. 3. The Venters being all freed, dry them very well with Spunges and Cloths, and then wash them with Water and Salt, or Vinegar, or Salt and Vinegar, or Aqua Vitae, or Spirit of Wine, or Lixivium of Quicklime.

XVIII. And if would have the Body to keep for a longer time, make Incision into the inside of the Thighs, Arms, and other Fleshy Parts, where the greater Vessels lie, that the Blood may be ex­tracted, and so you may do, if you please, to the whole Body; after which dry and wash it, as we have just now directed.

XIX. Lastly, wash it with Vi­negar, in which Colocynthis, Worm­wood, Rue, Aloes, Salt and Alum have been Infused and Decocted.

XX. 4. This done, fill the said Venter and Incisions with this Pou­der; Pulvis ad Implendas Cavi­tates Cadaverum. ℞ Acorus, Or­rice, Birthwort, Rhodium, Xyloa­loes, Gentian, Zedoary, Bay-ber­ries, Ginger, Cardamoms a. lbiij. Myrrh, Aloes a. lbxv. Leaves of Wormwood, Centory, Master-wort, Rosemary, Pepper, Cinnamon, Cloves, Nutmegs, Labdanum a. lbij. make all into a Pouder, and moisten with Spirit of Wine to embody it; all which will be little enough, if the Body be large, and you Embalm the Bowels also.

XXI. For you ought not to leave the least Cavity unsought, but fill every Corner, as full as the Skin will hold.

XXII. 5. The Venters being filled, sew up all the places, and anoint the Body all over with, first, Oils of Turpentine, Spike, Juniper-berries, and Cloves, mixt together in equal quantities: Secondly, with Balsam of Peru; which done, strew over the whole Body, some of this follow­ing Pouder, till it be about half an Inch, thick.

XXIII. Pulvis ad Cadavera Loricanda: ℞ Myrrh Elect, fine Aloes, Benjamin, Gum Guajaci, Orrice-root, Acorus, Cloves, Cin­namon, [Page 163] Tacamahacca, Lignum Rhodium, Bay-berries, a. lbij. make all into a Pouder, and mix them.

XXIV. 6. The next thing you are to do, is to wrap up the Body in Cere-cloths, so large as may go, three, four, or five times round it; the form of the Cere­cloth you have above at Sect. 14. or others (in my Opinion better) in our Doron, lib. 3. cap. 5. sect. 1, 2.

XXV. 7. Lastly, Put up the Body into the Coffin, which, if it be of Wood, let it be exceedingly well Pitched all over within: If of Lead, let it be Soddered up; after having first filled up all the empty Spaces, with either of the Pouders at Set. 20. or 23. afore­mentioned.

III. Another way to do the same.

XXVI. 1. Open the Skull be­hind, about the breadth of the Palm of an Hand, something more or less; take out the Brain, and fill the Cavity with this Pouder.

XXVII. ℞ Myrrh, Aloes a. lbxv. Benjamin, Tacamahacca, Gum Guajaci, Labdanum a. lbv. Roots of Orrice, Gentian, Ginger, Zedoary, Aristolochy round, Bay-berries, Acorus, Asphaltum, Cloves, Cinnamon a. lbiij. mix, and make a Pouder. Then put on the piece of Skull again, and few it fast on.

XXVIII. 2. Make an Incision from that part of the Brest where the Ribs meet above the Navel, and another Incision crossing it, about eighteen Inches long, so as to lay open the Region of the Liver, Spleen, and Stomach: Separate the whole from the Sternon on both sides in the Mu­cilaginous Parts, raise the Ster­non against the face of the Body; take out the Tongue, Eyes, Lungs, Heart, Liver, Spleen, Stomach, Intestines, and all the contained Parts.

XXIX. Make also two or three Incisions all along each Arm and Leg, and deep Incisions in the Buttocks and Thighs; as also from the Neck to the Buttocks on the Back, separating the Skin and fat Parts with an Incision-Knife.

XXX. Lastly, make five or six Incisions in the Neck, two in tho Soles of each Foot, and as many in the Palms of each Hand.

XXXI. 3. Suck up the Blood, and watery Humors with Spunges, bathe and wash the Parts with good Spirit of Wine; after rub with good Spirit of Salt, or S.V. to every lbss. of which, ℥i. of Spirit of Salt is put.

XXXII. And then fill every Hole and Corner, and all the Inci­sions and Spaces between the Skin and Flesh; as also the Mouth, Eye-holes, Nostrils, and whole Cavity of the Body, as full as the Skin will hold, with the Pouder at Sect. 27. aforegoing, and few up the Skin firmly with Thread well Waxed.

XXXIII. 4. This being done, a­noint the Body all over with Bal­sam of Peru, strewing it over with the Pouder at Sect. 23. above.

XXXIV. 5. Then wrap the Bo­dy in a Cere-cloth, and soder it up in a Leaden Coffin, where [Page 164] it may be preserved for many Ages.

XXXV. 6. If you would preserve the Body for some time to lie in State, where it may be appa­relled with Linnen, Cloths, Hose, Shoes, Gloves, &c. with the Head and Face uncovered; you must prepare a white Linnen Odoriferous Cere-cloth, which cut into long Bandages of a­bout two or three Inches broad, with which swath the Arms, Legs, Thighs by themselves, and afterwards the whole Body, ap­plying the Swaths aslant upon the Pouder.

XXXVI. Ʋpon which you may Clothe the Body, as if it were Li­ving, and Comb out the Hair; often wash the Face with S.V. rectified, and lay over it, when it is not publickly exposed, double Linnen Cloths dipt in the same; or a Portion of the said Odoriferous Cere-cloth, which for this purpose may be thus made.

XXXVII. ℞ White Bees-wax lbvij. Venice Turpentine lbss. Oil of Nutmegs by Expression ℥iv. di­stilled Oils of Orange-Peels, of Li­mon-Peels, of Rhodium, a. ℥ij. melt, mix, and make a Cerate.

CHAP. LV. EMBALMING the MODERN WAYS.
I. A special and particular Way of Embalming, very excellent.

I. EMbowel, or remove all the contained Parts, in all the three Venters as aforesaid, ma­king also fit Incision in all the fleshy Parts, and where-ever any of the great Vessels lie.

II. This done, and the whole Body wiped very dry, and through­ly cleansed; lay it for three or four Hours in very warm Water, (in which Nitre, an ounce to every quart, is dissolved) till the Wa­ter is well coloured; pour that Water away, and put in fresh, letting the Body be in it as long; cast that Water away, and this Work repeat, till the Water will be no more coloured.

III. Afterwards you shall dry the Body very well with Cloths and Spunges, and lay it so, as that all that can may drain out of it, then put it into good Spirit of Wine, so much as to over-top it for 3, or 4 Fingers breadth; wherein let it lie for forty-eight Hours: Pour off that Spirit, and affuse new, letting it lie forty-eight Hours as aforesaid: This Work repeat so long, till the Spirit will be no more co­loured.

IV. Then take fresh Spirit of Wine, to every Pint of which put half an Ounce of the best Oil of Vitriol, Oil of Sulphur, or Oil of Salt, mix them well together, [Page 165] and pour them upon the whole Body, as you poured the for­mer Spirit; in which let it lie twenty-four Hours, after which decant the Liquor, and, with what care you can, very curi­ously dry the Body in all its Parts.

V. Being well dried, besmear it all over, both within and with­out, with a Hogs-bristle Brush, with this following Liquor: ℞ fine Myrrh, Benjamin, Rosin a. ℥iv. rectified Spirit of Wine, enough to dissolve the biggest part of the a­foresaid Rosins, in a gentle Sand heat: This dissolution mix with half its quantity of the solution of fine Aloes, in other rectified Spirit of Wine; for the aforesaid Ʋse: You may do it twice a day all over with the said Brush for eight or ten days together.

VI. These ten days being over, fill the Capacities of all the Ventricles with the Pouder at Sect. 27. Chap. 54. beforegoing; and Anoint the outside of the Body all over with Balsam of Peru; which done, wrap it in the Cere-cloth at Sect. 37. Chap. 54. The Body being thus Embalmed, will keep some Thousands of Years without any decay.

VII. Lastly, put it into the Coffin or Tomb, prepared for it, observing the Directions in Chap. 54. Sect. 25.

II. Balthasar Timaeus à Gulden­klee, his Way of Embalming; Epist. Medicinal. Lib. 6. Ep. 10.

VIII. This is done according to the Pleasure of the Relations, some­times the whole Body, with all its Cavities and Limbs, are Em­balmed; sometimes the middle and lowest Venters, and some­times only the lowest is taken out, and preserved.

IX. Some (says he) use Aloes and Myrrh; some, Spirit of Wine; some, Vinegar and Salt; and some, a Lixivium and Quick-lime: Others, compounded Pouders, Ointments, distilled Oils and Balsams.

X. I have Embalmed several after the following Method: First, I provide all my requisite Instru­ments; as, Knives, Rasors, Scis­sars, Tweezers, Bodkins, Saws, Hooks, Needles, Thread, Cords, Swathing Bands, Spunges, Tow, Linnen, Vinegar, Aqua Vitae, Salt-water, Magistral Pouders, Oils, Balsams, Cere-cloths, &c.

XI. The Corps is well washed and cleansed with warm Wine, from all its external Filth, and laid on a convenient place: I cut open the Abdomen cross-ways, taking out the Guts, Mesentery, Stomach, Kidnies, Spleen, Blad­der, (and Womb, if a Woman­kind) ordering a Servant to empty and cleanse them.

XII. Then I open the Thorax, taking out the Lungs, Heart, Ar­teries, Veins, Diaphragma, and the Oesophagus to the Epiglottis, carefully emptying and clean­sing all the Vessels.

XIII. The Cavities of the Tho­rax and Abdomen, are first washt well with cold Water, and wip'd dry with Spunges; then with strong Vinegar, and lastly with A.V. or S.V. Spiritus Solomonis, which is a very effectual thing, to [Page 166] prevent Putrifaction and Cor­ruption.

XIV. After which, I strew the following described Pouder upon all the Parts, and rub it well in; applying also every where, Pled­gets of Tow, or Cotten dipt in A.V. and then strewing on more Pouder, till I fill the whole Cavity of the Thorax, and Abdo­men therewith; and then I sew up the Skin.

XV. Coming now to the Head, I divide the Skull circularly, with a sharp Saw, or else open it only from the Crown to the Occiput, take out the Brain, and wash the Cavity in like manner, as I did the Thorax, &c. before, first with cold Water, then with Vinegar, and last of all very well with A.V. or Spiritus Solo­monis; and fill it as I did the former Cavities, with the said Pouder and Tow.

XVI. I cleanse the Jaws also very well with a Syringe, and fill them with Pouder of Cinnamon and Cloves: I anoint the Face well (and reiterate the Anoint­ing) with Balsam of Peru, or Spiritus Solomonis.

XVII. Then I make deep In­cisions in the Musculous and Fleshy Parts, chiefly about the Buttock, carefully squeezing out the Blood, and strewing them with the aforementioned Pouder.

XVIII. Which done, I wrap the Body up in hot Cerecloth, and a­noint it all over with Ship Pitch, Pine Rosin, and Liquid Storax, melted together at the Fire.

XIX. If the Body is to be kept long, the fleshy Parts must be taken away, and buried with the Bowels: but you may put the Heart in its place again, or keep it by it self in a Box, being wash'd first of all with our Balsamick Water of Aloes and Myrrh; afterwards with Spiritus Solomonis, and then Anointed with Balsam of Peru.

XX. Now here is to be observed, 1. That the Embalming is to be hast­ned after the Parties Death, and not put off above twenty-four Hours, especially if the Weather be hot.

XXI. 2. That the Body be kept in a cold place, and not ex­posed to the heat of the Sun: Nor yet put in a wooden Coffin, but in one of Lead, with Tin or Silver over it; because Wood rots, and in humid Vaults swells, and so bursts the Tin, or Silver Coffins.

XXII. 3. In Embalming, do it carefully, lest any putrid Ex­halation should offend those about the Funeral, which is a great disgrace to the Artist.

XXIII. 4. The Artist and his Servants, must take care not to receive any harm from the Efflu­via, and Smells or Steams coming from the putrified Viscera; more especially, if they died of a Phthisis, or Empyema, or some other Contagious Disease.

XXIV. 5. That in Summer­time this Operation be done in a Room, with Windows open to the North: In Winter, in a Room aired with a Fire made of Ash, or Oak, and some Juniper with it, but in no wise in a Stove.

XXV. 6. Let the Artist and Servants (when going about this work) take some Alexipharmick, to defend them against the perni­cious [Page 167] Scents; anoint their No­strils with some Balsam, or hold to them a Spunge dipt in Be­zoardick Vinegar; and hold in their Mouths Trochisci de Zedoa­ria, de Corticibus Citri, or the like Alexitericks: If he has none of these things, let him eat some Food, or Bread tosted and dipt in Wine.

XXVI. 7. That it is better to begin with opening the Abdomen, and not to use Quicklime, or other Corrosive things; for that they rather Consume, than Preserve, the Bodies they are applied to.

XXVII. The Pouder men­tioned at Sect. 14. aforegoing: ℞ Aloes lbv. choise Myrrh lbiv. Hermodacts, Styrax Calamita, Cloves, dried Rosemary a. lbij. biting Cinnamon, Frankincense a. lbj. dried Bay Leaves, Red Roses a. lbss. cut what are to be cut, and make a gross Pouder.

XXVIII. The Cere-cloth to wrap the Body up in, and to line the Coffin withal: ℞ yellow Bees-wax lbxxv. Venice Turpen­tine, Colophonia, Rosin a. lbiij. Ship Pitch lbijss. Frankincense, Liquid Storax a. lbij. Verdigrise lbj. Oil of Spike lbss. being melt­ed and mixt well together, add of Sheeps, or Beef Suet lbij. In this mixture, dip a whole piece of Linnen Cloth, or so much as may serve the Occasion.

XXIX. The Pouder to be strewed on the Cere-Cloth: ℞ Wormwood, Southern-wood, La­vender, Rosemary, Bay Leaves, a. M. vj. Sage, Marjoram, Basil, Origanum, Time, Savory, Hyssop, Camomil-flowers a. M. iij. Orrice­root in Pouder, Salt a. lbiv. Li­gnum Rhodium lbiij. Red Roses, Aloes, Myrrh, Frankincense, Sto­rax, Benjamin a. lbij. Wood of Juniper, Sassafras a. lbiss. Roots of Calamus Aromaticus, of An­gelica, of Cyperus Orange and Ci­tron Peels, Cinnamon, Cloves a. lbj. yellow Sanders, Lignum A­loes a. lbss. mix, and make a Pouder, which moisten with Oil of Spike lbss.

XXX. An Oil to Anoint withal: ℞ Chymical Oils of Rose­mary, and of Lignum Rhodium a. ℥iij. Oil of Cloves ℥jss. distilled Oils of Wormwood and Origanum a. lbj. mix them.

XXXI. The Balsam: ℞ Li­quid Storax ℥vj. Balsam of Peru ℥ij. Oil of Rhodium ℥iss. Oil of Mace ℥ss. mix them.

III. Gabriel Clauder, his Way of Embalming.

XXXII. The most famous Em­balmer that ever yet came upon the Stage of the World, was the Excellent Bilsius, who did it with that Curiosity, that not any of the Embalming Matter stuck to the outward Parts of the Body; his Fame reached to the King of Spain's Ears, who had him in such admiration, that he or­dered him to be paid (by his Governour in the low Coutries) Twenty Thousand Crowns, upon condition he should declare faithfully upon Oath, his so ex­cellent an Art; and to be an honorary Professor in the Uni­versity of Lovain, where he should teach Anatomy according to his Manual Operation; for which he was to have a Pension [Page 168] of Two Thousand Crowns per Annum.

XXXIII. But the University refused him, after much strug­gling; whereupon at length, Bil­sius laden with his Money, bid Lovain farewel; and going home to his United Provinces, he died, and (for all that we yet know) his famous Secret was buried with him.

XXXIV. This admirable ex­cellency of Bilsius put others upon search, and though Bilsius was so un­kind as not to make the World happy with his Invention, it put another Man upon making Trials; to wit, the Excellent Clauder, Phy­sician to the Duke of Saxony, who after many and various Experiments, found out the following most excellent Method or Way.

XXXV. The Body having been dead at most but twenty-four hours, he lays its in a long and large Oaken Tray, or Tray of some other hard Wood; upon which he pours his Preserving, or Embalming Spirit, so much as will over-top the Body about ten Inches.

XXXVI. This Spirit is made extemporanco modo, thus:fair Water lbxij. Pot-ashes lbij. mix and dissolve, letting them stand for an hour or two: To which Solu­tion add of the best Sal Armoniack poudered lbj. or something more; shake them together (in a Glass) oftentimes, for the more easie and better dissolution of the Ingredients, stopping the Glass, lest the volatil Particles should fly out; which done, filter it through a brown Pa­per, and keep it for use.

XXXVII. Now as this Spirit is filled with both a fixed and a Volatil Alcali; so it immediately raises the Body, and will not let it sink for some Days, or Weeks, by reason of a Crude and Im­pure Matter, which puffs up the Body like a Tympany; for which reason, and lest the up­per Parts which would lie un­covered, might Corrupt, either the Vessel must be every Day moderately shaken, that the Balsamick Liquor may come at all the Parts; or the Corps must be prest down in the Liquor, (which is the better way) with a piece, or two, of a wooden Lath.

XXXVIII. This done, the Ves­sel must be exactly covered, and the Chinks must be stopt close with Paper and Paste; not only to prevent the Volatil Spirits from flying away, but also to keep the External Air from getting in, and Corrupting it.

XXXIX. If it be a large Body, it must lie twelve or thirteen Weeks; but for little Bodies, six or eight Weeks will be sufficient to to lie in this Pickle; and a Months time may be long enough for others: And it ought to be kept in a cool Place, not a hot and moist, which is chiefly to be observed in Summer time: See also whe­ther the Flesh be hard, or soft.

XL. After a Month, two, or three, the Vessel must be opened, and the Liquor gertly poured off, or taken out; and the Body is to be gently taken out of the Ves­sel, which done, it is to rest for eighteen or twenty-four Hours.

XLI. Then lay it in a Stove of a moderare heat, to dry up the [Page 169] superfluous moisture, or you may lay hot Bricks upon the Belly, or strew upon it hot Sand, es­pecially upon the Abdomen; or in Summer time, you may ex­pose it to the vehement Heat of the Sun.

XLII. But note, that you turn the Body every day on a new side, that the Humidities of every part, may be the better dried up by the external Heat; after which it may be washt with a Spunge, to clear it of Filth, if any be; and then well dried, by wiping with hot Linnen Cloths.

XLIII. What has been hitherto said, may be sufficient, if it be a Child, or the Body is only kept some few Weeks, for the performing of the Funeral Obsequies: But if it be a Man or Woman, or a very large fat Body, and it is intend­ed to be kept for a longer Con­tinuance, you must within 18, or 24 Hours after Death, set the Body upright, and pour into the Stomach, by the Mouth, 16, 20, 24, or 30 Ounces, more or less of the afore-described Spiritus Balsamans, doing it leisurely, that it may well re­pleat the Stomach, and take Possession thereof; stopping the Mouth, Chops, and Throat with Cotton dipt in dissolved Myrrh, Balsam Capivi, or Cypress Tur­pentine; binding it also in, if you see need require it, lest the Spirit should come forth again.

XLIV. In the Arm-holes, and in the Groins, you may make holes with a sharp Knife, or a three­square-pointed Bodkin, so deep that they may pierce into the Capacity of the Thorax and Abdomen; in­to which put Pipes, made either of large Goose or Swans Quills, or turned, and made out of some hard Wood, as Box, or rather of Ivory, (not much unlike to Clyster-pipes, but their Heads need not be full out so large) that thereby the Embalming Liquor may the more easily en­ter into, and repleat the said Cavisities of the Brest and Bel­ly, and so correct the Cru­dities of the Blood and Hu­mors, lodging in the Mesentery, and inward Parts of the other Bowels, which otherwise would Putrifie and Rot, but by this means will be easily and happily dried and preserved.

XLV. The Stomach being thus filled by the Mouth, and the Pipes put into their several holes under the Arms, and in the Groins, let the Body be laid in a fit Posture, as directed at Sect. 35 afore­going, pouring upon it, the Spiritus Balsamans, till it is the height above the Body, before directed, letting it lie in the Spirit for six or eight Weeks, at least, before the Preserving Li­quor is decanted, or poured off.

XLVI. If also to the former Em­balming Liquor, you add the Juices of Wormwood, Carduus, or Centory, or any other bitter thing, as Colocynthis, Aloes, Myrrh, &c. which have also a mighty Pre­serving Power in them, you will very much augment the Bal­samick Energy, and Force.

XLVII. A very fat Body is much more difficult and tedious to be Embalmed after this manner, because the thick Substance of the Fat, does resist the Force of [Page 170] the penetrating Balsamick Spi­rit: And therefore, for that Reason, the Body must be re­tained a longer time in the Pre­serving Liquor.

XLVIII. Now, if there be any Ʋlcer, or Ʋlcers in the Body, whether inward or outward; or any Vessel broken, by which there is an Efflux of Blood, which has lain and putrified in the Body; (though the Embalming Spirit being but once affused upon the Body may do, yet, because it will be depauperated, and made Spiritless) it will be best in these Cases, or where speed is required in doing the Work, to decant off, or change the first affused Liquor, after it has lain on about fourteen Days: and this second Affusion, after it has lain the same space of time, may be decanted in like man­ner, and once more repeated with fresh Spirit: But oftner is not necessary, because of its mighty Penetrability, whereby an Erosion of the Abdomen may be feared, which Experience has sufficiently taught.

XLIX. This doubtless, is an excellent way of Preserving dead Bodies: But if the Relatives of the Deceased will be perswaded to an Exenteration, which is a remo­ving of the Viscera of both Ven­tricles, viz. of the Thorax and Abdomen, according to the for­mer Methods of Embalming; as it will exceed all the other ways yet taught, so will it be performed in a much shorter time, than what we have here limited: And if the Viscera be cleansed, and Embalmed by themselves, with the same Li­quor, they may (if you so please) be reposited.

L. The Body having now laid its due time in the Embalming Spirit, let it be gently removed and laid by its self, as before-di­rected at Sect. 40. for eighteen or twenty-four Hours, that the Liquor may drain away, and the superfluous Moisture be dried up: Then put it into the Tray or Trough again, and pour upon it this following Liquor; ℞ Water q.v. in every Gallon of which, dissolve of Nitre or Alum q.s. or ℥vi. or viij. letting it over-top the Body six or eight Inches, and lie therein for two or three Days.

LI. This being done, pour off the Liquor, and take forth the Body; which being drained well, and freed by wiping with dry Linnen Cloths, from the superfluous Hu­midities, put it into a Stove of a moderate heat, to be through­ly dried; or you may wrap it up and dry it in a Sand heat; or otherwise expose it to the heat of the Sun, till it is dried as much as is needful.

LII. And though the Body is dried, yet will not the Volatil saline Particles easily fly away, but adhere to the Parts through which they have pierced, and even dwell there, not considerably eva­porating, they being in some measure fixed by the Acids of the Body, and held in by the Skin, Membranes, and other Parts, their Pores being as it were constringed, or closed; and they will yet more firmly adhere, or stick to the Parts [Page 171] within the Body, for the same Reasons.

LIII. But how long a Body thus Embalmed, or Preserved, may keep, is scarcely possibly to be de­termined, we can only speak to this Matter by Conjecture; though it may be hoped, that it may be Conserved many Years; and some Bodies naturally dry, even to a kind of Petrification: But, the ground of such a Conserva­tion and Durability, consists very much in defending the Body from the Mutations of the Air; and, in particular, from the Humidities thereof, which will be apt to resolve and melt the saline Matter, with which the Body is Preserved.

LIV. Lastly, It prevails much for the long keeping, and durabi­lity of the Body, to cleanse it often, from the Putriscible Atoms or Par­ticles, adhering to the Skin, for some Weeks together, with a Spunge dipt in the Embalming Liquor; or the afore-described Aqua Nitrata, keeping it either in a hot and dry, or else in a very cold and dry Place: After which it may be wrapped in a Cere-cloth, made of Linnen, dipt into a Composition of Wax mixt with Turpentine, and so laid in a Coffin of Wood, Lead, or Tin, as its ultimate Defence against the Injuries of the Air.

IX. MEDICAL STORE: OR, Pharmacopoeia Chirurgica.

CHAP. LVI. De Simplicibus.

I. MEdicamenta sunt vel Sim­plicia, vel Composita.

II. Simplicia ea vocamus, quae talia sunt qualia natura produxit, quaeque nullam ab Arte Compositi­onem sumunt, Compositionem tamen Ar [...]e factorum ingrediuntur.

III. Sunt autem vel Vegetabi­lia, vel Mineralia, vel Animalia.

I. De Vegetabilibus.

IV. Vegetabilia sunt, quae ex Herbis, Fruticibus, Arboribusque sumuntur; eaque vel à totis, vel ex partibus suis, ut Radicibus, Corticibus, Lignis, Foliis, Flori­bus, Fructibus, Succis, Humoribus, & Cineribus.

V. Si Radices spectemus, Prae­cipuae quae in Pharmacopoeia nostra utuntur, sunt, Allii, Aristolochiae rotundae, Ceparum, Elecampanae, Glycyrrhizae, Iridis, Jalapae, Me­choacannae, Scillae, Serpentariae, Rhabarbari, Sarsaparillae, Zedoa­riae, Zinziberis.

VI. Si Cortices, praecipuae sunt, Cinnamomum, Guajaci, Peruanus, Winteranus, Macies.

VII. Si Ligna, eminentissima sunt, Guajaci, Nephriticum.

VIII. Si Folia, Asarum, El­leboraster, Nicotiana, Sena Ale­xandrina.

IX. Si Flores, Crocus Angli­canus.

X. Si Fructus & Semina, Al­kakengi baccae, Cardamoma, Ca­ryophilli, Granadillae, Hyosciami, Nuces Moschatae, Piper album & longum, Sinapi.

XI. Si Succi, Acetum, Kermes, Vinum.

XII. Si Humores, isti sunt, vel Olea, vel Succi inspissati, vel Gummata, vel Resinae.

XIII. Olea sunt praecipua, Olivarum, Amygdalarum, de Ben.

XIV. Succi inspissata sunt, Acacia, Aloe, Ammoniacum, Cam­bogia, Euphorbium, Elaterium, Galbanum, Glycyrryhizae, Mannae, Opoponax, Opium, Saccharum, Sa­gapenum, Scammonium, Cremor Tartari.

XV. Gummata sunt, Arabi­cum, Asa foetida, Cancamum, San­guis Draconis, Sarcocolla, Traga­canthum.

XVI. Resinae vel sunt humidae vel siccae; humidae sunt, Ambra liquidum, Balsamum Chilianum, Copaybae, Peruanum, Tolutanum, Pisselaeon, Styrax, Terebinthina Laricea seu Venetia, Argentora­tensis seu Abietum, Cypria, vel è Chio, ex Terebintho.

XVII. Resinae siccae sunt, Ben­zoinum, Camphora, Elemi, Ma­stiche, Myrrha, Olibanum, Pix Navalis, Resina seu Colophonia, Tacamahacca, Thus.

XVIII. Si Cineres spectemus, praecipuae sunt Clavellati, Tar­tari.

II. De Mineralibus.

XIX. Mineralia seu Fossilia, sunt Medicamenta ex terrae Vi­sceribus deprompta; sub iisque con­tinentur, 1. Terrae. 2. Succi con­creti, seu Salia. 3. Bitumina, seu Sulphura. 4. Lapides. 5. Mi­neralia, seu Semimetalla. 6. Metallg.

XX. Terrae, quae aqua infusa solvuntur, ut sunt, 1. Bolus Ar­menus, seu Orientalis. 2. Creta, quae in Anorexia & Cardialgia utilis. 3. Terra Lemnia, ruffi coloris & pinguissima, ut in ore [Page 174] contenta ex sevo constare vide­atur. 4. Terra sigillata, seu illa candida, seu purpurascens, pinguis, & cum tangitur frigida: lis addatur, 5. Catechu, seu Terra Japanica.

XXI. Succi concreta seu Salia, sunt, 1. Alumen rupeum. 2. Nitrum. 3. Sal Gem. 4. Vi­triolum album. 5. Vitriolum viride. 6. Vitriolum Hungari­cum. 7. Vitriolum Romanum. Vitriolum autem nihil aliud est quam Salsuginis Sulphureae Cupe­ratae, Ferrataeve coagulum: Iis addatur. 8. Borax, seu Chryso colla.

XXII. Bitumina seu Sulphura, sunt, 1. Ambra, seu Ambarum griseum vulgo dictum, optimum est cinerei coloris, odoratissimum, quod ncu perfossum multum succi pinguis refudat. 2. Naphtha, bituminis Babylonii colamen. 3. Petroleum. 4. Succinum, Am­bra citrina, electrum, carabe, quod in maris littore invenitur. 5. Sulphur, quod si nativum, de­bet esse colore extus subcinericio, intus luteo: si factitium, debet esse praepingue & virescens. 6. Terroleum, quasi oleum è terra: Iis addatur, 7. Gagates, niger, crustosus, & Bituminis ferax, qui igni admotus flagrat, odoremque Bituminis exhibet, sic à Carbone fossili distinguitur. 8. Flores Sul­phuris.

XXIII. Lapides sunt, 1. Ae­tites, qui ab Aquila in nidum de­fertur. 2. Haematites, virescens, variegatus, guttis cruentis con­spersus. [Page 175] 3. Hibernicus. 4. Ju­daicus, subrotundus, striis secun­dum longitudinem aequidistantibus, & discurrentibus, ac si torno fa­ctae essent. 5. Magnes, seu He­raclius, eo melior, quo magis cae­ruleus & ponderosus. 6. Nephri­ticus, opacus, variegatus, ex co­lore viridi aliisque permistus, su­perficies ipsius semper pinguis ap­paret. 7. Osteocolla, dicitur Holosteus, qui Ossis figuram aemu­latur.

XXIV. Mineralia, seu semi­metalla, sunt vel nativa, vel fa­ctitia.

XXV. Nativa sunt, 1. Anti­monium. 2. Argentum vivum, Hydrargyrum, seu Mercurius. 3. Cinnabaris.

XXVI. Factitia sunt, 1. Ae­rugo, flos aeris. 2. Aes ustum. 3. Cerussa, quae ex plumbo bene­ficio aceti educitur. 4. Cinna­baris, quod ex Mercurio vivo & sulphure sublimetur. 5. Lithar­gyrum. 6. Pompholyx, Spo­dium, Tutia; optima est candida, & laevis, Cypriaque laudatissima. 7. Stibium, seu vitrum Anti­monii. 8. Sublimatus corrosivus, qui ex Argento vivo & Sale cum Calcantho sublimatur.

XXVII. Metalla quae prae­cipua utuntur, funt, 1. Argen­tum. 2. Ferrum, seu Mars, vel Chalybs. 3. Plumbum, seu Sa­turnus. 4. Stannum, seu Jupi­ter; ex quibus, 1. Calx, seu Vi­triolum Lunae. 2. Plumbum ustum. 3. Minium. 4. Amalgama Stanni, cum Mercurio, oriuntur.

III. De Animalibus.

XXVII. Medicamenta Ani­malia sunt, quae vel ab Anima­libus totis, vel ipsarum partibus desumuntur, in quintuplici diffe­rentia considerata; ex, 1. Avibus. 2. Quadrupedibus. 3. Piscibus. 4. Serpentibus. 5. Insectis.

XXIX. Ex Avibus, ut, Fel Corvi, Gallinae, Milvi, Picae.

XXX. Ex Quadrupedibus; Bufo tota, Bezoar, Castoreum, Cornua, Fel Bovis, Moschus, Sal Ammoniacum, Sanguis, Sperma Ceti.

XXXI. Ex Piscibus; Fel An­guillarum, Ichthyocolla, Marga­rita, seu Perlae, Oculi Cancrorum, testae Ostreae.

XXXII. Ex Serpentibus; Caro Viperarum.

XXXIII. Ex Insectis; Can­tharides, Cera, Cochinella, Ker­mes succus, Mel Anglicanum, Mil­lepedes.

IV. Quae sunt ex his excerpenda, ad Cistam.

XXXIV. Ex Vegetabilibus haec desumuntur, 1. Aloe Suc­cotrina. 2. Ammoniacum Gummi. 3. Balsamum Copaybae. 4. Bal­samum de Chili. 5. Balsamum de Tolu. 6. Cambogia. 7. Cam­phora. 8. Caryophylli. 9. Cineres Clavellati. 10. Cortex Guajaci. 11. Cortex Peruanus. 12. Cre­mor Tartari. 13. Crocus. 14. Elemi Gummi. 15. Guajaci Gum­mi. 16. Glycyrrhizaeradix. 17. Glycyrrhizae pulvis. 18. Grana­dillae. [Page 177] 19. Jallapae pulvis. 20. Lignum Guajaci. 21. Lignum Ne­phriticum. 22. Mastiche. 23. Mechoacanna. 24. Myrrha. 25. Nuces Moschatae. 26. Oleum de Ben. 27. Olibanum. 28. Opi­um. 29. Piper. 30. Resina. 31. Radix Serpentariae. 32. Rha­barbarum. 33. Scammonium. 34. Sena. 35. Terebinthina. 36. Thus.

XXXV. Ex Mineralibus, haec eliguntur, 1. Aerugo. 2. Alu­men rupeum. 3. Antimonium. 4. Argentum vivum. 5. Bolus Ar­menus. 6. Catechu. 7. Cerussa. 8. Chalybs. 9. Cinnabar. 10. Creta. 11. Flores Sulphuris. 12. Nitrum. 13. Petroleum. 14. Tutia. 15. Stibium. 16. Sub­limatus corrosivus. 17. Succinum. 18. Terra sigillata. 19. Vitrio­lum album. 20. Vitriolum Ro­manum.

XXXVI. Ex Animalibus, haec excerpuntur, 1. Bufo. 2. Can­tharides. 3. Cera. 4. Cochi­nella. 5. Cornua. 6. Fel Bovis. 7. Mel. 8. Moschus. 9. Oculi Cancrorum 10. Sal Ammoniacum. 11. Sanguis desiccatus. 12. Zi­bethum.

Horum Praeparationes varias Me­dicamentorum, virtutes & usus, vide in Seplasio nostro, quo plenè elucidantur.

CHAP. LVI. Of Simples.

I. MEdicines are either Sim­ple, or Compound.

III. We call those Simple, that are in the Condition in which Nature has produced them, and which receive no Composition by Art, but go into the Composition of such as are Artificial, or made by Art.

III. And these are either Ve­getables, Minerals, or Animals.

I. Of Vegetables.

IV. Vegetable Medicaments, are such as are taken from Herbs, Shrubs, and Trees; and that ei­ther from whole Plants, or from their Parts, as Roots, Woods, Leaves, Flowers, Fruits, Juices, and Gums.

V. If we consider their Roots, these are the chief, which are used in our Dispensatory; Gar­lick, round Birthwort, Onions, Elecampane, Liquorice, Orice, Jallap, Mechoacan, Squills, Snake­root, Rhubarb, Sarsaparilla, Ze­doary, Ginger.

VI. If their Barks, the chief are Cinnamon, Guajacum, Je­suits-bark, Winters Cinnamon, Mace.

VII. If Woods, the most noted are Guajacum, and the Nephri­tick Wood.

VIII. If Leaves or Herbs, Asa­rabacca, Bears-foot, Tobacco, Alexandrian Sena.

IX. If Flowers, English Saf­fron.

X. If Fruits and Seeds, Win­ter-Cherries, Cardamoms, Cloves, Granadillas, Henbane-seed, Nut­megs, Pepper white and long, Mustard-seed.

XI. If Juices, Vinegar, Kermes, Wine.

XII. If their Humours, or other Humidities, these are either Oils, or thickned Juices, or Gums, or Rosins.

XIII. The chief Oils are, of O­lives, of Almonds, and Oil of the Nut Ben.

XIV. Inspissate Juices are, A­cacia, Aloes, Ammoniacum, Cam­bogia, Euphorbium, Elaterium, Galbanum, Liquorice, Manna, Opoponax, Opium, Saccharum, Sagapenum, Scammony, Cream of Tartar.

XV. The Gums are, Arabick, Asa foetida, Cancamum, Sugar, Dragons Blood, Sarcocol, Tra­gacanth.

XVI. The Rosins are either soft or hard: the soft are liquid Amber, Balsams of Chili, Ca­pivi, of Peru and Tolu, Tar, li­quid Storax, Turpentines, Ve­nice, from the Larch Tree, Stras­burgh from the Fir-tree, and Cyprus, or Chio, from the Tur­pentine-tree.

XVII. The dry or hard Rosins are, Benjamin, Camphir, Elemi, Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, Pitch, Rosin or Colophony, Ta­camahacca, and Frankincense.

XVIII. If we consider their Ashes, the chief are, Pot-ashes, and calcin'd Tartar.

II. Of Minerals.

XIX. Mineral Medicaments are such as are taken from the Bowels of the Earth; and under them are contained, 1. Earths. 2. Thickned Juices, or Salts. 3. Bitumens, or Sulphurs. 4. Stones. 5. Minerals, or half-Metals. 6. Metals.

XX. Earths, which being in­fused in Water, are dissolved, as are, 1. Fine Bole. 2. Chalk, which is profitable against want of Appetite, and pain at Sto­mach. 3. Earth of Lemnos, of a sad red colour, and fat, so that [Page 174] if it be held in the Mouth, it seems to be made of Suet. 4. Sealed Earth, either the white, or that inclining to purple, be­ing fat and cold to feel to. To these may be added, 5. Catechu, or Japanian Earth.

XXI. Concreted Juices or Salts, are, 1. Roch Alum. 2. Nitre. 3. Sal Gem. 4. White Vitriol. 5. Green Vitriol. 6. Hungarian Vitriol. 7. Roman Vitriol. Now Vitriol is nothing else but a sulphureous Saltness of Iron, or Copper coa­gulated. To these may be ad­ded, 8. Borax, or Chrysocol.

XXII. Bitumens, or Sulphurs, are, 1. Ambergrise, the best of which is of an Ash-colour, and most fragrant, which being prickt with a Needle, sweats out much fat moisture. 2. Naphtha, the straining of the Babylonian Bitu­men. 3. Oil of Peter, or Rock-Oil. 4. Amber, which is yellow, and found upon the Sea Shore. 5. Sulphur, which if it be native, it ought to be outwardly of a light ash-cour; inwardly, of a yellow colour; if it be factitious, it ought to be fat and greenish. 6. Terroleum, or Oil of the Earth. To these may be added, 7. Jeat, which is black, hard on the out­side, and full of Bitumen, and if set on Fire, it flames, and smells like Bitumen, by which it is distinguished from Pit Coals. 8. Flowers of Sulphur.

XXIII. Stones are, 1. The Eagle Stone, which is said to be taken from an Eagles Nest. 2. The Blood Stone, which is green­ish, party coloured, and sprinkled [Page 175] over with bloody Spots. 3. Irish Slate. 4. Jews Stone, which is roundish, with equidistant streaks all along, as if turned so by Art. 5. The Load-Stone, which is so much the better, by how much it is more blew, or Sky-colour­ed and heavy. 6. Nephritick-Stone, which is dark, party co­loured, of a mixture of green and other Colours, its Surface seeming always fat. 7. The Bone­glewer, called also Holosteus, which much resembles the shape of a Bone.

XXIV. Minerals, or Semi­metals, are either Native, or Factitious.

XXV. The Native are, 1. An­timony. 2. Quicksilver, or Mercury. 3. Cinnabar.

XXVI. The Factitious are, 1. Verdigrise. 2. Burnt Brass, or Copper. 3. Ceruse, which is made of Lead, by the help or means of Vinegar. 4. Cinnabar, made of Mercury and Sulphur sublimed together. 5. Litharge. 6. Pom­pholyx, which is Spodium, or Tutia, the best of which is white and light, and the choicest is that which comes from Cyprus. 7. Stibium, or Glass of Antimony. 8. Corrosive Sublimate, which is made by Sublimation, from Salt and Vitriol.

XXVII. Metals which are chiefly used, are, 1. Silver. 2. Iron, or Mars (the Filings.) 3. Lead. 4. Tin. From whence comes, 1. The Calx, or Vitriol of Luna. 2. Burnt Lead. 3. Red Lead. 4. An Amalgaina, made of Tin and Mercury.

III. Of Animals.

XXVIII. Animal Medicaments are, such as are taken either from the whole living Creature, or from some of its Parts; con­sidered in a five-fold Difference; as from, 1. Birds. 2. Beasts. 3. Fishes. 4. Serpents. 5. Insects.

XXIX. From Birds, as the Gall of a Raven, Hen, Kite, Mag-Pye.

XXX. From Beasts; the whole Toad, Bezoar-stone, Ca­storeum, Horns, Ox Gall, Musk, Sal Armoniack, Blood, Sperma Ceti.

XXXI. From Fishes; the Galls of Eels, Ising-glass, Pearls, Crabs Eyes, Oyster-shells.

XXXII. From Serpents; the Flesh of Vipers.

XXXIII. From Insects; Can­tharides, Wax, Cochinele, Juice of Kermes, English Honey, Hog­lice.

IV. What those Simples are, which are to be chosen from all the for­mer, for the use of the Chest.

XXXIV. From the Vegetable Kingdom we have these, 1. Fine Aloes. 2. Gum Ammoniacum. 3. Balsam Capivi. 4. Balsam de Chili. 5. Balsam de Tolu. 6. Cambogia. 7. Camphir. 8. Cloves. 9. Pot-ashes. 10. Gua­jacum-bark. 11. Jesuits-bark. 12. Cream of Tartar. 13. Saf­fron. 14. Gum Elemi. 15. Gum Guajaci. 16. Liquorice. 17. Liquorice Root in Pouder. 18. Granadillas. 19. Jallap in [Page 177] Pouder. 20. Guajacum in Chips, or Raspings. 21. Nephritick Wood. 22. Mastick. 23. Me­choacan. 24. Myrrh. 25. Nut­megs. 26. Oil of Ben. 27. Olibanum. 28. Opium. 29. Pepper. 30. Rosin. 31. Snake Root. 32. Rhubarb. 33. Scam­mony. 34. Sena. 35. Turpen­tine. 36. Frankincense.

XXXV. From the Mineral Kingdom, these are chosen, 1. Ver­digrise. 2. Roch Alum. 3. An­timony. 4. Quicksilver. 5. Fine Bole. 6. Japan Earth. 7. Ce­ruse, or white Lead. 8. Filings of Steel. 9. Cinnabar. 10. Chalk. 11. Flowers of Sulphur. 12. Salt Petre. 13. Oil of Petre. 14. Spodium, or Tutia. 15. Sti­bium. 16. Corrosive Sublimate. 17. Amber. 18. Sealed Earth. 19. White Vitriol. 20. Roman Vitriol.

XXXVI. From the Animal Kingdom, these are taken, 1. The Toad. 2. Spanish Flies. 3. Wax. 4. Cochinele. 5. Horns. 6. Ox Gall. 7. Honey. 8. Musk. 9. Crabs Eyes. 10. Sal Armoni­ack. 11. Blood dried. 12. Ci­vet.

The Various Preparations, Vir­tues, and Uses of all these Me­dicaments, you may see in our Seplasium, or Drugists Shop opened, wherein every thing is explained at Large.

CHAP. LVII. De AQƲIS.
I. Aqua Elementaria.

REcipe Aquae fontanae libras octo, Salis Nitri drachmas quatuor, misce, dissolvatur, fil­tratur, reponaturque ad usum.

In febribus ardentibus Medica­mentosa est, sitim extinguit, & valde praevalebit ad omnes mor­bos calidos. Praecipuè usitata pro Vehiculo in affectibus praedictis & similibus. Dosis per se (saccharo albo dulcificata) unciae quatuor, vel sex plus minus. Calculum in renibus & vesica comminuit, Ʋrinam potenter movet, & aliis gravissunis affectibus succurit.

II. Aqua Antifebritica.

℞ Aquae fontanae libras duas, Olei Sulphuris drachmas duas, vel guttas quadraginta, & ut Oleum optime cum Aqua per­miseeatur, saepiuscule transva­sentur: Ubi vero non fuerit sufficienter facta acida, plus Ole­um Sulphuris addendum, simi­literque ut supra procedendum.

Haec aqua dicto modo correcta, utilis est in febribus, non tamen, ut aqua simplex, noxia ventriculo & hepati, spiritus enim Sulphuris haec membra corroborat ac confor­tat. Aqua vere Febrifuga est, animales Spiritus recreat, & summopere refrigerat. Exhibetur ad praecavendam & curandam Pestem, ad Tertianam, & febrem continuam; ad Renum calculos, [Page 179] & dolores Colicos potens est reme­dium. Sanguinem attenuat, Po­dagrae dolores mitigat, doloresque Capitis. Stomachum mirum in modum confortat; atque Psoram & scabiem persanat. Dosis ab Ʋnciis duabus, ad quatuor per se, vel cum aliquo Medicamento appropriato.

III. Aqua Vitrioli.

℞ Vitrioli Hungarici, vel ex ferro facti, quantum vis: Eo am­pullam vitream ad medietatem imple. Deinde cum suo capello & recipiente per Balneum Mariae distilla ad quartum balnei gra­dum, id est, in aqua tamdiu bul­liente, dum omnis Humiditas, distillationi apta, profluxerit. Exemptum in vase vitreo opti­me obturato ad usum serva.

Vehiculum praecipuè est, sed valet adversus ardentes Capitis dolores sumptum, pro re nata, duabus drachmis continuatum ali­quot dies Stomacho jejuno; adu­stionem sanguinis mitigat, omnia item Viscera corroborat, Cerebrum calore & siccitate debilitatum confirmat; humidum etiam radi­cale restaurat.

IV. Aqua Calcis vivi.

℞ Aquae fontanae libras octo, Calcis vivi libram unam, misce, digerantur ad Aquae defaecatio­nem usque, fiitretur, serveturque ad usum.

Calefacit & siccat manifestis­sime: Dosis ab unciis duabus ad quntuor in omnibus frigidis & hu­midis Affectibus. Externe Ʋlcera vetera sanat, si Linteum i [...]hbutum [Page 180] superimponatur; & valde convenit Ʋlceribus Pudendorum, & aliis aliarum partium Phagedenicis ca­daverosis, & curatu difficillimis; pluries enim lota, mordacitatem omnem exuit, & acris esse desinit: proinde Ʋlceribus confert exsiccan­dis, & ad cicatricem perducendis.

V. Aqua Stomachica.

℞ Aquae Menthae in Balneo Mariae distillatae libras quatuor, Salis Menthae, vel in loco ejus­dem, Salis Absinthii, drachmas duas; misce: dissolvatur, filtra­tur, & reponatur ad usum.

Medicamentum Stomachicum est, unciarum tres vel quatuor pondere, vel per se, vel pari cujusvis Aquae Cor­dialis quantitate potum. Valet con­tra omnia Venena, Partes Vitales exhilerat, & Cor recreat.

VI. Aqua Tartarisata.

℞ Aquae Rosarum Damasce­narum, vel in loco ejusdem, Aquae fontanae libras sex, Salis Tartari drachmas tres; misce: dissolvatur, & filtratur, ut supra.

Nephritica est, & deobstructiva, purgatque per Ʋrinam. Ʋtilissima est ad dissecandos, & incidendos Humores crassos & tartareos in Visceribus Nutritioni dicatis: San­guinem purificat, praetereaque Diu­reticum est efficacissimum, adeoque specificum Hydropicum; omnes quippe aquosas humiditates & flatus, omnemque tartaream & viscosam materiam, unde Calculus Vesicae ac Renum procreatur, per Ʋrinam po­tenter expellens. Dosis per se, ab unciis duabus ad quatuor; cum aliis utitur pro Vehiculo, idque multis in Morbis.

CHAP. LVII. Of WATERS.
I. Elementary Water.

TAke Spring, or Fountain Water lb viij. Salt Petre ʒ iv. mix, dissolve, filter, and keep it for use.

It is good against Burning Fe­vers, quenches Thirst, and mightily prevails against all hot Diseases. It is chiefly used for a Vehicle, in the aforenamed affects, and others of like kind. The Dose alone (being sweetned with white Sugar) is ℥iv. or vj. more or less. It is good against the Stone in the Reins and Blad­der, powerfully provokes Urine, and Cures other grievous Dis­eases.

2. Water against Fevers.

Fountain Water lb ij. Oil of Sulphur forty drops, or ʒ ij. which shake well together, that the Oil may be well mixed with the Water: If this quantity of the Oil makes it not acid enough, you may add more, shaking them toge­ther, as before-directed.

This Water thus corrected, is prositable against Fevers, and is not hurtful to the Stomach and Liver, as is simple Water, because the Spirit of Sulphur strengthens and comforts those Parts. It is a true Febrifuge, chears the ani­mal Spirits, and cools admira­bly. It is given both to prevent and cure the Plague, as also a­gainst Tertian and Continual [Page 179] Fevers. It is a powerful Reme­dy against the Stone in the Reins, and Colick Pains. It attenuates the Blood, eases the Pain of the Gout and Head-ach. It wonder­fully comforts the Stomach, and cures Scabs and other breakings-out. Dose abij. ad iv. either by it self, or with some other appropriate Medicaments.

3. Water of Vitriol.

℞ Hungarian Vitriol, or Vi­triol of Iron, as much as you please; put it into a glass Body, so big, as it may be half full; cover it with its Head, and fit to it a Receiver, and then distil in Balneo Mariae, with the fourth degree of heat, that is, in a Water continually boiling; which continue till all the humidity is distilled forth. This Water take and put into a Glass Vessel, which stop close, and keep it for use.

It is chiefly used as a Vehiculum, but being taken as the Disease requires, it prevails against ve­hement Pains of the Head; ʒij. being given at a time in a Morn­ing fasting, and continued for some days. It takes away the adustion, or heat of the Blood, strengthens all the Bowels, and comforts a Brain weakned with heat and driness. It also restores the radical Moisture.

4. Water of Quicklime.

Fountain Water lbviij. Quicklime one pound, mix them, and digest till the Water is clear; then filter, and keep it for use.

It evidently heats and drys: the Dose is from ℥ ij. to ℥iv. in all cold and moist Diseases. Out­wardly, it heals old Ulcers, if a a Linen cloth be dipt therein, [Page 180] and put upon them; it is of great use in curing Ulcers in the Privy Parts, and in Eating-Ulcers of other parts, or such as are tending to a mortification, or are of difficult cure; for being often washed therewith, it puts a stop to the eating, and de­stroys the acrid humor: and last­ly, it drys them, and heals them.

5. Stomach Water.

Mint-water, made by distil­lation in Balneo Mariae lbiv. Salt of Mint, or in place thereof, Salt of Wormwood ʒ ij. mix; dissolve, filter, and keep it for use.

It is a Stomach Water, and may be drunk from ℥ ij. to ℥ iv. either by it self, or mixt with a like quantity of any Cordial Wa­ter. It is good against all sorts of Poison, revives the Vital Spirits, and chears the Heart.

6. A Tartarized Water.

Damask-rose-water, or in place thereof, Fountain-water lbvj. Salt of Tartar ʒiij. mix: dissolve, and filter, as aforesaid.

It opens Obstructions, and is Nephritick, purging by Urine. It is good to cut and dissolve thick and tartarous Humors in those Bowels which conserve the Nu­tritive Faculty: it cleanses the Blood, and is withal a most effica­cious Diuretick, being indeed a Specifick against the Dropsy; for it potently expels Wind, and all watery humors; as also all sorts of tartareous and viscous matter, of which the Stone is bred, whe­ther in the Reins or Bladder, and that by Urine. Dose by it self, is from ℥ ij. to ℥ iv. but it is used with other things as a Vehicle, and that in many Diseases.

CHAP. LVIII. De TINCTƲRIS.
I. Tinctura Cordialis.

REcipe Piperis longi, Zinzibe­ris, Corticis Winterani, a. drachm. unam, Caryophyllorum, Nucis Moschatae, Corticis Limo­num Cinamomi, ana drachmas duas; Croci Anglicani, Cochinellae, ana drachmas tres, Spiritus Vini rectificati libras tres, Olei Sulphu­ris drachmis duabus impraegnati, optime contusa; misce: digeran­tur per mensem, & postea fil­trentur, & Tinctura cum Essentia extracta ad usum reservetur.

Ʋtilis est in Syncope, Cordis pal­pitatione; consumit Pituita in Ven­triculo & Intestinis: Cerebrum & omnes ejus functiones mirè corro­borat, Catarrhos discutit, praeser­vat ab Apoplexia, Epilepsia, & Lethargo: Stomachi nauseam & debilitates submovet; insuper in Colica & Suffocatione Matricis, non est remedium ei simile. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas, in debito Vehiculo.

II. Tinctura Mirabilis.

℞ Catechu uncias sex, Corticis Peruani uncias quatuor, Seminum Hyosciami uncias duas, Spiritus vini communis uncas viginti: mi­sce; digerantur per septimaniam, filtr [...]tur, & reservetur ad usum.

Ad Renum & Vesicae Ʋlcera valet; Sanguinem undicunque ma­nantem & Sputa cruenta cobibet, [Page 182] generis (que) varii Haemorrhagias sistit: Faeminarum Menstruam Purgatio­nem immoderatius fluentem mora­tur; Diabetae, Ʋrinae incontinen­tiae, Cruento item Lotio medetur, ac Dysenterias, Diarrhoe as, & Alvi profluvia compescit; Viscerum lan­guores, Ventriculi, Hepatis, & Cordis imbecillitates removet. Dosis cochlearia duo, plus-minus, manè ac vesperi, continuando ad sex septemve dies.

III. Tinctura Opii.

℞ Opii Thebaici uncias octo, Croci, Cochinollae, ana ℥ j. Caryophyllorum, Macis, Nucis moschatae, Cinamomi, Radicis Serpentariae, ana unciam semis: Succi Limonum, Spiritus Vini re­ctificati, ana libras duas & semis: misce, & digerentur ad Medi­caminum subsidentiam usque: filtra, & exhala ad dimidiam. Vel sic, ab Angelo Sala; ℞ Opii Thebaici exiccati unciam unam; Croci Orientalis, Macis, ana unciam semis; Ambrae griseae drachmam unam, Spiritus Vi­trioli uncias quatuor, Aquae Ro­sarum Damafcenarum uncias sex: infundantur omnia in vase vi­treo, & digerantur per mensem: deinde facta colatura, abstracta­que Aqua Rosarum, servetur ad usum.

Remedium est probatissimum, tutissimum (que) in omnibus Doboribus, seu Veneriis seu aliis; sistitque omnem Haemorrhagiam, & Ʋteri & Ventris fluxum. Egregiè Su­dorem movet; Sanguinem enim in universo corpore mundisicat, pri­stinum Sanitatis vigorem resti­tuit: Prodest & in Hydrope, Con­vulsionibus, [Page 183] Calculo, & Suffoca­tione Matricis: in sistendis om­nibus Humorum & Catarrhorum profluviis, & Menstruorum excre­tionibus; in Vigiliis, & in omnibus Febrium generibus, Viriumque re­solutionibus; in Phrenesi, Mania, Melancholia, Vomitu, Epilepsia, Cardiaca, Colica, Ventriculo de­bilitato, Pleuresi, Arthritide, Gonagra, Podagra, Ischiasi, Li­thiasi, & Nephritide, Medica­mentum est stupendum: quia in sedandis omnibus vehementissimis & acutissimis doloribus, divinum est auxilium, & quasi ultimum Asylum. Dosis, à guttis sedecim ad viginti vel triginta, plus­minus; quae Vesperi circa intro­itum lecti sumuntur.

IV. Tinctura Purgans.

℞ Senae uncias octo, Jalapii uncias duas, Seminum Anisi, Ca­rui, Coriandri, Radicis Gly­cyrrhizae, ana unciam unam, Aqua Vitae libras sex: misce; & digerantur in loco frigido per septimanas duas, colaturque Tinctura.

Purgat Bilem utramque, & Pituitam salsam, sine molestia; propterea Morbis ab iisdem natis confert: Cancro, Elephantiasi, Ma­niae, Melancholiae, Rheumatismo, Arthritidi, Strumae, Impetigini, Psorae, Scabiei, & similibus Affectibus Cutis. Melancholiae edu­cendae mirificè prodest, & ad omnes Affectus è mixtâ cum Bile Pituitâ provenientes efficax est. Mirum in modum convenit Lie­nosis, Melancholicis, Hypochon­driacis, Maniacis, Epilepticis, Febre delirantibus, Passionibus Hystericis, & Lue inveterata laborantibus. Alvum potenter sub­ducit, [Page 184] Obstructiones tollit, crassos Humores, lentos & viscidos in­cidendo & attenuando removet. Dosis, à cochleariis duabus ad sex septemve, plus-minus; Sto­macho jejuno.

V. Tinctura Exfolians, seu Euphorbii.

℞ Euphorbii unciam unam, Myrrhae drachmas duas, Spiritus Vini uncias sex; misce, digeran­tur per septimanam, & ad usum filtretur Tinctura.

Nunquam datur per Os, neque per se, nec cum aliis, nisi raro, & parva quantitate. Externè utitur, maximè autem in Ossibus cariosis, quae exfoliari sunt. Quod si Man­dibula aliquo in loco (dixit Hil­danus) extra Os denudata fue­rit, applicurem Pulverem Euphor­bii, quod mirandas habet proprie­tates; sua enim caliditate hu­mores in Osse non solum exsiccat, sed & occulta quadam facultate hic convenire videtur; quapro­pter non immeritò à Dioscoride & Recentioribus Medicis, Os­sibus cariosis adhibetur: nec est quod ipsius acrimoniam timeas, etiamsi enim Linguam & Nares mordicet, Ʋlceribus tamen, quan­tumsis copiose inspersum, nuilum dolorem aut inflammationem ex­citat: — ego expertus loquor. Si haecce Gummi indissoluti sunt vires, quot sunt Tincturae pote­states?

VI. Tinctura Absinthii.

℞ Foliorum Absinthii vulga­ris siccati uncias quatuor, Salis Tartari unciam unam, conjun­ctim moluntur in Mortario calido; adde Spiritus Vini re­ctificati uncias sedecim, digere ad dies septem, exprime forti­ter; in liquore infunde iterum Absinthii & Salis Tartari quan­titates easdem: exprime, & repetetur opus ad tertiam vi­cem; exprime iterum, & filtra colaturam.

Magna Stomachica est, Coctio­nem juvat, & Alvi Lumbricos intern [...] sumpta enecat, Obstructio­nes tollit, Menses ducit, Foetum & Secundas excludit, à Putre­dine conservat, Venenis resistit, Pesti curandae convenit, & Morbis contagiosis pluribus. Dosis, à gut­tis sex ad sexdecim, plus-minus, in haustu Vini, vel Cerevisiae.

VII. Tinctura Antimo [...]ii, Purgans.

℞ Vitri Antimonii pulverizati unciam unam, Spiritus Vitrioli non rectificati uncias octo; di­gereque in Balneo Mariae.

Obstructiones aperit, Sanguinem clarificat, & omnes Assectus quos generant Obstructiones certissime curat; Vermes Infantium enecat; Chlorosi, Cachexiae, Scrophulae, & Scorbuto convenit; omnibusque in Morbis Panchymagogum censetur. Dosis, à guttis sex ad duode­cim.

VIII. Tinctura Cathartica.

℞ Senae optimae uncias tres, Jalapii pulverizati unciam unam, Caryophyllorum, Croci, ana drachmam unam, Vini Chaly­beati [Page 186] libras duas; infunde ad septem dies, exprime, ac filtra.

Omnes Affectus Cerebri & Ʋteri tutissime & certissime sanat: Illusiones Melancholicas, & Phan­tasmata omnia, & Somnia Me­lancholica dissipat & avertit; Hemitritaeum, & reliquas Febres obstinates & intermittentes curat; quia Humores putrentes in Cor­pore, & praecipuè Bilem & Me­lancholiam, educit; Fluxus omnes Ventris, Dysenterias, Lienterias, & Diarrhoeas, cum Hepatico fluxu, prohibet; propter Salem, & Sulphur Ferri. Egregiè praestat in omnibus Obstructionibus Hepatis & Lienis, Mensibus retentis, &c. Dosis, cochlearia duo, tria, vel quatuor, quotidie, ad longum tempus.

IX. Tinctura Martis.

℞ Frustulorum seu Clavulo­rum Ferri libras quinque, Vini Albi libras octo, Spiritus Vini li­bras duas, Olei Sulphuris unciam unam; misce: digerantur loco frigido per menses sex, plus­minus: & ut Sal & Sulphur Mar­tis optime in Vinum exhalatur, saepiuscule Vas agitetur; deinde decanta, & filtra ad usum.

Haec Tinctura Martialis varios Humores Alvum subducendo cor­ruptos educit, specialiter Flavam & Atram Bilem, Humores ter­restres, ponderosos, & tenaces, aliis Medicamentis haud facile ejectos aut extirpatos. In Obstru­ctione Hepatis, Splenis, & Ma­tricis singulare est Remedium; Morbum Regium, Cardialgiam, Cordis tremorem, Colicam, Iliacam passionom, & Rachitidem adjuvat: in Melancholia Hypochondriaca, [Page 187] Quartana, Cachexia, Hydrope, Scorbuto, Mensibus superfluis & retentis, Morbo Virgineo, &c. utile experimentum est. Dosis, cochlearia duo vel tria, plus-minus, in debito Vehiculo, hora somni; ut vires ejusdem eo melius penetrare possunt etiam ad remotas Corporis par­tes.

X. Tinctura Sacra, seu Amara.

℞ Aloes Succotrinae uncias duas, Caryophyllorum, Nucis moschatae, Radicis Serpentariae, Croci Anglicani, Seminum Aniss, ana drachmam unam, Vini Che­riensis libras duas & semis; misce, & digere saepe agitando ad se­pte [...]n dies; deinde filtra ad usum.

Omnes Obstructiones Jecinoris & Lienis aperit, Hydropicis prodest, Pi [...]uitam, utramque Bilem, & Aquam evacuat, caeterosque Humo­res peccantes educit, Sanguinem puriorem reddi [...]; nibil ctiam mali in Corpore Humano relinquit, sed omnem noxam per Alvum & Ʋri­nam expeilit; Ventriculum roborat; multisque aliis bisce similibus Morbis adversatur: in Ventriculi dolore, Cachexia, Ructu, Vermibus necand [...]s, &c. datur: ante Paro­xysmum Tertianae, nec non Quar­tanae exhibita, saepe curat, post terria vice. Dosis, ab uncia una ad uncias duis, jejuno Stomacho. Ad Sanitatis praeservationem sumi­tur ejus cochlear dimidium, aut integrum, quoquo mane, in Vino [Page 188] albo, tempore Verno, ad octo vel decem dies.

XI. Tinctura seu Elixir Proprietatis.

℞ Aloes Succotrinae, Myrrhae pulverizatae, Croci Anglicani, ana unciam unam; Spiritus Universa­lis uncias duodecim; misce, di­gereque ad dies septem, deinde filtratur ad usum.

Stomachum ac Intestina maximè confortat, & Appetitum excitat, Cerebrum & omnes ejus functiones foeliciter corroborat: usus est pro­ficui in Morbis malignis, Hypochon­driacis, & Ʋterinis; ab Epilepsia & Apoplexia praeservat; in va­riis Febrium generibus summae utilitatis est; & nobilissimum Medicamentum ad plurimos Mor­bos, ad omnes Obstructiones Visce­rum reservandos; Pleuritidem, Vertiginem, & Cephalalgiam egregia est Aperiens; undè in Men­struis retinentis, Paralysi, Ictere, & Hydrope mira praestat. Dosis à drachma una ad quatuor, plus­minus, pro re nara.

XII. Tinctura Antimonii crudi.

℞ Antimonii crudi pulveri zati libram unam, Spiritus Uni­versalis libras quatuor; misce, ac digere ad quatuor vel quin­que septimanas; deinde filtre­tur, & reservetur ad usum.

In Epilepsia, Melancholia, Ma­nia, Venenis haustis, Peste mirè operatur. Vis hujus est, Sangui­nem in universo Corpore sic mun­dificare, & renovare, ut omnes Morbos ex corruptione Sanguinis ortos radicitus tollat. Dosis, à [Page 189] drachma una ad duas, plus­minus, in Vehiculo appropriato.

XIII. Tinctura Salis Tartari.

℞ Salis Tartari calcinati ad colorem cyaneum, vel magis li­quefacti seu fusi, libras duas; Cinerum Ossium libras quatuor, Spiritus Vini optimi rectificati libras octo; misce: agitatur, & reponatur ad usum. Super mag­mam si affunderis novum Spiri­tum, Tinctura erit bona, ut prior.

Nobilius & efficacius Stoma­chicum in tota Republica Medica nondum inventum esse, Experien­tiam ipsam attestor. Datur autem cum Vehiculo Stomachico, vel Aqua Stomachali: super modum Viscera confortat, Secretumque hoc est ro­borans & restaurans: totam mas­sam Sanguinis à mucosis omnibus & serosis Humoribus purificat; propter Salem suum, & dulcem. Dosis, à guttis triginta ad sexa­ginta, plus minusve.

CHAP. LVIII. Of TINCTURES.
1. The Cordial Tincture.

TAke Long-pepper, Ginger, Win­ter's Cinamon, a. ʒ j. Cloves, Nutmegs, Limon Peels, Cinamon, a. ʒ ij. English Saffron, Cochinele, a. ʒ iij. rectified Spirit of Wine lbiij. impregnated with Oil of Sulphur ʒiij bruise them well, and mix them; digest for a month, then filter, and keep the Tincture for use.

It is good against Fainting and Swooning Fits, and palpitation of the Heart; and is profitable against Phlegm in the Stomach and Bowels: it wonderfully strengthens the Brain and all its functions, removes Catarrhs, and preserves from the Apoplexy, Falling-sickness, and Lethargy: it masters the nauseousness of the Stomach, or loathing of food, and helps the weakness thereof; in the Colick it is a sin­gular thing, and in Fits of the Mother, for which purpose few Medicines are equal to it. Dose, à ʒ j, ad ij. in a fit Vehicle.

2. The Wonderful Tincture.

Catechu ℥ vj. Jesuits Bark ℥ iv. Henbane-seeds ℥ ij. Spirit of Wine, i.e. common Brandy ℥ xx. mix; digest for a week, filter, and keep it for use.

It is profitable against Ulcers of the Reins and Bladder; it stops Spitting of Blood, and [Page 182] Bleeding, or Fluxes of Blood; in what part of the Body, or of what kind soever: it represses the overflowing of the Terms in Women, cures the Diabetes, Incon­tinency of Urine, and Pissing of Blood, as also the Bloody-flux and Diarrhoea, and stops other Fluxes of the Bowels; it prevails against the soreness of the Bow­els, weakness of the Stomach and Liver, and lowness of the Heart. Dose, two spoonfuls, more or less, morning and evening, continuing its use for six or seven days.

3. Tincture of Opium.

Thebian Opium ℥ viij. Saf­fron, Cochinele, a. ℥ j. Cloves, Mace, Nutmegs, Cinamon, Snake­root, a. ℥ ss. Juice of Limons, recti­fied Spirit of Wine, a. lbijss. mix them; digest, 'till the Ingredients fall to the bottom; filter, and ex­hale the one half. Or thus, from Angelus Sala; ℞ Thebian Opium dried ℥ j. English Saffron, Mace, a. ℥ss. Ambergrise ʒj. Spirit of Vitriol ℥ iiij. Damask-rose-water ℥ vj. infuse all in a glass vessel, and digest for a month: then strain, abstract the Rose-water, and keep the Tincture for use.

It is a most approved and safe Remedy in all Pains, whether Venereal or others; it stops all Haemorrhagies, or Bleedings and Fluxes, both of the Womb and Bowels. It is a famous Sudorifick, purifies the Blood thro' the whole Body, and restores the pristin vigour of Health: It is good as well in the Dropsy and Con­vulsions, [Page 183] as in the Stone, and Fits of the Mother: it is a stupendi­ous Medicament in stopping all Fluxes of Humors and Catarrhs, Overflowing of the Courses, in Watching, and in all kinds of Fevers, and Weaknesses; in Phrensies, Madness, Melancholy, Vomiting, Falling-sickness, Suffo­cation of the Heart, Colick, weakness of the Stomach, Pleuri­sie, Gout, as well in the Hips, as Knees and Feet, as also the Stone, and pain of the Reins: for in easing all vehement and sharp kinds of pain, it is as it were a divine help, and the very last Re­fuge. Dose, à gut. 16, ad 20, vel 30. more or less; which may be taken in the Evening, about bed-time.

4. Purging Tincture.

Sena ℥ viij. Jalap in pouder ℥ ij. Seeds of Anise, Caraways, Coriander, Roots of Liquorice, a ℥j. Aqua Vitae lbvj. mix; and di­gest in a cold place for fourteen days, strain out, and keep the Tincture for use.

It Purges Choler and Melan­choly, as also salt Phlegm, and that without trouble; and is in­deed profitable against all Dis­eases proceeding from those Hu­mors; as Cancers, Elephantiasis, Madness, Melancholy, Rheuma­tisms, Gouts, Kings-evil, Ring­worms, Scabs, Breakings-out, and other like Affects of the Skin. It is very powerful for bringing forth the Melancholy Humor, and prevails against all Diseases which proceed from a mixture of Phlegm and Choler. It is an ad­mirable thing for such as are troubled with the Spleen, Melan­cholick [Page 184] and Hypochondriack Dis­eases, Madness, Falling-sickness, or Delirium proceeding from a Fe­ver, Diseases of the Womb, or an old Pox. It powerfully provokes Stools, takes away Obstructions, and removes thick Humors, vis­cous and tough, by cutting and attenuating them. Dose, from 2 spoonfuls to 6 or 7, more or less, in the Morning fasting.

5. Tincture Exfoliating Bones, or Tincture of Euphorbium.

℞ Euphorbium ℥j. Myrrh ʒ ij. Spirit of Wine ℥vj. mix, and digest for a week, filter, and keep the Tincture for use.

It is never given by the Mouth, neither alone, nor mixt with other things, except very rarely, and in small quantity. Outwardly it is used, but chiefly in rotten­ness of the Bones, where they require scaling. But if the Mandi­ble or Jaw-bone in any place (saith Hildanus) be made bare, I apply the Pouder of Euphorbium, which has wonderful properties; for by its heat, it not only drys up the humors in the Bone, but here it is found to have some agreeable occult quality; for which reason it is deservedly, both by Dioscorides and Modern Physicians, applied to rotten Bones: nor need you fear its acri­mony, for tho' it bites the Tongue and Nostrils, yet notwithstanding you may strew Ulcers plentifully with its Pouder, or as much as you please, for that it causes no pain or inflammation: — I speak what I know by experience. If these are the virtues of the Gum in its gross body, what are its excellen­cies when its Body is opened?

6. Tincture of Wormwood.

Dried Leaves of common Wormwood ℥ iv. Salt of Tartar ℥ j. grind them together in a hot Mortar; and add thereto rectified Spirit of Wine ℥ xvj. digest seven days, then strain out by pressing: in that liquor infuse again the same quantity of Wormwood and Salt of Tartar, digesting and expressing as before; which work repeat the third time: press out again, and filter the Tincture.

It is a great Stomatick, helps Concoction, and inwardly taken kills Worms of the Belly, it re­moves Obstructions, provokes the Terms, brings forth the Birth and After-birth, preserves from Putrefaction, resists Poison, and is good in the cure of the Plague and many other contagious Dis­eases. Dose, à gut. vj, ad xvj. more or less, in a draught of Wine or, Asc.

7. Tincture of Antimony, Purging.

Glass of Antimony in pouder ℥ j. Spirit of Vitriol not rectified ℥ viij. mix, and digest in Balneo Mariae.

It opens Obstructions, purifies the Blood, and certainly cures all those Diseases which proceed from Stoppages; it kills Worms in Children, and is profitable in the cure of the Green-sickness, Ca­chexia, Kings-evil, and Scurvy; and in every Disease it is said to be a Panchymagogue, or Univer­sal Purger. Dose, agut. vj, ad xij.

8. A Cathartick Tincture.

Choice Sena ℥ iij. Ja­lap in pouder ℥ j. Cloves, Sas­ston, ana ʒ j. Chalybeat-Wine [Page 186] lbij. infuse for seven days, ex­press, and filter.

It safely and certainly cures all Diseases of the Brain and Womb, removing and dissipating all Me­lancholy Phansies and Thoughts; it is good against Semitertians, and other obstinate and inter­mitting Fevers; for it brings forth Humors putrifying in the Body, and those chiefly Choler and Melancholy; it stops all Flu­xes of the Belly, Bloody-fluxes, Lienteria's, Diarrhoea's, and the Hepatick-flux; by reason of the Salt and Sulphur of the Iron which it contains. It is very powerful to remove all Obstru­ctions of the Liver and Spleen, provoke the Terms, &c. Dose, 2, 3, or 4 spoonfuls daily, for some cosiderable time.

9. Tincture of Mars or Iron.

Bits of Iron, or old Nails lbv. White-wine lbviij. Spirit of Wine lbij. Oil of Sulphur ℥ j. digest in a cold place for six months, more or less: and that the Salt and Sulphur of the Mars may be well drawn into the Wine, let the Vessel be often shaked; then de­cant, filter, and keep it for use.

This Martial Tincture brings forth many corrupt Humors by loosning the Belly, chiefly Choler and Melancholy, Humors earthy, heavy, and sticking, not easily by other Medicaments to be ejected or removed. It is a special remedy against Obstructions of the Liver, Spleen, and Womb; it is profita­ble against the Jaundies, Pain at Stomach, Palpitation of the Heart, Colick, Iliack-passion, and the Rickets in Children: it has [Page 187] been found by experience to be a noble Remedy against Hypo­chondriack Melancholy, Quar­tans, Cachexia's, Dropsies, Scurvy, overflowing and retention of the Terms, and the Green-sickness in Virgins. Dose, 2 or 3 spoonfuls, more or less, in some proper Ve­hicle, at bed-time; that the virtues thereof may the more easily penetrate, even to the remote parts of the Body.

10. The Excellent, or Bitter Tincture.

Fine Aloes ℥ ij. Cloves, Nutmegs, Snake-root, English-Saffron, Aniseeds, a. ʒ j. Sherry-Sack lbij ss. mix, and digest; often shaking the Vesseb, for a week, then filter, and keep it for use.

It opens all Obstructions of the Liver and Spleen, is profitable against the Dropsy; bringing forth Phlegm, Choler, Melancho­ly, and Water, with other super­abounding Humors; it purifies the Blood; nor will it suffer any evil matter to remain in the Bo­dy, but whatever is pernicious, it expels by Stool and Urine; it helps the weakness of the Sto­mach, and prevails against many other Discases of like kind with these; and therefore is given against Pain of the Stomach, Ca­chexia, Belching of Wind, and to kill Worms: it is exhibited before the Fits in a Tertian and Quar­tan, which it often cures at the third time taking. Dose, from ℥j, ad ij. in a Morning fasting. If it be given for the preservation of Health, it may be taken from half a spoonful to one spoonful, every Morning, in White-wine, [Page 188] for eight or ten days, in the Spring-time.

11. Tincture, or Elixir of Property.

Fine Aloes, Myrrh, both in pouder, English Saffron, a. ℥ j. of the Ʋniversal Spirit ℥ xij. mix: digest seven days, decant, and filter it for use.

It wonderfully comforts the Stomach and Bowels, causes an Appetite, and happily strength­ens the Brain and all its functions: it is profitably used in malign and Hypochondriack Diseases, and in Diseases of the Womb; it pre­serves from the Apoplexy and Falling-sickness; it is of mighty use in various kinds of Fevers; and a most noble Medicament for many Diseases, to open Ob­structions of the Bowels, help the Pleurisy, Vertigo, and Headach: it is a wonderful Aperient or Opener; for which reason, in stoppage of the Terms, Palsy, Jaundies, and Dropsy, it does wonderful things. Dose, à ʒ ij, ad ʒ iv. more or less; as the na­ture of the Disease, and consti­tution of the Sick requires.

12. Tincture of crude Antimony.

Pouder of crude Antimony lbj. Spiritus Universalis lbiv. mix: digest for four or five weeks, then filter, and keep it for use.

It admirably prevails against the Falling-sickness, Melancholy, Madness, Poison, Plague. It is of so great power in purifying and renovating the Blood thro' the whole Body, that it radically takes away all Diseases proceed­ing [Page 189] from the corruption of the same. Dose, à ʒ j, ad ʒ ij. more or less, in some fit Vehicle.

13. Tinctureof Salt of Tartar.

Salt of Tartar calcined to blewness, or rather melted, lbij. Bone-ashes in pouder lbiv. of the best rectified Spirit of Wine lbviij. mix; shake often, and keep it for use. Ʋpon the Faeces you may affuse new or fresh Spirit, and you shall have a Tincture as good as the former.

There is not found out a more noble and efficacious Stomatick in the whole Republick of Medi­cine, I speak by Experience. But it ought to be given in some Stomatick Vehicle or Water: it is also a Secret having a strengthning and restoring vir­tue. It purifies the whole mass of Blood from all mucous and serous Humours, by virtue of its Salt and sweetness. Dose, à gut. 30, ad 60. more or less.

CHAP. LIX. De SPIRITIBUS.
I. Spiritus Cordialis.

℞ COrticis Winterani uncias duodecim, Fructus Pi­menti uncias octo, Foliarum Rosmarini uncias sex, Radicis Serpentariae, Angelicae, ana un­cias quatuor; Granorum Paradisi, Croci Anglicani, ana uncias duas; Seminum Anisi, Carui, Foeniculi, Coriandri, Piperis longi & albi, ana unciam unam; Aquae Fon­tanae [Page 190] libras viginti quatuor; Spiritus Vini duplicati libras viginti: crassiusculè incisa & contusa misce, & infundantur in Liquoribus per quatuor dies; postea distillentur in Alembicò refrigeratorio suo librae triginta duae; distillatum addatur Sac­chari-candi pulverizati albissimi libri tres: dissolvatur, coletur, & reservetur ad usum.

Cerebrum, Stomachum, & Cor, omnesque functiones eorum mire corroborat: Catarrhos discusit, atque ab Apoplexia, Epilepsia; & Lethargo praeservat; magni est usus ad omnes frigidos Capitis Affectus, intra & extra adhibitus; contra Vertigiuem, Paralysin, Convulsio­nem, & Tremorem, singulariter, tanquam insignem Medicinam com­mendare volui: utilis est in Synco­pe, Cordis Palpitatione, Cardial­gia, & Aegritudine Stomachi: consumit Pituitam in Ventriculo & Intestinis; omnibus denique à Fri­giditate ducentibus Morbis magno­pere conducit: Vires amissos re­stituit, & Membra Principalia con­fortat. Dosis, à drachmis duabus ad unciam unam, plus minusve, pro ratione Morbi & necessitatis.

II. Spiritus Vini Cam­phoratus.

℞ Spiritus Vini libras octo, Croci, Cochinellae, ana dra­chmas quatuor; misce, fiatque Tinctura, in qua dissolvantur Camphorae unciae sedecim; & reponatur ad usum.

Diaphoreticus est & Anodynus, in plerisque Morbis, tam frigidis quam calidis usurpatur: externe, in Arthriticis & ommbus Affecti­bus [Page 191] frigidis Artuum summopere convenit; Odontalgiae, Aurium do­loribus, Vertigini, Paralysi, Tre­mori, aliisque Morbis ad Miracu­lum usue medetur. Internè, ad Colicum dolorem sumitur à dra­chmis duabus ad sex, in Vehiculo appropriato, citò, miréque curat.

III. Spiritus Sulphuratus, vel Vitriolatus.

℞ Spiritus Vini rectificati li­bras octo, Olei Sulphuris vel Vi­trioli uncias sedecim; misce, ac digere: tunc distilles per Retor­tam in Arena ad siccitatem, & servetur ad usum.

Praestans admodum, & delica­tus est hic Spiritus ad Cordis & Ventriculi imbecillitatem juvan­dam, Venenis adversetur, Vino permixto: Cor summopere roborat, & Stomachum confortat: concre­tum Sanguinem dirimit, ex Spiri­tu suo & Sale soluto, qui omnia concreta dissolvit: unde & Calcu­losis & Sabulosis peroptimam est Remedium, in Aqua Hydropiperis: Vulneribus venenatis, & aliis sim­plicibus, & Ʋlceribus omnibus, summum Medicamentum est. Valet contra Pestem, Febres Pestilen­tiales & Malignes: Sitim extin­guit, & Ʋrinam provocat. Dosis, à drachma semis ad drachmam unam, in Vino vel Jusculis.

IV. Spiritus Vini Basilii.

℞ Spiritus Vini rectificati, Olei Salis optimi, ana; misce, benè Vas agitando. Per hunc, ex Auro fit Tinctura.

Arcanum est summum contra Venena, & verum & unicum Be­zoarticum Remedium; adversus Pestiferae Aurae Contagionem nibil efficacius, & est summum Pestis Praeservativum & Curativum: potentissimè curat quaecunque Vul­nera simplicia, citò; ita ut stu­pendnm sit Naturae Miraculum, propter ingentem vim Balsamicam, quae in ejus Oleo, Sale, & Spiritu continetur. Dosis, à guttis duo­decim ad viginti quatuor; vel ad aciditatem congruentem.

V. Spiritus Nitri.

℞ Nitri quantum vis, in Aqua vulgari dissolvatur, ita ut Mu­riam fortissimam referat; ℞ hujus Muriae libras quatuor, Olei Vitrioli libram unam; fiat distil­latio ex Cucurbita vitrea ex Arena; prodibit primitus Phle­gma, postmodum subsequetur Spiritus Nitri acidus, quem seor­sim collige, distillando ad sicci­tatem Nitri in fundo remanen­tis. Vel sic, ℞ Nitri libras duas, Olei Vitrioli rectificati libram unam; misce: committantur Retortae, & successivis Ignis gra­dibus distilletur ad ficcitatem usque; & habebis Spiritum Nitri fortissimum: in fundo autem residet Nitrum Vitriolatum, quod suum Essentiale Principale vocat Kreuchnerus.

Hic Spiritus, licet suspicione adulterationis Olei Vitrioli non careat, satis tamen gratus est, & usui Medico inserviens; subri­lissimus, & penetratissimus est inter omnes Spiritus acidos Minerales: hinc potenter attenuat, resolvit, [Page 193] & aperit; Sudorem & Ʋrinam movet, & Lithontripticus est. Con­servat à Putredine; hincque fre­quens ejus usus in Peste, Febribus Malignis, & Exanthemate. Dosis est, à scrupla semis ad scruplam unam, in Liquore aliquo appro­priato.

VI. Spiritus Nitratus.

℞ Spiritus Nitri rectificati un­cias sex, Alcohol Vini uncias octo­decim; digerantur simul per tres dies, tunc distilles per Retortam vitream in Arena, ad siccitatem, terque repetatur; & reservetur ad usum.

In Colico dolore nihil est prae­stantiùs, quia saepe hic Affectus ex Pituita, & glutinosis, & flatulen­tis Humoribus ortum habet. Hoc autem Arcanum suo illitu, discutit, disperdit quicquid frigidum est, glutinosum, & flatulentem. Dis­solvit & emollit quoscunque Tumo­res frigidos, duros, & scirrhosos. Hoc Menstruum temperatissimum est, & ad Tincturas multorum Ve­getabilium extrahendas. Ardores Sanguinis sistit, compescendo furo­rem Sulphureum, & Salino-vola­tilem in Sanguine contentum. Pi­tuitam tenacem potenter incidit; ac proinde in Obstructionibus sol­vendis prodest. Saburram calculo­sam corrodit & comminuit, & per Diuresin expellit. Ac quia Acidum summe volatile est, potenter atte­nuat; & Diureticus, Febrifugus, Antipleuriticus, & Anticolicus est. Valet contra Pestem, arcet Putredinem, extinguit Sitim, & convenit nimiis Humorum Ardo­ribus, Febribus ardentibus & ma­lignis, penetrante totum Corpus. Hincque infinitis Morbis utilis est. Edulcorari Saccharo potest, [Page 194] ut fiat instar Syrupi; & tum ad cochleare semis exhiberi potest. Dosis aliàs est, à guttis decem ad sexaginta, in Cerevisia, Vino, aut aliqua Aqua appropriata. Inservit­que etiam pro Menstruo in paranda Tinctura Coralliorum: fitque ex hoc, Aurum Potabile, Elixir Pro­prietatis, Tinctura Opii, vel Guttae Vitae, & Liquor Catharti­cus.

VII. Spiritus Salis Philosophicus.

℞ Salis uncias sedecim, Olei Vitrioli rectificati uncias octo, Aquae quantum sufficit ad dis­solvendam Salis communis; in­fundatur Vase distillatorio, de­in distillatur; sic primo prodit Phlegma, secundo Spiritus Aci­dus, quem feorsim serva; infun­da in Retorta vitrea, & distilla in Arena ad siccitatem usque: Spiritus acidus penetratissimus est, qui est Spiritus Salis com­munis. Oleum vero Vitrioli co­agulabitur in Retorta, cum Al­cali Salis communis. Recipe hu­jus Spiritus acidi uncias quatuor, Salis (in Aqua soluti) uncias duas; misce, distillaque in Are­na, ut antea; sic prodibunt unciae sex; & hoc in infinitum potest repeti; ita ut fine ullis sumpti­bus Spiritus hic in promptu esse possit. In fundo remanebit Sal coagulatum, ex quo fit Sal Mirabile, ut postea declarabi­tur.

In Chymia, & Tincturarum [Page 195] extractionibus, plurimi est usus: praecipitat omnia soluta in Aqua­forti vel in Spiritu Nitri, Ace­to, &c. quae praecipitata, laevissima & albissima fiunt. Insuper omnia Olea foetida corrigit, & foetorem tollit. Aperit, refrigerat, maxime­que adversatur Pesti. Sitim ex­tinguit, Febribus convenit, & effervescentiam Sanguinis sedat. Gratioris saporis est, & minùs violentus, quàm est Spiritus Salis vulgariter distillatus. Ʋrinam mo­vet, Calculum pellit, Sudorem ciet, & praeservat â Putridine: hinc Febribus malignis & contagiosis conducit, imprimis Saccharo edul­coratus. Solvit Solem, tanquam ejus Menstruum. Dosis, à scrupla semis ad scruplam unam; vel ad gratam aciditatem, in poculo Vini, ulteriusve liquoris.

VIII. Spiritus Cornu Cervi, compositus.

℞ Rasurae Cornu Cervi libram unam, Succini, Tartari albi, ana libram semis; Retortae terreae vel vitreae indantur, & in Igne aperto vel in Arena, distilla, primò lento Igne, augendo ad quartam usque gradum; & pro­dibit primo gradu Phlegma, cum secundo Oleum, cum tertio Sal volatile: continuetur Distillatio per horas quinque aut sex, donec nil ampliùs prodeat; & habebi­tur in Recipiente Massa, ex Phle­gmate, Oleo, & Sale volatili con­rlata; magna quoque pars Salis volatilis sub forma Nivis adhaere­bit lateribus Recipientis, quod debet esse amplum, & maximê quadrans ad collum Retortae: Ole­um separatur à Spiritibus, & Sale,

Vim admirabilem habet Spiri­tus Sudorificam, unde usus in Febribus malignis, contagiosis, & Peste; in Morbis Ʋteri, Obstru­ctionibus Viscerum, & Affectibus Melancholicis. Egregium est Me­dicamentum, praesertim in omnibus Morbis per Sudorem curabilibus. Exhibetur in Mensium Obstructioni­bus, & reliquis Affectibus Ʋteri­nis; in Epilepsia, Apoplexia, Para­lysi, Lethargo, aliisque Nervorum obstructionibus, atque in Morbis ma­lignis; & in Morsu Animalium Venenatorum, insuper est Antidoton. Concretum Sanguinis dirimit ac dissolvit. Dosis, à guttis decem ad scruplas duas, plusve, in Ve­biculo convenienti.

IX. Spiritus Salis Armoniaci.

℞ Salis Armoniaci libram unam, Salis Alcali vel Cinerum Clavellatorum libras duas; exactè inter se conterantur, & in Cu­curbitam vitream conjiciantur; eisque affundantur Aquae com­munis librae tres: leni Igne di­stillentur, cum Recipiente vi­treo satis amplo, cujus junctura bene quadrat ad collum Distilla­torio: distillaque donec unciae duodecim circiter, plusve prodi­erint, tum cessa: Si Calcem vi­vam loco Salis Alcali adhibueris, multo fugacior elicitur Spiritus: distillentur simul per Retortam vitream in Arena positam, Igne satis l [...]ni. Sic primò prodit Sal volatile in forma sicca, secundò Spiritus liquidus simulcum phle­gmate, in quo Sal volatile dissol­vitur: Spiritus prolectus in Vitro arctissimè clauso reservetur.

Sensus omnes acuit, Spiritus Animales refovendo & multipli­cando. Pathemata omnia Cerebri, Cordis, Ventriculi, Hepatis, Lie­nis, Matricis, & Nervorum sanat. Ʋteri omnes Affectus tutissimè tollit, & fertilitatem inducit: Circulationem Sanguinis promovet, Obstructiones reserat, Febribus Ter­tianis, Quartanis, & Quotidianis medetur; Peste, Paralysi, Apo­plexiae, Epilepsiae, & Passionibus Hystericis succurrit; Diaphoresin, Diuresin, & Menstrua promovet: penetrantissimus est instar Pana­caeae in Medicina, quibuscunque Mor­bis inserviens. Dosis, à guttis decem ad scruplas duas.

X. Spiritus Mirabilis.

℞ Aquae-fortis simplicis, seu Spiritus Nitri non rectificati, Spi­ritus Vitrioli, ana libram unam; misce, benè Vas agitando.

Arcanum est summum in Colica curanda, Febre Quotidiana, Ter­tiana, & Quartana, Arthritide, Ischiadico dolore, Nervorum & Musculorum contractionibus, & Paralysi particulari membri ali­cujus, & totius Corporis, admotum membris externè, & assumptum ex Arte interne. In omnibus Doloribus acutissimis frigidis & calidis, ubi prae vehementia Homi­nes ferè exanimantur; praecipuè in dolore Colico, Nephritico, Pleu­rilicis, & Podagrico, nihil est in rerum praestantius; qued in­temperiem partium omnium, & Humores acres & pungentes at­temperat & alleviat. Tumores omnes frigidos & scirrhosos dis­cutit & emollit, exteriùs illinendo, propter suum Spiritum aethereum [Page 198] qguem continet, qui penetrando fri­didos illos Humores, & tartareos tissolvit. Sumitur ad quantita­em drachmae semis, plus-minusve; um Jusculis, Aquis, & Syrupis Morbo appropriatis & convenien­tibus.

XI. Spiritus Opii compositus.

℞ Succi Pomorum libras de­cem, Opii Thebaici libram unam, misce, & dissolvatur; addantur Sacchari librae duae & semis, Caryophyllorum, Croci Anglica­ni, ana unciae quatuor; radicis Serpentariae, Corticis Winterani, ana unciae tres; Nucis Moschatae, Zinziberis, ana unciae duae; Fer­menti Cerevisiae libra semis: crassiusculè contusa & mixta, fermententur simul in digestione per tres vel quatuor dies; posteà adde Spiritus Vini libras duode­cim; tune in Alembico, Igne nudo, vel in Balneo Mariae di­stillentur: Spiritus evocatus, Sac­charo purissimo edulcoretur.

In vitiis Pectoris, Tussi, Asthma­te, imbecillitate Ventriculi, Colica, Torminibus Ventris, &c. bonum est Medicamentum. Mirabilis est ope­rationis, & ad curandum Phthisin, sanandum Ʋlcera Pulmonum, ex­pertissimus. Praeterea Pleurilicis, Suspirosis, Arteriacis, Empyacis, seu Purulenta excreantibus peculia­riter & efficacirer opitulatur. So­po iferum est & Anodynum Medica­mentum, Sudores prolicit, aliis Medicamentis mixtum. Astringit, unde convenit in Diarrhxa, Dysen­teria, caeterisque Fluxibus, omni­busque Humorum profluviis; in sedandis omnibus etiam acutis­simis à quacunque causa subortis [Page 199] doloribus, & inquietudinibus im­modicis; uti Phrenitis, Mania, stupendum est Medicamentum, gratam inducens tranquillitatem. Varias & egregias habet faculta­tes, Spiritus insuper in Syncopticis recreat, & mirabiliter restaurat. Dosis, à drachma una ad quatuor, plus-minusve, in Vino, vel alio Vehiculo adapto.

XII. Spiritus Sulphuris per Distil­lationem; vulgò, Ens primum.

℞ Retortam tubulatam ter­ream, aut saltem perforatam; injiciatur per vices, five cochlea­ria, pulvis ex Sulphuris & Nitri partibus aequalibus factus. Sic Vapores incensi cum impetu fe­runtur in Recipiens vitreum; quod amplissimum esse debet, continens aliquid Aquae purissi­mae, & cujus junctura cum collo Retortae sit tantum leviter ob­turata. Consumpto cochleariuno, ingeratur alterum, idque con­tinuetur quamdiu libitum fue­rit. Sic accipietur, una cum quibusdam Floribus, Spiritus acidus penetrantissimus, Spiritui Campanario hand absimilis, sine­que dubio tamen aliquid acidi Nitri in se continens, quod Va­pores rubicundi demonstrant. Si solum Sulphur, absque Nitro, ingeratur, faeliciter non succedit Operatio; quia Sulphur non fa­cile accenditur, atque ideò pau­lum vel nullum Spiritum aci­dum, sed Flores multi suppedi­tat; etiamsi leviter tantum jun­cturae sint clausae.

Sudorem valdè movet, Menses ciet, Alvum lenissimè solvit, Ne­phriticum est insigne, omnibus Pectoris Vitiis succurrit, ut & Tussi, Phthisique, praecipuè si ulte­riùs elaboretur cum Melle: utilis est Asthmaticis, Catarrhosis, Ob­structionibus inveteratis, caeteris­que Morbis Viscerum. Attenuat, incidit, aperit, & siccat. Morbis Ʋteri, Colicae, Pesti, Febribus ardentibus & contagiosis convenit. Effervescemiam Sanguinis mitigat, Putrefactionem arcer, Vermes ne­cat; viresque easdem cùm Ole [...] Sulphuris habet. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas, vel ad gratam acidi­tatem, in Vehiculo appropriato.

XIII. Spiritus Ʋniversalis Clauderi.

℞ Cinerum Clavellatorum libram unam, Aquae communis libras sex; stet per horam unam, & aliquoties agitetur pro melio­re dissolutione: huic Solutioni injice Salis Armoniaci pulve­rizati libram semis, vel paulò plus; agitetur itidem aliquando pro plenaria Salium in Aqua defluxu, & quidem in Vase ob­turato, ne partes volatiles eva­porent: postea filtretur per Chartam emporeticam, & serve­tur ad usum.

Deobstruit, omneque Acidum ob­errans in Corporemitigat & infrin­git, recreatque Spiritus in univer so Corpore, Circulationem Sanguinis promovet, Cachexiam Mulierum tollit, Sudores adjuvat, Putredini resistit, & Passionibus Hystericis medetur; Pituitam tenacem po­renter incidit, ac proinde in ob­structionibus [Page 201] Mensium, Capitis gra­vedine, palpitatione Cordis, Pleu­ritide, & Ventriculo Fermento suffocato, maximarum est virium, & instar Panacaea in quibuscunque Morbis, & Febribus, per Sudorem curabilibus, esse potest. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas, in Aquis vel Syrupis appropriatis. In Operatio­nibus Chymicis, summi est usûs in Extrahenda Anima (quae est Es­sentia subtilissima) Vegetabili­um, Mineralium, Metallorum, & Animalium, praecipuè Sulphureo­rum, &c.

CHAP. LIX. Of SPIRITS.
1. The Cordial Spirit.

℞ WInter's Cinamon ℥ xij. Jamaica Pimento ℥ viij. Rosemary-leaves ℥ vj. Snakeroot, Angelica-root, a. ℥ iv. Grains of Paradise, English Saffron, a. ℥ ij. Seeds of Anise, Carawaies, Fennel, Coriander, Pepper long and white, a. ℥ j. Spring-water lbxxiv. recti [...]ed Spirit of Wine lbxx. the ingredients being grossly cut and [Page 190] bruised, mix, and infuse them in the Liquor for four days; then distill all in an Alembick with its Worm, drawing off sixteen quarts; to which add of the purest white Sugar-candy in fine pouder lbiij. dissolve, strain, and keep it for use.

It wonderfully comforts the Brain, Stomach, and Heart, and all their functions: stops Ca­tarrhs, and preserves from the Apoplexy, Epilepsy, and Lethar­gy; it is of great use in all cold Distempers of the Head, both in­wardly and outwardly used; it is singular good against the Vertigo, Palsy, Convulsions, and Trem­blings; and I commend it in these cases, as a most admirable Medicine: it is good against Swooning and Fainting, Palpita­tion of the Heart, Pain at Sto­mach, and Sickness thereof: it prevails against Phlegm in the Ventricle and Bowels; and is of great force in all great Diseases proceeding from Cold: it re­stores lost Strength, and com­forts the Principal Members. Dose, à ʒ ij. ad ℥ j.

2. Spirit of Wine Cam­phorated.

Spirit of Wine lbviij. Saf­fron, Cochinele, a. ʒ iv. mix, and make a Tincture, in which dis­solve Camphir ℥ xvj. and keep it for use.

It is Diaphoretick and Ano­dyn, and is used in many Diseases both hot and cold: outwardly, it is of very great use in the Gout, [Page 191] and all cold Diseases of the Joints; it gives ease, and cures the pains of the Teeth and Ears; and is good against the Vertigo, Palsy, Trembling, and other Dis­cases of like kind, which it cures to a Miracle. Inwardly, it it given against the Colick, à ʒ ij. ad vj. in some proper Vehicle, which it quickly and wonderfully cures.

3. The Sulphurated, or Vitriolated Spirit.

Spirit of Wine rectified lbviij. Oil of Sulphur or Vitriol ℥ xvj. mix, and digest; then distil by Retort in Sand, and keep the Spirit for use.

It is indeed a powerful and pleasant Remedy against fainting of the Heart, and weakness of the Stomach, and prevails against Poison, being taken in Wine: it also strengthens the Heart, and comforts the Stomach: it loosens the too strict jointing of the Blood, by virtue of its Spirit and dissolved Salt; which dissolves all coagulated substances: for which reason it is a most excellent thing against the Stone and Gra­vel, being given in Hydropiper-Water: it is also a singular, and most excellent Medicine for sim­ple Wounds, and such as are poi­soned; as also in all sorts of Ulcers. It prevails against the Plague, and Pestilential, as also Malign Fevers: it quenches Thirst, and provokes Urine. Dose, à ʒ ss ad ʒ j. in Wine or Broth.

4. Basil's Spirit of Wine.

Rectified Spirit of Wine, of the best Oil of Salt, ana; mix them by shaking the Vessel well. By this Spirit, a Tincture may be drawn out of Gold.

It is one of the chiefest Se­crets against Poison, and the true and only Bezoartick Remedy against the Infection of a Pestife­rous Air, for which purpose, no­thing is more efficacious; and it is also the chief, both Presérva­tive and Curative, of the very Plague it self: it presently and powerfully cures simple Wounds, of what kind soever; becoming as it were a stupendious Miracle of Nature, because of its mighty Balsamick power, contained in its Oil, Sale, and Spirit. Dose, à gut. xij, ad xxiv. or to an agreeable and pleasant acidity.

5. Spirit of Nitre.

What quantity you please of Nitre, dissolve it in common Wa­ter, so much as to make it a very strong Brine or Pickle: take of this Pickle lbiv. Oil of Vitriol lbj. put them into a Cucurbit, and distil in Sand; so will you have first a Phlegm, then an acid Spirit of Nitre, which gather by it self: distil to driness, the Nitre remain­ing in the bottom. Or thus, ℞ Nitre lbij. Oil of Vitriol recti­fied lbj. mix them: put them in­to a Retort, and with a gradual increase of the Pire, distil to dri­ness; so you will have a very strong Spirit of Nitre, and in the bottom you will have a Nitre Vitriolate, which Kreuchner calls its Es­sential Principle.

This Spirit, tho' it may be su­spected to be adulterated with the Oil of Vitriol, yet it is suffi­ciently grateful, and of good use in Physick; it is most subtil and penetrating, of all the acid Mineral Spirits; and therefore [Page 193] powerfully attenuates, resolves, and opens; it causes Sweat and Urine, and breaks the Stone. It preserves from Putrifaction; for which reason, it is of frequent use in the Plague, Malign-fevers, and Small-pox. Dose, à ℈ ss. ad ℈ j. in some appropriate Liquor.

6. A Nitrated Spirit.

Rectified Spirit of Nitre ℥ vj. rectified Spirit of Wine ℥ xviij. digest them together for three days; then distil in a glass Retort in Sand, repeating the Distillation three times; and then keep it for use.

There is nothing more power­ful in the World against the Co­lick, because this Disease often­times arises from Flegm, or gluti­nous and flatulent Humours: and this Arcanum, by even Bathing with it, discusses and disperses all kinds of cold, glutinous, and flatulent Matter. It is a kind of temperate Menstruum, and of good use for extracting the Tin­ctures of several kinds of Ve­getables. It quiets the Fer­mentation of the Blood, and allays the rage of its Sulphu­reous and volatil Saline parts: it powerfully cuts tough Phlegm, and therefore is profitable in opening Obstructions: it dis­solves Gravelly Matter, breaks the Stone, and expells it; and as it is one of the highest or greatest volatil Acids, so it is powerfully attenuating and di­uretick; a great Antifebritick, Antipleuritick, and Anticolick. It is good against the Plague, resists Putrifaction, quenches Thirst, and prevails against the violent Fermentation of the [Page 194] Humors, burning and malign Fe­vers; by reason of its penetra­tion thro' the whole Body: for which cause sake, it is said to be profitable against many Dis­eases. It may be sweetned with Sugar, and made like a Syrup, and so given about half a spoonful at a time. Otherwise, the Dose is, à gut. 10, ad 60. in Beer, Ale, or Wine, or some other appropriate Liquor. This Preparation may be of use as a Menstruum in prepa­ring Tincture of Coral: and there­with may be made also Aurum Potabile, Elixir Proprietatis, Tin­cture of Opium, or our Guttae Vitae, and a Cathartick Potion.

7. Philosophick Spirit of Salt.

Salt ℥ xvj. rectified Oil of Vitriol ℥ viij. Water a suffi­cient quantity to dissolve the Salt; put them into the S [...]i [...]latory and distill: in the first place the Phlegm comes forth, after that the Acid Spirit, which keep by its self; put them into a glass Retort, and distil in Sand to driness: this Acid Spirit is very penetra­ting, and the true Spirit of the Salt. The Oil of Vitriol will be coagulated in the Retort, with the Alcali of the common Salt. Take of this acid Spirit ℥ iv. new Salt ℥ij. which dissolve in a sufficient quantity of Water; mix them, and distil in Sand, as before; so will you have six ounces of Spirit; and this you may repeat infinitely, producing the Spirit with all imaginable ease, and without any charge. In the bottom, a co­agulated Salt will remain, of which is made Sal Mirabile, as shall afterwards be declared.

In Chymistry, and the extra­ction [Page 195] of Tinctures, it is of much use; it precipitates all Solutions in Aqua fortis or Spirit of Nitre, Vinegar, &c. which Precipitates it makes very fine and white. It very much corrects all foetid Oils, and takes away their stink­ing. It opens and cools, and is a mighty thing against the Plague. It quenches Thirst, pre­vails against Fevers, and quiets the violent ardors of the Blood. It is more grateful in taste, and less violent than the Spirit of Salt distilled after the vulgar manner. It provokes Urine, breaks the Stone, moves Sweat, and preserves from Putrifaction; for which reason it is good against malign and contagious Fevers, being first sweetned with Sugar. It dissolves Gold, as its proper Menstruum. Dose, à ℈ ss.ad j. or to a pleasant acidity, in a glass of Wine, or of some other liquor.

8. Spirit of Harts-horn, compound.

Raspings of Harts-horn lbj. Amber, white Tartar a. lbss. put them into an earthen or glass Re­tort; distil, and with a naked Eire, or in Sand; first, in a gentle heat, then augmenting it to the fourth degree; so will you have first the Phlegm, then the Oil, and lastly the volatil Salt: continue the distillation five or six hours, 'till no more will come forth; in the Receiver you will have a mass, consisting of Phlegm, Oil, and vola­til Salt, looking almost like Snow, and adhering to the sides of the Receiver; which ought to be very large, and exactly fitted to the neck of the Retort: separate the Oil from the Spirit and Salt.

This Spirit is a most excellent Sudorifick, for which cause it is of use in malign and contagious Fevers, and in the Plague; in Diseases of the Womb, Obstru­ctions of the Bowels, and Dis­eases proceeding from Melan­choly. 'Tis a famous Medicine, chiefly in all Diseases curable by Sweating. It is given against Obstruction of the Terms, and other Affects of the Womb; a­gainst the Falling-sickness, Apo­plexy, Palsy, Lethargy, and other Obstructions of the Nerves, as also in malign Diseases. It is a powersul Antidote against the Bitings of Venemous Creatures. It breaks and dissolves the Coa­gulation of the Blood; and is given à gut. 10, ad 40. and more, in some convenient Vehicle.

9. Spirit of Sal Armoniack.

Sal Armoniack lbj. Sal Alcali, or of Pot-ashes lbij. mix them well together by beating them in a Mor­tar, put them into a Cucurbit, and affuse thereon fair Water lbiij. distil with a gentle Fire, into a very large Receiver, which may fit very well to the neck of the Stillatory: distil till about ℥xij. or more may be come forth, then give over. If in the place of the Pot-ashes, you use Quick­lime, you will have a Spirit much more subtil and volatil. Let them be distilled by a Retort in Sand, with a very gentle Fire. So will you have, first, a volatil Salt in a dry form, then a liquid Spirit mixed with the Phlegm, in which some volatil Salt is dissolved: the di­stilled Spirit keep in a Glass close stopped.

It quickens all the Senses, by increasing and comforting the Animal Spirits. It is good in all the Dissaffections of the Brain, Heart, Stomach, Liver, Spleen, Womb, and Nerves. All Diseases of the Womb it safely removes, and is good against Barrenness: it facilitates the Circulation of the Blood, opens Obstructions, and cures Quotidian, Tertian, and Quartan Agues. It is preva­lent against the Plague, Palsey, Apoplexy, Falling-sickness, and Passions of the Womb; it pro­vokes Sweat, Urine, and the Courses: it is indeed a power­ful Medicine, and like a Panacaeae or All-heal, serving for all kinds of Diseases. Dose, à gut. x, ad xl.

10. The Wonderful Spirit.

Simple or common Aqua­fortis, or Spirit of Nitre not recti­fied, Spirit of Vitriol, a. lbss. mix them well together, by shaking the Vessel.

It is a great Secret in curing the Colick, Quotidian, Tertian, and Quartan Fevers, the Gout, Sciatica, Contractions of the Si­news and Muscles, and the Palsy, not only of any particular mem­ber, but of the whole Body, being outwardly applied, & in­wardly taken according to Art. There is nothing more powerful to ease all sorts of sharp and vehement Pains, whether hot or cold, which for their vehemency cause the Sick to faint, or die away; chiefly such as arise from the Colick, Stone, Pleurisie, and Gout; for that it qualifies and alleviates the intemperature of all the Parts, and abates the acrimony and pungency of the [Page 198] Humors. It discusses all cold and scirrhous Tumors, and softens them, by outwardly bathing therewith; by virtue of its thin aetherial Spirit which it con­tains, and by which it penetrates those cold and tartarous Humors, and dissolves them. It is taken to the quantity of ʒ ss. more or less, in Broth, Waters, or some convenient and proper Spirit.

11. Spirit of Opium compound.

Juice of Apples lbx. The­bean Opium lbj. mix, and dis­solve; then add Sugar lbij ss. Cloves, English Saffron, a. ℥ iv. Snake-root, Winter's Cinamon, a. ℥ iij. Nutmegs, Ginger, a. ℥ ij. Ale-yest lbss. being grossly bruised, let them be mixt together and fer­mented, by digesting them three or four days: after which add Spirit of Wine lbxij. and distil in an Alembick, either with a naked Fire, or in B.M. the distilled Spirit dulcifie with treble-refined Sugar.

It is a good thing in Diseases of the Brest, Coughs, Asthma's, Weakness of the Stomach, Co­lick, Gripings of the Guts, &c. It is of an admirable operation for the cure of the Phthisick, and heals Ulcers of the Lungs, for which it is approved by ex­perience. Besides, it is a singular help for such as are troubled with the Pleurisie, difficulty of Breathing, straitness of the Aspe­ra Arteria, Empyema, or spit Pu­rulent matter. It is a Medicament which induces Sleep, and gives ease in Pains; and being given mixt with other Medicines, it causes Sweat. It is of a Binding quality, for which reason it is profitable in a Flux or Loosness of [Page 199] the Bowels, a Bloody-flux, and all other Fluxes of the Belly; as also all other overflowings of the Hu­mors, and in easing of all pains, even the most acute, arising from what cause soever, giving rest and quietness; so that in a Phrensy, Madness, and continual Watchings, it is found to be a most transcendent Medicine. It has many and wonderful facul­ties; for it revives the Spirits in Swooning-fits, and admirably restores. Dose, â ʒ ij, ad ℥ ss. more or less, in Wine, or some other proper Vehicle.

12. Spirit of Sulphur, by Di­stillation; vulgarly called, Ens primum.

A tubulated Retort, or one at least perforated, put into it by degrees, or spoonfuls, a pouder made of equal parts of Sulphur and Ni­tre, which being inflamed, the Va­pours will be driven with violence into a glass Receiver, which ought to be very large, containing some fair Water, and stopped in the jun­cture to the neck of the Retort: one spoonful being consumed, another is to be put in, and this to be continued so long as you please. So have you (together with some Flowers) an acid penetrating Spi­rit, not much unlike to that made per Campanam; but without doubt containing in its self somewhat of the acid of the Nitre, which the reddish Vapours demonstrate. If Sulphur only were used or put in, the Operation would not succeed so happily; because the Sulphur is not easily kindled, or made to flame; and therefore little or no acid Spi­rit, but many Flowers will come forth: the juncture also is only gently to be stopt.

It powerfully provokes Sweat and the Terms, moves the Belly, and is a famous Nephritick; it is good in all Diseases of the Brest and Lungs, as the Cough and Phthisick, more especially if it be dulcified with Honey: it is profitable in Asthma's, Catarrhs, inveterate Obstructions, and other Diseases of the Bowels. It makes thin, cuts, opens, and drys, and is of good use in Diseases of the Womb, in Colicks, the Plague, as also in vehement burning and contagious Fevers. It quiets the effervescency of the Blood, resists Putrifaction, kills Worms, and has the same virtues with Oil of Sulphur. Dose, à ʒ j, ad ij. or to make the Vehicle have a pleasant acidity.

13. The Universal Spirit of Clauder.

Pot-ashes lbj. fair Wa­ter lbvj. let them stand for an hour, often shaking the Glass, for the better dissolution of the Ashes: to this Solution put Sal Armoniack in pouder lbss. or a little more; shaking it also sometimes, for the better dissolving of the Salts in the Water; which let be in a Ves­sel close stopt, that its volatil parts may not evaporate: after­wards let it be filtred thro' brown Paper, and kept for use.

It opens Obstructions, and corrects and destroys every irre­gular Acid in the Body, chears the Spirits thro' the universal Man, and promotes or facilitates the Circulation of the Blood, takes away a Cachexia in Women­kind, provokes Sweat, resists Putrifaction, and cures Diseases of the Womb: it powerfully [Page 201] cuts tough Phlegm, and for that cause provokes the Terms, eases the Head-ach, helps the palpita­tion of the Heart, and is profita­ble against the Pleurisy, and a suffocative Ferment of the Sto­mach, Fumes, Vapours, &c. in all which cases it is wonderfully prevalent; and a kind of Pana­caea, in almost all Diseases and Fevers, which are possible to be cured by Sweating. Dose, à ʒ j, ad ij. in some proper Water or Syrup. It is of singular use in Chymistry, in Extracting of Tin­ctures, or the Soul, (which is the most subtil Essence) of Vegeta­bles, Minerals, Metals, and Ani­mals, chiefly the Essence of their Sulphurs, &c.

CHAP. LX. De OLEIS Distillatis.
I. Oleum Seminum Anisi.

℞ SEminum Anisi contusorum libras decem, Aquae fon­tanae libras octoginta, Salis com­munis libram unam, Salis Clavel­latorum libram semis; macera in loco calido per novem dies, distillaque per Vesicam aeneam cum Refrigeratorio serpentino; tunc separetur Oleum ab Aqua.

In dolore Colico corroborat, & Flatus discutit, Calculo sive Ne­phritico maximè conducit. Dosis, in Vehiculis appropriatis, ad guttas sex. Externè egregium Anodynum est; in Podagra, & Chiragra, ex causa frigida, & omnibus doloribus [Page 202] ex eadem, Spasmo, Convulsionibus, & Paralysi praevalebit, si Partes affectae inungantur cum eo, simpli­citer, vel hac in mixturâ:Olei Anisi guttas triginta, Olei de Ben, vel Olivarum guttas quadraginta­quinque; misce.

II. Oleum Caryophyllorum.

℞ Caryophyllorum grosso mo­do tusorum libras duas, Aquae fontanae libras viginti, Cinerum clavellatorum uncias duas; in­dantur in Vase figulino, & dige­rantur in Infusione per dies se­ptem: dein imponantur in Vesi­cam, & distillentur cum Refrige­ratorio serpentino, & habebis Olei uncias quatuor. Vel, distil­lentur in Retortam vitream in Arena positam, leni Igne, sed tamen ad ebullitionem Materiae ad mediam partem. Oleum ab Aqua separetur. Aquam faecibus reaffunde, distilla ut ante; sic de­nuo Olei copia prodit, quod ut ante separetur. Tertiò denuo re­affunde, & procede ut ante, semper ad medietatem distillan­do; sic omne prodit Oleum, Ca­pite restante mortuo inutili.

Confert frigidis Ventriculi Mor­bis, & Imbecillitati Hepatis, Cor­dis, Cerebri, & Intestinorum, à causa frigida; Melancholiam dissi­pat, & crassos Humores clarificat. Memoriam acuit, Lypothymias sol­vit; imprimis vero, Apoplexiae, Paralysi, & Lethargo medetur. Stomachicum est egregium, Cor roborat, & Flatus discutit. Dosis, à guttis duabus ad sex, plusve, in Vehiculis appropriatis.

III. Oleum Cerae.

℞ Cerae flavae libram unam, fluat in Patella terrea, tunc ad­misce Arenae cribratae libras duas, ab Igne remove, & per­petua agitatione sinito refrige­rari: antequam autem indure­tur, formentur Globuli, dein in­jiciantur Retortae vitreae, repone­que ad distillandum in Arena, Igni secundi & tertii gradus, id­que per horas duodecim. Sic primò prodibit Phlegma aquo­sa; secundò, Oleum subtilius fluidum; tertiò, Oleum butyro­sum. Singula Olea seorsim ex­cipi queunt, si libitum fuerit. Re­cipe Oleum hoc butyrosum, quan­titatemque Arenae, ut satis est; misce; idque per Cucurbitam vitream ex Balneo Mariae recti­fica, Igne lento, & exit Oleum liquidum, clarum, aurei coloris Phlegmati suo innatans, Arte ab eo separandum. Ex Cerae libra una, uncias duodecim Olei ex­trahes.

Liquidum intra Corpus sumitur ad guttas sex, plusve; ad Conso­lidationem partium Ruptarum, Dysenteriam, &c. Resolvit, atte­nuat, penetrat, emollit, discutit; ac propterea utile est Apostematibus duris, & Tumoribus frigidis. Sanat Fissuras Papillarum in Mammis Mulierum, & Doloresearum miti­gat. Vulnera eliam recentia conso­lidat, si ea bis de die inungas. Confert & in Ambustis, Cicatri­zans est summum, citissimè Ʋl­cera Carne replet. Internè, Colicos dolores sedat, Flatus discutit, at­tenuat, incidit. Pro insigno habetur Diuretico, est enim partium subti­lium, & valdè penetrans. Buty­raceum externè tantum usurpatur, [Page 204] ad Defluxiones Brachiorum, Cru­rium, Nodos, Paralysin, Arthriti­dem, &c. calide eo partem in­ungendo. Vim habet anodynam, & emollientiam; unde Tumoribus inservit leniendis.

IV. Oleum Baccarum Juniperi.

℞ Baccarum Juniperi grosso modo quassatarum libras decem, Salis communis uncias decem, Spiritus Salis cum Oleo Vitrioli praeparati uncias quinque, Aquae pluvialis libras bis-centum; in­dantur in Vesicam, & digeran­tur simul per decem, plusve dies: dein distillentur in Alembico serpentino Stanneis, aut cum Igne aperto, vel Arenâ; sed leni primò, & tamen ad ebulli­tionem materiae ad mediam par­tem. Oleum distillatum ab Aqua separa per Tritorium; Aquam faecibus denuô reaffunde, distilla iterùm; sic denuò Olei copia prodit, quod ut ante separa: cohobatur Aqua tertiò, semper ad medietatem distillando, ut supra.

Calefacit, emollit, discutit, aperit, mundificat, & consolidat; Cardiacum, Neuroticum, & Ne­phriticum est, depurans massam Sanguineam, eamque à corruptione praeservans. A [...]que exteriùs loco veri Balsami usurpari potest, in omnibus Ʋlceribus cacoetheis, insa­nabilibus, foetidis, Fracturis, Con­tracturis, membris Refrigeratis, Paralyticis, & Convulsivis. Ne­phriticis doloribus summopere con­venit: [Page 205] Ʋrinam & Menses movet: Obstructiones per universam San­guinem tollit: Colico dolori mede­tur: Arenas & Calculos pellit. Dosis, à guttis tribus ad decem.

V. Oleum Limonum & Aurantiarum.

Fiunt per distillationem ex Aurantiis & Limonibus putre­scentibus, cum magna Aquae quantitate, in Vesica aenea, cum Alembico & Refrigeratorio ser­pentino, secundum Artem.

Vires easdem habent cum Oleo Rosmarini & Lavendulae, atque Stomaohicum sunt, & Flatus dis­cutiunt, Sudores movent & Men­ses, attenuant & incidunt; diure­ticum sunt, acre, & valdè pene­trantes; sunt enim partium subti­lium & penetrantium. Valent ad Convulsiones Nervorum, & alios ejusdem Affectus. Dosis, à guttis tribus ad decem.

VI. Oleum Macis per Expressionem.

℞ Macis, vel Nucum Moscha­tarum quantum vis, contunde crassè, eásque ita contusas illiga arctè Panno lineo, eumque in Vase vitreato appende; quod de­mittatur, seu demergatur in Ahe­num ferventis Aquae, unde per­calesiat Aroma; deinde Praelo subjectum fortiter exprime: nam hoc pacto copiosius emanat Oleum. Quidam Macem, vel Nu­cem Moschatam crassum in Pul­verem redigunt, & Aqua Vitae aspergunt, diu Balneo in longo Vase coquunt; setaceo excepta, Laminis calidis exprimunt.

Valet in Stranguria, & quicun­que à Frigiditate ortum habuerint, Morbis. Calidae est facultatis, ideóque commodus ejus usus est in Colica à causa frigida, & Catar­rho in Capite descendente: confor­tat Cor, Ventriculum, & Matri­cem; in Tremoribus Cordis, ex timore, aut ex Vesicae obstructione, aut Matricae, maximum auxilium praestat. Extrinsecùs, Lentis aut Pisae instar Ori Ventriculi inun­ctum, mirificè ipsum corroborat; deglutitum mediocriter calefacit, & Anhelitum commendat, illitum Veneris tentiginem excitat; Sto­machicis quoque frigidâ & humi­dâ intemperie laborantibus condu­cit. Dosis, à scrupla semis ad scruplam unam, vel semidra­chmam. Haec Olea dico, in genere, esse, & substantiis suis, ad persa­nandas Dysenterias, Lienterias, & Diarrhoeas, spectando qualitates roborantes, confortantes, & astrin­gentes, plus praestare, quàm elicita per Aquam: His Oleis si debit am quantitatem Aquae affuderis, & distillaveris, vix quartam, ne di­cam sextam partem Olei distillati colliges, residuo in fundo remanente: quod residuum, putà Oleum, vir­tute suà adstringente & consi­stentiâ priori magis solidum, multò efficacius experimur in Dys­enteria, quàm illud quod cum Aqua exstillarat. Haee Olea insu­per ob soliditatem, Basis sunt pro conficiendis omnis generis Balsamis, lege Artis distillatis, Oleis essentia­libus pro specie Balsami dispen­sandi: cumque his Balsama debi­tam [Page 207] recipiunt Consistentiam, nec rancida aut unctuosa evadunt; sed intra Corpus commodè, & citra nauseam assumi possunt.

VII. Oleum Philosophicum.

℞ Nitri purissimi uncias duas, inde in Crucibulo, quod repone in Ignem circularem, donec flu­xerit instar Aquae; tum succes­sivê injice frustulum Carbonis igniti, expectando, donec hoc sit consumptum, fietque magna effervescentia & strepitus; quo cessante, iterum injice frustulum simile, & sic continua, donec, non ampliùs fluat Nitrum, sed incrassatum, nec ampliùs accen­datur; sed exiccatum colore vi­ridi remaneat, quod fit spatio semihorae. Haec massa durissima, sicca, & virescente, rectè erit Nitrum fixatum & alcalisatum. Recipe Nitrum hoc fixatum, sol­vatur in quantitate Aquae fer­ventis, solutum filtretur, colatu­ra evaporetur in Vitro evapo­ratorio ad siccitatem usque; & relinquetur in fundo Sal acer­rimum, scilicet Nitrum fixatum depuratum: Hoc Sal in Orbe vitreo, aut terreo vitreato, repo­natur in locum frigidum & hu­midum, ut in Cellam, & relin­quatur tamdiu, donce per deli­quium solutum fuerit in liquo­rem limpidum: hic decantetur, & servetur ad usum; est enim Liquor Nitri sixi, sive Alcahest Glauberi.

Hic Liquor est Menstruum uni­versale, [Page 208] commune solvens, & ce­leberrimum Alcalinum, in omni­bus tribus solvendis Regnis, Ve­getabili, Animali, & Minerali: immediatê regno Vegetabili & Animali, mediatè verò regno Minerali; ubi nempe Mineralia priùs à Menstruo acido in calcem sunt redacta. Imprimis tamen Vegetabilia resolvit, atque ita aperit, ut postea commodè, bene­ficio Alcohol Vini, genuina Tinctu­ra elici queat. Nempe, cùm omnia Sulphura concreverint bene­ficio Acidi, Alcahest hoc, quod naturae alcalinae est, destruendo Acidum partes sulphureas recludit, atque ita vinculum eorum infrin­git, ut partes integrae separari possint, aliis instrumentis. Super­funditur rebus contusis vel con­quassatis, Gummique pulverizatis, ut Pulvis bene madefiat, digeri­turque per diem & noctem, Vase aperto, ad siccitatem usque: tum super affunditur Alcohol Vini, ad aliquot digitorum transversorum supereminentiam. Fiat iterum di­gestio lenis per horas duas; sic Alcohol particulas resoluti corporis in se recipit, & nobis novas re­rum Tincturas & Essentias offert. Tum sensim effunditur Tinctura: fitque iterum digestio super Mag­matem per diem & noctem unam: atque iterum Alcohol Vini novum affunditur, & proceditur sicut an­tea, donec tota Tinctura sit exhausta, & Alcohol Vini non ampliùs tin­gitur. Aclahest recuperare. Mag­mati affundatur Aqua pura, di­geratur per noctem, postea filtre­tur per Chartam, tumque eva­poretur ad siccitatem usque: reli­ctumque Alcahest reverberetur, reverberatum solvatur Aquâ purâ, [Page 209] filtreturque per Chartam, & eva­poretur ad siccitatem: hocque iterum solvatur per deliquium, sic recuperabitur Alcahest, eritque incorruptibile.

VIII. Oleum Rosmarini compositum.

Fit per distillationem ex Ros­marini partibus tribus; Laven­dulae, Salviae, Pulegii, ana, parte una, cum magna Aquae quanti­tate, in Vesica aenea, cum Re­frigeratorio suo serpentino, se­cundum Artem; sic habebis Aqua & Oleum, quod separa: coho­batur Aqua super Rosmarinum novum, distilletur, & separetur Oleum: iterum super Rosmari­num novum, &c. cohobatur Aqua, distillaque ut supra, sem­per ad medietatem; sic omne Oleum prodit, quod ab Aqua separetur, & reservetur ad usum.

Hoc Oleum penetrantissimum est & volatile; potenter resolvit, penetrat, aperit, & dissipat; unde infinitis Morbis, ut Pesti, Apople­xiae, Epilepsiae, Lethargo, Scorbuto frigida ex causa, Colicae, Hemi­cranio, Cephalaeae, Vertigini, Para­lysi, Convulsionibus, Arthritidi, & aliis Morbis Neuroticis me­detur. Lenit dolores Podagricos ab Humoribus frigidis exortos. Be­zoardicum & Sudorificum est, Putredini resistit, habeturque pro magnorum Morborum remedio. Do­sis, à guttis duabus ad sex vel septem.

IX. Oleum Succini.

℞ Fragmentorum Succini quantum vis, imponantur Re­tortae terreae, & distillentur per [Page 210] Arenam, sensim augendo Ignem, ad quartum usque gradum: sic prodit primò Phlegma, seu Spi­ritus Succini; secundò, Oleum flavum; tertiò, Sal volatile; quartò, Palsamum crassum. Spi­ritus & Oleum Infundibulo se­parentur. Spiritus acidus per se rectificatur; at Oleum cum Cineribus clavellatis, vel Sa­le communi. Rectificari potest etiam, super propriam Caput mortuum optimè calcinatum: sic triplex prodit Oleum; pri­mò, aloum; secundò, flavum; tertiò, rubrum: singula seorsim excipiantur, Recipiente mutato.

Oleum Flavum (dixit Begui­nus) Sacrum olim appellatum fuit, ob [...]aires ejus eximias, quas cum per se, tum aliis mixtum praestat; ut in Epilepsia, Apoplexia, Melancholia, Spasmo, Vertigine, Paralysi, Peste, Calculo, Deflu­xionibus Capitis frigidis, Cordis palpitationibus, Animi deliquiis, Iétero, difficultati Respirandi, Dysuriis, Partu difficili, Ʋteri strangulationibus, Mensium reten­tionibus, fluore Matricis albo, Vermibus, &c. Sudores movet & Menstrua, calefacit & siccat, Ʋrinas pellit, Gonorrhoeam curat, & Specificum est in Lethargo, Naribus & Temporibus inunctum. Hoc tam internis quam externis usihus dicatum est. Externè Ar­thritidae vagae, Paralytici, Apo­plectici, & omnibus affectibus fri [...]idis succurrit, si membra eo inungantur, addità sequenti mix­turâ. ℞ Olei Succini dra­chmas quatuor, Tincturae Casto­rei drachmas tres, Camphorae drachmam unam & semis: misce. Olei Dosis, à guttis duabus [Page 211] ad sedecim, & viginti. Salis volatilis, à granis quatuor ad quindecim; at potentiores vires habet.

X. Oleum Sulphuris.

℞ Campanam vitream ido­neam, in superiori parte perfora­tam (priusque madefactam Aquâ purâ;) accipe etiam Sulphuris vivi quantum vis, liquefiat in Olla terrea vitreata; liquefactum incendatur Prunâ candente, vel Ferro ignito, & Campanae ipsi supponatur. Sulphur deflagrans aliquoties Bacillo moveatur, ne in superficie crustam acquirat, quae flammam suffocaret. Sul­phuri deficienti Sulphur recens infundatur liquefactum; & quò magis lata Ollae superficies est, eò melius operatio procedet. Haec operatio tamdiu continue­tur, donec quantitate Spiritum, five Oleum nactus fueris. In summitate verò Campanae haeret Pulvisculus levissimus, qui di­citur Flos Sulphuris. Facta est operatio cum Spiritu Nitri, vel Sale Nitri: qui processus videa­tur apud Schroderum.

Vires easdcm cum Oleo Vitrioli possidet, nisi quod hoc non tam adstringens sit, & gratius etiam gustui. Ego etiam puto ommes Spiritus acidos in Mundo esse Spi­ritum Vitrioli, sed aliter modifi­catum; atque magis, Spiritus Sulphuris, propterea in se Sulphu­ris magnam continet quantitatem Vitriolum. Prodest in Febribus ardentibus, Sitim extinguit, Hu­morum putredini resistit, crassos & viscidos incidit, effervescen­tiam Sanguinis mitigat. Insuper [Page 212] Pulmonis & Thoracis affectibus convenit, Putrefactionem arcet, Vermes necat, Sudorem & Ʋri­nam movet; Angini, Pleuritidi, Colicae, Tussi, Pesti, Morbisque contagiosis medetur. Statum Na­turalem optimè conservat. Dici­tur Helmontio facere ad longam Vitam, conservari Fermentum Ventriculi, Sanguinem depurare, & reddere incorruptibilem. Dosis, ad guttas viginti, plus-minus, in Vehiculo appropriato.

XI. Oleum Tartari per deliquium.

Oleum hoc fit per Deliquium, ponendo Tartarum ad albedi­nem calcinatum in Cella vel alio loco humido, donec resolvatur in Oleum, quod postea filtran­dum. Parari etiam potest, si Sal Tartari in Aqua dissolvatur & filtretur.

Potenter resolvit, attenuat, aperit; Ʋrinam & Calculum optimè pellit, Menses ciet, Acidum in Corpore Humano mortificat & destruit, Alvum laxat. Optimum est remedium in omnibus Serpigi­nibus, Ʋlceribus, Tinea, Scabie, Verrucis, &c. praecipuè si mix­tum cum Floribus Sulphuris & quantitate Cinnabaris proportio­nali. Vim habet diaphoreticam, sive sudorificam; unde usus in Febribus malignis, Peste, morbis Ʋteri & Renum, Melancholi­cis, &c. Massam depurat Sangui­neam, eamque à corruptione prae­servat, reseratque Obstructiones internas; conducitque Scorbuto, Epilepsiae, Apoplexiae, Scrophulae, [Page 213] aliisque sexcentis Morbis ab Aci­do oriundis. Dosis, à dra­chma una ad duas, plus mi­nusve.

XII. Oleum Terebinthinae.

℞ Terebinthinae communis quantum vis, vel libras duas; distilla illam ex Cucurbita vi­trea humiliori, in Arena, donec incipiat strepere, tum desiste, & Liquorem duplicem in Reci­piente contentum serva ad usum: qui in fundo haeret, est Spiritus acidus vel Phlegma; qui verò huic innatat, Oleum Terebin­thinae album dicitur. Vel sic: ℞ Terebinthinae quantum vis, deinde in Vesicam aeneam, cum Refrigeratorio, Aqua propemo­dum repletam: distilla; sic elicitur Spiritus, qui Aqua inna­tabit, & per Balneam Mariae rectificari poterit, aut repetitis distillationibus, instar Spiritus Vini exaltari: ex libris tribus Terebinthinae accipies uncias octo. Vel. sic: ℞ Terebinthinae quantum vis, distilla eam per se, lenissimo Balnei vapore, ob­structis probè omnibus forami­nibus: exsudabit Oleum, seu Spiritus longè subtilissimus, ut­pote qui in manu exhaltare possit. Ex una libra Tere­binthinae vix unciam unam ac­cipies. Reliquum auctiori Igne distillatur ad usus vulgares.

Eximium Remedium in Gonor­rhaea, insigneque Diureticum est. Tussim & Phthisin curat, Venenis pestilentialibus resistit, Ʋrinam provocat, Calculum & Arenas pellit, Stranguriam, & Ʋlcera Vesicae sanat; Nerv [...]sas partes [Page 214] aperit & confortat. Sanguinem coagulatum dissolvit, Ʋterum pu­rificat, ac propterea suffocationi Matricis valdè utilis est. Ex­trinsecus in Paralysi, Doloribus à causa frigida, Convulsionibus Ner­vorum, & Contusionibus maxi­mus ejus usus, & Balsami veri vires aemulatur. Dosis, à guttis octo ad viginti.

XIII. Oleum & Spiritus Vitrioli.

℞ Vitrioli Hungarici vel An­glici libras quinque, imponatur Ollae in medio Igne ad calci­nandum; viz. donec omnis humiditas abscedat, & Olla in­ferius pene candefacta est, Vi­triolumque vapores ferè nullos ampliùs emittit, sed flavi appa­rebit coloris, vel ad albedinem. Vase vel Ollâ refrigerato, fra­ctâque, eximatur Vitriolum, (quod erit tres circiter li­brae) & pulverizetur: pulveri­zatum deinde Retortae impona­tur, huic operationi convenien­ti, apposito magno Recipiente, quò majus, cô melius, lutatis optimè juncturis; & Igne nu­do, primò leni, donec vapores albi appareant; ita enim exu­dat portio Phlegmatica cum Spiritu volatiii Vitrioli. Ignem successivè auge, quousque Retor­ta probè candere incipiat: sic enim transit Spiritus Vitrioli acidus. Tandem Ignem urge ad summam violentiam, & incan­descentiam usque; sic enim transibit in Vas recipiens Oleum Vitrioli rubicundum, corrosivum­que valde. Ignem verò per horas viginti quataor isto tenore fove [Page 215] ad ultimam Liquoris egressio­nem, (dicitur autem singula Vitrioli libra, horam tantum unam requiret:) & obtinebis, si benè operatum fuerit, libra Olei una, vel plus, valdeque fortis, secundum Vitrioli boni­tatem; quod in usum repone. Omnibus refrigeratis, quodeun­que distillatum est, in Cucurbi­tam altam, vel Phialam longio­ris colli conjice, & Igne lenissi­mo, Spiritum volatilem Vitrioli collige; reliquum Retortae vi­treae committatur, & Phlegma mediocri Igne auferatur; quod subsequitur, Spiritus Vitrioli aci­dus: remanente in fundo Oleo Vitrioli acerrimo, valdeque pon­deroso.

Spiritus volatilis & sulphu­reus Vitrioli, Epilepsiae, Apople­xiae, Paralysi, & omnibus subita­neis Affectibus medetur, qui ex Spirituum suffocatione proveniunt. Refrigerat, adstringit, Phlegma tenacium incidit, Appetitum pro­stratum instaurat, obstructiones Mensium & Mesenterii faeliciter resolvit, praecipuè si hoc Menstruo, Elixir Proprietatis elaboratum fuerit. Stomachum roborat, valet ad extinguendos Ardores febriles, & summum est Aperiens, si cum Julapiis, Claretis, similibus­que Vehiculis frequenter exhibetur. Dosis, ad gutras quindecim, plus­minusve.

Oleum virtutes easdem habet, Sitim extinguit, Humorum putre­dini [Page 216] resistit, & per Ʋrinas & Poros cutaneos operatur; Phle­gma consumit, crassos & viscosos Humores incidit, languentem Ap­petitum excitat. Inservit etiam parando Sulphuri narcotico Vitrio­li, & etiam distillando Spiritui Salis Glauberiano, & elaborandis Chymicorum multis Arcanis; fixat omnia Volatilia, Sulphura Mi­neralium & Metallorum extrahit, omnia Salia volatilia retinet, & à faga cohibet; Metallaque cor­rodit. Aperit, & Putredini re­sistit, Febres extinguit, Vomi­tum extergit, omnibusque Morbis calidis, Febribus malignis & con­tagiosis, Pesti, & Affectibus pe­stilentialibus medetur. Causticum est, & Catheraeticum insigne in Ʋlceribus; quia momento Pu­trefactionem destruit. Dosis, à guttis duabus ad sex, vel de­cem, plus-minus, in Vehiculo ad­apto.

CHAP. LX. Of OILS Distilled.
I. Oil of Aniseeds.

ANiseeds, which bruise, lbx. fair Water lblxxx. com­mon Salt lbj. Pot-ashes lbss. di­gest in a warm place for nine days; and then distill in a copper Vesica with its Worm; after which sepa­rate the Oil from the Water.

It strengthens the Bowels in the Colick, discusses Wind, and is prevalent against the Stone, or pain in the Reins. Dose, in some proper Vehicle, ad gut. vj. Out­wardly, it is an excellent Ano­dyn; anoint with it in the Gout [Page 202] of the Hands and Feet, proceed­ing from a cold cause, and in all other Pains arising from the same reason; in Cramps, Convulsions, and Palsies, it is of great use. You may use it either by it self, or in this Mixture. ℞ Oil of Aniseeds, gut. xxx. Oil of Ben, gut. xlv. mix them.

2. Oil of Cloves.

Cloves grossly bruised lbij. fair Water lbxx. Pot-ashes ℥ij. put them into an earthen Vessel, and digest by Infusion for seven days; then put them into a Vesica, and distil with a Worm; so will you have ℥ iv. of Oil. Or, you may distil in a glass Retort in Sand, with a gentle Fire; but so that the Matters may boil, drawing off one half part. Separate the Oil from the Water. Cohobate the Wa­ter upon the Faeces, and distil as before; so will much Oil come forth: again cohobate the third time, and distil as before; always drawing off the one half by which means you will obtain all the Oil, an unprofitable Caput mortuum only remaining behind.

It is good against cold Dis­eases of the Stomach, and Weak­ness of the Liver, Heart, Brain, and Bowels, arising from a cold cause; it dissipates Melancholy, and purifies gross Humors. It sharpens the Memory, and is good against Swooning-sits, but principally against the Apo­plexy, Palsey, and Lethargy. It is a most famous Stomatick, com­forts the Heart, and discusses Wind. Dose, à gut. ij, ad vj. or more, in some fit Vehicle.

3. Oil of Wax.

Yellow Wax lbj. melt it in an earthen Pan, then mix with it sifted Sand lbij. remove it from the Fire, and stir it conti­nually till it is cold: but before it is grown hard, make it up into little Balls, which put into a glass Retort, and distil in Sand with a Fire of the second and third degree, and that for the space of twelve hours: So will you have, first, a watery Phlegm; secondly, a fluid subtil Oil; thirdly, a butter-like Oil. The Oils may be taken each by themselves, if you so please. Take the butter-like Oil, and a sufficient quantity of Sand; mix them; and then rectifie by a glass Cucurbit in B.M. with a gentle Fire; so will the Oil come forth liquid, clear, and of a golden colour. Sepa­rate it from its Phlegm according to Art. Thus will you have from lbj. of Wax, about ℥ xij. of Oil.

The liquid Oil is taken in­wardly, to vj. drops, or more; for the healing of Carnosities, Ruptures of the Vessels, Bloody-fluxes, &c. It resolves, attenuates, penetrates, softens, and dis­cusses; and therefore is of good use in hard Apostems and cold Tumors. It heals Fissures or Chaps in the Nipples of Womens Breasts, and eases their Pain. It heals also green Wounds, if they be anointed with it twice a day. It is good against Burnings, and is the principal of all Cicatri­zers; and quickly fills Ulcers with Flesh. Inwardly, it eases the pain of the Colick, discusses Wind, attenuates, and incides. It is a [Page 204] famous Diuretick; for it con­sists of subtil parts, and is very penetrating. The butter-like Oil is only for external use, and is good against Defluxions of Hu­mors upon the Arms and Legs, Nodes, Palsies, Gouts, &c. being anointed warm upon the Part. It has an anodyn and emollient virtue and power, for which reason, it is of good use to soften hard Tumors.

4. Oil of Juniper Berries.

Juniper-berries grossly bruised lbx. common Salt ℥x. Spirit of Salt made with Oil of Vitriol ℥v. Rain-water xxv gallons: put all into a copper Vesica or Body, and digest for ten days or more; then distil in an Alembick with its pewter Worm, either with a naked Fire, or Sand­heat; which at first let be very gentle, but afterwards augment the Fire to a boiling heat, distilling off the one half; separate the Oil from the Water by a Separating­vessel: the Water cohobate again upon the faeces, and distil again; so will you have more Oil, which separate as before; and again re­peat this work the third time as before; always distilling till the one half of the Liquor is drawn off.

It warms, softens, discusses, opens, cleanses, and heals; is Cordial, Neurotick, and Nephri­tick, purifying the mass of Blood, and preserving it from corruption. And outwardly it may be used in place of the true Balsam, in all foetid and ma­lign Ulcers, and such as are difficult to cure, in Fractures, Contractures, Benummed mem­bers, Palsies, and Convulsions. [Page 205] It is profitable in Nephritick pains after an admirable man­ner: it provokes Urine and the Terms: removes Obstructions through the whole mass of Blood: cures the Colick: and expels Gravel and Stone. Dose, à gutt. iij, ad x.

5. Oil of Limons and Oranges.

They are made by distillation, from Oranges and Limons putrified, adding a great quantity of Water, in a copper Vesica, with its Alem­bick and Worm, according to Art.

They have the same virtues with Oil of Rosemary and La­vender, are Stomatick, and dis­cuss Wind, provoke Sweat and the Terms, attenuate and incide: they are diuretick, pungent, and very penetrating; because they are of subtil and penetrating parts. They are good against Convulsions of the Nerves, and other Affects of the same. Dose is, à gut. iij, ad x.

6. Oil of Mace by Expression.

Mace or Nutmegs, as much as you please, bruise them grossly, and tie them up firmly in a linen Cloth; hanging it in a glazed Ves­sel, which let down, or sink into a copper Vessel of boiling Water, whereby the Spice may be made throughly hot; then putting the matter into a Press, and pressing strongly out, you will have a good quantity of Oil. Some reduce the Mace or Nutmegs into a gross Pou­der, which they sprinkle with Aqua Vitae, then boil them in a long Vessel in Balneo, for a good while; after which they take them forth, and whilst hot, press forth the Oil in a Press, between hot Plates full of holes.

It is good against the Strangu­ry, and all Diseases which arise from Cold. It is of a hot nature, and therefore is of good use in the Colick from a cold cause, as also in a Catarrh falling from the Head: it comforts the Heart, Stomach, and Womb; and gives great relief in a Palpitation or Trembling of the Heart, coming from fear, or from obstructions of the Bladder or Womb. Out­wardly, the quantity of a Lentil or Pease, being anointed upon the Mouth of the Stomach, won­derfully strengthens it; and in­wardly taken, it warms, and is good against shortness of Breath; anointed on the Yard, it stimu­lates Venus, or excites Lust; it is good for a Stomach afflicted with cold and moist Humors. Dose, à ℈ ss. ad ℈ j. or ʒ ss. These Oils, considering their strengthning, confortative, and astringent qua­lities according to their kind, are in their own substances more powerful, than those which are drawn with Water by Distillati­on, for the cure of the Dysentery, Lientery, and Diarrhoea. If to these Oils, a fit quantity of Water is put, and then they be distilled, you will scarcely get a quarter part (I say not a sixth part) of the distilled Oil, the rest remaining in the bottom: which residence, to wit, of Oil, being of a more astringent virtue, and more solid consistence than the former, we have found experimentally to be more efficacious in the Bloody-flux, than that which is distilled with Water. Moreover, these Oils made by Expression, by reason of their solid consistency, are the Ba­sis, [Page 207] for making all sorts of Balsams; by dispensing Essential distilled Oils, (by the Rule of Art) accord­ing to the species or kind of the Balsam. And by the mixture of these Oils, Balsams obtain their just Consistency, and neither grow rank or greasy; but may be given inwardly into the Body, with pleasure, and without the least nauseousness.

7. The Philosophick Oil.

Fine Nitre ℥ij. put it into a Crucible, which place in a cir­culary Fire, 'till it runs thin like Water; then successively cast in live pieces of Charcoal, which will make a great effervescency and noise, which ceasing, put in more pieces of Charcoal in like manner, and so continue 'till it will flow no more, but grow thick and fixed, and ceases to be kindled, and being hardned becomes of a greenish colour; which will be done in about half an hours time. This hard mass, dry, and of a greenish colour, is truly a fixed and alcalizate Nitre. Take this fixed Nitre, dis­solve it in a sufficient quantity of boiling Water, filter the solution, which evaporate away in a proper glass Vessel to dryness; and in the bottom you will have a very sharp Salt, to wit, a depurated fixed Nitre: Put this Salt into a glass Vessel, or an earthen one glaz'd; set it in a cold and moist place, as a Cellar, leaving it so long there, 'till it melts and runs into a thin clear liquor: this decant, and keep for use, as the Liquor of fixed Nitre, or Glauber's Alcahest.

This Liquor is an universal [Page 208] Menstruum, a common dissolvent, and most celebrated Alcali, in dissolving all things in the Vege­table, Animal, and Mineral Kingdoms: immediately, in the Vegetable and Animal kingdom, but mediately in the Mineral; where namely in the Mineral the matter is first thro' the help of an acid Menstruum reduced to a calx. First then, it resolves, and so opens Vegetables, as after­wards with ease, the genuine Tinctures may be drawn forth by the help of the Alcohol of Wine, which is of an alcaline nature, and destroys the Acid which shuts up the sulphureous parts; and so breaks its chains, as to make a perfect separation of the parts, without any other help. It is put upon things bruised, and Gums poudred, so as to make them through moist, and digested for 24 hours in an open Vessel, even to dryness; upon which is affused the Alco­hol of S.V. so much as to overtop it some inches: make again a gentle digestion for 2 hours: so will the S.V. extract into it self the particles of the dissolved body, and give us a new Tincture and Essence of the matter. Then gently pour off the Tincture, and make another digestion upon the faeces for 24 hours: decant, and affuse new S.V. and digest again as before, 'till all the Tin­cture is drawn forth, and the Al­cohol of the Wine will be no longer tinged. To restore, or reco­ver the Alcahest. To the magma or faeces put fair Water, digest for a night, filter thro' brown Paper, and evaporate to dryness: [Page 209] the Salt remaining, reverberate, and dissolve again in fair Water; filter again thro' Paper, and eva­porate to driness, as before; and then let it dissolve per deliquium, so will the Alcahest be recovered or restored, and be incorruptible.

8. Oil of Rosemary compound.

It is made by distillation, from fresh Rosemary three parts; Lavender, Sage, Peniroyal, ana one part; with a sufficient quantity of fair Water, in a copper Still or Alembick, with its Refrigeratory and Worm, according to Art; so have you Water and Oil, which separate: cohobate the Water upon new Rose­mary, &c. distill, and separate the Oil; and again cohobate the same Water upon other fresh Rose­mary, distilling as before; (always to the one half) so will all the Oil come forth; which separate, and keep for use.

This is a very penetrating and volatil Oil; it powerfully re­solves, penetrates, opens, and dissipates; by which means, al­most infinite Diseases are cured; as the Plague, Apoplexy, Epi­lepsy, Lethargy, Scurvy from a cold cause, Colick, Megrim, old Head-ach, Vertigo, Palsy, Con­vulsions, Gouts, and other Dis­eases of the Nerves: it eases Gout-pains, arising from cold Hu­mors. It resists Putrefaction and Poison, and is Sudorifick, and is truly a remedy, even for great Diseases. Dose, à gut. ij, ad vj. vel vij.

9. Oil of Amber.

Pieces of Amber, as much as you please, put them into an earthen Retort, and distil in Sand, leisurely [Page 210] leisurely augmenting the Fire, even to the fourth degree: so will you have first a Phlegm, or Spirit of Amber; then, a yellow Oil; after that, a volatil Salt; and lastly, a thick Balsam. Let the Spirit and Oil be separated with a Fun­nel. Rectifie, the acid Spirit by it self, but the Oil with Pot-ashes or common Salt. It may also be rectified upon its own proper Caput mortuum, being first well calcined: so will you have, first, a white Oil; then, a yellow; lastly, a red: which take apart, by changing the Receiver, and keep by them­selves.

This Yellow Oil, saith Beguinus, was accounted of old as a thing Sacred, because of its extraordi­nary virtues (whether given by it self, or mixed with other things) in the cure of the Fal­ling-sickness, Apoplexy, Melan­choly, Convulsions, Vertigo, Palsy, Plague, Stone, cold Ca­tarrhs, palpitation of the Heart, Swooning, Jaundies, difficulty of Breathing, Dysury, hard La­bor, Hysterick-fits, stoppage of the Courses, Whites, killing Worms, &c. It provokes Sweat and the Terms, heats and drys, expels Urine, cures a Gonorrhoea, and is a Specifick in the Le­thargy, being anointed upon the Nostrils and Temples. And is used both internally and exter­nally. Outwardly it is good against the running Gout, the Palsy, Apoplexy, and all affects from a cold cause, if the parts affected be anointed therewith thus commixed: ℞ Oil of Amber ʒiv. Tincture of Castor ʒ iij. Cam­phir ʒ j ss. mix them. The Oil is [Page 211] given à gut. ij, ad xvj. & xx. The volatil Salt à gr. iv, ad xv. having the same virtues, but more powerful than the Oil.

10. Oil of Sulphur.

A Glass-Bell, of a fit shape and bigness, having a hole or passage quite through the upper parts moisten it before-hand with fair Water; then take Sulphur vive q.v. melt it in a glazed earthen Pot or Pan; then set it on fire with a live Charcoal, or a red­hot Iron, putting it directly under the Bell: the deflagrating Sul­phur often stir about with an iron Rod, lest it gets a crusty substance on its top, which may put out the flame. The matter being consumed, put on more melted Sulphur; the broader the mouth of the Pan, the better will the operation be done; which is so long to be continued, till you have gor­ten a sufficient quantity of Spirit or Oil. In the top of the Bell you will have a very light Pouder, which is called Flos Sulphuris, The operation is sometimes done with Spirit of Nitre, or Sal-Nitre; the process whereof you may see in Schroder.

It has the same virtues with Oil of Vitriol, saving that this is not full out so adstringent, and of a more grateful taste. But truly I think all acid Spirits in the World to be Spirit of Vitriol, but after a different manner; or rather a Spirit of Sulphur, because Vitriol con­tains in it self a great quantity of Sulphur. It is good in burn­ing Fevers, quenches Thirst, resists Putrifaction, cuts thick and viscous Humors, and allays [Page 212] the boiling or effervescency of the Blood. It is of excellent use in affects of the Brest and Lungs, taking away the putrid matter; it kills Worms, and provokes Sweat and Urine. It cures the Quinsy, Pleurisy, Colick, Cough, Plague, and other contagious Diseases. It conserves the Natural state of the Body; and is ac­counted by Helmont to be good for the prolongation of Life, to uphold the Ferment of the Sto­mach, to purifie the Blood, and make it incorruptible. Dose, ad gut. xx. more or less, in a proper Vehicle.

11. Oil of Tartar, made by melting or dripping.

This Oil is made by melting or dripping, putting the Tartar (calcined to whiteness) into a Cellar, or other moist place, till it resolves it self into an Oil, which is afterwards to be filtrated. It is also made by dissolving Salt of Tartar in Water, and then filtring that Water.

It powerfully resolves, attenu­ates and opens, and admirably brings forth both Urine and Stone, provokes the Terms, ab­sorbs and overturns the Acid in Man's Body, and loosens the Bow­els. It is a most excellent Reme­dy against Ring-worms, Ulcers, Scald-heads, Scabs, Warts, &c. especially if it be mixt with Flowers of Sulphur, and a pro­portional quantity of Cinnabar. It causes Sweat, for which reason it is of use in malign Fevers, the Plague, Diseases of the Womb and Reins, Melancholy, &c. It pu­rifies the Mass of Blood, and pre­serves it from corruption, opens internal Obstructions, and pre­vails [Page 213] against the Scurvy, Falling­sickness, Apoplexy, Kings-Evil, and multitudes of other Diseases arising from acid Humors. Dose, à ʒ j, ad ij. more or less, as reason requires.

12. Oil of Turpentine.

Common Turpentine, q.v. or lbij. distil it from a low glass Cucurbit in Sand, till it be­gins to make a noise, then cease; so will you have a twofold Li­quor in the Recipient, which keep for use: what falls to the bottom, is the acid Spirit, or Phlegm; but that which swims, is said to be the white Oil of Turpentine. Or thus: ℞ Turpentine q.v. put it into a copper Vesica, with its Refrigeratory, nearly filled with Water: distil; so will you have a Spirit, which will swim on the Water, and may be rectified in B.M. or by repeating the di­stillation, will be subtiliz'd like S.V. from lbiij. of Turpentine, you will have ℥ viij. Or thus: ℞ Turpentine q.v. distil it per se, with the gentle heat of a vaporous Bath, luting well the joints: so will you have a Spirit or Oil, so wonderfully subtil, that put in the palm of ones hand, it may fly away. From lbj. of Turpentine, you will scarcely have ℥ j. of this Oil or Spirit. Distil the remainder, by augmenting the Fire; so will you have the com­mon Oil, for vulgar uses.

It is a famous Remedy against a Gonorrhoea, and a singular Diu­retick. It cures the Cough and Phthisick, and resists pestisential Poison, provokes Urine, and expels Stone and Gravel, helps the Strangury, and heals Ulcers [Page 214] the Bladder. It opens Obstructi­ons of the Nerves, and com­forts them; dissolves coagulated Blood, purifies the Womb, and for that reason is of great force in the cure of Hysterick-fits. Outwardly, it is very powerful against the Palsy, Pains from a cold cause, Bruises and Convul­sions of the Nerves; and is not inferior in virtues to true natu­ral Balsam. Dose, à gut. viij, ad xx.

13. Oil and Spirit of Vitriol.

℞ Hungarian or English Vi­triol lbv. put it into a Pot in the middle of the Fire, to be calcined; viz. so long till all its humidity is wasted, and the Pot below is almost red-hot; the Vi­triol in a manner sending forth no more vapers, but appearing of a yellow colour, or inclining to white­ness. The Vessel or Pot being cooled, break it, and take forth the Vitriol, (which will be about lbiij.) and pouder it; which then put into a Retort proper for this operation, and fit thereto a large Receiver, which the larger it is, the better it is; lute well the juncture, and distil with a naked Fire, first gently, till the vapors appear white; for so a part of the Phlegm, with the volatil Spi­rit of the Vitriol comes forth. Increase the Fire gradually, till the Retort begins to be red-hot; and so will you have the acid Spirit of Vitriol. At length, aug­ment the Fire to the greatest de­gree, even to the highest red-hot heat; so will you have in the Receiver a red Oil of Vitriol, and most vehemently corrosive. Keep the Fire in this state or height for [Page 215] 24 hours, till all the liquor or moisture is come forth, (but some say, that every pound of Vitriol requires but one hour:) so will you have at length, if you have operated well, lbj. of Oil, or some­thing more, but exceeding strong, according to the goodness of the Vitriol; which keep for use. The Fire being gone out, and every thing cooled, take that which is distilled, and put it into a high Cucurbit, or a Bolt-head with a long neck, and with a very gentle Fire draw forth the volatil Spirit of Vitriol; what remains put into a Glass, or glazed Retort, and with a gentle Fire bring forth the Phlegm; what follows after, is the acid Spirit of Vitriol: and there will remain in the bottom, the most sharp and corrosive Oil of Vitriol, and exceeding weighty.

The volatil Spirit of Vitriol, which is of a sulphurcous na­ture, is good for the curing of the Falling-sickness, Apoplexy, Palsy, and all sudden or un­lookt-for Affects, which come from a suffocation of the Spirits. It cools and astringes, and cuts tough Phlegm, restores a decayed Appetite, happily resolves ob­structions of the Womb and Mesentery; more especially, if an Elixir Proprietatis be prepa­red with this Spirit as a Men­struum. It strengthens the Sto­mach, quenches febrile Heats, and is one of the greatest Ape­ritives; if it be frequently given with some proper Juleb, Claret, or other like Vehicle. Dose, ad gut. xv. more or less.

The Oil has the same virtues; it quenches Thirst, resists the [Page 216] putrifaction of Humors, and works by Urine and the Pores of the skin; it consumes Phlegm, cuts tough and viscous Humors, and stirs up a weak Appetite. It is also of use in preparing the narcotick Sulphur of Vi­triol, and in distilling of Glau­ber's Spirit of Salt, as also for the elaborating of many Chymi­cal Arcanums; it fixes all sorts of Volatils, extracts the Sul­phurs of Minerals and Metals, fixes all volatil Salts, keeping them from flying away; and corrodes Metals. It opens, and resists Putrifaction, extinguishes Fevers, stops Vomiting, and cures all hot Diseases, ma­lign and contagious Fevers, the Plague, and pestilential Distem­pers. It is caustick, and a nota­ble Catheretick in Ulcers; be­cause in a moment it destroys the Putrifaction. Dose, à gut. ij, ad vj, aut x. more or less, in some proper Vehicle.

CHAP. LXI. De BALSAMIS.
I. Balsamum Antimonii, Viri peritissimi D. Tho. Gardneri, Chirurgi Regii Primarii.

℞ ANtimonii mineralis, Tar­tari Rhenensis, Nitri crystallizati, ana partes aequa­les, pulverizentur & miscentur; mixtura cochleatim indatur in Crucibulo magno, vel in Olla [Page 217] ferrea; posteà Igne fortissimo probè liquatur massa: dein in Mortario calido immediatè pulverizatur: Pulverem pone in vitri Cucurbito collo longo, cui addatur Oleum Terebinthi­nae ad eminentiam trium vel quatuor digitorum, & in Arena lento Igne digere, quousque Oleum summam contraxerit ru­bedinem; Tinctura decanta, novum Oleum affunde ut prius; illudque continua quousque Tin­cturae totum obtinuisti. Illas verò confundito, & ad me­dietatem, vel Syrupi consisten­tiam evaporato, vel in Retor­ta per distillationem abstraha­tur.

Medicamentum est quod poten­ter per diuraesin educit Tartarum Sanguinis, & efficaciter à Reni­bus Arenas & Calculos expellit. In Hydrope, Podagra, Scrofula, obstructionibus Mensium, specifice exhibetur. Dosis, à scrupla se­mis ad drachmam semis, plus­minus, in Vehiculo appropriato. Externè in omnibus Affectibus frigidis summopere convenit; Po­dagricis doloribus succurrit, si ad drachmas duas Camphorae scruplus unus permisceatur, & loco affecto sub linteo applicetur. Putredini & corruptioni potenter resistit; valetque in Ʋlceribus malignis & inveteratis, in Paralysi & Gan­grena, si linteamina in hoc Balsa­mo madefacta, & madida impo­nuntur partibus affectis.

II. Balsamum Salis Tartari.

℞ Salis Tartari siccissimi & purissimi unciam unam, Spiritus Aceti uncias quatuor; misce, & distilla ex Arena per Retortam vitream ad siccitatem usque: Li­quor omnis quod prodibit, erit insipidus, Aquae instar, quia re­linquetur in fundo cum Sale Tartari omne Aceti acidum. Re­tortâ & Fornace refrigeratis, affunde iterum Spiritus Aceti uncias quatuor, iterumque distilla ad siecitatem usque, & iterum prodibit Spiritus Aceti sub Aquae forma. Continua hanc distilla­tionem tamdiu, (semper affun­dendo novum Spiritum) donec tandem Spiritus Aceti prodeat acidus, talis, qualis fuit affusus: tum e [...]im significatur Sal Tar­tari sufficienti quantitate Aceti acidi impr [...]gnatum, atque sa­turacum. Materiam hanc solve denuò cum Alcohol Vini, filtra per Chartam emporeticam, & Alcohol Vini abstrahe ad sicci­tatem: sic relinquetur in fundo, massa pinguis vel unctuosa, Bu­tyri vel Balsami instar, & saepè repraesentans multa quasi folia, unde fortè nomen, Terra Tar­tari Foliata.

Est insigne Digestivum in Hu­moribus crassis attenuandis & incidendis. Ʋtiliter Potiunculis purgantibus additur pro stimulo, & corrigente. Multis inservit pro Menstruo universali, & Arcano­rum Clave Chymicorum. Sumitur intra Corpus a scruplam semis ad ad scruplam unam, in aliquo liquore, ad obstructiones Visce­rum.

III. Balsamum Camphorae.

℞ Olei Seminum Anisi uncias [Page 219] quatuor, Camphorae uncias tres, Spermatis Ceti albi unciam u­nam; misce, & stent in dige­stione septem dies; tunc co­quantur simul in Vase vitrea, leni Igne, donec ingredientiae perfectae dissolvantur; deinde reponatur Balsamum ad usum.

Internè sumptum, Calculum pellit, Flatus discutit, Colicos dolores sedat; partium enim est subtilium, & vim habet Anody­nam, Obstructiones internas rese­rat, & Sudorem ciet. Externè in omnibus Affectibus frigidis ad­hibetur, ut in Haemicrania, do­lores Capitis & Aurium, & in Ischiade, Arthritide vaga, si pars affecta eo illinatur mane & ve­speri. Vulnera recentia citissimè curat, si parva Cerae quantita­te in formam Ʋnguenti reduca­tur.

IV. Balsamum Sulphuris Rulandi.

℞ Florum Sulphuris uncias tres, Oleum Nucum Juglandi libram unam & semis, Vini ge­nerosi uncias sex; digerantur simul in Aqua calida, saepius agitando ingredientias, & post­modum coquantur simul ad so­lutionem Sulphuris: sic habes Balsamum Diasulphuris Rulandi.

Vermes necat, & valet in Peste, & morbis Pulmonum, ut Tussi, Asthmate, Phthisi, & Mor­bis malignis. Dosis, a gurtis de­cem ad triginta. Externè Ano­dynum est; convenit Ʋlceribus & Inflammationibus repellendis, Fi­ [...]ulis in Ano, Haemorrhoidibus, Arthritidi, &c.

V. Balsamum Sulphuris commune.

℞ Florum vel Lactis Sulphu­ris uncias duas, Olei Terebin­thinae uncias octo; coquantur simul in Vase vitrea in Arena, per horas circiter duas, (spatio octo horarum dixit Beguinus) ut sanguineo rubicundo colore tingatur Oleum, & solvatur Flores Sulphuris. Vel sic: ℞ Flo­res Sulphuris uncias duas, Salis Tartari unciam unam; pulveri­zentur optimè seorsim, dein misce, & liquefiat in Olla ter­rea vitreata, donec obscurè rubri evadant coloris, Hepati similis, unde Sulphuris Hepar dicitur; adde Aquae communis unciam unam; coque Igne sat vehementi ad consumptionem humiditatis, (quo nigrior ap­pareat massa, eò melior) tunc effunde, ut frigefieri queat; frigefacta pulveriza, huic su­perfunde Oleum Terebinthinae uncias decem, coquantur si­mul, &c. ut supra.

Pulmonicum & Thoracicum est; in Phthisi, Tussi, Asthmate, Icte­ro, caeterisque Pulmonum Vitiis, summi usus: Vermes necat & pellit, & leniter Alvum solvit. Dosis, à guttis tribus ad viginti. Hoc ad Ʋlcera maligna sananda utilissimum est; siccat enim exi­mie sine morsu, & roborat. Ano­dynum est insigne, maturativum ac digestivum in Vulneribus par­tium nervosarum. Tartar in Ve­sica caeterisque partibus atterit; Penisque doloribus, excoriationi, & Ʋrinae suppressae medetur. Au­ribus inditum, dolores earundem [Page 221] tollit. Tussim & Catarrham in­veteratam, Syrupo Meconii vel Glycyrrhizae assumptum, elimi­nat.

Eodemque modo Balsamum Sulphuris cum Oleis Anisi, Juni­peri, Limonum, Rosmarini, Suc­cini, &c. factum est.

VI. Balsamum Saturni.

℞ Saccharum Saturni unciam unam, Oleum Anisi, vel bacca­rum Jumperi, uncias tres; mi­sce, & stent in digestione per septem dies, donec Oleum rubi­cundissimo colore tingatur, & Saccharum totaliter solutum sit: ubi solutum, aliud Saccharum adde, quousque solvere nolit ulterius; deinde addantur Cam­phorae drachmae quatuor, ut in eo solvatur.

Mira praestat in Podagra ca­lida & Inflammationibus, & sta­tim sedat omnem dolorem in quacunque Corporis parte, si lin­teolum eo madefactum superpo­natur. Insuper medetur suffusioni­bus, & rubedini oculorum ab acri Catarrho exortis. Convenit Ʋlce­ribus inveteratis, nec-non Tumo­ribus; unde egregii usus in Chir­urgia. Praestans est Remedium in inflammationibus Renum, & Contusionibus; curat Vulnera, ea­demque ab accidenti praeservat, praecipuè si addatur Camphora. Succurrit etiam in Morphaeis, Cancro, & Fistulis, si in Fistulis guttula una vel altera in cavi­tatem instillatur. Si Fistula oria­tur in cantho Oculi, (post exhi­bita mundificantia) statim gutta [Page 222] una vel altera infundatur; ita brevi tempore carne replebis, & cicatricem obduces. In Cancro, & omnibus Ʋlceribus phagedeni­cis, insuper mixtum cum Oleo Oli varum, & tritum, (quousque desinant in Linimentum album) optimum est Medicamentum. In­teriùs exhiberi potest in omni ve­hementiori Haemorrhagia Ʋteri & Vulvae, in fluxu Mensium nimio: itidem in Febribus arden­tibus, Affectibus Renum & Ve­sicae; in Gonorrhoea, ubi, ab acri Fermento Venereo eroditur ductus Ʋrinarius. Dosis, à guttis qua­tuor ad octo, decem, vel duode­cim, plus-minus, in Aquis vel Jusculis appropriatis.

VII. Balsamum Mirabile.

℞ Olei Vitrioli vel Sulphu­ris rectificati, vel potiùs Spi­ritus Nitri perfectè dephlgma­ti unciam unam, Olei Oliva­rum vel Nucum de Ben uncias tres; misce, ac digere pro usu.

Internè convenit hoc Vermi­bus, & omnibus in genere dolo­ribus Viscerum, praecipuè Colicae, quo in Morbo specificum est. Dosis, à granis octo ad sedecim, vel viginti, in Vehiculo adapto. Ex­ternè Anodynum est, doloresque quoscunque mitigat & tolli [...]. Ar­thritidi, omnibus Articulorum affectibus, Tumoribus duris, Ner­vorum vel Musculorum contractio­nibus specificè succurrit, si partes affectae madidis linteis illinantur: [Page 223] meliusque erit si cum uncia Bal­salmi una, Camphorae drachma una dissolvatur.

VIII. Butyrum Antimonii.

℞ Antimonii crudi, Mercu­rii sublimati corrosivi, ana par­tes aequales; terantur in Morta­rio vitreo, exacteque inter se misceantur, conjiciantur in Re­tortam vitream, colli amplio­ris & brevioris; & ex Arena successivis gradibus fiat distil­latio, Igne primo leni, donec Butyrum (liquor glacialis) a­scendere incipiat: dein, aucto Igne, procedit Oleum in frigido coagulans, quod Carbone, seu Pruna adhibita candente circa collum Retortae, in Recipiens propelli debet: in fine distilla­tionis excitetur Ignis suppres­sionis, illumque continua, quo­usque omnes fumi praeterierint, Vasque recipiens clarum evadat. Hac in operatione Sales vitrio­losi, nitrosi, & Sal commu­ne rodunt puriorem Antimonii substantiam, illamque in for­mam coagulati secum vegunt, concrescuntque in Butyri for­ma. Omnibus refrigeratis, Vas recipiens aufer, Liquoremque glacialem, seu Butyrum Antimo­nii, per novam Cucurbitam vi­tream ex Arena rectisica, quo­usque ab omni fuligine & sor­dibus liberatum sit; quo in casu, instar Nivis candidum erit.

Causticum est insigne, & ad miraculum sistit Gangraenam & Sphacelum, si seilicet Plagâ­pennâ, hoc Liquore madefactà, circumscribatur, quem terminum [Page 224] malum transgredi non solet, sed ad miraculum subsistit. Excre­scentias Carnis absumit, Ʋlcerum erodentium & Gangraenae mali­gnitatem corrigit; estque tantum externi usus apud Chirurgos in tollendis partibus corruptis, se­dulam verò requirit manum; cum Pluma pars affecta leviter inun­gitur, vel Ʋlcus serpens circum­ducitur, ne ulterius serpere possit: rarioris est usus per se, nunquam interni; sed exinde fiunt Bezoar­dicum Minerale, & Mercurius Vitae. Hoc Butyrum, non tantum cum acido Nitri effervescat, sed etiam cum Salis alcalicis Tar­tari, Nitri, & similium.

CHAP. LXI. Of BALSAMS.
1. Balsam of Antimony, commu­nicated by that most skilful Ar­tist Dr. Tho. Gardner, the King's Chief Chirurgian.

MIneral Antimony, Rhenish Tartar, and Crystals of Nitre, a. equal parts, pouder them and mix them; put the mixture by spoonfuls into a large Crucible, or Iron Pot; afterwards melt [Page 217] the mass throughly with a very strong Fire: which done, put it out into a hot Mortar, and imme­diately pouder it: put this Pouder into a glass Cucurbit with a long neck, to which add Oil of Tur­pentine, so much as may over-top it three or four Inches, and digest in Sand with a very gentle Fire, till the Oil has extracted a very red Tincture; this Tincture de­cant, and affuse on the magma new Oil as before; and this work continue so long till you have got­ten all the Tincture. Mix these Tinctures together, and evaporate away to the one half, or till the matter is of the consistency of a Syrup; or otherwise abstract it by distillation in a Retort.

It is a Medicine which power­fully by Urine expels the Tar­tar of the Blood, and effectually sends forth Stone and Gravel from the Reins. It is given as a specifick against the Dropsy, Gout, Kings-Evil, and obstru­ctions of the Courses in Women. Dose, à ℈ ss. ad ʒ ss. more or less, in some proper Vehicle. Outwardly, it is of mighty use in all cold Affections, and pre­vails against the pains of the Gout, if with ʒ ij. thereof, ℈ j. of Camphir be mixed, and ap­plied with lint to the place dis­eased. It powerfully resists Pu­trefaction and Corruption, and therefore is of good use in ma­lign and inveterate Ulcers, as also in Palsies and Gangrene, if linen cloths or rags be dipt or moistned with this Balsam, and so prepared, be applied to the parts affected.

2. Balsam of Salt of Tartar.

Very pure and dry Salt of Tartar ℥ j. Spirit of Vinegar ℥ iv. mix, and distil by Retort in Sand to driness; all the humidity which comes forth will be insipid like Water: for the whole acidity of the Vinegar will remain in the bottom, with the Salt of Tartar. Let the Fire go out, and the Retort being cold, affuse ℥ iv. more of Spirit of Vinegar, and distil again, even to driness; so will the humidity even now also come forth insipid like Water: Continue this distillation so long, (always affusing new Spirit) till at length the Spirit of the Vinegar shall come forth as acid as it went in: for then it is manifest that the Salt of Tar­tar is sufficiently impregnated and saturated with the acid of the Vinegar. Dissolve this matter now again with rectified S.V. filter, and abstract to driness: so will you have in the bottom a substance fat and unctuous, like Butter or Balsam, and representing as it were many leaves; from whence possibly the name might come of Terra Tartari Foliata, Foliated Earth of Tartar.

It is a noted Digestive, cutting and attenuating thick Humors; and is profitably used in purging Potions, both as a stimulative and corrective. It is used by many as an universal Menstruum, and the Key of Chymical Arcanums. And is given inwardly, à ℈ss. ad ℈j. in some Vehicle proper for the obstructions of the Bowels.

3. Balsam of Camphir.

Oil of Anisceds ℥ iv. Cam­phir [Page 219] ℥ iij. pure white Sperma Ceti ℥ j. mix, and let them stand in digestion seven days; then boil them together in a glass Vessel with a gentle Fire, till the ingredients are perfectly dis­solved, and keep the Balsam for use.

Internally it is given to ex­pel the Stone, discuss Wind, and ease the pains of the Colick; for it is of subtil parts, and has an anodyn quality, by which it opens internal Obstructions, and provokes Sweat. It is used out­wardly in all cold Affects, as the Megrim, Head-ach, pain of the Ears, Sciatica, running Gout, from cold causes, the parts affected being anointed therewith morning and evening. It speedily cures green Wounds, being made into an Ointment, by adding a little Bees-wax.

4. Rulandus his Balsam of Sulphur.

Flowers of Sulphur ℥ iij. generous Wine ℥ vj. Oil of Walnuts ℥ xviij. digest them together in warm Water, often stirring the ingredients, and afterwards boil them together to the solution of the Sulphur: so have you the Balsamum Diasulphuris of Ru­landus.

It kills Worms, and is good against the Plague, and Dileases of the Lungs; as the Cough, Asthma, Phthisick, and malign Distempers. Dose, a gut. x, ad xx. Outwardly used, it eases Pains, and prevails against Ulcers, abates Inflammations; it is also good against Fistula's in the Fundament, Haemorrhoids, Gout, &c.

5. The common alsam of Sulphur.

Flowers or Lac of Sulphur ℥ ij. Oil of Turpentine ℥ viij. boil them together in a glass Vessel in Sand for two hours, (Beguinus says, eight hours) till the Oil is tinged of a reddish colour, and the Flowers of Sulphur are dis­solved. Or thus: ℞ Flowers of Sulphur ℥ ij. Salt of Tartar ℥ j. pouder them well by themselves; then mix them, and melt them in a glazed earthen Pot, till they become of a dark red colour, like Liver; from whence it is called Hepar Sulphuris, or Liver of Sulphur; add to it fair Water, about an ounce, and boil it with a pretty strong Fire, to the con­sumption of the humidity, (the mass of which, by how much the more black it is, by so much the better it is:) then pour it forth, that it may cool; being cold, pouder it, and affuse thereon Oil of Turpentine ℥x. and boil them together, &c. as above is declared.

It is Stomatick and Pulmo­nick; and of mighty use in the Phthisick, Cough, Asthma, Jaun­dies, and other Vices of the Lungs: it kills Worms, and ex­pels them, and gently loosens the Belly. Dose, à gut. iij, ad xx. It is a singular thing for healing malign Ulcers of the Lungs, be­cause it drys much, without any biting or sharpness, and strength­ens withal. It is a great Anodyn, maturative and digestive in Wounds of nervous parts. It dissolves Tartar in the Bladder and other parts, eases the pain of the Yard, (in making Water) heals its excoriation, and re­moves [Page 221] the suppression of Urine. Dropt into the Ears, it eases their pain. It takes away and cures Coughs and Catarrhs, tho' inveterate; especially if it be taken with Syrup of Poppies, or Syrup of Liquorice.

And after the same manner the Balsam of Sulphur is made, with Oils of Aniseed, of Juniper, of Rose­mary, of Limons, of Amber, &c.

6. Balsam of Saturn, or Lead.

℞ Saccharum Saturni ℥ j. Oil of Aniseeds or Juniper-berries ℥iij. mix, and let them stand in dige­stion for seven days, till the Oil is tinged of a very red colour, and the Saccharum is wholly dissolved: which done, add more of the Sac­charum, so long, till the Oil will dissolve no more; then dissolve therein ʒ iv. of Camphir.

It prevails admirably against a hot Gout in the Feet, and is good against Inflammations; it imme­diately eases all Pain, in what part of the Body soever, if a little lint or linen rags be moist­ned or dipt in the same, and laid on. It is very good in curing suffusions, and redness of the Eyes, arising from a sharp Ca­tarrh. It is good against invete­rate Ulcers and Tumors; for which cause it is of vast use in the practice of Chirurgery. It is a present help in the inflamma­tion of the Reins, as also in the cure of Contusions; it cures Wounds, and preserves them from accidents; more especially if a little Camphir be added thereto. It takes away Morphew, and is good against Cancers and Fistula's; in which last, a drop or two may be instilled into their [Page 222] hollownesses. If the Fistula shall be in the canthus, or corner of the Eye, (after the exhibition of mundificatives or cleansers) im­mediately gut. 1 or 2 may be put into the same, and it will forth­with be filled up with flesh, and healed. In Cancers, and all sorts of phagedenick or eating Ul­cers also, it is a most excellent Medicin; more especially if mixt with Oil-olive, and ground to­gether, till it comes to a white Liniment or Ointment. Inward­ly, it is given in all vehement Hemorrhagies of the Womb and parts dedicuted to Generation, as also in a too great flux of the Terms; in burning Fevers also, and Affects of the Reins and Bladder, and in a Gonorrhoea, where the Urinary ductus is eroded, from a Venereal acrid Ferment. Dose, à gut. iv. ad viij, x, aut xij. more or less, in ap­propriate Waters or Broths.

7. The Wonderful Balsam.

Oil of Vitriol or Sulphur rectified, or rather Spirit of Nitre well dephlegmated ℥ j. Oil-Olive or Oil of Ben ℥ iij. mix, digest, and keep it for use.

Inwardly given, it kills Worms, and gives case in all sorts of pains of the Bowels, but chiefly in the Colick, for which it is a Specifick. Dose, à gr. viij, ad xvj, aut xx. in some proper Vehicle. Outwardly used it is Anodyn, easing and taking away all pains of what kind so­ever. It is a specifick in the cure of the Gout, and all other Affects of the Joints, hard Tu­mors, and contractures of the Nerves and Muscles, the parts [Page 223] affected being anointed with linen rags dipt therein, which may also be applied: and the Medicine will yet be better, if to every ounce of the Balsam a dram of Camphir be added to the same, and dissolved there­in.

8. Butter of Antimony.

Crude Antimony, corrosive Sublimate, of each equal parts; beat them in a glass Mortar, and mix them well into a mass, which put into a glass Retort, having a large, but short neck; distil in Sand with degrees of Fire, first gently, till the Butter or icy Liquor begins to ascend, then increase the Fire; so will you have an Oil, which will coagu­late in the cold; this you must force into the Receiver, by holding to the neck of the Retort some burning Coals: towards the end of the distillation, make a Fire of suppression, and continue it so long till all the fumes cease, and the Receiver becomes clear. In this operation, the vitriolick and ni­trous Salts, and the common Salt, corrode the more pure substance of the Antimony, and bring it with them into a coagulated form. All being cooled, take away the Re­ceiver, and put the icy Liquor into a new glass Cucurbit; which re­ctifie in Sand, till it is freed from all its foulness, and becomes white like Snow.

It is a famous Caustick, and stops the progress of a Gangrene and Sphacelus, even to a miracle; viz. if the circuit round about it be toucht with it, by a Feather dipt in the same, it not only puts a stop to it, but even mira­culously [Page 224] as it were overcomes it. It consumes fleshy Excrescen­cies, and corrects the malignity of eating Ulcers and Inflamma­tions. It is only outwardly used by Chirurgians, in taking away corrupt parts or portions of Flesh, but it requires a very steady and careful hand; let the part affected be gently anointed with a Feather, or the creeping Ulcer surrounded with the same, that it may not creep farther. It is seldom used by it self, never internally; but from thence are made, 1. Bezoarticum Minerale, 2. Mercurius Vitae. This Antimo­nial will effervess, not only with the acid of Nitre, but also with alcalious Salts, as Salt of Tartar, fixt Nitre, and such like.

CHAP. LXII. De ELIXIRIBUS.
I. Elixir Antepile pticum.

℞ CArnis Ciconiarum, Cor­nicum, Corvorum, Hi­rundinum, Lumbricorum, Pica­rum, desiccatae; Cranii Humani grosso modo pulverizati, San­gninis Humani siccati, ana un­cias duas; Spiritus Nitri uncias triginta, misce ac dissolve: dis­soluto addatur Alcohol Vini unciae sexaginta, filtratur, re­ponaturque ad usum. Vel sic: ℞ Carnis Ciconiarum sicca­tae, &c. pone in Retortam, & extrahatur Oleum foetidum & [Page 225] Sal volatile: Oleo & Sali adde Spiritus Nitri quantitatem du­plicem, digere per horas viginti quatuor; dein addatur Alcohol Vini quantitas toti duplex, di­gereque ad usum.

Summo cum successu exhibe­tur contra omnes Epilepsiae species, tam ad digerendam in Epilepti­cis fluidam illam Pituitam (in istis enim hic Humor peccat) na­turalem, calorem illorum confor­tando, & corroborando Cerebrum; quam ad separandos & consu­mendos in Centro acres aut ma­lignos Vapores, qui ascendentes in Cerebrum, hunc causantur Mor­bum in aliis. Valet etiam in Puerorum Epilepsia, quae vitio Stomachi à quadam, vel flatu­lentia, vel Cibi corruptione, vel Vermibus exagitatis obtingit. Su­mitur in aqua Peoniae, florum Papaveris sylvestris, aliove ap­propriato liquore, ante vel post paroxysmum; ita etiam mane jejuno stomacho, & horâ somni. Dosis, à drachma semis ad dra­chmam unam. Contra Paralysin est efficacissimum; singulare refu­gium est in Apoplexia, (datum in principio, & reiteratum per in­tervalla temporis, prout necessi­tas requirat,) in Convulsionibus & morbis Hystericis. Non mino­ris efficaciae est in Hypochondria­cis, aut Melancholia flatulenta; quae variis modis affligere solet, idque pro diversitate Partium, quas Vapores isti maligni impetuosè exagitant. Ʋtlissimum est con­tra Tremorem membrorum, ex­ortum ex imbecillitate & relaxa­tione nervorum, ob senilem aeta­tem, aut Humores frigidos: in Tabe etiam, & Corporis Consum­ptione, [Page 226] à simplici Obstructione tam Mesenterii, quam aliorum Organorum principalium. Colicam passionem, Ventrisque Tormina, praestantissimè sedat.

II. Elixir Proprietatis.

℞ Aloes Succotrinae, Myrrhae optimae, Croci Anglici, ana uncias sex; rebus contusis, vel grosso modo pulverizatis, superfunditur Oleum Philoso­phicum unciae octo vel de­cem: digerit mixturam per ho­ras viginti quatuor, vase aperto, ad siccitatem usque: tum super­affunditur Spiritus Vini rectifica­ti librae tres, fiat iterum digestio per noctem; dein sensim effun­ditur Tinctura, fitque iterum digestio cum Spiritus Vini re­ctificati libris tribus, & magma­te per diem & noctem unam: decanta Tincturam, atque iterum Alcohol Vini novum affunditur, & procede ut antea, donec tota Tinctura sit exhausta: misce Tincturas, digere mixturam, reponaturque ad usum.

Virtutes & Ʋsus, vide in Se­ctione undecima Capitis quinqua­gesimi primi, paulò supra.

III. Elixir Metallorum.

℞ Reguli Antimonii martia­lis uncias duas, Stanni optimi Anglici, Veneris rubrae, ana un­ciam unam; fundatur in Cruci­bulo, igne strenuo, ita ut Cu­prum totaliter dispareat, quô peractô, effundantur in Cono fusorio. ℞ Hujus massae unciam unam, Nitri purissimi uncias duas; terantur in pulverem exacte inter se, & successivis [Page 227] vicibus conjiciantur in Crucibu­lum candens, coquanturque simul, donec massa tua conversa sit in scorias ex caeruleo viridescentes, massaque tua igneam acquisivit acrimoniam; tunc massam tuam effunde, & antequam humidum Aëris attrahere queat, in pulve­rem terito, iique affundito Al­cohol Vini purissimi uncias vi­ginti: stent in digestione per viginti quatuor horas, & Spi­ritus tuus Vini rubello colore tingetur, & in gremio suo oc­cultabit praedictorum Metallico­rum Sales, resolutos primitus per Sales corrosivas Antimonii, & postmodum per fulmen Ni­tri; habebisque potentem Tin­cturam Metallorum.

Haec Tinctura Cephalica, Car­diaca & Stomachica est, ratione (que) Salium Pituitam potenter tenacem incidit, & Obstructiones pertina­ciores resolvit; Fermenta acido­austera peregrina Viscerum & Sanguinis extinguit; fermentatio­nem Sanguinis suppressam, per acida coagulantia, elevat & re­stituit: hinc in Scorbuto, Ca­chexia, Chlorosi, Obstructionibus Mensium, passione Hysterica, in Epilepsia, Paralysi, Apoplexia; Morbis Soporosis, ut Lethargo, Coma, &c. vim habet insignem; malumque per Diuresin exterit, Ventriculum, Hepar, Lienem, aliaque Viscera confortat. Sumi­tur etiam in dolore Nephritico, in Gonorrhoea, & Lue Venerea. Dosis est à guttis decem, sensim ascendendo, ad guttas quadra­ginta, in Vino, aliove Vehi­culo.

IV. Elixir Cranil Humani.

℞ Cranii Humani pulveri­tati [Page 228] uncias duas, Spiritus Nitri rectificati uncias quatuor; misce ac dissolva: quô peractô, ad­datur Spiritus Vini rectificati unciae octo; misce, digere, fil­traturque ad usum.

Epilepsiae, Apoplexiae, Lethargo, Vertigini, Cephalalgiae, Hemi­craniae, Suffocationi Matricis, omnibusque Morbis Cephalicis & Hystericis ad miraculum usque medetur. Dosis, à guttis viginti ad sexaginta, manè ac vesperi, in Vehiculo appropriato.

V. Elixir Pulmonum.

℞ Pulmonum Vulpium, Ovi­um, Bovium, vel Porcorum desecatorum & desiccatorum, quantum vis, Spiritus Nitri quantitatem duplicem; misce, [...]atque Elixir, ut supra.

Flatus discutit, Sudores mo­vet, & Menses, Cruciatus etiam circa Ventriculum ciet, in genere deobstruit, Circulationem San­guinis adjuvat, Cachexiam Mu­lierum tollit, Pituitam tenacem potenter incidit; ac in Obstru­ctionibus Mensium, Passione Hy­sterica, Febribus putridis, & Ventriculi Pulmonumque Fermento suffocato, maximarum est virium. Exhibetur in Vehiculis adaptis, à guttis viginti ad scruplas duas.

VI. Elixir Sanguinis Humani.

Fit ex Sanguine desiccato, ut supra.

In Lithiasi, Nephritide, Hy­drope, Ischuria, Dysuria, Obstru­ [...] Mensium, Epilepsia, Ca­ [...] hoque suffocativo, valdè ju­ [...] Insigniter conducit Asthma­ [...] & Hyochondriacis, omni­ [...] [...] Pulmonum obstructionibus: [...] infarctos reserat, ma­teri [...] [...] impactam attenuat, Na­turamque [Page 229] adjuvat, ut per vias convenientes se ab hoc exoneret. Dosis, à scrupla una ad duas, manè ac vesperi. Eodem modo Elixir ex Sanguine Bovium, Ovium, Porcorum, &c. extra­hes.

VII. Elixir Viperarum.

Fit ex Carne desiccata, ut Elixir Cranii Humani.

Massam Sanguinis mundificat, omnes Humores corruptos & pu­tridos, Vermium semina, è Cor­pore aufert: omnibus Morbis Me­lancholicis, Vertiginibus, Epile­psiis, Paralysibus prodest. Con­fert etiam Scorbutis, Cachexiis, Febribus quartanis, similibusque Affectibus, qui ob contumaciam suam Eccoproticis vix cedunt. Tabidos item mirifiè ad bonam Corporis habitudinem reducit. In Affectionibus Cutis curandis com­mendatur; cujus generis sunt Leuce, Lepra, Impetigo, Elephan­tiasis, Alphos, & Scabies. Impoter­tiam curat, exolutosque à lan­guore perfectè reviviscere facit. Dosis, à scrupla una ad duas, bis in diem.

VIII. Elixir, seu Sanguis Symphyti, Quercetani.

℞ Radicum Symphyti majo­ris & minoris, simul optimè mundatam, hanc in Mortario probè contunde cum Pistillo lignco, donec formam pulpae sortiatur. Ad quatuor libras hujus puplae adjice medullae [Page 230] Panis Secalini & Triticaei, ana libram unam: omnia invicem probè mixta, & tantillo Vini albi irrigata, injiciantur in Ma­tracium vitreum cum collo longo, Subere vel Cera Hispani­ca optimè obturatum, ut nihil transpiret. Hoc Matracium col­locetur in Fimo calido, sive in Balneo vaporoso, donec ma­teria in Chyli sanguinei ac ru­bicundi colorem convertatur: tunc illam fortiter Praelo ex­prime, & expressionem hanc chylosam & sanguineam pone in Balneo vaporoso, illud in secunda digestione majorem ac­quiret rubedinem; & faeces aliquot in fundo relinquet, quas separabis; continuando hanc digestionem & depurationem, donec materia clarissima & ru­bicundissima apparuerit: separa ab illa tunc Liquorem clario­rem per Alembicum ad ignem Balnei vaporosi, & remanebit in fundo Elixir rubicundissi­mum, quod nominant Sangui­neum Symphyti.

Medicamentum est ad Hernias, & omnia Ʋlcera interna Visce­rum praestantissimum. Dosis est, à scrupla una ad drachmam unam, mane ac vesperi. Dissolven­dum est in sua propria Aqua di­stillata, vel in Vino albo, aliove liquore congruo; continuando ad plusculos dies, & egregios miros­que effectus inde produci compe­ries.

IX. Elixir, seu Sanguis Saty­rionis & Pastinacae albae.

Eodem modo Elixir sive San­guinem ex Satyrione, & Pasti­naca alba, Battatisque parabis.

Singulare Matricis corroborans, [Page 231] & specificum est Remedium ad Conceptionem, Prolisque generatio­nem juvandam, sterilissimisque quantumlibet Mulieribus foecundi­tatis donum impertit; Virique impotentiam ad pristinum vigorem reducit. Nota, verus Philosophus ulterius adhuc progredietur, & per eandem viam, tum ex Fru­mento, tum ex Vino, educet sub­stantiam quandam Sanguineam, alendi ac vivificandi facultate potentem; quâ causam generatio­nis Carnis in Corpore nostro in­dagabit. Dosis, à drachmis qua­tuor ad unciam unam. Post haec Eli­xira facta sunt, addatur Vini Che­riensis unciae sex, vel Spiritus Vini unciae tres, ad libram unam Eli­xiris, ut longè conserventur.

CHAP. LXII. Of ELIXIRS.
1. An Elixir against the Falling-sickness.

OF the flesh of Storks, Crows, Ravens, Magpies, Swallows, Earthworms, dried; Man's Skull grossly poudred, Man's Blood dried, ana ℥ij. Spirit of Nitre ℥ xxx. mix and dissolve: which being done, add thereto the Alcohol of Wine ℥ lx. filter, and keep it for use. Or thus: ℞ Of Storks flesh dried, &c. put all into a Retort, and extract a foe­tid Oil, and volatil Salt; to this Oil and Salt add a double quantity of Spirit of Nitre: di­gest [Page 225] twenty four hours; and then add again a double quantity of the whole Alcohol of Wine, and digest for use.

It is given with the greatest success against all kinds of the Falling-sickness, both to digest that natural fluid Phlegm (be­cause in this Disease that Humor most abounds) by exciting their innate heat, and strengthning the Brain; and also to separate and consume in the Center, or Stomach and Bowels, those acrid and malign Vapors which ascend thence to the Brain, which causes this Disease in many. It is good also against the Falling-sickness in Children; which in some arises from a fault of the Stomach, or from Wind, or cor­rupted Food, or from Worms. You may give it in Peony-water, or water of Corn-poppy-flowers, or other appropriate li­quor, either before or after the Fit, in the morning fasting, and at bed-time. Dose, à ʒss ad ʒ j. It is an effectual thing against the Palsy, and a certain refuge in the Apoplexy, (being given in the beginning of the Disease, and reiterated in the inter­vals of time, as necessity re­quires) in Convulsions also, and Hysterick diseases. It is of as great power in Hypochondriack Dis­eases, or a flatulent Melancholy; which are wont to afflict in divers manners, and that also according to the diversity of Parts which those malign Vapours impetu­ously move. It is also of great use against the Trembling of the [Page 226] members or limbs, arising from a weakness and relaxation of the Nerves; caused either by old age, or a coldness of Humors: so also in a Tabes and Consumption of the Body, coming from a simple Obstruction both of the Mesente­ry and of other principal Organs. It powerfully eases the pain of the Colick, and Gripings of the Guts.

2. Elixir of Property.

Fine Aloes, best Myrrh, English Saffron, a. ℥ vj. the things being bruised or grossly poudred, affuse thereon Oleum Philosophi­cum ℥viij, or x. digest the mixture for 24 hours, in an open vessel, or till it becomes dry; then affuse thereon rectified S.V. lbiij. digest again for a night: after which, gently pour off the Tincture; add S.V. lb.iij. more, and digest again for a day and night, and then decant the Tincture: the third time add to the magma Alcohol of Wine lbiij. more, and proceed as before, till you have extracted the whole Tincture: mix all these Tinctures together, digest, and keep it for use.

The Virtues and Uses, see in Chap. 5 [...] Sect. 11. afore­going.

3. The Elixir of Metals.

Martial Regulus of Antimo­ny ℥ ij. of the best English Tin, red Copper, a. ℥ j. melt them in a Crucible with a strong fire, so that the Copper totally disappear, which done, pour it forth into an iron Cone.Of this mass ℥ j. of fine Nitre ℥ ij. beat them into pouder, and mix them well together, and cast it into a Crucible red-hot, by spoon­fuls or turns; which boil together [Page 227] so long, till your whole mass it turned into a scoria of a greenish blew colour; so will it obtain a fiery acrimony: pour it then forth, and before it can attract the humidity of the Air; beat it into pouder, and affuse thereon Alcohol of Wine ℥ xxiv. digest 24 hours; so will the Spirit be tinged of a red colour; in the body or substance of which Tincture will be hid the Salts of the aforesaid Metals, before-hand resolved, by the cor­rosrve Salt of the Antimony, and afterwards by the fulmination of the Nitre; thus have you the po­tent Elixir, or mighty Tincture of Metals.

This Tincture is Cephalick, Cardiack, and Stomatick, and by reason of the Salts, powerfully cuts tough Phlegm, and resolves rebel­lious Obstructions; it extingui­shes forein, austere, acid Fer­ments of the Bowels and Blood, restoring and enlivening the na­tural Ferment of the Blood, sup­pressed thro' coagulating Acids; for which reason it has a mighty power in curing of the Scurvy, Cachexy, Green-sickness, Obstru­ctruction of the Courses, Fits of the Mother, Falling-sickness, Pal­sy, Apoplexy; Sleepy Diseases, as the Lethargy, Coma, &c. it carries off the Disease by Urine, and comforts the Stomach, Liver, Spleen, and other Bowels. It is given also in Nephritick pai [...] as of the Stone, in a [...] and the French Pox. Dose [...] gut. x, gradually ascending [...] gut. xl. in Wine, or some [...] Vehicle.

4. Elixir of Mans Skull.

Mans Skull in pouder [...] [Page 228] Spirit of Nitre rectified ℥iv. mix and dissolve; which done, add rectified S.V. ℥ viij. mix, digest, and keep it for use.

It cures, even to a miracle, the Falling-sickness, Apoplexy, Le­thargy, Vertigo, Head-ach, Me­grim, Fits of the Mother, and all other Diseases of the Head and Womb. Dose, à gut. xx, ad lx. morning and evening, in some appropriate Vehicle.

V. Elixir of Lungs.

Of the Lungs of Foxes, or of Sheep, Oxen, or Hogs, cut into bits and dried, q.v. Spirit of Nitre, a double quantity, (in weight) mix, and make an Eli­xir, as before.

It discusses Wind, provokes Sweat and the Terms, eases Pains in the Stomach; in general, opens Obstructions, helps the Circu­lation of the Blood, removes the Cachexy in Women, potently cuts tough Phlegm, and is of wonderful force in stoppage of the Courses, Fits of the Mother, putrid Fevers, and a suffocative Ferment of Stomach and Lungs. You may give it (in a fit Ve­hicle) à ℈ j, ad ℈ ij.

6. Elixir of Man's Blood.

It is made of dried Blood, as before.

It wonderfully helps in the Stone, pain of the Reins, Dropsy, stoppage of Urine, scalding of Urine, stoppage of the Terms, Falling-sickness, and suffocative Catarrhs. It is famous for the curing of Asthma's, and such as are Hypochondriack, as also in all Obstructions of the Lungs. It [Page 229] opens the Passages being stop­ped, attenuates the impacted Matter, and helps Nature, so as it may discharge it self there­from, by convenient ways. Dose, à ℈ j, ad ℈ ij. morning and eve­ning. After the same manner you may make the Elixir of Ox, Sheep, or Hogs Blood, which has all the same virtues and uses.

7. Elixir of Vipers.

It is made of the dried Flesh, as the Elixir of Man's Skull.

It purifies the mass of Blood, and takes away all corrupt and putrid Humors from the Body, which are the Seed of Worms. It is profitable in all Melancholy Diseases, Vertigo's, Epilepsies, and Palsies. It is good also against the Scurvy, Cachexy, quartan Agues, and other like Affects, which by their stubborn dispo­sition, will scarcely yield to Gentle-purgers. It wonderfully restores such as are Consum­ptive, to a good habit of Body. It is commended for the cure of Affects of the Skin; of which kind are the white Scall, Lepro­sy, Ringworm, Elephantiasis, Morphew, and Scab. It cures Im­potency, and perfectly recruits such as have a feebleness and in­ability, from a languor or decay of natural strength and humidity. Dose, à ℈ j, ad ℈ ij. twice a day.

8. Quercetan's Elixir, or Blood of Comfrey.

Of the greater and lesser Comfrey-roots, cleanse them well, and beat them stoutly in a Mortar with a wooden Pestel, till they come into a pulp; to lbiv. of this pulp add crums of Rye-bread, and of Wheaten-bread, a. lbj. mix them [Page 230] all well together, and sprinkle or moisten them well with White­wine, put them into a glass Mattrass with a long neck, which stop well with Cork or Wax, that nothing may transpire. This Ma­trass place in warm Horse-dung, or in Balneo vaporoso, till the matter is turned or changed into a blood-like and rubicund-coloured Chyle: then press it strongly out in a Press; which blood-like expres­sed Liquor put into a second dige­stion in Balneo vaporoso, that thereby it may acquire the greater redness, separating and casting away the faeces which fall to the bottom: continue this digestion and depuration, till the matter shall become very clear and red, sepa­rate then the clear Liquor by an Alembick in Balneo vaporoso: so will you have in the bottom a very red matter, which is the Blood-like Essence of Comfrey.

It is designed against Ru­ptures, and all sorts of internal Ulcers of the Bowels, for which it is a most excellent thing. Dose, à ℈ j, ad ʒ j. morning and eve­ning. You may dissolve it in Comfrey-water, or in White­wine, or other fit liquor; con­tinuing the use of it for some few days, you will have from it mighty and wonderful effects.

9. Elixir, or Blood of Saty­rion and Parsnips.

The Elixir or Blood of Satyrion, Parsnips, and Potatoes, are prepa­red in the same manner with the former.

An Elixir thus prepared from [Page 231] any of those things, is said to be a singular and specifick Remedy for corroborating of the Womb, and to help Conception, re­moving barrenness, and causing fruitfulness in Women; it helps impotency in Men, and restores them to their pristin vigor. Where note, that the true Phi­losopher does go yet farther, and after the same manner, from Bread-corn and Wine, pro­duces a certain Blood-like sub­stance, which has strength and potency with it, and a property to nourish and vivifie, or restore; from which the cause of the generation of Flesh in our Bo­dies is manifest. Dose, à ʒ iv, ad ℥ j. These Elixirs being made, (if you design them for any long keeping) you may add to them, for every ℥ xij. of Elixir, ℥ vj. of choice Sherry, or ℥ iij. of the best Brandy.

CHAP. LXIII. De POTESTATIBƲS.
I. Potestates Fuliginis Clauderi.

℞ FUliginis splendentis quan­tum vis; si simul ob­tineri poterit è Fumariis, ubi potissimum comburuntur ligna Quercus, Betulae, aut Pini, eò melius erit; pulverisato super­funde in Vitro Spiritus Univer­salis quantum surficit, vel ad eminentiam aliquot digitorum. Vitrum benè claudatur, ne eva­poret pars volatilior; agitetur [Page 232] aliquoties, & spatio dimidii horae quadrantis, & citiùs Spi­ritus Menstrui salinus extrahit & absorbet Sal & Virtutem Fu­liginis, ut obtineas subitò Es­sentiam pulcherrimam rubini­formem, ab omni empyreumate, sapore ac odore molestô libe­ram: filtretur, & in Vase opti­mè munitô servetur usui.

Praestantissimum excitativum est in Epilepsia, Apoplexia, Lethargo, & Morbis Hystericis; atque Can­cerati Corpore habitûs insigne est Medicamentum. Diaphoreticum est & anodynum; in plerisque Mor­bis tam frigidis, quàm calidis, optimo cum successu usurpatur. Cephalalgiae, Odontalgiae, Verti­gini, Hemicraniae, Paralysi, ad miraculum medetur, Obstructiones pertinaces potenter resolvit, & Pituitam tenacem incidit & at­tenuat. Exteriùs applicatur in Paralysi, in Contracturis, in Po­dagra ex causis frigidis, in To­phis incipientibus Venereis & Po­dagricis, genereque in omnibus Nervorum Obstructionibus à Pi­tuitâ oriundis coagulatâ. Dosis, à drachma semis ad drachmas duas vel tres, in Aquis vel Vehi­culis Cephalicis.

II. Potestatibus Seminum Anisi.

℞ Olei Seminum Anisi, Spi­ritus Salis Armoniaci, ana unciam unam, Spiritus Seminum Anisi re­ctificati libras duas, misce; di­sti lenturque Potestates secun­dum Artem.

Pituitam tenacem potenter in­cidunt & dispellunt, Obstructio­nes' Pulmonum solvunt; itaque Afthmaticis, Phthisicis, Catarrhosis, [Page 233] Tussi inveteratae, caeterisque Pe­ctoris vitiis, utilis est. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas.

III. Potestatibus Baccarum Juniperi.

℞ Olei Baccarum Juniperi, Spiritus Salis Armoniaci, ana unciam unam; Spiritus Juniperi libras duas, misce; distilla Po­testates. Vel sic, ℞ Olei Bac­carum Juniperi unciam unam, Tinctura Salis Juniperi vel Tar­tari libras duas; misce, repona­turque ad usum.

Flatus potenter Viscerum dis­sipant, Calculum & Mucum ex Renibus abigunt. Facultate in­cidendi, dissipandi, aperiendi, abs­tergendi, & frigidam ac sero­sam colluviem consumendi potentes sunt: quamobrem frigidae intem­perei Obstructioni Jecoris, Lienis, Mesenterii, Renum, Vesicae, Ʋteri; nec-non Capitis, Pectoris, & Stomachi, à causa flatulenta & frigida, aut à defluxione vitiis, egregiè opitulantur. Dosis, à dra­chmam unam ad duas, bis in diem.

IV. Potestates Lavendulae.

℞ Olei Lavendulae, Spiritus Salis Armoniaci, ana unciam unam, Spiritus Lavendulae li­bras duas; misce, distillatur­que secundum Artem. Vel sic, ℞ Olei Lavendulae unciam unam, Salis Lavendulae fusi dra­chmas duas, Alcohol Vini libras duas; misce ac digere. Vel sic, ℞ Olei Lavendulae unciam unam, Tincturae Salis Laven­dulae vel Tartari libras duas, misce ac digere; sic habebis Potestates Lavendulae.

Prostratas vires reficiunt, ac [Page 234] calfaciendo, Cerebrum, Ventricu­lum, Matricemque roborant. In Febribus malignis, pestilentiali­bus, imò in Peste ipsa, summè salutares sunt, Cordisque Palpita­tioni resistunt. Omnes Sensus in­ternos summopere acuunt, omnes­que Affectus ex causa frigida or­tos curant; quia excalfaciunt vehementer, & Spiritus omnes recreant. Apoplecticis, Epilepticis, Ischiadicis, Paralyticis, & Ar­thritide quacunque laborantibus, in genere succurrunt. Dosis, à drachma una ad drachmas duas.

V. Potestates Caryophyllorum.

℞ Olei Caryophyllorum un­ciam unam, Tincturae Salis Caryophyllorum cum Spiritu ejusdem factae, libras duas; mi­sce, ac digere. Vel sic: ℞ Olei Caryophyllorum, Spiritus Salis Armoniaci, ana unciam unam, Spiritus Caryophyllorum libras duas; misce, & per distilla­tionem Potestates extrahuntur. Vel sic: ℞ Olei unciam unam, Tincturae Salis Tartari libras duas; misce, digereque ad usum.

Omnia membra confortant, imprimisque Ventriculum, Cor, Cerebrum, & Viscera, eorum ca­lorem conservando & multipli­cando. Jecori & Lieni maximè auxiliantur, functionesque perditae restaurant. Dentium Doloribus quibuscunque summum sunt & ultimum refugium; quia cum cau­sticae sint virtutis, nervum ferunt Dentis, & humorem acrem: Ʋl­cera quaecunque curant, propter eandem rationem; Sal enim urens & causticum Ʋlcus constituens, dissolvitur & annihilatur per Sa­lem hujus Arcani, similitur uren­tem, [Page 235] & ambo in aliam conver­tuntur substantiam; deinde, Na­tura suo Balsamo-naturali cica­tricem inducit. Sunt in deli­quiis Animi singulare Medicamen­tum, quia Cor exhilerat & ro­borat, & omnia quae illi nocere possunt, ab eo abigat. Ad pesti­lentis Aurae fugam, & praeserva­tionem, nihil est praestantius; quia omnia principalia Membra ita roborat, ut resistere possint Mi­asmati venenato & pestilenti. Dosis, à drachmam unam ad duas, in Vino aut Jusculis, aliove Ve­hiculo.

VI. Potestates Limonum & Aurantiarum.

℞ Olei Limonum vel Auran­tiarum, Spiritus Salis Armonia­ci, ana unciam unam, Spiritus Limonum vel Aurantiarum li­bras duas; misce, ac distilla. Vel sic: ℞ Olei, &c. unciam unam, Tincturae Salis Tartari cum Spi­ritu Limonum factae, libras duas: misce, ac digere.

Illae Cephalicae, Stomachicae, Cardiacae, Spleniticae, & Hyste­ricae Potestates sunt. Haemicra­niam & dolorem Capitis ex fla­tibus frigidis, & copia Pituitae ortum sanant, quia Flatus discu­tiunt. Visum acuunt, Ventricu­lum & Jecur roborant, Lienem absumunt, Ʋrinam cient, fluen­tem Alvum sistunt, frigidisque Ʋteri Affectibus mirificè prosunt; Nervorum & Articulorum diu­turnis doloribus, à frigore exci­tatis, utilissimum sunt; & ad Veneris excitandos stimulos, ma­ximè [Page 236] expetuntur; quia excalfa­ciunt, & augent Spiritus vitales & animales, qui sunt omnium actionum radices. Catarrhis, Pa­ralysi, Convulsionibus, membrorum Tremori, Arthritidi, aliisque Morbis frigidis; Apoplexiae, Epi­lepsiae, Vertigini, Lethargo, & Suffocationi Ʋteri valdè condu­cunt. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas.

VII. Potestates Pulegii.

℞ Olei Pulegii, Spiritus Sa­lis Armoniaci, ana unciam unam; Tincturae Salis Pulegii cum Spi­ritu ejusdem factae libras duas; misce. Vel sic: ℞ Olei Spiri­tus Salis Armoniaci, ana unciam unam; Spiritus Pulegii vel Vini rectificati libras duas; misce, & distilla. Vel. sic: ℞ Olei & Spiritus, ut supra, unciam unam; Tincturae Salis Tartari libras duas; misce, ac digere.

In fugandis pallidis ac foedis Virginum coloribus, nihil est prae­stantius, quod Coctionem Visce­rum omnium mirificè juvant; Menses tutissimè provocant, pro­pter eandem rationem; undè & Ʋteri Affectibus ferè omnibus succurrunt; & Sterilitati meden­tur, foecundasque reddunt Mulie­res. Sensus omnes tum inter­nos, tum externos acuunt, cu­rantque omnes Affectus ex causa frigida ortos, Spiritus omnes, tum Vitales & Animales re­creant. Orthopnoicis, & anhela­toribus, maximè prosunt, quòd Pulmones roborent & Pectus, & Catarrhos sistunt, & infarctos Pulmones Pituita, & glutinosis humoribus liberant, penetranti & exsiccanti facultate. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas.

VIII. Potestates Rosmarini.

Fiunt ut Potestates Pule­gii.

Sensus omnes acuunt, Memo­riam praecipuè, & Cerebrum adeò roborant, ut à Vertigine, Comate, Apoplexia, Lethargo, frigidisque omnibus Affectibus Capitis & Nervorum praeservent. Spiritus omnes Naturales, Vitales, & Animales mirisi [...]è recreant & fovent. Adversus Pestiferae Aurae contagionem nihil efficacius; va­lent etiam ad Senectutem retar­dandum, quia calorem radicalem & nativum conservant. Ophthal­micae sunt mirandae, Nebulas enim omnes, Caligines, Albugines per­curant viscosos, illos dissolvendo Humores: Fistulas, & Ʋlcera omnia concava & depascentia, abstergendo, ad cicatricem condu­cunt. Capitis dolores, qui per sympathiam Ventriculi malè af­fecti oriuntur, mulcent & tollent: Apoplexiae, Epilepsiae, Lethargo, Paralysi, Convulsionibus, Morbis­que Hystericis medentur. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas, plus­minus, in Vehiculo Cephalico vel Neurotico, manè ac vesperi, ad sexaginta circiter dies.

IX. Potestates Succini.

℞ Olei Succini primi primae distillationis unciam unam, Spi­ritus Succini cum Spiritu Vini rectificato distillati libras duas, Salis volatilis Succini drachmas duas; misce. Vel sic: ℞ Olei Succi­ni subtilis unciam unam, Alcohol Vini libras duas, Spiritus Salis Armoniaci uncias duas: misce, & distillentur secundum Artem.

Paralysin, & omnes Nervo­rum Affectiones, Podagram, quam­cunque [Page 238] Arthritidem, Haemicra­niam, & quemcunque Capitis dolorem, Contractiones Musculo­rum, omnesque Morbos Capitis & Ʋteri, extrinsece admotum, & intrinsecè sumptum certissime curant. Ad Suffocationem Hyste­ricam, Vapores ab Ʋtero, & Spiritus Animalis Morbos valdè praevalent. Intellectum & omnes Sensus acuunt, membrorum Tre­mori succurrunt, & Convulsionum omnium speciebus. Vertiginem & Lethargum ex quacunque causa ortum, praecipuè ex causis frigi­dis, tollunt. Dosis, à drachma [...]na ad duas vel tres, in Aquis, Syrupis, aliove Vehiculo appro­priato.

X. Potestates Terebinthinae.

℞ Olei Terebinthinae unciam unam, Alcohol Vini libram unam; misce, ac distilla. Si tibi placet, addatur Spiritus Salis Armoniaci unciam semis.

Gonorrhoeam virulentam sa­nant, Vulnera Nervorum & Ʋlcera ad cicatricem perducunt, difficultatem Meiendi citissimè tollunt, Calculum Renum Vesi­caeque rumpunt & atterunt, ea­rumque partium Ʋlcera brevissi­mo tempore conglutinant. Lethar­go, Paralysi, Tremorique mem­brorum medentur. Dosis, à dra­chma una ad duas, in Vino albo, aliisque Vehiculis.

XI. Potestates Virtutum.

℞ Oleorum Angelicae, Ama­raci, Camomillae, Carui, Foeni­culi, Melissae, Menthae, Rutae, Salviae, Sabinae, Sassafras, Thymi, ana unciam semis; Spiritus Salis [Page 239] Armoniaci uncias sex, Spi­rituum earundem Plantarum li­bras duodecim; misce, ac di­stilla. Aliter. ℞ Oleorum, &c. ana unciam semis, Tincturae Sa­lium Plantarum earundem cum Spiritibus iisdem extractae, vel Tincturae Salis Tartari, libras duodecim: misce, ac digere.

Omne Acidum oberrans in Cor­pore Humano mitigant, Circula­tionem Sanguinis adjuvant, Ca­chexiam Mulierum tollunt, Su­dores procreant, & omne in genere noxium Corpori nostro corrigunt. Sunt illae Cephalicae, Neuroticae, Stomachicae, Cardiacae, Hepaticae, Spleneticae, Arthriticae, & Hy­stericae; Specificaeque eorum vires ab Oleis & Salibus desumendae sunt. Verbo, universi Corporis Hu­mani Viscera corroborant, & à Putredine & Veneno conservant & liberant. Dosis, à drachma una ad duabus.

XII. Potestates Viperarum.

℞ Olei foetidi Viperarum unciam unam, Salis volatilis earundem drachmam unam, misce; cui adduntur Spiritus Nitri rectificati unciae quatuor; posteà adde Tincturae Salis Tartari, vel Spiritus Vini Tar­tarisati uncias decem: misce, ac digere.

Adversus Syncopen & Vapores Me­lancholicos à Splene ad Cor exha­lantes praevalent. Adhibentur ad omnia genera Venenorum, & Sympto­mata venenata; in Peste, & Febri maligna, & Hungarica, mirificè administrantur. Palpitationi Cor­dis, deliquiis Animi, caeterisque Cardiacis passionibus adversantur. Suffocationi, vel caduco Matricis, Epilepsiae, Vertigini, Haemicraniae, [Page 240] Lethargo, Paralysique opitulan­tur. Scorbuto, & Impotentiae Vi­rili, Atrophiae, Tabi, Febrique Hecticae mirificè medentur. Et quod notatu dignum, absque do­lore, vomitione, tormine, pertur­batione; & quod maximum est, cum Corporis corroborante. Dosis, à scrupla una ad duas, plus­minus, in Vino Hispanico.

XIII. Potestates Ʋngulae & Cornu Cervi.

℞ Olei Ungulae & Cornu Cervi unciam unam, Spiritus Salis Armoniaci uncias duas, Tinctura Salis Tartari uncias octo; misce, ac digere.

Hystericam & Cephalicam vim habent; propterea omnes Suffoca­tiones Ʋteri, etiam periculocissi­mas, nec-non Praecordiorum com­pressiones & dolores tollunt. Nam in Strangulatione Matricis, ubi omnia irrita & quasi desperata sunt, illae saluberrimae fuere: hujus enim ferocissimi Affectûs causam abscindunt, & omnes vel deploratissimus Mulierum praeci­pitationes Ʋteri, ob Spermatis retentionem, aliasque causas, quam plurimas sistunt, & Matricis motum perfectè sedant. Dosis, à guttis decem ad viginti, vel se­midrachmam, in Vino albo, vel liquore Hysterico.

CHAP. LXIII. Of POWERS.
1. Clauder's Powers of Soot.

PItch-like Soot, q.v. which if it be gathered from such Chimnies where the best mat­ter, as the wood of the Oak, Beech, or Pine is burnt, it will be so much the better; pouder it, and affuse thereon (in a glass Vessel) of the Ʋniversal Spirit a sufficient quan­tity, or so much as may over-top it some inches. Stop the Glass close, that the volatil parts may not fly [Page 232] away, shake the Glass often, and in the space of half a quarter of an hour, or sooner, the saline Spi­rit of the Menstruum will extract and suck out the Salt and Virtue of the Soot; so as you will have presently a most excellent and ruby­coloured Essence, wholly freed from its empyreuma, and all its evil taste and smell: then filter it, and keep it in a Glass close stopt, for use.

These Powers have most ad­mirable effects in the Falling­sickness, Apoplexy, Lethargy, and Hysterick Diseases; as also in a Cancerous habit of the whole Bo­dy, in which they are of wonder­ful use. They are diaphoretick and anodyn, and in most Diseases, whether from a hot or a cold cause, they are used with success. They cure the Head-ach, Megrim, Vertigo, Tooth-ach, and Palsy, to a miracle; powerfully open even confirm'd Obstructions, and cut and attenuate tough Phlegm. Outwardly, they are applied in the Palsy, Contractures of the Nerves and Muscles, in Gouts from a cold cause, in the begin­nings of Venereal and Podagri­cal Tophs, and in all kinds of Ob­structions of the Nerves, arising from coagulated Phlegm. Dose, à ʒ ss, ad ʒ ij, or ʒ iij. in some Cephalick Water or Vehicle.

2. Powers of Aniseeds.

Oil of Aniseeds, Spirit of Sal Armoniack, a. ℥ j. Spirit of Aniseeds rectified lbij. mix, and distil off the Powers according to Art.

They powerfully cut and dis­sipate tough Phlegm, resolve Ob­structions of the Lungs; and so are profitable to all such as are [Page 233] afflicted with Asthma's, Phthi­sicks, Catarrhs, inveterate Coughs, and other vices of the Brest. Dose, à ʒ j, ad ʒ ij.

3. Powers of Juniper Berries.

Oil of Juniper Berries, Spirit of Sal Armoniack, a. ℥ j. Spirit of Juniper Berries lbij. mix, and draw off the Powers by distilla­tion. Or thus, ℞ Oil of Juni­per Berries ℥ j. Tincture of the Salt of Juniper, or Salt of Tar­tar, lbij. mix, and keep them for use.

They powerfully discuss Wind in the Bowels, and take away Stones and Mucous matter from the Reins; and have a mighty fa­culty of cutting, dissipating, open­ing, cleansing, and consuming or wasting heaps of cold and serous Humors: for which reason they admirably open Obstructions of the Liver, Spleen, Mesentery, Reins, Bladder, and Womb, in a cold habit of Body; and help Diseases of the Head, Brest, and Stomach, coming from a flatulent and cold cause, or from a deflu­xion of Humors. Dose, à ʒ j, ad ʒ ij. twice a day.

4. Powers of Lavender.

Oil of Lavender, Spirit of Sal Armoniack, a. ℥ j. Spirit of Laven­der lbij.mix, and distil, according to Art. Or thus, ℞ Oil of Laven­der ℥ j. Salt of Lavender melted ʒ ij. Alcohol of Wine ℥ij. mix, and digest. Or thus, ℞ Oil of Lavender ℥ j. Tincture of the Salt of Laven­der, or of the Salt of Tartar lbij. mix, and digest. So have you Powers of Lavender.

They restore strength lost or [Page 234] decayed, and by their heating faculty comfort the Brain, Sto­mach, and Womb. They are won­derfully good against malign and pestilential Fevers, also in the Plague it self, and prevail against a Palpitation of the Heart. They highly quicken all the internal Senses, and cure all Affects arising from a cold cause; because they vehemently heat, and chear all the Spirits. They restore such as are afflicted with the Apoplexy, Falling-sickness, Sciatica, Palsy, and Gout of what kind soever. Dose, à ʒ j, ad ʒ ij.

5. Powers of Cloves.

Oil of Cloves ℥ j. Tincture of Salt of Cloves made with Spi­rit of Cloves lbij. mix, and digest. Or thus: ℞ Oil of Cloves, Spirit of Sal Armoniack, a. ℥ j. Spirit of Cloves lbij. mix, and draw off the Powers by distillation. Or thus: ℞ Of the Oil ℥ j. Tincture of Salt of Tartar lbij. mix, and digest, for use.

They comfort all the members, chiefly the Stomach, Heart, Brain, and Bowels; by conserving and augmenting their heat. They mightily help the Liver and Spleen, and restore their lost functions. They are of wonder­ful efficacy in easing the Pains of the Teeth of what kind soever; for that being of a caustick vir­tue, they immediately smite as it were the Nerve at the bottom of the Tooth, and master the sharp humor: and for the same reason they cure all sorts of Ul­cers; for they, by their own [Page 235] proper Salt in like manner burn­ing, dissolve and annihilate the burning and caustick Salt of the Ulcer, and both are changed into another substance; and then Na­ture, by her own Balsamick pro­perty induces the cicatrice. They are a choice Medicine in Swoon­ing fits, for they chear the Heart, and strengthen it, and remove all such things there-from, which may any ways hurt it. There is nothing more powerful to pre­serve from the malignity of a pestilent Air; because they strengthen all the principal members, so as to make them able to resist any poisonous or pestilential impurity. Dose, à ʒ j, ad ʒ ij. in Wine, Broth, or other Vehicle.

6. Powers of Limons and Oranges.

Oil of Limons, or Oranges, Spirit of Sal Armoniack, a. ℥ j. Spirit of Limons or Oranges lbij. mix, and distil. Or thus: ℞ Oil of, &c. ℥ j. Tincture of Salt of Tar­tar, made with Spirit of Limons or Oranges lbij. mix, and digest.

They are Cephalick, Stomatick, Cardiack, Splenetick, and Hyste­rick; they cure the Megrim and pain of the Head, arising from cold wind, and plenty of Pitui­tous humors, for they discuss Wind. They clear the Sight, strengthen the Stomach and Li­ver, and abate vapours of the Spleen, provoke Urine, stop the flux of the Whites, and won­derfully help the Womb; they are profitable against stubborn and rebellious Diseases of the Nerves and Joints, arising from [Page 236] cold, and greatly provoke Vene­ry; because they heat the parts, and stir up the vital and animal Spirits, the proper sources of all actions. They also are of mighty use in the curing of the Catarrh, Palsy, Convulsion, Trembling, the Gout, Apoplexy, Epilepsy, Vertigo, Lethargy, and Suffocation of the Womb, and other Diseases co­ming from cold. Dose, à ʒj, ad ij.

7. Powers of Peniroyal.

Oil of Peniroyal, Spirit of Sal Armoniack, a. ℥ j. Tincture of Salt of Peniroyal, made with Spirit of the same, lbij. mix them. Or thus: ℞ Of the Oil and Spirit aforesaid, a. ℥j. Spirit of Peniroyal, or rectified S.V. lbij. mix, and distil. Or thus: ℞ Oil and Spirit as before, ℥ j. Tincture of Salt of Tartar lbij. mix, and digest.

There is nothing more power­ful against the pale and ill­favored colour of Virgins, be­cause it helps the Concoctive faculty of the Bowels; they safely provoke the Terms, for the same reason; for which cause also they are good against most Diseases of the Womb. They are said to cure Barrenness, and make Wo­men fruitful. They quicken all the Senses, both internal and external, and cure all Affects ari­sing from a cold cause, reviving the Spirits, Vital and Animal. They are good against Difficulty of Breathing, strengthen the Brest and Lungs, and stop Ca­tarrhs, freeing the Lungs from the Phlegm and glutinous Humors, with which they are stuffed, by penetrating, and exciting their faculty. Dose, à ʒ j, ad ʒ ij.

8. Powers of Rosemary.

They are made as the Powers of Peniroyal.

They quicken all the Senses, and so strengthen the Brain, and Memory in particular, that they preserve from the Vertigo, Sleepi­ness, Apoplexy, Lethargy, and all cold Affects of the Head and Nerves. They wonderfully chear all the Spirits, Natural, Vital, and Animal; nor is any thing more efficacious against the infection of a Pestilential Air. They retard Old-age, because they conserve the radical and native heat. They are an admirable Ophthalmick, for they cure all sorts of Cloudi­ness, Darkness, or Films, offend­ing the Sight, by dissolving the viscous Humours which cause them. They are good to heal Fi­stula's and Ulcers, whether con­cave or eating, by cleansing them. They ease and take away the Head-ach, which arises sympathe­tically from the evil disposition of the Stomach. They cure the Apoplexy, Epilepsy, Lethargy, Palsy, Convulsions, and Diseases of the Womb. Dose, à ʒj, ad ʒij. more or less, in some Cephalick or Neurotick Vehicle, morning and evening, for about 60 days.

9. Powers of Amber.

Oil of Amber that comes forth first, of the first distillation ℥ j. Spirit of Amber, distilled with rectified S.V. lbij. Volatil Salt of Amber ʒ ij. mix them. Or thus: ℞ Of pure Oil of Amber ℥ j. rectisied S.V. lbij. Spirit of Sal Armoniack ℥ ij. mix, and distil, according to Art.

They are an excellent cure for the Palsy, and all kinds of Affe­ctions [Page 238] of the Nerves, the Gout in the Feet, and all other kinds of Gouts, the Megrim, and all kinds of Head-ach, Contractions of the Muscles, and most Diseases of the Head and Womb, being outward­ly applied; and inwardly taken, they wonderfully prevail against Fits of the Mother, Vapors from the Womb, and Distempers of the Animal Spirits. They sharpen the Understanding, and quicken all the Senses, and are profitable against Tremblings of the limbs, and Convulsions of all kinds whatsoever. They are good against the Vertigo, and Lethar­gy, arising from what cause so­ever, but chiefly from a cold cause. Dose, à ʒ j, ad ʒ iij. in appropriate Waters, Syrups, or other appropriate Vehicles.

10. Powers of Turpentine.

Oil of Turpentine ℥ j. Alco­hol of Wine lbj. mix, and distil: to which you may add (if you so please) Spirit of Sal Armoniack ℥ ss.

They cure a virulent Gonor­rhoea, heal Wounds of the Nerves and Ulcers, and help a stoppage of Urine, or difficulty of Pissing: they are said to break the Stone in the Reins and Bladder, and heal in a very short time Ulcers of those parts. They cure the Le­thargy, Palsy, and Trembling of the members. Dose, à ʒ j, ad ʒ ij. in white Wine, or some other Vehicle.

11. Powers of Virtues.

Of the Oils of Angelica, Sweet-Marjoram, Camomil, Caraways, Fenel-seed, Bawm, Mint, Rue, Sage, Savin, Sassafras, Tyme, a. ℥ ss. Spirit of Sal Armoniack ℥vj. [Page 239] Spirit of the same Plants lbxij. mix, and distil. Or thus: ℞ Of the Oils, &c. a. ℥ss. Tincture of the Salts of the same Plants, made with the Spirit of the same Plants; or instead thereof, Tin­cture of the Salt of Tartar lbxij. mix, and digest.

They correct all the abound­ing Acids in the Humane Body, promote the Circulation of the Blood, are good against an evil habit in Women, provoke Sweat, and contend with evil Humors in the Body of every kind. They are Cephalick, Neurotick, Sto­matick, Cardiack, Hepatick, Splenetick, Arthritick, and Hysterick; and their Specifick virtue or power is derived from their several particular Oils and Salts. In a word, they strengthen all the Bowels of the Humane Body, preserving and freeing it from Putrifaction and Poyson. Dose, à ʒ j, ad ʒ ij.

12. Powers of Vipers.

Stinking Oil of Vipers (made by distillation) ℥ j. volatil Salt of Vipers ʒ j. mix them; to which add rectified Spirit of Nitre ℥ iv. after which add Tincture of Salt of Tartar, or Tartarized S.V. ℥ x. mix, and digest.

They prevail against Swooning­fits, and Melancholy Vapours arising from the Spleen, and assailing the Heart. They are given against all sorts of Poy­son, and Poysonous Symptoms; as also in the Plague, and malign Fevers, and in the Hungartan Disease, in which they wonder­fully prevail. They are good against the Palpitation of the [Page 240] Heart, Faintings, and other like passions: they help Fits of the Mother, Falling-sickness, Verti­go, Megrim, Lethargy, and Palsy. They cure the Scurvy, Impotency in Men, Atrophy, Consumption, and Hectick Fe­ver, for which things they are famous. And that which is worthy to be known, they do these things without any pain­ful operation, vomiting, griping, perturbation, or trouble of the Stomach or Bowels; and which is chiefly to be taken notice of, they perform all their effects by an act of strengthning the Body. Dose, à gut xx, ad xl. more or less, in a glass of Canary.

13. Powers of Harts Horns and Hoofs.

Oil of the Hoofs and Horns ℥ j. Spirit of Sal Armoniack ℥ ij. Tincture of Salt of Tartar ℥ viij. mix, and digest.

They are Hysterick and Cepha­lick, for which cause they take away all kinds of Hysterick-fits, even the most vehement; as also the pain and compression of the Praecordia. And in Fits of the Mother, where all the parts are irritated, and the Disease become as it were desperate, they have a most sanative power; for they destroy even the Cause of this most violent Disease, and of all other the most vehement preci­pitations or disorders in the Wombs of Women; whether they arise from the retention of the Seed, or any other cause; which as they powerfully repress, so they perfectly quiet. Dose, à gut. x, ad xx. or ʒss. in white Wine, or some Hysterick-liquor.

CHAP. LXIV. De SALIBƲS.
I. Sal Absinthii fixum.

℞ ABsinthii communis quan­tum sufficit, accenda­tur ut penitus in cineres abeat albos; ex quibus cum Aqua ca­lida Elixiviatur Sal: hanc A­quam filtra, recentem supra faeces fundendo, donec nullum falinum ampliùs referat sapo­rem: solutiones omnes confun­de, & in Patella terrea munda ad siccitatem evapora; sique opus sit, secundà & tertiâ so­lutione, filtratione, & coagula­tione purificatur. Sal Essentiale paratur ex foliis Absinthii vi­rentis, antequam semina pro­trudere incipiat, contusis, in Aqua copiosa coctis ad medie­tatem: fortiter decoctum cole­tur per expressionem, colatura cum albumine Ovorum clarifice­tur, & evaporetur ad Mellis liquidi spissitudinem; deinde reponendo in frigido ad cry­stallizandum, siceantur Crystalli ad usum.

Sal Fixum incidit, aperit, abs­tergit, attenuat, & Stomachicum est, Calculum pellit, Ʋrinam & Sudores ciet, prodest atque in Febribus quibuscunque. Dosis, à granis decem ad scruplam unam. Sal Essentiale abstergit, Stoma­chicum est egregium, & Sudorisi­cum; Vermes necat, Obstructiones Lienis & Mesenterii tollit, & Bilis effervescentiam sedat. Dosis, à granis decem ad scruplam unam.

II. Sal Aluminis.

Ex Capite mortuo, ope Aquae communis elicitur. Alumen dul­ce, seu Saccharum Aluminis, fit ex Alumine in Aquâ communi soluta; dein digeritur & cry­stallisatur, terque opus repete­tur, ut Alumen dulcescat.

Sal Febrifugum est & Sudori­ficum, sumiturque ante Paroxy­smum, à granis sex ad sexdecim; postea manè ac vesperi datur in Vehiculs Antifebriticis. Saccha­rum utilissimum est in Pectoris Morbis, praesertim ex Minerarum halitu contractis; Vulnera curat, convenitque Ʋlceribus inveteratis & Odontalgiae, partibus impositum affectibus. Dosis, à granis octo ad sexdecim, in Vehiculo aliquo adapto.

III. Sal Armoniacum volatile.

℞ Salis Armoniaci & Salis Tartari, ana partes aequales; misce, & sublima secundum Artem: sublimetur etiam cum tertiâ Castoris vel Succini parte.

Medicamentum est potentissi­mum in Scorbuto inveterato, in Hydrope, insuper in Epilepsia, Apo­plexia, Lethargo, omnibusque Ca­pitis Morbis, quia Obstructiones potenter Corporis Humani tollit: attenuat, aperit, & diaphoreti­cum est; exhibetur in Affectibus Pulmonum ex acri & corrosivo Sale oriundis, praesertim in Pleu­ritide, Colico dolore, passione Hysterica, Obstructionibus Men­sium, & similibus Affectibus; Pituitam tenacem incidit, Spi­ritus in universo Corpore recreat, Sanguinisque Circulationem promo­vet. [Page 243] Dosis, à granis quatuor ad duodecim.

IV. Sal Cinerum cla­vellatorum.

Fit, ut Sal Absinthii, Se­ctione primâ.

Attenuat, aperit, resolvit, Hu­mores fundit, cum Acidis effer­vescit, eaque temperat & de­struit, unde infinitis Morbis con­ducit, praecipuè omnibus iis, qui ab Humorum infarctu, & à Fer­mento acido generantur; ut Morbi Pituitosi, Scorbutus, Obstructiones Renum & Vesicae, Calculus, Stran­guria, Ischuria, Dysuria, Febres, Hydrops, Podagra, aliique Morbi similes: nempe Meatus reserando, Sudorem ciendo, Humores solven­do, Acidum & Acre absorbendo, Ʋrinamque movendo. Dosis, à granis sex ad quindecim, vel scruplam unam, in Aqua Elemen­taria, aliove Vehiculo diuretico.

V. Sal Cornu Cervi Succinatum.

℞ Frustulorum Cornu Cervi crudi quantum sufficit, replea­tur eo Retorta terrea, institua­turque distillatio in Igne aper­to, observando Ignis gradus; & prodibit cum primo gradu Phlegma, cum secundo Oleum, cum tertio Sal volatile: conti­nuetur distillatio per horas sex, donec nil ampliùs prodeat; & habebitur in Recipiente massa, ex Phlegmate, Oleo, & Sale volatili conflata. Magna quoque pars Salis volatilis sub forma Nivis, adhaerebit lateribus Re­cipientis, quod debet esse amplum, & maximè quadrans [Page 244] ad collum Retortae. Oleum cras­sum separetur à Phlegmate & Sale volatili, solvendo totam massam Aquâ purâ, filtrandoque per Chartam: sic Sal volatili & Phlegma transibunt per Char­tam, Oleum verò crassum in Charta manebit. Aqua seu Phle­gma, cum Sale solent cohoba­re super Caput mortuum, ad albedinem calcinatum in Cucur­bitam vitream cum Alembico, leatissimo gradu Ignis, & Sal ascendabit nivei coloris in A­lembici capite. Recipe etiam Salis Cornu Cervi purificati libram unam, Succini pulveri­sati libram semis; misce, & sublimatur: sic habebis Sal Cornu Cervi Succinatum.

Alexipharmicum, Diaphoreti­cum, Cephalicum, Cardiacum, & Hystericum est; sumitur in Fe­bribus malignis, Peste, Syncope, passione Hysterica, Arthritide va­ga, Paralysi, Apoplexia, Epile­psia, Lethargo, Ictero, Obstru­ctionibus Ʋrinae, Morbis Melan­cholicis; praesertim in omnibus Morbis per Sudorem curabilibus: penetrantissimum est Medicamen­tum in Obstructionibus Mensium, & Affectibus reliquis Ʋterinis, & Nervorum Obstructionibus, in Morsu Animalium Venenatorum; quorum Fermenta potenter enecat, & per Sudores expellit; si cum Cardiacis & aliis Alexipharmacis misceatur, ut Artis est. Dosis est, à granis decem ad scruplam unam.

VI. Sal Fabarum volatile.

℞ Fabarum libras quinque, indatur Retortae terreae, vel [Page 245] vitreae loricatae, & distilletur Igne aperto, sensim augendo Ignem, donec Oleum & Sal volatile ascendere incipiat; & continuetur distillatio per ho­ras tres vel quatuor, donec Recipiens clarifactum erit. Li­quor rectificetur simul cum Sale volatili in Arena, per Cucurbi­tam vitream collo longo, cum Alembico suo; sic Sal volatile gradatim ascendabit in Alem­bici capitis summitate, albi coloris; quod immediatè inda­tur in Vitro optimè clauso, & in loco frigido reponatur ad usum.

Mirificè attenuat, resolvit, inci­dit, aperit, dissipat, & penetrat; Obstructiones omnes incidendo Hu­mores Pituitosos, & in fluorem re­digendo reserat; hinc Ʋrinas & Sudores pellit, chronicisque Morbis convenit omnibus; aciditatem omnem temperat & extinguit; infinitisque Morbis utilis est, ut Podagrae, ardori Ventriculi, Scor­buto, Hystericis, & passionibus Hypochondriacis, Epilepsiae, Apo­plexiae, Lethargo, Soporosis omni­bus, Syncope, & caeteris, quoniam Aegros mirè excitat. Dosis, à granis quinque ad quindecim.

VII. Sal, seu, Lapis Infernalis.

℞ Calcis vivae libras duas, Cinerum clavellatorum libram unam, misce; & Aqu [...] purâ extrahatur Lixivium per ebul­litionem: dein liquorem super­natantem per Manicam Hippo­cratis cola, & evapora in Vase sictili ad siccitatem; sic rema­nebit Sal, quod in Crucibulo, Igni admoto, liquabitur, & ad [Page 246] humiditatis residuae evaporatio­nem ebulliet. Hinc materia, sub forma Olei in fundo Cru­cibuli existens, effundatur, & in Vitro optimè clauso serve­tur. Fit etiam ex Lunae cupel­latae uncia una, & Spiritus Nitri rectificati unciis tribus, in quo Luna soluta, & ad tertias evaporata; infunditur Cruci­bulo Germanico & amplo, & Ignem apertum, ad consisten­tiam debitam evaporatur, tan­demque effunditur, & in Vitro reponetur ad usum.

Causticam vim spatio semi­horae perficit, & absumendis Ex­crescentiis carnosis inservit.

VIII. Sal Martis.

℞ Limaturae Martis unciam unam, Olei Vitrioli unciam unam & semis, Aquae pluvialis cale­factae uncias tres vel quatuor, ad octo; in Cucurbita vitrea misce, reponeque in Arena do­nec Limatura planè dissoluta sit, videlicet ad horas duode­cim; Solutionem calidam filtra, & evapora ad pelliculae appa­rentiam; reponeque in Cellam per horas viginti-quatuor, ut Crystalli concrescant virides, quae ex liquore auferendae sunt, & super Charta sine Igne ex­siccandae: Liquorem remanen­tem evaporetur ad dimidias, iterumque repone in Cellam; sic denuò Crystalli concrescent, quas pariter sicca, servaque ad usum. Si benè operatus fucris, ex Martis uncia, Vitrioli uncias duas habebis. Sal Martis, quod Anima Hepatis dicitur. ℞ Olei Vitrioli libram semis, Spiritus Vini rectisicati libram unam; misce in Sartagine ferreâ, di­gere [Page 247] ad siccitatem: sic habebis Sal Martis album, quod collige, Arenáque sicca, & servetur ad usum.

Optim [...] convenit Scorbuto & Melancholiae Hypochondriacae, Ob­structionibus Mensium, Chlorosi, & Cachexiae Virginum, Ictero, Hydropi, Morbis Spleneticis, & Vermibus Puerorum, quibus speci­ficum est; & in omnibus Obstru­ctionibus Hepatis, Lienis, Stoma­chi, Ʋteri, & Mesenterii, & aliis Affectibus inde oriundis. Do­sis, à granis decem ad scruplam unam, prioris; & à granis tribus ad sex vel octo, posterioris.

IX. Sal Mirabile.

℞ Caput mortuum, in distil­latione Spiritus Salis, vel Spi­ritus Nitri, Oleo Vitrioli fa­ctum, dissolve in Aqua ferventi, vel ad minimum tepida, ut non Vitrum rumpatur; solutum fil­tra per Chartam, & evapora ad tertiae tantum partis remanen­tiam, vel cuticulae apparentiam; residuum in loco frigido re­linque per duos vel tres dies, & liquor magna ex parte in Crystallos concrescet, quae non debent esse corrosivae; quòd si sint, tum significat, nimis mul­tum esse evaporatum ex Aquâ; necesseque est, adhuc simul A­quâ purâ dissolvere, iterumque filtrare, tum evaporare, sed cautè, ne nimium Aquae evapo­retur; sed tantum, ut possit hoc Sal aptè crystallizari.

Hoc Sal leniter coagulatum, exiccatumque super Charta alba in Arena lentè calida, in pulve­rem albissimum reducatur; vim habet diversos coagulandi liquo­res, [Page 248] ut Cerevisiam, Vinum, Ace­tum, si una pars Salis hu­jus calcinati misceatur cum tri­bus partibus liquoris, reponan­turque per noctem, sic liquor cum Sale hoc abibit in Glaciem. Sal Crystallizatum catharticum est, Visceraque leniter movet per in­feriora, omnesque Humores depra­vatos & malignos educit. Ce­phalalgiae, Hemicraniae, Epilepsiae, Defluxionibus, Odontalgiae, Hydro­pi, I [...]tero, Arthri [...]idi, Vermibus, Febribus internè da [...]um convenit; ex [...]ern [...], Ʋlceribus inveteratis, Vulneribus, Doloribus, Obstructio­nibus Ossis cribriformis medetur. Dosis, a drac [...]is duabus ad quatuor vel sex, in Vino, aliove Vehiculo adaptato.

X. Sal Nitratum.

℞ Salis communis, vel Tar­tari, libram unam, Spiritus Nitri rectificati libram unam & semis; misce, & super Arena calida evaporetur ad siccitatem usque.

Hoc Sal potenter attenuat, pe­netrat, incidit, aperit, & resol­vit; refrigerat, & Ʋrinam mo­vet; Li [...]hontripticus est, conser­vatque à Putr [...]dini, & sic mali­gnitati medetur; unde ejus usus in Peste, Febribus malignis, In­flammationibus, & Febribus ar­dentibus. Dosis, a granis quatuor ad scruplam, Vino, vel Vehiculo appropriato.

XI. Sal Nitrum Catharticum.

℞ Nitri fixati quantum vis, Spiritu Aceti dissolvatur; filtra, coagula, idque ter cum novo Spiritu Aceti repete: deinde solve in Spiritu V [...]i, evapo­raque ad siccitatem usque.

Suaviter purgat, idque per in­feriora, Obstructionibusque Mesen­terii & Lienis conducit: sumitur à scrupla semis ad drachmam semis. Hoc dicitur Terra foliata Nitri, & utile est in Febribus ardentibus, putridis, & mali­gnis; Ʋrinam & Calculum ex­pellit, & praestantissimum est ad incidendos & detergendos Humo­res crassos & tartareos, & Mea­tus obstructos aperiendos.

XII. Sal-Nitrum Nitratum.

℞ Nitri purissimi libram unam, Spiritus Nitri rectificati libram unam & semis; misce, & macerentur simul per horas aliquot: dein Igni superpona­tur, & evaporetur liquor ad siccitatem; sic in fundo rema­nebit Sal candidissimum, fracto Vitro, eximendum.

Locum Salis Prunellae supplere potest, sed mult [...] fortius, & gra­tius: omnibus Febribus putridis & malignis, Peste, Morbis Con­tagiosis, Scorbuto, & Obstru­ctionibus Viscerum convenit; Sitim extinguit, & Stomachi Fermen­tum enervatum estaurat, Appe­titumque excitat. Dosis, à gra­nis quatuor ad scruplam. Per­miscetur plerumque tribus partibus Sacchari albissimi. Externè Gin­givarum putridini illitum con­venit.

XIII. Sal-Nitrum Vitriolatum.

Fit ex Nitro, & Oleo Vitrio­li, iisdemque proportionibus ut Nitrum-Nitratum.

Praeservativum est in Scorbuto, Putridine, Peste, & Morbis Con­tagiosis, [Page 250] habetque virtutes easdem cum priore: valdè acutum est, & penetrans; Ictero, Cachexiae, Anorexiae, Morbis Chronicis & Hypochondriacis conducit. Dosis, à granis quinque ad viginti.

XIV. Sal Polychrestum.

℞ Nitri purissimi, Sulphuris, ana uncias octo; terantur sub­tilissim [...], cribrentur, miscean­turque, & massa per vices in­geratur in Crucibulum (super carbonibus) ignitum, combura­turque, donec pulvisculus gri­seus vel rubeus remaneat: Pul­verem solve in Aqua ferventi, filtra per Chartam, & evapora ad siccitatem; sic relinquatur Sal albissimum, quod usui ser­vetur.

In Febribus intermittentibus insigne est deobstruens, si inseratur ordinario Potui Aegrorum; Hu­mores purgat serosos per Sedem, & nonnunquam per Ʋrinas. Dosis est, drachma una pro una vice, in Cerevisia vel Aqua; vel drachmae duae vel tres in Aquae libris dua­bus dissolvatur, ut fiat instar Acidularum; refrigerat, & Ob­structiones optime reserat.

XV. Sal Prunellae.

℞ Nitri purissimi pulverisa­ti uncias octo, inde Crucibulo mundo, superque Carbonibus accensis repone, ut fluat instar Aquae; fluenti adde Florum Sulphuris pulverisatorum dra­chmam unam vel drachmas duas, qui per vices inspergan­tar; quibus incendio absum­ptis, Nitrum effunde fusum super lamellam cupream mun­dam, ut fiat in Tabellas, quae [Page 251] sunt ipsum Sal Prunellae, sive Crystallum Minerale dictum.

Refrigerat, repellit, Putridem arcet, Acrimoniam acidam tem­perat; conducit in Dysenteria, in Febribus malignis, in Inflamma­tione Faucium, aliarumque par­tium. Dosis, à semiscruplam ad semidrachmam. Sitim extinguit, Ʋrinam potenter movet, Effer­vescentiam Sanguinis sedat; Bilem compescit, unde Crapulae, Febri­bus ardentibus, doloribus Nephri­ticis, Obstructionibus Pulmonum, omnibusque Inflammationibus con­venit. Prunellae dictum, quia mediante Prunellae factum est.

XVI. Sal, seu Saccharum Saturni.

℞ Cerussae optimae pulveri­satae subtilissime libram unam, inde Cucurbitae vitreae, affunde Spiritus Aceti libras tres, vel quantum sufficit; digerantur in Arena calida per horas viginti­quatuor, (ahi per septimanam) donec Acetum evadat dulcis­simum, aliquoties Cerussam opti­mè agitando, ne fundo adhae­reat: Solutionem instar Sac­chari dulcem, effunde, & re­cens Spiritum Aceti superfunde, eodem modo procedendo, ut ante; haec operatio repetatur tamdiu, donec Acetum non ampliùs dulce fiat. Liquores omnes confusos filtra per Char­tam lento Igne, ad quartae partis remanentiam, vel ad Pelliculae apparentiam evapora; evaporatum infunde Vasi stan­neo, vel idem repone Vitrum in locum frigidum; & post horas viginti-quatuor in fundo Vasis stannei, vel Vitri, Crystallos [Page 252] albos, vel substantiam Sacchari­nam cum adstrictione dulcissi­mam, siccandam, & usui reser­vandam. Ex Cerussae libra una, Salis vel Sacchari colliguntur unciae octo vel novem.

Resrigerat, siccat, adstringit, & repellit, conducit in Inflam­mationum principiis, Pectoris & Pulmonis vitiis succurrit; prae­cipuè si Tinctura cum Spiritu Vini inde abstrahatur: Vermes necat, Venerem extinguit, Gonor­rhoeam, Diarrhoeam, Dysenteriam, & Mensium profluvium sistit. Dosis, à granis duabus ad sex. In Affectibus Pulmonum: ℞ Sac­chari Saturni, Nitri purissimi, ana; dissolve seorsim in Aceti Spiritu, solutiones confunde, filtra, & evaporando Crystal­los fiunt. Hoc Medicamentum in Asthmate, Orthopnoea, & simi­libus Affectibus prodest. Dosis, internè, à granis duobus ad de­cem: externè, vel in Aquis, vel Ʋnguentis, vel Emplastris per­miscetur. Saccharum syncerum omnes Inflammationes allevat, valetque in Affectibus Oculorum, Erysipelate, Tumoribus, & Ʋl­ceribus; & propter duas cau­sas medetur; Sal enim volati­le Aceti Obstructiones solvit, & particulae Saturni, propter mol­litiem suam, acres obtundunt Humores, & erodentes, qui Ʋl­cerum sanationem impediunt, & cicatrizat. Cosmeticum est, & in Podagra calida, Suffusionibus, mira praestat; itidem in Contu­sionibus, aliisve dolorincis Flu­xionibus sedandis. In Gonorrhoea, nbi ab acri Fermento Venereo [Page 253] eroditur Ductus Ʋrinarius, hoc Saccharum cum Aqua vel Lacte tepido, injectum per Syringam, praesens est remedium.

XVII. Sal Succini volatile.

Fit in distillatione & rectifi­catione Olei Succini, colligitur­que collo Retortae adhaerens, quod sic purificatur: ℞ Salis volatilis Succini Oleo suo foe­tido inquinati, quantum vis, huic misce Salis decrepitati tantùm, quousque fit arida, & sublima ex Vasculo terreo, Pyramide chartaceâ munitâ; Ignem autem cautè rege, ne Capitellum papyraceum com­buratur: sic enim obtinebis Sa­lem Succini volatilem instar lintei, omnique foetore & em­pyreumate liberatum.

Vires habet Olei, at potentio­res; insuper passionbus Hystericis succurrit, Calculum & Ʋrinam pellit, & Sudorificum est; Pa­ralyticis, Apoplecticis, Hystericis, Arthritidi vagae, similibusque Af­fectibus, & omnibus Morbis fri­gidis prodest. Dosis, à granis quatuor ad scruplam unam, Ve­hiculo convenienti. Spasmos curat, & specificum est in Lethargo, Epi­lepsia, Convulsionibus, &c.

XVIII. Sal Tartari.

Fix ex Tartaro calcinato, ut Sal Cinerum clavellatorum, Se­ctione quarta hujus Capitis.

Attenuat, incidit, resolvit, & potenter aperit; acida omnia Fer­menta, praecipuè Ventriculi, in [Page 254] momento destruit, Ʋrinam mo­vet, & Calculos pellit, Exaestua­tionem Sanguinis sedat, Febribus ardentibus, Delirio, Vigilis continu­is, Ictero, & Hydropi subvenit. Sul­phura aperit, & sic praeparat, ut cum Spiritu Vini Tinctura genuinà elici possit. Dosis, à semiscrupla ad semidrachmam, bis in diem, Si Sal cum parte Nitri dimi­dia factum est, optimum erit Diureticum & Lithontripticum, & Tincturarum extrahente, ad­misceri solet.

XIX. Sal Vitriolatum.

℞ Salis communis, vel Salis Tartari in Aqua pura soluti, quantum vis, ita ut Lixivium sit limpidissimum & fortissi­mum; huic successivê guttatim affunde Oleum Vitrioli rectifica­tum, quousque effervescentiam sedatam notaveris: dein leni Igne ad siccitatem evapora.

Digestivum est nobile ad Ob­structiones pertinaces resolvendas, praecipue Stomachi, Mensium, Me­senterii, Lienis, & similium; Aperiens est egregium, & ma­gnum Stomachicum; potenter at­tenuat, incidit, crassosque Humores & viscosos resolvit: Cachexiae, Ictero, Hydropi, Calculo, Chlo­rosi succurrit, & stimuli loco Purgantibus permiscetur; cumque Jalappa feliciter purgat Hydro­picos. Dosis, à semiscrupla ad scruplas duas. Diureticus, Fe­brifugus & Anticolicus est, valet contra Pestem, arcet Putredi­nem, extinguit Sitim; inde con­venit [Page 255] nimiis Sanguinis ardoribus, Febribus ardentibus & malignis; ratione penetrandi totum Corpus, infinitis Morbis est utilis.

XX. Ens Veneris.

℞ Vitrioli Martis optimi re­verberati & loti uncias quatuor, Salis Armoniaci uncias octo, misce, & sublima, bis vel ter cohobando.

Anodynum est, in summis do­loribus; lassitudini Corporis ma­ximè convenit, unde usus est eximii in Rachitide; Vermes ne­cat, Obstructiones aperit & re­solvit, valdeque proficuum est in Pleuritide ac Ʋteri suffocatione. Dosis, à granis quatuor ad duo­decim, vel sexdecim, manè ac vesperi, Vehiculo aquoso appro­priato.

XXI. Vitriolum Lunae.

℞ Lunae cupellatae uncias duas, eique affundito Spiritus Nitri uncias sex; collocato in digestione tepida, quousque Spiritus Nitri Lunam dissolve­rit; solutionem ad medietatem, vel cuticuli apparentiam, evapo­rato, & loco quieto locato: ita concrescunt Crystalli Lunares, quas à superflua humiditate sepa­ra, & leni calore exicca, super­fluum autem humorem de novo ad medietatem evapora, & pro­cede ut prius. Hos Crystallos resolvito iterum in Aqua pura vel pluviali distillata; digere per horas viginti quatuor, ut faeces, si quae sint, subsidant; solutionem filtrato, & ad me­dietatem [Page 256] evaporato: ita de no­vo Crystalli concrescunt Luna­res, quas exicca, ut dictum prius, & reserventur ad usum. Nota primò, Quod Luna absolutè ab omni Venere debeat esse depu­rata; secus enim Vomitus vio­lentos excitare solet. Secundò, Quod huic Aqua solutioni quidam addunt Salis Prunellae tantum, quantum ponderavit Argentum, eum in finem, ut maxima ex parte corrosioum Crystallorum in­fringatur.

Specificum & indubitatum Me­dicamentum Antihydropicum est; Cephalaeae, Cephalalgiae, & Hemi­craniae medetur. Dosis, à granis duabus ad quatuor vel sex, in baustu Vini calidi, Aquâ Cinamo­mi, vel similibus Vehiculis con­venientibus. Nota: Ʋt in forti eductione Aquarum humoris hydro­pici, Viscera sunt corroboranda, Essentiâ Baccarum Juniperi, cum proprio Spiritu extractâ, & cum guttulis aliquot Spiritûs Salis acidula facta; vel Elixire Pro­prietatis Paracelsi cum Spiritu Salis dulcificato, facto. Hoc specificum quinetiam in Epilepsia, Apoplexia, Lethargo, Vertigine, Convulsionibus, Arthritide, Pa­ralysi, similibusque Morbis con­venit.

CHAP. LXIV. Of SALTS.
1. Fixed Salt of Wormwood.

COmmon Wormwood, q.s. burn it, so as it may be presently brought into white ashes; of which with hot or boiling Water make a Lixivium: filter it, and put fresh Water upon the faeces, so long till the Water will come off unaltered in the taste: put all these solutions into a clean earthen Pan, and evaporate to driness; and if need be, you may purifie it by a second and third solution, filtration, and coagulation. The Essential Salt. It is prepared of green Wormwood, before it runs up to seed, bruising it, and boiling it in a good quantity of Water to one half: then straining out the de­coction by strongly expressing it, which being clarified with whites of Eggs, is to be boiled to the thickness of new Honey, and put in a cold place to crystallize, and drying the Crystals for use.

The Fixed Salt incides, opens, cleanses, attenuates, and is Stoma­tick, expels the Stone, provokes. Urine and Sweat, and is good against all sorzs of Fevers. Dose, à gr. x, ad ℈ j. The Essential Salt cleanses, and is a famous Stomatick and Sudorifick; it kills Worms, and removes Obstru­ctions of the Spleen and Mesen­tery, and allays the effervescence of Choler. Dose, à gr. x, ad ℈ j.

2. Salt of Alum.

It is drawn forth of the Caput mortuum, by the help of common Water. Sweet Alum is made of the crude Alum, being dissolved in fair Water, digested, and cry­stallized, and repeated three times, till the Alum grows sweet.

This Salt is a Febrifuge and Sudorifick, and is given before the Paroxysm, à gr. vj, ad xvj. afterwards it is given morning and evening in some Antifebri­tick Vehicle. The Saccharum is profitable in Diseases of the Brest, but chiefly in such as are contracted from Mineral fumes: it is profitable also in the cure of Wounds and old Ulcers, as also the Tooth-ach, being ap­plied to the part affected. Dose, à gr. viij, ad xvj. in some pro­per Vehicle.

3. Volatil Sal Armoniack.

Sal Armoniack and Salt of Tartar, a. mix, and sublime, ac­cording to Art. You may also sub­lime it, with a third part of Castoreum, or Amber.

It is a most powerful Medicine against an inveterate Scurvy, Dropsy, but more especially against the Falling-sickness, Apo­plexy, Lethargy, and all Dis­eases of the Head; because it powerfully takes away Obstru­ctions of the Humane Body: it attenuates, opens, and is diapho­retick; it is given in Affects of the Lungs, arising from a sharp and corrosive Salt; chiefly in the Pleurisy, Colick, Fits of the Mo­ther, Obstructions of the Courses, and other like Diseases; it cuts tough Phlegm, chears the Spi­rits thro' the universal Body, [Page 243] and promotes the Circulation of the Blood. Dose, à gr. iv, ad xij.

4. Salt of Pot-ashes.

It is made as Salt of Worm­wood, at Sect. 1. above.

It attenuates, opens, resolves, melts Humors, and effervesces with Acids, which it both qua­lifies and overcomes, whereby it conduces to the cure of infi­nite Diseases, but chiefly of all such which are caused from the stuffing of Humors, and are generated of an acid Ferment; as Diseases from Phlegm, the Scurvy, Obstructions of the Reins and Bladder, the Stone, Strangury, Ischury, Disury, Fe­vers, Dropsy, Gout, and other the like Distempers: and this it does do by opening the Passa­ges, provoking Sweat, resolving Humors, absorbing Sharpness and Acidity, and provoking Urine. Dose, à gr. vj, ad gr. xv. or ℈ j. in Aquae Elementa­ria, or other Diuretick Vehicle.

5. Salt of Harts-horn with Amber.

Little bits of raw Harts-horn q.s. fill there-with an earthen Retort, and distil in an open Fire, observing degrees of heat: so will you have with the first degree Phlegm, with the se­cond Oil, with the third volatil Salt: continue the distillation for six hours, till no more will come forth: so will you have in the Receiver a mass, consisting of Phlegm, Oil, and volatil Salt; but a great part of the volatil Salt will stick to the sides of the Re­ceiver, (which ought to be large, and exactly close with the neck of the Retort) in the form of Snow. [Page 244] Separate the thick Oil from the Phlegm and Salt, by dissolving the whole Mass in fair Water, and filtring it thro' Paper: so will the volatil Salt and Phlegm pass thro', leaving the thick Oil be­hind. The Water or Phlegm, to­gether with the Salt, are usually cohobated upon the Caput mor­tuum, calcined to whiteness, in a glass Cucurbit, with its Head or Alembick, and distilled with a very gentle Fire: so will the Salt ascend as white as Snow to the top of the Head. Take again of this purified Salt of Harts-horn lbj. Amber in pouder lbss. mix, and sublime: so will you have the Salt of Harts-horn with Amber.

It is Alexipharmick, Diapho­retick, Cephalick, Cardiack, and Hysterick; and is given in malign Fevers, the Plague, Swooning-fits, fits of the Mo­ther, running Gout, Palsy, Apo­plexy, Falling-sickness, Lethar­gy, yellow Jaundies, Obstru­ctions of Urine, Melancholy Diseases; but chiefly in all Dis­tempers curable by Sweating: it is a most powerful Medicine in Obstructions of the Terms, and other Affects of the Womb, and Stoppages of the Nerves, as also in the Bitings of Vene­mous Creatures; which Fer­ment it powerfully overcomes, and expels the same by Sweat­ing; more especially if mixt with Cardiacks and other Ale­xipharmicks, as Art shall direct. Dose, à gr. x, ad ℈ j.

6. Volatil Salt of Beans.

Beans lbv. put them into an earthen Retort, or a glass one [Page 245] coated, and distil them in an open Fire, increasing the heat by de­grees, till the Oil and volatil Salt begins to ascend; and continue the distillation for three or four hours, till the Receiver becomes clear. The Liquor, together with the volatil Salt, may be rectified in a glass Cucurbit with a long neck and its proper head, in Sand; so will the volatil Salt gradually ascend to the highest part of the head, of a white colour; which immediately put into a Glass and stop it close, keeping it in a cold place for use.

It wonderfully attenuates, in­cides, opens, dissipates, and pe­netrates; it opens all Obstru­ctions, by cutting the Pituitous Humors, and making them thin; for which reason it brings forth Urine and Sweat, and is good in all chronick Diseases; it al­lays the acidity and destroys it; being profitable for the cure of many Diseases, as the Gout, Pain of the Stomach, Scurvy, Fits of the Mother, Hypochondriack Melancholy, Falling-sickness, Apoplexy, Lethargy, all Sleepy Diseases, Swooning-fits, &c. for that it wonderfully excites or stirs up the Animal Spirits in such Patients. Dose, à gr. v, ad xv.

7. Burning Salt, or, Hell-stone.

Quick-lime lbij. Pot-ashes lbj. mix, and with fair Water make a Ley by boiling; decant the liquor, and strain it thro' Hippo­crates his Sleeve, and in an earthen Vessel evaporate away to driness; so will the Salt remain, which put into a Crucible over a Fire, making it to melt, and boil away the remaining humidity. [Page 246] This matter under the consistency of Oil in the Crucible, pour forth, and keep it in a Glass close stopt, for use. It is also made of cu­pellated Silver ℥ j. dissolved in rectified Spirit of Nitre ℥ iij. this is to be evaporated away to a third part; then put into a large German-Crucible, over an open Fire, and evaporated away to a due consistency; then it is to be poured forth, and kept in a Glass close stopt, for use.

It performs its Caustick ope­ration in about half an hours time, and serves to take away fleshy Excrescencies.

8. Salt of Mars, or Iron.

Filings of Iron ℥ j. Oil of Vitriol ℥ j ss. Rain-water warmed ℥ iij, or iv, to viij. put them into a glass Cucurbit placed in a Sand-heat, till the Filings are throughly dissolved viz. for about twelve hours; the Solution being warm, filter, and evaporate, till a skin comes on the top; then put it into a Cel­lar for twenty-four hours, that it may shoot into green Crystals, which take out of the liquor, and dry them upon Paper with­out Fire: the remaining Liquor evaporate to one half, and put it again into a Cellar to crystal­lize, as before; which dry, and keep for use. If you have wrought well, you will have from ℥ j. of Filings, ℥ ij. of Vitriol. Salt of Iron, which is called The Soul of the Liver. ℞ Oil of Vitriol lbss. S.V. rectified lbj. mix them in a Frying­pan or iron Kettle, and digest to driness: so have you the white [Page 247] Salt of Mars, which gather, and dry in a Sand-heat, and keep it for use.

It is admirably good against the Scurvy and Hpochondriack Melancholy, Obstruction of the Terms, Green-sickness, and evil habit of Body in Virgins, the yellow Jaundies, Dropsy, Dis­eases of the Spleen, and Worms in Children, for which it is a specifick; as also in all Obstru­ctions of the Liver, Spleen, Stomach, Womb, and Mesen­tery, and other Distempers thence arising. Dose, à gr. x, ad ℈j. of the former; and, à gr. iij, ad vj, vel viij. of the latter.

9. The Wonderful Salt.

The Caput mortuum made in distillation of Spirit of Salt, or Spirit of Nitre, with Oil of Vitriol; dissolve it in boiling Wa­ter, at least so hot, as it may not break the Glass; filter the solution thro' brown Paper, and evaporate till a third part only remains, or a thin skin appears; then set it in a cold place for two or three days; so will a great part of the liquor shoot into Crystals, which ought not to be corrosive; if they be so, it shews that too much of the liquor was evapora­ted; and it will be necessary again once more to dissolve in Water, to filter and evaporate, but with caution, that too much of the Water be not exhaled, but only so much as may put it into a condi­tion of crystallizing.

This Salt being leisurely co­agulated, and dried upon white Paper in a gentle Sand-heat, becomes a very white pouder; which has a virtue of congealing [Page 248] or turning into a kind of Ice several liquors, as Beer, Vinegar, Wine; if to three parts of the liquor you put one part of this poudred Salt, and it be kept quiet for one night, so will the liquor be turned into Ice. The Crystals are cathartick, gently purging the Bowels by Stool, and bringing forth all sorts of de­praved and malign Humors. In­wardly given it is good against the Head-ach, Megrim, Epilepsy, Defluxions of Rheum, Tooth-ach, Dropsy, Jaundies, Gout, Worms, and Fevers. Outwardly used it helps Wounds, inveterate Ul­cers, Pains, and Obstructions in the Nostrils, or Stoppages in the Head. Dose, à ʒ ij, ad iv, vel vj. in Wine, or other fit Vehicle.

10. Nitrated Salt.

Common Salt, or Salt of Tartar lbj. rectified Spirit of Nitre lbj ss. mix, and upon warm Sand evaporate to driness.

This Salt powerfully attenu­ates, pierces, cuts, opens, and resolves; it cools, and provokes Urine, is good against the Stone, preserves from Putrifaction, and for the same reason is good against malignity; for which cause it is used in the Plague, malign Fevers, Inflammations, and burning Fevers. Dose, a gr. iv, ad xx. in Wine, or some appropriate Vehicle.

11. Purging Sal Nitre.

Of fixea Nitre, as much as you please, which aissolve in Spirit of Vinegar; alter and co­agulate, which repeat three times with fresh Spirit of Vinegar: lastly, dissolve it in S.V. and evaporate to driness.

It purges gently, and that by Stool, opens Obstructions of the Mesentery and Spleen. It is given, à ℈ ss, ad ʒ ss. This Salt is that which is called Terra foliata Nitri, the Foliated Earth of Nitre, and is profitable against putrid, burning, and malign Fevers; it brings forth Urine and the Stone, and is very pow­erful in cutting and deterging of gross and tartarous Humors, and in opening of obstructed Passages.

12. Salt-Nitre Nitrated.

The most pure Nitre lbj. Spirit of Nitre rectified lbj ss. mix, and digest them together for some hours; then put it upon the Fire, and evaporate to driness; so will you have at bottom, a very white Salt, break the Glass, and take it forth.

This may supply the place of Sal Prunellae, but it is much more powerful, and more grateful; and is good against all forts of putrid and malign Fevers, Con­tagious Diseases, and the Plague, as also the Scurvy, and Obstru­ctions of the Bowels; it quenches Thirst, and restores the weakned Ferment of the Stomach, and stirs up the Appetite. Dose, à gr. iv. ad xx. It is oftentimes mixed with three parts of white Sugar. Outwardly, being rubbed upon the Gums and Teeth, it cleanses them, and preserves them from rotting.

13. Salt-Nitre Vitriolated.

It is made of Nitre and Oil of Vitriol, in the same proportions as the asoregoing Nitre-Nitrated.

It is a Preservative against the Scurvy, Putrifaction, Plague, [Page 250] and contagious Diseases, and has the virtues of the former: it is very acute, and penetrating; and good against the Jaundies, evil habit of Body, depraved Appetite, Chronick and Hypo­chondriack Diseases. Dose, à gr. v, ad xx.

14. Salt of many Virtues.

Pure Nitre, Sulphur, a. ℥ viij. beat them into very fine pouder, sift them and mix them together; which done, put of the mass by spoonfuls into a Crucible red-fire-hot, upon a good fire, and let the matter burn till it becomes grey or reddish; this dissolve in boiling Water, filter thro' Paper, and evaporate to driness; so will you have a white Salt, which keep for use.

It is a famous thing in Agues, powerfully opening, if it be put into the ordinary Drink of the Sick; it purges serous Hu­mors by Stool, and sometimes by Urine. Dose, ʒ j. at a time, in Beer or Water; or two or three drams, in a quart of Wa­ter, that it may be made like to the Medicinal Waters at Tunbridge, &c. it cools, and notably opens Obstructions.

15. The Cooling Salt.

Fine Nitre in pouder ℥ viij. put it into a clean Crucible upon a good fire, that it may melt, and flow like Water; to which put fine Flowers of Sulphur ʒ j, or ʒ ij. which by degrees let be strewed in; when all is consumed by burn­ing, pour forth the melted Nitre upon a clean copper plate, that it may be made into little Ta­bles, like Lozenges; which are [Page 251] the Sal Prunellae, called also Cry­stal Mineral.

It cools, repels, resists Putrifa­ction, qualifies the acrimony of Acids, prevails against a Bloody-flux, malign Fevers, Inflamma­tions of the Jaws and other parts. Dose, à ℈ ss, ad ʒ ss. It quenches Thirst, powerfully provokes Urine, and allays the boiling of the Blood; it re­presses Choler, for which rea­sonit is good against Surfeits, Burning-Fevers, Nephritick­pains, Obstructions of the Lungs, and all sorts of Inflammations. It is called Sal Prunellae, be­cause made by the help of Pru­nella, a Burning-coal.

16. Salt or Sugar, of Saturn or Lead.

Of the best Ceruss in fine pouder lbj. put it into a glass Cucurbit, and affuse thereon Spi­rit of Vinegar lbiij. or a suffi­cient quantity; digest in warm Sand for twenty-four hours, (others say, for a week) till the Vinegar becomes very sweet, by sometimes stirring it very well, that it may not stick to the bottom: this sweet Solution pour off, and affuse more Spirit of Vinegar, proceeding in the same manner as before; which operation so often repeat, till the Vinegar will grow no more sweet. Mix all these Liquors together, filter thro' brown Paper, and over a gentle Fire evaporate, till a quarter part only remains, or a little Skin appears on the top; being evaporated, put the matter: into a tin Vessel, or put the same Galss into a cold place for twenty­four hours; so will you have in the bottom of the tin Vessel, or of the Glass, white Crystals, or [Page 252] a very sweet Sugar-like substance, with some adstriction, which dry, and keep for use. From lbj. of Ce­russ, you will have ℥ viij, or ix. of the Salt or Saccharum.

It cools, drys, binds, and re­pels, and is good against Inflam­mations in their beginning, pre­vails against Diseases of the Brest and Lungs; more especi­ally if a Tincture be extracted there-from with Spirit of Wine: it kills Worms, quenches Lust, and stops a Gonorrhoea, Diarrhoea, Bloody-flux, and overflowing of the Terms. Dose, à gr. ij, ad vj. In Affects of the Lungs, commix it thus: ℞ Saccharum Saturni, pure Nitre, a. dissolve them apart in Spirit of Vinegar, mix the so­lutions, filter, evaporate, and cry­stallize. These Crystals are good against an Asthma, Dirficulty of Breathing, and other like Affects, Dose, in wardly, à gr. ij, ad x. out­wardly, they may be mixt with Waters, Ointments, or Empla­sters. The Pure Saccharum (with­out this mixture of Nitre) allays all Inflammations, and is good in Affects of the Eyes, in an Ery­sipelas, in Tumors and Ulcers; and that for two causes, it cures them; for the volatil Salt of the Vinegar dissolves the obstructing matter, and the particles of the Saturn, by reason of their soft­ness, obtund the acrid and ero­ding Humor, which hinders the healing of the Ulcer, and so pro­duces the cicatrice. It is Cosme­tick, and does wonders in a hot Gout, and in Suffusions or Cata­racts; it eases, and gives relief in Contusions, and other painful Defluxions. It is also a present [Page 253] remedy in a Gonorrhoea, where the Urinary Passage by reason of an acrid Venereal Ferment is eroded, being mixed with warm Water or Milk, and then in­jected with a Syringe.

17. Volatil Salt of Amber.

It is made in the distillation and rectification of the Oil of Amber, and is gathered sticking to the neck of the Retort, and thus purified: Volatil Salt of Amber, not perfectly freed from its foetid Oil, q.v. with this mix so much decrepitated Salt, as may make it into a dry sub­stance, and sublime from an earthen Vessel, covered with a paper Pyramidal-head; let the Fire be cautiously managed, left the Paper-head be burnt: so will you have the volatil Salt of Amber, like lint or down, and free from all manner of ill smell, or scent of burning.

It has the virtues of the Oil, but is much more powerful; good chiefly against Hysterick­fits, it expels Urine and the Stone, and provokes Sweat. It is good against Paralytick, Apoplectick, Hysterick Diseases, the Running-Gout, and other like Affects; as also, against all cold Diseases. Dose, à gr.iv, ad ℈ j. in some fit Vehicle. It cures Cramps, and is a specifick against the Lethargy, Falling-sickness, and Convul­sions, &c.

18. Salt of Tartar.

It is made of calcin'd Tartar, as Salt of Pot-ashes, by Sect. 4. of this Chapter.

It attenuates, incides, resolves, and powerfully opens; all Acids it destroys, more especially the [Page 254] acid Ferment of the Stomach, provokes Urine, expels the Stone, allays the over-boiling of the Blood, and prevails against burn­ing Fevers, Delirium's, conti­nual Watching, the Jaundies, and Dropsy. It opens the Es­sence of Sulphurs, and so pre­pares them, that their genuine or true Tinctures may be drawn forth, even with Spirit of Wine. Dose, à ℈ ss, ad ʒ ss. twice a day. If the Salt be made with a half-part of Nitre, it will be a very excellent Diuretick and Lithontriptick, and is usually mixed with other ingredients, for extracting their Tinctures.

19. Salt Vitriolated.

Common Salt, or Salt of Tar­tar, q.v. dissolved in fair Water, so that the Lixivium may be very pure and strong; to this liquor put in due order rectified Oil of Vi­triol, drop by drop, so much and so long, till you find the efferve­scence cease; then with a gentle Fire evaporate to driness.

It is a noble Digestive, for re­solving rebellious Obstructions, chiefly of the Stomach, of the Courses, of the Mesentery, Spleen, and other Bowels. It is a famous Opener, and a great Sto­matic; it powerfully attenuates, incides, and resolves thick and viscous Humors: it is good against the Cachexy, Jaundies, Dropsy, Stone, Green-sickness, and is mixed with Purgers to quicken them: mixed with Jallap, it purges Water pleasantly. Dose, à ℈ ss, ad ℈ ij. It is a Diuretick, a Febrifuge, and Anticolick; prevails against the Plague, re­sists Putrifaction, quenches Thirst, [Page 255] for which reason it allays the mighty ardores of the Blood, and is good against burning and ma­lign Fevers: and by reason of its penetrating through the whole Body, it is profitable against a great many Diseases.

20. The Ens, or Being of Venus.

Vitriol of Mars well rever­berated and washt ℥ iv. Salt Armoniack ℥ viij. mix, and sub­lime, cohobating twice or thrice.

It is an Anodyn in the greatest pains, and is wonderfully good against lassitude or weakness of the Body; for which reason it is of mighty use in the cure of the Rickets: it kills Worms, opens Obstructions, and resolves; and so is very profitable in a Pleurisy, and Fits of the Mother. Dose, à gr. iv, ad xij, aut xvj. morning and evening, in some proper watery Vehicle.

21. Salt, or Vitriol, of Luna or Silver.

Of the purest and best refined Silver ℥ij. upon which affuse Spi­rit of Nitre ℥ vj. put it in a warm digestion, till the Spirit of Nitre has dissolved the Luna; evaporate the solution to the one half, or till a little skin comes on top; then set it into a still place, so will it shoot into Crystals, which take out of the liquor, and dry with a very gentle heat: that remaining liquor evaporate again to the one half, and proceed as before. Take all these Crystals and dissolve them again in very fair Water, or distilled Rain-water; digest for 24 hours, that the faeces, if any be, may subside; filter the solution, evaporate to the one half, [Page 256] and set it to crystallize again, which dry as aforesaid, and keep them for use. Where note, first, That the Silver ought to be perfectly freed from every par­ticle of the Venus or Copper, otherwise it will be apt to be vehemently Emetick. Secondly, That some add to the last solu­tion before crystallization, an equal weight of the Silver, of Sal Prunellae, that it may bridle, (as it will for the most part) the corrosive yet remaining in the Crystals of Luna.

It is a tried specifick Medi­ment against the Dropsy, and certainly cures the Head-ach new or old, as also the Megrim. Dose, à gr. ij, ad iv, aut vj. in a draught of warm Wine, or in Cinamon-water, or other like proper Vehicle. But note, That because it strongly draws forth Water in hydropick per­sons, the Bowels ought to be corroborated with the Essence of Juniper-berries, extracted with their own proper Water, and made a little acid, with some few drops of Spirit of Salt; or with Paracelsus his Elixir Proprietatis, made with dulcified Spirit of Salt. This Speeifick besides is good against the Falling-sickness, Apoplexy, Lethargy, Vertigo, Convulsions, Gout, Palsy, and other like Diseases.

CHAP. LXV. De FLORIBƲS.
I. Flores Sulphuris.

℞ SUlphuris vulgaris pulve­risati libram unam, hic per se sine ulla additione sub­limetur ex Cucurbita terrea in Ignem apertum artificiosa re­posita, applicato Capitello vi­treo, latissimo rostro; & leni Igne primò prodit Phlegma; secundò, aucto Ignis gradu, Flores sub forma Fumi in Ca­pitellum ascendent; unde manu inter sublimandum saepius re­moveri debent, ne nimis indu­rentur: sublimentur Igne primò lento, sub finem fortiori pro­cedendo, tamdiu donec totum Sulphur (relictis faecibus) sub­limabitur in Capitellum: Flores Havissimos & levissimos, re­moto Alembleo, cum Pluma­ceolo collige, & serventur ad usum.

Pulmonici & Thoracici sunt; attenuant, incidunt, calefaciunt & siccant, Sudores movent; Alexipharmici, Bechici, & Vul­nerarii sunt; Vulneribus, Ʋlce­risque internis Pulmonum, Renum, aliisque partibus medentur. Pesti, Asthmati, Febribus ardentibus, Catarrhis, Morbisque Ʋteri con­veniunt. Dosis, à scrupla una ad semidrachmam, plus-minus, cum Syrupo adapto, semel vel bis in diem.

II. Flores Bismuthi & Zinci.

℞ Bismuthi vel Zinci calci­nati, [Page 258] Salis Armoniaci, ana partes aequales; misce, & sublima, se­cundum Artem, in Cucurbita forti.

Cosmetici sunt celebrati ad dealbandam Cutem; conferuntque ad Cutis vitia, Lichenes, Impeti­genes, Lepram, &c. mixti sunt Olei de Ben, ad partem aequalem, pro usu.

III. Mercurius Sublimatus corrosivus.

℞ Salis communis libras duas, Vitrioli ad rubedinem calcinati libram unam & semis, Nitri purissimi uncias quatuor, Ar­genti vivi libram unam, Mer­curii Sublimati corrosivi unciam unam, Spiritus Aceti unciam semis; conterantur simul in Mortario lapideo per horam unam, doncc Mercurius planè dispareat; massam hanc Cucur­bitae planae infunde, & in Are­na impone: sublimetur tribus primis diebus Igne lenissimo, ita ut vix quicquam ascendat, nisi Aqua-fortis solùm, quae per Alembicum in Recipiens colle­cta, ad usum servari poterit: quarto die augeatur Ignis, sic materia albissima in superficie faecum elevabitur, quae fractà Cucurbita, a faecibus facillimè separatur; Mercurium album sublimatum & corrosivum ad usum reserva; quò firmior & durior est, eò etiam melior est. Nota. Si lgnis nimis citò intenda­tur, Mercurius sub forma pulveris sublimabitur, & altum petet, non tam corosivus, neque tam ponderosus. Vel sic, tempore brevissimo. ℞ Solutionis Mer­curii in Aqua-forti factae partem unam, Salis communis partes [Page 259] quatuor: misce, & per Retor­tam vel Cucurbitam vitream, omnis Spiritus propellatur; post­ea augeatur Ignis, & sic ascen­det Mercurius corrosivus al­bissimus, in usum reservandus. Haec Operatio quinque, vel sex horarum spatio perfici poterit, & aequè Corrosivum praebet Mercu­rium. Temporibus antea, non nota fuit ista methodus, & jam Amstelodami conficiunt, & vendi­tur pro duobus praetii prioris, tertiis.

Corrosivus & venenatus est, & si ad granum unam exhibeatur, Vomitum & Salivationes indu­cit: Operationibus autem Chy­micis, & Praeparationibus Medi­cinalibus inservit.

IV. Mercurius dulcis sublimatus.

℞ Mercurii sublimati corro­sivi optimè pulverisati uncias decem, Argenti vivi uncias se­ptem & semis; misceantur in Mortario vitreo exactissimè, donec Mercurius vivus nullibi, sed plumbei coloris, appareat: mixturam Cucurbitae parvae sub­limatoriae colli oblongi infun­de, reponatur in Arena in Patella terrea, & lento Igne primò procedatur per semiho­ram; postmodùm successivè augeatur ad incandescentiam usque, non vitreae Sublimato­riae, sed Patellae terreae, id est, ad tertium Ignis gradum: sic ascendet Mercurius interdum ad summum Vitri, aliquando ad medium, Sacchari instar adhae­rebit, faecibus in fundo relictis. Vitrum resrigeratum per me­dium secetur Ferro ignito, se­paraturque Mercurius albus & purus à faecibus. Teratur iterum [Page 260] in Mortario vitreo subtilissimè, & per se sine ullà additio­ne, denuò reponatur in recenti Phiala, & sublimetur sicut an­tea; quo facto, Mercurium sublimatum, omnis acrimoniae expertem, ideoque dulcem di­ctum, collige & serva ad usum. Aliter sic factum Opus. Recipe Argenti vivi uncias octo, Sa­lis communis uncias sexdecim, Colcotharis Vitrioli quantum sufficit; misce, ac inde Phialae Sublimatoriae, & statim Ignis ei fatis fortis applicetur; assurgit Mercurius dulcis, qui per se iteratò sublimare possit. Nota, 1. Quò diutiùs laevigetur, eò magis albus fit pulvis, & eò citiùs etiam edulcoratur Mer­curius. 2. Quò saepiùs sublima­tur Mercurius, eò magis depo­nit vim suam purgatricem.

Exhibetur cum aliis Purganti­bas, ut Extracto Catholico, Seam­monio, Trochisco Alhandal in sor­ma Pilularum, à granis octo ad scruplam unam, vel semidra­chmam. Blandè est purgans, Pi­tuitam tenacem incidens & ex­pellens; ac proinde in Gonorrhoea est Medicamentum praestantissi­mum. Si per se sumitur, & ad scruplas duas Dosis extendatur, Ptyalismum seu Salivationem ex­citare solet, ac in Morbo Venereo curando srequenter adhibent. Omnes in universo Corpore latitantes Humores attrahit, & fermenta­tionem & praecipitationem satis magnaminducit; ideoque Attractivi & Stimuli loco, in caeteris Pur­gantibus inservit; atque in Mor­bis malignis & fixioribus, ut [Page 261] Leprâ, Scrophulâ, Podagrâ, Lue Venereâ, Chiragrâ, Scorbutô, &c. plurimi est usûs; pro Vermibus Puerorum in bolo propinatur, à granis tribus ad sex; purgatque leniter per Alvum Humores serosos; unde cum alio Purgante adapto egregium est Hydragogum, Lymphae vitia corrigens. Externè Ʋlceri­bus, Herpeti, Impetigini, Strumae, & partium Excoriationibus, im­primis Venereis, medetur.

V. Cinnabaris artificialis.

℞ Sulphuris communis pul­verisati unciam unam, fluat in Patella terrea super carbouibus, sine flamma, ne accendatu [...]; tum statim adde Argenti vivi uncias quatuor, agitentur per­petuò Spatulà ferreâ, donec abeant in pulverem subnigrum, nec Mercurius ampliùs conspici possit; sic Mercurius erit ritè mixtus cum Sulphure: hanc massam redige in pulverem sub­tilissimum, quod ex Retorta vitrea loricata in Igue aperto distilla; sic sesquihorae spatio, materia sublimabitur in collum Retortae, illudque totula sub forma grisea opplebit, aut sub­rubicunda, quae tamen mox trita, rubicundissima evaderc possit, diciturque Cinnabaris artificialis: haec Cinnabaris in pulverem redigi, & adhuc semel eodem modo in Retorta nova sublimari, sic evadat rubicun­dissima.

Curandae Epilepsiae, Morbis Ve­nereis, Gonorrhaeae, Nodis, Tophis, doloribus nocturnis, aliisque Affe­ctibus ex Fermento acido oriun­dis, inservit. Intern! sumitur [Page 262] à scrupla una ad scruplas duas, vel drachmam unam, pro multis diebus; externè, in Ʋnguentis & Emplastris, pro Ʋlceribus & Tumoribus inveteratis & mali­gnis.

CHAP. LXV. Of FLOWERS.
1. Flowers of Sulphur.

COmmon Sulphur in pou­der lbj. sublime it by it self, without any addition, from an earthen Cucurbit in an open Fire, and conveniently placed, cover it with a Glass-head having a large beak; making first a gentle Fire, so will you have a Phlegm; then increasing the Fire, the Flowers will rise like Smoak into the Head, from whence with your hand in the time of sublimation they are often to be taken away, lest they crust or harden: begin at first with a gentle Fire, but towards the end increase it so long, till all the Sulphur (a few faeces only remaining) is subli­med into the Head; which being taken off, with a Wing gather the pure yellow and soft Flowers, which keep for use.

They are Pulmonick and Pe­ctoral; they attenuate, incide, heat and dry, provoke Sweat; are Alexipharmick, Bechick, and Vulnerary; they cure inward Wounds and Ulcers of the Lungs, Reins, and other parts. They are good against the Plague, Asthma, burning Fevers, Catarrhs, and Diseases of the Womb. Dose, à ℈ j. ad ʒ ss. more or less, with some proper Syrup, once or twiee a day.

2. Flowers of Tin-glass, and Zink or Spelter.

Tin-glass, or Spelter, cal­cin'd, [Page 258] Salt Armoniack, of each equal parts; mix, and sublime, according to Art, in a strong Cucurbit.

They are a famous Cosmetick for whitening the Skin, and are good against the vices thereof, as Spots, Ringworms, Leprosy, &c. and are prepared for use, by mixing them with an equal quantity of Oil of Ben.

3. Mercury Sublimate corrosive.

Common Salt lbij. Vi­triol calcin'd to redness lbj ss. fine Nitre ℥ iv. Spirit of Vinegar ℥ ss. Quick-silver lbj. Corrosive Sublimate ℥ j. beat them together in a stone Mortar for one hour, or till the Mercury wholly disap­pears; put this mass into a flat Cucurbit, which place in Sand: sublime the three first days with a very gentle Fire, so as scarcely any thing may rise, except an Aqua-fortis only, which coming by the Alembick is saved in the Receiver, and may be kept for use: the sourth day increase the Fire, so a white substance will arise upon the top of the faeces, which, the Cucurbit being broken, may easily be separated, and the white corrosive Mercury sublimate keep for use; which, by how much the firmer and harder it is, by so much also the better it is. If the Fire is increased too soon, the Mercury will sublime in the form of pouder, and will rise up high, yet will neither be so corro­sive nor so weighty. Or thus, done in a shorter time. ℞ Mercury dissolved in Aqua-fortis one part, common Salt four parts; mix, [Page 259] and thro' a glass Retort or Cu­curbit force away the Spirit; afterwards increase the Fire, so will the Mercury ascend very cor­rosive, and purely white, which keep for use. This Operation may be done in five or six hours time, and the Mercury be full as corrosive. In former times this method was not known, but now it is thus made at Amster­dam, and is sold for two thirds of the former price.

It is corrosive and poisonous, and if it be given to gr.j. it induces Vomiting and Spitting; but is of use for Chymists, and making other Medicinal Prepa­rations.

4. Mercury sublimed sweet.

Mercury sublimate corrosive in fine pouder ℥ x. Quick-silver ℥ vij ss. mix them well in a glass Mortar, till the Quick-silver wholly disappears, and looks of the colour of Lead: put this mix­ture into a small Cucurbit-subli­matory, having a long neck; place it in Sand in an earthen Pan, and make a gentle Fire for half an hour; afterwards gradually in­crease the Fire to a red-hot heat, (not of the Subliming-vessel, but) of the earthen Pan, to wit, to the third degree of heat: so the Mercury will rise sometimes to the top of the Glass, sometimes to the middle, having the resemblance of pure white Sugar, and sticking to the Vessel, the faeces remaining at bottom. The Glass being cooled, cut it in the middle with a red­hot Iron, and let the white and pure Mercury be separated from the faeces. Beat the matter again [Page 260] very well in a glass Mortar, which put again by it self without any addition, into a new Phial, and sublime as before; which done, the Mercury sublimate, (free from all manner of acrimony, and there­fore called dulcis, or sweet) ga­ther and keep for use. The Ope­ration otherwise done, thus. Take Quick-silver ℥ viij. common Salt ℥ xvj. Colcothar of Vitriol q.s. mix, and put it into a Sub­liming-vial, making a very good Fire of a sufficient heat; the Mercury will rise sweet, which may be sublimed alone by it self again. Where note, 1. By how much longer it is levigated, by so much will the pouder be more white, and by so much the sooner will the Mercury be sweetned. 2. By how much the oftner the Mercury is sublimed, by so much the more will it lose its purgative faculty.

It is given with other Purgers, as with Extractum Catholicum, Scammony, Troches Alhandal, in the form of Pills, à gr. viij, ad ℈ j, vel ʒ ss. it is a gentle Purge, cutting and expelling tough Phlegm; also, in a Gonorrhoea it is a very excellent Medicine: if it be given alone, or by it self, to a Dose of ℈ ij. it usually ex­cites a Salivation or Spitting, and is frequently given in the French Pox. It attracts forth all the la­tent Humors in the whole Body, and causes a very great fermen­tation and precipitation of the same; and therefore serves as an Attractive and Quickner in other Purges; it is also of great use in malign and fixt Diseases, such as the Leprosy, Kings-Evil, [Page 261] Gout, French Disease, Scurvy, &c. it is given in a Bolus, à gr. iij, ad vj. for the Worms in Children; and it purges serous Humors gently by Stool; for which reason, with other proper Purgers, it is a most excellent Hydragogue, cor­recting the vices of the Lympha. Outwardly it cures Ulcers, Her­pes, Ringworms, Struma, and parts Excoriated, chiefly from a Venereal cause.

5. Artificial Cinnabar.

Common Sulphur in pouder ℥ j. melt it in an earthen Pan upon coals which flame not, lest it be kindled; then presently add Quick-silver ℥ iv. stir it conti­nually with an iron Spatula, 'till it becomes a black pouder, and the Quick-silver can be no more seen; by which means the Mer­cury will be well mixed with the Sulphur: this mass make into a fine pouder, which put into a glass Retort coated, and distil with an open Fire; so in an hour and halfs time the matter will be sublimed up to the neck of the Retort, and all the Sulphur will become a grey or reddish substance; which notwithstanding being af­terwards beaten will become a deep red, and is called Cinnabar artificial: this Cinnabar being made into fine pouder, and once again in the same manner put into a new Retort to be sublimed, is made at length a most glorious red.

It is of good use in curing the Falling-sickness, Venereal Discases, the Gonorrhoea, Noder, Tophs, nocturnal pains, and other Disaffections arising from [Page 262] an acid Ferment; inwardly, it is given à ℈ j, ad ℈ ij, aut ʒ j. for many days together; out­wardly, it is used in Ointments and Emplasters, for inveterate and malign Tumors and Ulcers.

CHAP. LXVI. De MAGISTERIIS.
I. Arcanum Coralinum.

FIT ex Argenti vivi libra una, Spiritus Nitri libris tribus, distillatis cum tribus cohibiis; Arcanum in fundo remanens edulcando per calci­nationem vel ablutionem, secun­dùm Artem. Aliter. ℞ Ar­genti vivi purificati, Spiritus Salis Nitri, ana libram unam, digere, ut solvatur penitus Mer­curius; hinc abstrahe Spiritum Salis Nitri (in Arena, per Phia­lam colli longi:) Mercurio re­licto trito; affunde denuò tan­tundem novi Spiritus Salis Nitri, ac abstrahe, id que ad tertiam vi­cem; habebis in fundo Mercuri­um corallatum elegantem, quem lento Igne paululum igniendo calcina. Dulcis est, & sine fa­cultate corrosiva. Aliter. ℞ Prae­cipitati rubri, Spiritus Nitri, ana libram unam, digerantur simul, & evaporentur; tum ean­dem quantitatem Spiritus Nitri pulveri superfunde, digere & evapora ut antea: pulveri huic restanti, superfunde Spiritum Ac [...]ti [...] supereminentiam qua­tuor digi orum, digeratur per [Page 263] dies duos, dein evaporetur Acetum ad siccitatem usque: ultimò, superfunde Spiritum Vini rectificatissimum, ad super­eminentiam quatuor digitorum, digerantur, & distillentur in Arena ad siccitatem: Spiritum abstractum faecibus superfunde, & denuò abstrahe, donec Spi­ritus Vini acidum acquirat sa­porem; deinde recentem Spi­ritum Vini faecibus affunde, abs­traheque denuò, & pulvis usui servetur, sub nomine Auri Ho­rizontalis, qui omnes noxias qualitates per omnes vias edu­cit.

Specificum est purgans in Lue Venerea inveterata, & Affectibus Ʋlcerosis; solvit Morbos Chroni­cos pertinaciores, utpote Quarta­nas, Hydropem, Scorbutum, Rheu­matismum, Lepram, Obstructiones Nervorum, Paralysin, & Scabiem inveteratam & profundam, tam Veneream quam alias. Dosis, à grana una ad quatuor. Expellit enim Pituitam ex Venereo Fer­mento, & Ptyalismum, sive Sa­livationem excitare solet. Mi­scetur etiam cum Ʋnguentis, & exteriùs applicatur ad Ʋlcera maligna, Cancrum scilicet, Lupum, Fistulam, Nodos, Tophos, alios­que Morbos externos & Defae­dationes cuticulares.

II. Arcanum Jovis.

℞ Argenti vivi purissimi, Stanni Anglici optimi, ana partes aequa­les; misce, fiatque amalgama: pulverisa, & in Spiritu Nitri rectificato digere, ac per Re­tortam ad siccitatem usque distilla: massam in fundo reli­ctam tritam ablue cum Aqua, & accensione saepè Spiritus Vini [Page 264] edulcator; & securitatis gratiâ quinquies vel septies novum Alcohol Vini affundendo, & supra accendendo, figito; sic enim praeparatum erit Praeci­pitatum Mercuriale Diaphoreti­cum.

In Lue Venerea, Scabie inve­terata, & Febribus pertinacio­ribus exhibetur; potenter enim reserat Obstructiones, Malumque partium, interdum per catharsm, quandoque diuresm foras educit; aliquando blandè per Sudores opus suum destinatum perficit: si autem in magna Dosi sumitur, Ptyalismum sive Salivationem ex­citare solet. Dosis, à granis qua­tuor ad decem, vel duodecim, cum Theriaca, vel similibus Sudorife­ris. Hac in operatione Mercu­rius primitùs involvitur Metallo innocuo, ac proinde à Fermentis nostri Ventriculi, aliorumve Vi­scerum, non ita facilè in actum educi potest. Secundò, per spicula acuta Aquae fortis, intimius & firmius unitur & figitur cum metallo. Tertiò, per flammam Spiritus Vini, Sales Spiritus Nitri qui post edulcorationem ad­haerent, corriguntur.

III. Antibecticum Poterii.

℞ Reguli Antimonii, Stanni optimi, ana partes aquales; fundantur simul in Crucibulo, donec omnia benè unita sint: effundatur materia in Cono su­sorio. Sic obtinebis Regulum valdè friabilem, quem in pul­verem terito tenuem, & cum portione aequali Nitri calcinato, [Page 265] ut in Antimonio Diaphoretico: post calcinationem habebis mas­sam, quam in pulverem tenuem terito, eique Pluviam calen­tem affundito, & cum Pistil­lo agitato; sic enim lactescet Pluvia, quam leniter decanta; novam verò Pluviam calentem massae affunde, & procede ut priús: hoc continua quousque nihil nisi grumi Regalini, & sordes, remaneant: Liquorem lacteum in quieto loco repone, & defende, ita enim pulvis candidissimus praecipitabitur ad fundum, supernatante Pluvia, quae in sese combibit Sales ni­trosos; pulverem saepiùs lava, quousque totalis Nitri acrimo­nia ablata sit; tunc leni calore exicca, & servetur ad usum.

Exhibetur hoc Medicamentum in Lue Venerea; principaliter in Ʋlceribus inveteratis, Scorbuti­cis, ex acri Sale originem tra­hentibus; itidem in Hectica in­cipienti, (quae neque per Decocta, neque per Medicamenta ulla Ga­lenica curari possunt.) Ad Hy­dropem, Icterum, Obstructiones Ʋteri valet; diversimodè autem, pro ratione subj ctorum, operari solet: in quibusdam enim per Diuraesin operatur, in quibusdam autem per Sudores, in aliis verò per Sedes, & quandoque ubi Ventri­culus saburrâ oneratur, per Vo­mitum unum vel alterum, vires suas ostendit. In M [...]rbo Gallico, Herpete, Scabie, Impetigine; & Ʋlceribus malignis, venereis, strumaticis, & scorbuticis, com­mode exhibetur in decocto Guajaci, Sassafras, & Sarsaparillae. Su­mitur successivè ascendendo, à granis quinque ad decem, vel [Page 266] usque donec Aeger nauseam ob­servit; quod signum est, Dosin esse sufficienter, & ad summam extensam; tum paululum de Dosi remitte, & eo tenore singulis diebus procede, simulac observa­veris Medicamentum hoc operari per Ʋrinas; observabis etiam Ʋlcera maligna & inveterata de violentia sua remittere, quae tunc per inspersum Pulverem, vel per Ʋnguenta, vel Emplastra incarnativa, facilè consolidan­tur.

IV. Bezoar Minerale.

℞ Butyri Antimonii glacia­lis libram unam, ei Vitro, collo oblongo, affunde guttatim Spi­ritus Nitri rectificati quantum sufficit, quod est, quamdiu effervescat: digere per noctem, tum distilla (unde Spiritus Nitri Bezoardicus) ex Retorta vitrea ad siccitatem usque; bis cohoba, tum pulverem relictum albissimum leviga minutissimè in Mortario vitreo, & in Cru­cibulo mundo, super carbonibus accensis paululum reverbera per semlhoram, ut foetor & Spiri­tus corrosivi avolent, & pulvis relinquatur insipidus: ne tamen comburatur in cineres, sed evadat ex flavo albus, qui est Bezoardicum Minerale. Vel sic: ℞ Reguli Antimonii à scoriis separati uncias duas, Aquae Regis uncias sex: macerentur simul, donec effervescentia ces­set; digere per dies duos; sic Regulus in pulverem albissimum corrosus in fundo remanebit, supernatante Aqua Regià fla­vedine tinctâ: huic postea su­perfunde Aquae magnum quan­titatem communis, sic praecipi­tabitur [Page 267] pulvis albissimus, saepiùs recenti Aquâ affusâ edulcoran­dus. Nota. In his Operationi­bus, non opus est affusionem Spiritus Nitri repetere, ut ple­rique volunt; quoniam omnia saturata Corpora, suo acido, nunquam ampliùs immutantur, vel alterantur, & hoc est Ce­russa Antimonii, seu. Bezoardi­cum Minerale, sine Sublimato.

Ʋsus est singularis in omnibus Affectionibus Pestilentibus, & Febribus malignis populariter grassantibus; eas enim è Centro educit & evellit, Sudores poten­tissimè movendo. Dosis, à granis sex ad scruplam unam; cum ali­quot granis Cochinellae & Salis Absinthii, bis, ter, vel quater in diem. Est insigne Diaphoreticum, magnorum Morborum Remedium; summo cum successu exhibetur in omnibus Morbis per Sudores cu­randis; praesertim in illis, in qui­bus à spirituosis, oleosis, & sa­linis Volatilibus metuitur Inflam­matio Sanguinis. Variolis, Morbillis, Pesti, Febribus pestilentialibus, Ictero, Venenis, caeterisque Morbis contagiosis adversatur. ℞ Be­zoartici mineralis granas qua­tuordecim; Salis Absinthii gra­nas octo, Cochinellae granas sex, Croci Anglici granas quatuor: Laudani opiati sesquigranam, Mithridati scruplas duas; misce pro Dosi.

V. Gryphus Mercurii.

℞ Mercurii sublimati quan­tum vis, resolve illum in Aqua coelesti calida, solutionem ali­quoties filtra, filtratam Vitro immitte, & guttatim infunde tantum Olei Sisis Tartari quan­tum putabis re [...]uiri, quoad in [Page 268] fundo appareat & subsistat pul­vis subrubeus: Aquam profunde, & pulverem retine, Aquâ com­muni edulcora, usquedum de­stituatur omni acredine & sal­sedine: cohoba deinde Alcohol Vini, & abstrahe Spiritum; co­hoba iterum, tum incendatur, & ferreâ Spatulâ continuo mo­tu circumferatur, donec Spiritus Vini absumatur.

Valet praecipuè in Lue Venerea Gonorrhoea virulenta, Scabie pro­funda, Tophis, Nodis, Doloribus Nocturnis, omnibusque Obstructio­nibus Viscerum. Dosis, à granis duabus ad quatuor vel sex. Ex­teriùs applicatur, Scrophulae ul­ceratae, Leprae, Ʋlceribus mali­gnis, Gummati Venerei, Cancro, Lupo, Fistulis inveteratis, aliis­que Morbis externis hujus generis, si cum Ʋnguentis, Linimentis, vel Emplastris debito modo & proportione miscetur. Liquor de­cantatus dicitur Aqua Gryphi, quae Ʋlceribus inveteratis ma­ximo successu medetur.

VI. Mercurius Vitae.

℞ Butyri Antimonii quantum vis, ei superfunde Aquae com­munis quantitatem sufficientem, & praecipitabitur pulvis albissi­mus, multis affusionibus Aquae recentis edulcorandus, Igneque lento, inter Chartas super Cretam vel Arenam exiccandus. Mercurius Vitae correctus. Reci­pe Salis communis decripitati unciam unam, Nitri purissimi sesquiunciam; fundantur simul in Igne, dein sensim injicia­tur Mercurii Vitae sesquiuncia; fluant simul per horae quadran­tem, dein edulcoretur Aquâ communi, multis affusionibus.

Incorrectus, Vomitus movet egregios; unde convenit in Pituita viscida, Bile, Humoribus tarta­reis, & Ventriculi saburrâ, eva­cuandis: Hydropi, Ictero, Ar­thriti, Febribus ex Obstructione ortis, Chlorosi, Cachexiae, Rheu­matismo, aliisque Morbis hujus generis medetur. Dosis, à granis duabus ad quatuor. Correctus, vires easdem habet, & sumitur à granis duabus ad semiscruplam. Infusus Mercurii Vitae. Recipe Mercurius Vitae unciam unam, Vini Cheriensis libras sex, stent in digestione tepida per horas duo­decim, saepiùs commovendo; de­inde Vinum clarum à faecibus separa per inclinationem. Hoc Vinum magis quam Pulvis in substantia exhibetur, securitatis gratià; sumiturque ab uncia semis ad sesquiunciam.

VII. Mercurius praecipita­tus albus.

℞ Argenti vivi puri uncias duas, Aquae-fortis (ex Vitriolo calcinato & Nitro factae) uncias quatuor; misceantur in Cu­curbita vitrea, reponaturque per noctem in digestione, vel donec totus Mercurius sit solu­tus, nec quicquam in fundo conspiciatur superesse: Solutio­nem hanc instilla Muriae, ex Aqua pura & Sale communi factae, (quantum scilicet Salis Aqua capere potest) dum li­quor instar Lactis appareat; sic praecipitabitur in Muriam Mer­curius in pulverem album: li­quor limpidus decanta, ac affusa Aqua pura, coagulum album aliquoties edulcora, do­nec tandem Aqua manserit insipida, & omni salsedine & [Page 270] acrimonia privatur pulvis; de­nique in Charta super Arena exiccabitur: hic est ipsa calx Mercurii, vulgò dicta Mercurius cosmeticus. Mercurius praecipita­tus incarnatus; fit, si in loco Muriae, cum Urina recenti, eo­dem modo praecipitabitur.

Si internè utitur, pulveri su­perfundendo Spiritum Vini recti­ficatum, eumque iterum per di­stillationem aut incendium abstra­hendo, pulverem edulcoratum reddunt; in parva quantitate, ad Luem Veneream inveteratam purgandam; in quo casu plurimis instar Panacaeae est, adhibetur. Externè, vim habet Cathaereticam, quod est, auferendi Excrescentias carnosas, quas blandè, & sine dolore corrodit: unde Fistulis, Pustulis, & aliis defoedationibus conducit, si pulvis Emplastro alicui inspergatur, & applicetur; vel cum Aqua fontana, Mellis Rosarum parva quantitate mixtâ, per Syringam injiciatur. Dosis, à granis sex ad duodecim; viro autem peritissimo, D. Wiseman, ad granas viginti quinque, diu­turné. Sumitur in Febre quartana, Hydrope, Tophis Venereis, & in genere in omnibus pertinacissimis Corporis Humani Obstructionibus; cum Theriaca, Extracto purgante, & similibus. Hoc Praecipitatum Mercuriale album in emolliendis Tumoribus induratis, praesertim in Nodis Venereis, in Herpete miliari, & in Scabie profunda curanda, applicatur. ℞ Sac­chari Saturni unciam unam, Praecipitati albi uncias duas, Spiritus Aceti uncias tres; mi­sce, lentoque igne evapora ad siccitatem: ad hunc Pulverem [Page 271] addatur Olei de Ben sesquiun­cia; misce, fiatque Unguentum, leniter parti affectae inungen­dum. Ad Tophos Venereos, ma­gnarum virium est hoc Empla­strum. ℞ Argenti-vivi in Aqua­forti soluti uncias quatuor, Olei de Ben, vel Amygdalarum, uncias octo; contunde simul, de­inque in Olla terrea concoquito, continuò cum Spatula lignea movendo, donec massam mol­lem habebis; addantur Cerae unciae duae, pulverum Mastichae, Olibani, ana drachmas sex, mi­sce, fiatque Emplastrum. Prae­cipitatum incarnatum, habet vires easdem ut Album; sed da­tur à granis decem ad scruplam unam.

VIII. Mercurius praecipitatus rubrus.

℞ Argenti vivi in Aqua forti soluti, ut supra, quantum vis: si committatur Retortae, distilla; si Vitro evaporatorio, evapora Aquam fortem ad sic­citatem, & relinquetur calx vel materia alba, valdè corro­siva, quae pulverisata in Cru­cibulo super carbonibus accensis leviter reverberata, ut acquirat colorem rubicundum & splen­dens, saepiùs vertendo Stylo, (ne tamen nimis diu, & in nimis forti Igne teneatur, ne in totum avolet Pulvis; si enim sublime­tur pereunt Crystalli, & figuram rutilantem amittit, quoniam hoc modo Spiritibus acidis spolia­tur:) sic habebis Mercurius prae­cipitatus ruber, vocaturque ab­solutè Praecipitatum in Phar­macopoliis: huic Praecipitato Pluviam affunde, & per crebras ablutiones, quantum fieri potest [Page 272] edulcorato. Postmodum quin­quies vel sexies, Alcohol Vini superincende; ita enim corrosi­vum Praecipitati mitigatur, & non tanto cum periculo interlus exhiberi potest: Ignem enim si ulterius continuaveris, ex Mercurio omne ejus corrosivum expelles; portio autem Mercu­rii revivificabitur, ac proinde nec color rubicundus, nec scin­tillae apparebunt lucidae.

Externê, inservit Excrescentiis carnosis eximendis, eamque stre­nuè absumit, nullo aut exiguo dolore; sordes crassiores Ʋlcerum, & callos detrahit; ideo sordidis, putridis, saniosis, callosis, ser­pentibus, atque aliis omnibus Ʋlceribus, quae vulgaria Reme­dia contemnunt, & Cicatrici ob­sistunt atque reluctantur, modo solus, modo aliis, quae citra mor­sum siccare aut tergere possunt, mistus, utiliter adhibetur. In­ternè, aliquando exhibetur in Lue Venerea, Hydrope, Lepra, Sca­bie, Gonorhhoea virulenta, Dolo­ribus nocturnis, (in quibus spe­cisicum est) Scorbuto, Podagra, Gonagra, Chiragra, Rheumatis­mo, Febri quartana, aliisque Morbis inveteratis & deploratis. Sumitur in parva quantitate, (tanquam interni usiis rarioris est) ad Luem Veneream purgan­dam; in quo casu Salivationem movet, vel per Vomitum & Sc­cessum purgat, plurimisque instar Panacaeae est. Dosis, à grana una ad quatuor vel quinque, in The­riaca, vel Extracti convenienti, horâ somni, vel manê, si Cath­articis [Page 273] adaptis miscetur, jejuno Stomacho.

IX. Mercurius praecipitatus Principis.

℞ Praecipitati rubri supra­dicti uncias duas, per trituram fiat pulvis subtilissimus, ei ad­datur Olei Tartari per Deli­quium, unciam unam; digere per viginti quatuor horas, saepiùs vertendo Spatulà eburnâ: post­ea Alcohol Vini superincende, ac vigesies repetatur.

Vires easdem cum priori habet, sumitur autem à granis tribus ad decem, plus minusve, pro re nata: Catharticum est, atta­men in nimia Dosi Salivationem movet: tuto & utiliter intra Corpus exhiberi potest, in Extra­ctis purgantibus. Si in Theriaca datur per quatuor vel quinque dies, sursum & per Salivatio­nem operatur; sic Morbo Gallico; Gonorrhaeae virulentae, Elephan­tiasi, Rheumatismo; Arthriti, Leprae, Scorbuto, Scabiei, Ʋlce­ribus malignis & Venereis, aliis­que Morbis hujus generis medetur. Nota. Hoc Praecipitatum à Prin­cipe datur à drachma semis ad drachmam unam, Dosis per­valdè magna.

X. Mercurius praecipitatus iu­teus, vel Turpethum minerale.

℞ Argenti vivi purificati uncias quatuor, Olei Vitrioli rectificati, vel Olei Sulphuris per Campanum facti, rectificati, uncias octo; misce, ac digere per duos dies in Arena; deinde per Retortam vitream distilla, (cum tribus cohobiis, ut dicunt Chyrmci;) ultimo, Igne vehe­menti, [Page 274] ut Retorta candeat: quo peracto, frange Retortam, mas­samque albam exime, & tere in pulverem, quem Aquâ purâ vel distillatâ calenti saepiùs ab­lue, vel aliquoties edulcora; & in momento, ex pulvere albis­simo, fiet flavissimus; super quem Alcohol Vini (post dige­stionem horarum vigintl qua­tuor) ter accendas, ut tanto magis edulcoretur, fixetur, & à malignitate, si qua adest, spo­lietur.

Purgat sursùm & deorsùm, magnumque Secretum est in Lue Venerea, Gonorrhoea, Elephan­tiasi, Lepra, Scabie, Arthritide, Hydrope, Scorbuto, Cancro, Fi­stulis, & Ʋlceribus Venereis & malignis: ex omnibus Corporis partibus per Vomitum, per Seces­sum, atque per Salivationem evacuat; secundùm autem exhi­bitionis modum. Sic quod haec Mercurii praeparatio ad infinitos ferè Morbos deploratos curandos utilissima est, maximè verò ad Morbum Gallicum & ejus sym­ptomata. Dosis, à granis tribus ad sex vel octo.

XI. Mercurius praecipitatus, per se.

℞ Argenti vivi purissimi quantum vis, injice in Phialam, (peculiariter hoc in usu factam, infernè scilicet latam, supernè compressam, intus rostro angu­stissisimi orificii, in ventrem us­que producto,) ut tantummodo fundus operiatur: Phialae exactè ad aequilibrium in Arenam col­locatae, [Page 275] (ut Mercurius aequali crassitie ubique fundum tegat) subdatur Ignis primò lentus, post fortior, ad dierum quadraginta sinem usque; vel donec Mer­curius in pulverem rubicundis­simum, instar Cinnaharis con­versus sit: hunc ablue Aquâ pluviâ distillatà, postea digere cum Alcohol Vini, & per di­stillationem abstrahe, vel su­perincende, securitatis gratiâ. Nota. Praestantior erit Praecipi­tatus, si fiat cum Solis vel Lunae parte octavâ.

Sudores vald [...] movet, Luem Veneream sexies vel septies ex­hibitus eradicat, Lumbricos eli­minat, Febres omnes tollit; omnes Humores vitiosos purgat, contra Infirmitates ex Humorum putredine, Remedium est; & utile in Hydrope, Podagra, Peste, Ʋlceribus malignis, Scabie, aliis­que Morbis similibus. Dosis, à granis tribus ad sex.

XII. Mercurius praecipitatus au­reus, vel Solaris; seu Aurum Vitae.

℞ Auri purissimi foliati un­ciam unam, Aquae Regis uncias quatuor; misce, & in tepido calore Arenae dissolva. ℞ Ar­genti vivi purificati uncias octo, Spiritus Nitri uncias sedecim; misce, ac dissolva: has solutio­nes confunde, & in Retortam distilla ad siccitatem usque; calcinetur in Crucibulo calx re­sidua, augendo Ignem, ut Spi­ritus corrosivi secessum faciant à calce in fundo remanente: hanc calcem edulcorato, & cum [Page 276] Alcohol Vini figito; sic obtine­bis Aurum Vitae. Aliter sic: ℞ Auri purissimi unciam unam, Argenti vivi purificati uncias octo, misce, fiatque amalgama; hoc pone in Vitro infernali, posito ut supra apud Sectionem undecimam, cum Igne primò Ieni, post fortiori, donec ma­teria in pulverem rubicundissi­mum, instar Cinnabaris conversa sit; quod perfacilè sit opus, saepè eximendo, conterendo, & revertendo in Vitro infernali materiam; continuando autem ad opus perfectum digestionem: sic habebis Mercurium praecipita­tum Aureum, vel Solarem.

Mirè praestat in Hydrope, Icte­ritia, Peste, Pleuritide, Podagra, Rheumatismo, Scorbuto, Lepra, Elephantiasi, & Lue Venerea; Sanguinem enim purificando, & Medullam in Ossibus rectificando, omniaque noxia è Corpore Humano radicaliter pellit. Medicamentum est insigne, quod jure optimo me­retur nuncupari Panacaea: in Morbis deploratis ex Humorum putridine causatis, singulare est Remedium, quia omnes venenosos & vitiosos Humores educit: Ver­mes necat, & omnia Ʋlcera Ve­nerea curat; purgat per Vomitum & Secessum, & in nimia Dosi assumptum, Salivationem movet, si sepè reiterata. Dosis, à granis tribus ad sex vel octo, in Vehiculo Morbe adapto.

XIII. Mercurius praecipitatus Lunaris, seu Argentum Vitae.

Fit per Dirsolutionem in Spi­ritibus [Page 277] acutis, vel per Amalga­mationem Mercurii & Argenti; ut supra.

Vires & Dosin eandem cum priori obtinet. Summum insuper est remedium mundisicativum San­guinis, ac totius Corporis in Lue Venerea; & specificum est in Ce­phalalgia, aliisque Morbis Cepha­licis & Neuroticis: magnum quo­que fert solamen in Hydrope, pellit Aquam per Secessum & Ʋrinam, exiccatque fontem. In Caduco quoque, Colica, Quartana, Scorbuto, Scabie, Ʋlceribus ma­lignis, venereis, & cancrosis, omni­busque Cutaneis Affectibus prodest. Acres Humores mitigat, Pituito­sos expurgat, Viscerum constitutio­nem emendat; atque Phrenesi & Maniae medetur.

XIV. Tartarum Emeticum.

℞ Croci Metallorum, vel Vitri Antimonii subtilissimè pul­verizati, Cremoris Tartari, ana libram unam, Aquae pluvialis libras sedecim; misce, & per fesquihoram coquatur: deinde filtretur, & evaporetur ad sic­citatem usque; vel bullia­tur ad cuticulam, & crystal­lizatur secundum Artem. Vel sic, à Margravis. ℞ Croci Me­tallorum, vel Vitri Antimonii libram unam, Nitri crudi pa­riter pulverizati uncias tres; misce, & in Crucibulo super carbonibus ignito, detonetur: materiae relictae pulverizatae ad­de Salis Tartari purissimi libram unam, Aquae fontanae libras no­vem: misce, & in Vase ferreo [Page 278] coque ad siccitatem; massam relictam pulveriza, & cum Aqua fervente extrahe, filtra per Chartam; (quod in Charta relinquitur, Vitrum est Anti­monii, quod sicca, & reserve­tur:) liquorem verò filtratum evapora in Vitro ad siccitatem usque: deinde massam relictam fortiter sicca, & in Vitro clauso Pulvis servetur ad usum.

Purgat per superiora, & infe­riora, praecipuè Humores Pituito­sos & Biliosos; multoque leniùs operatur, ac tutiùs quam Crocus Metallorum vel Vitrum Antimo­nii: Emeticum est praestantissimum in omnibus diuturnis & Morbis obsirmatis: prodest autem contra Melancholiam, Maniam, Insa­niam, Delirium, diutinos Capitis Dolores, Vertiginem, Epilepsiam, Apoplexiam, Difficultem Auditûs, Tinnitum Aurium, & Memoriam difficilem; contra etiam Nauseam, Inflammationem Stomachi & La­terum, Icteritiam flavam, Hydro­pem, Tertianas, Quartanas, alias diuturnas, continuas, putridas, & acutas Febres, Venena hausta, Pleuritidem, & Morbos in uni­versum omnes quos utraque Bi­lis excitat. Prodest porro contra Dysenteriam illam venosam tem­pore Pestis vulgò grassantem, Morbum etiam Ungaricam. Dosis, a granis duabus ad sex, praesertim in robustioribus, cum Veoiculis appropriatis. Notandum etiam, cùm quis vomere incipit, dari solitum ipsi, vel Possericum vel carnis Jusculum; idque reiteran­dum, ut eo facilius Vomitus pro­vocetur, [Page 279] & actio Medicamenti acceleretur.

CHAP. LXVI. Of MAGISTERIES.
1. The Coraline Secret.

IT is made of Quick-silver lbj. Spirit of Nitre lbiij. distilled with three cohobations; the Ar­canum remains in the bottom, which is to be sweetned by ablu­tion or calcination, S.A. Or thus. ℞ Quick-silver purified, Spirit of Nitre, a. lbj. digest, that the Mercury may be pre­sently dissolved; abstract from it the Spirit, thro' a Phial with a long neck, in Sand: the Mer­cury remaining beat or grind into pouder, and affuse thereon again the same quantity of fresh Spirit of Nitre, which also abstract, and repeat this work the third time; so will you have in the bot­tom a bright corallated Mercury, which calcine, by burning it a little with a gentle Fire. So will it be sweet, and without any corrosive faculty. Otherwise thus. ℞ Red Precipitate, Spirit of Nitre, a. lbj. digest them together, and evapo­rate; pouder, and affuse thereon the same quantity of Spirit of Nitre, digest and evaporate, as before; to the remaining pouder affuse Spirit of Vinegar, so much [Page 263] as to over-top it four inches, di­gest for two days, then evaporate the Vinegar to perfect driness: lastly, affuse thereon Alcohol of Wine, so much as may over-top it four inches, digest, and distil in Sand to driness: the abstracted Spirit affuse upon the faeces again, and again abstract, which con­tinue till the S.V. acquires an acid taste: lastly, affuse thereon fresh S.V. and abstract again, keeping the Pouder for use, under the title of Aurum Horizontale, which purges out of the Body, by every way, all ill Humors.

It is a specifick Purge in an inveterate French-Pox, and Ul­cerous Affects; it cures stubborn Chronick Diseases, as Quartans, the Dropsy, Scurvy, Rheuma­tism, Leprosy, Obstructions of the Nerves, Palsy, and the Scab, inveterate and eating, whether it be Veneral or otherwise. Dose, à gr. j, ad iv. For it purges Phlegm in a Venereal Ferment, and is used to cause Spitting or Salivation. It is mixed also with Ointments, and outwardly applied to the cure of malign Ulcers, as the Can­cer, Wolf, Fistula, Nodes, Tophs, and other external Dis­eases and defilements of the Skin.

2. The secret Precipitate of Jupiter.

Pure Quick-silver, best Eng­lish Tin, of each equal parts, mix, and make an amalgama: pouder, and digest it in Spirit of Nitre, and distil by a Retort to driness: the mass remaining pou­der, and edulcorate by washing with Water, and often burning from it S.V. and to make the [Page 264] Medicine the more safe and gentle, affuse thereon, and burn off there­from Alcohol of Wine, five or seven times; so will you have a Mer­curial Diaphoretick Praecipitate.

It is given in the French-Pox, and an inveterate Scabbiness, as also in stubborn Fevers; for it powerfully opens Obstructions, and removes the Disease of the parts affected, sometimes by Purging, and sometimes by Urine; and sometimes it per­forms the desired operation by gently Sweating: but if it is given in a large Dose, it is apt to cause Salivation or Spitting. Dose, à gr. iv, ad x, vel xij. with Treacle, or other like Su­dorificks. Where note, 1. That in this Operation, the Mercury is intimately joined or mixed with an innocent Metal, and therefore is not so easily to be brought into action by the Fer­ment of the Stomach, or of any other Bowel. 2. That by the sharp points of the Spirit of Nitre, it is the more absolutely, inwardly, and firmly united with the Tin. 3. That by the accen­sion of the Spirit of Wine, the Salts of the Spirit of Nitre which yet stick to the particles of the Praecipitate after edul­coration, are corrected.

3. Poterius his Antihectick.

℞ Regulus of Antimony, of the best Tin, a. melt them together in a Crucible, 'till they are well united: then pour forth the matter into a Fusory-cone. So will you have a Regulus exceeding brittle, which beat into fine pouder, and calcine with an equal part of Nitre, as in Antimonium Diapho­reticum: [Page 265] after the calcination, you will have a mass, which beat again into fine pouder, and affuse thereon boiling Rain-water, which stir about with a Pestel; so will the Water look white like Milk, which presently gently decant: affuse again more Rain-water warm, and proceed as before: con­tinue this work so long, till nothing but the Reguline grossness and dross remains: this milky Liquor put into a still quiet place, and cover it from dust; so will a very white pouder praecipitate to the bottom, the Wa­ter swimming at top, which imbibes in it self the nitrous Salt; wash often the pouder, 'till all the acri­mony of the Nitre is gone; then dry it with a gentle heat, and keep it for use.

This Medicament is given in the French-Pox; chiefly in old Ulcers, Scurvy, arising from a sharp Salt; as also in the begin­nings of Hectick-fevers, (which neither by Decoctions, nor by any Galenick Medicaments are possible to be cured.) It is good against the Dropsy, Jaundies, Obstructions of the Womb; but operates after a diverse manner, according as the nature of the Disease and Body does require: for in some it works by Urine, in others by Sweat, in some again by Stool, and sometimes when the Stomach is foul and loaded, it exerts its power in a Vomit or two. It is profitably given in the Venereal Disease, in a Herpes, Scabbiness, Ring­worms; as also Ulcers, malign, pocky, strumatick, and scorbu­tick, in a decoction of Guaja­cum, Sassafras, and Sarsaparilla. [Page 266] It is exhibited by a gradual ascending, à gr. v, ad x. or till the Patient shall find it begins to nauseat him, which is the Dose is large enough, and come up to the highest extent; then it may be a little diminished, till you find it to work by Urine, and shall observe that malign and inve­terate Ulcers abate of their con­tumacy, which then by sprink­ling on the Pouder, or by appli­cation of incarnative Ointments or Emplasters, are easily healed.

4. The Mineral Bezoar.

Icy Butter of Antimony lbj. put it into a glass with a long neck, and affuse thereon by drops rectified Spirit of Nitre, q.s. or so much, 'till it ceases efferve­scing: digest for a night, then distil (which is the Bezoardick Spirit of Nitre) by a glass Re­tort to driness: cohobate twice, and the remaining white pouder levigate finely in a glass Mortar, and a little reverberate it in a clean Crucible, upon a charcoal-Fire, to make the ill smell and corrosive Spirits vanish, and that it may become insipid or tastless: but take heed it be not burnt into coals, but that it may change its colour from yellow to white, which is the Mineral Bezoar. Or thus: ℞ Regulus of Antimony, sepa­rated from its scoria ℥ ij. Aqua Regis ℥ vj. macerate them to­gether till the effervescence ceases, digest for two days; so the Regulus will be corroded into a very white pouder in the bottom, the Aqua Regis swimming over it, of a yellow colour: then affuse thereon a great quantity of Water; so a white pouder will [Page 267] praecipitate, which edulcorate, by many affusions of fair Water. In this Operation there is no need to repeat the affusion of the Spirit of Nitre, as several advise, be­cause the whole Body is satiated; nor will it admit of any more change or alteration; and this last Preparation is the Ceruse of Antimony, or the Mineral Be­zoar, made without Sublimate.

It is of singular use in all Pestilential Distempers, and ma­lign Fevers, which are gene­rally mortal; for it protrudes and brings forth from the Cen­ter, by provoking Sweat pow­erfully. Dose, à gr. vj, ad ℈ j. with some grains of Cochinele and Salt of Wormwood, twice, thrice, or four times a day. It is a famous Diaphoretick, and a Remedy against great Diseases, given with the greatest success in all Diseases curable by Sweat; but chiefly in those, wherein an Inflammation of the Blood is feared to arise from spirituous, oily, and saline Volatils. It is good against the Measles, Small-Pox, Plague, Spotted-Fever, Jaun­dies, Poison, and other con­tagious Diseases. ℞ Bezoar­mineral gr. xiv. Salt of Worm­wood gr.viij. Cochinel gr.vj. Saf­fron gr. iv. Laudanum gr. j ss. Michridate ℈ ij. mix, for a Dose.

5. The Mercurial Gryphin.

Mercury sublimate corrosive q.v. dissolve it in boiling Rain-water, filter the solution several times, and then drop into it Oil of Tartar a sufficient quantity; at the bottom will be praecipita­ted a pouder of an orange-tawney [Page 268] colour: decant the Water, and take the Pouder and edulcorate with warm Water, till it is freed from all its acrimony and saltness: then cohobate with S.V. rectified and abstract the Spirit; which coho­bate again, and burn it off; stir­ring the Praecipitate round about continually, till the Spirit is wholly consumed.

It is good against the French-Pox, virtulent Gonorrhoea, ma­lign Scabs, Tophs, Nodes, No­cturnal Pains, and all Obstru­ctions of the Bowels. Dose, à gr. ij, ad iv, vel vj. Externally it is applied to Kings-evil-sores, Leprosy, malign Ulcers, Venereal Gumms, Cancers, the Wolf, old running Fistula's, and other like Diseases of this kind, if it be mixed rightly in a fit propor­tion with Ointments, Liniments, or Emplasters. The Liquor poured off, is called the Water of the Gryphin, which cures old Ulcers with admirable success.

6. Praecipitate of Butter of Antimony.

Butter of Antimony q.v. put to it fair Water a sufficient quan­tity, and a very white pouder will praecipitate, which sweeten with many affusions of fresh fair Water, dry it between Papers upon Chakl or Sand, with a gentle Fire. Mercurius Vitae corrected. Take common Salt decripitated ℥j. pure Nitre ℥ j ss. melt them together in a Fire, then by little and little cast in of your Mercurius Vitae ℥ j ss. melt them together for a quarter of an hour, then edulcorate by many affusions of fair Water.

Being uncorrected, it causes violent Vomitings; for which reason it is good against viscous Phlegm, Choler, and tartarous Humors, to evacuate the same, as also to empty a loaded or oppressed Stomach: it cures the Dropsy, Jaundies, Gout, Fevers arising from Obstructions, the Green-sickness, Cachexy, Rheu­matism, and other Diseases of like kind. Dose, à gr. ij, ad iv. Being corrected, it has the same virtues still, but is given in a larger Dose; as à gr. ij, ad x. Infusion of Mercurius Vitae. Take Mercurius Vitae ℥ j. Sherry-Wine lbvj. let them stand in a warm digestion 12 hours, often shaking the Glass; then decant the clear Wine from the faeces. This Wine is rather (for its safety sake) to be given, than the Pouder in substance. Dose, ab ℥ j, ad ℥ j ss.

7. White Praecipitate.

Purified Quicksilver ℥ij. Aqua fortis (made from calcin'd Vitriol and Nitre) ℥ iv. mix them in a glass Cucurbit, and put them for a night in digestion, or till all the Mercury is dissolved, nor any particle of it remains to be seen in the bottom: drop this Solution into a strong Pickle made of Salt, (to wit, so much Salt as the Water will dissolve) the mixture will presently look like Milk, and the Mercury will praecipitate into a white pouder: decant the clear liquor, and affuse on the pouder pure fair Water, which oftentimes edulcorate, so long, till the Water comes off insipid, and the pouder remains free from all manner of saltness and acrimony; then dry it between Papers upon [Page 270] Sand: so have you a Calx of Mercury, which is commonly cal­led Cosmetick Mercury. Flesh-colour'd Praecipitate; it is made after the same manner, if instead of the Salt-pickle, you praecipitate the Mercury with new made Ʋrine.

If you use this Pouder in­wardly, affuse thereon rectified S.V. and abstract the same either by distillation or accen­ding, thereby to edulcorate it; then it is given in a small Dose, to purge, in an inveterate Lues, or French-Pox; in which Dis­ease it is exhibited by many as a Panacaea. Outwardly, it has a Catheretick force, by which it takes away fleshy Excrescencies, which it corrodes gently, and without pain: for which reason it is good against Fistula's, Pu­stules, and other Defoedations; if it be sprinkled upon any Emplaster, and applied; or other­wise commixed with fair Water, and a little Honey of Roses, and injected thereinto with a Sy­ringe. Dose, à gr. vj, ad xij. but by Mr. Wiseman, that skilful Chirurgian, it was given daily ad gr. xxv. It is exhibited in Quartan-agues, the Dropsy, Ve­neral Tophs, and generally stubborn Obstructions of the Humane Body, with Treacle, a purging Extract, or some such like. This white Mercurial Prae­cipitate is also applied for the softning hard Tumors, chiefly of Venereal Nodes, in a Herpes Miliaris, and a malign Scabbi­ness. ℞ Saccharum Saturni ℥ j. white Praecipitate ℥ ij. Spirit of Vinegar ℥ iij. mix, and with a [Page 271] gentle fire evaporate to driness: to the remaining matter add Oil of Ben ℥ j ss. mix, and make an Ointment, with which gently anoint the part affected. This Emplaster is of great power against Vene­real Tophs. ℞ Quick-silver dis­solved in Aqua-fortis ℥ iv. Oil of Ben, or of Almonds ℥ viij. beat them well together, and then boil them in an earthen Pot, conti­tinually stirring it with a wooden Spatula, till it is made a soft mass; to which add Wax ℥ ij. pouders of Mastich, of Olibanum, a. ʒ vj. mix, and make an Em­plaster. The Flesh-coloured Prae­cipitate has the same virtues as the White, but is given à ℈ ss, ad ℈ j.

8. Red Praecipitate.

Quick-silver dissolved in Aqua fortis, as above, q.v. which, if you put it into a Retort, distil; but if into an Evaporating-glass, evaporate away the Aqua fortis to driness, so will you have a calx, or white matter, very cor­rosive; which pouder, and put into a Crucible upon live coals, and gently reverberate, that it may have a shining red colour, often­times stirring it with an iron Rod: (but let it not be too long in the Fire, nor in too strong a Fire, lest the whole flies upwards; for if it should sublime, it would lose its crystalline and shining form, because thereby it would be robbed of all acid Spirits:) so will you have a red praecipitate Mercury, which in the Shops is simply cal­led Praecipitate. On this Prae­cipitate affuse Rain-water, and by manifold ablutions, edulcorate [Page 272] or sweeten it. Afterwards burn off from it rectified S.V. five or six times; for by that means the cor­rosive quality of the Praecipitate will be diminished, and may be given inwardly with so much the less danger: now if the Burn­ing should be continued any lon­ger, the corrosive would be wholly destroyed, and a part of the Mer­cury revived; whereby the red colour, and shining brightness would be lost.

Outwardly, it is of use for ta­king away of Caruncles or fleshy Excrescencies, which it admira­bly consumes, with little or no pain; it removes the thick filth and callus of Ulcers; and it is of exceeding good use for filthy, putrid, running, callous, and creeping Ulcers, and indeed for all other kinds of old Sores, which vulgar Remedies have no force upon, and which are rebel­lious, and not easy to heal; whe­ther used alone, or mixed with other things which have a power to cleanse and dry, without biting. Inwardly, it is sometimes given in the French-Pox, Dropsy, Leprosy, Scabbiness, virulent Go­norrhoea, nocturnal Pains, (for which it is a specifick) the Scur­vy, Gout in the Feet, Knees, and Hands; in a Rheumatism, quartan-Ague, and other inveterate and deplorable Diseases. It is given in small quantity (tho' it is seldom used internally) against the French-Pox; in which case it carries of the Venereal venom, either by Salivation, or by Vo­mit, or by Stool, and by several it is used as a Panacaea. Dose, à gr. j, ad iv, vel v. in Treacle, or [Page 273] some proper Extract, at bed­time; but if with any congruous Cathartick, in the morning fasting.

9. The Princes Pouder.

Of the aforesaid red Praeci­pitate ℥ ij. make it into a subtil pouder by grinding; to which add Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥j. digest for twenty-four hours, often stirring it with an ivory Spatula; afterwards burn off from it recti­fied S.V. which repeat twenty times.

It has the same virtues with the former, but is given à gr. iij, ad x. more or less; as the nature of the subject requires: it is Cathartick, but given in too great a Dose, it causes Spitting or Salivation: it is safe, and profitably given inwardly, in some purging Extract. If it be given in Treacle, for four or five days, it works upwards, and by Salivation; and so it is said to cure the French Disease, viru­lent Gonorrhoea, Elephantiasis, Rheumatism, Gout, Leprosy, Scurvy, Scabbiness, malign and Venereal Ulcers, with other Dif­eases of this kind. Where note. That the Prince gave it à ʒ ss, ad ʒ j. which is indeed a Dose too great.

10. Yellow Praecipitate, or Mineral Turbeth.

Quick-silver purified ℥ iv. rectified Oil of Vitriol, or rectified Oil of Sulphur made per Campa­num ℥ viij. mix, and digest in Sand for two days; then distil by a glass Retort, (with three Coho­bations, as some Chymists say) and towards the end, with a very strong Fire, so that the [Page 274] Retort may be red-hot: which done, break the Retort, and take forth the mass, which will be white, and beat it into a pouder, which wash oftentimes with fair, or distilled Water, boiling-hot; so will the pouder be changed imme­diately from an exceeding white­ness, to an exceeding yellowness; upon which put Alcohol of Wine, digest twenty-four hours; then thrice deflagrate it, or burn it off from it, that it may be (by so much) the more sweetned, fixed, and freed from its malignity, if any yet remain.

It purges upwards and down­wards, and is a great Secret in curing the French-Pox, Gonor­rhoea, Elephantiasis, Leprosy, Scabbiness, Gout, Dropsy, Scurvy, Cancers, Fistula's, as also malign and Venereal Ulcers: it eva­cuates Humors from all parts of the Body, by Vomit and Stool, as also by Salivation, but ac­cording to the manner of the exhibition. So that this prepa­ration of Mercury is a most ex­cellent thing for the cure of al­most aninfinite of deplorable Dis­eases, but more especially for the cure of the French Pox, and the symptoms arising there-from. Dose, à gr. iij, ad vj, vel viij.

11. Mercury praecipitated, by it self.

Quick-silver purified, q.v. put it into a Phial, (such a one as is made peculiarly for this use, viz. broad downwards at the bottom, and narrow upwards, having a neck or beak turned in­wards into its belly, with a very narrow mouth) that the bottom only may be covered; place the Phial [Page 275] in Sand, exactly in an aequili­brium, (that the Mercury may cover the bottom all over of an equal thickness;) give it fire, first gentle, afterwards stronger, for the space of full fourty days, or till the Mercury becomes a very red pouder, much like to Cinnabar; this wash with distilled Rain-water; after which digest it with rectified S.V. and abstract it again by distillation, or burn it off for advantage of the Medi­cine. Where note, That the Praecipitate will yet be more pow­erful, if it be made with an eighth part of Gold or Siver.

It powerfully provokes Sweat, and cures the French Disease at six or seven times taking; it kills Worms, and takes away all sorts of Fevers; it purges all sorts of vitious Humors, and is a Remedy against Diseases which arise from Putrifaction of Humors; it is also a good thing against the Dropsie, Gout, Plague, malign Ulcers, Scabbiness, and other like Diseases. Dose, à gr. iij. ad vj.

12. Solar, or golden Praecipi­tate; or Aurum Vitae.

Of pure fine Gold in leaves ℥ j. Aqua Regis ℥ iv. mix, and dissolve in a warm Sand-heat. Purified Quick-silver ℥ viij. Spirit of Nitre ℥ xvj. mix, and dissolve: join these solutions to­gether, and distil in a Retort to perfect driness; the remaining matter calcine in a Crucible, in­creasing the Fire, that the corro­sive Spirits may be forced away from the calx remaining in the bottom, which calx edulcorate, and fix with rectified S.V. so [Page 276] will you have Aurum Vitae. Otherwise thus: ℞ Of the most fine Gold ℥ j. purified Quick-silver ℥ viij. mix, and make an amal­gama; put this into a Glass-infernum, placed as directed at Sect. 11. above, making at first a very gentle Fire, afterwards a stronger, till the matter becomes a very red pouder, much like to Cinnabar; which work will be easily done, by often taking it forth, and beating or grinding it, and putting it again into the Infernum, and so continuing the digestion to the perfecting of the work: thus have you Solar, or Golden Prae­cipitate.

It prevails wonderfully against the Dropsy, Jaundies, Gont, Plague, Pleurisy, Rheumatism, Scurvy, Leprosy, Elephantiasis, and French-Pox; for it purifies the Blood, and strengthens the Marrow in the Bones, and radi­cally drives forth all noxious Matters or Humors out of the Humane Body. It is a famous Medicine, and deserves by the greatest right to be called a Pan­acaea, or All-heal: it is a singular Remedy in all deplorable Dis­eases arising from the putrifa­ction of Humors, for that it expels or drives out all venene and vitious Humors: it kills Worms, and heals all Venereal Ulcers; purges both by Vomit and Stool, and taken in somewhat too large a Dose, causes Saliva­tion, if often repeated. Dose, à gr. iij, ad vj, vel viij. in some Vehicle proper to the Disease.

13. Lunar, or Silver Praecipitate, or Argentum Vitae.

It is made by a Dissolution in [Page 277] strong Waters, of Mercury and Silver, or by an Amalgamation; as in the former.

It has also the same Virtues and Dose with the former, but is the greatest Remedy for pu­rifying the Blood, and of the whole Body in the French-Pox, that can be; it is a specifick in an Head-ach, and other Dis­eases of the Head and Nerves: it gives also great relief in a Dropsy, expelling the Water both by Stool and Urine, and drying up the very fountain or spring. It is good also against the Falling-sickness, Colick, quartan Ague, Scurvy, Scabbiness, malign, venereal, and cancerous Ulcers, and all sorts of Cutaneous Af­fects. It qualifies sharp Humors, purges Phlegmatick matter, re­ctifies the constitution of the Bowels, and cures Phrensies and Madness,

14. Vomiting Tartar.

℞ Crocus Metallorum, or Glass of Antimony in very subtil pouder, Cream of Tartar, ana lbj. Rain-water lbxvj. mix, and boil for an hour and half, then filter, and evaporate to driness; or boil till a skin appears on top, and set it to crystallize, according to Art. Or thus, according to Margrave. ℞ Crocus Metallorum, or Glass of Antimony lbj. crude Nitre a little poudred ℥ iij. mix, and in a red-hot Crucible upon live coals make the detonation: the remain­ing matter pouder, and put there­to of pure fine Salt of Tartar lbj. fair Water lbix. mix them, and boil in an iron Kettle to dri­ness; the mass remaining, pouder, and extract with boiling Water, [Page 278] filter thro' Paper: (that which remains in the Paper, is the Glass of Antimony, which dry, and keep for other uses:) the filtred liquor evaporate in a Glass to perfect driness; and dry it with a strong heat, then put it up into a Glass, which stop close, and keep it for use.

It purges both upwards and downwards, chiefly Phlegmatick and Cholerick Humors, and it works much more gently and safely than Crocus of Metals, or Glass of Antimony; it is a most powerful Emetick in all long continued and stubborn Dis­eases: it is good against Melan­choly, Madness, Phrenzy, Dotage, long continued Pains of the Head, Vertigo, Epilepsy, Apople­xy, Difficulty of Hearing, Noise and Ringing in the Ears, Short­ness of Memory, Loathing of Meat, Inflammation of the Sto­mach and Sides, the yellow Jaun­dies, Dropsy, Tertian Agues, Quartan Agues, and other chronick, continual, putrid, and acute Fevers; poysonous Draughts, Pleurisies, and all other Diseases of the Body pro­ceeding from Choler or Melan­choly. It prevails also against a malign Bloody-flux, which is generally mortal in a Plague-time; as also against the Calen­ture, or Hungarian Fever. Dose, à gr. ij, ad vj. but to strong consti­tutions, and in some proper Vehicle. Here is to be noted, when the Sick begins to vomit, they are to drink either Posset­drink, or Broth made of flesh, (as Mutton or Veal) which is to be often repeated, that the Vomiting may be performed [Page 279] thereby more easily, and the operation of the Medicine, with all the speed imaginable.

CHAP. LXVII. De SYRƲPIS.
I. Syrupus Simplex.

℞ AQuae fontanae vel Succi Angelioae libras tres, Spiritus Vini libram unam, Sac­chari albissimi libras sex: misce, & Balnei caliditate fiat Syrupus.

Pro Vehiculo praecipuè usurpa­tur, & Pectoris Morbis, ut Tussi, Asthmati, Pulmonum Obstructio­nibus opitulatur. Dosis, à semi­uncia ad unciam unam, vel pro re nata.

II. Syrupus Volatilis.

℞ Spiritus Vini rectificati, vel Tincturae Angelici optimae, Sacchari albissimi, ana libras duas: misce, dissolvaturque Bal­neo leni Saccharum.

Pro Vehiculo, ut prior, possit usurpari; sed Cardiacus & Pe­ctoralis est: magnoperè Tabidis, Consumptis, ac ulceratos Pulmones habentibus, diuturnae Tussi, & Asthmati prodest. Dosis, (cum Aqua appropriata) à drachmis tribus ad unciam unam: Senibus autem maximè familiaris.

III. Syrupus Limonum, &c.

℞ Succi Limonum siltrati, vel succi Citriorum; seu in loco ejusdem, Aceti Vini optimi li­bras [Page 280] tres, Alcohol Vini libram unam, Sacchari albissimi libras sex: misce, & dissolva.

Humores in Thorace crassos in­cîdit & attenuat, Stomachum à crassa Pituita & tenaci abs­terget; Nauseam, & Fermenti debilitatem Ventriculi removet: resrigerando & humectando bilio­sarum & aestuantium Febrium incendia potentissimè restinguit, & Sitis intolerantiam sedat; Putre­dinem arcet, ac Lumbricos ene­cat; Cor resicit, ejusdemque vires tuetur; saluberrimus est in Affe­ctibus Calidis ac Biliosis, in Pe­stilentia, & Morbis ex Putre­dine, vel materia Mixta, natis. Dosis, ab uncia semis ad unciam unam, plus-minusve.

IV. Syrupus Antifebriticus.

℞ Aquae fontanae libras octo, Salis Nitri uncias octodecim, dissolvatur Sal; adde Sacchari albissimi libras octo, Spiritus Vini libras duas, lenique calore fiat Syrupus.

Viscerum Obstructiones aperit, Vitales Spiritus reficit, totius Corporis Exaestuationi confert, Cal­culos atterit, Ʋrinas movet, Renumque Arenulas, & Humores Tartarosos expurgat; Hydropi suc­currit, & Aquas per Ʋreteres & Meatus Ʋrinarios maximè edu­cit: potens est in aperiendis Obstructionibus ex crassis, viscidis, & glutinosis Humoribus ortum ducentibus: Febribus ardentibus, biliosis, malignis, & pestilentibus mirè prodest: sumitur autem in Paroxysmo, vel tempore aestuanti, in Vehiculo appropriato, ab uncia una ad duas.

V. Syrupus Catharticus.

℞ Vini albi libras quatuor, succi Rosarum Damascenarum de­purati libras duas, Alcohol Vini sesquilibram, Senae Alexandrinae libram unam, Rhabarbari uncias quatuor, Glycyrrhizae contusae uncias duas; digere in Balneo Mariae per viginti quatuor ho­ras, dein coletur, cumque Sac­chari albissimi libris sex fiat Syrupus.

Bilem utramque & Pituitam satis potenter educit: Polychre­stum Medicamentum est, quod ad multos Affectus Corporis praeter Naturam sit utile, ac omnes Hu­mores purgat; ad varias enim Capitis, Ventriculi, Jecoris, Vi­scerumque aliis Affectus, est efficax. Dosis, ab uncia una ad duas vel tres, manè, jejuno Stomacho.

VI. Syrupus de Meconio, seu Diacodium.

℞ Capitum recentium Pa­paveris albi & nigri cum semi­nibus, mediocris magnitudinis, nec nimium viridium, nec ni­mium maturorum, ana uncias octo, Aquae pluvialis vel fon­tanae libras octo; macerentur per horas viginti quatuor, & coquantur ad remanentiam tri­um librarum: expressioni adde Sacchari albi uncias viginti qua­tuor, Spiritus Vini uncias de­cem: misce, lentoque Igne fiat Syrupus.

Vehiculum est, & usu creber, arcendis Desluxionibus tenuibus & acribus in Thoracem & Asperam Arteriam ruentibus, Tussim sedat, Sitim explet, somnum conciliat, Diarrhoeam & Dysenteriam sistit, Dolorem acutum, Inquietudinem, & Morbos Hystericos alleviat, [Page 282] Caloris febrilis incendium miti­gat, bumectat & resrigerat. Dosis, à semiuncia ad unciam unam.

VII. Mel Rosarum, vel Rosatum.

℞ Infusionis multiplicis Ro­sarum rubrarum libras tres, Mellis despumati libras duas & semis; misce, & coquuntur, addatur­que in finem Spiritus Vini optimi unciae decem. Vel sic: Recipe succi Rosarum rubrarum libras tres, Mellis optimi de­spumati libras sex: misce benè, addatur Alcohol Vini libra una, reponaturque ad usum.

Ventriculum roborat & deter­git, Coctionem juvat, Putredini adversatur, Humores crudos con­coquit, Raucedines mitigat, Oris Phlegmonas, prout & Gingiva­rum, Tonsillarumque Inflammatio­nes placat; Asperae quoque Arte­riae, Columellae, Faucium & Gut­turis noxas depellit. Dosis, in­ternè, ab semiuncia ad unciam unam.

VIII. Oxymel Scilliticum.

℞ Scillam recentem, hanc rejectis aridioribus Tunicis ex­timis, Pastâ Panis involve, eamque in Clibano ad Panis sufficientiam coque; exemptam, Cultro ex osse parato in la­minas disseca, quas Filo trajice, ita ut una alteram non attin­gat, & loco sicco appensas per dies quadraginta sicca: postea concisam Cultello eburneo, li­bram unam dies alios quadra­ginta in Spiritu Aceti Vini albi libris sex, insolabis, in Vase vitriato stricti orificii benè ob­turato, dein colabis: Recipe Aceti hujus Scillitici libras sex, [Page 283] Mellis despumati libras octo; misce, paucisque ebullitiouibus consiciatur Oxymel debitae con­sistentiae. Aliter. Recipe Scillae Pane involutae & in Clibano as­satae libram unam semis, Accti acerrimi libras septem; misce, & per quadraginta dies inso­latur; vel digere in Cinere vol Sabulo calido per tres dies, postmodum colabis, cumque Melle ut supra fiat Oxymel Scilliticum. Vel sic: Recipe succi Scillae (ex crudis, plenis, ac nitidis, Cultello eburneo in partes vel laminas incifis, & in Mortario lapideo contusis,) expressae, libras duas, Aceti Vini albi acerrimi libram unam, Mellis optimi libras tres; misce, & coque ad Syrupi formam.

Hydropicos, nec non Anasarcâ laborantes juvat, unum vel duo cochlearia pro Dosi sumenda: ad Cerebri, Pulmonis, Ventriculi af­fectus Pituitosos vel Melancholi­cos etiam contumaces pollet; eo [...]imur in Epilepticorum insulti­bus, ipsoque Paroxysmo; in Affe­ctibus Pectoris & Ventriculi, & Asthmaticis à crassa Pituita, & viscosa humiditate provenientibus maximê conducibile est. Incidit, attenuat, & expulsioni praeparat materiam crassam, quae Thoracis cavo continetur; veterem Tussim cum suspirio sanat: Asthmaticis, difficulter Spirantibus in magna Pituitae copia, Spiritus vias oppri­mente succurrit, promptéque hu­jusmodi Obstructa liberat; Senibus perpetuò ejusmodi Morbis mole­stis valde necessarium: Venarum Obstructiones etiam inveteratas reserat. Cum Samius hoc Medi­camento uti incepit, quinquagesi­mum [Page 284] annum natus erat, & usque ad centesimum decimum­septimum vitam produxit inte­ger, & nulla unquam adversâ valetudine tentatus. Phthisicos ab omnibus deploratos, hoc Me­dicamento sanitati restitutos no­vimus, dixit Galenus. Morbo Comitiali diuturno efficaciter pro­fuit, ut nisi post longa temporis intervalla non reàiret; incipien­tem verò ac novum perfectè dis­cutit, neque reverti ampliùs hunc Affectum permittit. Ad Poda­gras praeterea, & Articulorum Morbos; Jecoris, Lienisque du­ritiem, vehementer facit. Alvus lubrica omninò est, totiusque Cor­poris purgatorium Medicamen­tum, etiamsi in Ossibus sordes inbaereant. Nibil supervacui in Corpore residebit; non Flatus, non Bilis, nec Stercus, nec Ʋrina, sed omnia facilè excernit, atque educit.

CHAP. LXVII. OF SYRUPS.
1. The Simple, or Uncom­pounded Syrup.

FAir Water or Juice of An­gelica lbiij. Spirit of Wine lbj. treble-refined Sugar lbvj. mix, and with the heat of a Bath make a Syrup.

It is chiefly used as a Vehi­cle, and in Diseases of the Brest, as Coughs, Asthma's, Obstructions of the Lungs, it is exceeding helpful. Dose, ab ℥ ss, ad ℥ j. or according as the nature of the thing requires.

2. The Volatil Syrup.

Alcohol of Wine, or the best Tincture of Angelica, treble-refined Sugar, ana lbij. mix, and dis­solve the Sugar in a gentle Bath.

It is used for a Vehicle, as the former; but is Cordial and Pectoral, and is very profitable in Pinings, Hecticks, Consum­ptions, and Ulcers of the Lungs, as also for such as have tedious Coughs and Asthma's. Dose, (being mixt with some proper Water) is, à ʒ iij, ad ℥ j. It is a good thing, chiefly for ancient People.

3. Syrup of Limons, &c.

Filtred juice of Limons, or of Citrons; or in place there­of, the best Wine-vinegar lbiij. [Page 280] S.V. rectified lbj. treble-refined Sugar lbvj. mix, and dissolve.

It cuts and attenuates thick Humors in the Brest, cleanses the Stomach from thick and tough Phlegm; takes away Loathing of Food, and the weakness of the Ferment of the Ventricle: it powerfully allays the great heat of burning Fevers, by cooling and moistning of Choler and Melancholy; it quenches vehement Thirst, resists Putrifa­ction, kills Worms, comforts the Heart, and restores its strength. It is most effectual in Diseases proceeding from Heat and Cho­ler, in the Plague, and in Diseases arising from Putrifaction, or Mixt humors. Dose, ab ℥ ss, ad ℥ j. more or less.

4. The Syrup against Fevers.

Fair Water lbviij. Nitre ℥ xviij. treble-refined Sugar lbviij. S.V. lbij. mix, and with a gentle heat make a Syrup.

It opens Obstructions of the Bowels, recruits the Vital Spirits, and is good against the vehe­ment Heat of the whole Body; it wasts the Stone, provokes Urine, and expels Sand and Tar­tarous Humors from the Reins, it is profitable in the Dropsy, and wonderfully brings forth the watery Humor by the Ureters and Urinary Passages: it is powerful in opening Obstructions pro­ceeding from thick, viscous, and glutinous Humors: it is a singu­lar thing, and of great force in burning, cholerick, malign, and pestilential Fevers: but it is then given in the Fit, or time of the burning heat, in some fit Vehicle. Dose, ab ʒ j, ad ℥ ij.

5. The Purging Syrup.

White Port-wine lbiv. de­purated juice of Damask-Roses lbij. Alcohel of Wine lbj ss. best Sena lbj. Rhubarb ℥ iv. Li­quorice bruised ℥ ij. digest in Bal­neo Mariae, for twenty four hours; then strain out, and with the best white Sugar-candy lbvj. make a Syrup.

It sufficiently and powerfully purges Choler, Phlegm, and Melancholy: it is a Medicine of general use, which is proper to many praeternatural Affects of the Body, and expels all Hu­mors; it is powerful against various Diseases of the Head, Stomach, Liver, and Disaffections of the other Bowels, and is given in the Morning fasting; ab ℥ j, ad ij, vel iij.

6. Syrup of Poppies, or Diacodium.

Fresh heads of Poppies with their seed, white and black, of a middle size, neither too green, nor too ripe, ana ℥ viij. rain or foun­tain Water lbviij. digest for twenty four hours, and then boil till lbiij. only remain: express out, and add thereto white Sugar ℥ xxiv. Spirit of Wine ℥ x. mix, and with a gentle heat make a Syrup.

It is a Vehicle for other things, and of frequent use to re­strain thin and sharp Defluxions flowing down upon the Brest and Lungs, it stops the Cough, quenches Thirst, induces Sleep, and stays Fluxes of the Belly, and a Bloody-flux; it eases [Page 282] acute Pains, causes Rest, and alleviates Hysterick Diseases: it mitigates the vehemency of febrile Heats, moistens and cools, Dose, ab ℥ ss, ad ℥ j.

7. Honcy of Roses, or Honey Rosed.

Of the manifold Infusion of red Roses lbiij. clarified Honey lbij ss. mix, and boil, adding in the end rectified S.V. ℥ x. Or thus: Take juice of red Roses lbiij. best clarified Honey lbvj. mix them well, add Alcohol of Wine ℥ xij. and keep it for use.

It strengthens and cleanses the Stomach, helps Concoction, resists Putrifaction, digests crude Humors, removes hoarsness, and gives relief in Swellings pro­ceeding from Blood, happening in the Mouth, as Inflammations of the Gums and Tonsils; it takes away the Distempers of the Aspera Arteria, Columella, Jaws, and Throat. Dose, being internally taken, à ℥ ss, ad ℥ j.

8. Oxymel of Squills.

A fresh Squill, its outside­coat being taken off, wrap it up in Bread-dough, and bake it with Bread in an Oven; being taken forth, cut it into slices with a bone or ivory Knife, which put upon a Thred, but so as one piece may not touch another, and hang it in a dry place for forty days, till they are dry; afterwards cut them with an ivory Knife, of which take lbj. Spirit of White-wine-vinegar lbvj. put them into a glass Vessel with a narrow mouth, which stop close, and insolate for forty days, after which strain it out. Take of this Vinegar of [Page 283] Squills lbvj. clarified Honey lbviij. mix them, and with a little soft boiling, make Oxymel of a due consistency. Otherwise thus: Take of a Squill bak'd in Bread-dough lbj. of the sharpest Vinegar lbvij. mix them, and insolate for forty days; or other­wise digest in hot Ashes or Sand for three days; afterwards strain, and with Honey, as above, make Oxymel of Squills. Or thus: Take juice of a Squill (taken from a raw one, which is plump and clean; cut into slices with an ivory Knife, and bruised in a stone Mortar) lbij. of the best White-wine-vinegar lbj. of the best Honey lbiij. mix, and boil to the form of a Syrup.

It is good for Hydropick per­sons, and such as have an Ana­sarca, one or two spoonfals being taken for a Dose: it powerfully removes contumacious affects of the Brain, Lungs, and Stomach, proceeding from Phlegm or Melancholy; it is used also in a prevailing or stubborn Epile­psy, and in the Paroxysm it self; as also in Diseases of the Brest and Stomach, and is singularly good in an Asthma coming from thick Phlegm and a viscous humidity. It cuts, attenuates, and prepares the thick matter sonexpulsion, which is contained in the cavity of the Brest; it cures such as have an old Cough, accompanied with difficulty of Breathing: it helps the Asthma, and shortness of Breath, arising from the passages of the Breath being stuft with a great quan­tity of Phlegm; and readily frees such as are obstructed after [Page 284] this manner; and it is extremely necessary for Ancient people, who are almost always trou­bled with Diseases of this kind; it opens also inveterate Ob­structions of the Veins. Sa­mius when he began to use this Medicine was fifty years old, and he lived well and in good health, without the appearance of any sickness, till he was an hundred and seven­teen years of age. Galen saith, that by the use of this Medi­cine he knew many to be re­stored to their healths, who laboured under deplorable Phthi­sicks, or Consumptions of the Lungs. It is effectually good against a long-continued Epi­lepsy, so as it returns not, ex­cept after a long space of time; but if the Disease is recent, and in its beginning, it per­fectly removes it, so as it shall never return any more. It is also admirable against the Gout, and Diseases of the Joints; also the Scirrhus, or hardness of the Liver and Spleen. It makes the Belly perfectly soluble, purges the whole Body, and draws from all the parts of the same, not suffering any filth to remain in the Bones. It suffers no unprofitable thing to rest in the Body; neither Wind, nor Flegm, nor Choler, nor Melancholy, Dung nor Urine; but moves, or purges them with much ease, and casts them forth.

CHAP. LXVIII. De SPECIEBƲS.
I. Pulvis Antimonii.

℞ ANtimonii optimi pulve­rizati libras duas, Li­xivii Saponis for tissimi quantum sufficit, vel ad quatuor digito­rum eminentiam; benè agite­tur Spatulà ligneà: spatio stet horarum viginti quatuor; dein affunde guttatim Olei Vitrioli uncias duas, digere per septi­manam integram; postea affun­de Aquae quantitatem magnam, ut edulcoretur; denique sicce­tur, & reservetur ad usum.

Hic operari solet interdùm per Vomitum, aliquando per Seces­sum; Humores crassos viscidosque in Ventriculo, vicinisque locis, ejicit sursum ac deorsum: pene­trat, digerit, aperit, incidit, dissolvit, abstergit, purgat, Pu­tredini Venenisque resistit; Cru­ditatibus Ventriculi, Appetitu pro­strato; Obstructionibus Alvi, He­patis, Lienis, Ʋteri, & Renum; Colicis doloribus maximè conve­venit; Pesti, & Febribus mali­gnis & pestilentialibus resistit; utile quoque est in Febribus pu­tridis, Hydropi, Scorbuto, Scro­phulae, Ictero, Arthritidi, Rheu­matismo, &c. longè minùs per Vomitum, magìs verò per Alvum operatur. Dosis, à granis tribus ad quinque, plus-minus.

II. Pulvis Antifebriticus.

℞ Salis Prunellae subtilissimè [Page 286] pulverisati libram unam, Anti­monii crudi laevigati libram semis; misce.

Ʋsus insigne est in Febribus ardentibus, putridis, malignis, & pestilentialibus, in Hydrope, Ictero, & Obstructionibus Renum & Vesicae: operatur per Ʋrinam, Impuritatesque quascunque educit. Vim habet Putredini resistendi, Sitim ac Aeftum compescendi, Tartaream saburram incidendi, Sanguinem coagulatum resolvendi, Doloresque mitigandi; in Pleuresi Angina, Peripneumonia, in Ob­structionibus Epatis & Mesaraei, Calculoque Renum & Vesiea ex­hibetur. Dosis, à semidrachma ad drachmam unam, in Vehiculo maximè Saccharo albo edulcorato.

III. Pulvis Bezoarticus.

℞ Bezoartici Mineralis un­cias octo, Oculorum Canero­rum, Terrae sigillatae albae, ana uncias quatuor, Cinnabaris na­tivae, Cochinellae, ana uncias duas; Camphorae unciam unam: misce, fiatque Pulvis.

Cardialgiam, & Dolorem Ven­triculi curat: exhibetur commodè in Febribus ardentibus, putridis, & malignis; Sudorificus est; & Epilepsiae, Pesti, & Venenis adversatur: convenit etiam in Variolis, Morbillis, Ictero, Mor­bisque omnibus per Sudorem cura­bilibus. Dosis, à granis sex ad scruplam unam.

IV. Pulvis Cachecticus.

℞ Chalybis, cum Aqua vel Sulphure in pulverem redacti uncias sex, Sem. Anisi, Ari radi­cis faeculae, ana unciam unam, Nu­cis Moschatae uncias duas, Sac­chari albissimi uncias decem: misce, fiatque Pulvis.

Insigniter attenuat, incidit, aperit; Anticachecticus est, & de­obstruens egregius; Menstrua promo­vet, Ictero succurrit, Vermes necat; Chlorosi, Scorbuto, & Melancho­liae Hypochondriacae medetur: Spe­cificum est in Cachexia Mulierum, Hydrope, & in omnibus Obstru­ctionibus Ventriculi, Hepatis, Lienis, & Mesenterii, & Affectis inde oriundis. Dosis, à granis duodecim ad granas viginti-qua­tuor, mane quotidianê ac vesperi.

V. Pulvis Cartharticus.

℞ Vitri Antimonii levigati unciam unam, Spiritus Nitri unciam semis; misce, ac digere per horas viginti quatuor; cui affundatur Spiritus Vitrioli un­cia una, digere ad siccitatem: affundatur iterùm Spiritus Vi­trioli uncia una, digereque ad siccitatem: repetatur hoc opus quinquies vel sexies; atque Aqua calidà edulcoretur, repo­naturque ad usum.

Stomacho praesenti est auxilio, non retentos Cibos ob Vomitionum impetus sistit; Ictero, Scorbuto, Scrophulae, Cachexiae, Melancho­liae Hypochondriacae, Arthritidi, Rheumatismo, Epilepsiae, Lethar­go, Hemicraniae, Cardialgiae, & Ventriculi dolori prodest; Lienis gravitatem removet, Faciei co­loris reddit, Obstructiones omnes tollit, Ʋrinam, Arenulas, & Humores Tartareos pellit; Ʋ ­teri Affectibus, Colico dolori ab Humoribus crudis, & à Fla­tibus orto, Hydropi, & Fe­bribus putridis & malignis me­detur. Dosis, à grana semis ad sesquigranam, & in robustioribus ad [Page 288] granas duas: operatur praecipuè per Secessum, rariùs per Vomi­tum.

VI. Pulvis Cornachini.

℞ Scammonii resinosi pulve­risati uncias duas, Autimonii Diaphoretici, Crystallorum Tar­tari, ana unciam unam; misce, fiatque Pulvis.

Humores crassos, simulque se­rosos, potenter ab extremis par­tibus, praesertim ab Articulis, educit; ac ad multos Affectus, & Morbos frigidos, non modo Capitis, Nervorum, & Junctura­rum, sed etiam Ventriculi, Hepa­tis, Lienis, Mesenterii, Renum & Ʋteri, utilis est: ex his enim partibus Pituitam, Serum, Bilem, & Succum Melancholicum de­trahat & purgat; propterea Fe­bribus putridis, malignis, comple­xis, & inveteratis, & Morbis complicatis conducit. Scorbuto, Ictero, Arthritidi, Rheumatismo, Strumae, Cachexiae, Hydropi, Vi­scerum Obstructionibus, atque Ʋteri Morbis medetur: Vermes necat & expellit, Febri quartanae confert, Stomachum corroborat, & totius Corporis Humores ex­crementitios, blandè, sineque dolore purgat. Dosis, à scrupla una ad semidrachmam; diluculò, cum custodia.

VII. Pulvis ad Diabeten.

℞ Catechu, Seminum Hyo­sciami, aua partes aequales; fiat Pulvis.

Diabeti non solum, sed etiam omnibus Haemorrhagiis & Flu­aeibus, ut Lienteriae, Dysenteriae, [Page 289] Diarrhaeae, atque Fluxui Hepatico, & Mensium Prosluvio medetur. Dosis, à drachma semis ad scru­plas duas, manè ac vesperi. Hujus itaque usus est in omnibus Distil­lationibus è Capite in Asperam Arteriam; Tussi quinetiam a tenui Distillatione, seu Catarrho exci­tatae auxiliatur; defluentes enim illos Humores inspissat.

VIII. Pulvis Emeticus.

℞ Antimonii optimi pulve­risati quantum vis, cui affunda­tur Aqua Regia: stent aliquam­diu in digestione, donec Calx in fundo alba appareat; postea abstrahatur Aqua Regia per distillationem, vel decantatio­nem; vel etiam affundendo Aquam praecipita, Calcemque elue Aquà tepidà, donec Aqua Regia non ampliùs sentiantur: Pulverem siccatum in Crucibulo clauso reverbera per sex horas, fietque rubeus.

Emeticus est, & Quartanum curat; Podagricas defluxiones, & Paroxysmos efficaciter compescit; Vulnera, Fistulas, & Ʋlcera inveterata à Putridine conservat, & sanat: conducit adversus omnes Obstructiones licet invete­ratas, Hepatis, Lienis, Mesenterii, & aliarum Viscerum; Sanguinem mundisicat; Obstructionibus Men­sium, Cachexiae Virginum, Hy­dropi, Melancholiae Hypochondria­cae, Luae Venereae, Febribusque malignis prodest: felicissimè autem purgat aequè deorsum quam sur­sum; idque non tàm naturâ suâ, quàm Humoris Biliosi, circa Ven­triculum stabulantis; quinimo in [...]onnullis per Diaphoresin operatur. [Page 290] Dosis, à granis duabus ad quin­que.

IX. Pulvis Herculeus.

℞ Argenti vivi optimi, Flo­res Sulphuris, ana unciam unam; misce, fiatque per triturationem Pulvis nigerrimus.

Non movet Ptyalifmum, sed per Sudorem operatur. Vermes necat; exhibeturque in Lue Vene­rea, Scabie inveterata, Ʋlceribus malignis, Gonorrhoeâ virulentâ, Hydrope, &c. In Ʋlceribus ma­lignis, tam Venereis quam aliis, miscetur cum Ʋnguentis adaptis, & exterius applicatur. Dosis, à scrupla semis ad seruplas duas: in Vermibus Puerorum expellendis, datur à granis octo ad viginti, cum granis Scammonii duas vel tribus.

X. Pulvis Rheumaticus.

℞ Arcani Corallini triturati uncias quatuor, Cinnabaris arti­ficialis uncias viginti, Scam­monii optimi pulvcrisati uncias octo: misce, fiatque Pulvis.

Diversimodè operari consuevit; in quibusdam Vomitum producere solet, aliis, Alvum purgat; ma­xima cum utilitate assumi potest in Rheumatismi curatione: Ʋlce­ribus inveteratis, Scabieis, Ar­thritidi, Scorbuto, Doloribus Nocturnis, Lui Venereae, Gonor­rhoeae, Scrophulae, aliisque Mor­bis hujus generis canvenit. Dosis, à scrupla una ad semidrachmam, vel scruplas duas, in robustio­ribus.

XI. Pulvis ad Vermes.

℞ Corallini laevigati, Mercu­rii dulcis laevigati, ana dra­chmas sex; Scammonii resinosi, Mechoacae, Seminum Cynae & Anisi, Entis Veneris, Croci [Page 291] Martis aperitivi, ana drachmas quatuor: misce, fiatque Pulvis.

In expellendis Vermibus & Lumbricis, tùm Puerorum, tùm Adultorum, efficax est. Dosis, à scrupla una ad scruplas duas, vel dcachmam unam; manè vel vesperi, in Vehiculo convenienti.

CHAP. LXVIII. Of POUDERS.
1. Pouder of Antimony.

OF the best Antimony in pouder lbij. strong Ley of Soap-ashes, a sufficient quen­tity, or so much as may over-top it four inches; stir it well with a wooden Spatula; let it stand for the space of twenty-four hours; then affuse thereon by drops Oil of Vitriol ℥ ij. digest for a whole week; afterwards affuse thereon a great quantity of fair Water, that it may be sweetned; then dry it, and keep it for use.

This is wont to work some­times by Vomit, sometimes by Stool; it expels thick and viscous Humors in the Sto­mach and parts adjacent to it, both upwards and downwards: it penetrates, digests, opens, incides, dissolves, absterges, purges, resists Putrifaction and Poyson, and is wonderful good against Crudities of the Sto­mach, weakness of Appetite, Ob­structions of the Bowels, Liver, Spleen, Womb, and Reins, Co­lick pains: it prevails against the Plague, and malign and pe­stilential Fevers: it is also profitable in putrid Fevers, the Dropsy, Scurvy, Kings-evil, Jaun­dies, Gout, Rheumatism, &c. it works much less by Vomit than by Stool, and is given à gr. iij, ad v. more or less.

2. The Fever-Pouder.

℞ Sal Prunellae finely poudred [Page 286] lbj. crude Antimony levigated lbss. mix them.

It is a singular thing in burn­ing Fevers, putrid, malign, and pestilential; in the Dropsy, Jaundies, and Obstructions of the Reins and Bladder; it works by Urine, and brings forth all sorts of Impurities; it resists Putrifaction, quenches Thirst, and allays burning Heat; cuts Tartarous silth, resolves the Coagulation of the Blood, and mitigates pains: it is given also in the Pleurisy, Quinsey, Inflam­mation of the Lungs, Obstru­ctions of the Liver and Mesen­tery, and in the Stone, both in Reins and Bladder. Dose, à ʒ ss, ad ʒ j. in a Vehicle very well sweetned with white Sugar.

3. The Bezoartick Pouder.

Bezoar Mineral ℥ viij. Crabs-eyes, Terra sigillata, ana ℥ iv. native Cinnabar, Cochinel, ana ℥ ij. mix, and make a Pouder.

It is good against Sickness at Heart, and Pain at Stomach; and is properly exhibited in Fevers, burning, putrid, and malign; it is sudorifick, and good against the Falling sickness, Plague and Poyson; and prevails against the Small-pox, Measles; Jaun­dies, and all sorts of Diseases curable by Sweating. Dose, à gr. vj, ad ℈ j.

4. The Virgins Pouder, or Green-sickness-Pouder.

Steel or Iron, reduced into a pouder either with Water or Sulphur ℥ vj. Aniseed, Facula of Aron-roots, a. ℥ j. Nutmegs ℥ ij, treble-refined Sugar ℥ x. mix, and make a Pouder.

It admirably attenuates, in­cides, opens, and is Anticachectick, and a wonderful opener of Ob­structions; it provokes the Terms, helps the Jaundies, kills Worms, and cures the Green-sickness, Scurvy, and Hypochondriack Melancholy. It is a specifick in the Cachexia, or evil habit of Womens Bodies; in the Dropsy, and in all Obstructions of the Stomach, Liver, Spleen, Me­sentery, and Diseases thence arising. Dose, à gr. xij, ad xxiv. every day morning and evening.

5. The Purging Pouder.

Glass of Antimony levigated ℥ j. Spirit of Nitre ℥ ss. mix, and digest for twenty four hours; then add to it Spirit of Vitriol ℥ j. digest to driness: add again Spirit of Vitriol ℥ j. and digest to dri­ness: this work repeat five or six times, then edulcorate with warm Water, and keep it for use.

It is a present help for the Stomach; it keeps the Food in the Stomach, which otherwise would not be retained, because of a violent Vomiting; it is good against the Jaundies, Scur­vy, Kings-evil, Cachexy, Hypo­chondriack Melancholy, Gout, Rheumatism, Falling-sickness, Lethargy, Megrim, Sickness and Pain at Stomach; it removes the pain and heaviness of the Spleen, makes the Face of a good colour, removes all Obstru­ctions, and drives forth Urine, Sand, and Tartarous Humors; it helps Diseases of the Womb, the Colick, arising from crude Hu­mors and Wind, the Dropsy, and putrid and malign Fevers. Dose, à gr. ss, ad gr. j ss. and to gr. ij. [Page 288] in strong Bodies: it works mostly by Stool, more rarely by Vomit.

6. Cornachinus his Pouder.

Resinous Scammony in pou­der ℥ ij. Antimony Diaphoretick, Crystals of Tartar, a. ℥ j. mix, and make a Pouder.

It brings forth powerfully both thick and serous Humors from the extream parts, but chiefly from the Joynts; and it is profitable to many Affects, and cold Diseases, not only of the Head, Nerves, and Joynts; but also of the Stomach, Liver, Spleen, Mesentery, Reins, and Womb; and from all those parts it draws and purges forth Phlegm, Serum, Choler, and Melancholy; it is also good in Fevers, putrid, malign, com­plex, and inveterate, and in complicate Diseases. It helps the Scurvy, Jaundies, Gout, Rheu­matism, Kings-evil, Cachexy, Dropsy, Obstructions of the Bowels, and Diseases of the Womb: it kills Worms, and expels them, prevails against a quartan Ague, comforts the Stomach, and purges the whole Body of excrementitious Hu­mors, and that gently, and without pain. Dose, à ℈ j, ad ʒ ss. early in the morning, the Patient being careful not to take cold.

7. A Pouder for the Diabetes.

℞ Japan-Earth, Henbane­seeds, of each equal parts; make them into a fine pouder, and mix them.

It cures not only the Dia­betes, but also all Bleedings and Fluxes, as a Loosness of the [Page 289] Belly, Bloody-flux, Flux of Chy­lous matter, as also the Hepatick-flux, and Overflowing of the Terms. Dose, à ʒss, ad ℈ ij. mor­ning and evening. This Pouder is also of use in all Distillations from the Head upon the Lungs; it likewise helps a Cough caused by a distillation of thin Humors, or a Catarrh; by reason of its thickning that flowing Humor.

8. A Vomiting-Pouder.

Of the best Antimony in pou­der q.v. to which affuse Aqua Re­gia: let them stand for some time in digestion, till a Calx shall appear white in the bottom; afterwards abstract the Aqua Regia by distil­lation, or else decant it; or other­wise praecipitate, by the affusion of Water: wash the Calx with warm Water, till the Aqua Regia can be no more perceived, either by taste or smell: dry the Pouder, and reverbe­rate it in a Crucible for six hours, and make a red Pouder.

It is Emetick, and cures Quar­tan-agues; it powerfully allevi­ates Gouty defluxions, and the Paroxysms thereof; it heals Wounds, Fistula's, and inveterate Ulcers: it is good against all Ob­structions, tho' inveterate, of Li­ver, Spleen, Mesentery, and other Bowels; it purifies the Blood, provokes the Terms, and prevails against the Green-sickness in Vir­gins, the Dropsy, Hypochondriack Melancholy, French Disease, and malign Fevers: it purges with much pleasantness, both upwards and downwards; and that not so much by its own nature and vir­tue, as from the latency and sta­gnation of the Cholerick Humor about the Stomach; but in some [Page 290] it works by Sweating. Dose, à gr. ij, ad v.

9. The Herculean Pouder.

The best Quick-silver, Flow­ers of Sulphur, a. ℥ j. mix them, and by grinding them in a Mortar, make a very black Pouder.

It causes not Salivation or Spitting, but provokes Sweat. It kills Worms; and is given against the French-Pox, inve­terate Scabbiness, malign Ulcers, virulent Gonorrhoea, Dropsy, &c. In malign Ulcers, whether Ve­nereal or others, it is mixed with proper Ointments, and outward­ly applied. Dose, à ℈ ss, adij. it is given to kill and ex­pel Worms in Children, à gr. viij, ad xx. with gr. ij, or iij. of Scammony.

10. A Pouder against a Rheumatism.

℞ Arcanum Corallinum ground fine ℥ iv. artificial Cinnabar ℥xx. resinous Scammony in pouder ℥viij. mix, and make a Pouder.

It uses to work variously; in some it is wont to cause Vo­miting, in others it purges down­wards by Stool; it is given with wonderful profit in the cure of a Rheumatism: it admirably helps inveterate Ulcers, Scabbi­ness, the Gout, Scurvy, Noctur­nal Pains, French-Pox, Gonor­rhoea, Kings-evil, and other Dis­eases of this kind. Dose, à ℈ j, ad ʒ ss, or ℈ ij. in strong Bodies.

11. A Pouder for Worms.

Coralline levigated, Mercu­rius dulcis levigated, a. ʒ vj. resinous Scammony, Mech [...]acan, Wormseed, Aniseed, Ens Veneris, [Page 291] opening Crocus of Mars, a. ʒ iv, mix, and make a Pouder.

It is effectual in expelling of Worms of all kinds, both in old and young. Dose, à ℈ j, ad ℈ ij, or ʒ j. morning or evening, in some fit Vehicle.

CHAP. LXIX. De ELECTƲARIIS.
I. Theriaca Chymica.

℞ ZInziberis conditi ex India advecti, concisi, & in massam contusi, libras duas; Extracti Melliginosi Juniperi, Succi Alkermes, ana libram unam; Olei Macis per Expres­sionem optimi, Olei de Ben, ana uncia; novem; Balsami Sul­phuris, Opii cum succo Limo­num extracti, ana uncias sex; Balsami Camphorae, Balsami Salis Tartari, ana uncias quatuor; Olei Chymici Angelicae, Caryo­phyllorum, Foeniculi, Lavendu­lae, Limonum, Rosmarini, de Sassafras, ana unciam unam; misce integré: cui adduntur, Antihectici Poterii, Arcani Jovis, Auri Vitae, Bezoartici Mineralis, Salis Perlarum, Salis volatilis Succini, Vitrioli Martis, ana unciae quatuor; Pulveris Bezoar Orientalis, Caryophyllorum, Ca­storei, Cochinelae, Corticis Win­terani, Croci Anglici, radicis Enulae-campanae, Myrrhae, Nucis moschatae, Oculorum Cancrorum, Piperis longi, radicis Serpen­tariae, [Page 292] Succini albi, Viperarum, Zedoariae, ana unciae tres: misce, fiat (que) Theriaca Chymica Nostra.

Ad Cerebrum, Cor, Ventriculum, & aiia Viscera corroboranda celebratur; mirum in modum con­fert Morbis venenatis, contagiosis, & pestilentibus expugnandis: est anodynum, narcoticum, somnife­rum, & sudorificum; hinc magni usus, ac infinitis fere Morbis con­ducit; ut in Hypercatharsi, in nimiis Vigiliis, dolore Colico, Nephritico, Podagrico, & in Vomitu compescendo: operatur per Sudorem, interdum per Ʋrinam, omnesque dolores cujuscunque gene­ris mitigat, levemque Somnum inducit: in Diarrhoea, Lienteria, & Dysenteria maximè valet, & Fluxus omnes alios Alvi & Ʋteri sistit. Dosis, à scrupla una ad drachmam unam.

II. Electuarium Anti­pestilentiale.

℞ Zinziberis apud Indos con­diti, concisi & contusi, Syrupi ejusdem, ana uncias sex, Olei Macis per Expressionem optimi, Succi Alkermes, ana uncias quinque; Bezoartici Mineralis uncias quatuor; Cochinelae, Ra­dicis Serpentariae, ana uncias tres; pulveris Viperarum uncias duas, Croci Anglici, Camphorae, Nitri vitriolati, Salis volatilis Suc­cini, Opii Extracti, ana unciam unam, Olei Angelicae sesquiunci­am; misce, fiatque Electuarium.

Pesti, Morbis pestilentibus & contagiosis, omnibusque Febres putridis & malignis medetur; partes principales roborat, Vermes enecat, Vomiturientibus confert, Cordis Palpitationi multum opi­tulatur, Hydrophobiam, & Canis [Page 293] rabidi morsum opportunè data sanat: per Sudores, & partes Principales & Vitales corroboran­do operatur. Dosis, à scrupla una ad drachmas duas, in Vino Hi­spanico, vel Aquâ aliqua Cor­diale.

III. Electuarium Antihecticum.

℞ Pulveris Viperarum uncias sex, Salis Conchae Ostreae un­cias quatuor, Cochinelae, Balsa­mi Salis Tartari, Antihectici Poterii, ana uncias tres; Bezoar Mineralis, Salis Vitriolati, ana uncias duas, Croci unciam unam, Olei Macis per Expressionem optimi uncias sex, Succi Alker­mes uncias octodecim; misce, fiatque Electuarium.

Vires exolutas restaurat, Cor­poris habitum longo Sanguinis fluxu, aut alia quavis immode­rata vacuatione extenuatum re­sarcit, macilentis & consumptis succurrit, nutriendo nempè ac coroborando: Febribus hecticis, Tabidis, & immoderato Viscerum calori, mirifice medetur. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas, mane ac vesperi.

IV. Electuarium Catharticum.

℞ Seammonii optimi uncias octo, Mechoacae, Resinae Jalapae, ana uncias sex, Senae uncias quinque, Rhabarbari optimi, Hermodactylorum, ana uncias quatuor, Piperis longi uncias tres, Salis Mirabilis, Crystallo­rum Tartari, ana uncias duode­cim; Mannae in Syrupo redactae, vel Syrupi Florum Perficorum, libras sex; misce, fiatque Ele­ctuarium.

Fiscidam Pituitam, Succus glutinosos, omnesque Humores ma­lignos in quacunque parte Corporis [Page 294] Humani, potenter attrahat & purgat. Apoplexiae, Epilepsiae, Vertigini, Hemicraniae, Cephalal­giae, Asthmati, Morbis frigidis & arthriticis, Colico dolori, à Pi­tuita vitrea nato, multum con­fert. Podagrae, Cheiragrae, Gon­agra, Scorbuto, Rheumatismo, Hydropi quoque vel praesenti, vel imminenti, mirifice prodest. Non modo autem dictos Humores à prima regione Corporis, sed à Renibus, & partibus remotioribus expurgat, Dosis, à drachma una ad drachmas duas, vel duas & semis; manè, jejuno Stomacho. Morbis à Bile utraque & Pituita salsa, natis, ut Cancro, Elephan­tiasi, Maniae, Melancholiae, Im­petigini, Psorae, Scabiei, simi­libusque Affectibus Cutis, con­venit.

V. Electuarium Catarrhale.

℞ Zinziberis apud Indos conditi, concisi & contusi, li­bram unam; Catechu, Florum Sul­phuris, ana uncias quatuor; Olei Macis optimi uncias tres, Succi Alkermes quantum sufficit; mi­sce, fiatque Electuarium.

In Catarrhis vel Dejluxionibus à Capite ad Pectus tenuioribus incrassandis & maturandis; in Tussi etiam praestans est Reme­dium, manè ac vesperi, vel saepè in die, à drachma semis ad drachmas duas propinandum: in Dysenteriis & Diarrhaeis, Ex­ulcerationibus Intestinorum & Me­senterii utiliter exhibetur.

VI. Electuarium Stomachicum.

℞ Zinziberis apud Indos con­diti libram unam, Corticum Citri, Auranciarum conditorum, ana uncias tres; Conservae Bar­berorum uncios octo; Olei Ca­ryophyllorum drachmas duas; misce, fiatque Electuarium.

Ventriculo refrigerato exhibe­tur: ad varia etiam Stomachi & Cerebri Vitia emendanda; Vo­mitum, Nauseam, Cardialgiam, Dolorem Ventriculi, Flatus Hy­pochondriacum, & Coctionem lae­sam, praestans est Medicamentum. Dosis, à drachma una ad duas, saepe in die.

VII. Electuarium ad Tussim.

℞ Electuarii Catarrhalis li­bram unam, Opii Thebaici cum suceo Limonum extracti, un­ciam unam: misce, fiatque Ele­ctuarium

Valet in omnibus Pectoris Af­fectibus morbosis, Tussi diuturnâ & recenti, Asthmate, & Phthisi ipsa; in Sputo Sanguinis, à qua­cunque causa ortum duxerit, prae­stans est Remedium; conglutinat, & oscula Venarum claudit; omni­busque Viscerum Fluxibus, ac Haemorrbagiâ, cum sucessu ex­bibetur. Dosis, à scrupla una ad drachmam unam, borâ somni quotidie.

CHAP. LXIX. Of ELECTUARIES.
1. Chymical Treacle.

℞ INdian Green-ginger, cut into thin stices and beat into a mass lbij. Melliginous Extract of Juniper, Juice of Alkermes, a. lbj. best Oil of Mace by Expres­sion, Oil of Ben, a. ℥ ix. Balsam of Sulphur, Opium extracted with Juice of Limons, a. ℥ vj. Bal­sam of Camphir, Balsam of Salt of Tartar, a. ℥ iv. Chymical Oils of Angelica, Cloves, Fennel, Lavender, Limons, Rosemary, Sassafras, a. ℥ j. mix them well together; and then add there­to the Antihectick of Poterius, the Arcanum of Jupiter, Au­rum Vitae, Bezoar Mineral, Salt of Pearl, volatil Salt of Am­ber, Vitriol of Mars, a. ℥ iv. Pouders of Oriental Bezoar, Cloves, Castoreum, Cochinele, Winter's Cinamon, English Saf­fron, Elecampane, Myrrh, Nut­megs, Crabs-eyes, Long-pepper, Virginia Snake-root, white Am­ber, Vipers, Zedoary, a, ℥ iij, [Page 292] mix, and make Our Chymical Treacle.

It is a fam'd Medicin for strength­ning the Brain, Heart, Stomach, and the other Bowels; and pre­vails after a wonderful manner against poisonous, pestilential, and contagious Diseases: it is anodyn, narcotick, somniferous, and sudoriferous; for which reason it is of great use, and con­duces to the cure of almost infi­nite Distempers; as of Fluxes, or too great Purgings of the Bow­els, continued Watchings, pains of the Colick, and Reins, Gout, and Vomitings: it operates by Sweat, sometimes by Urine, eases all Pains of what kind so­ever, and induces pleasant or gentle Sleep: it is admirably good against a Loosness, Lien­tery, and Bloody-flux, and stops all other Fluxes, whether of the Belly or Womb. Dose, à ℈j, ad ʒj.

2. The Electuary against the Plague.

℞ Indian Green-ginger, cut and beaten into a mass, Syrup of the same, of each ℥ vj. best Oil of Mace by Expression, Juyce of Alkermes, a. ℥ v. Bezoar Mine­ral ℥ iv. Cochinele, Virginian Snake-root, a. ℥ iij. pouder of Vipers ℥ ij. English Saffron, Càm­phir, Nitre vitriolated, volatil Salt of Amber, Extract of Opium, a. ℥ j. Oil of Angelica ℥ j ss. mix, and make an Electuary.

It cures the Plague, pesti­lential and contagious Diseases, and all sorts of putrid and malign Fevers: it comforts and strengthens the principal parts, kills Worms, stops Vomiting, and helps the Palpitation of the [Page 293] Heart; and if timely given, cures the Hydrophobia, and bitings of mad Dogs; it operates by Sweat­ing, and comforting the Princi­pal and Vital parts. Dose, à ℈ j, ad ʒ ij. in Canary, or some Cordial Water.

3. Electuary against Hecticks, or, Consumptions.

Pouder of Vipers ℥ vj. Salt of Oister-shells ℥ iv. Cochinele, Balsam of Salt of Tartar, Anti­hecticum of Poterius, a. ℥ iij. Bezoar Mineral, Salt Vitriolated, a. ℥ ij. Saffron ℥ j. best Oil of Mace by Expression ℥ vj. Juice of Alkermes ℥ xviij. mix, and make an Electuary.

It recuperates the decayed strength, and repairs the ex­tenuated habit of Body, pro­ceeding either from losing much Blood, or any other im­moderate evacuation: it com­forts and replenishes such as are lean and consumptive, by nourishing and strengthning them: also it admirably cures Hectick-fevers, melting Con­sumptions, and the vehement heat of the Bowels. Dose, à ʒ j, ad ʒ ij. morning and evening.

4. The Purging Electuary.

Resinous Scammony ℥ viij. Mechoaean, Rosin of Jalap, a. ℥ vj. Sena ℥ v. best Rhubarb, Hermodacts, a. ℥ iv. Long-pepper ℥ iij. Sal Mirabile, Crystals of Tartar, a. ℥ xij. Syrup of Manna, or Syrup of Peach-flowers lbvj. mix, and make an Electuary.

It powerfully attracts and purges out viscous Phlegm, thick glutinous Matter, and ail [Page 294] malign Humors in what part of Man's Body soever. It is good against the Apoplexy, Epilepsy, Vertigo, Megrim, Headach, Asthma, cold and gouty Diseases, colick Pains arising from glassy Phlegm. It is very profitable for such as are afflicted with the Gout in the Feet, Hands, or Knees, Scurvy, Rheumatism, Jaundies, and Dropsy, whether it be pre­sent, or approaching. Now it purges the aforementioned Hu­mors, not only from the first region of the Body, but from the Reins, and the more remote parts. Dose, à ʒ j, ad ʒ ij, vel ii ss. in the morning, fasting. It is of good use for such as are afflicted with Diseases arising from Choler, Melancholy, and salt Phlegm, as the Cancer, Ele­phantiasis, Madness, Melancholy, Ringworms, Herpes, Scabbiness, and other like Affects of the Skin.

5. Electuary against Catarrhs.

℞ Indian Green-ginger, cut and beaten lbj. Catechu, Flowers of Sulphur, a. ℥ iv. best Oil of Mace ℥ iij. Juice of Alkermes a sufficient quantity; mix, and make an Electuary.

It is a most excellent thing in thickning and ripening thin Catarrhs, or Defluxions of Rheum falling down from the Head upon the Brest; as also for a Cough, being given morning and evening, or oftentimes a day, to be taken à ʒ ss, ad ʒ ij. it is also of good use being given in Fluxes of the Bowels, Bloody-fluxes, or Exulcerations of the Guts and Mesentery.

6. A Stomach-Electuary.

℞ Indian Green-ginger lbi. candied Citron-peels and Orange-peels, A. ℥iii. Conserve of Bar­berries ℥viii. Oil of Cloves ʒii. mix, and make an Electuary.

It is given in a cold Stomach, as also to help several Distem­pers of the Stomach and Brain; as Vomiting, Loathing, Sick­ness at Heart, Pain of the Stomach, Hypochondriack Va­pors, and weakness of the Concoctive-Faculty, for which it is a powerful Medicine. Dose, à ʒ i, ad ʒ ii. oftentimes a day.

7. Electuary against Coughs.

Of the Electuary against Catarrhs lbi. Extract of The­bian Opium, made with juice of Limons ℥ i. mix, and make an Electuary.

It is good in all Distempers of the Brest, as the Cough, whether of long standing, or new, Asthma, and the Phthisis or Consumption of the Lungs it self, it is a powerful Re­medy for Spitting of Blood; arising from what cause soever; it conglutinates and heals the mouths of the Veins; it is given with great success in all Fluxes of the Bowels, as also in Hemorrhagies. Dose, à ℈ i, ad ʒ i. every day, at bed-time.

CHAP. LXX. De PILƲLIS.
I. Pilulae Catharticae.

℞ ALOES purissimae libras quindecim, Colocynthi­dis pulverisatae libras quatuor, Turpethi Mineralis, Cambogiae, ana libras tres: in decocto forti pulpae Colocynthidis dissolvatur Aloes & Cambogia, & evapora ad Mèllis consistentiam; cui addantur pulveres Colocynthi­dis & Turpethi; fiatque Oleo C [...]rui massa Pilularum.

Omnes Humores, praecipuè se­rosos, atque Bilem & Pituitam maximè purgant; specificae sunt ad Gonorrhaeam & Fluxus Ʋteri album; in Hydrope, Arthritide, Scorbuto, Scrophula, Rheuma­tisma, Cachexia, Ictero, Obstru­ctionibus Hepatis, Lienis, Mesen­terii, Ʋteri, & Renum, felicis­simè exhibentur, & praesertim iis, qui levioribus Medicamentis pur­gari nequeunt: omnibusque impu­ritatibus Cerebri, Ventriculi, In­testinorum, & Sanguinis conve­niunt. Dosis, à scrupla una ad semi­drachmam, mane, Stomacho Je­juno.

II. Pilulae ad Luem.

℞ Aloes uncias sexdecim, Colocynthidis pulverisatae uncias octo; Turpethi Minerali, vel Ar­cani Corallini, uncias sex; misce, & cum decocti fortis pulpae Colo­cynthidis quantitate sufficienti & Oleo Anin fiat massa Pilularum.

Specificae sunt in Lue Venerea, Gonorrhoea virulenta, Lepra, Sca­bie, Arthritide, Ʋlceribus & Fistulis malignis & venereis: in­terius assumptae Pituitam tenacem incidunt & expellunt, omnesque Humores purgant. Dosis, à granis quindecim ad semidrachmam.

III. Pilulae Mirabiles.

℞ Argenti vivi panno con­clusi, ut granis minimis efflaat, uncias quinque; Succi vel Sy­rupi Limonum quantitatem suf­ficientem; misce, & extingua­tur Mercurius eodem Succo per triturationem; cumque satis extinctum & mixtum fuerit, addatur Aloes unciae octo, pul­pae Colocynthidis pulverisatae unciae quatuor; Cambogiae un­ciae duae; misce, & cum sy­rupo Limonum, vel decocto forti Colocynthidis fiat massa Pilularum, addendo pro re natâ, Bezoartici Mineralis, vel Gly­cyrrhizae pulveris, quantitatem parvam.

Virtutes omnes proximi habent praecedentis; praecipuè autem in Arthritide, Rheumatismo, & do­loribus Scorbuticis & Venereis; in quibus nihil est in Rerum natura praestantius. Dosis, quotidie, à semiscrupla ad scruplam unam, vel pro re natà.

IV. Pilulae Hystericae.

℞ Aloes uncias quinque, Colocynthidis, Rhabarbari, Opii Extracti, Asae foeti­dae, Fuliginis ligneae, Salis volatilis Succini, Croci Martis aperitivi, Calcis Jovis, Vitrioli Lunae, ana unciam unam; Ca­storei, Camphorae, Myrrhae, Olei Succini, ana unciam semis; Olei de Gornu Cervi drachmam [Page 298] unam; misce, & cum deco­cto Senae fiat massa Pilularum. Vel sic. Recipe Aloes uncias septem, Asae foetidae uncias quatuor; Opii, Fuliginis li­gneae, Salis volatilis Suc­cini, Crocus Martis aperitivi, ana uncias duas; Camphorae, Myrrhae, Olei Succini, ana un­ciam unam; cum Syrupo Atripli­cis olidae fiat massa Pilularum.

Ʋteri strangulatus, dolores, & subversiones maximè sedant: faeliciter verò Epilepticis, Apo­plecticis, Lethargicis, Paralyti­cis, Maniacis, Lienosis, & Melancholicis Hypochondiacis, ab Humoribus impactis, dantur; Ver­tiginem etiam, Cephalalgiam, & Hemicraniam sanant. Dosis prioris, à granis quindecim ad semidra­ehmam; posterioris à scrupla una ad duas.

V. Laudanum Samech, seu Tar­tarisatum; Viri Excellentis­simi, D. Tho. Gardneri Regii Chirurgi.

℞ Salis Tartari (ex Tartari & Nitri partibus aequalibus facti) uncias sex; Olei Terebinthinae & Juniperi, ana uncias sex; misce simul Vase amplo, in loco frigido & humido; stent ad menses ali­quot, tamdiu scilicet (saep [...] in­terim quotidie agitando, & plus Olei, quoties opus fuerit, adjiciendo) usque-dum Sal plane triplum Olei absorbuerit; atque in unam massam (Saponis instar) spissam conspiraverint homo­geneam, nullatenus separandum. Recipe hujus Saponis uncias octodecim, Opii Thebaici Ex­tracti uncias octo, Salis Armo­niaci volatils uncias sex; Sul­phuris Martis anodyni, Gummi [Page 299] Guajaci, ana uncias quatuor; Extractorum Theriacae Andro­machi, Croci, Cochinelae, Radi­cis-serpentariae, Olei Macis & Nucis moschatae per expressio­nem, ana uncias duas; misce, & in Mortario contunde; cum­que mixtura partibus Oleorum aequalibus Anisi, Juniperi, & Succini, ac pulvere Glycyrrhizae vel Zinziberis, fiat massa Pilu­larum.

Nota. Sulphur Martis sic per­ficitur. Recipe limaturae Martis libram unam; Spiritus Aceti uncias octo, Spiritus Nitri semiunciam; bulliantur ad sic­citatem; adde Spiritus Aceti quantum sufficit, digeritur ad rubedinem, filtretur; cum Oleo Tartari per deliquium praeci­pitatur, & Aqua purà edulco­ratur Sulphur ad usum.

In operatione & virtute hoc Medicamentum, Mithridatium & Theriacam ipsam longè vincit; hinc vires ejus facilè colligere poterit; in Hydrope, Arthritide, Lue Venerea, & Rheumatismo praevalet. Contra Pestem, Fe­bres malignas & contagiosas, Marsum Canis rabidi, Morbillos, Variolas, & quaevis alia Venena celeberrimum est Alexiterium. Omnes Dolores sedat, omnesque Fluxus cujuscunque generis sistat; Tussi & Tabi convenit, Somnum lentè inducit, & per Sudorem & Transpirationem insensibilem efficacissime operatur. Dosis, à granis tribus ad octo, sub nocte, vel horâ somni.

VI. Laudanum specificum Nostrum.

℞ Opii Thebaici sesquilibram, dissolvatur in succi Limonum [Page 300] libris duabus, Olei Sulphuris unciis duabus mixti; coletur, inspissetur, & evaporetur ad Extracti consistentiam; cui ad­datur Olei Nucum moschatarum per expressionem libra una; Bezoartici mineralis, pulverum Caryophyllorum, Camphorae, Ca­techu, Cochinelae, Corticis Win­terani & Peruani, Croci, Radi­cum Serpentariae, ana unciae tres, Sulphuris Vitrioli Martis anodyni unciae sex: Olei Chy­micè praeparati Absinthii, Anisi, Caryophyllorum, Foeniculi, Ju­niperi, Lavendulae, Limonum, Rosmarini, Sassafras, & Succini, ana drachmae duae & semis: misce, fiatque massa Pilularum.

Stomachum confortat, ac in omnibus Alvi Profluviis, ut Diar­rh [...]eâ, Lienteriâ, Dysenteriâ, Fluxu Hepatico, Vomitu, Haemor­rhagiâ Narium, Mensibus super­fluis, Sputo Sanguinis, Catarrhis, aliisque Defluxionibus Experimen­tum est mirabile. Confortat In­testina & Membra interiora: in Hydrope, Arthritide, Scorbuto, Icteritia, Suffocatione Matricis, similisque Ʋterinis Affectibus; omnisque generis Febribus, sive sint intermittentes, sive continuae, aut malignae, suam adeò prome­retur laudem, ut à nullo satis ejus virtutes depredicari possint. In Peste, & Morbis Epidemicis, Morbillis, Variolis, Doloribus ex­tremis in quacunque Corporis parte, & cujuscunque generis, Colico, Tussi, Phthisi, Calculo Renum & Vesicae exhiberi solet. Spiritus Vitales, Animales, & Naturales in omnibus membris recreat & fortificat. Somnum generosé in­du it, necnon in Gonorrhoea & [Page 301] F [...]uxu albi Matricis, Arcanum est. Dosis, à granis duabus vel tribus ad sex vel octo, horâ somni.

VII. Laudanum Catharticum Nostrum.

℞ Opii Thebaici (succo Li­monum) extracti, libram unam; Aloes Succotrinae (Aquâ fon­tanâ) extractae, libras octo; Scammonii resinosi, Zinziberis, Glycyrrhizae, pulverum, ana libram unam: misce, ac Oleo Anisi, Caryophyllorum, Limo­num, & Sassafras, ana drachmas sex; misce, fiatque massa.

Omnes Dolores universaliter sedat: minùs quidem purgat, magis tamen roborat, & adstrictam Alvum solvit. Virtus hujus Re­medii admiranda, & nunquam satis laudanda, existit; quoniam ad omnium Visce [...]m nobiliorum corroborationem commendatur; pra­vorum insuper Humorum corre­ctionem; & blandissimam eva­cuationem promovet, tutâ & jucundâ operatione. Catarrhos te­nues sistit, ac Tussim inde natam sedat; Somnum conciliat, & in Febribus tertianis & quar­tanis, aliquot horis ante Paro­xysmum propinanda praestat. Dosis, horâ somni, â semiscrupla ad scruplam unam, vel semidra­chmam.

CHAP. LXX. Of PILLS.
1. The Purging Pills.

FINE Aloes lbxv. Colo­quintida in pouder lbiv. Tur­peth-Mineral, Cambogia, A. lbiii. dissolve the Aloes and Cambogia in a strong decoction of Coloquintida, and evaporate to the consistency of Honey; to which add the pouders of Coloquintida, and Tuxpeth; and make with Oil of Caraways a mass of Pills.

They purge all Humors, chiefly serous and watery; as also Choler and Phlegm very much; they are a specifick in a Gonorrhaea, and the Whites in Women: they are given with great effect in the Dropsy, Gout. Scurvy, Kings-Evil, Rheuma­tism, Cachexy, Jaundies, Ob­structions of the Liver, Spleen, Mesentery, Womb, and Reins; and chiefly to such which can­not be purged with gentler Me­dicines: they are good against all impurities of the Brain, Sto­mach, Bowels, and Blood, Dose, à ℈ i, ad ʒ ss. in the morning fasting.

2. Pills for the French-Pox.

Aloes ℥xvi. Coloquintida in fine pouder ℥viii. Turpeth Mineral, or Arcanum Corallinum ℥ vi. mix, and with a sufficient quan­tity of a strong decoction of Colo­quintida and a little Oil of Aniseeds make a mass of Pills.

They are a Specifick against the French-Pox, virulent Gonor­rhea, Leprosy, Scabbiness, Gout, malign and venereal Ulcers and Fistula's: internally given, they cut and expel tough Phlegm, and purge all kinds of Humors. Dose, à gr. xv, ad ʒss.

3. The Wonderful Pills.

Quick-silver, which tye up in a Rag, that it may squeeze forth in very small grains ℥ v. Juice or Syrup of Limons, q.s. mix, and kill the Quick-silver with the Juice, by grinding them together; when it shall be suffi­ciently kill'd and mixt, add thereto of Aloes ℥viii. pulp of Co­loquintida in pouder ℥ iv. Cam­bogia ℥ii. mix them, and with Syrup of Limons, or a strong Deco­ction of Coioquintida, make a mass of Pills; adding, as occasion requires, a small quantity of Be­zoar Mineral, or pouder of Liquo­rice.

They have all the Virtues of the last aforegoing; but chiefly in the Gout, Rheumatism, Scorbu­tick and Venereal pains; for which Diseases, nothing is better or more powerful in Nature. Dose, every day, à ℈ss, ad ℈i, or as the occasion may require.

4. Hysterick Pills, or Pills against Fits.

Aloes ℥ v. Coloquintida, Rheubarb, Extract of Opium, Asa foetida, Wood-soot, vola­ril Salt of Amber, Crocus Martis aperitive, Calx of Tin, Vitriol of Silver, A.℥i. Casror, Camphir, Myrrh, Oil of Amber, A. ℥ ss. Oil of Harts-horn ʒi. mix, and with decoction of Sena, [Page 298] make a mass of Pills. Or thus. Take Aloes ℥vii. Asa foetida ℥iv. Wood-soot, volatil Salt of Amber, Crocus Martis aperitive, A. ℥ii. Camphir, Myrrh, Oil of Amber, A.℥j. with Syrupof stinking Arach make a mass of Pills.

They wonderfully quiet, and ease the suffocation, pains, and disturbances of the Womb; and are happily given in the Falling-Sickness, Apoplexy, Lethargy, Palsey, Madness, Distemper of the Spleen, and Hypochondriack Melancholy, from Humors heaped up together; they are also help­ful in the Vertigo, Head-ach, and Megrim. Dose, of the for­mer, à gr. xv, ad ʒss. of the latter, à ℈i, ad ℈ii.

5. Tartariz'd Laudanum, of that most excellent Man, Dr. Tho. Gardner, the King's Chirurgian.

Salt of Tartar, (made of equal parts of Tartar and Nitre) ℥vi. Oils of Turpentine and Juni­per, A. ℥ iv. mix them toge­ther in a large Vessel, and let them stand for some months in a cold and moist place; to wit, so long (stirring them in the mean season every day, and adding more of the Oils, as oft as need re­quires) 'till the Salt has com­pleatly drunk up a triple quan­tity of the Oil, and shall become one thick homogene mass (much like to Soap) not to be separated again. Take of this Soap ℥xviii. Extract of Thebean Opium ℥viii. volatil Salt Armoniack ℥vi. anodyn Sulphur of Mars, Gumm [Page 299] of Guajacum, a. ℥ iv. Extracts of Venice-Treacle, of Saffron, Cochinele, Virginia Snake-root, Oil of Mace and Nutmegs by expression, a. ℥ ij. mix, and beat them in a Mortar, and with a mixture made of equal parts of the Oils of Anise, Juniper, and Amber, with pouder of Liquorice or Ginger, make a mass of Pills.

Note. The Sulphur of Mars is thus made. Take filings of Iron lbj. Spirit of Vinegar ℥ viij. Spirit of Nitre ℥ ss. mix, and boil to driness; then add Spirit of Vinegar q.s. digest till the Tincture is red, which decant and filter; praecipitate with Oil-of Tartar per deliquium, and edul­corate the Sulphur with fair Water, for use.

This Medicine much exceeds both Mithridate and Venice-Treacle in its virtue and ope­ration; from whence it is easy to find out what things it is good for; it is good against the Dropsy, Gout, Pox, and Rheu­matism; it is a famous Alexi­terick against the Plague, ma­lign and contagious Fevers, Bitings of Mad-dogs, Measles, Small-Pox, and all other sorts of Venom. It eases all Pains, and stops all Fluxes of what kind soever; it is good against Coughs and Consumptions, in­duces pleasant Sleep, and ope­rates most effectually by Sweat and insensible Transpiration. Dose, à gr. 3, ad viij. at night, or time of going to sleep.

6. Specitick Laudanum of the Author.

℞ Thebian Opium lbj ss. dissolve in juyce of Limons [Page 300] lbij. mixed with Oil of Sul­phur ℥ ij. strain, inspissate, and evaporate to the thickness of an Extract; to which add Oil of Nutmegs by expression lbj. Bezoar-mineral, pouders of Cloves, Camphir, Catechu, Cochinel, Winter's Cinamon, Jesuits-Bark, Saffron, Virginian Snake-root, a. ℥ iij. anodyn Sulphur of the Vitriol of Mars ℥ vj. Chymical Oils of Wormwood, Aniseed, Cloves, Fennel, Juniper, Lavender, Li­mons, Rosemary, Sassafras, and Amber, a. ʒ ij ss. mix, and make a mass of Pills.

It comforts the Stomach, and is by Experience found to be admirable against all Fluxes of the Belly, as a Loosness, Diar­rhoea, Bloody-flux, Hepatick-flux, Vomitings, Bleeding at Nose, Overflowing of the Terms, Spitting of Blood, Catarrhs, and other Defluxions of Humors. It comforts the Bowels and inter­nal Members: it is so much praised for its effects against the Dropsy, Gout, Scurvy, Jaundies, Fits of the Mother, and other like Diseases of the Womb; as also all kinds of Fevers, whether intermitting, or continual, or malign, that no man can suffi­ciently set forth its virtues. It is usually given in the Plague and Epidemick Diseases, Measles, Small-Pox, vehement Pains in whatsoever part of the Body, and of what kind soever, Coughs, Phthisicks, Stone in the Reins and Bladder. It cheers the Spi­rits, Natural, Vital, and Animal, [Page 301] and fortifies them in all parts. It causes kind and pleasant Sleep; and is a Secret, in curing a Go­norrhoea in Men, and the Whites in Women. Dose, à gr. ij, or iij, ad gr. vj, or viij. going to sleep.

7. The Author's Cathartick Laudanum.

℞ Thebian Opium (extracted with the juyce of Limons) lbj. fine Aloes (extracted with fair Water) lbviij. resinous Scam­mony, Ginger, Liquorice, (all in pouder) a. lbj. mix, and with Oils of Aniseeds, Cloves, Limons, and Sassafras, a. ʒ vj. mix, and make a mass.

It universally eases all Pains: purges indeed less, but strength­ens the more, and loosens the Belly being bound. The Virtues of this Medicine, to be admi­red, and never enough to be praised, are manifest; and it is commended for corrobora­ting the more noble Bowels; but above all, for correcting of corrupt and evil Humors; and its very sweetly purging of the Body, which it does by a very safe and pleasant ope­ration. It stops thin Catarrhs, and eases the Cough thence proceeding; it induces Sleep, and prevails against tertian and quartan Agues, being given some hours before the Fit. Dose, à ℈ ss, ad ℈ j, aut ʒ ss. at bed-time.

CHAP. LXXI. De LOTIONIBƲS.
I. Aqua Ophthalmica.

℞ AQuae fontanae libras tres, Salis Vitrioli unciam unam: digere per viginti dies, & filtra: addatur Sacchari Sa­turni drachmae quatuor, Aloes optimae semiuncia, Opii The­baici drachmae duae; dissolve, ac iterum filtra: huic addantur Spiritus Vini (in quo Cam­phorae drachmae duae dissolvun­tur) libra una, Vitri Antimonii, vel Reguli seu Croci Metallorum, pulveris subtilissimi unciae tres: misce, ac digere pro usu.

Instilletur ter vel quater in die Aqua haec Oculo, laboranti Perlâ, Verrucâ, Cataractâ, vel Nebulâ, & spatio dierum triginta vel quadraginta, etsi desperatis­simus esset Affectus, medetur: atque in omnibus Inflammationi­bus, & Oculorum Affectibus, hoc Collyrium dicatum est.

II. Aqua Styptica.

℞ Salis ex Capite mortuo reverberato Vitrioli cum Aqua fontana eliciti, unciam unam; Aquae purae uncias duodecim, vel quantitatem sufficientem; misce, ac dissolve; cui addantur Spiritus Vini unciae tres: dige­ritur, & reponatur ad usum. Aliter. ℞ Pulveris Sympathetici unciam unam, Aquae communis uncias duodecim; misce, ac dissolve: digere per septima­nam, vel potiùs mensem; de­inde filtra, & adde Spiritus [Page 303] Vini uncias quatuor. Vel sic. Vitriolo soluto, filtrato, cum Spiritu Aceti praecipitato, edul­corato, & siccato, affunde Oleum Vitrioli, & distilla ad siccita­tem: Caput mortuum digere cum Spiritu Yini; filtra calidè, ac abstrahe: solve Salem in sundo remanentem cum Aquae quadruplo per digestionem, fietque Aqua Styptica.

Hae Aquae onmibus Haemorrha­giis prosunt, & usus ultimae est internus & externus. Dosis, à guttis decem ad viginti, &c. Vulneribus etiam recentibus, at­que inveteratis, mirificè meden­tur.

III. Aqua Calcis cum Mercurio.

℞ Calcis vivae libras duas, Aquae communis libras octo; misce, dissolve, ac digere per horas viginti quatuor: dein decanta & filtra; cui addantur Mercurii dulcis laevigati, vel Praecipitati albi unciae quatuor; misce iterum Vasi agitando, & reservetur ad usum.

Ʋlceribus venereis & Gonor­rhaeae virulentae prodest, per Syrin­gem injecta.

IV. Aqua Divina Fernelii.

℞ Aquae Plantaginis (vel communis) uncias duodecim, Sublimati corrosivi granas vi­ginti quatuor: misce, ac dis­solva.

Ʋlceribus malignis, invetera­tis, & venereis, lavando me­detur.

V. Aqua ad Gnorrhaeam.

℞ Aquae communis libras duas; Vitrioli albi, Aluminis, a. drachmas tres; Catechu dra­chmas duas, Opii drachmam unam: misce, dissolve, ac filtra; [Page 304] cui addantur Spiritus Vini un­ciae quatuor; misce, & reserve­tur ad usum.

Gonorrhaeae, & Fluxui albo, per Syringem injecta quater vel sexies in die, medetur.

VI. Aqua Mercurialis.

℞ Aquae communis libras duas, Amygdalarum excortica­tarum uncias duas & semis; misce, fiatque Emulsio: cui addantur Camphorae pulverisa­tae, Cerussae, ana uncia una; Sublimati corrosivi (in succi Limonum unciis quatuor soluti) drachma una, misce. Vel sic. Rccipe Aquae communis, Succi Limonum, ana libram unam; Sublimati corrosivi drachmas duas, Albuminum Ovorum nu­mero quatuor; misce omnia diligenter, deinde pone ad So­lem per octo dies, & serva ad usum. Aliter sic. Recipe Emulsionis praescriptae libras duas, Sublimati corrosivi pulve­risati drachmas quatuor; misce, ac in Mortario vitreo, triturando dissolva, fiatque Aqua albissima. Aliter, ab Willisio. Recipe Aquae communis libras duas, Sublimati corrosivi pulverisati drachmas quinque & scruplam unam: misce, & stent simul in Vase stanneo per septimanam, vel ad liquoris nigritudinem, agitando saepè Spatula ligneâ; filtra ad claritudinem, & repone in Vitro clauso ad usum.

Ad Faciei Ruborem, Vermiculos, & Pustulas curandum Aqua cer­tissima est.

VII. Lac Mercurii.

℞ Aquae communis libras duas, Sublimati corrosivi pul­rerisati sesquiunciam; misce, [Page 305] agitando in Disco stanneo, ut fiat instar Lactis.

Ʋlceribus malignis & vene­reis, tangendo medetur.

CHAP. LXXI. Of LOTIONS.
1. Eye-Water.

COmmon Water lbiij. Salt of Vitriol ℥ j. digest twenty days, and filter: then add Saccharum Saturni, fine Aloes, a. ʒ iv. Theban Opium ʒ ij. dis­solve, and filter: to this add Spirit of Wine (in which Cam­phir ʒ ij. is dissolved) lbj. Glass of Antimony, or its Re­gulus, or Crocus Metallorum in fine pouder ℥ iij. mix and digest, for use.

Being dropt into the Eyes of such as are troubled with Pearls, Warts, or Cataracts, Clouds, three or four times a day for thirty or forty days, it cures them, tho' exceeding bad. It is also of use in Inflammations, and all other Affects of the Eyes.

2. The Styptick Water.

The Salt drawn with Wa­ter from the reverberated Caput mortuum of Vitriol ℥ j. fair Water ℥ xij. or a sufficient quan­tity; mix, and dissolve: to which add S.V. ℥ iij. digest, and keep it for use. Otherwise. ℞ of the Sympathetick-pouder, ℥ j. common Water ℥ xij. mix, and dissolve: digest for a week, or rather a month, then filter, and add S.V. ℥ iiij. Or thus. Dissolve Vitriol in Water, filter, and with Spirit of Vinegar praecipitate, then edul­corate [Page 303] and dry: affuse thereon Oil of Vitriol, and then distil to driness: this Caput mortuum digest with Spirit of Wine, filter warm, and then abstract it: the Salt remaining in the bottom, dissolve in a fourfold quantity of Water by digestion, and the Styptick Water will be made.

These Waters are good to stop all Haemorrhagies or Fluxes of Blood, of what kind soever; and the use of the last of them is both internal and external. Dose, à gut. x, ad xx, &c. They also cure Wounds both new and old, after an admirable manner.

3. Lime-water with Mercury.

Quicklime lbij. common Water lbviij. mix, dissolve, and digest for twenty four hours; then decant and filter: to which add Mercurius dulcis levigated, or white Praecipitate ℥ iv. mix again by shaking the Vessel, and keep it for use.

Being injected with a Syringe, it cures venereal Ulcers, and a virulent Gonorrhoea.

4. Fernelius his Divine Water.

Plantan-water, or fair Wa­ter ℥ xij. corrosive Sublimate in pouder gr. xxiv. mix, and dis­solve.

It cures malign, inveterate, and venereal Ulcers, by washing them therewith.

5. A Water for a Gonorrhoea.

Fair Water lbij. white Vitriol, Alum, 2. ʒ iij. Cate­chu ʒ ij. Opium ʒ j. mix, dissolve, and filter; to which add [Page 304] Spirit of Wine ℥ iv. mix, and keep it for use.

It cures a Gonorrhoea, and the Whites in Women, being injected with a Syringe four or six times a day.

6. Mercury-Water.

Common Water lbij. blanch'd Almonds ℥ ij ss. mix, and make an Emulsion: to which add Camphir in pouder, Ce­russ, a. ℥ j. corrosive Sublimate (dissolved in ℥ iv. of juyce of Li­mons) ʒ j. mix them. Or thus, Take common Water, Juyce of Limons a. lbj. corrosive Subli­mate ʒ ij. Whites of four Eggs; mix them very well together; in­solate for eight days, and keep it for use. Or thus. Take of the former Emulsion lbij. corrosive Sublimate in pouder ʒ iv. mix, dissolve by grinding in a glass Mortar, and make a very white Water. Otherwise thus, from Willis. Take common Water lbij. corrosive Sublimate in pouder ʒ v, ℈ j. mix, and let them stand together in a tin Vessel or Basin for a week, or till the liquor grows black, often stirring it with a wooden Spatula; filter it till it is clear, and keep it in a Glass close stopt, for use.

It is a most excellent Water for the curing of Redness, Worms, and Pustles breaking out in the Face.

7. Mercurial Milk.

Common Water lbij. cor­rosive Sublimate in pouder ℥ j ss. mix them in a tin Basin, and by [Page 305] stirring them, make the mixturé white like Milk.

It cures malign and venereal Ulcers, by touching them.

CHAP. LXXII. De OLEIS.
I. Oleum calefaciens.

℞ OLEI de Ben, vel Oli­varum, libras duas; Oleorum seminum Anisi, bac­carum Juniperi, Limonum, Ros­marini, Sassafras, & Succini, ana uncias quinque; Campho­rae uncias duas; misce, ac dis­solve.

Corporis Doloribus & Vitiis frigidis, Convulsiones, Tetano, Nervorum distentione, & Para­lysi conducit; Spinae & Renum dolores reprimit, atque Hemicra­niam, Cephalalgiam, Podagram, & Gonagram levat.

II. Oleum Refrigerans.

℞ Olei de Ben, vel Oliva­rum, libras duas; Sacchari Saturni (in Spiritu Aceti dis­soluti) uncias quatuor; misce, pro usu.

Ad Ambusta, Erysipelata, Sca­biem, & Cutis vitia à salsa Pituita & Bile usta enata, ad Prurigines, ac Pustularum eru­ptiones commendatur.

III. Oleum Anodynum.

℞ Olei de Ben, vel Oliva­rum, libras duas; Opii Thebaici (in Aqua dissoluti ad consisten­tiam [Page 306] Mellis extracti) uncias duas, Camphorae sesquiunciam: misce.

Dolores mirificè levat, Inflam­mationes, ac calidos quosvis Tumores reprimit; Arthritidi, Cephalalgiae, Hemicraniae, nec-non doloribus, Splenis, Renum, Ʋteri, Haemorrhoidarum, opem fert.

IV. Oleum Paralyticum.

℞ Oleorum Chymicè prae­paratorum, Anisi, Foeniculi, Lavendulae, Sabinae, Pulegii, ana uncias quatuor; Olei Terebin­thinae, Sassafras, ana uncias sex; Olei Succini rectificati uncias duodecim; misce.

Ad Spasmum & Paralysin con­firmatam commendatur; valenter namque digerit ac emollit, ut Nervorum & Articulorum Tophos dissipet; eorundem etiam frigidos Affectus, & imbeciilitates, seu resolutionum membrorum, sanat.

V. Oleum Cosmeticum.

℞ Olei de Ben libram unam, Praecipitati albi, vel Mercurii dulcis laevigati uncias duas, Olei Tartari per deliquium unciam unam; misce.

Aspera laevigat, Faciei maculas & lentigenes exterit, Ephelides, ac Ʋstiones ex insolatu factas emendat, Lepram, Morphaeam, nec-non Pustulas in Cute à salsa Pituita sanat.

VI. Oleum Diacolocynthidos.

℞ Olei Olivarum libras duas, Vini rubri libram unam, pulpae Colocynthidis uncias duas; co­quantur ad Vini consumptionem, vel per duas vel tres horas, lento igne, donec Oleum vim totam Colocynthidis attraxerit, tandemque exprimantur & co­lentur; [Page 307] & addantur Olei Chy­mici seminum Anisi, Carui, & Foeniculi, ana drachmae tres; misce, & reponatur ad Enemata.

Dosis, ab uncia una ad duas, prout majori vel minori operandi efficacia opus fuerit, cum Jure pingui permixtum, summum Me­dicamentum erit ad omnes sopori­feros Affectus, Apoplexiam, Le­thargum, & similes; & effectus praestantes foelici cum successu ostentabit in sedandis potissimum intolerabilibus doloribus & pas­sionibus Colicis, ut-plurimum à Pituita vitrea in Intestinis sub­ortis; in quibus Purgantia leni­tiva sola exhibita, inefficacia prorsus & invalida comperientur. Oleum enim hoc Medicamento mi­rificè contemperat acrem & vene­natam Colocynthidos qualitatem; adeo ut sic praeparata, neutiquam noxia aut damnosa sit Intesti­nis.

VII. Oleum ad Vermes.

℞ Olei Olivarum libras duas, succorum Absinthii, Cardui be­nedicti, ana libram unam; pul­pae Colocynthidos uncias duas; Aloes (in Aqua dissolutae) un­ciam unam: misce, & coquan­tur ad Succi consumptionem, donec Oleum vim ingredien­tium totam extraxerit, deinde exprimantur & colentur: post­ea addantur Fellis Bovis defae­cati unciae octodecim, Oleorum Chymicorum Anisi, Cumini, & Foeniculi, ana semiuncia: misce, & servetur ad usum.

Hoc Oleum mixtum cum La­cte, aut Jusculo Capitis vervi­cini, in quantitate sufficienti ad fingendum Enema, summa erit medela adversus Lumbricos quos­vis. [Page 308] Infantibus trium, quatuor, aut quinque annorum, sufficiet exhibere pro Dosi semiunciam, vel drachmas sex, cum Lactis unciis quatuor aut quinque, ut fiat Clyster: mediocriter robu­stis uncia una satis erit, ro­bustioribus sesquiuncia, imo & robustissimis unciae duae. Hoc Oleum excellentissimum est ad expellen­dos Vermes, ad demulcendos & leniendos Dolores à causis frigi­dis, Cruditatibus, Flatibus, ac Humoribus mucilaginosis, tar­tareis, & arenosis sive calcu­losis suscitatos; atque ad edu­cendam foetidam Humorum il­luviem & putridinem: ad Aegros etiam excitandos in Comatosis & Soporiferis Symptomatis & Affectibus; & ad validius ex­purgandos omnes Humores, ci­tra tamen calefactionem nimiam; qualem inducere solent Hierae Logadii, vel Pachii Diacolo­cynthidos, & hujus alia ge­neris.

CHAP. LXXII. Of OYLS.
1. The Heating Oyl.

OYL of Ben, or Oyl of Olives, lbij. Oyls of Aniseed, Juniper, Limons, Rose­mary, Sassafras, and Amber, a. ℥ v. Camphir ℥ ij. mix, and dissolve.

It is good against cold Aches and Diseases of the Body, Con­vulsions, the Tetanos, or cross Convulsion of the Neck, Dis­tention of the Nerves, and the Palsy; it eases the pain of the Back and Reins, and gives relief in the pain of the Head, Me­grim, Gout in the Feet and Knees.

II. The Cooling Oyl.

Oyl of Ben, or of Olives; lbij. Saccharum Saturni (dis­solved in Spirit of Vinegar) ℥ iv. mix them for use.

It is said to be of good use for Burnings, an Erysipelas, Scab­biness, or Breakings out, and other vices of the Skin, arising from salt Phlegm and Melancho­ly, as also Itchings, and Pustles or Pimples breaking out.

3. The Oyl easing Pain.

Oyl of Ben, or of Olives, lbij. Theban Opium (dis­solved in Water, and extracted [Page 306] to the consistence of Honey) ℥ ij. Camphir ℥ j ss. mix them.

It gives great ease in Pains, represses Inflammations, and all sorts of hot Swellings: it gives help in the Gout, Head-ach, Megrim; as also in Pains of the Spleen, Reins, Womb, and Haemorrhoids.

4. The Palsy-Oil.

Chymical Oils of Anise, Fennel, Lavender, Savin, Peny­royal, a. ℥ iv. Oil of Turpentine, Sassafras, a. ℥ vj. rectified Oil of Amber ℥ xij. mix them.

It is said to be good for Cramps and Convulsions, as also a confirmed Palsy; for that it powerfully digests and softens, so as to discuss and softens, so as to discuss Knots in the Nerves and Joints: it cures also the cold Affects of those parts, and the weakness or resolution of the members.

5. The Beautifying Oil.

Oil of Ben lbj. white Praecipitate, or Mercurius dulcis levigated ℥ ij. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ j. mix them.

It makes smooth a rough Skin, and takes away Spots, Freckles or Lentils of the Face, and Sun-burnings; and prevails against the Leprosy, Morphew, Scurf; as also Pustules breaking out in the Skin from salt Phlegm.

6. Oil of Coloquintida.

Oil Olive lbij. Red Wine lbj. pulp of Coloquintida ℥ ij. boil to the consumption of the Wine; or for two or three hours, with a gentle fire, till the Oil has drawn forth all the virtue of the Colo­quintida; then strain out by pres­sing, and add Chymical Oils of [Page 307] Aniseeds, Caraways, and Fennel-seeds, a. ʒ iij. mix, and keep it for Clysters.

The Dose is from ʒ j, ad ℥ ij. more or less, according as the occasion may require; being mixt with fat Broth, (and given Clyster-wise) it is an excellent thing against all Sleepy-Diseases, as the Apoplexy, Lethargy, and the like; it operates upon the spot, and with good success, in easing the most vehement pains and disorders of the Colick, chiefly those which proceed from a kind of glassy Phlegm in the Bowels; in which cases, lenitive Purges being only given, are ineffectual, and do no kind of good. For the Oil-olive in this Composition does admi­rably allay and qualify the acrid and (as it were) venene quality of the Coloquintida; and so being thus prepared, it is not in the least hurtful or prejudi­cial to the Intestines.

7. The Oil against Worms.

Oil-olive lbij. juices of Wormwood, Carduus benedictus, a. lbj. pulp of Coloquintida ℥ ij. Aloes (dissolved in Water) ℥ j. mix, and boil to the consumption of the Juices, and till the Oil has extracted all the virtue of the ingredients, then strain out by pressing: afterwards add Ox or Bulls Gall defecated ℥ xviij. Chy­mical Oils of Anise, Cumin, and Fennel, a. ℥ ss. mix, and keep it for use.

This Oil, mixt with a sufficient quantity of Milk, or the Broth of a Wethers-head, and given as a Clyster, is an excellent thing to kill all sorts of Worms, [Page 308] To Children of three, four, or five years old, you may give ab ℥ ss, ad ʒ vj. mixt with ℥ iv, or v. of Milk, for a Clyster: to those who are moderately strong, it may be given to ℥ j. such as are stronger, may re­ceive it to ℥ j ss. and the strongest Bodies or Constitu­tions, may have it exhibited to ℥ ij. This Oil is a most excellent Medicine for expel­ling Worms, and to abate and ease Pains proceeding from a cold cause, from Crudities, Wind, and mucilaginous, tar­tartarous, or viscous and lapi­descent Humors; and to expel the fetid nastiness and putrid­ness of the Humors: it is given also to rouse up such as are sick of a Coma, or afflicted with Sleepy Symptoms or Dis­eases; and for the more effe­ctual purging forth all sorts of Humors, without exciting too much heat; which is usual where the Hierae Diacolocynthi­dos of Logadius and Pachius, with other things of like kind, are given.

CHAP. LXXIII. De BALSAMIS.
I. Balsamum Vulnerarium Nostrum.

℞ OLEI de Ben, vel Oli­varum libras tres, Tere­binthinae Argentoratensis libras duas, Cerae libram unam, Bal­sami [Page 309] Tolutani, vel Peruani, vel Chiliani; Thuris, ana uncias octo: Olei Chymici Lavandulae uncias tres; misce, fiatque Bal­samum secundum Artem.

Inter Sarcotica Chirurgis usur­patum, multa habet; emollit & concoquat, Carnem creat, putri­damque depascit; Vulnera cujus­cunque generis, & quacunque Corporis parte, tutò, citò, jucundè, & perfectè sanat.

II. Balsamum Anodynum Nostrum.

℞ Balsami Peruani, vel To­lutani, vel Chiliani; Thuris, ana libram unam: Camphorae, Opii, (cum Aqua ad Mellis consisten­tiam extracti) ana uncias no­vem; Sacchari Saturni uncias quatuor, Spiritus Vini quanti­tatem sufficientem; misce, ac digere in Arena per decem dies.

Dolores Arthriticos, Convulsivos, & Colicos mirificè sopit; linteola in isto intincta dolentibus locis adhibeantur, renovando quarta, vel quinta quaque hora, donec omnes cruciatus cessent. Internè detur ad granas octo vel decem; & per Enema, in Colica, ad scruplam unam vel semidra­chmam: itaque in Dysenteriis, Lienteriis, aliisque Fluxibus Alvi.

III. Balsamum Gummi Elemi Nostrum.

℞ Gummi Elemi, Terebin­thinae Venetiae, ana libras duas; Cerae Animalis vel Myrtillorum sesquilibram; Olei de Ben, vel Hyperici libram unam; Balsa­mi Peruani, Styracis liquidae, ana semilibram; misce, fiatque Balsamum.

Putridini efficaciter resistit, & [Page 310] Vulnera Capitis faeliciter sanat; Ʋlceraque contumacia ac Fistulas, detergendo expurgat; lentè desic­cat, Carnem in Ʋlceribus gene­rat, eaque ad cicatricem per­ducit. Balsamum hoc, nulli Me­dicamento, ad Vulnera implenda Carne, & agglutinanda, cedit: Nervos quoque roborat, calorem partis fovet, maximéque Capitis aegritudinibus externis, prodest.

IV. Mel Saponis.

℞ Saponis Castallensis, Mel­lis optimi, ana libram unam; Olei Tartari per deliquium, uncias quatuor; misce.

Arthritidi, omnibusque Dolori­bus Juncturarum, & partium adjacentium medetur.

V. Balsamum de Sapone.

℞ Saponis Castallensis, Olei de Ben, seu Olivarum, ana li­bram unam; Olei baccarum Juniperi, Terebinthinae Argento­ratensis, ana uncias quatuor; flo­rum Sulphuris uncias tres; misce.

Nervorum debilitati, Tremori, Paralysi, Arthritidi, omnibusque Doloribus, & Morbis praesertim externis frigidis confert: Calorem nativum reficit, atque partes im­becilles roborat, & imbecillitatis causam aufert.

VI. Balsamum Amicum Nostrum.

℞ Terebinthinae Argentora­tensis, Balsami de Copayba, Gum­mi Elemi, ana uncias duodecim; Thuris, Resinae, Cerae, ana uncias decem; Styracis liquidae, liquid-Ambari, Petrolaei clari, ana uncias octo, Balsami Pe­ruani, Tolutani, Olei Nucis mo­schatae, ana uncias sex; Masti­ches, Myrrhae, Olibani, Scam­monii [Page 311] resinosi, ana, pulvere subtilissimo, uncias quatuor; Olei Hyperici uncias quadra­ginta octo: in Oleo dissolvan­tur Resinae, Cera, Gummi, Balsama, & Olea aromatica; posteà, & dum adhuc calent, inspergantur Pulveres; diù, & sine intermissione agitando, misce, fiatque Balsamum.

Frigidos Nervorum Morbos tollit, ac Doloribus eorundem opi­tulatur; Vulnera maximè sanat; Ʋlceribus & Fistulis prodest, quia mundificat, siccat, abstergit, coquit, & consolidat; nec-non absque ullius acrimoniae sensu Ci­catricem ducit. Potenter digerit, ac resolvit, Nervos roborat, & à frigidis injuriis tuetur.

VII. Balsamum Arthriticum Nostrum.

℞ Olei Olivarum libras qua­tuor, Opii (cum Aqua ad Mellis consistentiam extracti,) Tere­binthinae Argentoratensis, Thuris, Saponis Castallensis, ana libras duas; Camphorae, Petrolaei clari, Cerae, Saccharum Saturni, (in Aceto dissoluti) ana libram unam; misce, fiatque Balsa­mum.

Arthriticis & Ischiadicis uti­liter adhibetur; Inflammationem omnem extinguit, Dolores sedat, Sensus stupefacit, Cephalalgiae & Phrenetidi confert, Renum ardores illitum temperat, Artus laxatos firmat, Ecchymosin delet, & ad omnes dolores Juncturis contractus foeliciter usurpatur.

VIII. Balsamum Polychrestum Nostrum.

℞ Olei de Ben, Terebinthi­nae Argentoratensis, ana libras duas; Styracis liquidae, liquid-Ambari, [Page 312] Petrolaei, Cerae, ana libram unam; Camphorae, Oleo­rum Chymicorum Anisi, Juni­peri, Lavendulae, Limonum, Rosmarini, Sassafras, Succini, ana uncias tres; misce, fiatque Balsamum.

Animam & Naturam confortat, ejus tamen usus ad Nervorum genus roborandum, intemperiem frigidam tollendam, nativum Par­tis calorem excitandum & fo­vendum, & robur Membris con­ciliandum. Eo dum illinitur Dorsi Spina, mira celeritate Paralysi & Stupori succurrit. Dolores à causis frigidis aufert, & Par­tium debilitati efficacissimè pro­dest. Calefacit, siccat, essentia & tenuitate aperit, penetrat, digerit, Materiam omnem ex­crementitiam resolvit; Morbis Ce­rebri & Nervorum, ut Lethargo, Vertigini, Tremori, multisque aliis prodest.

IX. Balsamum Ophthalmicum Nostrum.

℞ Mellis optimi uncias vi­ginti quatuor, Fellis Bovis uncias duodecim, Terebinthinae Argentoratensis, Sacchari Satur­ni, ana uncias sex; Mastiches, Myrrhae, Olibani, Sanguis Dra­conis, Sarcocollae, Scammonii, ana uncias tres; Auri Vitae uncias duas; misce.

Praestans est Balsamum, non modo ad Pterygium Oculorum, sed etiam ad omnes Affectus & Ma­culas eorum delendas. Ambliopiae, Caligini, Visus debilitati & he­betudini, Oculorum rubori & la­chrymae prodest. Efficacissimum est ad Tunicas roborandas, & Ʋlcera sananda.

CHAP. LXXIII. Of BALSAMS.
1. Our Wound-Balsam.

OIL of Ben, or of Olives, lbiij. Strasburg-Tur­pentine lbij. Wax lbj. Balsam of Peru, Tolu, or Chili, Frank­incense, [Page 309] a. ℥ viij. Chymical Oil of Lavender ℥ iij. mix, and make a Balsam according to Art.

It is a great thing among those which Chirurgians use as Sarcoticks or Flesh-breeders; it is emollient and digestive, breeds Flesh, takes away the Putrifaction; and safely, speedi­ly, easily, and perfectly cures Wounds, be they of what kind soever, and in what part of the Body soever.

2. Our Anodyn-Balsam.

Balsam of Peru, Tolu, or Chili; Frankincense, a. lbj. Camphir, Opium, (extracted with Water, to the consistence of Honey) a. ℥ ix. Saccharum Saturni ℥ iv. Spirit of Wine, a sufficient quantity; [...]ix, and digest in Sand for ten days.

It wonderfully eases Arthri­tick, Convulsive and Colick pains, rags being dipt therein, and applied to the parts af­fected, renewing the applica­tion every fourth or fifth hour, till the pain wholly ceases. In­wardly, it is given à gr. viij, ad x. and by Clysters, in a Colick, à ℈ j, ad ℈ ss. as also in Bloody-fluxes, Lienteries, and other Fluxes of the Belly.

3. Our Balsam of Gum-Elemi.

Gum Elemi, Venice-Tur­pentine, a. lbij. Bees-wax, or Wax of Myrtle-berries lbj ss. Oil of Ben, or of Hypericon lbj. Balsam of Peru, liquid Storax, a. lbss. mix, and make a Balsam.

It powerfully resists Putrifa­ction, [Page 310] and easily cures Wounds of the Head; it makes contu­macious Ulcers and Fistula's easy to heal, by cleansing them; it gently drys, breeds Flesh in Ulcers, and heals them. This Balsam is inferior to no other, for filling Wounds with Flesh, and agglutinating their lips for healing: it also strengtheneth the Nerves, comforts the heat of the Part, and is extreamly good for external affects of the Head.

4. Honey with Soap.

℞ Castil-Soap, best Honey, a. lbj. Oil of Tartar per deli­quium ℥ iv. mix them.

It helps the Gout, and all sorts of Pains of the Joints, and parts adjacent.

5. Balsam of Soap.

℞ Castil-Soap, Oil of Ben, or of Olives, a. lbj. Strasburg-Turpentine, Oil of Juniper-berries, a. ℥ iv. flowers of Sulphur ℥ iij. mix them.

It is good for weakned Nerves, Tremblings, Palsies, Gouts, and chiefly for all sorts of external Pains and Diseases: it restores the native Heat, strengthens weak parts, and removes the cause of that weakness.

6. Our Friendly Balsam.

℞ Strasburgh-Turpentine, Bal [...] ­sam of Capivi, Gum Elemi, a. ℥ xij. Frankincense, Rosin, Wax, a. ℥ x. liquid Styrax, li­quid Amber, pure Oil of Peter, a. ℥ viij. Balsams of Peru, of Tolu, Oil of Nutmegs by expres­sion, a. ℥ vj. Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, resinous Scammony, all in subtil pouder, a. ℥ iv. Oil [Page 311] of Hypericon ℥ xl. in the Oil dissolve the Rosin, Wax, Gums, Balsams, and aromatick Oils; afterwards, but whil'st yet hot, sprinkle in the Pouders, stirring the whole for a good while, and without intermission, and conclude the Balsam.

It removes cold Diseases of the Nerves, and Pains afflict­ing them; it admirably heals Wounds; and is good for Ul­cers and Fistula's, because it digests, purifies, cleanses, drys, and consolidates, and produces the Cicatrice, without the least sense of acrimony or sharpness. It powerfully digests and re­solves, strengthens the Nerves, and preserves them from Dis­eases coming of cold.

7. Our Gout-Balsam.

Oil-olive lbiv. Opium, (extracted with Water, to the thickness of Honey) Strasburgh-Turpentine, Frankincense, Castil-Soap, a. lbij. Camphir, clear Oil of Peter, Wax, Saccharum Saturni, a. lbj. mix, and make a Balsam.

It is very good against the Gout and Sciatica; it allays all sorts of Inflammations, eases Pains, stupifies the Senses, is good against the Head-ach and Phrensy; and by anointing thereon, allays the heat of the Reins, strengthens loose and weak Joints, discusses Contu­sions, and is successfully used in all Pains of the Joints.

VIII. Our Balsam of many Virtues.

Oil of Ben, Strasburgh-Turpentine, a. lbij. liquid Sto­rax, liquid Amber, Oil of Peter, [Page 312] Wax, a. lbj. Camphir, Chymical Oils of Aniseeds, Juniper, Laven­der, Limons, Rosemary, Sassafras, Amber, a. ℥ iij. mix, and make a Balsam.

It comforts Nature, and as it were, the Soul it self; but its chief uses are, to strengthen the Nervous System, to remove their cold intemperature, to stir up and revive the native heat of the Parts, and fortifie the strength of the Members. It is of admirable use against Numb­ness and the Palsy, being an­ointed all along the Back-bone. It takes away Pains proceeding from cold causes, and is power­fully good against the debility of the Parts. It warms and drys, and by its essence and subtilty, it opens, penetrates, digests, and resolves all excrementitious Matter; and is good against Diseases of the Head and Nerves, as the Lethargy, Verti­go, Trembling, and many others of like kind.

9. Our Eye-Balsam.

Of the best Honey ℥ xxiv. Ox-gall ℥ xij. Strasburgh-Turpen­tine, Saccharum Saturni, a. ℥ vj. Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, Sanguis Draconis, Sarcocolla, Scammony, a. ℥ iij. Aurum Vitae ℥ ij. mix them.

It is a powerful Balsam, not only to take off Films from the Eyes, but to remove Spots, Pearls, and all other Affects of the same. It is good against dimness of Sight, darkness, weakness of the Sight, and defects of the same, redness and watering of the Eyes. It is a most powerful Medicament to strengthen their Tunicles, and cure Ulcers therein.

CHAP. LXXIV. De ƲNGƲENTIS.
I. Ʋnguentum Aegyptiacum.

℞ AERuginis uncias quin­que, Aceti Vini fortis uncias septem, Mellis uncias quatuordecim; coquantur omnia simul, donec fiat Unguentum spissum, & colore purpureum.

Valentissimam ad Saniem sic­candam, Sordes detergendas, & Carnem absumendam, Ʋlceribus malignis, putrilaginosis, & cuni­culosis convenit.

II. Ʋnguentum Album.

℞ Sacchari Saturni (in Aceto soluti) uncias quatuordecim, Olei de Ben, vel Olivarum, li­bram unam; Cerae albae uncias quatuor, Camphorae (Spiritu Vini) dissolutae semiunciam, Albuminum Ovorum numero sex: misce Saccharum solutum, & Camphoram; illicò Albumi­na Ovorum conquassata, ac in Aquam veluti per se resoluta, commisceri queunt; atque his demùm aliquandiu invicem agi­tatis, ultimò Cera in Olco liquata addi potest.

Ad Ambusta, Erysipelata, Scabiem, & Cutis vitia, à salsis Pituita & Bile usta enata com­mendatur: ad Prurigines, ac Pustularum eruptiones, acrem Ser­piginem, attrita; & intemperiem Ʋlcerum calidam, valet, ubi calor est, ustio, & excoriatio.

III. Ʋnguentum Basilicon.

℞ Cerae, Resinae, Picis navalis, ana libram unam; Olei Olivarum sesquilibram; misce.

Omnia enim Vulnera tutò & salubriter sanat, praecipuè partibus nervosis & carnosis; Ʋlceribus foedis ac malignis opitulatur; mundificat, abstergit, coquit, & consolidat.

IV. Ʋuguentum Fuscum Wurtzii.

℞ Scrofulariae, Chamaecissi, Veronicae, ana manipulos duos; incidantur, contundanturque, imponantur Vesicae vitreae: his affunde Aceti Vini ad eminen­tiam duorum digitorum; digere in Arena calida per septima­nam: Acetum exprime, cujus ad uncias duodecim addantur Sulphuris Vitrioli abstersivi, Vitrioli Phlegmae, ana unciae octo; florum Aeris unciae quin­que, Mellis despumati unciae viginti quatuor; misce, & coquantur simul Igne lento ad Unguentum.

Putridini maximè resistit, & Carnem mortuam à sana potenter separat; unde plurimùm commen­dabilis est in Gangraena & Spha­celo, omnibusque aliis Ʋlceribus valdè putridis & sinuosis exsiccat & detergit; Humoresque putrido & venenatos, Juncturis & par­tibus adjacentibus infestos, forti­ter emendat & corrigit.

V. Ʋnguentum Mercuriale.

℞ Mercurii (cum Terebin­thinae unciis quatuor, Olei de Ben unciis duas) extin­cti, uncias quatuor; Olei de Ben, Sevi bovilli vel ovilis, ana [Page 315] uncias decem: misce primò Oleum & Sevum, deinde addan­tur Mercurius extinctus, & Olei Rhodii semiuncia; fiatque Unguentum.

Scabiei, & Ʋceribus malignis & venereis prodest; Pruritum, & Lepram juvat; siccat sine morsu, Ʋlceraque difficilia per­sanat. Si post repurgatum Cor­pus, Spinae Dorsi, Juncturae, Pal­mae, Soleae, aliasque partes, bis, ter, atque iterum illiniantur, sic ut ad excitantem Salivatonem, seu Humoris virulenti per Os ex­putationem, Morbo venereo, omni­busque ejusdem Symptomatis me­detur.

VI. Ʋnguentum Nicotianae.

℞ Foliorum recentium Ni­cotianae libras duas & semis, Succi Nicotianae, Olei Olivarum, ana sesquilibram; lento igne bulliantur ad humiditatis con­sumptionem, postea coletur & exprimatur. Huic expresso adde Terebinthinae Argentoratensis, Se­vi ovilis, ana uncias decem; Cerae uncias sex; radicis Ari­stolochiae rotundae subtilissimè pulverisatae uncias quinque; mi­sce, fiatque Unguentum. Aliter. Recipe Extracti Nicotianae sic­cae libras tres, Olei Olivarum, Sevi bovilli, ana libras duas; Terebinthinae Argentoratensis ses­quilibram; Cerae, radicis Ari­stolochiae rotundae pulverisatae, ana uncias novem; foliorum Nicotianae pulverisatae uncias septem; misce, fiatque Un­guentum.

Excrementa serosa ab Ʋlceri­bus, vim absumendi habet, cras­siora separandi, & extergendi: Dolores mitigat, Humorem ma­lignum [Page 316] parti impactum coquit, illius acrimoniam lenit, & Carne Ʋlcera implet. Insigni autem virtute, eaque peculiari, prodest Vulneribus à Cane rabido inflictis, corumque virus specifica proprie­tate extinguit, & Humores in­fectos Veneno exterget & absumit. Hoc Ʋnguentum à Jouberto in sua Pharmacopoeia describitur, cui miram in Scrophulis dissipandis vim inesse ait. Celebratur autem po­tissimùm in Ʋlceribus & Vulneri­bus, tàm recentibus quàm antiquis, persanandis. Adustis & Ambu­stis quoque medetur; Morphaeam delet, Tineam Capitis exterit, & Cutem à Scabie mundificat. Ar­thritidi, Oedemati, aliisque simi­libus Tumoribus prodest.

VII. Ʋnguentum Populeon.

℞ Oculorum Populi arboris libras duas, foliorum recentium Cicutae, Hyoscyami, Papaveris, Lactucae, Sempervivi, Solani, ana uncias quinque; Olei Oliva­rum libras quinque: Herbae & Oculi contundantur, & misce­antur Oleo Olivarum: mace­rentur in Arena calida per tres circiter septimanas; coquantur postea, supra lentum ignem, ad Humiditatis ferè totalem consumptionem; tunc fiat cola­tura cum forti expressione, deinde addantur Sevi ovilis libras tres: misce, fiatque Un­guentum.

Inflammationes extinguit, Phle­gmonas omnes remittit, Dolores àe causis calidis mitigat, Aposte­mata calida contemperat, Pleu­riticos juvat; Cephalalgiam & Hemicraniam à causa calida sedat, Fluxiones fiftit, Humorum [Page 317] impetum cohibet, & Erysipelata extinguit.

VIII. Ʋnguentum Cosmeticum.

℞ Olei de Ben, Sevi ovilis, ana libras sex; misce ad ignem lentum, & addantur Olei Tar­tari per deliquium unciae sex, Spermatis Ceti, Sacchari Sa­turni, ana unciae octo; Cam­phorae, Olei Aurantiorum & Limonum, ana uncia una: mi­sce, fiatque Unguentum. Si tibi placet, ad unciam unam, Praecipitati albi vel Mercurii dulcis levigati drachma una addatur.

Prurito, Morphaeae, Ephelidi, Lentiginibus, Pustulis ab ichoribus Sanguinis calidis aut Bile natis, aliisque Cutis vitiis prodest: In­flammationes, Erysipelata, Sacros Ignes, ac calidos quosvis Tumores potenter reprimit.

IX. Ʋnguentum ad Scabiem.

℞ Olei Olivarum (in quo radicum Scrophulariae libra una coquatur) uncias quatuordecim, Sevi ovilis uncias octo, Florum Sulphuris, vel Pulveris Sulphuris vivi subtilissimi uncias quatuor, Praecipitati albi, vel Mercurii dulcis laevigati, uncias duas: misce.

Ad Cutis vitia ex Scabie usus est; Pruritum curat; atque ad Lepram, Morphaeam, aliosque Morbos hujus generis confert; fervorem temperat Humoris, & Succum vitiosum Cuti impactum extergit: valet ad Ambusta, & Ʋlcera maligna & putrida; qualia sunt Cacoëthe, Herpes Narium, Faciei, Pudendi, & Digitorum gangraenosa Ʋlcera: malignitatem & putridinem Ʋl­cerum [Page 318] corrigit: Ozaenae, Gum­matibus Gallicis, Ʋlcerationibus Strumarum & Mentulae, Ficu­busque, seu Carnis Excrescentiae medetur.

X. Ʋnguentum Tutiae.

℞ Olei Olivarum libras tres, Cerae libram unam, Thuris uncias sex, Tutiae praeparatae uncias novem, Sacchari Saturni uncias quinque; misce, fiatque Unguentum.

Omnibus Inflammationibus, Ʋl­ceribus sordidis ac pertinacibus, & Ambustionibus, & Erysipela­te medetur. Calidas Oculorum fluxiones demulcet & sistit, eo­rundem rubedinem & inflamma­tionem aufert, nec-non dolores inde natos tranquillat: acerbissimos etiam Haemorrhoidarum dolores placat, earundemque inflamma­tiones retundit.

CHAP. LXXIV. Of OINTMENTS.
I. The Aegyptian Ointment.

VErdigrise ℥ v. strong Wine-Vinegar ℥ vij. Honey ℥ xiv. boil all together, till they come to the thickness of an Oint­ment, and to a purple colour.

It is very powerful for drying up thin Humors, cleansing Ul­cers of their Filth, eating away of Flesh, and healing of old putrid Ulcers and Fistula's.

II. The White Ointment.

℞ Saccharum Saturni (dis­solved in Vinegar) ℥ xiv. Oil of Ben, or Olives, lbj. white Wax ℥ iv. Camphir (dissolved in Spirit of Wine) ℥ ss. Whites of six Eggs: mix the dissolved Saccharum and Camphir, then the Whites of Eggs, (first beaten together, till they resolve as it were into Water) which being added, let them be again beaten together for a good while; lastly, you must add the Wax being melted with the Oil, to compleat the Ointment.

It is very good for Burnings or Scaldings, Erysipela's, Scab­biness, and vices of the Skin, arising from salt Phlegm and burnt Choler: it is good against Itching, breakings out of Pim­ples, fretting Ringworms, Gal­lings; and the vehement pain of Ulcers, where there is heat, burning, and excoriation.

3. The Royal Ointment.

Wax, Rosin, Ship-pitch, a. lbj. Oil-olive lbj ss. mix them.

It heals all wounds safely and securely, chiefly in nervous and fleshy parts; it is good against putrid and malign Ulcers, cleanses, purifies, digests, and heals them.

4. The Brown Ointment of Wurtz.

Pilewort, Alehoof, Speed­wel, a. M. ij. cut and bruise them, and put them into a glass Vesica: to which put Wine-Vinegar, so much as may over-top them the height of two inches; digest in warm Sand for a week: then press out the Vinegar, to ℥ xij. of which add abstersive Sulphur of Vitriol, Phlegm of Vitriol, a. ℥ viij. pure Vedigrise ℥ v. clarified Honey ℥ xxiv. mix, and boil with a gentle Fire to an Ointment.

It admirably resists Putrifa­ction, and perfectly makes a separation of dead Flesh from the sound; for which reason it is mightily commended against a Gangren and Sphacelus, and all sorts of other Ulcers, tho' vehemently putrid, and very hollow: it consumes the moist­ure, and cleanses; and power­fully alters, amends, and corrects putrid, venene, or malign Humors, insesting the Joints, and parts adjacent.

5. The Mercurial Ointment.

Mercury or Quick-silver (kill'd with Turpentine ℥ iv. mixed with ℥ ij. of Oil of Ben) ℥ iv. Oil of Ben, beef or mutton Suet, a. ℥ x. mix first the Oil and Suet [Page 315] together by melting, then add the Quick-silver as before killed, and Oil of Rhodium ℥ ss. mix, and make an Ointment.

It is good against Scabbiness, malign, and venereal Ulcers; it helps the Itch and Leprosy; it drys without any sharpness or biting, and perfectly cures Ulcers difficult to heal. If (after purge­ing of the Body) it is anointed along the Back-bone, the Joints, Palms of the Hands, Soles of the Feet, and other parts, two, three, or four times, so as to excite a Salivation, or spitting forth of the virulent Humor by the Mouth, it cures the French Disease, with all its Symptoms.

6. Ointment of Tobacco.

Green leaves of Tobacco lbij ss. juice of Tobacco, Oil-olive, a. lbj ss. boil them with a gentle fire to the consumption of the humidity, afterwards strain out by pressing. To this expressed substance add Strasburgh-Turpen­tine, Sheeps-suet, a. ℥ x. Wax ℥ vj. round Birthwort-roots in fine pouder ℥ v. mix, and make an Ointment. Otherwise. Take Extract of dry Tobacco lbiij. Oil-olive, Beef-suet, a. lbij. Strasburgh-Turpentine lbj ss. Wax, pouder of round Birthwort-roots, a. ℥ ix. pouder of Tobacco-leaves ℥ vij. mix, and make an Oint­ment.

It takes away serous or thin excrements in Ulcers, and se­parates and cleanses them from the more thick: it eases Pain, [Page 316] digests malign Humors impacted in any part, abates their acri­mony, and fills Ulcers with Flesh. It is a Medicament of great fame, and is peculiarly good for Wounds made by the bitings of mad Dogs, for it extinguisheth their Poison by a specifick vir­tue, cleansing and taking away the poisonous Humor. This Oint­ment is described by Joubertus in his Pharmacopoeia, where he says it is of admirable use in dissipating Scrophulous Tumors. It is also celebrated for a most excellent thing in curing all sorts of Wounds and Ulcers, whether new or old. It cures also Burnings and Scaldings; takes away Morphew; heals Scald-Heads, and cures Scabbiness. It is profitable also for the Gout and Oedema, and such other like Tumors.

7. Ointment of Poplar-buds.

Buds of the Poplar-tree lbij. fresh leaves of Hemlock, Henbane, Poppy, Lettice, House­leek, Nightshade, a. ℥ v. Oil-Olive lbv. beat the Herbs and Buds together, and mix them with the Oil: macerate them in warm Sand for about three weeks; afterwards boil them over a gentle fire, to the consumption of almost all the humidity, then strain out by strongly expressing; lastly, add Sheep-suet lbiij. mix, and make an Ointment.

It takes away Inflammations, discusses all sorts of Phlegmons, eases Pains from a hot cause, and allays hot Apostems; helps in Pleurisies, gives ease in the Megrim and Head-ach, stops Fluxes of Humors, hinders their [Page 317] impetus or violence, and cures an Erysipelas.

8. The Cosmetick, or Beautifying-Ointment.

Oil of Ben, Sheeps-suet, a. lbvj. mix them on a gentle fire, and add thereto Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ vj. Sperma Ceti, Saccharum Saturni, a. ℥ viij. Camphir, Oil of Oranges and Limons, a. ℥ j. mix, and make an Ointment. If you please, you may to one ounce hereof, add one dram of white Praecipitate, or Mercurius dulcis levigated.

It is good against the Itch, Morphew, Pimples, Freckles, Len­tils, Pustles, from sharp humors of the Blood, or Choler, with other vices and defilements of the Skin: it powerfully repres­ses Inflammations, Erysipela's, Wild-fire, Shingles, with other kinds of hot Tumors or Eru­ptions.

9. Ointment against Scabbiness.

Oil-olive (in which roots of Pilewort lbj. have been boiled) ℥ xiv. Sheeps-suet ℥ viij. Flowers of Sulphur, or fine Pouder of Sulphur vive ℥ iv. white Praecipitate, or Mercurius dulcis laevigated ℥ ij. mix them.

It of good use in curing Scabbiness, and other vices of the Skin; it cures the Itch, and prevails against the Leprosy, Morphew, and other Diseases of like kind; it allays the heat of Humors, and cleanses the Skin of vicious Juices impacted there­in: it is good against Burn­ings, putrid and malign Ul­cers, and such as are evil to heal; as also against a Herpes [Page 318] of the Nose and Face, and gan­grenous Ulcers of the Privities, Fingers or Toes. It corrects the putridness and malignity of Ulcers, and cures an Ozaena, Venereal Gumms, Strumous Ulcers, Caruncles in the Yard, Ficus in Ano, or other Fleshy Excrescencies.

10. Ointment of Tutty.

Oil-olive lbiij. Wax lbj. Frankincense ℥ vj. Tutty pre­pared ℥ ix. Saccharum Saturni ℥ v. mix, and make an Ointment.

It cures all Inflammations, foul, sordid, and rebellious Ulcers, Burnings with Fire, and an Erysipelas. It cools and stops a hot flux of Humors upon the Eyes, takes away their red­ness and inflammation, and eases the pains thence arising: it gives ease in the most vehement torture of the Haemorrhoids; abating their violent heat and burning.

CHAP. LXXV. De PƲLVERIBƲS.
I. Pulvis Mercurii coagulati.

℞ MErcurii crudi, Plumbi vel Stanni crudi, ana unciam unam; fluat Saturnus vel Stannus in Crucibulo, tum effundatur in aliud Crucibulum frigidum, & mox superfun­datur ei Argentum vivum; sta­timque haec duo abeunt in unam massam: hanc massam projice [Page 319] in Crucibulum calidum, non tamen ignitum planè, & statim fluida, effunde in Crucibulum frigidum; illudque iterum re­pete, ut duo haec Metalla benè uniantur: sic omnia melius miscebuntur, & constituent mas­sam duriorem; quae imposita per aliquot dies & noctes in Aquam Fabrorum ferrariorum, evadit durissima. Nonnulli Mer­curium crudum includunt lin­teolo denso, & Saturnum effu­sum, & jam ex parte coagula­tum, mollem tamen adhuc, Ba­culo, aut Stylo, perforant, & in foramen Mercurium cum linteo inserunt; sicque Mer­curium vapore Saturni coagu­lant.

Ʋsus multiplex est. Primò, ut fiat malleabilis, & habeatur basis Lunae fixae: secundò, potest gestari pro Amuleto contra Pestem, & Venena: tertiò, potest redigi in pulverem, & addi Emplastris: quartò, potest inspergi Ʋlceribus antiquis, quorum Panacaea Mer­curius est; nam est Alcali, & absorbet Acida: quintò, ut inserviat Mercurio diaphoretico, aliisque concinnandis Medicamen­tis.

II. Sulphur Vitrioli abstersivus.

Vitrioli calcinati libras duas in Olla per horam candefacimus, frangimus deinde Ollam, & Vi­triolum in Aceto aliquandiu co­quimus, affundendo in fine Aquam fontanam, quam ad medium evaporatam, postquam [Page 320] aliquantulum ab igne remota steterit, decantamus; quod in Olla remanet, aliâ Aquâ af­fusà rursus coquimus, dum ru­bro colore tinctus sit; tunc decantamus, novamque rursus affundimus, procedendo ut prius, dum Aqua non amplius tingatur. Confusos deinde hos decantatos Liquores ad siccita­tem Terrae rubrae evaporamus. Terram hanc rursus candefa­ctum in Aquam conjicimus, coquimus, liquorem tinctum decantamus, aliam affundimus; hunc laborem repetemus, dum liquor non ampliùs tingatur Tandem liquores omnes ad sic­citatem evaporamus, Terramque relictam, rursus candefactam in Aquam conjicimus, uti jam di­ctum, coquendo, decantando, & evaporando procedimus, tan­dem Terram relictam & sicca­tam, ad usum servamus.

Maximè Abstersivum & Sty­pticum est, & Haemorrhagias omnes mirificè sistit: Vulneribus, Ʋlceribusque quibuscunque Corporis partibus medetur. Praeparatum autem praecipuè ad Ʋnguentum Fuscum Wurtzii.

III. Pulvis pro Ʋlceribus.

℞ Scammonii pulverisati un­cias quatuor, Aloes pulverisatae uncias duas, Colocynthidis pul­verisatae unciam unam; misce.

Praestantissimum est ad Ʋlce­rum sanacionem; eorum enim ca­lorem mitigat, humiditatem sic­cat, malignitatem cancerosam domat, dolorem lenit. Vulnera & Ʋlcera contumacia detergit, fun­gosam & Carnem mortuam remo­vet, & à sordibus efficaciter [Page 321] exterget, humiditates absumit, & ad cicatricem perducit.

IV. Pulvis pro Ʋlceribus Venereis.

℞ Pulveris pro Ulceribus uncias quatuor, Pulveris Prin­cipis, vel Praecipitati albi, semi­unciam; misce.

Ʋlceribus Venereis, malignis, vel inveteratis praecipuè usurpa­tur: excrementa serosa ab Ʋl­ceribus absumit, crassiora separat, & detergit. Ʋtilissimè ad Ʋlcera mala, inveterata, & quae vix integram curationem admittunt, usurpatur.

V. Pulvis Stypticus.

℞ Salis ex Capite mortuo Vitrioli extracti, Boli Armo­niaci, Catechu, Aloes Succo­trinae, Lanae caprinae torrefactae, Aluminis calcinati, ana uncias quatuor: misce, fiatque Pulvis.

Vires habet adstringendi & siccandi; sistitque egregiè San­guinis profluvium in Vulneribus.

VI. Pulveres ad Hypersarcosin.

Fit ex Alumine calcinato, vel Praecipitato rubro, sen Arcano Corallino laevigato, pro re nata. Recipe Aluminis, quantum vo­lueris, ponatur in Fictile novum, & tamdiu uratur, donec totum Alumen efferbuerit, nec ulte­riùs spumam emittat; refri­geratum, servetur ad usum.

Adhibentur exteriùs in Carne luxuriante absumenda, & in [Page 322] Ʋlceribus malignis, tam Venereis, quam aliis.

VII. Pulvis Sternutatorius.

℞ Foliorum Nicotianae sic­corum libram unam, Nucum moschatarum uncias tres, Corti­cis Winterani, florum vel foliorum Rosmarini, ana uncias duas; Caryophyllorum unciam unam; subtilissimè pulverisentur seor­sùm, deinde misce, fiatque Sternutatorium.

Valet in Capitis doloribus, & Ossis cribrosi obstructionibus; at­que in omnibus Capitis & Cerebri affectibus, ut in Apoplexia, Epi­lepsia, Vertigo, Lethargo, aliisque Morbis soporiferis.

VIII. Errhinae.

Multiplicia sunt; inter quae, haec tria praecipuè usurpantur: 1. Radices Asari pulverisatae: 2. ℞ Pulveris radicum Asari, Scammoni resinosi pulverisati, ana uncias duas; Nucis mo­schatae unciam unam: misce. 3. ℞ Turpethi mineralis un­ciam unam, foliorum Rosma­rini sesquiunciam, pulveris Gly­cyrrhizae uncias tres; miscean­tur exacté, & in pollinem sub­tilissimum redigantur. Deckers, Exercitat. pag. meâ 15.

Duorum ultimorum Pulverum minima ferè quantitas sufficit, multumque Pituitae viscidae edu­cit; cum successu praescribuntur hi Pulveres in Apoplexia, Epilepsia, Lethargo, Capitisque affectibus soporosis omnibus; nec-non in qui­busdam Capitis affectibus recen­tibus, & inveteratis, Vertigine, Gravedine, &c. Viro Lethar­gico, qui conquerebatur de Capitis dolore gravativo, & vix excitari [Page 323] poterat, Deckerus ille Doctissimus, Errhinum tertium prescribat; cujus tantillo Naribus indito & inflato, excitabatur cum levi sternutatione; septimo de summo Capitis dolore gravativo, levi­que calore conquerebatur; iterum tantillum Naribus est inflatum; tantaque Puris pauco Sanguine mixti copia secuta, non tantum ex Naribus, verum etiam Fauci­bus; ut nisi Oculis meis (ut ille dixit) vidissem, credere me fuit impossibile, dolorque Capitis gra­vativus imminutus, imò brevi evanuit; mixturâque sequente ad finem usurpatâ, Divino an­nuente Numine, brevi convaluit. Mixtura. ℞ Aquae Pulegii & Betonicae, ana sesquiunciam, vel uncias duas; Aquae Prophy­lacticae unciam unam; Tincturae Castorei drachmam unam; Spi­ritus Salis Armoniaci semidra­chmam; Syrupi Stoechadis dra­chmas sex: misce. Dosis, co­chlearium unum.

CHAP. LXXV. Of POUDERS.
I. Pouder of Mercury coagulated.

CRude Quick-silver, crude Lead or Tin, a. ℥ j. melt the Lead or Tin in a Crucible, then pour it out into another Cru­cible, and presently put upon it Quick-silver, and presently these two will become one mass: this mass put into another Crucible which is hot, but not red-fire-hot, [Page 319] and it will straitway flow, then pour it forth into another cold Crucible; and this work again repeat, that the two Metals may be the better united: so will their whole substance be the better mixed, and make a harder mass; which being laid or put for some days and nights in Smiths Forge-water, will become very hard. Some tye up the Quick-silver in a thick piece of cloth, and pouring forth the melted Lead, being almost grown stiff, but yet soft, with the end of a Stick, or a Rod of iron, they make a hole in it, into which hole they put the Quick­silver with the cloth or rag; so will the Mercury be coagulated, by the fumes of the Lead.

The use of this is manifold. First, that it may be made malleable, and so become the basis of fixed Luna: secondly, that it may be conveniently worn, as an Amulet against Plague and Poison: thirdly, that it may be reduced into a pou­der, and so added to, or mixed with Emplasters: fourthly, that it may be strewed upon old Ulcers, whose true Panacaea is Mercury; for that it is an Al­cali, and an absorber of Acids: fifthly, that it may serve for Mercurius diaphoreticus, and other like proper Medicines.

2. Abstersive Sulphur of Vitriol.

Vitriol calcin'd lbij. make it red-hot for an hour in a Cru­cible; break the Crucible, and take the Vitriol, and boil it for some time in Vinegar, putting into it towards the end of the boiling, some fair Water, which [Page 320] which evaporate to the one half: then being removed a little from the fire, let it stand, and decant the clear liquor; to the remaining matter put more Water, boil again, till it is tinged of a red colour, which decant; affuse fresh Water again, and boil as before; which work continue so long, till no more Water will be tinged. Put all these decanted Liquors together, and evaporate to dry­ness. The remaining matter make red-hot again, which boil in Water till it is tinged red, decant it, and affuse more Water; which work so often repeat, till the liquor will be no longed tinged. Then mix all these liquors toge­ther, and evaporate to driness; the matter or Earth remaining, heat red-hot again, and boil in Water, as before, decanting and evaporating to driness in like manner; then take it, and keep it for use.

It is a very great Abstersive and Styptick, and wonderfully stops all sorts of Haemorrhagies or Bleedings: it cures Wounds and Ulcers, in what part of the Body soever. But it is chiefly prepared, for making Wurtz his Ʋnguentum Fuscum.

3. A Pouder for Ulcers.

Scammony in pouder ℥ iv. Aloes in pouder ℥ ij. Coloquin­tida in pouder ℥ j. mix them.

It is a powerful thing for the curing of Ulcers; for it diminishes their heat and burning, drys up their super­fluous humidities, quells their cancerous malignity, eases their pain. It cleanses even contuma­cious Ulcers, as also Wounds, [Page 321] removes a Fungus, as also dead Flesh from them, effectually cleanses them from their sordes or filth, stops, or drys up the flux of Humors, and disposes them to a speedy healing.

4. A Pouder for Venereal Ulcers.

Of the former Pouder for Ʋlcers ℥ iv. the Princes Pouder, or white Praecipitate ℥ ss. mix them.

It is chiefly used for Venereal Ulcers, as also such as are malign and inveterate: it drys up their serous or thin recrements, and separates, and cleanses them from their thicker filth. It is of mighty use for evilly disposed Ulcers, which are old, and which scarcely admit of a per­fect cure.

5. A Styptick Pouder.

Salt of Vitriol extracted from its Caput mortuum, fine Bole, Catechu, fine Aloes, Goats­wool torrified, Alum burnt, of each ℥ iv. mix, and make a Pouder.

It is powerful in astringing and drying; and admirably stops a flux of Blood in Wounds.

6. A Pouder to eat away proud Flesh.

It is made of burnt Alum, or of red Precipitate, or Arcanum Corallinum levigated, according as the occasion may require. Take Alum, as much as you please, put it into a new earthen Pot, and burn it so long, till the whole quantity ceases bubbling or swel­ling, or will become no longer frothy; then being cold, keep is for use.

They are of use externally, for eating away of proud Flesh; [Page 322] and are good in malign Ulcers, whether Venereal, or others.

7. Snush, or Sneezing-pouder.

Leaves of Tobacco dried lbj. Nutmegs ℥ iij. Winter's Cinamon, flowers or leaves of Rosemary, a. ℥ ij. Cloves ℥ j. make each into a fine pouder by themselves; then mix them, and make a Sternutatory, or Sneezing-pouder.

It is good in pains of the Head, and obstructions of the Os Ethmoides, or stoppages of the Nostrils, and in all affects of the Head and Brain, as the Apoplexy, Falling-sickness, Ver­tigo, Lethargy, and other sleepy Diseases.

8. Nose, or rather, Head-Purgers.

They are manifold; amongst which these three are chiefly used: 1. Pouder of Asarum or Asara­bacca-root. 2. ℞ Pouder of Asarum-roots, resinous Scammony in fine pouder, a. ℥ ij. Nutmegs in pouder ℥ j. mix them. 3. ℞ Turpeth mineral ℥ j. Rosemary-leaves ℥ j ss. pouder of Liquorice ℥ iij. reduce each into a fine pouder, and mix them well. See Deckers his Exercitations, last Edit. pag. 15.

Of the two last Pouders, a very little quantity will suffice, which will bring forth much Phlegm, and viscous. These Errhines, or Pouders, are pre­scribed with success in the Apoplexy, Epilepsy, Lethargy, and all sleepy diseases of the Head; as also in some other distempers of the Head, whe­ther new or old; as the Vertigo, Defluxions of Humors, &c. The [Page 323] most Learned Deckers prescri­bed the third Errhine, to a Le­thargick, who complained of a grievous Pain of his Head, and could scarce be made to awake; a little of which being blown up into his Nostrils, he was provoked a little to sneezing; on the seventh day he com­plained of a great heavy pain of his Head, and a little burning; again a little of the Pouder was blown up into his Nostrils; upon which there came forth so large a quan­tity of Matter mixt with Blood, not only out of his Nostrils, but from his Jaws also, that unless (as he says) I had seen it with mine eyes, I could not have believed it; and the heavy and grievous pain of his Head grew less, yea in a short time vanished; and using the follow­ing mixture all the while, he was in short time, by the bles­sing of God, restored. The Mixture. ℞ Waters of Peny­royal and of Betony, a. ℥ j ss. or ℥ ij. Prophylactick-water ℥ j. Tincture of Castor ʒ j. Spirit of Salt Armoniack ʒ ss. Syrup of Stoechas ℥ vj. mix them. Dose, one spoonful.

CHAP. LXXVI. De CERATIS.
I. Ceratum Album.

℞ CERAE albae uncias octo, Olei de Ben, vel de Amygdalis amaris uncias decem, [Page 324] Spermatis Ceti purissimi uncias duas, Cerussae lotae uncias tres, Camphorae unciam unam; misce.

Cicatrices Exanthematum il­litum, eas replet; lenit, resolvit, & Anodynum est; Cosmeticum etiam est elegans.

II. Ceratum Viride.

℞ Succi Nicotianae libras sex, Cerae novae libras quatuor, Re­sinae libras tres, Terebinthinae Argentoratensis libras duas, Olei Olivarum quantum sufficit; mi­sce, fiatque Ceratum molle. Vel sic: Recipe Resinae libras sex, Cerae novae libras tres, Sevi ovilli libras duas, Tere­binthinae Argentoratensis libram unam, Olei Olivarum quantum sufficit; misce, fiatque Ce­ratum.

Vulneribus recentibus medetur, ac ea cicatrice claudit. Quod si id Ʋlceribus repurgandis magis idoneum reddere volueris, in sin­gulis libris Cerati adjicito Aeru­ginis mundatae drachmas duas; sic autem valdè Ceratum viride efficeris.

III. Ceratum de Galbano.

℞ Gummi Ammoniaci, & Galbani in Aceto dissoluti, Cerae, ana libras tres; Tere­binthinae Argentoratensis libras duas, Succi Nicotianae libram unam; misce, fiatque Ceratum.

Magnarum in emolliendo & resolvendo est virium; quia Arti­culorum & Membrorum princi­palium Tophos, Nodos, Scrophu­las, Tumores duros & scirrhosos digerit, emollit, & resolvit, eorumque dolores vehementes; at­que Pectoris, Scapularum, Mam­marum, Hypochondriorum, Late­rum, [Page 325] Ventriculi, Hepatis, Lienis, Renum, Ʋteri, & Articulorum; ex influxu frigido, sive à crudis Humoribus, vel à Flatu crasso, aut aliâ intemperie Membrorum frigidâ excitatos, sedat. Verrucas etiam & Clavos in Pedibus, pedetentim tollit. Insuper omnes Strumas, tàm recentes quàm inveteratas, emollit, lenit, con­coquit, digerit, incidit, atque dissolvit. Hemicraniam, loco af­fecto applicatum, emendat; Ner­vos & Ʋterum roborat; Con­vulsionibus, morsibus, ac ictibus Rabidorum, Scorpionum, & Ani­malculorum venenatis, impositum, medetur.

IV. Ceratum è Gummi Elemi.

℞ Gummi Elemi libras qua­tuor, Thuris, Cerae, Gummi Ammoniaci, Galbani, Saga­peni, Extracti Nicotianae, ana libras duas; Terebinthinae Ar­gentoratensis libras tres & semis; misce, fiatque Ceratum.

Ad Vulnera penetrantia Capi­tis, & Pectoris; & ad Ʋlcera quamplurima antiqua, & diffi­cilis consolidationis, commendatur. Vulnera recentia ab Inflamma­tione vindicat, divisa glutinat; & quae inflammantur, curat; Ʋl­cera superficialia instanter sanat. Ad partium quarumcunque duri­ties resolvendas & digerendas efficax, Scirrhos Hepatis & Lie­nis dissipat, Strumas quoque & inveteratos Abscessus dissolvit: [Page 326] Podagricis quovis tempore opitu­latur.

V. Ceratum Nigrum.

℞ Minii, Aceti Vini, ana libram unam, Olei Olivarum libras tres; misce, ac coque, agitando sine ulla intermissione, ad nigritudinem: si tibi placet, addantur sub finem Thuris li­bra una.

Anodynum est; propterea, prae­missis prius universalibus, Ar­thriticis, Podagricis, nec-non aliis doloribus, quovis tempore utilis­simum; quia refrigerat, omnesque dolores & cruciatus mirabiliter placat; immò incandescentias & fervores Inflammationum poten­tissimè extinguit.

VI. Ceratum Oxylaeum.

℞ Olei Olivarum libras qua­tuor, Accti Vini, Lithargyri, ana libras duas; misce, & cum lento igne coque, agitando in­desinenter, ad Cerati mollis consistentiam.

Emollit, Dolores sistit, Absces­sus dissolvit, Tumores duros & calidos, & Inflammationes, di­gerit & maturat. Insuper Po­dagricis auxiliatur.

VII. Ceratum Refrigerans.

℞ Cerae albae libram unam, Olei Olivarum libras tres, Sac­chari Saturm uncias octo, in Accto dissoluti; misce, ac cum lento igne coque ad consisten­tiam. Vel sic: Liquentur Cera & Oleum in Vase duplici; refrige­ratis, affundantur paulatim in Mortario Sacchari Saturnt So­lutio, & Aquae frigidissimae, [Page 327] quantum absorbere poterunt, percutiendo, & agitando: Aqua affunditur frigidissima, & agi­tatione continua subigitur; & rursus nova frigidae affusio & agitatio iteratur, donec ipsam mixtura respuat.

Valet ad Phlegmonas, Erysipe­lata, Herpetes, Carbunculos, Phy­gethla, omnemque intemperiem calidam; Febrientibus quoque multum conducit, si Hypochondriis superponatur.

VIII. Ceratum Spermatis Ceti.

℞ Cerae albae libras quatuor, Spermatis Ceti libras duas, Galbani in Aceto dissoluti li­bram unam, Olei de Ben quan­tum sufficit; misce, fiatque Ceratum.

Scrophulis, Strumis, Tumori­bus scirrhosis & duris medetur. Mammis Puerperarum, post par­tum non lactantium, impositum, & continuè per multos-dies ge­statum, omnibus ex Lacte dolo­ribus & tumoribus prodest: Lac enim coagulatum sive concretum solvit, ejusque abundantiam ab­sumit.

IX. Ceratum ad Tophos.

℞ Argenti vivi Sputo ex­tincti, vel Succi Limonum, Pul­veris Nicotianae, ana libram unam; Cerati de Galbano libras quatuor, Olei de Ben uncias novem; Olei Baccarum Juni­peri uncias quinque; misce, fiatque Ceratum.

Commendatur ad Tumores duros, Tophos, & Nodos; dolores etiam Necturnos, praesertim in Morbo [Page 328] Gallico subortos. Valet atque ad Strumam, aliasque Tumores hujus generis similes.

CHAP. LXXVI. OF CERE-CLOTHS.
I. The White Cere-cloth.

WHITE Wax ℥ viij. Oil of Ben, or of bitter Almonds ℥ x. fine Sperma-Ceti [Page 324] ℥ ij. Ceruss washed ℥ iij. Camphir ℥ j. mix them.

Anointed on the marks of the Small-Pox, it causes them to fill up; it softens, resolves, and is Anodyn; it is also a delicate Cosmetick.

2. The Green Cere-cloth.

Juice of Tobacco lbvj. new Wax lbiv. Rosin lbiij. Strasburgh-Turpentine lbij. Oil-olive a sufficient quantity; mix, and make a Cerate. Or thus: Take Rosin lbvj. new Wax lbiij. Sheeps-suet lbij. Strasburgh-Turpentine lbj. Oil-olive a suffi­cient quantity; mix, and make a Cerate.

It cures green Wounds, and produces a cicatrice. But if you would rather have it for the cleansing of Ulcers, to every pound of the Cerate, you may add ʒ ij. of purified Verdigrise; but then it will be made very green.

3. The Galbanum-Cerate.

Gum Ammoniack and Gal­banum, (dissolved in Vinegar) Wax, a. lbiij. Strasburgh-Turpentine lbij. Juice of Tobacco lbj. mix, and make a Cerate.

It is of great virtue in soft­ning and resolving; for it digests, softens, and resolves even hard and scirrhous Tu­mors, Tophs, Nodes, and Scro­phula's of the Joints and prin­cipal Members, and eases their vehement pains; as also the pains of the Brest, Shoulders, Duggs, Hypochonders, Sides, [Page 325] Stomach, Liver, Spleen, Reins, Womb, and Joints; proceeding from cold Defluxions, crude Humors, Flatulency, or other cold indispositions of the Parts. It is said to take away Warts and Corns, in a short time. But above all, it is powerful against the Kings-evil, whether new, or of long continuance; for that it softens the Tumors, gives ease, concocts, digests, incides, and dissolves them. Applied to the place pained, in the Megrim, it eases it; it strengthens the Nerves and Womb. It is good against Convulsions, and cures the bitings of mad Dogs; as also the stingings or woundings of Scorpions, and other poi­sonous Creatures.

4. The Cerate of Gum Elemi.

Gum Elemi lbiv. Frank­incense, Gum Ammoniack, Galba­num, Sagapenum, Wax, Extract of Tobacco, a. lbij. Strasburgh-Turpentine lbij ss. mix, and make a Cerate.

It is commended for the cure of all such Wounds as pierce either Head, or Brest; as also for very old Ulcers, and such as are difficult to heal. It pre­serves green Wounds from Inflammations, conjoins their gaping lips; and if inflamed, removes the Inflammation, and cures them; Ulcers that are not deep, it presently heals. It is powerful in resolving and di­gesting the hardness of any part whatsoever. It dissipates a Scir­rhus of the Liver and Spleen, dissolves also Struma's and inve­terate Abscesses: and is a con­stant remedy at all times, for [Page 326] such as are afflicted with the Gout.

5. The Black Cerecloth.

Red-lead, Wine-vinegar, a. lbj. Oil-olive lbiij. mix, and boil (continually stirring it, without intermission) till it grows black. If you please, you may add at the end of the boiling, a pound of Frankincense.

It is Anodyn; and therefore (universals being premised) is found to be of exceeding good use against the Gout, in what place soever, and happening in what time soever; for it gently cools, and after an admirable manner eases all manner of pains and torments; and with­all, it powerfully allays, and extinguishes the great heat and vehemency of Inflammations.

6. The Soft Cerecloth.

Oil-olive lbiv. Wine-vinegar, Litharge, a. lbij. mix, and boil over a gentle fire, (continually stirring it, even without ceasing) till it comes to the consistency of a soft Cerecloth.

It softens, eases Pain, dissolves Abscesses, as also hot and hard Tumors, digests and ripens Phle­gmons or Inflammations; and is specifically good against the Gout.

7. The Cooling Cerecloth.

White Wax lbj. Oil-olive lbiij. Saccharum Saturni (dis­solved in Vinegar) ℥ viij. mix, and with a gentle fire boil to a consistency. Or thus: Melt the Wax and Oil in a double Vessel; which being cooled, add thereto by little and little, in a Mortar, the Solution of the Saccharum Saturni, and cold [Page 327] Water, so much as it will drink up, continually stirring and beating them together. The Water must be put upon it cold, and it will be mixed by a continual stirring or beating together; then more cold Water is again to be put in, and in like manner beaten together, even so long, till it will receive no more.

It is good against Phlegmons, or Inflammations, Erysipela's, Herpes, Carbuncles, Inflamma­tions or Tumors of the Glan­dules, and every intemperature proceeding from heat. And if it is applied to the Hypochon­ders, it is very good for such as are Feverish, or apt to be trou­bled with Fevers.

8. A Cerecloth of Sperma Ceti.

White Wax lbiv. Sperma Ceti lbij. Galbanum dissolved in Vinegar lbj. Oil of Ben, a sufficient quantity; mix, and make a Cerecloth.

It cures Scrophula's, Struma's, and hard and scirrhous Tumors. It is also good to apply to Womens Breasts after delivery, who give not Milk; it eases the pain occasioned by the Milk, and abates the tumor or swelling: for it dissolves the coagulated or concreted Milk, and hinders its increase.

9. A Cerecloth against hard Bunchings-out.

Quick-silver killed with Spittle or Juice of Limons, Pou­der of Tobacco, a. lbj. Cerat of Galbanum lbiv. Oil of Ben ℥ ix. Oil of Juniper-berries ℥ v. mix, and make a Cerat.

It is commended for the cure of hard Tumors, Tophs, and Nodes; and easing Nocturnal [Page 328] pains, chiefly such as proceeded from, or are caused by the French Disease. It is also good against the Kings-evil, and other like Swellings of that kind.

CHAP. LXXVII. De EMPLASTRIS.
I. Emplastrum Album.

℞ OLEI Olivarum libras quatuor; Sevi ovilli, Cerussae lotae, & Lithargyri Auri laevigati, ana libras duas; Vi­trioli albi usti uncias quinque; toque igne lento, assidue Spa­tulà ligneà movendo: mixturae Sevi, Olei, Cerussae, & Lithar­gyri, sic coctione & agitatione incrassatae, & igni substractae, Vitriolum pulveratum injiciunt & subigunt: sicque massam ha­bent consistentia laudabilem, ex qua Magdaleones formant.

Valet ad Vulnera cruenta, Ʋlcera quoque dysepulota & in­veterata, atque ad partes divul­sas, & ecchymomata. Materiam flatulentam discutit, partimque Sarcoticum est, partim Epuloti­cum; id est, vim habet novam Carnem generandi, Vulnera glu­tinandi, & Ʋlcera exsiccandi, & ad cicatricem ducendi: Flu­xiones quoque sisiit, & Partes, quibus adhibetur, roborat. Tu­moribus Pestilentibus, & exituris Bubonibus, Ambustis, Articulo­rum Morhis, Oedematibus, Os­sium fracburis, & Contusionibus prodest.

II. Diachylon Simplex.

℞ Mucilaginum radicum Althaeae, Caricarum; seminum Lini & Foenugraeci, ana uncias novem; Lithargyri Auri laevi­gati, vel Cerussae lotae, sesqui­libram; Olei Olivarum libras tres: misce, & lento igne fiat Emplastrum, consistentia legiti­mum. Signum Emplastri perfectè cocti habetur, cum ipsius portio Marmori adhibita non adhaeret, aut Digitos, dum contrectatur, non inquinat. Mucilago. Re­cipe radicum Althaeae mundata­rum, & minutim incisarum; Caricarum, seminum Lini & Foenugraeci, ana uncias quinde­cim; Aquae fontanae libras quin­decim: misce, digere per ho­ras viginti quatuor, & lento igne coque ad Mucilaginis con­sistentiam crassae, tum fortiter exprime ad usum.

Emplastrum hoc Malacticum optimum est; Hepatis enim, Lie­nis, Ventriculi, & tumores alia­rum partium duros emollit, Hu­moresque coquit, incidit, & resolvit. Enumeratur inter Emol­lientia & Suppurantia, ejusque usus est frequens.

III. Diachylon cum Gummis.

℞ Gummi Ammoniaci, Bdel­lii, Galbani, Opopanacis, Saga­peni, Tacamahaccae, ana uncias tres; Vini albi quantum sufficit: Vino dissolvantur, colentur, & coquantur ad Mellis crassi­tudinem; quibus addantur Dia­chyli simplicis librae tres: misce, fiatque Emplastrum.

Eadem praestat hoc Emplastrum, quod superiùs, sed efficaciûs: magis enim duritiem quamlibet mollit, coquit, digerit, ac potenter [Page 330] resolvit: partim emollit, partim coquit, ac maturat: ob id Tumo­ribus praeter naturam duris, utroque dicto modo sanandis con­fert.

IV. Emplastrum Epispasticum.

℞ Emplastri Meliloti libras duas, Terebinthinae Venetiae li­bram unam; Cantharidum fine alis & capitibus pulveratarum uncias octodecim: misce, fiat­que Emplastrum.

Humores qui à Capite ad Ocu­los, Dentes, & Genus descendunt, potenter revellit: in Bubonibus & Carbonibus pestilentialibus, Ve­nenum à Corde ad exteriora revocat. In Morbis diuturnis, nullis Remediis aliis cedentibus, potissimum sibi locum vendicat.

V. Emplastrum Febrifugum.

℞ Thuris pinguis libras duas, Terebinthinae uncias quatuor, Olei Olivarum, Camphorae, Cin­nabaris, ana uncias duas: misce, fiatque Emplastrum.

Virium magnarum, & multae experientiae fuit hoc Emplastrum, ad Febres intermittentes curan­dos, si ad Stomachi regionem applicatur. Confert ad Vomitum; ac iis, qui Cibum retinere nequeant, prodest.

VI. Emplastrum de Meliloto.

℞ Resinae libras octo, Cerae libras quatuor, Sevi ovilli libras duas, Meliloti viridis libras quinque: misce, coque blando igne, & cola.

Ad Vulterae & Ʋlcera repur­ganda & coalescenda, & ad paries, quibus adhibetur roboran­dos, prides. Ad Vulners quo­que [Page 331] contusa, & partis carnosae Ecchymomata valet.

VII. Emplastrum de Minio cum Sapone.

℞ Cerati nigri libras tres, Saponis Castallensis incisi uncias octo: misce, fiatque Empla­strum.

Arthritidi, & Morbis Junctu­rarum medetur: ad Strumas etiam recentes, frigidos ac diu­turnos Abscessus, Viscerumque Tumores, perutile. Surculos & Spicula Corpori altum infixa, & omnia Venenata extrahit. Splenis duritiem emendat, Articulorum ac Genuum, ex Humorum influxu dolores sedat. Ad Mammarum Col­lectiones, & Tumores duros & scirrhosos valet. Morsibus etiam venenatis, aut rabidorum Canum, impositum, medetur. Ʋlceribus calidis prodest, ac iis quos acres & salsi Humores infestant.

VIII. Emplastrum Mercuriale.

℞ Diachyli simplicis, vel cum Gummis libras sex; Argenti vivi (cum Sputo, vel Succo Limonum, vel Terebinthinae Argentoratensis extincti) libram unam; misce. Vel sic: Recipe Diachyli simplicis, vel cum Gummis, libras sex; Praecipi­tati rubri uncias quindecim; misce. Aliter. Recipe Cerati de Galbano libras quinque & semis, Olei Olivarum uncias sex; misce: tum addantur pulvetis Mercurii coagulati uncrae sede­cim; misce. Aliter iterum. Recipe Cerati viridis libras sex, Argenti vivi (Sputo, vel S [...]cco Limonum extincti) libram unam, pulveris Nicotianae uncias sex, Olei Bac­carum Juniperi quantum sufficit, misce. Vel sic: Recipe Cerae [Page 332] libras quatuor, Olei Olivarum libras duas; misce, deinde ad­dantur Cinnabaris factivae librae duae; seu Cinnabaris factivae, Praecipitati rubri, ana libra una; fiatque Emplastrum. Sic iterum. Recipe Cerati viridis libras sex, Argenti vivi (cum floribus Sul­phuris extincti) libram unam, Olei Petrolaei quantum sufficit; misce, fiat (que) Emplastrum. Vel sic: Recipe Argenti vivi uncias qua­tuor, solvatur in Aquae fortis, seu Spirtûs Nitri quantum suffiçit: Solutioni adde Mixtu­ram (ex Oleo Olivarum & Sevi Ovilli, ana unciis quatuor factam) & in Vase terreo, Pa­tella nimirùm, lenissimo igne coquantur, ad Emplastri con­sistentiam; ne nigrescat, inde­sinenter Spatulâ ligneâ agi­tando: cui adde Cerae flavae uncias tres; Thuris pinguis, Olibani vel Mastichis pulveris, ana unciam unam. Sic habes Emplastrum nobile & praestans, quod omnia Ʋlcera Gallica per­sanat, & crustas, sine doloris sensu, quocunque etiam loco secreto haereant, veluti miraculosè absu­mit.

In Tumoribus, Tophis, & Nodis Gallicis faelici successu usurpatur. Itemque Doloribus Nocturnis, à Morbo Gallico procedentibus, me­detur. Valet egregie in dissi­pandis doloribus Artuum, Homo­platarum, Coxendicumque, à Lue inve [...]erata obortis, partibus robur [...]ciliat, virulen [...]ia [...] Luis sub Madoris specie extrahit, & dolo­res i [...]nplacabiles consopis.

IX. Emplastrum Nicotianae, vel Polychrestum.

℞ Nicotianae recentis & con­tusae libras quinque, Sevi ovilli libras duas; coque per duas horas vel tres, lento igne, & exprime: cui addantur Cerae, Resinae, Picis navalis, Thuris, Terebinthinae Venetae, ana unciae quindecim; misce, fiatque Em­plastrum.

Vlcera quaecunque & Vulnera, recentia & inveterata, mundifi­cat, Carne replet, & curat. Dolores Arthritidis nimios sedat, atque Apostemata ad maturitatis statum perducit.

X. Emplastrum ad Strumam.

℞ Gummi Ammoniaci, Aceti Scillitici, ana libram unam; succi Cicutae libram semis; misce, dissolve, & cola: coqua­tur ad debitam consistentiam; deinde addantur Gummi Elemi unciae tres, Praecipitati rubri unciae quatuor: misce, fiatque Emplastrum.

Ad Strumas vel Scrophulas, Abscessus, vel Apostemata, Ʋl­ceraque vetera, quae cicatricem non facilè admittunt, prodest. Flu­xiones quacunque Corporis parte irruentes intercipit, & ad locum affectum devolvi vetat.

XI. Emplastrum Vulnerarium.

℞ Balsami Sulphuris (Oleo Olivarum facti) libras quatuor, in quo dissolvantur Sevi ovilli librae duae; Resinae, Cerae, Thu­ris, Gummi Elemi, Terebinthinae Venetae, ana libra una; Balsami Copaybae, Peru, & Tolu, ana unciae sex; Pulverum Mastiches, Myrrhae, Olibani, Camphorae; ana unciae quatuor; misce, fiat­que Emplastrum.

Vulnera recentia, & Ictus ce­leriter consolidat, Symptomata & Fluxiones supervenire solitas praecavet; Ferrum, Lignum, Plum­bum, aliaque profundius membris infixa, sine dolore extrahit. Vires hujus Emplastri perinsignes sunt; antiqua Ʋlcera siccat, & mun­dificat, Carnem bonam producit, & cicatrice claudit; atque Fi­stulas, quae nondum callum con­traxerint, jungit, & conglu­tinat.

XII. Emplastrum Arthriticum.

℞ Diachyli cum Gummis, seu Cerati Viridis, vel de Galbano libras duas; Saponis Castallensis, Opii cum Aqua vel Aceto extracti, ana uncias sex; Argenti vivi sputo vel succo Limonum extincti libram unam; misce, fiatque Emplastrum.

Doloribus Arthriticis & Ve­nereis medetur; Tophos, Nodos, Scrophulas, Tumoresque duros di­gerit, emollit, resolvit, eorumque dolores sedat. Ʋlcera callosa & maligna, imò pessima, curat; omnibusque Mammarum Tumori­bus, Lacte concreto, Oedemate, & Cancro, nihil est aequale.

CHAP. LXXVII. Of EMPLASTERS.
I. The White Emplaster.

OIL-Olive lbiv. Sheeps-suet, Ceruss washed, Li­tharge of Gold levigated, a. lbij. white Vitriol burnt ℥ v. boil it with a gentle fire, continually stir­ring it with a wooden Spatula: to the mixture of the Oil, Suet, Ceruss, and Litharge, made thick by boiling and stirring, being removed from the fire, the Vitriol in pouder is to be added, and well mixed: so will you have a mass of a due consistency, which make into Rouls.

It is good for green Wounds, as also for great, evil-disposed, and inveterate Ulcers, and Parts broken and bruised. It discusses flatulent matter, and is partly a Sarcotick or Flesh-breeder, and partly an Epulotick, or Cicatri­zer; that is, it has the power or virtue of generating new Flesh, of closing up Wounds, of drying up Ulcers, and skinning them. It stops Fluxes of Humors, and strengthens the Parts it is ap­plied to. It is also good for Pe­stilential Tumors and Apostems, Bubo's, Burnings, Diseases of the Joints, Oedema's, broken Bones, and Contusions.

2. Simple Diachylon.

Of the Mucilages of Althea­roots, of dried Figs, Lin-seed, Fenugreek-seed, a. ℥ ix. Lith­arge of Gold levigated, or Ceruss washed, lbj ss. Oil-olive lbiij. mix, and with a gentle fire, make an Emplaster of a due consistency. The sign of the Emplaster being perfectly boiled, is, that a little of it being dropt upon a Marble, it does not stick to it, or when wrought with the Fingers, it does not bedaub them. The Mucilage. Take cleansed roots of Althea cut small, dry Figs, Lin-seed and Fenugreek-seed, a. ℥ xv. fair Water lbxv. mix, digest for twenty-four hours, and boil with a gentle fire to the consistency of a thick Mucilage, which strain out by pressing, for use.

This Emplaster is the best Mollifier that is; for it softens the hardnesses and tumors of Liver, Spleen, Stomach, and other parts, concocts Humors, incides, and resolves. It is of very frequent use, and is ac­counted among the number of Emollients and Suppuratives.

3. Diachylon with Gums.

Gum Ammoniack, Bdel­lium, Galbanum, Opoponax, Saga­penum, and Tacamahacca, a. ℥ iij. white Wine a sufficient quantity; dissolve the Gums in the Wine, strain, and boil to the thickness of Honey: to which add of simple Diachylon lbiij. mix, and make an Emplaster.

This has the same virtues with the former Emplaster, but much more effectual: for it more powerfully softens, concocts, [Page 330] digests, and resolves: it partly mollifies, partly concocts and maturates: for which reason, after both ways it is said to cure hard preternatural Tumors.

4. The Blistering-Plaster.

Melilot-Plaster lbij. Ve­nice-Turpentine lbj. pouder of Cantharides (their wings and heads being cast away) ℥ xviij. mix, and make an Emplaster.

It powerfully revells, or de­rives Humors, which fall from the Head to the Eyes, Teeth, and Knees. It recalls the Poi­son and malignity of Pestilen­tial Bubo's & Carbuncles, from the Heart to the external parts. And it has a principal place in the helping of those Diseases which have been of long con­tinuance, and yield to no other Remedies.

5. The Fever-frighter.

Fat Frankincense lbij. Turpentine ℥ iv. Oil-olive, Cam­phir, Cinnabar, a. ℥ ij. mix, and make an Emplaster.

This Emplaster is of great virtue, and has been much ex­perimented, for the curing of Agues, being applied to the Pit of the Stomach. It is good against Vomitings, and helps such as are not able to re­tain their Food in their Sto­machs.

6. Emplaster of Melilot.

Rosin lbviij. Wax lbiv. Sheeps-suet lbij. green Melilot lbv. mix, boil with a gentle fire, and strain out.

It is good for the cleansing and healing of Wounds and Ul­cers, and is good to strengthen the parts it is applied to. It heals [Page 331] contused Wounds, and Bruisings of the fleshy parts.

7. Emplaster of Red-lead with Soap.

Of the Black Cerate lbiij. Castil-Soap sliced thin ℥ viij. mix, and make an Emplaster.

It cures the Gout, and Dis­eases of the Joints: it is pro­fitable also for a recent Kings-Evil, cold, and long-continued Apostems, and Tumors of the Bowels. It draws forth Splinters and Thorns, tho' fixed deep in the Flesh, and extracts all sorts of Venom. It helps the hard­ness of the Spleen, and eases the pains of the Knees and Joints, from an influx of Humors. It is good against Gatherings, and hard and scirrhous Tumors of the Breasts. Being oft applied, it cures the bitings of mad Dogs, or of other Venemous Beasts. It is good for hot and burning Ulcers, and such as are infested with salt and sharp Humors.

8. The Mercurial Emplaster.

Diachylon simple, or with Gums, lbvj. Quick-silver (kill'd either with spittle or juice of Limons, or Strasburgh-Turpentine) lbj. mix them. Or thus: Take Diachylon simple, or with Gums lbvj. red Precipitate ℥ xv. mix them. Other­wise. Take Cerate of Galbanum lbv ss. Oil-olive ℥ vj. mix them; then add pouder of Mer­cury coagulate ℥ xvj. mix again. Otherwise. Take of the Green Cerate lbvj. Quick-silver (kill'd with Spirtle, or Juice of Limons) lbj. pouder of Tobacco ℥ vj. Oil of Juniper-berries, a sufficient quantity; mix them. Or thus: Take Wax lbiv. Oil-olive lbij. [Page 332] mix, and add factitious Cinnabar lbij. or factitious Cinnabar, red Precipitate, a. lbj. and make an Emplaster. Or thus again. Take of the Green Cerate lbvj. Quick-silver (kill'd with flowers of Sulphur) lbj. Oil of Petre, a sufficient quantity; mix, and make an Emplaster. Otherwise thus: Take Quick-silver ℥ iv. dissolve it in Aqua fortis or Spi­rit of Nitre, a sufficient quantity: to the Solution add a Mixture made of Oil-olive and Sheeps-suet, a. ℥ iv. put them into an earthen glaz'd Vessel or Pan, boiling them together with a very gentle fire, to the consistence of an Emplaster; but that it may not grow black, let it be stirred continually with a wooden Spatula: then add yellow Wax ℥ iij. Mastich and Olibanum in pouder, a. ℥ j. which mix well. So have you a noble and effi­cacious Emplaster, which per­fectly cures all Ulcers proceeding from the French Pox; and re­moves Scabs and Breakings-out, in whatsoever secret place they may be, even to a wonder.

It is used with great success in Venereal Tumors, Tophs, and Nodes; and cures also Noctur­nal Pains from the same cause. It is powerful in dissipating pains of the Joints, Shoulder­blades, and Hips, arising from an inveterate Lues, confirms the strength of the parts, and draws forth the malignity of the Pox in the form of Sweat, and lays as it were asleep the most vehement pains.

9. Emplaster of Tobacco, or Plaster of many Virtues.

Tobacco, green, and bruised lbv. Sheeps-suet lbij. boil for two or three hours with a very gentle fire, and press out: to which add, Wax, Rosin, Ship-pitch, Frankincense, Venice-Turpentine, a. ℥ xv. mix, and make an Emplaster.

It cleanses all sorts of Ulcers and Wounds, whether new or old, fills them with Flesh, and heals them; it eases vehement pains of the Gout, and ripens Apostems.

10. Emplaster against the Kings-evil.

Gum Ammoniack, Vinegar of Squills, a. lbj. juice of Hem­lock lbss. dissolve, and strain, and boil to a due consistency; then add Gum Elemi ℥ iij. red Precipitate ℥ iv. mix, and make an Emplaster.

It is good against the Kings­evil, Apostems, and old Ulcers, which are difficult to heal; stops Fluxes of Rheum, falling upon what part of the Body so­ever; and hinders their afflux to the part affected.

11. The Wound-Plaster.

Balsam of Sulphur (made with Oil-olive) lbiv. in which dissolve Sheeps-suet lbij. Rosin, Wax, Frankincense, Gum Elemi, Venice-Turpentine, a. lbj. Bal­sams of Capivi, Peru, and Tolu, a. ℥ vj. Pouders of Mastich, of Myrrh, of Olibanum and Camphir, a. ℥ iv. mix, and make an Em­plaster.

It speedily heals green Wounds, and the Bitings or Stinging of Beasts, or Venemous Creatures; hinders the Sym­ptoms, and prevents the usual Fluxes of Humors; draws forth pieces of Iron, splinters of Wood, and other things which are lodged deep in the Flesh, and that without pain. The vir­tues of this Emplaster are very admirable; for it drys up old Ulcers, and cleanses them, fills them with good Flesh, and heals them; and Fistula's which have not yet contracted a callus, it joins their sides together, and conglutinates them.

12. The Gout-Emplaster.

℞ Diachylon cum Gummis, or the Green Cerate, or that of Galbanum lbij. Castile-Soap, Opium (extracted with Water or Vinegar) a. ℥ vj. Quick-silver (kill'd with spittle or juice of Limons) lbj. mix, and make an Emplaster.

It cures the Gout, also Ve­nereal pains; digests, softens, and resolves Tophs, Nodes, Scro­phula's, and hard Tumors, taking away their pain. It cures callous and malign Ulcers, even the most rebellious; and for all sorts of Tumors in Womens Breasts, Curdled Milk, Oedema, and the Cancer it self, this Plaster has yet no equal.

Explicit Liber Primus.

ARS CHIRƲRGICA. Liber Secundus. OF DEFOEDATION.

The ARGUMENT.

Removing of Defilements or Vices, are considered in an Eightfold respect: I. Defilements or Pices of the Hair. 1. Pilorum Fissura, Cleaving of the Hair. 2. Defluvium Pilorum, Falling of the Hair. 3. Alopecia, a Fox-like shedding of the Hair. 4. Ophiasis, a Serpent-like falling of the Hair. 5. Tinea Capillorum, Worms of the Hair. 6. Calvities, Baldness. 7. Canities, Hoariness. 8. Plica Polonica, Elfs-locks. 9. Phthiriasis, Lousiness. 10. Furfuratio, Scurf and Dandrif. 11. Achor, Favus; a Scald Head. II. Defile­ments, or Pices of the Skin. 12. Nigredo, vel Adustio à Sole; Sun-burning. 13. Ephelides, Child-bearing Spots, or Freckles. 14. Lentigenes, Lentils. 15. Naevi Materni, Mother-Spots. 16. Maculae Volaticae Infantium, Red Comb. 17. Maculae Hepaticae, Liver-Spots. III. De­filements, or Eruptions of the Skin. 18. Guttae Rosaceae, Red Pimples on the Face. 19. Morphaea, Alphus; Morphew. 20. Leuce, the deep Creeping Morphew. 21. Malum Mortuum, the Dead Evil. 22. Vari, Pimples. 23. Inter­trigo, Galling. 24. Herpes simplex, the Shingles. [Page 336] 25. Phlyctaenae, Ignis Sylvestris; Wildfire, Blisters. 26. Vermes Cutis, Worms of the Skin. IV. Defile­ments, or Pices of the Skin and Flesh. 27. Scabies, Scabbiness. 28. Mentagra, the Chin-Scab. 29. Impetigo, Lichen; the Ringworm. 30. Leo­nina, the Tettar. 31. Sirones, the Barbadoes-Worms, or Chego's. 32. Verrucae, Thimi, Myr­meciae, Acrochordones; Warts. 33. Cor­nua, Clavi, Corns. V. Defilements Vniver­sal. 34. Pruritus, the Itch. 35. Lepra, the Leprosy. 36. Sudamina, Measles. 37. Lues Venerea, the French-Pox. 38. Gonorrhoea, the Running of the Reins. 39. Malus Odor, Evil Smell of the Body. VI. Defilements, or Pices of the Eyes. 40. Phlyctaenae Oculo­rum, Blisters of the Eyes. 41. Anchylops, a Tumor in the Corner of the Eye. 42. Aegylops, a Running-Sore, or Fistula of the Eye. VII. De­filements, or Pices of the Teeth and Gums. 43. Color vitiosus, discolor; sordes, & foetor Dentium: Ill colour, filthiness, and stinking of the Teeth. 44. Corrosio & Caries Dentium, Corrosion and Rottenness of the Teeth. 45. Vacillatio Dentium, Loosness of the Teeth. VIII. Pices of the Hands, Fingers, and Nails. 46. Fissurae Manuum, Clefts of the Hands. 47. Unguium Scabrities, vel Lepra; Nails Rough, Thick, and Deformed. 48. Un­guium Discolor, Nails Evil-coloured. 49. Un­guium Fissura & Casus, Cleaving and Falling of the Nails. 50. Reduvia, the Whitloe.

I. Defilements, or Vices of the HAIR.

CHAP. I. CLEAVING of the HAIR.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Pilorum Fissura; and in English, the Cleaving of the Hair.

II. This Cleaving is on the ends of the Hair of the Head; (and sometimes of the Beard) which are oftentimes divided into two, three, or four Threads.

III. It is known by sight; and tho it may many times be caused from some sharp Humor, sticking to the Hair, and cleaving to its ends; yet it is mostly caused from the Hairs being too long, and not timely cutting it.

IV. If it proceeds from the Hairs being too long, it is remedied by often cutting it; especially up­on the Change, or early Increase of the Moon.

V. If it proceeds from sharp, drying Humors, they may be purged off, with either Our Family-Pills, or Pilulae Catharticae, or Tinctura Purgans; the Patient mean sea­son using an Alcalious Diet, having a fatness and glutinosity in it; as new Milk from the Cow, Whey, &c.

VI. Outwardly, it may be washed with the Decoction of Ca­pillary Herbs; as Southernwood, Lavender-cotton, Maidenhair, or with Spirit of Wine: and then afterwards anointed with Bulls Gall.

CHAP. II. FALLING of the HAIR.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Defluvium Pilorum; in English, the Falling of the Hair.

II. The kinds. It is either Preternatural, or Natural.

III. The Preternatural is three­fold. 1. Defluvium: 2. Alo­pecia: 3. Ophiasis. There is indeed in all these, a falling off of the Hair, and so in general they might be comprehended under the title of Defluvium; but custom and use has so far prevailed, that the name Deflu­vium is specially taken for the Shedding of the Hair, which we shall here speak of.

IV. The Natural Falling of the Hair, is that which is occasioned thro Age; and this is called Calvities, Baldness.

V. The Causes. They are seve­ral: either the want of Nourish­ment, or the malignity of Humors corroding the roots of the Hair: both which Causes have place in such as are Phthisical, or afflicted with malign Fevers; or from the thinness of the Skin, not able to contain the nourishment.

VI. Or it may come from the taking of Poison; and then some­times both Skin and Nails fall off also: Or lastly, from cor­rupted Humors in the French-Pox; which very often pro­duce this effect.

VII. The Signs. It is known at sight, by the continual shedding of the Hair; but is distinguished from Alopecia, Ophiasis, and Calvities, from the different manner of falling: for in this the Hair falls off not only in the Head, but in all parts of the Body equally; sometimes more, and sometimes less.

VIII. The Signs of the Causes, may be known from what has been said before: If Sickness went before, for want of nourishment; if sharp Humors abounded, it may be from them; but if Cause rarifying the Skin pre­ceded, as Heat of the ambi­ent Air, it then indeed pro­ceeds from the thinness of the Skin.

IX. The Prognosticks. A De­fluvium of the Hair is not difficult to cure, unless the Cause is that which cannot be removed. If it happens after acute and ma­lign Fevers, (in which the Skin has not contracted any preter­natural disposition) it is easily cured: for the Disease being cured, nourishment is again supplied, and the Hair is re­stored, for the most part, with­out the help of any Medi­cine.

X. But happening in a Phthisis, it is of difficult cure: for the falling of the Hair in Consum­ptions, is a sign of Death.

X. If the falling away is by reason of the thinness of the Skin, then it is restored without any great trouble, by the use of such Medicines which thicken.

XII. The Cure. The Cure de­pends upon taking away the Cause. If therefore the Defluvium is from want of Nourishment, you must use Frictions to the part, and give things which breed Nourishment, and endeavour that it may be attracted to the Skin of the Head.

XIII. Inwardly, give every night going to bed, ℈ ss. of Our Theriaca Chymica; and every morning fasting, à ℈ j. ad ʒ ss. of pouder of Vipers flesh: for these breed Hair again by a [Page 339] specifick property, rubbing the Head daily with Onions.

XIV. If it be from malign or depraved Humors, supplied from several parts of the Body; you may evacuate, according to the strength of the Patient: either with Pilulae Catholicae, or Tin­ctura Cathartica; but chiefly with Sal Mirabile.

XV. But if the Humor lies only at the roots of the Hair, then it ought to be discussed, 1. By Friction; because it not only helps to discuss, by opening the Pores, but attracts too Nutri­ment to the Head; and also strengthens and thickens the Skin.

XVI. 2. By application of Discussive Medicaments to the Head; for which purpose, a De­coction of Elm-tree-bark and Bur-dock-roots, in Lye of Broom-ashes, is of singular use.

XVII. In the first case, where it is caused for want of Nutriment, besides the Medicines mentioned at Sect. 12. above, you ought to take care for a good nourishing course of Diet, that thereby a sufficient quantity of good Blood may be generated: and before any of the Topicks, Fri­ctions or Rubbings are often to be used; for the attracting of the same Nutriment.

XVIII. In the second case, if it be from the depravity of evil Humors, the Evacuations being made, Discussives, as was said, are to be applied; yet they ought to be moderate, lest they dissipate the Aliment, and ren­der the Skin thin: and there­fore if Ointments are used, Labdanum may well be mixed therewith.

XIX. If it be caused from the thinness of the Skin, you must use things which condense and thicken: Oil of Myrtles, Bears or Vipers Grease, either alone, or mixed with Labda­num, is commended; so also Labdanum dissolved in Wine, to wash with.

XX. And indeed, Labdanum is good in all sorts of Fallings-off of the Hair: but because it is too thick to be used of it self, it ought to be mixed with some thinner Body, as Oil or Wine, &c.

XXI. But if greasy and oily things are refused, Lotions may be used; made of Southernwood, Lavender-cotton, Maidenhair, golden Maidenhair, herb Ma­stich, Sage, Rosemary, Labda­num, &c. roots of Reed, sharp­pointed Dock, Bur-dock, Asa­rabacca: also Honey, Ashes of Bees, Wasps, Hornets, Flies, Moles, Mice, &c.

XXII. An Oil against Falling of the Hair. ℞ Southernwood, Lavender-cotton, Sage, Worm­wood, Myrtle, a. M j. Oil, Wine, a. lbj ss. Bears-oil, juice of Mullein, a. lbj. Honey lbss. mix, and boil to the consumption of the Wine; then press out the Oil, and adding to it a sixth part of Labdanum: keep it for use, to anoint with.

XXIII. A Wash against Falling of the Hair. Take Southernwood, Lavender-cotton, Mullein, Maidenhair, Bur-dock-roots, a. ʒ viij. Water lbx. boil to one half, then strain out, [Page 340] and add to it, Aqua Mellis lbij. Spirit of Wine lbss. mix them: with which wash two or three times a day.

CHAP. III. FOX-LIKE SHEDDING of the HAIR.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Alopecia, Pilorum decidentia quòd Vulpibus familiaris est; in English, a Fox-like Shedding of the Hair.

II. This Disease causes the Hair to fall from certain parts of the Head, so as to leave bare and bald patches, here and there; caused from evil Hu­mors, fretting and gnawing the roots of the Hair.

III. The Hair is said to fall off areatim, that is, by patches or spots; and hence it is, that this deformity is called also Area, as Celsus seems to ac­knowledge.

IV. The Cause. It is a de­praved and sharp Humor, eating asunder the roots of the Hair; and for the most part is caused either from salt, adust, and putrified Phlegm, through the fault of the Brain.

V. Or from eating of corrupt Meats, and such things as are venemous and poisonous, among which Galen accounteth Mush­rooms: we also know by expe­rience, that too large a Dose of the decoction of Bearsfoot, also the berries of the deadly Nightshade (not given in so large a quantity as to kill) will do the same thing: it may also happen from the malignity of the French Disease.

VI. The Signs. It it is known by sight: but in the Alopecia, the Hair falls off without any excoriation, or hurt at all, of the Skin.

VII. The Differences. That Area, saith Celsus, lib. 6. cap. 4. which is called Alopecia, is di­lated under all kinds of figures, happening both in the Hair of the Head, and of the Beard; but the Ophiasis happens only in the Head, the hinder part of it, creeping in the form of a Serpent.

VIII. The Prognosticks. This Disease brings little danger with it, and while it is recent, it is easily cured: so also if the place being rubbed, grows easily red; or if the extremities of the bald patches begin to shoot forth Hair afresh.

IX. If the Disease is inveterate, or the Skin is very smooth, thick, greasy, and wholly void of Hair, the Cure will be difficult; and if the place being rubbed grows not red, the Affect is judged for the most part uncurable.

X. If it it proceeds from the French Disease, it is not to be [Page 341] cured, till that Disease it self is cured.

XI. Where it is curable, so that new Hair comes on again, it is either white, or yellow: like as it is in Horses, where the Hair has been lost by reason of some Ulcer, caused by gauling; when it grows upon that part again, it usually grows white; which is caused from a vicious nutri­ment of the Part, and weakness of the Skin.

XII. The Cure. As for this, since it differs nothing at all from the Cure of Ophiasis, in any of its Intentions; we shall refer you thither, treating of it in the very next Chapter.

CHAP. IV. SERPENT-LIKE FALLING of the HAIR.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Area, & Ophiasis, à figura; quòd partes glabrae & Pilis destitutae, tor­tuosae instar Serpentum videntur: in English, a Serpent-like Shed­ding of the Hair.

II. It is so called from its figure, because that the bald and smooth parts destitute of Hair, are writhed like a Serpent. It be­gins on the hind-part of the Head, and not exceeding the bredth of two fingers; it creeps towards the Ears, and in some as far as the Forehead, till the two heads meet before: chiefly haunting Infants, and such as are young.

III. In Ophiasis, not only the roots of the Hair, but even the Skin it self is eaten and gnawn through; viz. as deep as the roots of the Hair.

IV. The Causes. The are, in part, the same with the former; and according to Galen, these Diseases follow a depraved Nu­trition of the Skin of the Head; which if it be in abundance, it eats equally alike thro' the Hair, in many, and greater places; but if less, and mixed with a corrosive Humor, it makes an Ophiasis.

V. The more remote Causes are said to be the heat of the Liver and Head, especially the faults of the first and second Concoction, whence salt and sharp Humors are generated; which tho' they may happen in every Age, yet they generally after Childhood and Youth; sometimes follow­ing Tinea, Achor, and Favus.

VI. The Signs. It is known by its form, and its creeping along, as before described, with an Ex­coriation of the Skin; the very colour of it being also changed; and in some it appears more whitish, in some more pale, and in others more black; and if it be pricked, there flows forth a serous, whitish Blood.

VII. The Differences. Alopecia and Ophiasis differ from Tinea in this: the first is without Exco­riation; Ophiasis is with a simple Excoriation of the Skin, and when cured, the Hair grows again; but in Tinea, the Exco­riation and Ulceration is deeper, and the Skin is many times so corrupted and spoiled, that the Hair never returns any more.

VIII. As to the Signs of the Causes, the Skin it self shows what Humor it is that offends; which is seen by cutting, or shaving away some of the remaining Hair, and rubbing it gently: the Hair also that grows anew, by its colour will shew what Humor abounds, and is cause of the Disease.

IX. The Prognosticks. They are almost the same with Alo­pecia, to which you are referred; but Ophiasis is thought by some, to be the greater Dis­ease, and so the more difficult to cure.

X. It is commonly curable, if it follows Porrigo, or Tinea: but if it proceeds from the Leprosy, which sometimes accompanies it, it is altogether uncurable; and if it be from the Pox, not till the Disease it self be re­moved.

XI. The Cure. First, institute such a Diet as may breed good Blood, and prevent the increase of bad Humors; abstaining from plentiful drinking of Wines, but especially from all French Wines.

XII. Then let the Body be pre­pared and purged with fit Me­dicines, according to the nature of the Humor pecant: and a particular Evacuation of the Head by Apophlegmatisms, and solid Errhines at the Nostrils, are exceeding good.

XIII. While the Disease is recent, and not confirmed, both Galen and Avicen advise to use Repellers: but otherwise, abso­lutely to abstain from them, and to use Digestives, which are of hot and thin parts, yet not greatly drying; with which you ought to mix things cold and moist.

XIV. If there remains any Hairs that are corrupted, they are to be pulled out with an Instrument called the Volsella, or with a Dropacism; or such as we mention, (ad Porriginem) in Our Doron, lib. 3. cap. 7. sect. 1. and at sect. 32.

XV. Then wash the Head with a Lye, wherein Maidenhair, Southernwood, and the like have been boiled: after use Frictions with course cloths, till the place is red: and lastly, apply proper Topicks.

XVI. Such like Medicaments are Mustard-seed, Cresses, white Lilly-roots; which (as it is affirmed) will restore Hair to places that have lost them by burning or scalding.

XVII. To these add, Rocket-seed, Nitre, Oil of Bays, liquid Pitch, Sulphur, pouder and ashes of Southernwood, roots of Sowbread, Hellebor, seeds of Stavesacre, Doves dung: add these also, (which are the strongest of all) Thapsia, (by some called Turbith) and Eu­phorbium.

XVIII. Now you must note, That these Medicines now men­tioned, are not to be used in all kinds of Area, or at all times, or in any manner, or to all ages; but unto each, such as are fit and proper: for each Medica­ment hath its due time and manner of use.

XIX. While the Disease is recent, use the weaker sort; so also to Children, Women, and soft and delicate Bodies: but if it be inveterate, or in such as are of full age, or in Men, or such as are of hard and strong Bodies, you may use the stronger.

XX. Galen commends this:Ashes of the Greek-reed ℥ ss. ashes of a Hedg-hog ʒ j. Mouse-dung ʒ ij. bruise, and mix with Vinegar; and anoint therewith. Or, ℞ Reed-ashes, Goats-hair burnt, Maidenhair, Bears-fat, liquid Pitch, Rosin of the Cedar, ana: mix them. This he calls the Admirable Remedy.

XXI. Or, ℞ Mice burnt, Linen-cloth burnt, Horse-teeth burnt, Bears-fat, Marrow of a Hart, Reed-ashes, ana: Honey, q.s. mix them. Or this, which is the strongest of all. ℞ Eu­phorbium, Thapsia, Oil of Bays, a. ʒ ij. Sulphur vive, Hellebor, white and black, a. ʒ j. Wax ʒ vj. softned with Oil of Bays, old Oil, or Tar: mix them; to be used, the Disease being inveterate.

XXII. For Children and Wo­men use this:Reed-roots burnt, Southernwood, ana; Bears­fat, or old Oil of Bays, or liquid Pitch, enough to make an Oint­ment, Or, ℞ Southernwood, ashes of Reed-roots, Frankincense, and; Bears-fat q.s. make an Ointment.

XXIII. If you would have it stronger, add Sulphur vive, Bulls­gall, Rocket-seed, Nitre, or even Thapsia it self. Bears-grease helps by a secret property; of which, with the Hairs of a Bear burnt, Oil of the Mastich­tree, and the things before named, you may make an Oint­ment.

XXIV. But in the use of the stronger sorts of Medicaments, you must observe, That in the Beginning, the more liquid, and softer Medicines may be used: looking always after each ap­plication, what alteration it has made in the part affected; and so, as need requires, to make it stronger, or weaker.

XXV. This alteration is seen, by observing whether the Skin is made red, or not: for you must be cautious, that the Skin be not burnt thro', by the too often repeated use of the stronger Remedies.

XXVI. Also observe, that if the Hair be not shaved off, that Medicines of soft, and of a more liquid form, as Washes, Lini­ments, Unguents, &c. will be best to be used: but if it be wholly shaved off, then Medi­cines of a more solid form, as Emplasters, Cerats, are to be applied.

XXVII. The weaker Medi­cines may be kept on the part, night and day, the better to exert their strength and Virtue: but the stronger sort, are only to be kept on so long, till they cause [Page 344] some alteration in the Skin, or cause some kind of pain; and therefore the place affected is to be viewed once or twice a day.

XXVIII. And if they have strongly affected the place, you must then return to the milder sort of them; and the part is to be anointed with Goose-fat, alone, or mixed with Tar, or Bears-Oil, which is a Speci­fick.

XXIX. 'Tis certain, that the stronger Medicaments being kept too long on, they will burn the Skin; and Christopher à Vega saith, he had seen many, who by the use of over-strong Medi­cines in this case, were made incurable, or made perpetually bald.

CHAP. V. Of the HAIR-WORM.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...], and by Aristotle, [...]. in Latin, Tinea, & Tinea Capillorum; in English, the Hair-Worm, or Hair-Moth; affecting sometimes the Head only, sometimes the Beard.

II. It is a Disease wherein the Hairs fall off one by one, being eaten thro' at their roots, and consumed by certain little Worms; which some say are so small, that they can hardly be seen; (only they are discerned to move) being not much unlike to the Mites which breed in Cheese, old Wax, Prunes, &c.

III. The Cause. They have their original, doubtless, from an Excrementitious Humor; which, together with the nourishment of the Hair, penetrates into the said Hair, and there being che­rished by the heat of the Head, is converted into little Worms.

IV. These afterwards sticking unto the Hair (of which they are gene­rated, and whence they have their nourishment) corrode it; so that they fall off by little and little.

V. The Disease is called Tinea, because that like as woollen Cloaths are eaten with Moths, so also is the Hair eaten by these Worms.

VI. The Signs. It is manifest of it self; for the Hairs are made shorter, and unequal: some of them being more shortned, and some less.

VII. And tho' the worms are generally at the roots of the Hairs, yet in many Hairs they also stick or breed in their extremities or ends; whereby the Hair becomes ash-coloured, and uneven, being from day to day corroded and curtail'd.

VIII. It is many times accom­panied with a dry Ʋlcer, cor­rupting the Hair: and the Head is sometimes covered with a kind [Page 345] of crusty substance, ash-coloured, or yellow: for which reason, when it affects the Head only, some will have it be Achor or Favus, a Scald-Head.

IX. But doubtless it is not the Disease properly called a Scald-Head, tho' it may well enough (from the resemblance it hath therewith) be a species of the same, and may be called a Bastard-Scald.

X. The Prognosticks. There is no danger at all in it, yet it is difficult to be cured; and causes a very great deformity and unsight­liness, especially when it happens in the Beard, making the Hairs unequal, some shorter, some longer; the Beard it self seem­ing foul and nasty.

XI. If it continues long, it often degenerates into Alopecia, or rather Ophiasis, or causeth Baldness.

XII. The Cure. Medicaments penetrating and cleansing are to be chosen; as also that may digest and discuss the matter of which the Worms are bred.

XIII. The Body may be purged with Ʋniversals; as, Our Family Pills, Pilulae Catharticae, Tin­ctura purgans, Pulvis Corna­chini, &c. because the Worms are generated of a vicious Hu­mor mixed with the nourish­ment of the Hair.

XIV. For Topicks, a Deco­ction of Broom and Myrrh boil'd together in Vinegar, is commended, A Decoction of the great-Nettle in Lye, so also of Net­tles and Scabious in Lye, are said to be of good use to wash the Head often with.

XV. The Head may also be anointed with Oil, in which Squills, Myrtle-leaves, and Worm­wood have been boiled: or with Bulls-gall, mixt with equal parts of a Decoction of Garlick and Centory in Vinegar.

XVI. To these add, a Deco­ction of Wormwood, Centory the less, Southernwood, and Gentian, in Vinegar, or Lye of Pot-ashes: all bitter Herbs are very good; as Rue, Aloes, &c.

XVII. But what I have seve­ral times proved by Experience, is, a strong Decoction of Coloquin­tida in Water; with which the Head is to be wash'd and so­mented, three or four times a day: or a Decoction of Bears­foot, which never fails.

XVIII. After washing, the Head may be anointed with this Ointment: Take Oil-olive ℥ vij. Oil of Tartar per deli­quium ʒ iij. Flowers of Sulphur ℥ iij. white Precipitate ℥ j. mix them; with which anoint once or twice a day, and in a short time the Affect will be cured.

CHAP. VI. Of BALDNESS.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Calvities, also Cal­vitium; and in English, Bald­ness.

II. It is a Disease, wherein the Hairs fall wholly off; chiefly from the fore-part of the Head, leaving the Skin smooth and dry.

III. The Cause. Hippocrates and Galen will have it to be from the want of Humidity; whereas Actuarius, Meth. lib. 1. cap. 5. saith, it is caused from too much Humidity: which may be thus reconciled; that it may pro­ceed from too little alimental or nutrimental Humidity, and also be caused from having too much excrementitious Moisture, which destroys their roots.

IV. It arises therefore from defect of Nourishment, driness of the Brain; either thro' Age, or some other accidental cause, as Poison, Burning, Scalding, Cut­ting of the Skin, some deep Ulcer, too much Coition.

V. The Signs. It is known by sight; the fore-part of the Head being void of Hair.

VI. The Differences. It differs from Defluvium, or Shedding of the Hair; because in that the Hairs generally (a great part of them) fall off, here and there, up and down thro' the whole Head: from Alopecia, which falls off in spots or patches: and from Ophiasis, because of its serpent­like creeping: whereas Baldness happens always in the fore-part of the Head.

VII. The Prognosticks. It has no danger in it, except it be the exposing the Head more to the Cold, and external injuries of the Air; but is indeed a great deformity.

VIII. It is mostly without Re­medy, but we have known it sometimes cured; and possibly it may, by Art, be very much prevented.

IX. But that which is imma­turely, in time of Youth, from Burnings, Scalding, or Ʋlcers; or is caused simply by Old-age, is incurable.

X. The Cure. This may be fetcht, in part, out of what we have said in the four former Chapters: yet we think good to add in this place the few following things.

XI. First, let Ʋniversal Re­medies be premised, then order a good Diet; in which biting, salt, and astringent things ought to be avoided.

XII. Supply the Nutriment, by such things as correct the driness of the Brain, and attract Moisture to the roots of the Hair: in which case, moderate Frictions are good for this purpose; and apply some of the Attractives in Chap. 5. aforegoing. You [Page 347] may rub the place till it is red with an Onion, and apply after, a Cataplasm of Onions and Mustard-seed.

XIII. Labdanum, mixed with proper Ointments, is excellent: so also is the Gum alone, or dis­solved in Oil of Mastich, or Bears-grease.

XIV. You may foment the Head with a Decoction of Foenugreek, or Burdock-roots, made with a Lye of Tartar, and often wash the part with Aqua Mellis.

XV. Labdanum is a Specifick in this case, and very fitly to be administred in every Falling-off of the Hair; being dissolved in Wine, or some proper Oil. Lotions also of Labdanum, in a Decoction of Maidenhair, Golden-maidenhair, Southern­wood, Mastich, Roses, Rose­mary, and Sage, are of great use.

XVI. The things following, not only take away the cause of Shed­ding Hair, but help to generate and breed it, by a peculiar fa­culty: viz. all the Capillary Herbs; Southernwood, Reed-root, Dock-root, great Burdock-root, Asarabacca, Labdanum, Honey, the pouder or ashes of Bees, Wasps, Flies, Moles, Mice, Mouse-dung, Hedg-Hogs, Bears-fat, Vipers and Serpents fat, down of Quinces, ashes of Cotton and Hair, Aqua Mellis, juice of Onions.

XVII. Of all which you may form Oils, Balsams, Liniments, Ointments, and Emplasters, at pleasure. As, ℞ Oil of Southern-wood ℥ ij. Ashes of Bees or Wasps ʒ j. Mouse-dung ℈ j. Honey, La­bdanum, a. ʒ v. Bears-fat, enough to make a Liniment.

XVIII. Or thus: ℞ Choice Labdanum cut into small pieces lbj. Damask-rose-water ℥ vj. Oil of Ben ℥ iv. boil together, and strain often, till it is clear. Or, dissolve Labdanum in Oil of Mastich, or Oil of Ben, till it is clear; with which anoint.

XIX. ℞ Oil of Ben ℥v. Chymical Oils of Lavender, of Oranges, of Limons, a. ℥ ij. Oil of Southern-wood ℥ ss. juice of Squills ℥ j. Wine ℥ iij. mix; and boil to the consumption of the Wine; with which anoint.

XX. Or this: ℞ Chymical Oils of Lavender, Spike, and Limons, a. ℥ j. Oil of Ben ℥ iij. Labdanum ℥ j. Wine ℥ ij. mix, dissolve, and boil to the consum­ption of the Wine: then add pouder of Cloves ʒ j. ashes of Bees and Moles, a. ʒ ij ss. mix them.

CHAP. VII. Of HOARINESS.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Canities; and in English, Hoariness; Whiteness, or Grayness of the Hair.

II. By Hoariness here, we mean not, nor intend that which comes by Old-age; for that is natural, and the ornament of their years: but an immature and preter­natural one, which happens in Youth, or to those which are young, and in the flower of their age; and that some­times suddenly, and as it were all in an instant.

III. That such a Hoariness, or Whiteness, does often happen, is most certain, and we have plenty of Testimonies in Authors for the same. Scaliger, in Exercit. 312. saith, that Gonzaga having im­prisoned a near Kinsman in a strong Castle, on suspicion of Treason, that he might receive the reward of his demerits; news was brought him the next morning, that his Kinsman was become all over white and hoary. Skenkius, in his Obser­vat. lib. 1. relates the like. Lemnius, in his Treatise of Com­plexions, lib. 2. cap. 2. has such another Relation. Cuspinian gives us many Histories, of such as suddenly out of Fear became Hoary, or Gray. Hadrianus Junius, in his Comment upon the Hair, has such a like Example. Ludovicus Vives also gives us such a History, in his Scipio's Dream. And Coelius Rhodoginus, in his Lectiones Antiquae, lib. 3. cap. 24. and lib. 13. cap. 17. supplies us with more Examples.

IV. But why heap I thus up Authorities, since in my own time, and to my own knowledge, the like happened to a Person of Honor, in the space of three or four days; his Hair becoming as hoary and white, as if he had been four­score years of age, altho' then he was not much above thirty: so that upon the Scaffold, where he lost his Head, he was by his Hair impossible to be known.

V. The Causes. Galen, de Temper. lib. 2. cap. 5. saith, the cause is from the putrified recre­ment of Phlegm. Aristotle, de Gener. Animal. lib. 5. cap. 5. saith, it is from the defect of native Heat; which not con­cocting the Humors, they rot and putrify; with which the Hair being nourished, becomes white.

VI. But indeed, it seems more agreeable with reason, to under­stand any simple crude Humor; rather than Phlegm properly so called; and crudity, rather than putridness.

VII. But since the Hair is not nourished of Vapors, or Recre­ments elevated into Vapors; but rather of Blood and Lympha, [Page 349] as all other parts are: it is with­out all doubt, that the Blood and Lympha being universally chilled, or otherwise depraved thro' mighty Fear, or extream Joy; that they may yield such a nutriment to the Hair, as may upon the spot give this change of colour.

VIII. And this is so much the easier to be conceived, when we consider, and reflect upon their substance and conformation: that they are hollow, and may be filled with any sort of Juice, and their substance diaphanous and perlucid; thro' which any colour may easily manifest it self.

IX. The Signs. It is manifest of it self to sight: that by Age, is gradual and natural; but in Youth it is preternatural: and much more preternateral, if a person becomes hoary on a sudden.

X. The Prognosticks. That which is natural, is not to be cured, nor ought it to be at­tempted: but of that which is preternatural there is hopes, in regard it proceeds from a vicious disposition (of the Brain more especially) which may be cured: for that being amended, the colour of the Hair will also be changed.

XI. That Hoariness which pro­ceeds from Leuce, or Vitiligo, (a kind of Leprosy) is of difficult cure: but upon curing of the said Disease, the Hair also mends in its colour.

XII. The Cure. First, good Blood must be endeavoured to be produced in the whole Body, and especially in the Head; the heat of which part ought also to be comforted and restored, that there may be a supply of good nourishment unto the Hair.

XIII. Ʋniversal Purgations ought also to be premised, that the vicious Humors may be eva­cuated: and the Head in par­ticular, ought to be purged with proper Sternutatories and Er­rhins; as Our Pulvis Sternuta­torius, and Errhina-simple, of roots of Asarabacca; or com­pounded, &c.

XIV. This is commended by the Arabians.Black Miro­balans, without their kernels, ℥ vij ss. Ginger, Bishopsweed, a. ℥ ij. Butter, q.s. mix them; and then add of double-refined Sugar ℥ ix. Dose, à ʒ j, ad ʒ j ss­often.

XV. As to Topicks, Galen advises to things hot, and of thin parts, to discuss and scatter the superfluous Humidities: but unless there flows such a nou­rishment, that may again ge­nerate Hair of the natural colour, those Applications will be in vain.

XVI. Others strive only to use Medicaments which make the Hair black: but in doing this, we must beware of doing any thing to hurt the Brain, be­cause such things as make black, have a vehement astringency, and so produce other evils.

XVII. Among such-like things, Galen commends Cadmmia before all others; which not only blackens the Hair, but discusses the recrements of the Humors, and amends the ill disposition of the Head.

XVIII. Oil is commended to anoint with, in which Costus, or pulp of Coloquintida, or bitter Gourd has been boiled.

XIX. Oil of wild Olives is good: also all the sorts of Myro­balans, which are said to retard and hinder Hoariness; being in­wardly taken, and outwardly applied: to which you may add, Galls, Acacia, Foenugreek, Hen­bane-seed, Labdanum, juice of the green shales of Walnuts; leaves and roots of Capers, boiled in Milk, and applied as a Cataplasm; rind of Holm­root, boiled to softness; Vitriol of Iron, &c.

XX. The use of these things is to be continued for some time: and tho' they seem not to do good, at once or twice using, yet they are not to be desisted from, but still to be conti­nued.

XXI. And if you would have the Colours these things give to be lasting, a Lotion is first to be used; which may be as a ground to the Tincture or Colour, and make it to continue firm, as the custom of Dyers is: and therefore let the Hair which is to be dyed, be first washed with a Lotion in which Roch-alum has been dissolved, or Galls have been boiled.

XXII. ℞ Lixivium of Pot­ashes lbj. Litharge of Gold ℥ iv. boil them together; and with a Spunge dipt therein, let the hoary Hairs be well moistned warm, for a quarter of an hour together; and after that, a Cloth wet in the same, be laid over all for a quarter of an hour: which may be repeated three or four times a week.

XXIII. ℞ Black Myrobalans ℥ ij. Raisons ℥ iv. red Wine lbvj. boil by a gentle fire, to the consumption of two thirds: then add juice of green Walnut­shales lbj. Sumach, Acatia, a. ℥ j. Cloves ℥ iij. boil again, and strain out by expression: at night going to bed, let the Hair be anointed therewith, and next morning washed with a Decoction of black Myrobalans in Wine. Avicen saith, that in these kinds of Medicines, Cloves strengthen and defend the Brain very much.

XXIV. A Decoction of Litharge and Sage, in a Lye of Pot-ashes, is a good Lotion to wash the Hair and Head with.

XXV. ℞ Bark of Vine-roots, leaves of the Vine, and of Pelli­tory of the Wall, a. ℥ vj. Alum, Vitriol, a. ℥ iij. Galls ℥ j ss. Water lbxij. mix, boil all gently, and strain out; with which daily wash the Hair and Head.

XXVI. ℞ Shales of green Walnuts bruised lbj. Alum lbss. Oil-olive lbiij. boil them for an hour, then strain out, and anoint therewith.

XXVII. But that which ex­ceeds most other things, is a Decoction and an Oil of Coloquin­tida: which you may make thus: ℞ Pulp of Coloquintida lbss. Water lbvj. boil to three pounds; strain, and add thereto Tincture of Cloves, made with rectified S.V. ℥ iv. with this wash the Head morning and evening.

XXVIII. Which being dried, presently anoint with the fol­lowing Oil: ℞ Pulp of Colo­quintida ℥ ij. Oil-olive lbij. boil to the consumption of one half: strain out by pressing, and add thereto Chymical Oil of Cloves ℥ j. which mix well.

CHAP. VIII. Of ELF-LOCKS, or MATTED HAIR.

I. IT is a Disease that was unknown to the Greeks; the Latins call it Plica, & Plica Polonica; we in English call it Elf-locks, Witch-locks, or Matted Hair.

II. It is an entangling and enfolding of the Hair, into Elf­locks; wherein the Hair is as it were folded and matted toge­ther into a kind of Chord, or one Long-lock.

III. And tho' it is known, even by sight, by the bunching, entan­glings, and complications of the Hair, pains vexing the Joints and Bones, Convulsions, plenty of Lice, roughness and scali­ness of the Nails of the Great­toes, growing black, and almost like a Goats-horn; yet we shall rather choose to give you the description of it, in the words of some of those Authors who have written thereof, as follows.

IV. The Description. They who are troubled with this Dis­ease, have sometimes one, and sometimes two Locks growing on their Heads, intwisted and infolded within themselves in­wardly, and intangled together with the Hairs nigh to them; the Lock thereby becoming very great, and exceeding thick.

V. It is a great trouble and torment to almost all [...] [...]ts of People, thro' the wh [...] [...]ingdom of Poland; and now seems to creep farther: it nips the Bones, loosens the Limbs, infests the Vertebrae of the Back, makes the members deformed, writhing them back.

VI. It causes them who are affected therewith to Bunch-out, and fills them full of Lice; and gives the Head such fresh and constant supplies of them, that it can by no means be freed from them.

VII. If these entangled Locks be shaved off, that Humor, and the Poison thereof disperses it self into the Body, and then extream­ly tortures and vexes the person thus affected: it disquiets and troubles the Head, Feet, Hands, all the Joints and Limbs; and in a word, all the parts of the Body.

VIII. And it is experimentally found, that those who have cut off these Locks, thus matted together, have soon after been [Page 352] afflicted in their Eyes, and vehemently troubled with De­fluxions of Rheum unto other parts of the Body.

IX. If the Cure has been at­tempted by usual Catharticks, the Patient is the worse for them; and the raging pain vexes the person so much the more: for not being able to master the noxious Humor, it only stirs it up, and disperses it thro' the whole Body: and after Purging, they are tormented with a burning Pain thro' all their members; so that nothing can possibly be added to the acute­ness of it.

X. Women are oftentimes af­flicted herewith; also such Men who are given to Venereal plea­sures, or inclin'd to the French Disease, and the Children who are begotten by such that are troubled with the same: and such likewise, who having a Porrigo, have endeavoured the cure thereof with Repercussives: or having had some certain Flux of Blood for a long time, have had it suddenly stopt.

XI. This Affect communicates with that fuliginous Exhalation, out of which the Hair is bred; and seems to have some affinity with the Tinea, Achor, or Favus: and by its excruciating and pinching the Bones, to have something of the malignity of the Lues Venerea; by the great abun­dance of Lice, to be something of the nature of the Pthiriasis; by the Pain of the Joints, to sympathize with the Arthritis or Gout; and by the terrible Contraction of the Limbs which it causes, to have some alliance with the Spasm or Convulsions.

XII. Schenekius, lib. 1. Ob­servat. 13. gives us another very large description thereof, not much unlike the former; but he adds, that these Locks grow sometimes very long, oftentimes a finger-thick, and reaching down the Shoulders and Brest, even to the Navil; exceeding dreadful to look upon, and resembling the Gorgons Head.

XIII. These Locks they never suffer to be cut, nor at any time to be parted, or severed with a Comb: for that they believe, (and for ought I know, truly enough) this matted Hair pre­vents the most grievous Dis­eases of the Head; as Head­aches, Madness, Palsies, Apo­plexies, &c. and that the combing or cutting them, is altogether ominous and fatal.

XIV. So that some, d [...]ring their whole lives, do nourish and cherish them: that possibly they may be preserved from all other dangerous and formidable Diseases, which otherwise might threaten them.

XV. And a history he relates, of an old Woman, who having these Locks cut off, died within the space of three days: yet, says he, a certain Countess who had such a monstrous Head of Hair, would often cause it to be cut, even to the Neck.

XVI. Sennertus is of opinion, that this Disease is only somewhat that is Critical as it were, arising from the expulsion of the vicious matter out of the Body; and that the said Plica brings nothing of danger [Page 353] with it to the diseased person, who has it all the days of his whole life, without any thing of damage.

XVII. But that which most of all threatens danger, is, the vicious Humor, which yet sticking fast in the Body, excites the afore enumerated most grievous Symptoms; all which cease, so soon as the matter is thrust forth unto the Hair.

XVIII. And that in such as are affected with this Disease to the height, the Nails also, but chiefly of the Feet, and most of all in the Great-toes, become rough, long, and black, like to a Goats-horn: which Sennertus observed himself in a noble Lord, and that the very same had also hapned to others.

XIX. The Causes. They cannot sufficiently be explained; yet they are thought to arise from plenty of matter nourishing the Hair: now the said matter is carried to the Hair, not in the form of Vapors, but mixed with the Blood it self; which, as it is of all other parts; so it is likewise the nutriment of the Hairs.

XX. And this in some measure appears from hence; because that if at any time the Hair be shaved or cut, it yields Blood, but such a kind of Blood as is hurt­ful to the Body: and by the bleeding of the Hairs, when cut or shaved, it may well be conceived, that the mali­gnity is conveyed to them by the Blood.

XXI. But Authors also say, that it is caused from a peculiar corruption of the Place; nature of the Soil, Air, and Water: and therefore is properly an Endemick Disease, as being mostly peculiar to some Re­gions, as Poland, &c.

XXII. The Prognosticks. This Disease, if the matter be not fully and continually thrust forth into the Hair, is dangerous enough: so that most grievous Pains and Symptoms are ex­cited, almost in all parts into which the malign matter is dispersed.

XXIII. But if Nature, as it were critically, protrudes the matter only to the Hair; then is the Patient altogether pre­served from the other Sym­ptoms and Maladies: and many such-like persons live very healthful all their lives long.

XXIV. If at any time these Locks are rashly cut off, it in­duces Blindness, and sometimes many other cruel Diseases. A Soldier in Hungary having a Plica, being taken Prisoner by the Turks, had all his Hair shaved off, and withal this Plica, whereupon he became blind; but obtaining that his Hair might grow again, he again recovered his sight.

XXV. If this malign Humor shall at length be all spent, (which not often happens) then after some time these Plicae fall off of their own accords, and the Party becomes well: if therefore it can be known or discerned, (which is a thing difficult enough) when the said Humor is all spent, it may then be safe enough, (and without the [Page 354] least ill Symptom succeeding) to cut off these Locks, with the rest of the Hair.

XXVI. If it it be without Pain, there is hopes of a Cure; for so excrementitious Humors are thrust forth into the Hairs, and the Faculties become stronger. Otherwise, seeing the Causes are not perfectly known, no perfect Cure can be expected: for the Disease seems to be a complication of the Gout, Rheu­matism, Cachexy, Hypochon­driack Melancholy, and the Scurvy; joined with a kind of Malignity.

XXVII. The Cure cannot be attempted by cutting off the Lock, or by keeping it from Tangling: for then the party is pained, sick, or becomes blind, and as it were at deaths-door; nor can have any ease, till it is either grown, or tangled again.

XXVIII. Nor can it be at­tempted by Bleeding or Purging; for thereby it is made so much the worse, and to rage so much the more: for that Purgation is not able to overcome and master the noxious Humor, but to add torment to the Sick, beyond imagination.

XXIX. In this case therefore, it will be good to follow Expe­rience, as our Guide: and rather to help forward the matter to the place where it is intended, viz. to the Hair; which is well done by a Lotion made of Bears-breech, which is very available and successful.

XXX. Some have been cured by often bathing, and manifold Fomentation, wherein Bears-breech aforesaid has been decocted; viz. the dried leaves, in such a quantity of Water, that the Decoction may be of a yellow, not of a purple colour; which decoction has also been drank inwardly, after it has been fer­mented with sowr Leaven, and the dried Herb infused also in the same.

XXXI. If this prevails not, you must keep the Body soluble, by cooling and moistning Clysters, and frequently give Alexipharma­ca, such as are exhibited in the Scurvy and Gout: Sudorificks also, now and then to be used, are good; because they help Nature, in expelling the matter to the place appointed.

XXXII. But whereas the Purges used by the Ancients, prevailed nothing in this case; yet those that are more spirituous, I have known to do good: and by the taking of this Tincture fol­lowing, every other day for a hundred days together, I once knew a stubborn Plica cured.

XXXIII. ℞ Choice Sena ℥ x. pouder of Jallap ℥ iv. infuse all in S.V. lbviij. for thirty days: of all which give every other, or third day, three or four spoonfuls. If you make the Tincture in Aniseed-water, it will be yet better.

XXXIV. And I knew a cer­tain Emperick, one Moret, to cure another by Fluxing with the Pilulae Mercuriales Herculis Sa­xoniae; he having first for some time used the Fomentation of the aforesaid Decoction of Bears-breech, and caused it also to [Page 355] be drank as ordinary Drink; at last he cut off the Lock, and the Patient remained well.

XXXV. But after all that these great men have said, other Me­thods may be attempted; and that with probable success: for since the Blood and Lympha are corrupted with a malign im­purity, (as they are also in the Lues Venerea) 'tis possible, that they being purified, the Patient may return to his pristin health.

XXXVI. Now that this may be accomplished, 'tis necessary that the whole mass of Blood and Lympha should be changed, or made new, and the mass or sub­stance of the Flesh sweetned: that this may be done in a right Method, nothing seems to me so fit, as a just and regular Salivation, extended to a due length of time: which may be done with Arcanum Corallinum, Aurum Vitae, Turpethum Mine­rale, the Princes Pouder, White Precipitate; and other things of like nature.

XXXVII. And the same course ought to be taken in the Sali­vation exactly, as is taken in Curing the Lues: if it be recent, it may be ended in about four­teen days; but if it be inve­terate or old, it will require at least a Salivation of thirty days: but let it be gentle, and regular, and increased to a height as you see convenient.

XXXVIII. I have seen several sick of this Distemper, but never had more than one Patient under Cure; which I happily performed by a gentle Flux of thirty days, raised with Arcanum Corallinum; at the end of which, I purged him with my Family-Pills three times, and gave him for six weeks together the usual Diet-Drink of Guajacum and Sarsa; to which Burdock-roots were added.

XXXIX. And outwardly, I caused the Head to be alternately washed; first, with the Water of the Griffin, and then with the Decoction of Coloquintida: and this washing was continued twice a day, for the space of twenty days: but the Washing began not till towards the end of the Salivation; and it was always done with the Liquor very warm, and the Head dryed after it.

XL. During his Salivation, and taking the Diet-drink, with the external Washings, his Hair began mightily to fall off; and I believe the Lock would in a few weeks more have faln off also; for several of the Hairs of the Lock being faln out from their rooting, hung with their rooted ends loose: but the Man being impatient, caused it to be cut off, which bled not in the least, nor was any ways moist: and it was done without the least injury or prejudice to the per­son, and he constantly remained well after it.

CHAP. IX. Of LOƲSINESS.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...], (à [...], Pediculis scateo, Pediculari Morbo laboro; à [...], Pediculus;) in Latin, Pthiriasis, Pedicularis Morbus; in English, Lousiness, or the Lousie-Evil.

II. This is a very strange Dis­ease, yet happening both to old and young, as the generating matter may be predominant: but the nastiness, and the trouble of it exceeds all: for let one of the persons thus afflicted, be cleansed from all the Lice which are visible, be washed clean in a Bath of Water, the Head combed as clean as may be, and then dressed with fresh clean Linen, and fresh Cloaths; yet in an hour after they will be as lousie as if nothing had been done to them; and you may find a thousand Lice presently about them, the fresh Linen and Cloathing being as much defiled with the Lice, as the last they lately put off.

III. The Cause. Authors seem not agreed about the Cause: some will have it from Pus, or simple Patrifaction alone; but then as Sennertus says, Ulcers should rather breed Lice than any thing else; which yet we see they do not: wherefore something more than Patrifaction, must be ascribed to the Cause.

IV. Aristotle, Histor. Animal. lib. 5. cap. 31. saith, Quòd fiant ex Carne, cùm multa Humiditas in ea abundat; & cum emersuri sunt, fiant Pustulae quaedam sine Pure, exiguae; quae si pungantur, Pediculi exeant. Quo loco per Carnem, Cutem intelligit Ari­stoteles; ut ex Galeno patet, de Simp. Med. Fac. lib. 5. cap 4. And this seems to be true; for in one of these kinds of Patients, I was very curious for to find and see whence the Lice so imme­diately came: and finding up and down in the Body several little Protuberances, I opened several of them with a sharp­pointed Lancet, and with my Fingers I squeezed out several Lice; out of some eight or ten Lice, out of others more; and out of one of these Pustulae, I took forth twelve or thirteen Lice, some of them well grown: so that from thence-forth, my wonder about their so imme­diate increase, ceased.

V. From what has been said, the place of the Generation of Lice in this Disease appears; viz. that it is the Skin: and partly the Matter, to wit, an abounding Humidity; to which we must add, the Vis generans, vel Potestas formativa; a Spirit, which reduces the Matter into Act or Form, and is peculiar only in this case.

VI. I know, that for the ordi­nary Generation of Lice in the Head, or other clean Bodies, it is ascribed to nastiness and filth, with a putrid moist Humor; which by the heat of the Body, comes to be vivified: but this reaches not our case, where the breeding of Lice is not accidental, or symptomatical, but purely a Disease.

VII. Avicenna will have them to be bred from Humidity, with a moderate Heat, and a gentle Putrifaction. Modern Physicians will have them to be bred of Excrementitious or Preterna­tural Humors; so disposed, that being moderately hot, they may be in act or power moist, and in a medium between thick and thin, and a little putri­fied. Theophrastus, de Caus. Plantar. lib. 2. cap. 12. Sangui­nem materiam Pediculorum esse scribit: verùm cum corruptum Sanguinem intelligat, non aliud proculdubio accipit, quàm Excre­mentitiam quandam Sanguinis, & inprimis Pituitosi; aut Ali­menti in tertia Coctione par­tem.

VIII. The Place. The chief habitation of Lice is in the Head; and sometimes they breed in other parts of the Body, from nasty Clothing, and long wearing them without change; where they generate from Nits, or Eggs, and mightily multiply; but this is in the ordinary way of Production: but when they become Morbifick, the Body is the chief seat of their habita­tion: unless they be generated from the filthiness of a Plica, and then the Head is their native home.

IX. The Prognosticks. Where Lice are bred only from filthiness, nastiness, want of combing the Hair, or change of Cloaths or Linen, the trouble is more than the danger: but if they are bred in the whole Body, from a Morbid disposition, it is diffi­cult to be cured; and if it be not timely enough mastred, kills the Patient, by eating thro' into the Body.

X. The Cure. Internally, the putrid Humor which breeds Lice, is to be carried off by Purging; reiterating it several times, at least twice a week: either with our Family Pills, Pilulae Cathar­ticae, Tinctura Purgans, or other proper Medicaments.

XI. This done, convenient Sweating is to be promoted; either in Hartman's Chair, with Spirit of Wine, and proper Sudo­rificks; or in the Publick Ba­gnio's: and this to be repeated twice a week, or at least once in five days.

XII. Or the Patient may bathe in a Bathing-tub, in a Lye of due strength; made either of Pot­ashes; or Quick-lime, in which Flowers of Sulphur have been a pretty while boiled.

XII. Or they may bathe in a Lye made of Nettle-ashes, in which Wormwood, Rue, Centory the less, Scordium, and Southern­wood; the roots of Gentian, Elecampane, Birthwort, and black Hellebor; the seeds of Stavesacre, and Lupins; the pulp of Coloquintida, wild Cucum­bers, and wild Gourds; flowers [Page 358] of Sulphur, and Bulls-gall, have been boiled: and the Patient is to sit in it, as long as he can conveniently without faint­ing.

XIV. And if possibly, and the conveniency will serve, the Patient ought to go into the Bath once a day, tho' it be but for one quarter of an hour: and if they cannot endure the Bath, they ought to bathe the principal Parts affected, which may easily be discerned by sight, with the afore-mentioned Decoction.

XV. After Bathing, they may be anointed all over with this Ointment. ℞ Oil olive lbj ss. Sheeps-suet lbj. mix them by melting; then add flowers of Sulpur ℥ iv. Bulls-gall, Staves­acre in pouder, a. ℥ iij. meal of Lupins, white Agarick in pouder, a. ℥ ij ss. Wormwood in pouder, Aloes in pouder, Coloquintida in pouder, a. ℥ ij. mix, and make an Ointment; with which anoint morning and evening.

XVI. If you would have it stronger, you may add poudēr of white Hellebor ℥ iij. to the for­mer Composition: but then you must use it only to people of strong constitutions.

XVII. If after these things have been used for some considerable time, and there be no amend­ment, (for it is a very stubborn Disease) we must then come to stronger Medicaments, and such as are made of Mercury: and truly, without the use of Mer­cury, this Disease is not often overcome.

XVIII. First, (after due Purging) anoint the palms of the Hands and soles of the Feet, as also the Joints, and Back-bone, (but very gently, to avoid Salivating) with Ʋnguentum Mercuriale: and this may be done every night going to bed, for some few days.

XIX. Or the Sick may wear a Quick-silver-Girdle, as is usual in this case; by which I have known several cured. You may kill the Quicksilver with Spittle, or Turpentine mixed with a little Oil, and then mix it with a little Emplastrum Album, and so spread it upon a Girdle; which is to be worn round the Waste, for some considerable time.

XX. But if none of these things will do, (as in some I have known they will not) you must apply your self to the last Re­medy, which is Fluxing: and in this case, because the Disease is external, and in the surface of the Body, it is better to be performed by Unction, or rather by Fumigation; of which we have spoken in other places.

CHAP. X. Of SCƲRF and DANDRIF.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Furfures, Furfuratio, Porrigo; in English, Scurf and Dandrif: but some make Por­rigo to be a Scald-Head.

II. The Description. It is an Affect, in which, when there is any scratching, or combing, a white, thin, scurfy substance, falls down off the Skin, not much unlike to Bran; and that not only from the Head, but also sometimes from the Skin of the Eye-brows and Beard too.

III. The Causes. The Causes of this Affect are, serous, thin Humors, or Recrements of the Cutis; which exsuding thro' the Cuticula, dry thereupon, and so cause this white sort of branny matter.

IV. These recrements of Hu­mors may possibly proceed, not only from Phlegm, but also from Choler, and Lympha, elevated unto the Head; and so give a continual supply of matter to the continuation of the Disease, where it is once begun.

V. And these Recrements or Exhalations, seeking a passage thro' the Pores of the Skin, the thinner parts of them are dis­cussed or exhaled, whilst the more thick and clammy parts stick upon the Skin, and about the Hair; drying into that white, scaly-like substance.

VI. The antecedent or re­mote Causes are, all those things which may any ways generate abundance of gross Humors; which are taken from the Diet, way and manner of Living.

VII. The Prognosticks. It is without danger, being much more troublesom than hurtful: and is thought by some to be of healthful signification; for that the Head and Brain are cleared of many of their superfluous recrements that way.

VII. Yet it is some kind of deformity, or rather defilement of the part; and not very easy to be totally removed: for tho' it is taken away with the Comb, yet it will return again, unless the Cause be first re­moved.

IX. The Cure. The vicious Humors, which abound in the Body, are to be evacuated with Ʋniversals: or you may give once every fifth day a Dose of our Pulvis Catharticus, or the Pulvis Cornachini: if the Patient can­not take Medicines in that form, you may purge with Syrupus Catharticus, or with Tinctura Purgans.

X. Then internal Alteratives are to be given; of which the Tinctura Antimonii, or Pote­states Viperarum, may be ac­accounted chief: and the Spiritus Nitratus is of great use, because [Page 360] it radically dissolves the viscous Phlegm and Humors, which are in a great measure the cause hereof.

XI. As to Topicks, discussive Medicines are to be applied; and sometimes Discussives mixt with Astringents; that the Part af­fected may be thereby strength­ned, so as not so easily to admit of the Humor that flows thereto.

XII. Galen advises to wash with the decoction of Fenugreek, or the juice of Beets, and Nitre: or it may be cleansed with decoction of Marsh-mallows mixed with the meal of Lupins, Cicers, and Beans. Some use a Laver of Castil-Soap, others wash with bitter Almonds, beaten.

XIII. If the Disease is con­firmed, and will not easily yield to Remedies; after Cleansing, as aforesaid, Friction is to be used with course Cloths, and then the Head is to be anointed with the following Ointment.

XIV. ℞ Oil-olive lbj ss. pulp of Coloquintida ℥ iv. boil an hour, and press out the Oil; to which add pouder of Tobacco, Labdanum, (dissolved in Vinegar) a. ℥ ij ss. mix, and make an Ointment.

XV. If the Patient loves not greasy things, you may make a Wash; by boiling pulp of Coloquintida and Tobacco, in Water, or Lye; and washing therewith twice a day.

XVI. If these things will not do, you must come to the last Remedy. ℞ Decoction of Colo­quintida lbj. in which dissolve white Vitriol ʒ iij. then add thereto Bulls-gall lbj. Oil of bitter Almonds ℥ iij. pouder of Tobacco ℥ x. flowers of Sulphur ℥ vj. Ceruss ℥ iv. Nitre in fine pouder ℥ ij. white Precipitate ℥ j. mix, and make a Cata­plasm.

CHAP. XI. Of a SCALD-HEAD.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Achores, Crusta Lactea, & Favus; in English, a Scald-head.

II. The Cause. Galen, de Comp. Med. secund. loc. lib. 1. cap. 8. saith, that this Disease arises from sharp, serous, and excrementitious Humors: or ra­ther, it is generated of a mixt Humor, partly thin, partly thick, partly serous, partly grumous, and biting; of a salt, acid quality.

III. And from hence it is, that the colours of the Ʋlcers are sometimes white, sometimes yel­low, sometimes red, sometimes blackish; but always salt and biting, and causing a kind of itching: all which proceeds [Page 361] from the different mixture of the Humors causing them.

IV. This Disease, in Infants, proceeds also many times from the putrid Humors collected in the Mothers Womb, and the impurity of the Maternal Blood, with which the Child in the Womb is nourished: and sometimes from the vitious Milk, which the Child sucks from its Mother or Nurse.

V. The Differences. It is ei­ther dry and crusty, like a Scab; and then it is called Crusta la­ctea, from its colour: and this is either small, little, and of no thick substance; and then it is called Tinea; or of a very thick and yellow substance, and then it is properly Crusta, or the Dry-Scald.

VI. Or it is moist, running, and full of Matter; called Tu­bercula ulcerosa, or, the moist and running Scald: and this is either Achores, Ulcerous Pustles, out of which a glutinous, vi­scous matter continually issues, which creates a very great Scabbiness: or Favi, wherein the substance of the Flesh and Skin is hollow, like to a Honey-comb or Spunge; out of whose spungy holes a purulent juice is seen continually to flow, which drying, becomes also a Scab; but by reason of its continual weeping, is apt often to fall off, and become raw again.

VII. It is also either recent, or inveterate; and both these may either be gentle, or malign: and they are accompanied either with a morphew-like Scab, or a crusty Scab; and that afflict­ing either a part of the Head only, or the whole Head toge­ther, sometimes with some of the adjacent parts.

VIII. The Prognosticks. A Scald-Head in the beginning is not dangerous; but is generally of very difficult cure.

IX. If it be inveterate, and stubborn, it is not cured without very much trouble: and many times it degenerates into Tinea, or there follows it a Defluvium, or Alopecia.

X. And if the matter which flows is very malign, it sometimes thro' its long continuance pierces to the very Skull, and penetrates that also: and sometimes it so corrupts the Cranium, that it is necessary to take it forth; whereby the Meninges of the Brain are laid open, and made bare.

XI. All sorts of Scald-Heads are for the most part long in curing, and rebellious Diseases; and often, when seemingly well, return again.

XII. The Cure. The Morbi­fick matter is first to be eva­cuated, with such things as purge salt and serous Humors; and the matter of the Purgation is often to be repeated [...] for which pur­pose, after using Pills, Pou­ders, &c. it will be good to prescribe a purging Diet-drink, which may keep the Body in a course of Purging for some time.

XIII. But this Evacuation is best to be begun with an Eme­tick, as Infusion of Crocus Me­tallorum, Tartar Emeticum, or [Page 362] Oxymel Scilliticum; proporti­oning the Dose to the age and strength of the Patient, and to be twice or thrice repeated.

XIV. After which, Cathar­ticks may be used: as, Our Family Pills, Pulvis Cornachi­ni, &c. and then this Diet: ℞ Sena ℥ vj. Mechoacan thin sliced ℥ iv. roots of sharp-pointed Dock bruised lbj. Aniseeds, Juniper-berries bruised, a. ℥ iij. Garden-scurvigrass lbj. Horse-radish scraped ℥ iij. blew Cur­rans lbj. crude Antimony in pouder, and tied up in a rag, lbj. mix, and make a Bag for four Gallons of Ale. Dose, three quarters of a Pint, twice a day: but to Children less, according to age and strength.

XV. Next we must come to the application of Topicks: and first, the Part affected must be well bathed, with a Decoction made of Sharp-pointed-dock-roots, Pilewort-roots, (if to be had at that season) Ce­landine, Wormwood, Fenu­greek, Southernwood, and the like.

XVI. This done, anoint with Oil in which pulp of Coloquin­tida has been boiled; or with this: ℞ Of the former Oil ℥ viij. Oil of Tartar per deli­quium ℥ j. flowers of Sulphur, Ceruss, a. ℥ij. Verdigrise ʒ iij. mix, and make an Ointment; which apply twice a day.

XVII. If the Disease is re­cent, and not stubborn, you may take up with weaker Medicines, which may be strong enough; as this: ℞ Oil-olive ℥ iv. Ceruss, Tutty levigated, a. ℥ j. Aloes, Myrrh, a. (in fine pouder) ℥ ss. Saccharum Sa­turni ʒ j. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ʒ ij. mix, and make an Ointment.

XVIII. Or thus: ℞ Juices of Celandine and Wormwood, a. ℥ iij. in which dissolve Aloes ℥ ss. then add thereto Oil of Coloquintida ℥ ij. Ceruss, Lith­arge, a. ℥ j. pouder of Tobacco ʒ vj. Turpentine ℥ j ss. mix them.

XIX. But if the Disease is inveterate and stubborn, and will yield to none of the for­mer Remedies, you must then apply this following: ℞ Oil of Coloquintida, juice of Tobacco, a. ℥ iv. Turpentine ℥ iij. mix them: and then add flowers of Sulphur, pouder of Tobacco, a. ℥ ij. pouder of Round-birthwort-root, white Precipitate, a. ℥ j. Verdi­grise ʒ iij. mix them, and make an Ointment.

XX. Or this. ℞ Oil of Co­loquintida ℥ iij ss. Turpentine ℥ j ss. pouder of Tobacco, Staves­acre, a. ʒ vj. pouder of Round-birthwort-roots ʒ iij. white Hel­lebor ʒ ij. burnt Alum, Vitriol, a. ʒ j. mix them: and carefully apply it.

XXI. Barbett commends this: ℞ Pot-ashes, and make a Lixi­vium with Wine of an indifferent sharpness; in a quart of which boil leaves of Marjoram, South­ernwod, a. M. ij. Maidenhair M. j ss. Rose-leaves M. j. with which make a Fomentation. With this he professes to have cured this Disease alone. Where note, that if you cannot get [Page 363] Pot-ashes, you may use Salt of Tartar instead.

XXII. Now I suppose this Medicine is chiefly of use whilst the Disease is recent, and after due purging, and taking the Infusion of Sena, or Juice of Fumitory in Goats-whey.

XXIII. After the use of which things, the Cataplasm ad Por­riginem, mentioned in Our Doron Med. lib. 3. cap. 7. sect. 1. may be applied; which when it has done its duty, Valentia Scabiosa, or some other Sty­ptick Vulnerary, will be of good use to consummate the Cure.

II. Defilements, or Vices of the SKIN.

CHAP. XII. Of SƲN-BƲRNING.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Ad­ustio, vel Nigredo à Sole; in English, Sun-burning, and Tanning.

II. It is known by sight, from the change of the colour of the Skin, to a kind of yellowness, blackish yellow, or tawniness.

III. The Cause, is from the heat, and direct shining of the Sun upon the Skin: but if the Skin receives the Sun-beams by reflexion, as from the Water, Glasses, or the Sun-shine upon the Earth, it is not then called Sun-burning, but [...], Nigredo, Tanning.

IV. And thus from the different ways of receiving the Sun-beams, viz. either directly, or by re­flection, comes the species, to wit, Sun-burning and Tanning.

V. The Prognosticks. A con­tinual habit of being in the Sun and Wind, makes it more dura­ble; but if it be by accident now and then, it will go away of its own accord.

VI. If it is old, and of long continuance, so that the Skin seems to be weather-beaten, it will not be removed without Medicines.

VII. The Prevention. It is done by keeping the Hands and [Page 364] Face covered from the Sun, or its reflection, by Gloves and Masks: or by anointing them with the White of an Egg, beaten up with Damask-rose-water: or you may use the Mucilage of Fleawort or Quince-seeds, made with Rose-water: or a Solu­tion of Gum-Tragacanth in the same.

VIII. Or anoint with an Emul­sion of the Four greater Cold Seeds: or with Oil of bitter Almonds, or Oil of Ben: or with this, ℞ Oil of Ben, Sheeps-suet, a. ℥ j. Saccharum Saturni dissolved in Rose-water ℥ ss. Mucilage of Fleawort-seeds ℥ ij. mix them.

IX. The Cure. Celsus, lib. 6. cap. 5. saith, that the regarding these things, so as to cure them, is a mere folly and foppery: yet, says he, it is a thing almost impossible, to debar Women from the care of their Beauty, and the colour of their Skin and Faces.

X. And tho' Nature will, in process of time, change the Scarf­skin, by causing it to peel off of its own accord, and so restore the native colour again; yet Women will scarcely be per­swaded to stay Natures time of doing the Business; but in all haste have recourse to the help of Medicaments.

XI. For this purpose, many things are commended to us by Authors; we shall here only excery some few and choice things, out of the farraginous heap which Authors have brought together: and these are either Washes, Ointments, or Cerates.

XII. For Washes: 1. A weak Lixivium of Salt of Tar­tar, or Pot-ashes, is commended. 2. ℞ Damask-rose-water lbj. juice of Limons ℥ ij, or iij. mix them. 3. Lac Virginale: ℞ Roch-alum ℥ iv. Water lbij. boil to a third: then take Lith­arge in pouder lbss. best Wine-Vinegar lbj ss. boil again to lbj. and strain: mix both the Liquors together, shaking them well. 4. Queen of Hungaries Watre, in which a little Camphir is dissolved.

XIII. Ointments. 1. Ʋnguen­tum Album. 2. Populeon. 3. Co­smeticum: with which anoint at night going to bed, and then wash the Face with the Virgins Milk the next morn­ing.

XIV. Cerates. 1. Ceratum Album. 2. Ceratum Oxylaeum. 3. Refrigerans: any of which may be taken and laid on at night going to bed: instead of the Ointments, for such as love not greasy Applica­tions.

CHAP. XIII. Of FRECKLES.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Ephelides; and in English, Freckles.

II. These come sometimes from the Heat of the Weather, some­times from Sun-burning, and sometimes are occasioned by Wo­mens Breeding of Children; and come upon the Face and Hands, especially in Spring and Sum­mer, and chiefly in such as have very thin Skins; which about Winter-time disappear again.

III. The Signs. They are known by their form, being of a dusky liver-colour, and as big as flea­bites; often disfiguring the whole face, and sometimes the Hands alfo.

IV. The Differences. They differ from Lentigines in these things: 1. They are much less than they. 2. They come at the season of the year, and go away again of their own accords in Winter; or if they be in a Woman with Child, when she is delivered.

V. The Cause. It is either external, from the Air: or inter­nal, from fuliginous Vapours, sent from the Lympha and Blood, and there stopt in their passage by the gluten of the Cuticula.

VI. But Celsus, lib. 6. cap. 5. has another kind of Ephelides; quae nihil sunt, nisi asperitates quaedam, & durities mali coloris: they are (saith he) rough and hard Eruptions, of an evil colour; i.e. rough, brown Tuber­cles or Eruptions in the Skin, (which agrees not with the above-described Ephelides:) and these come upon Women with Child, viz. on their Fore­heads, Temples, or Cheeks, many times as large as an hand­bredth.

VII. The Cause. These com­monly arise from the suppression of the Terms; and in Virgins, sometimes from eating of Beets.

VIII. The Prognosticks. They are seldom cured, till the Woman is delivered: and if perchance they by Medicines are taken away, yet they commonly re­turn again: after Delivery, they for the most part vanish of their own accord.

IX. These Child-bearing Ep­helides of Celsus, are cured by a Pap made of the pouder of Bay-berries and Mushroom-water, being often smeared on in a Bath, or the juice of Bugloss-roots.

X. There are commended also, Oils of Elder, of bitter Almonds, and Oil of Ben; Oil of Tartar per deliquium being mixed with them: Baths of Bean and Oro­bus meal, with Camphir: to which add, Almond-milk mixt with juice of Limons, Butter-milk, Asses-milk, and such-like.

XI. But the depraved Hu­mars, which are the antecedent and internal Cause of this Affect, ought to be evacuated, in what­soever Women it happens, who are not with Child: it some­times affecting Women who have a preternatural stoppage of their Terms:) but where impregnation is, there we ought to content our selves only with Topical Remedies.

XII. The Cure of the other sorts of Ephelides, which are properly Freckles, is hardly worth the attempting: fince at the season of the year they go away of their own accord: yet, if you please, the following things may be applied.

XIII. Wash the Face with juice of Beets, mixed with good Vin­egar; or with Juice expressed out of Bugloss-roots: also with an Emulsion of bitter Almonds, mixed with meals of bitter Orobus, Barley, Beans, &c.

XIV. If these things do not, besmear the Face every night going to bed, with Bulls-gall: or with a Tincture of Bulls-gall, drawn with Spirit of Wine.

XV. Lastly, you may wash with a Decoction of Coloquin­tida; or with the juice of Limons, in which flowers of Sulphur and Saccharum Saturni have been for some time di­gested.

CHAP. XIV. Of LENTILS, or Fixed FRECKLES.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Lentigines, & Lenticulae; in English, Large fixed Freckles.

II. The Place. They generally affect the Face, Hands, and Arms: but some people are all over freckled from Head to Foot; and in such they are generally as big as Lentils, or Tares, from whence the Name is derived.

III. The Causes. Authors will have their original to be, from adust Blood fixing in the Scarf­skin: or from Choler abounding in ruddy Bodies.

IV. I am of opinion, that they arise from a depraved Lympha, or nutritious Juice, ordained for the nourishment of the Skin and small Hairs; which being brought to the Pores of the Skin, drys, and fixes there, causing these Spots.

V. The Signs. These Freckles are known by sight; being duskie, brown Spots: some as big as flea-bitings, some bigger, and some as big as Lentils or Tares and almost of the colour of Tares too.

VI. They appear mostly in those places exposed to the ambient Air; [Page 367] as the Face, Neck, Hands, and superior part of the Thorax; where the Air drys, and fixes those adust Vapors in the Skin; being dispersed up and down in many drops as it were, standing sometimes close and thick together, and sometimes scattered far asunder, here and there.

VII. The Prognosticks. They are only a deformity: and tho' these Lentigines are said to be fixed, and remain the year thro'-out; yet notwithstanding in some Bodies many of them will vanish in the Winter, and re­turn again in Spring and Sum­mer: but where they have been of long standing, no season of the year will in the least alter them.

VIII. The Cure. It is per­formed, by rectifying the Lympha by due Sweating; for which pur­pose, proper Sudorificks are to be administred: and then we are to come to the use of Topicks, which are either Washes, Oils, Ointments, Cerates, or Cata­plasms.

IX. For Washes, those may be used mentioned in the two former Chapters; to which you may add, Elder-flower, and Bean-flower-water distilled with Milk; to which a little Camphir may be added, dissolved in Spirit of Wine.

X. ℞ Wheat or Rye Bread, moisten it well with Goats-milk, and distil a Water there-from, in B.M. to which add a third part of juice of Limons, or Lime-juice, and rectified Spirit of Wine, in which a little Cam­phir is dissolved.Queen of Hungaries Water ℥ viij. Lime­juice, or juice of Limons ℥ iij. Camphir ʒ iij. mix them for a Wash.

XI. But where the Skin is very thick, and ill-coloured, and in such condition, as that none of the former things will do any good; you must then come to the use of the following Wash: ℞ Litharge ℥ iv. Wine-vinegar lbiij. boil till a quart only re­mains: then take Salt-gem ℥ ss. Water lbiv. mix, and dissolve by boiling: filter the former Vinegar, and mix it with this Water: with which wash the Face morning and evening.

XII. Afterwards you may wash with the Aqua Mercurialis, and compleat the work; which is the most absolute Wash in the World.

XIII. Oils. Where the Skin is very much deformed, you may use this. ℞ Oil of Coloquintida, Bulls-gall, a. ℥ ij. mix them: with which anoint the Face at night going to bed. Oleum Refrigerans is also of good use.

XIV. ℞ Honey ℥ iv. Oil of Ben ℥ ij. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ ss. Borax, Nitre, each in fine pouder, a. ʒ iij. mix them.

XV. If these things do no­thing, you must use the Oleum Cosmeticum; which may be ac­counted in the number of the best things among the Olls. Where note, that the applica­tion of Oils is always at night going to bed, the use of Washes in the morning chiefly, and in the day time.

XVI. Ointments. Where they have been of short standing, Un­guentum Album Nostrum will do the feat alone, if used for some time: Ointment also of green Tobacco is excellent in this case; and Ʋnguentum Po­puleon has been proved very effectual.

XVII. Or this: ℞ Oil of Myrrh per deliquium, Oil of Eggs, a. ℥ ij. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ʒ ij. Sheeps-suet ℥ j. Gersa, or Fecula of Aron-roots, Borax in fine pouder, a. ʒ vj. mix them.

XVIII. Another. ℞ Oil of Myrrh, Oil of Ben, Oil of Colo­quintida, a. ℥ j. Sheeps-suet ʒ vj. Oil of Tartar per deli­quium ʒ ij. melt, and mix: to which add Gersa, or Fecula of Solomons-seal and Pilewort-roots, a. ʒ vj. Saccharum Saturni ʒ iij. mix them.

XIX. If these things will not do, you must come to the use of the Unguentum Mercuriale, which must be applied with due care and caution: or rather, to the Ʋnguentum Cosmeticum; which being used for some time, very rarely go without their defired effects.

XX. Cerates. The Cerates also mentioned in Chapt. XII. Sect. 14. may be of good use here: Ceratum Viride has been ap­proved: but if these things do not, you may both with safety and success apply the Ceratum ad Tophos.

XXI. Cataplasms. A Cataplasm made of the greater Housleek-leaves, by taking off, and casting away the outward skin of the inner, or hollow side of the leaf; and then laying them on leaf by leaf on the sur­face of the Skin; and so binding them on with Bandage, or a sticking Emplaster: renewing the Application every seven or eight hours, and continuing the use thereof for five or six days and nights; is said to take away Freckles, how fixt soever they may be.

XXII. This is certain, and I speak it by Experience, this application of green Housleek, as it is very safe, so it is truly more efficacious than any, or all the afore-mentioned Medicines, put them all together: and it will besides, make an ill-coloured Skin purely white; and render that which was before thick and hard, thin, and very soft; like to the Skin of a Child five years old.

XXIII. But however, if after all this, these Lentigines should be so eminent and fixt, that none of the afore-enumerated Medi­cines should do any thing in the matter; you must then come to taking off the Scarf-skin: which tho' it may be done, and that safely too, with the com­mon Vesicatory of the Shops, yet is not so convenient in this case.

XXIV. That which most ef­fectually does, and with as much ease as may be, is a Plaster of soft Soap, (commonly called Crown-Soap) spread thinly upon a piece of linen Cloth, and laid over the whole Face or Skin for twenty-four hours: it separates the Cuticula, and in a short time takes it compleatly off: [Page 369] so that it being spread abroad on a Cloth or piece of Paper, you may see all the Freckles upon it, and taken off with it.

XXV. This, if the Freckles be not deep, does the work at one application; but if they lye under the Cuticula, you must repeat the Operation once more; which never fails to answer the desired end: the Plaster being removed, the Part is to be healed (tho' it is not positively raw) with Oil, made by boiling Cream, bruised Housleek, a. lbij. to­gether over a gentle Fire, till the Oil separates: this Oil heals, takes away the inflammation and redness, making the Skin soft and white.

CHAP. XV. Of MOTHER-SPOTS.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in La­tin, Naevus Maternus, Macula Maternalis; in English, the Mother-Spot.

II. They are contracted in the Mothers Womb; and thereupon they are called Maternal: but of different colours and shapes, and in different parts of the Body.

III. The Causes. They arise from the Phancy and Imagination of the Mother: and it is mani­fest enough, that Infants have now and then, certain spots, marks, or extuberances, re­sembling Rasberries, Straw­berries, Mulberries, Cherries, Plums, Grapes, Hogs-ears, red Wine, &c. from the Mothers seeing those things, and longing for the same; or being sur­prized with any such-like thing falling upon her, or striking her on the sudden: whereupon the Child is gene­rally marked in the same part of the Body, with the resem­blance of the matter so sur­prizing.

IV. The Signs. They are known by sight, being from the birth: and if they be occasioned by Fruits or Flowers of any kind, at the time of the year when those things are ripe, or in season, they will more emi­nently appear and shew them­selves; seeming as it were to revive, spring, and flourish again.

V. The Prognosticks. They are very hard to cure, and very seldom cured: and tho' they seem sometimes to be a little obscured, or as it were to vanish; yet they soon break forth again, as if the place were raw.

VI. However, Authors are of opinion, that if Medicaments be applied immediately, upon the [Page 370] Birth of the Child, they may be sometimes taken away.

VII. The Cure. Some anoint them with the Blood of the Secundine, rubbing them well therewith while it is hot; others anoint them with Menstrual Blood: some daily bathe them with Spittle often in the day­time, but chiefly with Fasting-spittle: others foment them with the Mothers Breast-milk warm.

VIII. But the only thing that can do any good by topical appli­cations, is the greater Housleek, applied exactly as directed in the former Chapter; continuing the use thereof for at least five or six weeks, or till you see the deformity to vanish, and manifestly go away. A Ca­taplasm of Purslain long ap­plied, is profitable.

IX. If none of these things do, you must come to Excoriation, by Manual Operation; cutting off the Scarf-skin, or otherwise apply Caustick Medicaments; after which, the Eschar being fallen or removed, it must be cured after the manner of some other simple Wound or Ulcer.

CHAP. XVI. Of RED COMB.

I. IT appears not that it was known to the Greeks; but in Latin it is called Macula vola­tica Infantium; and in English, Red Scurf, Red Comb, or Red Gum.

II. This Affect consists of cer­tain flitting Spots of a red or purple colour, with some little kind of roughness; creeping up and down here and there in the Skin.

III. And, for the most part, it infests all the Skin in one night; putting a strange kind of disguise (as it were) upon the Infant.

IV. The Prognosticks. If they creep so, as to touch upon any Orifice, (as suppose the Mouth, Nostrils, Eyes, Ears, &c.) and penetrates so far, as that they reach unto them, the Affect is then said to be mortal.

V. The Cure. Sudorificks ought to be given inwardly to the Child, made of Bezoar-mineral: Our Theriaca Chymica, given in a due proportion, according to the age and strength of the Child, and such other like Medicaments as are used in an Erysipelas; that by expulsion the matter may be driven from the Heart.

VI. For Topicks, the Orifices are often to be washt with this:Damask-rose-water ℥ ij. Tin­cture of Saffron ʒ ij. mix them: and the Spots all over may be washt with the same, save [Page 371] towards the Feet; that so the Spots may go off that way.

VII. After they have been some time washed with the former, you may anoint them all over with Oil of Myrrh per deliquium: or with this; ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ iij. Camphir ʒ j. mix, and dissolve.

VIII. Others anoint them with the Blood of the After-birth, or with the Blood of a Cat; and some with Bulls-blood after baiting: but Ox-gall, mixt with Spirit of Wine, is inferior to none of them.

IX. The Disease being over, and the Spots gone, you may cleanse the Skin, by wash­ing it often with Lac Virgi­neum.

X. And lastly, the remaining Recrements may be purged off with Manna, or a gentle Infusion of Sena, or Sal mirabile; or what may best agree with the Childs body, according to the judgment of the Physician.

CHAP. XVII. Of LIVER-SPOTS.

I. THIS is an Affect unknown to the Greeks; and cal­led in Latin, Maculae Hepaticae in English, Liver-spots: not so much for their proceeding from any cause of the Liver, as for their colour sake; being mostly of a dusky liver-colour.

II. The Description. They begin first of all somewhat yel­lowish, and afterwards become brownish; or somewhat blackish, and as broad as the palm of the Hand; seizing upon the Brest, Back, Neck, Brawny parts of the Arms, Thighs, Legs, and Groins; covering sometimes even the whole Brest, with a slight roughness of the Skin, which comes off in a kind of branny Scurf; not confined to one place alone, but dispersed up and down, and sometimes in several parts together; one while vanishing away, and then breaking out, and appearing again.

III. And Platerus seems to make mention of them, when he writes, that there are certain dark-brownish, and dun Spots, as broad as the palm of the Hand; arising sometimes in some certain parts of the Body, and at some certain times only, and again vanishing away at some certain seasons.

IV. The Causes. It is thought, that a dry and Melancholy Hu­mor, protruded unto the Skin with its nutriment, is one of the Causes thereof: as also Blood and Lympha, which are fecu­lent, full of dregs, and very thick; which when it cannot be all assimulated, the Excre­mentitious [Page 372] parts are thrust forth into the Skin.

V. Some will have the Cause to be derived from the Liver, (whence they will have the Name:) others from the Spleen, which they will not allow to be free from fault: but in my opinion, these are too remote things to be the Causes of this Affect.

VI. The true Cause seems to be, an evil Habit of Body, meeting with some external Ac­cident; which has disposed the Matter to make its appearance in the affected place.

VII. The Prognosticks. There is little or no danger in these Affects: nor are they any kind of trouble, or visible deformity; happening mostly in those places which are covered with Cloaths.

VIII. Yet, in regard to the Cause upon which they are said to depend, they commonly fore­run the approach of Tertian and Quartan Fevers.

IX. And altho' they may easily be taken away, yet unless the fault of the Blood and Lympha be removed, and the evil Habit of the Body be altered, they will again return in a little time after.

X. The Cure. It consists, 1. In evacuating of the vicious Humors, or Recrements, causing this Affect. 2. In altering the Constitution or Habit of the Body breeding the same. 3. In the application of pro­per Topicks.

XI. The evacuating of the Humors offending, is performed by Ʋniversals, given according to Art: or the Patient may purge with Sena, Rhubarb, Jallap, Mechoacan, Polypody, Succory, Fumitory, Borrage, Spleenwort, Dodder, Agri­mony, Maidenhair, &c. which is several times to be repeated, as need requires.

XII. The altering of the Habit, is done by ordering and pursuing a good Diet: abstaining from Baked meats, and all such meats as are of a thick, or ill Juice, salt and sharp, breed­ing melancholy and fuliginous Vapors.

XIII. But Meats of good Juice are moderately to be eaten: as Kids-flesh, Wether-goats, Mut­ton, Veal, Lamb, Pullets, Chickens, Larks, young Geese; Eggs, Wheat, Barley, Rice, Maiz; ripe Fruits, as Apples, Pears, Cherries, Strawberries, Plums, Prunes, Raisons, Al­monds, Pistaches, &c. and whatever is prepared by Boiling or Roasting, is not be over­done; but so, as a red Gravy or Juice may plentifully flow, after cutting with the Knife.

XIV. For Meats over-roasted or boiled, want much of the good nourishment they ought to have; dry the Body, deprave the Stomach, hurt the Digestion, breed melancholy and adust Humors, cause an evil colour of the Skin; making it look brown, yellow, wan, blackish, or tawney; and introduces Old-age (at least in appearance) even in Youthful years. And this is the reason that French­men, Portugueze, Jews, and [Page 373] some others, who eat their Meat so over-done, look older at thirty, or thirty five; than such who have been accustomed from their Infancy up, to eat it full, and springing out with its red Gravy, do at seventy, seventy five, or eighty, &c.

XV. The application of proper Topicks. First, Friction is to be used, with course Cloths; after which, the Patient may enter into a Bath of warm Water, in which Fenugreek, Mallows, Lilly-roots, and Pot-ashes have been boiled; sitting in it as long as it can conveniently be en­dured: taking at entrance into the Bath, a Dose of Our Theriaca Chymica.

XVI. Coming out of the Bath, and the Body being dried, wash or bathe the places stained, with White-wine, or Spirit of Wine, in which bruised Mustard-seed has been forty eight hours infused. Or Mustard-seed, White-lilly-roots, a. lbj. may be beaten up into a Pul­tise, and so applied upon the place affected, and to be renewed twice a day.

XVII. Or a Cataplasm of bruised Mustard-seed, made up with Mithridate, may be ap­plied; and left to continue so long, till a kind of heat and pricking is felt in the Part: then it is to be removed, and the place washed with warm Water; and afterwards an­ointed with the Oil made of Cream and Housleek.

XVIII. Or,Castil-soap thin sliced ℥ viij. meal of Beans and Lupins, a. ℥ ij. crumbs of White-bread, Mustard-seed bruised, a. ℥ j. mix them; and with juice of Sharp-pointed-dock make a Cataplasm, which apply.

XIX. After which, lay over the spotted places Housleek, the skin of the inner side being first taken off: which either bind on, or lay over a sticking Emplaster, and renew the Application, as long as need shall require.

XX. Or, you may apply a Cataplasm of Housleek and meal of Lupins: or, of Housleek and Purslain, with Bean-meal: renewing it twice a day.

XXI. Lastly, they may be removed, by gently washing with Spiritus Ʋniversalis; using it three or four times a day, and continuing its use for some days which some say removes Sun-burnings, Tannings, Free­kles, Lentils, other like defor­mities.

III. Defilements, or Eruptions of the SKIN.

CHAP. XVIII. Of RED PIMPLES on the FACE.

I. IT is called by the Arabians, Albedsamen, Alguasen, and Albuttizaga; in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Gutta Rosacea, & Gutta Rosea; in English, Red­ness, and Pimples on the Face.

II. The Description. It is a kind of rose-coloured Redness of the Face; occasioned by a hot and fiery matter infesting the same. Or, it is a Spotted-redness, or rather a Redness with Tu­bercles; with which the Cheeks, Nose, and Face, are defiled and polluted, as it were with Rosy-drops.

III. And sometimes these Tu­bercles get a growth and increase, making the Face unequal, and frightful to look upon: and some­times the Nose, by the aggre­gation of the morbifick matter, increases to an extraordinary magnitude and deformity.

IV. The Kinds. Nicholaus Florentinus makes three dif­ferences or degrees of this Defor­mity. 1. There is sometimes present (says he) a preterna­tural Redness, without any Pimples, Pustles, or Ulcers; which is absolutely called a Red Face.

V. 2. And sometimes this Red­ness is accompanied with Pimples, Pustles, or small Bunchings-out: and then it is called a Pimply, or Pustulous Redness.

VI. 3. And sometimes it has attending it, a small Ʋlcer or Ʋlcers, and Ʋlcers with Pu­stles: and then it is called an Ulcerous Redness: and this last kind seems very little to differ from Noli me tangere; of which we shall speak, Lib. 3. Cap. 32. following.

VII. This third kind, Authors thus describe, viz. That it be­gins in the Face, especially above the Chin, near about the Mouth and Nose: and they think that it resembles Noli me tangere, because it is rather irritated, than any ways miti­gated, tho' the most fit and proper Remedies be applied to it: and whatsoever means almost are used, it more and more increases, by spreading into, affecting, and eat­ing [Page 375] (as it were) the sound parts.

VIII. The Causes. It is said to proceed of thick, salt, and inflamed Blood; so made by bad Diet, excessive Drinking, Stop­page of the Terms, Hemor­rhoids, &c.

IX. Sennertus will have this Blood to be generated thro' some default in the Liver; which is easily carried to the Face, (as may be seen in Blushing:) where, by reason of its grossness or thickness, it fixes; not being able (for the same reason) to retire back again, nor yet easily to be discussed or scat­tered: causing first a red Co­lour in the Skin, and if it continues long, generating red Pustles.

X. And tho' this Disease mostly affects such as are vehemently intemperate, addicted to the Pot, and given over to Drunkenness and Debauching, whether with Ale, Beer, Wine, or Brandy: yet it sometimes happens to others, the most temperate in the World.

XI. And this must certainly be thro' a default, or something amiss in their natural constitu­tion and habit of Body.

XII. The Prognosticks. It is very hardly cured; but much more difficultly, if the Face be full of Pustles; and hardest of all, if it be accompanied with Pustles and Exulcerations too.

XIII. If it be from the Birth, it is unremovable; and with great difficulty cured, if it proceeds from the French-disease, or the Scurvy: and for the most part, it accompanies the Patient that has it, all the days of his life.

XIV. The Cure. It is not absolutely to be cured, but by removing the internal Cause, altering the quality of the Blood and Lympha, and helping what is amiss in the Liver.

XV. For tho' the proximate or conjoined Cause may be dissipated in the Face, yet by reason it will be reinforced with a new supply of the old matter, it will in the like manner appear again.

XVI. And therefore there must be an alteration in the whole Habit of the Body: the Blood and Lympha must be purified, and that with such things, as easily entring into the mass of those Humors, may cool and sweeten them; and cause a precipitation of the Morbifick Matter.

XVII. First, things must be given, which may open the Ob­structions of the Liver, which see in the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 23. sect. 17. to the end.

XVIII. Then let the Body be often purged, either with Our Family Pills, Pilulae Catharticae, or Tinctura purgans: but that which exceeds all Purgers in this case, is Sal Mirable; for that it not only actually enters into the mass of Blood, and causes a precipitation of its Recrements, but also throughly cools the same, and makes a perfect change in the Lympha­tick-juice withal.

XIX. Then the Blood may be [Page 376] cooled, by often drinking Aqua Elementaria sweetned with white Sugar; or taking Sal Nitrum Nitratum, or Sal Vitriolatum, or Spirit of Sulphur, in due Dose; in some proper Vehicle.

XX. Spirit of Sulphur, or Ni­trated or Vitriolated Salt may be given in Poppy-water, or Infusion of the greater Housleek in fair Water, or rather in Aqua Elementaria; and the use of it to be continued for some considerable time.

XXI. These things being done, we must now come to the use of Topicks. The Affect may be daily washed with juice of Li­mons, and afterwards the pulp of the Limon may be laid on, after the manner of a Cata­plasm, every night.

XXII. 'Tis true, if the Face is exulcerated, this application will make it smart vehemently: but it will be but for a little while; and the good it will do, will make amends for all the pain the Sick may endure.

XXIII. Others commend this:Mastich, Camphir, Frankin­cense; a. Spirit of Wine q.s. mix, and dissolve: with which let the Patient wash morning and evening, for a quarter of a year.

XXIV. Or wash with a Li­xivium of Colewort-ashes, and anoint with Ʋng. Nostr. Alb. Po­puleon, or Cosmeticum: or with Oil of Wax mixt with Oil of Tartar per deliquium, ana: or, with the Menstrual Blood of a Virgin.

XXV. But Oil of Toads is above all others most powerful, and only to be used, when other things fail: with which, if the Face be anointed for certain days, (once a day) the Wheals and Morphew will fall off, and the redness will vanish.

XXVI. Some commend the Blood of a Hare, to anoint with at night; and to wash it off in the morning with Water of Mullein-flowers.

XXVII. Others wash with this.Alum ℥ vj. juice of Plantan, Sow-thistle, Sorrel, a. ℥ xij. whites of ten Eggs: being all well beaten together, let them be distilled in an Alembick; and keep the Water for use.

XXVIII. Some use Ointments: as the Ointment of Pilewort, made with May-butter; or this, ℞ Ginger, Grains, a. ʒ ij. Sulphur vivum ʒ iij. Oil-olive, Sheeps-suet, a. ℥ ss. mix, and make an Ointment: use it morn­ing and night for fourteen days, washing before you use it in the morning, with a Decoction of Wheat-bran.

XXIX. Or this: ℞ Mer­curius dulcis, Saccharum Sa­turni, a. ℥ j. Camphir, Sulphur vive, a. ℥ ss. Oil-olive, Sheeps-suet, a. ℥ j. mix, and anoint therewith: this is without com­parison.

XXX. Sennertus advises to these things following:Wheat-bread, macerate it in Goats-milk, beat it with the whites of twenty Eggs; to which add Camphir ℥ j. burnt Alum ℥ ij. mix, and distil.

XXXI. Or this: ℞ Lith­arge ℥ ss. Vinegar ℥ iv. boil to [Page 377] the third: in another Pot boil Salt and Alum, a. ʒ ss. Frank­incense ℈ j. Rose-water half a pint: mingle these Liquors, strain, and keep the Mixture for use.

XXXII. Or this: ℞ Sulphur ʒ ij. Camphir, Salt, a. ʒ ss. Ceruss, Litharge of Silver, a. ʒ ij. all being in pouder, mix them with waters of Bean-flowers, Roses, white Lillies, Solomons-seal, a. ℥ ij.

XXXIII. Or this: ℞ Cam­phir ʒ j. grind it in a Mortar with Oil of sweet Almonds ʒ iij. then put to it Oleum Tartari per deliquium ʒ ij. yolks of two Eggs, Saccharum Saturni ʒ ss. mix them well; and put thereto waters of Bean-flowers, white Lillies, and Strawberries, a. ℥ ij.

XXXIV. Or this: ℞ Cam­phir, Litharge, burnt Alum, a. ʒ ss. white Vitriol, Frank­incense, a. ʒ j. Sulphur vive, ʒ j ss. being all in fine pouder, mix them with Rose-water and Bean-flower-water.

XXXV. Or you may every morning and evening, even three or four times a day, or oftner, wash the places affected, with Lac Virgineum, and lay some of the Faecula thereof upon each Pimple, letting it dry on; continuing this work for four­teen, twenty, or more days.

XXXVI. And at night going to bed, lay all over the Face leaves of Housleek, freed from their outward skin on that side which lyes next to the Face; repeating it oft, for twenty or more days together. Or, in place hereof, lay a Cataplasm of bruised Purslain; repeating it in like manner as the former.

XXXVII. These things will make the Skin pale, smooth, and soft; giving it a youngness, with a pure and natural Whiteness, being used ac­cording to these Directions.

CHAP. XIX. Of MORPHEW.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin Alphus, Morphaea; and in English, Mor­phew or Scurf.

II. It is a Disease changing the colour of the Skin, as it were with botches, or patches of Morphew or Scurf, here and there scattered up and down, with a kind of rough­ness, branniness, and deformi­ty; and sometimes it creeps broader, with some intermis­sions. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26.

III. It is twofold: either White, or Black.

IV. In the white Alphus, the Hairs retain their natural co­lour. But Paulus Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 6. saith, that in the white [Page 378] Alphus the Hairs are white, and in the black Alphus, black.

V. In the black, (which Celsus calls Melas) there are broad blackish Spots (Scales as it were) here and there di­spersed up and down through­out the Skin; and when it becomes inveterate, the Hairs grow black.

VI. The Signs. These Alphi are easily known by sight; and the colour, whether white, black, or brown, is accompa­nied with a certain roughness, as it were scurfy or scaly, di­spersed in spots or patches.

VII. Both Alphi, in all things, (except the colour) agree: and if the Skin be prickt with a Needle, there issues forth Blood.

VIII. The Cause. The white springs from Phlegm, by default of the Liver: the black, or the brown from Melancholy, by default of the Spleen.

IX. The Differences. Alphus differs from Leuca in this: that here the Skin (and not the Flesh) is only affected: in Leuca, both Flesh and Skin are vitiated.

X. The Prognosticks. The white is easier cured than the black; and both are easier cured than Leuce, altho' Leuce be but in beginning.

XI. And in general, see by how much the colour recedes from the natural colour of the Body; by so much the more is the Dis­temper the harder to be cured.

XII. The Cure observes almost the same Method as the former; but you must use milder Medica­ments. First, foment the Part with Decoctum Cancri, (see Our Pharm. Lond. lib. 4. cap. 14. sect. 11.) or with this: ℞ Roots of Sorrel and wild Cucumber, a. ℥ j. leaves of Celandine and Fumitory, a. M. j. boil them in Water and Vinegar, ana: the Part being fomented, anoint with this following Unguent.

XIII. ℞ Juices of Celandine, Sorrel, Fumitory, Scabious, a. ℥ j ss. flowers of Sulphur ℥ ij ss. Mustard-seed ground ℥ j. Oil of Ben q.s. make an Ointment.

XIV. In the black Alphus, first, let the Sick bathe with Baths made of Water, in which flowers of Sulphur and Pot-ashes have been boiled: then apply a Cataplasm made of Mustard-seed, and Water or Vinegar; which let lye so long, till there is perceived a mordica­tion or biting.

XV. Or you may make a Ca­taplasm, of Mustard-seeds, Venice-Soap, and Water, and apply it as the former: thus, ℞ Castil-Soap lbj. slice it, and dry it so, as to make it into a kind of pouder; and add there­to Bean-flower, and meal of Lupins, a. ℥ iij. Mustard-seed ℥ j. crumbs of White-bread ℥ j ss. juice of Sorrel, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XVI. But be sure that the Diet be good; that the Blood be cor­rected and amended; that the Sick abstains from all salt, acid, smoaky, dryed, thick, viscous, and clammy Meats; and that Frictions be used every morning, with course Cloths; the Part being first anointed with Oil of bitter Almonds.

XVII. But if none of these things will do, and you find the Humor still to flow out, and dry upon the Part; you must be forced to have recourse to Vesi­catories; which being once, twice, or thrice repeated, upon the very place affected, will very much diminish the Humor, without the least hurt to the Skin: and sometimes by this means alone the Affect is cured.

XVIII. But to compleat the Cure, and put it past the danger of a relapse; let the Parts affected be twice a day, or oftner, bathed with the Water of the Griffin; or with the Aqua Divina Fer­nelii; or with Our Aqua Sty­ptica, which does wonders.

XIX. And at night going to bed, anoint with Oleum, vel Ʋng. Cosmeticum; and where need requires, lay all over the Ce­ratum Spermatis Ceti, or the Emplastrum Mercuriale, which perfects the work, without exception.

CHAP. XX. Of PROFOƲND MORPHEW.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Leuca, & Vitiligo; and in English, the Deep, Creeping, or Profound Morphew: and this is the Albaras alba of the Arabians; being a conti­nued Blot, piercing the Skin and Flesh.

II. It is a Disease changing both the colour and substance, not only of the Skin, but of the Flesh also.

III. The Signs. It is known by the Hairs falling off, and others growing in their places like down: the Skin is flatter than in other places, and if prickt with a Pin, a watery and white Liquor comes forth.

IV. And Galen, de Sympt. Caus. lib. 3. cap. 2. saith, that the Flesh indeed as yet remains; but notwithstanding its form is changed, and it becomes in a certain mean, between Flesh that has Blood in it, and Flesh that is altogether Bloodless: and then the Nutriment that is brought unto it, never so much as at­tempts the converting it into red bloody Flesh; but rather into a Flesh like that of Lob­sters. But yet notwithstanding (says he) that the whole Flesh under is not vitiated, but only in the superficies of the Body; where there are as it were, certain Scales sticking close, and fixed.

V. It is caused of a Phlegma­tick Blood, making the Flesh of a middle nature, between those Animals which have Blood, and them that are Bloodless; making it almost like to the Flesh of Oisters, and Lobsters.

VI. The Prognosticks. It is without danger, but a very filthy and loathsom Affect: if it be but small, and has some redness in it, it is curable: if it be in the Hand or Foot, it is of difficult cure.

VII. If it wax not red when it is rubbed, and being pricked does not bleed; or seizes upon, and possesses a large and spacious place; or is of long continuance; or perpetually in­creases; i [...] it is incurable.

VIII. The Cure consists, first in wasting and consuming the Humors; thereby to hinder their afflux to the Skin, and to pre­vent the generating of new matter.

IX. Open the Pores, with the juices of Hysop, Peni­royal, Savory, Scabious, Sharp-pointed-dock, Pellitory, Brook-lime, Water-cresses or Scurvy-grass, mixed with juice of Limons.

X. Then purge with Agarick, Mechoacan, Turbith, Colocynthis, and the like: sometimes use Vomits, and sometimes Diu­reticks.

XI. Then administer Antidotes; as Tincture of Antimony, Our Theriaca Chymica, or Our London-Treacle, or Powers of Sassa­fras, or Savin, to waste and consume the cold and crude Humors.

XII. After this, come to To­picks: where first let the place be well rubbed with course, rough Cloths, to open the Pores; then apply such things as may dis­cuss, cleanse, and draw Blood to the part affected: seen is Dropax confortans, (in Our Pharm. Lond. lib. 5. cap. 5. sect. 15.) and things that blister, and are as it were Causticks.

XIII. Such things are Mu­stard-seed, Rocket-seed, Treacle-mustard-seed, Nitre, Euphor­bium, Cantharides, Water-dragon-root, and the like.

XIV. These cleanse: as meal of Orobus and Lupins, Gentian, Beans, Figs, bitter Almonds, Nightshade, Sulphur, Parietary, Wild-cucumber-root, Briony-root.

XV. You may apply Vesicato­ries; so long, till the Blisters are excited: afterwards, the Part being healed, you may for some considerable time apply a Cataplasm made of Celandine-leaves alone, bruised, and so constantly applied morning and night: or it may be made into a Cataplasm, with Castil-Soap and Mustard-seed.

XVI. In doing all this, you must be constant in the exhibition of Sudorificks, that the Blood may be stirred up, and sent to the external parts; and withal, that those things be mixed with such other Medicaments as have a specifick virtue against the Disease, as Pouder and Salt of Vipers; to which add the Powers of Vipers, and Spiritus Nitratus, which resist the first Cause; and by mixing with the Blood, dissolve the cold and coagulated Phlegm, in what part of the Body soever they find it.

XVII. But, this Disease being one of the kinds, or rather the lowest species of Lepra, [Page 381] we shall say no more of it in this place; but rather refer you to the Cure of the Leprosy: for as much, as if it proves rebellious; the Cure must be pursued wholly in that method.

CHAP. XXI. Of the BLACK SCAB.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Malum mortuum; in English, the Black Scab, or, Dead Evil.

II. It is a certain kind of Scab; so called, because the Part appears black, and as it were mortified.

III. Or, It is a kind of Sca­bies, which therewith gives a livid or black colour, with crusty Pustles; which are black, foul, dry, without any matter, sense, or any great pain; and that chiefly in the Hips, Legs, and other fleshy parts.

IV. The Cause. It is generally caused from a total stoppage of the Pores of the Part affected, so that the least part of the Humor cannot perspire; which then putrifies, corrupts, and becomes black, and as it were dead.

V. And this comes many times from a continual lying upon the Part for many days; whereby the Natural Spirits being suffocated, the Skin and Flesh seems to be deprived of life, and so indeed they are: for the Skin first dies, becomes black, and as hard as the sole of a shooe; and after that, the Flesh also dies: and all this without any extra­ordinary sense of Pain.

VI. I once saw a young Man, affected with this Disease upon both his Buttocks: he was first taken with a Fever, which in some reasonable time went off; but left him so weak, that he could not turn himself in his bed, but lay constantly upon his back, for twenty days or more; having only a poor little weak Girl to look after him.

VII. At length, a pious and industrious Matron hearing of his condition, went to see him, and causing him to be turned upon his Belly, found all his Buttocks black, full of little hard Pustles, and the Skin so hard, that she could not easily cut it with a Knife: she first cut it round by the edge of the blackness, and so took off the Skin, with some of the mortified Flesh sticking to it: this work she did, with­out the Patient so much as feeling of it.

VIII. This done, and finding she was not yet come to the quick, or sensible parts, she yet cut off more of the Flesh from both the Buttocks with a sharp [Page 382] Knife, taking it off to the quick near the edges, but not in the middle.

IX. This done, she washt the Wound with fresh Ʋrine, mixt with good Brandy, and immediately after applied a large Cataplasm, made of green Tobacco-leaves, shred and beaten up with Oil and Turpentine; with this she drest it twice a day, till such time as Nature casts off all the remaining dead Flesh, (which was some pounds weight) and the part seemed very fresh and clear.

X. After this she drest it daily with Ointment made of green Tobacco, being boiled in Oil, strongly prest out, and mixt with a third part of Turpentine: and with this only Remedy she incarnated the Ulcer, and heal'd it in about five weeks time; to the wonder of several Learned Men, who were spectators of the Cure.

XI. And during the whole time of the Cure, she supported his Spirits with a strong Be­zoartick Cordial, and a good strengthning Diet: so that in a few weeks after, the Patient became perfectly well, and grew to be as strong as ever.

XII. It hath its original, from a Melancholy and Scorbutick juice; being a Disease of long conti­nuance, and very difficult to be cured.

XIII. It is cured as other Scabbiness, at Chap. 27. follow­ing, of this Book; adding also Scorbutick Medicaments.

XIV. Let the Sick often use those Baths, or such like, specified in the place afore-cited: and while he is in the Bath, give him a little of the Powers of Angelica, mixed with Venice-Treacle: afterwards let the place be anointed with some proper Balsam or Ointment; as Aegy­ptiacum, Nicotianae, or the like.

XV. Every fourth or fifth day, be sure to purge with the Infu­sion of the best Sena: and if the Disease be yet rebellious, you must have recourse to Our Hercules, (designed for the rooting out of the French Disease) as the ultimate Re­medy.

CHAP. XXII. Of PIMPLES.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vari; in English, Pimples.

II. The Description. They are little hard Extuberances on the skin of the Face, made of a coagu­lated thick Juice; being about the bigness of Hemp-seed, and sometimes longer, of a reddish colour, and hard in the Flesh; and infesting young People who are inclined to [Page 383] Venery, but yet chast withal.

III. The Causes. These Tuber­cles are caused from a thick Juice; made partly of Blood, partly of Lympha, and partly of Choler; gathered together in the Cutis, and sent forth into the Cuticula.

IV. And by reason it is want­ing in salt Serum, it is altoge­ther without itching, so that there is no need of any scratching: and the Humor causing them, is said by some Authors to be for the most part Alimentary, insinuating it self into the Pores of the Skin: but for my part, I cannot but believe it to be mostly Excrementitious, mixt with Choleric Blood.

V. The Prognosticks. They are without danger, only troublesom, causing a little deformity: and therefore Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 6. says, it is a meer folly to attempt the curing of them.

VI. If they have been of long standing, with great redness, and deep in the Flesh, they will be difficult to cure, if not impossible; and if by strong Medicines they should be re­moved, yet will the redness remain, and increase.

VII. If the Humor causing them be thick and gross, they will be firm and stable; if the Humor be thin or excrementitious, they will yield a kind of ichor or thin matter; and if they be sup­purated, they degenerate into Ulcers.

VIII. They are cured with diffi­culty, if there be a deep red­ness in the Face, with Pustles; especially if there be withal a bloat Face, and hoarsness of Voice.

IX. The Cure. In order to the Cure, use the general Evacuations; or an Infusion of Sena in Wa­ter, sharpned with Sal Tartari.

X. Then outwardly, Oils of Vitriol, Sulphur, or Tartar touched upon the places in the evening, and washed off the next morning with Decoction of Bean-meal, or Wheat-bran, are much commended.

XI. Emollients and Discussives are of good use here: as, ℞ Meal of Lupins and Orobus, a. ℥ j ss. roots of Mallows peeled, and Flowerdeluce, a. ʒ ij. Salt Armoniack ʒ j. with Mucilage of Gum Tragacanth make Troches, which at the time of using may be dissolved in Milk.

XII. Or, ℞ Litharge ʒ iij. Turpentine ʒ iv. Oil, q.s. mix them.

XIII. If they be harder than ordinary,Black Soap ℥ ss. Ammoniacum, Frankincense, a. ʒ j ss. dissolve in Water, to the thickness of a Cerate.

XIV. Or, ℞ Juice of Sharp-pointed-dock ℥ ij. Vinegar of Squills ℥ ss. Ammoniacum dis­solved in Vinegar ʒ ij. Borax ʒ j ss. Alum ʒ ss. mix them.

XV. Some have been cured by fomenting the Face with warm Water, to open the Pores; and then anointing with Oil of Co­loquintida, or Ʋnguentum Cosme­ticum.

XVI. Others have been cured by often washing the Face with Lac Virgineum, and repeating the Wash five or six times a day; letting it dry in every time, [Page 384] and continuing the use thereof for six, eight, or ten weeks, more or less; according to the stubbornness, or easiness of the Distemper.

XVII. Others have been cured by application of a Cataplasm of Purslain-leaves, laid on every night: washing the Face the next day with the Lac Virgineum, four, five, or six times in the day-time; letting it dry in.

XVIII. Others have cured by application of a Cataplasm of the greater Housleek; or of the green leaves leaf by leaf laid on, taking off the skin of that side which you lay next the Face: and so binding them to at night going to bed, anointing the Face the next day with Oleum Refrigerans; and after five or six hours washing it with this: ℞ Running-water lbj. juice of Limons ℥ viij. mix them.

XIX. Lastly, some have been cured by application of a Vesicatory, all over the place where the Affect is; and when healed up, repeating it again if need requires; then an­ointing with this: ℞ Oil of Ben, Mutton-suet, a. ℥ vj. melt them together; and add thereto Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ j. flowers of Sulphur ℥ v. artificial Cinnabar ℥ ss. mix them.

CHAP. XXIII. Of GALLING.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, In­tertrigo; and in English, Galling.

II. The Cause. It is caused in Infants many times from the acrimony of the Ʋrine; or the Linen lying rough, or in heaps, and rubbing hard upon the Scarf-skin, &c.

III. In Women it is many times caused from overflowing of the Whites; or a preternatural Hu­mor, hot and sharp, continually distilling from the Womb: and if it be in their Arm-holes or Groins, it is from a superfluous and sharp Moisture, with which the Glandules of those Parts are repleat.

IV. And in Men of ripe years, and also in Women, it many times happens in the Seat, or between the Thighs, tho' the Patient sits still, and stirs not: and this is not caused from any external Matter or Urine, or violent Exercise, as much going, riding, &c. or rubbing any hard thing against the Part affected; but purely from the repletion of the Parts with many salt and acrid Humors; so sharp, as even to dissolve the Scarf-skin in some few hours [Page 385] time: tho' the Patient is as quiet, still, and reposed, as may be.

V. The Signs. It is known by sight and feeling; the Cuticula or Scarf-skin being worn, rubbed, or fretted off by some accident; or scalded by hot and dripping Urine, or Whites, or dissolved by acrid Humors as aforesaid; the Part is raw, and the Patient has sharp pains.

VI. The Prognosticks. It is without danger, and for the most part easily cured: if it has been (in elder persons) of many years standing; that is, con­stantly to return at periodical times, for a long while, it will be much more difficult to be cured; and if cured, (unless done with caution) it may hazard the causing some worse Disease.

VII. The Cure. If it proceeds from a Diabetes, or a constant distilling down of sharp Ʋrine; you must first stop the preter­natural flux of Urine by Our Pulvis ad Diabeten; and cool the heat thereof, by giving some few Doses of Sal Prunellae; applying in the mean season Topicks.

VIII. If it proceeds from a long and constant course of the Whites, or other sharp Humors distilling from the Womb; you can no ways cure it, but by curing those Whites, or that preter­natural running; the method of doing which, see in its place.

IX. If it be from the repletion of any Part with superfluous and acrid Humors, and it has been periodical for any considerable time; you must first evacuate the Body with Pilulae Catharticae, Tinctura Purgans, or an Infusion of Sena and Rhubarb, or with the Pulvis Cornachini, which is an excellent thing.

X. If the Stomach be foul, it ought to be cleansed once or twice by Vomiting: and once a week, for two months together, the Patient ought to take a Purge; and in the intervals of purging, to take such things as shall cool and sweeten the Blood, Lympha, and other Humors.

XI. These things being said, we must now consider what Topical-Applications are necessary. Children ought to be kept dry and sweet, and their Linen often changed.

XII. The Parts galled ought to be first well washed and cleansed with Water, and indeed fair Water will do; or Water in which a little Saccharum Saturni, or Alum has been dissolved. ℞ Fair Water lbij. Saccha [...] Saturni, or Alum, ʒ ij. mix, and dissolve.

XIII. The Affect being thus well washed, strew over the Part Pompholyx in fine pouder, or Ceruss washed and levigated, or fine Bole, in very fine pouder.

XIV. But that which is inferior to no other, is Amylum, or white Starch in soft pouder, which answers all the external in­tentions of Cure, and heals in twelve hours time. See the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medi­cinae, lib. 2. cap. 26.

CHAP. XXIV. Of the SHINGLES.

I. THIS Disease is called in Greek, [...], à [...], Serpo; in Latin, Her­pes simplex, Formica; in English, the Shingles.

II. The Description. Shingles, are little Cholerick-pustles, pure, and unmixt with other Humors; creeping upon the surface or skin of some part of the Body, from place to place, broad, and after a circular manner; the middle parts healing, while it breaks out farther afresh.

III. The Differences. A Her­pes is threefold: 1. Simple, of which we treat in this Chapter. 2. Miliaris, Ulcerous Pustles, breaking out like Millet-seed. 3. Exedens, the Eating-herpes; which eats thro', and devours the Skin, and sometimes the Flesh too: but of these two latter, we shall treat in the third Book following.

IV. The simple Herpes differs from Phlyctaenae, or blister-like Eruptions; because they are gene­rally Critical, and happen mostly in the Face, about the Cheeks, Lips, or Chin; and foreshew the mending of the Patient; and may very properly be called Critical-Shingles, or Shingles of the Lips: whereas what we speak of in this Chapter, are rather Symptomatical than Cri­tical, and always happen in other parts of the Body.

V. It differs also from Psydra­cia; which tho' they be bladder-like Pustles, yet they always happen in the Head: and by some are taken for one of the kinds of Scalds.

VI. The Signs. It seems to creep like unto a Snake; and no sooner does one part seem to be healed and well, but presently the Disease creeps unto the next adjacent parts.

VII. The Causes. Authors will have it to arise from sincere and pure Choler, severed and sepa­rated from the rest of the Humors; which by its thinness pierces even to the Scarf-skin, and is diffused thro' it; making this appearance in a small tu­mor, but less than in an Ery­sipelas.

VIII. Now this simple Herpes is manifest to the Senses; for it is a broad tumor, which has little or no height in it: so that the Part is scarcely lifted up at all, but may rather seem to be exasperated, than to swell up to any height.

IX. There is also accompanying it a certain kind of hardness and pain; and as it were a certain sense or feeling of Heat or Burning; purely occasioned from the Cholerick Humor.

X. The Prognosticks. The Disease is accounted more or less troublesom, difficult to be cured, [Page 387] and dangerous, accordingly as the Choler from which it arises, is more or less predominant and offensive: and some say, that if they encircle the whole Body, they are mortal.

XI. The Cure. The antecedent or remote Cause being yellow Cho­ler and a salt Humor, that is first to be purged out of the Body, by Cholagogues, as Rhubarb, Aloes, Sena, Manna, Coloquin­tida, and the like; Our Pilulae Catharticae are good in this case, as also an Infusion of Sena and Rheubarb, sweetned with Manna. Now unless the Body be well purged, Authors are of opinion that the Patient will never be cured, or made sound.

XII. If the Matter is extra­ordinary thin, (as it is generally in a simple Herpes) then Sudo­rificks ought to have their due administration: for which pur­pose, Our Specifick Anodyn is of good use, and Bezoar-mineral, given to ℈ j. in some proper Vehicle.

XIII. If Phlegm, or serous Humors be mixed with the Choler, then such things as purge Phlegm and Water must be mixt with the other Purgers; as Resin of Jalap, mixt with a third part of Mer­curius dulcis: and the Pills also of Bontius are excellent in this case.

XIV. Next, we are to come to the use of Topicks; where we are to use things which gently cool the Part affected: and these have respect to the conjoined Cause; for that they extinguish the extream and intense heat of Choler, and likewise repell and drive back moderately; such as are wont to be applied in an Erysipelas.

XV. The Part affected may be cooled, by anointing it with the Oil of Cream and Housleek; or with Ʋnguentum Populeon, or Oleum Refrigerans.

XVI. You may bathe them with a Lixivium of Beech-ashes; using after, either Our Ʋnguentum Album, or applying upon them a Cataplasm of Housleek, Pur­slain, or Garden-lettuce.

XVII. When they are broken, wash them often with Lime-water, and dry them with Saccharum Saturni dissolved in fair Water, or with Our Ʋn­guentum Album.

XVIII. If the Heat will permit, you must use Digestion and Discussion, by Bodies of a middle consistence: often to moisten them with ones Spit­tle is admirable; and to an­oint with Cats-blood, is said to be the certain Cure: nor much inferior thereto is, Bulls, or Bullocks Blood, Sheeps-blood, with the Blood of most other Animals.

XIX. The pouder of Lapis Scissilis, mixt with Vinegar, is used with good success: so also Ʋnguentum Populeon, mixt with Gunpowder.

XX. Lye made of Broom or Wood-ashes, mixt with Ʋrine, is commended: or Pouder of Chalk mixed with Cream, and applied; the Part being first fomented with hot red Wine, or Lees of the same: and if it is yet rebellious, the Part must then be anointed with Ʋnguentum Fuscum Wurtzii.

[...]
[...]
[...]
[...]
[...]
[...]
[...]
[...]

CHAP. XXV. Of WILD-FIRE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Phlyctaenae, Phluctides, Phlaza­cia, Ignis sylvestris; and in English, Blisters, or Wild-fire, or Shingles of the Lips.

II. They are litle Blisters raised in the skin of the Lips, Cheeks, or Chin, by the sharpness of Humors; and are commonly called Wild-fire.

III. The Cause. They are gene­rally produced Critically, after an Ague, or Fever, or taking some extraordinary Cold, upon the mending of the Patient: the Disease seeming to break up, and go away by that means.

IV. And they arise from a serous and bilious Humor, which Nature sends forth to the Skin by way of Crisis, or some ex­ternal Cause.

V. Signs. They are known, because they are Blisters like those that proceed from Scalding; and when they are broken, a yellowish Humor breaks forth.

VI. The Prognosticks. They endure not long, seldom above two or three days. They seldom hap­pen to old people, more com­monly to such as are young: if evilly cured, they sometimes degenerate into Herpes.

VII. The Cure. First evacuate the peccant Humor; then foment with a Decoction of Ducks-meat, Nightshade, or Purslain. Or apply an Epithem of strong Lye, made of Beech-ashes, beat up with Linseed-oil, and Oil of Walnuts, ana, which use often.

VIII. If they break not sud­denly of their own accord, thereby causing grievous pain, prick them with a Needle, squeeze them hard, and anoint them with Oil of Cream and Housleek, or Our Oleum Refrigerans, or Our Ʋn­guentum Album, till they are compleatly dried up.

An Appendix, concerning the Pustules of the Head.

IX. This Disease is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Psydracia; and in English, Pu­stules of the Head. We have placed this Disease here, because it seems to be a kind of Cri­tical Eruption like Phlyctaenae, the Part only differing.

X. Some will have this Dis­ease to be a species of a Scald-Head, (because this kind of Pustule, always when it appears, afflicts only the Head) and de­scribe them to be hard, whitish Pustules, which by pressing yield matter.

XI. Others, that they are little Swellings in the Head, like Pushes; or small Efflorescencies or Pustules, like unto Bladders; made and spread up and down upon the surface of the skin of the Head.

XII. The Cause. They proceed from a salt and nitrous Humor, mixed with Blood and Choler; and are one of the kinds of Scalds happening to the Head.

XIII. The Signs are evident, by the Definition; nor does this Disease threaten any danger at all.

XIV. The Cure. It is cured by these Applications, or such like: ℞ Litharge, Ceruss, a. ℥ ss. Alum, green leaves of Rue, a. ʒ ij. beat them well, and mix them with Vinegar and Oil; with which anoint.

XV. Or, ℞ Rue, Alum, ana; beat them well with Honey, and apply them to the Affect. Or you may foment the Part first with red Wine, and then anoint with Our Ʋnguentum Album; which is a thing of good use, and will in short time perfect the Cure.

CHAP. XXVI. Of WORMS in the SKIN.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vermiculi Cutis, Vermiculi Pellicei; in English, Worms of the Skin, or, Skin-Worms.

II. The Signs. They are known by sight, being small extuberances in the Skin; some as big as Millet-seed, some as great Pins-heads, and some as small Pins-heads; with sometimes a small black speck in the very middle or top of them, being otherwise of the colour of the Skin.

III. But if they exceed the for­mer bigness, then they have a kind of discoloured redness, lye deep in the Flesh; making a little kind of hard painful Tumor, if hard touched upon.

IV. The Place. They are found in many parts of the Body; but that which they chiefly offend is the Face, and in the Face they chiefly seat themselves in the Nose and Forehead, next on the Chin, and sometimes on the Cheeks also; and some you may see whose whole Face is defiled with them, and as full as they can well be, one by another.

V. The Causes. In some Wo­men they are caused from a preternatural obstruction of the Terms, or of the Hemorrhoids, in such where they used to flow; or a stoppage of the Whites, or other Fluxes of the Womb, before due cleansing.

VI. The procatartick or re­mote Cause, is many times from surfeiting, or eating vast quan­tities of Sugar, or of salt Pickles. I knew a young Lady of good features and proportion, who for a long time had eaten great quantities of fine Sugar; [Page 390] and thereby became so full of these Worms, especially in her Face, that thousands of them might have been seen thereon at once, some small, and some great, being deep in the Flesh, with hard tumors.

VII. I knew another young Woman, who being unsatiable in eating pickled Cucumbers, pickled Barberries, and the like, (some bushels of them in a years time, as her relations told me, for her own part) had a Face so full of them, that no more could well come between; so that some thousands might be seen upon her Forehead at once.

VIII. And another I saw, who had her Face in like manner defiled with this sort of Vermin; which came upon her gradually, after a Surfeit, which she took by eating Fish.

IX. The antecedent or internal Cause, is the corruption of the Humors or Juices, principally the Blood and Lympha; which being made salt and acid, send forth putrid recrements of that kind to the Skin, where being vivi­fied, they are turned into Worms.

X. The Prognosticks. There is nothing of danger in this Disease, but only deformity; which the curious, especially those of the female sex, are very de­sirous to remove.

XI. They are difficult to be removed, tho' recent, or not of long standing: and tho' they may be squeez'd out between ones finger and nails, yet they will return again, even as it were double.

XII. If they continue long, they cause great deformities; and sometimes the Face seems to be spotted up and down with them, as with clusters of Pim­ples.

XIII. As oft as they come out, they will go away again of their own accords, (without nipping out;) but sometimes it is a longer time, and sometimes it is shorter, according to the magnitude of the Worm; and then others come forth again in the places of the former, and rather multiplied in num­ber: thus continually dying and increasing again, as long as the Patient lives, unless removed by Art.

XIV. In some people naturally of good habits of Body, the ante­cedent Cause is (in length of time) lost, or goes away of its own accord; Nature having ex­pel'd the recrements of the Juices to the superficies of the Flesh and Skin, where it seats it self, and fixes; and so be­comes the proximate or con­joined Cause, where it does as it were seminate, and there becomes the perpetual cause of the Disease, and the very root of the Defilement.

XV. The Cure. Ʋniversals ought first to be premised, that the proegumenine or antecedent Cause; to wit, the evil Humors which breed the Worms may be carried off: and in Women, the Terms, if stopt, may be provoked, and the Hemorrhoids opened.

XVI. First, cleanse the Sto­mach [Page 391] with an Emetick, if need be; as with Oxymel Scilliticum, or Tartar-emetick: then cleanse all the first Passages with Tin­ctura purgans, Tinctura Antimonii purgans, Tinctura Cathartica, or Tinctura Sacra; or rather, if the Body is hot, with Sal Mi­rabile.

XVII. Or if the Patient can­not take liquids, you may purge them with Pulvis Cornachini, Elect. Catharticum, Our Family Pills, or Our Pilulae Catharticae; which will sufficiently carry off the Morbifick Cause.

XVIII. Secondly, after this Preparation you must come to the use of Topicks, which are consi­dered in a five-fold respect: as they are, 1. Washes. 2. Oils, 3. Ointments. 4. Cataplasms. 5. Cerates, or Emplasters.

XIX. 1. Washes. The Lac Virgineum, constantly used for some considerable while in the day­time, has done the work in several persons, whose Faces have lookt like Leopards-hides, they have been so spotted with these Worms; and some have an­ointed at night with Oil of Colocynthis.

XX. If this do no good, you must often wash with a Lixivium made of Pot-ashes, not too strong: or the Spiritus Ʋniversalis, with flowers of Sulphur, so long till the Skin peels off; or with juice of Limons, in which flowers of Sulphur have been infused.

XXI. If these things prevail not, you must come to the use of stronger; as a Solution of white Vitriol in fair Water, often to be washt with: or this, ℞ Spi­rit of Wine ℥ viij. Spirit of Nitre ℥ j. mix and digest: with which gently wash the Skin with a Feather.

XXII. If these things prevail not, you must wash with the Water of the Griffin, which is an excellent thing; or with the Aquae Divina Fernelii; or the weakest Aqua Mercurialis, which will do as much as can be done by any thing of a Wash. But before any of these Externals are ap­plied, the Pores of the Skin ought to be first opened with a hot Fomentation of Water and Wheat-bran.

XXIII. 2. Oils. Oils, and so also Ointments, ought to be only used at night going to bed, because of their greasiness; unless the Dis­ease be very great, and extreamly stubborn: the Oils most for this purpose are, 1. Oleum Diacolocyn­thidos, which is a thing of sin­gular use: but if this will not do, you must use 2. Oleum Cosmeticum, which is the most powerful Oil yet known, for this purpose.

XXIV. 3. Ointments. Among Ointments there are, 1. Ʋnguen­tum Nicotianae: if that does no­thing, 2. Ʋnguentum Wurtzii may be applied: 3. Ʋnguentum Cosmeticum, a very powerful Medicament: 4. Ʋnguentum ad Scabiem: 5. Ʋnguentum Mercu­riale, which is the most power-of all, and must be used with much caution.

XXV. 4. Cataplasms. ℞ Oil of Ben and Sheeps-suet, a. ℥ vj. melt and mix them together; to which add Honey ℥ iv. flowers [Page 392] of Sulphur ℥ iij. sowr Leaven, crumbs of Bread, a. ℥ ij. white Precipitate ℥j. Cream q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm; to be applied night and day, if need require.

XXVI. 5. Cerates and Em­plasters. If after long trials, it is found, that none of the former things will do, we must be necessitated at length to come to the last Remedy, which is the application of Vesicatories: for by this means, the Cuticula in which these Worms are seated, is taken off; which when it is taken off, being held edgwise against the light, so as to look over the plain of that side the Skin which was next the Flesh; you will see hundreds of them at their whole length, sticking endways upon the Skin, viz. according to the number which was in the Cuticula.

XXVII. But if they be not all come forth so far as the Cuticula, but that some of them yet lodge in the Cutis; you must again (when the last Application is over, and the Skin well) apply another Vesicatory in like man­ner; which at due intervals of time is to be twice, thrice, or oftner repeated, as you see occasion, till they are all drawn forth, and the conjunct Cause or Matter totally wasted.

XXVIII. I have done this to several Faces in this City, re­peating the Vesicatory to the third and fourth time; and that with­out the least prejudice to the Skin: and so by this means have perfectly cured my Patient, which otherwise by no artifice, could have been accomplished: and I believe there are no fairer Faces, or purer Skins to be seen in the whole City of London, than some that I have cured.

XXIX. If it be objected, that it draws a Humor into the Part; the Objection smells of pure Igno­rance, for manifold Experiences have evinced the contrary: be­sides, it is against the Reason of the Operation; for a Vesi­catory by its speedy and strong operation disjoints the Humor, or cuts it off, and draws it forth; and not after the man­ner of Attractives, which draw Humors into a Part.

XXX. The Vesicatory I ap­plied was Emplastrum Epispa­sticum; which I let lye on about twelve or fourteen hours, then taking it off, I only cut the Blister, and let the Water out, not taking off the Skin; and then apply over the Blister either Emplastrum de Meliloto, or the smooth side of Colewort-leaves; in one or two Appli­cations the whole Skin comes off, with the Worms sticking endways upon it.

XXXI. And being healed, I keep it washing with some of the former Washes, especially with the Water of the Gryffin: or I anoint it with some of the former Oils or Ointments: or I apply this; ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ viij. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ j. flowers of Sulphur ℥ iij. artifi­cial Cinnabar purely levigated ℥ j. white Precipitate ℥ ss. mix them, to anoint withal.

XXXII. But if, as I said be­fore, it appears that the Worms are not all out, but that some [Page 393] which lay deep in the Cutis, are now come into the Cuticula; you must have recourse again to the Epispastick, and that sometimes to the third or fourth time, before you can master them, which is the true course I have pursued in several I have cured.

XXXIII. Lastly, having done with the Vesicatories, and for some time having pursued the course at Sect. 31. aforegoing, that the whole conjunct Cause may be perfectly destroyed, (which in part brings the Skin to its colour again,) I then to perfect the Comple­xion, apply every night, 1. Em­plastrum Mercuriale, for twenty or thirty days; which perfectly restores the Skin to its com­plexion and softness: and after that, either, 2. Ceratum Album' or Emplastrum Album; which make the Skin absolutely white and pure, and perform the ultimate part of the Cure.

XXXIV. Thus have we given you the Names, Signs, Causes, Procatartick and Proegumenine; with the various Methods of Cure, of Worms breeding in the Skin of the Face; never to my knowledge written of before by any other Author, in any Lan­guage whatsoever: being the very Method I my self have practised and pursued, in all the Patients I have undertaken (which are not a few) who were afflicted with this stubborn, rebellious, and almost unconquerable Dis­ease.

IV. Defilements, or Vices Of SKIN and FLESH.

CHAP. XXVII. Of SCABBINESS.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Psoora, Scabies; and in English, the Scab, or Scabbiness.

II. The Description. It may be known by sight, there being not only present some defilement and [Page 394] deformity of the Cuticula, but also a distemper even of the very Skin, together with a swelling and exulceration; from whence it is that the Actions of the Skin are also hurt.

III. It generally succeeds the Itch, or a vehement Surfeit; especially if it be in an ex­ceeding Scorbutick habit of Body; those Diseases being as it were the Praeludia or Fore­runners of Psoora or Scabbiness.

IV. But in a Scabies, the top, or utmost part of the Cutis is affected; and Galen upon the Aphorisms, sect. 4. aphor. 17. saith, that there is a falling off of the Skin, (to wit, in patches, or pieces, where the Scabbiness is;) so that he will have it to have some resemblance with the casting off the Skins of Serpents.

V. The Differences. It differs from the Itch, because in that there is only a roughness of the Skin, with watery Pustules break­ing forth; in which there is no­thing which falls off, notwith­standing the scratching: whereas in Psoora or Scabies, there is not only a roughness of the Skin, but a Distemper, with swelling, breaking-out, and a dry Scab, and sometimes run­ning; from which by scratch­ing, the Scabs or Scabby-matter is easily separated, and with the same, an ichorous matter, and filthy purulent excrements.

VI. The Kinds. It is either a dry Scabbiness, or moist, running with pus, or matter: it is also again, either recent or inve­terate; and it is also either in some parts only, or over the whole Body.

VII. The Causes. Galen, in his book of Tumors, cap. 1, & 3. says it proceeds from Melancholy, or adust matter; and upon the Aphorisms, sect. 7. aph. 40. that Cancers, Elephantiases, Lepra's, and Psoora's, are all of them Melancholy Affects.

VIII. But Avicen, in his fourth Tome, lib. 7. tract. 3. cap. 6. saith, that the Cause of a Scabies is the Blood, with which Choler is mixed, and that, with salt Phlegm, converted into Melan­choly.

IX. Other Physicians say, that in Psoora or Scabies, the Humor is not always one; but that in every Scabies there is some mixture of adust Choler and Melancholy, or of Humors hot and dry: but it is in the dry Scabies, that Galen makes the Melancholy Humor to abound.

X. However, since the Scabies is generally an universal Affect of the whole Body, it must mostly proceed from Blood and Lympha; or the Blood and Lympha de­filed with excrementitious Hu­mors, not sufficiently separated and expelled the right ways; to wit, by Urine, Stool, Sweat, Menses, Hemorrhoids, &c.

XI. So that the Sanguineous and Lymphatick juices, must of necessity be corrupted with sharp and biting Humors, mixt with salt Phlegm and adust Choler, which are Humors most apt and fit to produce Psoora, or Scabies.

XII. For these Humors being thick and hot, they excite a hot [Page 395] and dry Distemper, causing an itching, swelling, and exulce­ration.

XIII. The procatartick, or re­mote Cause, is partly from Diet, viz. eating Meats of evil juice, yielding an unwholesom and cor­rupt nourishment; such as are salt, sharp, and easily cor­rupted: and hence it is, that the poorer sort of people, who live upon such unwhole­som and corrupt Food, are most frequently infected with a Scabies, or Scabbiness; as also young people and children, who are careless and heedless of their Diet.

XIV. For from these bad and evil Meats, salt and sharp Humors are easily bred, espe­cially in a hot habit of Body; whereupon the Blood and Lympha contract great store of Excrements, which being re­tained, and let fall into the outward parts of the Body, are are there corrupted, and so get an acrimonious qua­lity.

XV. Another procatartick cause is, want of cleanliness, or nasti­ness of the Body, not keeping it sweet and clean, and with clean Linen and Cloathing, as it ought to be: for the filthiness of the Skin being not duly washed off, or the Garments not changed often enough, the filth and impurities stick in the super­ficies of the Skin, and obstruct the Pores; so that there is not a free passage for the recre­ments of the Blood and Lym­pha; which being retained, corrupt the Juices of the Body, and give them a kind of acrimony.

XVI. Poison (where it is not so great as to kill) is accounted another cause of a Scabies; and Contagion (which Galen ac­knowledges) is reckoned up among the principal Causes: for in the superficies of the Skin, in those that are scabby, there is a cer­tain viscous and clammy moi­sture, which is contagious; which being either by touching, or by the Linen, Sheets, or Apparel, or some other means, commu­nicated to other Bodies unin­fected, corrupts their Humors in the like manner, and pro­duces the like Affect; more especially in such habits, as are predisposed to a Scabies.

XVII. But of the two kinds of Scabies, dry and moist, the moist Scabies is the most conta­gious; in regard that it yields more of that viscid and clammy matter.

XVIII. The Signs. The dry Scabies, which is said to proceed from a black and Melancholy Humor chiefly, with a mixture of other Humors; either sends forth nothing at all which is moist out of the parts affected; or if any thing does issue out, it is thick and dry; and the Ulcers them­selves, or places upon which the Scabs lay, are wan and pale, and sometimes black.

XIX. In the moist Scabies, there abounds a salt Phlegm, out of which there plentifully flows forth much moist filth and cor­ruption; which is either icho­rous, thin, subtil, and sharp; or rotten, filthy, and purulent: [Page 396] being of a thicker and more di­gested substance.

XX. The Prognosticks. Tho this Scabies is many times with­out danger, but only causes defor­mity, yet always it is not secure and safe, and of the several species or kinds; the dry is more difficult to be cured than the moist.

XXI. And therefore of what sort soever it be, the cure ought not to be neglected (even for the ve­ry deformity sake, were there no other cause) but withal possi­ble hast and care to be pursued, and the Disease removed.

XXII. If it has its Original from the Birth, being a contami­nation from the impurities of the Mothers Womb, as being begot in the time of the flowing of the terms, or the Seeds being defiled with impure Whites, or other sharp humors of the Womb, it is rarely or never cured, but most­ly accompanies the Patient to their Lives end.

XXIII. But a Quaery may here arise; that tho' none of the ordi­nary methods hitherto attempted in a Scabies from such a maternal Pollution, has prevailed or done a­ny good; whether a Salivation in this case might not be so powerful as to remove the Evil, and cure the Disease, since it draws off the whole mass of the old and defiled Lympha, and introduces that which is new and pure.

XXIV. If a Scabies comes not by contagion or contract, but from internal causes of the Humors; then it is for the most part criti­cal, and proceeds from the vitious property of some of the Bowels, in which corrupt Humors being generated, they are by nature protruded to the outward parts, or surface of the Skin. Now if Nature be not always able to do this, or if by Repercussives or o­ther improper Medicaments, the morbifick Matter is kept in, it will have recourse to other places, and breed other more dangerous Diseases.

XXV. Sometimes it begets Quartans, and other Agues: some­times continual Fevers; Some­times Asthmas, and vehement Coughs, with spitting of Blood; sometimes inordinate Fevers, and many times a Phthisis, or Con­sumption of the Lungs.

XXVI. Authors give Examples of all these Diseases breaking forth, after the removing of an inveterate or habitual Scabies; and that up­on forcing out the Humour a­gain, the Patient has been freed from those other new Diseases.

XXVII. Sennertus tells us of a certain Student who had been affected with a Scabies, who up­on the drying up, or keeping the Humour in, became presently blind, and continued so for some few days, together with an extra­ordinary streightness of Brest, difficulty of Breathing, and black Urine: And these continued with him, till the adust Hu­mor was evacuted with proper Purges, and he had took Fumi­tory and the like, after which, in about four days time more, he recovered his sight again.

XXVIII. The same party (some time after) being again afflicted with the same Disease (and keep­ing [Page 397] the Humor in like manner in, by improper Medicines I suppose) did not loose his sight as for­merly, but the Falling-sickness fell upon him; out of which, he was also recovered again by fit and proper Medica­ments.

XXIX. The same Sennertus says also, That he knew a Youth of 14 years old, who having a Scabies, which not being removed according to Art, but with impro­per Ointments, lost his sight, and made black Urine, and at length was seized with the Falling-sickness, of which (the Fits being vehement and very frequent) in the end thereof he died.

XXX. And some from this un­skilful taking away of a Scabies, (without first removing the Caco­chymy, and purging away the re­crements of the Humors, by proper Purgers, and other internal Me­dicaments) by application of repercussives, and other impro­per externals, have been seiz­ed with vehement Stitches in the sides, shootings in the Brest, Cachexies, Pleurifies, and other like dangerous Diseases.

XXXI. These same Observati­ons are also to be noted in the A­chores, or Scald-head (which is indeed a species of Psoora, or Scabies,) of which Disease Hip­pocrates in his Book of the E­pilepsies, saith, Those Infants (saith he) who have Scabs breaking forth upon their Heads and Ears, and upon the rest of their Body, and such as spit often, or abound with shot or snivel at Nose, these in the pro­gress of their Age live most in Health: for to these places flow, and from those parts is purged forth that Flegm, which ought to have been purged away in the Mothers Womb; and these Infants who are thus purged, are never seiz­ed with the Falling-sickness.

XXXII. Whereas, if upon the unskilful application of repelling Medicines, these Achores, or scald-heads, are healed, those Infants or Children, many times fall into Fevers, Obstructions of the Lungs, Coughs, Asthmas, Epi­lepsies, Convulsions, &c. the vitious Humour retiring, and falling upon the internal, and many times the more noble parts, causing in a short time (for the most part) their deaths.

XXXIII. The Cure. The true method of curing this Disease is, 1. By administration of proper internal Medicaments, 2. By the application of proper To­picks.

XXXIV. The Internal Medi­cines fit for this purpose, are, 1. Purging Medicaments, as Emeticks and Catharticks. 2. Proper Diets, which may alter the habit of the Body, cool the preternatural heat and sweeten the Juyces thereof, by absorbing the acrimony, salt­ness and acidity of the Hu­mours.

XXXV. Purging. If the Sto­mach is foul, it ought first to be cleansed with some proper Eme­tick, as infusion of Crocus Me­tallorum, Vinum Antimoniale, Tar­tar Emeticum, and in weaker Constitutions with Oxymel Scil­liticum, any or either of them, two or three times repeated.

XXXVI. The Stomach being cleansed, the Bowels ought then [Page 398] to be emptied with proper Ca­tharticks. As with Electuarium Catharticum, or the Pulvis Cor­nachini; the Pulvis Catharticus is an extraordinary thing; and in strong Constitutions you may give the Pulvis Rheumaticus.

XXXVII. If the Terms are stopt, they ought to be provoked with powerful Emmenogogicks; and if the Hemmorrhoids are stopt, where they have been used to flow, they ought to be open­ed; for Nature will by these ways expel much of the vitious Blood and Humours.

XXXVIII. ℞ Decoction of Se­na ℥ix. Syrups of Fumitory of Epithymum and of Cichory, a. ℥ij. mix them for two Doses. Or,

XXXIX. ℞ Clarified juyce of Fumitory ℥viij. Sena ʒij. Rhubarb sliced ʒj. infuse for some hours warm, or boil a walm or two and strain, which sweeten with Syrup of Fumitory or Syrup of Cichory, for two Doses.

XL. ℞ Sena ℥j. Agarick, Rhubarb thin sliced, a. ℥ss. Spicknard ʒij. Aniseeds, Liquorice a. ʒj. Ginger ℥ss. Juices of Fu­mitory and Scabious a. lbjss. mix and infuse scalding hot for two hours close covered, then boil two or three walms, and strain out, which sweeten with Syrup of Damask Roses, for six doses, to be taken every day, in an inveterate Sca­bies.

XLI. To such as cannot take Liquid Purges, you may give Pills, as our Family Pills, ad ʒss. or Pilulae Catharticae, which are to be five or six time repeated at due intervals of time: Or,

XLII. Purge with Panchyma­gogon Vegetable, mingled with Mercurius dulcis, or Arcanum Corallinum; and let them drink Whey clarified with Fumitory. Or, with Confectio Hamech ʒiij. mixt with Elect. of Roses of Mesue ʒjss.

XLIII. Or, After other Prepa­rations and Purgations, give this: ℞ Clarified Juices of Fu­mitory and Cichory, a. ℥iij. infuse therein for one night, Roots of black Hellebor ʒjss. Aniseeds and Carraways, Winters Cinnamon, a. ℈j. Cloves ℈ss. strain out by pres­sing, and sweeten with Syrupus Catharticus ʒvj.

XLIV. But that which is more especially to be administred as a Specifick, is the Whey of Goats Milk, to which must be added, Syrupus Catharticus ab ℥j. ad iij.

XLV. When the Body has been thus sufficiently Purged, then pro­voke Sweat, with our Theriaca Chymica, mixed with ʒss. of the inspissate juice of Fumitory: Or, the said juice may be gi­ven with Spirit of Elder-Ber­ries: And if it be rebellious, you must exhibit decoction of Guajacum and Sassafras, in a sudorifick manner.

XLVI. This done, cleanse the Body, by often taking Spirit or Tincture of Tartar; cool and sweeten the Blood with ma­gistrey or Tincture of Corals or Pearl.

XLVII. Or, Provoke Sweat with Spirit of Danewort, Gua­jacum, Antimonium Diaphoreti­cum, &c.

XLVIII. And then outwardly anointing either with Mercurial [Page 399] Ointments, or the ablution of ☿ dulcis in Lime-water, &c. with Pomatum, the Cure will be perfected.

XLIX. If it be the moist Scab, it is more easily cured than the dry Scab: first, by Evacuation with Epithymum, Polypody, Sena, whey of Goats-milk, and juices of Roses and Fumitory: secondly, by provoking Sweat, by Sect. 45, 46, 47. or thus: ℞ Spirit of Danewort ℥ ss. Fumitory-Water ℥ ij ss. mix them.

L. Thirdly, by Baths of sweet Water, Sulphur-baths, and Baths with Vinegar, with the middle-Bark of Frangula. With these Baths and Whey alone, (saith Sennertus) even the most contu­macious Scabies is often cured.

LI. Examples of these Mineral-Baths, Sennertus has many, of which take these: ℞ Alum ℥j ss. Sulphur ℥ ij. Nitre ℥ j. Salt an handful: all being in pouder, cast it into a Kettle full of Water warmed.

LII. Or, ℞ Salt lbss. Alum ℥ iij. Vitriol ℥ iv. Tartar, Nitre, a. ℥ ij. being in a pouder, cast them into a Bath of Water. In these Baths you may before­hand boil Camomil, Fennel, Fea­therfew, Savory, Tyme, Mallows, Fumitory, Scabious, Mugwort, Beet, roots of Sharp-pointed-dock, Elecampane, Briony: after these are boiled, and the Minerals put in, add meal of Lupins, Orobus, and Beans, Wheat-bran, &c.

LIII. Outwardly, we commend anointing with these Ʋnguents; viz. Enulatum, ex Oxylapatho, Valentia Scabiosae: but if the Humor be confirmed and setled, you must use stronger; as, Ʋn­guentum Enulatum cum Mercu­rio, (in Our Pharmac. Londinens­lib. 5. cap. 4. sect. 14.) or Our Oleum Cosmeticum, Ʋnguen­tum Mercuriale, Ʋng. Nicotianae, Ʋng. Cosmeticum, or Ʋng. ad Scabiem.

LIV. Or this, ℞ Flowers of Sulphur ℥ ss. Nitre ʒ ij. juice of Limons ʒ iij. Oil of Roses and Nuts, of each ℥ j. mix them. Or this, ℞ Rooots of Elecampane, Dock, a. ℥ j. boil them in Vin­egar, and pulp them; to which add, Sulphur vive ʒ j. Salt ʒ ss. juice of Limons ʒ vj. White Ʋn­guent of Rhasis, Citrine Ʋnguent, a. ℥ ss. Oil of Roses and Oil of Tartar, A. enough to make an Ʋnguent, adding a little Wax.

LV. But by the leave of Sen­nertus, the Oil of Tartar will be inimical to the juice of Limons; Alcalies ought to be used by themselves, and Acids by them­selves.

LVI. He proposes this, as an experienced Remedy:Roots of Sharp-pointed-dock and of Ele­campane, (both green) lbss. Hogs-grease ℥ iij. bruise them well in a Mortar, and boil them a little over a gentle fire; then press them hard out, and make an Ointment.

LVII. If it be the dry Scab, wherein little or nothing is voided, it is cured with much greater difficulty, but after the manner of the former; wherein also you must use stronger Purges, as Sena, Confectio Hamech, Extract of black Hellebor, &c.

LVIII. Lastly, after all the [Page 400] former things have been at­tempted, in order to the per­fecting of the Cure, but without any success, and despair seems to attend the Patient, the Physician ought not to give over his en­deavours with those ordinary Me­thods; but in the last place to pursue the last Remedy, which is Salivation; which being care­fully and well performed, will scarcel fail of accomplishing the desired end: if this does not, the Patient ought to rest contented, and may then rea­sonably be accounted uncurable.

CHAP. XXVIII. Of the CHIN-SCAB.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in La­tin, Mentagra, Lichene agria, vel fera; in English, the Chin-Ringworm, or Chin-Scab.

II. The Place. It is a Disaffect of the Chin, sometimes as it were overspreading the whole Counte­nance, the Eyes alone being free; and thence descending into the Neck, Breast, and Hands, with a filthy kind of roughness and branniness upon the Skin.

III. It was of old a most in­veterate Disease; and so conta­gious, as to be caught by kissing.

IV. And Pliny, lib. 26. cap. 1. says, it is a Disease altogether void of Pain, and having in it no danger at all of Death: yet (says he) it is so foul and filthy, and it so defiles the Face, that any kind of Death is to be pre­ferred before the enduring this loathsom Disease: and it is cal­led Mentagra, because of the place of its rise, as being prin­cipally from the Chin.

V. The Skin is made hard, dry, and rough, and as it were full of Scales; with a kind of redness, which somtimes a little ulcerates: there is present an itching, and the Disease extends it self every day, till it becomes of a great bredth.

VI. The Disease was of old contagious, as Pliny seems to speak in the place before cited; and Galen held it to be contagious and epidemical; when in his Book de Comp. Med. lib. 5. cap. 7. he saith, that one Pamphilus by the curing of the Lichenes at Rome, got much wealth, at the same time when the Mentagra raged and prevailed in the City.

VII. The Kinds. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 28. makes it the second kind of Papulae, i. e. Lichen, Impe­tigo, or Ringworm: in the Impe­tigo or Ringworm, he saith, the Skin is lift up with small Pu­stules, becomes red, and is lightly corroded; having the middle part of it a little smoother, and creeping along [Page 401] very slowly; beginning in a round mannar, and in the same form it proceeds, and creeps along, keeping its round fa­shion.

VIII. But in this other (says he) which the Greeks call Agria, or Fera, the Skin likewise breaks out; but is far more exaspe­rated and exulcerated, and is more vehemently corroded, be­coming thereupon red; and sometimes also (says he) it sends forth Hairs.

IX. The Cause. It arises from a thin, serous, or wheyish Humor; generated from a salt, sharp, and corrupt kind of Diet.

X. Some say it may be caused from the Heat of the ambient Air, which thrusts the matter forth into the superficies of the Body, exasperates the same, and super­ficially exulcerates it: also, in the Winter time by Cold; which shutting up the Pores close, keeps that salt and sharp Humor in, which afterwards breaks out in this manner.

XI. And besides all the other Causes, this Disease may have its rise, and be contracted from Contagion, or Infection; as is the Itch, and some other Diseases.

XII. It is not dangerous; if newly begun, it is easily cured: if it grows old and inveterate, it may degenerate into Lepra.

XIII. The Cure. As to the Cure, what we said as to the Evacuation of the Humors, in Chap. 27. aforegoing, is to be observed here.

XIV. As for Topicks, anoint the Part twelve, or sixteen, or twenty times a day with Spittle: for that, if the Disease be recent and mild, will do the Cure; if this will not do.

XV. You must use the Method of curing Impetigo or the Ringworm, in the following Chapter; or that for the cure of a Scabies in the preceding Chapter; where you will find many things of good use in this case: or the Unguent commended by Vale­scus and Guido.

XVI. ℞ Juniper-berries well beaten ℥ j. Hogs-grease ℥ vj. boil them, strain, and put in Turpentine ℥ j. being cooled, add Sulphur vive ℥ j. mix them well in a Mortar, for an Ʋnguent.

XVII. Or this: ℞ Sulphur vive, Nitre, A. ℥ ss. pouder of black Hellebor ʒ ij. Vinegar ʒiij. Oil of Coloquintida, q.s. mix them, and anoint therewith.

XVIII. Or this: ℞ Pouder of white Hellebor, and of black Hel­lebor A. ℥ ss. Sulphur vive in fine pouder ʒ iij. white Precipitate ʒ ij. fine Verdegrise ʒ ss. mix, and with Oil-olive and Sheeps-suet, of each equal parts, q.s. make an Ointment.

XIX. Or this: ℞ Pouder of white Hellebor ℥ j. Tar ℥ j. Oil of Colocynthis, q.s. mix, and make a soft Ointment.

XX. If it is exulcerated, and spreads much, this is commended; ℞ Sulphur vive, pouder of white Hellebor-root, A. ℥ j. Scammony in fine pouder, Aloes, burnt Brass, Nitre, A. ʒ ij. Verdigrise, Lith­arge, A.ʒ j. all being in fine pouder, mix them with Oil of Colocyn­this, and Balsam of Gum Elemi, [Page 402] of each equal parts, q.s. and therewith anoint Morning and Evening.

XXI. But before the Ointment is applyed, it would be good to wash the part affected either with Spiritus Universalis, or with the Juice of Limons; for by the use of these things, much of the Excrementitious Matter will be first taken away, whereby the other things being applyed, will take the better effect.

CHAP. XXIX. Of a RINGWORM.

I. IT is called in Greek [...], in Latin Impetigo, and in English, The Ring-worm.

II. The description. It is a hard red Pustle upon the Skin, spreading it self round, with dry­ness, roughness, and great itch­ing: it comes from a thing, sharp and cholerick Humor. See chap. 28. sect. 7. aforegoing.

III. The Procathartick or re­mote cause, is evil Diet, sharp and salt Meats, and eating and drinking things of corrupt Juice, which breed salt and acid Hu­mours; as also Surfeiting, from whence this Disease oftentimes takes its Original.

IV. The antecedent cause is a serous, wheyish, thin, and sharp Lympha, mixt with salt or acid Flegm, and sometimes with yel­low Choler; and if there is a mixture of Melancholy there­with, it many times degenerates, either into Elephantiasis, Le­prosy, or Cancer.

V. The Prognosticks. It is not dangerous, and (if new) easily cur'd: but if it happen in a me­lancholick Constitution, it is more hard, and turns into a Lepro­sy. In one I saw it ulcerate, and afterwards became Cancerous, wherein was much danger, for the Patient lost his Life.

VI. The Cure. The Patient is to observe such a Diet, as may not generate salt, sharp, acrid and vitious Humors, but promote an exceeding sweetness of the Blood and Lympha; and the evil Humors which are already present, must be carried off by Universal Purgations.

VII. The Stomach, if foul and disordered, or not able to make a good digestion, is first to be clean­sed with Oxymel Scilliticum, or Tartar Emetick, and then you are to corroborate it with Our Tinctura Stomachica, Tinctura Cordialis, Tinct. Sacra, or Tinct. Antimonii, Theriaca Chymica, &c.

VIII. After this, you may purge the Bowels with an infusion of Sena and Rhubarb, made in Wa­ter or Wine, or with our Tin­ctura Purgans, or Cathartica, ac­cording as you see the habit [Page 403] of the Body requires.

IX. But if the Disease is stub­born, you must purge with strong­er Medicines, as our Pilulae Ca­tharticae, Pulvis Cornachini, or Pulvis Rheumaticus, which need rarely be above twice given; after the use of which, you may corroborate the Bowels with Tinctura Antimonij, or Tinctura Salis Tartari.

X. Then cool the Blood and Lympha, by giving now and then Our Syrupus Antifebriticus mixed with Aqua Elementaria, which may be for some days repeat­ed.

XI. This done, we must come to the use of Topicks: If the Disease is recent and gentle, it is often cured by rubbing, or besmearing them with Spittle 10 or 12 times in a day, or oftner; but especially, that it be done with Fasting Spittle.

XII. If this will not do, you must anoint with Oil of Tartar per deliquium, mixed with Oil of Wax, ana; or wash with the water distilled by a Retort out of Oleum Tartari per deliquium ℥iv. Quick silver ℥i. which Wa­ter cures all Itch, Tettars, and Ringworms, though very con­tumacious.

XIII. This following is a most excellent thing: ℞ Oil of Ben ℥viij. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥i. Flowers of Sul­phur ℥ij. White Praecipitate ʒvj. Artificial Cinnabar in subtil Pou­der ℥ss. mix and make an Oint­ment. But before the Applica­tion of this Ointment, the place ought to be well foment­ed with warm Water, or a Lixivium of Pot Ashes, or ra­ther with Spiritus Ʋniversalis Clauderi.

XIV. Other Topicks (besides what we have already advised) are the Liquor coming out of Green Wood while it is burn­ing: Or, Juice of Parietary, or of Sorrel roots mixt with Vine­gar, adding to them Flowers of Sulphur, and a little Verdigrise, so much as may give it a tin­cture of Greenness: Or, Bal­sam of Tartar mixt with Oil of Eggs and Ʋnguentum Album Camphorat.

XV. Or this. ℞ Oil of Wax ℥j. Oil of Eggs ℥ss. Oil of Tar­tar per deliquium ʒij. mix them. Or this: ℞ Ʋng. Nicotianae ℥j. Oil of Eggs ℥ss. Sulphur vive ʒiij. Camphir. ʒj. mix them.

XVI. But if it be stubborn, you must bathe with this Water.Damask Rose Water ℥viij. Pow­ers of Mercury ℥j. mix them to wash with; or you may use instead of the former, Aqua Mer­curialis, the weaker or strong­er (as you see the Disease re­quires it;) or the Aqua Divina Fernelii.

XVII. If you use Ointments, the Ʋnguentum Enulatum cum Mercurio, to anoint with, more especially if you mix with it flos Sulphuris, or Sulphur Vive is excellent; so also our Oleum Diacolocynthidos, Ʋnguentum Ni­cotianae, Ʋng. Cosmeticum, & ad Scabiem.

XVIII. And, not much in­ferior is Joel, his experiment of the rust of Iron; Or, a weak Solution of white Vitriol in Rose Water; as also Aqua Ophthalmica [Page 404] Nostra, in Our Pharmacopoea Lond. 5. cap. 1. sect. 14.

XIX. Or this. ℞ Aquae Ele­mentariae ℥ viij. white Vitriol, Roch Alum, A. ʒiss. mix and dissolve, with which daily wash the part affected as hot as can be well endured, for the space of near half an hour.

XX. Lastly, strew upon the part, if Ʋlcerated, our Pulvis Herculeus, or the Pulvis Mercu­rii Coagulatus, which will in a short time consummate the cure.

CHAP. XXX. Of the TETTAR.

I. IT is called in Greek [...]. in Latin, Leo­nina, & morbus Leoninus: in English The Tettar.

II. It is so called from the rug­gedness of the Lions Forehead, and is known by sight.

III. The Causes: It proceeds from a salt, sharp and pituitous matter misplaced, or thrust forth by some particular Accident, to the surface of the Skin; and sometimes from Choler, or Choler mixt with salt Flegm, whereby the Blood and Lympha are defiled.

IV. The Prognosticks. It quickly comes to the height; if it once become inveterate, it is of difficult Cure, especially, if in the extream parts, as the hands, or leggs, or feet: the Alopecia, Ophiasis and Leonina, are com­monly found all joined together in Elephantiack persons.

V. The Cure. Ʋniversals must be first exhibited, that the antecedent Cause may be removed, according to the method delivered in the cure of the Impetigo or Ringworm, in Chap. 29. Sect. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10. aforegoing.

VI. This done, you may come to the application of Topicks, rubbing the place affected often with Spittle, as 10, 15, or 20 times a day, but more especi­ally with fasting Spittle, which is a thing of great force, being suffered every time to dry on.

VII. So also a Lixivium of Quicklime; Or juice of Plantane mixed with Beef Brine; Or, a Solution of Sublimate in water: Or, Aqua ad Verrucas, & ad de­lenda Variolarum vestigia, Aqua Ophthalmica, & Ophthalmica nostra.

VIII. To these may be added, Bulls-Gall, Lac Virginis, Liquor Mercurij vivi Mynsichti, and his sugared Liquor (in Our Pharm. Lond. Lib. 4. Cap. 11. Sect. 19, 20, 21, 24.) which are all very ex­cellent things, provided that a good Diet, and doe Evacuation has been made before-hand.

IX. I once cured a Tettar upon a Maidens hand, with this fol­lowing [Page 405] Ointment: ℞ Oil of Colocynthis ℥ ij. Sheeps-suet ℥ j ss. mix, and add thereto Turpethum minerale ℥ ij. with this she anointed morning and evening for a month, and was made perfectly well.

X. Another person, after due Purging, I cured with this Mix­ture: ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ iij. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ ss. white Precipitate ʒ vij. mix them, and anoint therewith morning and evening.

XI. Another I cured with this:Oil of Colocynthis ℥ iij. Tar ℥ ij. Sheeps-suet ℥ j. white Pre­cipitate ℥ j ss. mix them: but before I anointed therewith, I caused the place affected to be fomented for half an hour, with warm Water and a Spunge.

XII. A recent Tettar I cured, by often bathing with the Spiri­tus Universalis: in about 12 days the Patient was perfectly well.

XIII. I have also cured many with this following Water.Fair Water lbij. Roch-alum, white Vitriol, A. ℥ j. mix, and dis­solve, then filter: with this let the diseased Party wash morning and evening, as hot as they can endure it, for a full half hour at a time.

XIV. If it be in their Hands, let them keep their hands in the hot Liquor, often rubbing them together: if any other Part, that cannot be kept in the Water, let it be washt and fomented with a large Spunge, as hot as it can be endured; and let the liquor be kept hot all the while over a chafing-dish of charcoal.

XV. With this very Liquor I have cured a Tettar of ten or twelve years standing, and some of near twenty years standing; nor have I ever yet found it to fail.

CHAP. XXXI. Of WORMS in the FEET.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...], i. e. very small Worms; in Latin, Sirones, & Chirones; in English, Worms in the Feet; and by some, Barbadoes-Worms, or Chego's.

II. They are Pustules in the soles of the Feet, and palms of the Hands, full of little Animals or Worms, exceeding small, and hid under the Scarf-skin.

III. Signs. They are known by a kind of Itch, which is felt in the Pustule at first; but after­wards causes a kind of smarting pain: and if they be in the Feet, they will cause the party to go lame.

IV. They are usual in hot Coun­tries, near the Tropicks, and under the Line, as in Barbadoes, Caribee-Islands, and possibly in [Page 406] Aegypt, and other hot places in Africa; and I am very apt to believe, are the very same kind of kind of Worms which the Barbadians call Chego's; which that you may the better understand, we will here give you the description of them from the Ingenious Ligon; as you may find it in his History of Barbadoes, pag. 65.

V. These harmful Animals (says he) we call Chego's, and these are so little, that you would hardly think them able to do any harm at all, and yet they will do more mischief than Ants; and if they were as numerous as they are harmful, there would be no enduring them: they are of shape not much unlike a Louse, but no bigger than a Mite which breeds in Cheese, and its colour blewish.

VI. An Indian laid one of them upon a sheet of white Paper, and with my Spectacles on (says he) I could hardly discern it; yet this very little Enemy, can and will do much mischief to Mankind.

VII. The Cause. They arise from much Cholerick Sweat, re­strained within the Skin; and this Affect comes in these places chiefly: because that the more thick and gross ichorous or ulcerous Excrements are in eve­ry Scabbiness, detained and held under the Skin; which in the aforesaid places are more thick than elsewhere.

VIII. This is the cause, ac­cording to the Opinion of such Authors as have wrote thereof: but Ligon gives us another Cause, which is external, and is from the Worm it self, in these words: This Vermin will (says he) get thro' your Stockin or Hose, and (lodge it self) in a Pore of the Skin, in some part of your Feet, commonly under the nail of one of your Toes, and there make a habitation to lay its (eggs, or) off-spring; making a Pustule as big as a small Tare, or the Bag of a Bee; which will cause you to go very lame, and give you much smarting pain.

IX. It is of a blewish colour, as aforesaid, and is seen thro' the Skin; but the Negro's, whose Skins are of that colour, (or near it, or black) are in an ill case, for they cannot find where they are: by which means they are many of them very lame.

X. The Cure. These Worms lying hid in the Pustules, the places affected are discerned by the exceeding Itch, which is felt more than at other times.

XI. In order to the Cure, these Worms are to be picked out with a Needle, or other fit Instrument: then, (that they may not breed anew) the places are to be washed with Wine or Vinegar, in which Salt, Alum, or Nitre has been dissolved.

XII. Or, in a Decoction of Oak-leaves with Alum: or, in a Lixivium of Broom and Oak­ashes: or, in Tincture of Sul­phur, made by boiling in Oil of Tartar; and then after to anoint with Ʋnguentum Mercu­riale, or Cosmeticum.

XIII. The Indian Women (says Ligon) have the best skill to take them out; which they d [...] by putting in a Pin or sharp­pointed Needle, at the hole where [Page 407] they first came in, and winding the point about the Bag, to loosen it from the Flesh, and so to take it out.

XIV. Some of these Chego's (says he) are poisonous, and after they are taken out, the orifice in which they lay, will fester and rankle for a fortnight after they are gone: I have had ten taken out of my Feet in a morning, by an Indian Woman.

XV. In Barbadoes these Worms breed in the dust of the Earth, in great numbers; and so easily get into the Skin, in such as go barefoot, or are careless of themselves; where making their nests, they many times breed in vast numbers, to the very great detriment of the Pa­tient.

XVI. And in their taking out, there ought to be great care taken, that the Cistis be not broken: for should they in the taking of it forth break it, so as that any of the Worms should be left behind, it would not only be troublesom to extirpate and clear the Part of them; but they would increase to such prodigious quantities, as to ha­zard sometimes the losing of a Toe, or cause some other great mischief, not easy to be retrieved.

XVII. In Davies Translation of the History of the Caribee Islands, lib. 1. cap. 24. it is said, that these Worms breed in the dust and sweepings, cast out into the dung­hill and such unclean places; and that getting into the Feet and Toes, if they are not taken away in time, they will get farther, and so go into all other parts of the Body.

XVIII. At first they only cause a litte itching, as aforesaid, but having once got thro' the Skin, they cause an Inflammation in the place affected; and mightily increase by the abundance of their nits or eggs which they lay: by which means, Ulcers are bred in the places they seize on.

XIX. The best time to attempt the Cure, is as soon as the least itching is felt, picking them out with a Needle: but if there are Ulcers bred, either thro' un­skilfully taking them out, by breaking the bag, or thro' not taking them forth in time, tho' they seem to be little or no­thing at first, yet afterwards they grow to be as big as the palm of a mans hand, because the Ulcer will have its course: and some of these Ulcers, tho' little, are very hard to be cured.

XX. Of these Ʋlcers there are two sorts, the one round, the other uneven; of which the former is the harder to cure, because it is encompassed with dead flesh: for till that dead and loose flesh is taken away, the Ulcer can never be healed: for which cause as oft as it is dressed, the dead flesh must be cut away till it is quite removed, which is very painful to be done.

XXI. For the curing of these Ʋlcers, they ought first to be washt with the Spiritus Univer­salis, then burnt Alum, or Our Pulvis ad Hypersarcosin must be applied; that therewith the [Page 408] dead flesh may be taken away: and they must be often washt with Lime-juice, the juice of Limons, or juice of the les­ser Citron, tho' indeed these things are extreamly sharp: they certainly kill all the little Worms contained in the Ul­cers, of which there are store, making them clean, and to look well.

XXII. Then you may anoint with Unguentum ad Scabiem, Ung. Nicotianae, Cosmeticum, or Mercuriale: or with this; ℞ Honey ℥ ij. Aloes ℥ ss. dis­solved in a little Vinegar, puri­fied Verdigrise ʒ j. mix them: which being used for some time, at length perfect the Cure with Balsamum Gummi Elemi, or some other thing of like nature.

CHAP. XXXII. Of WARTS.

I. THIS Tubercle is called in Greek, [...], Pl. [...] vel [...], Pl. [...]. in Latin, Thymus, Thymi; Verruca, Verrueae: and in English, a Wart, or Warts.

II. A Wart is a little tubercle on the Skin, resembling the flower of Tyme; proceeding from a thick, phlegmatick, and me­lancholy Juice. Some have slen­der Roots, and some broad.

III. The Prognosticks. It often vanishes alone; if cut off, and the root be remaining, it grows again. If the Roots be small and slender, they are easily removed; but if broad, with much more difficulty.

IV. The Kinds. They are of three kinds: 1. Myrmecia, seu Verruca sessilis, vel Formica; a small, callous, round and thick tubercle, having a broad foun­dation; and when handled, yielding a sense like to the biting of an Ant or Pismire.

V. 2. Thymon, which has a narrower root than the former, but a much broader head; which when it is spread, or in flower, or seed as they call it, something resembles the flower of Time: being higher, harder, with a seedy top, and more apt to bleed.

VI. 3. Acrochordon, Verruca pensilis vel botoralis; which is a kind of Wart having a thin or slender root, with a callous bunch, like unto the knot of a Rope, hanging by a small string, round, and without pain.

VII. The Cause. They are all caused of gross matter, or a thick juice, pituitous and melancholick: being the recrements of the Blood and Lympha, which Na­ture not being able to digest, sends out in this slow manner for her relief.

VIII. The Cure. Purge the Body with Pil. Rudii, mixed with Mercurius dulcis: or with Pil. Catharticae, or an Iufusion of Sena and Rhubarb, in Water or Whey, especially in Whey of Goats-milk.

IX. Then touch the Warts three or four times with either Oil of Vitriol or Sulphur, or Butter of Antimony: or wash them with Water which comes out of the ends of Oak-sticks when burn­ing: or wash them with Spurge­milk, or apply to them an Onion beaten with Salt.

X. Fallopius commends the juice of the leaves of the Willow or Sallow tree; or, if the juice cannot be had, their Pouder, mixt with Vinegar of Squills.

XI. So also Figwort; or the roots of Water-dragon; or Aron and Sowbread; or the fresh roots of Celandine with the yellow juice thereof, to anoint with and apply: applying after a Cataplasm of Watercresses and Mustard.

XII. Or, rub them with Night­shade and Ʋrine, washing them afterwards with juice of Mullein: or a Decoction of Mustard, Salt, and Sulphur with Vinegar.

XIII. The rubbing of them often also with a dead mans Hand, is said to be of great force. The leaves of Savin macerated twenty four hours in Wine, and applied, are good: so is a Cataplasm of Herb-robert, Rue and Yarrow, beaten together and applied.

XIV. And Cichorium Verru­carium or Wartwort, is of singular use and benefit; as also the milky juice of Dandelion, and of all other Endive and Succory-like Plants: or the Water sweating out of Vine-branches while burning: or the standing-water on the stumps of felled Oaks: or the meal of Chick-pease.

XV. But above all is commended juice of Purslane: or rather a Cataplasm of Purslane, applied night and day upon the part for some time; it softens them, repercusses the Humor which feeds them, and causes them to wither insensibly away: nor inferior to this, are the leaves of the greater Housleek, applied whole, (their outward skin on that side which lyes next the Wart being taken off) and their use continued for some consi­siderable time.

XVI. For Compound-medicines, the Emplast. de Ranis cum Mer­curio, is very good: or this, commended by Sennertus:Ship-pitch ℥ j. Galbanum dis­solved in Vinegar ℥ ss. Sal Armon. ʒ j. Diachylum magnum ℥ j ss. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XVII. If this will not do, you must apply your self to Causticks, such as those at Sect. 9. afore­going: which yet notwithstand­ing are not to be used without a great deal of caution, espe­cially in nervous places, and only by touching the Wart with them; the part about being first well guarded with Wax, or some kind of Em­plaster.

XVIII. For this purpose, the milk of the Fig-tree or Spurge, or Tithymale alone, are very effi­cacious, and so found by Ex­perience.

XIX. You may also use unslak­ed Lime mixed with Soap, which will be yet more effectual, if a little calcined Vitriol or Verdi­grise or a cautery of Soap Ashes be added.

XX. Or, ℞ The white of an Egg hardned, Verdigrise, Alum A. ʒ j. mix them: Or, make a Cataplasm of green Garlick, and apply it.

XXI. Or, ℞ Orpiment, mix it with Oxymel, or juice of Spurge, and put it upon the Wart, with a defensative. Andreas à Cruce much commends the Oil of Vi­triol, nor is that of Sulphur be­hind it.

XXII. But if you like not these Potential Cauteries, you must ap­ply your selves to the Actual, or else to cutting. You may Actu­ally burn them, either by a lit­tle stick of the Beech Tree, lighted at one end; Or, by an Iron Bodkin heated red hot, and applyed through a silver or brass Pipe, that the adjacent parts may not be hurt.

XXIII. Or, apply a thin Plate of Iron, having a hole bored through it, so far as the Wart only may appear through the hole, and then burn it either with a red hot Iron, or the flame of a Candle.

XXIV. Lastly, The burning be­ing ended, the Scar is then to be taken away; and the affect to be healed after the manner of other Ulcers.

XXV. Some have been cured by washing them with this water.Lime Water ℥vj. Roman Vi­triol ʒj. Verdigrise ʒij. Roch A­lum ʒiij. Nitre ʒiiij. mix and dissolve. This Water is only to be often dropt upon them.

XXVI. Others have been cured by anointing the Warts four or five times a day with the Milk of the Fig-Tree; and others by dropping upon them daily one drop at a time of Oil of Cloves, which will penetrate e­ven to their Roots.

CHAP. XXXIII. Of CORNS.

I. THis Tubercle is called in Greek, [...], Pl. [...], [...] Pl. [...]. in Latin, Clavus, Clavi: and in English, A Corn, Corns.

II. It is a round callous Wart, of a whitish Colour, infesting the Feet and Toes, thereby causing pain in going; they come from Bruises, or straightness of Shoes.

III. The Cause. It is from a melancholy or pituitous Matter, or the superfluities of an excremen­titious Juice, separated from that which nourishes the Skin. And many times they are caused by bruising the Toes with straight Shoes.

IV. The Prognosticks. They never go away without cutting or pulling up by the Roots; There is no danger in the cutting tho' it bleed, provided you expose it not to the cold Air. I knew two, which by cutting their Corns, met their deaths: for, not taking care of them they gangren'd, by which they lost not only their feet but their lives too.

V. If the Corn Bleeds in cut­ting, it many times dies and goes away; but then as Avicen saith, you must take care of it, lest an Inflamation or a Cancer hap­pens thereupon, which some­times befalls the Patient.

VI. The Cure. What we have spoken in the former Chapter may be understood here; besides which you may anoint the corns with Oil of Mercury, or the blood of an Eel often.

VII. Or, cut them, and wash them with Dogs-urine, applying a plaister of soft Red-wax, mixed with white Praecipitate, or Mer­curius Dulcis, or a Plaster made of Galbanum, Ammoniacum, and Turpentine dissolved in Vine­gar.

VIII. Or this commended by Rulandus, ℞ Oil of Sulphur per Camp. ℥ ss. corrosive Salt of Crystal-stone ʒ ij. seeds of Henbane, Opium, A. ʒj. grind and mix them; this plucks them up by the Roots.

IX. Or you may apply in parti­cular, the Emplaster afore-de­scribed in Chap. 32. Sect. 16. aforegoing; which is commend­ed in particular by Sennertus. Or this, ℞ Emplastri Meliloti ℥ ss. red Praecipitate ʒij. mix them, and apply it, changing it every third day.

X. If none of these things will do, but you must be forced to come to cutting; You must first soak the Feet or part where the Corn is, in warm water; then cut it so as you may see it, af­ter with the point of a sharp Pen Knife, dig it round the edges, so as you may tye a twine thread gently about it; this done, you may hold up the Corn by the Thread, till you so dig round about it, as absolutely to cut it out.

XI. This done, fill the place, or apply over it Empl. de Ranis cum Mercurio, or Forest. his ce­rat of Ammoniacum. Or rather, Our Emplastrum Mercuriale, which is inferior to no other thing of that kind.

XII. But the best way of curing Corns is to cut them close, first soaking the Feet a pretty while in warm Water, and then to ap­ply Ivy leaves bruised, renew­ing the same every Morning and Evening for 20 or 30 days, in which time the Corns will be drawn out; by which it ap­pears, that there is a very great attractive Virtue in that Plant.

XIII. Or, after well soaking in warm Water, and cutting close, you may morning and evening apply and bind to the Corns, leaves of the greater Housleek; taking off the outward Skin of that side of the leaf which you apply next the Corn; this wonderfully softens the Corns, resolves the Humor and discusses it, per­forming the Cure in a months [Page 412] time, after most other things had been used in vain, for more than twenty years toge­ther.

Of a CALLƲS.

XIV. It is called in Greek [...]: in Latin, Callus: in English, Hardness of the Skin.

XV. It is bred in the surface of the Skin, in the Palms of the Hands and Soles of the Feet, as also the sides of the Feet and bottom of the great Toe; and sometimes upon the Knees, by much and often kneeling.

XVI. The Cause. It arises in the Hands by continual and hard Labour, and in the Feet by much Walking.

XVII. The Prognosticks. As it has no Root, and is void of all manner of Pain, so it is without danger, yet not very easily cured.

XVIII. The Cure. The Pa­tient is to forbear all those things which are the cause thereof, o­therwise all attempts for the Cure will be in vain.

XIX. Then he must often bathe and soak the Parts affected in a mild Lixivium of Pot Ashes blood warm, which is to be con­tinued and repeated, so long till the Skin is very thin and soft.

XX. After bathing in the Lixi­vium, the parts are to be wiped very dry, and then anointed with Oil of Ben; and if you so please, you may lay over them Emplast­rum Album, which will bring the Skin not only to a whiteness but softness also.

Of HORNS.

XXI. They are called in Greek, [...], Pl. [...]: in Latin Cornu, Cornua: and in English, A Horn, Horns.

XXII. They are thicker, har­der and higher than Corns, and in some they grow to a very great length.

XXIII. They grow in many parts of the Body, as upon the Head, Forehead, Back, Joints, and other parts.

XXIV. Avicen Lib. 4. Tract. 3. Cap. 14. saith, They are thick, and crooked, arising above upon the Junctures, in the Extremi­ties, and that they are cured by cutting off that which is in­sensible, &c.

XXV. Avenzoar, Lib. 2. Cap. 5. gives a relation of a Man, who had one of these Excrescencies bred in his Back, not much unlike to a Unicorns-horn, but less hard than a natural bone: This man by purging and drying Medi­cines was cured, and the bone fell forth, as Harts shed their Horns.

XXVI. And that he himself also had once a Bone growing upon his back, which gave him much Grief and Pain; but by purging himself from gross Humors, and applying Resolutives thereto, it was for the most part resolved, and the little of it which re­mained was no prejudice to him.

XXVII. Lanfrancus, Tract. 3. Doct. 2. Cap. 3. says, That he had seen manifest Eminencies of the Skull, like unto Horns; and that [Page 413] a man came to him for Advice, who had seven of those Eminen­cies, of which one was as long as a mans Thumb, and as big as the horn of a little Goat.

XXVIII. Philippus Ingrassias, de Tumorib. Tract. 1. Cap. 1. says, He saw a Noble Virgin afflicted with many of these Excrescen­cies, sharpned in their Tops, like unto Horns, and of an ex­traordinary hardness: these had continued many years with her, augmenting both in bigness and number, so that she became so deformed and mishapen, that (saith he) she was become more like an ugly Monster or fright­ful Devil, than a Woman kind; he cured her, and restored her to her pristin Beauty.

XXIX. Alexander Benedictus Anat. Lib. 1. Cap. 14. saith, That on a Knee wounded by an Ar­row, he saw a black Horn grow, which was the Matter that ought to have been converted into a Bone, &c.

XXX. Zacutus Lusitanus Prax. Med. Admir. Lib. 2. Obs. 188. tells us of a Man, who had one of these Horns grew out of his Heel, as long as the Palm of a mans hand, and of the very likeness of a Horn, which by the advice of Physicians (his Body being often purged) was afterwards cut off, and he lived after it two years in good Health; but not long after he felt in the same place vehement pain, and in six months time the Horn grew a­gain, somewhat longer than it was before, hard and full of se­veral sharp Points, which being again cut off by the root, there remained a wide and deep hole, from whence a great quantity of a black and putrid Humor came forth, so acid and sharp, that it eat the Flesh round about.

XXXI. Julius Caesar Scaliger, Exercit. 199. Sect. 5. saith, That notwithstanding the Authority of Prince Aboalis and Abumeron, a person of note, he could not believe so strange a thing, till he himself had seen one of them on the back of a certain Rower.

XXXII. And Fallopius in his Book of similar Parts, Cap. 7. saith, That sometimes likewise in whole Bones as well as in Fractures, there may be some­thing bred like unto a Horn, which may grow forth without the Flesh and Skin, and that he himself saw this at Padua, in the Thigh of a certain No­ble Man.

XXXIII. The Cause. They proceed generally from thick and glutinous Humors, and a melan­cholly Juice, which Nature pro­trudes into some particular part, according to her conveniency.

XXXIV. The Prognosticks. They are of difficult cure, and re­main thro' the whole course of life, unless cut off by Instrument.

XXXV. The Cure. If they be near the Joints, and cause much Pain, or hinder their Motion, they ought to be cut off; which may be done the more safely, in regard that they are like naked Bones, and are only covered with Skin.

XXXVI. Let the Body first be purged with Ʋniversals, and in particular with Lapis Lazuli, which let be several times re­peated; [Page 414] which done, The Skin is then first to be opened, the Cornu is to be made naked or bare, and then it is to be cut away from the Bone with a sharp Knife (but if too hard for a Knife, with a fine sharp Saw) and the part is to be cured, as any other common Wound.

V. Of DEFILEMEMTS Ʋniversal.

CHAP. XXXIV. Of the ITCH.

I. IT is called in Greek [...]: in Latin, Pruritus: and in English, The Itch.

II. It is a Disease which causeth scratching, with some small exul­ceration of the Skin, generally affecting the whole Body.

III. It will have its beginning in many parts of the Body; in Children it often begins on the Fin­gers or between the Fingers: but if it begins upon other parts first, it forthwith sends its Fil­thiness thither.

IV. The Cause. It arises from Choler subtilized, and sent into the habit of the Body, being mixt with thin salt Flegm; which spreading into the superficies of the Body, breaks out in the Cuti­cula, with small watery Pustules, causing great Itching.

V. The Procatartick cause is from feeding upon salt, acrid and hot meats, thro' the fault of a hot habit of Body. It is also caused by contagion, as putting on the Glove or Linnen of one that had or has the Itch, lying with them in the same Bed, or lying in those Sheets, wherein one that had the Itch had formerly lain.

VI. The Prognosticks. If the Itch happens to one in a Consump­tion, and the Body is bound, it is mortal, as Hippocrates saith in Coacis. For by reason of the trouble and disquiet, they can neither sleep nor take any rest, which hindering concocti­on, hastens their Death.

VII. If through continuance it gets into the whole Habit, it is never cured, but generally proves mortal: I knew three Brothers, all young men, die purely of [Page 415] the Itch, which by length of time becoming habitual, at last corrupted the whole Body, which with putrid and eating Ulcers destroyed them.

VIII. If the Itch continues long, it is for the most part a fore-runner of a Scabies, or Scabbiness, not long after to follow: because its long continuance is the occasion of collecting a great abundance of Matter, which becoming pu­trid and acrid, corrodes the Cuticula, and excites Pustules and Scabs.

IX. In old people and such as are decripid, it is seldom cured; because old Age is fit for trea­suring up these salt Humors, and then that habit of Body is dif­ficultly changed, so as to be brought into a better state: yet sometimes, thro' much care and diligence, it is healed. Mercu­rialis gives us an Example of a man fourscore Years old, having an extraordinary great Itch, who by the help of Medicines was restored: and I my self cured one perfectly of something a greater Age.

X. And by how much the worse the Humor is which excites the Itch, by so much the worse is the Disease: If it proceeds from adult Blood, or Choler, it lasts not long: If it proceeds from salt Flegm, it continues longer; but if from Melancholly, long­est of all.

XI. The Cure. First, purge the Body well with Panchyma­gogon vegetabile ℈ j. at a time, mixed with Arcanum Corali­num, gr. iv. or else with Mer­curius dulcis ℈ j. Or, you may evacuate with our Family Pills, Pilulae Catharticae, Tinctura Pur­gans, or Tinctura Cathartica; and in very hot Bodies with Sal Mirabile; then you must cool the sharp Humor by drink­ing Whey.

XII. Or, You may purge with our Diajallapa, or Species Ca­tharticae, or Diaturbith, all mingled with Mercurius dulcis, as before, and then cool, by taking often Crystals of Tartar, or Tincture of Coral in Whey.

XIII. Then anoint all over with Unguentum Populeum, or the Joints only with our Mercurial Ointment, which is better: and let the sick wash in a Bath made of Parietary, Mallows, Docks, Alum and Vitriol, sitting in it with the whole Body.

XIV. Whey of Goats Milk with juice of Fumitory, given to three Pints at a time, is excellent in this case, after the antecedent cause is taken away, as aforesaid: by Rosin of Jallap and Syrup of Peach Flowers: Or, by pro­voking the Courses or Haemor­rhoids, if stopped.

XV. You may Bathe often with fresh Water Baths, in which Quick­lime has been cast: Or, you may make a Discussive Bath with Parietary, Mallows, sharp pointed Dock, wherein Alum, Sulphur, Vitriol, &c. is put.

XVI. Sennertus tells us, first, that the Humors are to be prepa­red and attenuated by coolers and moistners, as Endive, Succory, Borrage, Bugloss, Fumitory, Hopps, Maiden-hair, Asparagus­roots, Polypody, Mother of Time, and Syrups made of these.

XVII. Secondly, That the Hu­mors be evacuated by the Leaves of Sena, Polypody, black Helle­bor, Jallap, Compound Syrup of Polypody, Diacatholicon, Con­fectio Hamech, Extractum Melana­gogum, Extract of black Hellebor.

XVIII. Thirdly, That the Cour­ses or Haemorrhoids suppressed, be provoked, if Age and strength will permit.

XIX. Fourthly, That the diet be cooling and moistning, and easy of digestion; the Air cold and moist, and the Habit of the bo­dy altered by eating Borrage, Endive, and especially Lettice, which last procures also Sleep, in this affect very requisite and useful: but all sharp, salt, bitter, sower, sweet, fat, and most of all, fryed Meats are to be avoided.

XX. Fifthly, That for Bath­ing, it be done, one while with sweet blood-warm Water; ano­ther while with that which is salt and sulphury: for by this means, the Itch will be eased, the Pores loosned, and the Ex­crements evacuated and cleans'd

XXI. Sixthly, That you anoint with Oil of Sweet Almonds, or Oil of bitter Costus, in either of which is put a mixture of Salt and Sulphur. Or, ℞ Oil of Coloquintida ℥ iiij. Tar ℥ iij. Lupine Meal ℥ iij. Sulphur ℥ ij. make a Liniment with Vinegar, and anoint therewith.

XXII. Or,Litharge, Sul­phur, Turpentine, A. ℥ iss. juices of Mallows, Parietary, A. ℥ j. Oil of Colocynthis ℥ j. mix them; af­ter the use of which, bathe in a blood-warm bath of sweet Water.

XXIII. But since the Disease is contagious, and generally comes thro' contagion, an external Cause; it is for the most part cured by Topicks or Externals, a great variety of which you have in Cap. 27. in the cure of a Scabies, aforegoing, which may very well serve in curing this Disease.

XXIV. To which may be added this following Ointment, which scarcely ever fails of doing the Cure alone, ℞ Oil of Ben, ℥ viij. Sheeps Suet ℥ ij. mix and melt; and add thereto Flowers of Sul­phur ʒ iiij. mix them, and anoint therewith morning and evening.

XXV. If the former should prove too weak, you must add to it, White praecipitate ℥ j. and then anoint with it as before, the Stomach and Belly being excepted.

XXVI. Or, in place of the for­mer, you may anoint with Un­guentum Cosmeticum, with White praecipitate; or the Ʋnguentum Mercuriale, which you may a­noint upon the Joints, Palms of the Hands, and Soles of the Feet: Or, the Ʋuguentum ad Scabiem, which I have approved, and is a singular thing.

XXVII. Or, this following, which is neat and cleanly, not spoiling Linnen, or having any ill Scent.Corrosive sublimate in fine Pouder ʒ iss. dissolve it in rectified S.V. ℥ iiij. being dis­solved, add thereto Rose Water two Quarts, or better, with which the Patient (with a bit of Spunge) may wash the parts affected, morning and evening, the Stomach and Belly only excepted. This will not fail of doing the Cure.

CHAP. XXXV. Of the LEPROSY.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Lepra; and in English, the Leprosy. It is a certain high, and indeed the highest degree of Psoora, or Scabies; and is derived from [...]. Cortex, Squama; Scales, &c. this is the Leprosy of the Greeks.

II. This Disease generally affecteth the whole Body, or a part thereof, with Scurf-like Scales, making it red, rough, and unequal: a tumor possesseth the place where it is; it augments by little and little, without pain; the Eyes are red, Breath stinks, the Skin scurfy, knotty and hard, the Hands and Fingers swell, the Feet grow deformed, and the whole Body turns into a Consumption.

III. The Kinds. There are two sorts of Leprosy, the one called Lepra Graecorum, which is ge­neral all over the whole Body: the other Elephantiasis, Lepra Arabum, the Leprosy of the Arabians; being an universal kind of cancerous tumor of the whole Body: it arises from melancholy, pituitous Blood, tumid, livid, black; with Ulcers and Varices in the Legs.

IV. If it possesseth the Skin only, and not the Flesh, it is cal­led [...], Morphea, Morphew.

V. The Causes. Authors will have the Cause of this Disease to be black Choler; but it seems rather to me that it arises from a putrid, salt Phlegm: and possibly the pituitous matter may be putrified with a mixture of other Humors; as a depraved Lympha, and adust Choler.

VI. The procatartick Cause is surfeiting, and feeding upon bad Food, and Meats of evil juice, Obstructions of any usual Pur­gation; with all the other ex­ternal Causes assigned to the production of a Scabies, the chief of which is Contagion, by which means it is mostly propagated.

VII. For if Scabies is conta­gious, without doubt Lepra is so likewise, it being the worst Sca­bies, or the highest degree there­of: and therefore it is reason­able to judge, that Lepra, which is the highest of Scabies, should be more contagious than the Scabies it self.

VIII. The Differences. In Lepra there is a much greater corruption of Humors, and so a greater Distemper than in Sca­bies, in which there falls off only a bran-like substance: whereas in Lepra, that which falls off resembles the scales of Fishes: so that from the itch­ing in the Scabies, there is a ready way made unto the Le­prosy.

IX. In a Pruritus, there is [Page 418] with an itching, a certain light roughness of the Skin, in which unless it be vehemently scratched, nothing at all falls off. In a Scabies, afterwards the Humor becomes more turgid, vehement, and external; where upon scratching, a scurfy, branlike, or scabby substance falls off constantly: but in a Lepra the swelling is greater, and there falls off no longer a branny or scabby substance; but a scaly matter, whether there be scratching or not.

X. And in an Elephantiasis, not only the temperament of the Parts, but also their form and figure, and at length the very continuity it self is corrupted; it being as it were a kind of Cancer, common to the whole Body.

XI. In a Scabies, the matter is more thin, and seizes chiefly upon the Cuticula; but in Lepra it seizes not upon the Cuticula only, but upon the whole sub­stance of the Cutis also: and in an Elephantiasis, with the others, it seizes upon the Flesh too.

XII. Celsus, tho' he has no where treated of the Leprosy under that name, yet in lib. 5. cap. 28. he has plainly handled it under the name of Impetigo; of which he makes four kinds: viz. an Exulcerated, a Red, a Black, and a White, but all yielding Scales.

XIII. This Impetigo of Cel­sus is without doubt the Lepra of the Greeks; for as much as all his kinds of Impetigo do yield Scales; which are indeed only proper to the Lepra of the Greeks, which is thought to have received its name from Lepis a Scale.

XIV. The Signs. It is not difficult to know, since it has mostly the same Signs with Sca­bies: but this one thing alone is proper unto a Leprosy, that it sends forth Scales.

XV. The Skin is rough, dry, and withered; there is also many times an itching, and the Scales will fall off, whether there be scratching or not; and the Sweat also is very unpleasant and stinking.

XVI. The Prognosticks. Lepra scarcely admits of Cure, by any ordinary means: if old, and in old people, it is uncurable. The Elephan­tiasis is much more difficult to cure, than the other Leprosy.

XVII. The sooner is it taken in hand, the easier is it to be dealt withal: if it is evilly dealt with, it is apt to degenerate into Elephantiasis, or the Leprae Arabum.

XVIII. The Cure. A good Diet being institututed, the Body is to be evacuated, and the Liver to be corrected and corroborated; and the matter invading the Skin, to be by Digestives and Abster­sives taken away.

XIX. You may provoke Sweat, by Decoction of Sarza, or Guaja­cum, or Powers or Spirit thereof: and Sulphur is here also very commodious, by reason of its abstersive virtue.

XX. But seeing Lepra is the highest degree of Scabies, the same Medicaments which are used in Scabies, may be used here; save [Page 419] that they ought to be made something stronger.

XXI. Sulphur is indeed com­mended as a most excellent thing, because it mortifies the evil in its root; and cleanses well, by reason of its abstersive virtue. Mercury is the next greater Medicament, and indeed with­out that it will be very difficult to perform a Cure.

XXII. And next to these things, some have found good in anointing with Tar, commixed with flowers of Sulphur; as Celsus advises in a Scabies: or this of Serapion, described by the same Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 28. propè calcem:Sulphur (vive, I suppose) ℥ iv. Nitre in fine Pouder ℥ ij. mix them with a sufficient quan­tity of Rosin: I suppose he means liquid Rosin, as Tar, or Tur­pentine; if he does not, you must necessarily add Oil to it, to bring it to a Body.

XXIII. Or you may anoint with Ung. Cosmeticum, with Precipitate, or Ung. ad Scabiem, or Ung. Mercuriale, applying them with discretion; and giving inwardly every day, or every other day, gr. viij, x, or xij. (pro re nata) of Arcanum Jovis, observing a strict course of life.

XXIV. That which hath real virtue to extirpate this Disease, is the true Aurum Potabile: and not much inferior are the the Tinctures of Antimony or Coral: but if the Aurum Pota­bile be wanting, then the vitrio­late Tartar, Tincture of Tartar, and Mercurius dulcis take place.

XXV. A specifick in this case, is Vitriol ℥ ij. dissolved in Wine lbx. and strained; of which give three or four sponfuls often in a day, with ordinary Drink, or with Wine, which is better: lbj. of Vitriol will be enough to effect the Cure, being conti­nually taken for three or four weeks. Hartman.

XXVI. You may also provoke Sweating, (bathing first the whole Body in Spirit of Wine, and then) with the Diaphoretick, or rather Tincture of Antimony: so will the Scabs and Scurf fall away, and the remaining roughness and hardness mollify with Baths made of emollient Herbs: but it is absolutely smoothed and softned by an­ointing with Oil of Vipers, or Land-snakes.

XXVII. Let their Drink be Viper or Snake Wine, and let them often eat their Flesh; purging also the Body with the Panchymagogon-vegetable, mixed with Mer­curius dulcis; and Extract of black Hellebor, mixed with Co­loquintida and Salt of Tartar [...] or, which is better, our Pilulae Panchymagogae, or Catharticae.

XXVIII. But if none of all these things will do, you must come to the most powerful, and indeed ultimate Remedy, which is Salivation; which you may do with Mercurius dulcis, Arca­num Corallinum, Aurum Vitae, white Precipitate, Turpethum Minerale, or other things of like kind; at the end of which you must prescribe the usual Diet-drink made of Guajacum, Sarsa, Burdock-roots, and An­timony: bathing in the mean while with the Wash in Ch. 27. [Page 420] Sect. 50, 51, 52. or anointing with the Ointments mentioned in the preceding Section of this Cha­pter: if these things do not, the Patient may be accounted uncurable.

XXIX. The Leprosy of the Arabians has four degrees of Pu­trifaction: first, the Elephan­tiasis it self, which is the highest degree: secondly, Alopecia: thirdly, Ophiasis: fourthly, Leonina, or the Tettar.

XXX. The Elephantiasis of the Arabians is another kind of Leprosy, differing from the former; a single Affect, without degrees, and commonly happening to the Feet: concerning all which, we shall (God willing) largely treat in particular, in Lib. 3. Cap. 37, and 38. following.

CHAP. XXXVI. Of the MEASLES.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Su­damina, Rubiolae, Morbilli; and in English, the Measles.

II. They are small red Pu­stles, which break forth in the Skin, something less than Millet­seed; making the Skin rough, and for the most part accom­panied with a Fever, and mostly afflicting the whole Body from head to foot.

III. They mostly happen to Chil­dren and young people, of a hot constitution, in a hot season of the year; and are generally excited thro' too much motion and exercise.

IV. The Cause. They are caused by the thinner recrements of the Blood, restrained within the Skin; by closing the Pores thro' cold, or some other accident; where receiving a new Ferment by a febritick heat, they break forth.

V. The Signs. They are known by the manner of their breaking out; which is with a very deep redness, roughness of the Skin, and Fever.

VI. The Prognosticks. They are not geuerally dangerous, unless the Patient take cold, or there is a cholerick Flux of the Belly; and are many times cured by the help of Nature only, with­out any thing of Medicine.

VII. The Cure. We have at large handled this Disease, in the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 7. chap. 21. and the Cure thereof at sect. 17. to 30. of the same chapter, so that we shall say the less thereof here; and chiefly direct those things which are topical, or belongs to the Chirurgian to perform.

VIII. First, gentle Sudorificks are to be exhibited inwardly; as Our Theriaca Chymica, drinking after [Page 421] it this Julep:Milk-water ℥ vj. Syrupus volatilis ℥ j. Tin­cture of Saffron ʒ ij. mix them: for by this means the Morbifick-matter is driven forth, out of the Flesh, and the Heart secured.

IX. If there is a great Thirst, give the Patient some few drops of the Spiritus nitratus, in all the Drink they take; putting in so much, as to make it pleasingly sharp. This Medicine not only quenches Thirst, but moderately abates the heat of the Fever, and restores the Tone of the inward parts.

X. Outwardly, you may anoint with this:Oil of Ben ℥ vj. Camphir ʒ ij. Saccharum Sa­turni (dissolved in Vinegar) ʒ iij. mix them to anoint with: but this must be used after they are sufficiently and perfectly come forth; lest you hinder the intention of Nature, and so do mischief.

XI. This is good: ℞ Oil of Ben, or Oil-olive ℥ vj. Sheeps-suet ℥ iij. Oil of Tartar per deliquium ℥ j. Camphir ʒ ij. mix them: and if you please, you may add ʒ ij. of Saccha­rum Saturni.

XII. Or you may wash with this: ℞ Water lbj. Saccharum Saturni ʒ iij. Nitre ʒ j. mix, and dissolve: with which let the places affected be washed very warm.

XIII. And this is to be noted that whatever the internal qua­lities of the Topicks you apply may be, as being potentially cold; yet that nothing be applied outwardly actually cold, but rather of a blood-warm heat: because things actually cold are apt to close the Pores, and hinder the perspiration of the remaining matter.

XIV. Being throughly expelled as aforesaid, you may wash with this Liquor blood-warm, or hotter, fomenting the Parts with a Spunge. ℞ Spring-water lbij. Spirit of Wine ℥ iij. Salt of Tar­tar ʒ ij. mix, and dissolve.

XV. After the washing is over, you may anoint with the Oil at Sect. 10. aforegoing, or the Ointment at Sect. 11. next fol­lowing; or with Our Oleum Re­frigerans, or Oleum Cosmeticum; than which, there are not yet any better things found out.

CHAP. XXXVII. Of the FRENCH-POX.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Siphylis, Lues Venerea, Morbus Gallicus; and in English, the Venereal Disease, or, French Pox.

II. The Definition. It is gotten [Page 422] by Contagion, thro' using unclean Bodies: and therefore is defined to be a virulent and contagious Cachexia of the whole Body.

III. The Causes. They are principally three. 1. The Proca­tartick or Remote; which consists in the Contact of impure per­sons, and a communication of corrupted Seed.

IV. 2. The Antecedent; which is the mixture and corruption of the Seeds of several persons; being conveyed into, and re­tained in the same Womb.

V. As for Contact, it may be by more ways than that common one of lying with a Woman: as, one Man lying with another Man in the same Bed, so as to touch him, being full of pocky-sores from head to feet; or lying in the same Sheets where a pocky person has lain and sweated for some time; or drinking in a Glass, where some little Poi­son of the Ulcers of a pocky man's Mouth, or of his Spittle, filled with Venereal malign Salt, shall have stuck; or a whole­som Nurse suckling a Child born with the Pox.

VI. Whereby it often happens, that the seed or poison of the Disease, by superficially adhering to the parts of the sick Person, are conveyed to the sound; causing either Pustules, Pains, Ulcers, or other Symptoms; which in time insinuate themselves far­ther and farther into the Skin and Flesh of the sound Person; till such time as it infects him with the universal Pox. From hence appears,

VII. 3. The proximate, near, or conjoined Cause, which is a Venereal Salt, very subtil, and full of malignity and poison; arising from the various Ferments of differing Seeds; which being volatil and penetrating, easily enters into any of the adjacent parts, (especially in the Pri­vities, which are very porous) thro' the Skin, even into the Flesh; and from thence into the Veins and Arteries, without leaving any vestigia of its pas­sage.

VIII. And if ever so little of it be once mixt with the Blood and Lympha, it works like a little Yest put into much Wort, or like Leaven in a great quantity of Meal, which easily leavens the whole lump; first fermenting, and then corrupting as other Poisons do; which offend more by their quality, than their quantity.

IX. The Antecedent Cause is evi­dent from matter of fact, which is the confusion and mixtion of ma­ny and different Seeds in one and the same Womb; which makes a more vehement and irregular Fermentation, (as coming from many and differing Persons, and each Seed containing many con­trary and differing Particles.)

X. From which unnatural Fermentation there proceeds a very evil change, to Putrifa­ction, and a poisonous Acrimony; thro' the heat and moisture of the Part (which is the Womb) that contains them, and the purity and spirituality of the Matter (to wit, the Seed) which is corrupted.

XI. For the more pure Matter [Page 423] once corrupted, degenerates into the worst Putrifaction, even to a degree of Poison: and the more Spirituous the matter is, the the more vehement, subtil, and penetrating is that Venom; as is apparently evident from the Pox.

XII. This Disease is common among the Indians, from whence the Spaniards had it, and brought it home; who at the Siege of Naples, Anno 1493 communi­cated it to the French, and they dispersing it all over Eu­rope, it came to be generally called the French Pox, or, French Disease.

XIII. The Signs are, Impure Coition preceding the Disease, heat and scalding of Ʋrine, restlessness, loss of appetite, universal itchings, suppression of the Terms, or the Hemorrhoids, (where usual in Men) fixed pains of the Head, Shoulders, Shin-bones, and other parts.

XIV. There is also many times present a Gonorrhoea, Bubo's, Ʋl­cers, Pustules, Cankers of the Yard and Vulva; and a hard­ness that remains after their healing; Warts in the Privities, falling of the Hair from the Head, Tettars, Ringworms, Gums, Nodes, Tophs, rotten­ness and corruption of the Bones.

XV. Now most of these Signs are but Accidents of the Pox; for it seldom produces all of them at once, nor all of them at all times, nor in all persons: but they manifest themselves at certain times and seasons, ac­cording to the differing degrees of the Pox, and the variety of its malignity and infection.

XVI. And therefore it will be necessary to inquire into, and find out, how it passes out of one degree into another; and why and how, in each particular degree, it produces very different kinds of Symptoms.

XVII. The Prognosticks. Ʋl­cers caused by impure Coition or Contacts, are the first and lowest degree of the Pox: being the effect of some of the Ve­nereal or Pocky matter, super­ficially adhering: and these may be cured at first with ordi­nary, or common Desiccatives.

XVIII. But if the Salts con­stituting them cannot be destroyed by such means, but that they penetrate into the Vessels, and mix themselves with the Blood and Lympha; or with the na­tural moisture which remains in the ulcerated Part, so as to degenerate into Cankers, known by the rising up of their white lips, dull colour, and hardness, the Disease will then be much more hard to cure.

XIX. If it is a Clap, which is a virulent Gonorrhoea that is contracted, and it be recent, it may be cured with much ease and safety: but if it is inveterate or old, the Cure will be much more difficult: as we shall more at large discourse in the next folowing Chapter.

XX. If the Pocky-poison has entred into the substance of the Blood, and Nature by strugling with the Poison has made some critical separation, whereby a Bubo in the Groin, or some [Page 424] other Glandule does appear, if this is brought to perfect sup­puration, and made to run long, the Disease is drawn forth that way, and so is easily cured.

XXI. But if these poisonous Salts entering into the mass of Blood, are not thus precipitated by Nature into Bubo's, (the ex­pulsive faculty being weak) but fermenting with the Blood and other Juices, and by their own deleterious quality, they insinuate and disperse themselves every where thro' the whole substance of the Flesh, and there preci­pitate themselves, or are driven out by Nature; whereby the whole habit of the Body be­comes pustulous and ulcerous, with a kind of Scabies; this is another degree of the Pox, and it is now become universal; and therefore, tho' it is yet curable, it must be cured with more general and universal Re­medies.

XXII. If yet the malignity is increased, and the Ferment continues, whereby the poisonous Salts insinuate themselves into the Nerves and Membranes; causing Rheumatisms, wandering and nocturnal Pains, felt now in one part, now in another; oftentimes in the Shins: it is manifest that the Disease is in­creased to a greater height, and become much more difficult to cure; and to which more vehe­ment meant must be used.

XXIII. But if yet these Pocky and Poisonous Salts, after wan­dering about the Body, shall at length fix and adhere to any par­ticular Part; causing Gums, Nodes, Tophs; as they often­times do on the Arms, Thighs, Shin-bones, Head, Jaws, and other parts; and that this ad­hesion happens in the Muscles, or Periostion, thereby causing vehe­ment nocturnal pains and other accidents; as drying the nervous Fibres of those parts, inducing a general Pining or Consum­ption: or corrupting the Car­tilages and Bones, causing a Rottenness of the Bones, and other great changes, making boney Nodes, (which is a swel­ling of the substance of the Bone, rotted and corrupted by the substance and action of these impurities,) I say in this case, the Disease is very hard to cure: and tho' sometimes it may be cured in very strong Constitutions, yet in some again that are more weak, who cannot happily undergo the fatigue of the Cure; or in whom the Poison has seized upon the noble parts, and such other parts as administer to them, it becomes utterly with­out help, and past all manner of hope.

XXIV. The Cure. Because we have at large given you the De­scription of this Disease, with the Causes, Signs, Symptoms, Pro­gnosticks, and various Ways of Cure, in the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 6. cap. 6. we shall say the less of it here, rather referring you thither; nor shall we repeat those things over again in this place.

XXV. But because there are some other particular Methods of Cure, which are excellent, of [Page 425] which we have said nothing there: and because we would not leave our young Artist in the dark, as to the safest, shortest, and best ways of curing, we are willing to gratify the Industrious with the following things.

XXVI. If the Pox is only in beginning, as that there are only little Pustules or Ʋlcers, caused by a light and superficial adhesion of some Venereal matter, and that it has not penetrated more inwardly; lodging at present only in the part, as in the Yard in Men, or the Privities in Women, or the Teats in Nurses, or Mouths in Infants, &c. in these cases, 'tis vanity to pursue the general Cure, since a parti­cular, shorter, and easier Method will do.

XXVII. 'Tis only necessary to destroy the malign Ferment in the part affected, blunting and breaking the points of the Veneral acid Salts, to prevent their farther penetration.

XXVIII. And this is first done with Topicks, not too strong, but of such a Temperament as may best agree with the Body and Part it is applied to. This is good: ℞ Well-water lbij. Salt of Tar­tar ʒij. Saccharum Saturni, Roch­alum, white Vitriol, A.ʒ iij. mix them, to wash with.

XXIX. Or this: ℞ A weak Lime-water lbij. Verdigrise, Sac­charum Saturni, Spirit of Vitriol, A.ʒ j, or ℈ iv. mix them. And Water mixt with Spirit of Vitriol alone, (ʒ iij. to a quart of Water,) is very excellent in this case.

XXX. Or thus: ℞ Well-water lbij. Spirit of Wine ℥ iv. Orpiment ʒ j ss. Verdigrise, Aloes, A.℈ij. mix them. Or: ℞ White Port-wine lbij. Well-water lbj. Orpiment ℥ ss. Verdigrise ʒ ij. Aloes, Myrrh, A. ʒ j. mix; and make a Liquor to wash with.

XXXI. And to prevent the farther increase, exhibit Sudori­sicks to drive from the Centre to the Circumference: as Spirit of Harts-horn, à gut. x, ad xxx. or volatil Salt of Harts-horn, à gr. viij, ad xxiv. or Tinctura Antimonii, ad ʒ ij. which you may give in a Glass of Carduus-water.

XXXII. To these may be added, the Pouder or volatil Salt of Vipers, of this latter, à gr. vj, ad ℈ j, or, because this is very dear, the volatil Salt extracted out of the Flesh of Oxen, Sheep, or other Animals; which may be given in equal parts of Spirit of Angelica and Carduus Water.

XXXIII. You may also give Purgatives, but they should be only of such a strength as to move Nature gently, and expel by Stool any putrid Matter in the Bowels: but not so strong, as to attract the Humors from the remoter parts, lest you should also attract inwardly the Venereal Malignity, and cause it to make a farther penetration than otherwise it would have done of it self; thereby causing the Pocky Venom to be dissemi­nated into the more inward parts.

XXXIV. For this purpose, an Infusion of Sena with Salt of Tartar, and sweetned with Our [Page 426] Syrupus Catharticus, is Purge enough, and all that you need do in this case.

XXXV. You may also use Diureticks, to carry off any venene matter by Ʋrine, which may lodge in the Passages of the Serum; of which Sal Prunellae is chief, being given à ʒ ss, ad ʒ ij. in fair Water sweetned with Su­gar, or else in white Wine.

XXXVI. Or, you may give Spirits of Sulphur or Vitriol, à gut. x, ad xxx. more or less; in Arsmart, Parsley, or Pellitory Water, which cool and pro­voke Urine admirably; and in colder Constitutions, Radish-seeds bruised and taken in white Wine, which is a powerful Aperitive.

XXXVII. But if thro' neglect of the Patient, or want of Skill in, him that undertakes the Cure, these Pustules, or Ʋlcers in beginning, shall degenerate into Cankers, by the Poisons insi­nuating it self deeper into the substance of the Flesh, you must then apply to them Escha­roticks and Suppuratives, to eat off the hardness which ac­companies them.

XXXVIII. The ordinary thing used in this case, is red Precipi­tate, which makes a Scar when it is good, but yet a very super­ficial one, which is not able to hinder the hardness from in­creasing: others use corrosive Sublimate; but this causes into­lerable pain during its opera­tion, draws a flux of Humors upon the Part, and many times induces a Gangrene.

XXXIX. But indeed the Lapis Infernalis has a much more excel­lent and certain effect, because it makes a deeper Eschar than ret Precipitate, and operates with less pain than corrosive Sublimate: but 'tis to be used with pru­dence and discretion, for that a Part already ulcerated is more easily to be penetrated, than that which is covered with skin: and therefore it must be used in smaller quantity, to fit places only, upon a Plaster with a hole in the middle of it, of the just bigness you design the Eschar; it will perform the operation as it were in an Instant.

XL. The Eschar being made, you may cause it to be removed by the help of the common Suppu­rative, as Ung. Basilicon; with which you may afterwards mix a little red Precipitate and burnt Alum, to increase the suppu­ration, and consume the re­maining hardness: and some advise, in dry and melancholick Bodies, to add to the said Oint­ment a small quantity of cor­rosive Sublimate, and to wash the Ulcer every time you dress it, with the Wash made of white Port-wine, at Sect. 30. aforegoing; adding to it, if need requires, a little Ʋng. Aegyptiacum, to make it a little more cleansing.

XLI. And you may lay over the Tents, &c. either Ceratum ad Tophos, or Emplastrum Mercu­riale; rubbing the places about also with Ʋnguentum Mercuriale, reiterating proper Purges in their due order.

XLII. If these things happen [Page 427] on the Yard, and a Phimosis, or circular contraction of the Prepuce is induced, either by negligence or, ignorance of the Artist; so that the lower part of the Glans cannot be uncovered, whereby you may come to dress the Ulcers or Cankers that are un­derneath, you ought to use emollient Fomentations and Cataplasms, made of Mallow and Marsh-mallow leaves and roots, Linseed, Turneps roast­ed, &c. with the Ointments and Plasters before named.

XLIII. And while these things are doing, you must cleanse the Ʋlcers and Cankers with some of the Washes before named; making injections under the Prepuce with a Syringe, and stretching it gradatim with your Fingers, by drawing it towards the root of the Yard, every time you dress your Patient, till you can perfectly uncover the Glans.

XLIV. But all this is to be done with all the easiness that can be, lest a Paraphimosis, or uni­versal contraction of the Foreskin, wherein it cannot be reduced, should happen; which is a Symptom much worse than the former, by reason of the Pain, flux of Humors, and Inflammation, which may hazard a Gangrene, if not timely prevented.

XLV. Against this evil, the former things mentioned for a Phymosis must be used, if there be time for them; but if not, you must not only in the Para­phimosis, but in the Phimosis also, prefer Incision (making one or two in the Prepuce, as you see need requires) before all other Applications. These things being done, the Ulcers and Cankers are to be well cleansed, all impediments removed, and the Cicatrice to be produced according to Art.

XLVI. But if the whole Body is universally defiled, and the Pox is become universal, we must come to a more universal Cure; and since Nature oftentimes helps in this case, by the protrusion of Bubo's in the Groin, which if carefully brought forward, opened, and kept long running, the whole malignity of the Disease is carried off that way, we must endeavour by Art to promote this natural Crisis, by application of proper Remedies.

XLVII. That this may be effe­ctually done, you must endeavour to promote the increase, magnitude, and protrusion of the Tumor, by giving internally Sudorificks, which help on the Protrusion; of which kind are Our Tincturae Cordialis, Tinct. Antimonii, Tinct. Opii, Tinct. Salis Tartari, Spiritus Opiati compositus, Potestates Vir­tutum, Sal Cornu Cervi Succina­tum, Bezoar mineral, native Cinnabar, Theriaca Chymica, Laudanum specificum Nostrum, Laudanum Samech Gardneri, and other things of like nature.

XLVIII. And externally you must apply Topicks, which may hasten and procure the Suppu­ration, you may apply this fol­lowing Cataplasm: ℞ Ung. Basilicon, or Nicotianae ℥ iij. Lilly-roots ℥ iv. sowr Rye-leaven ℥ iv ss. pouder of Bay-berries ℥ ij. Oil of Amber q.s. mix, and make Cataplasms; which apply [Page 428] hot, renewing them every six or eight hours.

XLIX. If in strong Bodies, you would attract more strongly, you must increase the quantity of Leaven; but if it be in tender and delicate Bodies, you may sometimes diminish it: now this Cataplasm not only attracts the Humor to the Part, but also fixes it in the same, by contributing to the Suppu­ration.

L. If the augment is slow, you may apply a great Cupping-glass, once every twelve hours; which must be left on so long, till it has made a considerable attra­ction; then being taken off, upon the point of the Tumor apply this: ℞ Basilicon, Leven fermented with a little Spirit of Vitriol, A. ʒ j. mix them, and over this apply the former Cataplasm, or Empl. Diachylon cum Gummis.

LI. The Bubo being brought to suppuration, it is to be opened in the most eminent part of it, or a little beneath, according to the ductus of the Fibres of the Groin; by applying a potential Cautery, as Lapis infernalis, mixt with a little Basilicon, or other proper Ointment, and then opening it with the Lancet or Incision-knife.

LII. After which, the common Suppuratives and Detersives are to be applied; putting at first upon it Emplastr. Diachylum, and afterwards Our Emplastrum Mercuriale; then you must order it as other corrupted Tumors, and towards the end of its Cure, purge frequent­ly with some proper Cathar­tick.

LIII. If Nature indicates not the raising of a Bubo, we must then come to another way of Cure; which is by of Expulsion of the Morbifick-matter, thro' those Passages which Nature has or­dained: and this is either by the Pores in Sweating, or the Salivatick-glands, in Salivation.

LIV. I know that many have pretended to do the Cure by Sudorificks and Diets, without Mercury; but this is impossible, in an universal and confirm'd Pox: tho' tis confest, after a choice Salivation they are of mighty use. The things most used for this purpose are, 1. The Wood Guajacum: 2. Cortex Guajaci: 3. Sarsaparilla: 4. Sassafras: 5. Radix China: 6. Burdock­roots; which, next to Gua­jacum, are found to be most effectual.

LV. And late Experiences have a vast number of times confirmed to us, that neither by Vomiting, nor Purging, nor yet by Sweating, or any other ordinary Methods, can this Disease be cured; whatever ancient Authors have affirmed to the contrary: 'tis true, those Methods may abate the Sym­ptoms, and in a recent Pox, do the work well enough; but in an old, universal, and confirm'd Pox, nothing but Salivation can have any good effect.

LVI. How Salivation then is to be performed, now remains to be inquired into; and since it is to be done several ways, we will examin them all, and then point out to that which is best: and the [Page 429] matter by which it must be per­formed is Mercury, into the nature and properties of which we shall a little enquire.

LVII. Its nature, is easily to join with Sulphurs, and therefore it is apt to join it self with Sul­phureous Bodies, by amalgamation, whereby its quantity is many times augmented with Lead and Tin, to a great abuse; for which rea­son it is best to draw it forth from Cinnabar, mixing it with Filings of Iron, and so draw forth the pure Mercury by di­stillation; and by this means other Mercury may be had in its Purity; for the other Metals are not volatile enough to rise with it, but remain in the retort with the Sulphur and the Iron.

LVIII. It is of a spherical or round Figure, and that makes it so moveable and fugitive; and this form it conserves in its smal­lest Particles, so that tho' it is (as it were) dissolved with acid Spirits, and reduced into most subtil Pouder, yet by the help of a Microscope, the spherical Form may be perceived still to continue, so that it scarcely seems possible, to find a medium totally to destroy it: And there­fore it is, that by the heat of fire, being separated from the acid, which divides it into parts, it may be revived again.

LIX. It abounds vastly with Sulphur, and that is the reason it so easily joins to sulphureous Bodies: And Metals which abound with Sulphur, are more weighty and more malleable than others, and their Particles more perfectly united together, yet by their division into infinitely small Particles, they are rendred more penetrative and volatil than before; and thus it befalls Mercury in its preparation, for making of Medicines.

LX. Being thus prepared, it is fit for inward exhibition, or topical Application in Ointments, Em­plasters, and Fumigations; where being mixt with sulphurous bo­dies, it is kept divided by those oily and resinous Substances, in imperceptible Particles, that it may thereby the more easily penetrate the Pores of the part to which it is applied, and that its motion is indifferently, upwards, downwards, and on every side.

LXI. This is evident in the use of Mercurial Ointments, by the Oily Bodies of which it is held divided into those so minute Par­ticles, whereby it is the more able to penetrate the Pores of the Skin: so also in Troches for Fumigation, the sulphureous Fume of the re­sinous Bodies keep it also divi­ded into most subtil Particles, that it may make an easier en­trance into the Skin, and pass through the substance of the Flesh with the less violence.

LXII. This being premised, we will now consider the several ways by which it is (by various Artists) differently performed: and this, 1. By the Mouth. 2. By Unction. 3. By Fumigation. Of all which methods, we shall (God willing) treat in order, as follows.

LXIII. In order to a Saliva­tion (by what way soever attemp­ted) there are some previous con­siderations necessary, as 1. The time [Page 430] and Season of the Year, which ought if possible, to be in March, April or May, if in the begin­ning of the Year; or in the latter end of August, September or October, if in the latter part of the Year; and not in the heat of the Summer (unless the Summer should prove cool) be­cause Heat causes a dissipation of the Spirits, and a diminuti­on of the native Heat and Strength, without which the o­peration cannot be effected; nor yet in the cold of Winter, because the cold thickens the Humors, and makes them less apt to flow, as they ought to do; besides, there is fear of ta­king cold, which may bring the Patient into danger of his Life.

LXIV. 2. The Preparation of a body of a temperate constituti­on; And this is done by pur­ging with the Tinctura Purgans, or Syrupus Catharticus; Or with this following, ℞ Sena ʒ ij. White Port Wine half a Pint, make an Infusion over a simmering heat, for two hours close covered; strain out and add Cassia newly extract­ed ℥ j. mix for a Dose, which repeat four times, viz. every o­ther day: In the intermediate days he may (if conveniency affords) bathe morning and even­ing, to dissolve the coagulated Humors; and during all the time you may give him this: ℞ White Port Wine lbj. Raspings of Guajacam ℥ ss. Burdock-roots ℥ j. thin sliced; infuse 24 hours, strain out:Water lbviij. Pearl barley ℥ ij. Liquorice well bruised ℥ jss. boil well, and strain out, which mix with the former infusion in Wine. Let this be his ordinary Drink.

LXV. 3. The Preparation of a thin Body, hot and dry. Here Coolers and Moistners are to be used, and but very gentle Purging, because it carries off the Humidities, which are al­ready in too small a quantity. ℞ Clarified Whey lbj. Sena ʒ j. make an Infusion, strain out, and dissolve therein Sal Prunellae ʒ ss. for a Dose; which repeat not above twice at 4 or 5 days di­stance; bathe also morning and evening for several days, but so as not to provoke the least Sweat, and the while let this be his constant Drink. ℞ Water lbx. Pearled barley ℥ iij. Pur­slain, Lettice, A. M. iij. Sorrel, M. ij. Liquorice bruised ℥ jss. boil and strain out, into which squeeze the juice of a Limon to make it pleasant; and let his Food be broth of Meats made savory, to nourish him, and boiled Meat, and by degrees use him to the constant course of Liquid nou­rishment.

LXVI. 4. The Preparation of a Body repleat with moisture, and of a cold flegmatick Con­stitution. You may purge with Tinctura Cathartica, Sal Mira­bile, or Tinctura Antimonij Pur­gans; Or with the Tinctura Ca­thartica mixt with Syrupus Ca­tharticus, which you may re­peat five times, viz. once every third day. Let his Drink be this: ℞ Water lbx. Pearled barley ℥ jv. Liquorice bruised, Burdock-roots, A. ℥ ij. boil, and towards the end of the boiling, add Corriander-seed, Fennel-seed, [Page 431] A. ℥ ss. Cubebs ʒ ij. strain out:White Port-wine lbj ss. Gua­jacum rasped ℥ ij ss. Cortex of the same bruised ℥ ss. mix, and make an Infusion: strain out, and mix it with the former, adding the juice of Limons to make it pleasant. Let him sweat every night, by giving him a Glass of the former Liquor, with thirty drops of Spirit of Harts-horn in it, and then go to a warm bed, if he sweat in a Bath, (otherwise putting a Warming-stone to his Feet, or Bottles of hot Water to induce the Dia­phoresis:) diminish also their Food gradually, and let them eat what is roasted, as being more drying, and fit for this occasion.

I. Salivation by Internals.

LXVII. The gentlest of all in­ternal Salivatories is Mercurius dulcis, which may be given à ℈ j, ad ʒ ss, or ℈ ij. every night going to bed, till such time as the Flux begins to rise; then you must cease, till you see how it comes forward: if it rises well, give no more, if not, advance another Dose; and be sure you wait so long, till you see there can be no danger upon the exhibition thereof.

LXVIII. The next to this is Turpethum Minerale, then Au­rum Vitae, and after, Arcanum Corallinum, white Precipitate, red Precipitate, the Princes Pou­der, and Precipitate per se, to which you may add Arcanum Jovis; but this last, because it operates slowly, must be given longer, and sometimes to gr. x, xij, or more: all, or any of these which you shall make choice of, must be used with the same Caution which we gave in the preceding Section, concerning Mercurius dulcis. See more of this way, in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medi­cinae, lib. 6. cap. 6. sect. 156, ad Sect. 120.

II. Salivation by Ʋnction.

LXiX. This is performed with Our Ʋnguentum Mercuriale, or this following: ℞ Quick­silver ℥iv. Turpentine ℥ij. Oil of Ben ℥j. Oil of Rhodium ʒ ij. mix, and dissolve the Quick-silver by grinding; then add Oil-olive lbj. Sheeps-suet lbss. mix them again well, and keep it for use.

LXX. Of either of these Oint­ments you may take ℥ ij. for the first anointing; which may be from the Ancles till you come above the Knees, and from the Wrists to the end of the Shoulder-blades: in some tender and delicate Bodies, this first Unction has done the work desired; so that a second would have proved dangerous.

LXXI. After this first Ʋnction, therefore you must observe the motion of its operation, or if any signs of the Salivation appear, for then you must presently leave off anointing, for fear Suffocation should ensue; which does always come to pass, when the Humors are carried up to the Throat in too large a measure.

LXXII. If no signs appear, you [Page 432] must then come to a second Ʋn­ction, which must be made about a natural day, or twenty four hours after the first; in which you may use ℥ ij. more of your Ointment, anointing and rub­bing the Legs and Thighs there­with, from the middle of the Foot to the upper part of the Hips; as also the Back-bone, from the end of the Os sacrum to the middle of the Neck; and the Arms, from the Wrists again to the Shoulder-blades: not forgetting the places where the Glandules are placed.

LXXIII. If yet no signs of a Salivation appear, you must with ℥ ij. more of your Ointment anoint again a third time, and upon the same places last afornamed: and this rarely fails to produce the desired effect, if the Body of the Patient be fitly prepared, as it ought to be.

LXXIV. If yet no signs appear, you must be very cautious how you proceed, lest you should be sur­prized before you are aware; and forbear anointing anew, for at least two days: and when you begin to anoint again, not using above half the quantity, and yet less, if the Gums be­gin to swell or grow sore: beware of too many repeated anointings, because of the dan­ger which many times succeeds.

LXXV. In this case you had better give a Dose of Mercurius dulcis, à gr. xx, ad xxx. it will with much ease and safety induce the Salivation; when more anointing may prove dan­gerous, and if need requires, it may be again repeated.

LXXVI. As to the manner of Anointing, it must always be made before a clear and good fire, espe­cially if the weather be cold; a Skreen being placed behind the Patient, to make the heat reverberate, and save the Sick from cold, and the Ointment ought to be rubbed on, and repeated several times upon each part, to help forward the penetration.

III. Salivation by Fumigation.

LXXVII. This is the third and last way of raising a Saliva­tion, which is done by the Fumes of artificial Cinnabar, made into Troches, after this manner: ℞ Artificial Cinnabar ℥ j ss. Benjamin, Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, all in fine pouder, A. ℥ ss. Cortex Winteranus, Zedoary, in fine pouder, A. ʒ iij. Frankincense ℥ ss. Turpentine, enough to make them up into a mass for Troches; of which make fourty, for ten Fumi­gations.

LXXVIII. Wiseman in his Chi­rurgery, has these Troches: ℞ Cinnabar ℥ ij. crude Mercury ℥ j. Mastich, Frankincense, Gum of Juniper, A.℥ ss. Storax Cala­mita, Benjamin, A. ʒ iij. make all into a subtil pouder, and with Turpentine q.s. make a mass for Troches, each weighing about ʒ iij. this quantity may serve for twenty Fumigations.

LXXIX. The way of using these Troches is thus: have an artificial Chair, or Cane-couch, made for the purpose, upon which put the Sick in some warm close [Page 433] place; or a Tub for the purpose, made beneath of boards, and arched like a Tent; and covered all over with thick Blankets. Or, which is much better, let him go into Hartman's Sweat­ing-Chair, in which let him sit, and receive the Fume from the Troches within, being thrown upon live coals.

LXXX. His Face must be out, as the nature of the place imports, that he may endure it the longer; and his Head so covered, that the Air come not at it; but towards the conclusion, the Head ought to receive some of the Fumes: and he is to endure it as long as he can without fainting.

LXXXI. Then wrapping warm Sheets about him, carry him to a fresh warm place, and place him in a warm bed, to sweat, for three or four hours, or more, as he can endure it.

LXXXII. These Fumes are to be used once every day, if the Sick be strong, but if weak, once every other day: and if he be faint, let him rest a day or two, till his Spirits are recruited, and then repeat the Fumigation again; till by the foreness of his mouth, and fluxing or spitting, you see reason to give over: he may also in this method of Fuming, eat oftner than other­wise, and that good and nou­rishing food; for too much abstinence in this case does hurt.

LXXXIII. If a particular part be chiefly affected, as an Arm or Leg, with vehement, Rheumatick pains, a malign Herpes, or cacoe­thick Ʋlcer; you need only fume that Part alone (which is less troublesom and dan­gerous to the Patient) by laying it in a proper posture, covering it over and close with Blankets, and then putting the Fumiga­tion cast upon live coals, under it, &c.

LXXXIV. Hitherto of the usual Methods of Fuming; but length of time has brought the Art to a greater perfection: for now the Patient being drest in his Cloaths, (as if going abroad) is put in the morning into a close Room like a Closet, or some such thing; and the Fu­migation being put upon live coals, in that little place, he receives it up his Mouth and Nostrils, for the space of about an hour, more or less, as he is able to bear it: which when over, he goes about his Cham­ber or House, without any other Observation than this Caution, to beware of taking Cold.

LXXXV. This makes the Pa­tient spit upon the spot, for an hour or better, and a little all the day after till the next morning; (but so as not to be perceived by strangers) and then it is repeated again in like manner for another hour; and thus continued for about thirty days, less or more, or till the Patient becomes perfectly well.

LXXXVI. This Method is with­out any danger, and if the wea­ther is warm, the Patient is permitted to go abroad: (for within an hour after the Fumi­gation is over, the Salivation will be pretty well over also only a small kind of spitting continues all the day, and is [Page 434] again revived the next day:) nor is any precise Diet to be observed by him in respect to his eating or drinking; salt and sowr things, and Pickles, being only forbidden him.

LXXXVII. By this Method, a Patient is as certainly cured as by any other; and I am sure, much easier, and with a great deal more of safety; and in my opinion, in a much shorter time. If any shall object the danger of the Fumes going up the Head, it is a vain Objection: for tho' it may be rationally enough an­swered, yet daily Experience for thousands of times, has proved it safe and innocent: and doubtless there can be no Argument against Experience.

LXXXVIII. Since we have here shewn three several ways of Sa­livating, as, 1. By Internals: 2. By Ʋnction: 3. By Fumiga­tion; and it be demanded which of them is the best; we in few words answer, that by Fumi­gation; next that by Internals, given by the Mouth; and in the last place we put that by Unction, as being the very worst way of all, and always attended with the more dan­gerous Symptoms.

LXXXIX. For if we consider the way the Mercury has to make, when used by Ʋnction, that it must pass thro' the Skin, then thro' the Fat, if any be, and Musculous Flesh, thro' which it has a long passage; (where by the way it is sometimes lodged, and sometimes meets with the Bones, corrupting and rot­ting them; causing many times nocturnal Pains, with many other Aches and disorders,) and at length ascends up into the Sto­mach, Head, and Brain; whence the Serosities of the Parts, and Acidities of the Humors preci­pitate it down again into the Salivatick Glands and Ducts: I say, when a man considers, that this is the way it must make, to perform the work of Salivation, with the accidents and dangers attending it, it would make even a bold Man tremble to attempt it.

XC. As to the Internal way of raising the Salivation, (tho' it is much better than that by Ʋnction, yet) some Objections lye against it: for unless it be made with Mercurius dulcis, (which is too weak a Preparation for a confirmed Pox) it generally makes the Patient extremely sick, even almost to death; frequently excites violent Vo­mitings, Faintings, and cold Sweats: and sometimes the Sa­livation either rises not at all, or if it does, it is many times so faintly as to do no good: and unless the Artist be very skilful in his business, by en­deavouring to raise it to its due height, he many times suffo­cates his Patient; or otherwise by a too much opening the mouths of the Vessels, causes a violent flux of Blood; to the great hazard, at least detriment of the Patient.

XCI. From what has been said it is manifest, that the Way by Fumigation is truly the best; and in that way, the method of Fuming by the Mouth, with the [Page 435] Clothes on, because this is free from all the Symptoms, Dan­gers, and Miscarriages of the other Methods; tho' we do not by this forbid them others, but do allow that sometimes, upon some occasions and acci­dents, they may well enough be made use of, if done by a skil­ful Hand.

XCII. But which way soever you pursue, whether by Internals, Ʋnction, or Fumigation, you may know when the Salivation is in beginning, by the working of the Pulse, vexation of Mind and Body, diminution or entire loss of Appetite, heat of the Mouth, swelling and soreness of the Gums and Lips, thickness of the Tongue, blisters in the Cheeks, stinking of the Breath, white­ness of the Palate, pain of the Teeth, and indisposedness to sleep.

XCIII. When by these signs, you find the Salivation to approach, you must forbear giving any more Doses by the mouth, if you use that way; or Ʋnction, if you have used that, or Fumigations, if that; and all sort of Mercurials, lest some evil accident, as vehement corrosion of the Vessels, by which much Blood runs out of them for some days, or Suffocation should ensue, which many times happens when Mercury is used in too great a quantity.

XCIV. But if the Salivation comes regularly on, it will be manifest by a continual kind of stream, or running down of a clear Flegm or Saliva, as it were in a long thread, which at first runs but gently, but gradually en­creases for 8 or 9 days, till it comes to the height, which in persons of a moist and gross ha­bit of Body, may come to four, five, or six Pints in a day and night, and to others in a less proportion.

XCV. But it ought to be brought on with care and caution, and by a gradual ascension in the use of the Medicaments, first seeing the ultimate of what the last Dose or Quantity will do, before you venture upon the next, lest by too frequent administrations, you raise the Salivation to a degree not to be commanded, and so suffocate the Patient.

XCVI. In the beginning of the Operation, there is sometimes ve­hement pains of the Belly, causing a Flux downwards. These if they be very violent and difficult to endure, you may ease by ex­hibiting an Anodyn Clyster. ℞ White Posset drink or broth of Pearled Barley lbj. Powers of Aniseeds ʒ iij. Tincturae Opij gut. 30. mix, and give it warm.

XCVII. If the Mouth be much Ʋlcerated, you ought to wash it daily with warm Water or Da­mask Rose-water, mixed with a little Wine; I know some ad­vise to a mixture of Milk and Water; but Water and Wine are much better, by reason of the abstersive Quality of the Wine: 'Tis true, it will make the Patients mouth smart a little, but its good effects will make it to be born withal, notwith­standing that little inconveni­ency.

XCVIII. While the Spitting lasts, cold is carefully to be avoid­ed; [Page 436] and before taking of any thing inwardly down the Throat, the Mouth ought to be well washt two or three several times with fair warm Water, that the adhering sharp, corrosive and poysonous Humor may be washt off, the Mouth kept clean, and the in­crease of the Ulcers hindred.

XCIX. For otherwise every time any thing is drunk or taken down, part of the poysonous Re­crements hanging about the Mouth, Tongue and Throat, will also be swallowed, whereby the Patient will be reinfected with his own Poyson, which often times causes tortions and gripings of the Bowels: and truly, the want of this course of daily washing the Mouth, is the cause of the repeating of Salivation after Sa­livation; and that after seve­ral Salivations, tho' never so well performed; they have proved ineffectual as to a perfect Cure; and that the Patient has been forced to go thro' two or three several Salivations, and some more; when one perform­ed with this care, would have served the turn, and possibly done better too.

C. As to the time the Flux ought to continue, it is not exactly to be determined; in some it will finish of its own accord in 12 or 14 days, (counting the beginning of the Flux when the Sick spits between a Pint and a Quart in 24 hours) in some in 20 days, and in others in 30 days, be­yond which it ought not to be continued, unless it be very small and inconsiderable.

CI. For if you drain some Bodies too much, consuming and exhaust­ing the Radical Moisture it self, which is the Root of Nourish­ment, and Foundation of Life, you will dry up the Brain by little and little, and so infallibly induce an incurable Atrophy upon the whole Body, making Death to close up the Act. You ought therefore as well to preserve what is natu­ral to the Body, as to destroy what is inimical: and there­fore you must observe how much the Body is dryed, how much of the Strength is spent, and all o­ther circumstances and acci­dents, which may give you time­ly notice to stop the Salivation (after a sufficient continuance) to prevent any future danger.

CII. If therefore you would stop the Salivation when it rises too high, or continues too long, some Authors advise to repress it with Catharticks; others with salt of Tartar mixt with Broth, or ordinary Liquid Purges, as a Tincture or Infusion of Sena, &c.

CIII. But if you would do it certainly and effectually, give this mixture:Flowers of Sulphur, or Sulphur Vive in fine Pouder ʒ ij ss. Honey, or extract of Juni­per-berries, q.s. mix, and make a mass for five Doses, to be given morning and evening: and if the Salivation is vehement, you may give a Dose or two of Lau­danum, for that immediately thickens the Humor thro' the whole Body, so that it cannot flow to the Salivatick Glands, nor supply them, after which you may give a gentle Purge.

CIV. To heal the Ʋlcers which happen in the Mouth and Throat, [Page 437] often gargle with fair warm Water in which a few Drops of Spirit of Sulphur or Vitriol are put; Or with this Gargarism, ℞ Fair water lbij. S.V. ℥ iij. Mel Rosarum ℥ jss. mix for a Gargle: Or this, ℞ Fair Wa­ter lbij. Red Port Wine lbss. Honey of Mulberries ℥ j ss. mix them.

CV. If there is a Flux of Blood at Mouth,Fair Water ℥ jv. Red Port Wine ℥ ij. Tinctura Mi­rabilis ℥ j. mix them. Or give this: ℞ Catechu ʒ ss. Flowers of Sulphur ℈ j. Honey of Roses, q.s. mix and make a Bolus, which often repeat. Or,An infusion of Red Roses in Water ℥ jv. and make it pleasantly acid with Spi­rit of Sulphur; it will be astrin­gent enough to repel the Blood.

CVI. If there is a Diarrhaea or Bloody Flux, give one small Pill of Our Specifick Laudanum, at night going to bed; or instead thereof, this mixture, ℞ Red Port Wine ℥ vj. Tincturae Mirabilis ʒ jv. Guttae Vitae, or Liquid Laudanum gut. xxx. mix for a Dose to be given at night going to bed, to be repeated every night so long as the Flux lasts.

CVII. If after the Salivation is over, there is in Women, yet an overflowing of the Womb, with a kind of purulent Humor, it will be necessary for her to receive up her Womb, the Fume of some of the Iroches mentioned Sect. 77. aforegoing; or else to inject into the Womb with a Womb-Syringe this Water. ℞ Fair Water lbij. White Vitriol, Roch Alum, Saccharum Saturni A. ʒ iij. mix and dissolve, and inject therewith three or four times a day, blood-warm.

CVIII. If the Sick is accompa­nied with much Weakness and Fainting Fits, either in the time of the Salivation, or after it is finisht, you may give them two or three spoonfuls or more, of Our Aqua Bezoartica, or Spiri­tus Cordialis, or strong Cinnamon Water, (if in the Salivation,) mixt with as much choice Cana­ry, or else (if out of the Saliva­tion) alone by it self; Or a glass of generous Wine, which will relieve the suffocated Spi­rits, fortify the Heart, and do much good in all fainting and swooning Fits.

CIX. As to the Diet which the Sick is to submit to, during the course of the Salivation, We now come to speak. If the Body is hot, dry, thin, and lean, you must forbear all Nutriments of a heating Quality, and withal nou­rish somewhat more than ordi­narily: Give him plentifully of broth made of Beef, a Leg of Veal, or a Pullet, making it a little savory, adding to it Sor­rel, Lettice, Purslain, or Succo­ry, and let him drink of it of­ten: Or you may give him Gelly made of Veal, also Gelly made of Harts-horn, and Barly Broth, made with Milk like to Cream, and a little sweetned with dou­ble refined Sugar; Or Posset-drink made White, and a little sweetned with fine Sugar: let him take hourly in the day­time, and every third or fourth hour in the night, of some of these things, which he likes best; and if he be faint for want of [Page 438] Food, you may give him a couple of New-laid Eggs poached, eve­ry day at Noon, or only when need requires.

CX. But if the Body is fat, fleshy, strong, cold and moist, or flegmatick, you may give him the former things, but without Sorrel, Lettice, Purslain or Suc­cory, and not so often, nor in so large Quantities, but only just enough to keep the Saliva­tion up, and the Patient alive; and once in two or three days you may give him a New-laid Egg or two, poached, for the Support of his Spirits: Also Water Gruel is of good use in this case, boiled with Sage, Time, Fennel and Savory.

CXI. Sometimes instead of Sa­livating, the Mercury Praecipitates downwards, and the Malignity is carryed off by Stool; but this hinders not the Mercury from penetrating into all the parts, and is much better than when it terminates in Sweating. This is caused from the abound­ing of Alcalious Salt, which meeting with the Mercu­ry, stops its motion, and forces it downwards. In this case the Physitian ought to as­sist Nature, by repeating proper Purges and Diureticks.

CXII. Sometimes also, it ope­rates chiefly by Ʋrine, and this is better than that by Stool, and next to that of Salivation, espe­cially if it continues long, and is large enough. This happens in such Bodies where acid Salts and alcalious Salts are nearly e­qual: for Acids taken inward­ly become Diuretick, carrying off Flegm and Serosities by U­rine, but joining with the Mer­cury, they may be sublimed, or carried upwards with Heat; whereby they loose that Pro­perty, unless encountred with an equality or sufficient Power of an Alcalious Salt, for then being dissolved in the Serum, by the power of the Alcali the Mercury is precipitated down­wards, and by the Vertue of the Acid, it is conducted to the Reins, and so the Impurities are carried off and expelled by Urine.

CXIII. But if the Mercury per­forms a compleat Salivation, which is its most ordinary operation; it is, because that the Venereal Salts fermenting like Leven, dis­solve in the Blood and Lympha, and so spread themselves into all parts of the Body, rendring by this means all the Humors sharp and acid; and the Mer­cury meeting with these acid Humidities, charges it self with them, from whence it comes to pass, That the Mercury by its Volatile Property, thro' the na­tive heat of the Body, ascend­ing upwards, carries all the ma­lignity of the Humors with it, to the Salivatick Glands, and so causes the Salivation.

CXIV. And it seems that Na­ture acts her part in this work of her own accord, because this moti­on is not only from below upwards, but it is generally equal, moderate and continual. Now all the acid, malign and impure Humors as­cending with the Mercury, they make it corrosive (like corrosive Praecipitate dissolved in A.F. or [Page 439] Spirit of Nitre) and ascending up with Heat, they increase their corrosive property, (making a kind of Sublimate) which seiz­ing upon the parts about the Mouth and Throat exulcerates them, and sometimes penetrates them so exceedingly, that many times the Vessels are corroded and opened, whence comes a flux of Blood, lasting sometimes for several days, till the fluid matter becomes less corrosive, thro' the diminution of the A­cids.

CXV. Tho the Directions we have here given, are almost infal­lible for curing this Disease, and do scarcely fail one of a hundred, if exactly observed, yet many times dreadful Accidents happen, which no man could foresee, and many times are impossible to be remedi­ed; as in dry, thin and lean Bo­dies, of a sudden there is a flux of the Bowels, with almost in­sufferable Gripings, which soon leaves a constipation behind, which causes an inflamation of the Bowels, Brest, Throat and Mouth, with a difficulty of swal­lowing and breathing, which produces a Fever, with intole­rable heat and burning, whence comes oftentimes Deafness, Blindness and Palsies, and many times Frensies, Swoonings, Ap­poplexies, and Death it self.

CXVI. So also in a fat, cold, moist, and flegmatick Constitution, as sudden Alterations happen, the Mercury thro' its violent ascen­sion, carries with it so great a confluence of Humors, that not only most of the afore-enume­rated Accidents may happen, but many times a very great swelling of the Throat, Tongue, and Cheeks, and oftentimes of the whole Face, with hardness, cancrous eating Ulcers, loosness of the Teeth, and an immoderate flux of Blood, which causes ei­ther present Suffocation, or o­therwise the Ulcers spreading, and growing black and stinking, they at length gangrene, and so cause Death.

CXVII. The Causes of these things are often unknown, and therefore difficult to be avoided; in some there are inward Dispo­sitions and Qualities, not pos­sible to be understood, and so without the possibility of being taken away; in others the Ca­cochymia of Body is so great, that it cannot any ways be cor­rected, or overcome; besides the true causes of many mens Death is wholly unknown, nor can the set time be avoided; for which reasons it is, that the success of this Operation is not always so happy as one would desire, and such accidents hap­pen, which as they could not be fore-seen, so might not rea­sonably be expected, and there­fore not in the power of the most Skilful to prevent.

CXVIII. It remains now, that we prescribe the conclusive Diet, or that which is to be taken after the Salivation is over, which is to be continued for at least thir­ty days; of which we shall give you one only Praescript, which is this that follows, and is chiefly for a cold, moist, and flegmatick constitution.

CXIX. The conclusive Diet [Page 440] Drink. ℞ Antimony in fine Pou­der, and tyed up in a Rag ℥ xxiv. Burdock Roots thin sliced ℥ xxxij. Mealy Sarsaparilla slit, Liquorice bruised, Lignum Guajacum, rasped Pot-ashes, A. ℥ xvj. Cortex Gua­jaci, Winters Cinnamon bruised, A. ℥ viij. Water six Gallons; mix and infuse all night in a scalding heat; the next day boil till six Quarts are consumed in a proper Diet-Pot: then add Currans, Raisons of the Sun stoned, Figs slit, A.℥ xvj. Zedoary ℥ x. Anise-seed, Carraway-seed, Coriander-seed, Fennel-seed, A. ℥ iv. boil well again for half an hour, or better, and then strain out, with­out pressing; bottle it up, putting into each Bottle a Clove slit in two: Of this drink three Pints a day, viz. morning, noon, and night, gently sweating upon it every night.

CXX. The remaining ingredi­ents, except the Figs, Raisons, and Currans, which are to be cast away, you may take again, and add to them fresh Figs, Raisons and Currans, A. ℥ xvj. Aniseeds, Coriander, Carraways, and Fennel-seeds, A. ℥ ij. Water lbxx. and boil again half an hour or better, then strain out and bottle it up as before; this is the second decoction, and for ordinary Drinking: The An­timony keep and preserve, for it will serve 40 times if there be occasion.

CXXI. But if it is in a thin, hot, dry, cholerick and consum­ptive habit of Body, you must take but one half of the Lig­num Guajacum, and wholly leave out the Cortex, Winters Cinna­mon, and Zedoary, and then make it up with the remaining Ingredients, in all respects as the former, both as to the first and second Decoctions.

CXXII. Lastly, That all parts may be sufficiently cleansed, and that no Seeds of the Dis­ease, nor Recrements of Hu­mours may be left in the Bo­wels, or other Passages, purge first before you take the De­coction, at least twice, and af­terwards whilst you take the Decoction, once every fifth day, with this infusion of Sena. ℞ Choise Sena ʒ ij. green Liquo­rice bruised ʒ jss. Salt of Tartar ʒ ss. Fair Water ℥ jx. mix and infuse two hours close covered, then give it a Walm or two, and Strain out for one Dose. See more of this Cure at large in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, in the Elements of Physick, Lib. 1. Cap. 71. Sect. 44. ad Sect. 63. and Lib. 6. Cap. 6. where you will receive abun­dant Satisfaction.

CHAP. XXXVIII. Of a CLAP, or RƲNNING of the REINS.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in La­tin, Gonorrhoea Virulenta, & Venerea; in English, a Clap, Virulent, or Pocky Running of the Reins.

II. The placing this Distemper here among Ʋniversal Defilements, may be objected against us; it being the hurt only of a particular Part: but to this we answer, 1. That we did it chiefly, as having an affinity to the Lues, treated of in the preceding Chapter, and as being a Species of it; for which cause we thought it fit to be treated of in the next place to that. 2. That tho' it is not an Uni­versal Defilement in its begin­ning, yet many times by con­tinuance and ill handling, it becomes Universal; inducing a Venereal Cachexy over the whole Body; tainting the Blood, Lympha, Seed, and all the other Humors.

III. The Signs. It is known by the running of a virulent, stinking, and ill-coloured matter from the Yard or Womb; with much pain, heat, and sharpness of Urine withal.

IV. It is indeed a particular kind of Pox, or the Pox in begin­ning: a Clap, or virulent Gonor­rhoea, is a higher degree thereof than simple Ulcers or Cankers, of which we have spoken in the former Chapter; because the malign or poisonous Salts or Matter is insinuated farther into the Body, even to Parts inward and concealed.

V. There is a solution of Con­tinuity in the Urethra, which descends down even to the Bladder it self, and parts adjacent, which seem to be the first of the in­ward parts affected; then comes Inflammation, known by the heat and pain which is felt in pissing, with sometimes a total stoppage of Urine; or so great an obstruction, as only suffers it to be made by drops, or in little quantities.

VI. And by degrees the malignity seizes upon the Seminal parts, and the Seed it self; altering it in its substance, colour, smell, and other properties; making it thin, yellow, green, blew, and stinking; and in all its sub­stance, spoiled and corrupted.

VII. The Causes. They are the same with those mentioned in the former Chapter; and are chiefly, 1. Contagion, which by Contact or Act affixes the seeds of the Disease. 2. A malign and poi­sonous Salt, which insinuating it self into the Pores of the Skin, where the contact is, dis­seminates its self, fixes in the Part, and lays the foundation of the Disease.

VIII. The Differences. It differs [Page 442] from a simple Gonorrhoea, or Flux of Seed; which arises either from too great a fulness of Seed, or overflowing of the Seed-vessels, or a weakness of the Retentive Fa­culty: whereas this virulent Gonorrhoea is a Solution of Continuity, or Ulcer in the Ʋrethra, descending down, af­fecting the Seed-vessels, and by its malignity contaminating the Seed it self.

IX. The Prognosticks. When it is recent, or but newly con­tracted, it may be cured in short time, and with much ease and safety; by removing the Sym­ptoms appearing, thro' the ap­plication of fit and proper Medicines.

X. But if it has been of any long continuance, so that the ma­lign and venereal Salts have penetrated into the Orifices of the Veins and Arteries; or by any other ways howsoever, have affected the Blood and Lympha, and corrupted the whole sub­stance of the Seed, the Cure will be much more difficult and tedious; because all the acci­dents become greater.

XI. And if it has been of very long continuance, without cure, the malignity penetrates farther, even to the infecting the Muscles, and whole Fleshy-substance, and at length degenerates into the Universal Pox, of which we have treated in the preceding Chapter.

XII. The Cure. Bleeding, with which this Cure is almost always begun, by the Quack-Doctors and Vulgar Practisers, must be abso­lutely forborn, for the mischief it may possibly do. Let us hear what the famous Blegny, Chir­urgian in ordinary to the French Queen, says in this case, in his Observations on the French Disease, Sect. 2. Cap. 2.

XIII. Some Practisers (says he) whose course we must by no means follow, ever begin this Cure with Bleeding in the Arm; by which means the Venereal matter will be attracted, or driven more in­wardly into the Body: and there­fore we must by consequence suspect it as pernicious or dangerous.

XIV. Others (says he) Bleed boldly in the Foot, which also has the same effect; or else it pre­cipitates the matter, by defluxion into the Testicles: for which reason you ought to abstain from Bleeding in either part; and rather use this following Decoction, which cools the Inflammation, abates the Acrimony, and drives the Matter outwards.

XV. The Decoction. ℞ Roots of white Lillys, of Althaea, A.lbj. Sorrel M ss. Liquorice bruised ℥ viij. Water lbxxiv. boil and make a Decoction, and strain out by pressing, the better to draw forth the Mucilage: and to every quart of this put Oil of Vitriol, or Sulphur gut. xij. of this let the Patient drink as much as his Stomach will bear, and this, at any hour of the day or night. Thus Blegny.

XVI. This may be of use in the beginning of the Disease, and also of service, if it has been of any continuance: but to make it more effectual for abating the inflammation and heat of U­rine, you must dissolve in every [Page 443] quart thereof Sal Prunellae, or Crystals of Nitre, à ℈ ij, ad ʒ j. and sometimes you may add to it juice of Limons, to make it more cooling, refresh­ing, and agreeable.

XVII. And with a Yard-Syringe you must daily inject into the Yard thin Barley-milk only warm, or new Milk luke-warm; casting in two or three Syringes-full at a time, and doing it six or seven times a day; but always after pissing, if you have occa­sion: and where these things cannot be had, you may use warm Water, in which a little Spirit of Wine is put, a quar­ter of a pint or better, to a quart of Water.

XVIII. And if the Pain be vehement, you may give a Turpen­tine-Clyster, which is an excellent thing, to give ease, and faci­litate the passage of the Urine.

XIX. In the next place, you must endeavour the carrying off the Malignity by Ʋrine; which you may do by giving a few Doses of Chio, Cyprus, or Stras­burgh Turpentine, either in Bolus's or Pills. ℞ One of those Turpentines ℥ ij. with pouder of Liquorice make Pills for eight Doses; to be given morning and evening for four days.

XX. After the use of this, you must then purge gently with an Infusion of Sena and Cassia, thus made: ℞ Choice Sena ℥ ss. Sal-nitre ʒ j ss. White-wine ℥viij. mix, and make an Infusion; in which dissolve Cassia new drawn ℥ j ss. for two Doses.

XXI. In the mean season, cleanse the part affected, by this deter­sive Injection: ℞ White-wine a quart, juice of Pellitory of the Wall a pint, Mel Rosarum ℥ vj. Verdigrise purified ʒ j. mix them: with which syringe (with a proper Yard-syringe) four or five times a day.

XXII. If you would have it more desiccative, you may make it thus: ℞ White-wine, Lime-water, A. lbj. Honey of Roses ℥ v. purified Verdigrise ʒ ss. mix them: it cleanses and drys well.

XXIII. These things being used for some time, whereby the impu­rities are evacuated, and the Parts affected cleansed of their malignity; by which the matter comes to run more white and thick, and less in quantity, you may with safety give the White Potion, thus made:

XXIV. ℞ Strasburgh-Turpen­tine ℥ ij. yolks of three new-laid Eggs; mix them well together by grinding, then add thereto either Milk, or Whey, or white Posset-drink, three quarts; mix them well, and dulcifie with double-refined Sugar. Dose, half a pint, morning, noon, and night.

XXV. If by the use of this it should seem to run more, it is but by way of farther cleansing; which you may facilitate by the use of this Injection: ℞ De­coction of Agrimony and Pearled-Barley lbij. clarified juice of Wormwood ℥ vj. Tincture of Worm­wood ʒ ij. Honey of Roses ℥ v. Oil of Sulphur gut. xx. mix them.

XXVI. These things being done, the malignity carried off, and the Ʋlcer sufficiently cleansed; we must now come to consummate [Page 444] the Cure by Stypticks and Astringents, which you may with all safety administer.

XXVII. For these things pru­dently given, close the Spermatick Vessels by little and little: yet give them leave to discharge themselves of their remaining impurities.

XXVIII. But if the Disease has been inveterate, they ought not to be used, but in the very last part of the Cure: for in such the run­ning Matter is nothing else but the Poison of some of the Ul­cers in the passages: and there­fore the Flux must not be hin­dred by any other means, than that which is detersive and de­siccative, which being sufficient­ly made use of, you may come then to the use of Astringents and Stypticks.

XXIX. Every night going to bed, you may give of Our Specifick Laudanum; or Dr. Gardner's Laudanum Samech, two or three grains, or more, as you see occasion: and every morning, of Our Tinctura Mirabilis one spoonful, in a glass of Ale, or some proper Decoction.

XXX. Let his Drink, whe­ther Beer, Ale, or Wine, be made pleasantly sharp with Our Aqua Antifebritica; which will cer­tainly destroy all malignity which may harbour in any of the inward parts, and perfectly compleat the Cleansing.

XXXI. Then with a proper Yard or Womb Syringe, inject the following mixture.Of a mo­derate Lime-water lbij. Sac­charum Saturni ʒ iij. mix them; to be injected five or six times a day; always after making water, if there be occasion.

XXXII. Or this: ℞ Fair Wa­ter lbiij. white Vitriol, Roch­alum, A. ʒ iij. Saccharum Saturni ʒ j ss. S.V.℥ vj. mix them; to be used as the former, four, five, or six times a day; and two Syringes-full every time.

XXXIII. If the Patient has fallen into ill hands, who for want of skill has stopt the Running too soon; by which means the viru­lent Serosities are fallen into the Testicles, where it causes a great and painful Tumor, giving a great deal of trouble in the Cure: in this case, the Patient ought to repose for a time, and if possibly, in his bed.

XXXIV. Then to take away the Inflammation, and alleviate the Pain, you must foment the Part with Decoction of Camo­mii, mixt with an equal part of red Port-wine.

XXXV. After which, you may apply to the Part a Cataplasm of roasted or baked Turneps; which upon manifold Expe­rience, I declare to be an excellent thing. Or this: ℞ White-bread lbj. six yolks of new­laid Eggs, Oil-olive ℥ iv. Milk q.s. mix, boil, and make a Cata­plasm; which apply as hot as can be endured, and let it be renewed every six hours.

XXXVI. This done, apply this following Cataplasm:Cumin­seed, Fennel-seed, Ana, well bruised, and boil them in Oxymel to the consistence of a Cataplasm; after which you may apply Bal­sam of Sulphur, mixed with Myrrh, to the consistence of a Cerecloth.

XXXVII. And while all this is a doing, you must also carry off the Humor by due Purging with Our Pilulae Catharticae, several times repeated. And what remains must be consumed by the use of a Decoction of Guajacum Sara­parilla, Burdock-roots, and other Sudorificks.

XXXVIII. If a Carnosity should happen in the Urethra in a Man, or the Neck of the Womb in Women, wherein, in Men the passage of the Urine is stopt or much hin­dred; which is usually percei­ved in the beginning, by the smallness of the Stream, or di­viding thereof, with pain in Pissing.

XXXIX. If I say, the Ʋrine is wholly stopped, it is mostly cured by opening the Perinaeum, by In­cision; or at least otherwise to put down into the Bladder a Catheter, which yet will cause much pain.

XL. If it is but in begin­ning, it may be consumed by exco­riating it with the Catheter, and applying thereupon, by the help of a small wax Candle mixt with Turpentine, Red Praecipitate, burnt Alum, Verdigrise, yellow Orpi­ment, and Savin, all in fine Pouder, mixt, and made up in­to a Balsam, with Balsam of Gum Elemi.

XLI. This if dexterously applyed in a small quantity, and directly upon the Excrescence, will not go without the desired effect: But of this matter we shall speak more in other places, to which you are referred.

XLII. But if the Caruncula Mam­millaris, at the beginning of the U­rethra, which shuts the holes thro' which the Seed passes, into the common Passage from the Glandulae Prostatae, has been unfortunately consumed by some Ulcer or Hurt, by putting a Catheter into the Bladder, or by corrosive Me­dicines, the Disease in Men will be incurable, in which case, pal­liative only can be used. Veslingus.

CHAP. XXXIX. Of EVIL SMELL of the BODY.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Foetor, vel Putor, vel Olor malus Corporis; in English, Evil Smell, or stinking of the Body.

II. It is a stinking and very offensive Smell, which in some per­sons, breaths forth out of the ex­ternal parts of the Body thro' the Skin, offending not only the By­standers, but also the person him­self: for the Body of Man smells not at all, or at least sends not forth any ill Savor or Smell to be perceived by any, whilst it is in its right state of Health: Tho 'tis true, that all sorts of Animals breathe forth some sort of Smell proper to their kind.

III. The Places. Now the pla­ces [Page 446] whence this evil Smell comes, are manifold, as 1. From the Mouth by the Breath. 2. From stinking Teeth. 3. From the Nose and Ears. 4. From the Arm-holes. 5. From the Privy Parts. 6. From the Feet. 7. From the whole Body.

IV. The Causes. A stinking Breath is caused either from eating strong and ill scented Food, as Leeks, Onions, Shelots, Garlick, &c. Or from a foulness of the Stomach, which corrupts all the Food which is taken into it; Or from Obstruction, Corruption, or Ʋlcer in the Lungs, which in respiration sends forth those e­vil Vapors; Or lastly, from Worms, breeding in the Stomach.

V. The stinking smell of the Arm-pits, called in Greek [...], and in Latin, Hircus; is caused as some suppose, from the rankness and overflowing of the Seed: 'Tis true, it is most familiar to Vir­gins which are Marriageable, if they be excited with amorous Toying, or heat with much mo­tion, and sometimes it happens to Young Men.

VI. And this is said to come from the Testicles, and the Seed, which has the power of imprint­ing such an offensive and stinking smell upon the Blood, as we mani­festly see in Goats, Negro's, and other over Lecherous Creatures, more especially if they have o­ver moist Bodies, because the Moisture joined with Heat, is obnoxious to putrefaction.

VII. 'Tis true, the whole sub­stance of the Blood is not putrisi­ed, but the Serum is at least tainted with foetid Recrements, which being expelled about the Emunctories in Vapors, produce that Rank or Goat-like Smell.

VIII. The stinking of the Teeth is caused from foulness, hollowness, or rottenness of the Teeth, foetid Ulcers of the Gums, and the like.

IX. The stinking of the Nose, is either from the Breath sent thro' the Nostrils, from the Stomach and Lungs, and then the Cau­ses are the same which we as­signed at Sect. 4. aforegoing: Or it is (whether in Nose or Ears) from foul and foetid Ul­cers in them, which admit not of easy Cure.

X. The stinking of the Privy Parts, arises from the same cause with that of the Arm-holes, by reason of an Afflux of Excremen­titious Humors to them, more es­pecially in Women; which are also sent from the Arteries, Veins and Liver, to the Emun­ctories of the Groins, exhaling those foetid and rank Vapors.

XI. The stinking of the Feet is caused from an abundance of moist and excrementitious Humors, which Nature for her relief, is apt in some persons to protrude to those parts for her Relief; Now the Feet being so covered and shod, that the Vapors perspiring, thro the pores of the Skin, cannot easily fly away, they grow moist, and get a putridness, from whence that stink, and very of­fensive smell is contracted.

XII. If the whole Body yields a stinking Smell, the whole Habit thereof must be foetid, from a gene­ral and universal Taint of the Se­rum of the Blood, which every where perspiring, continually [Page 447] gives that foetid and unpleasing Odor.

XIII. These, when they sweat, are extream stinking; and I have been informed of a Woman, who stunk so exceedingly, that by the malignity thereof, she kill'd three Husbands; and a Doctor who attended her one morning while she was in bed, told me, That the Smell which came from her, so offended him, that he believes he had fallen down dead, at least fainted or swooned away, had he not made great haste to be gone.

XIV. However, the smell of the Arm-pits when it is very strong, so universally scents the whole Body, that many times it is taken for the stink of the whole Body: and I am apt to believe, that when that filthy smell of the Arm-pits is so vastly aboun­ding and rampant, that the same filthy Recrements and Taint in some measure, affects the intire Body.

XV. The Prognosticks. A stinking Breath, if it be heredita­ry, or from the Birth, is uncura­ble; if it is accidentally caused, it is cured by removing those causes.

XVI. The stinking of the Teeth, if hollow or rotten, can only be cured by pulling them out: The stinking of the Ears and Nose will be Cured, by curing the Ulcers which are in them.

XVII. The stinking of the Feet is difficultly cured; yet if the Patient will follow strict Advice, it is sometimes happily removed.

XVIII. The stinking of the Arm­pits and Privy Parts, is ex­treamly difficult to be helped, and it is very rare that any are cu­red of it: If they meet with help, it is by a long and tedi­ous course of Physick.

XIX. The stink of the whole Body, if it be very rank, or strong, and of long continuance, is harder to cure than any of the former, and very rarely meets with help.

XX. A stinking Breath hap­pening to one in a Consumption, is a sign of Death.

XXI. The Cure. 1. A stink­ing Breath. If it is from the Sto­mach, (which is known by this, that the Stink is more before eat­ing than immediately after,) it is necessary to cleanse the Sto­mach by some proper Emetick, and that two or three times one after another, at due intervals.

XXII. Give Tartar Emetick à gr. ij. ad vj. which let be re­peated; then let the Patient take every morning for a month together, a spoonful, two or three, of Oxymel Scilliticum, (according as they can bear it) in a glass of White Wine and Su­gar; these things if done, will not fail to do the Cure perfectly.

XXIII. If it is from a Phthisis, or an Ʋlcer of the Lungs, you must have respect to the cure of that, which see in its proper place.

XXIV. If it is Hereditary or from the Birth, a Palliative Cure is only to be instituted, which is by wearing Perfumes, as Musk and Ambergrise in the Bosom, and holding them, or other O­doriferous things in the mouth.

XXV. For this purpose these Troches are of good use. Take fine Catechu ℥ j. Lignum Aloes, Rhodium, Nutmegs, A. ℥ ss. Cloves, Winters Cinnamon, A. [Page 448] ʒ ij. Musk ℈ij. Ambergrise ℈ j. treble refined Sugar ℥ jv. which moisten with the best rectified Spirit of Wine: The Species be­ing all in fine Pouder, mix them with the Sugar (finely poudred and moistned,) and with Glair of Whites of Eggs, or Mucilage of Gum Tragacanth, make little Troches, 20 in a dram, which carefully dry and keep for use: These the Patient may often hold in his Mouth.

XXVI. If it proceeds from Worms, they must be kill'd and expell'd, as we teach in its pro­per place. See the Third Edi­tion of Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 2. Cap. 25. Sect. 9. ad 18. and Lib. 5. Cap. 11. Sect. 20. ad 54.

XXVII. And if the Patient is of Age, and will take things, he may take every night going to bed Aloes lotae ad ℈ j. more or less, Pouder of Wormwood made up into an Electuary with Honey, or Tincture of Wormwood, made with Salt of Tartar and rectified Spirit of Wine, which may be taken in all his Drink.

XXVIII. 2. Stinking Teeth. This evil Scent is taken away. 1. By cleansing the Teeth if they be foul, with Dentifrices, Washes, and a Tooth-brush. 2. By hea­ling the Ʋlcers of the Gums if there be any, with proper To­picks, as Spirit of Wine, and Gargles of Red-wine, in which Roch Alum and Mel Rosarum are dissolved. 3. By pulling the Teeth out, if they be very rotten, loose, or hollow, &c. See Our Polygraphicae, Lib. 5. Cap. 4. Sect. 3.

XXIX. 3. Stinking Smell from the Nose and Ears. This is gene­rally from an Ʋlcer or Worms in the Ears, or an Ozaena in the Nostrils: How the Ozaena is to be cured, we shew in its proper place; but Ulcers in both parts may be kept clean, if not cured, by injecting with a Syringe this following mixture. ℞ Strong Wormwood Wine ℥ vj. Mel Rosa­rum ℥ j. juice of Celandine ℥ ss. mix them. Or this: ℞ White Port Wine ℥ viij. Red Tincture of Wormwood ℥ j. Mel Rosarum ℥jss. mix and dissolve, with which Sy­ringe thrice a day.

XXX. 4. If it proceeds from the Arm-pits: This happens to gross Bodies only, and therefore the morbifick Humor is first to be carried off by Purging, and then it is in some measure to be dry­ed up with Sudorificks and proper Bathings.

XXXI. You may purge with Aloes Rosatae, or the Pilulae An­gelicae, as also Oxymel Scilliti­cum, which dry the Body, and powerfully preserve it from putre­faction: Then sweat in a Bath, or in Bed, by giving 30 drops of Spirit of Harts-horn, in ℥ ij. of Our Aqua Bezoartica, or Spi­ritus Cordialis.

XXXII. Let their Diet be also such as is drying, and may tend to the resisting Putrefaction: let them eat their meat with pro­per Sawces made with Vinegar, juices of Limons, Citrons, and Oranges, Rose Water, Rose Vi­negar, &c.

XXXIII. They must abstain from Meats easily to be corrupted, such as Cucumbers, Melons, Musk Melons, Water Melons, Figs, and the like; as also the over-much [Page 449] use of Fish, especially of Eels, and others of a soft Flesh, which are carefully to be avoided; but pickled Sturgion may be permitted.

XXXIV. Bodily Exercise is to be much used; Sleep ought not to be over-much, and the Arm-pits are to be often washed with a Laver of Soap, or Lixivium (not too strong) of Quick-lime, doing it at first for some few days, four, five, or six times a day, afterward twice a day only.

XXXV. Or, they may be wash­ed with a Decoction made of Bar­ley, Camomil, Scabious, Floren­tine Orrice-root bruised, Lignum Guajacum, Cortex Ejusdem, Orange, Limon, and Citron Peels, Cortex Winteranus, Pimento, Yellow San­ders rasped, Lignum Aloes rasped, Lignum Rhodium, Aspalathus, Clove-bark, Cloves bruised, Myrrh, Aloes, &c.

XXXVI. Wash-balls also may be made of Genoa or Venice Soap, incorporated with Camphir and Chymical Oils of Limon and O­range Peels, Lavender, Sweet­marjoram, Rhodium, &c. with which, Washes may be made to be often used.

XXXVII. But because it will be some time, before Medicaments can so operate as to take away this evil Smell, and make it to­lerable to be endured by other per­sons, it ought to be palliated by the use of Perfumes: You may anoint the Arm-holes with this, ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ ij ss. Sheep-suet ℥ j. White Bees Wax ℥ ss. Oil of Rhodium ʒ j. Musk in subtil Pouder, gr. viij. Ambergrise, gr. iv. (These two last first mixt with juice of Limons, gut. 40.) mix all together and make an Oint­ment, to anoint with morning and evening after Washing.

XXXVIII. Ʋnder the Arm-pits Perfumes ought to be born, as also in the Brest or Bosom of the Party thus afflicted, as sweet Poman­ders, &c. variety of which you may see in our Polygraphicae, Lib. 5. Cap. 16. where you may see much variety, about Ten several kinds.

XXXIX. This following is inferior to none. ℞ Liquid Sto­rax ℥ vj. Balsam of To [...] ℥ jv. Balsam of Peru ℥ j. Oil of Nut­megs by expression ʒj. Liquid Am­ber ℥ j. Chymical Oils of Rho­dium, Sassafras, Lavender, Savin, Limon Time, Limons, Oranges, Citrons, A. ʒ j. Oil of Cloves ʒ ss. Lignum Aloes, Clove-bark, Yellow Sanders, Winters Cinna­mon, ana ℥ j ss. The Woods be­ing all in a fine Pouder or Flower, mix them with all the other things exactly, and with Mucilage of Gum Tragacanth, q.s. make Po­manders.

XL. They ought also to chew in their Mouths the Troches described in Sect. 25. aforegoing, which give a fragrant Odor to the Breath, and in a great measure drown this most abominable smell of the Arm-pits.

XLI. 5. If it proceeds from the nastiness of the Privy Parts, you must pursue the same course which is taught you in that of the Arm-pits, immediately preceding, save that instead of the Arm-pits (which may also be wash't and anointed) you must wash and anoint the Privity, as also the [Page 450] Groins; and in Women, the Vagina and Womb ought also to be anointed three or four times a day, and sometimes oft­ner; and withal, the Patient ought to sit in a Bath, morning and evening for half an hour.

XLII. If there is a virulent Gonorrhaea, you must cure it, as in the proper place we teach; but if only stinking Whites, you must cleanse the Womb by detersive In­jections, and then strengthning and stypick Injections, (Universals ha­ving been premised) after which you may use the afore described Baths and Ointments: for this is certain, that if those foetid Whites be not cured, the stink­ing Smell can never be taken away.

XLIII. Also often washing the Womb (by injecting with a proper Womb Syringe) if it be with no­thing else but fair warm Water, five or six times a day, whereby it is kept clean, is a great mat­ter in order to this Cure.

XLIV. 6. If it proceeds from Sweaty and stinking Feet; which happens chiefly to such as are Gross and very Fat, and full of moist Humors, apt to descend: In this Case there ought to be a due purging of the Body with our Pilulae Gatharticae, Tinctura Purgans, Tinctura Cathartica, in­fusion of Sena; Or else with Oxymel Scilliticum: The use of which last thing ought to be continued for at least a month together, more or less of it, ac­cording as the Body is able to bear it.

XLV. This done, he must every day, morning and night, wash his Feet in a soft Lye of Pot-ashes or a gentle Lime Water, something more than Blood warm, either simple of themselves, or with the following things being infused or decocted in them; as leaves of An­gelica, Bay, Camomil, Feather­few, Hyssop, Lavender, Marjo­ram, Origanum, Pennyroyal, Rosemary, Sage, Savory, Time, Vervain, &c.

XLVI. He must also every morn­ing put on clean dry Socks, and clean Stockings, with fresh and dry Shoes, and in the bottoms of the Socks he may strew the Pouder following: ℞ Winters Cinnamon, Clove-bark, of each ℥ jv. Florentine Orrice Root, ℥ vj. make all these things into very fine Pou­der, and then put to them White Starch in fine Pouder, Filings of Steel, of each ℥ iij. Caput mor­tuum of Vitriol well wash't ℥ ij. artificial Cinnabar finely ground ℥ j. mix them.

XLVII. Also every day after Washing, morning and evening, (which let be for near half an hour at a time) his Feet being well dryed with clothes, let him bath them very well with the Powers of Amber; for this Me­dicine not only powerfully drys up the Humor, but so mightily strengthens the parts, as to make them able to resist the very torrent or violence of the De­fluxion: By this very method I have cured several of stinking Feet, who had lived many years in despair of any help.

XLVIII. 7. Lastly, Evil Smell or Scent proceeding from the whole Bo­dy. That some times such persons as have been afflicted with this distem­per, [Page 451] have been found in the World, is evident from the Suffrage of se­veral great Physicians, men very Learned, and of great Integrity. Sennertus was of that Opinion. Snitzerus, in an Epistle to Li­bavius, gives us an Example of a Virgin of about 17 years of Age thus afflicted, whose whole Body smelt like to a dead Pu­trefying Carcass, very offen­sive to those she kept compa­ny withal, she all this while having nothing amiss in her Mouth, Stomach, Womb, or any other particular part of her Body.

XLIX. Libavius in answer to the said Epistle, thinks, that this Distemper was contracted in the Womb of the Mother, from the pollution of the Blood, and Seed corrupted; Or, that the Embryo in the Womb was affected with this Taint, from something the Mother suffered, either by nau­seousness, or Vomiting, or Af­frightment, or being terrified with some Coffin, Sepulchre, or dead Body, or from the offen­sive Smell of some stinking and putrid Excrements flowing from such as lye in Child-bed, &c.

L. And the same Libavius gives us another Example of his own knowledge, of a Young Woman which had such a stink of the whole Body coming from her, as no Jakes could be worse, who being married, lived very dis­contentedly with her Husband for the same reason: but this chiefly whilst she had her Cour­ses upon her. See Gregor. Hor­stius in Epist. Med. Lib. 2. Sect. 10. and Sennertus Med. Pract. Lib. 5. Part. 3. Sect. 1. Cap. 9.

LI. This Distemper tho' it is of difficult cure, yet must be at­tempted; and the very same Me­dicines and Method are to be used here which we prescribed in the cure of the stinking Smell from the Arm-holes: but in this case ba­thing with sweet Baths ought oftner to be used; for they open the Pores, and draw forth much of the putid Vapors.

LII. But if none of those Cour­ses will do, the last Remedy is Salivation, which being carefully and skilfully performed, has some­times cured in this case, espe­cially when the cause has been accidental, from eating putrid Meats, &c. (and not from the Mothers Womb:) If this does nothing, the affect is uncurable.

LIII. There remains then no­thing more to be done, but to ob­serve an exact cleanness in Lin­nen and Apparel, and a Pallia­tive cure by Perfumes, to hide or obscure it: And therefore the Patient must make use of Per­fumed Garments and Gloves, sweet Balls, Pomanders, sweet Balsams, sweet Waters, Essen­ces, Oils, and sweet Pouders; a great variety of which you may see in Our Polygraphica, Lib. 5. Chap. 4. and Chap. 6. to Chap. 22. where you may have abundant Satisfaction.

VI. Defilements, or Vices of the EYES.

CHAP. XL. Of BLISTERS of the EYES.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Phlyctaenae Oculorum; and in English, Blisters of the Eyes.

II. They are litte Tumors, like Gromwel-seed, happening in the white of the Eye, viz. in the Cornea and Adnata; being full of Water, proceeding from a sharp Humor: which being broken, there follows an Exulceration.

III. Those in the Adnata are red; those in the Cornea, blackish if outwards, but whitish if in­wards.

IV. The Prognosticks. Those which grow in the Adnata, are less dangerous than they in the Cornea.

V. The more superficial, the less danger; the more inward, the more danger: for it is to be feared, that they should erode the whole thickness of the Cornea; whereby the watery Humor will be let forth, or the Ʋvea start out.

VI. If there be an Exulcera­tion, and it be not stayed, it will corrupt the whole Eye: but if the Ulcer seizeth only the Ca­runcle, and that the Punctum Lachrymale grows callous, it becomes Fistula Lachrymalis.

VII. The Cure. In the Cure hereof, you must resolve the Matter conjoined, and revert the ante­cedent Cause; taking great heed that you bring not the Pustules to suppuration, lest they should turn into Ulcers.

VIII. Therefore those Evacua­tions, Revulsions, and Deriva­tions, which we shall hereafter use in the Cure of an Ophthal­my, must be used here.

IX. If they be with inflam­mation, they must be cured as other Inflammations: for which purpose, Saccharum Saturni dis­solved in Eyebright or Fennel Water, is here of all Remedies the chifeest.

X. If they be from a waterish Humor, you must exsiccate and dry; which you may do with Lapis Tutia, Calaminaris, and such like: here Brandy dropt into the Eye several times, is of good use.

XI. Afterwards you must apply such Topicks, which may gently [Page 453] repercuss and discuss, such as we shall hereafter lay down in an Ophthalmy: then such things as are more dissolving and drying, and especially Ophthalmick-Ointments, which discuss, and dry up Pustles.

XII. Those which are superficial, and appear of a darker colour, are called in Greek Epicaumata.

XIII. Those which are more deep, under the second or third Film, which seem white, by rea­son of the whiteness of the Cornea, are called Encaumata; these are more dangerous, and do often eat thro' the whole Cornea Tunicle.

XVI. Barbett saith, that these Phlyctaenae are easily cured by this Pouder.White Sugar­candy, prepared Tutty, A. ℥ ss. red Coral prepared, Camphir, white Vitriol, Saccharum Sa­turni, A. ℈ ij. mix, and make a fine Pouder.

CHAP. XLI. Of a SWELLING in the CORNER of the EYE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, An­chilops; and in English, A Swelling in the Corner of the Eye.

II. It is a Tumor in the great Corner of the Eye, near the Nose: it is either with, or without Inflammation; if not broken, it is called Anchilops; but if inflamed and broken, it is called Aegilops.

III. The Signs. When it is inflamed, it is like a small Phle­gmone; red about, with a shooting pain.

IV. The Causes. It proceeds of a thick viscous Humor like Honey; painless, and included in a Cistis.

V. The Prognosticks. It is difficultly cured: if the Apostem opens, it becomes an Ʋlcer, which quickly turns hollow; and then is called Fistula Lachrymalis: which continuing a year, causeth foulness of the Bone.

VI. The Cure. In the begin­ning of the Tumor, you must repel the Defluxion from the Part, use Repercussives to the Forehead, and Purge with proper Cathar­ticks: to which purpose you may apply Ceratum Santalinum, or that pro Herniosis, (in Our Pharmac. Lond. Lib. 5. Cap. 5. Sect. 3, 10.)

VII. Or this of Riverius:Pomgranate-peels, Acacia, Balaustins, Galls, Cypress-nuts, Roch-alum, fine Bole, A. ʒ j. white Wax ℥ iv. Turpentine ʒ iij. make a Cerate.

VIII. After the use of Re­percussives, apply Resolvers to the part affected; such as Liquor Ophthalmicus, (in our Pharmac. Lond. lib. 4. cap. 11. sect. 22.) or this Decoction: ℞ Honey, fine [Page 454] fine Aloes, A. ℥j. Myrrh ʒss. Saf­fron ʒj. Water lbij. boil gently to the consumption of a third part; with a Spunge squeeze it into the Eye, and apply the Spunge warm to the part, binding it on: after which you may apply the Ceratum Capitale Horstii, or Our Ceratum Album.

IX. If the Tumor will not resolve, but come to suppuration, whereby it becomes Aegilops, you must forward the maturation with simple Diachylon: or if there be Pain or Inflammation, you may apply a Cataplasm of Crums of Bread.

X. If it will not break, you must open it with a Lancet, with­out delay; lest the contained matter should corrode the Parts, and make an incurable Fistula. Some open it with the hot Iron, but the cold is best.

XI. After the Apostem is opened, you must pursue the me­thod of Cure, according to the Precepts of the next Chapter.

CHAP. XLII. A RƲNNING SORE in the EYE.

I. IT it is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Aegi­lops; and in English, a Running Sore in the Eye.

II. It is a Running Sore or Ʋlcer in the great corner of the Eye next the Nose; from Anchilops being broken.

III. The Cause of its breaking, is from Cholerick Blood afflicting the Eye; with much pain, and a flux of sharp Humors which corrode the skin.

IV. The Prognosticks. Aegilops is of difficult cure, in regard Medicines are troublesom, and ill to be applied to it; by reason the Sight is so nigh.

V. But it is of more difficult cure, when the Apostem or Ʋlcer breaks out at the Nose, whereby the matter flows out at the Nostrils.

VI. And it is most difficult of cure, when it degenerates into a Cancer; which is accompanied with pricking pain, extension of the Veins, hardness and blewness of the Skin.

VII. The Cure. Let the Body be first well purged with Our Pilulae Catharticae, once or twice, and af­terwards 3 or 4 several times with Sal Mirabile, given from ℥ ss, to ℥ j. and let the use thereof be continued once every fifth or sixth day, till the Cure is com­pleated; that the Humors which are apt to fall into the Eye, may be constantly carried off.

VIII. Also if the Ʋlcer, or parts near it be very hot, full of pain, and inflamed; you will do well to divert the Humor in some measure, by applying a Se­ton to the nape of the Neck, [Page 455] at least a Blistering-plaster; which ought to be kept run­ning as long as it can conve­niently.

IX. As for Topicks to be ap­plied to the Part, Authors advise to Resolutives and Maturatives, or Digestives, that it may be made fit for cleansing as soon as may be; of which kind this is good: ℞ Mithridate ℥ ss. Melliginous Extract of Juniper­berries ʒ iij. Honey of Roses ʒ ij. Gum Elemi ʒj. Saffron in pouder ʒ ss. mix, and apply it daily.

X. After it is brought to good digestion, you must cleanse it with good Detersives: wash it every day with Decoction of Celan­dine, Fennel, and Rue; or with the juice of Fennel and Hyssop.

XI. Then dress it with this:Honey of Roses ℥ j. fine Aloes in pouder, Sarcocolla in pouder, Frankincense and Mastich in pouder, A. ʒ j ss. fine Verdigrise gr. xxiv. mix them well together; lay it upon fine Lint, and dress the Eye therewith morning and evening.

XII. After it is well cleansed you must dry it, and heal it, by washing it constantly four or five times a day, or oftner, with Our Aqua Ophthalmica: if there seems to be a flux of Humors into the Eye, you must add to the Eye-water, an equal part of choice Brandy; for there­by the Eye and Part will be strengthned; the Humor will be more effectually dryed up, and the Ulcer healed.

XIII. If it breaks inwards, into the Nose, you must then pre­pare your detersive Washes to be snuffed up the Nostril; or other­wise to be cast up with a Sy­ringe, and to be often repeated, at least six or eight times a day, for some time.

XIV. After which, you must cast up Washes only drying and healing, mixt with a good quan­tity of choice Brandy: Thus; ℞ Fair-water ℥ vj. white Vi­triol, Roch-alum, Saccharum Sa­turni, A. ʒss. Spirit of Wine ℥iv. Mel Rosarum ℥ ij ss. mix them, to inject with a Syringe, several times a day.

XV. If it degenerates into Fistula Lachrymalis, cure it as we shall direct in its proper place: you may use this to cleanse; ℞ Myrrh ʒ j. Aloes ℈ j. Sugar­candy ʒ iij. yolks of Eggs No iij. Goats-milk ℥ix. mix them.

XVI. And this to Heal: ℞ Red Coral prepared, Harts-horn burnt, Sarcocol, burnt Lead, A. ℈ j. San­guis Draconis, Crocus Metallorum, A. ℈ ss. white Starch ʒss. Gum­tragacanth ʒj. dissolved in Rose-water: mix all with Horsetail-water q.s. and make a Colly­rium.

VII. Defilements, or Vices of TEETH and GƲMS.

CHAP. XLIII. Of DISCOLOƲRED, FILTHY, and STINKING TEETH.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Color vitiosus, dis­color, sordes, & foeditas Dentium; in English, ill colour, filth, and stinking of the Teeth.

II. The Signs. The Teeth are changed from a white colour, which is natural to them, to a yellow, greenish, livid, or blackish colour: and there is filthiness, and a stinking smell.

III. The Causes. They arise either from internal vitious Hu­mors, or some matter outwardly adhering to them, or from acid Vapors of Sugar exhaling, or some other acid thing; from the frequent eating of Sugar, Rai­sons, Figs, Sweet-meats, or other sweet things; from chew­ing things black, as Myrtle­berries, Mulberries; or from unctions with Mercury, or use of Mercurial Medicines, &c.

IV. The Prognosticks. It is without danger, and whilst recent, easily cured, if proper things be applied.

V. The Cure. To take away the filthiness of the Teeth, and to amend their evil colour and smell, Dentifrices are generally used; which are mostly made of those things which have a power of cleansing in them.

VI. Of this kind are Pumice­stone levigated or calcined, Os Sepiae, Cornu Cervi calcined, Crystal, Coral, Osteocolla, Pearl, Crabs-eyes, Sponge-stone, Alaba­ster levigated, Oister-shells and Cockle-shells calcin'd Egg-shells, Flints calcin'd, jaw-bone of the Pike, white Sand, Salt, Juniper­gum, Birthwort-root, Tartar, Alum, Brick-dust: all, or any of which being prepared according to Art, either by Calcination or Levigation, or both, as the nature of the thing requires, are formed into Dentifrices, to rub the Teeth daily withal.

VII. ℞ Pouder of Crystal ʒ ij. red Coral prepared, Cornu Cervi usti prepared, A.ʒj. mix, and make a Pouder. Or: ℞ Flints calcin'd and levigated, white Sand leviga­ted, A. ʒiij. Crystal calcin'd and levigated, Lapis Calaminaris, A. ʒij. Brick-dust, Myrrh, A. ʒ j. mix, and make a Pouder.

VIII. These may be used dry in Pouder, or made into an Ele­ctuary with Mel Rosatum; and therewith the Teeth are to be rubbed after eating, either with your Finger or a Tooth-brush, and then washt with Water, in which Vinegar or juice of Limons is put, or Aqua Aluminosa made with Rose-water.

IX. Some commend the ashes of Vine-branches, or Rosemary­stalks; others, as a great Ex­periment, the ashes of Tobacco; others this: ℞ Tops of Worm­wood, Sage, Rosemary, A. M. j. Tobacco M. iij. red Coral, Ivory rasped, Horse-teeth, A. ℥ iv. Sal Gem ℥ j. put all into a Crucible, and calcine to whiteness, and by levigation reduce all to an impalpable pouder; to which add pouder of Cloves, Cinnamon, Winter's Bark, Catechu, A.ʒ ij. Musk ℈ j. if you so please.

X. After rubbing the Teeth with the former Pouders, you may wash them with the fol­lowing Water: ℞ White Su­gar lbvj. Salt lbss. Roch-alum ℥ iij. mix, and distil in a Glass­body. Or thus: ℞ Sal Armo­niack, Salt Gem, Alum, A. ℥ j. Rose-water q.s. mix, and distil. Or thus: ℞ Sugar lbij. Roch­alum, generous Wine, A. lbj ss. mix, and distil: and with some of these distilled Liquors often wash, and cleanse the Teeth.

XI. Anselmus Boêtius com­mends Osteocolla, being reduced into fine pouder, and mixt with Sugar, or Honey, or Oxymel, to the thickness of an Electuary. Or the Teeth may be rubbed with this: ℞ Honey of Roses strained ℥ j. Spirit of Vitriol, or Spirit of Sulphur, (i. e. the Oil) ʒ j. mix them.

XII. And truly the Oil or Spirit of Sulphur is much com­mended, because it makes the Teeth white in a moment; after the use of which, they are be washt with good Brandy; either alone, or mixt with an equal quantity of Rose-water; and then let them be anointed with Oil of Ben, to take away their rough­ness: for if that be not taken away, impurities will stick to them much more, and they will foul the faster for the use of these acid Spirits.

XIII. Lastly, Cardanus com­mends the juices of Limons and Citrons; and they are indeed of good use, either alone, or mixt with Honey, or Honey of Roses: observing the caution of wash­ing and anointing with Oil of Ben, as in the last Section is directed.

CHAP. XLIV. Of CORROSION and ROTTENNESS of the TEETH.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...], Erosio Dentium, & [...]. in Latin, Corrosio & caries Dentium; and in English, Corrosion, eating away, and rottenness of the Teeth.

II. The Cause. They are often corroded and corrupted by the afflux of sharp and acrid Humors to them: from whence comes a pain of the Teeth, and then a corrosion and caries follows; so that they break away, and are lost bit by bit.

III. The eating of several sorts of Food is a cause, as Hippocrates in his Book de Affectionibus saith: all sweet things, as Sugar, Honey, (which have in them a radical Acid) Raisons, Figs, Sweet­meats and Confections, cor­rode, rot, and totally spoil the Teeth: and that is the reason that you scarcely ever see a Confectioner, but with a mouth­ful of rotten Teeth; for the very fumes of the Sugar destroy them.

IV. They are also corrupted by eating things too hot, according to the vulgar Verse:

Pultes ferventes, faciunt cor­rumpere Dentes.

If you would have Teeth sound and fair,
Things scalding-hot you must forbear,

V. Cold on the contrary, is as great an enemy to them: more especially, if things vehemently cold be taken immediately after things vehemently hot.

VI. The Teeth are also hurt by several Medicaments, as Vitriol and Mercury, and by Fucuses made of Mercury: and that is the reason that many using those kinds of things, have for the most part very bad Teeth.

VII. They are also corrupted by a Fistula, and sometimes by Worms, Tumors in the Gums, &c.

VIII. The Prognosticks. This evil is more matter of deformity than danger; if of long continu­ance, never cured, but by the extraction of the Teeth: if the Disease is recent, it submits to the following Remedies.

IX. The Cure. If it proceeds from the afflux of Humors, they are to be diverted and carried off; first with Emeticks, because they meet first with the Humor, and make an immediate diversion: secondly, by Catharticks; the chief of which is Sal Mirabile, which may be given six or seven times.

X. If the cause is from a Fi­stula, the only remedy is extra­ction: which yet Sennertus will not allow, unless the Tooth is loose: but this is certain, if [Page 459] they be not taken out, they will corrupt the next adjacent Teeth that are sound.

XI. If the cause is from Worms, often wash the Mouth with juice of Onions, or Rue, mixed with Nitre; and hold it a quarter of an hour or more at a time upon the Gums, and this five or six times a day.

XII. Crato commends the De­coction of Ashtree-roots and Net­tles, also the juice of the leaves of the lesser Centory, of Peach-leaves, Aloes, Myrrh, &c. and others commend the washing with Spirit of Wine, i. e. com­mon Brandy.

XIII. Where the cause is by defluxion, having used inwardly Ʋniversals, as at Sect. 9. above, you must then come to the appli­cation of Topicks. A Decoction in Wine or Vinegar, or a Tin­cture in common Brandy of the following things, are good Re­percussives, and strengthners of the Teeth and Gums; as roots of Capers, Cinkfoil, Cyperus, Pyrethrum, Catechu, Cortex Pe­ruanus & Winteranus, leaves of Sage, Mint, Rosemary, Myrrh, Nigella-seeds, &c.

XIV. The following Mixture hinders the corrosion, and farther rotting of the Teeth.Myrrh in pouder ʒ j. Alum ʒ ss. with Honey, q.s. make an Electuary; with which daily rub the putri­fied and corroded Teeth. You may rub them also with this Mixture: ℞ Fine pouder of Coral ℥ j. juice of Limons ℥ ss. Honey q.s. mix them.

XV. Dissolve Nitre in Vinegar or juice of Limons, and therewith wash the Teeth; it cleanses them, and stops the corrosion and rotting: ℞ Pouder of Bricks ℥ j. Spirit of Sulphur ʒ iij. Ho­ney q.s. mix, to rub the Teeth with: and after eating always wash the Teeth with fair Water and a Brush, to keep them clean.

XVI. If the Teeth be hollow, stop them with a few grains of Frank­incense, or Myrrh, which is better; for this last preserves them from farther rotting: or Myrrh mixt with Coral, in pouder.

CHAP. XLV. Of LOOSENESS of the TEETH.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Mobilitas, vel vacillatio Dentium; and in English, Loose­ness of the Teeth.

II. The Causes. The external Cause is either blows or falls, biting hard things, pulling with the Teeth beyond their strength; the internal is, the want of nourishment, (as in old people) whence comes the wearing away of the Gums, (which causes looseness) or the afflux [Page 460] of evil Humors to them; which by an eroding quality consume the Gums, or the roots of the Teeth: also from the Scurvy, and Mercurial Unctions in the Venereal Disease.

III. The Prognosticks. If they are very loose, and have been long so, they will scarcely ever be made fast again.

IV. The Cure. If they are loosened by any external violence, their fastning is endeavoured by Astringents: as, ℞ Roots of Cinkfoil, Bistort, A. ℥ j. Cype­rus ℥ ss. Sumach ʒ iij. boil in Smiths-forge-water, filter, and add Aluin ʒij. with which often wash the Mouth: and it may be so much the better, if a little red Wine be added to it.

V. If it is from a defect of nourishment, there is scarcely any Remedy to be applied; the greatest help that can be, is to apply astringent and strength­ning things to the Gums.

VI. If it is from too great humidity, use things drying, and something astringing: but you ought to beware of such Astrin­gents as may make the Teeth black, as Pomgranate-peels, Ba­laustians, Galls, Vitriol, Chal­citis, &c.

VII. These things are profitable; as roots of Male-fern, of Cink­foil, of Bistort, of Dock, of Tormentil, of Capers; leaves of Myrtles, Lentisk, unripe Med­lars; flowers of red Roses, cups of Acorns, Hazle-nuts: a Decoction of all or any of which may be made in red, or sharp, or sowr Wine, with which the Teeth and Gums may be often washed.

VIII. And to draw forth the Humidities, the roots of Pyre­thrum, and Sage-leaves may be added.

IX. The Teeth also may be often rubbed with this styptick Pouder:Roch-alum, Mastich, Sanguis Draconis, Terra Sigil­lata, fine Bole, A. ʒ ij. roots of Orrice and Bistort, Harts-horn burnt white, red Coral levigated, Ivory burnt white, A. ʒ j. Pipe­ris, Pyrethri, A. ℈ ij. Mastich, Olibanum, A. ʒ ss. mix, and make a Pouder.

X. Often wash the Teeth and Gums with Tincture of Myrrh, made with common Brandy: or, for want of it, with good red Port-wine: this wonderfully strengthens them, and destroys Putrifaction.

XI. Or they may be washed with a Decoction, of Moufear, roots of Bistort and Tormentil, in Smiths-forge-water, boiled to a consumption of a third part, and then filtred.

XII. Or, ℞ Leaves of Myr­tles, Berries of Services, A. ℥ iij. unripe Medlars ℥ ij. unripe wild Pears ℥ j. Sarcocol ℥ ss. Roch­alum ʒiij. Vinegar of Squills ℥iij. red Wine a quart; mix, boil to the consumption of a third part, and then strain and filter; and add thereto Syrup of Myrtles, or Syrup of Limons.

XIII. This is much com­mended: ℞ Acorns ℥ j. burnt Alum ʒj. Acacia ʒ ss. red Roses dried M ss. red Port-wine a quart: boil to the consumption of a third part, strain, and wash often therewith.

XIV. ℞ Pouder of Juniper­gum [Page 461] ʒss. Myrrh, crude Alum, A.ʒj. Oxymel Scilliticum, q.s. mix, and make a stiff Electuary; to be laid all night upon the Teeth and Gums.

XV. Sennertus commends this: ℞ Roots of Tormentil and Bistort, Lignum Guajacum rasped, A.℥jij. roots of Plantan ℥j. of Self-heal, green bark of Walnuts, Coriander­seed, yellow Sanders, Cassia li­gnea, Citron-peels, A. ℥ ss. seeds of Purslane ʒ vj. Cypress-nuts, Nutmegs, Myrtle-berries, A. ʒ iij. Pine-nuts No iv. leaves of Plan­tane, Horehound, Nettles, Self­heal, red Roses, A. M. j ss. Rosemary, red Sage, A. M. ij. Frankincense, Mastich, A. ʒ ij. Cinamon, Myrrh, A. ʒ j ss. rasp­ings of Harts-horn ℥ j ss. let all be prepared according to Art, and mixed with six quarts of old red Wine: digest a week, and distil all in a Glass Cucurbit to driness: in the Liquor you may dissolve Roch-alum ℥ ij. and therewith the Teeth and Gums may be washed six, eight, or ten times a day.

XVI. If it is from a wasting or erosion of the Gums, you may use this: ℞ Alum scissile burnt, red Roses, Sumach, A. ʒ j ss. Lignum Aloes, Cyperus roots, A. ʒ j. mix, and make a pou­der, which lay all night upon the Gums.

XVII. Or, Take Red Coral prepared, Myrrh, A. ʒ j ss. Mastich, Frankincense, Cyperus­roots, A. ʒ ss. round Birth­wort, Cassia lignea, Virginean Snake-root, A. ℈ j. mix, and make a Pouder, to be used as the former.

XVIII. If the looseness proceeds from the Scurvy, you must first cure that Disease, be­fore this Symptom can be re­medied.

XIX. If it is from Ʋnctions, or Salivation in the French Pox; you must, after the Sali­avtion is over, first cleanse them very well with Oxymel Scilli­ticum; then wash them with the following Mouth-water: Take White-wine, Brandy, A. lbj. raspings of Guajacum ℥ j. Cortex ejusdem ℥ ss. both ground to a pouder in a hot Mor­tar with Salt of Tartar ℥ j ss. mix, and extract a Tincture; with which often wash the Teeth.

XX. Or you may use this: Take rectified Spirit of Wine lbj ss. Oil of Sulphur ʒ iij. li­gnum Guajacum, & cortex, A. ʒ vi. mix, and extract a Tin­cture; and to the clear Tincture add Damask-rose-water lbij. Honey of Roses q.s. mix them, and keep it for use.

VIII. Vices of HANDS, FINGERS and NAILS.

CHAP. XLVI. Of CLEFTS of the HANDS.

I. THey are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Fissurae Manuum; and in English, Clefts of the Hands.

II. It is a cleaving and crack­ing of the Skin of the Hands in cold weather, or winter time, more especially in such are for­ced to expose them to the cold of the Ambient Air.

III. They are caused from a sharp and dry Matter, which over drying the Skin beyond what Na­ture intends, makes it when it meets with an external Dryness, as cold and dry weather, and sharp Winds, to crack and chap up and down in several places, and sometimes so vehemently as to cause Blood to appear.

IV. The Prognosticks. They are without danger, and easily cu­red, but whilst present are very troublesome, and withal shew a scorbutick or cachectick habit of Body.

V. The Places. They happen mostly to the Hands and Arms, and places exposed to the sharp Air; much upon the backs of the Hands, and Knuckles next to the backs; and sometimes these Clefts are found about other Joints; some also are troubled with them in their Feet in like manner.

VI. The Cure. It is perform­ed chiefly by Topicks: This is of good use.Oil of Ben ℥ iv. Sheeps Suet ℥ iij. melt and mix, to which add pure white Spermae Ceti ℥ jss. mix them well toge­ther, and anoint therewith eve­ry night going to bed; and if business will permit, every mor­ning also.

VII. Sennertus, Med. Pract. Lib. 5. Part 3. Sect. 2. Cap. 10. has this: ℞ Litharge of Silver, Myrrh, Ginger, Ana; bruise and pouder them very small; and ad­ding to them Oil Olive, Virgin Wax, and Honey, a sufficient quan­tity, make an Ointment; which if you please, you may perfume [Page 463] with Musk and Ambergrise. With this (says he) they will be very speedily cured.

VIII. This is inferior to none. ℞ Oil Olive ℥ iv. Sheeps Suet ℥ ii. Virgin Wax, White Sperma Ceti, A. ℥ j. Saccharum Satur­ni ʒ vj. Strasburgh Turpentine ʒ iij. mix, melt, and make an Ointment, with which anoint as before directed.

IX. Or this. ℞ Oil of Ben ℥ vj. Sperma Ceti ℥ iij. Beef Suet, Virgin Wax, A. ℥ ij. Flo­wers of Benjamin ʒ ij. mix and make an Ointment, with which anoint every night, an hour and half before Bed-time; and at going to Bed, lay on the following Emplaster spread up­on new Cloth.

X. ℞ Virgin Wax ℥ jv. Oil of Ben, Sheeps Suet, A. ℥ j. Chio Turpentine ℥ ss. mix them over a gentle Heat to a due consistency. Those who like not this, may apply the Emplastrum Album, or an equal part of both may be mixed together.

CHAP. XLVII. Of ROƲGH and DEFORMED NAILS.

I. THey are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Sca­brities, vel Lepra Ʋnguium: and in English, Roughness, Thickness and deformity of the Nails.

II. In this not only the magni­tude, but also the Figure and Con­formation of them are vitiated.

III. The Cause. It arises from vitious and excrementitious Hu­mours, mixing with the nourish­ment of the Nails; chiefly from a Melancholick Property, joined with a Tartarous Juice, from whence the Roughness and Hard­ness comes.

IV. The Prognosticks. This Vice is evident to the Sight, and is more of a Deformity, than any thing of Danger; yet it is some­times prejudicial to the person, because it may make them less apt to lay hold of any small or flat thing.

V. It shews also, that there is some vitious Humor lying hid in the Bo­dy, which Nature striving to ex­clude, does protrude the same un­to the Roots of the Nails: And those who are affected with Plica Polonica, are generally af­fected with this Evil: But it also many times befalls such as have not, nor ever had a Plica.

VI. The Cure. If it be joined with a Plica, you must endeavor the curing thereof, and by that means you will meet with a cure of this, but without the one the other will not be remedied.

VII. If it is without any other Disease, you must attempt the Cure alone; First, by purging out the [Page 464] excrementitious Humors, with preparations of Sena and Rhu­barb.

VIII. Secondly, Altering the Tone of the Bowels, sweetning the Lympha and other Juices, and strengthning the Blood in its Cra­sis, which is done with a Ni­trated Tincture of Steel.

IX. Thirdly, By application of Topicks. If it is recent, or but newly begun; soak them often in a very hot Decoction of Oro­bus and Lentills, and afterwards apply a Cataplasm of their Meal.

X. Or you may make a Cata­plasm with Pouder of Colocynthis ℥ ss. Sulphur ℥ jss. making it up with Oil and Vinegar. Pliny, lib. 20. cap. 20. commends Arach as an excellent thing; others Pile­wort Roots beaten up with Tar to a Pultise.

XI. This is stronger. ℞ Pitch ʒ xij. Wax ʒ viij. Burgundy Pitch ʒ v. Rosin ʒ iij. Mastich ʒ ij. Oil of Colocynthis, q.s. mix and make a soft Emplaster.

XII. Others lay on Raisons sto­ned, and made into a Cataplasm with Opoponax, Linseed and Cresses; and yet more powerful are the Roots and Leaves of Crowfoot. ℞ Sheeps Suet, Wax, A. ʒ vj. Rosm ʒ jv. Tar ʒ iij. Turpentine, Frankincense, A. ʒ ij. Mastich ʒ jss. Red Praecipitate ʒ iij. mix, and with Oil of Colocynthis, q.s. make a soft Emplaster.

XIII. If they be thick, rough, rugged, and unequal, which is from the too great abundance of the nutritive Juice flowing to their Roots, occasioned thro' much, strong and hard Labor, which causes an attraction of the said Juice to their Roots; in this case, the cure is endeavoured, by making the external cause to cease, and then cutting and pairing the Nails, till by degrees, the whole thick and rough Matter is pared off.

XIV. In some there is a Crook­ing of the Nails, wherein they are hooked, not much unlike the Claws of Birds, which proceeds from too great a Driness, which over­much contracts the Substance of the Nails, or rather from a vi­tious Matter protruded to their Roots.

XV. It is an affect rarely seen, and happening chiefly to such as are affected with a Plica, and there­fore is to be cured by curing that Disease; and outwardly you may apply the Medicines prescribed at Sect. 10. 11, and 12. afore­going.

XVI. If the Nails in the great Toes grow into their Sides, can­sing much pain; you must with an Incision Knife, split the Nail near the Corner where it grows in, after which pulling it gently down backwards (as it were by degrees) you may then cut it forth.

CHAP. XLVIII. Of DISCOLORED NAILS.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Ʋnguium Discolor: and in English, Evil Color of the Nails, or Nails Evil Colored.

II. This Discolor, or Evil Color of the Nails is known by Sight, for that they are vitiated with a Leaden Color, sometimes they are yellow, and sometimes they are black.

III. The Cause. In Curriers and Dyers it happens, by reason of their handling of Lime and Lye, and other Dying Stuff; which is no detriment to them, but as it is matter of Deformity.

IV. In other persons, it happens (not from the change of the Co­lor of the Flesh underneath, as some think, but) from a viti­ous Aliment of the Nails, im­pregnated with such a Color.

V. The Prognosticks. It is without danger, being only matter of Deformity, and not easily cu­red, without removing the ori­ginal or internal Cause.

VI. The Cure. The vitious Hu­mors are first to be evacuated with Our Family Pills, or with Our Pilulae Catharticae, afterwards with the Tinctura Purgans, twice or thrice repeated.

VII. And upon the Nails them­selves may be applyed the Em­plaster at Sect. 12. of the for­mer Chapter, renewing it once every second or third day.

VIII. And the Nails themselves are often to be pared and cut, untill all that part which is vi­tiated (by a gradual growing forth) is cut off.

IX. If the Discolor happens by reason of a Contusion from Blood being broke forth, and spread un­der the Nail, which shining thro' the Nail, gives a darkish Red; or Blackish Color, as sometime hap­pens in Suffusions: In this case Avicen advises to open the Nail by making a hole thro' it, to let out the Blood that lyes under­neath.

X. But this is not the best Advice, nor yet good, for that in time, and by degrees, this will wholly grow off of it self with­out any other trouble, whereas the other must be Trouble and Pain too, especially if the ner­vous Skin lying underneath is hurt.

XI. Authors advise to lay up­on it Dittany of Crete, with Fish Gelly, or Emplastrum Basilicon, or root of Solomon's Seal well bruised; Or Sagapenum made in­to an Emplaster with oil of Nuts.

XII. But nothing is better than this.Emplastrum Album, Ar­canum Corallinum, A. ʒ j. mix them with a drop or two of Oil of Ben, and apply it. It softens the Nail, takes away the Discolor, and makes it grow white, neat and handsom.

CHAP. XLIX. Of CLEAVING and FALLING of the NAILS.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Fissura & Casus Ʋnguium; and in English, the Cleaving, and Falling-off of the Nails.

II. The Cleaving of the Nails, (which is a solution of their unity) is either from external causes, as Wounds; or from internal, as Vitiousness of Humors, which sometimes hap­pens in the French Disease and Leprosy.

III. If it arises from Vitious Humors, they are to be evacuated with proper Purges: if from some other Diseases, then that Dis­ease is to be cured, and such Topicks are to be applied as we have directed in Chap. 47. Sect. 10, 11, 12. aforegoing.

IV. If the Cleft is from a Wound, and the Wound is yet to be healed, yet will not the cloven Nail be any ways united, but by its growing off, a whole and found Nail succeeding.

V. And herein, care is to be taken, that the Nail, in that part where it is cloven, may not grow together with the skin which lies under it: for then the Nail will never be whole as it ought to be, but always grow forth cloven, and as it were in two parts.

VI. Sometimes also the Nails fall quite off, leaving the ends of the Fingers or Toes quite naked and bare; which is truly a Disease in number.

VII. The Cause. It is caused principally from fault of the Nou­rishment, being not only vitiated, (as in the aforegoing Diseases of the Nails) but also made sharp and corrosive withal; so that it corrodes the roots of the Nails, almost in the same manner, as in an Alopecia, Ophiasis, or Ti­nea; wherein the roots of the Hair are gnawn asunder, and so made to fall off.

VIII. And so very often, after Wounds and Ʋlcers about the roots of the Nails, a corrosive Pus, or acrid filthy Matter being gene­rated, it gnaws asunder their roots, and so the Nails fall off.

IX. Yet this is to be under­stood, that it is not an immediate falling off, as is that of Hair; but a falling off by degrees, to wit, as by growing forth, they are thrust off.

X. And this has come to pass many times from the French Dis­ease, as also after the Plague, pestilential and malign Fevers; and from the taking of Poison.

XI. Sometimes it is caused from want of their accustomed nutriment; either from a con­stipation of the pores of the Hands that carry their nutri­ment; or from extinguishing their native heat.

XII. The Prognosticks. If the roots of the Nails are eaten asunder by a vitious and corro­sive Humor, and that it has continued long; or if they be lost by reason of the want of nutri­ment, they are not to be restored again.

XIII. But if the Malady be but in beginning, and the roots not wholly eaten asunder, there is then some hopes of a Cure.

XIV. The Cure. The evil Humors are to be purged off with Tinctura Cathartica, six, eight, or ten times to be repeated; and the Juices to be sweetned, by a continual taking of Tin­ctura Antimonii, à ʒ j, ad ʒ ij. in some proper Vehicle, morning and evening every day.

XV. And for Topicks, you may apply this Emplaster: ℞ Labdanum ʒ ix. Ammoniacum ʒ vj. Wax ʒ iv. Bdellium ʒ ij. mix, and with a little Oil of Ben, make a soft Emplaster. Spread this upon leather, of which make caps to put upon the fingers ends, renewing it every fourth or fifth day.

CHAP. L. Of a WHITLOE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. (and this is the Paronychia of the Greeks;) in Latin, Reduvia; and in English, a Whitloe.

II. The Description. This is a Vice not so much of the Nails, as of the Skin which is next to the Nails: it first begins with the cleaving, or rising up of the Skin at the roots of the Nails, (by some called a Hang-nail;) which being unhappily pull'd up, or off, many times grows very sore, and painful; at length there is heat, inflam­mation, redness, and intolera­ble pain about the root of the Nail, night and day, with a small tumor.

III. The Cause. It is gene­rally external, from the rising up of the Skin at the root of the Nail, as aforesaid; which by the protrusion of ill Humors to the Part, and an ill habit of Body, becomes a very painful and troublesom Tumor.

IV. The Differences. It dif­fers from Paronychia Arabum, or Panaritium, a Felon; because that never begins at the root of the Nail, but generally at the Fingers-ends; and commonly be­gins from within, (as from the Bone) and comes outward­ly afterwards: whereas the Reduvia begins outwardly, and then goes more inward­ly: affecting not so much [Page 468] the Bone, as the root of the Nail.

V. The Prognosticks. It is generally without danger, but in Cacochymical Bodies it is often­times with much pain and trou­ble: if it tumifies not, it is accounted one of the lightest Affects; and Galen (de Na­tur. Human. sub finem, Com­ment. 2.) saith, it scarcely deserves the care and pains of a Physician: but if it tumifies, and comes to suppuration, it is cured with trouble, and requires some time: and many times it is so malign, as either to destroy the root of the Nail; or so to hurt it, as to cause the Nail to grow thick, rough, and very de­formed.

VI. The Cure. At the begin­ning, before it Apostemates, it is many times cured by anointing with Oil of Roses, or applying Housleek-leaves to the same; taking away the skin of that side of the leaf which you lay next the Affect: for by this means, heat, and in­flammation is prevented, and consequently, the Apostema­tion.

VII. Others apply Purslane, and some the roots and seeds of Mallows: but to hinder the Part from taking cold, by ap­plication of Emplastrum Album, or Hogs-lard mixt with pou­dred Rosin, prevents any farther danger, and heals the Affect.

VIII. If it Apostemates, it is very painful, till it comes to ripeness; which to perform, you may apply this: Take Sheeps-suet, Oil-olive, A. ℥ j. Rosin in pouder ℥ j ss. Turpentine ℥ ss. Oil of Aniseeds ʒ iij. mix, and apply it: it will give ease upon application, and quickly bring is to ripeness.

IX. When it is ripe, you must open it with a Needle, and let out the matter: the sooner it is brought to ripeness, the safer it is, and the less it endangers the root of the Nail, which if that be hurt by the Affect, it is impossible but the Nail must grow deformed.

X. The Tumor being quickly made ripe, and the Pus or Mat­ter let out, (which you must do when it grows white) you may heal it with Our Balsamum Amicum, or Balsamum Gummi Elemi; applying over all Ce­ratum Gummi Elemi, or Empla­strum Album.

Libri Secundi FINIS.

ARS CHIRƲRGICA. Liber Tertius. OF TUMORS.

The ARGUMENT.

I. Of Tumors arising from Blood. 1. Of Tumors in General. 2. Polysarkia, Corpulency; and Atrophia, Wasting and Consuming. 3. Apo­stema, an Apostem. 4. Sinus in Apostematibus, Hollowness in Apostems. 5. Phlegmon, an Inflam­mation. 6. Bubo, a Tumor in the Groin-Emun­ctories. 7. Ecchymosis, a Contusion, or Bruise. 8. Carbunculus, a Carbuncle or Plague-sore. 9. Parotis, a Tumor in the Glandules of the Ears. 10. Phyma, or Phygethlon; a Tumor of the Almonds or Glandules of the Jaws and Throat. 11. Gan­graena & Sphacelus, a Gangrene and Mortifi­cation. 12. Paronychia Arabum, Panaritium; a Felon. 13. Epinyctis, Furunculus; a Push. 14. Perniones, Chilblains and Kibes. 15. Aneu­risma, Rupture or Swelling of an Artery. 16. Varix, Rupture or Swelling of a Vein. II. Tumors arising from Choler. 17. Erysipelas, Ig­nis Sacer, Rosa; Anthonies-fire. 18. Herpes Miliaris, Ʋlcerous Pustles. 19. Herpes Exedens, [Page 470] the Eating-Pustle. 20. Exanthemata, the Small-Pox. III. Tumors arising from Phlegm. 21. Oedema, the White Swelling. 22. Tumor Cysticus, Atheorema, Meliceris, Steatoma; the Cystick-Tumor. 23. Ganglion, Lupia; a Wen. 24. Gummi, Nodi, Tophi; Gums, Nodes, Tophs. 25. Fungus; Spungy, Soft, or Proud Flesh. 26. Bronchocele, Tumor in the Throat. 27. Strumae, Scrophulae; the Kings-Evil. IV. Tumors arising from Wind. 28. Em­physema, Tumor Ventosus; the Windy-Tumor. 29. Hernia Ventosa, the Windy-Rupture. V. Tu­mors arising from Water. 30. Hernia Aquo­sa, a Watery-Rupture. 31. Tumor Aquosus, the Watery-Tumor. 32. Hydrops, the Dropsy. 33. Hydrocephalus, Dropsy of the Head. VI. Tu­mors arising from Melancholy. 34. Polypus, Noli me tangere; Cancer-like Tumor in the Nose. 35. Scirrhus, the Hard and Painless Tumor. 36. Cancer, the Hard and Painful Crab-like Tumor. 37. Spina Ventosa, Cancer of a Bone. 38. Elephantiasis Graecorum, the Arabian Le­prosy. 39. Elephantiasis Arabum; Elephantiasis of a Part, or Cancer-like Swelling of a Part. VII. Tumors, from the Solid Parts falling out of their places. 40. Hernia Intestinalis, Rupture of the Peritonaeum, by which the Bowels fall into the Cods; where also, of the Rupture of the Navel.

I. TƲMORS arising from BLOOD.

CHAP. I. Of TƲMORS in General.

I. A Tumor is called in Greek, [...], pl. [...]. also, [...], pl. [...]. in Latin, Tumor, plu. Tumores; also, Inflatio, pl. Inflationes; in English, a Swelling, and Swel­lings.

II. 'Tis true, the ancient Greeks, as Hippocrates, call a Tumor [...], Oidema, or Oedema; and this word with the more ancient Physicians signified in general, all, and every particular preternatural Tumor; as is observed by Ga­len, in Prognost. 1. Text. 29. & in Comment. Aphoris. Lib. 4. Aphor. 34. & Lib. 5. Aphor. 65, 66.

III. But now with us, Oedema is taken for a particular Tumor, white, and painless; happening in the Joints, and more espe­cially in the Knees; of which we shall speak in its proper place.

IV. A Tumor then is a re­ceding of any Part from its natu­ral state, by its augmentation in magnitude or quantity; thro' a diserasy, intemperies, or distem­per of the Blood, Lympha, and other Humors.

V. This Disease is called by the Arabians, Bothor: but if a Tumor Apostemates, they call it Dubellet, and Dubellatum.

VI. We speak of Tumors pre­ternatural only; for every swel­ling or augmentation of a Part beyond its natural habit, is not to be reputed a preternatural Tumor: for as much as there is not the least hurt or detriment of any one Action, or any thing preternatural, or besides the intent of Nature; but only something that is not natural, but is above that which is according to Nature, as Galen testifies.

VII. And therefore where the magnitude of some one Part may be extended beyond its natural habit, but so, that its natural Operations are not impeded, and that there is no sense of Pain accompanying it; in this case, the Tumor or Swel­ling is not preternatural, and so to be called a Disease, but rather a Symptom; as in Nurses Breasts distended with Milk, [Page 472] and in a Woman with Child, near her time, &c. these things happening according to the laws and course of Nature.

VIII. From what has been said it appears, that a Tumor is a Disease of magnitude, augmented beyond Natures intention; and has its production from some­thing which is preternatural adjoined to the Part affected; to which some Authors will have added, a Solution of Unity.

IX. The Differences. They arise, 1. From the containing cause, as Humors, Wind, or a solid Substance. Those which arise from Humors, have ob­tained no particular appella­tion, but are called by the general name of Tumors.

X. If they proceed from Wind shut up in any Part, and dis­tending the same, they are called by the Greeks Emphysemata, and by the Latins Inflationes.

XI. If the cause is a solid substance, as Flesh, Skin, or some­thing cartilaginous or bony; all these proceed from Humors, and are therefore referred to the first kind.

XII. 2. From changing of place: as when the solid Parts change their place and situation, slipping down upon some other Part, distending and elevating the same; of which kind are Hernia's or Ruptures, &c.

XIII. 3. From the quality of the conjoin'd Matter; as being hot or cold, moist or dry, soft or hard.

XIV. 4. From their Magnitude; some are great, and these are called by a simple and general name Tumors: some are small, and these are called Tubercula.

XV. 5. From their situation some are internal, some external, and these again are either more deep and profound, or more superfi­cial.

XVI. 6. From their figure; some are round, others long; some broad, and flatter; others higher, and sharp-pointed.

XVII. But the main differences of Tumors are only two: the first arises from the variety of Causes, the other from the Part affected.

XVIII. The Kinds. 1. Some proceed from Blood: as, 1. Poly-sarkia. 2. An Abscess. 3. A Phlegmon. 4. A Bubo. 5. Ec­chymosis. 6. A Carbuncle. 7. Pa­rotis. 8. Phyma, or Phyge­thlon. 9. Gangraena. 10. Par­onychia, Panaritia. 11. Epiny­ctis, or Furunculus. 12. Per­niones. 13. Aneurisma. 14. Varix.

XIX. 2. Some proceed from Choler: as, 1. Erysipelas, or Rosa. 2. Herpes Miliaris. 3. Her­pes Exedens. 4. Exanthemata, or the Small-pox.

XX. 3. Some proceed from Phlegm: as 1. Oedema. 2. A­theorema, Meliceris, Steatoma, 3. Ganglion, or Lupia. 4. Gum­ma, Nodi, and Tophi. 5. Fun­gus. 6. Bronchocele. 7. Strumae, or Scrophulae.

XXI. 4. Some proceed from Wind: as 1. Emphysema, Tumor Ventosus. 2. Hernia Ventosa.

XXII. 5. Some proceed from Water: as 1. Hernia Aquosa. 2. Tumor Aquosus. 3. Hydrops. 4. Hydrocephalus.

XXIII. 6. Some proceed from Melancholy: as, 1. Polypus, or [Page 473] Noli me tangere. 2. Scirrhus. 3. Cancer. 4. Spina Vento­sa. 5. Elephantiasis Graecorum. 6. Elephantiasis Arabum.

XXIV. 7. Some proceed from the Solid Parts removing out of their proper places: as, 1. Her­nia in the Cods and Navel, Epiplocele: and from the Bones also proceeds that which we call Exostosis; which is hand­led in the Chapter of Gums, Nodes, and Tophs.

XXV. But many of these Tumors procceed not simply from one single Humor, but complexly, from a combination of several Humors meeting together; as, Phlegm, Choler, Melancholy, and Watery Humors: so that the conjunct Cause cannot properly be said to be any one single Humor, but Mat­ter generated out of Humors conjoined; which is denomi­nated from the principal Hu­mor abounding: and in this sence the Kinds of Tumors but now enumerated, are to be understood.

XXVI. Galen, ad Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 7. says, that in Apostems has been found substances, like Stones, Sand, Shells, Wood, Mud, Slime, Filth of Baths, Dregs and Lees of Oil, with many other like sub­stances.

XXVII. And in his Meth. Med. lib. 14. cap. 12. he far­ther tells us, that in some Tumors there was found sub­stances resembling Nails, Hair, Bones, Shells, and Stones.

XXVIII. Fallopius, and with him Sennertus, testifie, that Worms are frequently found in Tumors; and that the latter of them had seen them himself.

XXIX. The Causes. The Ex­ternal Causes may be Blows, Falls, Straining beyond Strength, &c. The Containing Cause is some­thing beyond, or besides Na­tures intent, added unto a Part; which heightens, dis­tends, and swells it up to a greater magnitude than ordi­nary.

XXX. Tumors are caused ei­ther by Congestion, or Fluxion.

XXXI. Congestion is the heap­ing up of Matter contrary to Nature, being the Recrements of the third Concoction, of that Nutriment which is distributed for the nourishment of the Parts of the Body; or the Nutriment it self, not so perfectly digested as it ought to be.

XXXII. This Matter is ga­thered together by little and little into the Part affected. Prima­rily, by something amiss in the Part, as weakness of the Con­coctive power of the Part, whereby it cannot digest the Nutriment sent to it, as it ought to do. Secondarily, from the weakness of the Expulsive faculty; the Recrements not being thrust forth as they should be, the Pores being closed thro' Cold, &c.

XXXIII. Congestion is caused many times also from evil and unwholesom Food, causing such an abundance of Recrements, that the Expulsive faculty can­not cast them all forth; or being so thick, that Nature cannot easily expel them: and [Page 474] this is daily manifest in such as are much troubled with Fu­runculi, or Pushes.

XXXIV. Tumors therefore which proceed from Congestion, are more slow, long, and tedious in breeding, than those caused by fluxi­on; for that these latter are with great pain, redness, and beat­ing, and come suddenly to a height.

XXXV. Fluxion is the falling down of some Humor or Humors, to some certain part, either by At­traction, Protrusion or Trans­mission, offending it either in quantity or quality, or both.

XXXVI. Attraction, or as some will have it, Protrusion, primarily proceeds from Heat, either by over­much motion, or the heat of the Sun, or Fire, or sharp Medicines taken inwardly, whereby when the parts are heated, they draw to themselves Humors; or the Humors being heated are rarifi­ed, and so for want of room are protruded to the Parts.

XXXVII. Secondarily, from Pain, because Pain is said to ex­cite Tumors by attracting Humors to the part grieved. Or rather, Nature attempting to relieve the part pained, protrudes an extraordinary supply of Blood and Spirits more than usual, so that thereby she over-loads and hurts the parts she endeavors to Succor.

XXXVIII. Then the grieved part growing hot from that abun­dance of Blood and Spirits protru­ded; the part is then said to at­tract more, by reason of this adventitious Heat; and the Pain weakning the Member, if it at­tracts not, yet it readily receives the Matter protruded without any resistance in the least.

XXIX. Transmission is a kind of Protrusion, but with the least force imaginable, whereby the Hu­mors as it were slide down into the part affected; which if they be not digested or evacuated by Transpiration, but remaining and still increasing, they cause a Tumor.

XL. There is then a part from which the Humor is sent, and a part which receives it, and a part thro' which the Humor is trans­mitted: The parts then trans­mitting are excited by Heat, whether it be external or inter­nal, and thereby the Faculty is provoked to expulsion, and sometimes the Humor by its own weight descends into a part, as Water in a Dropsy, falling into the Feet and Cods.

XLI. The Parts receiving, are such as by their weakness are dis­posed to the Reception, which weakness is contracted either in their first Formation, or af­terwards by some accidental Hurt; or so constituted by Na­ture, for the more easy receiving the Recrements of other parts, as the Glandules in the Ears, Throat, Arm-holes, Groin, Skin, &c.

XLII. For Nature (to preserve the Human Frame from Diseases) has purposely ordained some weak and feeble Parts, that so the principal Parts oppressed or burthened with Humors, might empty into them whatever is superfluous and burthensom, and these are the Skin and [Page 475] Glandulous Parts afore-menti­oned.

XLIII. Thus the Brain trans­mits the recrementitious Humors to the Glandules of the Ears; the Heart to the Arm-pits, the Liver to the Groins, &c.

XLIV. The Barts thro' which the Humors are transmitted are either hidden, as those in an Ascites, by which the Water falls into the Cavities of the Abdo­men: Or Manifest, to wit, the Arteries and Veins, the recre­ments of the Blood and Lympha, being as it were, spued forth from their Capillary ends or mouths, and by this way it is, that Tumors are mostly pro­duced.

XLV. Out of what has been said, it appears, that the causes of Tumors are threefold, viz. Primitive, Antecedent and Con­junct.

XLVI. The Primitive Causes are external, as Falls, Blows, &c. which move the Humors, also ex­ternal Heat, Food taken too raw, or cold, or in excessive quantity.

XLVII. The Causes antecedent are internal, as Humors offending either in Quantity or Quality, Intemperature, Weakness, and Pain.

XLVIII. The conjunct cause, is the Matter gathered together in the place or part, by reason of the aforesaid Causes.

XLIX. The Signs. If the Tu­mor proceeds from the falling down of any part, it is known by sight; if it does not, we may safely conclude, that it proceeds either from Congestion or the afflux of Humors.

L. If from Congestion, it is known by the Signs delivered at Sect. 34. aforegoing: And this is peculiar to them, that they take not up so much room in the part, as Pushes, Pimples, and the like.

LI. If the Tumor was generated by Fluxions, it will be known by the presence of the contrary Signs: And if there was not any fore­going Pain or Heat in the af­fected part, it shews the Afflux was by Transmission.

LII. And contrariwise, if Pain and Heat did precede, the Fluxi­on is caused by attraction.

LIII. The beginning of the Tumor is when the Part is first perceived to be distend­ed: The Increase or Growth is, when the part seems to be raised into an indifferent large Swel­ling, with Symptoms corre­sponding. The height or state of it is, when it ceases to be any farther augmented, and all the Symptoms are at their high­est pitch: and the Declination is, when the Tumor and Symptoms are sensibly diminished.

LIV. The Prognosticks. In­ward Tumors are always more dangerous than outward or exter­nal; and they have more or less danger of Death, according to the excellency and use of the part.

LV. The greater the Tumor, the greater the Intemperies or Distem­per accompanying it: The more malign and vitious the Humor, the more danger and difficulty in the Cure. And contrariwise,

LVI. Tumors arising from Wind, are more easily helped; for they are discussed or dissipated in [Page 476] a manner of their own accord.

LVII. Tumors arising from Hu­mors, if they vanish not of their own accord, are terminated either by, 1. Discussion. 2. Or by Sup­puration. 3. Or by Corruption. 4. Or by Induration.

LVIII. If by Discussion or Re­solution, the Member or Part grows lighter, i. e. loses of its weight and heaviness; and there is a ceasing of the painful beat­ing, with which it was before troubled.

LIX. If it is by Suppuration, which is, when the Humor cau­sing the Swelling, is converted into Pus, or a purulent Matter, there is then a pain and palpi­tation in the part, with Heat in­creasing: But when the Matter is concocted and ripened, then the Heat abates, the Pain asswa­ges, and the Tumor becomes pointed, and eminently eleva­ted, the Colour is white, and the place (if felt on) is soft, and the Matter seems to fluctu­ate, and yield to the Touch.

LX. But if the Matter lyes deep, the maturation will not then be so easily discerned, by reason of the thickness of the part, as saith Hippocr. lib. 6. Aph. 41.

LXI. If it be by Corruption or Putrefaction, wherein the Consti­tution, or Habit and radical Heat of the part affected, is corrupted and destroyed by the maligni­ty of the Matter now nigh at hand, there is a blackness or li­vid Colour upon the part af­fected, and the violence of the Symptoms cease.

LXII. If it is by Induration, when the Tumor acquires an accidental and adventitious hardness, it is known by a di­minution of the Tumor, but an increase of its hardness, the Swelling lessening unexpected­ly, which diminution, if it comes from an internal Cause, is always evil, unless the matter retreating, goes off by some critical Evacuation.

LXIII. The Cure by Resolu­tion is easiest and safest; and next to that is Suppuration: Induration is a very Evil Symptom, but Corruption worst of all. See the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae. Lib. 1. Cap. 49.

LXIV. The Cure. The Indi­cation of Cure is taken from the conjoin'd Cause; for upon the removal thereof, the Tumor goes away.

LXV. If there is any intempe­rature accompanying it, you must alter it, as if it is of Heat, you must cool, if of cold, you must heat; if of dryness, you must moisten: but if of moisture, you must dry; and this altera­tion is made by the application of such things as have the op­posite Properties in them.

LXVI. In removal of the con­joined cause, see whether the Tu­mor is perfect, or may yet receive any farther increase; if it is not as yet at height, but only approach­ing thereto, then we must have respect unto the antecedent Cause, as also Causes procatar­tick, which are with all possible care to be removed, and this is most considerable when the Tu­mor proceeds from Fluxion, or an afflux of Humors.

LXVII. In those Tumors the [Page 477] Fluxion is to be opposed, and as much as may be, totally removed; by evacuating the flowing Hu­mor, either by Vomiting, or Purging, or Urine; as by the habit and constitution of the Body it is requisite.

LXVIII. If you Vomit, the Oxymel Scilliticum exceeds in its use; which ought to be used six or seven times: if Purging, the Sal Mirabile exceeds all other Remedies: if you pro­voke Urine, Sal Nitre dissolved in Parsley or Hydropiper Water, and well sweetned with Sugar, is an incomparable Medicine.

LXiX. This being done, you ought to give things corroborative, to strengthen both the Part which breeds the Humor, and the Part which receives it: for which purpose, nothing exceeds our Theriaca Chymica, or our Lau­danum Specificum, or, Dr. Gar­dner's Laudanum Samech, which may be given in a a fit Dose, at night going to bed, and re­peated as you see need requires.

LXX. The Fluxion also is op­posed, 1. By Derivation, which is when the Humor is derived unto the opposite Parts: 2. By Interception, wherein the motion of the Humors in their passage is hindred; either by thickning them, or by repulsion.

LXXI. And since the Humor is said to flow partly by Attra­ction, which is caused by Pain and Heat; it is requisite that this Pain be eased by Anodyns, and the Heat by Medicaments which refrigerate.

LXXII. The Humor is taken away out of the Part affected, either by translating it to some other Part; or by evacuating it out of the Body.

LXXIII. It is translated into some other Part either by Astrin­gent Medicines, which drive back; or by Constringing Medi­cines, which by Compression bring the Parts close together; or lastly, by Attractive Medicines, which draw the Humor unto other Parts, and is effected by Pain, Heat, and Emptiness.

LXXIV. But as for Repul­sives, they only take place, where the matter is not as yet impacted or stuffed into the substance of the Part, but only flows to, in the greater and lesser Vessels of the same; or else without the Vessels, in the vacant spaces of the same; whose substance is neither so thick, nor yet so thin as to resist the force of Repulsives.

LXXV. But if the Matter be already so impacted into the Part, that it is scarce possible, nor yet safe to repel it; you must then strive by Suppuratives to bring it to maturation.

LXXVI. The Evacuation of the Peccant-matter is either insen­sible, or sensible.

LXXVII. Insensible is by Dis­cussion: and this is to be en­deavoured when there is no great store of matter in the Tumor, and that it is not very thick; and the parts also about it not compact and hard, but rare, and porous.

LXXVIII. If the Matter to be discussed be any thing hard, it is first of all to be mollified by Emollients; that it may the [Page 478] more easily be discussed thro' the Pores of the Skin.

LXXIX. Sensible Evacuation, is by opening the Tumor with the Knife; and this if the Matter contained in the Tumor is in great abundance, and withal thick, and if the Part lying above it is close and compact.

LXXX. If the Tumor is per­fect, that is, come to its height or perfection, you must then treat it as an Apostem; and after the same manner it is to be opened, cleansed, and healed; as in Chap. 3. following, we shall teach.

CHAP. II. Of CORPƲLENCY.

I. IT it is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Corpulentia, Crassities; also Corpulentia nimia; in English, Corpulency; and too great Corpulency: because Au­thors say, that if it is not exceeding, over and above, or too great, it is no Disease.

II. It is no Disease whilst the Functions of the whole Body are perfect and entire, but when it begins to hurt them, then it is accounted for a Disease: and it is a Disease of Magnitude, as Galen, lib. de different. Morb. cap. 9. affirms, because it is not natural, but is above that which is according to Nature.

III. Histories of exceeding cor­pulent people are extant; and the same Galen, in the place cited relates, that one Nicomachus of Smyrna had his Body grew to so exceeding a bulk, that he could not move from one place to another.

IV. And Sennertus tells us of a Rope-makers Wife of Stras­burgh, a City of Alsatia, who Anno 1613. and in the thirty-sixth year of her age weighed 480 pounds weight.

V. And he tells us of another, upon his own knowledge, who weighed more than 400 pounds weight, who notwithstanding ap­peared in publick: but, says he, in such persons as these, there is not an equal augmentation of all the parts of the Body, as it is in such as grow, and naturally increase; but their Fat and Flesh only exceed in that vast proportion.

VI. These things seem not in­credible; for I my self knew a young Lady not exceeding 18 years of age, so fat and fleshy, as scarcely to be able to go cross her own Chamber; and being weighed, exceeded 300 pounds weight.

VII. I know also a Man now living, so bulky, that he cannot go alone, but is carried in a [Page 479] Running-chair out of one Chamber into another: and by some of his Family about him he is re­ported to weigh more than 460 pounds weight; and truly his bulk bespeaks it.

VIII. The Causes. The Pro­catartick Cause is, plentifully eating good and nourishing Food; and the person so eating being of a pure, untainted, and sound Body; having the Native-virtue generating Flesh very vigorous, strong, and active; and withal leading an idle life.

IX. The Antecedent Cause is, an over-great abundance of good Blood, made of nourishing Meats, abounding with a good Juice: for this cause it is, that Cor­pulency is referred to Tumors proceeding from Blood: but there is this difference between them, that the conjoined cause of this Tumor is Fat and Flesh; whereas the conjoined cause of other Tumors arising from Blood, is Blood.

X. The conjoined cause there­fore of this Tumor of the whole Body, is Flesh and Fat: some­times the Flesh is most aug­mented, sometimes the Fat; and sometimes they are both alike increased together.

XI. Fat we conclude to be generated of the fat and oily parts of the Blood, falling out of the Arteries into the membranous parts, and then digested by the innate faculty and virtue of the Membranes.

XII. And this happens most to such as are of a cold and moist habit of Body: and Galen also maintains, that all Bodies tend­ing towards a cold and moist temperament, become fat.

XIII. The Signs. It is evident to the sight: but if it only produces a kind of deformity, it is then no more than a Symptom: but if it offends or hurts any Action, it is then to be accounted a Disease.

XIV. The Prognosticks. Avicen was of opinion, that such a great quantity of Fat with which such corpulent people are troubled, hin­ders the Body in its motion, in walking and operating, and straitens the Veins with an ir­regular and dangerous constri­ction; from whence proceeds obstructions of the passages of the Spirits, by which they are suffocated or extinguished.

XV. But this danger of Suffoca­tion more belongs to such as grow thus vehemently Corpulent in their younger years: for that they have their Veins and Arteries always small; and by reason of this ex­cessive increase of Flesh and Fat compressing them, they are not permitted to grow larger.

XVI. Persons thus affected with such an extream bulk of Body, are also apt to fall into Apo­plexies, Palsys, Palpitations, and Diarrhoea's, by reason of their very great Humidities; as also into Lethargies, Coma's, Faint­ing and Swooning Fits, &c.

XVII. And whether Men or Women, they are apt to be Barren; the Male not being able to gene­rate, nor the Female to produce an Embryo in the Womb, they having little or no Seed at all: the Seed being produced of Blood, of which they they have [Page 480] a very small stock: and if some of them have an indifferent quantity of Seed, yet 'tis such as is thin and watery, and unfit for Generation.

XVIII. And if the Women con­ceive, (for it is they that have the most Seed) yet it is very rarely; and when they do, they soon miscarry: nor are they able to nourish the Child in the Womb, because they have an exceeding weak Appetite, which affords not Nutriment enough.

XIX. This Disease is rarely cured, and when it is, the Cure comes but very slowly on, nor can it be done in a short time: for the Patient ought to be endued with much patience, self-denial, mortification, and prudence; without which things, the at­tempt of the Cure will be wholly vain.

XX. The Cure. The great store of Flesh and Fat is to be removed; which is done by wasting and consuming what is already generated, and preventing it for the future to be increased: and this is effected, by taking care, that too great an abundance of Blood be not bred, by using things which heat, and exsiccate or dry, much.

XXI. In order to the perform­ing of all this, there is a two­fold Consideration: 1. That which has respect to the Diet and Government of the Patient. 2. That which has respect to the Medicaments exhibited.

XXII. 1. As to Diet. Much Fasting, and an extraordinary Abstinence from Food, is much commended in a word, a con­tinual spare Diet is absolutely necessary, for it very much tends to the diminution of the Corpulency.

XXIII. The Diet also ought to be hard, as well as sparing: be­cause hard fare, and Meats not of so easy digestion, breed not Blood in such an extraordinary quantity, as to conserve or continue, much less increase such a prodigious bulk of Flesh and Fat.

XXIV. Dry Bread is a good kind of Food for them; so also would Water, if the fear of a Dropsy did not attend it: how­ever, the Patient may now and then drink a little Water, and sometimes Mild-beer, (because that is opening) and sometimes Wine very much diluted with Water.

XXV. All their Food and Drink ought to be such as may render the Belly slippery and soluble: for by that means, much of the Nutriment which would be con­verted into Blood and Flesh, will be beforehand carried off.

XXVI. Let them accustom themselves to much and often Exercise every day; beginning with small Exercises first, and then increasing them by little and little, till they become great: avoiding by all means an idle and sedentary course of life.

XXVII. No exercise exceeds that of fast Walking, and Run­ning; which may at first be but little, but ought every day to be increased gradatim, both as to the speed in running, and as to the time of exercising it: and [Page 481] the course ought to be continued every day for some months, yea years, till the gross of the Body is brought down.

XXVIII. Next, Friction of the whole Body with hard or course Cloths, is of good use; because it opens the Pores, and causes a transpiration of much of the fatty Sweat or Humidities, which con­spire to the increase of the ma­gnitude of the Body: rubbing the Body presently after all over with some sweet Oil, which if you please may be perfumed.

XXIX. And withal, if they have conveniency, they ought to Sweat once a day, by a dry me­thod of Sweating: the best for this purpose, is Sweating in Hartman's Chair, with rectified Spirits of Wine. By this course I cured a Man of a prodigious bulk in about three months time, or a little more; beyond mine, and all others expecta­tion.

XXX. Galen, Method. Med. lib. 14. cap. 15. says, he perfectly cured a Man of about fourty years old, who was exceeding fat and gross, even to the admiration of all who beheld him. And this he did, by giving him an Anti­dote made of Sal Theriacale, and the right Theriaca Andro­machi made of Vipers; causing him to use an extenuating Diet after it, and to exercise himself with swift running.

XXXI. And he fitted and prepared him for this exercise of Running, by gentle Frictions with rough and hard Cloths made of new linnen, till the skin became red, and then anointed him with a digestive Oil, with which he also anointed him after his running.

XXXII. 2. As to Medicines, Bleeding is wholly forbidden; for it is manifest, that much and constant bleeding has made many grow to an extraordinary bulk of Body, who otherwise would have been lean and slender enough: and Hippocrates seems to be against Bleeding in fat persons, because (as they are of a cold habit of Body, so) they are more pro­pense unto cold Distempers.

XXXIII. Authors advise to frequent Purgations with Aloes, and Aloetick Medicines: I com­mend my Cathartick Laudanum, which may be taken every night to gr. x, or xij. and in some persons to xv, or xx. it is a noble Medicine, and works admirably the next day, and that without any griping, pain, illness, or making faint; and possibly may more waste the Body (almost after an insensible manner) than a thousand other Medicines, which purge more vehemently: and yet this is not to be despised, as to its purging neither.

XXXIV. Some advise to Aloes made up with Myrrh and Nitre, as a proper Remedy; because Sal Nitre in a great measure wasts the Body by Urine, at least hinders its farther increase.

XXXV. Oxymel of Squills constantly taken for some few months, is a famous thing; and will certainly bring the Body down in some few months, if the Patient can be but per­swaded to the constant use of it.

XXXVI. Authors commend all hot and bitter things: as Worm­wood, Southernwood, Rue, Pellitory of Pain, Sage, Tyme, Savory, Myrrh, Frankincense; and generally whatsoever things work by Urine, as Fennel, Smal­lage, Parsley, Hydropiper, Asparagus, Onions, Winter-cherries, &c.

XXXVII. Sennertus commends this Pouder: ℞ Sal Nitre ʒ j. Alum ℈ij. Cortex Guajaci, Sar­saparilla, Myrrh, Frankincense, A. ʒ ij. make all into a fine pou­der; of which the Patient may take a dram morning and evening every day, for two months together.

XXXVIII. The Salt of Vipers is commended, but is a thing dear, and hard to be got: the Salt of Sheeps or Bullocks flesh will do as well.

XXXIX. For them that can­not take Pills, I commend a con­stant Purging with Our Tinctura Purgans, or Tinctura Cathartica; and sometimes for change, with Elixir Proprietatis: but more especially with Sal Mirabile, because that answers the In­dication, both by Stool and Urine; and if constantly used, will do wonders of this kind.

XL. In the intermediate days of Purging, this following Pou­der may be given: ℞ Sal Nitre, Winter-cherries, Cortex Guajaci, A. ℥ j. Myrrh, Cloves, Nutmegs, A. ℥ ss. Camphir, Gin­ger, A. ʒ ij. white Pepper ʒ j. make each into a fine pouder, and mix them together. Dose, ʒ j. morning and evening, in Barley-water, or Decoction of Parsley-roots.

XLI. Lastly, for a constant Drink, (instead of Beer, Ale, Wine, Water, or other liquors) this following is most excellent; because it wasts not only the Nutritious-juices, but even the Flesh and Fat, to a Miracle.

XLII. ℞ Raspings of Guaja­cum lbj. Cortex ejusdem, Sas­safras rasped, A. lbss. Fennel-seed, Coriander-seed, A. ℥ iv. fair Water lbxxx. Salt of Tartar ℥ iv. mix, digest scalding-hot for twenty-four hours; then boil in a Diet-pot till a Gallon is con­sumed: strain out, and sweeten it a little with double-refined Sugar: of this let the Patient drink constantly every day, as his ordinary Drink, and continue the use of it for 3, 4, 6, or 8 months; as the condition of the Sick, and continuance of the Distemper shall require.

APPENDIX. Of an ATROPHIA.

XLIII. It is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Atrophia, vel Consumptio Par­tis, vel Partium; and in Eng­lish, a Consumption, or Wasting of a Part or Parts.

XLIV. There are several kinds of Consumptions, as a Phthisis; a Marasmos or Tabes; a Hectick; and lastly, an Atrophia, Pining or Wasting; which is called in general, and Extenuation of the Body; viz. when the Body is not nourished so much as it [Page 483] ought to be, but is diminished and lessened, by reason of the withholding of Nourishment from it; and this is called in general an Atrophy.

XLV. Now an Atrophy is two­fold: 1. General, of which we have already treated in Our Syn­opsis Medicinae, lib. 2. cap. 31. and lib. 6. cap. 18. 2. Parti­cular; which is the Wasting or Pining away of some particular Part or Parts; as a Foot, Leg, Thigh, Arm, &c. of which we shall treat here, and the rather, because falling under none of the general Topicks or Titles of this Art, tho' a part of the Chirurgians duty: and not be­ing willing to give it a place by it self, we chose to treat of it in this Chapter, by way of Appendix; as being the almost opposite of too great Corpulency.

XLVI. The Causes. The Causes of the particular Atrophy, (like that of the whole Body, which consists in some one particular Bowel, whose action is necessary for the Nutrition of the whole Body) is contained in some particular Vessel or Vessels, beloning unto that particular Part.

XLVII. Yet however the general Causes are the same as in an Ʋni­versal Atrophy; viz. the weakness of the Nutritive-faculty of the Part, and defect of Nourishment.

XLVIII. The Faculty is hurt when the Part is over-cooled, and left destitute of its proper heat and warmth: for then the Part can neither attract any nutri­ment, nor retain it, nor yet alter, or assimulate it.

XLIX. And a Part is said to be refrigerated, and its hea [...] decayed, and to be made dull, or stupid, and unfit for action, from many Causes; as, coldness of the external Air, lying long in cold Water or Snow, or being laid upon a cold place; as also by long lying upon the Parts, (by which the Spirits contained in it are as it were suffocated) from over-much rest, in the Palsy; or from the straitness of the passages thro' which the Spirits flow.

L. The Nutriment fails chiefly by reason of the narrowness of the Passages, (or their being obstructed or stopt up thro' the congelation of some Humor in the same,) thro' which it ought to flow to the Part wanting it.

LI. And this arises mostly from External Causes, as, when the Arteries which carry the Blood unto the Part for its nourishment are compressed by the Bones, when they are loosened or out of joint: or from hard and strait band­age; as many times happens in such as have long had an Issue; or from some Tumor nigh unto the Part; or from the brawniness or hardness of the Flesh; or lastly, from the Ves­sels being cut asunder, which are to convey the Nutriment.

LII. The Signs. The Disease is known by Sight; and the very Causes may be fully known by the relation of the Patient: but because it may have dependance upon many of them, they are therefore all of them to be enquired into, that so the me­thod of Cure may be the more rightly prosecuted.

LIII. The Prognosticks. From the Causes, we are to make our Judgments of the Cure: for if the Causes may be removed, there may be hope of Health and Restoration; if they can­not be taken away, but will re­main, the Disease will also remain.

LIV. The more recent it is, the more easily it is cured; and contra­riwise, the more inveterate and old, the more hard and difficult.

LV. If the Nutriment only is consumed, there is more hopes; but if much of the substance of Flesh is already wasted, it will be the more difficult; and most of all when the Membranous parts are already exsiccated, and very much dried: for such an Atrophy is as impossible to be cured, as that which befalls the Body thro' old-age.

LVI. If the Native-heat be not so far weakned, but that it may be restored, the hopes of recovery is manifest: for that the Cause being removed, and the Heat restored, Nourishment will again be brought to the Part affected.

LVII. The Cure. A Part being extenuated or withered away, for want of the Nutriment being conveyed to it, and the languishing of the Heat of the Part; we must do our endeavour to restore the decayed Heat again, and to make an attraction of the Blood to the same.

LVIII. Heat is restored to the Part many ways: as by a gentle Friction, or moderate rubbing of the Member, moving of it up and down, and soaking it in warm Water.

LIX. Now this friction, moving, and soaking it in Water, ought to be so long (and no longer) con­tinued, than to cause the Part to look somewhat red, and as it were a little swoln; but not so long till it is again asswaged and fallen.

LX. The Parts affected may also be soaked and bathed in Baths made of the following particulars, or some of them, which may be easiest gotten; as Aniseeds, An­gelica, Avens, Asarabacca, Bay-leaves, Basil, Bawm, Bears-breech, Bishopsweed, Brook­lime, Briony, Calamint, Camels-hair, Camomil, Caraway-seeds, Catmint, Cedar-tops, Celan­dine, Centory, Chervil, Citron­peels, Cicely, Coriander-seeds, Costmary, Costus, Cresses, Cu­min, Dittander, Dittany, Ele­campane-roots sliced, Fennel the herb and seed, Fenugreek, Fetherfew, Fir-tops, Galingal, Gaultree-leaves, Goats-rue, Gen­tian, Grains of Paradise, Ground-pine, Hartwort, Hops, Hore­hound, Hysop, Jack-by-the-hedge, Juniper-tops and berries, Larchtree-tops, Lavender, Limon-peels, Mallows, Marjoram, Masterwort, Mastich-herb, Maud­lin, Melilot, Mint, Mustard, Myrtle-leaves, Navew, Orange-peels and leaves, Parsley, Pars­nip-tops, Pellitory of the Wall, and of Spain, Peniroyal, Pepper bruised, Pimpernel, Pinetree-tops, Plowmans-spicknard, Po­lymountain, Radish-tops, Ram­pions, Rocket, Rosemary, Rue, Sage, Savin, Savory, Saxifrage, Scabious, Scruvigrass, Skirret-tops, Smallage, Sneezwort, [Page 485] Solomons-seal, Soapwort, South­ernwood, Spignel, Tobacco, Tansy, Tarragon, Tyme, Tor­mentil, Turneps and their tops, Valerian, Vervain, Worm­wood.

LXI. The bathing and fomenting being over, (which ought to be repeated every day, for some considerable time) you may anoint with this Oil: ℞ Oil-olive, or Neatsfoot-oil, ℥ xiv. Chymical Oils of Aniseed, Amber, Caraways, Juniper-berries, Ca­momil, Rosemary, Sage, Savin, Sassafras, Lavender, sweet Mar­joram, Turpentine, A. ℥ j. Oils of Oranges and Limons, A. ℥ iv. mix them; with which anoint the Part morning and evening.

LXII. Or you may make the former into an Ointment, by ad­ding Sheeps-suet ℥ xij. Chymical Oil of Cumm ℥ vj. pouder of Castoreum ℥ viij. with which you may anoint, as before.

LXIII. Sennertus advises to this Ointment:Bdellium, Opoponax, A. ℥ j. dissolve in Wine, and strain: to which add Hogs-grease, Goose and Hens grease, A. ℥ j. old Oil-olive ℥iv. Turpen­tine, Wax, A. ℥j. boil till the Wine is consumed, and then add Ma­stich, Frankincense and Fenugreek, all in pouder, A. ℥ j. mix, and make an Ointment; with which daily, morning and evening, anoint the places affected.

LXIV. After well Anointing, for a week or more, you may apply the following Emplaster: ℞ Turpentine, Balsam-capivi, Gum-Elemi, Wax, Rosin, A. lbj. mix them upon the fire; then add there­to Galbanum, Opopopanax, Sagape­num, strained, A. ℥ iv. Tacama­hacca ℥ iij. Frankincense, Ma­stich, A. ℥ ij ss. Long-pepper, Ginger, Cardamoms, Grains of paradise, all in fine pouder; Nutmegs, Mace, Cloves, Zedoary, Galangal, Winters-Cinamon, Mu­stard-seed, all in fine pouder also, A. ℥ ij. mix, and make an Emplaster; which apply, after it has been fomented with the following Fomentation.

LXV. The Fomentation. ℞ Spirit of Wine lbvj. Pepper, white, and long, Ginger, Zedoary, root of Pellitory of Spain, Mustard-seed, Grains of paradise, all in pouder, A. ℥ j. Bay-berries, Rocket-seed, berries of Spurge-olive, Juniper-berries, Winters-Cinamon, A. ℥ ss. Cloves, Nutmegs, A. ʒ ij. Mint, Marjoram, Rosemary, Sage, Tyme, all dried, A. ʒ vj. mix all these Pouders together, and grind them in a hot iron Mortar, with Salt of Tartar ℥ iv. then put all into the Spirit, which digest in a cold place for a week, and decant off the clear Tincture for use; with which foment the Part, before laying on of the Emplaster.

LXVI. After the application of the former things for four, five, or six day, the Ancients used Dro­pacisms, or Pications. Now a Dropax or Pication, was a soft Ointment made of Pitch mixed with Oil; which they applied to the extenuated part blood-warm, keeping it on till it was cold, and then they removed it, and applied a fresh one; and this was often repeated, till at length the Part became red, and something swelled: [Page 486] which done, they removed the Dropax, and anointed the Part with sweet Oil, or some fat body, and in the evening re­peated the same as before: which course they continued so long, till the Member grew thicker, and more fleshy.

LXVII. If this Dropax or Pi­cation would do nothing, they made then use of Percussion or Beating, smiting the wasted Part with Ferula's or Rods, till such time as it became swoln and red, and then immediately anointed it with some Oil, or fat Medi­cament: but later Physicians make use instead thereof, of green stinging Nettles.

LXVIII. Some have been cured by anointing with this Oint­ment: ℞ Oil-olive, Sheeps-suet, A. ℥ viij. Chymical Oils of Camomil, Juniper, Rosemary, Savin, Sassafras, and Spike, A. ℥ ij. Mustard-seed, roots of Pyrethrum in fine pouder, A. ℥ ij. white Pepper in pouder ℥ j. Cam­phir, Ginger in pouder, A. ℥ ss. Turpentine q.s. mix them.

LXiX. Others have been cured by manifold Frictions, and then immediately anointing with this Mixture: ℞ Oils of Amber ℥ iv. Oils of Spike, Rose­mary, and Sassafras, A. ℥ j. Oils of Aniseed, Juniper, Limons, and Turpentine, A. ℥ ss. mix them; with this the Patient was an­ointed twice a day, rubbing it in for half an hour at a time; and being continued for twenty days or more, they became perfectly well.

CHAP. III. Of ABSCESSES, or APOSTEMS.

I. THIS kind of Tumor is called in Arabick, Du­bellet, and Aldubellet; in Greek, [...], pl. [...], and in Latin, Abscessus, pl. Abscessus; Tumor est qui suppuratur: in English an Apostem, pl. Apostems; a Swelling full of ripe matter.

II. The Description. It is a Tumor arising from corruption and putrifaction, chiefly in the end of a Disease; and in or near the Glandules, as behind the Ears, in the Neck, under the Arm-holes, or in the Groins, being repleat with a preternatural Humor, most commonly in its own Mem­brane, yet sometimes not; if it proceeds from concussion, or other external hurt: whence follows inflammation of the Part, a Fever, and then a ge­neration of Corruption, whence comes an Abscess.

III. But some Tumors are de­nominated from their times; for whilst unripe, they are Tumors of that particular kind; but coming to suppuration, they many times lose their first appellation, [Page 487] and are called Apostems, of which kind are Phlegmon's suppurated; and indeed any Tumor when it is maturated, is called by some an Apostem: whence it is ordinary to say, when a Tumor is ripe for Apertion, it is Apostemated.

IV. If therefore the matter which causes the Phlegmon or Inflammation is not dissipated in­sensibly: Nature, which can never be idle, converts it in process of time, (especially if assisted with warm Medicaments, or any Blood be mixed with the pro­truded Matter) into a certain rotten substance called Pus; which when it is wholly sepa­rated from the Parts containing, and gotten together into the Part affected, is properly called an Abscess, or Apostem.

V. The Differences. They are taken, 1. From their Times. Some are maturated more speedily, as those which proceed from Blood, and are in a fleshy-part.

VI. Some are maturated more slowly, as those Tumors which are bred out of other Humors; and are seated near the Joints, and in Nervous parts, or parts which are weak, or have in them but little native Heat.

VII. 2. From the Matter. And this is various, according to the Humor it is generated of: out of good Blood is generated a Pus, less offensive; but out of other Humors is bred a sharp, putrid, green, yellow, or ill-coloured stinking Matter.

VIII. Sometimes this matter resembles Gruel, Honey, Suet, Wine-lees, Oil-lees; and some­times it is like Honey and Snivel mixt together, or the substance of rotten Eggs; and that of so ill a savor, and so stinking, as not to be endured, &c.

IX. And sometimes living Worms, and other like Animals are found in them; for the Humors of the Body may pos­sibly be wholly converted into Worms, and such like substances, in great variety.

X. 3. From the Tumor it self: for the matter in the hollowness of the Part, is either without a Membrane; or else is contained in a peculiar Cystis or Mem­brane of its own.

XI. Yet some Authors are of opinion, that those Tumors alone, which proceed from Inflammation and Pain, and had within them a sharp corroding Humor, and not contained in any peculiar Skin or Tunicle, could properly be called Apostems.

XII. The Causes. Tho' they may proceed from other Tumors maturated, and so the remote and antecedent Causes in those cases are thence to be derived; yet they are also many times caused from external injuries; as falls, blows, bruises, &c. wherein Blood being extravasated by the external force, it is thro' the help of Nature, and the heat of the Part putrified, and so there arises an Apostem.

XIII. An Example of this kind, we have in Guiliel. Fabricius, Cent. 1. Obs. 63. A young Man 27. years old had a great Fall, and by the hilt of his Sword was hurt under the short Ribs and left Kidney, having also [Page 488] his Loins much bruised: after some days, he felt a pain in the left part of his Loins, which by degrees became exceedingly sharp and intolerable: upon which followed loss of Sleep and Appetite, with some small kind of Fever; but the Part affected was not black and blew, or any way discoloured, or in the least swoln, but appeared as in perfect health.

XIV. In this condition he was tampered with by a certain DOCTOR, as a Nephritick, but all in vain, for the Doctor was mistaken; for it was a hidden Apostem in the Muscle Psooa. At length he sent for Griffonius, a learned Physician and Chirur­gian, who presently discovered the whole grief, and the danger impending, from the Matter being shut up in those inward or deep parts: it now possessed his whole Loins; he therefore applied powerful Attractives, to draw all the Matter into some one place, where the principal Vessels were but few, and the Instruments of Motion might be least hurt: then he opened it on the left side, nigh to the fourth Vertebra, with a red-hot Razor, making the Wound as deep and as long as ones finger, from the end thereof to the hollow of the hand; out of which there flowed a great quantity of putrid and stinking Matter; which he afterwards cured according to Art.

XV. Sometimes they are caused from Fevers; where, by the fer­mentation of the Febritick-heat, the Morbifick-matter is critically protruded into some particular Part, where Nature can best dispose thereof.

XVI. An Example of this kind we have from the same Fabricius, in the place cited, which happened also in the Muscle Psooa; where he tells us, that a certain Matron took her bed, with extream and acute pains about her Loins; having a Burning-fever, accom­panied with Swooning-sits and difficulty of Making-water.

XVII. By the Signs, Symptoms, and kinds of the Pain, it ap­peared to be a hidden Apostem; for outwardly nothing appeared, nor could any thing be discerned by the touch; and by the place, that it could be no where but under the Psooa-Muscle. She was told the extream danger, and that it would be with hazard of her life, unless it was opened; she gave consent, and it was opened with a Razor, on one side of the Spina Dorsi, thro' the Skin, and exterior Muscles, even to the Psooa; and there came forth a quantity of stink­ing Pus, or Matter: after which, by abstersive and cleansing Me­dicaments for some time ap­plied, she became perfectly well.

XVIII. Sometimes also it is caused by Witchcraft; as when Hairs, Bones, Wood, Nails, Pins, Needles, Coals, Cockle-shells, or any thing of a like nature, is found; into which it is not possible for Humors to be na­turally changed: in such cases, Artists ascribe the cause to Sor­cery and Witcheraft.

XIX. The Signs. In a Phle­gmon, it is easily seen when the [Page 489] Humor causing the Tumor is changed into Pus,and in other Tumors also there are peculiar Signs: for till the Matter is changed into Pus, the Heat, Pain, Tumor, and other Sym­toms are heightned, not dimi­nished, as they are when it is ripe; as Hippocrates, Sect. 2. Aph. 47. affirms.

XX. When the Maturation approaches, the Apostem begins to be sharp-pointed, the Pus seeking its passage forth, and so the more lifting up the Skin: then also there is an abatement of the Fever and Heat, the Swelling round about a little diminishes, and the extension and hardness is something remitted, and the Patient has some ease, and is a little lightsom.

XXI. Then also, coming to perfect ripeness, if the place is pressed down with the fingers, there is a softness, and a kind of float­ing of the Matter underneath, which is sensibly perceived in the Part.

XXII. Yet, that you mistake not, this is to be understood, where the matter is thin, and lies high; but if the Matter is thick, or lies deep, as under the Psooa-Muscle: (in which Muscle Apostems seldom appear out­wardly, as by the two afore­going Examples is manifest) there is no fluctuation at all to be perceived, and many times neither tumor nor discolouring, as Hippocrates maintains, Lib. 6. Aph. 41.

XXIII. The Prognosticks. An Apostem is generally Critical, or upon the end of a Disease: if it increases, and the Sick grows better, health is a coming.

XXIV. If it strikes inward, or falls down; or otherwise, if it yet increases, and the Sick grows worse, let him prepare for death, for it is near at hand.

XXV. Apostems lying hid, (as those in the great Muscle Psooa) are much more dangerous, than those which are apparent and outward; and by how much the more outwardly they lye, by so much the less danger.

XXVI. The sooner an Apostem comes to maturity, the sooner and easier it is to be cured; the more hard the matter, the more tedious and difficult the Cure. The rest of the Prognosticks see in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 1. cap. 49. sect. 9, ad 24.

XXVII. The Cure. Whilst the Abscess or Apostem is in the way of maturation, you must cherish the heat of the Part, by Medica­ments that concoct, and increase Pus, and ease the present in­tense Pain.

XXVIII. Such things are called Chalastica, and Anodyna, for for that they take from the part all sense of pain: and of this kind are Milk, Butter, Oil, Hogs-grease, Capons-grease, Ʋng. Di­althaeae, Emplast. Diachyl. simplex.

XXIX. What things hasten Sup­puration, we shall shew at large in Chap. 5, and 6. following: such are these, for hoc Tumors; Oil mingled with Water, and simple without mixture; Wheat-Hower, and Bread of the same; Fats of a Calf, of a Hog, of a Hen, of a Goose; Pitch, Rosin, [Page 490] Wax mixed with Oil; Ʋng. Te­trapharmacum, made up of Wax, Rosin, Pitch, and Fat, &c. the Mucilages of Lin-seed, Fenu­greek-seed, Mallows, Marsh­mallows. Or this Cataplasm:

XXX. ℞ Pouder of Althaea­roots, Mallow-leaves, A. ℥ j. Wheat-flower ℥ j ss. seeds of Line and Fenugreek, A. ℥ ss. Saf­fron ʒ ss. boil them in Milk or Decoction of dried Figs; to which add Hogs-grease, Unguent. Dial­thaeae, A. ℥ j. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XXXI. But if the Tumor be cold, you must use hotter things; such are Turpentine, Gums of the Fir-tree, Larch-tree, and Pine-tree; dried Figs, Rai­sins, Lin-seed, Fenugreek-seed, rosted Onions, Leven, Oils of Camomil and white Lillies, old Hens fat, old Butter, Bdellium, Galbanum, Ammoniacum, Em­plaster of Melilot, and Diachy­son magnum.

XXXII. Or this Cataplasm: ℞ of the former Cataplasm ℥ vj. Leaven ʒ vj. Camomil ʒ ij. old Hens fat, Oil of Camomil, A. ℥j ss. mix for a Cataplasm. If you add white Lilly roots, Onions, Tur­pentine, A. ℥ j. it will be yet stronger.

XXXIII. When the Apostem is come to full ripeness, it is then to be evacuated and cast forth of the Body: which is done either by Discussion, (which is very seldom and rare;) or, by open­ing of it; (which is much the better way) be it done either of its own accord, or by Art.

XXXIV. Now to know when an Apostem is fit for opening, you must have respect to the signs of its maturation; which are, an abatement of the intense Pain and Inflammation: as we have shewn more at large in Sect. 20, 21, and 22, aforegoing.

XXXV. The Abscess being now found by the Signs to be fit for Apertion, you must perform it as we have taught, Lib. 1. Cap. 18. of this Work, where the Operation is expressed at large. If the opening is by Instrument, it is done with the Knife either red-hot, or else cold: but we now very seldom make use of the hot Iron, and then never but in cold Tumors; and that also, only when the Apostem is in those Parts which have many, or else large Veins and Arteries; that so the Flux of Blood, or Haemorrhage, may the better be prevented.

XXXVI. Now if upon opening of the Apostem, great pain should ensue, or a flux of Blood, or a swooning; in this case, the Se­ction must be performed with the greatest speed and care that may be.

XXXVII. If an Haemorrhage be feared, you must have in a readiness, these things which stop the flux of Blood; as Frank­incense, Aloes, white of an Egg, fine Bole, Sanguis Draconis, Pom­granate rinds and flowers, burnt Alum, Caput. mort. of Vitriol, and several others, which both Our Doron, and our Pharm. Lond. are able to furnish you with.

XXXVIII. To prevent Fainting and Swooning, especially in Chil­dren, Women, and fearful persons, [Page 491] you ought to have in a readiness Spiritus Angelicae magis compo­situs, Aqua Bezoarica, or Spiritus Cordialis, or that of Matthiolus; letting the Sick smell to Oil of Rosemary, or Spike, or Sa­vin, which is better than either; or in desperate cases, to Spirit of Sal Armoniack.

XXXIX. And likewise that the Section may be rightly per­formed, the Chirurgian ought to know the condition of the Part; the situation of the Veins, Arte­ries, and Nerves; as likewise the nature of the Muscles: with­out the exact knowledge of which, many irregularities, enor­mities and errors may be com­mitted, even to the hazard of the Patients life.

XL. For the Veins and Arte­ries being cut, a violent Haemor­rhage may follow; the Nerves being cut, either intolerable Pain may arise, or the Member may altogether be deprived of Sense, or both; and the Muscles being cut, the Part may be wholly deprived of its motion.

XLI. Moreoever, regard ought to be had to the Fibres of the Muscles, that Section may be done according to their conduct, and not overthwartly, or cross to them; and that some con­sideration be had to the great­ness of the Section.

XLII. If it be too little, the Pus cannot come forth without compression of the Part; which may both excite pain, and beget a brawniness, thereby hazarding a Fistula: if it be too great, there may be either an unsightly Scar, or the ambient Air may get too much in, and alter the Part.

XLIII. To make the Incision, Sennertus admits of either the Razor or Incision-knife; or a Knife myrtle-shaped, edged on both sides, with which the Ita­lians and French open Veins; or with the Lancet; or lastly, with the Syringotomos, an In­strument crooked, and of only use in the Incision of an in­ternal or concavous body.

XLIV. The Incision being made, if there be but little Pus, you may gently press the part, that it may the better flow forth: but if there be much, you ought to evacuate leisurely, and by little at a time; lest if all should be let out together, the Spirits should be too much wasted, and swooning follow.

XLV. After Incision, and emptyng, of the Pus; the first day you may strew on the dust of Frankincense: on the second day, lay on some kind of Digestive; that if any thing remain not perfectly sup­purated, it may be compleated.

XLVI. And if any kind of nastiness does occur, let it wiped away; and then cleansed with this: ℞ Turpentine ℥ j. Honey of Roses ℥ ss. Barley-meal, q.s. mix them, and apply it.

XLVII. If the Ʋlcer require yet more forcible cleansing, you must use stronger Abstersives; as, Ʋnguentum Apostolorum, Aegy­ptiacum, &c. and at length Sarcoticks, or Medicines breeding Flesh are prudently to be apply­ed to the consummation of the Cure, as in the Chapt. following we shall discourse more at large.

XLVIII. If an Apostem leys [Page 492] deep, so as that it is concealed in many places; or if it is not opened in due time, but that delays are made, whereby it is kept too long; the Humor or Matter is then for the most part translated to some other place, and sometimes to the more noble Parts which cannot be, but with manifest danger to the Sick.

XLIX. Of this kind, Guiliel. Fabricius, Centur. 1. Observ. 81. gives us a remarkable Example, of a Child three menths old, which had an Apostem near to his right shoulder. The Parents (says he) would admit of no Incision, and by degrees the Tumor much abated; at length it was opened, but a very small quantity of matter issued forth, and in a short time it sunk wholly away: but the Humor gradually gliding downwards into the Abdomen and Genitals, it destroyed the native heat; upon which followed a Gan­grene, and in a few days more, a Sphacelus; so that in a short time after the Child died.

L. From what has been said it appears then, that delays of opening Apostems, are not to be permitted, in any Part; much more if they be in Parts, where the Matter is easily translated to those we call the more noble; and that sometimes it is better to open them a little too soon, than a little too late; the for­mer being an error, at most, on the right hand.

CHAP. IV. Of a SINUS in Tumors.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Sinus; and in English, the Hole of a Tumor or Apo­stem.

II. The Description. Is it the hole or hollowness of a Tumor or Apostem, which being emptied of its Pus, is notwithstanding filled again; for which reason it is, that the sides of the said hollowness do not close, and grow together with the Flesh which is underneath it; but there is a certain cavity or hol­lowness left remaining, very difficultly, if not-impossible, to be cemented.

III. Now the mouth and en­trance into the Apostem and Ʋlcer, is generally strait and narrow; but within it is more profound or deep, enlarging it self into a proportional bredth.

IV. The Causes. They arise mostly from Apostems or suppurated Tumors, not soon enough opened, or not well cleansed.

V. For the Pus being longer kept in the Apostem than it ought to be, acquires a sharp or corroding quality; by which it makes many [Page 493] winding and turning passages; to which there is an afflux of Humors from the adjacent parts, and many times from the whole Body: for which reason it is, that this Sinus, or Windings to and fro, is difficult to be filled up with Flesh, and healed.

VI. The Differences. They are manifold: 1. As to Magnitude; for some are greater, some lesser; some shallower, some deeper, some less capacious, others broader.

VII. 2. As to Figure; some are streight, others with many turnings and windings; some long and deep, others roundish, or globular.

VIII. 3. As to the situation, or way of Running: some run up­wards, and so give better hopes of Cure; for that by its orifice the Pus may the more easily flow forth: some tend, or run down­wards, so that the Pus cannot flow forth; for which reason, with the Syringotomos it may be opened on the lower part.

IX. The Prognosticks. If the Sinus is not speedily cured, it contracts a Callus, and degene­rates into a Fistula; and will not then be cured, without much difficulty and danger.

X. The hopes of Cure are taken partly from the Sinus it self, as not being large, deep, winding, or depending: partly from the Part; as being in an upper part, not in a part depending: and partly from the Matter flowing forth; as being well digested, without much swelling, or any very sensible pain; being white in colour, and small in quantity.

XI. If the Pain is wholly vanisht, and the whole place is equal; not feeling with a hollow or yielding softness; it is a good Argument that the Sinus is already filled with Flesh.

XII. But if there is much pain, or any swelling or tumor, the matter flowing in great quantities, and as it were continually, of an evil colour, as green, blew, yellow, or blackish; and indi­gested, or otherwise very putrid, and extreamly stinking; the hopes of Cure are very small.

XIII. The Cure. The Indica­cations are taken from the Sym­ptoms, which are chiefly two, Solution of Ʋnity, and Hollowness: and therefore there must be a Unition; which that it may be accomplished, the Hollowness must be filled with Flesh.

XIV. Now the Cavity cannot be filled with Flesh, except the temper of the Part is as it ought to be; and that the Sinus is free and clean from all its impurities and filth: we must labour there­fore to remove the Distemper of the Member, if any be, and then that the Sinus be throughly cleansed.

XV. The former is done with Alteratives of a contrary temper; and Purging once or twice a week, with Pilulae Catharticae, Tinctura Purgans, Tinct. Cathartica, or Sal Mirabile, Pulvis Catharticus, or Pulvis Cornachini.

XVI. Then see to the Orifice of the Sinus, if it looks not down­wards, cause it to look so, by opening the lower part thereof; that the filth may have a free passage forth; and such a like [Page 494] Sinus, by applying Abstersives, is easily cured.

XVII. Now in this case, some­times the whole Cavity must be laid open; sometimes an Ori­fice must be opened only on the inferior part: but the opening the whole Sinus is most in use, because the Ulcer thereby may be the more easily cleansed and healed.

XVIII. Yet this is only when the Sinus is great, and the whole Part may be laid open without danger: otherwise we only open it in the bottom thereof; which done, it is throughly to be cleansed and dried, that no Pus be left remaining.

XIX. For if any of the filth be left behind, there are com­monly Recidivations or Relap­ses which follow it, or else it degenerates into into a Fistula: and tho' the parts may seem to be conglutinated, yet they stick not firmly together, but after­wards separate again.

XX. Now to help on the re­moval of the Pus, Pillows, or Bolsters and Swathbands are of great use, thereby straitly to com­press the hollowness, from the higher part of the Sinus, to­wards its Orifice.

XXI. This being said, we must come to consider of the Medica­ments fit for this purpose; as 1. Bar­ley-water, especially if mixed with a little Red-wine. 2. Mel­icrate, or Water and Honey boil'd together. 3. Mulsum, or Wine and Honey boiled together; which both cleanses and cor­roborates together.

XXII. To these things you may add, the White Potion, which is thus made: ℞ Strasburgh-Turpen­tine ℥j. three yolks of Eggs, grind them together till they are well mixed, then add to them, Barley-water three quarts; with which wash the Sinus for some days.

XXIII. To these things we may add, Honey of Roses, Barley-meal, Bean-flower, Orobus-meal, meal of Lupins, Spirit of Wine, Alum-water, Oxymel, Unguentum Ae­gyptiacum; which laft is the strongest of them, and to be used in the most filthy Ulcers.

XXIV. ℞ Honey of Roses strained ℥ ij. Barley-flower enough to give it a thick Body: or, ℞ Turpentine, Honey of Roses, A. ℥ j. juices of Wormwood and Smallage, A.℥ ss. boil them together; then add of Lupin, Bean, Barley flower, A. q.s. mix them well together.

XXV. Or, having for some days cleansed with the Mixture at Sect. 22. aforegoing, wash only with the following Mixture, with which sometimes the Cure is only and compleatly per­formed. ℞ Well-water lbiv. Saccharum Saturni, Roch-alum, A. ʒ vj. white Vitriol ʒ iv. Spirit of Wine ℥ vj. mix them.

XXVI. But if the Sinus are manifold, or with many turnings and windings, or of an extraor­dinary depth, so that it is alto­gether impossible to open them wholly; nor that Unguents can possibly penetrate thro' the whole Cavity: in this case, liquid Abstersives must be used, which may (by the help of a Syringe) insinuate themselves into all parts of the Sinus.

XXVII. And sometimes, as [Page 495] soon as the Medicine is cast in, the Orifice is to be stopt, (for some little time) that the Me­dicament may remain there for a while; which may be best done with a short Syringe, if the Orifice is narrow, holding the Syringe in all the while, to pre­vent the immediate flowing back.

XXVIII. ℞ Fair-water lbv. Honey ℥ iv. juices of Centory and Wormwood, A. ℥ ij. Aloes ℥ ss. dissolve by boiling, and strain.

XXIX. If it be very foul, ℞ Barley-water lbiv. Honey ℥ iij. Unguentum Aegyptiacum ℥ vj. mix them.

XXX. The Sinus being suffi­ciently cleansed by the use of these things, or others of like nature, you must then come to the use of Sarcoticks, Incarnatives, or Flesh-breeders: for tho' Nature her self will generate Flesh, yet Art and Medicines many times assist her so, as to remove the recrements which hinder her in her operation; which since they are an impediment to her, are wholly to be taken away by means proper; so that the filth and impurities may be throughly taken away from the Ulcer, and the humidities dried up.

XXXI. Now Sarcoticks or Flesh-breeders, cannot be said properly or really to generate Flesh, for that is the work of Nature alone: but are so called from their being assistant to her, in removing (as was said before) the impediments, by their cleansing and drying qualities.

XXXII. Yet they ought not to be over-drying, but such as may agree with the natural temper of the Part: for as much as there is not the same degree or measure of driness in all Bodies, nor yet in all Members.

XXXIII. The more gentle Sar­coticks are, Barley-meal, Bean-meal, Rosin, Frankincense: the stronger are, Orobus-meal, pou­der of Orrice-roots, of Aristo­lochia, Myrrh, Scammony, Aloes, Tutia, Pompholyx, &c. out of which you may make various Compositions.

XXXIV. A mild Sarcotick. ℞ Turpentine ℥ ij. Gum Elemi, Capivi, Frankincense, Mastich, Olibanum, Colophony, A. ℥ ss. Wax, Oil, A. q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.

XXXV. A strong Sarcotick. ℞ Round Birthwort-root, Orrice-root, Comfrey-root, all in pouder, A. ℥ ss. Mastich, Olibanum, Frank­incense, Myrrh, Aloes, A. ʒ ij. Scammony ʒ j. Turpentine, Honey, A. q.s. mix them well together.

XXXVI. If it is Flesh of a harder kind which is to be gene­rated, and in a Body more than ordinarily dry, and the Ʋlcer lyes open, then you may apply Topicks in a dry form, as Sarcotick Pouders, to strew on: as,

XXXVII. ℞ Frankincense, Mastich, Olibanum, Rosin, A. ℥ j. make all into a fine pouder. Or thus: ℞ Aloes, Frankincense, Mastich, Olibanum, Rosin, Sanguis Draconis, Sarcocol, A. ℥ j. make all into a pouder.

XXXVIII. This is better: ℞ Fine Scammony, and make it into a subtil pouder. Or this: ℞ Scammony, Myrrh, Olibanum, [Page 496] A. ℥ j. make them into a fine pouder. Or this: ℞ Scammony in pouder ℥ iij. fine Aloes, Myrrh, A. ℥ j. Coloquintida in pouder, ℥ss. mix them.

XXXIX. This is a most ex­cellent thing: ℞ Scammony in pouder, Mercurius dulcis levi­gated, A. ℥j. Myrrh, Aloes, A. ℥ss. Coloquintida in pouder ʒ ij. mix them.

XL. But if the Sinus is not open, Sarcoticks of a liquid form are to be injected, after the manner of Cleansers; and the Orifice being kept close, they are to be kept in for a while.

XLI. For this purpose, red Port-wine, in which Myrrh, or Myrrh and Aloes has been dis­solved, may be injected; or Wine, in which Scammon has been dis­solved: or a Decoction of round Birthwort-roots in red Port-wine, in which you may dis­solve Myrrh: also, a Deco­ction of Comfrey-roots, Horse­tail, red Roses, Myrrh, Frank­incense, Aloes, &c. in red Port-wine, are admirable in this case.

XLII. After all, it may be a question, whether the deeper and more extream parts of the Sinus are well cleansed and congluti­nated? But this you may know by the Pus that flows out, if it is but small in quantity, well digested, and no pain is per­ceived: but if after the fifth or seventh day, a crude and raw Humor shall come forth, it is a sign of no good healing, or conjoining the Parts; and that Flesh is not as yet bred therein.

XLIII. In this case, you must use Medicaments which more forcibly dry, yet without any biting; which may be conti­nued till the Sinus is in a man­ner filled up.

XLIV. Then some aggluti­nating Medicament is to be ap­plied, which may gently, and with­out any acrimony, close together, and heal the tender Flesh which is generated and bred, con­joining the divided parts.

XLV. After the Agglutinative has been applied, you may put upon it a new soft Spunge, dipt in generous Wine, or in Mulsum, or in a Decoction of Pomgranate-peels, Red-roses, and Myrrh, made in red Port-wine, and you may bind it round on; which binding let begin from the bottom of the Sinus, and so go forwards to the Orifice.

XLVI. And about the bottom, let the swathing be as hard and strait as may be, (but so, as not to cause pain,) and then slacken it by little and little, till you come to the very mouth of the Sinus it self; over which let the Medicament be laid after a loose manner.

XLVII. Nor must you too closely stop up the Orifice, but leave a place for the Pus to come forth; for which purpose, the Emplaster laid on may have a hole cut in the middle thereof.

XLVIII. This was the ancient way of curing a Sinus, and hollow Ʋlcers; but Arcaeus in his Book of Wounds, l. 2. c. 7. gives us ano­ther more compendious course, discovered by himself in curing [Page 497] Apostems newly opened; by which, on the third or fourth day at farthest, all the aforesaid cavity of Apostems might be perfectly cured.

XLIX. If the Apostem or Tu­mor (says he) is great, let it be opened as well as may be; so wide, that ones Finger may go into the Orifice; that thereby all the Pus contained may flow forth, by a gentle compression of the place.

L. The Pus being evacuated, stop the mouth of the Sinus with a Tent, and lay over the Sinus a Bolster; which let lye with­out stirring it, till the next day following.

LI. Then loosen the ligature, and let the hollow Ʋlcer be care­fully purified or cleansed from all the Pus: (I suppose he intends, with abstersive Lotions or In­jections) that nothing may be left remaining underneath.

LII. This done, let a small Pipe of lead be put into the Ori­fice, reaching even to the cavity or hollowness; but by no means be forced any farther: upon which lay Emplastr. Basilicon, spred upon linnen Cloth; in the which the Pipe also may be contained, that it falls not forth; but always leaving a hole at the orifice of the leaden Pipe.

LIII. Then on either side of the Sinus let triangular Bolsters be laid, that all the hollow space may be filled up with them; leaving the orifice of the Sinus in which is the leaden Pipe or hollow Tent, free and open; not letting it be stopt up with the Bolsters, nor any ways ob­structed by the ligature or bind­ing; so that all the Pus con­tamed may wholly run out.

LIV. Then let the place co­vered with the Bolsters be rowled about with a Rowler; beginning from the bottom of the Sinus, and so going towards its Ori­fice, thereby to force away the remaining pus or filth.

LV. Thus bound up, leave it till the day following, then loosen the Ligature, and search how much of the Cavity remains, by which you will know, whether the Bolsters did exactly press upon the hollowness.

LVI. For all these placs or hollownesses, which were com­pressed by the Bolsters, will all of them be found conglutinated, and joined fast together; the which being manifest, the Bol­sters are again to be bound on after the same manner as before, and so to continue till the next day.

LVII. But now if any Pus or Humor seems to be left in any place, this is to be prest forth (as before) with the Bolsters and Swathing; by which means the gaping or hollow places will coalesce, and be joined close together.

LVIII. Which as soon as you perceive, the Bolsters are to be removed, and you may lay upon the Ʋlcer a Plaster of Arcaeus his Leonine-composition, spred upon linnen Cloth; or some other Emplaster of like kind, as Dia­palma, &c. every day wiping and cleansing it six or eight times.

LIX. Now here is to be noted, [Page 498] 1. That Arcaeus his Method is only in use in Apostems newly opened; but in an old Sinus, or where it may be callous, or fistulous, the former Way is much the better and safer.

LX. 2. That the Bolsters be sufficiently compressed with the Rowlers; both to press forth the Pus, and also to conjoin the disunited parts; other­wise no healing can be expected.

LXI. 3. That there may not remain any reliques of the indi­gested or putrid Matter thro' the Part; which if any be, will be known by the continuance of the Tumor, and redness of the colour; and therefore the due and thorow Cleansing must be endeavoured with all the speed that may be.

CHAP. V. Of an INFLAMMATION.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Phle­gmone, and Inflammatio; in Eng­lish, a Phlegmon, or Inflam­mation.

II. The Description. It is a Tumor, rising gradually with pain, vehement heat, and redness, with a protrusion, and beating in the part; from a preternatural flux of Blood.

III. The Place. It is manifest chiefly in Fleshy parts, to wit, the Musculous, and sometimes in parts that are Membranous; as in a Pleurisie, in the Membrane which girts about and encom­passes the Ribs; in a Phrensy, the Membranes of the Cerebrum; in an Ophthalmia, the Membranes and small Vessels of the Eye; oftentimes in the Glandulous parts, as in Bubo's, Parotis, &c. and in the Bowels also; as the Brain, Liver, Spleen, Womb, Reins, &c.

IV. The Causes. The Proca­tartick Causes are Wounds, Fra­ctures, Blows, Contusions, violent Exercise, Surfeiting, critical Eva­cuations; or any thing which may cause a Solution of Unity in the Part, the Skin remaining whole.

V. The Antecedent-cause is Ob­struction, and things breeding Ob­struction, also the breeding much Blood; whence it comes to pass, that the Blood or Matter ob­structed, not finding its way out, increases, and by a conti­nual addition without circula­tion, a Tumor is produced.

VI. The Conjoined-cause is Blood, if it is a pure Phlegmon; but as it may also arise from the mix­ture of other Humors, as Lympha, Serum, Phlegm, Choler, or Melan­choly, so it receives other Names; as if from Blood mixt with Choler, it is called Phelgmone Erysipelatoodes; if from a mix­ture [Page 499] of Phlegm, Oedematoodes; if from a mixture of Melan­choly, Scirrhoodes.

VII. From this Blood, or Blood mixt mixt with Humors, arises a Ferment in the Part affected, with a hot Effervescency; causing many times a putrid Pus or Matter.

VIII. Galen saith, it is caused from a hot fluxion of Blood, which when it has seized upon, and seated it self in some Musculous part, at first the greater Veins and Arteries are filled up, and dis­tended; and after them the lesser: and so it is carried on, and continued, till it arives at the Capillaries, or least Vessels.

IX. In these, when the matter of the Fluxion is forcibly impacted, and cannot be any longer contained in the Vessels, it is then extrava­sated, or transmitted unto the outward parts; partly by Anastomosis, thro' their own Mouths; and partly by Dia­pedesis, or percolation or sweat­ing of it out thro' the Tunicles; and partly by Diaeresis, or break­ing of the Vessels; whereby the void spaces that are betwixt are filled full with the Flu­xion.

X. For since the Arteries and Veins run along unto every par­ticular Part; so long as the Blood flows in a due measure, and is contained within those its receptacles, by circulation, no Inflammation or Phlegmon can be at all: but then it hap­pens only when the Blood is in an over-abundant manner, and all on a sudden is emptied and poured forth by the said Vessels into the substance of the Flesh.

XI. This is evident in an Ophthalmia: for in the Tunicle Adnata, replenished with innume­rable of these Capillary-vessels, whilst the Eye is free from dis­temper, they are so very small, that they are hardly to be di­scerned by the most piercing Eye: but as soon as the Eye is in­flamed, and those Vessels pre­ternaturally replenished with Blood, then they notoriously shew themselves, and become very conspicuous.

XII. And in like manner it is most agreeable to Reason, and even Truth it self, that it should be the same in all other Inflam­mations whatsoever, and in what part soever.

XIII. But yet there will be no Phlegmon or Inflammation, tho' the lesser and Capillary-arteries are even filled up with Blood; until that at length by and thro' them the Blood is impacted into the remaining parts, or substance of the Flesh.

XIV. And this is done, when that the Blood being emptied thro' those Capillary-arteries into the substance of the Flesh, it cannot flow again or circulate thro' the ends or mouths of the Capillary-veins, by reason of some thick or viscous Matter obstructing them.

XV. The Differences. The chief Differences of an Inflammation, are taken; 1. From the Variety of the conjoined Gause. 2. From the various Qualities of the Blood, which stirs up, and makes the Inflammation.

XVI. The Kinds And so a [Page 500] Phlegmon is said to be, 1. True, as that which springs from Blood alone. 2. Spurious, which comes from Blood mixt with other Humors.

XVII. The Spurious is three­fold, viz. Erysipelatoodes, Oede­matoodes, and Scirrhoodes; as we have already discoursed at Sect. 6. aforegoing.

XVIII. As for the Blood, as it is more acrimonious and sharp, so it makes the Tumor more sharp and painful, and contrariwise: now this is no change of its substance, but of its qualities; for if the Blood changes its substance, it excites not any kind of Blood-tumor at all, but the Tumor is denommated from some other Humor.

XIX. The Signs. They are ma­nifold; as, 1. Tumor and dis­tension: for the great quantity of Blood does not only fill the Arteries, but even the whole substance of the Part; all of it is distended or stretched out, but chiefly the Skin.

XX. 2. A very great and intense Heat, from whence the Tumor has its name and denomination; which is caused from the over-great afflux of hot Blood detained in the Part; and an obstruction of the Pores of the Skin, that the hot Exhalations or Vapors can­not sufficiently perspire, nor the heat be cooled as it ought to be; together with putrifa­ction of the Blood and Humors.

XXI. 3. A vehement Pain: for where there is a vehement Heat, or hot Distemper, and a solution of Ʋnity, (as there must be in all Tumors) together with a distention of Parts, there must also be a great Pain: now this Pain is various, and much dif­ferent; as distending or stretch­ing, pulling or twingeing, pres­sing and burthening; accord­ing to the quality of the Parts affected.

XXII. 4. Resisting the Touch: for tho' the inflamed Part is not hard of its own nature, yet being so much filled with Blood, and distended thereby; it must necessarily resist the Touch (in some measure) and appear as it were hard to the feeling.

XXIII. 5. Redness of the Part: for the Blood imparts this colour thereto; there being nothing in Mans body which assumes a redness of colour, but the Blood primarily, then the Flesh.

XXIV. 6. A Pulse, or beating Pain in the Part: there is per­ceived a beating of the Arteries of the inflamed Part, which when the Part was well, was not per­ceived: but this happens not to all places, but only to such of them as have some notable Arteries, and other parts which are endued with an exquisite sense; and when the Inflam­mation is grown to a consi­derable bigness; as says Galen, de Loc. affect. lib. 6. cap. 7. viz. when the Inflammation tends towards Suppuration.

XXV. The Prognosticks. A Phlegmon, if small, does often resolve; (which is known by abating of the Symptoms, and growing less) but if great, and the matter is thick, and deep in the Flesh, it does often suppurate.

XXVI. If the Inflammation vanishes, and the Tumor suddenly strikes inward, with a Fever, or other evil accidents, it is dan­gerous.

XXVII. If it neither resolves, returns back, nor comes to Sup­puration, it grows into a scir­rhous hardness.

XXVIII. If it falls in the Fleshy parts, it is said to end in fourteen days; if on the Ten­dons and Ligaments, in about forty days.

XXIX. An Inflammation ex­ternal, often frees the internal parts from many Diseases, and is healthful; except it is very great and malign; for then you may fear a Gangrene, or some other danger.

XXX. That is dangerous which seizes on the Eyes, Jaws, Ʋvula, great Vessels, Penis, or Joints.

XXXI. In a Young person, and in Summer-time, 'tis sooner cured than in Elder persons, or in Winter-time, or cold weather; and sooner in a lean, than a fat Body.

XXXII. The end is good, when Nature overcomes the matter which breeds the Inflammation, which happens, when the Tumor is either resolved by insensible perspiration by Discussives, and is the best kind of curing it: or when it is suppurated, and turned into Pus, or purulent Matter.

XXXIII. The end or event may be said to be evil, when Nature does not overcome the Morbifick-matter; which is, when (if the Tumor is external) it suddenly vanishes, or strikes inward; or when the natural heat being overcome and extinguished, it becomes a Gangrene: so that if it is not presently cut off, death must ensue.

XXXIV. The end or event is not good, when upon Resolution, or Discussion, the thinner parts are removed, leaving the thicker behind; by which the Tumor becomes hard, and degenerates into a Scirrhus.

XXXV. Now if the matter is not very thick, nor deep, or shut up under a hard and deep Skin, the Body not very corrupt, and nature strong; then a Reso­lution by an insensible Perspi­ration may be expected.

XXXVI. But if the matter is much in quantity, and thick, lying deeper than usual, and under a thick Skin; a Suppuration is to be expected.

XXXVII. If the Tumor dimi­nishes without application of Re­percussives or Repulsives, it will retreat inwards.

XXXVIII. If the heat, pain, red colour, and pulsation of the Tumor ceases without manifest cause, the Tumor still remain­ing, the approach of a Gangrene may be presaged.

XXXIX. If over-strong Dis­cussives be applied in the beginning, where the matter is very viscous, and hard withal, the natural heat being strong and vigo­rous, the thicker parts will be scattered and dispers'd, and leave the thicker behind, which will degenerate into a Scirrhus.

XL. The Times of an Inflam­mation. It is necessary to know the Times of a Tumor, in re­lation to the Cure; lest we run [Page 502] our selves into an errour, whilst we apply improper, or contrary Medicaments.

XLI. Now then Inflammations, as all other Diseases, have four Times, or Crises; viz. the Be­ginning, the Increase, the State, and the Declination.

XLII. The Beginning is, when the Part begins to swell and be distended, when as yet no Action is hurt or hindred. The Increase is, when the tumor, pain, stretching, and heat are increased.

XLIII. The State or Height is, when the tumor, distention, heat, pain, and all other Sym­ptoms are most vehement, and in the height of their extremity. And the Declination is, when the Morbifick matter is diminished, the pain and heat, together with the other Symptoms, are become more remiss and gentle: or otherwise, when the Tumor is come to ripeness, being con­verted into Pus, or purulent Matter.

XLIV. But as to these Times or Crises, they are sometimes shorter, sometimes longer; and sometimes a Phlegmon is sooner, and sometimes later terminated: for Galen, in Aphoris. lib. 6. Aph. 49. saith, that which is of a thinner substance, is sooner digested than that which is thick or tough, which requires a longer time; and that which is thick and viscous, will have yet a more larger time.

XLV. The Cure. The Indica­tions of the Cure of this Disease, depend chiefly upon the Times of the Disease; for each Time or Crise has it own proper Indi­cation.

XLVI. The beginning. The chief Indication here is taken from the Antecedent and Conjoined Causes, by removing the one, and repelling the other: now the Antecedent Cause is Obstruction, and an increase of Blood: the Con­joined Cause is Blood it self, as we have before declared: and they ought to be removed in the very same order, in which they follow one another.

LXVI. The Obstruction is re­moved by Aperients or Openers, and such Catharticks as have power to call back the Humors, or divert the Fluxion: of the first kind are the Spiritus Salis Armoniaci, Spirits of Blood, and Urine, and the Spiritus Ni­tratus, which is a famous thing.

XLVIII. Of the second kind are Our Family-Pills, our Pilulae Catharticae, Tinctura Purgans, & Cathartica; an Infusion of Sena, and Rhubarb, and not inferior to any of them is the true Sal Mirabile.

XLIX. If the Body is repleat, and the Stomach foul, first Vomit once or twice, with Sal Vitrioli; or rather with the Tartarum Emeticum, or Oxymel Scilliticum; and then Purge with some of the former things: because sharp Blood, or Blood mixt with sharp Humors, cause the Fluxion.

L. Then again you may exhi­bit the aperient Alteratives before named; which may be given in Syrupus Antifebriticus, and sometimes in Syrupus de Me­conio; a little to cool the [Page 503] Blood, and thicken the Humors.

LI. The Conjoined Cause, which is the blood in the Tumor, is resisted by application of Reper­cussives or Repellers: and this is in a manner the only Time in which repulsion ought to be used.

LII. But that it might the more safely be done, Sennertus advises to Venesection, that the great store of the abounding Blood may be diminished, and be drawn back from the aggrieved place; and (says he) it is not to be omitted, if the strength of the Patient will permit it to be done: for that in this case, hardly can any Remedies be applied with safety, without the diminution of the Blood by this means, be first attempted.

LIII. For if Repellers be applied to drive back, the Body still con­tinuing so full of Blood, it is much to be feared, lest the matte should not be received by the other Parts, and that thereupon it should endeavour to flow to some other particular Part, and possibly the more noble.

LIV. The Blood also is dimi­nished by hindering its breeding, which is done, by a very sparing Diet, and eating such Food as affords not much nourishment: for which reason strong Ale and Wine is to be forborn, and Meats of a rich juice; and if the Sick (by long custom of using it) cannot forbear Wine; let it be very much diluted with Water: avoiding also all hot, sweet, fat, spicy, and astringent things.

LV. His Drink, if possible, should be Barley-water, or a middling sort of Drink, aculeated, with Spirit of Sulphur, or Sal Nitratum, or Vitriolatum; a [...]'d his Food Watergruel, or Barley [...] broth, with juice of Limons.

LVI. After Revulsion or Bleed­ing, (which ought only to be done in the very first rise of the Distemper, and only when there is a great plenty of Blood, and a more than usual Fluxion, or rushing thereof to the Part af­fected) Repulsion is next to be pursued, which is performed, by the application of Repercussive Medicaments.

LVII. Repercussives or Re­pellers are of two sorts or kinds: one cold and moist, or Waterish; the other cold and dry, or Earthy; having also a thickness of parts, and an Astringent power: for which reason they act with a double force, 1. By their Cold­ness: 2. By their Astringency.

LVIII. Cold and moist Repellers, are the more mild and gentle, and have power only to drive back the thin Humors, which are small in quantity, and seated in the superficies; and are pro­sitably applied when heat and pain afflict the Part, and the Vessels are small and strait.

LIX. For they do not only oppose and resist the influx of the Humors, but also allay the heat; and by relaxation do something mitigate and asswage the pain.

LX. Of this kind are Housleek, Wall-peniwort, Lettice, Purslane, Endive, Suecory, Henbane, Night-shade, juice of Gourds, Water-leatils, Fleawort, Mandrake, Water-lilies, Arach, Violets; and all other things which are cold, [Page 504] and endued with a Watery Humor.

LXI. However, among these there are several degrees, some having a less, some a greater efficacy: for Wall-peniwort and Fleawort repercuss less forcibly than Mandrake, Nightshade, Henbane, Housleek, Lettice, or Purslane.

LXII. Cold and dry Repellers, which are astringent, are proper in other cases; and chiefly if the Fluxion proceeds from a de­bility of the Part, and that the pain is not very vehement.

LXIII. For they strengthen the Part receiving, that so it may refuse the Humors flowing into it, and drive back that which has already flown in: they are good also to be applied where the Vessels, thro' which the Blood flows are wide and large.

LXIV. Of this kind are, flowers and heads of Roses, leaves and unripe fruit of the Bramble and Mulberry, Vine-leaves and unripe fruit, Raison or Grape stones, red Sanders, unripe fruits of Medlars and Services, wild Pears, Quinces, leaves and berries of the Myrtle, roots of Bistort and Tormentil, Pomgranate flowers and peels, Frankincense, Acacia, pulp of Slows, unripe and ripe, fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Dragons blood, dried blood of Man or Beast, leaves and nuts of the Cyprus-tree, Oak-leaves, unripe Galls, Acorn-cup, Ceruss, Li­tharge, Saccharum Saturni, Alum, white Vitriol, salt of Vitriol, lapis Haematitis, pouder of dried Toads, &c.

LXV. Out of these, several Mixtures may be made, as the circumstances of the Disease shall require: for of the Plants, the raw Leaves, &c. may be ap­plied, or Spunges may be dipt in the juice of the same; or a Cataplasm of the whole sub­stance; or Spunges dipt in a Decoction of them in Water, or red Port-wine.

LXVI. Some apply Cloths or Spunges dipt in Frog-spawn-water, in which Myrrh is dissolved: or a Lixivium of Quicklime, boiled with Wax and Oil of Roses: or the whites of Eggs beaten with Rose-water and Vinegar, and mixt with fine Bole, or lapis Haematitis; or a Cataplasm made with Ʋnguentum Populeon mixed with Bole-armoniack; or Milk, Bread, and Litharge, with a little Terra sigillata.

LXVII. Galen dipt a Spunge in Oxycrate, and applied it; and for the same purpose, Oil-Omphacine and of Roses, Oil of Myrtles, Ointment of Roses, the Ceratum Santalinum, Vin­egar, Red-wine, juice of Plan­tane, the Cataplasma Rabricii, Anacolema Schroderi, and Cata­plasma contra Cruorem, are all of them said to be of good use: the last three see in Our Pharm, Lond. lib. 5. cap. 7. sect. 7, 13, and 14.

LXVIII. A Cataplasm of Barley-meal, boiled with Vinegar and juice of Plantane, i [...] commended; so also a Cataplasm of Barley-meal, pouder of Pomgranate-peels and Sumach, with Hous­leek and Red-wine, boiled to­together. This Cataplasm, saith [Page 505] Galen, ad Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 2. is absolutely the best in such like Disaffections: for that it drives back what flows in, drys up what is already in, and fortifies the Parts adjacent.

LXiX. ℞ Housleek ℥vj. Barley-meal ℥ v. Pomgranate-rinds, Su­mach, both in pouder, A. ℥ ij. pulp of Sloes ℥ j. boil all in red Port­wine, or Vinegar, for a Cataplasm.

LXX. ℞ Plantan, Lettice, Purslain, Nightshade, Red-roses, A. M. j. Water and Vinegar, A. q.s. boil them, and by addition of Barley-meal make a Cataplasm.

LXXI. ℞ Juices of Housleek, Plantan and Poppy, A. ℥ iij. Vin­egar ℥ j. Oil-omphacine ℥ j ss. Barley-flower, enough to make it into a Pultess by boiling.

LXXII. ℞ Pouder of Pomgra­nate-peels, Sumach, red Sanders, A. ℥ j. fine Bole ℥ iv. Barley-flower ℥ vj. juice of Housleek ℥ viij. boil, and make a Cataplasm: to which add Oil-omphacine, or Oil of Myrtles q.s. mix them.

LXXIII. This is stronger. ℞ fine Bole, Sanguis Draconis, Salt of Vitriol, A. ℥ j. Saccharum Saturni, Comfrey-roots in pouder, A. ℥ ss. mix them with the white of an Egg beaten up with Rose-water, and make a Cataplasm.

LXXIV. To these things are added Interceptives, which some call Defensatives; but they are the same with Repercussives or Re­pellers, and differ only in respect to the place to which they are applied: the former being ap­plied to the place affected, but these unto the parts and ways by which the Humor flows unto the affected Part; that they may intercept its passage, and stop up the way against it.

LXXV. These are generally ap­plied to Parts having little or no Flesh, and where the Vessels most appear, as in the Joints, and just above the Joints: So in a Phle­gmon in the Hand, they are applied to the Wrist; if be­twixt the Wrist and Elbow, to the Elbow; if in the Shoulder, to the highest part thereof; if in the Foot, above the Ancle-bone; if in the Leg, above the Knee.

LXXVI. The common Defen­sative is thus made: ℞ Fine Bole, Sanguis Draconis, Terra sigillata, all the Sanders, A. ℥ j. Oil-omphacin and Oil of Myrtles, A. q.s. Vinegar of Roses ℥ j. mix them, and boil till the Vinegar is consumed.

LXXVII. In this Prescript, the Oils are disapproved of, because they mollify, and if they lye long on, are apt to heat: and therefore it is better to mix the said Pou­ders only with Oxycrate; and where you would have them act more forcibly, with the white of an Egg mixt with Oxycrate; for so they will stick the faster, and make a greater constriction.

LXXVIII. As for Example: ℞ Fine Bole, Sanguis Draconis, Sumach, flowers and peels of Pom­granates, Red-roses, Myrtle­berries, red Sanders, all in fine Pouder, A. ℥ j. Catechu, Jesuits­bark, Opium, Salt of Vitriol, Saccharum Saturni, all in pouder, A. ℥ss. with whites of Eggs beaten with Vinegar, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

LXXIX. It remains now, that we enquire when these Medicines, even Repellers of any kind, are to be used, or whether to be used at all, or no: if they are to be used, they are only to be used in the beginning of the In­flammation, before the Blood and Humors are impacted into the Part; but there are some cases, in which they may not be used at all.

LXXX. As first, if the Humor is malign, venene, or pestilential, wherein if Nature protrudes the Morbisick-matter outwards, we ought not to drive it back again to the internal parts; lest re­treating to the more noble parts, it should increase the Disease, cause suffocation, or smite the Vitals.

LXXXI. Secondly, nor are they to be applied at any time, when Nature acting of her own accord, produces the Phlegmon critically, thereby ending some other Dis­ease: for Nature in this case is no ways to be hindred in her operation.

LXXXII. Thirdly, nor are they to be applied to such Parts, which Nature has ordained to receive the recrements or superfluities of the more noble Parts; as the Glandules behind the Ears, in the Throat, Armpits, and Groins: for if Repercussives should be applied to these, it may be feared that the matter may again recur to the more noble parte, from whence Nature sent it for their relief.

LXXXIII. Fourthly, nor may they to be applied to other places, which too nearly neighbour upon the more noble parts; for fear, lest the matter being driven back, should invade those noble parts, and so cause a greater mischief.

LXXXIV. Fifthly, nor are they to be applied when the Phlegmon is too profound, or over-deep; for then their virtue will not reach to the matter, nor will they prevent the farther afflux: for by the repelling Medicine the exterior parts will be con­tracted, and the Humors driven out of them inwards, and it may be obtruded even upon the place it self affected.

LXXXV. The encrease of the Phlegmon: and this is the time in which the Physician strives to perform the Cure by insen­sible perspiration, or discussion: in this case Repellers may be applied, yet not alone, but mixed with Digestives or Discussives, that by the heat, the Humors or Matter may be somewhat atte­nuated, and converted into Vapors.

LXXXVI. Now how Repercus­sives are to be mixt with Di­gestives, we are instructed by Galen, de Comp. Med. secund. Loc. lib. 6. cap. 1. As in the begin­ning (saith he) Repercussives are useful; so in the encrease, even to the end, those Medicines which consist of a repelling virtue, and a digestive faculty, will be re­quisite to discuss and scatter.

LXXXVII. But (says he) A­stringents ought to have the pre­cedency in the beginning of the Encrease; that is, ought to exceed the Digestives; in the middle of the encrease they ought to be equal; [Page 507] and towards the latter end of the encrease, the Digestives ought to exceed the Repercussives; but at the end of the Encrease, then Digestives are alone to be used.

LXXXVIII. If therefore the Phlegmon admits not of cure by the first Intention, viz. by repel­ling the afflux of the Blood and Humors, we must attempt it by the second Intention; which is to be done when it is in its augmentation or encrease, by a mixt Remedy, as we even now hinted at Sect. 85, 86, and 87. just aforegoing.

LXXXIX. This manner of Eva­cuation of the Morbifick-matter, per [...], id est, insensibiliter, or by insensible transpiration, is performed by such Medicaments as the Greeks call [...]. which being considered as Externals, we construe them to be dige­stive, discussive, and resolving Medicines.

XC. Now Discussion or Reso­lution, is only an evacuation of the Humor by insensible Transpiration: and therefore the Matter to be discussed ought to be thin and fluxil, and the Skin thin and poroas.

XCI. For if it is clammy, viscous and thick, and the Skin thick, and its pores closed and condensed; or the matter is in a place very deep, whereby it cannot find a ready way, or new passage forth, it will not easily be cured by Resolution.

XCII. Now since all Discussives are hot in quality, they are not as we said before, to be applied in the beginning of the encrease of the Phlegmon; but rather Re­percussives, either alone, or mixt with Discussives.

XCIII. Nor can the Humor be resolved, attenuated, and con­verted into Vapors, but only by heat: but as hot Medicaments are of various qualities: as some to Ra­rifie, or open the mouths of Ves­sels; some to Incide, or cut tough Humors; some to Attract, or draw them, and others to Cau­terize, or burn: so also some are Diaphoretick or Discussive, and differ from all the former, having in them this singular and peculiar faculty, to thin them, and convert them into Vapors.

XCIV. The Internals are called Sudorificks, or Sweating Medi­cines; and they are given to help forward the Operation of the external Diaphoreticks or Dis­cussives; as Spirit of Sal Ar­moniack, of Blood, or of Harts-horn, given in a Glass of Rhe­nish-Wine or Sack, &c.

XCV. The Externals are two­fold: some weaker, or milder; and same stronger.

XCVI. The milder are, Camo­mil, Melilot, roots of Althaea, of white Lilies, and of Foenu­greek; meals of Lupins, of Oro­bus, and of Cicers, leavened Bread, Goose-grease, old Oil, Elder-tree flowers.

XCVII. The stronger are, Dill, Origanum, Tyme, Penyroyal, Fennel, Fetherfew, Hyssop, Mint, Angelica, Calamint, Horehound, Rue, Sage, seeds of Anise, Cara­ways, Cumin, and Fennel, Orrice-roots: Gums; Ammoniacum, [Page 508] Bdellium, Galbanum, Opopanax, Sagapenum, and Tacamahacca; Bears, Hens, and Ducks grease; Oils of Bays, Nard, and Rue; Ʋnguentum Arragon, Martiatum, Oxycroceum, Cataplasma de Fer­mento, Resolutivum Foresti, & Rondeletii, Leven, and the Dung of Beasts.

XCVIII. But the strongest of all are, Soap in small quantity mixt with Hogs-lard, Nitre, Borax, Sulphur, Lime, &c.

XCIX. Out of the aforenamed materials, others more compound may be made: as ℞ Barley-meal ℥ iv. Linseed ℥ ij. Camomil-flowers in pouder ℥ j. Vinegar q.s. boil them together, and then add Oil of Camomil ℥ j ss. Oil of Aniseeds ʒ ij. mix, and make a Cataplasm, to be applied in the augmentation.

C. Or thus: ℞ Mallows, Pel­litory of the Wall, Plantan, A. M. j. Oxycrate q.s. boil them: then beat them in a Mortar to a mash, and add Barley-flower ℥ ij. Fenugreek-seed ℥ j ss. Oil of Ca­momil ℥ j ss. Oil of Fennel-seed ʒ iij. mix, and make a Cata­plasm.

CI. Where note, 1. The milder sort are to be made use of, when the matter is in a place not very deep; and when the Body it self, and part affected is more soft and pliant.

CII. 2. That the stronger sort are used where the Inflammation is greater, and the Matter deep; as also where the Body and Part are more hard and condensed. Yet these are to be used with cau­tion, lest they should discuss and resolve the thinner parts, leaving the thicker behind; making the Tumor become hard and incurable.

CIII. But this danger may be prevented, if with such things as forcibly discuss, you likewise mix such things as moisten and mollify: and that the Discussives be not very sharp or biting, lest they thereby augment the pain, and increase the fluxion.

CIV. The height or state of the Phlegmon. When it is manifest that the Phlegmon is not yet ended, neither by repercussion nor by discussion, but is come to the height or perfection, you must then endeavour to com­pleat the work by Digestives and Anodyns.

CV. These following are approved Digestives: as, roots of white Lilies, Marsh-mallows, Onions roasted, leaves of Marsh-mallows, Mallows, Sorrel, Wood-sorrel, Camomil-flowers, Saffron, Figs, Raisons, Currans, Dates, Ammo­niacum, Bdellium, Galbanum, Opoponax, Sagapenum, Taca­mahacca, Tar, Turpentine, Gum Elemi, Copayba; Ducks, Geese, Hens, and Hogs grease, Oil of Lilies, Ʋnguentum Dialthaeae, Ba­silicon greater and lesser, Em­plastrum Diachylon, simple, & cum Gummis, Mithridate, Venice-Treacle, Our Theriaca Chymica, Hens and Pidgeons dung.

CVI. Out of these things several Compositions may be made: as, ℞ Flowers of Melilot and Ca­momil, Mallow-leaves, A. M. j. Red-roses, Elder-flowers, A. M j.ss. boil them in sharp wine; then add meal of Fenugreek ℥ ss. Oil­olive q.s. to which add of Spike [Page 509] ʒ iij. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

CVII. ℞ White-lily-roots, Hens-dung, A. ℥ j. flowers of Camomil and Melilot, A. M. j. Red-roses M. ij. boil all in Water q.s. then add Barley and Fenugreek meal, A. ℥ j. ss. Saffron ℥ ss. Oil-olive q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm; adding at last Oil of Spike ʒ ij. A stronger sort of Discussive is that of Paulus Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 18. which perfectly dis­cusses and scatters such Apo­stems as are not concocted. ℞ Pouder of the stone Pyrites, Gum Ammoniacum strained, A. ℥ j ss. Bean-meal ʒvj. mix them up with Turpentine, which spread upon Leather, letting it lye on till it falls off of its own accord.

CVIII. ℞ Turneps roasted in the embers ℥ iij. roots of white Lilies and Althaea, A. ℥j. Saffron in pouder ʒ j. beat all together; and then add Basilicon, Ducks and Goose grease, A.℥ ss. Honey, meals of Linseed and Beans, A. ℥jss. yolks of Eggs, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm. This is not inferior to that of Paulus Aegi­neta:Gum Ammoniacum strained ℥ ij. Galbanum ℥ ss. Li­tharge ℥ iij. Old-oil, q.s. mix, and make a Liniment.

CIX. Now the height or state of a Phlegmon is known by the Symptoms; as the tension, pain, heat, redness, and symptoma­tick Fever, being at height, and so remaining, neither increasing nor decreasing; the Veins of the adjacent parts also conti­nuing in the same fulness and dilatation.

CX. In this case, the Digestives and Anodyns aforementioned may be made use of, and applied; and whatever other things may contribute to that end.

CXI. The declination of the Phlegmon. This is performed by Digestives or Discussives of the stronger kind, many of which we have enumerated at Sect. 97. aforegoing: but if the matter is grosser and thicker than ordi­nary, that Digestives alone can­not satisfie expectation; the matter is then to be made more fit for discussion and perspira­tion; by inwardly giving gentle Sudorificks, and outwardly ap­plying Medicins more mollifying.

CXII. In this case, we must not only abstain from such things as over-heat and dry, (since they wast only the thinner parts of the matter;) but we must also apply the greater Emollients, which moderately heat, and moisten withal.

CXIII. As Bears, Brocks, Goose, Hens, and Hogs grease, Sheeps-suet mixt with two thirds of Oil-olive, Neatsfoot-oil, roots of Althaea and white Lilies, Mallows, Linseed, Fenugreek-seed, Ammo­niacum, Bdellium, Galbanum, Sagapenum, Tacamahacca, and such like.

CXIV. And these things are to be applied, when the matter is thicker than ordinary; and as we elsewhere shew, when we speak of Emollients or Mol­lifiers.

CXV. This Composition is approved. ℞ Roots of Althaea ℥ j. leaves of Mallows, Origanum, flowers of Camomil, of Melilot, A. M. j. Elder-flowers M. ss. Fenu­greek and Linseed, Dill-seed, [Page 510] A. ʒ iij. Water q.s. boil, and make a Fomentation, to be applied with a Spunge.

CXVI. Or, ℞ Pouder of the flowers of Camomil and Melilot, of Bay-berries, A. ℥ ss. pouder of Dill-seed ℥ ij. meals of Beans, Fenugreek and Linseed, A. ℥ j. Oils of Dill and Camomil, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

CXVII. Thus have we shewn you all the Ways and Methods used by the most learned Artists, for the cure of a Phlegmon by Reper­cussion or Discussion; but if thereby you cannot attain the end, you must then come to Scarification, or to the opening of the Part.

CXVIII. Now Scarification is of use while there is yet hope of Discussion, or that the Tumor will be brought to a cure without Sup­puration: But the Opening of the Part is of use when all hopes of Resolution is past, and that it is manifest, that the Cure can only be performed by the means of Suppuration.

CXIX. Concerning Scarifica­tion, Galen, Art. Parvae, cap. 95. saith, You shall more especially evacuate, both by the useful help of Scarification, and by the help of Medicines which have a fa­culty in them to dissolve; in case you find any thing to be contained in the intervening middle spaces.

CXX. And, de Tumor. cap. 2. It is (says he) found expedient by Physicians in the case aforesaid, not only to discuss by heating Medicines; but also sensibly to evacuate some part of the Blood it self, by scarifying the Skin.

CXXI. But before this is done, we ought to be sure that the Matter is not yet turned into Pus, or is suppurated; for if it is so, or there is any hopes of Suppura­tion, Scarification would be wholly vain, nor can it have any place at all.

CXXII. But if the Matter is not changed into Pus, nor yet any hopes thereof; and withal, that there is no likelihood that it should be wholly discussed by Topicks, then Cupping-glasses with Scarification must be ap­plied.

CXXIII. For this is an ef­fectual means, for the evacuation of the Matter, of what kind soever, which sticks and lies deep; and which seems to be in a ready way to degenerate into a Scir­rhus.

CXXIV. But it is not to be used in the beginning of a Phle­gmon, but after the Body is suf­ficiently evacuated, and the Tu­mor come to the height; that there may be no farther cause to fear that a new fluxion should be excited.

CXXV. It is also to be used only to those Parts, which in other cases may be thought fit to suffer this Operation, lest a greater evil should ensue. But after all, the best way is to do the Cure by Discussion of the Matter only, (if it may be) without Scarifi­cation, to prevent as much as possible, the very fears of evil accidents to ensue.

CXXVI. The Cure of a Phle­gmon, degenerating into an Apostem. Now when there is no hopes that the Phlegmon will be per­fectly cured by any of the preceding Methods; but that [Page 511] by the Signs present, it will come to Suppuration; (as from the vehement heat, and grievous pain, which increases every day more and more, with manifest pulsation or beating, and an evident extension of the Part increasing) then we must en­deavour by all ways and means, the concoction or suppuration of the matter, or its conver­sion into Pus.

CXXVII. And it is necessary, that the Tumor be suppurated be­fore it is opened; for otherwise you will draw forth nothing, and rather add to the Disease, than cure it: for concoction and sup­puration of the Matter, makes a kind of separation of the cor­rupt Humors from those which are good, whereby they are the more easily evacuated.

CXXVIII. And this gathering together of the Pus, (being changed into an equal, smooth, and whitish Matter) into some one particular place, is calledby the Greeks [...], and by the Latins, Abscessus; as in the pro­per places we have shewed.

CXXIX. This Concoction of the Humor is Natures work alone, and the Physician only is an As­sistant to her: for the native Heat it is which digests the Humors, and brings them to the perfection of laudable matter; and this is only when the Heat is vigorous or strong, and then it is equal, smooth, and white, and not very stinking: the con­trary it is, if the Heat is weak.

CXXX. The Physician there­fore when he finds the Heat languid, or weak, endeavours to cherish, preferve, and increase it (in the inflamed Parts) by proper Applications, for the easy and effectually generating of the said Pus, or laudable quittor.

CXXXI. This innate Heat is conserved and augmented, 1. By stopping it from breathing forth, and that it may not be dissipated by the ambient Air. 2. By appli­cation of Medicaments hot and moist; which having a refem­blance to the native Heat, may cherish and augment it.

CXXXII. And these are such as we call Emplasticks, having a certain clamminess in them; which may so sill the Pores of the Skin, as to prevent the going forth, and evaporation of the native Heat.

CXXXIII. For which reason it is, that things of an abstersive quality, and things which forcibly heat, (as Cataplasms of Bean-meal, Lupins, Chiches, Fenu­greek, &c. seeing they let the Vapors exhale and vent them­selves outwardly, may indeed be said to dry; but little or no­thing farther Maturation: of which kind are these following.

CXXXIV. ℞ Roots of Althaea ℥ iij. leaves of Mallows and Bearsbreech, A. M. j. boil them in Water till they are soft; then add Turpentine ℥ ij. Hogs-lard q.s. mix, and apply them.

CXXXV. Or thus: ℞ Roots of Althaea and white Lilys, A. ℥ ij. leaves of Mallows and herb Mer­cury, A. M. j. fat Figs cut in bits ℥ iij. boil all together to soft­ness; then add Balsam Capivi, Gum Elemi, Turpentine, A. ℥ j. Wheat-meal ℥ ij. Linseed ℥j. But­ter, [Page 512] q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

CXXXVI. Or, ℞ Althaea-roots, Onions, White-lilys, A. ℥ ij. Wheat-meal, Lin-seed, A.℥ j. Tur­pentine ℥ss. Saffron ℈j. Hens-fat, Oil of Camomil, A. q.s. mix.

CXXXVII. Or, ℞ Onions roasted in the embers ℥ iij. roots of Althaea, White-lilys, A. ℥ j. Leaven ℥ ss. Saffron ℈ j. beat all together; then add Hens-dung, Basilicon, Ducks and Goose grease, A. ℥ ss. Honey, yolks of Eggs, meal of Lin-seed, A. ℥ j ss. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

CXXXVIII. Now here is to be noted, that if the Tumor seem cold, the hotter Simples are to be chosen, according to the tem­perature of the Part: if it is hot, Maturatives only of the first degree, avoiding those of the second, which are only to be used where the Heat is less.

CXXXIX. And to accomplish this Maturation, Accidents are first to be removed: as 1. Pain; and this is removed by Anodyns only: Narcoticks or Stupefactives have no room here, lest they extinguish the natural heat of the Part, which is the principal efficient Cause of Coction, and thicken the Matter, making it the more rebellious. A Cata­plasm of White-bread and Milk, with a little Saffron in it, is good here.

CXL. 2. Tension, or vehement stretching forth; and this is done by Relaxers which are temperate­ly hot, of subtil parts, and not much drying: as Archangel, white Horehound, Mullein, Dill, Ca­momil, Mercury, Melilot, Marsh­mallows, Fenugreek, Turneps, meals of Barley, Beans, and Vetches.

CXLI. ℞ Camomil-flowers in pouder ℥ss. flower of Barley, Beans, and Vetches, A. ℥ ij. leaves and flowers of Althaea beaten M. j. Mutton-broth q.s. boil to the consistency of a Pultise, and add Oil of Camomil and Rape-seed, A. ℥ j.

CXLII. 3. Hardness. And here Emollients, and all manner of Salts and Oils are of use: as Mallows of all sorts, herb Mer­cury, Coltsfoot, Borrage, Bu­gloss, Spinage, Quince-seed, Cream, White-lilys, Figgs, Raisons, Marrow of beasts, Oil-olive, Oil of Almonds, Ammo­niacum, Bdellium, &c.

CXLIII. ℞ Linseed-meal ℥ iv. roots of Althaea and White-lilys, boiled in Water and bruised, A.℥ij. herb Mercury, Mallow-leaves, A. M. j. Milk q.s. boil to the con­sistency of a Cataplasm; to which add Ammoniacum strained, pulp of Figs and Raisons, A. ℥ j. mix them.

CXLIV. 4. Extream Heat. Here things moderately cooling must be used, (but not extream coolers, lest you induce a Gangrene) as Barley meal or flower, En­dive, Succory, Navelwort, pulp of Melons, Lettice, Water-lilys, Plantan, Garden-nightshade: of these, or some of them, a Cataplasm may be made with Barley-flower and Fair-water; boiling them to a consistency, and adding to it a little Ʋnguen­tum Populeon, or Rosatum, &c.

CXLV. Now come we to Sup­puratives, which the Greeks call [Page 513] [...], and the Latins, Sup­purativa; which are of two kinds, 1. Mild and gentle, as Mans grease, (which is Anodyn) Grease of Bears, Ducks, Geese, Hens; Oils of Olive, Almonds, and Rape-seed, Sweet-butter, Mal­lows, Althaea, Violets, Lilly-roots, Figs, Linseed, Fenugreek­seed, Wheat-flower, Saffron.

CXLVI. Example, of a Sup­purative Cataplasm. ℞ Milk a pint, in which boil Mallow-leaves and herb Mercury, A. M. j. cut and bruised; Figs, Lily-roots, A. ℥ij. (both boiled in Water till they are soft) Wheat-flower ℥ iv. boil to the consistency of a Pul­tise; to which add Saffron in pouder ʒ j. Linseed-oil, Oil of Sweet-almonds A. ℥ ij. with which mix Oil of Anise, or Fennel-seed ʒ ij. and make a Cata­plasm.

CXLVII. If the Tumor is very hot, the Oil of Anise or Fennel-seed is to be left out; upon an exigence this has been found good, ℞ Milk ℥ viij. Wheat-flower ℥ iij. yolks of three Eggs, Oil-olive ℥ j ss. mix, and boil to a consistency. Also an Emplaster made of Oil, Wax, and a little Turpentine, is of good use; so also Diachylon simplex, if the Tumor is hot.

CXLVIII. 2. The stronger Sup­puratives, which are, Ammonia­cum, Balsam Capivi, Gum Elemi, Galbanum, Sagapenum, Tacama­hacca, Turpentine, Tar, Ship­pitch, Burgundy-pitch, Leven, Onions, Garlick, and Leeks roasted in the embers, Hens and Pidgeons dung, Badgers and Dogs grease; Oils of Camomil, Dill, Anise, and Fennel seeds; Saffron, &c. Diachylon cum Gummis.

CXLIX. An Example, framed out of these things, (which are chiefly to be applied to venene, or pestilential Fevers.) ℞ Roots of Althaea and white Lilies, Onions boiled and bruised, A. ℥ iij. Le­ven ℥ ij. Linseed-meal ℥ j ss. Saffron ʒ j. Ammoniacum and Gal­banum strained, pulp of Figs, A. ℥ j. Oil of Aniseeds ʒ iij. mixed with Oil-olive q.s. mix, and make a Pultiss of a good consistency. And to this add those others, described in Sect. 134, 135, 136, 137. aforegoing, and Sect. 190, 191, 192, 193. following.

CL. These things are to be ap­plied till the Apostem is perfectly ripe; which then, if the Skin is thin and tender, breaks of its self: but if thick and tough, it is to be opened by Instrument; as we have taught at large, Lib. 1. Cap. 18. aforegoing.

CLI. Now before we come to this Manual-operation, we must be sure that the Apostem is perfectly suppurated; and this we shall know by its proper Signs, which are as follows.

CLII. 1. The Swelling contracts it self a little, and seems less than it was in the State: for whilst Nature with the help of Medi­cines concocts the Matter, it is somewhat rarified, and some part of it is discust thro' the Pores of the Skin.

CLIII. 2. The Tumor does as it were draw it to a point, a pro­minence: for when Nature over­comes the Matter, it draws it together, and also to the Skin.

CLIV. 3. The Cuticula becomes a little shriveled, which is a good Sign; for it signifies that the preternatural Heat has left it.

CLV. 4. The vehement Heat also vanishes: for the Phlegmon being suppurated, the unnatural Heat goes away, leaving behind in the Part, only the natural Heat.

CLVI. 5. The Hardness and Tension will be much abated: for the Suppuration being pro­duced by Discussion, many Vapors will be exhaled, which before stretched out the Skin, and made it hard.

CLVII. 6. The Colour also of the Part is changed, and from red, it is become white; more especially in the more elevated or pointed place.

CLVIII. 7. By pressing of the Matter, or place of the Tumor, you will find a fluctuation; which will be perceived by pressing it with two Fingers, a little distance asunder, one Finger at a time; by which pressing with one Fin­ger, it will feel to fluctuate under the other, with a certain softness of the Part: but in this case we must be wary, for in some places a fluctuation will be felt, whilst they are sound, as in the Knee, or other great Joints: whereas also on the contrary, if the Matter is thick, and lyes deep, tho' it be ripe, yet no fluctuation will be felt.

CLIX. 8. Lastly, the Patient feels much ease in the Part, com­pared to what it was in its height; because many of the sharp Vapors are resolved, and the concocted Matter is contracted into less room.

CLX. Having now found that the Apostem is fit to be opened, we are next to consider, how it is to be opened, and with what Instruments: nor is it at all to be delayed; for if the Pus is too long kept in, it destroys the temper of the Part, cor­rupts those which are adjacent to it; and so either makes an intricate and winding Sinus, or else degenerates into a Fi­stula; which principally hap­pens when the matter is sharp and malign, or when the In­flammation is in the Joints or Arms, &c.

CLXI. As for the waiting for Natures breaking of it, we are allowed, so to do only when the Tumor is not exceeding great, and is more especially in the outward most part of the Flesh and Skin, and a Skin that is very thick; otherwise it is not safe to expect a spontaneous or voluntary opening.

CLXII. The way and manner of opening the Apostem, or the Instru­ments by which it is done: 1. With the Lancet or Incision-knife: and they are of use where the work is desired to be speedily done; also in small Tumors, which will be suddenly whole; and lastly, if the Apo­stem is in the Face, or any other visible place, to avoid the deformity of a Scar.

CXLIII. 2. With a Caustick, which is commonly the vulgar Lapis Infernalis, or the silver one. The former is made either with the strongest Soap-lees, alone, [Page 515] boiled to a soft Stone; which is best in Tumors in the convex Parts: or with the same Lees and unslaked Lime, boiled to the form of a soft Ointment: and this is most convenient in Parts concave or hollow.

CLXIV. The Caustick or Pyro­tical Medicaments are of use in five cases: 1. When the Tumor ought to be kept long open: as in all contagious Apostems of the Plague, Pox, Kings-evil, &c. for where the Caustick is ap­plied, there is always loss of substance, and many times the Orifice is roundish or Oval, which of all other figures, are longest in curing.

CLXV. 2. They are many times applied where the Patient is fear­ful: tho' in truth the Incision-knife it self is much less pain­ful, and much sooner done.

CLXVI. 3. When Apostems are large; for with them we make as large an Orifice as we please, and as large as the magnitude of the Apostem requires; by which means we shall not need to Tent, or enlarge it.

CLXVII. 4. They are also of greatest Service, where a Flux of Blood may be feared: for by their burning the Part, the Flux is prevented.

CLXVIII. 5. When the Apostem is deep, as in the Back, and other like places; for thereby the Matter will have a readier way for Evacuation.

CLXIX. To the two former ways at Sect. 162 and 163 above, Authors add a third way, which is the Actual Cautery, or Red-hot-iron: but this is not of any ordinary use, except to stop a Flux of Blood, (which we do with easier Remedies) dry a Carious Bone, or correct a Can­cerous Part, being first cut off.

CLXX. As to the very act of opening the Tumor, these five things are to be considered; 1. That it be done where the Skin is thinnest, for so less pain will be caused; and in the most depending part, that the Matter may more easily flow out.

CLXXI. 2. That the nature of the Part be considered; so as to avoid Arteries and Veins, for fear of an Hemorrhage: as also Nerves, Tendons, and Mem­branes, because of their exqui­site sense.

CLXXII. 3. The largeness of the Incision, must be in proportion to the Part and Tumor: for if it is too little, then the Matter (if it is thick and grumous) will not easily flow out without pressing; which is apt to pro­duce a Callosity, and make the Sinus a Fistula.

CLXXIII. 4. That if the Skin is only to be divided, then the Apertion is to be made streight a but if a Muscle also must be cut, then the Incision must be made according to the ductus of the Fibres.

CLXXIV. 5. That you consider the quantity of the Matter, which is to be evacuated at one time: for in great Apostems which are near the Joints, Back, Abdomen, or any principal Part, the Mat­ter is to be taken away gra­dually; because therewith many Spirits are spent and lost, whence comes Fainting, and [Page 516] sometimes Swooning, and Death it self.

CLXXV. As for the Accidents which may happen upon opening, they are three: 1. Fainting; which is helpt by giving a spoonful or two our Aqua Be­zoartica, or Spiritus Cordialis, inwardly, either alone, or mixt with a glass of Alicant, or other styptick Wine; or a little sup of choise Cinnamon-water.

CLXXVI. 2. Pain; if it is much, let the Part be embro­cated with this: ℞ Oleum Re­frigerans ℥ ij. Red-wine ℥ j. mix them together by shaking: but be careful that it touches not the edges of the Apertion, if it was made by Incision, lest it causes spungy or proud Flesh to grow.

CLXXVII. 3. An Hemorrhage, which is to be stopt by applying a Pouder: as, ℞ Aloes, Frank­incense, Olibanum, fine Bole, A. ℥ j. Ashes of an old Hat ℥ ss. Sac­charum Saturni, Salt extracted out of the Caput Mort. of Vi­triol, A. ʒ. iij. mix, and make a Pouder: which lay upon Dos­sels or Pledgets dipt in whites of Eggs, &c. and apply.

CLXXVIII. The manner of Applying the Potential Cautery. You must be sure before-hand, that the Tumor is perfectly maturated; which that you may not fail of, let some one of the following Compositions be applied.

CLXXIX. ℞ Althaea-roots, White-lily-roots, both bruised soft; Garlick, Onions roasted under the embers, Figs boiled soft, meal of Fenuereek, Leven, A. ℥ j. beat all into a pulp; to which add, Oil of Aniseeds ʒiij. ss. Hogs­grease, q.s. mix them.

CLXXX. ℞ Roots of Althaea, Onions, Garlick, Leeks, all boiled soft, A. ℥ ij. meal of Fenugreek ℥ viij. Oil of Spike ʒ vj. Hogs­lard q.s. mix them, and apply.

CLXXXI. ℞ Sharp-leven, Doves-dung, roasted Onions and Garlick, A. ℥j. Black-soap, Hogs­lard, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm: this is much stronger than the former.

CLXXXII. Emplastrum Dia­chylon mixed with Mustard-seed, pulp of Figs, and Salt, performs the same thing with the former.

CLXXXIII. This done, so that you are sure it is come to its persect ripeness, you must then come to the application of the Caustick Medicament, thus: Take a Cloth spread over with Ʋnguen­tum Diacylon, or some other sticking Emplaster, in the midst whereof cut a small hole; lay this upon the Apostem close to the Skin, that it may stick: let the hole be somewhat nar­rower and less, than you intend the Cautery, and upon every place where you would have it opened.

CLXXXIV. This done, take one of the Causticks mentioned in Sect. 163 aforegoing: or the Lapis Infernalis, in Lib. 1. cap. 64. sect. 7. aforegoing, which being some­thing moistned with Spittle, apply it upon the Skin, at the hole of the Emplaster; and then lay on another Emplaster over that, upon the former Plaster.

CLXXXV. After three or four hours, remove the Caustick with [Page 517] the Emplaster, and you will find the Part appear black, soft, and without any sense of feeling: this Eschar is made to fall off, by well anointing it either with Fresh-butter, Hogs-lard, Palm-oil, or some proper Digestive, which is better: but the only, and more excellent way is, to open it with the Incision-knife, for that the Patient will feel nothing of the Operation; and this is the safer and better way.

CLXXXVI. If the hole is not wide enough, it may be very easily enlarged, by putting into it a piece of prepared Spunge, or Puff-ball, an Elder-pith, or dry Gentian-root, or dry Rape-root; for that these things being filled full with humidity, will be then dilated, and so thereby enlarge and make wider the hole.

CLXXXVII. The Spunge is thus prepared. Take Spunge, and soak it well in the white of an Egg well beaten together, then squeeze it close together in a Press, and dry it leisurely in the shade: a bit, or small Tent of this, when dried, is to be taken and put into the hole of the Apostem.

CLXXXVIII. The Apostem being opened (by which of the ways it matters not) the Pus or purulent Matter is to be evacuated; but yet not wholly, or all at once, but by degrees; some of it at one time, and some of it at another; more especially if the Patient is weak.

CLXXXIX. For if it is great, and has much Pus within it, the evacuating of it altogether would not only be a great loss of Spirits, but might also be apt to cause Faintiness and Swooning; as we have before declared, at Sect. 184. afore­going.

CXC. When the Pus is evacua­ted, if there is pain, or any reliques of the Matter not suppurated shall appear in the circumference, or that the Pus is not well and per­fectly suppurated; then the pain is to be eased with some Ano­dyn; and some digestive Medi­cament is to be applied, for the more speedy concocting of the remaining unripened Matter.

CXCI. As, Oil of Almonds mixt with yolks of Eggs; which both ease the pain, and digests the remaining Humor. Or this: ℞ Strasburgh-Turpentine ℥ j. yolk of one large Egg, grind them well together in a Mortar; then add Frankincense, Olibanum, Mastich in pouder, A.ʒi. Oil of Olives ℥ ss. Oil of Aniseeds ℈j. mix them well together: Diachylon cum Gummis is also very profitable in this case.

CXCII. The manner of Dressing, after opening. 1. If it was done by Incision, you must put into the Orifice, if it be small, a little Tent; or if it is large, Dossels with Pledgets, fortified with some Astringent pouder; as fine Bole, Frankincense and Flower, mixt with glair of Eggs; and then over all a Plaster of Diachylon, and so to bind it up, letting it to remain so for the space of 24 hours.

CXCIII. 2. If it was opened by Cautery or Caustick, as we have shewed from Sect. 194, to 198. you may apply your Dossels fortified [Page 518] with Basilicon; over which you are to lay an Emplaster, (which is thus to be drest once or twice a day, as you see need requires, till you see the Eschar falls) and bind it up as aforesaid, but not with too hard a bandage.

CXCIV. If in the mean season spungy or proud flesh should grow up, it is to be removed with Ca­theretick Medicaments; as red Precipitate, either alone, or sometimes mixed with Basilicon, in gentle Bodies; or mixt with a third part of burnt Alum, in more hardy Bodies.

CXCV. ℞ Ung. Basilicon ℥j. red Precipitate washed ʒ j. mix them well together, Again: ℞ Red Precipitate ʒ ij. burnt Alum ʒ j. mix, and grind them upon a Porphyry together; to which add Ung. Basilicon ℥ ij. mix them well into a body.

CXCVI. The next thing is, throughly to cleanse the Apostem, (without which, Flesh can nei­ther breed, nor Agglutination be made) which you may do with this: ℞ Strasburgh-Turpentine, Gum Elemi, Balsam Copayba, A. ℥ ss. Mel Rosarum ℥ j. yolk of one Egg; mix, and give them a walm over the fire; then add Saffron in pouder ʒ j. and a little Barley-flower.

CXCVII. But if there is need of better Cleansing,Honey, Barley-flower, A. ℥ j. juice of Smallage ℥ ss. Saffron in pouder ʒ ss. mix them: and if the Cleansing ought to be more forcible, Ʋn­guentum Aegyptiacum q.s. may be added.

CXCVIII. This following is good: ℞ Juice of the lesser Centory, of Smallage, A. ℥j. Honey ℥ iij. boil them together; then add flower of Barley and Orobus, A. ℥ j. take them off the fire, and mix with them Turpentine, Gum Elemi, A. ℥ ss. pouder of Flo­rentine-Orrice ʒ iij. You may also use those other things which we have prescribed in the Cha­pters of the Cure of an Apostem and Sinus, Cap. 3. and 4. afore­going.

CXCIX. The Apostem being thus throughly cleansed, the next things to be applied are Sarcoticks or Incarnatives, viz. Flesh-breeders, that the Ulcer or Sinus may be filled with flesh: a Catalogue of which you may see in Our Doron Medicum, lib. 1. cap. 10. sect. 18. and in some of the following Chapters of this Book.

CC. And out of those singular things, you may make these fol­lowing Compounds: ℞ Frank­incense, Mastich, Olibanum, Rosin, A. ℥ j. Honey of Roses, Oil-olive, A. q.s. mix them. Or thus: ℞ Bugle, Comfrey, Sanicle, A. M.j. bruise them, and boil in Wine: squeeze forth the juice, and add to it Frankincense, Mastich, and Olibanum, A. ℥ ij. Honey, Tur­pentine, A. q.s. boil to the con­sumption of the Juice, and make an Ointment.

CCI. This is inferior to none: ℞ Fine Aloes, Bdellium, Myrrh, Sarcocol, Honey, A. ℥ j. Wine q.s. mix, and boil them to a due thickness. For a Wash none ex­ceeds this: ℞ Fair Well-water lbij. Saccharum Saturni, Salt of Vitriol, or pure white Vitriol, Roch-alum, A. ℥ ss. or ʒ vj. [Page 519] Spirit of Wine ℥ iv. mix, and dissolve: wash with it twice or thrice a day; it performs all the intentions of Cure, and heals to a miracle.

CCII. Lastly, the Ʋlcer being filled with flesh, we must then come to the use of Epuloticks or Cica­trizers; a Catalogue of which you may see in our Doron Medi­cum, lib. 1. cap. 10. sect. 20. to which you are referred: and of this kind are Emplastrum Al­bum, or Diapalma, now called Diachalciteos, Emplastrum de Minio, without Soap; Ceratum Nigrum, Oxylaeum, and Refrige­rans; with other things of like kind.

CCIII. Hitherto of a true and pure Phlegmon; it remains that we speak something of the bastard or mixt Phlegmon: which, as we told you at Sect. 6. afore­going, was principally three­fold, viz. [...], Phlegmone Erysipela­toodes; where Choler is mixt with the Blood: [...], Phlegmone Oidematoodes; where Phlegm is mixt with the Blood: and [...], Phlegmone Scirrhoodes, where Melancholy is mixt with the Blood.

CCIV. The Cure of these differs not much from that of the simple or pure Phlegmon; save, that in an Erysipelatoodes, things more cooling and moistning, are to be mixed; in an Oedematoodes, things more heating; and in a Schirroodes, things more warm­ing and emollient.

CCV. If the Phlegmon, thro' carelesnss, or unskilful application, should become a Gangrene, you must pursue the Cure thereof, as we teach in the Chapter of Gangrene following, Chap. 11. mean season, if you fear any such thing, foment or bathe the Part affected with Our Powers of Amber, or with Spirit of Wine, mixed with Spirit of Sal Armoniack, and apply things healing and drawing.

CCVI. An Example of a Phle­gmon, out of Hildanus, Cent. 3. Obs. 100. A young Man (says he) had a Phlegmon in his Foot, and being called to him, he found the Foot swelled, and full of pain, which reached to his Hips; the Patient was in a continual Burning-fever, restless, delirious, and fainting away sometimes.

CCVII. He prescribed him a spare Diet, and purged him with this Potion: ℞ Electuary of the juice of Roses, Diaturbith with Rhubarb ʒ ss. Syrup of Roses solutive ℥ j. Decoction of Agri­mony, Speedwell, roots of the sharp-pointed Dock, inner bark of the black Alder-root, and Ani­seed, q.s. mix, and make a Draught; which wrought gently: the evening of the same day, two hours after Supper, he gave him Laudanum gr. vj. which caused him to rest well that night.

CCVIII. The next day he took away ten ounces of Blood from the Arm of the side affected, being plethorick and strong: upon which his Fever, Pain, and Inflam­mation much abated: then he anointed his Hip, Knee, and all [Page 520] thereabouts, which were free from the Inflammation with this Liniment. ℞ Oil of Roses ℥ ij. Oil of Earth-worms, Mans-fat, A. ʒ ij. mix them. And because Galen says, fat things are not to be applied to the Part affected, he applied this: ℞ Seeds of Quinces, Fenugreek, Althaea, A. ʒ ij. pouder of Roses ʒ ss. Water q.s. boil to the rhickness of a Cataplasm: afterwards add the yolk of an Egg with the white. This was applied, and renewed as oft [...]as need required.

CCIX. Opon this, the pain was [...]sed, and the place of ma­turation appeared; to which he applied Emplastrum Basilicon and the prescribed Emplaster, all over the Foot: the sole, because it was very callous, he fo­mented well with hot Milk, boiled with Fenugreek-seeds, Mallows, and Violet-leaves, and then pared away with a Razor the thick Skin: thus in a short time the Apostem broke in the sole of his Foot, after which he soon recovered. We have been the larger upon this Cure of a Phlegmon, because, being well understood, it seems to lay the groundwork or foundation of the Cure of all other Tumors, of what kind soever.

CHAP. VI. Of a BƲBO.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Bubo, Inflamma­tio vel Tumor Glandularum; and in English, a Bubo, or Swel­ling in the Armpits or Groins.

II. It is a Tumor and Inflam­mation of the Glandules, chiefly the Kernels of the Armpits, or Groins; painful, hard, and red.

III. But Galen ad Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 1. defines it to be, an Inflammation in the Glandules of the Groins. For they being by Nature ordained as the Sinks of the superfluous Humors from the principal parts, if those Humors, and with them the Blood shall happen to be thrust forth together, and as it were by heaps, into them, an In­flammation is forthwith excited: and this happens most-an-end in the Groins, and sometimes in the Armpits: if it be behind the Ears, it is called a Parotis.

IV. A Bubo is either Critical, or Symptomatical; the Critical is safe and healthful, and they are such as follow the declining of any Sickness, as Fevers, &c. The Symptomatical are either Ve­nereal or Pestilential, and these shew from whence they pro­ceed.

V. If a Bubo is little, and not painful, but easily brought to ma­turation, it is called Phyma; where it is mixt with Choler, it is called Phygethlon; if it be in the Armpits, it is named Panus; [Page 521] behind the Ears, Parotis; if con­tracted from impure Coition, it is called Venereal.

VI. The Signs in general are, pain, redness, heat, pulsation, ten­sion, and sometimes a Fever.

VII. That is to say, that in the Groins or Armholes there is a tumor or swelling, with redness of colour, hardness, resisting the touch, intense pain, accompanied for the most part with a gentle Fever.

VIII. And this is manifest, if the Bubo happens to be by Crisis; for then a Fever, or some other disease went before; which upon the appearing of the Bubo is abated, and the Signs of a good and hopeful Crisis preceded; the which if they be absent, the Bubo then is to be accounted for Symptomatical.

IX. And then if no signs appear of the Plague or Pestilence, or of Morbus Gallicus, it is a simple Bubo, and not malign and con­tagious: but if the signs of the Plague are present, then it is malignant and contagious.

X. And if the Patient is in­fected with the French Disease, it is then to be accounted Ma­lign and Venereal, and to pro­ceed from a Venereal Defile­ment.

XI. The Causes. All Bubo's whatsoever have their Original from a preternatural protrusion of Blood (conjoined always with some vitious and corrupt Humor) into the Glandules of the Groins and Armholes, excited from the Fer­ment of the said evil Humor; whereby Nature is stirred up to such a kind of excretion, or rather expulsion.

XII. But from hence the strength of the principal parts is to be observed; for that they are able to expel and thrust forth what­soever is offensive and hurtful to them, unto these ignoble parts, and other the like Emun­ctories.

XIII. Fabricius ab Aquapen­dente will have some Bubo's to be from Blood only, excited at the instant time of the Crisis: but this seems not to me to be true, for certainly some evil Humor is always conjoined with the Blood. Yet this we say, that a Bubo does sometimes follow upon another Disease, and is excited by the Crisis, whether perfect or imperfect; and some­times without any other Dis­ease preceding it.

XIV. Yet in this last case, where no other Disease precedes it, (whereby it cannot properly be said to arise from a Crisis,) it is Na­tures work to make an expul­sion of the vitious Humors, and is a healthful protrusion.

XV. The Prognosticks. A Bubo (if not malign) being in the extream parts, soon suppurates, and is not dangerous; if it ripens slowly, it may turn to a Fistula.

XVI. A Malign Bubo, is for the most part a sign of sudden Death, though all outward signs may appear well.

XVII. A Venereal is only of difficult cure, especially if the folly of the Physician has been to use bleeding and repelling Medicines; whereby Nature has been diver­ted from her work, and the ma­lignity turned inward, which should have come outward.

XVIII. Bubo's arising under the Armholes come soonest to suppura­tion, because they proceed from hotter Blood; as being nearer the greater Vessels, and the Heart, the Fountain of life and heat; which in this case for Suppura­tion is alogether necessary.

XIX. Those which come in the Groins, are excited by a Blood less hot; and being likewise in a place more remote from the Heart, and but moderately hot, they are longer before they come to maturation: but those coming behind the Ears, proceed from a colder kind of matter; and as the place is also colder, so their suppuration is the slowest of all.

XX. The Cure. In a Bubo, (not Venereal or Pestilent) the Cure is to concede with Natures Operations; for the Matter is by no means to be driven back in­to the internal parts, if there is any hope of its coming to ripeness, or may possibly be discussed.

XXI. If the Bubo is by Crisis, and that perfect, the Sick will the presently be freed from the danger of his Disease; and if there be signs of a good Crisis, nothing is to be disturbed, but the matter must be left to Na­ture; and means must be used either to discuss, if possible; or speedily to bring it to sup­puration.

XXII. In the case of Discus­sion, excellent is the Balsamum Sulphuris to anoint with, applying over it Emplastrum Diasulphuris, or Emplastrum Hystericum, &c. See Our Pharmacopoeia's, &c.

XXIII. But if it will not be dissolved, then apply this Oint­ment: ℞ Yolks of Eggs No ii. Balsam Capivii ℥i. Oil of Camomil ℥ss. Saffron ʒii. White-bread q.s. mix, and apply it, repeating it often: and being ripe, it may be opened by touching it with Butter of Antimony, &c.

XXIV. In these cases, Sudo­rificks are good to be given in­wardly, because they drive out­wards: but Bleeding is extremely ill, so also Repercussives or Re­pellers; because they drive back that into the inward parts, which Nature did drive or thrust forth for her relief.

XXV. Scarification with Cup­ping, is not to be used in malignant Tumors; nor are Leeches to be applied, unless they are very much inflamed.

XXVI. If the Pain is violent, it ought to be eased with Anodyns; as this Liniment: ℞ Balsam Capivii, Balsam de Chili, A. ℥ss. Oil of Ben, Sheeps-suet, A. ℥jss. Bean-meal, q.s. mix them.

XXVII. Or you may apply this Cataplasm: ℞ Mallow-leaves M. i. Meal of Althea-roots and Fenugreek-seeds, A. ℥ii. Barley-meal ℥ i. Ducks-grease, Oil of Dill, A. ℥ss. boil all in Milk, to the consisteney of a Cataplasm.

XXVIII. But if the Bubo is Critical, and the Crisis is imper­fect, the Humor is farther to be attracted into the part affected, by the application of Cupping-glasses, or by Medicines made of Leven, Black-soap, old Hogs-grease, Pine-tree-rosin, Dia­chylon cum Gummis, and the like.

XXIX. If the Bubo is not Cri­tical, and that no other Disease preceded it, yet is not Natures motion to be disturbed in the least: but if with the Blood, many vitious Humors be heaped up also, gentle purging may then be necessary; but yet so gentle, as not to molest Nature in her Operations.

XXX. In this case the Sal Mirabile is most to be commended, because it takes away the great abundance of evil Humors, without disturbance, or lessning of the Pro­tuberance, by that act of Purging: and it may be given from ʒv. to ʒvi. or ℥i. at a time, dis­solved in Broth or Posset-drink.

XXXI. The other part of the Cure is to be performed like as in other Inflammations, of which we have treated at large in the afore­going Chapter: yet this is to be observed, that because the Glan­dules (especially of the Groin) are colder than other places, the Discussives or Digestives ap­plied, are to be of the strongest sort.

XXXII. Some advise to a Ca­taplasm made of flower of Barley and Lupins, mixt with Honey.

XXXIII. Or this: ℞ Roots of Althea, of white Lillies, of wild Cucumers, A. ℥i. leaves of Par­sley, Smallage and Pellitory of the Wall, A. ℥i. boil in Wine q.s. to softness, and beat them to a pulp, which pass through a Sieve: to which add meal of Lupins ℥ii. Oatmeal ℥i. pouder of Orrice root ℥ss. Oil of Camomil q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XXXIV. But Ceratum de Ammoniaco Forresti, or Ceratum de Galbano crocatum, or Em­plast. Diasulphuris, are inferior to no other thing; which see in Our Pharm. Londinensis.

XXXV. If it yields not to Dis­cussives, you must suppurate with very strong Attractives, such are roots of Aron, Birthwort, Brio­ny, Cresses, Cantharides, Castor, Dittany, Ranunculus, Pellitory of Spain, Nettles, Galbanum, Euphorbium, Succinum, Sulphur, Leaven, Quick-lime, black Soap, Garlick, Figs, Onions, Mustard, Ox-gall, Pidgeons dung, Goats dung, Niter, Diachylon, Oxycro­ceum, Mithridate, Venice Trea­cle.

XXXVI. In this case, the Cataplasma Laxativa Schroderi is good, so also that Pro Adultis, as also the Dropax Confortans.

XXXVII. Or this: Take roots of Pellitory of Spain, Mustard, A. ℥ss. Salt ʒvi. Treacle of Androma­chus ℥i. Onions, Pidgeons dung, A. ℥ii. Figs No xii. Leaven ℥jss. dissolved in Vinegar, enough to make it into a Cataplasm.

XXXVIII. Some take a Chick, Pidgeon, or Frog, divide it in the midst, and apply it warm to the part; others apply the Anus of a Hen or Pidgeon, the feathers being pulled off: but it is best forthwith in the beginning to apply a Vesicatory thereto, the next morning to open the Bli­ster, and then to apply the Attractives.

XXXIX. The Bubo being sup­purated, let it be forthwith opened, and that rather by Incision, than by Cautery: keep it open till the Tumor is wholly dissolved, and the Ulcer cleansed; then [Page 524] heal it after the manner of other Ulcers.

XL. In a Pestilential Bubo, neither Bleeding nor Purging is to be used: Sudorificks and Refri­geratives are good; outwardly, you must apply strong Attra­ctives in the beginning.

XLI. The same is to be observed in a Venereal Bubo, (so long as there is any hope of curing it by external Remedies) lest the malign matter which Na­ture has thrust forth, should re­gurgitate, and so cause the Pox.

XLII. The Suppuration is to be endeavoured by all means; and then forthwith, although not perfectly ripe, to be opened: if it be tough, Cupping-glasses should be applied.

XLIII. If the whole mass of Blood is infected, you must manage the Cure then, as in the Cure of the Pox. In this case, our Quint­essence of Guajacum and Sassa­fras, drunk in good Beer or fra­grant Wine, is excellent.

CHAP. VII. Of a CONTƲSION.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Effusio, Suffu­sio, Sugillatio, Contusio; and in English, a Bruise, or Bruising.

II. It is the pouring forth of Blood or Humors, into the next adjacent spaces, thro' the Veins or Arteries; either by [...], anastomosis; or [...], diapedesis; or by [...], diai­resis, the skin remaining whole; which for the most part comes to pass, either by the vehement pressure of some heavy weight, falls, blows, stoning, or the like. Gal. de Fract. lib. 2. com. 16.

III. The Kinds. Galen. lib. de Tumor. cap. 10. & de Simp. Med. Fac. lib. 10. cap. 9. makes two kinds of Contusions; 1. [...], Ecchymoma; which is the general name; and is when the Contusion is of a middle colour between red and black, to wit, of a livid or leaden co­lour; and this the Greeks call [...], Pelidna, Lividness.

IV. 2. [...], Melasma, which is Blackness; and this is most familiar unto old persons, as oft as their Veins are bruised; as the other, to wit, Pelidna is familiar to Children, and such as are young.

V. But Paulus Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 30. makes three kinds, ac­cording the diversity of the parts affected; of which, the two first have relation to the Eyes, the last to the Nails of Fingers or Toes: these indeed are particular kinds as they have relation to those particular parts, but can by no means be accounted of, as in a general relation to the whole Body.

VI. The first is that which we [Page 525] call [...], hypopia; but by Hippocrates [...], hyp­ophthalmia, i. e. subocularia, blewness under the Eyes. This second is [...], hypospha­gma, called by some suggillatio, an Effusion of Blood into the Adnata, or Cornea-Tunicle of the Eye. The third [...], hyponychos, the Bruising of the Nails.

VII. The Signs. A Bruise is easily known from the preceding external Cause, the Colour it self, and the Swelling, if there is any which are evidently seen: the Physician may also understand it from the relation of the Patient.

VIII. Sometimes the hurt part is not elevated into a Tumor, the Blood only insinuating it self into the spaces of the parts, making the Skin of a red, yel­low, livid, or leaden colour.

IX. And sometimes the Contu­sion, by reason of its greatness, and the pouring forth of abundance of Blood and Humors under the Skin, and into the substance of the Flesh and Muscles, is lifted up into a Tumor; with which there is sometimes (according to the nature of the part) Pain, and sometimes Inflammation, and perhaps at length a Gangren may be excited.

X. The Prognosticks. A Con­tusion is generally without danger, (if the principal parts be not hurt) and the Blood, whil'st it is thin and not coagulated, may easily be dissipated or discussed.

XI. But if it is long deteined in the part, and the Contusion is great and considerable, and near some principal part, it may prove of dangerous consequence; for the corruption of the part af­fected may be feared, with other mischief to the whole Body.

XII. For the Blood being coagu­lated, and not insensibly discussed, or turned into Pus, (which is ab­solutely necessary, where the Contu­sion is great:) Putrifaction and a Gangren are at length in­duced, which many times costs the Patient his Life.

XIII. If also the part affected loses its colour of wanness, livid­ness, or greenness; and becomes very much distended, hard, pain­ful, and inflamed; great danger is threatned, and a Gangren or Sphacelation is at hand.

XIV. The Cure. If the Con­tusion is great, care is to be taken in the beginning, to prevent the afflux of Blood to the place, lest an Inflammation should be ex­cited.

XV. To perform this, some Au­thors prescribe Venesection; but this intravasates none of the Blood that is already out. However, Defensatives and Repercussives are to be applied near to, and about the part affected; to pre­vent, as much as may be, the influx of Blood into the same.

XVI. And of this kind are Alum, Bole-Armoniack, Catechu, Terra sigillata, Sanguis draconis, Poppies, roots of Hounds-tongue, Henbane, Hemlock, juice of Hem­lock, Roses, Myrtles, Cypress­nuts, Opium, Camphir, Galls, Pomgranate-flowers, roots of the lesser Consound, Saccharum Sa­turni, [Page 526] Housleeek, Nightshade, Orpin, Nitre, &c. out of which Compounds may be made.

XVII. ℞ Bole ℥iv. Vinegar q.s. mix, and boil them; then add Balaustians, Red-roses in fine pouder, root of Consound in pouder, A. ℥ss. Oil of Myrtles q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XVIII. Or: ℞ Terra sigilla­ta, Chalk, A. ℥ii. Vinegar q.s. mix and boil; then add pouder of Pomgranate-peels, Nut-galls in pouder, A. ʒvi. Sanguis draconis ʒii. Nitre ʒjss. Saccharum Sa­turni ʒi. Oil-omphacine q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XIX. Or: ℞ Whites of Eggs ℥ii. Rose-water ℥i. Saccharum Sa­turni ʒi. shake or beat them well together, and with Towe, apply them to the place affected.

XX. Or: ℞ Whites of Eggs ʒii. Rose-water ℥i. beat them well together, then add Oil of Myrtles ℥jss. fine Bole ℥i. Caput Mort. of Vitriol, Dragons-blood, A. ℥ss. Vinegar q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XXI. But this is to be observed, that you are not to apply many moist and clammy Medicaments; lest the extravasated Blood be putrified, from whence ma­ny dangerous Symptoms may ensue.

XXII. If the Contusion is from some vehement cause, as a fall from some high place, crushing of a Cart, &c. whereby the Blood is poured forth in some extraor­dinary manner; and that not only the external part may be hurt and bruised; the Blood will then be apt to coagulate or clot together; thereby inducing many evil Symptoms, extreamly dangerous, as Inflammations, violent (even the worst of all) Fevers, and very oft Death it self.

XXIII. When therefore there is the least fear that the Blood is extravasated, and faln into the more inward parts, and that it cannot be dissipated by external Medicaments; you must then endeavour to hinder its coagu­lation; and if it be begun, that it may be dissolved, and that with all possible speed it may be carried off by Stool, Urine, or Sweating.

XXIV. For when once the Blood and Humors become putrid, the Disease will not be so easily cured; and sometimes not at all with­out extraordinary and specifick Remedies, and great care, pains, and industry, and ap­plication.

XXV. For this purpose, Phy­sicians commend these following Simples; Winter-cherries, Pelli­tory of the Wall, Fumitory, Hype­ricon, Scabious, juice of Citrons, or Limons, Carduus benedictus, Vinegar, Chervil, Parsley, Hydro­piper-water, Madder, Rhapontick, Rhubarb, Terra sigillata, fine Bole, Sperma Ceti, Crabs Eyes, Mummy, Volatil Sal-Armoniack, Salt of Harts-horn, Spirit of of Sal-Armoniack, and Spirit of Harts-horn.

XXVI. Sperma Ceti is given à ʒi. ad ʒii. dissolved in Vinegar, or Parsley, or Hydropiper-water.

XXVII. ℞ Hydropiper-water ℥iijss. Parsley-water ℥ii. Vinegar, or juice of Limons ℥ss. mix for a Dose.

XXVIII. ℞ Hydropiper-water ℥iv. Spirit of Harts-horn ʒj. mix for a Dose. Or: ℞ Parsley-water (in which Onions have been infused) ℥iv. Spirit of Sal-Armoniack ʒi. mix for a Dose.

XXIX. Or: ℞ Of Our Aqua Bezoartica, or Spiritus Cordialis ℥i. Hydropiper-water ℥iv. Spirit of Harts-horn ʒi. mix for a Dose. These things may be given upon the spot.

XXX. Then at night you may give of Our specifick Laudanum, à gr. ii. ad iii. or iv. drinking after it a little mull'd Sack. The next night, that the Body may be a little opened, you must give a Dose of Our Cathar­tick Laudanum; so will the Patient have a gentle Stool (without pain, or griping) the next day in the afternoon.

XXXI. Some give this. ℞ Rhubarb ℥ii. Terra sigillata, Crabs-eyes, Ox-blood dried, Sper­ma Ceti, A. ʒi. Nutmegs ℈i. mix, and make a Pouder. Dose, ʒi. or ℈iv. at a time, in Milk-water, or Hyodropiper-water.

XXXII. Or this. ℞ Rhu­barb ʒiii. fine Bole, Goats blood prepared, Crabs eyes, Sperma Ceti, Mummy, Comfrey roots, round Birthwort root, Nutmegs, A. ʒi. make a Pouder. Dose, ℈iv. in Syrup of Limons: after these Examples you may make a thou­sand other Mixtures.

XXXIII. Some give Balsams inwardly; the chief of which are Lucatella's Balsam, as also Balsam de Chili, Capivii, Peru, Tolu, &c.

XXXIV. This following is commended by some Practisers. ℞ Angelica, Bawm, Bugle, Be­tony, Cinquefoil, Fennel, Ground-Ivy, Hyssop, Ladies-mantle, Parsly, Peniroyal, Sanicle, Sage, South­ernwood, Smallage, Tormentil, Yarrow, A. M. i. fresh new made Butter lbiv. being gathered green, shred them, and boil them in the Butter till they are crisp, adding Wine lbi. then press forth the Li­quor, and add again the same quantity of Ingredients, boiling as before, and pressing out: to the pressed Liquor add Strasburgh-Turpentine, Balsam Capivii, Bal­sam of Tolu, Sperma Ceti, A. lbss. mix, and make a Balsam. Dose, ℥i. in Syrup of Vinegar or Li­mons, and outwardly you may also anoint with the same.

XXXV. For Liquors, Mum that is choice, and Spruce-beer, are much commended; drinking some one of them, half a pint at a time, blood-warm, morning, noon, and night.

XXXVI. As for Topicks, at the beginning Astringents are to be mixt with Discussives, that the bruised Tunicles of the Vessels out of which the Blood is poured, may be strengthned and bound up; lest new mat­ter flows thither thro' the pain.

XXXVII. For if Discussives be only used, they will by their heat be apt to drive more Blood into the contused Part, before the contused Vessels can be possibly restored to their natural state.

XXXVIII. For this purpose therefore the Skin of a Lamb or Sheep new taken off, is many times applied, before it is cold, sprinkled with a Pouder made of Myrtle-berries, Bay-berries, fine Bole, [Page 528] Catechu, and Salt: and this is chiefly for external Contusions, made by beating, whipping, and the like.

XXXIX. And where it cannot be got, a white drest Sheepskin may be got to lay over the place; it being first drest with this: ℞ Balsam of Peru and Chili, A. ℥iii. pouder of Myrtle-berries, Bay-berries, Catechu, A. ʒvi. Salt finely ground ℥ss. mix them.

XL. And the next day you may dress the place with Balsam de Chili or Peru, or Lucatella's Balsam, or with some of those mixed with Ʋnguentum Nico­tianae; because these things pre­vent the flux of new matter, hinder putrifaction, and also sufficiently discuss.

XLI. If the Contusion is par­ticular, and external, (the Skin not being broken) foment it with the Spiritus Ʋniversalis blood-warm; or with that Spirit, in which Camomil, Fennel, Fe­therfew, Southernwood, Tansey and Wormwood have been five or six hours beforehand infused.

XLII. Then bathe it with Powers of Amber, and after that apply Balsam de Chili or Peru, and so bind it up. Some commend the root of Solomons-seal new gather'd, applied in form of a Cataplasm; or if in Winter, and dry, to be made into a Ca­taplasm with Wine; which is said in one nights time to do the Cure, and cause the native heat to return to the Part con­tused.

XLIII. Over the place also you may apply Clothes dipt in the following Liquor. ℞ Spiritus Universalis ℥xx. one Bulls Gall, Catechu ℥iv. in pouder, roots of Aron ℥jss. of Solomons-seal ℥iv. cut all small, digest six or eight hours, then apply it with the Clothes.

XLIV. But if by the use of all these things the Cure succeeds not, nor the matter is discust, you must then apply Cupping-glasses, and for the most part, with Scarification; because these extract whatever is contained in the Part, tho' the matter lies deep, and by the means of Scarification some of the Blood is also drawn forth.

XLV. If all these things avail nothing, but that signs of Suppu­ration appear, as the swelling up a little of the place, a beating pain, a redness beginning to appear round about, with a softness to the touch; then you must promote the Suppuration by such things as we have declared in the Cure of a Phlegmon or Inflammation.

XLVI. The Suppuration being accomplished, the Apostem must be opened and cleansed, as we have before taught; and then the Ulcer is to be filled up with Flesh, and at length cicatrized, as is usual.

XLVII. But in this case, Sup­puration must be used with cau­tion; viz. that they be not of the stronger sort, but such only as are gentle and mild; lest a ca­coethick, sordid, or putrid Ulcer be induced.

XLVIII. And therefore when we perceive the Contusion degenerates into an Apostem, we rarely wait for a present Suppuration; lest [Page 529] the pus or purulent matter, being too long kept in the place af­fected, should excite vehement Pains, malign Fevers, and a great Putrifaction; so as to cor­rupt the adjacent Parts, Muscles, Nerves, Ligaments, and Bones, and cause cacoethick and putrid Ulcers, Fistula's, &c.

L. You must then never apply emollient and suppurating Cata­plasms and Emplasters; because they, by reason of their moisture, are apt to induce putridness, and other evil Symptoms.

LI. In this case, Authors ad­vise us, that the Apostem excited by coagulated or congealed Blood, be forthwith opened with an Incision-knife; and then a Tent put into the Wound, dipt in Ʋnguentum Aegytiacum; defen­ding the whole part affected, and laying over it some proper Emplaster, which may preserve the native Heat, and kept it from putrifaction: and this is more especially to be observed if the Contusion is in the Belly, Hypochonders, Sides, or Back.

LII. For then the third, fourth, or fifth day, you must observe, whe­ther there are any signs of an Apo­stem (as swelling, with pain in­creasing, pulsation, uneasiness, not enduring it to be touched, and a redness in the circumference:) for where-ever they appear, (tho' no lividness, blewness, yellow­ness or blackness appear in the external parts) they demonstrate that purulent matter is gene­rated, and an Apostem produced.

LIII. Ʋpon which, the place is speedily to be opened, that the Pus may be brought forth, lest it retires unto the more inward parts; making (as it were) Coney-boroughs, and eating asunder the Nerves, Ligaments, Muscles, and Vessels, thereby causing either speedy death, or some lingring Disease.

LIV. Then the Wound is to be ordered, as before directed; and during the whole course of the Cure, Vulnerary or Traumatick Potions are daily to be given.

LV. But if the hurt is great, or some error has been committed in the managing of the Cure, so that the place begins to look black or blew, and that by reason of the suffocation of the native Heat, a Gangrene and Mortifica­tion is feared; you must then immediately scarifie the part, and apply Cupping-glasses, that so the putrid Blood may be evacuated.

LVI. This done, the part is to be fomented with Powers of Am­ber, or Spirit of Wine, mixed with a little Spirit of Sal Armoniack, or with the Spiritus Ʋniversalis; or with the Liquor at sect. 43. aforegoing.

LVII. Or you may use warm. Vinegar, or the Decoction made of roots of Radishes, of Aron, of Solomons-seal, of Virginia Snake­root, and Winters Cinamon, in Wine, or their Infusion in Spiri­tus Ʋnversalis: for that these things dissolve and draw forth the clotted Blood from the very bottom of the Affect.

LVIII. After which you may apply Diachylon Simplex, or cum Gummis; or for want there­of, any other drawing Emplaster.

LIX. Or this Cataplasm: ℞ [Page 530] Camomil, Smallage, Southernwood, Tansy, A. M. ss. juice of Aron or Musterwort q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm; adding a little Spirit of Wine.

LX. If the Contusion is in the Muscles, chiefly those about the Ribs, the Flesh generally swells a little, with a kind of purulent Matter; which being pressed down, sends forth a kind of flatulent Air, with a little noise, leaving for a time the print of the fingers after it; which if it be about the Costae or Ribs, endangers a putrifaction or mortification, with a separation of the Flesh from the Bones.

LXI. In this case the Remedy must be speedy, by applying things which cleanse and restore the na­tural Heat; after which it must be strongly drawn together, and firmly bound up, with Emplast. Diachylon, made up with a little pouder of Myrrh, or some other like Digestive.

CHAP. VIII. Of a CARBƲNCLE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Carbo & Carbunculus; and in English, a Carbuncle, or Burning-coal. Avicen calls it Pruna, & Ignis Persicus, the Persian-fire.

II. This Tumor is called by this name, because it is covered as it were, with a certain kind of Crusti­ness, black like a Coal; and it is called Pruna, because the Flesh is black, and looks as if it were burnt with a Coal; and it is said to be a Fire, because the Part is pained as if it was burnt with Fire.

III. It is a Tumor proceeding from adust, thick, and inflamed Blood, degenerating into black Choler, and burning the Part. Or, it is a Pestilential Tumor in­flamed, black, burning the place, and sometimes blistered, as if burnt with Fire, accompanied with great Inflammation and Pain, Vomiting, Trembling, sleep­iness, cold Sweats, and Fevers.

IV. Some Authors would make a difference between Anthrax and Carbunculus, but there is none. The Cause, is from burnt Blood assuming the nature of Me­lancholy, and so apt to corrupt.

V. There is sometimes but one great Pustle, sometimes many little ones, which being opened appear black, and inflamed round: the crust being removed, instead of Corruption or Matter, you will find spungy Flesh, the Part is very painful, with a Fever and Watching.

VI. The Description. It is a Tumor which has its original from a boiling and adust Blood, which corrupts the part, and arises in the outward parts of the Body; having a vehement pain joined therewith, invading the Patien with a Fever, and a manifestt swelling, black and hard.

VII. But Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 28. gives another kind of descri­ption [Page 531] of it, which seems to me to be a different species from the common. There is (says he) a certain redness, and thence comes forth, but not very far, certain Pushes or Pustules, black, and sometimes livid, in which there seems to be a rottenness, and be­neath the colour is black; and the Body it self is more dry and hard than it ought to be. About the Tumor there is as it were a Crust, surrounded by an Inflam­mation; the Skin cannot possibly be lift up, but is as it were fixed and fastned close to the Flesh underneath it; the Sick is extream sleepy, and sometimes there arises a kind of Horror, or Fever, or both: and the Disease proceeds, as out of certain roots, sometimes more hastily, sometimes more slowly: but above, when it first comes forth it looks of a whitish colour, and then immediately it becomes livid, with little Pushes or Pustules coming forth upon it: and if it chances to fall upon the Jaws, or parts near the Sto­mach, it oftentimes causes Suf­focation.

VIII. The Causes. Galen. de Tumoribus, lib. cap. 6. & ad Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 1. & Meth. Med. lib. 14. cap. 10. & lib. de Atra Bile, cap. 4. & 5. & de Differ. Febr. lib 2. cap. 19. saith the containing cause of a Car­buncle, is a boiling thick Blood degenerating into the nature of black Choler, and having black Choler mixed with it, together with a conjoined malignity.

IX. But it rather proceeds from a malign and corrosive Salt, join'd with a poisonous Sulphur, which causes vehement sickness, great pain, burning and inflammation; by which Nature being grievous­ly afflicted, she suddenly drives it forth from the interior to the exterior parts; and from the more noble members, to such as are less noble.

X. For this cause it is, that a Carbuncle is never produced by congestion or heaping up of Blood or Humors; but is always gene­rated of a Defluxion, which is made all at once: nor is it produced of Melancholy, only as a Cancer, but of adust and burnt Blood, which degenerates into Melancholy, or has Melancholy mixed with it.

XI. The Procatartick Cause, is from an ill and unwholsom course of Diet, eating of Meats of a depraved and vitious juice, defiling the whole mass of Blood; and also from the external evil qualities of the Air; as being too hot and burning, corrupting the Humors; or malign and pestilential, depraving, infecting and poisoning the Blood and Juices at once, as is evidently seen in Pestilential times.

XII. The Differences. Some appear without Pustules, as the common Carbuncle, which is one uniform, round, hard, burning Tumor: and some with a Pu­stule or Pustules, like such as are raised by burning with fire, which being broken, there lies underneath within, a crusty Ul­cer; and of this kind is that which is described by Celsus, at Sect. 7. aforegoing.

XIII. They are also divided into Pestilential and Non-pestilential, [Page 532] according as the Air is more or less malign and contagious; some in­vading the Sick in a Pestilential constitution of the Air, others when no such Pestilential ma­lignity is present.

XIV. The Signs. It arises for the most part from a small Pustle or Swelling, and sometimes from one of the greater Pustules break­ing forth; or from many small ones like Millet-seed, lying very thick together; which when broken, a crusty Ulcer appears, like that made by a red-hot Iron.

XV. But before these Pustules break forth, there is a kind of itching felt in the part, near which one or more of these Pustules come forth: yet sometimes the Carbuncles comes forth without any such Pustule; a crusty Ul­cer being excited, sometimes blackish, and sometimes of an ash-colour: in a very little time after which, it becomes like to a Bubo, and then it obtains a round sharp form, with vehe­ment heat, and burning pain.

XVI. This heat and burning is more particularly exasperated at night, and it is so vehement, that the Sick can scarcely endure it without rubbing of the place af­fected; from which rubbing, there arise many of the afore­named Pustules.

XVII. The Flesh round about them grows hot, which when the Disease comes to the height, has a vehement burning heat: and the colour it obtains is sometimes blacker than that of an Erysipelas, or a Phlegmon; as if black was mixed together wtih red.

XVIII. The Sick has also a Fe­ver, (from the burning Heat) which afflicts these more than those which are affected with a Phlegmon or an Erysipelas: they have also a nauseousness, a vomiting, de­jection of Appetite, a trembling, panting and beating of the Heart, dotage or delirium, with frequent faintings and swoonings: all which Symptoms are so much the more vehe­ment, by how much the Matter or Cause is more malignant.

XIX. Now tho' all Carbuneles are malign, yet all are not pesti­lential, or have an adventitious malignity more than what is na­tive to them: those which are Pestilential, are known, 1. From the Pestilential constitution of the Air; for it is scarcely pos­sible for a Carbuncle to arise at such a time, and not be Pestilential.

XX. 2. From the Signs and Symptoms which appear, being more frequent, and more vehe­ment, than in a Carbuncle which is not pestilent.

XXI. 3. From the Fever, which always appears of the nature of the Plague or Pesti­lence; which tho' outwardly it seems sometimes not so violent, as in a Carbuncle which is not Pestilential, yet it burns more inwardly, and is much more dangerous.

XXII. 4. The fresh colour of the Face is changed, the Tongue becomes black and dry, the De­jections liquid and cholerick, the Appetite prostrated, with nauseousness, and vomiting of most offensive and malign Humors; [Page 533] difficulty of Breathing, stinking Breath, vehement Sweating, sometimes hot, and sometimes cold Sweats, with Sleepiness, and sometimes Watchings, De­lirium, Fainting and Swoon­ing, &c.

XXIII. The Prognosticks. If black, it is often mortal; so also if it vanish, or happen in the Emun­ctories, or near to principal mem­bers, or about the Stomach or Jaws, (where it generally choaketh:) but if it be little, appear first red, and afterwards yellowish, with Pustles, it is the less dangerous: for from a very little Pustle, it suddenly gets to an extraordinary greatness.

XXIV. By how much the blacker it is, by so much the worse it is; for it is produced by the most corrupt Blood: and the next to this, is the wan and yel­lowish.

XXV. And those are the most mortal, which beginning once to wax red, do presently vanish again; for then the matter is trans­lated to the more inward and noble parts, which generally kills the Sick.

XXVI. Where there is but one Carbuncle, it is less dangerous, than where there are many; for in this last case, it shews the vast quantity of the malign matter.

XXVII. In a Pestilential Car­buncle, consider whether it comes forth before the Fever appears, or after: if before, it shews that Nature is strong, and able to expel the poison, before the Fever can suprize the Heart; but if after the Fever, the contrary; for that the Heart is seized with the pestilential Ve­nom, which from thence dif­fuseth it self into all parts of the Body.

XXVIII. The Place is next to be considered. It is always evil and pernicious, if it happens in the Emunctories, or near to any of the more noble and principal parts: but herein the strength of the Sick is to be observed; for one weak and languishing may soon be overcome, even by a small Disease; whereas one vi­gorous and strong, may over­come a Disease which is very strong and powerful.

XXIX. The Cure. The Indi­cations of Cure have respect to the Antecedent cause, to the Con­joined cause, and to the Symptom.

XXX. In respect to the Ante­cedent cause, a fit Diet must be prescribed, and such things as alter and correct the heat and evil quality of the Blood. Sudori­ficks are first to be given; as Spirit of Sal Armoniack, Harts-horn, Man's Scull, Our Theriaca Londinensis, specifick and volatil Laudanum, &c.

XXXI. This dore, the fervour of the Blood is to be allayed with Syrupus Antefebriticus, Sal Ni­tre, Sal Mirabile, and other like things, which easily enter into the mass of Blood, and cool, alter, and correct it.

XXXII. Some Authors advise Bleeding, but you ought to be cau­tious therein, lest you draw the ma­lignity inwards to the Heart, and so destroy the Patient: since Bleed­ing is generally acknowledged to be a Revulsive Remedy: and [Page 534] therefore in this Disease it is scarcely to be admitted, for that the Natural and Vital Powers are deiected by the Dis­ease; and having entred the Lists therewith, are now in the conflict, and not to be inter­rupted, without eminent peril to the Sick.

XXXIII. Authors also advise to Purging; but in this you ought to be careful, lest thereby the Humor which Nature strives to thrust forth to the external parts, be drawn to the internal: and there­fore, if it may at all be done, it may be more safe in a Car­buncle not pestilential, than in one that is pestilential.

XXXIV. But if there is any considerable Fever joined there­with, the crudity of the matter, and the malignity, forbid Purging: and indeed there is scarcely a Carbuncle to be seen, in which there is not something of ma­lignity: and therefore the malign matter is rather to be protruded to the external parts by Alexipharmicks, than drawn inwards by Bleeding, and Drenching or Purging, as the usual way of some is.

XXXV. The Matter being sufficiently thrust forth by Sudori­ficks, which in some measure allay the servency of the Blood, it is then to be altered, and cooled by other things which resist Malignity, as Sal Nitre, Sal Prunellae, Sal Vitriolatum, Sal Tartari Sulphuratum, juices of Wood-sorrel, Oranges, Limons, Citrons, Pomgranates, either simple, or in Syrup; or Syrup of Vinegar, or Vinegar medi­cated with proper Alexiphar­micks, as Angelica, Bawm, Sca­bious, Carduus, Rue, &c. which may be given in all that the Sick drinks. Thus far as to the Antecedent cause, we now come to the Conjoined.

XXXVI. The Conjoined cause, which has respect to the Tumor it self, is not removed, as it is in other Inflammations, nor are Repercussives to be used or applied; but the malign and poisonous Humor is rather by Attractives, to be drawn from the more inward, to the more outward parts.

XXXVII. And therefore Au­thors advise, that the Part af­fected be forthwith scarified, and that with Lancings deep enough; that so the corrupt, malign, and poisonous Blood may be fully drawn forth; for that other­wise, unless it be immediately drawn forth from the Part affected, it corrupts the Parts next adjoining.

XXXVIII. And being scari­fied, you may apply Cupping-glasses, that the Blood may be the more effectually drawn out; after which the Part is presently to be cleansed, and well washed with warm salt Water, or warm Wa­ter in which Nitre has been dissolved, that the Blood may not clod or coagulate in the Part.

XXXIX. And if the corrupt Blood seems not fully enough drawn forth, Scarification is again to be repeated. Where note, that the place being scarified, you are not to apply digestive, or suppurative Medi­cines [Page 535] to promote the Pus or purulent Matter, (because in this kind of Tumor, they increase the putrifaction and rottenness; and a Carbuncle in putrifying always creeps, and spreads farther and farther, to the endangering of a Mortifi­cation;) but rather those things which are dying, and such as resist putrifaction.

XL. Of this kind is Morsus Diaboli, bruised green, and laid on, and boiled in Wine and drunk. Also a Cataplasm made of Orobus meal, pouder of Myrrh, and Oxymel; to which some add Ʋnguentum Aegyptiacum. Or, make a Cataplasm of green Sca­bious bruised, yolk of an Egg, Barley flower, and a little Salt: which things are to be laid on the Carbuncle it self.

XLI. If the Humor flows into the Part with great Violence, then Attractives are not safe to be administred; lest the matter flowing in too great abundance, should make the pain the more vehement, thereby augmenting the Fever, causing Watch­ings, and dejecting the natural Strength.

XLII. In this case such things as moderately repress and drive back, with a digestive quality, are to be used: as, ℞ Plantane, meal of Lentils, brown Bread, A. boil them in equal parts of Water and Wine, to a Cataplasm; and apply it, not upon the very Carbuncle it self, but only near it round about, some three fingers breadth distant from it.

XLIII. If Scarification do not, or the Carbuncle will not yield to these Remedies, you must come to Burning, and that immediately with all possible speed; for the least delay may bring the Sick into extream danger, yea even of death it self.

XLIV. Some use Potential Cau­teries, as anointing the top of it with the Butter of Antimony; but the Actual Cautery is ac­counted more safe, for that, by the heat and driness of the fire, does after a peculiar man­ner resist Putrifaction, and pre­serves the sound parts, from being infected with the putrid­ness: it also draws from the very bottom and depth, all the malign, poisonoes, and corrupt matter.

XLV. Now in this case, this terrible Remedy, is not so painful as may be imagined, for the Pa­tient is many times not very sen­sible of it, for that the Flesh is mostly dead; and therefore the use of it must be so long conti­nued, 'till in all the parts there­of there be a sense of pain.

XLVI. This done, you must with all possible speed that may be, even in the space of twenty four hours, remove the Eschar or Crust, for that to delay it is dangerous: for which purpose, Authors advise to use Hogs or Goose grease, and such other like things: but these will not do, but rather increase the pu­tridness.

XLVII. For this purpose, Guilielmus Fabricius commends this Ointment:Meal of Orobus, roots of Birthwort, of Florentine-Orrice, of the lesser Vernal Gentian, all in fine pouder, [Page 536] A. ℥ss. Venice Treacle ʒii. Honey of Roses q.s. mix, and make an Ointment, which apply.

XLVIII. Horatius Augenius commends this. ℞ Vitriol in fine pouder, Hogs Lard, A. ʒii. choice Honey ℥ss. mix them, and apply for the same purpose. Some anoint with Ʋnguentum Aegy­ptiacum.

XLIX. Paul Barbett com­mends this following, which is much better. ℞ Venicle Trea­cle, white Vitriol in fine pouder, A. ℥i. Honey of Roses ℥jss. Leaven, Turpentine, fresh Butter, A. ℥ii. Soot ℥ijss. black Soap ℥iii. Mu­stard-seed, Saffron, A. ℥ss. yolks of Eggs No iii. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

L. The Eschar being removed, the Ʋlcer must be cleansed with Unguentum Fuscum Wurtzii, Aegyptiacum, and Honey of Roses, &c. often changing the External application: but be­ware of Suppuratives, for the Humors are easily corrupted of themselves.

LI. Aetius writes, that wild Rue made into a Cataplasm with Honey and Raisons of the Sun, does quickly separate the Crust; and therefore such Medicines as resist Malignity, as Mithri­date, Theriaca Andromachi, Our Theriaca Chymica, &c. are very proper to be mixed herewith.

LII. Others commend this. ℞ Rue M.i. Leaven, Figs, A. ℥i. Myrrh ℥ss. Pepper, Cloves in pouder, A. ʒi. Salt ʒii. mix, and make a Cataplasm, which apply morning and evening: it is said to separate the corrupt part or flesh, from the good and sound, in about two days time.

LIII. If it is a Pestilential Carbuncle, you must use Antidotes both internally and externally; among which are Our New Lon­don Treacle, and Our Theriaca Chymica, which are chief.

LIV. And for taking off the Eschar, you may use some of the former things; chiefly the Cataplasm of Barbett, or the Oil of Mercury, or Joel's Cata­plasm of Radishes beaten with Rose-vinegar. Or this: ℞ Scabious, roots of Comfrey, and Radishes, yolks of Eggs, common Salt, A. ℥ii. Squills, Onions roasted, Leaven, Soot, A. ℥i. Honey, Turpentine, A. q.s, mix, and make a Cataplasm; which spread up­on Cloth or Leather, and lay it on hot, shifting it almost every hour.

LV. If you see the Crust be­comes round, and a circular red­ness appears, it is a good sign of health and recovery, and that Nature has now separated the corrupt parts from the sound: and when the Crust is wholly taken away, the Ulcer is to be cleansed with the things di­rected at Sect. 50. aforegoing; or with Honey of Roses, and juice of Smallage.

LVI. After the Cleansing, it is to be filled up with Flesh, by apply­ing Sarcoticks; the lips of the Ulcer are to be joined together, and at length Cicatrized with Epuloticks.

CHAP. IX. Of a TƲMOR behind the EAR.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...] & [...], quod sit juxta Aures; in Latin, Parotis; and in English, a Bubo, or Tumor behind the Ear; and by Hippocrates these kinds of Tumors are called [...], Eparmata.

II. A Parotis is a Bubo or Inflammation of the Glandules near unto the Ears, viz. some­times behind, sometimes besides, and sometimes under the Ears; for which reason it is said in the Definition, to be near to the Ears.

III. The Signs. It is known from the Place affected, from a violent beating, pain, redness, and swelling, for the most part be­hind the Ears, and extending to the Jaws and Temples.

IV. And it generally appears with Heat, and a Fever; some­times with Frensy, Convulsions, Swoonings, coldness of the Ex­tream parts, with dejectedness of Spirit.

V. The Kinds. It is either Critical or Malign; and the Ma­lign is either Pestilential, or Venereal.

VI. Now whether it is Critical or Symptomatical, the time of the Disease, and the signs of the Crisis, whether present or ab­sent, will sufficiently mani­fest.

VII. If it is only transmitted from the Head, there went before a vehement pain of the Head; the which, upon the breaking forth of the Parotis, either wholly vanishes, or is very much diminished.

VIII. The Causes. Blood is said to be the principal and conjoin'd cause of this Tumor, but it is seldom or never pure, but with a mixture of other Humors; as Choler, Flegm, Lympha, or Melancholy; and sometimes they are con­joined with malign or pestilen­lential Miasmata; from whence it is that they are also malign and pestilential.

IX. For Nature being provoked and stirred up by the vitious and depraved Humors, protrudes unto the External parts those defile­ments with the Blood: and they are sent to the Part affected, either from the whole Body, or from the Brain.

X. It is also caused sometimes by Poison, which at any time may happen to be drunk, or taken into the Body; wherein if Nature be strong enough, (and the Poison ascends up into the Head) she sometimes protrudes it to the Glandules of the Ears.

XI. The Differences. The prin­cipal Differences arise, 1. From the Matter: viz. according to the Humor with which the Blood is conjoined, whether simple, malign, or pestilential. 2. From the manner of their Beginning or [Page 538] Generation; in regard that some of them may have their origi­nal without a Fever, as Celsus, l. 6. c. 16. says, the Patient being in good health, Nature protru­ding those Humors to such a particular Part, for the general good of the whole Body; and some may be with a Fever, acute or chronick; either be­nign, malign, or pestilential.

XII. The Prognosticks. It is longer before it come to ripeness than other Bubo's: the Critical are healthful, the Pestilential dangerous, and for the most part a sign of sudden death.

XIII. The Venereal are not mortal, yet difficult to be cured; more especially if they be made worse by Bleeding, Purging, or Blistring.

XIV. The Cure. It is needful to consider in the Cure of the Parotides, whether they be Criti­cal or Symptomatical, and of what kind of Humor they are bred: if they be Critical, thereby ter­minating a Disease, or at least diminishing of it, then the whole work is to be committed to Nature, as Hippocrates advises, lib. 1. aph. 20. and nothing else is to be done, but only those things which ease Pain are to be laid thereupon, and the which may at one and the same time help forward the Suppuration.

XV. But let the Parotis be what it will, whether Critical or Symptomatical, great or little, benign or malign, be it what it will, this is to be noted, that no Repercussives, Repellers or Drivers-back, have place in any measure, lest that the matter be driven from the exterior to the interior, and from the more ignoble, to the more noble Parts.

XVI. If the Tumor hastens not fast-enough it self to come forth, but that Nature is weak, you ought to apply the gentler sort of Attractives; such are the Oils of Camomil, Flowerdeluce, Dill, Melilot, &c. not using the stronger, but with caution, lest the pain should be increased.

XVII. If Nature inclines to Resolution, you must assist her with Discussives; but if to Suppura­ration, (which is much better) than with Medicines which con­coct, digest and maturate; all which we have proposed in the Cure of Phlegmon and Bubo.

XVIII. The Apostem being sup­purated, it must be opened, (as we in its proper place do teach,) and to be cured after the manner of other Ulcers.

XIX. If it be Symptomatical, and Nature be weak; or there be an over-great abundance of the Antecedent Cause, it is to be les­sened by Evacuation: for where such plenty of vicious Humors are, it is not to be feared that Nature hereby may be averted from; and hindred in her work of Expulsion; but rather to expect, that being eased of some part of her burthen, she will the more easily afterwards expel what remains, and ought to be emptied forth.

XX. But yet, if notwith­standing this Evacuation, whether Emetick, Cathartick, Sudorisick, or Ptarmick, Nature cannot sufficiently expel, then the [Page 539] Expulsion is to be forwarded by Cupping-glasses with Scari­fication, and other Attractives.

XXI. And hence it is, that either a Discussion, or (which is better, and most practised) a Suppu­ration is to be procured, by those Medicines which we have pro­posed in the Cure of Phlegmon and Bubo, aforecited.

XXII. But here you must ob­serve the condition of the Tumor; for if it be more than ordinary cold and thick, you must use the hotter and stronger Discussives; and if there be any cause to fear that the matter may be hardned, you must make use also of Emollients.

XXIII. The Matter being soft­ned and maturated, if it so tends, let the Apostem be opened, and cured; as we advise in lib. 1. cap. 18. & cap. 3. sect. 3 5. ad 47. of this Book, aforegoing.

XXIV. Now you must not expect that the Tumor should break of its own accord, nor are you to wait till then; lest the Pus being long retained, produce many sad and dangerous Symptoms; and (as Guilielmus Fabricius, Cent. 2. Observ. 39. well notes) seeks another passage, whereby it may cost the Patients their lives.

XXV. A young Maiden (saith he) was afflicted with a Parotis, which tho' she was not so much amiss or ill, as to take her bed; being all the while also free from any Fever, and came well out, so that on the 14 day the Apostem was as big as ones fist: yet because it was not timely opened, she was sud­denly surprized with a Fever, Vomitings, Heart-qualms, and Swooning-fits, with Watchings, and want of rest, as also a ve­hement pain in her Back and Reins: and tho' it broke of its own accord, yet in regard it was too long before it broke, little or no Pus at all came forth; it seeking a passage downwards, and at last it cost the Patient her life.

CHAP. X. Of PHYMA and PHYGETHLON.

I. THESE two kinds of Tumors, are really but one and the same Tumor, but so deno­minated, as they proceed from different Causes: and therefore what the Greeks call [...], and [...]. are called in Latin Phyma, and Phygethlon; also Tumor Glandularum; in English, a Swelling of the Glandules.

II. But they are thus distin­guished: Phyma is a Tumor pro­ceeding from Blood mixed with Phlegm, and is called [...]. and Phygethlon is a Tumor proceeding from Blood mixt with Choler, and is called [...].

III. Phyma (says Wiseman, lib. 1. cap. 9.) is an Inflammation [Page 540] affecting the Glandules under the Jaws, which are the conglobate Glandules; viz. neither the in­ternal Salivary, which is Ranula; nor the external, which is Parotis.

IV. And this name Phyma is also given to the Tumor Phlegmo­noodes, in and about the Anus; of which we shall speak anon.

V. The Cause. The principal Cause or Humor exciting Phyma, is Blood, but yet impure, being always mixed with Pituita, or Phlegm; for which cause Chil­dren are most subject to them, more seldom Youths, and not often those of full Age; and the Inflammation is not so great and Intense.

VI. The Signs. It is known by its roundness and hardness, being much elevated, and little or no­thing red, nor with much pain: but in time of Suppuration it is inflamed, and accompanied with pulsation, tension, &c. as in a Phlegmon, but sooner comes to Suppuration.

VII. About ten years since, my self had a famous Phyma under the right Jaw, as big as ones fist doubled, which much hindred my swallowing, and had almost cost me my life: it was a whole month before it came to maturation, and was accompanied with a Fever: James Wasse, one of our City-Chirurgeons, living in Clements-Lane, was the man who daily attended me, and did the Cure; he brought it to suppuration, then opened it with an Incision-knife, and in six weeks time saved me (through the goodness of God) out of the jaws of death.

VIII. Dr. Burwell, one of the Warwick-Iane Colledge, came several times to visit me in this Sickness, and prescribed Blood­letting, and to carry off the mor­bifick Cause by Purging: this he oftentimes (even as oft as he came) vehemently prest me to; but I refused it, not thinking that Practice according to the Principles of our Art; he often­times also prest my Wife to the same, predicting otherwise my death.

IX. And told her, he should learn Experience by this Sickness of her Husbands; but he feared it would be with the loss of his life.

X. But agreeable to my Opi­nion, was that of James Wasse the Chirurgeon; so that we took the contrary course, and by Su­dorificks we assisted Nature in protruding the Morbifick-matter; and with alexipharmick Cor­dials and Confortatives, we strengthned the Body, to sustain the shock, or encounter with the Disease.

XI. And externally moderate Suppuratives were applied; so that contrary to the Doctor's Pro­gnostick, (whose counsel had I followed, I had certainly been a dead man;) I was signally preserved, and am yet in the land of the living, to give a report of the same to the World.

XII. Differences. Some, says Wiseman, have taken them for Strumae; but they differ from a Struma, which being contained [Page 541] in a Cystis, does require to be eradicated by Escaroticks after Suppuration, and a discharge of the Matter: whereas these, after discharge of the Matter, are cured either of themselves, or by the ordinary intentions of Digestion, &c.

XIII. The Prognosticks. Sen­nertus, lib. 5. part. 1. cap. 10. says it is altogether free from danger; and is likewise instantly augmented, and for the most part suppurated and healed, without the help of Medicine.

XIV. This may be true, where the Tumor is small, and is with­out a Fever, and the Symptoms very gentle; but in such a case as mine was, the danger was very great; for the Tumor, even from its magnitude, had almost caused suffocation: and the rest of the Symptoms were so vehement, that my Life could never have been supported without the assistance of Medi­cines.

XV. It is more easily cured in Children; more difficultly in Youths, and hardest of all in such as are of perfect Age.

XVI. The Cure. These admit not of Repercussives, but either of Resolution, or Suppuration, even from their first beginning: Wise­man saith, all that ever he saw, terminated in Suppuration.

XVII. In the beginning he ap­plies Diachylon cum Gummis, de Meliloto, &c. and in case of Pain, maturative Cataplasms; as in a Phlegmon.

XVIII. Tending to Suppuration, he drest it with Ung. Basilicon, and a Plaster; and being suppu­rated, he opens it with a mild Caustick, or with an Incision-knife; and discharging the Mat­ter, then dresses it with Leni­tives, and after separation of the Eschar, incarnates by the common Sarcoticks, and the use of the Vitriol-stone; and lastly, heals, it up with Ʋnguentum de Lithargyro.

XIX. Sennertus is of opinion, that they ought to be suppurated with all possible speed; which Suppuratives ought (by reason of the coldness of the Part) to be the more strong and forcible.

XX. For tho' possibly some may be resolved or scattered by Discus­sives; as Southernwood, Parietary, Fetherfew, Tansy, Marsh-mallow roots, Ammoniacum, &c. yet this happens but very seldom; and therefore it is the safest course artificially to open it, unless it break of its own accord; lest the long detaining of the matter matter should bring danger.

XXI. This Suppurative is commended. ℞ Althea roots, meals of Beans and Lupins, Lea­ven, A. ℥i. choice Figs, Onions roasted, A. ℥ii. Balsam Capivii ʒvi. Oil of white Lillies, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XXII. Or this. ℞ Balsam de Chili, or Peru, Turpentine, Honey, A. ℥i. Onions roasted, Mithridate, A. ʒvi. Ammoniacum ℥ss. Oil of white Lillies, q.s. mix them.

XXIII. If it is Pestilential or Malign, as was that of mine, you ought to provoke Sweat with Our volatil Laudanum, giving two or three grains every night.

XXIV. And every morning [Page 542] fasting, half a spoonful or a spoon­ful of my Tinctura Pestilentialis, in a glass of Sack, or some other proper Vehicle.

XXV. Tinctura Pestilentialis Nostra. ℞ Tincture of Salt of Tartar, or Philosophick Spirit of Wine lbii. Jamaica Pepper ℥ii. Virginia Snake-root, Contra-yerva, Cortex Winteranus, Cinamon, Bay-berries, Camphir, A.℥i. Gen­tian, Cubebs, Zedoary, A. ʒvi. Cloves, Mace, Nutmegs, Opium, A. ʒii. Ginger Cochinele, Saffron, A. ʒi. mix, digest, and make a strong Tincture; which decant, filter, and keep for use.

XXVI. This Tincture strengthens the Stomach and Heart, fortifies the Archeus and Digestive Fa­culty, causes Appetite, expels Wind, comforts and warms the Bowels, provokes Sweat, and is good against all malign Diseases, and such as proceed from Cold: it is an Arcanum against the Plague or Pestilence, and all pestilential and malign Fevers, Measles, Small-pox, &c. Dose, à ʒii. ad iv. or vj. in some proper Vehicle.

XXVII. And sometimes-in the day time, I took forty or fifty drops of my compound Tincture of Coral, in a little Wine also: by these things the morbifick mat­ter and malignity were expel'd, partly in the Phyma, or Tumor, and partly in a continual breathing Sweat: nor was I out of a sweating condition, little or much, for near a whole month, both night and day.

XXVIII. By these things the Heart and Spirits were also kept up; and tho' an extream weak­ness had universally seized me, yet I plainly perceived that Na­ture got ground against the Disease.

XXIX. To maturate the Apo­stem, this Cataplasm was ap­plied. ℞ White Lilly roots, pulp of Figs, A. ℥iv. boil them in Milk to an absolute softness; then add crumbs of White-bread, q.s. boil again, and add Oil of white Lillies ℥ii. Mithridate ℥iv. Saf­fron in pouder ℥ss. mix them well for use.

XXX. This was applied twice a day, as hot as it could well be endured; and in about three weeks time it came to ripeness: at what time the Chirurgeon opened it with an Incision-knife, out of which, near half a pint of green-coloured matter came away at several times.

XXXI. Then, the Abscess being cleansed, it was healed up in about three weeks following: after which I took two or three very gentle Purges, and became per­fectly well: and this was the whole course I pursued in that Cure. See more here of Our Pa­rateremata, or Select Physical and Chirurgical Observations, lib. 3. cap. 2. sect. 29.

De PHYMATE juxta ANƲM.

XXXII. It happens often in the lower part of the Intestinum rectum, where the Musculi Ani are inserted; and is many times the original of Fistula in Ano, they for the most part arising from these Abscesses; whether they break within and ulcerate there, or the matter descends lower, [Page 543] and raises a Tumor without the verge of the Anus.

XXXIII. The Prognosticks. Those Phymata, which in the Anus produce the most dangerous Fistulae; the matter of which piercing thro' the Tunicles into the neighbouring Muscles, are seldom discovered, 'till they have made their way more outward among the Muscles of the Buttocks; and tho' they be discovered sooner, yet the Cure is most difficult.

XXXIV. If it appears out­wardly, upon the verge of the Anus, tho' it is of much easier cure, yet if it be ill managed, the de­fluxion of the Humor is continued; and the Sinus grows callous, and requires the same method of Cure which Fistula in Ano do; of which we shall hereafter speak in Lib. 5. following.

XXXV. The Cure. To pre­vent the danger that may ensue by these Phymata, you must timely lay open the external Phyma by Causticks, that the Pus may have its free discharge; for if you open it by Incision, it must then be kept open by a Tent, which cannot easily be kept in.

XXXVI. And whether the Matter be stopt in by that, or the Tent slide out, and so the Ori­fice close up, it is much alike inconvenient, and prolongs the Cure.

XXXVIII. If the Phymata are internal, they are soon, and easily cured; if, being timely discovered, they are opened by Incision.

XXXVIII. A Child four years old was much pained in Ano, four or five days, the Tumor appeared externally, and lay juxta Anum, as big as a Pheasants Egg, per­fectly suppurated: I applied the milder Caustick on the decli­ning part with Plaster and Bandage: the next morning I took off the dressings, and found the matter discharged thro' the Eschar, which was as I had design'd it, the bredth of a two-pence: I dressed it with a Pledget of Towe spread with Ʋng. Basilicon cum Oleo Rosarum; by this method the matter dis­charged freely, without dis­turbance in going to stool, and it was cured by the Maids dressing, I not visiting there. Wisenian.

XXXIX. One thirty years old, of a sanguine Body, was taken with a pain in Ano; I made a search with my finger dipt in Oil, but found nothing: after three or four days, the pain increasing, I made another search, and felt a swel­ling on that part lying next to the neck of the Bladder: I took a crooked Incision-knife, and defending the edge of it, almost to the point, with a piece of Plaster, conveyed it in by my finger to the swelling, and made incision into the Tumor, which presently discharged a spoonful or two of matter: from that time he complained no more of pain; I cast in a little Oil of Hypericon warm, and dressing him no more, he was perfectly cured. Wiseman.

XL. I was sent for to one extreamly pained in Ano; viewing the Podex, I saw no external disturbance, I then anointed my [Page 544] finger with a little Butter; and in passing it up in Ano, felt a Tumor, which I opened, as in the former Observation: the Patient desired to ease himself, and he did so, and discharged only a quantity of Matter well con­cocted; from which time he complained of no more pain, and was cured in a day or two, by the benefit of Nature: nor did I cast in any Injections, lest they should get into the Ab­scess, and make it sinuous. Wiseman.

Of PHYGETHLON.

XLI. Phygethlon, is a Tumor affecting the glandulous parts under the Jaws, and is called Panus; being an Inflammation, wherein Blood is mixed with Choler.

XLII. But Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 28. calls it Panis; from the similitude of its figure, being broad and flat, like a Loaf.

XLIII. The Cause. It is from a hot and fervent Blood, mixt with sharp Choler, as Galen, ad Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 1. affirms; and comes mostly after Fevers, a Fever being in some measure the cause thereof: or after some vehement pain of some other Part, chiefly the vehe­ment pains of the Belly.

XLIV. The Signs. It is known by tumor, hardness, heat, dis­tension, and greater pain, than probably a Tumor of that magni­tude might cause.

XLV. There is oftentimes also a Fever, accompanying or preceding it; or some other vehement pain of the Belly, or some other part, as the Head, &c.

XLVI. And sometimes (it lying deeper than ordinary) none of the aforesaid outward signs at Sect. 44. are perceived, but only some certain prickings inwardly; and this, as it is long before it comes to maturation, so it is not fit to be converted into Pus.

XLVII. The Prognosticks. If it arises from any Ʋlcer, pain, stroak, blow, or any other exter­nal cause, it is wholly void of danger.

XLVIII. That which follows upon Fevers (as in pestilential and contagious times) or proceeds from Swellings, either under the Armholes, or in the Neck, is the most dangerous, as Pau­lus Aegineta saith, lib. 4. cap. 22.

XLIX. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 28. saith, if it becomes not more hard than ordinary all of a sudden; and which, though it grows not red, yet notwithstanding is of a changed colour; it is of the safer kind, and has little danger in it.

L. The Cure. If it comes from Ʋlcer, pain, contusion, blow, or any other Procatartick cause, then its increase (as in other Inflam­mations) is to be hindred by Coolers and Repellers.

LI. But if it is in Fevers, or is otherwise excited from some internal abounding of Humors, then Repercussives have no place, but only Discussives and Resolu­tives; and if the Tumor is very hard, Emollients may be mixed with them; as Althea, Mallows, Arach, Chickweed, Parietary, [Page 545] Figs, Ammoniacum, Galba­num, &c.

LII. If the Matter be discus­sed, then you must endeavour to suppurate it, by application of Maturatives; after which, it it is to be opened by Incision, unless it breaks forth of its own accord, and then to be cured as an ordinary Apostem.

LIII. An Observation from Wiseman. A little Girl was brought to him, as supposing she had the Evil, who had a flat, hard, round Tumor, lying under her Chin and part of the right Jaw, down towards her Throat; it was of a yellowish red colour, not much unlike an Erysipelas, but with­out Vesication: he caused a Cataplasm made of white Lilly roots, &c. to be applied, by which it was suppurated in three or four days, and dis­charged a well-digested matter, during which the hardness was resolved, and was cured in seven days, by the only use of that Cataplasm.

CHAP. XI. Of GANGRENE and SPHACELƲS.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Gangraena; and in English, a Gangrene. II. [...]. in Latin, Syderatio, and Sideratio, also Sphacelus; in English, a Sphacelus, or Mortification.

II. Sennertus saith, that Gan­grene and Sphacelus are neither Tumors nor Ʋlcers; neither will he have Sphacelus to be so much as a Disease, since it is the very mortification, or destruction of the Part. Yet with the favour of that Learned Man, tho' in re­spect to the Part only, he will have it no Disease; yet in re­spect to the whole Body, it is a very great one.

III. A Gangrene is a great and terrible Distemper, tending to a Mortification, which may be in­duced without any Tumor at all: but yet because it most frequently follows Tumors, and chiefly Inflammations, we thought good to treat of it among Tumors; whereas others, (because that when a Part is Gangrenated, an Ulcer necessa­rily follows thereon, and that after a Sphacelus, an Ulcer is left remaining) treat of them among Ulcers.

IV. Gangraena, is an imperfect Mortification of the Part by little and little, thro' violence of much in­flamed Matter and Blood, which so stop the passages, as that the natural heat cannot have recourse thereto. If it come of Inflammation, the red Colour, Pain, Sense and Beating decays; waxing pale, livid, black and soft, yielding to the Fingers, without rising again.

V. Or, It is an imperfect corruption of the Part, tending unto a [...], necrosis; to wit, a mortification or deadness: to which if there are not speedy Remedies applied, it becomes Sphacelus, or Syderatio, wholly dead; losing all sense and life, and feeling nothing, tho' it is cut or burnt.

VI. The Differences. From what has been said it appears, that there is no difference between these Diseases, but in respect of degrees, or greatness. In a Gan­grene there is not yet a perfect corruption of the part, or absolute mortification of the whole part; but only an inva­sion of the softer and more tender parts, as the Skin, Flesh, and Muscles.

VII. Whereas in a Sphacelus, the whole part is wholly de­prived of all sense and life, and is altogether dead; and there is a perfect, absolute, and intire corruption or mortification, not only of the softer parts afore­named, but the very Bones themselves also are corrupted and spoiled.

VIII. But when a Sphacelus is inducing, the softer parts, as Skin, Flesh, and Muscles are first mortified; while the Veins, Arte­ries, and Nerves may remain safe and sound: but if the Sphacelus continues to go on, and the putrid part is not speedily separated, the Arteries, Veins and Nerves will at length be invaded, and at last the Bone it self.

IX. The Causes. It is caused, 1. From external Cold, or Re­pellers. 2. External Heat, Burners or Corrosives. 3. Defect of Nutri­ment. 4. Stoppage of the Pores, (as in splinting and rowling Fractures,) whence comes suffo­cation of the natural Heat. 5. Ma­lign Humors. 6. The Scurvy, which by a peculiar property, sometimes causes a Mortifi­cation.

X. Whatsoever destroys the native heat of the part, that same may also be accounted a cause of a Gangrene and Sphacelus. Now the native Heat is destroyed, when by its contrary it is either corrupted, or suffocated, or diffipated, or extinguished for want of Nourishment.

XI. It is destroyed by its con­trary, either acting by a manifest quality, as Cold; or else by a hid­den quality, as by Poison: it is suffocated, when the Transpira­tion is hindred: it is dissipated, by a greater Heat: it is ex­tinguished, if necessary Food and Sustenance is denied it.

XII. 1. From external Cold, as travelling in Frost and Snow, in the Northern Regions; where the extream parts, as Nose, Ears, Hands, Feet, &c. are dead with Cold, by reason of the extremity thereof.

XIII. 2. From Poison; as in a Carbuncle from internal mali­gnity; or external, as from the bitings and stinging of poisonous creatures; as the Viper, Rattle-Snake, Slow-worm, &c. or the application of Septick Medica­ments, which being not wisely and carefully applied, corrupt the Flesh; or from the afflux of malign and poisonous Humors.

XIV. 3. From Transpiration hindred; as in great Inflamma­tions, where the part stands in need of perpetual ventilation and cooling; which if hindred, the native Heat is suffocated by the abundance of Vapors: and this is done many ways; as by ap­plication of Emplastick Medica­ments in moist places, too strict bandage and rowling of the Part, and in applying over­cooling Medicaments in a Phle­gmon or Erisipelas.

XV. 4. From an external pre­ternatural Heat, which wasts the radical Moisture and native Heat.

XVI. 5. From defect of Nourish­ment; viz. of Blood and Spirits flowing into the Part, which are wholly necessary and requisite for the cherishing the native Heat implanted therein: and this is caused many times also from too hard ligature, or by applying of Medicines over-astringent and cooling; by which the de­scent of the Blood and Spirits is wholly hindred.

XVII. The Signs. In a Gangrene the part begins but to die, nor is the sense totally abolished; but the Skin is in a manner red, and without any vehement ill scent.

XVIII. In a Sphacelus (called also Necrosis and Syderatio) the Part looks first pallid, after livid, then black; the Flesh is spungy, with great stink; the sense, heat, and pulsation is vanisht, and the Parts are altogether dead.

XIX. A Gangrene proceeding from Cold, has great pricking; first 'tis red, then pale, then black.

XX. If from external Heat, or Stoppage of the Pores, the redness turns to a whiteness, pain and pulsation ceases, and Pustles appear, from whence issues a gleety Humor.

XXI. If from defect of Nutri­ment, it for the most part seizeth on the Joints; the part waxes cold, without Pain, Inflamma­tion, or Tumor.

XXII. If from Venemous Crea­tures or Humors, there is Faint­ing, great Pain, always a Fever, and oft-times a Phrensy; with a little Pustle, under which ap­pears a black Spot, spreading it self over the whole Part.

XXIII. If from the Scurvy, it for the most part begins in the Toes, with blackish Spots or Lines; degenerating into a dry Crust, with numbness, and at length mortification.

XXIV. In a Gangrene which is yet but beginning, you may observe a variety of Signs and Symptoms; according as it has its original from divers and different Causes: but if at length Pustles arise, and the Part becomes pale and wan, then Pains also come on, and a Fever is excited.

XXV. If the Gangrene happens from too hard Ligature, then the Part swells, and greater Pustles arise, full of a thin Humor, not much unlike the Washings of raw Flesh.

XXVI. In a perfect Corruption, and absolute Sphacelus, the life and sense of the Part are wholly abolished; the Pulse is wholly lost, the Part, if cut or burnt, is insensible of pain; the Flesh feels cold, and becomes soft and [Page 548] flaggy; which yet afterwards being throughly dried, becomes black, hard, and wholly dead, and yields a noisom stink, like that of a dead Carcass.

XXVII. The Prognosticks. Gangraena, if it be not presently helped, the Part straightways dieth, that is, degenerates into Sphacelus, as also the parts ad­jacent; and so suddenly causeth the death of the whole Body.

XXVIII. But if the Sick be young, the Constitution good, and the Nerves and Muscles be unhurt, it is less dangerous.

XXIX. It is more dangerous, if it proceeds from the bitings of Venemous Creatures. It is also dangerous if in moist parts, or if the Humors continually flow to the Part, or be in the Cavi­ties of the Body, viz. in the Mouth, Privy Parts, Bowels, or Fundament.

XXX. That which happens from the Scurvy, is seldom cured; in Hy­dropick persons it is always mortal.

XXXI. A Sphacelus is yet much the more dangerous, for the Part can no more be restored again, but is immediately to be cut off from that which has life in it; and which being not done, the sound parts which lye next or near to it, will be infected, and the putrifaction will creep at length into the rest of the Body, from whence comes dan­ger of present death: but be­fore which there usually goes, Doatings, Watchings, Faintings, Swoonings, Convulsions, Belch­ings, Sobbings, and cold Sweats breaking forth over the whole Body.

XXXII. The Cure. The In­dications of Cure have respect, 1. To the Antecedent Cause. 2. To the Conjoined Cause. 3. To the Vital Powers.

XXXIII. In respect to the An­tecedent Cause, which is first to be considered (if it is present in the Body) before we come to To­picks. The Diet claims the precedency, which ought to be cooling and drying; especially when the Gangrene is accom­panied with an afflux of Hu­mors, and follows great Inflam­mations: in other Cases, the Diet is to be varied according to the varity of the Causes.

XXXIV. Then for taking away the Antecedent Cause, it is done either by Bleeding or Purging: con­cerning which Barbett advises us to distinguish, that we may know when they are to be used with advantage or disadvantage, and ought to be according to the nature of the peccant Humor.

XXXV. But this is to be precautioned, That regard be had unto the Heart, that it be well; or otherwise to be defended against the malign Vapors and Humors proceeding from the putrifying part.

XXXVI. The chief things for this purpose among Simples, are roots of Angelica, Virginian-Snake-root, Contra-yerva, Ze­doary, Lovage, Elecampane. Of Herbs; Angelica, Bawm, Borrage, Bugloss, Carduus, Rue, Scordium, Scabious, Swal­lowort, Sage, Southernwood, Tyme, &c. Of Flowers; Saffron. Of Spices; Cloves, Nutmegs, [Page 549] Mace, Pimento, Cinamon, Cor­tex Winteranus, Ginger. Of Peels; Oranges, Limons, Citrons. Salts, of Carduus, Self-heal, Wormwood, Tartar, Pot-ashes. Of Animals; Cochenele, Vipers.

XXXVII. Among Compounds, these are chief; Treacle-water, Aqua Bezoartica Nostra, Our Tinctura Bezoartica, Diascordium, Mithridate, Venice-Treacle, Our New London-Treacle, Guttae Vitae mixt with four times its quantity of Syrup of Limons, Confectio Alkermes, Our Theria­ca Chymica, which may serve instead of all the rest.

XXXVIII. The next thing is the Conjoin'd Cause, wherein are three Intentions of Cure. 1. Ei­ther to prevent the Gangrene, when it seems to be inducing. 2. Or to hinder its spreading, and increasing. 3. To overcome it in the part, where it is present.

XXXIX. As to the first In­tention of these, where the Gan­grene is but coming on, Author's advise to Externals, as Leeches, Cupping with Scarification, (which some yet approve not so well of) and the application of such things as resist Putrifaction; as roots of Angelica, Birthwort. Herbs; as Wormwood, Car­duus, Tobacco, Rue, Angelica, Germander, &c. Flowers; as Camomil, Melilot, Saffron, &c. Liquids; Lye, Brine, Urine, Camphorated Spirit of Wine, Powers of Amber and Turpen­tine, Spiritus Ʋniversalis, which is instar omnium. Ointments, as Aegyptiacum, Fuscum Wurtzii, Mithridate, Our Theriaca Chy­mica, &c.

XL. Now to know a Gangrene beginning, Wiseman, lib. 6. cap. 2. pag. 444. says, If the Tumor and Inflammation have been very great, and it changes colour suddenly, sinks down, the pain continuing, you may conclude a Gangrene is in­ducing.

XLI. So also if there is a Wound or Abscess, if that Wound, &c. grow more painful, the Flesh loses its ruddiness, looks pale, and wi­thered, and the Matter changes to be thin and gleety, you may then suspect its corrupting: in which case, it will be necessary that you scarify to the quick, and make it bleed freely. Now by the Patient's sensible feeling, and by the fresh trickling down of the Blood, you may judge of the Mortification.

XLII. But if the Gangrene has crept down, or seems to proceed from the bottom of the Wound, the Scarification ought to be made accordingly unto the fleshy parts: and if there be any Abscess or Apostem under the Muscles, or lips of the Wound or Ulcer, it is to be opened, and the Matter let out.

XLIII. Now in making such Scarifications, if you should hap to cut some Vessel, causing a flux of Blood, beware that you suf­focate not the heat of the Part by thrusting in Dossils, whereby the mortification will be in­creased; but stop the flux of Blood with some proper styptick Water, or Styptick-pouder, &c. Or you may use the Actual Cautery, whereby you will not [Page 550] only stop the bleeding, but also hinder the progress of the Putrifaction: after which you may dress up the Wound, as we teach in the Cure of Burnings, &c.

XLIV. If in scarifying you prick or hurt a Nerve or Tendon, you will increase the Gangrene; so also if you burn them but in part with the actual Cautery, or sharp Medicines be applied on them, when newly hurt by Scari­fication; for great Fluxions often arise from small disturbances of the Nerves and Tendons: when therefore they lye in your way, you had better cut them off, or burn them through, than hurt or prick them; after which the Ulcer will grow easy.

XLV. The second Intention of Cure is, to hinder the Gangrene from spreading, or creeping farther into the sound parts. Those parts are to be defended with Flow­ers of Sal Armoniack, or Spirit of Sal Armoniack, or Spirit of Urine mixt with Spirit of Wine, whereby the Humors are kept from flowing, and also by applying the red Defensive Emplaster, or Vigo's Cerat, or this following.

XLVI. Take fine Bole ℥ ss. Galls, Cypress-nuts, Pomgranate­peels, all in fine pouder, A. ʒiij. Barley-flower ℥vi. Oxymel sim­plex, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm. Or: ℞ Fine Bole, Terra sigillata, A. ℥ ss. burnt Harts-horn ʒi. Camphir ℈i. Rose­vinegar ℥i. Oil of Myrtles ℥iii. white of one Egg: mix, and make a Liniment.

XLVII. Sennertus advises, always to endeavour to hinder the sound Parts from receiving the Putrifaction; which is done by guarding and defending them with the afore-named Medica­ments; or by these following, in which Scordium is put, for that it powerfully resists Pu­trifaction.

XLVIII. ℞ Fine Bole ℥i. Ter­ra sigillata ℥ss. Harts-horn burnt ʒi. Camphir ʒss. Wax ʒvi. Oil of Roses ℥iv. juice of Scordium ℥i. white of one Egg; mix, and make a Liniment. Or: ℞ Terra Le­mnia ℥i. Vinegar of Scordium q.s. mix them.

XLIX. The third Intention of Cure, is the overcoming of the Gangrene in the part where it is present. And this is done by scarifying of the place affected, and cleansing it of the clotted Blood, by washing it with Brine; or a strong Lixivium of Wood-ashes, Tincture of Myrrh, or Spiritus Ʋniver­salis, &c.

L. And that the Putrifaction may go no farther, some anoint or touch it round with Butter of Antimony, or Oleum Narcoticum, in which an eighth part of Mercurius sub­limatus is dissolved; digesting them together 'till the Oil looks red, which not only perfectly cleanses all fetid Ulcerations, but also separates the gangrened parts from the living; removing the putrifaction, and yet not touching the sound.

LI. Then fill up the Scarifica­tion with Trochisci Musae mixt with Precipitate, or in Dossils dipt in Oil of Cloves or Turpen­tine [Page 551] actually hot; Ung. Aegyptia­cum is good here also, with the addition of Nitre, flowers of Sal Armoniack, Camphir, Mi­thridate, Venice-Treacle, &c.

LII. But the usual Fomenta­tion is a Lixivium made of Pot­ashes, wherein the tops of Worm­wood, Southernwood, Centory the less, Carduus ben. Scor­dium, Swallowort, roots of round Birthwort and Gentian have been boiled; to which a quantity of Spirit of Wine is to be added.

LIII. Aqua Calcis, with a So­lution of Sublimate in it, is of good use for this purpose; so also Aqua Lapidis Medicamentosi, the Powers of Amber, Powers of Turpentine, or Spiritus Univer­salis, to foment withal. Cata­plasms also made of the meals or flower of Barley, Beans, Lupins, Lentils, Pease, and Mithridate, boiled in a Lixivium of Pot­ashes, with a little Oxymel added, are approved.

LIV. Then as to the Dressings, you are to consider well in the application of the Medicament, that in the destroying of one Gan­grene, you do not excite another; which will easily be done, by the too long use of sharp Medicines: for which reason, when you feel the Ulcer warm, and find it to cease gleeting, desist their use, and dress it with warm Digestives, as Ʋn­guentum Basilicum, with Oil of Turpentine, hot.

LV. And after Digestion, cleanse it with Detersives or Mundifica­tives, as that ex Apio, or such other like, that the slough may the more speedily and easily be cast off.

LVI. Lastly, after Digestion, and sufficient cleansing, you must compleat the Cure by Sarcoticks and Epuloticks; as in Lib. 5. of the Cure of Ulcers following, we shall particularly teach.

LVII. The Vital Indication. This is not always requisite to be considered here, where there is a sufficient strength of Body, where there is no malignity, where the discrasy of the Blood is little, and the Humors of the Body not much depraved: But in a Patient weak, the disease or temper of the Air malignant, the Blood vitiated, and the Juices cor­rupted, this last Indication will necessarily have place.

LVIII. From what has been said it appears, that the Diet must be composed of, 1. Strength­ners and Restoratives. 2. An­tidotes against Poison and Ma­lignity. 3. Restorers of the Blood to its due Crasis. 4. De­purators of the Humors, or Juices of the Body: to which add a due quantity of proper Traumaticks.

LIX. A Diet-Drink. ℞ Scor­zonera roots, Parsley roots, A. lbj. Galangal, Angelica roots, Sca­bious, Scordium, Bawm, Mint, A. ℥viii. Snakeroot, Contra­yerva, Winter's Cinamon, A. ℥ii. Bloodwort, Sorrel, A. lbj. Self­heal, Winters Green, Ladies Mantle, Saracens Consound, Bugle, Hypericon, Speedwell, A. ℥iv. fair Water 4 gall. boil to one half, then add Coriander and Dill seed bruised, A. ℥ii. Limon and Citron peels, A. ℥jss. Cubebs, Cloves, [Page 552] Ginger, A. ℥ss. boil again a quar­ter of an hour, then strain out, and bottle it up for use. Dose, half a pint in the morning fasting, half a pint at 11 be­fore noon, and half a pint at 6 at night.

LX. A Medicated Ale, for the same purpose. ℞ Take Fennel and Parsley roots, Angelica roots, A.℥xii. Contra-yerva, Snake­root, Winters Cinamon bruised, A. ℥iii. Rhubarb, Galangal, A.℥ii. Agrimony, Bawm, Mint, Parsley, Scabious, Scordium, Bloodwort, A. M. iv. Bugle, Fluellin, Ladies­mantle, Saracens Consound, Self­heal, Vervain, Yarrow, A. M. vi. Aniseeds, Coriander-seeds, Dill-seeds, Fennel-seeds, Pimento, all bruised, A.℥jss. Orange, Limon, and Citron peels, A. ℥i. put all into a Bag with a Stone in it, which put into 4 gallons of new Ale, and let them work up together: after three days, let the Sick drink of it, three quarters of a pint, plus-minus, morning and evening, and oftner, if they so please.

LXI. In this latter case, if the Patient is of a gross Body, and full of Humors, it may not be inconvenient to put in a fit quan­tity of purging Ingredients, by which the morbifick Cause may in a great measure be carried off. To the former quantity of Ingredients, you may add Sena ℥viii. Mechoacan thin sliced, or bruised ℥iv. Carthamus-seeds ℥ii. but in thin and weak Bodies, these Ingredients must be for­born. Hitherto of the General Cure; the Particular Cure, as it arises from Particular Causes, now follows.

LXII. A Gangrene from Ex­ternal Cold. If it arises from vehement Cold, as in Denmark, Norway, and Swedeland; and it is only beginning, and not per­fectly induced; known by its not being black, but being yet red with pain: then bring the Patient toward the Fire, but not too near, that by degrees the heat may be again restored to the Part.

LXIII. And for this purpose, let the Part be plunged in cold frozen Water, or strongly rub it with Snow, or Cold, for some considerable time; and inwardly give the Patient Mithridate, Venice-Treacle, or Our Theriaca Chymica in Sherry-wine, or in Canary: Or, Our Powers of Rosemary, Anise, or Angelica in a glass of Sack: Or you may give our Aqua Bezoartica, or Spiritus Cordialis ℥ii. by them­selves.

LXIV. When the cold and pain remit, embrocate the Part with Oil of Dill or Camomil, mixed withof Oil of Juniper­berries, or Oil of Aniseeds or Amber: Or with a Decoction of Turneps, mixt with Powers of Turpentine.

LXV. Afterwards you may foment with S.V. in which Spirit of Sal Armon. or Flowers of Sal Armon. are dissolved; or with Powers of Amber and Juniper, Oils of Turpentine and Spike, or the like; laying over the Part a Cataplasm of Mithri­date, mixt with a little Oil of Amber.

LXVI. And in those Northern Countries, they give them burnt [Page 553] or mull'd Wine, with pouder of Cina­mon, Cloves, Nutmegs, and Ginger, and the like Spices. Or this Deco­ction: ℞ Rue M. ss. Swallow­wort, Angelica, A. M.j. Scordium M. jss. Pepper bruised ʒi. boil in White-wine, and strain: to a pint of which add of Our Spiritus Cordialis ℥iii. And the Patient being in bed, make him to sweat with the Warming-stone, or application of glass Bottles filled with hot Water.

LXVII. But if the Part is al­ready gangrened, known by its being blackish, and stiff with cold; you must then immediately scarify the Part, and foment it with the former hot Medicaments, and continue the use of the former things, as we have be­fore declared.

LXVIII. A Gangrene from too much Heat. Let the Diet be cooling, and the hot Humors (being qualified) evacuated with proper Catharticks, if the Dis­ease takes its original from an internal Canse.

LXiX. Then let the Part affected be scarified, and wash with Dia­clysma frigidum; to a pint and half of which you may put Vin­egar half a pint, Salt an ounce and half: or you may wash with this: ℞ Fair Water ℥xiii. Vin­egar, juices of Sorrel and Scor­dium, A.℥viii. juice of Germander ℥iv. Salt ℥jss. Lupins ℥ss. mix, and boil to the consumption of a third, and use it hot.

LXX. Or you may use the Spiritus Universalis, to ℥iv. of which you may put juices of Scor­dium and Germander, Spirit of Wine, A. ℥iii. after which apply Ʋng. Aegyptiacum, or Fuscum Wurtzii, &c. but proceed not to an actual Cautery, unless necessity force it.

LXXI. A Gangrene from Tran­spiration hindred, as in too hard Ligature, application of Empla­stick Medicaments in a Phle­gmon, &c. The Binding is then forthwith to be removed, or the Emplastick-body taken a­way; and Scarification being made, you must wash the Part with Spiritus Ʋniversalis, Spirit of Wine camphorated, Powers of Amber or Turpentine; or some other of the former di­rected Medicines.

LXXII. And then you must apply Medicaments discussive, and non-putrifactive: and the Blood and Humors flowing over-much into the Part, are to be emptied out of the whole Body by Bleeding, Cupping, with Scari­fication, Derivation, Purging, and other fit Remedies.

LXXIII. And round about the part affected, Defensatives are to be applied, as directed at Sect. 45. &c. aforegoing. But as to the Gangrene it self, the Scarifications ought to be many, and deep enough, that great plenty of Blood may be eva­cuated: but yet their greatness and depth ought to have respect to the greatness of the Affect it self; according as it is more or less nigh unto putridness and a Sphacelus.

LXXIV. After Scarification, as directed, you may use the Me­dicaments at Sect. 71. aforegoing; or this following Wash, which is much commended: ℞ Strong [Page 554] Lye and sharp Whitewine-vinegar, A. lbii. Scordium, Wormwood, Lupins bruised, A. M. j. roots of Flowerdeluce, round Birthwort, Swallowort, A. ℥ss. boil to the consumption of one third part; then strain, and add fine Aloes, Myrrh in fine pouder, A. ℥ss. boil again a little, and lastly add Honey of Roses ℥i. S.V. ℥ iii. mix them.

LXXV. The Part being washed with the former, then apply Ung. Aegyptiacum, for that it is reputed to be the most excellent Remedy to remove Putridness, and to separate the dead and putrid Parts from the living and sound. But this Ointment is not to be applied alone; but there­upon a Cataplasm is to be imposed, which resolves, drys, and hinders Putrifaction. Take Mithridate ℥iv. Myrrh ℥ii. round Birthwort in fine pouder ℥iss. Cam­phir in pouder ℥ss. Honey of Squills q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

LXXVI. Or, after Scarifica­tion, you may wash with this Water: ℞ Vitriol ℥i. Oak buds or tops M. i. Frankincense ℥ss. Camphir ʒii. Ʋrine lbijss. mix, boil to the consumption of a third, and strain out for use: and after washing, apply the fol­lowing of Guilielmus Fabricius, (which is to be applied when the corruption is more than ordi­nary. ℞ Verdegrise, Honey, A. ℥iii. Decoction of Wormwood and Scordium lbi. Vinegar of Squills lbss. juices of Rue and Germander, A. ℥ii. Alum, Sal Armoniack, A. ℥ss. mix, and boil to a good thickness; then add Venice Treacle, Mithridate, A. ℥ss. Camphir ʒi. mix them, and apply.

LXXVII. A Gangrene from Poison, or the afflux of malign Humors. If the Poison is from without, as the biting of a Rattle­snake, &c. then such things as do strongly attract the Poison, dry it up, and destroy it, are to be made use of; for which purpose, nothing seems better than the application of the actual Cautery; giving inwardly cooling, cordial, and sudorifick Medicaments.

LXXVIII. The Part affected being either burnt or scarified, then such things as resist Putridness, and prevent the Necrosis or Spha­celation, are to be used, viz. the strongest Attractives, and such as resist malignity and putridness, as Wormwood, Rue, Dittany, Angelica, Swallowort, Scordium, Radish-roots, seeds of Cresses, Garlick, and Oni­ons roasted in Embers, Lea­ven, &c.

LXXIX. The Gangrene being mastred, the Ʋlcer is to be cleansed with juice of Smallage and Honey of Roses, to which Spirit of Wine may be added, and with other things proper to the same intention; and Defensatives are also at first to be applied round about, that the Poison may not spread it self any farther into the interior and more noble parts, nor yet spread broader into any of the adjacent places.

LXXX. But if the Poison proceeds from within, Defensa­tives are not to be used, but the malignity is only to be sent forth [Page 555] into the external parts: 1. By Alexipharmick and Sudorifick Medicaments. 2. To be drawn forth by Scarification and Attractives, Cupping-glasses, Leeches, &c. and in this case, Barbett saith, that he had seen Bleeding and Purging oftner to do hurt, than good.

LXXXI. If the Gangrene is from the afflux of malign Humors, or a malignant Quality, a cooling and drying Diet is to be ordered, with Sauces made of the juices of Oranges, Limons, Citrons, and Pomgranates: the depraved and malign Humors are to be eva­cuated by Purging Medica­ments, and sometimes by Bleed­ing, if need requires it, or the nature of the Sick will bear it: and the malign Matter is by Topicks, as Burning, Scarifi­cation, Attractives, &c. to be drawn forth.

LXXXII. And inwardly the Malignity is to be expelled and protruded to the External parts, with such like things as we usually give in malign Fevers, viz. Medicaments made of Citrons, Limons, Angelica, Borrage, Bugloss, Bawm, Carduus bened. Dittany, Scordium, Sorrel, Swallowort, Mithridate, Our Theriaca Chymica, &c. endea­vouring a powerful Sweating, the malignity may be driven outwards, &c.

LXXXIII. A Gangrene from an Atrophia, or want of Nourish­ment. In this case, advise to Meats hot and moist, and easy of digestion, which generate much, and good Blood: and outwardly the Body is by all means to be moistned, by rub­bing and anointing it with sweet Oil, Oil of sweet Almonds, Oil of Ben, and pure Neats-foot Oil; avoiding all things which exsiccate and dry the Body.

LXXXIV. Here is no place for Defensatives, but the Part already affected with the Gan­grene is to be drawn with vehe­ment Attractives, that it may be supplied with Nutriment; and it is gently to be rubbed and chafed, with application of Cupping-glasses without Sca­rification.

LXXXV. But if there is al­ready a present Putridness, you must apply things which do alike both attract and resist Putrifa­ction; such as are, Salt-brine mixed with juice of Scordium, Tar mixed with meal of Lupins or Orobus, Myrrh mixed with Mithridate and Cress seeds, Spiritus Ʋniversalis, campho­rated S.V.

LXXXVI. And if the Gangrene has already proceeded on, you must proceed to Scarification, and the Lotions afore-mentioned, dres­sing it afterwards with Ʋnguen­tum Aegyptiacum, with other things afore-named.

LXXXVII. A Gangrene pro­ceeding from the Scurvy. This is not common, yet Authors have taken notice of it; as Sennertus, Barbett, &c. This most usually begins in the Extream parts, as of the Leg or Foot, with black and purple Spots; after which there appears a crusty and gangrenous Ulcer, drys, so as it yields neither the thinner Matter, which we call Sanies, [Page 556] nor the thicker, which we call Pus.

LXXXVIII. Then one or other of the Toes begins to dye, af­ter which red lines and purple spots appear upon the juncture of the Foot, according to the length of the Part.

LXXXIX. This Gangrene dif­fers from the common, very much; for that arises from Causes mani­fest; and there always runs forth from the mortified or sphacelated Part, a thin stinking Humor, the Member is soft and putrid, and yields a filthy stink, like that of a dead Carcass, creeping far in a short time, and quickly kills the person that has it: where­as the Scorbutick Gangrene in­vades without any manifest cause, creeps but very slowly, and kills not the Sick 'till after a long time: the Part is dry, so that no moisture flows from it; and when the corrupt Part is taken away by Instrument; the Flesh seems to be of a dark or blackish red, and remains dead the next day also, without any perceivable stink which may offend.

XC. And as soon as ever the Disease has seized upon one Foot all over, it then presently after, (without any evident cause) begins to appear in the same manner, with Spots of a red purple colour on the other Leg and Foot, and not long after, one or other of the Toes of that Foot becomes wan and livid, and in a very little time it is found to be perfectly dead: at length the Sick is taken with an Apoplexy or Epilepsy, upon the first fit whereof they dye.

XCI. Sometimes again this Dis­ease is induced suddenly, viz. when the peccant Humor is thro' terror, fear, anger, wrath, or other like causes, disturbed and protruded (as it were in a mo­ment) unto the Toes, after the same manner as an Erysipelas is wont to arise, causing the Part so affected presently to dye; from which cause this kind of Gangrene is called by some Syderatio, Blasting; or as the Vulgar phrase it, Planet-struck.

XCII. This Disease seizes most usually on the Tendons, causing almost intollerable pains, afflicting the Patient night and day: and because it seizes the Ten­dons, which do not so soon and easily putrify as the Flesh; therefore it is that it creeps on so slowly, being sometimes one whole months space in creeping over one whole Joynt, before it seizes upon another; notwith­standing that within the Foot, almost all the Tendons are al­ready infected.

XCIII. It is seldom or never cured, because this malign acid Humor has insinuated it self very deep into the Tendons, that it cannot easily be taken away: so that it many times continues three, four, and sometimes six months before that it klils the Patient.

XCIV. As to the Cure, the Internals must be highly Antiscor­butick, mixt with Antidotes which have power to absorb the acid Humor, and destroy the mali­gnity; which are to be given [Page 557] both medicinally and dieteti­cally, as the Physician shall direct.

XCV. Order cordial Medica­ments, giving after Sudorificks; which let be followed close with strong Tinctures, Elixirs, or Potestates of Scordium, Rue, Dittany, Scurvigrass, Cresses, Swallowort, Our New London-Treacle and volatil Laudanum are good things, as also Our Theriaca Chymica.

XCVI. Outwardly foment the affected Parts with this.Gua­jacum rasped, Sassafras rasped, Fennel-seed, A. ℥i. roots of An­gelica, Celandine, Cress-seeds, A. ʒvi. Scurvigrass, Watercresses, A. M. j. S.V. lbj. infuse a night, then distill in B.M. to driness.

XCVII. Or you may anoint with this. ℞ Oil of Earth­worms, of Bays, of Rue, A. ʒii. Castor ʒi. Spirit of Wine ʒiii. mix, and make a Liniment; and apply over, Emplastrum de Gal­bano crocatum Mynsichti, Empl. Polychrestum, ad Strumam, vel Arthriticum.

XCVIII. If these things do not, you must apply Cupping-glasses, Scarify, &c. then wash with Brine in which flowers of Sal Armoniack are dissolved; or with Spiritus Ʋniversalis, mixt with camphorated S.V. and after apply Ʋng. Aegyptiacum, and over it some resolving and drying Cataplasm.

XCIX. If yet there be no amendment, you must come to Cauteries; either Potential, as Butter of Antimony, red Pre­cipitate, &c. or Actual: af­ter which you must remove the Escar in due time, lest new Putrifaction grow under it.

Of a SPHACELUS.

C. When the whole Mem­ber is corrupted, or become per­fectly dead, it is then sphacelated, as is before declared, and then it is no way to be cured, but by cutting off: the way of doing which, whether in the dead or living part, we have fully and plainly declared and taught, in Lib. 1. Cap. 32. aforegoing.

CI. Yet if you please, with what is there said, you may take the following Notes. Celsus, lib. 7. cap. 33. advises to make the Section between the sound Flesh and the dead, and rather to take away some of the sound, than to leave any of the dead Flesh remaining: but this our mo­dern Physicians disapprove of, because of the accidents and dangers which follow, viz. im­moderate profusion of Blood, vehement pain, fainting, swoon­ing, &c.

CII. Fallopius advises to make the Section in the dead part alone, and cuts with a Razor into the dead Flesh, (even to the Bone) and then takes it off with a Saw; after with red-hot Irons he burns the Flesh and greater Vessels, even to the causing of pain.

CIII. The Putridness is some­times apt to creep farther; but you will see when it ceases to increase, because it will divide it self from the sound part of its own accord, and be sepa­rated by Nature, upon the [Page 558] applying fit and proper Medi­caments.

CIV. But if you see the Putrid­ness creeps forward by great steps, and that Nature of her own accord begins not to separate the sound from the corrupt; you may not then make the Section in the corrupted part, without present danger: and the reason is, that sometimes the Putrid­ness creeps farther underneath near the Bone, than it appears to do upon the Skin and outward parts.

CV. If in this case you make the Section in the mortified part, the interiour Putridness will al­ways creep farther, deeper, and broader, and so hasten the death of the Patient; or else you must reiterate the Section, and so put the Patient to a second torture.

CVI. But then in amputating in the sound Part, the sense of pain may very much be moderated by tying the Ligatures very strait, thereby intercepting the passage of the Animal Spirits for a time; and so the Instrument being sharp, the Cutting will be quite finished, before the Patient shall peceive what is doing.

CVII. And tho' the Section is made in the dead part, yet all manner of pain is not then pre­vented; for when the Saw comes to cut asunder the Bone with the Periostium, there will be excited very acute and sharp pains; and if to avoid them, the am­putation is made in the Part where the said Membrane is dead, and the Bone is corrupted, it is to be feared, so great a putridness will be left re­maining in the Vessels and Muscles, (which are very apt to receive the putrifaction) that it is scarcely possible to be extinguished, tho' with the actual Cautery it self.

CVIII. Nor do these Cauteries destroy the whole Putridness with­out much pain; of which there ought many to be applied, in removing or destroying the whole substance that is morti­fied; which if so effectually applied, they by their vehe­ment heat melt the Fat and Humors; thereby exciting ex­traordinary pain, and so con­sume the Flesh, that a great part of the Bone sticks forth naked and bare; so that of­tentimes it requires a new Section.

CIX. If then you make the Amputation in the sound part, the Muscles and Vessels being drawn strongly upwards towards the sound part, the Member below is to be very straitly tied down with Ligatures; by which binding, 1. The very great flux of Blood will be prevented: 2. The sense of the Part, by restraining the Animal Spirits, will be somewhat dulled: 3. The Mu­scles thus drawn upwards, (when the Section is ended, and the Ligature loosened) will again devolve downwards, and the better cover the extream and naked parts of the Bone.

CX. And if it should chance that there should be a greater flux of Blood than ordinary, yet it may prove for the addvantage of [Page 559] the Patient; for thereby the Blood in the Vessels, which possibly may have received some putridness, may be evacuated, whereby the danger of the putridness re­turning, or creeping farther, will be prevented; and then when you think fit, you may stop it, by the application of Styptick Waters, Pouders, and the like.

CXI. A Styptick Pouder. ℞ Roman Vitriol calcin'd to whiteness in the Sun ℥iv. Saccharum Saturni ℥ii. Roch-alum in fine pouder ℥i. Blood dried and reduced to pouder ʒvi. mix, and make a pouder, for the present stanch­ing of Blood.

CXII. This is yet much better. ℞ Caput mortuum of Vitriol, calcine it in an open Fire to a purple blackness; then with fair Water elicit the Salt, filter the Solution, and abstract to driness, and keep the Salt for use. Where note, that some after this, calcine the Salt again with a red-hot Iron. This is wonderfully sty­ptick, and stanches Blood with­out any caustick or burning quality.

CXIII. As to the place of Se­ction; if it is in the Feet, and the Sphacelus has got above the Ancles, the Leg is best to be cut off a little below the Knee; for it will be more commodious to the Patient, and he may the better wear a wooden Leg. The Amputation is not best to be made always very near to the dead part; because when the Sphacelus is just by the Ancle, the remaining part of the Leg will be troublesom to the Sick, and much impede his motion: but in these cases you must do as the Patient will have it.

CXIV. But in the Arm, as little as may be is to be taken away; and the Amputation is to be made as near the spha­celated Part, as is convenient for the health of the Patient.

CV. If the Sphacelus is in the Fingers or Toes, the Section will be best to be made in the very Joint: for in the Joint (if the Disaffection will admit) the Amputation will be made with the least danger, and with the least pain.

CXVI. For the Nerves and Tendons, as soon as they are cut asunder, immediately contract themselves upwards, and are covered with Flesh; nor does any Convulsion follow there­upon.

CXVII. From what has been said it appears, That the practice of the Ancients, in stopping vehement fluxes of Blood in Amputation, was always by the actual Cau­tery, or Burning: But this way Paraeus very much inveighs against, because of the ex­ceeding barbarity and cruelty thereof.

CXVIII. For that it causes, 1. Extraordinary Pain. 2. Dan­gerous Symptoms may happen to the Nerves and nervous Parts. 3. Very much of the sound Flesh is consumed, whereupon the Bones are left bare, and the Flesh, together with the Ci­catrice, is either not at all brought over the end of the naked Bone; or if be, it is [Page 560] with much difficulty, and length of time.

CXIX. He therefore by the Crows-bill lays hold of the Ves­sels, draws them together, and binds them up with a Ligature, tying them very straight, or closes them with a Cautery, and so loosens the Bandage; after which he applies some such-like Pouder, as that in Lib. 1. Cap. 32. Sect. 14. upon Towe dipt in the whites of Eggs, for the stanching of Blood.

CXX. I must confess, with­out any such Ligature or Cau­tery, the Blood may be stanched with the application of the said Pouder, or with Crepitus Lupi, so much used by the Chirur­geons, being applied and laid upon the mouths of the Vessels which so vehemently bleed: but more effectually with the Styptick Pouders above descri­bed at Sect. 111. and 112. afore­going.

CXXI. The Wound being thus drest and bound up, it is to be placed in a direct middle posture or figure, upon Pillows stuffed with Down, or Hares-hair, Wheat­meal, or the like.

CXXII. And this Method is so long to be used, till there is no cause of farther fear of an He­morrhage; and then Digestives are to be applied, 'till you see the Wound become purulent: then these things being laid aside, you are to make use of Cleansers, such as are described Lib. 1. cap. 32. sect. 23. aforegoing.

CXXIII. In the mean season, you must endeavour to draw the lips of the Wound together, that the Flesh may cover the Bones; which Paraeus does by sewing together the lips of the Wound in the form of the Letter X, or crosswise: but the Dry Su­ture seems to me to be much more convenient.

CXXIV. Thus: ℞ Mastich, Sanguis draconis, fine Bole, Sar­cocol, white Starch, A. ℥ss. mix them (being in fine pouder) with the white of an Egg: with this make Plasters of linnen Cloth, of a convenient bigness, by throughly moistning it therein: which let be applied unto the extremities of the Wound on both sides, crosswise; and so let them stick 'till they become dry, and cleave fast to the Skin; which then with a Needle and Thread you may sew, and draw them together, as you see ne­cessary and convenient.

CXXV. Lastly, if you have used the actual Cautery, you must endeavour that the ends of the Bones which have been hurt by the red-hot Iron, or Air, may fall off. For which purpose, some burn them again with a red-hot Iron, taking great heed to avoid the Flesh: others make use of Em­plastr. de Betonica, or of a Ca­tagmatick, or Fracture-medica­ments; others of other things: by which means the corrupted part of the Bone will fall off in about thirty or forty days.

CHAP. XII. Of a FELON.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Panaritium, and Parony­chia Arabum; in English, a Felon.

II. It is a Disease that seizes upon the Fingers end, and upon the ball of the Finger; being a small Tumor, hot, and by reason of the Nerves, exciting most vehe­ment, and almost intolerable pains.

III. The Causes. It has its original from adust Blood, joined with a malign Humor, chiefly Melancholy; which Nature thrusts forth unto the Fingers ends, and there causes an Inflam­mation.

IV. The Kinds. It is twofold. 1. One which is benign, and begins in the Flesh; which tho' it is painful, yet is less painful than the other. 2. The other, which is malign, and begins at the Bone, and seizes first upon the Peri­ostion it self, whereby the pain is almost intolerable, and so comes gradually outwards: and this truly, in my opinion, is little different from that Dis­ease which we call Spina Ven­tosa; of which in its place.

V. The Signs. They are known by swelling, redness, and pain; appearing in the Fingers ends, chiefly on the ball of the Fin­ger, and sometimes near the roots of the Nails; the pain is vehement and intense, by reason the near adjoining Ner­vous parts are affected.

VI. The Patient can take no rest night nor day, (more espe­cially if it is the latter kind) and the pain, by reason the Nerves are affected, is oftentimes extended thro' the whole Fin­ger, yea many times thro' the whole Hand, and sometimes thro' the whole Arm.

VII. There is, for the most part, a continual Fever present; and if it be of the second kind, many times a disturbance of the spirit, faintings, swoonings, &c.

VIII. The Prognosticks. If the matter is benign, and not very sharp, the Symptoms are less ve­hement, and more tolerable; but if malign, more grievous and vexatious.

IX. The first kind is without any great danger, because it is seldom accompanied with ma­lignity, soon comes to ripe­ness, with a kind of whiteness, which being opened with the Lancet, the matter is let out; and it heals almost of its own accord.

X. The latter kind is always malign, and causes vehement Sym­ptoms; for which reason it is not without its dangers: sometimes it corrupts the Bone, Ligaments, and adjacent Nerves; so that the utmost Joint, to­gether [Page 562] with the Bone, apo­stemates.

XI. Sometimes the whole Fin­ger is corrupted, yea sometimes the whole Hand: and sometimes (as Barbett says) from the extre­mity of the pain, the death of the Patient is caused.

XII. I remember when I was a Youth, I had one of this latter kind, upon the ball of my Fore­finger of my left Hand: the pain was so vehement, that for five or six days, I had no ease night nor day; nor for the first three days did any thing appear, or any discolouring, but only the end of the Finger was a little swell'd: however with proper Applications, it was soon cured, without any detriment to me.

XIII. The Cure of the Benign Felon. Wiseman says, Repellents are commended in the beginning, but not with much astringency: but Sennertus says, that repel­ling and astringent Medica­ments are by no means to be applied; lest the Humor should be the more impacted into the Part, the Pain augmented, and the Nerves and Bone corrupted.

XIV. Yet as Defensatives up­on the Parts adjacent, they may be imposed; such as these. ℞ Oil of Myrtles, juice of Night­shade, Ana, and with fine Bole make a Cataplasm. Or, ℞ Barley and Bean flower, A. ℥i. Camphir ʒss. mucilage of Flea­bane and Vinegar, A. q.s. mix, and over the Fire make a Cata­plasm.Pouder of the green sort of Galls, and with Vinegar make a Cataplasm.

XV. Or: ℞ Mucilage of Flea­bane-seeds, juice of Nightshade or Plantane, A. ℥i. Vinegar ℥ss. fine Bole q.s. mix, for a Cataplasm. Or: ℞ Mucilage of Fleabane­seeds ℥ii. Vinegar ℥ss. fine Bole, q.s. mix them.

XVI. To the Affect it self you may apply the Worms that are found in the middle of the Teazle­heads, being found alive; because they alleviate the pain, and sometimes discuss the Tumor: but because they are not always to be had, we must have re­course to other Remedies; as ℞ Green Tobacco, and bind the leaf on the Part: if that cannot be had, moisten dried Tobacco-leaves in Wine, and apply them. Or, ℞ Unguentum Nicotianae ℥i. Rosin in pouder ℥ss. mix, and apply.

XVII. But if it tends to Sup­puration, ℞ Mucilage of Flea­bane-seeds, meals of Linseed and Fenugreek, A. ℥ss. yolk of one Egg, Hens or Goose grease ℥ii. Saffron ʒss. pouder of Rosin or Tobacco-leaves q.s. mix them. Or: ℞ Ʋnguentum Nicotianae ℥i. yolk of one Egg, meal of Lin­seed, Tobacco in pouder, A. ℥ss. Rosin poudred, q.s. mix them.

XVIII. When the Tumor is maturated, the Apostem is imme­diately to be opened, and the Pus to be taken forth; then the Ulcer is to be cleansed with Abstersives, incarnated, and healed.

XIX. For which purpose, Seanertus commends this: ℞ Aloes ʒiii. Myrrh, Frankincense, Sarcocol, A. ʒi. Honey of Roses ʒii. Turpentine ℥ss. mix them. [Page 563] This I commend by Experience. ℞ Ointment of Tobacco ℥i. Honey of Roses ℥ss. Tobacco in fine pou­der, Rosin in pouder, Myrrh, A. mix them, and apply.

XX. A Child was pained with a small red Swelling about the inside and root of the Nail of one of its Fingers, Ceratum Galeni was applied to it; the second day it shined, or was like a Blister, it was opened with a Needle, a thin yellow matter was discharged, and by dressing twice with Ʋng. Basilicon, it was cured. Wiseman.

XXI. A Gentleman had a very large one upon the ball of his Thumb, like a great Blister; it was let out with a Lancet, and cured with Ʋnguentum Tutiae. Wiseman.

XXII. Another under the fore­part of the Nail and Finger was very painful, but was suppurated by Lenients; the matter was let out, part of the Nail cut off, and it was cured in few days. Wiseman.

XXIII. A Woman had one of these in the end of her Finger, with vehement Pain, Fever, Fainting, Swooning, Nauseousness, Vomiting, and other Symptoms. The Finger was fomented with Milk, in which flowers of Ca­momil and Melilot, and seeds of Fenugreek and Quinces were boiled: then the superficies of the Skin were shaved off, under which small red Spots appeared; these were opened with a Knife, and a drop or two of red Water came forth; after which linnen Cloths dipt in Aqua Vitae, in which Venice-Treacle was dissolved, was ap­plied; by which means the Pain was taken away: and by this only Remedy, the very next day the Finger was healed. Guilielm. Fabricius, Cent. 1. Observat. 97.

XXIV. Another Woman, by reason of a Paronychia, could neither sleep nor rest for three days: the Skin was shaved off, under which, in the very tip of the Finger, a small Spot about the bigness of a great Pins head was found, in which was about one drop of an ichorous Humor: it was opened, and Cotton dipt in Aqua Vitae, mixt with Venice-Treacle, was dissolved, was applied; and about the whole Hand and Wrist a double linnen Cloth, dipt in Vinegar mixt with a little Water, was wrap­ped; the pain immediately ceased, and the next day the Finger was cured. Guil. Fabric.

XXV. But that Author ad­vises (by reason the Skin in that part is of a great thickness) to make the Incision forthwith, in the very beginning; because other­wise, by the afflux of Humors, a Tumor and Inflammation will be excited; and so the Flesh lying underneath, yea even the Bones themselves, will be in danger of being eaten through.

XXVI. The Cure of a ma­lign Felon. These ought imme­diately to be laid open, pene­trating to the Bone: for if you wait the time of Suppuration, the Bone, Flesh and Nerves will infallibly be corrupted: for ma­ny times, (before there is any [Page 564] outward appearance in the Flesh) it rots the Bones, Liga­ments and Membranes; so that there is scarcely any remedy but Amputation, chiefly if there is any danger of running farther, or infecting the parts adjacent.

XXVII. Guido, and Vigo, call it a cruel, vehement, and mortal Disease; and they report to have seen some so vehe­mently tormented therewith, as to die thereof: But this I pre­sume is, according as the Cure is managed, by falling into ignorant and unskilful Hands.

XXVIII. Vigo advises to apply the actual Cautery, because it has an admirable virtue in cor­recting of Malignity and Poison, which offend the Bone and Nerves, and eases the vehement pain; then to cleanse it with Ʋng. Aegyptiacum, mixed with Aqua Vitae, or a little Aposto­lorum.

XXIX. Wiseman proposes an immediate Incision to the Bone; then letting it bleed a while, he dresses it with a Pledget of Ʋnguentum Basilicon, over which he lays Emplast. e Bolo; and in a day or two after, according as the Patient is easy, takes off the Dressings; and continues with fresh applica­tion, till it is cured.

XXX. If it is rebellious, and on the second day after taking off the Dressings, he finds the Wound open and undigested, he dresses it with a Dossel dipt in red Pre­cipitate, with Emplaster and Bandage: the third day after he dresses it again, at what time the Slough does mostly come off with the Dossel.

XXXI. Then he dresses it with a less Dossel spread with Basilicon and Precipitate, with a Pledget of Ʋng. Diapompholigos, and an Emplaster over it, whereby it digests, and in six or seven days after is commonly healed.

XXXII. Now the reason why it sometimes heals not by agglu­tination with the first or second dressing, is from the acrimonious Ichor, which offends at the bottom of the Wound, and many times pierces deeper: which shews indeed the neces­sity of timely laying open Tumors of this kind; unless you find they go away by discussion, which is very rarely to be seen.

XXXIII. If the Tumor has been ill handled, by application of Suppuratives, till the Putrifaction within has rotted the Ligaments and Periostion, corrupted the Bone, and extended the Apostem to the second or third Joint. In this case, lay open the Apostem by Incision from the Fingers­end downwards, even the whole length of the Abscess; then dress it with red Precipitate, applying Dossels over it, spread with a Digestive, to keep the lips of the Wound distended.

XXXIV. And with snips of Empl. Diapalma, rowl it up, leaving way for the Matter to discharge: over which put a moderate Bandage, to press out the Matter in the Part, and restrain the influx; the better to reduce the Finger to its former shape.

XXXV. The third day dress it again, and if you find the Ʋlcer sordid, and overgrown with proud Flesh, rub it with the Vitriol­stone, and fill the Ulcer again with red Precipitate, dressing it up, as before: By which me­thod, deterging the Ulcer, let it be incarnated with Sarco­ticks, and the Cure finished with Epuloticks, and proper Bandage.

XXXVI. The Vitriol-stone is of great use in these Ʋlcers, which so abound with luxurious or proud Flesh, among the Tendons; for by it, the corrupt Flesh is dried up, without offending the Nerves, Tendons, or other sound parts: and the Ulcer may be deterged, according as it is touched more or less; and the Bone it self, where it is bare or carious, may be dried by it, and disposed to moulder off.

XXXVII. And where the Hy­persarcosis is great, by sprinkling it with Precipitate, the Ulcer is the more speedily freed from its Putrifaction.

XXXVIII. Where the Ʋlcer seems to be rebellious, with a kind of malignant Humor attending, whereby the Cure succeds not, but is like to be very tedious and unsuccessful, by the increase of the putrifaction, and rotting of the Bone; the best Remedy in this case, is the cutting off the Finger in the next joint beyond the Putrifaction; or otherwise in the middle of the joint, with a Chezil, as Mr. Wiseman pra­ctised.

XXXIX. Then to dress up the Stump with Pulv. Galeni cum albumine Ovi, rowling it on, and the second day after to dress it with Turpentine mixt with the yolk of an Egg, whereby it be­comes digested; after which it is to be incarnated with com­mon Sarcoticks, and cicatrized with Ʋng. Desiccativum rubrum, and Pledgets dipt in Aqua Calcis.

CHAP. XIII. Of a PƲSH, or BILE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...], ( [...]. quo­niam noctu generatur, ut Galenus & Celsus docent; vel magis, non quod noctu oboriatur, sed quoniam noctu vehementiùs ho­minem excruciet, ut Paulus Aegi­neta & Aetius existimant;) in Latin, Furunculus, & Epiny­ctis; in English, a Push, or Bile.

II. The Kinds. It is twofold: 1. Furunculus, the great Push or Bile. 2. Epinyctis, the little Push. The first is a Tumor about the bigness of a large Pigeons Egg, the latter about the bigness of a large Horse-Bean.

III. And of the Furunculi, some are mild and gentle, seizing only upon the Skin; others are malign, which descend deeper, and are mischievous and dangerous, not to be cured without great dif­ficulty, its roots being deeply fixed: they are also sometimes Sporadick, and sometimes Epi­demick, which if they happen in a Plague-time, are not with­out sufficient danger.

IV. The Differences are, 1. In magnitude; the Furunculus being greater, the Epinyctis being lesser. 2. In the greatness of the affect; the first being more painful, troublesom, tedious and diffi­cult to cure than the latter. 3. In the time of breaking out; which as Galen says, the Epini­ctys does in the night: but in this, I think those Ancients are mistaken, for it breaks out as the Furunculus does, at any time; but it seems to be most troublesom in the night, where­as the other seems to be night and day alike.

V. The Signs. Celsus, lib. 5. Cap. 28. says that Furunculus is a Tumor a little acuminated or sharp-pointed, with Inflammation and Pain; and then especially, when it is perfectly converted into Pus.

VI. It is indeed a small In­flammation in the beginning, a Pustule growing bigger and bigger by degrees, seldom exceeding the bigness of a large Pigeons Egg, with a certain kind of pain, and redness of colour; when it is come to its full bigness, and withal tending to a point; which happens about the ninth or tenth day, at farthest.

VII. If it is Epidemical and Pe­stilential, it is then black and green, and there is present a malign Fever, with other evil Symptoms: but it differs from a Carbuncle in this, that altho' it proceeds from thick and vitious Blood, yet the matter of a Carbuncle is more adust or burnt: also a Furunculus will admit of Sup­puration, whereas a Carbuncle will not.

VIII. Tho' many times there is but a single Furunculus breaks forth at a time; yet sometimes many of them break forth, in various parts, together.

IX. The Epinyctis, says Aegin. l. 4. c. 9. & Aet. tetr. 4. serm. 2. c. 61. is a small Pustule, breaking forth of its own accord, somewhat reddish; which being broken, there comes forth a bloody filth and matter, not greatly excrutiating the Patient in the day­time, but giving a pain more than ordinary in the night, and sometimes many of them break forth (in diffe­rent places) together.

X. Pliny, l. 20. c. 6. says they are pale and wan Pustles, which disquiet much in the night-time: but Celsus, l. 1. c. 28. has given the most ab­solute description of them. Viz.

XI. Pessima Pustula est quae [...], Epinyctis, vocatur. Ea colore vel sublivida, vel sub­nigra, vel alba esse consuevit: circa hanc autem vehemens Inflam­matio est, & cùm adaperta est, reperitur intùs exulceratio mucosa: Color est Humori suo similis: Dolor ex ea supra magnitudinem ejus est, neque ea saba major est. Atque h [...]c quoque oritur in eminentibus partibus, & fer [...] noctu. Ʋnde [Page 567] nomen quoque à Graecis ei Epi­nyctis impositum est. Viz. This Pustule which is called Epinyctis, is the very worst of all the kinds: its Color is usually pale and wan, or blackish, or else white: there is also conjoined with it a great Inflammation, and within, it contains a pu­rulent and filthy matter: the Colour is much like to the Humor of which it is generated: the Pain which it gives, much exceeds its magnitude, not being bigger than a (large) Horse­bean. It also arises in the emi­nent or principal Parts, and most commonly in the Night; for which cause this name, Epi­nyctis, is imposed upon it by the Greeks.

XII. The Causes. Galen. de Comp. Med. lib. 5. says Furunculus has its original from thick and vitious Blood, but not so burnt and corrupted as in a Carbun­cle; which Nature severing from the rest, expels and drives forth, as offensive and useless, unto the superficies of the Body.

XIII. The cause of Epinyctis is Blood, corrupted with a salt and serous Humor mixed with Flegm, and sometimes with Choler or Melancholy; for which reason it is that the colour is not al­ways one and the same: and by reason of the pituitous Hu­mor mixed in the Tumor, it is, when suppurated and opened, found abounding with a puru­lent and filthy Matter.

XIV. Some are of Opinion, that the cause of these Tumors is the same with that of the Car­buncle, save that here is no mali­gnity present: but for my part, I judge the contrary, unless it be in a Plague-time, and then I think the case is much altered.

XV. The Procatartick Causes of all these Tumors, is an evil course of Diet and Living, breed­ing an evil and scorbutick habit of the Body: the Antecedent Causes, are the evil Humors produced by that ill way of Living; which being impregna­ted with an acid and sharp Salt, causes them to ferment with the Blood, and so break forth: and the Conjoin'd Cause, is the Blood thrust forth with the Matter fermenting.

XVI. The Prognosticks. Hip­pocrat. Epidem. lib. 6. sect. 1. says, these Tubercles which bunch forth externally, and are sharp-pointed, equally maturate, and are not hard, or divided as it were into two parts, but have their tendency downwards, are the more hopeful.

XVII. And Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 28. says, that in a Furun­culus, Bile, or great Push there is little or no danger, tho' nothing is done for the cure thereof, be­cause it suppurates of its own accord, and so breaks forth. It is the Pain that accompanies it, which induces the application of Medicines, for the more speedy ease of the Patient.

XVIII. Epinyctis, or the small Push, is yet less dangerous, and rather denotes the strength of the Expulsive Faculty; but it is troublesom, by reason of the Pain it causes, and the restlesness which it brings with it in the night-time.

XIX. The Cure of Furunculus, or a Bile. You must first endeavour Suppuration by external applica­tion, with the same things as in a Phlegmon; as Raisons of the Sun, Figs bruised, and laid upon the Part, Diachylum, white Lilly roots, roots and leaves of Althea, Mallows, herb Mercury, and all Emollient Gums.

XX. Or you may apply Em­plastr. Diachylon cum Gum­mi, de Meliloto, de Muci­laginibus, Tripharmacum, de Minio cum Sapone, or proper Cataplasms.

XXI. Or, ℞ Meal of Linseed, roots of Althea in pouder, A. ℥ss. fat Figs No iv. Raisons of the Sun stoned ℥i. Water q.s. boil them together to a Cataplasm, adding at the end Goose or Capons grease, or fresh Butter, q.s.

XXII. If the Pain is vehe­ment, apply this: ℞ Mucilage of the seeds of Fleawort, Althea, Linseed, A. ℥ii. Barley meal or flower ℥ijss. Oil of Lillies, Ca­pons grease, A. ℥jss. Saffron ʒss. yolk of one Egg: mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XXIII. When the Tumor is maturated, it is to be opened (unless it breaks of its own ac­cord:) and then it is to be cleansed with this: ℞ Juice of Smallage, Turpentine, A. ℥i. yolk of one Egg, Barley-meal, Fr [...]k­incense, A.ʒiii. Rosin in pouder ʒiss. Honey of Roses q.s. mix, and make a Liniment.

XXIV. And over all apply this Cerat: ℞ Sheeps suet, Calves suet, A. ℥iii. Turpentine ℥jss. Oil-olive ℥i. Wax q.s. mix, and make a Cerecloth: after all, evacuate the Humor with pro­per Catharticks and Antiscor­buticks.

XXV. The Cure of Epinyctis. The Tumor is to brought to suppu­ration, as in the former; then breaking, or being opened, they are to be cleansed with Abster­sives, and washed with some proper Styptick Water to dry them up: or you may apply a Mixture made of equal parts of Sulphur vive and Litharge, mixt with Wine.

XXVI. If they be very painful, Anodyns are of good use; as a Cataplasm of Mithridate and pouder of Bay-berries, after which they may be healed up, with Ʋnguentum Tutiae, or some such like thing.

XXVII. Lastly, let the Pa­tient keep from all things, sharp, acid, and salt; and purge out the vitious Humor, by proper Antiscorbutick Catharticks.

CHAP. XIV. Of CHILBLAINS or KIBES.

I. THIS Disease is called in Greek, [...], pl. [...], i. e. Hyeme; [Page 569] in Latin, Pernio, plu. Pernio­nes; Fen English, Chilblains, Bloody-falls, or Kibes.

II. It is a peculiar kind of Tumor or Inflammation, which arises chiefly in Winter-time, upon the Heels, Toes and Fingers, with other parts of the Hands and Feet: But Wiseman will have them only to be called Kibes, which happen upon the Feet and Toes; Sennertus saith that he once saw a Nobleman, which had such a kind of Disease on the very tip of his Nose.

III. The Causes. This Inflam­mation arises from the Winters cold; weakning those parts, by the entrance of cold Atoms, and the drawing Blood and Pain into the Part.

IV. The Signs. There is a swelling in the Part, with redness, and an extream itching, so that the Patient cannot forbear scratch­ing or rubbing of them; some­times to the breaking of the Skin, and then they exul­cerate.

V. These Tumors many times go away of their own accord in Summer-time, and then again about the beginning of Winter return again, with the old swelling, redness, itching, &c.

VI. The Prognosticks. There is no danger in this Disease; yet notwithstanding if they be not speedily cured, they commonly prove tedious, and of long continuance, and often return again for many years.

VII. If the Tumor grows very great, and meets with many heats and colds, it commonly breaks and exulcerates; and then the Tumors which were before cal­led Chilblains or Bloody-falls, lose that name, and get the appellation of Kibes.

VIII. The Cure. It is to be considered, 1. As Chilblains, be­fore they are broken. 2. As Kibes, after they are broken and exulcerated.

IX. The Cure before they are broken, is, as Sennertus advises, to rub the Parts affected with Snow, or dip them into frozen Water, or Snow-water, or Water full of Ice: others advise to put the Part into a warm Decoction of frozen Turneps: or when the itching and heat is over, to dip them into a pail of cold Water almost frozen. The De­coction of Lupins is an approved thing.

X. Some have been cured by fomenting the Part with Milk blood-warm, wherein Bay-berries, Camomil, Fennel, Origanum, Pe­niroyal, Rosemary, Rue, Savory, Southernwood, &c. have been boiled: others by holding them to the flame of a Candle, (in the fit of the itching) and to burn them as it were therewith: others bathe them with S.V. or rather with Beef-brine.

XI. Or you may make Com­pounds, after this manner. ℞ White Port-wine sbi. Alum ℥i. boil, and bathe the [...]with. Ointment of Roses with Oil of Turpentine, to anoint withal, is an approved thing. Or after Bathing, you may anoint with Honey, with which pouder of Sulphur vive has been mixt.

XII. ℞ Oil of Bays ℥ii. Ho­ney ℥i. Turpentine ℥ss. mix them. [Page 570] Or, ℞ Oil of Mace, fresh Butter, Turpentine, A. ℥i. mix them. Or, ℞ Oil of Wax, Oil of Roses, Honey, Olibanum, A. ℥i. mix, them.

XIII. The Cure, after they are broken and exulcerated. Let the Ulcer be cleansed with the Li­niment in Chap. 13. Sect. 23. aforegoing: Or, ℞ Frank­incense, Roch-alum, both in fine pouder, A. ℥i. mix them, adding thereto a little Wine; laying over Emplastr. Catholicon, or some other good Vulnerary.

XIV. An Ointment made of the ashes of River-crabs mixt with Honey and Oil of Roses, is approved; pouder of Aloes also to strew upon them, is an ex­cellent thing; and if very foul, Ʋng. Basilicon mixed with red Precipitate, is to be applied. But in my opinion, nothing exceeds the pouder of Scam­mony, strewed on dry.

XV. For that cleanses, purifies, and incarnates. If the Bone is foul, I have known it to scale it, and make it white, remove all the impediments and acci­dent which may befal the Cure, cleanse, repress proud Flesh, and yet incarnate and heal: so that there is scarcely a better singular thing for this purpose, or for the cleansing of any foul Ulcer in the World.

XVI. Then over the Pouder lay this Emplaster of Barbett, which is admirable. ℞ Frank­incense ʒii. Litharge, Myrrh; A. ʒjss. red Lead ʒi. Galls, round Birthworth-roots, both in pouder, A. ʒss. Camphir ℈i. Mer­cury sublimate gr. [...] vi. Sheeps or Rams suet, Rosin, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster, adding a little Oil-olive.

XVII. And afterwards wash the Sore with Saccharum Saturni dissolved in Spirit of Wine, or some other proper Liquor, to cause a speedy healing.

XVIII. Lastly, if the Ʋlcers prove rebellious, they are to be cured after the common me­thod, as we shall teach in Lib. 5. following.

CHAP. XV. Of an ANEƲRYSM.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Aneu­rysma; and in English, an Aneu­rysm, or Rupture of an Artery: it is so called, [...], i. e. supra dilatare, to dilate, or widen above: but mo­dern Physicians have found from Practice and Observation, that it is more than a dilatation of an Artery, viz. more than a rupture of the inner Coat, and dilatation of the outward Coat; and that it is (as Wiseman has well obser­ved) a downright rupture thro' both the Arterial Coats.

II. Definition. This Disease is therefore an eruption of Blood out of the Artery, by a rupture of both the Coats of the same, and filling the spaces of the Muscles adjacent thereto, with Arterial Blood. For as the aforenamed Author says, it is not probable that a force big enough to burst the inner Tunicle of an Ar­tery, which is so very tough and firm, should leave the exterior whole, which is much softer and weaker, leisurely to be extended by the Blood.

III. Barbett also defines an Aneurysm to be a Tumor besides Nature from a rupture of an Ar­tery; continually beating, easily yielding to the Fingers, and as suddenly returning.

IV. The Kinds. An Aneurysm is either great, or small. The great can never be but with the rupture of both the Coats of the Artery, whereby the Blood insinuates it self into the interstices of the Muscles: the small may be (according to Barbett) from an erosion of the internal Tunicle, the ex­ternal being only extended: but if the Tumor is of the bigness of ones Fist, 'tis impos­sible but that the external must be broken too.

V. The Place. Sennertus says, an Aneurysm may happen in every part of the Body, but more fre­quently in the Throat, where it produces a Bronchocele: it happens likewise in the Head, nigh unto the places of the Arte­ries, and in all other parts of the Body also where the Arteries may be wounded; as also in letting Blood in the Arm, &c. when an unexpert Artist in attempting to open a Vein, does withal either prick, or cut asunder the Artery lying un­derneath it. Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 53.

VI. The Causes. All Arteries (except such as are disperst thro' the Brain and upper parts) consist of a double Tunicle: and therefore what things soever contribute to the rupture of those Tunicles, are the cause of this Disease; and these causes are either Internal or Ex­ternal.

VII. The Internal cause is ei­ther from some corrosive Humor or Salt corroding the Tunicles; and that is either innate in the Blood, which eats thro' some parts of the Vessels thinner than ordinary; or being highly fermented by other Causes, causes an unexpected Rupture: or extern to the Vessels, which fixing upon some particular Part, may at length meet with an Artery, and gnaw that asun­der also; as in a Cancer, is often seen.

VIII. The Internal Cause, if it is in the Blood it self, is from an Impetus arising either from the violent motion of the Blood; which being greater than the Artery can sustain, does force its way thro' the sides of the Ves­sel, making a rupture in it; whereby the Blood filling the interstices of the neighbouring Muscles, it incrassates the Membranes, and forms its self a Cystis.

IX. Or it may be from the too [Page 572] great quantity of Blood in that Part, being more than the Vessel can contain; which opens mostly in the Nose, Lungs, or in the Brain, (there causing an Apo­plexy:) or in the Stomach, Guts, Reins, Anus, &c.

X. Or from some violent mo­tion of the Body, or vehement passion; by which the Blood is forcibly driven from the Heart, towards some peculiar Artery: which being intercepted by some violent contraction of the Muscles, thro' which it must pass, it of necessity breaks the Vessel; as in violent Vomitings, and other vehement Strainings. Aneurysms are often made in the Neck, Arms, Legs, Belly, Thighs, &c.

XI. The External Causes are Wounds or Punctures, made by Incision-knife, Lancet, or Weapon; cutting, bruising, or any other thing which may break and divide the Coats of the Arte­ries.

XII. The Signs. It is known by a Tumor gradually increasing, and of the same colour of the Skin: if it is small, there will a continual pulsation be felt in it, and it easily yields to the Fingers: But if great, and it rises suddenly, and is white and soft from its first appearance, there will no pul­sation be felt, nor any return of the Blood, if compressed with the Hand: yet you may conclude it to be an Aneu­rysm, there being no Hu­mor, but the Blood only, which can so suddenly make such a Tumor.

XIII. The often increase and decrease of the Tumor, is a sign of an Aneurysm, the diminution being the return of the Blood into the Artery, whence it as often comes out again; but this is in a small Aneurysm: the contrary is found in a great, where, as Barbett observes, there is a noise heard, as of boiling Water: and this hissing noise is not only to be perceived when it is pressed down by the Fingers, but also at any other time, upon putting the Ear close thereto; which is thought to proceed from the motion of the Vital Spirit, thro' strait and narrow places.

XIV. If it is from the pricking of a Lancet, the manner of the springing out of the Blood will shew it; and if it does not bleed, yet a Tumor immediately thrusts up under your Finger, with pulsation, the Blood forcing its way into the inter­stices of the Muscles, tho' not quite to the Skin: but the Tumor will be more compact or scatter'd, as there was care taken at first to restrain it within compass.

XV. In some of these there is redness and inflammation, by reason of the expansion of the Parts beyond their capacity, or from the putrifaction of the Blood: in which latter case, a Fever and Fainting for the most part accompany it.

XVI. The Differences. They are taken, 1. From the Magni­tude, great or little; possessing the whole Member, or a part only. 2. From its Situation; as being [Page 573] superficial, near the Skin; or deep in the Muscles. 3. From its shape; it either keeping the shape of the Part, which is when the orifice in the Artery is small; or losing that form, when the eruption is so sud­den and great, as it cannot be kept within bounds: or when it is by an unskilful Artist, managed with Lenitives and Discussives, being mistaken for some other Tumor, whereby the Membranes are more relaxed, and made to give way.

XVII. The Prognosticks. All-Aneurysms are very difficult of cure: Barbett says, not at all, if great, without taking off the Member: Sennertus says, those which are recent, and less, will admit of cure; the greater no ways, but by Amputation or Section; because the Blood will not be driven back by Astrin­gents, nor the Artery admit of consolidation.

XVIII. If the Tumor is opened, it brings the Patient into extream hazard of death; and remarkable Instances there are of such as have died under the hand of the Artist, at the time of opening; because of the extream profusion of Blood, and great wasting of the Vital Spirits.

XIX. However, not being opened, Sennertus says the Tumor has no great danger in it, but life may be lengthened out for a long time; and he knew a Woman who had an Aneurysm as big as a Walnut, in the inward bending of the Arm, (thro' the unskilfulness of the Artist, who in opening of a Vein, cut the Artery also) for the space of above thirty years, injoying her health all that time: and there­fore concludes, that it is better to bear with some inconve­nience, than to run the hazard of a dangerous Cure.

XX. Barbett says, it is for the most part a long Disease, yet he has sometimes seen it kill, without any other accidental cause, in the space of two years: but this, I prefume, is intended of large Aneurysms.

XXI. Wiseman says, those which are large, and arise from Arteries deep in the Muscles, to which application cannot be made, are incurable: but if it is in a Part capable of Bandage, and application of Medica­ments, the Cure is feasible; or it may be palliated, to the ease of the Patient.

XXII. The Cure of a small Aneurysm. So soon as ever it is perceived, let Astringents and Repellers be imposed upon the place affected, to repel and qua­lify the Blood, and close up the hole of the Artery: for which purpose, Emplastrum ad Herniam, either the common, or of Our Prescription, are of exceeding good use.

XXIII. Sennertus commends a thin plate of Lead to be hard bound on, which does repel, thicken, and close the loosened Artery, and keep the Blood within its Channels: or you may ma­ster it (as Wiseman says) with Escaroticks, or the Actual Cautery.

XXIV. The Medicaments pro­per in its first appearance, if it [Page 574] arises from an Internal Cause, are such as are good to restrain its motion, and agglutinate the Ves­sels; as fine Bole, Terra sigillata, Gypsum, Aloes, Catechu, Opium in pouder, Frankincense, Dra­gons-blood, Blood dried, Ox­liver poudred, fine Wheat-flower, Sal Vitrioli, Saccharum Saturni; juices of Plantane, Mouse-ear, Shepherds-purse, dead Nettles, Periwinkle, Yar­row, and the like. Compounds may be made of the Pouders of the former, with Juices of the latter; or mixt with Vin­egar and the whites of Eggs.

XXV. Other things also may be prepared of the roots of Com­frey, Mastich, Pomgranate peels and flowers, Acacia, Hypocistis, unripe Sloes dried and reduced to pouder, unripe Bramble­berries in pouder, Myrtle-berries, Nutgalls, Loadstone, Lapis Haema­tis, Crocus Martis astringens, &c.

XXVI. But if it is in a place incapable of Bandage, you must content your self with the ap­plication of Emplastrum Caesaris, Catagmaticum, Album, or some such like.

XXVII. If it is near the Trachea Arteria, the Patient may wear a Plate of Gold or beaten Lead upon it, covered with Sars­net, or some such like.

XXVIII. If it lies where you may take it up, the Cure is then best performed by dividing it: the manner of the Section is thus: The Tumor or outward Skin being opened, the Artery that is to be cut, must be intercepted by binding it about with two Bands, and then it must be dissected between the two Bandages; which Bandages are not to be loosed, till Nature has covered the Wound with Flesh, and the danger of an Hemorrhage is over.

XXIX. But as this is an Operation so cruel, that few or none will submit to it, so has it likewise much of danger in it, nor has the Sick always cure by it: for upon loosning the Bandage, either an Hemorrhage may be feared, or else a new Aneurysma may be caused.

XXX. If it is only a small Aneurysm, wherein the inner Coat is only broken, the outward di­lated or extended, the manner of the Operation out of Paulus Aegi­neta, lib. 6. cap. 37. is thus: Let a streight Section be made long-ways, then part the lips of the Skin far asunder by little Hooks, so that the Artery may be made bare, severing it from the Membranes by Instru­ments fit for this purpose: then after the transmission of a Needle under it, tye it with double Threads; and with a Lancet or Incision-knife, prick the middle of the Artery, that what is contained therein may be evacuated; after which ap­ply Suppuratives, till at length the tyes of the Threads fall off.

XXXI. But if there is the rupture of both Coats of the Ar­tery, let the Skin be divided, and the Artery tied both above and below; and cut out the middle with the Tumor, not loosing the Ligatures, till the Wound is perfectly cured, [Page 575] and there is no fear of an Hemorrhage.

XXXII. Immediately after opening of it, the Hemorrhage of the Part ought to be stopt with Astringent Pouders, and Sty­pticks, either Pouders or Waters; such as we have prescribed in cap. 11. sect. 111, 112. aforegoing; or the Royal Styptick, over which a Compress is to be put. This Method of curing by Se­ction, is so cruel that few will endure it, besides the hazard and danger that is in it: Wise­man says, you ought well to be advised, before you attempt the Cure by opening it.

XXXIII. If it is caused by Putrifaction of the Blood, and it burst forth suddenly upon you, the Life of the Patient will be in danger: then you must be quick in application of Restrictives, Astringents, or Stypticks, and good Bandage: after which you have time to consider what to do against the next Dres­sing or Eruption; for if it breaks not out again of it self, you are not to open it; and for the future, you must en­deavour the Cure by the Me­thod that hereafter will follow.

XXXIV. In great Aneurysms, Sennertus says, the more secure and safe course is only to bind hard, and press together the Tumor with Medicaments (Compress) and Bands, that it may no farther augment. But Barbett says, that by reason the Ope­ration at Sect. 30. and 32. above is dangerous, painful, and trou­blesom, and many times of little benefit; it is better, to preserve Life, to amputate or cut off the Member.

XXXV. If the Aneurysm is caused by a Puncture in Blood­letting, you may permit it to bleed freely; but if it bleeds not well, immediately loosen the Bandage, and apply a Compress with Styptick Pouders, or dipt in the Royal Styptick Liquor: or for want of them, in Oxy­crate.

XXXVI. Let it be held firmly upon the Apertion by a Servant, whil'st the Artist makes Revul­sion by opening a Vein in the other Arm, by a long evacua­tion, to fainting, if requisite.

XXXVII. Mean season apply Astrictive or Styptick Pouders to the Arterial Wound, with good Restrictive Emplasters over it; defending the upper part of the Arm, by application of Cloths wrung out of Oxycrate: then with a Rowler with two heads, rowl it two or three times upon the wounded Part; and (the Arm being bowed the while) rowl the Arm upwards, and turning the Rowler about the Neck, return it again backward to the Part affected, fastning it on the outside of the Arm; and make the Expulsive-bandage from the Hand upwards.

XXXVIII. This Rowling and Bandage ought so to be done, as to be for the ease of the Patient; let him then be put into his Bed, and his Hand placed upon his Brest; and give him cordial and cooling Juleps, Opiates, &c. to quiet and allay in some measure the motion of the Blood.

XXXIX. The Bandage being thus well made, open it not hastily, because many times the first dres­sing secures the Patient. The great mischief in this Cure proceeds from Ignorance, in binding up the Arm carelesly; upon which the Patient the next day complaining, he em­brocates and foments the Tu­mor; thereby making way for the Blood to empty it self into the interstices of the Muscles, causing a Tumor of the whole Arm.

XL. In this case, Wiseman says a laced Sleeve and Glove may be of great use. If this Method fails, the Cure is to be performed by the Directions before delivered.

CHAP. XVI. Of VARIX.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...], by Aristotle, hist. Animal. lib. 3. cap. 11. and Plutarch, in vita Caii, [...]. but by Galen, meth. Med. lib. 10. cap. ult. out of whom Paulus Aegineta, lib. 6. cap. 82. and Aetius, Tetr. 4. Serm. 2. cap. 48. have it, [...], Venae dila­tatio; in Latin, Varix; in English also Varix; and the Dilatation or Widening of a Vein.

II. The Signs. Varices are easily known, let them happen in what part of the Body soever; by their turgency, their crooked figure, and azure or blew colour; which is more or less evident, as the Veins lye superficial, or more deep.

III. The Veins are much larger swoln, blacker than formerly, soft, easily yielding to the Fingers, and as soon returning again.

IV. In a Hernia varicosa, there is an unequal knotted Tumor in the Vein leading to the Testicle, with relaxation of the same Testicle; and if the Testicles are filled with Wind, the Vein is also distended, and painful.

V. The Places. They may hap­pen in divers parts of the Body, but most frequently in the Thighs, Legs, Testicles, (which Tumor is specially called Kir­socele) and Fundament, in the Hemorrhoidial Veins.

VI. They often happen also in the lower parts of Womens Bel­lies, under the Navel, (caused in them many times from hard labour:) and sometimes in the Temples, as Paulus in the place mentioned, testifies.

VII. The Causes. Galen, de Atra bile lib. cap. 4. says, They are generated from great store of melancholy Blood, which Nature oftentimes transmits unto those Veins which are in the Thighs; by which being distended and dilated, they are rendred va­ricose, or swoln up, and the [Page 577] Skin that touches them, becomes in process of time of a black colour.

VIII. But if the Blood is not adust, or mixt with Melancholy, then the colour of those Veins being dilated, will scarcely ever be of that black hue, as in the former case is declared; nor indeed does good Blood, tho' never so plentiful, scarcely ever produce Varices, without it be thick, which by its weight tends down­wards upon the Thighs.

IX. Hippocrates, in Coacis Praenot. versus finem, says, Va­rices happen not till ripeness of age; for that a thick and me­lancholy Blood is not generated sooner in the Body: and in­deed they often happen to Men of a Melancholy temper, Women with Child, and such like.

X. The more remote Causes, are all those things which produce and breed melancholy Blood; especially a distempered Spleen, which helps towards the gene­ration of these Varices.

X. Wiseman says they proceed from the Restagnation of gross Blood; which being transmitted into the Veins, either by reason of the depending of the Part, or from some other pressure upon the Vessel; or else by its own grossness, proves unapt for Circulation.

XII. So that instead of con­tinuing its current proportionably to the other Parts, it stops in the place, and as it were coagulates or thickens; and by degrees in­creases it self by the accession of the like particles of the succeeding Blood; and thereby dilates the Vessels into a capacity large enough to receive it: but this thickning of the Blood in a Varix, is not so much as to stop the passage wholly up; for the current always forces its thinner parts by the sides of the Coagulum, and so increases the dilatation.

XIII. This Affect most com­monly happens in Cutaneous Ves­sels, where the Veins have little or no assistance from Muscular Flesh; which by a continual pressure forces the Blood for­ward, and permits it not to stagnate.

XIV. Another Cause may be, from the weakness of the Vessels, either natural or accidental; in which the valves of the Varicose Veins are so feeble, that they cannot sufficiently support the Blood in its ascent; but falling down again upon the sides of the Vessels, its weight proves too much, or rather an over­match, for its circular mo­tion.

XV. The Veins prove varicose many times, in Women with Child, from that exceeding thickness of the Blood; occasioned from its being robbed of its nutritious Serum; and sent partly to nou­rish the Foetus in the Womb.

XVI. The Veins are also varl­cose in Cancers, either from the coagulation of the Serum, or gru­mousness of the Blood some where in its passage; by something pressing upon the Part, or some compression made by the matter of the Tumor; by which it happens, that the current [Page 578] of the Vein beyond it is stopt, and so is forced to swell.

XVII. In a Woman with Child, if the burthen lyes vehemently, or presses much upon the Ramus Illiacus, on either side of the Body, it makes the Thigh and Leg on all that side va­ricous.

XVIII. The external Causes are, from too strait Gartering, which may cause Varices in the Leg: so the weight of the Te­sticles, or pressure of a Bolster-Truss in a Rupture may render them varicose.

XIX. Riding much on horse­back does the like; because of the pressure made upon the in­side of the Thigh by the Sad­dle, more especially if riding with long Stirrups.

XX. They may also proceed from Blows, overmuch strainings, as in the Bellies of Women who have hard travel in Child-bearing, long and tedious Foot-journeys, extream hard Labour, and the like; where the continual standing puts the Muscles up­on contraction; whereby they press upon the upper Branches of the Thigh-Veins, and so straiten them, and hinder the free ascent of the Blood.

XXI. The Prognosticks. Va­rices are not dangerous in them­selves; for they rather free the Patient from imminent and dan­gerous Diseases; especially such as proceed from Melancholy.

XXII. Hippocrates, lib. 6. aph. 21. says, Insani si Varices vel Haemorrhoides supervene­rint, Insaniae fit solutio: i. e. If Varices or the Hemorrhoids happen to such as are Mad, they are thereby freed from their Madness. Moreover, the whole Body is by them throughly purged from all the flatulent Blood.

XXIII. Galen, de Venae se­ctione, adversus Erasistratum, cap. 6. & libri de Atra Bile cap. 4. says, that Madness, Pleurisies, Pain of the Reins, Hemorrhoids, Coughing, Spit­ting of Blood, Apoplexies, Cachexies, Dropsies, and other Diseases may arise from their being unreasonably taken away.

XXIV. And if they break, and flow intemperately, they may also cause Cachexies, Dropsies, Con­sumptions, and other the like Diseases: and Sennertus says they are sometimes changed into the Elephantia Arabum, which is a cancerous Tumor of the Feet.

XXV. The Cure. These Vari­ces ought not to be cured, unless they be very great, and that the Veins and Skin by reason of their extension are so exte­nuated, as to endanger a Ru­pture; whereby a great profu­sion of Blood, and Death it self may ensue.

XXVI. Nor are they to be cured, unless they be inflamed, or extreamly painful, or if there is present some great and mali­gnant Ʋlcer; lest they being removed, some more vehement mischief should ensue; since those things only may be said to cure, that wholly frees the Patient, not causing or gene­rating Diseases more dangerous than the former.

XXVII. But if there is a ne­cessity of curing them, the Cure must be begun with Purging and Bleeding; not once or twice, but often to be repeated, letting forth some of the Blood in the Varix: and whatsoever is amiss in the Liver and Spleen, or other Viscera, is to be corrected and amended, by altering, strengthning, astringent, and exsiccative Medicaments.

XXVIII. If the Varix is small and inconsiderale, Aquapendens orders it to be cured by Astringents: as, ℞ Gum Tra­gacanth, dissolve it in Astringent Wine, or in juice of unripe Grapes, or of unripe Bramble-berries; to which add fine Bole, Mastich, Sanguis Draconis, Catechu, Ana, all in fine pouder; so much till the Tragacanth becomes as thick as Wax; so that in the palm of the Hand it may be reduced into the shape and form of a Wax-Candle: and sometimes also he used Hypocistis, for the same purpose.

XXIX. These Medicaments he applied, according to the length of the Varix, binding it down with a part of a Reed tied fast thereupon, with a narrow Band­age; and over all, a Hose, or Buskin, made of a Dogs skin, which he put about, and fastned it about the Thighs, by lacing it on.

XXX. Hippocrates, in his Book of Ʋlcers, teaches us how to make an Evacuation of the Blood, that is already flown in. The Vein (says he) is not to be cut with any great and wide gash, lest thereby a great Ulcer should be caused; but the Varix is again and again to be pricked, whensoever it shall be fit; by which means, the Blood already flown in will be evacuated. And this you must do by little and little, not all at once, but as it were by degrees, till the Vein does even fall down and sink; upon which then it will be good to apply such Astringents, as we have mentioned before (at Sect. 28.) with good and strong Bandage.

XXXI. Aquapendens approves not much of the Chirurgick way of Cure, whether it be by Section or Burning; but thinks the Work is better to be done by inter­ception of the Blood, with Astrin­gent Medicines and strong Band­age: and of this opinion is Mr. Wiseman. However, be­cause we are willing that young Artists should know the Way of doing these things, we will give the Method of the Ope­ration, from Paulus Aegineta, Corneiius Celsus, and Avicenna.

XXXII. From Paulus Aegi­neta, lib. 2. cap. 82. Tye a String (says he) about the upper part of the Thigh, and cause the Diseased to walk, that the Varix may fill; then mark it with Ink, according to the situa­tion, the length of three Fin­gers, or more.

XXXIII. 2. After lay the Patient on his back, with his Thighs extended; and with an­other String bind the part above the Knee; so will the Varix be filled, or lifted up a considerable height.

XXXIV. 3. And with an [Page 580] Incision-knife, in the place marked, cut, but only no deeper than thro' the Skin, by no means dividing the Vein: distend the lips of the Section or Skin, with a little Hook; excoriating or flaying off the Membranes with a crooked Incision-knife, sò that the Vein may be laid naked and bare.

XXXV. 4. Then loosen the Thigh-bands, and by a little Hook, elevate the Varix; under which put a crooked or bowed Needle, drawing with it a double Thread, cutting in two the bow.

XXXVI. 5. This done, divide the Vein in the midst with a Venesectory-incision-knife, and eva­cuate or let forth the Blood, as much as is needful; and by squeezing it out with your Fingers, if occasion requires it.

XXXVII. 6. After this, with one of the Threads tye close toge­ther the upper part of the Vessel; and the Thigh being extended streight out, with your hands press forth the Blood which is in the Thigh: then with the other Thread tye close together the nether part of the Vessel or Vein.

XXXVIII. 7. This done, you may now either cut off and take quite away, that part of the Vein which lyes between the Ligatures; or otherwise let it remain, till at length, with the Threads it falls out of its own accord.

XXXIX. 8. The Operation being over, put in drying Lini­ments, or styptick Pouders, and over, a long spleen-like Empla­ster, after it has been throughly washt in Wine or Oxycrate, or with some styptick Liquor: then bind it down close, and cure it according to Art.

XL. From Cornelius Celsus, lib. 1. cap. 31. where he shews the Operation by Cutting, much as is before declared; and also by Burning with a red-hot Iron, in this manner.

XLI. Si recta est, si quamvis transversa, tamen simplex, si mo­dica est, meliùs aduritur. Ad­urendi ratio haec est. Cutis super­inciditur; tum patefacta Vena, tenui, & retuso, Ferramento can­dente modicè premitur; vitaturque, ne Plagae ipsius orae adurantur, quas reducere hamulis facile est. Id, interpositis ferè quaternis di­gitis per totum Varicem fit, & tum superimponitur Medicamen­tum, quo adusta sanantur. Viz. If the Vein is streight, or tho' it may be transverse, provided it is single; or if not very great, it is better to be cured by Burning. The manner of of which Burning is this. The Skin is first to be opened by incision, then the Vein being laid bare, it is moderately to be pressed down or burnt with a small and blunt Cauterzing-Iron made red-hot; and great care is to be taken, so to shun the lips of the Wound it self, that they be not burnt; which to reduce again with small Hooks, will be easily done. This may be performed by in­terposing four or five fingers in a row, thro' the whole Varix, and then applying such a Medi­cine, by which the parts burnt may be healed.

XLII. But, says he, if the Veins or Varices are crooked, and are as it were implicated into certain orbs or bunches: so that many of them are as it were involved and folded one within another; it is then more con­venient to take them forth by Section, as is before de­clared.

XLIII. Avicen, lib. 3. Fen. 17. Tr. 1. cap. 18. advises to cut the Skin, till the Varix appears; and this is indeed to be done long-ways, and not either obliquely or trans­versly; then you must extract all the Blood that is in it, and cleanse it, by cutting it in length. Again, sometimes it is to be drawn forth with a Needle, and so to be cut: and sometimes the taking it forth with a Cautery, is better than the cutting it forth.

XLIV. Wiseman, l. 1. c. 14. says, If you proceed by Section, that you must divide the Skin, and separate the Teguments, and having raised the varicous Vein; you are to pass a Ligature above, and another beneath it, making a deligation of them; then slit the Vein, cast out the gross Blood, and afterwards digest and heal it, as you do in an Aneurysm.

XLV. Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 4. Obs. 85. has this History. An extraordinary strong Man had in his left Leg a malign and inveterate great Ulcer, to­gether with a Varix of a vast magnitude, equal in thickness to the brawny part of the Arm above the Wrist, and nearly a span long.

XLVI. It began in the very Ham, and descending towards the Foot, it made a ring, and two circumvolutions: whenever he lift up his Leg any thing high, the Blood presently fell back; and putting it down again, it immediately descended.

XLVII. He instituted a fit course of Diet, several times purged him, bled him in the Arm of the same side; and placing the Patient on a Bench, in the very Ham, he gently separated the Skin from the Vein it self.

XLVIII. Then with a Thread twice doubled, and put into the eye of a crooked Needle, he wound it about the upper part of the Varix, and in like manner in the lower part of the same: then he caused his Leg to be taken off the bench, and set upon the ground; that the Blood ac­cording to its custom might flow downwards: after which he tied the Thread hard, and made fast the knots at both ends of the Varix, both upper and lower.

XLIX. After, with an Incision-knife, he made an Incision almost in the upper part of the Varix; that the Blood contained there­in, as in a long and little Bag, might flow forth.

L. But the flux of Blood proving to be greater, than what was proportionable to the Tumor; he exactly viewed the place, and found a blind passage in the lower part of the Ligature, which entred into the Varix, from which the Blood flowed.

LI. This, because it could not [Page 582] be tied with a Thread, he first applied to the entrance thereof, the Escarotick Ʋnguent; and af­ter that, he put on in great abundance his own Astringent Pouder, with the white of an Egg for stanching the Blood.

LII. All these things he bound fast [...], with a Swathband throughly moistned in Oxycrate, which he left till the following day: after which he healed the Wound after the usual manner of a Vulnerary Cure, and in a short time the Man became perfectly well and sound.

LIII. But after all, the Pallia­tive Cure, with Aquapendens, Sennertus, Wiseman, and others, is rather to be embraced, than this of Section.

II. Tumors arising from CHOLER.

CHAP. XVII. Of an ERYSIPELAS.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Erysi­pelas, Rosa, & Ignis Sacer; in English, Anthony's Fire. Of this Ignis Sacer, Lucretius, lib. 6. makes mention.

Et simul Ʋlceribus quasi inustis omne rubere
Corpus, ut est, per membra Sacer cùm dicitur Ignis.

Red burning Ulcers the whole Body vex,
As Ignis Sacer does a Part perplex.

II. Definition. It is a Tumor besides Nature, from Choler, or Choler mixt with some other Humor, as Blood, Phlegm, Me­lancholy, or Serum, thrown forth the most part into the Skin it self, sometimes on the subjacent Muscles, causing pain, heat, and other Symptoms. Wiseman says, it is generated of a hot Serum in the Blood.

III. The Differences. It is per­fect, when it proceeds from simple Choler; it is imperfect, when Blood, Phlegm, Melancholy, or Serum are mixt with it.

IV. And from this mixture of other Humors with Choler, the imperfect Erysipelas takes its name: 1. [...]. Erysipelas phlegmanoo­des 2. [...]. Erysipelas oedematoodes. 3. [...]. Erysipe­las scirroodes.

V. But if Choler is joined with a malignant or caustick Salt, mixt in the Serum of the Blood; it causes [...], Erysipelas ulcerosum; wherein, an Ulcer is joined with it, which sometimes consumes the Skin only, and sometimes the Flesh also with it.

VI. The Causes. In a pure Erysipelas, Barbett seems to say that Choler is the cause thereof; but in a bastard, it is Choler mixt with other Humors; as Blood, Phlegm, Melancholy, or Serum: whence those things which are good in a Phlegmon, are often­times beneficial in an Erysi­pelas.

VII. Yet Galen, ad Glauc. lib. 1. cap. 2. seems to say, that the cause of an exquisite Erysi­pelas is, a most thin and hot Blood, or a cholerick Blood, hot­ter than Nature requires: where he determins that pure Choler is not the original and effi­cient cause of this Tumor, but rather of a Herpes.

VIII. Again, contrariwise, in his Book de Atra Bile, cap. 5. and Meth. Med. lib. 14. cap. 1, 2, 4. and lib. 17. cap. 2. also in lib. de differ. Febr. cap. 5. and many other places, he asserts Choler to be the true cause of this Tumor: which latter Opinion most of our Physicians follow.

IX. Wiseman says, lib. 1. cap. 6. pag. 34. that the Humon causing it, simply considered in it self, is very thin and sharp, much affecting the Pores of the Skin, in which it usually lodges; and in a great measure ows its con­finement thither to their being shut up; they being covered with a Cuticula, whose density hinders transpiration, from whence pain and redness arise.

X. And, says he, oftentimes other Humors are invited thither, so that the Tumor enlarges it self, and becomes compound; and as he will have it to be generated of a hot Serum in the Blood, so he will have the same to be a thin cholerick Humor, which is the cause of a pure Erysipe­las, whose fountain is Blood; which by its capillary Arteries discharges it upon that part, as oft, as in cholerick, malign, and pestilential Fevers it is prompted thereunto.

XI. There are also external Causes, as heat of Sun, sharp Medicines, vehement Travelling, Contusions, Fractures, and the like: all which in cholerick Bo­dies, thro' the turgency of the Blood, cause a separation of the Humor, when Nature for her relief casts it forth into the superficies of the Skin.

XII. The Places. Whilst it is simple, the Skin only is the seat of it, or the Periosteum, or a Bone that lies bare: but if compound, it affects the Flesh also, and the adjacent parts. Wiseman.

XIII. As to the particular Parts, it most commonly invades the Nose and Face, Legs, Thighs, Arms and Shoulder-blades, and some parts of the Back: but it may affect any Part, where Na­ture is disposed to cast the Humor out upon it.

XIV. The Signs. There is redness mixt with yellowness, great heat, sharp pain, easily giving way [Page 584] to the touch, and as easily re­turning again: the swelling and extension of the Part little, and the pulsation less.

XV. It is always accompa­nied with a Fever, except it be from an external cause; and yet then as it begins with some little rigor, so it is continued with a small kind of Fever.

XVI. A pure Erysipelas affects the Skin with a shining, or pale red, or citron-colour, without pul­sation, or circumscribed tumor, spreading from one place to ano­ther. Or, its colour may be said to be a shining yellow­ish mixt with red; with ve­hement heat, pricking pain, and blistring the Skin, and creeping about the Part affected.

XVII. It may be known from a Phlegmon by these tokens; that whereas a Phlegmon is under the Flesh, deep among the Mu­cles, its heat is less, its sym­ptomatick Fever less; the pain of the Tumor more, its colour of a dark red, by reason of thick Blood, the pain dull, heavy, and stretching and swel­ling, not yielding to the touch, and being pressed with the finger, not becoming white: also it possesses but one place, and is manifested with a single elevation and circumscription.

XVIII. Now in an Erysipelas, the Tumor is superficial in the Skin, Heat more acute, Fever greater, Pain less, but more sharp and pricking, Colour brighter; Tumor yielding to the touch, and returning again; which being pressed upon, becomes white, spreads it self round the adjacent places, and with­out circumscription or eleva­tion, unless in many little Blisters.

XIX. The Prognosticks. A pure or simple Erysipelas is seldom dangerous, unless the Matter is repelled from the external to the internal parts.

XX. But if it seizes on the Jaws, or on the noble parts, or is accompanied with a Wound, Fracture, Dislocation, or Putrifa­ction; it is dangerous, and more difficult of cure.

XXI. If it is with a Fever, that diminishes, as the Erysipelas increases; according to Hippo­crates, sect. 9. aph. 25. When the Matter is sent from within outwards, the Viscera are re­lieved, and the Patient recovers: But the sudden return of the Humor inwards is a bad sign, ill Symptoms frequently fol­lowing, and sometimes death it self, if the Emunctories were affected.

XXII. Galen, in his Comment on the same Aphorism, says, That Suppuration in a malign Erysi­pelas is not good, but does for the most part corrupt; as is seen by the discoloured Pustles which arise about them.

XXIII. An Erysipelas upon the adjacent parts to a bare Bone, is evil; and if a delirium happens, there is imminent danger.

XXIV. An Erysipelas invading upon Wounds, Ʋlcers, Fractures, and Dislocations, is mostly mortal; if it does not come from the application of too hot external Medicines.

XXV. An Erysipelas appearing [Page 585] in the Head, is more dangerous than in other parts; because upon the Morbifick-matter pas­sing to the Meninges, a Phrensy or Raving is induced; if it passes to the Muscles of the Neck, a Quinsey.

XXVI. The Cure. The Indi­cations of Cure have respect to Causes, Procatartick, Antecedent, and Conjoyn'd; and so according­ly we shall institute a proper Diet, proper Internals, and proper Externals.

XXVII. As to the Diet, as in hot Tumors, it ought to be (both Meat and Drink) cooling, and sparing; the Food may be Grewel, Penado, Chicken or Mutton Broth with cooling Herbs; and their Drink, Barley-Broth, Emulsions, Juleps made of distilled Waters, the white Decoction made of burnt Harts-horn, made pleasant with Syrup of the juice of Citrons, Limons, clarified Whey, &c.

XXVIII. Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 9. cap. 5. permits the Patient to drink as much cold Water as he will; because it resrigerates the Body, quenches Thirst, cools the Liver, and abates the heat of Choler: but with this permis­sion, the Stomach ought to be strong, and the Season hot, if also it is made pleasant with Syrup of Limons, it will be so much the better.

XXIX. Small Beer boiled with a crust of Bread is good, especially in Summer-time, when the Air ought to be made arti­ficially cool.

XXX. All hot, sharp, fat, and sweet things are forbidden; as also too great Motion of the Body, Anger, Venery, Costive­ness, and much Watching.

XXXI. The second Indication has respect to the Antecedent Cause; where Bleeding and Purging are chiefly to be consi­dered.

XXXII. If the Erysipelas comes upon Wounds, or such like acci­dents, and where it affects the Head, Face, or Neck and Throat, endangering a Phrensy or Quin­sey, (which latter may hazard Suffocation,) or in a Phle­gmonoodes, Authors prescribe Bleeding.

XXXIII. But in an exquisite Erysipelas in other parts, Bleeding is forbidden; because, not only the good and bad Blood are both taken away together, but the Patient is also much weak­ned thereby; and the Blood is made more subtil and vehement in its motion, and the Cholerick Humor is excited.

XXXIV. If it is a simple Erysipelas, and be but in the Skin, you must evacuate the redun­dancy of Humors, and repress the ebullition of Choler, with proper Catharticks.

XXXV. If the Body is caco­chymick, purge with proper Cho­lagogues; as, Electuarium leni­tivum, Diacatholicon, Diapru­num solutivum, an Infusion of Sena and Rhubarb, in fair Wa­ter, &c.

XXXVI. If the Inflammation is not extream, the Decoction of cooling Herbs, with Cassia dissol­ved in them, will be of good use; which may be repeated, as you see cause.

XXXVII. After due purging, sweat gently with Antimonium diaphoreticum, Bezoardicum minerale, vel solare, in Tinctura Corticum, or a little Treacle-Water.

XXXVIII. If the Body is ple­thorick or gross, purge with Cassia, Manna, Tamarinds, Cre­mor Tartari, Sena, Rhubarb, made with Whey, or Decoction of Barley, and the Opening Roots, Syrupus catharticus, and the like.

XXXIX. After which, give Spirit of Sal Armon. in Milk or Water; or some Treacle-water, or Our Spiritus Cordialis, to open the Pores, and provoke Sweat.

XL. The third Indication has respect to the Proximate or Con­joyn'd Cause; and this relates only to Topicals.

XLI. In Applications to the part affected; consider whether the Disease is from an Internal or External Cause; and whe­ther it is great, or small.

XLII. If it is from an Internal Cause, Internals are first to be used, as we have before directed, to wit, Evacuation by Purga­tives; unless it is remote from the principal Parts, and the heat is vehement; in which case, you may pretermit Inter­nals, and apply Externals, gently to refrigerate the Heat; and then proceed to Purging.

XLIII. If it is from an Ex­ternal Cause, you may safely apply Refrigerants, without any previous Evacuation; because the Affect took its rise meerly from the distemper of the Part; as heat of Sun or Fire, sharp Medi­cines, Contusion, Fracture, &c.

XLIV. But as to Topicks, you must avoid the application of Oils, or fat things; because they in­crease the Putrifaction, by stop­ping the Pores; and are apt more to inflame the Part, or induce a Gangrene.

XLV. Nor must you in any case apply astringent and repel­ling Medicines, which are cooling and drying; especially if they have an Emplastick property with them; lest the sharp and corrosive Vapors being kept in, should erode and corrupt the Part. 2. Or extinguish the Natural Heat, and create a Gangrene. 3. Or revert the Humor inward upon the Viscera, and so some­times cause Death.

XLVI. Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 1. Obs. 82. gives us a fa­mous Example, to make us beware of using of Oils or Ʋnctuous bodies in an Erysipelas. A Country­man having an Erysipelas in his left Hand, by a Barber's advice anointed his Hand and Arm with Oil of Roses for several days; on which Pain and In­flammation succeeded, and all the Symptoms grew worse and worse, till the whole Hand was gangrened: when he came to me, (says he) I scarified the Part, and applied other things for the cure of a Gangrene, and so he was made well.

XLVII. Let therefore the To­pical Applications be cooling and moistning; let them be actually cold, liquid, and thin, and often changed or renewed; not much astringent, lest you dry the [Page 587] Skin, and prohibit Transpira­tion: so that including the Humor, it should grow sharp, corrode the Parts, or cause Apostemation, or some other worse evil, and so Death.

XLVIII. For this reason, Spi­rit of Wine is very evil, not only because it is hot, but because it is of such an exsiccating quality. I knew one who had an Ery­sipelas in the brawny part of his left Arm, One of the Quacks was sent for, who immediately prescribed bathing it with camphorated S.V. and to lay over it Cloths dipt in the same; the Bathing was repeated four or five times the first day, and again at bed-time: the next morning the Part was livid, and a Gangrene had seized the Arm; and the mighty Doctor not understanding the condition of the Sick, boasted he had done the Cure, and so continued another day the same Means; on the third day a Sphacelus was manifest: an honest Chir­urgeon was sent for, who told the Relations that there was no remedy but cutting off, and it was doubtful whether that would do, by reason of the proximity of the Affect to the more noble parts; for which reason he declin'd the Opera­tion, in a few days more, the Sick was seiz'd with Vomiting, Fainting and Swooning Fits, and upon the eighth day died.

XLIX. Simples proper on this occasion are, Fumitory, Plan­tane, Fleawort, Maidenhair, Lettice, Purslane, Nightshade, Marsh-trefoil, Hemlock, House­leek, Horstail, Navelwort, Ducks­meat, Poppies, &c. the juice of them may be expressed, and applied.

L. Or you may make a De­coction of them in Water and Vinegar, in which Myrrh may be dissolved: or a mixture of Frogspawn-water two parts, with Vinegar of Roses one part, in which Myrrh as aforesaid, may be dissolved.

LI. If it is a simple Erysipelas, after cooling Topicks have been applied, and other general Remedies, the total discussion ought to be left to Nature.

LII. You may foment with Saccharum Saturni dissolved in juice of Housleek, upon which you may apply Ceratum frigidum Galeni, or a Cataplasm of the leaves of Plantane, with Frog­spawn-water.

LIII. If at any time you use Repellers, be sure to mix Discus­sives or Resolvents with them.

LIV. Wiseman commends this, ℞ Ceruse ℥viii. Litharge of Gold ℥iv. Mucilage of Fleawort seeds, and of Quince seeds, extracted with Nightshade-water, juices of Nightshade and Maidenhair, A. ℥iii. Vinegar ℥ii. Oil of Roses and Myrtles, A. lbss. Calves suet ℥iv. boil to the consumption of the Juices, then add Frank­incense in pouder ʒx. Wax q.s. mix. and make a Cerate.

LV. Ceratum infrigidans [...]a­leni.Oil of Roses lbi. white Wax ℥iv. mix, and wash them with Vinegar and juice of Night­shade, and make a soft Cerate.

LVI. These things strongly draw forth the Heat, viz. Diapalma, [Page 588] vel Empl. album, dissolved in Vinegar: or leaves of Tobacco, Coleworts, or Henbane, bruised and applied, and often re­moved: or Sheeps-dung boiled in Vinegar; flowers of Elder, Melilot, and Camomil, boiled in new Milk: or Chalk scraped, and strewed upon the Part, laying Cap-paper over it.

LVII. This Fomentation is good: ℞ Wine-vinegar, juice of Housleek, A. ℥v. Myrrh in pouder ʒiii. Saccharum Saturni ʒi. Opium ℈i. mix, dissolve in a a gentle heat, and dip linnen Cloths in it; applying them warm, and often renewing them.

LVIII. But as for Opiates and Narcoticks, you ought to be very cautious in using them; unless there is exceeding great Pain, and the place affected be far from any principal Part.

LIX. Heurnius commends Castle­soap dissolved in fair Water, to foment with warm: or Bulls-dung boiled in a Frying-pan with Vinegar, Camomil, and Elder-flowers, till it comes to a Liniment, these are good for the Face.

LX. If the Disease proceeds from Internal Causes, Decoction of Sage, with a Solution of Castle-soap is to foment with­al; over which Ceratum insrigi­dans Galeni may be put: but if it is Critical, you may use Ceratum album, or refrigerans; described in Our Pharmacopoeia aforegoing.

LXI. If the Heat is vehement, the application is daily to be re­newed; if not, once in two days will be enough.

LXII. Barbett commends this: ℞ White Troches of Rhasis ʒi. Camphir ℈i. S.V. ℥i. Elder-water ℥vi. mix; and apply them as before.

LXIII. And if the Erysipelas is in the Face, the same Barbett commends the fumes of Mastick and Frankincense; to be used five or six times a day.

LXIV. For an Erysipelas in the Head, Aetius commends a Swal­lows nest made into pouder, and mixt with Honey; which is to be anointed on the Part with a Feather.

LXV. Wiseman advises us, not to be too forward in our Ap­plications to the Face, or parts about it: but he says, he com­monly used Aqua Calcis with Linseed-oil, well shaked toge­ther, with good success.

LXVI. And he applied this following, where greater drying was required. ℞ Spirit of Vin­egar in which Litharge or Minium has been boiled: let it settle, pour off the clearest, and filter it; which put into a Glass with Oil of Roses, and shake them toge­ther.

LXVII. Or, ℞ Saccharum Sa­turni ℥ss. Oil of Roses, or rather Oil of Ben ℥i. beat them up to­gether: this, or the former, apply with a Feather twice or thrice a day.

LXVIII. If the Erysipelas is ulcerated: ℞ White Troches of Rhasis ʒii. red Myrrh, Litharge of Gold, A. ʒi. flowers of Sulphur ʒss. Sarcocol ℈ii. whites of Eggs q.s. mix, and make a Liniment, which apply.

LXiX. Or this of Wiseman: [Page 589]Oil of Roses ℥vi. Sheeps-suet ℥iv. white Wax ℥ii. Ceruse ℥jss. Trochisci albi Rhasis, Tutia in pouder, A. ʒjss. burnt Lead ʒi. Camphir ℈ss. make an Ointment by grinding the Ingredients in a leaden Mortar for two hours: this will cicatrize the Ulcers.

LXX. How long Externals, in the first Intention, are to be ap­plied. Truly, When the Heat is altogether, or nearly abated, and when the Skin has recovered its own colour, you are to desist from application, especially of cold To­picks; lest the Skin becomes livid or black, and a Gangrene be induced, or a Mortification: and then apply Resolvers and Discussives to corroberate the Part, and restore it to its natural Tone.

LXXI. For tho' an Erysipelas does not arise with any circum­scribed Tumor, yet after it is vanished, the Part is swell'd; and in progress of time, for want of discussion, may become oedematous, or otherwise grow into a hard Tumor.

LXXII. In these cases, you may first foment with this De­coction: ℞ White Port-wine a quart, tops of Wormwood, Camomil flowers, red Roses, A. ℥jss boil; and to the Decoction add Brandy or S.V. ℥iii.

LXXIII. And then apply over the Swelling either Ceratum de Galbano, or de Gummi Elemi, or Spermatis Ceti, either of which will discuss, or soften and dissolve the Tumor: See them in the Pharm. Chirurgica, in lib. 1. cap. 76. sect. 3, 4, 8. of this present Work.

LXXIV. If a Gangrene is al­ready induced, foment with a weak Lixivium of Potashes, in which Calamine, Centory the less, Hyssop, Mint, Peniroyal, Scordium, Southernwood are boiled: then apply Hippocrates his Cataplasm, made of Barley-flower, Vinegar, and Oil of Roses, warm. Or this: ℞ Barley and Bean flower, A.℥vi. weak Lixivium lbiv. boil to the thickness of a Plaster, adding Oxymel simplex ℥iv.

LXXV. But if the Skin looks black, and has passed into a Mortification, you must scarify, and then pursue the Cure according to the Rules deli­livered in the former Cha­pter.

CHAP. XVIII. Of ƲLCEROƲS PƲSTƲLES.

I. THIS Disease is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Herpes miliaris & ulcerosus; in English, Ulcerous Pustules, or an Ulcerous Herpes. It is so called, [...], à serpendo, from Creeping.

II. It is a preternatural Tu­mor, springing from yellow Cho­ler, mixt with a salt Serum, [Page 590] disfiguring the Skin with cor­roding and spreading Pustules.

III. The Causes. The Proca­tartick Cause is taking cold, lying in cold places, eating and drinking sowr and salt Meats, and even to surfeiting and drunkenness, and persisting in even a continued surfeiting course of living, where­by plenty of evil Humors are bred.

IV. The Antecedent Cause is Choler mixt with a putrid Lym­pha, or with a preternatural salt Ferment in the Blood; which being by some violent action, surfeiting, or the like, stirred up into act, causes this kind of Breaking-out.

V. The Conjoined Cause, is a salt, watery, and pus-like Matter protruded out into the Cuticula.

VI. The Signs. It rises in a cluster of small Wheals, not much differing from the colour of the Skin, and are first discovered by their itching: and being rub­bed or scratched, there issues out a thin serous Humor: or not being scratched, they swell many times to the bigness of small Tares, or great Pins-heads, which drying, they become a Scab.

VII. They many times creep up and down; and as they heal in one place, they often break out in another; being mostly of a cluster, like to Millet-seed.

VIII. The Prognosticks. There is little of danger in this Disease, unless rendred so by the unskilful use of Repellents: it is without a Fever, but is of difficult cure, especially if it is in the Face, Nose, or Ears.

IX. If it is neglected, or ill handled, it eats deep into the Flesh; and then in what part so ever it is, it is very hard to be cured, degenerating some­times into Herpes exedens.

X. The Differences. There are three kinds of Herpes: 1. Simple, to wit, the Shingles; which tho' they proceed from Choler, or a cholerick Blood, yet they dif­fer from the other two kinds; because these of the first sort are for the most part Critical, as coming forth after a Fever or Ague, or some other illness. See Lib. 2. Cap. 24 aforegoing.

XI. 2. The millet-like Herpes, being mostly like Millet-seed, as to bigness, which differ from the former, in the Humor causing them; and from the latter, in the form of the Tumor or Breaking-forth; and in the place first affected, which is the Cuticula.

XII. The eating Herpes, which affects the Cutis or Skin, and many times the Flesh also: this, says Sennertus, is of the nature of an ulcerated Erysipelas, from which notwithstanding it differs in the thinness of the Humor.

XIII. There are two Indica­tions of Cure: the first, which respects the antecedent Cause; the second, which respects the conjoined.

XIV. In respect to the antece­dent Cause; the Diet ought to be the same as in an Erysipelas, cooling and moistning, and which may attemperate Choler, and salt Phlegm.

XV. Bleeding here is not al­lowed, but Purging is very necessary; [Page 591] and since it has its original from yellow Choler, mixt with a salt Lympha or Serum, they are first especially to be purged out of the Body: and it is the opinion of Sennertus, that un­less the Body is purged, the Sick will never be perfectly cured.

XVI. For this purpose, you may make use of Rhubarb, Me­choacan, Jallap, Scammony, Cam­bogia, Sal mirabile, Juice or Syrup of Damask-roses, and Sena; which last is said to purge all Humors: these may be given in Infusion, Decoction, or some proper me­dicated Ale: Decoctions of Sarsa and China, are also good.

XVII. In respect to the conjoin'd Cause, Barbett is not for repelling Medicaments, lest being drove to the internal parts, it should excite a Fever, and other ill Symptoms: and therefore he advises to the often use of Fasting-spittle, which does good.

XVIII. He also applys the pou­der of Lapis scissilis, mixt with Vinegar, with great success. Some use Mustard boil'd in Butter, to which others add Gunpowder: Lye also, and Urine, he says, has helped many.

XIX. Pouder of Chalk mixt with Cream, is said to be good to anoint withal; fomenting before­hand with hot Lees of Wine: also Ʋnguent. Fuscum Wurtzii is excellent here, being prudently applied. Or,

XX. ℞ Mastich, Frankincense, Lapis calaminaris, Goat-suet, A. ℥ss. white Troches of Rhasis, Litharge, Myrrh, A.ʒiii. Sarcocol, flowers of Sulphur, A.ʒii. Wax, Turpentine, q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster, and apply it.

XXI. Wiseman says that this Disease comes near to the nature of the Itch, and is to be treated with Purgatives and Altera­tives, much of the same kind with those which are proposed for that.

XXII. And as for Topicks, he advises such as powerfully dry: you may foment with Lac Vir­ginis, and then anoint with Oleum Anodynum, Oleum Colo­cynthidos, Ʋnguentum ad Sca­biem, vel Tutiae; over which you may apply Ceratum album, vel Oxylaeum, vel Refrigerans, to consummate the Cure. If broken, cleanse and dry with Lixivium of Calx vive, mixt with Saccharum Saturni.

XXIII. If these things do not, you must anoint daily with Un­guentum Nicotianae; which com­monly masters the Disease, tho' it is very rebellious and stub­born.

XXIV. Valescus de Taranta commends this following for a Secret. ℞ Greasy Wool of a Sheep, and roast it by the Fire until it is black, which make into a pouder, and mix with Rose-water, till it becomes a Liniment: with which anoint the Part affected with a Feather thrice every day, till it be well.

CHAP. XIX. Of EATING PƲSTƲLES.

I. THIS Disease is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Herpes exe­dens; but by Celsus, Ignis sacer: in English, the Eating Herpes, or Eating Pustule.

II. The Differences. This is the third kind of Herpes, and differs from the two former; chiefly in the Humor causing it, and the manner of its progress, which is by eating.

III. It is almost like to an Erysipelas exulcerated, but does differ from that in the thinness of the Humor; as Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 14. cap. 17. affirms in these words:

IV. Est (inquit) admodum tenuis Humor, qui Herpetem ex­citat, adeo profectò, ut non solum omnes interiores Partes, quae uti­que carnosae substantiae sunt, trans­eat, sed etiam Cutem ipsam ad summam usque Cuticulam, quam solam, quòd ab ea retine­tur, tum erodit, tum exedit; quando si hanc quoque sudoris vice transiret, haudquaquam Ʋl­cus excitaret. Viz. It is (says he) a very thin Humor which excites the Herpes, even so thin, that it not only passes thro' all the interior Parts, which are likewise of a fleshy sub­stance, but also thro' the very Skin it self, even unto the utmost part of the Cuticula or Skarf-skin, the which alone, for that it is kept in and re­teined, it both erodes or gnaws, and likewise then eats thro'; whereas should it pass thro' it by sweating, it would not excite any manner of Ulcer.

V. The Causes. The Proca­tartick and Antecedent Causes are almost the very same, as in an Erysipelas: yet in this more disposed to the generating of an excrementitious yellow Cho­ler, than of a cholerick Blood.

VI. Wiseman says, that the Matter or Humor added to the Choler partakes much of acri­mony, and proves exceeding cor­rosive: and indeed it is caused from a corrosive and malign Salt, mixt with an exceeding thin excrementitious Bile.

VII. The Signs. It is a broad Tumor, which has little or no height in it; so that the Part is scarce­ly lifted up at all, but seems rather to be exasperated, than to swell up to any considerable heighth, accompanied with a certain kind of hardness and pain, with a sense of heat and burning.

VIII. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, Est Malum cum summae Cutis excoriatione, & exulcera­tione; sine altitudine, latum, sub­lividum, inaequaliter tamen; me­diumque sdnescit, extremis proce­dentibus; ac saepe id quod jam sanum videbatur, iterum exulce­ratur, [Page 593] ac circa proxima Cutis, quam malum occupaturum est, tumidior & durior est, coloremque habet ex rubro subnigrum: viz. It is (says he) a Disease with excoriation and exulceration of the Epidermis or Scarf-skin, without any height at all, broad, somewhat pale and wan, or almost livid, yet unequally; the middle of which becomes whole, when at the same time, the extream parts thereof are in their progress and motion for­wards: and many times, that which seems to be altogether whole and sound, becomes ex­ulcerated again; and the Skin which is next about it, that the Herpes is even now ready to seize upon, is somewhat more swelled, and harder; and it has a colour changing from red, to that which is dark and blackish.

IX. Wiseman, lib. 1. cap. 17. says it is rather an Ʋlcer than a Tumor, but is indeed an Ʋlcer with a Tumor; it rising in the Skin in a small Tubercle, on the top whereof appears an Ulcer like a pin-hole; and is for the most part without in­flammation or pain.

X. When it arises alone, it is scarcely taken notice of; it mat­tering but little, unless it is pricked, and then it scabs soon after with a thin scurf.

XI. But in its progress, it shews its evil nature and con­dition, by eating away the Skin; and indurates the Flesh under­neath it, and the Parts there­about.

XII. Sometimes I have seen (says he) these Ʋlcers arise in the Skin, somewhat distant one from another, making an unequal farrow; as from the upper Lip by the Nostril, creeping to that side of the Nose, so to the ridge of it, and down again to that corner of the Eye; healing in some places, whil'st it eats deep into the Flesh in others.

XIII. This Herpes in Lues Venerea often arises from a simple Herpes, while the matter is shut up by the Scab, and corroding underneath, makes an Ulcer, which breaking out, appears like an Honey-comb, bigger, or lesser, long or round, as the Disease has more or less ma­lignity.

XIV. The Prognosticks. It is not easily cured, and usually of long continuance; unless in the Cure a due regard is had to the antecedent Cause, and Habit of the whole Body.

XV. Wiseman says, if it be not (well and) timely treated, it degenerates or terminates in a Phagedena, or cancerous Ʋlcer: but when it arises from Lues Venerea, the very worst is cureable.

XVI. The Cure. Let the Diet be cooling and moistning, attem­perating Choler, and absorbing the acid and corrosive Salt; and purge the Humor off, either with Our Family-Pills, Electua­rium Catharticum, or Pilulae Catharticae: or with an Infusion of Sena, Rhubarb, and Liquo­rice, in White-wine.

XVII. Bleeding is not permit­ted, but Baths are excellent, [Page 594] and their Waters taken at fit times, are said safely to cure this Disease.

XVIII. This Purging-pouder is good. ℞ Cremor Tartari ʒiii. Tartar vitriolate ʒss. Scam­mony in fine pouder ℈ii. mix them. Dose, ℈ii. either every morning, or every other morning, with Broth.

XIX. ℞ Wormwood-tops, Scor­dium, Mechoacan thin sliced, A. ʒiii. Aniseeds, Caraways, A. ʒii. choice Sena ℥ i. Rhubarb thin sliced ʒ j ss. cut and bruise all, put them into a Bag with a Stone in it; which put into white Port-Wine lbv. after two days drink of it. Dose, half a pint every morning, fasting.

XX. ℞ Raspings of Guajacum ℥iv. Sarsaparilla, roots of the sharp-pointed Dock, A.℥ijss. Li­quorice bruised ℥i. Fumitory M.ii. Groundpine M j. choice Sena ℥i. Scammony in pouder ʒii. dissolved in a little Wine, fair Water lbvi. White-wine lbjss. mix, digest in B.M. for twenty-four hours; then boil a little, and strain out. Dose, from ℥iv. to ℥vi. or viii. every morning fasting.

XXI. As to Topicks, you may anoint with Ʋnguent. Fuscum Wurtzii, Mercuriale, Cosmeticum, vel ad Scabiem: but nothing is superior to an Ointment made of green Tobacco, raised in England from Virginia Seed; or bathing the Affect with the juice of the same, and laying a green leaf over it: this cures it in a short time.

XXII. Barbett commends this: ℞ Ʋnguenti Fusci Wurtzii ʒiii. Ʋng. Albi cum Camphora ʒjss. Ceruse, Sulphur, Myrrh, A. ʒi. Verdigrise purified, Mercurius dulcis levigated, A. ʒss. Oil of Roses q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.

XXIII. Or, ℞ Flowers of Sulphur, Ceruse, Camphir, A. ℥ss. Lapis Prunellae, Saccharum Sa­turni, Mercurius dulcis levi­gated, A. ʒii. old Rape-oil, or Oil of Scorpions, A. q.s. mix, and make a Liniment; and over it, you may apply Emplastr. Diasul­phuris Rulandi.

XXIV. Lac Virginale con­stantly used, as five or six times a day, or oftner; and Cloths dipt in the same laid over; is an ex­cellent thing, and used for some considerable time, certainly cures.

XXV. 'Tis certain that one of the conjoined Causes of this Evil, are certain Animalcula, or little Worms, (which by some Microscopes I have perceived) which perpetually gnaw and eat: and therefore whatever effectu­ally kills them, cures this Dis­ease; for which purpose (be­sides Mercurials) nothing seems to be more effectual than Sac­charum Saturni, of which the Lac Virginale is made, and Tobacco.

XXVI. As to the latter, where green Tobacco cannot be got, I have done great Cures of this kind, by 1. Bathing often with a Lixivium of the ashes of dried Virginia Tobacco. 2. By Anointing with the Ointment made of dried Virginia. 3. By Washing sometimes with an Infusion or Decoction of the same Tobacco in Water. 4. By Applying a Leaf of the same, [Page 595] moistned in the said Infusion or Decoction, over the Ulce­ration, or Part affected.

XXVII. Sennertus commends this: ℞ Litharge, Ceruse, A. ℥ii. Pomgranate-peels in pouder ℥ss. Frankincense ʒ j ss. Verdi­grise, Alum, Myrrh, A. ʒi. Wax, Oil of Myrtles, A. q.s. mix, and make an Ointment. But if this (says he) will not serve the turn, but that the Ulcer and putrifaction creeps farther, you must have recourse to the stronger sort of Remedies.

XXVIII. ℞ Sheep-suet, Oil-olive, A.ʒiv. Auripigmentum ʒii. corrosive Sublimate ʒss. Quick­silver kill'd with fasting-spittle, ℥ss. Litharge of Gold and Silver, and Ceruse A.ʒiii. mix them in a glass Mortar, for use. Wise­man.

XXIX. Mercurius dulcis, red and white Precipitate, Arcanum Corallinum, or Turpethum Mi­nerale mixed with some proper Ointment: or Sheep-suet and Oil-olive, ana, oftentimes serve to good purpose in curing this Disease.

XXX. But in the more rebel­lious, they are to be fomented with a good Lixivium; or an Ablution of Turbith Minerale. And sometimes Spirit of Vi­triol, and the Caustick-stone it self may be used: but such Corrosives are not to be ap­plied to the Face; more espe­cially not the Nose, because the Cartilages and Bones lye so near the Skin.

XXXI. Municks advises to this Wash. ℞ Roots of White Hellebor, Elecampare, Florentine-Orrice, Althaea, A. ℥i. pulp of Coloquintida ℥ss. leaves of Savin, Tobacco, A. ℥i. Roch-alum ℥ii. Litharge ℥viii. Rain-water q.s. mix, and boil to ℥xl. strain, and add Wine-vinegar ℥xii. mix them for use.

XXXII. Or this. ℞ White Hellebor-roots ℥i. roots of Ele­campane, of Florentine-Orrice, of Esula, and Althaea, A.ʒvi. leaves of Savin M. i. pulp of Coloquin­tida ʒiii. Alum ℥ss. seeds of Stavesacre ʒ vi. Litharge ℥ vi. Oak-ashes ℥viii. Water q.s. boil to lbiii. or ℥xl. strain, and add Wine-vinegar ℥vi. mix them.

CHAP. XX. Of the SMALL-POX.

I. THIS Disease is called in Greek, [...], Pustularum eruptio; ab [...], effloresco: also by Hippo­crates, Epidem. lib. 3. [...], quas Pustulas Interpretes vocant, i. e. Papularum eru­ptiones: in Latin, Exanthemat [...], Ecthymata, from the Gre [...]; also Variolae, from Vari, Pimples; because they are a sort of Pim­ples or Pustules, breaking forth [Page 596] of the Flesh, upon the Skin: and in English, it is called the Small Pox.

II. The Definition. The Small Pox are a pustular Eruption be­sides Nature, of a morbifick Mat­ter, thro' the Flesh into the sub­stance of the Skin; by reason of a Fever, and preternatural Ferment of the Blood and Lympha with Choler, and the help of the Expulsive-faculty.

III. The Causes. They are either remote, or present: the remote, are the radical Impurities of the Mothers Blood, which the Child in the Womb receives into it self with its Nourishment; and lies dormant or hidden for some Months or Years, in the fleshy substance of the whole Body.

IV. The present Cause, is the boiling of Choler, or fermentation thereof with the Blood and Lym­pha, stirred up by some accidental provocation, and induced by a strong preternatural Heat, in­ducing a continual, violent, and malign Fever.

V. The Kinds. This disease is twofold; first, that in which the manifold Pustules breaking out, are each of them entire, and distinct one from another: se­condly, that in which they run all into one, as it were, and much like a Bladder, which the Vulgar call the Fluxing kind.

VI. This latter kind is very rarely caused or excited by any one Humor whatsoever; but for the most part there are many Humors mixed together, especially cholerick, salt, and serous or wheyish Humors; which making the ferment greater and more universal, cause the Pox to break out in such heaps, so as to flux as it were, together.

VII. And it seems to me, that this Fluxing kind of Small-pox is that very Disease which the Greeks called [...]. ( [...], vel [...], quod est, bullire, & fervere:) and the Latins, in imitation of them, Phlyctaenae, Phluctides, Phluzacia, and Phluseis; (tho' we under those names now understand another Disease, as you may see, Lib. 2. Cap. 25. aforegoing.)

VIII. For this sort of Small-Pox are at first little Pustules, which afterwards become little Bladders, which flux or run one into another; excited and caused by the exceeeding fervency of the Humors; being as it were boiling-hot, and most sharp; like to those Blisters which are raised by burning fire, and scalding-hot Water.

IX. The Signs of the Pustu­lar kind. This Disease, at its first beginning is attended with chilness and shivering, vehement pain in the Head, with a strong pulsation in the Forehead and Temples; great sleepiness, diffi­culty of breathing, intense heat, redness, and sense of pricking over the whole Body, with a pain of the Back; which sometimes alone, or appearing with other Symptoms, foreshews the Small-pox.

X. For thro' the Back are carried the great Artery and Vein, in which the malignant [Page 597] Blood fermenting or boiling, does send forth a sharp effervescency to the adjacent Nerves and Membranes; for which cause it is, that pains are especially felt in those parts.

XI. There is also a heaviness in the Eyes, swelling of the Face, with some redness, hoarsness, panting of the Heart, with a con­tinent, or at least continual Fever; which exciting the fer­ment of the Blood and Humors, protrudes the Morbifick-matter from within, to the outward parts.

XII. Generally on the fourth day from the first illness, or falling down of the Sick, sometimes sooner, and sometimes later; the Small-pox come forth, in Spots or small Pustules; (accompanied with a continual Fever, from the ebullition of the Blood and Humors;) at which time, the Symptoms (at least their vehe­mency) either abate, or dis­appear.

XIII. At their first coming out, the Pustules or Wheals are red­dish; and they are scattered over the Face, Neck, Brest, Arms, Hands, Thighs, Legs, Feet; and in gross Bodies, and where the Ferment is high, they generally appear in great numbers over the whole Body.

XIV. As the Pustules grow bigger, the Face swells, with pain and stiffness in the Jaws; and next after the Face, the Hands and Arms swell, and the Fingers begin to be distended, growing in all parts bigger and bigger, till they come to their utmost height and magnitude.

XV. And as they grow bigger the intervals between the Pu­stules, which were before white, begin to be red, and much swell'd, with a continual pain: and about eight or nine days after the first invasion, they will be come nearly to the height; in which time, (if the Morbifick-humor is in great abundance) the Eye­lids will swell, and the whole Face and Head will be vehe­mently tumified, (and propor­tionably other Parts) swelling sometimes nearly to double their true magnitude.

XVI. The Pustules are at first smooth and red, but as they grow in ripeness, they grow rougher and rougher, with a whitish yellow colour: also in the Hands, and other parts of the Body, they grow whiter and whiter, after­wards yellowish, casting forth a yellowish Humor, in colour almost like candied Honey, and in thickness almost like new Honey.

XVII. As the Pustules grow to their bigness, the inflammation of the Face, Arms, Hands, Back, and all other parts, comes also to its height; so that the inter­spaces between the Pustules appear of a florid red colour; and the milder or gentler the Pox are, the more lively the colour.

XVIII. This Eruption of the Morbifick-matter is generally at­tended with vehement Thirst; excited mostly from the intense­ness of the Heat, and violence of the Fever.

XIX. The Pustules being come to their height, about the eleventh [Page 598] or twelfth day (and in some later, where the Humor is in great plenty) the inflammation and swelling abate, and the Pustules either break or dry, and so scab, in order to their withering and falling off: but this is to be understood of those which are in the Face, and those parts of the Body which are con­stantly kept in Bed, and very warm.

XX. But those which are in the Hands and Arms, continue longer; remaining still white and fresh, for at least two or three days more; after which they break, and scab also.

XXI. On the fifteenth, six­teenth, or seventeenth days they go away intirely from the Face and Body; but from the Hands and Arms, on the nineteenth, twentieth, and twenty-first day; and they fall off in Scales or Scabs, according to the nature of the places affected.

XXII. Where the Humor is very sharp and corrosive, and where it is long a drying away, lying all the while upon the Cutis, it generally leaves seams, pits, or holes; but this is more especially in the Face and Hands; as being Parts lying more cold, and most exposed to the ambient Air.

XXIII. In a hopeful Small-pox, the Body is generally costive or bound: there is also (after the first few days are over) a natural kind of Sweat, which helps to protrude the Morbifick-matter; which continues more or less, thro' the whole course of the Disease.

XXIV. In some there is little or no Sweat, or it immediately vanishes; the Sick is anxious, and vehemently sick at Sto­mach, pisses little and often, is continually restless, tossing up and down, which Sym­ptoms are generally attended with another, viz. a Delirium, or Light-headedness.

The Signs of the Fluxing Kind.

XXV. To distinguish these in Name from the Phlyctaenae, or Ignis sylvestris, mentioned Lib. 2. cap. 25. we will henceforth call them [...], i. e. Phlyctaenae morbidae; because they shew forth a very corrupting and vehement Disease. And therefore in this Fluxing kind, tho' the Symptoms are nearly the same, yet they are much more corrupting and vehement: for it is this kind chiefly, which leaves pits, scars, or seams be­hind it, by reason it corrupts or eats the place upon which the Humor lyes.

XXVI. The Fever in these, as also the sickness at Stomach, nauseousness, or inclination to vo­mit, anxiety of Mind, and rest­lesness of Body are much more vehement; and they come forth on the third day, or sooner, seldom later; and the sooner they are protruded, the more apt they are to Flux, or run together into one.

XXVII. But sometimes thro' the violence of other Symptoms, as vehement Sickness at Stomach, with Vomiting, or a Looseness or Flux, which accidentally happens [Page 599] before the breaking forth of the Pox, and continues a day or two after, (which scarcely ever hap­pens in the former kind:) or a Catarrh, or any great Hemor­rhage; whether by the Nostrils, Urine, or Stool, the protrusion of the Pustules are retarded till the fourth or fifth day.

XXVIII. So that it appears, that the separation of the Mor­bifick-matter, and febrile Ebul­lition or Fermentation, are in the first three, four, or five days: But the real protrusion or coming forth thereof, is per­fected by Nature in some suc­ceeding time: in little Abscesses arising in the Skin, which, the Humor being serous, and more fluid, with the dissolution of a very sharp Salt, causes a fluxing of them one into an­other.

XXIX. Many times, thro' the ill managing of the Sick, several bad Symptoms succeed; as Sleepi­ness, Watchings, Phrensy, Light-headedness, or Dotage, falling down of the Pustules or Wheals; with sometimes little black Spots on the heads of them; or a depression in the middle, pur­ple Spots being scattered almost every where between the Pu­stules; together with spitting or pissing of Blood, or some other Hemorrhage; or a suppression of Urine, pain, restlesness, trem­bling, &c. many of which Symptoms happen in the first six, or seven days of the Dis­temper.

XXX. The Pustules come out sometimes after the manner of an Erysipelas, (but none but Fools and Ignorants will call it an Erysipelas; for where the Small-Pox is, that is Disease enough of it self, without the addition of any other:) and sometimes like the Measles, (yet 'tis no Mea­sles) which may be distin­guished by the differing signs of the Disease, and the time of breaking out.

XXXI. A kind of Catarrh, or Spitting, sometimes in persons of ripe age, begins at the time of breaking forth; sometimes two or three days after, spit­ting at first a thin matter; which on the tenth or eleventh day grows more viscous or thick.

XXXII. And a Looseness or Flux in Children and the younger sort, is apt to seize also, before the breaking forth of the Pox, and many times continues a day or two after, which scarcely ever happens in the former Pustular kind: but this Loose­ness seizes not so early, as the Catarrh or Spitting does Men.

XXXIII. Whil'st the Disease is in the increase, the Pustules rise not to any eminent height, but rather run together like red Blisters, in the Face; (so as many times to cover the whole Countenance) and many other Parts; which by reason of the fluidity of the Humor, swell sooner than the Pustular kind.

XXXIV. Afterwards, they seem to be like a white Bladder or Skin, and in the Face, are not much higher than the surface thereof; tho' the whole Face seems to be extreamly swelled: [Page 600] those which are in the Hands and Feet are larger, and the farther or higher you go from the extremities of the Limbs, the lesser they are.

XXXV. The eighth, ninth, or tenth day sometimes, being past, the white Skin grows daily (but gradually) rougher and rougher, and of a brownish colour; and the pain in the Skin is more intense, till the Scabs fall off; which in this so vehement a Disease, seldom happens till after three Weeks are past.

XXXVI. The Symptoms do not immediately abate, after the coming forth of the Pustules, as they do in the Pustular sort; but the Fever, and the other Sym­ptoms do continue also to vex the Sick for many days afterwards. And as in both kinds, the Fever is present from the be­ginning to the time of pro­trusion or eruption; so it continues to the time of full ripeness; after which it sensibly abates, and vanishes away of its own accord.

XXXVII. During the extream heat of the Fever, the Sick seems to be as it were in a Furnace or Oven; and it is generally accom­panied with great Thirstiness, and sometimes a Hoarseness; and a Cough many times seizes them as they drink, making the Drink to come forth thro' the Nose.

XXXVIII. You must note also, that the nearer the Pustules or Bladders are to ripening, the more brown they grow, and indeed so much the more dangerous they are: but the yellower they are, the less they flux or run toge­ther, and the more quickly go away.

XXXIX. Presently after the Scabs or Skin are come off in the Face, it is spread over with a kind of mealy or white Scales or Scurf, of a very eroding nature, which many times causes pits, scars, or seams; and tho' then the swelling of the Face should decline, yet it goes not wholly away, till some days after.

XL. The Prognosticks. If the Sick is so violently thirsty, that nothing can quench it, grows hoarse, is extream sleepy, or le­thargick, and his Catarrh or Spitting ceases; without any apparent swelling of the Face and Hands, beginning, and con­tinuing till the Pustules are fully come out, conclude Death is at hand.

XLI. The greater, and more in number the Pustules, chiefly in the Face, the greater the danger: the lesser and fewer, provided the Sick has no heart-sick, fainting, or swooning Fits, the less danger: and if they be of a violet-colour, green, or livid, or black, they are dangerous, and for the most part mortal: so also if they strike in again.

XLII. The Fever increasing after their being full come out, difficulty of Breathing, unquench­able Thirst, Looseness, Bloody-flux, bleeding at Nose, or otherwise; and black or blew Spots, with black or livid Urine, are all signs of Death.

XLIII. A suppression of all Evacuations in the state of the Sickness, a Frenzy, or Lethargy [Page 601] after the eleventh or fourteenth day, great quantity of Ʋrine, the Fever not abating; plentiful Sweats, not diminishing the Dis­ease; a violent Flux in the beginning of the Disease, and continuing; the eruptions small, and of an evil colour, where the putrifaction is great, if they fall back again, tho' not quite in, (whereby the malign Morbifick-matter retires to the more noble parts,) all these are signs of Death.

XLIV. If they be slow in coming out, or they be hard, or vastly great in number, or if they touch one another; or the Sick breathes not freely, or the Fever abates not after their breaking forth; or if there is violent Vomitings, Sickness at Heart, Fainting, or Swooning; or there be Frenzy, Delirium, Raving, or Dotage, or Convulsions with raving, trem­bling of the Hands and Tongue, or Heart-burning, or Hiccough, great loathing of Food, many and violent Excretions in the beginning and increase of the Disease. These Symptoms, I say, tho' they are not always mortal, yet they are very evil, and exceeding dangerous.

XLV. The Pulse like that in perfect health, is dangerous, for Nature out of weakness concocts not the Humors: and then tho' the Sick seems freed from his Fever, yet he grows worse and worse, and draws towards death.

XLVI. If they come easily out, and easily, or soon ripen; if there is Sneezing (provided the Lungs are sound) or a suppression of all Evacuations, in the beginning and augmentation of the Disease, or Deafness in the state of the Disease; or the Urine is with signs of Concoction, or the Symptoms be not great, or there are Critical Sweats, or other Critical Evacuations, in the state and declination, wherein the Sick is better after them: these, I say, are all Signs of good Health, and Recovery.

XLVII. However, whil'st the Disease is in its beginning and increase, it will be prudence to suspend judgment; for it will be dubious and uncertain, till about the end of the state or declina­tion. And if you would give a more exact and perfect judg­ment, you ought diligently to study and learn Our Prognosticks, which we have largely and clearly delivered, in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae Lib. 1. from Chap. 46. to Chap. 66.

XLVIII. The Cure. The Indi­cations of Cure are fourfold, and have respect, 1. To the Nature or Essence of the Disease; which is to drive from the Centre to the Circumference. 2. To the Cause; which is the Morbifick-matter to be protruded, or thrust forth thro' the Pores of the Skin. 3. To the Symptoms; so as to secure the first Indica­tion, and in the due time to abate them. 4. To the Vital Indication; which has respect to the strength or weakness of the Sick: all which we shall pursue (thro' God's assistance) in the following Discourse, and in their due Order.

XLIX. But before we enter [Page 602] upon the true Method of Curing, we think it necessary to reflect upon the present Mode of Pra­ctice, now managed by some per­sons, who are thought to be Men of great Names, but lesser Skill; as it has relation to Bleeding, Purging, and Blistering; where­in we hope to deliver our Mind, with a kind of Demon­stration: especially being con­sidered with respect to the un­erring Principles of Our Art.

L. I know I cannot do this, without meriting the Malice and Envy of some particular Men; but the truth of it is, it is of such as are my profest Enemies, and such as have determined, and publickly declared my Ruine and Destruction; who have already by all unjust methods at Law persecuted me, and still con­tinue to do the same. But on my part, I oppose them not for malice or envy sake, nor with any respect to the Evil they have done me; for I freely forgive them all: but only for the sake of Truth, which I desire to bring to light, for the benefit of Mankind in general.

LI. I cannot think without terror, of the Death of Her late Majesty, when I consider with what Methods She was managed. I must confess, I would not hazard a Negro, (whose Life I may value but at 20 l.) under those pernicious courses of Bleeding; but infinitely less, that of so good, and so great Queen: a Life so valuable, that nothing can be put in the balance against it: since other courses may be pursued, with a thousand times less danger.

LII. But what shall I say in this case? 'tis the eternal fate of the Great, to fall under such ill circumstances, and under such Fatal Mens hands: and for this, we have the Authority of the Poet; as you have it in Mr. Gould's admirable Poem up-Sn the Memory of Her late oacred Majesty, QUEEN MARY, in the following Lines or Words.

Ye Sons of Aesculapius, boast no more,
That you the Weak to Health and Strength restore:
Vain is your Learning, and your Art a Cheat;
At least, 'tis ever Fatal to the Great.
All you can do, is but [hap-hazard] Guess,
And a whole Colledge has the worst Success.
For like a two-edg'd Sword, you both ways slay;

I add this Line.

By want of Skill, and sometimes by foul Play.

Who under you escape, had yet no doubt,
Sooner recover'd to their Health without.
You are your selves an Epidemick Ill:
For one you let escape, you thousands kill.
To Plagues and Pestilential Blasts a-kin;
Their Poisons reign without, but yours within.
[Page 603]
From you, 'tis weakness to expect Relief;
Both Atheists in your Practice and Belief.
From GOD, can Favour on your Work be shown,
When you so boldly argue there is none?
Those that would live, must your Prescriptions shun:

I add:

Who Sacrifices to your Net 's undone.
Under this just Reproof, you justly stand;
Y' are evil Omens to our mourning Land.
Night-birds, and Birds of Prey, foreboding ill;
Who ne're approach, but with design to Kill.
Where th' Carcass is, like Vultures you resort;
And if you come, Death makes the Dire Report.
We call to Witness our Indulgent QUEEN,
Who, we believe, had liv'd, had you not been.
We cannot help Our Faith; Believe we must:
And We believe She 'd liv'd, had some been just.
Your Prescripts are but formal Acts of Fate;
Who scapes your Hands, you think does dye too late.
Death's Harbingers you are; you go before.
And to its splendid Entry ope the Door.
Abandon them, my Soul! and fly, my Heart!
And let me dye by Nature, not Their Art.

LIII. Haec autem obiter. Now to the purpose in hand. First, as to Bleeding: it is my Opi­nion, that it is against all the Indicationes Curativae; and this we shall endeavour to prove or demonstrate to the Under­standing, from the following Arguments.

LIV. Either there are Princi­ples in Our Art, upon which we build, and by which we ought to be guided, or there are none. If Our Art consists of Principles, we ought either to Act by, and ac­cording to them, or not: if we ought, then all the Indications or Methods of Cure in every Disease, are to be squared according to those Principles; and he that Acts not according to those Precepts, shews him­self to be a Cheat, Ignorant, or something worse. But if we ought not to walk by them, then it is manifest, that the Art it self is precarious and vain; and they are all Fools, who make it their Business to study and break their Brains about an Art, whose Principles have no Worth or Usefulness in them.

LV. But if the Art is built upon no Principles, but that all that is done in it, is only Opinion, Chance, and Hap-hazard; then the Art it self (as it is called) is no Art, but a meer Cheat, and Delusion; the Profession thereof all Trick, and Designing: and the Practice thereof tho' under the most specious title of Doctor or Collegiate) nothing but Vil­lany, Impudence, and Quacking.

LVI. But we presume, the Pro­fessors thereof will readily grant us, that the Art is built upon Principles, that those Principles are rational, and the Indications of Cure raised from them, reasonable, and necessary to be followed. And that he that acts not by those Principles, acts precariously and dangerously, as to the Patient; and his Practice, as to himself, is meer Confidence and Quack­ery.

LVII. If this is granted, we will then consider the Indicatio­nes Curativae, in this particular Disease, as built upon those Prin­ciples: and they are four, as you may see in the third Edi­tion of Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 1. Cap. 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, and 80. and so are taken, 1. From the Nature or Essence of the Disease. 2. From the Causes. 3. From the Sym­ptoms. 4. From the strength or weakness of the Sick, which is called the Vital Indication, all which we shall consider di­stinctly, with reference to Bleeding, &c.

LVIII. The Essence and Nature of this Disease is, to protrude or thrust forth the Morbifick-matter, from the Centre to the Circum­ference. And therefore, what­ever Methods are taken contrary to this Indication, must be extreamly prejudicial to the Sick, if not destructive and fatal.

LIX. Now Bleeding (tho' many rash and ignorant persons use it in this Age, in the Cure of this Distemper) is diametrically oppo­site to this Indication: For all Physicians account Bleeding a Revulsive Remedy, which calls from the Circumference to the Center: and if so, then the Morbifick-matter, which ought to be thrust forth, is imme­diately drawn into the Blood by the Veins, (for they will be filled again) and so by Circu­lation conveyed to the Heart.

LX. From whence we con­clude, that unless the Disease is very gentle, the Morbifick-matter but little in quantity, and the Patient very strong, and natu­rally of a good habit of Body; if this Remedy be used, the Sick must patiently submit to his Fate; for Death stands at the door: as we have in some hundreds of Patients particu­larly observed.

LXI. The second Indication arises from the Cause, which is the Morbifick-matter to be thrust forth; that we may hinder the augmentation thereof for the future, which Nature now endeavours to diminish by cast­ing forth.

LXII. But Bleeding is opposite to this Indication: for the evil Matter now in part protruded, thro' the Fermentation of the Blood and other Juices, being by this means drawn into the Blood again; the whole Mass thereby becomes in a very short time putrified, and all the Juices of the Body converted into the very Matter or Cause of the Disease.

LXIII. This augmented or mul­tiplied Putrifaction being thus joined again with the Blood, which Nature had been for a long [Page 605] time before separating, by Cir­culation with the Blood comes to the Heart and smites it, empoisons the noble Parts, stagnates the bloody Juice, and suffocates the vital Flame.

LXIV. The third Indication of Cure, has respect to the Symptoms. Where the Symptoms are more extream, and shew more danger than the Disease, the Intention of Cure is to be directed to remove, or alleviate them. But where the Disease is more vehement, that is first to be considered, because upon the remedying of that, the Symptoms of their own accord cease or vanish.

LXV. So in this Disease, the Fever is one of the Symptoms, which tho' never so strong and intense, is never so dangerous as the malign matter to be protruded: and is therefore here to be neglected; and not only for that Reason, but for another more powerful, viz. because it is assistant in expelling the Morbifick-matter.

LXVI. The diminution then of the febritick Heat is to be avoided, yea it ought to be kept up to the height; otherwise the pro­trusion will be weak and imper­fect, and in general proves fatal to the Sick. 'Tis a great error indeed, to cause an abatement of the Fever; for 'tis the strength and height of the Fever, which saves the Life of the Patient.

LXVII. 'Tis that violent Heat, which is the effectual Cause of a compleat protrusion of the Mat­ter into the surface of the Skin: and not only so, but 'tis also the cause of a more speedy expulsion, and bringing the Disease to a much more speedy, healthful end.

LXVIII. For the more languid that Heat, the more danger; and if the Fever goes either quite away, orconsiderably abates, 'tis a thou­sand to one but the Sick dies suddenly, or in a little time becomes past all hopes of reco­very.

LXiX. But if the Heat be conserved, and the Fever let alone, you will see in a short time, by the plentiful eruption of the Pustules, (if there is a plenty of the Morbid-matter) that the danger of Death will quickly be over, to the great ease, comfort, and satisfaction of the Sick.

LXX. And that after Nature has made a sufficient protrusion, the Fever it self (for want of fuel) will presently vanish of its own accord, without the help of any Medicine: and this is that which in the space of thirty-three Years Practice, I have, I believe, above a thousand times observed.

LXXI. It is objected, That by the violence and continua­tion of the Fever, the Small-pox may come forth too plentifully; or much more than otherwise they would do; to the great prejudice, and greater danger of the Sick. We readily answer, 1. That they cannot come too plenti­fully out; for all the Morbid-matter, which Nature has pre­pared, and separated from the Blood and other Humors, ought to be expelled. 2. That there [Page 606] is no danger to the Sick, simply by their coming forth plenti­fully: but directly on the con­trary, the danger is, if they do not come fully forth, as they ought to do.

LXXII. If there is not a plenty of Matter to be expelled, they cannot come plentifully forth: but if there is a plenty of that Matter, it ought to be all expell'd, otherwise several in­conveniences will unavoidably ensue.

LXXIII. If the Body is weak, and the Constitution very faulty, as Cachectical, Scorbutical, &c. the not coming compleatly forth, for the most part, hazards the Patient's Life. But if the Sick is of a strong habit and consti­tion of Body, whereby Nature is so able to contend with the Disease, as to vanquish the dan­gers of Death; then some evil Symptoms, as running Sores and Ulcers, Scabs, Itch, Biles, &c. are apt to seize upon the Patient; in some presently; and in others, in some little time afterwards.

LXXIV. Or else some other pernicious and ill-natured Disease is apt to seize and afflict them; as the Scurvy, Leprosy, Kings-Evil, Consumption, &c. which by reason of the remaining universal defilement of the Body, will not be easily ma­stered or overcome; without much trouble, and long and tedious courses of Physick.

LXXV. It is also to be ob­served, that the greatness of the Fever, is in proportion to the prepared and separated Morbid-matter now ready for expulsion: if it is little in quantity, the Fever is never great; and some­times, where the Pustules are very few, as here and there one) scarcely to be discerned; so that the Patient goes up and down the House, as if nothing ailed them. But where it is much in quantity, the Fever is great, and always in proportion to the Matter to be expelled, as it were by Natures designa­tion.

LXXVI. 'Tis also observa­ble, that more Matter than Nature has prepared and separated, will not be protruded, do what you will, neither by the height, nor continuance of the Fever, use of Sudorificks, or any other means whatsoever. And therefore, what Matter the has separated for expulsion, ought not to be pre­vented, by abating the Sym­ptoms thro' Bleeding, lest other greater evils do ensue, as we have before declared.

LXXVII. The last Indication of Cure, is the Vital Indication, respecting the strength or weakness of the Sick, against which Bleed­ing is diametrically opposed. For take away the Blood, in which the Vital potency resides, and you manifestly weaken the Sick more and more, and diminish the Spirits, which ought to oppose, or encounter the Dis­ease.

LXXVIII. For Nature thro' Bleeding, being weakned, (not only by being robb'd of her de­fence, but by introducing an Enemy, who universaily defiles her Oeco­nomy, and quenches the Vital [Page 607] Flame) there is immediately an universal weakness spread over the whole Humane Frame, and the contest of Nature with the Disease ceases, by Natures being overcome. This Truth is so evident, that we cannot but speak it with grief, when we do but think of that late precious Life, which by that means, we faithfully believe, was lost.

LXXIX. From what has been said, it is manifest, that Bleeding in this Disease, is a very inimi­cal course to the Patient, let the Practisers thereof say what they can for themselves: and if they alledge Experience against us, we will bring Experience against Experience; and justify by the universal Management of this Disease thro' the whole King­dom, yea almost thro' the whole World, That above a thousand does well without it, to one that does well with it.

LXXX. And generally speaking, every one that is born into the World, and now alive, who in their order or course, have had this Disease, and have overcome it without Bleeding, ought to be opposed to the novel Practices of these times: for that thro' the whole Kingdom, yea thro' the whole Universe, there is not one to a thousand, that are let Blood in it; yea I am of opi­nion, that there is scarcely one of ten thousand in the whole, that is; and yet gene­rally, they live and do well.

LXXXI. Whereas, let us but examine amongst those that are let Blood, and we shall find by sad experience, that scarcely ten live in an hundred. Take an equal number on both sides, suppose a thousand which may have this Disease, and are not let Blood; we find, that by the help of a good Nurse, and care­ful looking after, that at least nine hundred and fifty, do well; which is compleat nineteen in twenty.

LXXXII. Whereas in a thou­sand that have this Disease, and are let Blood, at least nine hun­dred and fifty of them dye; which is again full nineteen out of twenty. And this my own Eyes are Witnesses of: I knew ten in one Family, all which had the Small-pox at the same time almost, one after another; six Children, a Wife, and two Brothers; they were all let Blood, in order to the Cure, and were all lost: the Master of the House fell sick after­wards of the same, and refused that course, by reason of the ill success of the other nine; and lived and did well. Now what can be said to such an Example as this?

LXXXIII. But to give Our Adversaries all the advantage that can be, suppose among those that are let Blood, the one half of them should live, yet the odds of living are on our side, who are against Bleeding. And to justify our selves in this Opinion, we will consider the whole Body of our own Nation, which you see at this day is full of People; and yet, that tho' the greatest part of them have past past this Disease, (take the whole Kingdom throughout) [Page 606] not one in ten thousand of them (I mean, of them that are living) have been let Blood in this case. Which is a mighty and weighty Consideration, and worthy to be taken notice of.

LXXXIV. As for my own part, in my time of Practising, I am very confident I have had at least a thousand Patients sick of this Disease, not one of which I ever let Blood, or caus'd it be done, and yet they all liv'd and did well; nor had I ever (I bless God for it) a Patient sick there­of under my hands, which died.

LXXXV. And yet I freely con­fess, that the Disease is sometimes so malign and deleterious, that no Methods whatsoever can save; and therefore where I see mortal Symptoms, I always forbear med­ling: and truly it is a great and good piece of knowledge in our Art, to be so well skill'd in the Prognostick part thereof, as to foresee the danger of the Sick; which being well under­stood, gives the true Physician a great reputation; by avoiding the Infamy, which otherwise might attend him.

LXXXVI. If it be enquired, Whether Blood may not be taken away before their coming forth; we answer, No. In any Patient of mine, were I sure the Small-Pox would succeed, I should al­ways forbid it: and my Reason is, because it would make the protrusion of the Pustules very languid and weak; whereby, if it did not hazard the Patient's life, yet this evil might fol­low, that by reason thro' weak­ness of the Expulsive Faculty, there might not be a full ex­pulsion of the Morbifick-matter, the remaining part thereof would lay the foundation of some other more pernicious Dis­ease; as the Measles, Leprosy, Kings-evil, Apostems, Consum­ptions, &c.

LXXXVII. When any of the Blood-suckers Patients dye, the Pustules seem to fall in again, grow flat and dead, or to dent in in the middle; and sometimes to turn purple, livid, or black; with many livid, or purple spots in the interspaces. Then to excuse themselves, they say it was a dangerous and malign Disease, and complicated with an Ery­sipelas, Purples, Spotted-fever, or the like; by reason of which Complication, 'twas impossible for the Sick to escape death, what course soever had been taken.

LXXXVIII. To which we an­swer, That this is only a blind for their Ignorance, and an Ex­cuse for their cursed Male-practice: for many (if not most) of those miserable Patients might have lived, if they had not fallen into those Blood-suckers hands: and it is for the most part Bleeding, (where the Sick dyes upon it) which is the cause of such-like Spots appearing.

LXXXIX. But as for a Com­plication of the above-named Dis­eases in the Small-pox, we never once knew it, in the thousand cases we have seen, nor do we believe it possible to be: it is the nature of the Disease, not to admit them. The Small-Pox is Disease enough of it [Page 607] self, we need not add others to it, to make it worse.

XC. As for an Erysipelas, the Small-pox it self is so like it, in its first approaches and coming out, that it is not every one that can distinguish between them. But however, the Small pox cannot in any wise admit of an Ery­sipelas to be joined with them; their natures are as different, as are the methods of their cure.

XCI. And when purple or livid Spots appear, upon the falling down of the Pustules, or death of the Patient, they no more demon­strate a purple or spotted Fever, than they do the Dropsy or Gout. 'Tis the property of the Dis­ease, when Nature is upon the yielding part, or is already over­come, to send forth those Sym­ptomata, as Tokens of her ensuing Fate.

XCII. These things being said, we shall now address our self to the Cure; wherein we shall do our endeavour to explicate it, according to the best Methods of Practice; and what I my self have found admirably successful in all my undertakings, where­ever I have been concern'd in the Cure of this Disease.

XCIII. First, Purging we for­bid, as dangerous; (almost for the same reasons as we do Bleed­ing) lest it should induce a Flux of the Bowels, whereby their plentiful eruption might pos­sibly be hindred: 'tis better of the two, to keep the Body Costive, than to admit of any thing which may hazard a Flux of the Belly.

XCIV. But upon the Patient's first falling ill, if the Body is Cacochymick, or has a fulness of Humors, or the Stomach is foul, or a Vomiting be present; you may safely enough give some proper Antimonial Emetick, as Vinum Benedictum, Tartar eme­tick, and the like; because it at once empties the Stomach of abundance of filth, adhering to its Tunicles, and gives upon the spot, a wonderful relief to Nature.

XCV. But in the progress of this Cure, I think a good, honest and careful Nurse is most to be relied on; I am sure, much more than on the Blood-sucking Doctors, and No-Doctors of these times; under whose hands, the greatest part of those who fall into them, miscarry.

XCVI. If extream Thirst af­flicts the Patient, it may be allay'd by small Beer, in which Saffron has been infused, and made pleasantly sharp with Spiritus Nitratus: or with this, ℞ Fair Water three quarts, burnt Harts-horn ℥ii. boil till a quart is consumed: towards the end of boiling put in a crust of Bread; then strain, and sweeten with treble-resined Sugar ℥ii. or better, adding also the juice of one Limon: of which give the Sick, as need requires.

XCVII. Give this every night going to bed. ℞ Our Tinctura Opii, or Guttae Vitae, or liquid Laudanum, a gut. vi. ad xvi. Spiritus nitratùs gut. xx. Milk-water, or the former Decoction of Harts-horn ℥iii. mix for a Dose. But be sure to regulate the [Page 608] Dose of the Opiate, according to the age and strength of the Sick. If it is a young Child, gut. iii. or iv. may be Dose enough, and you may sweeten it with a little white Sugar.

XCVIII. And every Morning give this. ℞ Bezoar-mineral gr.xii. Bezoar-stone, Cochinel, A. gr. vi. Salt of Amber gr. iv. mix for a Dose, if it is a Man. But if it is a Child, it will serve for two Doses.

XCIX. If the Tongue and Throat are clammy, rough, hot, and dry, inject the following Gar­garism with a Syringe. ℞ Of the former Decoction of Harts-horn ℥viii. Honey of Roses ℥jss. Tin­cture of Saffron and Cochinele ʒiii. dulcified Spirit of Nitre gut. xxx. mix them.

C. If the Pustules seem to strike in, fall flat, or sink in the middle, let the Composition at Sect. 98. above, be repeated every six hours. Or this Mixture. ℞ Milk-water ℥viii. choice Cana­ry ℥i. Spiritus cordialis ʒss. Tincture of Saffron and Cochinel ʒii. Spirit of Sal Armoniack, or Spirit of Harts-horn ʒijss. mix them, for four little Draughts.

CI. Or this. ℞ Our Theriaca Chymica, Electuarium Antepesti­lentiale, A. ℥ss. mix them. Dose, à gr. xvi. ad ʒi. to be repeated every six hours, till the Pustules begin to arise again: or either of the particulars may be given alone in the same Dose.

CII. If upon the eleventh, twelfch, or other succeeding days the Fever goes not off; but that the Sick is unquiet, uneasy, and restless, and that death seems to be at the door, give the Pulvis Antifebriticus, à ʒss. ad ℈ii. or ʒi. in the Harts-horn-Decoction. Or this: ℞ Aqua Elementaria ℥vi. Spiritus Cordia­lis ℥i. Spirit of Harts-horn ʒi. mix for a Draught.

CIII. If a vehement Flux is present, give à gr. ½ ad ii. of a simple Extract of Opium, mixt with, or dissolved in Tinctuce of Catechu; to be repeated every Night, so long as need requires, and given in the Harts-horn-Decoction.

CIV. When the Pustules are fully come out, and begin to grow yellow, the purulent matter may be let out, by pricking them with a Needle, or the point of a Lan­cet, or cutting off their heads; after which, you may anoint them with a Feather, with the following Mixture. ℞ Sheeps-suet ℥ii. Oil of Ben ℥jss. Sperma Ceti ℥i. mix, and make an Ointment; with which anoint, 'till the Pustules are fully dried up.

CV. This is commended. ℞ Oil of Ben ℥iijss. pure white Sperma Ceti ℥i. juice of Limons ℥ss. in which let be dissolved Saccharum Saturni ʒii. mix, and make a Liniment; with which anoint twice a day.

CVI. The Scabs being fallen off, there is wont to succeed a notable Scurf, which in many eats even into the Skin: to prevent which, and to clear it of the Scurf, you must daily, two or three times a day, or as oft as you see occasion, wash with Aqua Tartarisata blood-warm; or rather with Lac Virginale, [Page 609] than which I think nothing is better.

CVII. If in the beginning of the Disease, there happens to be either spitting or pissing of Blood, or a Bloody-flux, you must ne­cessarily give Our Tinctura Mi­rabilis, à ℥ss. ad ℥i. mixt with some convenient Vehicle. Or this Pouder: ℞ Catechu in pouder ℈i. Crocus Martis astrin­gens ℈ss. Opium in pouder gr. i. mix for a Dose; to be repeated as oft as need requires.

CVIII. If the Disease is vehe­ment, the Fever great and in­tense, and the Pustules break forth generally over the whole Body, in very great numbers, or run every where into a flux; the Sick ought to keep their Bed, be carefully tended and lookt after; and, as much as may be, avoid taking Cold, for that is as much as the Life is worth; and their Food may be boil'd Barley, Barley-broth, or rather boil'd Rice, and Rice-broth, Ponada, &c. drink­ing also the Harts-horn Drink before described, Canary-whey, which comforts the Spirits; white Posset-drink made with Ale, and sweetned with double-refined Sugar.

CIX. Lastly, at the End of the Disease purge the Body well; either with Sal mirabile, Our Family Pills, Pilulae Cathar­ticae, Tinctura purgans, Tinctura Cathartica, Syrupus Catharticus, an Infusion of Sena and Rhu­barb, or some other proper Purge, agreeable with the habit and constitution of the Body; which let be repeated at least three or four times. The want of doing this, (which carries off all the remainders or re­liques of the Distemper) has been the cause of Scurvy, Gout, Consumptions, Apoplexies, Apostems, foul Ulcers, Botches, Biles, Scabs, Leprosy, and Kings-evil, breaking out after­wards, and seizing upon the Patient

CX. Some, when the Pustules rise not as they ought to do, or when they find them to fall down again, apply Vesicatories, or Blistering-Emplasters: but they only put the Patient to a very great deal of pain and tor­ture, without doing any gene­ral good, or any good at all: for as much as they draw but only from particular Parts, and Parts adjucent to the Applica­tion, and so leave the Sick worse than they found him.

III. Tumors arising from PHLEGM.

CHAP. XXI. Of an OEDEMA.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Oedema; and in English, Oedema, and, the White-swelling. 'Tis true, Hippocrates and other ancient Physicians, under the name of Oedema understood all other Turnors whatsoever; because it signifies an eminency, rising up, or swelling: but those of later times understand only one certain kind of swelling, which is the White-swelling here in­tended.

II. Definition. Tumor est praeter Naturam, ab Humore seroso aut pituitoso ortum habens, albus, mollis, laxus, indolens, & caloris expers; prementi Digito cedens, & per congestionem frequentiùs, quàm per affluxum Humorum pro­ductus. It is a Tumor besides Nature, arising from a serous or pituitous matter, white, soft, loose, without pain, and void of heat; yielding to the Fingers being prest, and oftner caused by conge­stion, than fluxion, or a flux of Humors.

III. The Kinds. It is perfect, when it proceeds from Phlegm only: imperfect, when it pro­ceeds from other Humors; as Blood, Choler, Melancholy; whence they are called Oedema Phlegmonoodes, Erysipelatoodes, Scirrhoodes.

IV. The Cause. It is caused from Phlegm alone sometimes, and sometimes from a mixtion of other Humors, as is mentioned in the Kinds. But Barbett thinks it to be produced from the ill disposition of the Lympha­ducts.

V. Galen, ad Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 3. saith, that it is caused by a Pituitous matter; or else by the Spirits, when they are full of Vapors. But by that great Man's leave, tho' in the similar Parts there may be some kind of flatulent Spirit collected, which may tumify the Part; yet this Tumor is not properly Oedema, but rather [...], or [...], a Windy Tumor: of which hereafter.

VI. Sennertus says it proceeds from a serous Humor abounding in the Body, and descending upon the Part, and there abiding and sticking fast, as in a substance more cold than other parts of the Body.

VII. The Conjoined Cause is Phle [...]m contained in the Blood, [Page 611] when it is so increased, that it irritates and stirs up the Expul­sive Faculty: for Nature being then excited, protrudes the Matter out of the greater Ves­sels into the less, and expels it from the more noble Parts to the weaker; till at length it is received and retained, by the most weak and infirm Part.

VIII. The Procatartick Cause is, an errour and default in San­guification; producing such a like Humor, which must be found out from the Patient's Diet, Exercise, and way of Living.

IX. The Places. Altho' it may be excited in all parts of the Body whatsoever, yet it chiefly arises in the Hands, Knees, and Feet; as is manifest in such persons as are afflicted therewith; as in such as are Hydropical, Cache­ctical, Phthisical, or Struma­tick.

X. The Signs. It is known by being a Tumor soft and loose, so that if it be pressed down with the Finger, it easily gives way: for the moist Phlegm softens and loosens the Part; yet being thicker than the Lympha or other Humors, it sticks in the Part.

XI. It is altogether without pain, or any pulsation; for not dissolving perfectly the unity, it cannot be dolorous.

XII. It is also of a white, or whitish colour, because there is in it no preternatural heat, but only so much as is conformable to Na­ture: or rather, there is a coldness of the Part, from its weakness, and nature of the Matter congested therein.

XIII. The Prognosticks. It is not suddenly generated, but grows by degrees, or by little and little: because the Humor is cold, thick, and sluggish; and there­fore not fit for any speedy motion.

XIV. It often happens to old people, gross and phlegmatick. Bodies, and in Winter time; and to such who with gluttony and much drinking, continually debilitate the natural heat.

XV. It is a Disease, which in it self (without other accidents) is of no danger: nor is it great, or the cause thereof, of any dangerous consequence, nor has it usually any ill Symptoms joined therewith.

XVI. It is said to be dangerous, if it happens to such as have a Cachexy, Dropsy, Consumption, or Kings-evil: but then this danger comes not simply from the Oedema, but from those Dis­eases which the Oedema fol­lows: for which reason, you ought to distinguish whether it arises of it self, or follows upon some other Disease.

XVII. If it happens in the Feet or Knees, after long Dis­eases, from Crudities collected by the Disease, or from a refrigeration, or other dangerous faults of the Liver, it is then dangerous, and may threaten death, from the Causes upon which it depends: but otherwise if no such acci­dents be concurrent with it, there is no danger at all.

XVIII. If it degenerates into a Scirrhus, or by any accident comes to Apostemats, it will be [Page 612] of very difficult cure, if not totally uncurable.

XIX. But yet tho' Oedema is a Disease, which of it self is without any danger, yet notwith­standing it is of a long continuance; because it arises from a cold and clammy Matter, which cannot be overcome in a long time.

XX. Sometimes it terminates by a Resolution, unless it degene­rates into a scirrhous Nodosity, or the like: for the much using of Digestives, many times makes the matter wax hard.

XXI. The Cure. Indications of Cure are threefold: 1. The removing the Procatartick Cause. 2. Removal of the Antecedent Cause. 3. Remo­ving of the Conjoin'd Cause; which is done by Topicks, or External Applications.

XXII. As to the removing of the Procatartick Cause; let the Diet be such as does not generate or breed Flegm, but rather such as destroys it.

XXIII. Let his Bread be Wheat, and chiefly Bisket: his Meat, Flesh of good nourishment, and easy digestion, as roasted Mutton, Veal, Pullets, Rabbets: his Fish, such as swim in stoney and gravelly places: his Drink, Medicated Ale, with Wine sometimes.

XXIV. Let the Air he lives in, be drying and heating, use Exercise before Eating, to [...]tir up the Native Heat; be merry and chearful, avoiding Melan­c [...]oly as much as may be: diurnal Sleep is also to be avoided, also Blood letting, and such things as bind the Body, or over-much cool it, as Cheese, cold Fruits, as Cucumbers, Melons, &c.

XXV. The Antecedent Cause is removed by due Purgation, either upwards or downwards. If the Stomach is foul, give a Vomit of Tartar-emetick, à gr. ii. ad v. or vi. according to age and strength; or with Vinum eme­ticum, or Vinum or Acetum scil­liticum; repeating the Dose two or three times.

XXVI. Then purge with Dia­jalapa, or Diagamba, or Our Family Pills, Pilulae Catharticae, Syrupus Catharticus, or Pul­vis Corna [...]hini, or Tinctura pur­gans: or you may often purge with an Infusion of Sena and Mechoacan, which is admirable: and then cut the tough Phlegm with Oxysaccharum, by often giving it in Infusio Catholica, or alone.

XXVII. Sudorificks are some­times given with good success, be­ing exhibited in the times be­tween Purging.

XXVIII. A proper Diet ought also to be instituted, such as this of Barbett.Florentine-Orrice ℥i. Sena ʒvi. roots of Parsley, Sea-holly, A.℥ss. Rhubarb, Agarick trochiscated, A.ʒiii. Ci­namon, seeds of Siler montanum, A. ʒii. Cloves ʒss. infuse them in old White-wine a quart: and take every morning ℥iv. or ℥v. for a Dose.

XXIX. Or this Electuary. ℞ Electuary of the juice of Roses ℥i. Jalap ʒi. Spirit of Salt ℈i. mix, and make an Electuary; of which let the [Page 613] quantity of a Bean or Hazle-nut be taken every third or fourth day.

XXX. By the often use of one or other of these Medicines, he says he has many times cured an Oede­ma; but withal rowling the Parts with Rowlers twelve or fifteen yards long; begining from be­low upwards, allowing thereby no liberty for the Humor to descend. By this method the noble Parts are strengthned, the evil Humors evacuated, and the Parts affected in a few days restored.

XXXI. But in order to the Essential Cure, you must observe whether the Oedema follows any other Disease of the more noble parts: if so, the Intentions of Cure must first be directed to them; that the Disease upon which it depends may be taken away; otherwise the Oedema will never be cured.

XXXII. The Conjoined Cause is next to be considered. By Fri­ctions and hot Fomentations, warm the Part affected; or rub it well with Oil, mingled with Salt: or foment it with a Decoction of Wormwood in Wine, in which a little Salt of Wormwood, or of Tartar has been dis­solved.

XXXIII. Or anoint with Un­guentum Martiatum, or with Balsam de Chili, with which once I cured an Oedema; bathing the Part also with the Powers of Amber, and applying over a Resolutive Emplaster.

XXXIV. But in the beginning Repellers are to be mixed with Discussives, but so that the Dis­cussives may exceed; afterwards use only Discussives or Resolu­tives: as Ʋnguentum Adstringens mixed with equal parts of Ʋnguentum de Althaea, or Ʋng. Comitissae, or Ʋng. Rutaceum, or Ceratum de Ammoniaco, or Gera­tum Galeni, mixt with a few flowers of Sulphur; or the Cataplasma Resolutivum Foresti, Diachylon simplex, &c.

XXXV. Or you may apply this, which is stronger. ℞ La­bdanum ℥jss. Olibanum, Oil of Rue, A. ℥i. flowers of Sulphur ʒvi. Storax Calamita, Cow-dung, A. ℥ss. Alum, Nitre, Vine-ashes, A. ʒii. Turpentine, Pitch, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster. Or, ℞ Cow-dung ℥iii. Pigeons-dung ʒii. mix, and fry them with Oil, and apply it.

XXXVI. ℞ Rose-vinegar ℥jss. Oils of Myrtles and Earth-worms, A. ℥i. fine Bole, Terra sigillata, A. ʒiv. Aloes ʒiii. Acacia, San­guis draconis, Cyperus roots poudered, A. ʒii. Saffron ʒss. Wax q.s. mix, and make a Liniment.

XXXVII. Or this. ℞ Bean­meal ℥ii. Vinegar ℥i. flowers of Sulphur, Vine-ashes, Sal-gem, A. ʒii. Oil of Nuts, Camphir, A. ʒi. Turpentine, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cerate.

XXXVIII. This Cataplasm is excellent. ℞ Roots of Althaea ℥iii. briony, Dwarf-elder, A. ℥ii. leaves of Sage, Rue, A. M. i. Savin, M ss. boil them in equal parts of Wine and Water: in the end add Wine-vinegar ℥iii. beat all well together; then add Bean­meal ℥ijss. Leaven ℥jss. Cow-dung ℥i. Vine-ashes, common Salt, [Page 614] A. ℥ss. Hogs-lard ℥ii. Oil of Camomil ℥iv. mix them.

XXXIX. Bandage (says Wise­man) is of great help in this cure; so that we can do nothing consi­derable without it. Those I espe­cially commend to you, are, a laced Stocking, Trowze, Sleeve, Glove; because they sit most firmly, and may be worn with the greatest advantage, and least trouble or prejudice to the Health of the Patient; yet it requires consideration, and care how they be laced: for by unequal lacing, a Tumor may be raised; and by an equal over-hard lacing, the most fleshy Part may be emaciated.

XL. And Sennertus says, that in applying of Medicaments of any kind, whether Liniments, Ointments, or Emplasters, we must before-hand make the Part hot by Frictions and Fomenta­tions; otherwise the Applica­tions will scarcely effect the Cure, by reason of the cold­ness of the Part.

XLI. The Frictions may be made with course hot linnen Cloths, the Fomentation with Decoction of Camomil, Feather-few, Hyssop, Origanum, Tansey, Wormwood, &c. in Wine: for by the Frictions and Fomen­tations together, the Heat and Blood will be called into the Part, and the superfluous Humor will be scattered.

XLII. But if the Tamor will not resolve, but that it is neces­sary to bring it to Suppuration, you may do it with the Cata­plasm, at Sect. 38. afore­going, adding thereto, pulp of roasted Onions, Basilicon the less, A. ℥iii.

XLIII. The Abscess being sup­purated, let it be opened either with a Caustick, or the Knife; and let it be throughly cleansed with juice of Wormwood and honey of Roses, mixt with Turpentine and Frankincense; fill the hollowness with Ʋn­guentum Basilicon, or Nicotianae, and at length heal it up ac­cording to Art: but it com­monly proves a long time, be­fore the Cure is perfected.

XLIV. If it should degenerate into a Scirrhus, you must use only Emollients: and for this pur­pose, we use Vinegar, in which Lapis Pyrites or Fire-stone, or a piece of a Mill-stone heated red-hot has been quenched: afterwards anointing the Part with old Oil, in which roots of wild Cucumbers and Althaea, have been boiled.

XLV. Or this. ℞ Mucilage of Althaea roots, Linseed and Fe­nugreek, Goose grease, Veal marrow, pouder of Orrice root, pouder of Hermodacts, Camomil flowers, A. ℥ii. liquid Storax, Myrrh, Frank­incense, Oil of Camomil, A. ʒx. Wax, q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XLVI. Scultetus has this Ob­servation. With the noble Lime-water, says he, made use of for some days, I have discussed obstinate Oedematous Tumors. ℞ A piece of Quicklime, the quantity of a Walnut, put it into boiling Water till it is dissolved; which done, stir them toge­ther, and let them settle: de­cant off the clear Water, and [Page 615] dip into it a new Spunge, which press out, and apply hot to the Part; it being first an­ointed with Oil of sweet Al­monds, or Hogs-grease.

XLVII. The same practice (says he) is to be given to a Spunge dipt into Posca or Oxycrate, viz. Vinegar and Water mixt to­gether; being applied in the beginning or augmentation of the Disease. Scult. observ. 72.

XLVIII. In an Oedema Phle­gmonoodes, which is somewhat like an Erysipelas, and for the most part invades the Limbs, being very troublesom, nothing is found better than this: ℞ Lye of Vine-ashes lbi. Sal-nitre ʒjss. common Salt, Wine-vinegar, A. ℥i. mix them. After general Remedies, dip double linnen Cloths in this lukewarm, and apply, binding them on with Rowlers: it wonderfully drinks in, discusses, and in three or four days at most, helps dan­gerous Oedema's, threatning Mortification. Scultet. observ. 98.

XLIX. Munick, Chirurg. lib. 1. cap. 6. sect. 14. commends this, from great Experience. ℞ Re­ctified S.V. Wine-vinegar, A. ℥vii. common Salt ℥ss. mix, and dissolve: this Liquor apply with double Cloths dipt in it hot, with strict ligature (rowling it from below upwards) but not too much compressing the Parts.

L. About three years since, I had a Maid-servant in cure, who having an obstruction of her Terms, had forthwith an Oedema in her Knee; it was very large: I first well purged her with my Family Pills three or four times; and gave her Tinctura Martis to provoke her Terms, which was effectually done: after which, (making her keep her Bed, for about seven or eight Weeks) I gave her every night my Guttae Vitae, beginning at fifty drops, and increasing the Dose gra­dually, till it came to an hun­dred; which she continued the taking of, the whole time of the Cure.

LI. And outwardly, after Fri­ctions, I bathed it well with my Spiritus Anodynus, (which is a Tincture of Opium, &c. in Spirit of Wine:) and after, anointed it with Balsam de Chili, ap­plying over it a Plaster of Mi­thridate. This course was con­stantly repeated, morning and evening; and in about 8 weeks time she was perfectly well.

LII. Where an Oedema is very obstinate, whether it breaks, or breaks not, there is nothing equal to a gentle Salivation; which being skilfully and careful­ly performed, does the Cure to a wonder; for that it causes an effectual revulsion of the Humor to another Part.

CHAP. XXII. Of the CYSTICK TƲMOR.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Tumor Cysticus; in English, the Cystick Tumor, or, Tumor contained in a Bag.

II. The Kinds. It is three­fold, according to the threefold Matter contained in the Cystis, or Bag: viz. 1. When it is like unto Frumety, called in Greek, [...], Pultis genere; in Latin, Athe­roma. 2. When it is like unto Honey, called in Greek, [...]; à [...], Mel, & [...], Cera; in Latin, Meliceris. 3. When it is like unto Suet, called in Greek, [...], à [...], Sebum seu Sevum; in Latin, Steatoma, Tumor sevosus.

III. They are all of them also called [...], Choeratodes; because they have some resem­blance to that swine-like Disease the Scrophula; when contained in a Cystis or Bag.

IV. The Definition. Atheroma is a preternatural Tumor, con­tained in a proper Cystis; caused from a Humor or Matter like to Frumety or Paste, made of boiled Barley or Wheat; of the colour of the Skin, without pain, hot easily yielding to the Fingers; nor when removed, suddenly swelling out again.

V. Sometimes in an Athero­ma, there is mixt with the pultis­like Matter, hard substances, and stony bodies; sometimes a sulphur-like substance, somtimes small Bones, matted Hair, and the like.

VI. Meliceris is a preternatu­ral Tumor, contained in its own proper Cystis, proceeding from a honey-like Matter, of a white colour, painless, round, and easily yielding to the Fingers; which being removed, present­ly returns again to its first figure.

VII. The Tumor in this, is greater than the former, its figure is rounder and higher, and the Humor thereof thinner.

VIII. Steatoma is a preter­natural Tumor, contained in its proper Cystis, caused from a matter like to Suet, and of the same colour, and soft: it arises from a small beginning, in­creases gradually and leisurely, difficultly yields to the Fingers; which being removed, it re­turns again to its former magnitude.

IX. The Differences. How they differ one from another, the Signs aforegoing shew: but (says Bar­bett) if the Matter of any of these Tumors is gathered together about the Joints, it is called [...], Ganglion: if about the Glandules of the Neck, [...], Choeratodes, Glan­dula, Scrophula, or Struma: if [Page 617] in the Arms or Legs, Tuberculum; if from the Pox, Tophus, or Gumma. So that in the main, it seems, that he makes them but as a species of the Kings-Evil.

X. But if they happen in the Head, they are called, 1. Talpa, which is referred to Atheroma. 2. Testudo, or Topinaria, which is referred to Meliceris. 3. Natta, which is referred to Steatoma, growing forth especially on the Back.

XI. The Causes. The Antece­dent Cause is Phlegm; in the one more, in the other less; receding from its natural constitution: and sometimes (tho' seldom) it is mixt with Melancholy.

XII. Platerus is of pinion, that these Tumors are not gene­rated from excrementitious Hu­mors, or Phlegm; (for that it would be obnoxious to putrid­ness) but from an alimentary Juice: viz. such as is by Nature provided for the nou­rishment of the Part.

XIII. For (says he) if the Humor is thicker than is neces­sary for nourishment, then a fleshy substance or Excrescence is bred: but if the Humor is extraordinary thick, then it becomes a Scir­rhus: but if the Humor is thinner, then it suddenly ends in an Apostem, in which dif­ferent matter is generated, ac­cording to the difference and variety of the Juice mixt with other Humors) which has bred this Tumor; which yet comes not to suppuration in like manner, as other Apostems bred from Blood; nor yet is it turn'd into Pus, but into an­other kind of Substance, con­tained in a proper Cystis.

XIV. All these sorts of Tumors have their cause from a very inconsiderable beginning; and they are tedious, and increase but by little and little; being in­cluded in their own peculiar Tunicle.

XV. The Signs. Atheroma yields when it is touched, as if it were a certain loose body, and returns back slowly: but what it has within, (as also Meliceris and Steatoma) is only to be guessed at by conjecture: so true it is, that it cannot be certainly known, till it is cast forth; as Celsus says, lib. 7. cap. 6.

XVI. Meliceris is rounder in figure, more extended; and when pressed down, it suddenly yields and gives place to the touch; and upon removal of the Fin­gers, as soon returns back again.

XVII. Steatoma is harder than the other, and resisteth upon the touch, having the bottom there­of more solid: but tho' it is hard, yet it differs from Stru­mae, because it is nothing so hard as Strumae, nor has it an inequality like it.

XVIII. The Tumors called Talpa, Testudo, and Natta, are easily known, 1. From the Place, because they almost always hap­pen in the Head. 2. From their Form and Substance; being soft Tumors, at least not very hard, and shut up in their own pro­per Cystis.

XIX. TALPA (from its [Page 618] creeping like a Mole) runs under the Skin and Flesh, and seems to feed upon the Cranium or Skull; the matter whereof is more gross and thick than in Testudo, and so may be referred to Atheroma.

XX. TESTUDO, is a great Tumor in the Head, soft, or not very hard, of a broad form, much like the manner of a Tortoise; growing forth at first in form and fashion of a Chesnut, after­wards like an Egg, containing a soft kind of matter, in a Cystis; for which reason it is referred to Meliceris, which sticks so fast in the Scull, that it vitiates it, and causes rottenness.

XXI. NATTA, is a Tumor great and soft, without any pain or colour, growing on the head, back, shoulders, and somtimes other parts, hanging by a small, slender root; yet sometimes it increases to the weight of some pounds, and in bigness, to the quantity of a large Melon: the Matter con­tained, seems to be fleshy, but indeed it is no Flesh, but like unto Fat, and therefore is re­ferred to Steatoma.

XXII. These three last Tumors have the same Cause, which the three former Tumors have; but in this lyes the difference, that in these there is a greater quan­tity of Matter; for which reason, their magnitude or bulk is much greater.

XXIII. The Prognosticks. Atheroma, Meliceris, and Stea­toma carry no danger in them; yet they are generally of long continuance, and without any great hurt, continued and neg­lected.

XXIV. Sometimes they Aposte­mate of their own accord; but if so, they are not of so diffi­cult cure as Scrophulae, or a Scirrhus.

XXV. If they be elevated, and exposed to motion, they are easily cured; but if they lye deep, and not exposed to the touch, with much more difficulty.

XXVI. In cutting them out, much care is required, because of the danger of great fluxes of Blood; or the cutting or pricking of some Nerve. Many Chirur­geons for want of skill, in cutting away these Tumors, many times cut away the Nerves that lye under them.

XXVII. These Tumors (says Barbett) are scarcely ever cured, but by Manual Operation. If the Vesicle is broken, or not all taken out, there remains a Fistula, or foul Ulcer; whose cure will be both difficult and tedious.

XXVIII. Talpa, Testudo, or Natta, being in the Head are dangerous, by reason of their nearness to the Scull; for that they corrode the Scull, and corrupt it, chiefly about the Suture.

XXIX. If they are without any corruption of the Scull, they are the more easily and safely cured: but if there is present a great corruption of the Scull, it is much better to let the Tumor alone, than to cure it.

XXX. As in Atheroma, Meli­ceris, and Steatoma, so in Talpa, Testudo, and Natta, there is no [Page 619] perfect recovery to be hoped for; unless the whole Cystis, together with the Humor contained in it be taken forth; for if any thing is left behind, a new Tumor of like kind will arise again.

XXXI. The Cure. Tho' Athe­roma, Meliceris, and Steatoma, differ in their names, yet they have almost but one way of curing. Universals are to be premised, and the whole Body is to be purged from the vitious or or offending Humor, both by Vomit and Stool.

XXXII. Afterwards the con­joined Matter, which is the cause of the Tumor; and the Cystis it self is to be taken away, if need requires.

XXXIII. Barbett says they are sometimes, but very rarely removed by Resolvents: Senner­tus says, that Atheroma is cured by Discussives and Suppura­tives; and for the most part, has no need at all of Section.

XXXIV. Barbett cured some with Balsam of Peru; some with Empl. Oxycroceum; some with this following: ℞ Labdanum ℥i. red Myrrh ʒiii. Camphir ʒi. mix, and make a Plaster.

XXXV. Another. ℞ Gum Ammoniacum, Sagapenum, A.℥ss. flowers of Sulphur ʒiii. Oil of Amber ʒi. Euphorbium, and roots of Pellitory, A. ʒss. mix, and make a Plaster.

XXXVI. This of Sennertus is good. ℞ Labdanum, Bdel­lium, Galbanum, Ammoniacum, Propolis, Turpentine, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster. Un­slaked Lime also (he says) mixed with Grease or Oil, is very useful, and of singular benefit.

XXXVII. Or this: ℞ Ship-Pitch ℥i. Gum Ammoniacum, Sulphur, A. ℥ss. mix them. Or this: ℞ Roots of Sowbread, Hogs-lard, A. q.s. to which add a little Sulphur, and make a Cataplasm.

XXXVIII. If these Tumors tend to suppuration, which is very rare, you must assist Nature with Maturatives: and if they break, and the Matter discharge out of the Tunicle, then you must use Corrosives, for other Medi­cines will be too weak.

XXXIX. Cathereticks for this purpose, are roots of white and black Hellebor, burnt Galls, burnt Date-stones, Verdigrise, burnt Alum, Quicklime, Mercury-sublimate, Vitriol, Spirit of Salt, Oil or Butter of Anti­mony, Liquor of Tartar, red Precipitate, Oak-ashes, Vine-ashes, Ʋng. Aegyptiacum, Ʋng. Fuscum Wurtzii. Some use Ar­senick and Orpiment, but with great danger in some places, as near the Nerves and nervous Parts; but to the Skin and fleshy Excrescencies, they may be better applied.

XL. This Ointment is also of good use. ℞ Dulcified Vitriol ʒi. Verdigrise ℈i. Ung. Aegy­ptiacum ℥ss. mix, and make an Ointment. Others commend red Precipitate mixt with Honey, or Honey of Roses.

XLI. But if the Tumor open; not of its own accord, then you must come to Section; that so the Cystis (whether it contains a [Page 620] butter-like, a honey-like, or suet-like substance) may be taken forth, and cut away.

XLII. The Skin is not to be cut transversly, or overthwart; but streight forward, or a little ob­liquely, like to the form of a Myrtle-leaf; then the Cystis, or Membrane containing the Hu­mor, is to be freed from the Skin, and the Part lying under it: after which it is to be wholly cut off at its root, with one singular cut.

XLIII. Now in this Operation great care is to be taken, that the Cystis be not hurt; for so the Humor that is contained there­in, flowing forth, will hinder the Operation; and be a means that some of it, or some of the Humor may be left behind; which if it should so chance, is to be consumed by Cathere­ticks: for if any part of the Tunicle is left remaining, the Tumor will again return.

XLIV. If these Tumors are in the Head, (the Cystis being taken forth) the Pericranium must be cut, and the Scull shaved, lest there be any remainder which may generate the Tumor afresh.

XLV. If the Patient will not admit of Section, the Skin is to be opened with a Caustick, and the Cystis being taken forth, the Ulcer is to be consolida­ted, cutting away the Skin, whatsoever of it is superfluous.

XLVI. An Observation. A Child three years old had an Atheroma, a large soft Swelling without inflammation: the Bone being suspected to be carious, a Caustick was applied, which gave vent to a matter not unlike Butter, and by search with a Probe, the Cranium was felt bare. It was drest with Lenients, and after separation of the Escar, the Cranium was bare, as broad as a shilling: it was drest up with Linimentum Arcaei hot, and the lips of the Ulcer with Ʋng. Basilicon mag. The second day, it was fomented with Decoction of the tops of Hypericon, Ori­ganum, Betony, red Roses and Balaustians in Wine and Water: the Bone was drest with Dossils of Lint, prest out of S.V. and the lips were drest with Ʋng. Diapompholigos, touching them sometimes with a Vitriol or Alum Stone. By this means the Bone incarned, united with the lips of the Ulcer, and cica­trized from the edges round; during which some small pieces of Bones cast off, and the Ulcer easily healed. Wiseman.

XLVII. Another. A Coach­man had a troublesom Meliceris on his right Shoulder, which after preparing and purging the Body, there was applied the Cerate Dia­sinapios to it, thus made. ℞ Old Oil ℥xi. Sal Gem, Litharge of Gold, Ceruse, A. ℥iv. Mustard­seed poudred ℥ii. Galbanum, Opo­panax, A. ℥ss. Wax, Turpentine, A. ʒii. Vinegar q.s. mix, and make a soft Cerate. The effect of this Cerate against a Meli­ceris, I lately experienced in another person; who by my advice apply'd it to a Meliceris in the right Knee, as big as a Goose-egg, which it totally discussed in a months time, with all those other Humors, [Page 621] which were gathered to the Part in the beginning, thro' the neglect of general Reme­dies. Scultetus.

XLVIII. If any of these kinds of Tumors hang like Figs by a slender stalk, they are not to be cut out by opening the Skin, but they are to be cut off by the roots: or in timorous people, you may bind it about its roots with a Thread, drawing it harder and harder every day, to stupify it; which is there to be left, till the Tumor falls off: but where the Patient has courage enough, 'tis best to be cut away with a sharp Knife.

XLIX. If it bleeds much, (after cutting off) you must either stop it with a Styptick, or lightly burn it with a red-hot Iron; and when the Escar is fallen, you must heal it as a common Ulcer: this way the Ulcer is but small, and equal, and the Cure soon done.

L. Some of these Atheromata, which lye upon the Parts with a large Basis, are of very dif­ferent magnitudes: some are as big as a small Nut, some as big as a Walnut, others as big as an Egg; but the great ones are as big as a large Melon or Pompion: and I once saw one, upon the Back of a Gentle­woman, as big, nearly, as an half-bushel.

LI. Now these great ones, by reason of many Veins and Arte­ries, cannot be taken forth, but are wholly to be cut off at once, after the manner as a Cancer is cut off: taking it away by the very roots; after which, to stop the flux of Blood, it must be drest up with Stypticks, Digestives, Sarcoticks, and Epu­loticks.

LII. Scultetus, instead of taking hold of it, as you do of a Cancer in cutting it off, has a large pair of Pincers made on purpose, with which he takes hold of the whole Apostem, as far as the roots of it, and so proceeds to the amputation, or cutting off: those which are of the lesser sort, are cut forth by opening the Skin, and separating it, and not otherwise.

LIII. In this latter case, you must be very careful that you hurt not the Cystis, especially in an Atheroma, and a Meliceris: but in Steatoma, the tallowy substance being more solid, it will hardly run forth, so that there is less danger in hurting the Bag.

TALPA, TESTƲDO, NATTA.

LIV. These give little hope of cure where the Bone is much corrupted; otherwise, when they reject all other Remedies, they may be taken away by the Knife, thus; Divide the Skin in form of a Cross, then take forth the Cystis whole; which done, sepa­rate the Pericranium from the Cranium, and scrape the Bone with a Rasp, till you come to the sound Part.

LV. After which, sprinkle upon it some Astringent pouder, and let the Skin be forthwith con­solidated again; which if it is too loose or large, (which is [Page 622] very seldom) is in part to be cut off, or taken away.

LVI. Ʋniversals are here first to be premised, and the Body sufficiently evacuated; then the Matter making the Tumor is to be taken away by Digestives and Resolvers, or by Suppuratives, or Manual Operation; as is directed at Sect. 53. afore­going.

LVII. It is rare that these Tu­mors are cured by Discussives; but when you have occasion to make use of them, they may be such as we apply in Scro­phula's, or such-like Tumors.

LVIII. If they cannot be cured by Discussives alone, then Suppu­ratives are to be apply'd; such as that in Chap. 21. Sect. 38, and 42. aforegoing, of this Book. Or this: ℞ Roasted Onions, yolks of Eggs hard boiled, A. No iii. Hogs-lard, or fresh Butter lbss. pulp of Althaea-roots lbi. Mithridate ℥v. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

LIX. But you must not wait for a perfect maturation, because the Pus soon gets a sharp and malign quality, and so corrodes the Scull; but as soon as any signs of Suppuration appear, the Tumor is to be opened.

LX. The Incision is to be made either downright, or else in the form of a Cross, according to the place, and largeness of the Tu­mor: then the Pus being wholly emptied, the Ulcer is to be throughly cleansed with Ʋng. ex Apio, or some other fit Medi­cine: as, ℞ Barley-flower ℥ii. Sar­cocol ℥i. Myrrh, Scammony, A. ℥ss. Honey q.s. mix them.

LXI. Or, cleanse with this. ℞ Ung. Nicotianae ℥ii. Tobacco in pouder ʒii. mix them. Or, ℞ Ung. Nicotianae ℥ii. pouder of Scammony ʒ vi Honey q.s. mix them. Scammony it self also alone applied, is an ex­cellent thing: so also Scam­mony mixt with Myrrh.

LXII. The Ʋlcer being throughly cleansed, it is to be filled up with Sarcoticks or Incarnatives; and then consolidated according to Art, with Epuloticks or Cica­trizers.

LXIII. But if the Bone is cor­rupted, it is then to be scraped with a Rasp or Scraping-iron; as is above directed at Sect. 53. after which it is to be cured as other Ulcers, which are ac­companied with rottenness of the Bones.

CHAP. XXIII. Of a WEN.

I. THIS Tumor is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Ganglium, Lu­pia; and in English, a Wen.

II. What the Ancients meant by Ganglion, is hard to be [Page 623] determined, nor yet have we any any Disease common with us, that agrees with those Signs and Sym­ptoms declared by Sennertus; but our more late or modern Authors, under the names of Ganglion or Lupia, intend that Tumor called by the Vulgar a WEN.

III. A Wen is a preternatural Tumor, proceeding sometimes from Phlegm, and sometimes from Phlegm mixed with Blood and other Humors; sometimes hard, sometimes soft, but most com­monly round, and of a fleshy substance.

IV. The Places. It generally happens in those places which have little Flesh, being dry and ner­vous: as the Forehead, Eye­brows, Back-bone, Joints of the Toes, &c.

V. The Kinds. They are two­fold: 1. Those which are contained in a Cystis, or Bag as it were. 2. Such as are without a Cystis, and seem to be one continued lump of Flesh with the adjoining Flesh of the Body.

VI. The Causes. The Proca­tartick Causes are, heavy and dull blows, falls from high places, overstraining of any Part, or, any other violence; whereby the mouths of the Capillary Arte­ries may be made too open, or the mouths of the Capillary Veins may be obstructed, so as to hinder the due Circulation of the Blood.

VII. For those Arteries (which are appointed to carry the Nou­rishment to the Muscles) yielding or casting out their bloody Juice, and it not being received in again by the mouths of the Capillary Veins; whereby the Blood joined with Lympha, becomes extravasated, Nature forms it into a new body, and makes such a preternatural Tumor as we call a Wen.

VIII. The Antecedent Cause is sometimes Lympha alone, some­times Lympha join'd with Serum: and sometimes join'd with Blood if it proceeds chiefly from a lymphatick, serous, or pituitous matter, it is generally included in its proper Cystis; otherwise, if from Blood, not so, but is one continued piece of Flesh with that of the Body.

IX. The Conjoined Cause is for the most part a fleshy sub­stance, contained in its proper Cystis, or not contained; having its own particular Veins and Arteries, by which it is nou­rished, and made daily to in­crease, and grows sometimes to a very great magnitude.

X. The Signs. If it is not con­tained in a Cystis, it sticks more firmly to the Part, and is as it were immoveable; as those upon the joints of the Toes, &c. but if it is contained in a Cystis, then it is more moveable with your Fingers, up and down.

XI. It is a Tumor arising from a very small beginning, and grows in a round or globular form by little and little, sometimes to a very great magnitude: some grow as big as a Nutmeg, and never any bigger, some as big as Wal­nuts, some as big as large Eggs; others again to a vast bigness, even to the greatness [Page 624] of a large Melon or Pom­pion.

XII. In some they cease growing after a year or two, in others they grow for the space of six or seven years together: some of them easily yield to the touch, others with more difficulty; being mostly of a fleshy sub­stance, and generally without pain.

XIII. The colour is many times white, or of the colour of the Skin, especiall where Lympha or Phlegm is the principal cause: if much Blood is conjoyn'd, it is red­dish; if Choler be joyned there­with, the colour is yellowish, and the Tumor a little painful; but if Melancholy, it is livid, and very hard to feel to.

XIV. As the Tumor increases, the Vessels, as Veins and Arteries, grow big also; so that they appear sometimes under the Skin, as thick as ones Thumb.

XV. The Prognosticks. This Tumor is not in it self malign; but by evil Applications it may easily be made so: however, the best of Remedies seldom answer expectation.

XVI. If it is great, and of long continuance, it will never come to Resolution: if evil Medicines be applied, it oftentimes dege­nerates into Cancer: but this is chiefly to be understood of such as are contained in no proper Cystis.

XVII. If it is about a Joint, there is scarcely any cure for it: for in that case, cutting will be very dangerous.

XVIII. The Cure. While it is in beginning, you may hinder its encrease, as Paraeus says, (lib. 7. cap. 20.) by somewhat a strong and frequent rubbing with your Fingers: for so (says he) their Cystis or Bag, together with the Skin will wax thin, and the con­tained Matter grow hot, and be attenuated and resolved.

XIX. But if this nothing pre­vails, (we speak of that contained in a Cystis) you must press upon it hard with your whole Hand, or a hard piece of Wood, as heavy as you can, till the Cystis is broken; and then apply and bind strongly unto it a plate of Lead besmeared with Quicksilver: Paraeus says, he has many times found by experience, that it has a wonderful force, to re­solve and waste the subject Humor.

XX. But if the Wen is in such a place, where you can make no strong impression; as in the Face, Breast, Stomach, Throat, or Belly; then this resolving Emplaster may be applied. ℞ Gum Ammoniacum, Bdellium, Galbanum, A. ℥iii. dissolve them in Vinegar, and strain thro' a Sieve: then add Oils of Lillies and Bays, A. ℥i. pouders of Orrice-root, Sal Armoniack, Sulphur vive, and Roman Vitriol, A. ʒss. Aqua Vitae ℥ss. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XXI. But whilst this is doing, it will be good to prescribe uni­versal Purgers; and then to take the Tincture of Salt of Tartar for many days together.

XXII. And whilst the Tumor is small, strive to resolve it, by often anointing it with Balsam of Sulphur; and applying Empl. [Page 625] Hystericum, or de Galbano croca­tum, which is accounted one of the greatest Resolvers; or Ce­ratum de Ammoniaco Foresti, (which see in Our Pharmacop. Lond. lib. 5. cap. 5. sect. 4. and cap. 6. sect. 61. or the Empl. de Ranis, with double or treble Mercury, which is inferiour to none of them.

XXIII. Oribasius made use of this. ℞ Ammoniacum, Galba­num strained, old Oil, Rosin, Ce­ruse, A. ℥i. Wax ℥iv. mix them, and apply it.

XXIV. But indeed in the be­ginning, such things as repell and astringe are to be applied; rowling the Part upon them gently. ℞ Pomgranate-peels, Bistort-root, A. ʒi. rust of Iron, burnt Lead, Quick-silver killed. A. ʒii. fine Bole, Blood-stone, A. ʒjss. Turpen­tine, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XXV. Some commend Sorrel-leaves roasted under the Embers and applied, being mixed with Oak-ashes in form of a Pultise: others apply Suppuratives, then open it, and cure it as an­other Ulcer.

XXVI. Some use an Actual Cautery; because by it, its en­crease may be staid for a long time; and sometimes it wholly removes the Tumor.

XXVII. Where the neck or root of it is small (or so small as a Thread may be applied) cast a strong Thread, or small Pack­thread about its neck twice, and tye it with a double knot; drawing it straiter and straiter every day, 'till it is deprived of its colour, feeling, and life; which will be in eight or ten days time.

XXVIII. Then with a crooked Knife you may easily take it off, without any great pain, or flux of Blood: but this ought to be done in a cold and moist habit of Body, or one of a Phlegma­tick constitution; but in San­guine or Cholerick habits, it will so afflict, that it will scarce­ly be endured: however, you ought to anoint with some anodyn or cooling Ointment, and use perswasions to the Pa­tient to bear it.

XXIX. Some use Potential Cauteries, as this:Ʋnslak'd Lime, Goose-grease, Turpentine, A. ℥i. Ammoniacum strained ℥ss. mix them, and apply it.

XXX. Others, (if they will not resolve) gently and carefully anoint it, or rather touch it with Oil or Butter of Antimony, round about the roots thereof: and then with a sharp Instrument (all things being fit) cut it off according to Art; presently washing the place with Ablution of Saccharum Saturni warm, or applying some other Styptick, and then healing it up, as an­other Ulcer.

XXXI. But if you design to take it away by Section, (which is to be done, when the Wen is grown to so great a mass, that it cannot be cured by other means, but yet withal where there is no danger by reason of its too great magnitude, too close adhesion to the adjacent Parts, or too near to the greater Arteries and Veins, for in all these cases, it will [Page 626] be better to let section alone:) the manner is thus:

XXXII. Make a small inci­sion in the Skin, even unto the Cystis, in which the Matter of the Tumor is included; thro' which a Probe of the thickness of a Finger, round at the end, but hollow in the middle, is to be conveyed in, between the Skin and the Cystis, and to be drawn about even to the root of the Wen: and then after this, upon the Skin, an Incision is to be made large enough, in form of the Letter X, or crosswise; after which, presently draw off the Skin from the Cystis, corner­wise, towards its root, with your Fingers wrapt about with a linnen Cloth, or separate it with an Incision-knife; after which, cut off the Wen by the root.

XXXIII. If there arises any Hemorrhage from the larger Ves­sels, (which are as it were its roots) upon their being cut, it is to be stopt with the Royal, or some other proper Styptick: after which it is to be well bound up, a portion of the Skin with which it was covered being first cut off, and only so much left as is enough to cover the Part; after which, let it be cured as some other green Wound.

XXXIV. If any of the sub­stance of the Tumor should be left behind, it must either be cut again, or else consumed with caustick Medicaments.

XXXV. Paraeus says, he took away a Wen which hanged at a man's Neck, as big'as a man's Head, which weighed eight pounds: and he says, that being called on a time to open the Body of a great Lady, he found in one of her Breasts a Stone, as big as a Hen-egg, hard and compact like a Pebble; taken by the Physicians and Chirur­geons whilst she was living, for a Cancer; because it was very painful to her, when pressed upon.

XXXVI. The Cure of a Wen not contained in a Cystis. Whilest it is young, and in its beginning, you must apply Discus­sives or Resolutives, and such things as make supple, as are Emollients: Natural Baths of Sulphur are good in this; also Empl. Diasulphuris Rulandi, which dissolves much.

XXXVII. But you must beware how you apply Suppuratives, lest you create an incurable Ʋlcer; at least such a one as will be very difficult to heal, or may prove phagedenick, whereby the nervous parts near about the Joints may be corrupted.

XXXVIII. In a Tumor there­fore of this kind, your best way will be, to be contented with a Palliative Cure, and such things as may keep it from growing bigger, or degenerating into Can­cer; of which kind are Ʋng. Diapompholigos, a Plate of Lead besmeared with Quicksilver, Emplastrum de Ranis, with triple quantity of Mercury, &c.

CHAP. XXIV. Of GƲMMS, NODES, TOPHS.

I. THESE kinds of Diseases are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Tumor gummosus, nodosus, tophaceus, & callosus; in English, a Gumm, Node, Toph, or Callous Tumor.

II. The Differences. There is some difference as well in the natures of these Tumors, as in their names: and tho' they may all happen to one and the same person, and at the same time, yet always in different parts of the Body, and from different causes.

III. A Gumm, called [...], Tumor gummosus; is a Tumor happening in the brawny parts of the Body, or in the substance of the Flesh; and this is for the most part softish, and of a much softer substance, than either a Node, or a Toph.

IV. A Node, called, [...]. Tumor nodosus; is a knotty hard kind of Tumor; and commonly affects the Nerves, or Nervous parts.

V. A Toph, called [...]. Tumor callosus; also, [...]. Tumor tophaceus, a hard, stoney-like Tumor, is an Exostosis, or bone-like substance, growing out upon a Bone, or a stoney Concretion growing in the joints.

VI. The Places. A Gumm happens many times upon the brawney part of the Arm, as be­twixt the Wrist and the Elbow, and between the Elbow and the Shoulder: also upon the fleshy parts of the Buttocks, Thighs, and Leggs, and many times upon the hairy part of the Head, and Forehead, and seve­ral other parts, as Wrists, Ancles, &c.

VII. A Node is always an Affection of the Nerves, or Ner­vous parts, following many times upon Convulsions, or after severe Cramps; and sometimes in those places where the Lympha­tick Vessels run.

VIII. A Toph is always found upon the Bones, or in a Boney place; being a hard Callus, or bone-like substance; and is seated generally under the Periostion, upon the Shins, &c. and some­times in other parts, as the Joints, in the Gout, where it is stoney.

IX. The Causes. A Gumm, for the most part, arises from the Venereal Disease; which causes a fugitive, malign, pitui­tous Humor to fly up and down the Body; till it meets with a plentiful Viscosity, sufficiently able to stop it in its career, and then hold it fixt in the Part where it so appears.

X. A Node, is caused for the most part by a contraction of the [Page 628] Nerves in Spasmatick-paroxysms; or thro'a rupture of some of the Lymphatick-vessels, in the Pox; and other Diseases: where that Juice being sharp, and making its way, and not being able to get thro' the Skin, it hardens into a Matter, much like to a Knot in a Nerve, or some Cartilaginous substance.

XI. A Toph arises from many causes, as sometimes from breaking of the Bones, the Bone-making Faculty and Juice, being too powerful and luxuriant; but mostly from a sharp and malign Humor, in the French-pox; which touching the Bone, seizes upon it, where making its seat, it grows hard and great, extending the Periostion; or from a Li­thontriptick Juice; which be­ing scattered up and down the Body, Nature for her relief sends to the Joints, and there hardens it into the substance of Chalk-stones.

XII. The Signs. These are all known by sight, and from what has been said in their Differences, places they seize on, and the variety of causes which produce them. Gumms are known by a broad large swelling in the Flesh, making the very place somewhat harder, and somewhat higher than the adjacent Flesh; sometimes of the colour of the Skin, and sometimes of a kind of red­dish hue, especially if any sort of pain attends them; which being nipt with your Fingers, as hard as you may do any other fleshy substance of the Part, puts the Patient to ten times as much more pain.

XIII. A Node is hard in feel­ing, much like to a hard, nervous, or cartilaginous substance, some­times as large as a small Hazle­nut, sometimes as big as a large Nutmeg; sometimes bigger, sometimes less, generally pain­ful, and sometimes not easy to be felt by the Fingers in places nervous, or where the Nerves and Lymphatick-vessels pass.

XIV. A Toph or Exostosis is known from the Place, which is generally upon some naked Bone; as the Shins, Jaw-bones, &c. From its Form, it being broad in its Basis, and lifted up higher than the rest of the Flesh: and from its Sub­stance; it being very hard, like to a bone, and not yielding to the Fingers: its Colour is the na­tural colour of the Skin, and is very full of pain, chiefly in the night time, and when warm in bed; whence come those which are called Nocturnal Pains; this kind of Tumor generally following upon, and being one of the Symptoms of the Pox: Stones in the Joints, are known by Sight.

XV. The Prognosticks. These are all of difficult cure, and only to be removed, by curing the Dis­eases which cause them. Gumms proceeding from the Pox, are easier of cure, than either Nodes or Tophs, because they are removed by resolution with Externals only; and sometimes by Internals only, by such things as take away the Disease which causes them.

XVI. Nodes are of very difficult Cure; and tho' many times, at length they are cured by Reso­lution, [Page 629] yet they also many times, remain during the whole course of the Patient's life.

XVII. Tophs are the hardest of all to cure, where they are of a stoney hardness; as those of the Joints in the Gout, which are said to be incurable.

XVIII. And Exostoses upon the Shins and other places, admit of no other cure, but laying open the Part, and scaling the Bone, or Excision; which is a work of time, labour, difficulty, and hazard; together with removing the original Cause, viz. the Pox it self.

XIX. The Cure of Gumms. These, as they arise from the Pox, so the internal Remedies must be such as cure that Disease; the chief of which are, the Princes Pouder, Precipitate per se, white Precipitate, Turpethum Mine­rale, Arcanum Corallinum, Aurum Vitae, &c.

XX. Outwardly you may apply this: ℞ Juice of Night­shade, Oil of Lillies, Vipers fat, A.ʒiv. boil to the consumption of the Juice; then add, artificial Cinnabar ʒiv. Opium, Castile-soap, A. ʒii. Sublimate in fine pouder ʒiss. Labdanum, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XXI. Or anoint with this Liniment. ℞ Distilled Oils of Turpentine, Euphorbium, Amber, and Guajacum, A. ʒii. crude Opium ʒiv. Quick-silver killed with spittle ʒi. mix, and make an Ointment or Liniment.

XXII. Or you may apply Em­plastrum de Ranis, with double or treble quantity of Mercury, or Emplastrum Mercuriale, de­scribed in lib. 1. cap. 77. afore­going, which is inferior to no other Medicament.

XXIII. I have also many times cured Gumms, by bathing the place affected two three times a day with this Water.Sub­limate corrosive in fine pouder ʒi. boiling Water ℥x. mix, and dissolve.

XXIV. A Child seven years old, had a Gummy-swelling en­compassing the Muscle Mastoides, on the right side of her Neck, also the Fingers of her right Hand were affected with the like Swel­lings. The Gumms upon the Neck and Fingers were embro­cated with Ʋng. Magistrale ad Strumas and Empl. ad Tophos, applied over all: during which Applications, the Child was frequently purged with Calo­melanos and Diagredium; and drank a Decoction of Sarsa, Burdock-roots, Scrophularia the greater, flowers of Sage, Betony, and Rosemary, &c. But the Cure not succeeding with these, there was given her a few grains of Theriaca Metallorum, by which she Salivated; during which the Gummy-tumors resolved, and several Ulcerations she had, dried up. But to confirm the Cure, she took Sudorificks, and purged frequently. Wiseman.

XXV. A Woman thirty years of age, had a Gumma on the Muscle Mastoides, (whether from the Pox, or Kings-evil, is doubtful,) she took Calomelanos, ad ℈i. and repeated it as oft as was thought cenvenient, with a Decoction of Sarsa; by which course, some Ʋlcers in her Throat were also healed. The Gumma [Page 630] lessened, her Chaps being now already sore by the Calomela­nos, two Doses of Turbith were given her; beginning with gr. 7. and so higher, by which a Salivation was raised, which resolved the Gumma; after which she was purged, and with a drying Diet she was cured. Wiseman.

XXVI. The Cure of Nodes. These are more difficult to be cured th [...]n the former, and can only be [...]ielped by curing the Disease which causes them.

XXVII. If they proceed from Convulsions of the Nerves, or Spasmodick Paroxysms, give in­wardly this: ℞ Powers of Rosemary, Lavender, Sage, Li­mons, Anise, and Amber, A. ℥i. mix them. Dose, one spoonful, in a glass of Ale or Wine, mor­ning and evening.

XXVIII. And outwardly, bathe with the same Mixture, or with Oil of Amber, or with this. ℞ Pure, sweet, golden-coloured Palm-oil ℥i. Spirit of Nitre, Oil of Amber A. ʒii. mix them well, and anoint there­with daily, two or three times a day.

XXIX. Sennertus commends natural Sulphurous Baths; as also Emplast. Diasulphuris Rulandi, which he says is here very useful, and of singular benefit. However, nothing in the World seems to out-do the force of the Spiritus Mirabilis, bathing with it twice or thrice a day.

XXX. But if they proceed from a Venereal or Pocky Cause, nothing can absolve the Cure, but inwardly to give Mercurials, to cause a compleat Salivation; as we have taught in lib. 2. cap. 38. of this present Work.

XXXI. And outwardly to anoint the Node with Ung. Mer­curiale, Cosmeticum, vel ad Sca­biem; and to apply over it Cera­tum ad Tophos, Emplastrum de Ranis; with treble quantity of Mercury; or the Emplaster de­scribed at Sect. 20. aforegoing:

XXXII. Or, which is better, our Empl. Mercuriale, in our Phar­macopoeia Chirurgica, described Lib. 1. cap. 77. sect. 8. afore­going. If these things do not, the Affect is incurable.

XXXIII. Some have attempted to remove them by Chirurgical Operation; but by reason of the Parts in which they happen, which are mostly Nervous, it cannot be done without great danger, and much pain; besides rendring the Part deformed, and many times useless, as to its natural operations.

XXXIV. The Cure of Tophs. These, as they always proceed from a Venereal Cause, so their cure must be attempted only by a radi­cal cure of the Pox; which can be done but by a through-salivation: wherein you are to consider the age, sex, strength, and habit or constitution of the Body; and accordingly to ex­cite it, by such things as may be most agreeable.

XXXV. Then you must come to Topicks, which give us but little hopes; without laying open the Part to the Bone, and taking away the Exostosis, (or it may be only a foulness of the Bone) by proper Medi­caments, [Page 631] or Manual Opera­tion.

XXXVI. Scultetus, Obser. 65. had a Man who complained of a Venereal Toph on the left Leg, which would neither yield to a Sudorifick course, nor the-Cerate in Sect. 39. following. He there­fore laid open the Shin-bone (which was foul) with a Cau­stick; and shaved it away to the sound part, with the Scraping-Irons: which done, he applied a Drying-pouder to the Bone, and with dry Lint, Incarnatives, and Epuloticks he healed it up as an ordinary Wound, and so perfectly cured the Man.

XXXVII. Now here is to be noted, that no Fat, or Oily Me­dicines are to be used to the Bone, except they are extream drying: or such Oils and Balsams as are made by Distillation, and so have lost all Unctiousness.

XXXVIII. It is also observa­ble, that sometimes the virulency of this Disease is such, that it penetrates and corrupts the Shin-bone to the Marrow; in which case, the use of the Rasp or Scraping-iron is not sufficient; but besides them, Trepans, and red-hot Irons or Cauteries, are necessary to the rooting up, and consuming the remaining foulness, which will not be separated by the Tinctura Ex­folians, or sprinkling upon it the pouder of Euphorbium.

XXXIX. If the Nocturnal Pains are recent, and the Toph but young, it is many times cured by anointing with Ung. Mercu­riale, or Cosmeticum, or ad Scabiem, and applying over Empl. Mercuriale; or this of Sculte­tus:Diachylon with Gumms, Cerate Oxylaeum, Citrinum, A. ℥i. Quick-silver (killed with fasting-spittle) ℥ss. Oil of Gua­jacum ʒ i. pouder of Indian To­bacco ʒss. mix, and make a Pla­ster.

XL. But if these things do not, so that the Pains remain, and the Tumor is not discussed, it is a certain sign that the Bone under the Gumm or Toph is corrupted: and therefore it is necessary to make incision upon the Toph long-ways, upon the Shin-bone, with an Incision-knife; and then the Bone being uncovered, to rasp or scrape it away with the Scraping-iron, where it is corrupted.

XLI. The Bone being made bare, this Pouder to cleanse it, is good. ℞ Euphorbium ʒi. Sar­cocol, Mummy, A. ʒss. make each into a pouder, and mix them. Barbett.

XLII. But if the corruption of the Bone is so great, that it can­not be removed by Medicaments, then you must come to Manual peration, as afore declared; scraping the Bone only, if the corruption is small; but per­forating it, if it is great; or rather using the Actual Cautery: for without these you will not be able to make a perfect Cure.

XLIII. The Padua Chirurgeons do it thus. The first day they cut the Toph with an Incision-knife, upon the length of the Shin-bone, to the Bone it self: then they dilate the Wound, with Tow wet in Glair of Eggs, and they bind up the Leg with convenient [Page 632] Ligature, to repress any afflux of Humors

XLIV. The second day, they remove the Dressing, opening the Wound artificially; and then having well defended the sound parts about it, that they may not be hurt, they fill it with a Caustick, and after that cover it with a Plaster, reaching all over it, but not going round the Leg, and bind it up again, according to Art.

XLV. The third day, the Em­plaster and Caustick are removed, and then they apply things to make the Escar fall off; which being taken away, they scrape away the rottenness, 'till the Bone appears sound: and lastly, with drying Pouders they cover the bone with Flesh.

XLVI. Where note, that they first cut the Toph, that the Cau­stick may the sooner come to act; yet incision is not always first necessary; for we now gene­rally apply the Caustick first upon the whole Skin, and then open it with an Incision-knife to the quick; wherein, if the Caustick has not had its full effect, we sometimes apply it again a second time, and that with good success; as was done to a late Patient of mine, with all the advantage imaginable.

XLVII. A Man having a Toph upon the shin of his right Leg, from a Venereal cause, (of which he had been lately cured (was first purged, and prescribed a De­coction of Sarsa, &c. also Anti­monium Diaphoreticum, and Em­brocations and Emplasters were applied to resolve the Toph: but after six weeks course, it remained almost as painful as before.

XLVIII. Ʋpon which considera­tion, it was concluded to lay it bare; it was done with the white Caustick: after, the Escar was divided to the Bone, and at the next dressing, raised the Escar off; then the Toph was scraped with a Rasp, and dressed dry, as is usual in Ulcers with Caries.

XLIX. The Lips of the Ʋlcer were digested with Unguentum Basilicon applied warm: after­wards the Bone was incarned, and the Ulcer was cured in the space of two months; but not with­out great trouble to the Chir­urgeon, and much pain to the Patient. Wiseman, lib. 7. cap. 4. observ. 53.

L. If in the Operation of this Cure, proud Flesh should arise upon the Lips, or in the middle of the Ʋlcer, it may be taken away by strewing upon it red Precipitate dry, and laying over it Pledgets spread with Basilicon mixt with Precipitate, or on which Preci­pitate is strewed, &c. and at length, after due cleansing, the Ulcer is speedily healed, by washing it with some styptick Liquor, and applying de Minio, or some other drying Empla­ster.

CHAP. XXV. Of a FUNGUS, or SPONGY FLESH.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in La­tin, Fungus; and in English, a Fungus, or Spongy Flesh.

II. The Kinds. It is twofold, viz. either True, or Bastard: the True, is that which is properly so called.

III. The Bastard is fivefold: viz. 1. [...]. Pterygium, parva Ala; an Excrescence of Flesh about the nails of Fingers or Toes, or Flesh growing in the corner of the Eye. 2. [...]. Condyloma, a flat Swelling in the Fundament. 3. [...]. Ficus, the Fig in the the Fundament. 4. [...], Cristae, the Comb in the Fun­dament. 5. [...], Thymi, the Tyme-flower-like Excrescence of the Fundament.

IV. The Definition. A Fun­gus properly so called, is a fleshy Tumor arising from a Membrane any ways wounded, hurt, or bruised; growing up suddenly, like a Mush­room, (whence the name) and naked, without any skin to cover it.

V. The Place, From Galen, de loc. affect. lib. 1. cap. 1. Avi­cenna, in the fifth of lib. 4. tract. 3. cap. 1. and Guil. Fabricius Hil­danus, cent. 2. observ. 25. it appears to be a Tumor, chiefly arising from the Membranes of the Brain being hurt or wounded: When the Cranium is broken (says Galen) if the Me­ninx or Membrane is broken also, a Fungus does arise: and, says Avicen, When the Scull is broken, if the Meninx or Membrane goes forth, a Tumor called Fatera, i. c. Fungus, is caused.

VI. But as Hildanus observes, they may happen in other places also; as the Ear, Palate of the Mouth, Gumms; and also upon the hurting, or wounding of an Artery, and in several other places.

VII. The Cause. 'Tis caused from a gross melancholy Blood from the broken Vessels of the Scull and Dura Mater, or from a su­perfluous Humor; as it were sweating forth thro' the hurt Membranes; and is changed into the substance of the Flesh, by the Plastick or Formative Faculty of the Part.

VIII. For Nature (which can­not be idle) does form into this fleshy substance, the superabun­dance of the flowing Humor; because the Part, by reason of its debility, is not able to con­vert it into the nourishment and substance of the same.

IX. The Signs. It is very easily known, for that, out of a Membrane (in any part) hurt, bruised, or wounded, there springs [Page 634] or grows forth a spongy, soft, pale, naked Flesh; or not covered with skin; which in a very short time grows to a very great ma­gnitude; being narrow beneath, and broad above.

X. The Prognosticks. If it is in the Head, it is very dangerous, and hard to be cured: nor is it of easy cure, let it happen in what Part soever, especially where there is an afflux of vitious Humours.

XI. It ought to be cautiously handled; for if it is not ma­naged aright, it is very apt to degenerate into the nature of a Cancer.

XII. The Cure. Ʋniversals are to be premised, yet such as are gentle, according to the strength of the Patient, and great­ness of the Affect; and what the nature of the Part will ad­mit of.

XIII. Then Topical Medicines are to be applied; which are such things as exsiccate, or corrode: or it must be removed by Ma­nual Operation, as excision, or cutting out.

XIV. Medicaments which ex­siccate or dry are much more safe, than such as corrode and eat: because Corrosives are apt to alter the quality of the Part, exasperate the Tumor, and cause it to degenerate into the nature of a Cancer.

XV. For this purpose Authors commend Roots of round Birth­wort, of Florentine Orrice, of Angelica, of the true Acorus: Herbs; as Carduus ben. Horse­tail, Plantane, Rosemary, Rue, Savin, Storksbill: Flowers; as red Roses, Balaustians, La­vender: Gumms or Rosins; as Mastich, Frankincense, Oliba­num, Myrrh: Mineral Prepara­tions; as Tutty and Lapis Ca­laminaris prepared, burnt Lead, Saccharum Saturni: Ashes of Frogs and Sea-crabs.

XVI. But in the beginning use Clysters, at least every other, or every third day. ℞ Posset-drink or Mutton-broth lbi. brown Sugar ℥iii. Tinctura purgans ℥i. Powers of Aniseeds ℥ss. mix.

XVII. Foment twice a day with this.Red Port-Wine lbii. Spiritus Vini Camphoratus ℥ss. Powers of Lavender, Limons, Peny­royal, Rosemary, Amber, and Tur­pentine, A. ʒss. mix: and with a Spunge, or double Flannel, foment therewith hot.

XVIII. Then dry the Head and Part with hot Linnen, and be­sprinkle the Fungus, and whole Wound with this. ℞ Zedoary, Calamus Aromaticus, Winter's-Cinamon, A. ʒiv. roots of round Birthwort, Florentine Orrice, Gua­jacum wood, Rhodium, A.ʒv. Mar­joram, Rosemary, Rue, Sage, Savory, Southernwood, Tyme, A.ʒvi. make each into a fine pouder, mix them. Or, ℞ Red Oker, Tutty prepared, ashes of Toads, A. ʒi. pouder of Savin ʒiii. mix, for a pouder; which sprinkle on, and apply over all Emplast. Basilicon, or other proper Salve.

XIX. But if it is grown so great, that none of these things will make an impression upon it, but that you must come to excision, as when it is nearly so big as an Egg; then either take it away with the Knife, or tye it at [Page 635] the root hard, with a strong silken Thread, and in a while it will fall off.

XX. Thus being removed, then sprinkle over it some of the Pouders before-mentioned, or this following. ℞ Zedoary, Ga­langal, Winter's Cinamon, round Birthwort-roots, Rhodium, Flo­rentine Orrice, Spicknard, Schoe­nanth, A.ʒii. make each into a pou­der apart, and mix them; over which apply the afore-named Emplaster.

Of PTERYGIUM.

XXI. Pterygium of the Eye, we have treated of already in the third Edition of our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 3. cap. 30. to which we refer you: that which remains to be spoken of here, is the Pterygium of the Nails of Fingers or Toes.

XXII. It is an Excrescence of Flesh, growing out of the sides of the Nails, chiefly in the Toes by reason of the Nails growing into the Flesh.

XXIII. The Signs. It is known by the Tumor, or Excrescence on the side or root of the Nail, redness, inflammation, and troublesom pain; (yet, not but what the Patient may endure) being chiefly pain­ful in going.

XXIV. The Causes. In the Fingers it may be caused by a Whitloe going before, or some Pustule preceding it.

XXV. But in the Toes it may be caused from some pressure of the Nail, or bruise, especially where the Nail is thick and hard, as some thick and overgrown Nails are; which causes pain and in­flammation, and afterwards an eruption of Matter; which being exasperated by a conti­nual pricking or pressing of the Nail, causes an Ulcer and cor­ruption, from whence Excre­scencies and loose Flesh are thrust forth round about; so that many times the Matter corrupts the Tendons and Bones.

XXVI. The Differences. They arise from the Cause and the Part affected: some rise superficially in the sides of the Nails, with erosion; others arise from the Tendons, and corrupt the Bones.

XXVII. If the Tendons or Membrane under the Nail are affected, the pain is more vehe­ment: if the Bone is corrupted, it is known by the stinking smell.

XXVIII. The Prognosticks. If it affects only the Skin, the cure will be easy; and if the Nail is pared away, the Ulcer will soon heal.

XXIX. If it arises from the Tendons or Membranes at the root of the Nail, the cure will be more difficult; and in cacochy­mick, and old people, it may endanger a Gangrene.

XXX. The Cure. Ʋniversals being premised, cut away your Nail, so that you may apply the Medicaments which may consume or dry the loose Flesh, and cica­trize it: in which case you may use dry Lint, or Lint dipt in Aqua Calcis and dried, or pou­ders of Zedoary, round Birthwort root, Orrice root, Balaustians, [Page 636] Pomgranate-peels, fine Bole, Tutty, &c.

XXXI. But in stronger habits, you may dress it up with red Precipitate; avoiding the appli­cation of moist or greasy Me­dicines, for they rot the Nails, and increase the Ulcera­tion.

XXXII. The Excrescencies a­rising from the Tendons, or Mem­branes at the roots of the Nails, are to be drest with more powerful dryers; as Aes ustum, Squamma Aeris, Calx viva, Tro­chisci Polyidae, Andronis, Musae, red Precipitate, and the Cau­stick Stone it self, being care­fully used; and lastly, with the Vitriol or Alum Stones, or some proper Styptick Liquor, you may produce the Cicatrice.

XXXIII. Scultetus, Observ. 82. says, fleshy Excrescencies of the Fingers and Toes are soon consumed with this Pouder.Caput mor­tuum of Vitriol, burnt Sponge, A. ℥i. mix them for a pouder: and being taken away, they may be cicatriz'd with Ceratum Di­vinum.

Of CONDYLOMA, FICUS, CRISTAE, THYMI.

XXXIV. Condyloma is a soft round Tubercle, distending the internal wrinkled Tunicle of the Anus, of the same colour with the Skin, and for the most part without pain.

XXXV. Ficus is a Tumor almost representing a Fig, but not altogether so great; yet with a large head, a long neck, and narrow root; being often very painful, and the bigger, the more full of pain.

XXXVI. Cristae are a kind of hard Excrescences, arising a little distance from the orifice of the Anus; and not unlike a Cocks Comb, but not full out so high.

XXXVII. Thymi are also hard Excrescences, somewhat resembling the tops of Tyme when in flower: not much unlike to Warts, save, that they differ in their manner of growing.

XXXVIII. The Causes. They are all of them caused from a gross pituitous Blood, joined with a viscous Lympha; which thro' the force of the Expulsive-faculty, are protruded thro' the Pores of the Skin, and thro' the Plastick-power of the Part, are brought into this form.

XXXIX. The Cristae and Thy­mi generally rise from Lues Ve­nerea, and have mostly the Rha­gades to accompany them: they are accounted as a Symptom of the Pox.

XL. The Prognosticks. Con­dyloma and Ficus are of no difficult cure, if the Disease, or the Matter causing them be re­moved: Cristae, generally a­rising from the Pox, are only cured, by curing that Disease.

XLI. Thymi, are the worst sort of Excrescences, and are gene­rally more malign than painful; and if ill handled, are apt to degenerate into Cancer.

XLII. The Cure. Since most, or all of these Affects, proceed generally from a Venereal Cause, it is absolutely necessary, to prosecute their removal, by [Page 637] first eradicating that Disease, by Salivation, Diet-drinks, of Sarsa, &c.

XLIII. But if they proceed not from a Venereal cause, (as sometimes they do not,) then you must first purge and cleanse the Body with Universals, continued for some time; at least five or six times repeated.

XLIV. Then by Topicks you must apply your self to the Ex­crescences themselves, which if it be at their first budding forth, are to be helped by astringent and drying Medicines, viz. round Birthwort root, Orrice root, Zedoary, Acorus, Lignum Guaja­cum, Cortex Winteranus, Oak bark, Cortex Winteranus, Cate­chu, Pomgranate peels, Balau­stians, Myrtle berries, Sumach, Chalk, fine Bole, Terra sigillata, Lime washed, Alum, Saccha­rum Saturni, burnt Lead, Rust of Iron, Crocus Martis, Aes ustum, red Precipitate, &c.

XLV. Some of these things are to be made into Decoctions, to foment the Affect withal: others of them are to made in­to Pouders to strew upon the Part, or to be mixt with dry­ing Ointments, and applied upon Towe.

XLVI. If these things stop not their growing, you must then come to Manual Operation, cutting them off, either with Scissars, or a Knife; and then consuming them by Escaroticks, as red Precipitate, &c. or the Actual Cautery.

XLVII. After which, you must prosecute the rest of the Cure, by Digestives, and Epuloticks, ac­cording as the Intentions of the Cure require: and to prevent their future growing again, we have commended to us by Authors, Ashes of Vine-branches and Bean-stalks, to be mixed with Vinegar, and applied to the Part.

CHAP. XXVI. Of BRONCHOCELE, RANULA, TONSILLAE.

I. THE first of these Tumors is called in Greek, [...]. à [...], Aspera Arteria; & [...], Hernia: in Latin, Bronchocele, Hernia gut­turis: and in English, a Tumor of the Neck, or Throat

II. The second of these Tumors is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Ranula; and in English, a Tumor or Apostem under the Tongue.

III. The third is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Tonsillae, & Morbus Glandula­rum; and in English, the Tumor [Page 638] or Swelling of the Almonds of the Ears.

IV. The Signs. A Bronchocele is known by a great Tumor on the Neck, either on the sides, or on the Throat, or both; mostly con­tained in a Cystis, and of the colour of the Skin; large gene­rally, but more flat than high; in which the quantity of the Flesh seems to be increased; and it is mostly without pain; not very hard or soft.

V. Ranula is known by a soft Tumor or Swelling under the Tongue, of the colour of the Skin, much about the bigness of a Pigeons Egg, hard and round; and when painful, of a reddish colour: the Tongue being turned up, it thrusts its self forth. It is an impediment both to speaking and swal­lowing: it is mostly included in a thick Cystis, and when sup­purated, the matter looks of a whitish colour.

VI. Morbus Glandularum, or Swelling of the Almonds, is known by sight, being increased in magni­tude; and when very large, filling almost the whole passage of the Throat: it is an impediment to speaking, and taking any thing down the Throat; and without much pain, except in the time of swallowing; which proves very troublesom to the Patient.

VII. It is a soft fleshy Tumor, of a round or oval figure, re­taining the natural colour of the Skin, and of a dull sense; so that the body thereof may be pierced with a Knife or Bod­kin, without causing pain, or drawing Blood.

VIII. The Causes. A Bron­chocele is said to arise from preternatural Phlegm, and an acid Lympha joined with Wind; contained for the most part in a Cystis, lying between the Skin and Aspera Arteria: but some­times it is without a Cystis, possessing the Muscular-flesh.

IX. Ranula is caused by a Pituitous-matter, arising from congestion of Humors in the infe­rior Salival Gland; causing a soft Swelling, and possessing those Salivals under the Tongue; which in its progress fills up the space between the Jaws, and makes a Tumor externally un­der the Chin.

X. Tonsillae are caused by con­gestion of Humors gradually, with­out pain; and therefore are seldom taken notice of, 'till by their growth they bring several inconveniencies with them; as, Catarrh, Cough, difficulty of Swallowing, wherein, in drink­ing, the drink many times runs out at the Nose.

XI. They arise from a cold and pituitous Lympha, and differ from the common Swellings of the Almonds, as Tumors made by congestion, do those made by fluxion: the latter being of sudden growth, and terminating as soon: whereas the Tumor we here intend, may have been many years a growing, in­creasing and decreasing with the Moon, as all Tumors caused by congestion in the Glands do.

XII. The Kinds or Species. Authors account all these Tumors as a Species of Struma, or the Kings-evil; and therefore will [Page 639] have them to proceed mostly from the same Causes.

XIII. The Prognosticks. Bron­chocele is of difficult cure, and dangerous; whether contained in a Cystis, or not; if it waxes very great, and grows hard, pressing upon the Aspera Arte­ria, it may endanger Suffoca­tion: that without a Cystis, which will not be discussed, many times becomes incurable.

XIV. That in a Cystis, is many times to be removed by Excision: that without a Cystis, whil'st recent, is in the possi­bility of being resolved, taking away withal the internal Cause.

XV. Ranula, is a Tumor not dangerous as to Life; but more troublesom, as impeding several of the Operations of Nature: yet it is of difficult cure, and very troublesom to the best Artist, putting him many times to the trouble of Excision.

XVI. Tumor Tonsillarum, if it is small, the trouble is but little; several people having them from their Infancy with­out much inconvenience.

XVII. If the Tumor is great, there may be great danger of Suffocation; nor will they easily discuss, sometimes never: when they will not discuss, they may be cut off, without any danger or difficulty.

The Cure of BRONCHOCELE.

XVIII. Ʋniversals must be premised, as in the cure of Strumae; purging the Body with our Family Pills, Pilulae Catharticae, Pulvis Cornachinii, Tinctura pur­gans, or an Infusion of Sena and Rhubarb.

XIX. Give also Clysters every other day, to make a more ef­fectual Revulsion of the Humors from the Part affected.Broth, or Posset-drink lbi. Tincture of Colocynthis ℥jss. brown Sugar ℥iv. mix, for a Clyster.

XX. And in the intervals of Purging, give this following Pou­der. ℞ Aethiops mineralis, Be­zoar mineralis, native Cinnabar, A.ʒvi. Myrrh, Orrice root, Ze­doary, A. ʒiv. Alum burnt, Bwax, Ens Veneris, Scammony, A. ʒii. Cloves, Long-pepper, Spicknard, A.ʒi. make all into a fine pouder, and mix them; to which add treble refined Sugar ℥v. Dose, ʒii. every Morning, when Purging is intermitted.

XXI. Outwardly apply over the Tumor a Plate of Lead, besmeared with Quick-silver; or, Empl. de Ranis, with treble Mercury; or, our Emplast. Mercuriale, Em­plast. Diasulphuris Rulandi; or, Ceratum è Gummi Elemi, Ce­ratum Spermatis Ceti, Ceratum ad Tophos, Emplast. Diachylon cum Gummis; or, Emplast. ad Strumam, which is inferior to no other: see them in Our Pharm. aforegoing.

XXII. These things, whil'st recent, may prevail: but if they do nothing, there is no other Re­medy (as to Internals) but Sa­livation; which yet let be care­fully performed, for fear of Suffocation. If none of these things do, you must remove it by Section. See the following Example.

XXIII. A Maid thirty years old, strong of Body, had one of these Tumors on the left side of her Neck, reaching from her Ear to the Aspera Arteria, and stretching over it upwards to the other side of the Neck; it was soft, and seemed to be full of Matter, but was without in­flammation.

XXIV. A puncture was made into the body of it, which dis­charged a stinking Serum, much like Horse-piss; the Tumor then sunk, and felt unequally hard, and it was drest up with a Pledget of Ʋng. Basilicon, and Empl. Diachalciteos.

XXV. The next day, taking off the dressings, the swelling was lank; a Caustick therefore was applied the length of two inches, about three fingers-bredth from the Ear: the Escar was opened, and a foul matter discharged; after which it was drest up with Dossels dipt in red Precipi­tate, with Lenients over the Escar; and from that time, the falling off of the slough was hastned.

XXVI. After the separation of it, another sort of matter was protruded, not much unlike that of an Atheroma and Meliceris mixed together: with the Probe-Scissers it was laid open towards the Aspera Arteria, and with the Fingers several Vesiculae were pulled out, some con­taining a foul Serum, others a gritty substance: also gobbets of Flesh came away, with which the basis of the Abscess seemed to be laid.

XXVII. Being thus cleansed, it was filled up with Dossels dipt in Precipitate, and the lips were kept open: this method of dressing was repeated every other day, and the strumous Excrescences were rubbed with the Vitriol-stone: the sinus contracted narrower within, but the Tumor being strumous, it would not heal whil'st any hollowness re­mained, but filled up with that sort of Flesh, and raised a Tumor.

XXVIII. Whereupon a Caustick was applied, upon its upper part towards the Ear, and it was divided with a pair of Scissers, and the Sinus fill'd with red Pre­cipitate, dressing the lips with Digestives. After the Escar was separated, the strumous flesh was eradicated with the Vitriol-stone and Precipitate, and cicatriz'd from the Ear downwards; but with some difficulty, the Basis proving false more than once, in one part or other.

XXIX. Some of this strumous Flesh rising among the Vessels, and uniting over them, made Sinus's so deep, that it was diffi­cult to divide those, without danger of the Vessels: But no Cure being to be expected whil'st this remained, a Ligature was passed with a small Probe under the Fungus; and by deligation, and application of Precipitate, the Fungus was consumed, so that that the deepest Sinus was laid open.

XXX. This done, by applica­tion of Epuloticks, a Cicatrice was induced upon them; and thus the Abscess was healed well near to the Aspera Arteria: after [Page 641] which, the other side was laid open, and by the same method, the matter was eradicated, and the Tumor cured, as the other before. Wiseman, lib. 4. cap. 4. Observ. 10.

XXXI. If the Tumor is con­tained in a Cystis, whereby neither External applications, as Resolvers, nor yet Salivation will prevail, you must attempt the Cure by Section.

XXXII. Make an Apertion in a right line, observing the fibres of the Muscles, which being on the Neck, must be long-ways; taking heed that you hurt no Artery, Vein, or Nerve; (rather than to hurt any of those Vessels, you had better cut the fibres cross:) If the Tumor is great, you must make a double incision cross­wise, taking heed as aforesaid, of the Vessels: then with your Fingers remove the Bag, which seldom or never sticks very fast to the Skin; and cutting off the little Artery by which it is fed, take heed, that not the least particle of the Bag may remain, lest it grow again; after which, heal it up as another Ulcer.

The Cure of RANULA.

XXXIII. First let Ʋniversals be premised; cleanse the Stomach and Ʋpper-region by proper Eme­ticks; then give Ʋniversal Cath­articks, which repeat five or six times: afterwards keep the Body soluble, and perfectly cleanse the Bowels with the Clyster in Sect. 19. aforegoing, repeating it as oft as you see occasion.

XXXIV. To the external part of the Tumor apply Discussives, or Resolutives; such as are ap­plied in a Struma, where there is hopes of doing the Cure by Resolution; of which kind are Emplastrum Diasulphuris Rulandi, Our Diachylon cum Gummis, Ceratum è Gummi Elemi, Cera­tum de Spermate Ceti, Ceratum ad Tophos, Emplast. ad Strumam, or Our Emplast. Mercuriale.

XXXV. And the Topicks to apply to, or to wash the Tumor under the Tongue, are also Discussives; the chief among which are all man­ner of Salts, and hot Aroma­ticks; either in substance, or decocted in some proper Liquors, and so to be held in the Mouth.

XXXVI. Barbett commends the following Pouder, by which he says they are often cured. ℞ Pepper, Ginger, A.ʒi. roots of Florentine-Orrice, Hermodacts, Calamint, Origanum, A. ʒss. Ma­stich ℈ i. make of all a Pouder.

XXXVII. These may be boiled in Wine, to wash with and hold under the Tongue; or mixt with Oxymel, to besmear the Part with; or it may be strewed dry, or rubbed upon the Tumor, and oft repeated in the day-time: for by the heat it creates in the Part, the Tumor seems to be discuss'd.

XXXVIII. But if these things will not do, you must open the Tumor by help of an Actual Cau­tery, in one or more places; that the Humor may come forth, and afterwards dress it with Honey of Roses. But Barbett rather [Page 642] approves of Incision with a Lancet, or Incision-knife.

XXXIX. An Observation. A Woman thirty five years old had a large Ranula between her Jaws, under her Tongue, reaching to her Fore-teeth, making a great swelling under her Chin, which was troublesom to her, and caus'd a croaking in her speech.

XL. She had before passed under a course of Physick unsuc­cessfully: the matter was proposed to be let out by an Actual Cautery, but she refused; whereupon it was opened by Incision on each side near the Tongue; and out of it came two Blood-porrengers full of an albuginous matter, upon which the Tumor sunk.

XLI. Search was made with a Probe, and it was found that the matter had not only made a deep cavity downward [...], but all the inner part of the Tongue was ren­dred hollow: it was then drest with Syrupus de Rosis ficcis: and Empl. ad Herniam, mixed with a third part of Empl. Caesaris was applied externally under the Chin; deterging it after­wards with Mel Aegyptiacum, dissolved in Decoction of Sage, Betony, Smallage, &c. and then it was incarned and cicatrized.

XLII. Some time after the Tumor rose again as formerly; whereupon it was opened with the Actual Cautery, on both sides of the Ranula; by which the matter was again discharged, and the Tu­mor sunk. During the time of the Cure, she was purged, and put into an Antistrumatical Course, and so at last was cured. Wiseman, lib. 4. cap. 8. Obs. 1.

XLIII. A young Fellow had also a painful Ranula under his Tongue; incision was made into it, according to its length, and there came forth a Stone bigger than that of an Olive: it was after­wards drest with Syrupus de Rosis siccis, and thereby in a few days cured. Wiseman.

The Cure of TONSILLAE.

XLIV. Preparation is to be made for the Cure, by Ʋniversal Purgation, Clysters, &c. and Derivation by Vesicatories, Cupping, Issues, &c. especially if there is Inflammation, and the Tumor is caused by Flu­xion.

XLV. But if they are made by Congestion, the speedy and only way of cure is by Extirpation; either by Excision, at once cutting them off; or else by application of the Actual or Potential Cautery; among the latter of which, Butter of Antimony is accounted the chief.

XLVI. Wiseman says, that the way by Potential Cautery is, by working with a Caustick-stone, and other Escaroticks, fixt in such an Instrument as may serve to eat into them, without offend­ing the neighbouring sound Parts; and so to make way into the body of the Gland, consu­ming it within; and at length the exterior parts of it will fall in pieces, and so the whole will be eradicated.

XLVII. Such a like Tumor in [Page 643] those places, I once saw Dr. Tho­mas Gardner, chief Chirurgeon to the King's Houshold, (and now attending his Majesty's Person in his Camp in Flanders) open, with a great deal of dexterity, at Sir John Roberts his House in Bromley by Bow, by touching it with Butyrum Antimonii twice; and then cutting it with an Incision-knife, the Tumor yielded near a quarter of a pint of matter, presently wasted away, and became healed in a very short time after.

XLVIII. The way by Excision, is by making a ligature about the Basis of them; and then cut­ting or snipping them off with a pair of crooked Probe-scissers.

XLIX. In doing this, consider how they are radicated: if they be rooted deep in the Throat like a Crista, if in cutting them out, you only cut the part you tied, and cut the ligature at the same time, the matter or sub­stance may fall down into the Throat, and so hazard choaking.

L. Whil'st therefore you hold the ligature with one hand, with the other hand you must pass the Scissers down as close by the Basis of it, as you can, so as by one snip, you may cut it clear off.

LI. But for fear of failing, 'twill be necessary to have another ligature fitted in an Instrument for this purpose, and the Patient's Head to be held steady; that in case you fail in the first attempt, and it fall into the Throat, you may readily re­turn it, and tye it at the same time, which is easy enough to do.

LII. The Excision being made, the bleeding may soon be stopt with Oxycrate; and you may cica­trize it in a few days time, by touching it with the Vitriol and Alum Stones.

LIII. Observations. A Man, twenty five years old, long subject to defluxions from overgrown Ton­sils, had taken much Physick unsuccessfully; so that no other way of Cure appeared, but by Excision. The right Tonsil was very large, and a ligature was made upon it, with design to cut it off at that instant: but for fear of a great flux of Blood, it was deferred to the next morning; at which time it was shrunk, and much lessened.

LIV. Then hold being taken of the Ligature with one hand, and with the other passing the Probe-Scissers close by the root of it, at one snip, it was cut off, and brought away with the Ligature, it scarcely bleeding a drop: the remaining Basis was rubbed with the Vitriol-stone, and after­wards he gargled with Barley-water sweetned with Syrupus de Rosis siccis, and in four or five days time it was cicatrized; and the Man recovered a better degree of health. Wiseman.

LV. A Girl twelve years old was often troubled with Catarrhs, and difficulty in swallowing, thro' a great Tumor in the right Tonsil; Excision was advised. A liga­ture was made upon it, and at the same time it was cut off: afterwards, by rubbing it with the Vitriol-stone, it was cica­trized in a few days. Wiseman.

LVI. A Woman, twenty six years old, subject to Catarrhs, from the preternatural growth of the Amygdalae, was also cured by Excision: a Ligature was made upon the one, and it was cut off, washing her Mouth after with Oxycrate: then a Ligature was passed upon the other, and it was also cut off; after which she gargled and washt her Mouth: afterwards the Basis of them was rubbed with a Vitriol-stone. Wiseman, lib. 4. cap. 7. Ob­serv. 2, 3, 4.

An Appendix, concerning cutting off the UVULA.

LVII. If there is an elongation of the Uvula, thro' a great afflux of the Saliva, it oftentimes happens, that it touches upon the root of the Tongue, or upon the Epiglottis; causing a frequent, and almost continual hauking, whereby in process of time a vexatious Catarrh is produced.

LVIII. Such was the case of a Maid-servant, her Uvula hung dangling upon the root of her Tongue, not swelled, nor inflamed. Supposing that to be the cause of her Distemper, the lower part of it was taken hold of with the Forceps, and then im­mediately it was cut shorter with a pair of Scissers; it bled not a spoonful, and afterwards cicatrized of it self, without application of any Medicine: and so she was freed from her Catarrh.

LIX. Such another was cut off in one of the King's Servants at Hampton-Court; as also some others, who were so affected, and thereby they were freed from their Catarrhs, when all other Remedies failed. Wiseman.

CHAP. XXVII. Of the KINGS-EVIL.

I. THIS Disease is called in Greek, [...], vel, Pl. [...]. in Latin, Scro­phula, Struma; and by some in the Plural only, Scrophulae, Strumae; I suppose, because oftentimes, many of these Tumors hang together: and in English, Scrophula, Struma, and the Kings-evil. The Greek and Latin Names are taken from Swine, because that kind of Beast is more frequently troubled with this Disease.

II. The Definition. Galen, Method. Med. lib. 14. cap. 11. defines, Strumae to be scirrhous Swellings, shut up in a peculiar Membrane.

III. Aetius, Tetrab. 4. Serm. 3. cap. 5. Strumae (dixit ille) sunt Carnes subcandidae, facile auge­scentes, in Membrana contentae, & in summa Glandulae induratae, quae in Collo, sub Alis, & In­guinibus oriuntur, ubi Glandulae Vasis substratae sunt, ut in aliis [Page 645] quoque jam relatis Glandulis. Ali­quando etiam, sed rarò tamen, ex Carne eorundem locorum fiunt; quae affinitate quadam ad Stru­marum naturam vertitur, & Ma­teriae accessione augetur. Viz. These Strumae (says he) are a kind of Flesh somewhat white, easily encreasing and growing, enveloped in a Tunicle or Cystis; and in a word, they are Glandules or Kernels hardned, which arise in the Neck, under the Arms, and in the Groins; where they are situated under the Vessels, even as in other parts related to the Glandules already mentioned. And some­times likewise (but it is very rare) they are bred from the Flesh of the self-same places, which by a certain relation thereunto, is converted into the nature of Strumae, and does increase by an accession of matter.

IV. Barbett says that Strumae or Scrophulae, are preternatural Tumors of the Glandules of the Neck, contained in their own proper Cystis or Tunicle.

V. The Differences. The Tu­mor or Tumors are sometimes in a Cystis, sometimes not; some­times moveable, sometimes fixt; sometimes small, sometimes great; and sometimes but one, sometimes many; sometimes not ulcerated, sometimes ul­cerated.

VI. The Places affected. They are generally the conglomerated Glandules of the Neck, called the Salival Glands: But that Struma which is not contained in a Cystis, (as that which is fixt for the most part is not) may happen to many other parts of the Body; as the Back and Back-bone, upper Lip, the Breast, Arms, Wrists, Hands, Fingers, Thighs, Legs, Ancles, Feet, &c. where it first appears, in an obscure, diffused Tumor; afterwards it breaks, and be­comes ulcerated, and many times fistulous.

VII. To these you may add those Glands about the Ears called Parotides, or the Stenonian Pas­sages, from Steno, their first discoverer. And it is to be noted, that the Salival-passages, pro­ceed from the conglomerated Glandules of the Neck.

VIII. The Causes. Authors say, that they proceed from a Pituitous Humor, or from Phlegm mixt with Melancholy, by reason of the hardness, which for the most part goes along with the Tumor. Where­upon it is, that such as are Phlegmatick-melancholy, who are gluttonous, and usually eat Meats cold and moist, and to drink cold Waters, or Snow-water, are more especially af­flicted with Scrophula.

IX. And hence it is, that in several Regions, where the Inha­bitants constantly drink crude, cold, and snowy Waters, (as gene­rally in the Alps, &c. where this Disease is Endemical) they are all of them for the most part troubled and vexed with these Strumae.

X. Barbett says, that since the use of the Glandules of the whole Body, is certainly to percolate the Lympha; therefore of necessity the grosser Lympha (or the [Page 646] Lympha vitiated) is the Cause of this Disease; from whence first of all proceeds their hard­ness, and afterwards an in­creasing and pertinacious Tumor.

XI. And so when any of this vitiated Lympha is shed abroad into other Parts, as the fleshy substance of the Body, the stru­matick Tumor is then fixed, here and there, (tho' not in Glands) where-ever Nature finds a weak Part to protrude it to. And from hence it comes to pass, that in many Patients the whole habit of the Body is Strumatick also, and the Disease breaks forth in several places at once, making it rebellious, and very tedious to be cured; to the very great vexation, both of the Patient and Physician.

XII. And because Struma some­times degenerates into Cancer, which is caused from a very sharp Humor or Lympha; Deckers does say, that the Humor or Lympha must have also an offending sharpness in it.

XIII. Others say, they are caused from gross and raw Juices, contained, 1. In the conglobate Glandules; which they receive from the Arterial Blood, con­vert and perfect into Lympha, and from whence the Lympha­tick Vessels do proceed; which convey it either into the Chyli­ferous or Sanguiferous Vessels. 2. In the Conglomerate, which they receive from the Ve­nal Blood; either the Lym­pha again, or some other pecu­liar Juices; where they ought yet be brought to a greater perfection, and are conveyed by other proper Ducts to the Parotides and Maxillary Glands, from which the Salival Ducts arise, which convey the Spittle into the Mouth.

XIV. Platerus will not have Phlegm and Melancholy alone to be sufficient for the generation of these Tumors; for that then they would not be of any long conti­nuance, but would rather corrupt and apostemate, or turn into Pus: but that there is rather another Juice joined with them, nourish­ing these parts; for Glandules are nourished with a thicker Juice than other fleshy parts: and therefore if this Juice is vitiated, or exceeds in quantity, it then generates this kind of Tumor.

XV. The Signs. The Tumor is sometimes roundish, sometimes longish, sometimes irregular, as to its form; sometimes single, some times complicated, and sometimes seated in a Glandule, and some­times not; as when it happens on the Spina Dorsi, Lips, the Wrist, Hand, Finger, Ancle, &c.

XVI. It is for the most part void of pain, unless when it grows extraordinary big; and it is many times so hard, as not to yield to the impression of the Fingers.

XVII. They are known also by their slow growth; for they are not suddenly generated, or all at once, but by degrees; and where there are many Kernels, one after another. First of all, the Humor flows unto one Glan­dule, in which is excited a Tumor, first soft and loose; and then there grows another, in like manner soft and loose.

XVIII. These Tumors are at length hardned; and many times they increase in number, till there hangs down from the place affected many Glandules, as it were so many branches: but this is chiefly to be understood, when it affects the Neck, and parts adjacent.

XIX. When it happens in the Joints and other parts, it is not contained in a Cystis, but is a broad diffused Tumor, without any considerable pain, 'till it grows very great; and mostly of the colour of the Skin, hard, and immoveable; which in process of time breaks, and becomes a foul Ulcer, or running Fistula; and many times fouls and rots the very Bone it self, after an extraordinary manner.

XX. The Prognosticks. These Tumors are always hard to be cured, and long in performing; especially if they be many, have been of long continuance, and are very great, and hard, or fixt.

XXI. By how much the more moveable they are, by so much the more easily cured; and when cured, they for the most part leave behind them great Scars.

XXII. If they grow very great, and painful withal, they are dangerous, and apt to become Cancerous; and if they stick to a Bone, they generally corrupt it, and hardly admit of cure: the like if they be fixt to any great Nerve or Vein, lye deep, or are hereditary: in all these cases, a Palliative Cure is the best.

XXIII. If in curing them by Section, you should divide the Recurrent Nerve, the Speech will certainly be lost, and many times Life withal.

XXIV. The Cure. The Indi­cations of Cure are threefold: 1. To attenuate, attemperate, and evacuate the thick, acid, or vitious Lympha. 2. The Tumor is, if possible, to be discussed; otherwise, to be softned and ripened. 3. If it comes to Sup­puration, it is at length to be taken away, either by Incision, or Escarotick Medicaments.

XXV. The first Indication is answered by Internals: First, such things as attenuate, incide, and evacuate the Morbifick-matter contained in the first Passages. I commend upon Experience Oxymel of Squills, which may be taken every other Morning; from one spoonful to two spoonfuls or more; in a glass of Wine and Water.

XXVI. Afterwards it may be taken a spoonful at a time, every morning; for 14 or 16 mornings, in like manner.

XXVII. Afterwards you may purge twice a Week, with Our Family Pills, Pilulae Catharticae, Pilulae Mirabiles, Tinctura Pur­gans, or some such like thing.

XXVIII. In the intervals of Purging, give something that is specifick against the Disease, and may attemperate the acid Hu­mor, by absorbing it; which is done by Alcalies, chiefly such as are volatil.

XXIX. Of this kind, the Spi­rits of Sal Armoniack, of Harts-horn, of Cows-horn, Ox-horn, Ox and Horse-hoofs, of Beef, &c. are said to be chief, whether inward­ly used, or outwardly applied, [Page 648] given in a convenient Vehicle.

XXX. A famous thing is Salt of Hog-lice: they that cannot get the Salt, may take the Pouder of them; being first washed clean, then drowned in Wine, and dried in an Oven, 'till they will reduce to pouder. Dose, à gr. x. ad xxv. in any proper Liquor, for forty or sixty days.

XXXI. These following Inter­nals, have also the property of consuming Scrophula's, and in­ducing their healing, if ulcerated: viz. Roots of Swallowort, round Birthwort, Briony, Jallap, Me­choacan, Sowbread, Dropwort, Pilewort, Figwort, Devilsbit, Orrice-root, Squill, Vervain, flowers of Broom, of Privet, Crabs burnt, Eggshels burnt, Sal Gem, Sponges burnt, ashes of a Lizard, &c.

XXXII. Johannes Prevotius commends the Electuary of green Lizards, as a great Secret, and certain Remedy for the cure of the Kings-evil. Dose, to Children ʒii. to Men or Women ℥ss. ʒvi. or ℥i. at most, continuing it for thirty or forty days: anointing also outwardly with the Oil of Lizards. See their Preparations in Our Doron Me­dicum, lib. 3. cap. 2. sect. 9. Hercules de Saxonia commends those things also, as most ex­cellent.

XXXIII. In like manner the pouder or ashes of Spunges and Sea-crabs may be given; by mixing them with Honey, and making them into an Electuary, as you do the pouder of Li­zards.

XXXIV. As for the Diet or Food, it ought to be such as is prescribed usually in the Cure of an Oedema and Scirrhus, which may consume the cold phlegmatick Humor, and alter the habit of the Body: Purging also with proper Phlegmagogues, such as are the aforementioned things: or a Diet-drink made of Sena, Rhubarb, Mechoacan, Horse-radish roots, and Scurvigrass.

XXXV. Avoid Bleeding, as the most pernicious thing; (it is the advice of Barbett, and other great Men) but sometimes, in the intervals of Purging, the Patient may sweat, by the ex­hibition of volatil Alcalies; which is a good expedient in this Cure: so also the dulcified Spirit of Nitre.

XXXVI. Pouder of Vipers, given ad ʒi. is a famous thing; so also the Salt of Vipers, given ad gr. x. or the Powers of Vi­pers given ad gut. xxx. in any convenient Vehicle.

XXXVII. And for their con­stant drink, let it be Decoctum Ulmi; in a gallon of which let five hundred Hog-lice be bruised and boiled; than which, there is no greater Specifick in the World, I have proved it several times: For by the constant taking of this Liquor, the quality of the whole mass of Blood and Lym­pha comes to be perfectly altered, and the scrophulous habit of Body to be throughly changed, so that the Patient mends upon it to a wonder: it may be drank as common Drink, mixed with a little White-wine. See the Prepa­ration thereof in Our Pharm. [Page 649] Bateana, lib. 1. cap. 16. sect. 29. And see more of this Cure, in Our Synopsis Medicinae, (the Third Edition) lib. 6. cap. 15.

XXXVIII. If yet the Disease is so rebellious, that none of the afore-prescribed Methods will do, you must then come to the last Remedy, which is Salivation; which is to be done with a great deal of care and gentleness, with proper inward Mercurials: And this I have done several times with happy success; but this way succeeds best, when it is in any other part but the Neck and Throat; if it be in these, it may be done, but it must be with much caution; lest by the too great afflux of Humors, the Patient should be suffocated.

XXXIX. The second Indica­tion is answered by the applica­tion of Externals, which are of three kinds: 1. Discussives and Resolutives, where there is hope of Resolving. 2. Suppuratives or Maturatives, where there is no hopes of Resolution. 3. Pal­liatives where it is indurated, so that its degeneration into Scirrhus or Cancer is feared.

XL. If they be loose, small, and not very hard, there is hopes of Resolution; in which case a simple Ointment made of Pile­wort roots is an excellent thing: much more if an half part of Our Hercules be mixt with it.

XLI. Or anoint with this Liniment of Barbett:Oils of Myrtles and Bays A. ℥i. Ʋng. of Martiaton ℥ i. Quick-silver extinct with flowers of Sulphur ʒvi. mix, and make an Ointment, with which anoint twice a day: if the Tumors are not consumed with this, they will at least be diminished.

XLII. Balsam of Sulphur is a good thing to anoint withal; so also Ointment made of Tobacco, green or dry: if it is made of green Tobacco, it ought to be such as is raised with us from Virginia Seed: and it is so much the better, if it is mixed with white Precipitate ʒii. native Cinnabar ʒi. to one ounce of the Ointment.

XLIII. This of Poterius is a singular good thing: ℞ Green Tobacco leaves M. vi. fresh Butter lbii. Venice Turpentine ℥iv. mix, and insolate eight days; strain out by pressing; to the expressed matter add Wax, Gum Ammonia­cum, Galbanum, A. ℥ii. which mix; and being almost cold, add crude Antimony, Cinnabar artifi­cial, both in fine pouder, A.℥ss. Myrrh, Frankincense, A. ʒii. (I add pouder of Tobacco leaves ℥i.) mix again, and make an Ointment.

XLIV. ℞ Oil of Bricks, com­monly called Oleum Philosopho­rum ℥vi. Oils of Juniper and Turpentine, A. ℥ i. Spirit of Nitre ℥iii. mix them, and there­with anoint. Balsamum mirabile is excellent to anoint with in this case: so also to bathe the Part affected with Spiritus mi­rabilis.

XLV. Or you may anoint with Ung. Cosmetic. or ad Scabiem, or Mercuriale; and apply over the Tumors Ceratum de Galbano, è Gummi Elemi, vel Ceratum ad Tophos; or Our Diachylon cum Gummis; or Our Emplast. [Page 650] ad Strumam, vel Mercuriale; all which see in Our Pharmaco­poeia Chirurgica, in Lib. 1. cap. 74 sect. 5. 8. 9. cap. 76. sect. 3. 4. 9. and cap. 77. sect. 3. 8. and 10. aforegoing.

XLVI. Barbett commends this Emplaster: ℞ Ammoniacum, Bdellium, Galbanum, A.℥ss. Bay-berries, Cummin, Pellitory of Spain, Stavesacre, A. ʒvi. Pi­geons dung ʒi. Goats dung ʒiii. Hogs-grease ℥jss. Oil of Camomil ℥i. Wax, Pitch, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XLVII. Cinnabar ℥i. is good to be added to it: and if the Tumor is painful, you may also add to it Opium ʒvi. or ℥i. be­cause it has not only the virtue of easing pain, but also of Discussing and Resolving.

XLVIII. This following Em­plaster is also good. ℞ Empl. è Cicuta cum Ammoniaco ℥ii. pure Gum Elemi ℥ss. flowers of Antimony, Mummy, A. ℥ ss. red Precipitate ʒv. flowers of Sal Armoniack ʒiii. Juniperine Bal­sam of Sulphur q.s. mix, and make a soft Emplaster; which spread upon Leather, and apply to the Part affected, renewing it once every two days.

XLIX. This also is of singu­lar efficacy. ℞ Red Precipitate q.v. Quick-silver as much as it will absorbe, or suck up by grind­ing in an iron or glass Mortar: put this Mixture into a thin Cloth, and strain from it all the Quick-silver which would not unite: to this Mixture put de­purated juice of Nightshade, q.s. insolate for some days; decant the juice, and repeat it three times: this done, mix of this Pouder ℥i. with Oil-olive, Sheeps-suet, A. ℥ss. first melted together, and almost cold, and make an Ointment: it resolves much, and eases pain.

L. But where a Resolution can­not be accomplished, and the Tumor is great, and manifestly contained in a Cystis, and free from any great Vessels, the best way is by Section; making an incision thro' the Skin, and separating it from the Cystis, then cutting it off by the root, as we have taught in the former Chapters.

LI. If this cannot be com­modiously done, you must then endeavour a Suppuration; and this is most commonly per­formed in a Phlegmonoodes, with this Cataplasm: ℞ Onions, heads of Garlick, A. No ii. bake them in an Oven, 'till soft, old Leven ℥ii. Mucilage of Althea and Lilly roots, Mithridate, A.℥i. pouders of Fenugreek and Linseed, Hens and Pigeons dung, A. ℥ss. Figs roasted, No vi. Oil-olive ℥jss. Oil of Juniper ℥i. Saffron ʒii. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

LII. Wiseman says, that to hasten the Suppuration, it is com­mon to pinch them hard; and some say, to thrust a Thorn into them, to inflame them, thereby to hasten their ripening: you must endeavour a perfect con­coction; for if you open them, while any part of the Gland is hard it will increase, or put you upon a necessity of eradicating it, or else to leave the Cure imperfect.

LIII. Being perfectly ripe, the [Page 651] way of opening the Tumor, is mostly by Incision, because it makes the least Scar: but if the Struma is large; the way by Caustick may be better, because it makes a large Orifice, and with less pain assures a Cure.

LIV. The Matter being dis­charged, you may cleanse with the Mundificative ex succo Apii, Basilicon, red Precipitate, and the Vitriol-stone; and afterwards incarnate and cicatrize, as in other Abscesses or Apostems.

LV. In old and hard Struma's which admit not of a compleat Suppuration, but break out into small holes, which growing bigger and bigger, become so many painful Ʋlcers, spreading one into another, the body of the Gland remaining hard, without hopes of maturation; these you may dress two or three days with a Pledget of Ʋnguent. Basilicon, which will qualify the heat, and moderate the Ulceration, and then by interchangably applying Dis­cutients or Lenients, you may happily waste the whole Gland, the Patient taking the mean while specifick Internals.

LVI. In some Strumae ulcera­ted about the Chops, I have seen (says Wiseman) a Fungus thrust forth, so that with my Spatula thrust under them, I have thrust them quite out, and healed the Ʋlcer in few days: in others, where they are incapable of being so soon thrown out, I cut off the protuberant part, and consumed the remaining Basis with Escaroticks.

LVII. When therefore the Stru­mae are large, or lye deep, and near considerable Vessels, Extirpa­tion by Causticks and Escaroticks is the best way. 'Tis true, it requires more time, but 'tis sure, and the only way Patients generally admit of; for the very notion of cutting with a Knife, frights them.

LVIII. In order then to this work, the Patient ought frequently to purge, and constantly to take some antistrumatick Diet, &c. otherwise new Tumors will arise whil'st the old ones are eradi­cating.

LIX. Then such Escaroticks are to be chosen, as may penetrate deep into the Gland, and do the work with the least pain: But indeed all Medicaments fit for this work are very painful, yet the strongest Causticks are most pro­per to begin with, so they be kept within their bounds.

LX. Of these there are several kinds: as, 1. Soap-lees, boiled up to a Stone; but this will spread, in spight of all Defensa­tives. 2. The Causticks made of Arsenick, Sublimate, and Vi­triol; which spread also. 3. Calx viva, boiled up with Lixivium Saponis; which spreads least of all.

LXI. Simple Escaroticks are, 1. The Caustick-stone. 2. Corro­sive Sublimate. 3. Arsenick. 4. Au­ripigment. 5. Ʋnslaked Lime. 6. Oils of Vitriol and Sulphur. 7. Butter of Antimony, &c.

LXII. Simple Cathereticks are, 1. All sorts of Vitriol. 2. Ver­digrise. 3. Squamae Aeris. 4. Chal­citis. 5. Misy. 6. Sory. 7. Burnt Alum. 8. Arcanum Coralinum. 9. Red Precipitate.

LXIII. Of these Compounds are made: as, 1. Trochisci de Minio Vigonis, made of Corro­sive Sublimate, Minium, and Leven. 2. This of John Arden, more Escarotick. ℞ Corrosive Sublimate ʒiv. Ceruse, Starch, A. ʒiijss. Arsenick in fine pouder ʒjss. juice of Asphodel ʒx. best Vinegar ʒv. mix, and boil to the con­sumption of the humidity; then pouder it, and incorporate it with Auripigment calcin'd ʒjvss. Leven ʒxvi. mix, and with a lit­tle Rose-water, make Troches. 3. Pulvis sine pari. It is made of corrosive Sublimate, Auri­pigment, Quicklime, ana. 4. Tur­bith-mineral alone. 5. Red Pre­cipitate alone. 6. Red Precipi­tate mixt with burnt Alum. 7. The Vitriol-stone.

LXIV. The gentlest of those Preparations with Corrosive Sub­limate, are too painful to be applied in tender Bodies, and scarcely to be endured in the strongest, tho' taken off in four or six hours after: for that the Salts having penetrated, the pain will continue vehement for a long time after; many times affecting the neighbouring parts with Tumors and great Inflam­mation, and sometimes affecting the Head with terrible pains, as also Palpitations of the Heart, Faintings, &c.

LXV. The Cathereticks most commonly used, are Turbith-mineral, red Precipitate, and burnt Alum, which are indeed the mildest, and therefore of a more slow operation, but may serve ordinarily, and in tender Bodies.

LXVI. The Method of applying them is this. 1. It is best to chuse that Caustick which will spread least; which you are to spread long, in proportion to the Tumor, reaching from the lowest part thereof upwards; because in consuming it, the Scrophula will sink downwards; and defend the sides with Pla­sters, that it do not spread.

LXVII. 2. The lips being once divided, they give way, and as the Escarotick, penetrates into the body of the Gland, the sides will fall in, and be eradicated out of the aperture, tho' very small; which the less it is, the less Scar will remain from the Cicatrice, and the sooner it will be cured.

LXVIII. 3. The Escar being made, divide it the whole length, and with a Caustick-stone, rub into it, 'till it has penetrated into the body of the Gland; the which it will the sooner do, if you press into the same place with a Stick dipt into Oil of Vitriol, or Butter of Antimony.

LXiX. 4. This done, dress it up with Ung. Basilicon, mixt with a little Linseed-oil; embrocating the Parts adjacent with Oil of Roses mixt with Vinegar, and over all lay Empl. è Bolo: being thus drest, it is painful; but it lasts not above half an hour.

LXX. 5. The third day after dress it again; and if the Escar in the middle is dried hard, dress it with Lenients: but if it feels soft, rub it again interchangably with the Caustick-stone, and Oil of Vitriol, or Butter of Antimony, thrusting them every [Page 653] way into the body of the Gland; but taking heed, that the lips of the Ulcer may not be en­larged thereby.

LXXI. 6. Thus proceeding, most of the Struma will be wasted, before the first Escar in the cir­cumference will fall off: after which you may consume the re­mainder with red Precipitate, and keep it open by Dossels of Lint, letting the lips grow nar­rower in the mean time; and so heal it with a Cicatrice, as another Sore. Wiseman.

LXXII. This is the Method for very large Strumae, the lesser will not admit of this Way; to such you may apply the strongest Catheretick Pouders, as you see cause. But if they affect the Muscles, Nerves, Tendons, Li­gaments, Joints, &c. they require more caution in their extirpation.

LXXIII. The Cure of the Evil which is without a Cystis, af­flicting the Muscles, Tendons, and Joints. The gumminess upon the Muscles and Tendons require Emollients and Discussives, and differs not much in Cure from that of a Scirrhus.

LXXIV. The Evil affecting the Joints increases gradually, and rises by congestion: it is twofold; 1. That which rises Externally, upon the Tendons, between them and the Skin, or them and the Bone. 2. That which rises Internally, within the Bone it self, which we shall consider in the Chapter of Spina Ventosa.

LXXV. The first of these arises for the most part from an Humor overmoistening the Tendons and Ligaments; which very much relaxes them, and produces a weakness and uneasiness in the Joint, raising a Tumor exter­nally; which in process of time corrodes and rots the Mem­branes and Bones, thro' its acidity.

LXXVI. First purge with Mer­curials and Antimonials, and keep the Patient to an Antistra­matick Diet, to alter the habit of the Body; and apply to the Tumor Emplasters of an astrin­gent and dry quality, as Empl. de Minio, è Bolo, &c. with moderate Bandage; and let the Member be placed in such a position, as may prevent the falling down of the Humor.

LXXVII. Afterwards strengthen the Joint by Fomentations, and Emplasters of a discussive and astringent faculty: but if yet the Tumor grows greater, and will not discuss by any appli­cation, it is to be feared, that the Bones are hurt.

LXXVIII. Now since these kinds of Swellings are for the most part caused by an Hypersarcosis within, they are not to be opened, without some assurance of a rottenness of the Bone: for otherwise upon opening, it will only yield a G [...]eet, and the Hypersarcosis will be protruded in a Fungus.

LXXIX. If also in some par­ticular place Suppuration does appear, and upon opening, a matter much like whites of Eggs does come forth, you may conclude the Bone is corrupted, (especial­ly in the Hand or Foot) and the longer the opening is delayed, [Page 654] the more rotten the Bones will be.

LXXX. In this case, discharge the matter, making the vent large, according as the Vessels will per­mit; and proceed in the Cure, as in an Ulcer with rottenness of the Bone, and keep the member in such a position, that the Joint may not be contracted.

LXXXI. If much proud Flesh shall grow up in the Ʋlcer, it will hazard the rotting of the Bone underneath; and if the Bone is once carious, it is not then the work of Nature, but of Art: for 'till the Hypersarcosis is re­moved, the Bone will never exfoliate, but the Evil will still increase, and the Bones rot in pieces, one Apostemation coming upon another; so that the Patient will consume, and dye miserably.

LXXXII. In this case, the proud Flesh must be removed by such things as the Patient can bear; as Precipitate, either alone, or mixt with Basilicon, or burnt Alum, as the occasion may require: then way being made to the Bones, they are to be made bare, and such as are loose are to be taken out, the others you must dispose to exfoliate.

LXXXIII. Then cleanse the Ʋlcer well by Detersives; for which purpose nothing seems better than Ung. Nicotianae, and che­rish the native Heat by discus­sive, and drying Fomentations; and by Compresses (pressed out of Lime-water, or the Water of the Griffin) and convenient Bandage, endeavour to restore the Part to its natural form and magnitude.

LXXXIV. If it becomes of a scirrhous hardness, or seems to degenerate into Cancer by reason of pain, then nothing is to be attempted more than a pallia­tive Cure. ℞ Ceratum de Gal­bano lbi. Pulvis Mercurii coagulati ℥vi. Oil-olive q.s. mix, and make a soft Emplaster.

LXXXV. Or this. ℞ Empla­strum album ℥iv. Sacchar. Saturni, Opium, (dissolved in Water, and inspissated to the thickness of new Honey) A. ℥i. shining Soot ℥jss. volatil Sal Armoniack ʒvi. soften with Oil of Nightshade, q.s. and make an Emplaster.

LXXXVI. Or, ℞ Emplast. de Galbano lbss. Empl. Mercuriale lbi. mix them, and apply. Or, ℞ Sheep-suet ℥ii. Oil-olive ℥ivss. melt, and mix; to which add Oils of Juniper-berries, Fennel-seed, Anniseed, and Amber, A.ʒi. volatil Sal Armoniack ℥iii. Sac­charum Saturni ℥jss. Opium ex­tracted ℥i. white Precipitate, native Cinnabar, A.ʒvi. mix them, and anoint therewith.

OBSERVATIONS.

LXXXVII. A Girl ten years old, had hard Kings-evil Swellings on three of her Fingers: she was cured by the Smoak of Vinegar poured upon red-hot Flints, morning and evening for a Month together. Riverius, Ob­servat. communicat.

LXXXVIII. A Maiden, four­teen years old, was much troubled from her Infancy with Ʋlcers in her Ears and Fingers, Lips much swelled, darting Pains, Scurvy, with Glandules of Neck and Ears [Page 655] exulcerated, and the rest scirrhous, and so swelled, that she could scarce move her Neck. She drank the Decoction of Guajacum, with cutting and opening Medi­cines, four times a day, with eight drops of Spirit of Sal Armoniack in it: and once a week she took this Pouder. ℞ Jalap ʒss. Tartar vitriolated gr.v. Oil of Fennel gut.ii. make a pouder, for a Dose; which gave her three or four Stools. And outwardly there was applied Emplast. de Ranis cum Mercurio, softned with Oil of Rue and Soot; but the Glandules being exulcerated, Ʋng. Basilicon was first applied, and after that, Balsamum Sulphuris Rulandi; with which in about three months she was cured. Deckers.

LXXXIX. A Gentlewoman was three years troubled with a hard painful Tumor in her Neck, to which was applied this. ℞ Em­plast. de Ranis cum Mercurio ℥ss. fine Galbanum ʒii. Saccharum Saturni, volatil Sal Arm. A. ʒss. soften with Oil of Rue, q.s. and make the consistency of a Plaster. By the application of this the Pain and Swelling va­nished away. Deckers.

XC. A young Lady cholerick and lean, had many scrophulous Tumors, and being afflicted with a continual Hectick-fever died: her Body being opened, there was found above a thousand Glan­dules upon her, little and great, from the Jaws to the Os Pubis; which were within of the same colour with those in her Neck, viz. yellow; Medicines were wa­rily apply'd, yet with no suc­cess. Barbett.

XCI. A Youth twelve years old had a Struma under his right Jaw, of an oval figure. Inci­sion was made into the Skin, according to its length; then se­parating it, a Ligature was fast­ned under it, and so it was cut out, leaving the Ligature to digest off. It was drest with a Digestive made of Turpen­tine, and Emplast. è Bolo: after Digestion, it was deterged, in­carned, and cicatrized. Wise­man.

XCII. A Woman twenty eight years old, had a large Struma on the left side of her Neck, of an oval figure, and moveable under the Skin: an Incision was made the full length of it, and the Skin being every where sepa­rated from it, it was pulled out, and a Ligature was tied about the Vessels under it, and then cut off: it was drest with a Dossel spread with the Di­gestive of Turpentine, dipt in Pulvis Galeni, with Pledgets of the same Digestive over it, and a Restrictive Plaster over all, with good Bandage; and after Digestion, it was incarned and healed. Wiseman.

IV. Tumors arising from WIND.

CHAP. XXVIII. Of the WINDY-TƲMOR.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...], pl. [...]. [...], pl. [...]. [...], pl. [...] in Latin, Em­physema, pl. emphysemata; Apostema ventosum, Inflatio, Inflationes: in English, Windy Tumor, or Tumors, a Windy Apostem, &c.

II. Definition. A flatulent Tumor is a preternatural swelling, proceeding from Wind, shut up within the Membranes of several Parts, as under a thick Skin, or the interstices of the Mu­scles, and yielding to the im­pression of the Fingers, but suddenly returning again.

III. Or, It is a Swelling pro­ceeding from Wind, not pitting, but yielding to the Fingers, con­tained within Membranes, and which if shaken, makes a rum­bling noise.

IV. Galen, lib. de rat. Vict. in Acut. Com. 4. Text. 21. Tumor est, collecto Spiritu flatulento in quibusdam cavitatibus, vel sensui expositis, vel ratione contempla­bilibus. It is a Tumor made by á flatulent Spirit collected in certain cavities; these cavities being either exposed to the sense, or such as are to be ap­prehended by reason.

V. Now what these Cavities are, which are to be apprehended by reason, he explains himself, ad Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 5. And that they are those very Pores of the Similary Parts, and those little spaces which are interposed between the said Similary Parts.

VI. Wiseman says, it is a light puffy Tumor, easily yielding to the pressure of the Fingers, and rises again in the instant you take them off.

VII. The Differences. 1. In respect to the kinds; being either pure, or mixed. A Pure Em­physema is seldom found, unless in cases of Wounds in the Brest; where the Air getting in be­tween the Muscles and Mem­branes, does puff them up, much like to the inside of a Shoulder of Veal. A Mixed Em­physema is that which is mixed with some Humor, which is chiefly, or always Phlegmatick.

VIII. 2. In respect to the place; some are inward, some are out­ward. The Inward are in the membranes of the Bowels, and [Page 657] sometimes in their very Cavi­ties; as the Stomach, Abdomen, Womb, &c. of these we say nothing here. The Outward may be on the Eye-lids, the great Joints, the Scrotum, Navel, and other membranous parts; the Scrotum being the usual seat of the Hernia ventosa, of which in the next Chapter.

IX. 3. In respect to its quality: some are without pain, in which the Wind is in motion; others with pain, in which it is quiet, from its too great distention.

X. The Causes. The proxi­mate or conjoined Cause is Wind, or a flatulent Spirit; which is, as Galen testifies, de Sympt. Caus. lib. 3. cap. 4. from a weak and languishing heat: for as absolute cold cannot excite any Vapor; so on the other side, vehement heat discusses the Vapor.

XI. The antecedent cause is Phlegm, viscous Lympha, or some other thick Humor; sometimes alone, and sometimes mixt with a little Choler, which as Ferment turns it into froth, and so gene­rates Wind: and it always happens upon a debility of the Part; which endeavours a con­coction of Humors, but is unable.

XII. The procatartick or remote causes are flatulent Meats and Drinks; cold, moist, and cloudy Air; idle and sedentary Life; the suppression of accustomed Evacuations, Stoppages of the Pores of the Part, and thickness of its Membranes; to which add, external injuries, which con­tribute to the hurt and weak­ness of the place affected.

XIII. The Signs. The Part is inflated like a Bladder, yields to the Fingers, but immediately rising again, and makes a kind of rumbling noise, if shaken.

XIV. It is of an uncertain bigness, sometimes very large, sometimes small; without any weight to the Part that it possesses.

XV. The Tumor being pressed with the Fingers, tho' it yields to them, yet it leaves no pit: whereby it is distinguished from [...]edema; for that also yields to the Fingers; but then it leaves a Pit after it.

XVI. It is of the colour of the Skin, without any alteration: unless it is full of pain, by reason of its lying deep, among the sensible parts, or near the Periostion.

XVII. A crackling is often felt, if it is in the Knee, or other outward part: and it most com­monly affects the Joints, but chiefly the Knee and Wrist; and Parts membranous.

XVIII. The Prognosticks. If they be small, and proceed not from any rebellious cause; or affect only the lesser Joints, they are of easy cure; and if need be, may be opened at any time.

XIX. If it is great, it argues a great debility of natural Heat, and great plenty of morbifick Matter; and therefore the more difficult of cure, because more stubborn and rebellious.

XX. An Emphysema affecting the greater Joints, is of most difficult cure, and not to be opened without great consi­deration.

XXI. If the Matter is detained [Page 658] in the Muscles, it is then hardly cured, and with much trouble; for that the Spirit is produced, bound up and included by the containing Membranes, and dis­per'sd into all parts of the Muscle.

XXII. The Cure. The Wind that distends the Part, is to be taken away. Means also must be used, that it may not breed again, and flow to the Part. And the Pain, if any be, is to be mitigated, and removed.

XXIII. In order to the per­formance of these things, the Diet is first to be considered; which is to be the same as in Oedema, Pease, Beans, Carrots, and all crude Fruits, and windy things do extreamly hurt. Wine, and other things moderately heating; as the Potestates Anisi, Carui, Caryophyllorum, Ju­niperi, Lavendulae, Limonum, Rosmarini, Rutae, Salviae, &c. do very much profit.

XXIV. The Matter out of which the Wind is bred, is to be evacuated; which is ef­fectually done by purging once or twice a week with Tinctura purgans, Syrupus catharticus, or Oxymel scilliticum.

XXV. The Stomach and whole Body is to be corroborated by giving inwardly Tinctura Cordialis, Tinct. Martis, Tinct. Sacra, Tinct. Salis Tartari, Elixir Me­tallorum, &c. as also, Sudori­ficks, the chief whereof are, Our Specifick Laudanum, Guttae Vitae, Theriaca Chymica, Lauda­num Samech, &c.

XXVI. Every night going to bed, after taking a Dose of Lau­danum, &c. let the Patient take a glass of Hippocras, or spiced Wine; and a like draught of the same every morning fasting.

XXVII. But for correcting the Wind, expelling it, and to hinder its breeding, nothing is better than the Spiritus nitratus, which effectually opens all Obstru­ctions, and causes a dissipation thereof; take it ad ʒii. in a glass of Hippocras, or spiced Wine.

XXVIII. As to Topicks, they are to be such as by their heating and attenuating quality, may open the Pores, and discuss the Flatulencies; which of Simples these are chief: Roots of Ange­lica, Galangal, Lovage; Herbs, as Avens, Bawm, Camomil, Dill, Fennel, Fetherfew, Hys­sop, Marjoram, Mint, Penni­royal, Rue, Southernwood, Tansy; Flowers, of Camomil, Elder, Melilot, Saffron; Seeds, Anise, Caraways, Cumin, Fen­nel; Oils of Mace, Nutmegs, Spike, and all hot distilled Oils.

XXIX. Of Compounds, this is good. ℞ Tops of Angelica, Bawm, Camomil, Dill, Hyssop, Ori­ganum, Southernwood, A. M.j. Wine lbvi. boil, and make a Fomenta­tion, which apply for half an hour or better: or you may make it in a small Lixivium of Pot-ashes.

XXX. You may also em­brocate with the following Mixture. ℞ Powers of Rose­mary, Juniper, Savin, Amber, A. ℥i. Powers of Turpentine ℥ii. mix, and bathe therewith: or you may mix with them [Page 659] Oil-olive ℥ i. and so anoint with them.

XXXI. Or you may anoint with this Liniment commended by Barbett.Common Oils of Wormwood and Rue, A. ʒii. Oil of Nutmegs by expressision ʒi. distilled Oil of Mace ʒss. Castor dissolved in Aqua vitae ℈ii. mix, and make a Liniment.

XXXII. Oil made of wild Cucumbers, is approved of, as a most excellent thing to anoint with: or this, ℞ Oils of wild Cucumbers, of Dill, of Rue, A. ℥ss. expressed Oil of Nutmegs ʒii. Oil of Amber ʒss. mix, to anoint withal.

XXXIII. It is good to bathe with Spiritus mirabilis, or an­oint with Ʋnguentum mirabile, or with this Balsam following. ℞ Common Oil of Rue ℥ii. Tur­pentine half an ounce: mix with the Turpentine Oil of Vitriol ʒvi. till the Turpentine is perfectly dissolved; then mix that with the Oil of Rue, and make a Balsam.

XXXIV. After, you may apply this Cataplasm of Barbett:Rue, Calamint, A. M. ss. Goats dung ℥vi. Bean meal ℥ii. seeds of Anise and Cumin, A. ℥ss. Bay-berries, Salt, A. ʒiii. Nitre, Sulphur, A. ʒi. Wine q.s. mix, and boil to softness, and beat all up into a Cataplasm.

XXXV. Or this Emplaster. ℞ Oil of Spike ʒiv. Mastich, Venice-Soap, A. ʒiii. seeds of Cumin, Caraways, A. ʒii. Castor dissolved in Aqua vitae ʒi. roots of Pellitory of Spain, ashes of Earthworms, A. ʒss. Wax, Tur­pentine, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XXXVI. Or this: ℞ Faeces of new Wax from the Press lbjss. crums of brown Bread lbss. flowers of red Roses ℥iv. boil all in White-wine, then beat them together, and add Gloves, Nut­megs, Ginger, Pepper in fine pou­der, A. ʒiii. seeds of Anise, Bishops-weed, Cumin, Fennel, A.ʒiv. Oils of Camomil, Dill, and Rue, A. ℥ii. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XXXVII. If need require, Blistering, Scarifying, and Cupping are to be done: but if neither by these things, nor the former applications, the Tumor will discuss, but is inflamed, and grows painful, you must then use Anodyns.

XXXVIII. But if the Tumor is in a place where it may be safely opened, the speediest way of Cure will be by cutting into it; and then it is to be cured, as in the Cure of an Absceess we have shewed.

XXXIX. A Tumor in the Knee of long standing, great, soft, and loose, was cured by this Ca­taplasm.Roots of Briony, Orrice, Lillies, Daffodils fresh gathered, beat them together, and boil them in Wine and Aqua vitae, and make a Cataplasm: this was applied hot every day upon the Swelling, and bound on; and in three Weeks time it did the Cure. Platerus, Observ. lib. 3.

XL. The like has been done by application of a Cataplasm, made with wild Radish roots and Vinegar, and applied hot.

XLI. Great Inflations of the Knee, have been sometimes cured, by application of a large bli­string Plaster, made with Can­tharides, sour Leven, and a little Vinegar.

XLII. A Woman thirty years old, had a swelling on her right Knee, encompassing the Rotula, and had been growing near two years. It was supposed flatulent, and so was treated with Fomen­tations, Embrocations, and Em­plasters: but it heating, and increasing, Empl. de Bolo was applied, and a Knee-piece laced on: by the continued use of which the Tumor was re­strained, and the Knee reco­vered its former strength. Wiseman.

XLIII. Another Person had in the Knee a round soft Tumor, lying on each side the Rotula, of the same colour with the Skin, which much disabled her from walking: Empl. ad Herniam was applied, with an addition of Ceratum Hyssopi; and a Com­press of brown Paper, soaked in Aqua Fabrorum, over which a laced Knee-piece was put on, and streightned proportionably: by renewing these Dressings, in about ten days the Swelling discussed, and her Knee re­covered its former strength. Wiseman, lib. 1. cap. 27. Obs. 4 & 5.

XLIV. A young Woman had a puffy Swelling on her left Foot, near her Toes, stretching over the Toe next the little one, of about two Fingers breadth, without in­flammation, or much pain. It was endeavoured to be discussed, but it resisted, and was inflamed: then Emplast. è Bolo was ap­plied, and a Sock to be laced, with a Bracer lockt to it, for the Toe; and by Compress and careful lacing, the Tumor was suppressed, and she had much ease, and in some Months she was cured. Wiseman, ibid. Observ. 7.

CHAP. XXIX. Of a WINDY RƲPTƲRE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. ex [...], Ventus, & [...], Ramex, Ru­ptura; in Latin, Pneumatocele, Hernia ventosa, Ramex vento­sus, Ruptura ventosa; in English, a Windy Rupture.

II. The Kinds. It is twofold: 1. [...], Hernia ventosa Scroti, a Windy Rupture of the Cods. 2. [...], Hernia Umbilicalis ventosa, a Windy Rupture of the Navel. See Synop. Ased. lib. 5. cap. 18.

III. Definition. It is a col­lection of Wind in the Scrotum, and parts adjacent to it; or else in the Navel, making the parts to swell, or stick out.

IV. The Causes. The proxi­mate or conjoined Cause is Wind, or a flatulent Spirit, protruded into the Part thro' its weak­ness, or want of natural Heat; the antecedent is a viscous Lym­pha, or a superabundance of Phlegmatick matter: and the procatartick or prime Causes, are, evil temper of the Air, [Page 661] Food of evil Juice, violent mo­tions, and overstraining of the Body; and in Children many times strugling and crying.

V. The Signs. They are known partly by the swelling out of the Part. That in the Groin is many times large, sometimes hard, sometimes not; but that in the Cod is for the most part hard; because it is apt to swell much, is sud­denly grown to its bigness, round, and yet light, possessing for the most part the whole Scrotum, and Cremaster-muscle, and sometimes the very Yard, it self.

VI. When it is at its full big­ness, it resists the touch, and is clear, like unto a Bladder full of Wind; and the Yard is some­times greater in one place, than in another. If it is in the Groin, it is nothing near so large, and more oblong, and seldom affects the Yard.

VII. That in the Navel is known by the protuberance, clear­ness of the Skin, softness, and easily yielding to the touch; be­ing also less painful than the former.

VIII. The Prognosticks. If it is recent, it is easy of Cure; but if it is inveterate, or of great magnitude, the Cure will be performed with much difficulty.

IX. If it has been of long standing, and in a Scorbutick or Cacochymick Habit of Body, it is dangerous; so also if it proceeds from any malign Cause.

X. If it be not discussed, or reduced, it causes in length of time many other Diseases; and sometimes it so spreads, as to possess the whole Body.

XI. The Cure. The Indications of Cure are, 1. To expel or carry off the Humor causing the Wind. 2. To strengthen the Viscera, by Carminatives. 3. To remove the conjoined Cause, by Topicks and proper Compresses.

XII. Purge the Body (if strong, with Oxymel scilliticum) with Syrupus Catharticus, Electua­rium Catharticum, Pulvis Cor­nachini, Pulvis Antimonii, or Pulvis Catharticus; which last is a most admirable thing; and re­peat the Purgation two, three, or four times, or as oft as you see occasion.

XIII. Strengthen the Bowels with Carminatives, as Potestates seminum Anisi, baccarum Juni­peri, Cariophyllorum, Limo­num, Virtutum; Tinctura Cor­dialis, Tinctura Martis, Salis Tartari, Sacra; Spiritus Nitra­tus, Elixir Metallorum; or other things of like nature.

XIV. As to Topicks, foment in the beginning with this: ℞ Angelica, Bawm, Calamint, Ca­momil, Fenel, Fetherfew, Origanum, Southernwood, Tansy, A. M.i. bruise, and boil all in Posca, or a mixture of equal parts of Wine and Water lbiv. boil to the Con­sumption of a third part; and foment hot with Spunges.

XV. Or you may embrocate with this: ℞ Oil-olive, or Oil of Ben ℥iii. Oils of Caraways, Ju­niper, and Aniseed, A. ʒi. mix them, and anoint therewith. Some anoint with Oils of Euphorbium and Elder, mixt together.

XVI. If the Tumor is with [Page 662] pain and inflammation, use Ano­dyns; applying such Cataplasms and Cerats or Emplasters, as have power to soften and re­solve.

XVII. As these Diseases are most incident to Children, so they ought to be used with great care and mildness: Fienus cured se­veral, by often heating them against the Fire, and making dry Fomentations, with hot Cloths oftentimes applied.

XVIII. The Emplaster (which ought to be either ad Herniam, or some such as we have described in the former Chapter) being applied, the Part is to be bound up, either with a Bag-truss, or a Bolster-bandage, according to the Place affected; both to keep the Part warm, and keep the Applications on: and so to be continued, 'till such time as the Cure is perfected.

XIX. The Hernia Umbilicalis ventosa, is to be cured exactly after the former manner: but the Cure also consists in the well reducing of it, and retaining it so by Agglutinatives, strong Binders, and good Bandage.

XX. If thro' neglecting it, the Skin should wear thin, and mor­tify, you must dress it as a Morti­fication: and after the separa­tion of the Escar, you must endeavour to take up the Peritonaeum, stitch it close, and incarn it with the rest of the Ulcer; and being cicatriz'd, apply good Bandage, to retain it in its place.

OBSERVATIONS.

XXI. A Child seven years old had a Hernia ventosa in the Groin, as big as a Pullets Egg, soft, but yet so strait, as it scarcely yielded to pressure. Bandage did it no good, but made it more painful; Fomentations and Em­plasters we applied, as in a fla­tulent Tumor, and it was bound up with a Bolster-truss; and with proper Internals, it was cured in some time after. Wise­man, lib. 1. cap. 28. Obs. 7.

XXII. A Child had a Hernia ventosa in his left Testicle, the Wind being gotten into the Tunica vaginalis which encompassed the Testicle round, so as the Testicle could not be felt. The Tumor was so intense, that it would not yield to pressure. For the Cure Discussives and a Bag-truss were advised. Wiseman. ib. Obs. 8.

XXIII. A Child three years old, had one of these Tumors lying the whole length of the production of the Testicle, like to the upper­most of those Bladders we find in Carps: and the same Wind having raised up the Tunica vaginalis, made the Testicle, not unlike the lower round Bladders which are united to the afore­mentioned upper Bladders in the same Fish: the Cure was performed by Discutients, and a Bag-truss. Wiseman, ibid. Observ. 9.

XXIV. A Child two months old had a Hernia ventosa in the right Inguen, down into the Tunica vaginalis; the Tunicle of the other Testicle was also distended: Empl. è Cymino was put over the Scrotum and In­guina, with a Bag-truss, the Tumor not being capable of Reduction or other Bandage. [Page 663] The Child had an ill Nurse, and was galled by its Piss; for which cause, Empl. Diachalciteos was applied, and renewed daily: upon good Bandage, the Tumor would be very inconsiderable, and sometimes quite discussed: but upon neglect of bracing the Truss close, it would appear big again: it had a Rupture in both Groins; upon which ac­count, a double Bolster-truss was laid on. Wiseman, ibid. Observ. 10.

XXV. The same Child had a Hernia Umbilicalis ventosa, which was cured by external ap­plication of Astringents and Com­pression, exactly according to the method of the following Obser­vation. Wiseman, ibid.

XXVI. A Child four months old had a Hernia Umbilicalis ventosa, to which was applied a mixture made of pouders of Frankincense, Mastich, Aloes, Sanguis draconis, with the white of an Egg; Emplastr. è Bolo, with a small Button sticking in the middle, made of some snips of the same Emplaster; by which the Emplaster under it was kept the closer: these were bound on to make a Com­pression. Above the Navel, it had also another Rupture: a Compress was made of some pieces of Empl. ad Herniam, which was kept upon the place, by applying over Empl. è Bolo: by this method, these Hernia's were in few weeks cured. Wise­man, ibid. Obs. 1.

V. Tumors arising from WATER.

CHAP. XXX. Of a WATERY RƲPTƲRE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. ex [...], Aqua, & [...], Ramex; in Latin, Hy­drocele, Hernia aquosa; in English, a Watery Rupture.

II. The Kinds. It is twofold, 1. Hydrocele, properly so called: 2. [...], Hydromphalus, Tumor Umbilici aquosus, a Wa­tery Tumor of the Navel: this by some is called, Ʋmbilici pro­cidentia, the thrusting forth of the Navel.

I. Of HYDROCELE.

III. The Definition. It is a Watery Swelling of the Scrotum or Cods; and is either Simple, or Complex: Simple, is when it is an original Disease; Complex, is when it is joined to, or is the [Page 664] product of another Disease; as of an Ascitis, or an Anasarca; of which we have nothing to say here, but shall (God wil­ling) treat of them in their pro­per places.

IV. The Kinds. When it is an original Tumor of the Part, the Water lyes either without the Tunica vaginalis, affecting the whole Scrotum: or else it is con­tained within the said Tunicle: or otherwise, it is held in a Cystis of its own: in which case, you will find one side swell'd, the other yet remaining in its natu­ral magnitude or state: or if both Testicles are affected, you will feel the Tumors distinct.

V. The Causes. An original or simple Hydrocele is generated or caused as all other Watery Tumors are; to wit, by a separation of the Serum from the Blood out of the Arteries; which not re­turning into the Veins again, lodges it self in the Skin, or between the Membranes, or some other part the Body.

VI. The Procatartick Cause, is some vehement overstraining of the Body, violent hard labour, fall from some high place, bruise, blow, or the like.

VII. The Signs. Where it is original or simple, and lies without the Tunica vaginalis, it affects the whole Scrotum, fills it like a Bladder, and discovers it self by shining.

VIII. But if it lies within the Tunica vaginalis, between it and the Testicles, or in a particular Cystis, the Scrotum is propor­tionably stretched, and somewhat wrinkled; and at first sight, it appears not much unlike an Hernia Intestinalis, or Zirbalis.

IX. But they are easily to be distinguished, forbidding the Pa­tient to Cough; if you press with your Fingers upon the Pro­duction, and nothing fills your Hand like Wind, it is truly an Hydrocele.

X. And if the Water is within the Tunica vaginalis of both Testi­cles, you will find the Tumor to appear double.

XI. It is caused from an Asci­tes, the Tumor is vastly great; if Anasarcous, the Scrotum is thick, soft, and shines, yields to the impression of the Fin­gers, and works like soft Wax, and generally the Praeputium is swell'd: but of this in another place.

XII. The Prognosticks. In a simple Hydrocele, if it is from an External Cause, it is the more easily cured; and so much the easier, as the habit of the Body is good: but if it is Cacochy­mick, the Water may be let out, and that without danger, as oft as it fills.

XIII. If it is complicated, it is the more dangerous; and if joined with a Dropsy, cannot be cured, unless the Dropsy is first cured; yet may serve to discharge the Water, both in an Ascites and Anasarca.

XIV. The Cure. The Indica­tions of Cure, are, 1. To re­move the Procatartick Cause. 2. To remove the Conjoined Cause. 3. To strengthen the Part affected.

XV. The Prime Cause is re­moved, by observing a spare, drying [Page 665] and attenuating Diet; and such as prevents the generating of moist and watery Humors.

XVI. To remove the Conjoined Cause, Discussives and Dryers are to be applied, and kept close to the Part with a Bag-Truss; which will also help to sustain the Part: lest otherwise, by the weight of the Humor, the Tu­mor should be increased.

XVII. Then you are to consider the quantity of the Water, and the Place it is lodged in; if it is less than a Pint, open it not till it is bigger, lest you hurt the Testicle; except it is in a Child, and then you may open it, tho' it be not full out half a Pint.

XVIII. The way of doing it, is thus: Let the Patient be in a good light; and with one of your Hands press hard upon the Production, to make the Tumor more hard or tight: and if it is a Man that is affected, let another Person press with his Hand upon the other side, that the Scrotum may be the more firm or steady.

XIX. Then you may make the Puncture in the depending Part; but have a care not to cut the greater Veins of the Scrotum, lest making the Water bloody, you may think you have hurt some Part within.

XX. Let the Apertion be big enough to receive a small Pipe; which presently put in, and keep it there 'till you have drawn forth all the Water.

XXI. Which being perform'd, apply a Pledget of Ung. Basilicon, and an Emplaster over it to keep it on, and a flanel Stuph wrung out of Tinctura mirabilis; all which may be kept close to the Part with a Bag-Truss, 'till the Wound is healed, and the Scro­tum contracted; which will be in about two or three days time.

XXII. If the Water is in­cluded in a Cystis, one or more, they must be opened each apart, and you must be careful to pass in your Pipe, and keep it in, 'till the last drop of Water is discharged; for if accidentally it should come out, it will be difficult to get in again; for the inner Tunicle hanging loose, the holes may not answer one ano­ther; nor will it be so well opened again, as it was at first: thus the Water being dis­charged, you must perform the healing as is before declared.

XXIII. But all this is but a Palliative Cure; if you would do it perfectly, you must make the Apertion large on the one side of the Cods; reaching towards the Production, according to the length of the Testicle, that you may open it, after the Water is extracted, the better to apply your Medicines to it, in case it should be affected.

XXIV. Now whether this Apertion is done by Incision or Caustick, it ought to be in a Body not Cacochymick, nor Aged; lest Inflammation, Colick, or Fever should seize them: in which case good Fomentations, Le­nients, and Anodyns are to be applied to preserve the Natural Heat; as also Turpentine, Cly­sters, &c.

XXV. Whilst the Tumor is small, possibly it may yield to Dis­cussives; so also a Bruise some­times, accompanied with Inflam­mation: but if it should tend to Suppuration, you must assist Nature with Maturatives: but if it has any quantity of Water in it, the speedy cure of it is, by letting it out.

XXVI. And after all, you must apply over the whole Scrotum (to strengthen the Part) some Astringent Emplaster, as that ad Herniam, Caesaris, Catagma­ticum; and with a Truss fitted to the bigness of the Cod, to keep it from depending or swagging.

XXVII. If the Tumor is com­plex, viz. an Anasarca of the whole Scrotum, it is done by making many Punctures with a Lancet; by which the Water will come forth in a few hours; and the Wounds will after­wards heal, without any other application than a warm Stuph.

XXVIII. But if there is an Anasarca of the Belly, the Seton is then most proper; which must be made transverse the Scrotum in the lower part of it, and kept open till all the Water is eva­cuated: mean season, you must preserve the Native Heat, by application of warm Stuphs wrung out of Spirit of Wine, or red Wine, to a pint of which, Powers of Lavender ℥i. are put: and beware of sharpness of Humors, inflamma­tion, and excoriation, lest a Gangrene ensue; which if you fear, let the Seton be with­drawn.

II. Of HYDROMPHALUS.

XXIX. Definition. It is a Col­lection of Water, or Watery-matter within the Navel, causing its pro­trusion or sticking forth.

XXX. The Causes. The Pro­catartick Cause may be external Violence, evil Diet, &c. The Antecedent Cause is a Cacochy­mick, and Phlegmatick habit of Body, Hydropick Humors. The Conjoined Cause is Water, con­tained within the Tumor.

XXXI. The Signs. It is known by the Tumor which sticks out, the Navel it self being turgid and prominent; the Tumor also is lax, soft, yielding a little to the impression of the Fingers; and many times large, so that a fluctuation of Water may be perceived.

XXXII. The Prognosticks. In Children it is easily cured, and without any kind of Danger: in Elder persons, not difficult, but more troublesom, by reason of motion.

XXXIII. If it proceeds from an Ascites, it is indeed dangerous, and not to be cured, without the cure of that Disease; of which in its place.

XXXIV. The Cure. If it is recent, small, and simple; not proceeding from an Ascites, it may be cured with Resolutives, Discussives, and Dryers, Empla­stick bodies, &c. applying over a proper Bandage.

XXXV. But if the Tumor is large, the only and speedy way of cure is by Incision, thereby letting out the Water; then dressing it [Page 667] with Basilicon, and laying over it Emplast. Album, with a good Bolster-bandage.

XXXVI. If it proceeds from an Ascites, it is to be opened in the place, and the Water gradually discharged; but it will not be perfectly cured, but with the cure of that Disease. See the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 18.

CHAP. XXXI. Of a WATERY TƲMOR.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Tumor aquo­sus, vel serosus; in English, a Watery Tumor, or Swelling.

II. The Definition. It is a preternatural Tumor, collecting watery or serous Humors toge­ther in some particular Part of the Body.

III. The Kinds. 1. A wa­tery Tumor in the interstices of the Muscles, which is when the whole Body is swell'd with Water, and this is called Ana­sarca. 2. A Dropsy of the Belly only, or Belly and Legs, called Ascites. 3. A Dropsy of the Belly, in which Water is mixed with Wind, called Tym­panites 4. A Dropsy of the Head, called Hydrocephalos. 5. A Dropsy of the Brest and Lungs, called Hydrops Pectoris vel Pulmonis. 6. A watery Tumor of the Navel, called Hydrompha­los. 7. A watery Tumor of the Cods, called Hydrocele. 8. A watery Tumor of some other singular Part of the Body, called in general Tumor aquosus, which is what we only intend in this Chapter, the other seven kinds being particularly hand­led in their proper places.

IV. The Differences. It dif­fers from Oedema, because in this, being pressed with the Fin­gers, the print remains not so long, as it does in Oedema: from a flatulent Tumor, because it makes no sound, as that does: from other pituitous Tumors, by reason of its shining, and manner of pitting: from a Phlegmon, and Erysipelas; because they are with pain, this without: from a Scirrhus, because it will yield to the Touch, whereas a Scirrhus will not, &c.

V. The Causes. Barbett says it is caused from Serum or Salt-water, produced from the lost heat of the Parts; which serve to making of Chyle and Blood.

VI. Wiseman says it is caused from Serum extravasated, which according to the place on which it lights, does denominate the Disease: which place, says Sen­nertus, is some part that is loose, or that has in it a cavity or hollowness.

VII. And indeed the Causes [Page 668] of these Waterish Tumors are, whatever may increase the Serum of the Blood beyond its due quan­tity; or keep it preternaturally in any part of the Body, where­by it stagnates in some one or more places.

VIII. The Procatartick Causes are ill Digestion, defect of Sangui­fication, caused many times thro' intemperance, and great Hemor­rhages, or frequent Blood-lettings; whereby the Blood being weak­ned, thro' the diminution of its quantity, cannot convert the Aliments received into Blood, but lets them degenerate into Serum; and withal is not able to carry the Serum along with it to the Emulgent Arteries; but lets it fall by the way into the receiving Parts: from which cause these waterish Tumors arise.

IX. The Antecedent Cause is a Watery habit of Body, and a defect in the Ferments of the Viscera, the Kidneys not sepa­rating the Serum from the Blood; or the conglobate Glandules not doing their duty as they should do: whereby thro' a kind of stagna­tion of several Juices, as the Lympha, &c. the Blood be­comes too acrimonious and hot, and so runs in a great measure into Serum or Water; which being extravasated in any part of the Body, produces a Tumor of this kind.

X. The Signs. It is known by its softness, being softer than an Oedema, and more yielding to the Fingers, and as suddenly re­turning again; without pain, and withal shining.

XI. If the Water is near the Cuticula or Cutis, the Tumor has a kind of perlucidness in it; the nearer the Skin, the more they shine; the deeper under the Skin, the less: but those that lye very deep, or are contained in a Cystis, do not discolour the Skin at all, nor cause any considera­ble pain.

XII. If the Swelling is very large, it is so much the more shining; and you may by shaking it, perceive a kind of undulation.

XIII. Wiseman says, that some of these Tumors, if in a dark room, you shade them, as Women do an Egg with their hands, holding a Candle to the other side of it, you will find a kind of faint transparency.

XIV. The Prognosticks. These Tumors are not dangerous, if the principal Parts which feed them be not too much debilitated; yet they are difficultly cured, more especially if they happen in the Joints.

XV. Nor is there any danger of Life, unless the Viscera be very much obstructed or tainted: but the more inward they are, the more dangerous; so also, if the more noble Parts are affected.

XVI. The Cure. The Indica­tions of Cure are, 1. To remove the Procatartick Cause. 2. The evacuation of the Antecedent Cause. 3. The removing the Conjoin'd Cause.

XVII. The first Indication is answered in observing a proper Diet, much like that prescribed in Oedema. All moist and hu­mid things are to be avoided, and such as generate watery Humbrs: things hot and dry, [Page 669] and attenuating are best, Spices chiefly excepted; also strong Waters, and salt Food.

XVIII. The second Indication is answered in purging away the serous and watery Humor by Stool and Ʋrine: which may be done with Tinctura purgans, Syrupus Catharticus, Pulvis A [...]monii, Pulvis Catharticus, Pilulae Ca­tharticae, Tinctura Phlegmagoga Grulingii, Hydragoga Grulingii, Resina Jalapae, Pilulae ex Duobus, or any other proper Hydra­gogue.

XIX. This done, you must order, that the Diaphoresis and insen­sible Transpiration may be free, and uninterrupted; as also that you provoke Urine, with Nephri­ticks: to the end that not only the serous Humor may be eva­cuated all ways, but that Nature might be a little cor­roborated.

XX. A present fault or weak­ness of any Bowel destinated for Concoction, is to be corrected: but that cannot be, 'till it is freed from the Watery Humor; which you may do by the Catharticks before enumerated.

XXI. Or else by some of these following, viz. Roots of Asa­rum, Dwarf-elder, Jalap, Me­choacan, leaves and inner bark of Elder, Euphorbium, Turbith, Cambogia, species Diacarthamum, Cream of Tartar; but above all, by the Vinum Hydragogum of Barbett, in Our Doron Med. lib. 2. cap. 23. sect. 3.

XXII. The third Indication, is next to be considered, which is the remo­ving the Conjoined Cause, by Dis­cussives and Dryers, which may absume the Watery Humor; the chief of which among Simples are, Rue, Elder, Danewort, Camo­mil, Dill, Celandine, Centory, Calamint, Marjoram, Fennel, Hyssop, Southernwood, Savory, Fetherfew, Tansy, Tobacco, Wormwood; roots of Orrice, Briony, Sowbread, Birthwort; Bay and Juniper berries; Bean and Orobus meal; Salt, Alum, Sulphur vive; Ammoniacum, Galbanum, Opoponax, Sagape­num, Bdellium: of which things you may form Fomentations, Cataplasms, and Emplasters.

XXIII. ℞ Tops of Southern­wood, Wormwood, Origanum, Ca­laminth, Marjoram, A. M. ii. flowers of Elder, Camomil, Rose­mary, red Roses, A. M.i. Bay and Juniper berries, A. ℥ii. fair Wa­ter, or Lixivium of Quick-lime, q.s. boil and dissolve therein Sul­phur, Salt, Alum, A.℥i. and make a Fomentation.

XXIV. ℞ Sal Nitre, Sal Armoniack, Pot-ashes, white Pepper, A. ʒv. Euphorbium in pouder ʒii. Camphir ʒi. Oil of Rosemary ʒiii. Oil-olive ℥vi. mix them; and embrocate therewith the Part affected.

XXV. ℞ Bay-berries, Zedoa­ry, Ginger, all in very fine pouder, A. ℥i. juice of Dwarf-elder ℥iv. Camphir, Oil of Juniper-berries, A. ʒiii. Oil-olive, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cerate.

XXVI. First foment the Part, to open the Pores; then apply Cataplasms, renewing them for some time, to discuss: and at last, apply a Cerate or Emplaster, to dry, comfort, strengthen, and restore the weakned Part.

XXVII. If by the application of these or the like things, the Cure succeeds not, you must then come to Section, or making an Apertion, to discharge the Water.

XXVIII. It is done with an Incision-knife. Where note, that if gross matter or dregs are mixt with the Water, the Apertion must be the more large. The Water and matter being emptied, cut off as much of the superfluous Skin as is necessary, and let the edges be brought together.

XXIX. Then dress it up with the common Digestive of Turpen­tine, &c. applying also a re­strictive Cerat, or Emplaster, with Compress, and good Bandage.

XXX. The second or third day after, let it be dressed again; which let be continued daily, 'till the Wound is agglutinated, cica­trized, and perfectly cured.

CHAP. XXXII. Of the DROPSY.

I. THE general name in Greek, is [...]. Aqua intercus, (à facie aquea) ex [...] Aqua, & [...] facies; in Latin, Hydrops; in English, the Dropsy.

II. The Kinds. It is threefold, 1. [...], ab [...] per, & [...] caro; [...], ab [...] in, sub­ter, &c. [...], ex [...] album, & [...], pi­tuita; in Latin, Anasarca, Leu­cophlegmatia: a Dropsy of the Flesh, or of the habit of the whole Body. 2. [...]. ab [...] uter: in Latin, Ascites, Hydrops Abdominis; in English, a Dropsy of the Belly. 3. [...]. Tumor ad Tympani similitudinem; in Latin, Tym­panites; in English, the Tym­pany, or, Windy Dropsy of the Belly; called by some, the Dry Dropsy.

I. Of ANASARCA, or, SARCITES.

III. Definition. This Disease is a praeternatural Collection of serous Lympha thro' all the fleshy parts, or habit of the whole Body. Or, it is a preternatural Tumor of the whole Body, caused by a Collection of waterish and serous Humors.

IV. The Causes. The Proca­tartick Causes, are great Hemor­rhages of what kind soever, irre­gular living, idleness, much drinking, as well of strong Liquors, as of small; by which the Ferment left in the Stomach is washed away thro' that continual ex­cess, or it is made more flaccid, and less fit for Concoction; whereby Crudities are increased, by which an evil Chymus is produced, of which a vitious Blood is generated, and a crude, [Page 671] phlegmatick and serous habit of Body, whence comes Ob­structions; and a Dropsy.

V. The Proximate or near Cause is the serous Lympha, which is also sometimes very sharp, which being much heaped up, does distend its tender Ves­sels; and by too great disten­tion does many times break them; whereby it is extrava­sated, and falls every where upon the muscular Flesh, and interstices of the Muscles.

VI. The Antecedent Cause is an obstruction of the Glandules of the Lymphatick-vessels; where­by the Lympha flows out too plentifully.

VII. The Signs. The whole Body, Face, Hands, Belly, Thighs, Legs, Feet, &c. being chill'd thro' the coldness of the serous or watery Humor is enervated, lan­guish, and swell; and where-ever almost you press hard your Fingers, (more especially on the Legs) their print or im­pression remains behind.

VIII. Respiration or breathing is always difficult, and with some trouble, but more espcially after eating; and the Patient is al­ways thirsty and craving Drink; and tho' they drink never so much, yet they are never satisfied.

IX. Their Flesh is generally cold, or of a cold habit, soft, loose, pale and white; and many times they look as if they were dead; the Urine is thin and white, Stools many times very pale, with a weak and unequal Pulse.

X. The Prognosticks. In the beginning, and in Infants and Young people it is easily cured; and as easily returns again, if the Viscera be not strengthned, or a good Diet be not observed.

XI. But if the Patient is Scor­butick, or of a Cachectical habit of Body, the Sick is with much difficulty restored to perfect Health: so also if it comes after a burning Fever, or an Ague of long standing.

XII. Celsus, lib. 2. cap. 8. says, that a Cough coming upon a Dropsy, takes away all hope of Cure: and Hippocrates, sect. 7. aph. 47. says, that if a Cough troubles an Hydropick person, he is in a desperate condition.

XIII. One troubled with an Anasarca, if there be a Fever withal, with little Ʋrine, and that thick, it foreshews Death. And if one be cured of a Dropsy, if it returns again, there will be but small hopes of Recovery: so also if they have Ulcers supervening. Hippocrates in Coa­cis. Celsus, lib. 3. cap. 21.

XIV. The Cure. The Remote Cause must be removed, by insti­tuting a good Diet, hot, drying, and strengthning; and forbearing things cold, moist, and watery. The Humor or Water super­abounding, must be taken away by proper Catharticks, Diure­ticks, and Sudorificks. And the Tone of the weakned Bowels must be restored and strengthned: but Bleeding must be avoided, as a thing most hurtful to all Hydropick per­sons.

XV. The Humor or Water abounding is taken away, 1. With [Page 672] the following simple Catharticks, Vinegar, Wine, and Oxymel of Squills, Cambogia, Elaterium, Jallap, Rosin of Jallap, Me­choacan, Nitre, Syrup of Buck­thorn-berries, and Sena in an Infusion in Wine.

XVI. With these Compounds: 1. Pilulae Catharticae, Family Pills, Pilulae Hydropicae Bontii, & Pilulae Lunares, (which are wonderful things) Pulvis Cor­nachinii, Syrupus Catharticus, and Vinum Hydragogum Bar­betti; which see, Dor. Med. lib. 2. cap. 12. sect. 7.

XVII. These Pills are also commended: ℞ Aloes, Cambogia, Nitre, ana; dissolve the Aloes and Cambogia in fair Water, or a strong Decoction of Colocynthis, and bring them to the body of a Pill, then add the Nitre in fine pouder. Dose, à gr. xvi. ad xx, xxv, or xxx. in the morning fasting.

XVIII. This Pouder is also good: ℞ Mercurius dulcis ℈i. Rosin of Jallap gr. vii. Elaterium gr. iii. mix, for a Dose, for a Man; a third part of it will serve for a Child; and one half of it for a Youth of 14 or 16 years old.

XIX. The next Course to be pursued, is that of Diureticks; for which purpose we commend Pellitory of the Wall, Salt of Tartar, Salt of Broom, or Broom-ashes, Pot-ashes, and all sorts of fixt Alcalious Salts; an Infusion of Mustard-seed in White or Rhenish Wine, the Pouder or Salt of Millepedes, &c.

XX. And in the intervals of Purging, whether by Stool or Ʋrine, the Patient ought often to Sweat, chiefly in a Bath of hot Water; in which hot and dry­ing Herbs, as Southernwood, Wormwood, Camomil, Fether-few, Origanum, &c. Pot-ashes, flowers of Sulphur, &c. have been boiled.

XXI. If the Disease is vehe­ment, and come to a head, this following Cataplasm is of ex­traordinary use. ℞ Green Tobacco leaves (raised from Virginia seed) M. vi. cut, and then bruise them well in a Mortar, and make it up into the consistence of a Cataplasm, with pouder of Bay-berries; and apply it warm over the whole Belly of the Patient.

XXII. You may let it lye an hour, more or less, as you see occa­sion, or that the Sick can bear it; and it may be renewed every other, or third day, if the Disease shall require it: it works strongly, and purges watery Humors, both upwards and downwards.

XXIII. If you cannot get green Tobacco, you may make use of dried Virginian; which being cut small, may be throughly moistned with White-wine: to it may be added some Mithridate or Honey, and a sufficient quantity of pouder of Bay-berries, to be beaten up into a Cataplasm, and to be applied warm, as before directed.

XXIV. And to facilitate the Cure, if the Legs swell much, or the lower parts, you may apply Vesicatories to the Calves, and let the Blisters run as long as you see convenient: for by this alone means, the Water has been drawn wholly out of the [Page 673] Body; but you must be very cautions, and look after them very diligently, lest they should gangrene or mortify; which many times they are apt to do, thro' the great afflux of watery Humors.

XXV. But while this Purging, Diuretick, and Sudorifick Courses are pursuing, you must in the intervals of time strengthen the Bowels, and endeavour to re­store their Tone; which you may do with the following things.

XXVI. ℞ Crocus Martis ape­ritivus ℥i. Nutmegs in pouder ℥ss. Cloves in pouder ʒii. foecula of Aron roots ʒi. Camphir ʒss. mix them. Dose, ʒi. every night in the intervals of Purging, &c.

XXVII. We also commend Our Theriaca Londinensis, or rather Our Theriaca Chymica, which is a most admirable thing: so also Tinctura Martis cum Tar­taro; which Preparation you may see in Our Doron Medicum, lib. 2. cap. 7. sect. 19.

XXVIII. And after the Dis­ease seems to be cured, and per­fectly gone, you must still for some time continue the use of these strengthners, either some of them, or all of them; using them in­terchangeably, 'till the Viscera are absolutely restored, and con­firmed in their healthful Tone; lest a relapse should follow, and thereupon, the death of the Patient.

XXIX. We are very short here, (tho' if truly considered, we have said a great deal:) but such as desire a more full and ample Discourse concerning the Cure of this Disease, may be pleased to see the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 6. cap. 4. sect. 1. ad 130. and sect. 163. ad 186. where they may re­ceive abundant satisfaction. How­ever, we thought good to say these things in this place; that we might not leave our young Artist, who may not have seen that Book, totally destitute.

II. Of an ASCITES.

XXX. Definition. An Asci­tes is a preternatural Tumor of the Belly, caused by a Collection of Watery Humors into the capa­city of the Abdomen.

XXXI. The Causes. The Pro­catartick Causes are the same with the former. The Antecedent Cause is the weakning of the Blood, or a discrasy, whereby it cannot convey its Serum to the Reins: so that the sanguiferous Vessels swelling, they are not able to receive their continual and daily proportions of Lym­pha; from which cause, the Lymphaducts being overcharged, are extended, and swell; and at length where they are most tumified, and weakest, break.

XXXII. This breach of the Lymphaducts, if it happens in the internal Parts, as the Viscera, they let fall their Juices, (now depauperated, altered, and changed, thro' their stagnation) into the cavity of the Abdomen; which at beginning is but small, but being continual (tho' gra­dual) at length comes to pro­duce a mighty Tumor of the Belly; from whence, the Cods, [Page 674] Thighs, Legs, and Feet, many times are caused to swell, thro' the dispersion of the same Humor.

XXXIII. The conjoined Cause is a serous Lympha, but in a recent Ascites it seems to be wholly Lymphatick; in an inveterate Ascites, it is most like to Serum, with a thicker part like Curds, or some such like thing; as Barbett in a dissection after death observed.

XXXIV. A Woman fifty years old died of an Ascites, she was opened by Barbett, the famous Franciscus Sylvius, and Ver­schagen being by, they found, 1. A thin and fluid Lympha: 2. Then a Matter, which was congealed: 3. That which was thicker, or like the Matter of an Apostem. From this and several other like Examples, Bar­bett was of opinion, that this thicker part of the Matter re­maining in the Belly, after Tapping, is the cause of many a Patient's death.

XXXV. And that if the Pa­tient would sooner yield to [...]e tapp'd, they might, with much greater probability, recover: whereas being grown invete­rate, it is for the most part mortal.

XXXVI. The Signs. There is a manifest Tumor or Swelling of the whole Belly, and when it grows great, it is very heavy with the Water: and there is a sound of Water rumbling, as it were falling or squashing, when the Sick turns from one side to the other.

XXXVII. The Thighs, Legs, and Feet many times swell; and generally there is a tumor of the Scrotum, which by degrees, grows many times as big as a Man's head.

XXXVIII. There is an internal Fever, very great Thirst, a dry Cough, and at length a difficulty of Breathing; whereby the Patient cares not for stirring or moving up and down, but rather de­lights in sloth and idleness.

XXXIX. There is also an Exte­nuation, or kind of Consumption of the upper parts of the Body; and the Urine is very little, and thick, and sometimes of a red­dish colour.

XL. The Prognosticks. This is the most difficult of all Dropsies to cure; yet while it is recent, and newly begun, may be at­tempted by Purging: but if it is inveterate, then Purging rather adds to it, and in­creases it.

XLI. Hippocrates, Sect. 7. Aph. 55. Those who have their Liver fill'd with Water, if (says he) it falls upon the Caul (that is, into the cavity of the Abdo­men) it fills the Belly with Water, and then the Patient dies.

XLII. If it has been of long continuance, there is great dan­ger of the Bowels being corrupted or putrified; and then, (tho' the Sick admits of being Tapt) no­thing but Death can put a period to the Disease.

XLIII. But if Tapping be at­tempted while the Disease is recent, and the Patient has strength and courage, the Operation may be very successful; and many times the Patient returns to perfect [Page 675] health again, and that in a short time.

XLIV. The Cure. The Diet in this ought to be as in the former, with observation of all other things relating to the seven Non-naturals: and while the Disease is recent, Purging may be made use of for some time, with such things as restore and strengthen the Tone of the Parts in the intervals of Purging; as Opiates, and all sorts of hot and dry Antiscorbuticks, which abound with a volatil Salt.

XLV. But if after some trials by Purging and Diureticks, you find no benefit; but that the Dis­ease does get ground of the Pa­tient; it is then totally to be forborn, and the sooner the better, to make way for a more effectual Remedy; since delays in this case always breed danger.

XLVI. How the Paracentesis or Opening is to be made for letting out of the Water, we have at large declared in Lib. 1. cap. 16. aforegoing of this Work: so that what we have there said, need not be here again repeated. See more of the Cure of this Dis­ease, in the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 19. and lib. 6. cap. 4. sect. 131, ad 140. of the same Book.

XLVII. Tho' Barbett's way of making the Paracentesis, is by many approved of, yea by the most Excellent Sylvius; yet some great Artists have a few Exceptions against it. Wiseman says, that while the Belly is distended with abundance of Water, it may succeed well: but that it is not to be pretended to, farther than the evacuation of half the Hu­mor; for then (says he) you will be in danger of wounding the In­testines: and therefore he con­cludes it an unfit Instrument to discharge a Dropsy: nor will our Patients admit of so many openings, as will be necessary to empty an Hydropical Belly.

XLVIII. He therefore concludes, that a Pipe, made taperwise, with holes in the side, (whose Descri­ption is in Paraeus) according to the old method, to be best: this is to be conveyed in thro' a hole made by puncture.

XLIX. The Cannula or Pipe is to be stopt with a Screw or Plug, which may be put in or pulled out at pleasure; and the Pipe is to be kept in the Hole by Bandage, till all the Water is evacuated, by degrees, and at fit times, as you see convenient. You may consider all the ways which Authors have taught, and chuse that which in reason you find to be most convenient and safe.

III. Of a TYMPANITES.

L. The Definition. A Tym­panites is a preternatural Tumor of the Belly, from a Collection of Wind, or rather Wind mixed with Water, in the cavity of the Belly.

LI. Riverius says, that in an Ascites there is not only Water, but Wind also; so that the Dropsy has its name from that which predominates: if there is more Water than Wind, it is an Asci [...]es; but if there is more Wind than Water, it is a Tympanites; if the Wind and [Page 676] Water is equal, it may be doubted whether it is an Ascites, or a Tympanites.

LII. The Tympany is called by Hippocrates the Dry-dropsy, Sect. 4. Aph. 11. They (says he) who have pains and tor­ments about the Navel and Loins, which cannot be eased by Medicines or otherwise, are fallen into a Dry-dropsy.

LIII. The Causes. The remote Causes are evil Diet, and such things as breed Wind; among which is the immeasurable drinking of Strong-waters, and Brandy; which over-heating the Internals stir up a Flatus, by converting the pituitous and watery Humors into Vapors, which fill the cavity of the Abdomen.

LIV. But Platerus says, that this Wind thus distending the Belly like a Drum, is not always contained in the cavity of the Belly, but sometimes in the Guts only. In this case I am confident, it must be very painful, because of the vehe­ment stretching of the In­testines, whose Tunicles are so very nervous: but then, it seems to me to be more a Colick, than a Dropsy.

LV. The Antecedent Cause Riverius will have to be a crude, pituitous, or melancholy Humor stirred up, and made thin by Heat, and resolved into a Flatus, or thick Vapors, hard to be dis­solved: which Humor (says he) is partly in the Stomach, partly in the Guts, but especially be­tween the Midriff and Guts; from whence it is more hard to be moved, than from the cavity of the Parts aforesaid: besides, the greatness of the pain shews that the Cause is deep in the substance of the Mesentery and other adjacent parts, and can­not easily be removed; for were it in the Stomach and Guts, it would easily admit of remedy.

LVI. The conjoined Cause is Wind, mixt also with a watery Humor or serous Lympha, fallen into the cavity of the Abdomen, and filling it; as also the inter­stices of the Membranes, from a rupture or opening of the Mouths of the Lymphaducts.

LVII. The Signs. The Belly is equally and vehemently swelled, as in an Ascites; but by reason of Wind mixt with some Water, it is not so heavy as if it were all Water.

LVIII. If the Sick lies on his Back, the Belly will appear dis­tended, and feel hard; so that being struck upon, it will sound almost like a Drum; and turning from one side to an­other, the noise and fluctuating of the Water will not be ob­served.

LIX. The Face is not so altered from its natural ap­pearance, as in the two other kinds of Dropsies: belchings, and breakings of Wind do often happen, as also croaking and noise in the Bowels; and pains of the Navel and Loins do pre­cede, as is evident out of Hippo­crates, Sect. 4. Aph. 11.

LX. The Prognosticks. A Tym­panites is much more dangerous than a Sarcites or Anasarca, [Page 677] and nearly as dangerous as an Ascites, but kills not altogether so soon.

LXI. If it comes upon an acute Disease, it is evil; nor will it abate the Fever, but increase the pain, and cause death: but if in its beginning there is a Flux of the Belly, without crudity or want of concoction, the Disease is cured: but if it comes when the Disease is in­veterate, it is evil, because it is from some fault in the Bowels.

LXII. Hippocrates says, that little and thick Ʋrine in a Dropsy, with a Fever, is mortal; but if the quantity of the Urine increases, there is hopes: and Celsus says, there is hopes of recovery, when the Sick voids more Urine, than he takes Drink.

LXIII. If the Patient seems cured, and there be in a little time after, a relapse, there is much danger: for it shews there is some incurable fault in the Bowels, which renews the Water again.

LXIV. If it happens in old Age, or in much weakness, and the Patient pisses by drops, it is very dangerous; and in a Me­lancholy habit of Body, it is for the most part mortal, and Medicines are generally given in vain.

LXV. The Cure. For Inter­nals, Rhubarb is commended, because it not only carries off the noxious Humor, but also strength­ens the Liver and Bowels: and many have been cured with the use of Rhubarb, given à ʒi. ad ʒii. in some opening Decoction, every second or third day.

LXVI. Juice of blew Flower-deluce, is much commended.Juice of blew Flower-de-luce drawn with White-wine ℥ iii. of the best Manna ℥jss. mix for a Dose.

LXVII. And if the Wind is in the Guts, the Turpentine Clyster is of great efficacy. ℞ Venice Turpentine ℥i. two yolks of Eggs, grind and mix them well together, and add thereto Posset-drink, or Mutton-broth lbi. for a Clyster; which give a little more than blood-warm, re­peating it once a day, as long as need requires.

LXVIII. Outwardly, apply over all the Belly a Cataplasm of green Tobacco leaves, (raised from Virginia seed) and brought to a consistence with pouder of Bay-berries. For want of such green Tobacco, you may make it of dried Virginia, moistned with a small Lixivium of Pot­ashes; which keep on, so long as the Patient can well endure it. It works both upwards and downwards, and expels Hu­mors admirably.

LXiX. These things, if the Disease be recent may do, giving also inwardly, Confortatives to strengthen the Bowels; as steeled Wines, Tinctura Martis, Syrup of Mars, Decoction of Juniper-berries, Wine of Juniper, Spirit of Juniper, Opiates, Antimonium diaphoreticum, Crocus Martis, Bezoar minerale, Troches made of the pouder of Rhubarb, and the like.

LXX. But if after all, no inward Medicines will prevail, nor yet any external Application, of which that of Tobacco is chief, you must then come to the last Remedy, which is the Paracen­tesis; which is yet to be done in due time, according as we have before directed: for if the Bowels be corrupted, it will then be too late, and all that you do, will be in vain. See the third Edition of Our Syn­opsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 20. & lib. 6. cap. 4. sect. 141, ad 162.

IV. Of a Derivative HYDROCELE.

LXXI. Of an Original Hydro­cele we have already spoker, in Chap. 30. aforegoing. A De­rivative Hydrocele, is that which is caused by some o­ther Disease, as the Dropsy: and this is twofold; 1. That which proceeds from a Sarci­tes. 2. That which proceeds from an Ascites.

LXXII. If the Hydrocele pro­ceeds from a Sarcites or Anasarca, it cannot be cured but by curing the Anasarca it self: which methods being taken, then, if the whole Serotum is vehe­mently swelled, your best way to restore it, will be by opening it, by passing a Needle trans­verse the lower part, and fitting thereto a Seton, keeping it open till all the Water is dis­charged; preserving, mean sea­son, the heat of the Part with Fomentations and warm Stuphs, wrung out of Claret-wine mixt with Powers of Oranges, or Lavender.

LXXIII. But if it proceeds from an Ascites, you must make an Apertion in the depending Part, into which you must put a Cannula or Pipe, and thro' which you must gradually dis­charge the Water, till it is all drawn forth; as you do in Tap­ping the Belly, every time fomenting the Part with warm Stuphs, wrung out of Claret-wine, &c. as aforesaid: after the Water is all drawn forth, you must heal the Wound as directed in Chap. 33. Sect. 21, and 26. aforegoing, being fitted with a Bag-truss.

CHAP. XXXIII. Of a DROPSY of the HEAD.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. ab [...] aqua, & [...] caput; in Latin, Hy­drocophalon; and in English, a Dropsy of the Head.

II. Definition. It is a preternatural Tumor of the Head, arising from Water contained either within, or without the Scull.

III. The Causes. That which is without the Scull, between the [Page 679] Cranium and the Scalp, is caused from an effusion of Serum; from the bruising hurting, or rupture of some of the Capillary Ves­sels, wherein the serous part of the Blood is extravasated; and this comes mostly from the ill handling of the Head by Mid­wives and Nurses.

IV. That which is within the Scull, is caused from an effusion of the Serum or Lympha within the Scull; either between it and the Dura Mater, or between the Dura and Pia Mater.

V. This extravasated Serum or Lympha is often found coagulated into a stiff glewy substance, all about the Vessels under the Basis of the Brain, involving all the roots and caudex of the Spinal Marrow; covering the Nates, Testes, and Glandula Pi­nealis, reaching even into the Ventricles of the Brain.

VI. The Signs. If it is Exter­nal, and the Water lyes imme­diately under the Hairy-scalp, all the whole Head will be tumified; and if the matter is Oedema­tous, it will pit, if you press your finger upon it; but if it is Serum, it will not pit, but return presently again.

VII. The Face will be pale and swelled, as also the Eyelids, which will sometimes be bloody and shining: in its increase it some­times protrudes a wenlike Tu­mor, but its fluctuation shews it to be full of Water.

VIII. This Disease most com­monly befals Children; in whom, after some stay of the Humer in the Part, it is often found to turn to corruption, and stink.

IX. If it is between the Scull and Pericranium, you may feel the Scull as it were bare, and a fluctuation between it and the Pericranium.

X. If it is within the Scull, between the Cranium and Durae Mater, the Sutures are loose or disjoined; so that you may sometimes bury your finger between them.

XI. If it is between the Dura and Pia Mater, it makes the former to swell, and oft times to thrust it self forth between some of the Sutures.

XII Such Children as have an inward Hydrocephalus, are generally subject to the Rickets: and where it involves the roots and cauda of the Spinal Mar­row, Nates, Testes, and Glan­dula Pinealis, reaching to the Ventricles of the Brain, 'tis sel­dom discovered 'till after death.

XIII. The Prognosticks. Such Children as are affected with this Disease, are very unhealthful, and in their Infancy subject to Con­vulsions, Epilepsies, &c. and if they escape, they generally fall into the Rickets, or the Kings-evil.

XIV. If the Tumor is large, and possesses the whole Head, the Cure will be very difficult: but if it only possesses some singular external part, it will be effected the more easily.

XV. That which is next the Scull, is very dangerous: but that which thrusts forth, from within the Scull, is mortal.

XVI. The Cure. First, purge away the watery Humor with Hydragogues and Phlegmagogues; [Page 680] as Pilulae Catharticae, Pulvis Cornachinii, Syrupus Catharticus, Resina Jalapii, or Scammony and Calomelanos, made up in form of a Bolus, &c.

XVII. Secondly, foment the Tumor with Discussives; such as tops of Angelica, Bawm, Ca­momil, Dill Fennel, Fetherfew, flowers of Elder, Hyssop, Mint, Marjoram, Nep, Origanum, Peniroyal, red Roses, Southern­wood, Tansy, Wormwood, &c. boiled in Wine, or a Lixivium of Potashes.

XVIII. If stronger things are required, you may add to the Decoction, flowers of Sulphur, Alum, Nitre, Saccharum Sa­turni, Salt of the Caput mort. of Vitriol, &c.

XIX. Thirdly, embrocate with this:Oil of Nutmegs by expression ℥ii. Oil of Spike, of Oranges, and Limons, A. ℥ss. Oil of Vitriol ʒiii. mix them, and embrocate, the Hair being first shaved off.

XX. Fourthly, apply over all the Ceratum viride, or the Ceratum ad Tophos, em­plastrum Diasulphuris, or Dia­sinapi; or other things which are discussive and drying.

XXI. Fifthly, make Fonta­tanels or Issues in the Neck, be­hind the Ears, or other parts adjacent; and apply Vesicatories over the whole Head, or a part of it; according as the whole, or a part of it is tumified: which being healed, repeat their application, three or four seve­ral times.

XXII. But if by all these things, the Humor is not dis­cussed, drawn forth, or removed, you must then discharge the Water by small Apertions, letting it out gradatim: in the mean while, continuing the use of the milder Discussives and Desicca­tives, to restore the Part af­fected to its natural Tone.

XXIII. Or, if the Humor has gathered it self into one sin­gular Part, and you are satisfied that it does not arise from within the Scull, you may cut into it, and let the Water out: or if it has a slender Basis, make a Ligature round it, and cut it off.

XXIV. If the Tumor seems to arise from within the Scull, you must forbear Excision, to avoid the Ignominy that may come upon it; for that these Tumors are generally mortal. See more hereof, in the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medi­cinae, lib. 3. cap. 22. where you may receive farther satisfaction.

VI. Tumors arising from MELANCHOLY.

CHAP. XXXIV. Of a POLYPUS.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...], Multipes; ex [...] multus, & [...] pes; in Latin, Polypus, Sarcoma, Noli me tan­gere; in English, a Polypus, or Cancerous Tumor.

II. The Kinds. It is twofold: 1. That in the Nostrils, which is properly called Polypus. 2. That which happens in other Parts, which they generally call Sar­coma, and Noli me tangere.

I. Of POLYPUS.

III. Definition. Polypus is a pre­ternatural Tumor, being a fleshy Excrescence, long, and hanging in the Nostril, hindering respira­tion, and threatning suffoca­tion in time of sleep.

IV. Celsus, lib. 6. cap. 8. Est Caruncula, inquit, modò alba, modò subrubra, quae Narium Ossi inhaeret; & modo ad Labra pen­dens Narem implet, mod [...] retrò per id foramen, quo Spiritus à Naribus ad Fauces descendit, adeò increscit, ut post Ʋvam conspici possit. — Feréque mollis est, rarò dura; eaque magis Spiritum impedit, & Nares dilatat, quae ferè [...] est, itaque at­tingi non debet. It is a Caruncle (says he) sometimes white, some­times reddish, which sticks close to the Bone of the Nostrils, and sometimes hangs down to to the Lips, filling the Nostril; sometimes it grows upwards, thro' the same passage of the Nostril by which the Breath is drawn inwards, increasing so much, as that it may be seen beyond the Uvula. — It is mostly soft, seldom hard; and by so much the more as it fills the Nostril, it hinders the Breathing; which is almost of a Cancerous nature, and there­fore not to be touched.

V. The Causes. It is caused of a thick and viscous Humor, or flegmatick matter mixed with the Blood, falling down from the Brain; which not being acrid, seldom comes to exulceration.

VI. Sometimes it arises from a Melancholy Humor mixed with an acrid Salt; and then it is [Page 682] painful, and is apt to degenerate into Cancer.

VII. The Signs. It is known by sight, and the Description afore­given by Celsus; being purely a piece of Flesh growing in the Nostril, and hanging down.

VIII. The Prognosticks. If it soft, white, and void of pain, it is is easily cured: but if it is red­dish, with more difficulty.

IX. If it is of a brown, or livid colour, it is scarcely curable; more especially if it be livid and stinking, being of a Cancerous nature.

X. The more deeply it is rooted, the more dangerous it is; because nearer the Brain, and the more difficult to have Medicines ap­plied to it: but the more external and visible, the less difficult of cure.

XI. If it proceeds from an acrid Salt, and melancholy Hu­mor, it is apt to degenerate into Cancer; and this is that which Celsus thinks not fit to be touched, lest it becomes a Can­cer, and overspreads the whole Face.

XII. But that which has no­thing of a Cancerous humor in it, tho' inveterate, yet it admits of Cure by Chirurgery, viz. with the Knife, and drying Medicines.

XIII. The Cure. The Body is to be universally purged, as is usual in all Diseases of the Head, with such things as have a general tendency; of which we need say no more in this place.

XIV. The Humor may be de­rived by application of Vesicato­ries, Seton, Fontanels, &c. and the Head strengthned with pro­per Cataplasms, Cerates, and Emplasters; which may be applied to the Forehead, or fore-part of the Head, to inter­cept the Fluxion.

XV. The piece of Flesh then hanging in the Nostrils, is to be eradicated and taken away; which is to be done, either with the Knife, or other proper In­strument, or with Medicines.

XVI. If the Polypus has a slender root, it is to be taken away either with a Thread, or the Knife: if it can be easily come at, let it be cut off by the roots, with an Incision-knife; some nip them off with a pair of Pincers.

XVII. After extirpation, the Wound is to be healed with things drying and styptick: and the outward parts are to be de­fended with things strengthning and astringent applied to the Forehead.

XVIII. ℞ Pomgranate-peels, Balaustians, A. ʒi. Cadmia fossi­lis ʒii. Crocus Martis, crude Antimony, A.ʒss. Litharge, Load­stone, Mastich, Myrrh, A.ʒi. make a fine pouder; which apply to the Wound, mixed with Mel Rosarum, &c.

XIX. If this does nothing, for that some part of the roots of it remain, you must then come to Exedents. ℞ Alum burnt, Ba­laustians, fine Bole, ana; make them into a pouder.

XX. Or this, which is stronger. ℞ Vitriol ʒiv. Alum, Galls, Pom­granate-peels, A. ʒii. red Myrrh, Birthwort-root burnt, A.ʒi. make them into a pouder.

XXI. This is yet stronger. [Page 683]Vitriol ℥iv. Alum, Verdigrise, A.℥ss. Vinegar ℥vi. mix, and cal­cine in a luted Retort: mix this or the former with Mel Rosarum, and apply them.

XXII. This is said to be most effectual. ℞ Arsenick red and yellow, Alum, Galls, A. ℥ss. Galls, A. ℥ss. make them into a fine pouder. And some have been perfectly cured with the Pulvis Cathereticus Clossaei, as also the Pulvis Causticus Bar­betti; which last see in Our Doron Med. lib. 2. cap. 21. sect. 28.

XXIII. Others have had them eradicated with the Liquor Mer­curii sublimati, (in Our Pharm. Lond. lib. 4. cap. 11. sect. 24.) but it may be fit to make it with double or treble quantity of Mercury: this is only Corrosive-sublimate dissolved in fair Wa­ter, about ʒi. to a pint.

XXIV. Aquapendens and Sen­nertus commend a pair of For­ceps, with which they are to be laid hold of, pull'd forth, and then cut off; after which, some of the former astringent and drying Medicines are to be applied; or else the afore de­scribed Escaroticks, to eat in, and take it away by the roots.

XXV. Or these following. Butter of Antimony, Spirit and Oil of Vitriol, or Sulphur, Lapis Medicamentosus Crollii, Oleum Mercurii, Menstruum duplica­tum, &c. which last see in Out Seplasium, lib. 2. cap. 6. sect. 22.

XXVI. But in the use of these things, you ought to defend the Nose with some cooling Ointment; and they are to be conveyed to the Part in Pipes fitted for this purpose.

XXVII. If you use the actual Cautery, you must beware of the adjacent Parts and apply it to the Part thro' a Pipe.

XXVIII. If it is Cancerous, viz. livid, or black and blew, or pain­ful, it is not then to be touched; for if you meddle with it, it soon degenerates into Cancer, and becomes incurable.

XXIX. In this case, ℞ Ung. è Plumbo, juice of Nightshade, Rose-water, A. ℥i. grind them a long time in a leaden Mortar, till the Mixture is sufficiently blew, and anoint therewith.

XXX. Or, ℞ Two yolks of new laid Eggs, grind them in a leaden Mortar even to blackness: to which add, Aethiops Mineralis. Oil of Ben, A. ʒii Camphir ʒss. mix, and anoint therewith. Or, ℞ Ung. è Plumbo ℥i. Aethiops Mineralis ʒii. Extract of Opium ʒi. mix them in a leaden Mor­tar as aforesaid, with which anoint.

II. SARCOMA, or Noli me tangere.

XXXI. [...], Carnositas, Carnis praeter naturam incremen­tum, is that other sort of Polypus, of which Celsus in the place afore cited) speaks in these words; Illud aliud genus ferd quidem ferro curatur; interdum tamen inarescit, si addita in Na­rem per Linamentum aut Peni­cillum ea compositio est, quae habet Minii Sinopici, Chalcitidis, Cal­cis, Sandarachae, singulorum p. i. Atramenti Sutorii p.ii. There is [Page 684] another kind, which may indeed be nearly cured with the Knife: yet sometimes it is healed by drying Medicines, being applied to the Nostril with Lint, or a Pencil; such as this, ℞ Fine Bole, Chalcitis, Lime, red Arsenick, ana p. i. common Vitriol p. ii. make all into a fine pouder.

XXXII. Sarcoma to me seems to be only a species of Polypus, but happening in a different place: for whereas the Polypus specially so called, happens only within the Nostril; this other spe­cies happens in other parts, as about the Nose, Lips, Chin, Cheeks, near the Eyes, Breasts, Arms, Thighs, Legs, Shins, Ancles, &c.

XXXIII. Sennertus, lib. 1. part. 3. sect. 4. cap. 3. Caeterùm differt à Polypo, Sarcoma, in­quit, ut genus à specie, figurâ item, & magnitudine: nam Sar­coma rudis quaedam Carnis massa est, certâ figura carens, & saepe in magnam molem excrescit: etiam carne à Polypo distat, quo­niam durior est, & dolorem infert, ac nigrescit aut livescit, ac Venas circumquaque crasso Sanguine tur­gidas habet, ac plerumque intus prope viciniam Narium, & Pala­tum nascitur. Viz. Moreover, (says he) Sarcoma differs from Polypus, as genus from species; and that both in figure and magnitude: for Sarcoma is a certain rude mass of flesh, of no regular form, and often­times grows forth into a great lump: it differs also from Poly­pus in the substance of the Flesh, because it is harder, and with­all painful; and grows either blackish or livid, having turgid Veins round about it, filled with a gross or thick Blood: it is also produced inwardly, near to the Palate, or the ad­jacent parts of the Nostrils.

XXXIV. From what has been said, it appears, that a Sar­coma is of two kinds, viz. be­nign and malign: the latter of which is denominated again, according to the place it af­flicts: for if it possesses any part of the Face, as Nose, Lips, Cheeks, Eyes, Chin, it is called Noli me tangere: but if it pos­sesses other lower parts, as the Breast, Arm, Thigh, Leg, Shins, Ancles, &c. it is called Lupus, the Wolf.

XXXV. The Causes. The Be­nign arises from a thick Blood mixed with a Pituitous Humor, tough and viscous, extravasated; and filling some particular Glan­dule of the Cutis, which by a daily aggravation of fresh mat­ter increases into this form and substance.

XXXVI. The Malign arises from a thick Blood mixed with Atra-bilis, or a Melancholy Hu­mor, acrid and corroding; which being also extravasated, and separated from the nourishment of the Part, grows into a malign Sarcoma.

XXXVII. Signs. Noli me tange­re, is a Tumor, or Ʋlcer arising about the Nose, Lips, Cheeks, Mouth, or Chin; being for a long time, as a Year or more, no bigger than a Pustule, and is as it were a very small and inconsiderable Push.

XXXVIII. Its growth and in­crease is very slow at the beginning, [Page 685] afterwards is it becomes a little larger Tumor; and (possibly by ill handling) a corrosive Ulcer, having a resemblance with, and being very like to an exulce­rated Cancer.

XXXIX. In other parts of the Body, where it is called Lupus, its beginning is like the former; but when it becomes exulcera­ted, if it is in a very fleshy Part, it corrodes or eats much more; and as I suppose, from that vehement corrosion, it was cal­led The Wolf.

XL. The Prognosticks. The Be­nign is more easy of cure, the Malign more difficult; and if it be truly Cancerous, not to be medled withal, unless it is to­tally taken away by the roots.

XLI. Noli me tangere, which is benign, (being a small, round, acuminated Tubercle, without much pain, unless it be touched or rubbed,) is always exasperated by sharp Medicines; and Corro­sives are apt to make it dege­rate into a Phagedenick Ulcer.

XLII. The Malign, if they be ulcerated, yet corrode but slowly; for saith Rogerius, in c. 5. Cancer plus corrodit uno die, quam Noli me tangere in uno mense: Noli me tangere does not corrode or eat so much in a month, as a Cancer does in day.

XLIII. And being once ulcera­ted, if it is vehemently exaspe­rated, or enraged, it immediately becomes a true Cancer.

XLIV. The Cure. The Benign (which is not deeply rooted) may as Celsus says, be almost cured with the Knife alone; drying Medicaments being afterwards applied to it, to heal it.

XLV. But if it is Malign, it is scarcely at all to be touched, but only with Palliatives; as Ʋng. è Plumbo, mixed with Aethiops Minerale and Opium; Ceruse, Saccharum Saturni, Sal Jovis, (which is a Specifick in this case) Mercurius dulcis ground small with a few drops of Oil of Tartar, Emplastrum Mercu­riale, a plate of Lead besmeared with Quicksilver, Lixivium of Quicklime, &c.

XLVI. If you determin the Extirpation thereof by Chirurgery, the Body ought to be beforehand sufficiently evacuated, by such things as purge Melancholy: and some­times a little gentle Salivation may be profitable, if it is in any of the lower or depending parts of the Body.

XLVII. Then you may come to the Extirpation; which is best done with the Actual Cautery: but here you must be sure to burn to the roots of it; or else to apply after the Actual Cau­tery, Escaroticks, which may consume the very roots thereof.

XLVIII. But by reason the Actual Cautery is so dreadful, that few will admit thereof, we will shew you the Method of doing it with the Potential Cautery; which is thus. First, draw a Line with Ink round about the Tumor, as far as you intend to burn it. This done,

XLIX. Secondly, begin with the Caustick-stone, made sharp-pointed, which press upon the middle of the Tubercle, burning deep into it: and to quicken the Work, touch it with Butter of Antimony, [Page 686] or Oil of Vitriol upon a Stick, and then again with the Cau­stick-stone interchangebly, till you have consumed the Tuber­cles, and the Parts marked within the Line.

L. Thirdly, whilst this is thus doing, dry up the Salts, which are dissolved in the humidities of the Tumor, with armed Probes; af­ter which wash out the Salts of the Caustick with warm White-wine; and then divide the Escar, and wash it again with Milk, or a soft Lime-water, till the Tumor or Part is freed from pain.

LI. Fourthly, then dress it with Ung. Basilicon cum Oleo Rosa­rum upon a Pledget, and apply over all Emplastrum è Bolo: by which things the Escar will be separated, and a deep round Ulcer left.

LII. Fifthly, then digest with Ung. Basilicon nigrum, mixed with red Precipicate; after which you may incarnate and cicatrize with Ʋnguentum Tutiae, or some other like Medicine.

LIII. Lastly, you must be sure to eat deep enough at first, to consume the very root of the Tumor; otherwise after the coming off of the Escar it will arise again, and put you to new trouble; whereas being once effectually done, it returns no more.

LIV. Wiseman says he saw one on the outside of a Man's Arm, a little above the Elbow; which was a small Tubercle, as big as a Hazle-nut, of a blewish colour, and looked as if it had been a Varix; without inflam­mation, hardness, or change of colour in the Parts adjacent: he covered it with a Cup made of light wood, with straps fastned to it to tye it on, to defend it from the pressure of his Sleeve. And such another he saw on the Arm of a Woman, of 40 years old; it was on the outside of the Arm, and of a blew colour.

LV. And such a like one I once saw on the inside of the left Arm of a Man, a little above the bending of the Elbow; and an­other like one, on the Leg of ano­ther Man of about 50 years of age: they were both of them much about the bigness of a small Nutmeg: they shewed them to me, to have my Opi­nion; but would not admit of any thing in order to have them cured, or removed.

LVI. An Observation from Wise­man, Lib. 4. Cap. 6. Obs. 10. A poor Woman had a large Tu­bercle on the right Canthus, also a Polypus in that Nostril: after the separation of the Tubercle, a Fungus thrust forth, which was very vexatious in eradi­cating, and unsuccessful: then the Polypus was attempted:

LVII. It was taken hold of by a Ducks-bill Forceps, and pulled outwards; then a Needle with a twisted brown thread was passed thro' it, as Fabricius ab Aquapenente advises; and pul­ling by that and the Forceps together, it was drawn out about the length of two inches; but was attended with a flux of Blood from the Nose, Mouth, and Eye; which was stopt by Syringing up Oxycrate.

LVIII. At the next dressing [Page 687] of the Ʋlcer in the Canthus, the Fungus was missing, and a great hole found in the Bone of the Nose; upon which it was con­cluded, that the Fungus which was there, was the root of the Polypus: the Bone was much corrupted, but the External Cure of the Ulcer was hastned, the Exfoliation of the Bone being left to Nature.

LIX. A certain Noble Woman had all the right side of her Face over­spread with a Lupus, or a phage­dene Ʋlcer, which grievously tormen­ted her for a long time; she sought in vain to the Physicians for help, as well French, Italian, and Spa­nish, as Germans, together with other Foreign Physicians; but was at length perfectly cured by an ordinary and vulgar Barber-Chirurgeon, by application of Chickens cut into very many thin and broad pieces, which were daily applied to the Part affected, often changing and renewing them: and at length by this only Remedy she was recovered to her pristin health and sound­ness. Mauritius Cordaeus upon Hippocrates, lib. 1. comment. 7.

LX. I knew also a certain Wo­man who had a Lupus for a long time on her left Side, below her Breast, which vehemently tor­mented her; which was by the advice of an old Woman cured in a short time, by the only application of raw Beef to the Part, cut in thin slices, and often renewed.

LXI. But if the Malignity is so great, that none of these things will prevail against the Ʋlcer, or give the Patient any ease; and it is in a Part where Cutting or Burning, or the use of Escaro­ticks may be safe, there are no other Remedies to be attempted: otherwise the Patients must en­dure the torment and vileness of the affliction all the days of their lives.

CHAP. XXXV. Of a SCIRRHUS.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...], Tumor duras; in Latin, Scirrhus; and in Eng­lish, a Scirrhus, or Hard Tumor.

II. The Definition. It is a preternatural Tumor, of a stoney kind of hardness, without sense or pain, and not yielding to the touch.

III. The Causes. The Antece­dent Cause is a thick, viscous, clammy, cold Humor, such as is that of Melancholy; or it is caused of Melancholy mixt with Phlegm, Choler, or Blood.

IV. By Melancholy here, Phy­sicians understand not that thick black Humor, which is called Cho­ter adust, but that Melancholy which is natural; viz. the thick, and more feculent part of the Blood, or a thick recrement of [Page 688] the Blood protruded; or a Mat­ter arising from an indurated Inflammation.

V. By Phlegm also, is not meant that humid and thin Humor, which is the Cause of Oedema; but an Humor thick, viscous, glutinous, and extraordinary dry.

VI. Of the former, or of both these Humors mixed together, and retained in the Part over-long, (the more thin and subtil parts being transpired and gone, and the more gross and thick being left behind) is a Scirrhus gene­rated.

VII. 'Tis true, thick Humors may flow to a Part, yet they im­mediately cause not a Scirrhus; but it is by degrees, and after some time, that it becomes such in the Place affected; viz. from the gradual perspiration of the thinner Humor, leaving the thicker Matter behind, which by degrees is impacted in the Part, and grows hard.

VIII. And from hence it is, that tho' a Scirrhus may be an original, and be of its self, yet for the most part it follows upon other Tumors; as a Phlegmon, Erysipelas, Oede­ma, &c. not sufficiently or rightly cured; where the thin­ner parts, by heating Medicines are unseasonably or over-much dissipated; or by Repercussives, repressed and driven back, &c.

IX. But Paraeus assents not to all this, but will have it to be caused from an Alimentary Juice, but more thick than is fit for the nourishment of the Flesh; which becomes hardned either in a Phlegmon, or from some other Cause; where the Blood being discussed by the vehement heat, the Matter that remains, is thickned and hardned.

X. The Kinds. It is said to be twofold, according to the Matter that causes it: viz. 1. Perfect or Legitimate, when it proceeds from Melancholy alone. 2. Imperfect or Illegiti­mate, when it proceeds from Melancholy mixt with other Humors, and has some pain.

XI. A Scirrhus is said also to be, 1. Original, when it is the first Disease; beginning small, and rising slowly and gradually to its bigness. 2. Derivative, when it arises from some other Tumor going before.

XII. And so accordingly they will have it to be Scirrhus Phle­gmonodes, Oedematodes, Ery­sipelatodes; to which some have added Scirrhus Cancrosus, when it has an aptness to degenerate into Cancer.

XIII. The Signs. An Original Scirrhus usually begins small, like a Vetch or Pea, and gradually increases to a considerable ma­gnitude, without shifting or changing of its place.

XIV. It is accompanied with great hardness, is void of pain, and white colour, but sometimes inclining to livid; and being pressed hard with the fingers, it is said to want sense; at leastwise, it is much less sensible than any other part.

XV. The Scirrhus being with­out sense, it is then said to be absolute and confirmed: now the reason of its want of sense, is, because the influx of the natural [Page 689] Spirits is hindred by the mat­ter impacted, and Temper or Tone of the Member it self is so changed, as to become be­numbed or stupid.

XVI. A Derivative Scirrhus is known from it following some other Tumor; as a Phlegmon, Ery­sipelas, Oedema, &c. wherein the accidents belonging to those Tumors, suddenly change into that of Scirrhus.

XVII. It is hard and im­moveable, like the other, and many times of a dark red colour, accompanied with sense, if pressed upon; and is many times full of pain, tho' not continually pain­ful like a Cancer.

XVIII. The Prognosticks. If it is without pain, and Hair grows upon it, it is altogether incurable; and if livid, it is very dan­gerous, and often degenerates into Cancer.

XIX. Wiseman says, an ori­ginal, exquisite, or true Scirrhus, being altogether without sense, admits of no Cure; because the induration of the Part is so great, that it will not receive a free afflux of the Blood into it, but keeps its hardness, in despite of all Applications.

XX. A derivative, illegiti­mate, or imperfect Scirrhus, which is small and painful, sometimes (tho' very seldom) admits of Cure, but sometimes terminates in a Cancer.

XXI. If it has a mixture of Phlegm with it, it seldom changes the colour of the Skin: and if it is big and hard, and has Hair grows upon it, it is uncurable, but degenerates not into Cancer.

XXII. But tho' it is not altoge­ther incurable, if at first, fit and proper Remedies be applied; yet notwithstanding it is not easily cured; especially if it is in any of the more noble parts, as Liver or Spleen.

XXIII. And where there is hopes of a Cure, yet it is not ac­complished, but in a long time; because the thick, hard, and cold matter is not easily mollified and softned; nor can it be done, but by little and little.

XXIV. And when the Cure is to be done, it is either by Resolu­tion or Discussion, or else by Suppu­ration: but Suppuration is very rare, and mostly, not without danger; for that it very easily degenerates into Cancer, espe­cially where the Melancholy Humor partakes of a corrosive, sharp Salt.

XXV. The Cure. It respects, 1. The Procatartick Cause. 2. The Antecedent Cause. 3. The Con­joined Cause, where the applica­tion of Topicks comes under consideration.

XXVI. As to the first Indication, the Air ought to be clear, and hot and moist; Food, such as represses the Melancholy, &c. Humor, and breeds good Blood; as Chickens, Pullets, Eggs, Kid, Lamb, Veal, Mutton, young Rabbits, &c. boiled with Borrage, Bugloss, Endive, Succory, Lettice, Pur­slane, Sorrel, &c. Bread made of Wheat and well baked: things hot and dry are to be avoided.

XXVII. Let their Drink be a middle sort of Ale or Beer, (and not stale,) white Port­wine, Rhenish-wine and Water, [Page 690] Whey clarified with Fumitory, Mead, &c.

XXVIII. Let Sleep be mode­rate, and a constant exercise of Body, to waste the superfluous Humors: let the Mind be kept pleasant and chearful, and the Body soluble; and if it be not so, let it be made so by Clysters: and Courses, Hemorrhoids, if stopt, provoked.

XXIX. The second Indica­tion, is the Evacuation of the Humor; as with Infusion or De­coction of Sena, Tinctura Purgans, Syrupus Catharticus, Pilulae Catharticae, Pulvis Cornachini, and other things of like nature; to which add Aurum Vitae, as a specifick.

XXX. This Purging ought to be frequent, and many times re­iterated; because the Humors abounding are thick, tough, hard to be removed: and some­times gentle Sweating.

XXXI. Some also make Re­vulsion to the contrary Part, by Frictions, Cuppings, Scarifica­tion, &c. or make Derivation, by the Seton, Fontanels, or Issues, &c.

XXXII. The third Indication has respect to the Conjoined Cause; which is to be treated with such Topicks, as the nature of the Disease requires.

XXXIII. And here you are not to use Repercussives or Repellers, for they hurt, by reason the tough, hard and cold Humor is uncapable of being driven back, as hot Hu­mors are. For this Humor or Matter, as it will not give way to them, so it will rather the more incrassate or thicken them, and as it were impact them, and make them stick faster in the Part.

XXXIV. In this case therefore, you ought to use Emossients, to soften the hardned Matter; and afterwards, when it is softned, Discussives to scatter it.

XXXV. But you ought not to use the strongest Emollients, which do too much mollify, lest you should cause it to degenerate into Cancer: nor the strongest Discussives, which too much discuss or re­solve, lest you cause it to pass into a stoney hardness.

XXXVI. For which reason, it will be most safe to let the whole course of the Cure be mixt; and that you use not alone any one Medicine, which has in it a power either only to moisten, or only to discuss, but such as mollify and discuss: but not together, but by turns, and one after another.

XXXVII. Yet some Artists mix Emollients with Digestives; for which purpose Galen commends the Fomentation of Vinegar, wherein the Pyrites has been extinguished: the Part being first fomented with the De­coction of the emollient Herbs; which alternately are often to be repeated: and in this man­ner, the Scirrhus, which is almost desperate, may be cured.

XXXVIII. Sennertus advises, in a Scirrhus which is but newly begun, to use those Medicaments which are of the milder sort: but in an old or inveterate Scirrhus, or if it is in a Tendon or Ligament, those that are more strong.

XXXIX. Among the milder sort of Emollients are, Oils of sweet Almonds, of Camomil and white Lillies; Butter, Hens, Geese, Ducks, Hogs, Dogs, Foxes, Man's Grease, (which last is a Specifick;) Vipers fat, Marrow of Veal, and of a Hart; Muci­lages of roots and leaves of Marrows, Marsh-mallows, Line and Foenugreek-seed, Arach, Wax, fat Figs, &c.

XL. Among the stronger Emol­lients these are numbred; old Oil-olive, Whale-oil, Bears-grease, Bdellium, liquid Storax, Tar, fat Rosins, Turpentine, Balsam Capivii, de Chili, Gi­lead, Peru and Tolu, Ammonia­cum, Galbanum, Opoponax, and Sagapenum.

XLI. Among Compounds, Oint­ment of Marsh-mallows, Empl. Diachylon simple, Treatum, & cum Gummis, Diachylon composi­tum, and that of Melilot simple, &c.

XLII. Among Discussives, these are commended; Bean-meal, and meals of Lupins, Cicers, and Orobus, flowers of Camomil, Melilot, and of the Elder-tree; leaves of Angelica, Avens, Ale­xanders, Bawm, Calamint, Ca­momil, Dill, Elder, Dwarf­elder, Fetherfew, Fennel, Hore­hound, Marjoram, Mint, Ori­ganum, Peniroyal, Rue, Sage, Southernwood, Tansy, Worm­wood: Seeds of Anise, Cara­ways, Cumin, and Fennel; roots of Florentine-orrice, and Ele­campane: Oils of Bays, Nard, and Rue: Cataplasma de Fermento, Resolutivum Foresti, Leven, and Dung of Beasts; roots of wild Cucumbers, Briony, Solomon's-Seal, Orrice, &c.

XLIII. Among Compound, these; Ceratum de Ammoniaco Fo­resti, Emplastrum de Galbano, or de Mastiche, or Oxycroceum, or this of Barbett: ℞ Gum Ammoniacum, Galbanum, Opopo­nax, A. ℥i. flowers of Sulphur, red Myrrh, A. ℥ss. Camphir ʒi. Oils of white Lillies, Ducks-grease, A. ʒvi. Wax, q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XLIV. Barbett commends this Cataplasm: ℞ Roots of Altheae ʒiii. Orrice ℥i. leaves of Cole­worts, Parietary, Mallows, flowers of Camomil, Melilot, A. M.i. Lin­seed ℥ii. boil them in Water, then beat them well together, and add Horse-dung ℥ii. Hogs-grease, Oil of Camomil, A. ℥iii. roasted or boiled Onions ℥ss. mix, and apply them.

XLV. A Cataplasm also of Briony-roots, Goats-dung, and Ʋrine, mixed together, and ap­plied; often renewing it for several days, is accounted an excellent thing.

XLVI. But Sennertus says, that if it should prove tedious to use Emollients and Discussives thus alternately, or by turns, that at length they may be all mixed together: for that by this means, the Tumor will be both mollified and discussed, or dis­sipated together.

XLVII. And for the same purpose, you may apply this: ℞ Fresh Butter, Scammony, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make a soft Cerate, which renew every other day.

XLVIII. Or this: ℞ Ceratum [Page 692] de Ammoniaco Foresti ℥jss. Sul­phur vive, ʒiii. mix them, and apply it; renewing it once every day: or a Cataplasm of green Tobacco leaves.

XLIX. Or this: ℞ Meals of Beans, Fenugreek-seed and Lin­seed, A. ʒvi. roots of Althea ℥i. Pitch ʒv. Goose-grease q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.

L. Or this: ℞ Meals of Fe­nugreek, Linseed, Althea-roots, pouder of Holyoke-roots, A. ℥i. boil them in Milk; then add fresh Butter ℥jss. liquid Storax, Ammo­niacum, Bdellium dissolved in Vinegar, A. ℥ss. mix, and make a Plaster.

LI. Or this: ℞ Althea-roots, white Lilly-roots, Briony-roots, boiled and well bruised, A. ℥iii. fat Figs boiled ℥ii. Ammo­niacum, Bdellium (dissolved in Vinegar) A. ℥i. liquid Storax ℥ss. Goose and Hens fat, Veal-marrow, A. ℥iii. Oils of Lillies and Camomil, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.

LII. If the Scirrhus is more confirm'd, and fixt among Liga­ments and Tendons, the Fumes of Wine-vinegar, and Spirit of Wine sprinkled upon the Pyrites, or a red-hot Brick, are of special virtue in resolving these Tu­mors; afterwards chafing the Part a little, apply the follow­ing Emplaster.

LIII. ℞ Ammoniacum, Bdel­lium, Galbanum, Opopanax, Saga­penum, liquid Storax dissolved in Vinegar, A. ℥i. Litharge of Gold ℥jss. let them boil in Vinegar; then add Bean-meal, Sulphur vive, A. ℥ss. Oil of Lillies, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make a soft Emplaster or Cerate.

LIV. If by the Ʋse of these Applications it should tend to Suppuration, you must treat it accordingly: but take heed that you be not deceived; for if it should prove no Suppuration, it may degenerate into Cancer.

LV. And if it inclines to Sup­puration, you must have a care that it be not too much irritated by hot Medicines: and avoid Lancing it, lest it presently turns Cancerous: and Cauteries and Burning are far worse: except the Tumor is in a proper Cystis, and then the name of Scirrhus is improper.

LVI. If being suppurated, it breaks, cleanse it with the Ablu­tion of Mercurius dulcis in Lime-water; Basilicon mixt with Mercurius dulcis levigated, or white Precipitate: and lay over all Diachylon simplex, or some other Emplaster of like nature.

CHAP. XXXVI. Of a CANCER.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...], and [...] by Galen; in Latin, Cancer; and in English, a Cancer, or Hard painful Tu­mor.

II. The Kinds. 1. [...], Cancer; whilst it is beginning, growing, or increasing, and not ulcerated. 2. [...], Car­cinoma; after it is broken, runs or gleets, by any means whatsoe­ver; called by some, [...], Cancer ulceratus; or [...], Ʋlcus can­ceratum: of these we shall treat distinctly or apart; but some I know, will have Carcinoma to be a Cancer not ulcerated.

I. A CANCER not Ʋlcerated.

III. The Definition. Tumor praeternaturalis est, ab atra Bile originem trahens, rotundus, durus, inaequalis, coloris lividi aut sub­nigri, magnas & eminentes cir­cumquaque habens Venas, vel Venis circumcirca turgidis, pedes Can­cri referentibus, dolore, caloré­que gravis, aspectu teter & hor­ribilis. A Cancer is a preter­natural Tumor, taking its origi­nal from burnt Choler, round, hard, unequal, of a livid or blackish colour; having great and eminent Veins every-ways round about it; or full of tur­gid Veins, resembling the feet of a Crab, full of pain, and very hot, with a cruel and hor­rible aspect.

IV. The Causes. Authors say the Procatartick Cause is from ill Diet, Meats of an ill juice, of a thick substance, and a hot qua­lity; as Garlick, Onions, Leeks, Beans, Pease, Venison, and the like: the immoderate use of strong Wines, as Sack, Malaga, Sherry and Greek Wines; which exceedingly burn the Humors in the mass of Blood; hot Air, perturbations of Mind, strokes, blows and external violence, ill handling.

V. The Antecedent Cause is Atra-bilis, Choler adust or Me­lancholy: but this they will not have to be natural Melancholy, which Galen, ad Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 10. affirms to be that part of the Blood which represents the Lees of Wine; which is made by the Liver, and is drawn by the Spleen, wherewith it is nourished: for this superfluous natural Melancholy, they will have only to breed a Scirrhus.

VI. They will have it then to be from Atra-bilis, which is either natural Melancholy adust, or yellow Choler adust; which is much more malign than the former; from a strong hot distemperature of the Liver, which burns the natural Melancholy and yellow Choler, and so generates this malign Atra-bilis: [Page 694] the Spleen also by reason of its discrasy, not drawing to it self the superfluous natural Melancholy; whereby staying so long out of its own pro­per place, it is inflamed and burned.

VII. Another Antecedent Cause, may be a stopping of the Hemor­rhoids in Men, whereby they have been usual; and the stoppage of the Courses in Women, before their due time.

VIII. The Conjoined or near Cause, Galen, de Tumor. praeter­nat. cap. 12. saith, is, from Atra-bilis seating it self in the Flesh; where if it is mild, it makes the Tumor which we call a Cancer; but if it is very sharp, it corrodes the adjacent Flesh, and causes an Ulcer, which is a Cancer ulcerated.

IX. Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 5. part. 1. cap. 20. says the conjoined cause of a Cancer is Atra-bilis, hot, dry, sharp, and salt, corrupting and corroding all things, generated and bred from the heat of other Humors; which heat now ceasing, or not being so vigorous, is the reason that it excites not a Fever, as is usual in a Phlegmon or Erysipelas.

X. Wiseman says, he believes not this Adustion of Humors to be the cause; but rather that the Matter of the Humor is in fault, which by some error in Concoction, becomes sharp and corrosive, it may be Arsenical, as appears by the Sloughs which are some­times made in a Night.

XI. This Humor being sharp and corrosive of it self, is apt to convert whatever comes to it of Blood, into the same acrimony with it self: which is easily done, by mixing such an acrimonious Ferment with a Liquor that abounds with acid Salts, as the Blood of such persons usually does.

XII. And being such, it in­creases apace while the Skin is yet whole; but much more, when upon breach of the Skin, the accession of Air adds to the vigour of the Ferment; upon which it grows fierce or en­raged, and so thrusts it self forth into a Fungus, Tuber­cles, &c.

XIII. But it seems to me, that the Antecedent Cause is more truly a discrasy of the Blood and Lym­pha, being filled with an acrimo­nious Salt, and a malign Sul­phur; which they endeavouring to purge themselves from, let it fall thro' the mouths of some of the Capillary Arteries; and so protrudes it into the fleshy substance, where the Part is weak, and made apt to receive the same.

XIV. And the Conjoined Cause is, those extravasated Recre­ments of the Blood and Lympha, which (being protruded as afore­said in a Part accidentally weak, or naturally apt to receive a flux of Humors) thro' the depravity of the same, and a vitious Ferment therein; are farther changed into a malign and poisonous Matter, of a vehemently dele­terious nature, consisting of a stinking Arsenical Sulphur, and a Catheretick or highly corro­sive Salt, extreamly subtil and penetrating.

XV. That this is true, the Death of Mr. Smith, one of the Chirurgeons of St. Thomas Ho­spital in Southwark, gives wit­ness. For at the cutting off of a large Cancerated Breast, he had (after the Breast was off) a curiosity to taste the juice or matter contained in one of the little Cystis's or Glands of the same, which he did by touching it with one of his Fingers, and then tasting it from the same, with his Tongue.

XVI. He protested that it im­mediately, like a Gass, pierced or went thro' the whole sub­stance of his Tongue, and down his Throat, not less sharp or biting than Oil of Vitriol, Spirit of Nitre, or some vehement cathere­tick or caustick Salt: and altho' he presently spit out, and wash'd his Mouth with Water, and that oftentimes, and also with Wine, and drank pre­sently very freely of Wine after it; yet could he not get rid of the Taste thereof, but it continued with him, and brought him (who was a very strong Man) into a Consumption, or wasting and pining condition, with several other ill Symptoms; and in a few Months after kil­led him, the Taste thereof never going off from his Tongue, to his dying hour: and the tasting of the Juice or Matter of that cancerated Breast, he declared upon his death-bed, and near the last moments of his life, to be the true cause of his languishing condition and death.

XVII. The Places. This Dis­ease is apt to seize upon any fleshy part; as the Cheeks and Jaws, Sides, Back, brawney parts of the Arms, Thighs and Legs, Hands and Feet; the Liver, Spleen, and Womb; but chiefly such parts as are Glandulous; and many times it begins in the Glandule of a Part; and most often affects Womens Breasts, by reason of their loosness, great humidities, and strong ferment they contain.

XVIII. The Signs. A Cancer in its beginning is very difficult to be known, not exceeding a Pea or Bean in bigness, and increasing slowly to the bigness of a Melon or Pompion sometimes, (yet some­times it suddenly grows great;) and discovers it self by its grievous Symptoms. Galen, meth. Med. lib. 14. cap. 9.

XIX. It is hard in substance, full of pain, hot, and of a livid, or blackish colour: roundish, but with some inequality, and full of turgid Veins: the whole resists the touch, and as it in­creases in magnitude, increases in malignity.

XX. The Hardness is from the thickness of the Humor; the Pain is from the conjoined Cause, being sharp and corrosive; the Heat proceeds from the extremity of pain; the Livid or Blackish Colour, from the malignity and poison, which even discolours the purest Me­tals; its Roundness, from the thickness of the matter, which cannot spread abroad; its In­equality, from the ferment of the Humor, and because some­times it is contained in several [Page 696] little Glands; and its Turgid Veins, like to Crabs Claws, from the Recrements of the Blood filling those Parts; which by reason of matter obstructing, or pressing upon them, hinders its getting forth.

XXI. It is known in part by the place, (tho' it may breed in almost all parts of the Body,) as in the Lips, because glandulous and loose: so also in the Breasts, for the same reason; and in the Womb, from the retention of the Courses.

XXII. Aegineta, lib. 6. cap. 45. says, a Cancer happens to sundry places, but chiefly to the Womb and Breasts of Women: and Galen says, Cancerous Tumors are chiefly in the Breasts of Women, which have not their Purgation according to Nature. Gal. ad Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 10. and the reason seems to be from the consent of Parts: for that the Mammariae Veins meet with the Ʋterinae, under the Musculi recti of the Belly; by which way there is a translation of the matter from the Womb to the Dugs.

XXIII. Sennertus says, that with the Pain there is always a Pulsation attending it, together with a Heat more than ordinary.

XXIV. Where the Pains are very sharp, as if one were struck with a Dart; the Matter there is very corrosive, and will cer­tainly in a little time break forth in a Gleet, or some dan­gerous stinking Ulcer.

XXV. If the Cancer is ulcerated, from the breaking of some of the Tubercles lying under the Skin, whether the matter is much or little, the Ulcer is painful, and very stinking, discharging a stinking Gleet; it also thrusts forth hard and painful Lips, and in time fixes to the Ribs, (where it is in a Breast, or Side) and in its progress becomes of a horrible aspect.

XXVI. These sometimes bleed, either through the eruption of some Vessels, or from the corrosion of the Humor gnawing them asun­der: and sometimes a Cancer bleeds whilst it is yet whole; for the same reason, the Blood coming forth either at the Nipple, or some small pin-hole.

XXVII. Some ulcerated Can­cers send forth a Fungus, others consume and eat all the Flesh away after a wonderful manner: both these often bleed, and in large quantities, because the Capillary Vessels are eaten asun­der; whereby the strength of the Patient is quickly spent, and they soon dye, as consumed away, and exhausted.

XXVIII. The Prognosticks. Barbett says, a Cancer is seldom cured by Medicines, often by Chir­urgery, but not without danger: all sharp Medicines exulcerate it.

XXIX. A Cancer of the Womb is said to be incurable, except it be very little, or may be taken away by Excision: so also a Cancer of any other internal part; as Mouth, Tongue, Palate, or Anus.

XXX. Galen, ad Glauc. lib. 2. cap. 10. says, that Cancers in the outward parts, may in the beginning be cured; but when they are come to a considerable [Page 697] bigness, they can only be cured by Extirpation.

XXXI. To a Cancer inveterate, or of long continuance, in a weak person, you cannot safely use Ex­cision, Actual or Potential Cau­teries; but a Palliative Cure is only to be prescribed, which in a Cancer not exulcerate, has sometimes preserved Life even to very Old-age.

XXXII. An ulcerated Cancer can never be cicatrized, but as long as it so remains, the Sick will live in continual pain and filthiness, and at last dye mi­serably; unless it is cured by Excision, Cautery, or Ustion.

XXXIII. If it proceeds from an internal cause in the Blood and Humors, it is generally incurable, by reason of its malign and poi­sonous Ferment, and corrosive Salts; which yield neither to Purging, Vomiting, Bleeding, Sweating, Salivating, Diet-Drinks, Repulsives, Discus­sives, Suppuratives, nor any other kind of Medicines, whe­ther inward or outward.

XXXIV. If it is from external causes, as Bruises, &c. and lyes superficially under the Skin, they may be attempted by Chirur­gery; yea tho' they lye deeper, provided they circumvolve no principal Vessel.

XXXV. But proceeding as a­foresaid, from malignant Humors and corrosive Salts, tho' they may extirpated, yet the success will be doubtful: and tho' they seem to be absolutely cured, yet many times they breed again, and break forth either in the same place again, or in some other.

XXXVI. If it happens in the Head, Jaws, Cheeks, Neck, un­der the Arm-holes, or Thighs, it is generally incurable; nor may the Actual or Potential Cau­tery, or Excision be made use of; for those Parts are dan­gerous to be cut, because of their Vessels, and the great flux of Blood that may ensue.

XXXVII. The Cure. Let the Diet, and regulation of the Non-naturals be as in a Scirrhus: Purge frequently, with such things as evacuate salt Phlegm, and Atra-bilis or Melancholy: avoid Bleeding, as most perni­cious; as also Scarification, and the application of Suppuratives and strong Discutients.

XXXVIII. And if it is in a Woman whose Terms are stopt, cause them to return by Em­menogogicks and Catharticks; and in Men the Hemorrhoids, where they have been accu­stomed: and by Aperitives and Abstersive Medicines remove the Defect.

XXXIX. And inwardly, give the Spirit and Tincture of Tar­tar; Tinctures of the Salt of Tartar, and of Antimony; Ma­gisteries of Pearl, Oister-shells, Coral, Crabs eyes and claws; as also the Tincture of Luna, and Aurum potabile; which are to be given guttatim, in some proper Vehicle.

XL. But before you come to External Applications, you must consider whether the Cancer is recent and small, or inveterate and great; if recent and small, it sometimes admits of cure; but if inveterate and great, never, [Page 698] without cutting off. And then, in this latter case, the Patient is to be consulted, whether he will be satisfied with a Pallia­tive Cure only, or admit of Extirpation; if the last, we shall discourse of that when we come to treat of a Cancer ulerated: in this place then we shew the Cure of a small, recent Cancer; or the Pallia­tion of a great inveterate one.

XLI. Now those things which only Palliate a large and invete­rate Cancer, many times cure a small and recent one; of which kind, are these commended by Barbett: Roots of Aron, Drop­wort, Figwort, Mullein; Leaves of Maidenhair, Housleek, Agri­mony, Tobacco, Plantane, Night-shade, Hounds-tongue, Sperma Ceti, spawn of Frogs, burnt Toads, Crabs, Frogs, burnt Lead, Man's dung, Em­plasters of Diapompholigos, of Saturn, de Ranis cum Mencurio, Diasulphuris, Camphir, Saccha­rum Saturni, and Saccharum vel Sal Jovis, which Paracelsus commends, as the greatest of all Specificks: also Ʋnguentum Album, Nutritum, Populeon, Tutiae, de Plumbo usto.

XLII. Hartman says, he has cured many Womens Breasts, only with an Emplaster of Ammonia­cum dissolved in Vinegar, and often repeating the same, to a perfect Cure; and he says he cured Ulcerated ones with the same, if you will believe him.

XLIII. ℞ Juices of Plantane, Endive, Housleek, Nightshade, Rose-vinegar, Cil of Myrtles, A. ℥i. Venice Turpentine ʒ ii. stir them together in a leaden Mortar, with a leaden Pestle; adding Saccharum Saturni, pouders of Pomgranate-peels, and of Citrons, A. ʒi. fine Bole, burnt Lead, Camphir, A. ʒss. mix, and make a Liniment.

XLIV. So also the simple Juices of Nightshade, Hemlock, Hen­bane, Housleek, Endive, Succory, Lettice and Purslane are com­mended; Cockle-fish boiled, and made into a Cataplasm; also River-Crabs, Crevises, and green Frogs, out of which an excel­lent Oil is to be distilled by Descent, for the easing of the Pain, and abating the Tumor. See it in Our Doron Med. lib. 3. cap. 2. sect. 1.

XLV. Some make an Ʋnguent with the Ashes of Crabs or Craw­fish, or Toads, mixed with Co­riander-seed and Oil of Roses: also Metalline-Calces, washed, and freed from any biting quality: as of Lead, Tutia, Pom­pholyx, Litharge, Ceruse, Anti­mony, Marcasites, Jupiter; but Lead is very highly to be com­mended by all, and may be used many ways.

XLVI. ℞ Terra sigillata, fine Bole, Ceruse, A. ℥ss. Tutia pre­pared, pouder of green Frogs, A. ʒiii. Litharge ʒjss. Vinegar ʒvi. Oil of Frogs ℥i. Oil of Roses ℥jss. Wax q.s. mix, and in a leaden Mortar make an Ointment, which apply.

XLVII. And of those things which give a consistence to Juices, Pouder of Hermodacts, Calx of Jupiter and Saturn, Rye-meal and flower of Lupins are the best; because by a specifick [Page 699] faculty, they allay the fierceness of a Cancer: so also Goats-dung mixt with Honey and Vinegar.

XLVIII. A Cataplasm of Snails and Alehoof is commended; and if it is painful, a Cataplasm of the pulp of Henbane and Hemlock roots, with Rye or Lupin flower, and Oil of Myrtles, is of good use. Or a Cataplasm of Frog-spawn, brought to a consistence with meal of Lupins: so also a Cataplasm of leaves of Herb Robert and Poppies.

XLIX. ℞ Oil of Quinces ℥ii. Vinegar of Elder or Roses ℥i. grind them in a leaden Mortar to a Liniment: 'tis a famous thing. Or, ℞ Emplastr. Dia­palma ℥iii. juice of Nightshade and Henbane, A. ℥i. Oil of Roses ʒx. mix, dissolve, and make it of the consistence of a Liniment.

L. Aquapendens commends this. ℞ Garden-nightshade, Golden-rod, Sowthistle, A. Mji. boil in Water, bruise; and with Rye-meal lbi. Oil of Roses ℥v. make a Cata­plasm. A Cataplasm of Radish­seed and Vinegar is good; so also, a Cataplasm of Raisons ston'd, and leaves of Nightshade.

LI. A Preparation of Frogs, against Cancers. ℞ Live green Frogs No. 40. kill them, and fill their mouths full of Butter, which put into an earthen Pot well glaz'd, whose bottom is full of holes, and cover it: put this Pot into the mouth of another earthen Pot placed in the ground; lute these well together, and the cover of the upper Pot: then make a Fire of Charcoal about the upper Pot, which continue for five or six hours, to force down all the Moisture and Oil into the lower: which done, take the Frogs, and make them into fine pouder, which mix with the Oil per Descensum in the lower Pot: with which anoint the Cancer daily thrice a day.

LII. Paraeus commends a Plate of Lead besmeared with Quick­silver: also this following Oint­ment; ℞ Old Venice Treacle, juice of Lettice, Oil of Roses, A. ℥i. pulp of Crabs ℥ss. yolks of Eggs boiled hard No. 2. grind all in a leaden Mortar, to the con­sistence of an Ointment.

LIII. Wiseman commends this. ℞ Pouder of green Frogs ʒiii. ashes of River-crabs ʒiv. Litharge of Gold ℥ii. burnt Lead, Tutia prepared, A. ʒii. Ceruse, ʒvi. juices of Nightshade and Plantane, A. ℥vi. Vinegar ℥ii. Ʋng. Populeon, Oil of Frogs, A. ℥iii. Veal-suet ℥iv. Wax q.s. mix, and make a Cerate.

LIV. Or, ℞ White Poppy seed ℥i. Henbane-seed ℥ss. Opium ʒi. Gum-Arabick ℥ss. make all into pouder, and mix with Oil of Roses and Myrtles, A. ℥iii. and with Wax q.s. make a Cerate; which is good in case of Pain, in ex­tremity whereof, you may dou­ble or treble the quantity of Opium.

LV. Many Mediums of this kind; for Cancers require variety of Applications, which are to be made of things which have a power to repress, discuss, and cor­roborate; thereby not only to hinder the farther increase of the Cancer, but also to dimi­nish, and quite take away that which is already in being.

LVI. But these Medicines ought to have a mediocrity in them, and not be sharp and biting; yet on the other side, if they be too weak, then they give no help or relief: but if they are too strong and violent, then they either repress and discuss the more thin parts, and so not only leave the more thick behind; but also render the Tumor the more unfit for future Applications, in order to their discussion or dissipation.

LVII. And while these things are doing, if the Patient has strength of Body, and vigour of Mind, and is willing, a gentle Salivation ought to be attempted; and if occasion be, to be twice or thrice repeated: for thereby the whole mass of Lympha, and all the Juices come to be re­newed, so that a kind of new Ferment is begot in the Part.

LVIII. I speak this from Expe­rience, having cured two remarka­ble Cancers, (after much other means had failed:) one in a Woman about 30 years old, the other in a Woman about 36 years of age; where the Saliva­tion was gentle, and continued in each about six weeks time.

LIX. And as to Purging and Diets, mentioned at Sect. 37. aforegoing, it is not enough that they be administred once, but are many times to be repeated; and that for the most part twice a week: for by that means, not only some part of the Humor will be revulsed from the Tu­mor; but new matter, which would otherwise now, will be hindred, and taken away.

LX. Also, as to Topicks; if you apply hot and moist Medica­ments, which usually suppurate Apostems, they will procure Putre­faction in this: and if you apply Corrosives, you will assist the Malignity, and increase the Cancer.

LXI. If notwithstanding all that can be done, the Tumor still increases, and is in danger of Exulceration; it will be necessary to make the Patient acquainted with the danger: and if it is loose, and in a place where it may be safely extirpated, pro­pose it to them in time; lest afterwards they do desire it, when it is late. If you come to Excision, the way and man­ner of doing it, you may see Lib. 1. Cap. 33. of this Book, aforegoing.

II. A CANCER Ʋlcerated.

LXII. What we are to consider in an ulcerated Cancer, is either a Palliative Cure, or Extirpation: but if is fixed to the Ribs or Bone in any Part, or in a place dangerous, or not to be come at with Instruments, Excision also will be impossible.

LXIII. As for Diet, the Pa­tient may eat Barley-cream, Rice-Milk with Water in it, Milk-Pottage, Ptisan made with Li­quorice and the Opening Roots; Broths made with Borrage, Bu­gloss, Endive, Succory, Spi­nage, Lettice, Purslane, Sorrel; boiled in Broths made of Lamb, Mutton, Veal, Kid, young Hogs-flesh, Chickens, Pullets, Capons, Partridges, young Rabbets, &c. Fish living in clear and gravelly [Page 701] Waters, Eggs, &c. a middling sort of Beer, not old; Mead, small Wines mixt with Wa­ter, &c. they may eat Cucum­bers, and things cooling and moistning.

LXIV. But Meats hard of digestion, heating and drying, are to be forborn; as dry Beans, Barley or Pease Bread, old Cheese, old and salt Flesh, old Rabbets, Hares-flesh, Venison, salt Bacon, Cabbage, Coleworts; as also all other things which thicken the Blood, heat, and inflame the Humors.

LXV. Purge also twice every Week with an Infusion of Sena, thus made: ℞ White-wine, fair Water lbiv. Salt of Tartar ʒii. Sena of Alexandria ℥ii. Liquo­rice bruised ℥i. infuse in a Vessel close covered, in a boiling heat, for two or three hours, giving it at last a walm or two; then strain out being cold, for eight Doses; to be taken in the Morning fasting.

LVI. And in the intermediate days let the Body be kept with a cooling Diet, made with Fumi­tory, Hops, and juice of fragrant Apples, with many Hog-lice bruised; abstaining from the things before commanded: as also from Garlick, Onions, Leeks, Shelots, Mustard, Pepper, and all other Spices: avoiding also grief, sadness, great labour, watching, and the like.

LXVII. Then outwardly dress it with Ung. Album, Nutritum, Tutiae, de Plumbo usto: or with this:Oil of Roses, white Wax, A.℥ ijss. juices of Nightshade and Pomgranates, A. ℥ ii. Ceruse, Aethiops mineralis, A. ℥ jss. Plumbi usti, Tutia prepared, A. ℥ss. Frankincense, Mastich, A. ʒii. mix, and make an Ointment.

LXVIII. Or, ℞ Ʋng. Tutiae ℥iv. Venice Treacle ℥i. Saccharum Saturni ʒi. juice of Cranes-bill q.s. mix, and grind them in a leaden Mortar to a consistence and blewness. Some commend Juice of Mullein boiled with Honey, or Tapsimel; others Valentia Pa­paveris & Solani: Riverius says in his Observations, that he cured one by often dressing it with a mixture of Rose, Plan­tane, and Corn-Poppy waters mixed with Mel rosatum.

LXiX. Or, ℞ Ʋng. Album, ℥ iv. pulvis Mercurii coagulati ℥ii. juice of Nightshade inspissate to the thickness of new Honey ℥i. Opium extracted, to the thickness of new Honey, with juice of Hen­bane ℥ss. mix them in a leaden Mortar.

LXX. But if notwithstanding all the means that can be used, it cannot be kept at a stay, but that the Eating goes on, the Pa­tient is in great pain, and Fluxes of Blood accompany it; it will then be necessary, to save Life, to come to the Extirpation of it: for the doing of which, Chirurgeons have three ways; 1. By Escaroticks. 2. By the Actual Cautery. 3. By Ex­cision.

LXXI. 1. By Escaroticks. Hartman commends his Pulvis Benedictus, the Preparation of which see in our Doron Medicum, lib. 2. cap. 21. sect. 12. made of black Soot ℥iii. pouder of Aron-roots ℥ii. white Arsenick (ground [Page 702] impalpable, and digested with Spirit of Wine) ℥i. mixed toge­ther. This Pouder, the Ulcer being cleansed, is to be once, and but once strewed on, pretty thick; (unless it is taken off too soon, before the Roots are era­dicated;) and an Oiled-cloth is laid over it, moistned with Fasting-spittle, that it may stick on.

LXXII. This procures great pain, but 'tis not to be removed till the Cancer and its roots are eradicated; anointing in the mean season round about it with Oil of Roses, or rather with Oil of Poppy-seed: when the pain ceases, and the Cancer is destroyed, remove the Pouder, and all that sticks to it.

LXXIII. Then cleansing the Ʋlcer, compleat the Cure with the Incarnative-pouder described in Our Doron Med. lib. 2. cap. 21. sect. 13. and the Litharge-Ointment described in lib. 3. cap. 4. sect. 22. of the same Book.

LXXIV. Others commend Oil or Butter of Antimony, anointing it round therewith: but not­withstanding this, if the Cancer is great, it ought with a Knife to be wholly cut off to the quick: or by burning it with Actual, or Potential Cauteries, to be removed.

LXXV. Some wash it with Water, Spirit or Oil of Soot, till an Escar is made; then apply Oil of fixed Arsenick (washed in Water) till the Ʋlcer is throughly cleansed. Or else strew on red Precipitate, or a Precipitate made with amalgamated Sol: after which it is healed with the Incarnative-pouder, and Li­tharge-Ointment.

LXXVI. Others, when the Can­cer is mortified, and the Ʋlcer cleansed, heal it with Balsam of Sulphur and Empl. Diasulphuris; giving them thro' the whole Cure, the Sena-Infusion before described; and a Diet-drink made of a great number of bruised Sows or Hog-lice, (often to be repeated, and for a long time to be used) infused in half White-wine, half Water.

LXXVII. Riverius in one of his Observations, commends the Escarotick in lib. 1. cap. 33. sect. 10. of this Work aforegoing, applied as there delivered. But he fays the Paste may be spread upon a Bolster six times lesser than the Cancer, which may lye upon it twenty-four hours, and it will make an Escar six times greater than the Bolster: with­out doubt it ought to be much less than the Ulcer, because of its aptness to spread; yet not six times lesser.

LXXVIII. This Escarotick (says he) did eat the Cancer wholly away; and when the Escar fell off, the Ʋlcer was filled with flesh, and then healed up. But in case the whole Tumor had not been taken away, but some roots had remained, they must have been consumed with a mixture of red Precipitate and burnt Alum, well mixed together.

LXXIX. To incarnate the Ʋl­cer, dry Lint was only used: but while the Paste was on, a Fever was presently excited, with vo­miting, flux of the Belly, and [Page 703] great provocation of Ʋrine; which Symptoms continued two or three days, Nature being of­fended with the violence of the Escarotick: with the same Medicine a Cancer upon a Sol­dier's Nose, which had eaten away the tip of it, was Cured.

LXXX. But Wiseman says, that by the use of these Escaro­ticks, young Chirurgeons have been sometimes engaged to their preju­dice; and that an eminent Chir­urgeon undertook the Eradi­cating of an Ulcerated Cancer in the Breast of a Woman who had strength, and courage to endure it: he applied one of the strongest Escaroticks, which penetrated deep, and made great sloughs, and by repeating the Escarotick, raised new.

LXXXI. But the use of it was not long continued; for the Gleet partaking of the Corrosives, ul­cerated the adjacent parts; and the Cancer was so enraged by the Escarotick, as shewed that there was no good to be done by it.

LXXXII. Indeed (says he) if we could contrive Medicines, which may penetrate deep, with little pain, there might be some hopes of success: but 'tis evident that cancerous Excrescencies, and cancerous Ulcers of the Mouth are increased, by touch­ing them with Oil of Vitriol or Sulphur, &c. upon which considerations, it seems, that there does remain, but three ways of treating a Cancer; viz. either by Palliatives, or the Actual Cautery, or Excision by the Knife.

LXXXIII. The Palliative Cure we have already shewed, which only hinders the farther augmen­tation, and eases the pain; so that the Sick may lengthen out, and lead the remainder of his life with less torment and misery. Now to the things there enu­merated, you may add Empl. de Ammoniaco made with Vin­egar, Ceratum de Ammoniaco Foresti; Emplastrum de Galbano crocatum, Emplast. de Ranis with fourfold Mercury, or Our Empl. Mercuriale.

LXXXIV. 2. By the Actual Cautery. If the Cancer is in such a place, as you are in hopes to eradicate it, the Actual Cautery is then a certain Cure; but not by applying it lightly upon the upper parts; but by thrusting down to the root, with a Scoop, or Chezil-like Cautery, carry­ing it away before you.

LXXXV. If there remains any rags, or roots of it, burn it down to a crust, with a proportionable Button-cautery: if this cannot be effected, then Palliatives are to be used, as are above di­rected; by which means, the poor Patient who has an ulcera­ted Cancer, may live tollerably well.

LXXXVI. 3. By Excision. Before you do this, see the Patient is fit for it; as having strength of Body, of a tollerable good habit, and not in a very declining age; that the Cancer is loose, and the Arm-pits and parts under it, be free from painful Glandules: and it would be better, if the ori­ginal of the Cancer was from some external Accident, as a [Page 704] Blow, &c. and the Operation to be done in the Spring or Autumn of the year; not in the extream heat of Summer, or cold of Winter.

LXXXVII. Then have in a readiness, 1. Good Rowlers. 2. Compresses or Bolsters. 3. Pled­gets. 4. Defensatives. 5. Astrin­gent or Styptick pouders, as in other Amputations: but Calcan­thum, or calcin'd Vitriol, or other Escarotick-pouders are not good; for you cannot apply them to the mouths of the Arteries, but they will corrode the adjacent parts, and cause much pain, which ought not to be in Cancers: besides, they also require a strict Bandage, which is not without much trouble, on the Brest.

LXXXVIII. Wiseman propo­ses the stopping of the Blood with a small Button-cautery, which (says he) is not done without some pain, but it is momentary, and serves to correct the indispo­sition of the Part: these actual Cauteries ought to be of dif­fering sorts, and kept ready hot for use; lest some relick of a Cancerous Gland should be left behind.

LXXXIX. But that very skil­ful Man, Dr. Gardner, the Kings Chirurgeon, seldom or never stops the Blood, in this case, with the Actual Cautery; but always makes a provision of proper Stypticks, not corrosive; which he prepares from the Caput mortuum of Vitriol: which are always so effectual, as never to fail the purpose they are intended for, and ever stop the Hemorrhage, without any pain. These things done:

XC. Having placed the Pa­tient in a Chair, take a couple of large Needles, with strong silken Strings, or others; which pass through the Cancerated Breast crosswise, towards the bottom of the Cancer; and taking these four ends tye them together, by which you are to hold, while you are doing the Operation. Then taking the Strings in your left hand, take the Knife in your right hand; which ought to be large, viz. long, broad, and very sharp: and beginning at the top of the Breast, cut it downwards; and with two or three cuts, cut it close near the Rib, and wholly off, so as to leave no part of the Cancer behind.

XCI. But others, instead of the Needles and Strings aforesaid, because their use seems to be fright­ful and painful to the Patient, provide a kind of Forceps, turn'd at both ends in form of a Crescent, like Callaper-compasses; in such sort, that both ends may fall one upon another when shut; and with these Callapar-Forceps they lay hold of the Breast, and hold them with the Breast between them in their left hand, whilst they perform the Operation as aforesaid, with their right.

XCII. The Breast being thus cut off, the thicker Blood is every where pressed forth, and with Spunges wiped away; and the mouths of the Vessels are either closed with the Actual Cautery: or some proper Styptick with [Page 705] Pledgets, is applied; and the whole is drest up with Astrin­gent Pouders, as Pulvis Ga­leni, &c. (which Wiseman used) a Plaster, a Bolster, a folded Napkin round the Breast, and a Scapulary, to uphold the whole Bandage, and keep it tight and firm.

XCIII. The Operation being done, and the Wound bound up; let the Patient be laid in her Bed, giving her upon the spot a little sup of Our Aqua Bezoartica, or some other Cordial Water, to revive her fainting spirits; and presently after an Anodyn-Draught, to allay the Ferment; such as this: ℞ Aqua Bezoar­tica ʒvi. Aquae Menthae & La­ctis, A. ℥jss. Spirit of Sal Armoniack, Guttae vitae, A. ℈ii. mix them, for a Dose.

XCIV. The next day after, either repeat the same Dose, or give Venice-Treacle or Mithridate, or Our Theriaca Chymica; which may be used as Antidotes against the malignity of the Disease, and virulency of the Humor.

XCV. The second or third day after, dress it with some Digestive; as with Turpentine, mixt with the yolk of an Egg: or with this; ℞ Venice or Strasburgh Turpen­tine ℥ iii. juices of Nightshade, Plantain and Smallage, A. ℥ii. Syrup of Roses ℥jss. boil to the consumption of the Juices; then add Barley-flower, meal of Cicers, A.ʒiv. Saffron ʒii. yolk of an Egg, mix them.

XCVI. If there is pain, you may apply this Anodyn over it. ℞ Mucilage of Althea-root lbj. Wheat-meal, ℥ii. Oil of Roses ℥iii. boil to the thickness of a Cata­plasm, adding at the end of the boiling, yolks of Eggs No. ii. Saffron ʒi. mix them: but if there is no pain, dress it up with Emplastrum C saris, or è Bolo.

XCVII. After Digestion, cleanse with Detersives, then bring on the Flesh with Incarnatives, and with Epuloticks cicatrize, as we shew in Curing of Wounds; and while these things are doing, things which purge Atra-bilis are often to be repeated; the Infusion of Sena aforesaid, and the like; or the Body is to be kept soluble with Cly­sters.

XCVIII. If in Cicatrizing, the lips should grow callous, eradi­cate it timely by the Actual Cau­tery, whilst it is recent, and in a narrow compass, lying but on the superficies: for if you slight it, till it has seized the muscu­lous Flesh, it will be too late, and then scarcely capable of a Palliative Course.

XCIX. Whereas, in the Appli­cation of Escaroticks, mention is made of using crude Arsenick; Sennertus says, it cannot be ad­ministred without much hazard and danger; and that Arsenick fixed by melting it with Nitre; by which a fixed Salt of Arsenick is made, divested of much, or most of its malign and poi­sonous quality, is much more safe to be used.

C. And lastly, because Cancers are very apt to return again, the Body ought to be kept for some time after the Cure, with proper [Page 706] Diets, made of Fumitory, Hog­lice, dried Toads flesh, Vipers flesh, &c. and a constant and due Purging at certain intervals of Time, with such things as evacuate Atra-bilis; as Sena, Hermodacts, Scammony, black Hellebor, Lapis Lazuli.

CHAP. XXXVII. Of a CANCER of a BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Cancer de Osse, Spina ventosa; and in English, The Cancer of a Bone.

II. Definition. It is a preter­natural, hard, and painful Tumor of the Bone; arising within the Bone, or between the Bone and the Periosteum.

III. The Causes. The Proca­tartick Causes may be the same with those of a Cancer, or of hard strumous Tumors; for which reason, some will have it to be a species of the Kings-Evil.

IV. The Antecedent Cause, is a sharp Humour, or thin acid Serum, in the Medullary-juice; which corroding the Bone, makes its way thro' the Peri­osteum; after which there fol­lows an Ulcer of the Flesh and Skin, which is incurable, till the Bone is made sound.

V. The Conjoined Cause, is that sharp Humor or Scrum, separated from the Blood and Lympha, which seizes upon the Fibres, and make a solution of continuity there, corrupting at length the inte­rior part of the Bone it self; passing its subtil and malign Humor thro' the porosities it had made.

VI. This sharp malign Humor by degrees so affects the external surface of the Bone, as to raise thereon a preternatural Tumor, which extending the Periosteum, causes much pain and torment: which pain, if it grows so sharp, as to cause an Inflammation, then an Abscess or Apostem suc­ceeds, and therewith a fetid, painful Ulcer, difficult to be cured.

VII. The Differences. They arise, 1. From the Humor. 2. From the place of its Begin­ning. 3. From the Parts af­fected.

VIII. 1. From the Humor. The milder the Humor is, the slower the Tumor arises, and sometimes scarce any swelling appears, or any pain is felt; gradually swelling, and never corrupting exter­nally. The sharper the Humor is, the sooner the Tumor arises; so that sometimes it appears in 24 hours, passing thro' the cor­tex of the Bone, and imme­diately (as it were) causing an Abscess.

IX. 2. From the Place. For it begins either within the Bone, [Page 707] or without the Bone, between the Cortex and the Periosteum; and according as the interior part is harder or softer; or the external Cortex is solid, or porous, so it suffers solution sooner or later.

X. 3. From the Part af­fected: as, 1. In the Cranium, where the Humor passes for the most part thro' the inferior Lamina, affecting the Dura ma­ter, &c. causing great Pain, Spasms, Convulsions, Epile­psies, &c. this is seldom dis­covered before death. 2. In the great Bones of the Knees, Shins, Ancles, Elbows, Cubi­tus, &c. where the Humor increases but slowly, and gene­rally produces Apostems, arising externally from the protube­rance within. 3. In the Os Tali, or Heel-bone; which is spungy within, and full of external Pores, in which it makes its way speedily. 4. In the Jaw-bones, which are some­thing porous also. 5. In the Toes. 6. In the Fingers ends; where it is called Paronychia, or a Felon; of which we have already treated, in Chap. 12. aforegoing, of this Book.

XI. The Signs. The most visi­ble Signs, are a protuberance or swelling of the Bone, without dis­colouring of the Skin; which is either with much pain, or with­out much pain; according as the Humor causing it is either sharper, or milder.

XII. It is known also by the Apostem arising there-from, which is always between the Membranes and Tendons: and something of Fluctuation may be felt, be­fore the external Skin is much inflamed.

XIII. The Apostem being opened, if you then search with a Probe, you may many time find it pene­trates deep into the Bone; and yet the Cortex of it will be white: whereas in other Apo­stems, which begin externally, when the Bone is bare, it will be only superficially carious, and stained with the matter.

XIV. The Orifice, says Barbett, is very little, the edges are paler, the matter which flows forth, is thin; the Flesh is soft, and somewhat swell'd, at least (as in an Ulcerous Excrescency) it increases of its own accord.

XV. Where it affects a Bone that is spongy, it is admirable to see how quickly the Fibres of it will be softned, by the sharpness of the Serum of the Blood, and made apt for a sudden disten­tion; as if it were rather Mus­cular, than Boney.

XVI. The Prognosticks. This Disease is always of difficult cure: and Barbett says it is incura­ble, unless the Bone be made sound.

XVII. It is more easily cured in the lesser Bones; as the Cra­nium, Jaws, Fingers, and Toes: but if it is in the larger Bones, it is for the most part desperate; and if at length performed, it is very long first.

XVIII. Infants and Children are most subject to this Disease; because their Bones are softer, and more porous: Old persons are seldom troubled with it, for the contrary reason.

XIX. The Bone thus swelling, or seeming to have an Exostosis upon it, as being big, and seeming to be very hard; yet if you open it, it will be found in­wardly carious, or spongy and rotten.

XX. The Cure. The same method is to be taken here, as is proposed in Apostems and Ʋlcers with Caries: seeing when this is Apostemated or Ulcerated, it is nothing more or less, than such a Disease; except you will say the Humor is yet more sharp and malign.

XXI. If it is not ulcerated or broken, if very painful, you must first of all use Incision; which must be made according to the length of the Part, and that to the Bone it self: for the sooner this sharp corroding Humor is let out, the better it is, and withal pre­vents more mischief, which by its being longer retained with­in, it would do.

XXII. Being opened, you must dress it with things astringent, drying, and resisting Putrifaction; as Euphorbium, Spirit of Vi­triol or Sulphur mixed with Spirit of Wine, Tincture of Myrrh, camphorated Spirit of Wine.

XXIII. But before opening, while the Disease is recent and young, (a good Diet, and regulation in the Non-naturals being observed) you ought to purge the Body well with proper Catharticks, and use a good Diet-drink; such as we prescribe in strumatick Tumors: and outwardly things astringent and drying; as Emplast. e Bolo, Empl. Caejaris, de Minio simplex, & cum Sapone; Empl. de Ranis cum Mercurio; or Our Empla­strum Mercuriale, &c.

XXIV. But after opening as aforesaid, Barbett commends the Pouder made of Turpentine, by boiling it in Water to hardness: he commends it as an excellent thing upon his own Experience, being mixt with Ʋnguent. Fu­scum Wurtzii, or Aegyptiacum: an actual Cautery also, says he, will be convenient.

XXV. The Cure will also be accelerated, if instead of Tents made of Lint, Elder-pith be used; because it imbibes the thin and sharp Humors, by which the Action of Nature is promoted.

XXVI. This is an experienced thing. ℞ Ʋng. Aegyptiacum ℥ii. Tobacco in fine pouder ℥ss. Euphor­bium ʒi. mix them, and apply it. You may daily wash it also with Juice of green Tobacco, raised from Spanish seed, or with a Tincture of dried Tobacco, drawn with S.V. or with Spi­ritus Ʋniversalis.

XXVII. If it is in the Cra­nium, it is not protuberant, yet you ought to make inspection; and proceed accordingly by scra­ping, or the Trepan, as the Symptoms shall indicate to you.

XXVIII. Those in the Jaws are visible, and require vent by extraction of the Teeth: after which the Caries must be con­sumed or removed, by drying Applications; of which the Actual Cautery is the most speedy and convenient.

XXIX. The Ʋlcers in the greater Bones, are to opened also; that the matter may be [Page 709] discharged, and the Bone laid bare, in order to Exfoliation, if possible.

XXX. But if the interior part of it is corrupted, then it will be best to keep that part of the Ʋlcer dilated which lyes over the aperture, and in the Bone, by some Dossel dipt in S.V. or Camphorated Spirit, or Tinctura Exfolians, and to heal up the rest of the Ulcer; prescribing also such Internals, as may dispose the Body to a better habit.

XXXI. For seeing that for the most part these Diseases arise from the distemperature of the whole mass of Blood and Lympha; and that when one Cancer is almost cured, another appears in some other place; therefore it is highly necessary to have regard to the evil habit of the whole Body: for which purpose, the following (or some such-like) Medicine may be taken.

XXXII. ℞ Roots of Comfrey, Osmond-royal, China, Sarsaparilla, A. ℥ii. bark of Guajacum ℥iv. Rhu [...]arb, Agarick, A.℥jss. Sena ℥ijss. Cinamon ℥ss. Cloves ʒii. infuse all in Barley-water lbxii. or q.s. then boil with a gentle Fire to lbviii. Strain, and dulcifie with Syrup of Comfrey ℥viii. and make an Apozem. Dose, ℥iii, iv, or v. to a Man or Woman: it Purges gently, hastens the Cure, and preserves from farther mischief.

XXXIII. Those of the Fingers and Toes are to be laid open by Incision, in case of Apostemation, the length of the Protuberance and the Bone cut into, or cut out, as you see the case requires; and then the Caries dried up, with such things as are before re­lated. ℞ Mel Rosarum ℥ i. pouder of Tobacco ʒiii. Euphor­bium, Camphir, A. ʒi. mix them.

XXXIV. The greater Bones will take more time to exfoliate them; and if the rottenness begins within it, it will consume the very substance of them; so that no Exfoliation can be expected, but a total removing of the Bone it self, without which no Cure can be expected: and in this case, Nature it self is so munificent, as sometime to supply the vacuum with some Callus, or Cartilaginous substance.

CHAP. XXXVIII. Of an ELEPHANTIASIS.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Elephantiasis, Lepra Ar [...]bum; and in English, the Elephantiasis, or Elephantick Disease, the Ara­bian Leprosy.

II. The Name is derived from the Elephant; because those af­fected with this Disease, have [Page 710] their Skin, and Members af­fected therewith tumid and swoln, scaly, rough and rugged, full of lumps, and unequal, like to the rough skin of Elephants. Of this Disease we have spoken at large, in the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 6 cap. 15. so that little need be said of it here; excepting what belongs to the Chirurgick part, which is contained in this present Discourse.

III. Description. The Lips of such as are troubled with an Ele­phantiasis, are made thick, and the Nose swells; so that it looks as if it were pressed down, or become flat; the Ears become flaggy, and much wasted, the Jaw-bones are coloured as it were, and overspead with a certain kind of redness, and Tubercles or swel­lings appear here and there in the Forehead, like as if they were Horns or bunchings-out; the Cheeks and Face are also affected with a certain roughness and redness; and the Chin it self is dilated, like as it is in those that laugh.

IV. It is said to be indeed an universal Cancer of the whole Body, comprehending under it many kinds of Diseases: so that this appears to be an Affect greater than all other Diseases, and a Disease almost remediless and incurable.

V. The Causes. Authors say, it arises from Atra-bilis joined with a malign property, diffused and spread abroad thro' the whole Body.

VI. But doubtless it is caused thro' a Discrasy of the Blood and Lympha, defiled with a kind of Arsenical or stinking Sulphur, and a malign Vitriolick Salt; which being conveyed with the Blood and Lympha all over the whole Body, and altering the Fer­ment thereof every where, causes this so universal a defile­ment.

VII. The Antecedent cause is from a hot and dry distemper of the Viscera, and Parts destinated for Nutrition: from whence it is, that the Blood and Lympha are as it were burnt, or very much altered, by the evil Fer­ment of the Parts; and they being changed, make in their distribution, that universal change thro' the whole Body, which is usually seen in the pro­gress of this Disease.

VIII. The Procatartick Cause is a lewd, debauched, luxurious, libidinous and evil course of Life: the frequent and common use of salt Meats: as also the much eating of great quantities of Sugar, and of sharp and sowr things, or Meats overgross and thick, eating of Mans-flesh, and the like.

IX. To this add the Habit of the Air; for this Disease being mostly Endemical, it is chiefly to be found in some particular parts of the World: where 'tis thought the Air contributes much to its beginning, growth, and in­crease; as in Aegypt, Palestine, Arabia, Africa, Spain, in some parts of Italy and Germany, and in Narbon and Aquitane in France: as also the Air in which Elephantiack persons breathe; for that the Disease is [Page 711] affirm'd to be certainly conta­gious.

X. The Kinds. It is said to be twofold: 1. General; of the whole Body, which is called Elephantiasis Graecorum, or Le­pra Arabum; of which we speak in this Chapter. 2. Particular; which only affects a Part, and is called Elephantia, or Elephantia­sis Arabum; of which we shall (God willing) speak in the next Chapter.

XI. The Signs. Celsus, lib. 3. cap. 25. has given you the whole Idea of this Malady, which you may see at large in Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 6. cap. 17. sect. 7. to which we refer you: and Sennertus has given you a larger enumeration of the attending Symptoms: all which you may see in the place afore-cited, from Sect. 8. to 14.

XII. To these aforesaid Signs, declared by those Authors, we add these following: 1. There is an augmentation of Magnitude in most parts of the Body; it being swel­led up and down, especially in the external Parts; whose beauty, feature, and figure are thereby corrupted.

XIII. 2. There is also a hot and dry Distemper, by which the Parts of the Body are made uneven and rough, and as it were exul­cerated and corrupted.

XIV. 3. There is also in Men a suppression of the Hemorrhoids, where they have been usual, and long accustomed; and in Women, a stoppage of their Terms or Courses: or the sudden drying up of some long-continued running Ulcer; whose Humor being detained in the Body, grows worse and worse, and at length acquires Malignity; which insinuating it self into the Veins, infects and taints the whole mass of Blood.

XV. 4. When this Disease is first invading the Patient, there goes before it, and is present, a sluggishness, or slothfulness, with a slow and difficult breathing; a stinking Breath, unfitness for motion; a daily and continual Costiveness of the Belly, and the Urine is like unto Beasts Urine; as Horses, Bullocks, Oxen, and an extream prone­ness to Venery.

XVI. 5. The Voice is hoarse and obscure; by reason that the Lungs, and parts serving to Re­spiration, are filled or oppressed with thick and adust Humòrs: and by reason also of the driness and roughness of the Trachaea Arteria.

XVII. 6. The Veins under the Tongue swell, and become blackish; and the Glandules which lye near unto the Tongue, and round about it, have in them round Tubercles, like unto the Scrophulae in Swine, or those which we call the Swine-pox.

XVIII. 7. In a word, the whole Body is defiled with an exceeding great pollution, and a great de­formity attends every part thereof: it wants either in its figure or shape, b [...]ing either greater or less than it should be, in all its Members. The surface of the Sain is changed, being red and dis­coloured, hard, scur [...]fy, and full of little Tubercles, not much unlike the Elephants hide or [Page 712] Lion's forehead: the Voice is altered, and sometimes almost gone; and the Breath so abo­minable, as not to be endured.

XIX. The Prognosticks. This Disease is said to be wholly in­curable, unless taken in its begin­ning; and then it is performed with very much difficulty, great trouble, and a tedious application of Medicines; for that few Me­dicines are found, that can sub­due and conquer the malignity thereof.

XX. And by reason that this Disease discovers not it self soon, nor is at all manifest, 'till it has taken deep root, and tainted all the Blood and Humors with the greatest Malignity; so that it has (as I may say) fixed it self thro' all the Bowels, and the whole Foundation of the Fleshy Mass, and even corrupting them throughout, for these Reasons, it is esteemed by all Authors to be incurable.

XXI. But yet, as it would be great folly to attempt this Cure where the Disease is inveterate, or has been of long standing, so as that it has corrupted the whole Body: so it would be as great a weakness and inhumanity, to deny our help and assistance, for the Cure of such as only seem to be affected therewith, but are indeed not so diseased; or where it is yet but in its infancy, or beginning.

XXII. Actius, Tetrab. 4. serm. 1. cap. 120. saith, Huma­num enim, & plenum benevolentiae signum est, in extremis malis, etiam usque ad Experimenta ve­nire, ad difficultatem Affectionis compescendam: viz. For (says he) it is humane, and a great sign of good nature, in the greatest extremities, or the worst of Diseases, to make such Trials as may possibly tend to the benefit of the Sick.

XXIII. The Cure. For, what Diet is necessary, or what things are to be avoided; we shall refer you to the third Edition of Our said Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 6. cap. 17. sect. 26. ad 31. and come now immediately to the Medicinal and Chirurgick Cure.

XXIV. The Humor ought often to be evacuated, which let be chiefly with Mercurial Prepara­tions: and outwardly a Cataplasm of green Tobacco, mixt with pouder of Bay-berries q.s. is to be laid all over the Belly, and kept there so long as the Patient can conve­niently endure it: for it works both upwards and downwards, and purges the whole universal Man; evacuating all offending Humors, of what kind soever.

XXV. And this Application is to be repeated; and that so often as the age, strength, habit of Body, and condition of the Sick will permit.

XXVI. But the most potent of all internal Remedies, are such as operate by Salivation; be­cause they drain away all the impure Lympha in the whole Body; throughly purge and alter all the Mass of Humors, and do as much as is possible to be done by any kind of Eva­cuating-Medicines.

XXVII. And tho' by this way the Humors and Juices are much sweetned, and altered; yet it is [Page 713] to be imagined, by reason the Disease is so deeply fixed in the fleshy Mass and Humors, that one single Salivation cannot perform a compleat Restauration; but that it must be many times, and often repeated, sometimes by Internals only, and sometimes by Externals, as by Unction: because the whole substance of the Flesh, and the Skin also, seem to be throughly defiled therewith.

XXVIII. And by reason this kind of Operation much weakens the Body, there is to be that di­stance of time between each Sali­vation, as that the Patient may be restored, and gather a compe­tency of strength again: for to continue it too long, or to repeat it too soon, one time after another, are equally dis­advantageous to the deplorable Patient.

XXIX. For Alteratives, we commend the Viper-pouder, to be taken ʒi. at a time, every Night going to bed, when the course of Salivation is over; or in the times between each Salivation: and every Morning fasting, the Pote­states Viperarum; which may be given, à gutt. 20. ad 40. in Mead, or clarified Whey, or some other proper Liquor or Vehicle.

XXX. To these things we may add, native Cinnabar, Tincture of Antimony, Mercurius Diapho­reticus, Bezoar-mineral, pouder of Toads-flesh, (long to be continued, because it is a Spe­cifick) the pouder and ashes of Kites-flesh, wonderfully com­mended by Sennertus; and the Specifick of Vitriol, so much extolled by Hartman: which may be given singularly, or rather alternately; because Na­ture delights in variety and change, and that for a long time together.

XXXI. But for Alteratives, nothing seems to have more and greater effects than the Tincture of Luna, and Aurum potabile; which have a power to alter and change, cleanse and purify the whole mass of Blood and Humors, after a very admirable manner; and to drink withal, for some considerable time, the Decoctum Ʋlmi, as ordinary Drink, because it seems to be specifick in this Cure.

XXXII. Barley-broth made with Vipers-flesh, taken for many Months together, is a singular Experiment. And because the whole Diet in this Cure ought to be cooling and moistning, and withal cleansing, we com­mend Whey clarified with Fu­mitory, or with Borrage and Bugloss, Endive and Succory, Sorrel, and sharp-pointed Dock, Purslane, Lettice, &c.

XXXIII. And Sennertus says, that this Disease more than any other, seems to require as it were variety, and an interchange of Remedies; and also certain ces­sations and intermissions, from all sorts of Medicines: and then the same are to be used again afresh, and new ones are to be added; for that scarcely ever any one did recover of this Disease, that placed the hope of Cure in one only Preparation, tho' it were never so generous and prevalent.

XXXIV. Thus much for Inter­nals: we now come to Topicks; among which Sennertus commends a Bath of fair Water, in which the Patient may sit up to the Neck for the space of one hour. But, says he, the Bath ought to be so temperate, that no Sweat may be caused, either in the Bath, or after the going out of it: for if any Sweat is caused, it is a sign that the Bath is hot­ter than it ought to be.

XXXV. 'Tis true that many Physicians send their Patients to the Natural and Mineral Waters, and hot Baths; but because they dry vehemently, they many times do more hurt than good; especially at the beginning of the Disease, whilst the heat and driness are at highest.

XXXVI. And therefore a Bath of sweet fair Water is thought to be more proper and safe; because it tempers the driness, discusses the Excrements of the external habit, and looseneth the Skin: but it ought often to be re­peated, even twice a day, and that for several Months toge­ther.

XXXVII. And every time owning out of the Bath, the Skin ought to be anointed with some fat thing; as Vipers-grease, Man's-fat, Oil of Toads, Oil of Ben, &c. to keep the Skin soft and smooth: or a cooling Ointment may be made of the juices of Nightshade, Henbane, Hem­lock, and Poppies, for the same purpose.

XXXVIII. Some commend the p [...]der of the roots or leaves of [...]ack [...], as much as the quantity of a large grey Pea, or somewhat more, to be put into a new cut Issue, whether in the Arm, Shoulder, or any other pro­per place; and to be kept there­in for some considerable time, as the Artist shall see convenient; viz. 'till it causes a very great Tumor, and mighty Flux of Humors to drain through the same.

XXXIX. This Application is so powerful, that it needs not twice to be repeated; and it attracts the Humors so powerfully from all parts of the Body; and so plentifully, that no Salivation is comparable to it; nor yet any other kind of Evacuation, whether inward or outward: and being used in many other Diseases, it will never cease running, 'till all the Morbisick-matter is per­fectly drawn away: for it com­pleatly drains all evil, corrupt and malign Humors, from all parts of the whole intire Man.

XL. Places full of Scurf, Scales, and dry Scabs may in time of Bathing be often rubbed with common Soap, to loosen them, bring them off, and dry them: and the largest Scales, and such as stick fast, Wiseman rubs with the Caustick-stone; which did not only hasten their falling off, but also scowrs the Skin excel-

XLI. And where the bigger Scabs separate, there remains for the most part a discolouring, and little Excrescencies of Flesh, by which those Scabs were held so close on, as if they were nailed fast: these Excrescencies he rubbed off with the Caustick-Stone, and where there was [Page 715] occasion, dressed the Parts with Ʋnguent. Tutiae, or Ointment of Litharge.

XLII. He also Bathes in warm Water, rubbing the Body with Balls of Wheat-bran and Soap; which he continues for several days, till the Body seems to be clear. Sometimes he Bathes in warm Water, wherein he dissolves a small quantity of corrosive Sublimate; and alternately uses Salivation for twenty or thirty days together, repeating the Salivation with Turpethum mi­nerale and Ʋnguentum Neapolita­num by turns, till the surface of the whole Body is cleansed of all its Defilements.

XLIII. From what hath been said it appears, that other Baths than that of fair Water may be used; as a Lixivium of Quick­lime, Spiritus universalis made very weak, a Decoction of Flowers of Sulphur and Salt of Tartar in fair Water, a De­coction of Hellebor-roots; a Solution of Saccharum Saturni, Nitre, or white Vitriol in fair Water; a Decoction of Tobacco, and the like.

XLIV. These things alter the Humors very much, and overcome the Malignity almost to a wonder: but because they dry vehe­mently, therefore several Au­thors speak much against them.

XLV. But there is no Argument against Experience. I know them to do good upon my own Expe­rience; and there is nothing to be objected against them, but their great drying property: to remedy which, we prescribe: 1. To Bathe with these kinds of Baths one time, and then with simple fair Water another time; and so to use them alternately. 2. After bathing with them, to anoint all the whole Body with Oil of Ben, rubbing it very well in; or using some other sweet and cooling Oil, or Ointment.

CHAP. XXXIX. Of the ELEPHANTIASIS of a PART.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in La­tin, Elephantia, vel Elephan­tiasis Arabum; in English, The Elephantiasis of a Part.

II. Definition. It is a preter­natural, irregular, and cancerous Tumor of the Feet; deforming them, and making them thick and bulky, not much unlike to Elephants Feet.

III. The Causes. It is said to be caused originally from Varices, and to arise from Melancholick and Phlegmatick Blood; or ra­ther, the Recrements of the Bloody-juice, setling upon the depending Parts; as the Legs, Ancles, Feet.

IV. The Signs. Haly Abbas, in Theoric. lib. 8. cap. 18. saith, Ʋlcera quae in Pedibus & Cruri­bus siunt, Elephas vocantur; & Elephanticus Morbus Apostema est Melancholicum, quod in Cruribus fit & Pedibus; & ejus si [...]num est, quòd Pedis figura Elephanti figurae similis sit: viz. Those Ulcers which arise in the Feet and Legs are called Elephas; and the Elephantick Disease is a Melancholy Tumor or Swel­ling, arising in the Legs and Feet; and the sign thereof is this, that the shape or figure of the Foot, resembles the form of an Elephants Foot.

V. The Foot, or Leg, and some­times both, become a very great irregular Tumor, and of an ex­ceeding thickness: the Legs are tumid, and much swoln; very red sometimes, sometimes wan and livid, and sometimes black.

VI. And besides the irregula­rity, this Tumor is sometimes full of little Tubercles, and dry Scabs; and sometimes it is abounding with Ulcers.

VII. And as to its magnitude, it is often so great and irregular, that not only the form of the Foot is lost, but also the Toes are so swallowed up and hidden, as they can scarcely, and sometimes not at all be seen.

VIII. This kind of Disease you may often behold in Beggers, by the High-ways, and corners of Streets; who get their Liveli­hood, by begging in those publick and common places: I have often seen them as I have passed up and down Cheapside, London; lying in the passage, to move peoples charity, as they gazed on them.

IX. The Prognosticks. It is difficultly cured without a long and continued course of Physick; and if it once becomes invete­rate, it is for the most incura­ble: because that from all parts of the Body, abundance of Humors are protruded, and thrust down thither.

X. The Cure. It is done by a long and continued evacuation of the Morbifick-matter, with those things we have before men­tioned in the Cure of an Ele­phantiasis Graecorum, in the for­mer Chapter.

XI. For unless those vitious Humors be often evacuated, and emptied forth of the Body; and the evil disposition of the Bowels (from whence those Humors are supplied) be cor­rected and amended, there can be no hopes of a Cure.

XII. The sum therefore of the Cure, consists in a long and conti­nual course of Physick, as is pro­per for so contumacious and rebel­lious an Affect, and a perpetual evacuation of the Morbifick-matter; which can best be done with a course of Salivating only, and oft to be repeated at due intervals of time.

XIII. During the doing of which, the growth and increase of the Tumor is to be prevented, by Medicaments partly astrin­gent and drying, and partly by Discussives and Resolvers, alternately used.

XIV. Of which kind are, Bawm, Camomil, Elder-leaves, Fennel; roots of round Birth­wort, [Page 717] Orrice; Gums, as Ammo­niacum, Bdellium, Galbanum, Opopanax, Sagapenum, a Ca­taplasm of green Tobacco-leaves raised from Virginia-Seed, which is an admirable thing; an Amal­gama of Saturn and Mercury, or Jupiter and Mercury, &c.

XV. Amongst Compounds, there are Forestus his Cerate of Ammo­niacum, Mynsicht his Emplastrum de Galbano crocatum, Vigo his Emplastr. de Ranis with a four­fold quantity of Mercury, a Plate of Lead besmeared with Quicksilver, Ʋng. Nicotianae, Cosmeticum, ad Scabiem & Mercuriale, Empl. ad Strumam, & Mercuriale, with many others of like kind.

XVI. To these things, add proper Baths, and often Bathing; according to the Directions which we have given in the former Chapter; which are in­deed not only often, but for a long time to be repeated.

XVII. But if the Disease is so inveterate, as to be fixed and con­firmed in the Part, as to be out of all hopes of Cure, you have nothing more to do, but constantly to apply palliative Remedies to the end of the Patient's life: unless he will admit of that last and absolute means, to wit, Amputation; which at once frees him from his Disease, and continued trouble together.

VII. TƲMORS, Ex Partium decidentia.

CHAP. XL. Of RƲPTƲRES.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Ramex, Ruptura, Hernia; and in English, a Rupture, or Bursteness.

II. The Kinds. The general kinds are three: viz. 1. Proper. 2. Common. 3. Remote: as we have declared in Lib. 1. Cap. 8. aforegoing, of this Book.

III. The Proper are three­fold: 1. Hernia Intestinalis: 2. Hernia Inguinalis: 3. Hernia Omentalis. The Common are sevenfold: 1. Hernia Humora­lis: 2. Hernia Seminalis, or Hernia Vasis deferentis: 3. Her­nia Carnosa: 4. Hernia Vari­cosa: 5. Hernia Ventosa: 6. Her­nia Aquosa. The Remote, are [Page 718] threefold; 1. Hernia Ʋmbilica­lis. 2. Hernia Ʋterina. 3. Her­nia Gutturalis.

IV. Of the Proper, the Hernia Intestinalis is already treated of, both in Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 14. and in general terms, in this present Work, in lib. 1. cap. 8. of the common we have already handled; the Hernia Carnosa and Hernia Vari­cosa, in our said Synopsis, lib. 5. cap. 17. a Hernia Ventosa, in lib. 5. cap. 15. of the said Book, and in cap. 29. afore­going of this present Work; a Hernia Aquosa, in lib. 5. cap. 16. of the said Synopsis, and in cap. 30. of this Book also; of the Remote, we have also handled; a Hernia Ʋmbili­calis, in Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 18. a Hernia Ʋterina, in lib. 5. cap. 72. of the same; and 1 Hernia Gutturalis, in cap. 26. foregoing, of this third Book of Our Chirurgery.

V. But in regard we have been very brief in our Discourses of the Hernia Intestinalis, and Umbili­calis in the places afore cited; and something is wanting in our treating of a Hernia Carnosa, we shall in this present Chapter re­sume the same again, supplying that here, which was defective there; and withal we shall now, treat of those other Hernia's of which in no other place, in any of our Works, we have said any thing at all; tho' they fall not so properly under the title of this Chapter.

VI. The thread then of the Discourse of this Chapter, will be concerning, 1. A Hernia Inte­stinalis. 2. A Hernia Inguina­lis. 3. A Hernia Omentalis. 4. A Hernia Humoralis. 5. A Hernia Seminalis, or Hernia Va­sis deferentis. 6. A Hernia Car­nosa. 7. And a Hernia Ʋmbi­licalis: of all which in order.

I. Hernia Intestinalis.

VII. It is called in Greek, [...]. in La­tin, Enterocele, Oscheocele, Hernia Intestinalis, Hernia in Scroto, Hernia Peritonaei; in English, a Rupture of the Peri­tonaeum, wherein the Guts fall into the Cods.

VIII. It is either perfect, when the Guts fall quite into the Scro­tum; or imperfect, when they fall down but part of the way, and this latter is called only a Relaxation.

IX. The Peritonaeum is the Membrane that is either broken or relaxed, and lines all the inside of the Abdominal Muscles; then passing to the Back, does there involve, and give Coats to the Viscera: it is strong, and every where double; in the duplica­tures of which, all the Viscera are hid, and thro' which all the Vessels do pass.

X. The lower part of it is the strongest, to enable the Belly the better to bear the weight of the Intestines: and being every where double, admits not of a perfora­tion, for the transmission of the Seminal-vessels; but does so re­ceive them between its Coats, as that passing between the first Coat, leaves it every where intire, even both at Navel and Groin: in which latter place, the Seminals do take the outer Coat of the [Page 719] Peritonaeum along with them; which containing them in it self, does at length make that Tu­nicle which involves the Testi­cle, and is called Elytroïdes, or Tunica vaginalis.

XI. Here then, if the inward Lamina, or Coat is strong, it keeps the Guts and Humors with­in the capacity of the Abdomen; so that tho' it is full of Water, yet it transmits none into the Scrotum: for the watery Tu­mors of the Cods in Hydropical persons are generally Anasar­cous; as coming outwardly into the Membranes of the Scrotum, and not passing from the cavity of the Abdomen thither.

XII. But if this inward La­mina or Coat is thro' force, or any weakness broken or relaxt; then the Intrails are protruded to the Scrotum; and if broken in the top of the Process, the Bowels fall down into the lower parts of the Cod: but if the said top of the Process suffers only a relaxation, then the Mem­brane being extended contains the Guts, and that membranous Partition that lies between the Guts and Scrotum, is visible.

XIII. The Causes. In Chil­dren it may proceed from much crudity or moisture, vehement cry­ing, strugling, and holding their Breath too strongly.

XIV. In elder persons it is caused from violent Exercise, jumping, leaping, vaulting, falling from a high place, blows, carrying great burthens, hard riding, vomiting, straining at stool, or exceeding great weight of the Bowels in fat People.

XV. The Signs. If the Peri­tonaeum is broken, it is known by the sudden rise of the Tumor; whether made by blow, fall, overstraining, and the like; in which case, the Guts slide down into the Scrotum, or lye in a great Tumor in the Groin.

XVI. If it is caused by a blow or fall, Blood is sometimes extra­vasated, and the Tumor is pain­ful, whether in the Groin or Cods, and it soon falls from the Groin to the Cods; where, by laying your Hand upon the pro­duction of the Peritonaeum, just at its going forth from the Abdomen; and withal causing the Patient to sneeze or cough; you may distinguish it from a Sarcoma, or Hernia carnosa, by perceiving the motion of the Gut, when it is there.

XVII. The Prognosticks. In young Children it is easily cured, if carefully managed; but in youths, with more difficulty: if under twenty, or while growing, they are curable, tho' the Guts are fallen down into the Cods.

XVIII. In people of full growth, the edges of the Peritonaeum sel­dom or never unite, because they many times grow callous: and if the Gut is not speedily reduced, grievous pain succeeds, with Colick and Fever, because of the detention of Excrements; from whence many times comes inflammation, vomiting of Ex­crements, yea sometimes Gan­grene, and Death it self.

XIX. If the Rupture is very large, the Guts many times do their duty, as safely in the Scrotum, as if they were in their [Page 720] true and natural places in the cavity of the Abdomen.

XX. If it is only a relaxa­tion of the Peritonaeum, as it is least dangerous, so it is the easiest cured of them all.

XXI. If a Hernia Intestinalis be neglected in Women-kind, it will make a round Tumor near the Pudenda.

XXII. The Cure. In the first place, you must cause the Patient to lye upon his Back, and en­deavour the reduction of the Gut; let his Head be declining, and his Hips raised high, causing his Heels to be drawn up to them.

XXIII. Then with your Hands, and warm Cloths, try to reduce it, by pressing moderately and gra­dually upon it; but taking care withal, that you do not hurt or bruise the Testicle.

XXIV. If it will not yield to these, there being a repletion of hard Excrements, you must give Clysters of fat Broth, with much Salt; or Posset-drink lbi. with brown Sugar ℥iv. or the ordinary Turpentine-Clyster: or this; I [...] Fat Broth lbi. brown Sugar ℥ii Aloes ʒi. mix and dissolve, and exhibit it warm; which repeat, till the Bowels are em­ptied.

XXV. In the mean season, foment the Scrotum with a De­coction of Camomil in Whitewine, applying hot Stuphs dipt in, and s [...]eezed out of the Liquor; for some considerable time: and if the Excrements seem to be hardned therein, soften it, by applying after the Fomenta­tion some emollient Cata­plasm, made of Figs, Onions, Lilly roots, and Mithridate.

XXVI. The Guts being thus emptied, let them be reduced as before directed; and apply over the Part, Emplast. ad Herniam, or Our Empl. of an Ox-gall: Or this; ℞ Loadstone in fine pouder, Aloes, Dragons-blood, Bole Armo­niack, Terra sigillata, Crocus Martis astringens, Mastich, Oli­banum, Sarcocolla, Frankincense, A. ℥ss. Ox-galls evaporated to the consistence of an Extract, Tur­pentine, Wax, A. q.s. make an Emplaster; which apply, and renew it, when you find it will stick no longer.

XXVII. Then bind up the Part with a Bag-truss, made with Bol­sters stuft with Cotton, and fitted with a steel Spring to keep the Bowels up, and all things close and firm. Or the Bolsters may be be fixed with steel Plates, having Worms and Screws therein; by which the Bolsters may be made to sit closer, or or more distant; and keep the Gut up, without pressing upon the Spermatick-vessels, or Os Pubis: and these may also be useful in an old Rupture, and where the hopes of Cure are vanished.

XXVIII. Where the Rupture is very large, thro' the often fal­ling down of the Bowels, a Bag­truss is to be proportioned, with a hole for the Penis to pass through; which is to be put on whilst the Patient is in Bed, and in a declining posture: by which means the falling down of the Bowels will be much hindred, and the Patient much eased in his going abroad; and if he [Page 721] is young and growing, may be in the possibility of getting a Cure.

XXIX. Rest is of exceeding great advantage to the Sick; and therefore the Patient is required to keep his Bed 40 or 60 days: for by this means great Ruptures have been cured, to which all other means had been applied in vain, and the Patient ac­counted as desperate.

XXX. And if the Patient has any need to sneeze, or cough; and upon going to stool, or any other violent motion, he ought to feel, and lay his Hand hard upon the place affected; that if there should be any danger of a Prolapse, or Relapse, it may thereby be prevented.

XXXI. As for Internals, and the remaining part of the Cure, we refer you to Lib. 1. Cap. 8. of this Book; and to the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medi­cinae, lib. 5. cap. 14. afore­mentioned, where you may have abundant satisfaction: tho' after all, it is my belief that rest, lying in bed, and a good Truss contribute more to the Cure, than all other things in the World, whether inwardly given, or outwardly applied.

XXXII. For things inwardly given can never come to the Part, but pass with the Ordure thro' the Bowels, without making any stay there: unless the virtue of the Specifick, by mixing it self with the Chylous Juice, and so joining with the Blood, does by circu­lation approach thereto, when it is consign'd for the nourish­ment of the Part. Which Con­sideration, in my opinion, signi­fies not much to the Cure; but only makes the Bloody and Nutritious Juices somewhat more consolidative and agglutinating.

XXXIII. Nor can things out­wardly applied come directly to the Part hurt, any more than the other; there being the Scarf­skin, Skin, Flesh, Membranes, &c. between, and interposing be­tween the substance of the Agglutinatives and the Rupture it self.

XXXIV. If the Compress or Bolster sits uneasy, let a Quilt be made to lye under it, or brown Paper doubled, and soaked in Smiths Forge-water, wherein some Astringents have been boiled; by which the Truss will sit the easier, and the better retain the torn or relaxed parts to­gether, for their more speedy agglutination.

XXXV. But if the Gut by reason of its long prolapsion, and the Excrements being hardned therein, cannot be reduced by the methods before prescribed; let the Patient be put into a half Bath, keeping on the Bag-truss the while: after which, coming out of the Bath let him be set on his Head, or carried with his Head downwards; by which means many times the pro­lapsed Bowels are often re­duced.

XXXVI. But if yet all endea­vours should prove ineffectual, and the Patients Life is in apparent danger; which is manifest by manifold Vomitings, Sickness at Stomach, Inflation of the Belly, thro' the Patient's not going to [Page 722] stool; it is better doubtless then to lay open the Production, whilst there is strength; than to let the miserable Patient perish under the force of his Disease: since the Operation may be done without any matter of difficulty or danger.

XXXVII. The way of doing it is thus. Lay the Patient flat on his Back, on a Table or Form, and bind him thereon; then make incision upon the upper part of the Scrotum, to the Production of the Peritonaeum; which must also be divided, without touching the Guts or Omentum: then pass in a Cannula, like the common Director, but as large as a Goose-quill, which put into the cavity under the Process of the Peri­toneum upwards, avoiding the Guts: then make an incision of such a length as may be sufficient to put your Fingers into the Scrotum, and raise the Intestines and Omentum, which then reduce into their natural places within the cavity of the Abdomen.

XXXVIII. The Bowels being thus reduced, you must stitch up the Wound, as in a Wound of the Abdo­men, taking up with your Needle so much of the Production as may shut up the Cavity, and hinder the falling down again of the Bowels. This done, you must Cure the Wound, as we shall hereafter shew in Lib. 4. fol­lowing, where we treat of Wounds of the Belly; this being not so large or dangerous, as many of them are.

XXXIX. There are many other ways of doing this Operation, two of which are by Incision; the first of which divides the length of the Process, laying the Seminal Vessels bare: the other is Castra­tion. There is another way, which is by Puncture, taught by Paraeus; and two other ways also, the one by the Actual Cautery, the other by the Potential: but as they are all of difficult performance, with much hazard, and great cruelty; so we never meet with a Patient which will submit to any of those ways of Cure; for which reason sake, we here totally omit them.

II. Hernia Inguinalis.

XL. It is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Bubono­cele, and Hernia Inguinalis; in English, A Rupture in the Groin.

XLI. This is also either perfect, when the Peritonaeum or Rim as they call it, is absolutely broken: or imperfect, when it is only stretched or extended.

XLII. It is a Tumor in the Groin, either of the Guts, or of the Omentum: the latter of which we shall speak of under the next Head.

XLIII. The Causes. The Pro­catartick or remote Causes, are violent Exercises, falls from high places, blows, stroaks, leaping, wrestling, riding hard, crying, vomiting, coughing, &c.

XLIV. The Antecedent Causes, are viscous and flatulent Humors, in great abundance, with a great repletion of the Belly.

XLV. The Cause in Women, is [Page 723] many times a dilatation of the Membrane in Travel; or because of a transition of the Ligamenta Ʋteri teretia, which pass be­tween the Laminae or duplica­ture of the Peritonaeum, after the same manner as the Seminal Vessels do in Men.

XLVI. The Signs. If there is a Rupture of the Peritonaeum, the Tumor is the greater, more difficult to be reduced; and in the reduction, you may many times hear a little kind of noise.

XLVII. But if it is only re­laxed or extended, it is known by the smalness of the Swelling, and its more easy reduction with the Fingers.

XLVIII. The Prognosticks. Where it is broken, it is of dif­ficult cure; Children and growing people may be cured; Old people never.

XLIX. If the Rupture is large, and the Intestines come much forth, and has been long unreduced; being filled either with Wind, or hardned Excrements, or both, the reduction will be difficult and painful, and sometimes hazardous to the Life of the Patient.

L. The relaxed Membrane is much more easily cured; as we hinted in the same case, in a Rupture in Scroto.

LI. The Cure. First use Fo­mentations, emollient and discu­tient Cataplasms; and then strive to reduce it with your Fingers.

LII. After which, apply a Catagmatick, or an Astringent or Agglutinative Emplaster; which keep close to it, with either a Whale-bone, or Steel Truss, made with fit Bolsters for the compression of the Tumor; as is taught in the foregoing Discourse.

LIII. Inwardly give Vulnera­ries, and strong Agglutinatives; and let the Patient rest, and be quiet, keeping his bed for 40 or 50 days; performing the rest of the Cure exactly as in an Oscheocele, before described.

III. Hernia Omentalis.

LIV. It is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Epi­plocele, Hernia Zirbalis, and Hernia Omentalis; in English, A Rupture of the Peritonaeum, wherein the Omentum or Caul breaks forth.

LV. This is twofold; 1. Into the Groin. 2. Into the Cods: and these are both of them either a compleat Rupture of the Membrane, or a relaxation of the same.

LVI. The Causes are the same with the Hernia Intestinalis; whether it is Oscheocele or Bubo­nocele.

LVII. The Signs. It is known by its softness, inequality, and slip­periness of the Tumor: it is also of a continued bigness, whe­ther the Patient is full or empty.

LVIII. The Prognosticks. It is not dangerous: yet by reason of its softness and slipperiness, it is, after reducing, difficultly retained within it, proper place; but in Children, it is of easy cure.

LIX. And it is more easily cured in such Bodies whose Habits are humid and sanguine, than in such as are dry and melancholick: but if the Tumor is small and recent, and only in the Groin, the Cure is not difficult, be the Habit of the Body what it will.

LX. The Cure. Whether it is in the Cod or in the Groin, the Method of Cure is exactly the same with the Hernia Intestinalis, and Hernia Inguinalis aforegoing: Rest, Lying-abed, and a good Truss being the chief: so that no more need be said here.

IV. Hernia Humoralis.

LXI. It is called Greek, [...]. in Latin, Hernia humoralis; in English, An Humoral Tumor of the Cods.

LXII. Concerning this Tu­mor, Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 3. par. 9. sect. 1. cap. 7. hath these words: Recentiores hîc adhuc unam Herniae speciem addunt, quam Humoralem vocant, eámque ab omnibus Humoribus, exceptâ Bile, provenire statuunt. Verùm si à Sanguine sit hic Tumor, & quidem cum Inflammatione, per­tin [...]t ad Inflammationem Scroti & Testium, de qua supra dictum: viz. Modern Physicians (says he) do here to these add one other species of a Hernia, which they call a Humoral Hernia; and make the same to proceed from all Humors, Choler only excepted. Now if this Tumor proceeds from Blood, with In­flammation, it is a Phlegmon of the Cods and Testicles; of which before.

LXIII. From this of Senner­tus it appears, that a Hernia humoralis is nothing more nor less, but a Phlegmon of the Cods and Testicles; which may be either simple, or an Oedemato­des, if Phlegm is mixed with it.

LXIV. The Causes. These are the same with other Phlegmons, of which we have treated at large in Chap. 5. aforegoing of this Book.

LXV. The Signs. It is known by the Tumor, Colour, Heat, Pain; and other Symptoms of an Inflammation.

LXVI. The Prognosticks. It is a Disease long in curing, the Part being cold and membranous; sometimes it discusses and re­solves, sometimes it comes to Suppuration; if it continues long, it is of dangerous con­sequence, for it corrupts the Testicle.

LXVII. Cure. First, the Cure is to be attempted by Discussives and Resolutives; and then gentle Purging, with Bleeding, ought to be administred: the Sick may also be purged by proper Clysters, which are often to be repeated: a Vomit with Turpe­thum minerale, is good.

LXVIII. And in this Cure, as in the other Hernia's, Rest, with lying in Bed, are material Expe­dients; together with a Bag-Truss to hold up the Testicles, and such other Medicaments as the nature and accidents of the Tumor require.

LXiX. But if you find it will not discuss nor resolve, you must change the Applications, and use [...] things as will promote the [Page 725] Suppuration; then make incision in the side of the Cod, after cleanse the Ulcer, and consoli­date the Wound, exactly as we have taught in the Cure of a Phlegmon: so that nothing more need be said of that mat­ter in this place.

LXX. If afterwards there remains a hardness, you must resolve it by Discussives and Emol­lients; as Avicen advises: ℞ Crums of houshold-wheaten Bread, boil them in Oxymel, and add a sixth part of Gum Ammonia­cum; which mix, and boil to the thickness of a Cataplasm: apply it warm, and remove it twice every day.

V. Hernia Seminalis.

LXXI. It is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Spermatocele, Hernia Vasis deferentis, Hernia Seminalis; and in English, A Tumor of the Cods, proceeding from an Afflux of the Seed.

LXXII. The Kinds. It is twofold: 1. Spermatocele, or Hernia Vasis deferentis; when the Vas deferens falls twisted into the Scrotum. 2. When there is a great afflux of the Seed to the Testicles, in persons abounding with that Humor.

LXXIII. The Causes. The Procatartick Cause, is high Feeding of things greatly nourishing, Idle­ness, and Dalliance. The Ante­cedent Cause, is Seed not being timely or sufficiently evacuated. And the Conjoined Cause, is Seed contained in, and dis­tending the the Vas deferens, and other Seminal Vessels.

LXXIV. The Signs. It is known, by feeling where the Vas deferens is fallen into the Cod; in the latter case, it is more difficult to know: the person is at first extream­ly lecherous, and desirous of Coition.

LXXV. But that failing, the Testicles begin to swell, and the Tumor gradually increases, with a dull kind of pain, and heaviness of the Cods: this still increasing, puts the Patient to a trouble in going.

LXXVI. And as the Tumor increase, the pain increases. At the first, the Scrotum is lank, and one Testicle feels tumified and swell'd: and tho' possibly, both Testicles may be swell'd in this Disease, yet the Affect seldom seizes more than one Stone; which is for the most part the left, but sometimes the right only.

LXXVII. And if no stop be put to the Disease, the Cods grow to an incredible bigness. I once saw a Hernia Seminalis, which was bigger than any Ostriches Egg, as big as little Child's Head; which being opened by Incision, it discharged nearly a quart of Seed, or some other thin Hu­mor, not much unlike whites of Eggs.

LXXVIII. The Prognosticks. It is of difficult cure, unless recent: but if inveterate, and the Tumor is very great, it is cured with much trouble and pains, and seldom without Section.

LXXIX. Where the Disease has been of long standing, tho' the [Page 726] Patient meets with a Cure, yet it leaves the Part so weak, that it is apt to return again; unless great care is taken in pre­venting it.

LXXX. The Cure. If it is from the Vas deferens falling down twisted into the Cod: let the Patient lye backwards, and with your Hands you will easily re­duce it, without any farther inconvenience in it.

LXXXI. The Method of Curing hath nothing peculiar in it self; but you must contrive such Bands, as may keep reduced the faln down Parts, in their right places, without hurting the sound ones.

LXXXII. But in this, as in an Enterocele, Rest, keeping Bed for some time, and a strait Bag-truss, are of essential moment.

LXXXIII. If it is in the latter case, whilst it is recent, if the Man be unmarried, Mar­riage ought to be proposed; because that effectually takes away the Conjoined Cause.

LXXXIV. Then due Purging, both upwards and downwards; and to be reiterated every day, or every other day many times, according to the strength of the Patient, 'till there is an apparent diminution of the Tumor.

LXXXV. You may Vomit with Vinum benedictum, or Tartar emetick; but nothing is equal in this case to Turpethum mine­rale, which is to be often repeated: afterwards, or between whiles, let the Patient purge with Catharticks, which evacuate the Pituitous Humor.

LXXXVI. And outwardly, Dis­cussives and Resolutives are to be applied: but this only while the Disease is recent, and the Tu­mor small, together with rest and ease, and a strait Bag-truss.

LXXXVII. But if the Tumor is grown so great, as that none of the other things will have any effect, there will be then a necessity of doing the Work by Section; thereby to discharge the Part of the abounding Humor, as in the Case before mentioned we have declared: afterwards the afore­going Methods must be pursued, and the Wound healed up, as before declared.

LXXXVIII. But it ought not to [...] perfectly healed up, but a [...] is to be left in the bottom of [...] the Scrotum; which is to be k [...]pt open either with a Can­nula, or a Tent, for some consi­derable time; 'till the ultimate of the Matter is drawn forth, and the Testicle, and whole Part, seem to be restored to their due form and strength: other­wise a Relapse is to be feared, and then the work will be to be done over again.

VI. Hernia Carnosa.

LXXXIX. It is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Sarcocele, Ramex carnosus, Hernia car­nosa; and in English, A Fleshy Rupture of the Cods.

XC. Definition. It is a Sar­coma, or lump of Flesh growing to, or round about the Testicle; which in outward appearance is hard, and many times of a Scirrhous nature or disposition.

XCI. The Causes. It is caused from a Rupture of some of the Capillary Vessels of the Part, by which Blood flows more than ordi­narily to the Testicles and Cods; which not being protruded in to the Capillary Mouths of the Veins, is by the Plastick-power converted into the substance of the Flesh.

XCII. The Signs. Tho' it is possible to affect both Testicles, yet it commonly seizes but one, and that, Authors will have to be the right; because Nature does more easily cast out the Blood to it, by the Seminal Vein, springing from the Vena Cava.

XCIII. It grows by little and little, the Testicle growing every where greater; and is known by a hard Swelling, which may be felt with the Fingers; sometimes with a little pain, but many times without any pain at all, espe­cially if it is Scirrhous.

XCIV. It is distinguished from a Rupture of the Peritonaeum, or Guts; because in this, there is no swelling in the Groin, as there is always in that.

XCV. The Prognosticks. It is of difficult cure, tho' it be recent; but uncurable, if inveterate; unless it be done by Section.

XCVI. If it has been indeed of long continuance, and grown very great; it is apt to degenerate into a Scirrhus, or Cancer; ac­cording to the habit of the Body, and disposition of the Humor abounding.

XCVII. The Differences. It is twofold: 1. One, in which the Sarcoma, or fleshy substance sticks close to the Testicle, and cannot be separated, without taking away Testicle and all. 2. Another, in which the Sarcoma compleatly involves the Testicles; but is round about loose from it, so that it may be separated and cut off, without any hurt to the Stone it self.

XCVIII. The Cure. While it is recent and very young, the Patient is to Purge often, and also Vomit; which is more espe­cially performed by Turpethum minerale, which is indeed ac­counted as a Specifick in this case: afterwards, pouder of Restharrow-roots, and Opiates are to be given every night.

XCIX. And outwardly, things repercussive and drying are to be applied; or Empl. de Ranis, with a fourfold quantity of Mer­cury, or our Empl. Mercuriale.

C. Anointing with Mercurial Ointments also is good, over which you may apply Ceratum de Galbano, Ceratum nigrum, Ceratum de Spermate Ceti, or Ceratum ad Tophos, which ex­ceeds them all.

CI. And besides these, the Emplastrum Mercuriale before mentioned, Our Empl. ad Stru­mam, and Empl. Arthriticum, we commend upon our own experience; also Our Diachylon with Gums, where it is but just begun.

CII. Add to all these things, a Bag-truss, which may tye up the Testicle very straight; rest also, and lying in bed for 6 or 7 Weeks, without which, nothing at all will be done.

CIII. But when it is manifest, [Page 728] that no Physical means, whether internal or external will do, you must then positively attempt the Cure by Manual Operation: and in doing this, you must consider whether the Sarcoma is fixed to the Testicle, or hangs loose from it.

CIV. If the fleshy substance is fixed fast to the Testicle, so as it cannot be separated, 'tis certain, that if you design a Cure, you must come forthwith to Castration; (those other courses with Esca­roticks, being both painful, troublesom, and dangerous) the Method of which we have plainly taught in the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medi­cinae, lib. 5. cap. 17. sect. 18, 19, 20.

CV. But if the Sarcoma be free from the Testicle, and the Testicle hangs loose in it, (as for the most part it does) then having opened the Testicle longways, you must gently draw forth the Sar­coma, with the Stone it self: and with a very sharp Knife you must carefully make inci­sion through the fleshy sub­stance; but with this caution, that you do not in the least touch the Testicle it self.

CVI. This done, with your Fingers turn out the Testicle; and cut the Sarcoma, slitting it upwards, (on the same side you made the Incision) as high as you can: then holding the Testicle upwards, (which is to be done by an Assistant) let the Artist take all the Sarcoma into his left Hand underneath, and draw it forth as far as he can conve­niently; and he will find the whole substance to hang upon a kind of Membrane, from which he may separate the Sarcoma, by an Incision-knife in his right Hand, at one single cut: then replacing the Testicle, he may heal it up as an ordinary Wound.

CVII. A Cure of this kind was done upon a Patient of mine, about three or four years since: it was a Frenchman who did the Ope­ration; and tho' the Patient de­spaired of his Life, the French Chirurgeon did it with such an assurance, that in about three minutes of time the Section was compleated, and not with the loss of two ounces of Blood, nor did the Man himself at all cry out: after which, the Wound was healed in about a weeks time, and the Patient restored to his perfect health. Where note, the Sarcoma here cut out, weighed four pounds and a half, good weight.

VII. Hernia Ʋmbilicalis.

CVIII. It is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Om­phalocele, & Hernia Umbilica­lis; in English, A Rupture of the Navel.

CIX. It is a breach of the Peritonaeum by the Navel, by which the Intestines or Omentum, are thrust forth.

CX. The Cause. The Proca­tartick Cause is external violence, falls, blows, coughing, crying, great straining at stool, vomiting, or otherwise, &c. The Antece­dent Cause, is a weakness of that part of the Membrane. [Page 729] And the Conjoined Cause, is the Rupture or Breach it self.

CXI. The Kinds. It is two­fold: 1. That in which the Intestines themselves strut forth. 2. That in which the Omentum or Caul is protruded.

CXII. The Signs. It is known by the diversity of the Matter therein: if the Intestine come forth, the Tumor is soft, une­qual, and is put back into the capacity of the Abdomen, with some noise or rumbling.

CXIII. But if it is the Omen­tum faln into it, the Tumor is soft, and of the same colour with the rest of the Skin.

CXIV. The Prognosticks. If it is recent, and in growing People, it is more easily cured: but if it is in elder people, and inve­terate, it is either incurable, or with much difficulty.

CXV. If it is only distended, not broken, the Cure is the more easy: but if it is broken, and the Rupture large, it will be the more hard to heal.

CXVI. The Cure. Let the Patient abstain from all violent Exercises; rest, and for some time lye in bed; as also forbear all flatulent Meats and Drinks, or Fruits which engender Wind.

CXVII. Then the Sick being laid upon their Back, make a reduction of the Protrusion; and apply over it Emplast. ad Her­niam, Catagmaticum, or some other glutinative or astringent Medicine, with a good Truss, Bolsters, and Bandage.

CXVIII. If these things do [...], but the Sick seems to be uncurable, unless it be done by Manual Operation; we will here shew you the Method of doing it, according to Celsus; by Chirurgery, or Manual Ope­ration.

CXIX. Lay the Patient upon his Back, that the Intestine, or Omentum protruded, may be put back again: then take hold of the Navel with a pair of Pincers, and draw it forwards; then pass quite through it at the Basis a Needle with two single Silk-Threds uncoloured; after which cut off the Thred by the Needles-eye, and tying the ends together, bind the root of the Navel lifted up, or pulled forwards, very strongly; that the part of it above the Ligature may dye, and fall away.

CXX. But Fabricius ab Aqua­pendente, likes not so well of the former unpleasing Opera­tion; and proposes therefore to do it rather with a Truss, which he hath often proved; applying a Glutinative Emplaster, or binding Cerate spread upon Leather. This Truss was made of double Di­mity, or Linnen-cloth: on the part of which that covers the Navel, was a caveous Plate made like to a round Cake; in the center of which was a little round knob of Lint, which goes into the breach or dilatation of the Navel; to hinder the protruding Matter from coming forth again; upon which knob of Lint was placed the aforementioned Cerate: the Truss was then applied, and the Abdomen bound strait e­nough: from the Truss, went [Page 730] Bands to pass over the Shoul­ders, to hinder it from falling down; and Straps on the lower part of it, to go underneath the Cods, to keep it from rising up.

CXXI. An Observation. One thirty years old, and of a fat gross Body, had a Hernia Um­bilicalis, the bigness or breadth of the palm of a Hand: he had worn the common Navel-trusses, which sat not steady, but pinched him there, nor kept up the Rupture; his Belly being very great, and likely to suffer a greater Rupture, if the weight of it was not timely born up. He had a Bracer made, to lace in his whole Belly; under which a Bolster might be placed on the Navel; it reached from the Pubes to the Cartilago ensiformis, and laced behind: under this Empl. ad Herniam was put, with a quilted Bolster, wrought upon Sole-leather, which was tackt to the Bracer. Wiseman.

CXXII. One of a full Body who had a Hernia Umbilicalis, thro' a defect in Bandage had it much increased, with excoriation of the Skin; the Rupture in the Perito­naeum was great, and the Omen­tum and Guts had made their way to the external Skin of the Abdo­men, which was worn very thin. The Excoriation was drest with Ʋng. Tutiae, &c. and a soft Compress applied between the Quilt and Emplaster; and a Belly-piece was made, to bear the weight, and retain the com­pression. Afterwards a Bracer was made with a Bolster, to sit under the Belly-piece, which retained the Rupture; and the Paient went daily abroad. Wise­man. See more of this matter, in Lib. 1. cap. 8. sect. 35, ad 39. aforegoing, of this Work.

EXPLICIT LIBER TERTIƲS.

ARS CHIRƲRGICA. Liber Quartus. OF WOUNDS.

The ARGUMENT.

I. Of Wounds in General. II. Of External Vulne­raries. III. Of Internal Vulneraries. IV. Of an Hemorrhage in Wounds. V. Of Extraneous things in Wounds. VI. Of Stitching Wounds. VII. Of Binding up Wounds. VIII. Of Accidents in Wounds; as Pain, Indigestion, Fainting, Convulsions, Palsy. IX. Of a Flux of Humors. X. Of Hypersarcosis, or Proud Flesh XI. Of Wounds of Arteries and Veins. XII. Of the Nerves and Tendons; by Bruising, Pricking, Cutting. XIII. Of the Ligaments. XIV. Of the Limbs. XV. Of the Joints. XVI. Wounds with Contusion. XVII. Wounds by Biting of Poisonous Creatures; as Mad-dogs, Vipers, &c. XVIII. Wounds made with Poisonous Weapons. XIX. Wounds by Gun-shot in General. XX. Acci­dents in Gun-shot Wounds. XXI. Gun-shot Wounds in the Thorax. XXII. Gun-shot Wounds in the Belly. XXIII. Gun-shot Wounds in the Limbs or Joints. XXIV. Burnings and Scaldings. XXV. Wounds of the Head without the Scull. [Page 732] XXVI. Wounds of the Temporal Muscles. XXVII. Of the Meninges of the Brain. XXVIII. Of the Brain. XXIX. Of the Face. XXX. Of the Eyes. XXXI. Of the Ears. XXXII. Of the Nose. XXXIII. Of the Mouth and Tongue. XXXIV. Of the Neck. XXXV. Of the Wind-Pipe and Gullet. XXXVI. Of the Vessels of the Thorax. XXXVII. Of the Breast and Heart. XXXVIII. Of the Back, and Spinal Marrow. XXXIX. Of the Lungs. XL. Of the Liver and Spleen. XLI. Of the Stomach. XLII. Of the Belly. XLIII. Of the Guts. XLIV. Of the Reins. XLV. Of the Bladder. XLVI. Of the Womb. XLVII. Of the Yard. XLVIII. Of the Fingers and Toes.

CHAP. I. Of WOƲNDS in General.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...], plu. [...]. in Latin, Vulnus, plu. Vulnera; and in English, a Wound, Wounds.

II. The Definition. A Wound is the Solution of Continuity or Ʋnity; new, bloody, and without putrifaction, made by external force: and this, as Joel saith, may be by erosion, incision, cutting off, puncture, biting, impulsion, contusion, fraction, rupture, distention, contusion, collision, and the opening of a closed Orifice.

III. Differences. 1. The first Difference arises from the place wounded; and so a Wound is said to be External, happening to any external part of the Body: or Internal, happening, and penetra­ting into the Viscera; as the Brain, Stomach, Lungs, Heart, Liver, Spleen, Guts, Reins, Blad­der, Womb, and the like.

IV. 2. The second Difference arises from the accidents of a Wound, and so it is said to be simple or complex: a Simple Wound is that to which no other Disease, or Symptom is [Page 733] joined, and without contusion or loss of Substance. A Com­plex Wound, is that which is compounded with some other Disease; as fracture, disloca­tion, &c. or some other Sym­ptoms, as contusion, loss of substance, intemperature, ill conformation of the Part wounded, rotting, inflamma­tion, flux of Humors, proud Flesh, &c.

V. 3. The third Difference arises from the Effect, or Event; according to which a Wound is said to be, 1. Safe, and of easy cure; which happens to the Skin, and fleshy parts. 2. Ma­lign, and of difficult cure; which happens to the Nerves, Liga­ments, Bones, and several of the Bowels. 3. Mortal; which are such as happen to the Brain, Heart, Lungs, Liver, Diaphra­gma, &c.

VI. 4. The fourth Difference arises from the manner of inflicting it, or the variety of the Weapon wounding: and so it is, 1. By Chopping or Cutting with a sharp-edg'd Tool. 2. By a Puncture, with a sharp-pointed Instrument. 3. By a Bullet shot out of a Gun. 4. By Biting, with the Teeth of Man or Beast. 5. By Stinging of Bees, Wasps, Hornets, &c. 6. By Falling from an High place, or from an Horse. 7. By Contusion with a blunt Instrument; wherein the Skin may be either broken, or not broken. 8. By Burning with Live-coals, or other things red-hot 9. Scaldings with Wa­ter, Oil, Pitch, Tar, running Lead, &c. 10. By application of Caustick Medicaments.

VII. 5. The fifth Difference is taken from the Part wounded: and so one Wound is said to be of the Head, another of the Eyes, another of the Nose; others of the Arms, Back, Brest, Belly, Sides, Liver, Spleen, Womb, Bladder, Legs, Feet, Nerves, Ligaments, Joints.

VIII. 6. The sixth Difference is taken from the Site of the Wound: from whence it is said to be, 1. Right, according to the Lon­gitude of the Part: or 2. Trans­verse, according to the Latitude of the Part: or 3. Oblique, which is in a medium, between the other two.

IX. The Causes. And these are all sorts of External Instru­ments, or other matters, which by accident or otherwise, are able to make a Solution of Continuity or Ʋnity: from whence, that made with a Sharp-edged In­strument, is called a Cut; with a Pointed Instrument, a Stab; with a Club, by a Blow, a Contusion.

X. Signs. 1. A Wound of the Ar­teries is known by the Blood coming forth; which is yellowish, hot, and thin; flowing forth violently, and with leaping.

XI. 2. A Wound of the Veins, chiefly of the greater, is known by its bleeding thick and red Blood; coming forth constantly and smoothly, without leaping.

XII. 3. If the great Arteries and Veins of the Thorax are hurt, there is an immoderate flux of Blood, want of Sense, cold Sweats, Swooning, and Death follows, often in a few Hours.

XIII. 4. If the Nerves are wounded, it is known, 1. From [Page 734] the Place; Anatomy shewing in what Members the chief Nerves are inserted. 2. From the great Pain, causing Pulsation, Inflammation, Convulsion, and Frenzy: except the Nerve be cut in sunder, and then the Symptoms are not so vehement.

XIV. 5. If the Recurrent Nerves are wounded, there fol­lows loss of Speech, Sense, and Motion, without recovery.

XV. 6. If the Tendons are wounded, the Signs and Sym­ptoms are much the same, as when the Nerve is wounded; and are chiefly distinguished by the place.

XVI. 7. If the Ligaments, and Membranes covering the Bones, viz. the Periosteum and Peri­cranium are wounded; the Signs are the same almost, as if the Nerves and Tendons were wounded, but the Symptoms are not full out so vehement.

XVII. 8. A Wound near the Joints, gives fear that a Tendon is hurt; because the Tendons terminate near the Joints.

XVIII. 9. A Poison'd Wound is known by vehement Pain, and a livid colour; becoming sud­denly black, having Sym­ptoms more violent than might be expected, from the quality of the Wound, as Burn­ing over the whole Body, Faint-ing, Swooning, Trembling Frenzy, &c.

XIX. 10. The biting of a Mad-dog, is accompanied with anger, complaining, sadness, dis­content, Vertigo, distention of the Members, foaming in the Fits, gnawing of the Stomach, abhor­ring of Meat and Drink, fear­fulness of Water.

XX. 11. Gun-shot Wounds are accompanied with Contu­sion, Pain, Inflammation, Trem­bling, Convulsion, and some­times with Gangrene and Spha­celus.

XXI. 12. If the Meninges of the Brain are wounded, there are most sharp Pains; especially upon the moving of the Jaws, with frequent vomiting, and sobbings, or sighings, and a profusion of Blood.

XXII. 13. If the substance of the Brain is wounded, Blood comes forth many times by the Nose and Ears; with vomiting Choler, voiding of Excrements, a ghastly Face, senselesness, and a Fever: and in a little time after, Convulsion, Delirium, or Raving, and Death.

XXIII. 14. If the Marrow of the Back-bone is wounded, there is a Convulsion, which takes away sense and motion, senseless evacuations of Excrements, Pu­trifaction, and Death.

XXIV. 15. If the Gullet is wounded, there's difficult of breath­ing and swallowing, with Hic­cough, and a vomiting of Cho­ler, Meat and Drink.

XXV. 16. If the Lungs are wounded, the Blood issuing forth is yellowish, and frothy; with a Cough, difficulty of breathing, and pain on the wounded side, yet lying thereon, is easiest.

XXVI. 17. If the Heart is wounded, there comes forth Blood thick and black, Pulse weak, Face pale, universal [Page 735] Tremblings, cold Sweats, Swoon­ing, and in short time, Death.

XXVII. 18. If the Brest is wounded, the Air comes out at the Wound; and the Patient finds the taste of things applied to the Wound, in his Mouth.

XXVIII. 19. If the Stomach is wounded, there follows Vo­miting, Swooning, Fainting, Sickness at Heart, and Death.

XXIX. 20. If the Membra­nous part of the Diaphragma is wounded, the Flank draws up, pain is in the middle of the Back, difficulty of breathing, coughing, acute Fever, raving, and death: but if it is hurt in the Fleshy part only, there is hope of life.

XXX. 21. If the Liver is wounded, there is vomiting, flux of Blood, pain, continual Fever, raving, Convulsions, cold Sweats, Swoonings, and at last, Death.

XXXI. 22. If the Spleen is hurt, the same Symptoms ap­pear, but on the contrary side: yet we have seen the Spleen cut out of a living Dog, and the Dog to recover, and live many years after it.

XXXII. 23. If the Intestines or Guts are hurt, or wounded, the Excrements come thro' the Wound.

XXXIII. 24. If the Loins are wounded, they breathe with difficulty, void frothy Blood at the Mouth and Wound, and cave, having a high colour.

XXXIV. 25. If the Reins or Kidneys are wounded, there is a suppression of Urine, pain in the Groin and Testicles, pissing Blood, great Swelling, and danger of Death.

XXXV. 26. If the Bladder is wounded, the same Symptoms with the former appear, unless the Nervous part is hurt; then vomiting, voiding Urine at the Wound, loss of Sense, and lastly, Death it self ensues.

XXXVI. 27. If the Womb is wounded, there is great pain in the Hips and Thighs, and a flux of Blood, with loss of Speech, Reason, and Sense, and at last Death.

XXXVII. The Symptoms. The Symptoms follow, for the most part, according to the nature of the Parts wounded; which in the Cure of Wounds, are no less to be regarded than the Wound it self.

XXXVIII. And as we have in several other places taught, that almost no Disease, no Tumor preter­natural, no Ʋlcer can be well cured; except first a regard be had to the Symptoms conjoin'd; either to diminish, or take them away. So also, the same thing is to be understood in the curing of Wounds.

XXXIX. The Symptoms in Wounds are manifold; but the most material are, 1. Hemor­rhage. 2. Pain. 3. Inflamma­tion. 4. An Erysipelas. 5. In­digestion of serous Humors, which is made of good Blood, or Lympha converted thereinto; for want of good binding, or application of proper Medica­ments. 6. A Fever. 7. Faint­ing. 8. Convulsion and Deli­rium. 9. Palsy. 10. Gangrene, or putrifaction of the Part.

XL. As to an Hemorrhage, it not only hinders the Cure, but also weakens the Body, and brings Death, if it is not suddenly stop­ped; which in the greater Ves­sels, especially the Arteries, is very hard to do: for which cause, those Wounds are for the most part mortal; since Medi­cines which stop Blood are too weak, and hard ligature may endanger a Gangrene.

XLI. The Prognosticks. Be­fore we go about the Cure of a Wound, we ought to judge whe­ther it is curable, or incurable: and if Curable, whether the Cure will be easy or difficult, and will take up a shorter or longer time. And when Cure­able, whether the Patient will have his perfect soundness re­stored; or suffer by the hurt of the action of some other part.

XLII. For a Tendon being cut asunder, it oftentimes happens, that the Motive-faculty of some Part is wholly lost; the Menin­ges being wounded, the Me­mory or Rational-faculty is thereby hurt, &c.

XLIII. Again, whether it is absolutely mortal; or it be not more probable, that it will degenerate into some long-continuing Ulcer, which may induce a Marcor or Consum­ption, and at length, Death.

XLIV. If therefore you would make true Prognosticks of Wounds, you must consider, 1. The Part affected, its dignity, substance temperature, situation, number, and use of the Part.

XLV. 2. The Adjuncts of the Wound; which are its magnitude, figure, situation, symptoms; and whether simple, or complicate with some other Disease, as French-pox, Dropsy, &c.

XLVI. 3. The Habit of the Body; whether it is good and healthful, or evil and cachectick, scorbutick, strumatick, hydro­pick, plethorick, cacochymick, intemperate, gross, or consum­ptive, &c.

XLVII. If therefore a Wound is made in a noble Part, which is continually in motion, and the fountain or original of some Fa­culty, and that it is large or deep, and accompanied with evil Symptoms, in an evil habit of Body, it is generally mortal.

XLVIII. Whereas a Wound made in some ignoble Part, or remote from the principal Parts, in a place where the loss may be suffered, and the Wound it self not very big, nor having many ill Symptoms, nor in an evil or scorbutick habit of Body, is generally without danger.

XLIX. Wounds of the Heart do of all others most speedily bring on Death: because the Heart is a noble part, and the Store-house of Vital Spirits, and innate heat: which being extinguished, either by Suffocation, or Dissipation, Death immediately ensues: if the Wound penetrates into the Ventricles of the Heart, espe­cially, to the left, the Patient of necessity dies quickly: but if the Wound terminates in the sub­stance of the Heart, life may be continued for a while, but Death will be the end of the Work.

L. Wounds of the Brain are in [Page 737] like manner deadly, if they pe­netrate to the Basis: because it is a principal Part, the Fountain of the Animal-faculty, in continual motion, Inflammation and a sharp Fever ensuing. But if it is su­perficial only, it is then said to be dangerous, because it is a principal Part; but with hopes of Recovery, because its soft substance admits of speedy con­solidation.

LI. Wounds of the Lungs, with hurt some of the Vessels; as the Vena arteriosa, in that part of the Lungs next the Heart, are mortal: for that out of them a great quantity of Blood is poured forth unto the Heart, overwhelming it, and suffo­cating the heat thereof: other Wounds of the Lungs are not mortal.

LII. Wounds in any of the greater Vessels, which cannot by any Art be closed up, are mortal; for that thro' pouring forth of great quantities of Blood (whe­ther from Veins or Arteries) there will be of necessity a speedy suffocation of the woun­ded person.

LIII. Wounds of the Eye, pene­trating thro' it to the Brain, are mortal: for there is great in­flammation, with vehement pains, fainting and swooning, and at length, strong Convul­sions, and Death.

LIV. Wounds of the Aspera Arteria, where the Cartilaginous Rings are cut in sunder, are incu­rable: for by reason of the hardness of their substance, they cannot be made to grow toge­ther again; yet such Wounds do not cause a sudden Death, but a slow and lingring one: other Wounds of this Part are curable.

LV. Wounds of the Vena cava, within the Belly or Brest, are mortal: 1. By reason of the place, that cannot possibly be come at. 2. By reason of its substance; for being nervous, it hardly admits of consolidation.

LVI. Wounds of the Liver, tho' small, yet are dangerous, but they will admit of Consolidation: 1. Because the substance of the Liver is like coagulated Blood, and so may easily be united. 2. Because, if one part of it is wounded, other Parts will do their Office; as is seen in the Livers of such as are Scir­rhous.

LVII. Wounds of the Diaphra­gma in the Nervous parts are mortal; for a Delirium, by reason of the Inflammation, ensues always and sometimes Convulsions. But in the fleshy part of the Dia­phragma, tho' we say not that they are mortal, yet they are dangerous: 1. Because they cannot be come at, to be drest. 2. Because it is in continual motion. 3. Because the parts within the Brest are easily inflamed.

LVIII. Wounds of the Spleen, if they be not great, or procure an Hemorrhage, are not mortal: for the Spleen is neither a principal part, nor the fountain or origination of any Faculty; but only a receptacle of black, melancholick, or fermentative Blood.

LIX. Wounds of the Stomach, [Page 738] are not to be accounted amongst those which are simply mortal, which do suddenly destroy a Man; because we have had several Examples of Wounds in the Stomach, which have been cu­red: but those Wounds which happen on its superior Orifice or Mouth, are especially mortal; because it has Nerves, which spring from those of the sixth Conjugation of the Brain; whereby it has a very near con­sent with the Brain, and with the Heart also: so that it being wounded, vehement Symptoms, as Fainting, Swooning, Con­vulsions, &c. presently arise.

LX. Wounds of the Gall-bladder are mortal, tho' not so presently as other mortal Wounds: but we cannot come to apply any thing to it; then it is of a Nervous substance, which does not easily admit Unition; and lastly, the Humor which it ought to con­tain 'till Excretion, corrupts the parts amongst which it is spilt.

LXI. Wounds of the Reins, if they pass not to the cavity, bring not inevitable Death; but if they enter once into the cavities, are certainly mortal, yet at some little distance of time; there going before Vomitings, Sickness at Heart, Faintings, Swoonings, and Convulsions, often repeated.

LXII. Wounds of the Bladder are by Hippocrates accounted mortal. But here is a difference to be made: for a small Wound is soon healed by the interve­ning of the Flesh, as experience does teach us. But if Hippo­crates his Diacope happens, (which is, when the Bladder does happen to be cut quite thro') it is most perilous, and especially that which happens at the bottom of the Bladder, and the nervous part thereof; for by reason of the sharpness and vehemency of the pain, inflam­mation follows, with a conti­nent Fever, and Death soon after. But Wounds in the neck of the Bladder, which is fleshy, are curable; as we see even in cutting out the Stone.

LXIII. Wounds of the small Guts are for the most part mortal. 1. Because they are of a mem­branous substance. 2. Because they are of an exquisite sense; more especially if they be cut transversly asunder. Wounds of the Jejunum, are more especially mortal; by reason of the great­ness of the Vessels, and the almost nervous substance of the Tunicle of that Gut; from whence for the most part there follows vehement sharp Pains of the Bowels, Sobbing, Fainting, Swooning, and sometimes strong Convulsions, and Death.

LXIV. Wounds of the greater or thick Guts are less dangerous, and more easily cured, especially if they be not great; because their substance is more thick, and so admits more easily of agglutination; and being not so sensible as the small Guts are, Faintings, Swoonings, and other fearful Symptoms do not so usually invade.

LXV. Wounds of the Mesen­tery, are inevitably mortal; be­cause there must be a great flux of Blood, by reason of the great [Page 739] number of Veins in it: because we cannot approach it to apply Topicks; and because it is an hinderance of the Chylous Juice passing on, to mix with the Blood; whereby San­guification is hindered, without which the Body must certainly dye.

LXVI. Wounds of the great Joints, if they are so deep as to let out the Glarea or humid sub­stance, which is found in the said Joints to moisten them, much like to the whites of Eggs, the Joint grows stiff, and so the motion is impaired.

LXVII. As for Wounds in the vest of the Parts, Hippocrates truly pronounces them not mortal: and Experience teaches us, that the greatest and most dangerous Wounds have sometimes been cured; (of which Valeriola, lib. 4. Obs. 10. gives us many Histories, also Guil. Fabric. Hildanus, in his Writings and Observations:) and that very many dye, even of the most slight and inconsiderable Wounds.

LXVIII. A Wound made with a Poisoned Weapon, or Biting of a Mad-dog, Viper, &c. tho' it may seem little in it self, and very slight, yet many times brings Death with it.

LXiX. The Habit of the Body is also to be considered: for robust and healthful Bodies bear the most grievous Wounds, and are often cured without much to do, and beyond all hope and expectation, (when you would think them ready to dye) recover again.

LXX. Whereas the like Wound, or a lesser, happening in a Caco­chymick or Evil Habit of Body. Nature being thereby irritated and stirred up, is wont to pro­trude those vitious Humors to the Wound, which (tho' in a strong and sound, or pure Body might be cureable, yet) in a Body of this Evil Habit, will here become mortal.

LXXI. Those Wounds also which are grievous, dangerous, yea and mortal in an Old Man or Child; are many times not mortal, yea slight and inconsiderable, when they happen in a strong Young Man, of a good Habit of Body.

LXXII. Wounds of the Brain, Nerves, and Joints being unskil­fully, and negligently handled, may have an Inflammation, Convul­sion, Gangrene, &c. befal them, and so the Patient may mis­carry and perish: when not­withstanding that, the Wound, had it been rightly managed, was in it self absolutely cure­able.

LXXIII. A Wound may happen in a Part ignoble, but yet of very exquisite sense; from whence comes vehemency of Pain, which causes presently an Afflux of Humors; and that Afflux, an Inflammation; the Inflamma­tion, a Fever, a Gangrene, and Death it self: and this happens the more easily, when a Part that is noble may be drawn into consent with it.

LXXIV. By how much more principal and noble the Part affected is; or which may like­wise bring a more noble Part into consent with it, by so [Page 740] much the more dangerous is the Wound.

LXXV. Great Wound are more dangerous than small ones, all things else being answerable.

LXXVI. A Wound joined with a Contusion, is the more dan­gerous; and therefore it is of the two, better to be wounded with a sharp-edged, or sharp-pointed Weapon, than with a blunt or dull one.

LXXVII. Wounds which have past beyond the last and utmost term of Acute Diseases, viz. the fortieth Day, are not in them­selves mortal: but if the Patient dies, it is either from an ill Habit of Body, or from Errors committed in Diet, or from want of Skill in the Physician: however, such wounds are not cured without much difficulty; for that they indicate some grievous cause to be present, which hinders conglutination of the Wound.

LXXVIII. If an Inflammation should supervene upon a great Wound, it is not to be wondred at, nor should it terrify us, if it con­tinues not long: but an Inflam­mation to follow upon a small Wound, and it continuing long, is very dangerous indeed, be­cause it is wont to excite Convulsions, and Delirium or Doating.

LXXIX. A vomiting of Choler (not voluntary or accustomed to be done) so soon, or presently after a Man is wounded; or while an Inflammation is pre­sent, is an evil sign; for it shews, that the Nervous parts are wounded.

LXXX. The greater the Wound is, the more time (all things else being answerable) is required for the curing thereof: and the less it is, the less time it requires: so that some Wounds may be cured in 24 hours time, when others may require as many days to be perfectly healed.

LXXXI. All Wounds compli­cated with other Affects, are so much the more difficultly cured: for the more the Affects are, the more Nature is hurt; and it is easier for her to correct or take away one only Affect, than many: and the more the con­joined Affect does hurt the tem­perament of the Part, so much the more difficult will the Cure be.

LXXXII. Wounds that are in the Muscles, far from the Joints, and Temples, are more easily cured than those that are in the Nerves, Tendons, and Mem­branous parts and Joints.

LXXXIII. Wounds of the Nerves and Nervous parts, are for the most part dangerous; for that by reason of Pain; Inflammations, Convulsions, and other vehe­ment Symptoms do easily happen.

LXXXIV. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, the Age, habit of Body, the order and course of Life, with the time of the Year are to be considered. For a Child, Youth, or young Men, are sooner cured than one that is Ancient or in years: one of a strong constitution, is easier and sooner cured than one of a weak and infirm Body: one not over-fat nor over-lean, sooner than one that is either [Page 741] of them: one of an intire and sound habit, than one that has an unsound and corrupt habit: one given to exercise is sooner cured, than one that is slothful and sluggish: and a sober and temperate Man, than one that is given to Wine and Women.

LXXXV. Those Wounds are most safe and easy to be cured, which are made in a streight and direct Line: but those with more difficulty, that are oblique; and those with most difficulty, which are round, and orbicular.

LXXXVI. That Wound is al­ways evil, in which there is some­thing cut off, or taken away; and by which the Flesh that is cut off from one Part, hangs upon some other.

LXXXVII. Celsus, l. 5. c. 26. says, the Inflammation will shew it self on the fifth day, how great it is like to be; on which day the Wound is to be uncovered, and the colour thereof to be well considered: if it is pale and wan, leaden coloured, of various colours, or black, it is certain that the Wound is evil and dangerous: but this, when­ever we well consider it, is not much to terrify and af­fright us.

LXXXVIII. A Wound in Arm, Hand, Thigh, Leg, or other Part; being so great, that by reason of the Arteries and Veins cut asun­der, it cannot possibly receive any farther influx of Blood; the ex­tream part then dyes; and therefore lest a Gangrene should happen to the sound part, the other is with all speed that may be, to be cut off.

LXXXIX. That Wound which is not purged and cleansed, but with much difficulty, is hard to cure, and slow in curing: because that which is an hinderance of the Cure, cannot be removed with­out much difficulty.

XC. All things extraneous, or coming from without, sticking fast in the Wound; if they cannot at the very first be drawn or taken forth, they will much retard the Cure.

XCI. All the Wounds of the internal parts are much more dangerous, than are the Wounds of the external parts.

XCII. Wounds are more easily cured in the the Spring time, than in the cold of Winter, or heat of Summer.

XCIII. If a Nerve, Artery or Vein be wholly cut, or cut thro', there is less danger impending, than if but cut only in part: pro­vided always, that they are none of the more principal or notable Nerves, Arteries or Veins, and situate in the deeper parts of the Body.

XCIV. For if a Nerve is wholly cut asunder, there is then no danger of a Convulsion; which we may always fear, if the Nerve is cut but only in part.

XCV. And so if a principal Artery or Vein be wholly cut, the danger of an Hemorrhage is wholly taken away, upon the contraction or drawing together of the Vessel: but if an Artery or Vein be only wounded, and not cut asunder, very dangerous He­morrhagies do then often arise.

XCVI. But if it is one of the larger, or most notable of the Arteries or Veins, which is cut asunder; this then often befals the Part, that it is deprived of much of its usual native heat, and somtimes also is the cause of an Atrophy of the Part.

XCVII. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, For a Wound over-much to swell up, is something dangerous; but not at all to swell up, is much more dangerous, yea the most perilous of all: the former being only the evidence of a great Inflammation, the latter a sign of a mortified or dead Body.

XCVIII. Hippocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 65. Such, as together with their Ʋlcers are troubled with manifest Tumors, are not subject to any dangerous Convulsion, or Madness.

XCIX. But those in whom those Tumors presently vanish and disappear, if this happens on the hinder-part, then Convulsions and Cramps follow: but if on the fore-part, then comes Madness, sharp Pain of the Side, an Empyema and Dysentery, espe­cially if the Tumor is redder than ordinary. Ibid.

C. Hippocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 2. says, That a Convulsion in a Wound is very pernicious.

CI. Wounds happening unto Cachectical and Hydropical per­sons, are cured with very much difficulty.

CII. A Wound in such a Part as is apt and ready to receive an Influx of Humors, is cured also with very much trouble.

CIII. Wounds being considered simply as Wounds, can have nothing to do with Critical Days; but as they may happen in conjunction with acute Diseases, so Critical Days may have some respect to them: for that Nature her self up­on some certain and fixed Days, both concocts that which ought to be concocted, and allays the disturbance of the Humors.

CIV. Touching which, Hippo­crates in Coacis, saith, That in Wounds of the Head, if a Fever begins on the fourth, or seventh, or eleventh days, it is very fatal or dangerous: but it is for the most part to be Judged of, if it begins on the fourth day of the Wound, and continues unto the eleventh: or if it begins on the seventh day, and con­tinues unto the fourteenth or seventeenth: or if it begins on the eleventh, and continues unto the twentieth.

CV. And in his Book of Wounds of the Head, he saith, That when any Errour is committed in the Cure of a Wound; then for the most part, if it is in Winter time, a Fever comes upon it before the fourteenth day; but if it is in Sum­mer, after the seventh day: and there he also asserts, That in Summer-time, some perish before the seventh day; and in Winter, before the fourteenth.

CVI. And therefore when-ever on the Critical Days, there is no change or alteration for the worse, but that all things proceed in a right manner, and that the Symptoms which before were present, are now quieted and allayed, it then presages great hopes of a happy Cure.

CVII. But if on the contrary, [Page 743] in those days there happens any evil, as Pain, Inflammation, Con­vulsion, or Fever; or if those Symptoms which were before pre­sent are not lessened, but are rather become more intense, and greater than before, it then pre­sages either Death, or a very difficult, long, and tedious Cure. See the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 1. cap. 50. sect. 1. ad 27.

CVIII. The Cure of a SIMPLE WOƲND. There are five principal Intentions of Cure, 1. The re­moving things Extraneous, as coagulated Blood, Splinters of Bones, pieces of the Weapon, Rags, Hair, Sand, Dust, &c. which may hinder Unition. 2. To join the lips of the Wound even together. 3. To retain the lips so brought to­gether, 'till they are consoli­dated. 4. To conserve the native heat of the Part, in order to unition. 5. To prevent or correct ill accidents, which may intervene.

CIX. Thus much is required, if the Wound is only simplex; but if it is complex, with loss of substance, or contusion, then there is something more to do: as in loss of substance, with Sar­coticks, to assist Nature in re­storing what is lost: and if contused, the converting the contused substance into pus or matter, which must be done, before there can be possibly any healing.

CX. As to the first Intention, there must be a removing all things that are extraneous, or of a dif­ferent substance; for so long as they remain, they will hinder unition; nor 'till then, can you hope in the least to make a Cure of the Wound. But before any thing of this kind is done, you are to consider, 1. Whether it can be done, or not. 2. Whether if it can be done, it can be done safely.

CXI. For sometimes the broken Weapon or Matter sticks so fast, that it can by no means be extracted; then you must of necessity leave it to Nature, who, in this case, does sometimes wonderful things. Splin­ters, &c. have sometimes stuck so fast, or have been so in­closed, that by no Artifice they could be gotten forth; yet at length, upon Apostemation of the Part, they have been thrust out.

CXII. If it may be done, whe­ther it may be done with safety? For some will live a Day or more with the Weapon in their Bodies, who would otherwise dye, upon the moment of ex­traction. But if you find the Patient is recoverable, then make haste with the extraction, and let it be taken forth before the wounded Part is inflamed. How extraneous things are in particular to be drawn forth, we teach at large, in Chap. 5. following.

CXIII. The Extraneous mat­ters being now drawn forth, and the Wound cleansed by washing it with a little White-wine mixt with a third part of Spirit of Wine; you may permit the Wound to bleed, according as in judgment you shall see fit, respect being had, 1. To the [Page 744] strength, and habit or consti­tution of the Body. 2. To hinder Inflammation, as the generation of much matter.

CXIV. The bleeding being staid, (whether naturally, or by Art, it matters not much) let the Hair about the Wound (if any be) be shaved off; and wipe away the clotted Blood with Spunge dipt in Red-wine or Alicant, Oxy­crate or Posca, (which is Vin­egar and Water mixt together, or Wine mixt with Water, &c.)

CXV. But if the clotted Blood sticks deep in the Wound, be not too busy to remove it with your armed Probe, lest you stir up a new Hemorrhage or Bleeding: and understand, that this coagulated Blood keeps the Wound warm, and defends it from the injuries of the ambient Air; and that Nature will cast it out in due season, by Dige­stion.

CXVI. The second Intention, is the exact Joyning of the Lips of the Wound together: for with­out this exact conjoining, a slow, and a deformed Healing will follow: and this truly is the sole work of the Artist, for Nature has nothing at all to do in this business.

CXVII. You must not lay a Pledget, or a Dossel of lint, or put a Tent into a little Wound; for those are the ways to keep the Wound open, make it painful, cause defluxions of Humors, weaken the native heat of the Part, and prolong the Cure, which is diametrically contrary to the true intention of Healing.

CXVIII. The parts, or lips of the Wound then separated, are to be brought together gently and equally; that they may just touch one another, and so be prepared for Unition.

CXIX. It is to be done, as Fal­lopius says, by little and little, not hastily, and at once: if they be equally soft, bring them equally together; if the one is soft, and the other hard, or immoveable, or not to be moved but with difficulty, then bring the soft part to that other.

CXX. If the Parts are grown stiff with Cold, (as some are, who have lain in the Field all Night;) in this case, you are to supple them with a Fomen­tation of hot Milk, or warm Water; or embrocate them with Oil, till the lips are soft enough, and then endeavour their reunion.

CXXI. They are also to be con­join'd equally, that the parts cut asunder may answer one another, both in the top and in the bottom; brim to brim, lips to lips, vessels to vessels; that Nature may be put into a condition to do her own work; and by virtue of its innate Balsam, reunite, agglu­tinate, and consolidate or heal the Wound: in all which Intentions she is the Agent, the Chirurgeon only is the Assistant.

CXXII. The third Intention of Cure, is to retain the lips so brought together, 'till they be con­solidated; and this is done by deli­gation, which is the dressing and binding up of the Wound: for the accomplishing of which, the [Page 745] great Masters of this Art have left us two principal means; viz. 1. Suturae, Stitching up the Wound. 2. Fasciae, Binding of it up.

CXXIII. As to Sutures, they they are said to be of three sorts; viz. 1. The Incarnative. 2. The Restringent. 3. The Conserver: to which add one more, which is called the Dry-stitch, or Suture.

CXXIV. The first of these is most in use with us, and is done by making so many Stitches at a set distance. Now you are to con­sider the Wound; if it is but an Inch, little more more or less, in length, 'tis needless to be stitched; your Medicaments and Bandage will be enough to keep the lips together, and heal it.

CXXV. But if it is two inches or more in length, make one stitch in the middle; if it is three inches long, make two stitches; if four inches long, make three stitches, and so on; making the stitches less by one, than are the inches it is long: and in declining Parts, we many times make the stitches at a little more distance.

CXXVI. The Restringent-stitch, which is called the Glovers-stitch, is much in use with the Spaniards, who stitch almost all Wounds with it: in the Fore­head and Face, it brings the lips very close; the third day they draw the Thread out, and with the Dry-suture they keep the lips together 'till the Wound is well, which is commonly in two or three days more. This Stitch is best in great Fluxes of Blood; but then in stitching, you must endeavour to bring the wounded Arteries and Veins to their wounded fellows.

CXXVII. The Conserver, or third Stitch is mostly of use in great Wounds; as those of the Oesophagus, Hare-lips, &c. to hold the parts forcibly together, and is performed with Pins or Needles, &c.

CXXVIII. The Ancients make another Stitch in Wounds of the Peritonaeum, which is thus: Have a fit Needle, with a long, strong, round, white Thread in it, and therewith take up the Peritonaeum on one side, and leave it on the other; then take it up on the other side, and leave it on this. It it so made, that the Peritonaeum, which is a dry Body, may be united with the Musculous Flesh: otherwise the fleshy parts would only unite, and the Peritonaeum lye open; upon which a Hernia would certainly succeed, and the Patient put to the perpetual trouble of wearing a Truss the remaining part of his life.

CXXIX. The Dry-suture, is the last kind of Stitch, which is proper chiefly to the Face, to keep the lips of those wounds close together, and avoid as much as may be the making Scars; and to be applied also after some of the former Stitches, to keep the lips together, 'till the Wound is perfectly congluti­nated.

CXXX. As to the time of taking out the Stitches, it ought [Page 746] to be when the lips are aggluti­nated; which may be sooner or later, according to the habit of the Body, season of the Year, and nature of the Wound.

CXXXI. In transverse Wounds eight days are required; in lesser Wounds not so deep, three or four days: in the Face, it ought to be done the next dressing, lest the Stitches make so many Scars; but in this, every Man must use his own Judgment. As to the man­ner and way, how these Stitches are to be performed, we leave you to the Directions of Chap. 6. following.

CXXXII. Now we come to the Bandage, or Binding the Wound up. If the Wound is small, and in a fleshy part, Bandage alone, without Stitching, will do the work: for Nature in giving nourishment to both sides of the lips equally, will finish the Unition, without any more to do.

CXXXIII. And by Bandage, as the union of Parts cut asunder are promoted, so also such as would unnaturally grow together, are kept asunder; as in Burnings and Scaldings, the Fingers would many times grow together, were they not by the binding up, hindred.

CXXXIV. There are three several kinds of Fasciation, Rowling, or Binding-up: viz. 1. Agglutinatrix, or Incarnatrix. 2. Retentrix, or Retentive. 3. Expultrix, or Expulsive.

CXXXV. By the Fascia Ag­glutinatrix, or Incarnatrix, the lips of the Wound are brought to­gether, and conserved in their right form: it is more strict than the Retentive, and more loose than the Expulsive; and is most of use in simple, fresh, and yet-bleeding Wounds.

CXXXVI. The Fascia Reten­trix is used to keep Dressings on, close about the Wound. This for the most part is of use in Wounds of the Head; and is moderately to be bound on, not so hard as the former.

CXXXVII. Fascia Expultrix, which is done by a Rowler of one head; whose special use is, to force or expel out of sinu­ous Ulcers or Fistula's, the Pus or Matter lodg'd therein: as also to prevent the afflux of Humors, and to press out of the substance of the Part wound­ed, and places adjacent to it, such Humors as have already seated themselves there.

CXXXVIII. For the matter of your Rowlers, they must be made of good, strong, even, white Cloth, clean and gentle, without hems, seams, or threads hanging by: let the length be such as the place affected requires: and their breadth; for the Shoul­ders about 6 inches, for the Thighs 5 inches, for the Legs 4 inches, for the Arms 3 inches, and for Fingers and Toes, 1 inch broad.

CXXXIX. Concerning Ban­dages, Hippocrates saith, Vincu­lorum aliud per se remedio est, aliud iis quae remedio sunt sub­servit: among Ligatures, some are Remedies of themselves, others subserve to them which are Remedies. And so it is; the Incarnative and Expulsive [Page 747] are Remedies in themselves; the Retentive is as the common Servant to the other. Now as to the way and manner, how this Ligature or Bandage is to be performed, you may see at large in Chap. 7. following.

CXL. The fourth Intention, is to preserve the native heat of the Part; that thereby agglutination, incarnation, and healing may be obtained; which tho' it is affirm'd to be the work of Nature alone, yet she generally acts by the help of a Medium, which answers in power to Glew, or things of a glewing nature.

CXLI. As soon as the Wound is made, there is a Balsam of Nature ready at hand for the Cure; which Balsam is Blood, at least the lymphatick, or serous part of it, by which Nature does the Cure, both by the first and second Intention.

CXLII. A Cure performed by the first Intention, is done per Symphysin, by Symphysis; which is a reunion of the parts, without any Medium, viz. without any Callus, Flesh, or other Body interposed; but in this case, the Balsam of Nature is the Medium, the Instrument of Unity, which knits the parts together.

CXLIII. A Cure performed by the second Intention, is done per Syssarcosin, by Syssarcosis; which is a reunion of the parts, by, or with the help of a Medium, viz. with Flesh, or a Callous substance, in­terposing, or filling up the space between the lips of the Wound.

CXLIV. And therefore great care is to be taken, that the Blood may not offend either in quantity or quality: too much is the cause of proud and loose Flesh; and too little affords not a sufficiency of matter for the Work. And as to its Quality, if it is cacochymick or evil, it cannot produce good Flesh; for such as the Blood is, such will the Flesh be.

CXLV. Now to make the Blood such as it ought to be, the Patient is to observe a good Diet: which ought to be rather slen­der than full; because a full Diet is hurtful in Wounds, espe­cially in gross Bodies, where there is danger of great Inflam­mations, Pain, and other evil Symptoms.

CXLVI. But a greater liberty may be given to those, who have thin and exhausted Bodies; so that they may be allowed new-laid Eggs, strong Broths, Jellies, &c. also some Wine, where the Body has been long accustomed to the plentiful use thereof; or the total forbidding thereof, may very much hinder the Cure: and for other things, such Diet is to be observed, as their strength or weakness may re­quire, and their Stomach permit.

CXLVII. As to Internals; Purging with strong, hot, or violent Catharticks is not fit; lest stimu­lating or stirring up the Matter, it should flow to the weak or wounded part: but in gross and cacochymick Bodies, Lenitives are allowed; as Cassia, Manna, Tamarinds, Rhubarb, Sena with Sal Prunellae; also Syrupus Cathar­ticus, and Broths, wherein Bor­rage, Bugloss, Endive, Fumitory, [Page 748] Lettice, Purslane, Sorrel, Suc­cory, &c. have been boiled.

CXLVIII. And at set times of the day, they may take Vulnerary-Drinks; made of Adders-tongue, Agrimony, Avens, Bis­tort-roots, Bugle, Cinkfoil, Cen­tory, Comfrey, Fluellin, Ground-Ivy, Golden-rod, Herb-trinity, Horse-tail, Hypericon, Knot­grass, Ladies-mantle, Mouse-ear, Mugwort, Pauls-Betony, Per­winkle, Plantane, red Roses, Sanicle, Snakeweed, Scordium, Strawberry leaves and roots, Tormentil-roots, Vervain, Vale­rian, wild Tansy, Yarrow, &c. as we shew more at large, in Chap. 3. ensuing.

CXLIX. Now in particular, for preserving the innate or native heat, and tone of the Part, without which no Ʋnition can be hoped for, Topicks are usually applied: it is true, that in small and simple Wounds, which are superficial, Nature of her own accord com­monly does the Cure, and seldom requires more of us, than to bring the lips of the Wound close together, and defend it from fluxion: a Pledget of Linimentum Arcaei may be laid on, and over it Emplast. Diapalma; and then bound up, to keep all things on.

CL. But in greater Wounds, which will not so easily be cured, you must stitch the lips together; and then strew upon them the following Pouder. ℞ Fine Bole, Terra sigillata, A. ℥ss. Sanguis Draconis, Frankincense, A. ℥i. mix them: over which lay some of the same Pouder mixt with the white of an Egg, and over that a Compress, squeezed out of Oxycrate, and a suitable Bandage over all. This is the general use.

CLI. But lest by the sticking-to of the Emplastick-medicine, the lips of the Wound should be torn or disturbed, in taking off the Dres­sing; you may apply over the sprinkling of the Pouder, the following Sarcotick-Ointment. ℞ Strasburgh-Turpentine ℥ iii. Gum-Elemi ℥ ii. Frankincense, Mastich, Olibanum, Sanguis Draconis, A. ʒii. mix, and make an Ointment; which spread upon a Pledget, and apply.

CLII. And over the former Pledget you may put Emplastr. Diapalmae, Empl. de Bolo, Cae­saris, or the like; and then bind it up, as before directed.

CLIII. Or, applying first this Pouder: ℞ Aloes, Galls, red Roses, fine Bole, Sanguis draconis, Olibanum, Rosin, Catechu, A. ℥i. mix them; and mix some of the same Pouder with Turpen­tine, Gum Elemi, A. q.s. which spread upon a Pledget, and put over the Pouder.

CLIV. And if there is any fear of an Afflux of Humors, or Inflam­mation, dip Stuphs in juices of Plantain, Horse-tail, Yarrow, Perwinkle; or in red Wine, or Oxycrate: over which lay Em­plast. Diapalmae, è Bolo, or some other like Emplaster; and lastly, bind it up, as before.

CLV. But if you design to cure by Agglutination, forbear the use of Fomentations, or other humid Medicaments; and preserving, your Stitches, you will find, [Page 749] that Nature will do her part towards the consolidation of the Wound; nor will you have occasion for such Applications, if you have proceeded metho­dically.

Hitherto of Wounds simplex: now a word or two of the Cure of Wounds complex.

CLVI. These kinds of Wounds are not so often seen in times of Peace, as in times of War; in which they are frequent, when the Horse fall in among the In­fantry, and cruelly hack them; some cutting twice or thrice in or near the same place: whereby the Wound is made large, deep, oblique, and trans­verse at the same time, the lips being contracted various ways. See Sect. 109. aforegoing.

CLVII. In order to the Cure of these Wounds, where there is loss of Substance, you must first cleanse them, and then as much as may be, bring their lips toge­ther by the Incarnative-stitch, making so many stitches as may hold them together: and if in some of them you think it not sufficient, you may as in the Hare-lip, pass Needles thro' the lips of the Wound, with little Plates of Lead, to secure them from tearing out.

CLVIII. If the Wound has been long undressed, or was not stitcht at first dressing, whereby it is so stubborn and contracted, that the lips will not be brought near one another; or if it is so deep as you may suspect the Incarnating, you must leave a declining Orifice, for discharge of the Matter; and then foment warm with some Lenient-decoction, made of the leaves and roots of Althea, Mallows, Violets, Lin­seed, &c. or foment with new Milk, then join their lips to­gether, and dress them as Wounds so stitcht.

CLIX. But if you leave a de­clining Orifice, you must keep it open with a small Tent, dipt in some digestive; and after Dige­stion, then you must withdraw the Tent, and heal up the Wound.

CLX. But the greater Wounds, which cannot be brought together by Suture, must be digested, and so disposed, that new Flesh may be generated to fill up the Ca­vity; for which purpose, this Digestive is good: ℞ Turpen­tine ℥iii. Gum Elemi ℥i. Barley-flower ℥i. Frankincense ʒi. mix, and make it up with the yolk of one or two Eggs.

CLXI. To the former Digestive, after a day or two may be added, Honey of Roses, to make it more cleansing.

CLXII. During the former Applications, the Humors ought to be diverted or revulst from the Wound, by gentle Purging; such as we have directed in Sect. 146 aforegoing.

CLXIII. And outwardly apply. Topical refrigeratives, with good Compress and Bandage, to press the lips of the Wound toge­ther, that it may be the sooner cured.

CLXIV. When you find that the Wound is indeed digested, you may cleanse with this Mundificative [Page 750] of Quercetan, which is also a good Sarcotick: ℞ Leaves of Smallage, Plantain, A. M. j. red Roses P. ij. red Wine ℥viii. boil to the consumption of one half, then strain out, and dissolve therein brown Sugar ℥ii. Turpentine ℥i. pouder of Juniper-berries, Orobus-meal, A. ʒvi. Aloes, Myrrh, A. ʒi. boil again gently; then add Wax q.s. and make an Ointment.

CLXV. This is excellent. ℞ Juice of Smallage brought to the thickness of new Honey, Melliginous Extract of Juniper-berries, Honey of Roses, A. ℥i. Turpentine, Gum Elemi, A. ℥ss. pouder of Scammony ℥ii. mix them. It is inferior to no ordinary Detersive.

CLXVI. But in these larger Wounds, you may do well to foment with warm Stuphs nipt out of Red or Alicant Wine; wherein the flowers of red Roses and Balaustians, Cortex Peruanus, or Cypress-Nuts, and Catechu, have been infused or boiled.

CLXVII. If these Wounds abound with Maggots, as many times they will, in hot Weather and Summer­time, if not soon looked after; you may wash them with a Decoction of Carduus Bened. Wormword, Gentian-roots and Myrrh, made with half Water, half Wine: or an Infusion of Aloes and Myrrh in Wine alone: for a mixture of Wine with a half part of Ox or Hogs or Sheeps-Gall. The Worms being killed, you may proceed in the Cure, as before directed.

CLXVIII. If the Wound is with Contusion, endeavour that the contused Flesh be digested, and turn'd into matter; for which purpose is proper, Ʋng. Basi­licon applied hot upon Lint, or dissolved in Linseed-Oil, or Oil of Earthworms, or the like, an­ointing the parts about with Oil of Roses and Myrtles, beaten up with the white of an Egg.

CLXIX. And with that mix­ture, you may make a Restrictive; by adding fine Bole, Terra sigil­lata, Dragons-blood, and pouder of red Roses; which mix, and apply over all.

CLXX. But if the Wound has been neglected for some days, then foment it with Discussives; and embrocate the contused Parts with this: ℞ Oil-olive ℥i. Oil of Lavender and Limons, A. ʒi. mix them well, by shaking in a Glass: and be sedulous in the application of Suppuratives, after the manner we have taught in Lib. 3. cap. 5. sect. 134, 135, 136, 137, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149. aforegoing, of this Work.

CLXXI. After the separation of the contused Flesh, the loss of substance must be supplied or restored by Sarcoticks or In­carnatives, and then healed up with Epuloticks.

CLXXII. If the Wound is deep, and the orifice narrow, yet capable of being made larger, it ought to be laid open in proportion; that the Matter may not be kept in to create a greater hollowness, and putrify the adjacent parts.

CLXXIII. But if the Sinus is of any great length, and so de­scending, that the Matter cannot be discharged by the Wound; you may then make a perforation in the lower part thereof, for that purpose, by Incision-knife, [Page 751] or Caustick, or both; first the Caustick, then the Knife: or by a Seton-Needle, or Syringotomus, as we shall shew in Sinuous Ʋlcers.

CLXXIV. As to the time of Dressing of Wounds, the second dressing ought not to be till the third Day; by which time, they may be supposed to be somewhat di­gested: and from that time, every other day may be sufficient.

CLXXV. Galen, discoursing of the Dressing of Ʋlcers, says he drest them but every third day, tho' the Matter flowed very much; and but every fourth day in Winter.

CLXXVI. 'Tis really true, that too frequent dressing of Wounds is hurt­ful, and hinders the speedy Cure: yet there may be occasion of opening them sooner, than what we have here proposed; either for strengthning the Bandage, or for preserving the Stitches, by using the Dry-suture; or for the vehemence of some Sym­ptom inforcing it; the consi­deration of which is left to the judgment of the Artist.

CLXXVII. After the Wound is filled up with Flesh, you may Cicatrize with Epuloticks; as Ʋnguent. Desiccativum Rubrum, Aqua Calcis vivae; or with Vi­triol and Alum-stone, and dry Lint, or some proper Styptick-Water.

CLXXVIII. A word or two now, of Tents: they are not necessary in Wounds which are superficia­ry, streight, and breed but little Pus; nor ought the Cure of Wounds to be retarded by put­ting them in.

CLXXIX. But if the Wound is deep, oblique, and breeds much Pus; they are sometimes necessary, that a passage may be kept open by them, for the purulent Matter to pass out; and for Medicines to enter into the inside of the Wound, that the orifice may not be closed up, before the lowest, and most inward part of it is digested, deterged, and in­carned in order to healing.

CLXXX. And tho' Tents are useful and necessary, yet are they many times less necessary in green Wounds; yea hurtful, and hin­derers of the Cure: concerning which, Tulplus, Lib. 4. Obs. 22. has a very remarkable History.

CLXXXI. A young Woman having six Wounds, rather by pricking or stabbing, than cutting, was according to custom, tented; but these Tents were so uneasy to her, that the same night she was forced to take them out; unless she should have been kept all night from sleeping, into which she fell, so soon as they were taken out; and linnen Cloths being dipt in Spirit of Wine were only outwardly applied; by the benefit whereof, before the twelfth day, her Wounds were both happily filled up with Flesh, and healed.

CLXXXII. From this Obser­vation, Tulpius wonders at the folly and madness of some Men; who that they may be thought to do something, fill green Wounds up with Tents, thereby hindering them from healing: for that the mutual contact being prevented, they hinder the necessary coalition; (which is directly against the first Intention of Cure.) Another [Page 752] Remark I make, which is on the mighty healing power and vir­tue, of Spirit of Wine.

CLXXXIII. The fifth and last Intention of Cure of Wounds, is either the preventing of Symptoms, before they arise; or the correcting and removing them, after they once appear: for as much as no sin­cere Healing can possibly be, whil'st they are present.

CLXXXIV. There are many Symptoms and Accidents of Wounds, such as we have enume­rated in Sect. 39. of this Chapter aforegoing: of which we shall treat at large in Chap. 9. of this Book following. But because the three first of them, viz. Hemorrhage, Pain, and Inflam­mation, are incident to almost all Wounds, and many times nearly as old as the Wound it self, we shall speak something to them here.

CLXXXV. 1. Hemorrhage. This is incident to all Wounds, more or less, and sometimes the Cause of all other Accidents. Outwardly, you must bring the lips of the Wound close together by su­ture, and then apply such Medicines as have a drying and agglutinative faculty: as Galen's Pouder, made of Aloes ℥i. Frank­incense ℥ii. white of an Egg, q.s. to make it of the thickness of Honey: in this dip the wool of a Hare, and apply it: also a Plaster over it, made of the same Re­strictives, with Compress and Bandage.

CLXXXVI. But if the Wound is such, as you cannot bring the lips of it together, apply the aforesaid Pouder; or this fol­lowing, upon Dossels, on the bleeding Vessels.

CLXXXVII. ℞ Salt extracted out of the Cap. mort. of Vitriol, calcin'd almost to blackness, pou­der of Man's. Blood, of the flesh of a Toad, Catechu, Saccharum Sa­turni, A. ℥ss. Opium in pouder ʒii. mix them.

CLXXXVIII. And over the Dossels, put next, your astringent Emplaster, with Compress and Bandage over all: which done, place the Member in such a position, as may be most for the ease of the Patient.

CLXXXIX. 2. Pain, is the next thing to be considered; in easing of which we ought to be as speedy as may be, because nothing dispi­rits and weakens the Patient more; nor in Wounds espe­cially, causes more disturbance, inducing an Afflux of Humors, Inflammation, &c.

CXC. Outwardly, apply Ano­dyns; made of the roots and leaves of Mallows, Henbane, Hemlock, flowers of red Roses, Camomil and Melilot, Linseed, White-Poppy-seed, Opium, &c. which may be made into Fo­mentations, Cataplasms, &c. being boiled in Sheeps-head-broth, Oxycrate, or new Milk; and the Cataplasm may be brought to a thickness with Barley-flower.

CXCI. And Inwardly, give Our Specifick Laudanum, or Guttae Vitae, in a proper Dose; which in extream pains in Wounds, re­stores Nature, by giving re­spite, and causing gentle rest; strengthens her in her Faculties, and accelerates her Operations [Page 753] of Digestion, Suppuration, De­tersion, Incarnating, &c.

CXCII. But if the Pain is caused by Matter which wants a passage forth; you must give it a vent by the Knife, or by Caustick, or by both, as you may see rea­son.

CXCIII. 3. Inflammation. If an Inflammation is already in­duced, hasten Revulsion by Vesi­catories, Clysters, and Lenient Purges, to loosen the Body; and lay upon the Part already in­flamed, this: ℞ Henbane-leaves, boil them in Milk; add thereto a new-laid Egg, Camphir in pou­der ʒi. Saffron ℈i. Oil of Poppy­seed ℥i. and with Barley-flower make a Cataplasm, which apply.

CXCIV. If after this Applica­tion, it shall seem to tend to suppuration; then you must pro­ceed exactly as we have taught in Lib. 3. Cap. 5. aforegoing of this Work, and to which I refer you.

CXCV. Thus have we com­pleated this our Discourse of Wounds in General, which we thought not at first to have made half thus long: but the matter multiplied upon us; and we were the more willing to be large here, be­cause it is the true Ground or Foun­dation of the whole Art of Curing Wonuds of all sorts: and therefore this being at first well under­stood, the whole Superstructure following, which is built upon it, will become very easy, and intelligible.

CHAP. II. Of External VULNERARIES.

I. WOƲNDS are cured either by the first In­tention, or by the second: if by the first, there is no need of Di­gestives, Incarnatives, or Cica­trizers; for one only Medica­ment generally does the work, and commonly at one dressing; of which kind are Balsamick Bodies, and such things as preserve from Putrifaction: and Stypticks, these are purely cal­led by the name of Vulneraries.

II. Wounds cured by the second Intention, require more orders of Medicaments, without which, the Work cannot be performed: if Contusion is, there must be Digestives; if loss of Substance, Sarcoticks or Incarnatives; and where loss of Skin, there must be Epuloticks, or Cicatrizers.

III. So that the kinds of Medicaments to answer both the first, and second Intention of Curing, seem to stand in this Order.

  • 1. Pure Vulneraries, or Heal­ers.
  • 2. Digestives, or Maturatives.
  • 3. Sarcoticks, or Incarna­tives.
  • 4. Epuloticks; or Cicatrizers.

IV. Sennertus also says, where the Cure is attempted by the second Intention, that in regard Digestive Medicaments are more moist than others, they are to be used with great caution: for if they be over-long applied, the matter will not only be digested, but al­so so putrify, and the Wound will degenerate into a sordid Ulcer.

V. Wherefore says he, the safest way is, not always to confide in one Medicament alone, but ra­ther to compound them according to the nature and temper of the Part, and to mingle Digestives with Sarcoticks: since that Ex­perience testifies, that such are used with far better success than meer Maturatives.

VI. And Franciscus Arcaeus saith, that with his Balsam or Ʋnguent, forthwith applied in the very beginning, he himself most happily cured the greatest, and most grievous Wounds; the use whereof I my self (says Sen­nertus) have likewise very often experienced with very happy success.

I. Pure Vulneraries.

VII. Simple Vulneraries are, Turpentine Common, that of Strasburgh, of Venice, and Scio, Gum Elemi, Frankincense, Myrrh, Turpentine or Balsam of the Cedar-tree, Balsam Ca­pivii, de Chili, of Gilead, of Peru and Tolu: of these, Compound-Balsams are made, as follows.

VIII. Balsam or Liniment of Arcaeus.Sheep-suet ℥ii. Gum Elemi, Turpentine, A. ℥jss. Hogs­grease ℥i. melt them at the Fire, and make a Balsam.

IX. Another. ℞ Sheep-suet ℥iv. Gum Elemi, Balsam Capivii, Balsam of Peru, A. ℥ii. Oil of Petre ℥i. melt, mix, and make a Balsam.

X. Another. ℞ Sheep-suet ℥viii. Frankincense, Strasburgh-Turpentine, Oleum Terrae rubrum, A. ℥iv. Balsam Capivii, Gum Elemi, Balsam of Peru, A. ℥ii. Oil-olive, Oil of Petre, A. ℥i. mix, melt, and make a Balsum.

XI. Another. ℞ Sheep-suet ℥viii. Balsams of Capivii, Chili, Peru, Tolu; Strasburg-Turpentine, A. ℥ii. Petroleum ℥i. mix, melt, and make a Balsam.

XII. Another. ℞ Sheep-suet ℥viii. Gum Elemi ℥iv. Stras­burg-Turpentine, Balsam Capivii, of Chili, Tolu, and Peru, A. ℥ii. Frankincense ℥i. Oil of Juniper­berries, of Lavender, of Limons, of Oranges, and of Sassafras, A.ʒiii. mix, melt, and make a Balsam.

XIII. Another. ℞ Oil-olive lbijss. juice of Tobacco lbjss. tops of Hypericon, Adders-tongue, Bu­gle, Sanicle, Self-heal, Solomons-seal, A. M. jss. Hounds-tongue, Plantane, Wintergreen, Smallage, Yarrow, A. M.j. roots of Solo­mons-seal ℥iv. cut all these things very small with a Chopping-knife; mix them with the Oil and Juice, and boil to the consumption of the watery humidity, and strain forth: to the strained Liquor, add Gum Elemi ℥viii. Balsam Capi­vii ℥iv. Balsam of Peru and Tolu, Chio-Turpentine, A. ℥ii. mix, and make a Balsam.

XIV. An Emplaster. ℞ Fat Frankincense lbiv. juice of Tobacco [Page 755] lbii. Sheep-suet, Bees-wax, Oil-Olive, A. lbi. mix, and boil to the consistence of an Emplaster; to which add Gum Elemi, Balsam of Tolu, A. lbss. mix them.

XV. An Ointment. ℞ Sheep-suet, Oil-olive, A. lbii. juices of Melilot and Tobacco, A.lbi. Adders-tongue, Hypericon, Sanicle, Self-heal, Smallage, Solomons-seal, Yarrow, A. M. iii. chop the Herbs very small with a Chopping-knife, and boil all together, to the con­sumption of the Juices: strain out by pressing, and to the strained Liquor add Cypress-Turpentine, Gum Elemi, Balsam Capivii and Tolu, A. ℥v. Frankincense ℥iv. Wax ℥iii. Petroleum ℥ii. Oil of Juniper ℥i. mix them.

II. Digestives, or Maturatives.

XVI. Simple Digestives are, Juices of Adders-tongue, of of Bugle, of Hypericon, of Ladies-mantle, of Plantane, of Sanicle, of Self-heal, of Parsley, and of Smallage, boil'd up to the thickness of new Honey; Meals of Wheat, Barley, Pease, Beans, and Fenugreek; Gum Elemi, Frankincense, Mastich, Olibanum, Turpentine all the kinds, Sugar, Oil of Ben, Oil of Olives, Oil of Roses, Oil of Mastich, Sheep-suet, fresh Butter, Hogs-lard, Neats-foot-Oil, Honey, yolks of Eggs, Ox-Gall; pulps of Figs, Raisons, Corans, Dates, Saffron, Briony-roots boiled soft. Of these Compounds may be made, as follows.

XVII. Unguentum Basilicon, or Tetrapharmacon. ℞ Oil-Olive ℥ix. Bees-wax, Frankin­cense, Ship-Pitch, A. ℥vi. mix, melt, and make an Ointment.

XVIII. Another. ℞ Bees-wax, Frankincense, ship-pitch, Turpentine, Sheeps or Beef Suet, A.℥i. Gum Elemi ℥ii. Oil ℥v. mix, and melt; to which add, being almost cold, Myrrh and Olibanum, both in fine pouder, A. ℥i. mix them well.

XIX. Another. ℞ Stras­burgh-Turpentine ℥i. yolks of Eggs No ii. mix them well toge­ther.

XX. Another. ℞ Strasburgh-Turpentine ℥ii. Honey ℥i. yolks of Eggs No ii. mix them well together.

XXI. Another. ℞ Turpentine washt in White-wine ℥ii. yolk of one Egg; Barley-flower, Honey, A. q.s. mix them.

XXII. Or, ℞ Turpentine washed in Wine, fresh Butter, A. ℥i. Frankincense, Mastich, A. q.s. mix them.

XXIII. Another. ℞ Fresh Butter ℥i. Turpentine ℥ss. yolk of one Egg; Frankincense ʒi. mix them.

XXIV. Another. ℞ Oil ℥iv. Bees-wax ℥i. Frankincense, Ma­stich, A. ʒii. yolks of Eggs No ii. Butter q.s. mix them.

XXV. Another. ℞ Turpen­tine ℥i. yolk of one Egg; Oil of Roses ℥ss. mix the Turpentine and Yolk first, after the Oil, which mix well.

XXVI. Or, ℞ Rosin, Wax, Turpentine, Oil of Roses, A ℥ii. yolks of Eggs No iii. Frankin­cense, Mastich, Myrrh, A. ʒii. mix, and make an Ointment.

XXVII. Or, ℞ Oil lbjss. Wax lbss. Turpentine ℥iii. Frankincense, [Page 756] Olibanum, Rosin, A. ℥ii. Mastich ℥i. Saffron ʒi. mix, and make an Ointment.

XXVIII. Or, ℞ Juices of To­bacco, Melilot, A. ℥x. juices of Ladies-mantle, of Sanicle and Saracens-consound, A. ℥v. Turpen­tine ℥iii. Beef-suet, Oil, A.q.s. make an Ointment.

XXIX. Or, ℞ Oil of Bays ℥ii. Sheeps-suet ℥i. Frankincense, Mastich, Olibanum, Turpentine, A. ℥ss. mix them.

XXX. Or, ℞ Oil of Hypericon, Turpentine, Gum Elemi, Wax, Rosin, Ship-Pitch, Frankincense, A. ℥viii. Galbanum, Ammonia­cum, Oil of Aniseeds, of Myrrh, and of Wax, A. ℥iv. mix them.

III. Sarcoticks, or Incarnatives.

XXXI. Simple Sarcoticks are, 1. Roots of Bistort, Birthwort, Cinkfoil, the greater Consound, Comfrey, Hermodacts, Orrice, Sanicle, Solomons-seal, Tormen­til. 2. Leaves of Agrimony, Avens, Balsam-apple, Bawm, Betony, Birthwort, Burnet, Cen­tory, Cinkfoil, Costmary, Con­sound, Cyperus, Doves-foot, Fe­therfew, Flixweed, Germander, Goldenrod, Hypericon, Horstail, Hounds-tongue, Ladies-mantle, Maudlin, Melilot, Mouse-ear, Orpin, Plantane, Sanicle, Self-heal, Scordium, Speedwel, Shep­herds-purse, Scabious, Tansy, Vervain, Yarrow. 3. Flowers of Hypericon, Pomgranates, Red-Roses. 4. Seeds of Agnus castus, Bay-berries, Acorus. 5. Meals of Wheat, Barley, Mault, Pease, Beans, Cicers, Lentils, Lupins, Orobus, Tares. 6. Rosins, Gums; Aloes, Colophony, Elemi, Frank­incense, Mastich, Myrrh, Oli­banum, Pitch, Pine-Rosin, Larch-Rosin, Sarcocol, Sandararcha, Sanguis draconis, Scammony, Tacamahacca, Turpentine of all sorts, all Natural Balsams. 7. Earths; as fine Bole, Terra Lemnia, Sigillata, Chalk. 8. Mi­nerals; as Alum, burnt Alum, Ceruse, Litharge, burnt Lead, Pompholix, Lapis Haematitis, Calaminaris, Tutia, Spodium, Vitriol, Caput mort. of Vitriol, and Salt of the same, Crocus Martis, Saccharum Saturni, Calx Jovis, Bezoar minerale. 9. Oils; Oil-Olive, of Ben, of Roses, of the Balsam-apple. 10. Fats; as of Beef, Sheep, Goat, Deer, Hog. 11. Bees-wax, Honey, Honey of Roses, Ox-gall. Of all these you may make Com­pound Oils, Balsams, Lini­ments, Ointments, Cerates, and Emplasters at pleasure: and among some Compounds, we have these following.

XXXII. A Vulnerary Oil. ℞ Turpentine, Oil of Bays, A. ℥iv. Oil of Roses ℥vi. Oil of Eggs ℥ii. mix, and digest in the Sun, 'till they have a yellow colour.

XXXIII. An Oil, or distilled Balsam, for Wounds of the Nerves. ℞ Oil lbiii. Turpen­tine lbii. Oil of Bays ℥vi. Eu­phorbium, Cloves, Gum of Ivy, Ammoniacum, Galbanum, Opopa­nax, Sagapenum, Frankincense, Mastich, A. ℥i. mix all together, and distil an Oil or Balsam by Retort.

XXXIV. An Oil for Wounds of the Nerves, Veins, Bones. [Page 757]Turpentine lbii. Linseed-Oil lbi. Pine-Rosin ℥vi. Aloes, Frank­incense, Mastich, Sarcocol, A. ℥iii. Mace, Xyloaloes, A. ℥ii. Saffron ℥ss. distil in a Retort, with a gentle Fire: so have you a clear Water, and a reddish Oil; augment the Fire to the end of the Distil­lation, and separate the Oil from the Water. This Oil consolidates speedily, and without pain.

XXXV. Another Oil for the same. ℞ Turpentine lbi. Galba­num, Gum Elemi, of Ivy, Frank­incense, Mastich, Myrrh, A. ℥iv. Aloes, Xyloaloes, Galanga, Cloves, Cinnamon, Nutmegs, Cubebs, A. ℥ii. Spir. Vini, q.s. digest 24 hours, then distil in a copper Ve­sica.

XXXVI. A Vulnerary Oil. ℞ Flowers of Sulphur ℥iii. Oil of Myrtles ℥ jss. Camphir ℥ss. Turpentine ℥vi. mix, digest, distil, and keep the Oil for use.

XXXVII. The Oil of Hispa­nia, so called. ℞ Old Oil lbiii. Malmsey lbiii. Oil of Turpentine lbii. Frankincense lbi. Carduus, Hypericon, Valerian, A. lbss. Co­chinele in fine pouder, Pine-Rosin, Myrrh, A. ℥iv. bruise the Herbs, and digest them in Wine 24 hours; then mix the other things boil to the consumption of the humidity, and strain out the Oil by pressing: after which add Oil of Turpentine.

XXXVIII. A Vulnerary Bal­sam. ℞ Oil of Roses ℥ viii. Turpentine, Frankincense, Mastich, Olibanum, and Rosin, A. ℥jss. Oil of Turpentine, and of Bays, A. ℥i. Oil [...] and of Juniper, A.℥ss. Saccharum Saturni ʒii. mix, boil a little, and stir it, 'till it is cold.

XXXIX. An Incarnative Em­plaster. ℞ Gum Elemi ℥i. Mum­mey, Aloes, Mastich, Litharge of Gold, Sanguis draconis, Rosin, A. ʒii. roots of Comfrey and round Birthwort in pouder, A. ℥ss. Tur­pentine, q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XL. Another for the same. ℞ Wax, Rosin, Pitch, Olibanum, Vitriol, A. ℥iv. Turpentine ℥vi. red Myrrh, Oil of Juniper, Oil of Eggs, A. ℥ss. Camphir ʒii. Oil of Roses q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XLI. An Emplaster for a Wound, new or old. ℞ Wax ℥xx. old Oil ℥xviii. Litharge of Gold ℥xii. Ammoniacum ℥iv. Bdel­lium, Olibanum, A. ℥iii. Load­stone ℥ii. Galbanum, Opopanax, Mastich, Myrrh, A.℥jss. Verdi­grise, long Birthwort roots, A. ℥i. Lapis Calaminaris, Tutia, A. ℥ss. dissolve the Gums in Vinegar, pouder the rest; mix, and make an Emplaster.

XLII. Another for the same. ℞ Wax, Rosin, A. lbi. Sheeps-suet, Hogs-grease, Turpentine, A. ℥iv. Vinegar ℥iii. mix them.

XLIII. An Emplaster for a Puncture, or Pricking. ℞ Oil, Rosin, Bears-fat, Sheep and Beef Suet, A.℥ii. Oil of Cow-heels ℥iijss. May-Butter ℥ vi. Litharge of Silver ℥ xii. Scales of Brass, Mastich, A. ℥jss. Oil of Wax ℥iv. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XLIV. A Balsam of Mindere­rus.Cyprus Turpentine, Oil of Hypericon, A. ℥iv. fine Gum Elemi ℥vi. distilled Oil of Wax q.s. mix, and make a Balsam.

XLV. A Balsam. ℞ Roots of the greater Consound, cut and [Page 758] bruised ℥i. Oil-olive lbiv. boil, and press forth the Liquor, in this Liquor put fresh Roots lbi. and boil as before; which repeat the third time, and continue boiling till all the Aquosity is gone. Take of this Oil lbii. Oil of Tur­pentine lbi. Flowers of Hypericon and of Celandine, A. q.s. put all into a glass Vesica, or Bolt-head, and digest in a Sand-heat 20 days; then strain out the Oil by pressing and repeat the infusion of the Flowers to the third time; then press forth, and keep the Balsam for use; which you are to drop warm into the Wound.

XLVI. A soft Emplaster. ℞ Frankincense, Rosin, Sheeps-suet, Wax, A. ℥viii. Olibanum ℥iv. Tur­pentine ℥ijss. Mastich, Myrrh, A.℥i. Camphir ʒii. Wine lbss. boil them to an Emplaster.

IV. Epuloticks, or Cicatrizers.

XLVII. Simple Epuloticks are, 1. Roots of Avens, Cinkfoil, Madder, Comfrey, Hermodacts, Sarsa, Tormentil. 2. Leaves of Agrimony, Avens, Archangel, Betony, Buckshorn, Burdock, Coltsfoot, Devilsbit, Flixweed, Fluellin, Horsetail, Hawkweed, Hypericon, Ladies-mantle, Lo­vage, Mugwort, Mint, Mullein, Plantane, Perwinkle, Sanicle, Speedwel, Sage, Shepherds-purse, Strawberry, Self-heal, Scabious, Southernwood, Tan­sy wild, Trefoil, Yarrow. 3. Flowers; as red Roses, Ba­laustians. 4. Barks or Peels; Jesaits-bark, Pomgranate-peels. 5. Woods; Sanders red, white, yellow; wood of Aloes, Lignum Rhodium. 6. Gums, Rosins; as Aloes, Dragons-blood, Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, Sarcocol­la, Scammony. 7. Fruits; as Acorns, Galls, Sumach-berries, Grape-stones. 8. Earths; as fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Cate­chu, Chalk. 9. Stones; La­pis Calaminaris, Spunge-stone, Spunge burnt, Alum. 10. Me­tals; Lead burnt, Litharge, Minium, Saccharum Saturni, Mer­curius coagulatus, Ceruse, Brass burnt and washt. 11. Minerals; Tutty, Spodium, Pompholix, Cadmia, Antimony calcin'd, Ca­put mort. of Vitriol, Salt of the Caput mort. flowers of Sulphur. Among Compounds, we have these following.

XLVIII. A Pouder. ℞ Scam­mony, Hermodactyls, A. ℥i. Ca­techu ℥ss. make each into a fine pouder, and mix them.

XLIX. Another. ℞ Roots of Tormentil, Bistort, round Birth­wort, burnt Egg-shells, Frank­incense, Dragons-blood, A. ℥ss. Lapis Calaminaris ʒi. Litharge ʒii. make a Pouder.

L. Another. ℞ Salt of the Caput mortuum of Vitriol, Alum in fine pouder, Saccharum Sa­turni, Chalk, A. ℥i. mix.

LI. Another. ℞ Fine Ceruse, Saccharum Saturni, fine Bole, cal­cined Talck, Sanguis draconis, Crabs-eyes, Mastich, Tutty, A. ʒi. Camphir ʒss. pouder finely, and mix them.

LII. Another. ℞ Scammo­ny, Mastich, Olibanum, Rosm, A.℥i. make each into fine pouder, and mix them.

LIII. An Ointment. ℞ Oil­omphacine, Oil of Roses, A. ℥iii. Oil of Myrtles, Ung. Populeum, [Page 759] A. ℥ii. Plantane and Nightshade chopt small and bruised, A. M. i. boil for some time, and then press forth; to which add Litharge of Gold ℥iii. Wax ℥ii. Ceruse ℥i. burnt Lead ℥ss. Tutia, Brass burnt, A. ʒii. Camphir ʒi. rub them in a leaden Mortar to an Ointment.

LIV. A Cerate. ℞ Unguent. Diapompholigos, Empl. Diapal­mae, Grisaei, A.℥i. Gum Elemi ℥ss. Saccharum Saturni ʒi. Wax, Oil A. q.s. make all into a Cerate.

LV. An Emplaster. ℞ Oil of Roses, Litharge, A. lbi. mucilage of Linseed, and Orrice-roots, A.℥ii. mix, and boil to a due consistency, then add Wax, Turpentine, A. ℥ii. Frankincense, Mastich, A.℥i. mix, and make an Emplaster.

LVI. A Mixture. ℞ Pulvis Mercurii coagulati ℥ iv. Ung-Diapompholigos, Empl. de Mi­nio, with a little Oil, q.s. mix them, and apply it: it exceeds most Epuloticks.

LVII. ℞ Empl. de Caranna cum Mercurio, Empl. de Ranis cum Mercurio, or in place of the latter, Our Emplast. Mercuriale, Ana, melt them together over a very gentle heat, and apply it to the Part. This not only Skins immediately, but discusses Swellings, and drives back a Flux of Humors, tho' in a de­pending Part: my own Expe­rience can commend it. After these Examples, you may make a thousand others.

CHAP. III. Of Internal VƲLNERARIES, or WOƲND-DRINKS.

I. THE next thing to be con­sidered, is the preparation of Internal Vulneraries, and Wound-Drinks: for we are to take care to promote an inward Habit of Healing, as well as an outward; for as much as by these Vulne­rary-Potions, Physicians affirm (as Manardus, and others) they have alone cured the worst and most desperate Ulcers.

II. Now of these, some Phy­sicians will have two sorts: some, which they call by the general name of Alteratives; and others, which they specially call Vulne­raries, or Traumaticks.

III. Alteratives under our pre­sent consideration, are such things as are cooling, and incrassating, or thickning; and withal some­thing astringent, but not greatly astrictive; lest they might otherwise breed Obstructions.

IV. These Alteratives are ad­ministred for this purpose, that they may hinder the Humors from growing hot; whereby they grow fluxil, and so are made apt to receive a putridness.

V. These Alteratives are for­med out of such-like Simples, as these following: Alehoof, Apples, Asparagus, Barley, Beets, Bloodwort, Borrage, Bugloss, Bucks-horn-Plantain, Citron the juice, Coral leviga­ted, Cucumbers, Corans their juice, Crabs-eyes, Daisies, Dan­delion, Dock sharp-pointed, Endive, Fumitory, Grass, Harts-horn the Jelly, Lettice, Limon-juice, Mouse-ear, Nitre, Orange-juice, Orpin, Pellitory of the Wall, Pearl levigated, Pomgranat-juice, Poplar-buds, Poppy-beads, Plan­tain, Purslain, Quinces the juice, Roses, Sorrel, Sal Prunellae, San­ders, Shepherds-purse, Solomons-seal, Succory, Tartar its cream, Tormentil, Vine leaves and tendrils, Violets, Water-lillys, Whey clarified, Wood-sorrel, Winter-cherries, Yarrow.

VI. And out of these you may make Juices, Infusions, Decoctons, Saline Tinctures, Distilled Waters, Syrups, Electuaries, Pouders, Potions, &c. according to the Form most agreeable to the Palate of the Patient, and convenient to the strength, or weakness, and habit or constitution of the Sick: and these things may be either Simple, prepared out of one single thing; or Compound, prepared out of many of them together, as the Physician in reason shall think fit.

VII. Vulnerary-Potions, or Wound-Drinks are no where made mention of by Hippocrates, or any of the Ancients; but Mo­odern Physicians have loudly spoken of them, and pro­claimed their Praises.

VIII. Nothwithstanding, be­cause the Ancients have said no­thing of them, there are some that will (right or wrong) speak against them, with offers of some weak Arguments, in confirmation of their Opinion: amongst whom is Balduinus Roussaeus, in his Medicinal Epistles, Epist. 66. who tho' he admits them, in those cases where they reach the wounded Parts; as the Gul­let, Stomach, Intestines, &c. where they have but the place of Topicks; yet will by no means allow them an Use in Wounds of the External Parts, but re­jects them, for these Reasons:

IX. 1. Because Hippocrates and the Ancients made no mention of them. 2. Because they cannot possibly penetrate unto the extream Part; as Limbs, or Head, &c. partly because of their distance, and partly, because Astringents being mixed with them, may hinder their more deep pene­tration. 3. Because the Medi­caments themselves greatly differ; some of them being hot and opening, others cold and astringent: whereby it appears not of what quality or faculty the Medicaments should be, out of which the Potions are to be pre­pared. 4. Because that being mostly astringent, they may do more hurt than good to the Pa­tient; for that they may obstruct the Liver and other the more noble Viscera.

X. To which we answer, 1. That tho' Hippocrates nor some of the more ancient ancient Phy­sicians have said nothing of them; yet Galen, Method. Med. lib. 5. [Page 761] cap. 9. plainly inculcates their use, and has something which comes near to the Wound-drinks we now make use of, where he speaks touching Potions to be used in Wounds of the Thorax. But however, if nothing had been said of them by any of the Ancients: Are they the Mea­sures, and utmost Standards of Knowledge and Wisdom to all succeeding Generations; have they fixed the Pillars, Ne plus ultra, to all Mankind besides? If not, why should not Poste­rity have room and liberty for Invention; and the priviledge of enquiring after, and the hopes of finding out those Secrets and Truths, which the Ancients knew nothing at all of.

XI. 2. To the second Ob­jection we Answer, That if Roussaeus had known any thing of the Circulation of the Blood, he would never have made this poor Objection; for the Virtues of these Medicaments are mixed with the Chylous Juice, and conveyed by the same into the Blood; where circulating therewith, they are conveyed to all parts of the Body: and withal, the sub­stance of the Blood is made more Balsamick, and so endued with a more Sanative property; by which the Wound is induced to a more speedy Healing.

XII. 3. To the third Ob­jection we Answer, 1. That such Simples are to be chosen, as may best suit with the Habit, or Con­stitution of the Patient. 2. That Harmonies are produced out of Discords: and tho' the Simples may seem almost diametrically opposite as to their first, and it may be second qualities; yet by a due and skilful mixtion, one of an equal temprament may result, having all the Sana­tive Virtues required. However, 'tis necessary that all Vulneraries have an Astringency in them, for the strengthning the Crasis of the Blood, which is the Na­tural Balsam of Life, and the Healing-principle; and for that reason, most Wound-drinks are astringent: nor does their astringency hinder their pene­trating, since they are con­veyed every where with the Blood.

XIII. 4. The last Objection is void; for many things are very opening, which are also very astringent: What think you of the opening Vitriol of Mars, and the opening Crocus Martis, which are certainly the greatest Openers in the World, and yet not much inferior in astringency and stypti­city to the Crocus Martis astrin­gens, which wants the Aperitive quality; the Liver it self is opened and strengthned by Astringents, as by Rhubarb in Dropsies; and with proper Astringents, which are Openers, all the Viscera are fortified and strengthned, and made able to do their duties, and resist, or refuse the Matter obstructing, let it be of what kind soever.

XIV. And if it should be granted, that none of the An­cients have made any mention of these Wound-drinks: I pray how many other things have they been ignorant of? Is it not evident, [Page 762] that many of the most useful Medicaments have been found out, by those of after-times, which the Ancients were altoge­ther ignorant concerning? there is nothing more certain.

XV. Nor are the Virtues of any Wound-drink, to be estimated only from the first or second qualities of their Ingredients, or such as arise from and depend upon them: but from the Properties and Effects which result from the whole Substance, and are made manifest or known to us, only by Experience.

XVI. These things being said, we will now see what modern Authors say in their behalf: Jo­hannes Manardus, Annotat. in Composita Mesuae, calce Distinct. 11. says, that these Wound-drinks are very useful in the Cure of both new and old Wounds, and that he had more than once made trial of them; and that with them alone, he had cured the worst, and most desperate Ulcers.

XVII. And to this their Ʋse­fulness assent, not only Empericks, but also the most learned, able, and skilful Physicians and Chir­urgeons of later times; as Guido, John de Vigo, Johannes Angli­cus, Nicholaus Massa, Johannes Tagautius, Johannes Andraeas à Cruce, Gabriel Fallopius, Andraeas Matthiolus, Ambrose Paraeus, Fabricius ab Aquapen­dente, Ludovicus Septalius, Da­niel Sennertus, and a Cloud of other Witnesses, too tedious here to enumerate.

XVIII. Tagautius, Institut. Chirurg. lib. 2. cap. 12. says, that some kind of Meats are more fit, and convenient for wounded per­sons, and some again more offensive and hurtful: Why may we not therefore give the Patient to drink such Medicaments, as may cause all things in the Blood, and about the affected Part, to be rightly disposed, and be in good order?

XIX. Guido, Tract. 3. doct. 1. c. 1. says, that he has sometimes used these Potions in old Ulcers, and Fistula's, Parts Cancerated, in Congelations of Blood in the Inward-parts, and in a gathering together of Sanies or Matter in the Brest and Lungs, &c.

XX. Matthiolus upon Dioscori­des, l. 4. c. 16. says, shat by such Po­tions he had seen healed, as well the Wounds of the Thorax, as those of the Intestines, which were thought to be mortal, and altogether incurable, by any help or means whatsoever.

XXI. Ludovicus Septalius, in his Medicinal Animadversions, lib. 8. No 181. saith, we thought good oftentimes to make use of some Vulnerary Potions for many days together, until we saw the Matter was wholly con­sumed: and this was when he perceived great store of Excre­ments to be from day to day generated; either from errors of Diets, or the over-abounding of evil and vitious Humors in the whole Body; or from some­thing amiss and faulty in the Wound; the Body being first evacuated, and the Inflamma­tion abated.

XXII. And Paraeus, lib. 18. cap. 28. says, that Nature being assisted by such a Potion, has [Page 763] oftentimes seemed to him to work Effects wonderful and mi­raculous in the recovery of rotten Bones, cleansing of Apo­stems, and healing of Ulcers.

XXIII. For these Potions, (says he) tho' they do not by the Belly purge away the noxious Hu­mors, yet nevertheless they are very efficacious in the cleansing of Ʋlcers, and in the preserving and freeing them from all the filth of Excrementitious Humors, the defecating and carrying away the dregs of the Blood, and the purging the Wound from its ichorous matter and impurity: in the conglutinating also of broken Bones, and restoring the Nerves to their pristin Union.

XXIV. And (says he) by these admirable Medicines, the Flesh, or any other substance that is lost and perished, may readily be restored, and made good again, and the Part restored to its former health.

XXV. Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 5. part. 4. cap. 11. says also, that these Medicaments consume the excessive humidity of the Blood, which is wholly unfit for agglutination; they supply a due and fit matter for the generating of Flesh; and by their moderate astriction, they prevent and hinder the flux of Humors unto the wounded Part.

XXVI. As for my own Opinion, it is deduced from Experience; and I know that they beget a healthful habit of Body, and a disposition in the Wound to healing. For whatsoever things they are which hurt the Wound, they are all of them for the most part communicated to the Wound, by the fault of the Blood: and therefore these rectifying the discrasy of the Blood, the distemper of the Wound is accordingly altered, and so disposed to healing.

XXVII. Yet this all Authors observe, and agree to, that they are not to be used in the begin­ning, and while there is no danger from the Wound, but that Topicks may be sufficient for the perfect cure thereof; nor yet if there is a Fever present, or an Inflam­mation. But when the Part wounded is vitiated, the Habit of the Body is cacoethick, and the Wound it self putrifies, and succeeds not in the Cure: in these cases they may become very successful, not only in Wounds, but likewise in old Ulcers, and dangerous Fistula's.

XXVIII. The most usual simple Vulneraries, for the preparation of Wound-Drinks, are these fol­lowing. 1. Roots; of Avens, Angelica, Alehoof, Birthwort long and round, Bistort, China, Ceterach, Cinkfoil, Dittany white, Gentian, Orrice, Rha­pontick, Rhubarb, Sanicle, So­lomon-seal, Sarsa, Tormentil, Valerian or Setwal. 2. Herbs; Adders-tongue, Agrimony, Ale­hoof, All-heal, Angelica, Avens, Bramble-tops, Buckhorn-Plan­tane, Bugle, Bugloss, Burnet, Cabbage red, Calamint, Cen­tory the less, Cinkfoil, Com­frey, Consound greater and les­ser, Consound Saracen's, Daisies, Devilsbit, Fluellin, Golden­rod, Harts-tongue, Herb-trinity, [Page 764] Horse-tail, Hounds-tongue, Hy­pericon, Hyssop, Ladies-mantle, Mousear, Mugwort, Orpin, Per­wincle, Pimpernel, Plantan, Ribwort, Rupturewort, Sanicle, Savin, Saxifrage, Scabious, Sage, Wood-Sage, Sena, Scordium, Self-heal, Solomons-seal, Speed­wel, Strawberry-leaves, Tansy, Tansy wild, Vervain, Vipers-Bugloss, Wintergreen, Yarrow. 3. Flowers; of Clove-gilly-flowers, Hypericon, Lilly-con­vally, Roses, Rosemary, Sage. 4. To these things add, Fine Bole, Cloves, Mace, Mummy, Winter's Cinamon, Guaiacum, Lentisk-wood, Sassafras, River-Crabs, Sperma Ceti, Vipers-flesh, Steel prepared, Vitriol of Mars, Crabs-eyes levigated. And out of these Simples, compound Diet-drinks are made, according to the following Examples.

XXIX. 1. A Vulnerary of Barbett.Roots of Comfrey ℥ss. Wintergreen M. ii. Sanicle P.ii. Strawberry-leaves, Ladies-mantle, Sage, A. M. i. red Wine q.s. boil, strain, and dulcify with white Sugar. Dose, ℥iii.

XXX. 2. ℞ Red Mugwort, leaves of Tree-Ivy, Sanicle greater and lesser, Wintergreen, Ladies-mantle, Saracens Consound, A. ℥i. Daisies ℥ss. cut all small, and infuse in the best Wine lbss. fair Water lbjss. digest in a close B.M. for three hours; after let them stand all night, then strain out, and add, Nutmegs Crabs-eyes, Mummy, A. ʒii. and dulcify with Sugar ℥iv. Dose, ℥iii.

XXXI. 3. Or, ℞ Red Mugwort, Sanicle, Ground-Ivy, Saracens Con­sound, Ladies-mantle, A. M. i. of the best Wine lbvi. boil them them in a close Pot, over a gentle Fire, till a quarter is wasted; then strain out, and dulcify. Give a Draught Morning and Night.

XXXII. 4. A Vulnerary-Drink of Barbett, where the Bone is broken. ℞ Round Birth­wort-roots ℥j ss. Sowbread ℥i. Self-heal, Cranes-bill, A. M. i. Savin, Crabs-eyes, A.ʒiv. Mummy, Galangal, A. ʒii. cut and pouder all grossly, and boil in red Wine lbiv ss. till lbiii. only remains; strain out, and sweeten with Syrup of Comfrey ℥ iv. Dose, ℥ iii. Morning, Noon, and Night.

XXXIII. 5. A Traumatick, from Sennertus.Winter-green, Perwincle, Bugle, Mugwort, Pim­pernel, Agrimony, A. M.ii. boil in Wine q.s. to the wasting of a quarter-part. Dose, ℥vi. Mor­ning, Noon, and Night.

XXXIV. 6. Another, from Sennertus.Tormentil, Straw­berry-leaves, Sanicle, Ladies-bed­straw, Wintergreen, A. M. i. boil in new Beer, q s. Dose, ℥viii. Morning, Noon, and Night.

XXXV. 7. Or thus: ℞ Win­tergreen M. iv. leaves of Ground-Ivy, M.iii. roots of white Gen­tian ℥iv. cut them small, and put them into six quarts of new Beer: after two days the Patient may drink it. Dose, ℥vi. Morning, Noon, and Night.

XXXVI. 8. Or thus: ℞ Sa­racens Consound the whole Plant M. iii. boil it in Wine lbiii. to lbii. then strain out. Dose, ℥iv. Mor­ning, Noon, and Night.

XXXVII. 9. A powerful Diet-Drink. ℞ Shavings or Saw-dust of Oak-wood, of Lentisk-wood, [Page 765] of Misselto, A. ℥ii. roots of Birth­wort, of Consound, of Centory, of Madder, of Tormentil, of Vale­rian, A. ℥ss. Chalybeated-water, viz. that in which Steel has been oftentime quenched, as Smiths Forge-water lbxii. boil them in a double Vessel, 'till a third or more is wasted; then add Alehoof, Parsley-roots, Bramble-tops, Hemp-tops, Mousear, Herb-trinity, Peri­winkle, Horsetail, Strawberry-leaves, flowers of Lilly-convally, A. M. ss. Cinamon, Rhapontick, A. ℥ss. and boiling again, almost half an hour; strain out, and add thereto Aromatick-wine lbiii. lastly, dulcifie with Sugar. Dose, ℥vi. Morning, Noon, and Night.

XXXVIII. 10. ℞ Clary, Win­tergreen, Periwinkle, Saracens-Consound, Woodbind, Sanicle, Speed­wel, Ladies-mantle, Tree-ivy, Mugwort, A. M.iii. stale, or rather new Beer six quarts: mix, and digest fourteen days, or 'till it is a little sharp; then draw off the humidity in a glass Vesica, in B.M. to driness. Dose, three spoon­fuls at a time, three times a day.

XXXIX. 11. Another. ℞ Raspings of Guajacum ℥iv. bark of the same Wood, Sarsaparilla, A. ℥ii. yellow Sanders, roots of Bistort, of Consound, of white Dittany, of Tormentil, of Valerian, A. ℥ss. Spring-water two gallons: infuse all together for 24 hours, after boil in a double Vessel, or Diet-pot, to the consumption of a third part: then add Horsetail, Betony, Mousear, Dittany of Creet, Wintergreen, wild Tansy, tops of Brambles, Herb-trinity, Strawberry-leaves, A. M. ss. Ci­namon ℥ss. boil 'till three quarts only remain after a strong expres­sion; and then add of the best white Port-wine lbiii. and make it pleasant with Sugar. Dose, ℥iv. or more; Morning, Noon, and Night.

XL. 12. A Wound-Drink, which I have had great Expe­rience of. ℞ Scabious, Sanicle, Self-heal, Wintergreen, A. M.ii. An­gelica, Betony, Sage, Bawm, Scordi­um, Centory, Ladies-mantle, Herb­trinity, Avens, Perwincle, Speedwel, Hops, A. M.i. Plantan, Buckhorn-Plantan, Borrage, Bugloss, Comfrey, Agrimony, Hypericon, Cinkfoil, Bramble-buds, Mint, young Oak leaves or buds, Woodbind-leaves, wild Daisies, Adders-tongue, Rose­mary, red Beets, A. M.ss. Guaja­cum and Sassafras rasped, Sarsa­parilla bruised, A. ℥iv. Rhodium rasped, roots of Bistort, of Contra­yerva, of Tormentil, of Valerian, A.℥ijss. Coriander-seed, Caraways, A. ℥ii. all being cut and bruised put them up into a Bag with a Stone in it; which put into six Gallons of well-brewed Ale, and one Gallon of Whitewine, with choice Honey lbiv. let all work together, and after two or three days, the Patient may drink of it as his ordinary Drink.

XLI. 13. Another Excellent Wound-Drink. ℞ Avens, Herb­trinity, Ladies-mantle, Peri­winkle, A. M. iv. bruise them, and cut them small, and boil them in Water, Wine, A. lbvi. 'till one third is consumed: strain out, and add good Spirit of Wine or Brandy lbii. white Sugar lbi. or enough to make it pleasant. Dose, ℥iv. Morning, Noon, and Night.

XLII. Now here is to be noted, that Andraeas à Cruce saith that these four, viz. Avens, Herb­trinity, Ladies-mantle and Per­winkle, are to be extolled and commended for this use: without doubt they are excellent things, but twice or thrice that number are to be had full as good, and which upon trial, you will find nothing inferior.

XLIII. Sennertus also says, that Herbs appropriated to the wounded Part, ought to be observed and chosen; as Betony, Roses, &c. for Wounds of the Head; Speed­wel, &c. for Wounds of the Brest; Agrimony, &c. for Wounds of the Liver; Ceterach or Spleen­wort, &c. for Wounds of the Spleen; Strawberry-leaves, &c. for Wounds of the Reins.

XLIV. And to the Examples here given, you may add, 1. Decoctum Traumaticum, 2. De­coctum Vulnerarium, 3. Decoctum Cancri, 4. Decoctum Sudorificum, 5. Decoctum aperitivum majus, 6. Decoctum aperitivum minus, 7. Decoctum Vulnerarium Myn­sichti: all which you may see in Our Pharmacopoeia Lon [...]inensis, lib. 4. cap. 14. sect. 5.8.11.20.26.28.30. also Our Deco­ctum Traumaticum, and Barbett's Vinum Hydragogum, both which you may see in Our Doron Medi­cum, lib. 2. cap. 14. sect. 4. & cap. 12. sect. 7. of the same Book.

XLV. Sennertus also has a specifick Traumatick-pouder, which for the excellency of it, we will give you here. ℞ Crabs-eyes levigated ℥jss. Nutmegs in fine pouder ℥i. mix them. Dose, ʒss, to ʒi. in white Port-wine. Or thus: ℞ Crabs-eyes levigated ℥ii. Ivory calcin'd white, Pearl, A.ʒvi. Coral ʒiii. all being in a fine or levigated pouder mix them. Dose, ʒi. at a time in Wine, or Wine mixt with Water.

CHAP. IV. Of an HAEMORRHAGE in Wounds.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Haemorrhagia Vulneris; in English, the Bleeding of a Wound; which is always to be understood of a violent and symptomatical Bleeding.

II. And it is distinguished from [...], from the Part and Occasion; this latter being for the most part a spon­taneous bleeding at the Nose.

III. The Kinds. It is three­fold: 1. That which proceeds from wounded Arteries. 2. That which proceeds from wounded Veins. 3. That which proceeds from a Wound or hurt of both those Vessels.

IV. The Causes. The chief cause is declared in the Kinds, which is from a hurt of one or more of the Vessels; which then always produces some notable [Page 769] Haemorrhage; from whence proceeds oftentimes Faintings, Swoonings, and other dangerous Symptoms.

V. Now tho' the Wound in­flicted upon the Vessels is the prime or principal Cause; yet it hap­pens, and that oftentimes, that the Blood may be now and then stopt for a season; and that it may afterwards suddenly break forth again.

VI. This is many times caused from trouble or commotion of Mind, anger, vexation, or (if the Wound was made by an Enemy) the presence of the Adversary; by which the Spirits being per­turbed, give a sudden motion to the Blood, and so induces a new and fresh Haemorrhage in the Wound.

VII. Sennertus gives an Ex­ample, in two Brothers, the one of which had wounded the other: while the Wound was binding up, the Brother which gave the Wound came in to visit the the other; whereupon (tho' they were now reconciled) the Blood presently broke forth afresh; which was without doubt from some secret commo­tion of the Mind: for upon that Brother's departure, and being forbidden any more visits, the Blood immediately stanched.

VIII. The Signs. It is known by sight: if it is from an Artery, the Blood is seen to come forth by leaping, and with violence; being more hot, fervent, thin, yellow, and frothy, than that which comes out of the Veins; and is always accompanied with some notable alteration of the Pulse, weakness, and dejection of strength.

IX. If it is from a Vein, the Blood is more thick, black, dark, and less hot; coming forth with­out any violence or rushing, smoothly, and with an equal pulse; far less dejecting the Spirits, than that which comes forth by the Arteries.

X. If the greater Vessels are wounded, the Blood flows forth in greater abundance, and with greater violence; but with far less, if it is one of the lesser Vessels which is hurt.

XI. The Prognosticks. An Ar­terial Haemorrhage is more dan­gerous than a Venal; because an Artery wounded, is more diffi­cult to be cured and consoli­dated, than a wounded Vein, because of its hardness, perpe­tual motion, and violent leaping forth of the Blood.

XII. An Haemorrhage from an Artery wounded longwise, obliquely or transversly; is much more difficult to be stopt, than where the Artery is cut perfectly asun­der.

XIII. An Haemorrhage from an Artery cut transversly asunder, is more easily curable; because the Artery will be again contracted, and its Orifices close and shut again, and more easily meet, and grow together again, and be the sooner covered and consoli­dated, with the circumjacent Flesh lying round about it.

XIV. An over-great Haemor­rhage in Wounds, in what kind soever, is very dangerous, because the Blood is the Fountain and [Page 770] Treasure of Life: for when the Vital Spirits are called forth, it causes a weakness of the Pulse, with a frequency and in­equality, and sometimes an in­termission; also a Syncope, or fainting and swooning, Chilness of the outward parts, extream Coldness, inordinate Sweats, Convulsions, Sighings, Sobbings, Delirium, and sometimes at length Death it self.

XV. Hence Hippocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 5. says, that a Convulsion or Sighing, happening upon an abun­dant Flux of Blood, is always very evil and dangerous.

XVI. And in Sect. 7. Aph. 9. that a Delirium or Convulsion hap­pening upon a great Hemorrhage, is evil, and full of danger.

XVII. And this is more espe­cially caused by an Arterial Hae­morrhage; because therewith, there is a greater effusion and dissipation of Native Heat, and Vital Spirits.

XVIII. A Venal Haemorrhage is without danger, if it is in an external place; where Applica­tions can be easily made, and the smaller Veins only are wounded.

XIX. The Cure. The Indica­tions of Cure are twofold: 1. The union and consolidation of the wounded Vessels, of which we shall say nothing in this Chapter; it belonging to Chap. 11. following. 2. The stopping of the Haemorrhage, or stanching of the Blood; which where it is very great, dejecting the Spirits, Strength, and Powers of the Body, ought first to be done, before the unition and conglutination of the Vessels; that the Patient may not run a manifest hazard of his Life.

XX. Now an Haemorrhage may be stopt by application of fit Reme­dies, and well Binding-up: but if by this means the Blood cannot be stanched, but shall yet break thro' the closed Wound and Bandage, by reason of its impe­tuous violence, then all those things which do induce that violence, are to be removed and forbidden.

XXI. As Anger, vehement Joy, Drinking of Wine, Brandy, or other hot Liquors; hot and thin Humors of the Body fermenting, violent motions of the Body, or action of the Part wounded; the declining, and downward-position of the Mem­ber, and the motion of an Ar­tery not wholly cut asunder.

XXII. There are several ways by which Blood may be stanched: 1. By the application of Dossels or Pledgets of Lint or Towe, moist­ned either in the glair of Eggs; or in a mixture of Vinegar p. i. with Water p. iii. in tender Bo­dies: or Vinegar p. i. with Water p. ii. in more hardy Bodies.

XXIII. This Mixture is called Posca, and is to be applied warm; because cold Applications are hurt­ful to Wounds. Dry Lint or Towe must be avoided, because they stick so fast to the lips of the wounded Parts; that by re­moving them, (which must be with some force) a new flux of Blood is often caused; and if fomenting with some fit Liquor is used, as Milk, Butter and Beer warmed, &c. it is often prejudicial in Wounds of the fleshy Parts.

XXIV. 2. By the application [Page 771] of Crepitus Lupi, than which there is scarcely any thing to be named, which can more powerfully and cer­tainly do it.

XXV. For it being of a nature extremely dry, and drying, as it will no way admit of the flowing forth of the Blood; (which those Medicaments do which are na­turally moist, and therefore are less useful in stanching of Blood;) so it will likewise subsist, and stick fast in the Vessels.

XXVI. But it will be most use­ful for this purpose, if it is first with a Thread tied round, and then pressed hard together in a Screw-Press, letting it lye therein for some certain time: for so when it comes to be im­posed upon the Wound, it again dilates it self, and puts a stop to the Haemorrhage or flux of Blood.

XXVII. 3. By Deligation of the Vessels (where it may be) whether Vein or Artery: this is only used when great Vessels are Wounded. Now here is to be observed, first that if a Nerve accompanies the Vessel, (as in the Soporal-Artery which has the recurrent Nerve annexed to it) you must separate the Nerve therefrom, for otherwise, that part into which the Nerve is in­serted will be deprived both of moving and feeling, besides the great pain which will be exci­ted.

XXVIII. Secondly, in the de­ligation of the Vessel, the binding is not to be too strait, because the thread will cut the Vessel asunder too soon, and so cause a now He­morrhage: the thread ought to be either of strong Silk, or Steel Hemp, as they call it, such as is Sealing thread, which will not easily rot, whereby there will be less fear of a new flux of Blood, which latter may prove more dangerous than the for­mer. Ambrose Parey lib. 11. cap. 20. used this way after Am­putation, but it is very trouble­som, and not mightily appro­ved of now.

XXIX. 4. By Application of Sarcoticks or Incarnatives. Ga­len, Meth. Med. lib. 5. cap. 4. Prescribes this. ℞ fine Aloes ℥iii. Frankincense ℥ii. make them into a pouder, and mix it with doun of a Hare, and white of an Egg, so much as to bring it to the consistence of Honey. Spread this upon Dossels of Tow, and so lay it upon the Vessel, and the whole Wound; the Vessel be­ing first closed with the finger, and then cleansed from the Clot­ted Blood and moisture, with a piece of Sounge dipt in red Wine, or some astringent De­coction, and the parts of the Wound about your Finger be sprinkled with the former Pou­der.

XXX. The Pledget or Dossel armed as aforesaid, being laid on, presently press it down with your finger; which keep so, till you have filled up the Wound with more ar [...]ed Pledgets or Dossels.

XXXI. This done, apply a dou­ble Cloth over all, moistned in some astringent or styptick Liquor, and wrung out; and then in a fit and convenient manner bind up the Wound with Swaths or Rousers, [Page 772] beginning to rowl below the Wound; but when you are come to the Wound, you may com­pass it with three or four Cir­cumvolutions, then ascend and roul the part above the Wound, to press the Blood out of the Vessel, that the flux of Blood may be stayed; and open not the Wound till the third or fourth day.

XXXII. When you come to dress it, all the Pledgets or Dossels are to be taken away, except the first, which imediately sticks to, and closes the Vessel; which done, the Wound is to be sprinkled with more of the pouder, as before, and then over it new Armed Dossels are to be apply­ed; and thus the Wound is to be drest every other day, till it is incarnated, and no fear is left, of another Hemorrhage.

XXXIII. But if after the first dressing, the Blood shall begin again to flow, and the Pledgets of their own accord grow loose; then with your Finger, press down gently upon the Vessel that nothing may flow forth, and take away the former moistned Pledget very carefully, dry the Wound, strew on more of the dry pou­der, and then apply new Arm­ed Pledgets, binding it careful­ly up as before; for so long as the Pledgets or Dossels shall be softned by the Blood, the He­morrhage cannot be said to be sufficiently stopt.

XXXIV. These following compositions are also commend­ed in this case. ℞ Aloes, Frank­incense, white Starch, fine Bole, doun of a Hare, Cobwebs, A.q.s. mix and make a pouder.Archangel, Moss of the Sloe-tree, Nettleroots, Dragons, A. q.s. make a pouder and strow upon the Wound.

XXXV. Guilielmus Fabrici­us, commends this following. ℞ white Starch ℥iii: Water-frogs dryed and poudred ℥i: Whites of Eggs dryed and poud­red, new Spunge torrified and pou­dred, Sanguis draconis, Frank­incense, moss of a Mans Skull Parget, A. ℥ss. fine Bole, Ter­ra Sigillata, A. ʒii: Doun of a Hare torrified and poudred ʒi: make all into a very fine pouder.

XXXVI. ℞ Catechu, Cor­tex Peruanus, fine Aloes, Oliba­num, Myrrh, Pouder of Toads-Flesh, A. ℥i: Sanguis Draconis, ashes of an old Hat, Saccharum Saturni, Man's Blood dryed, Cro­cus Martis astringens, Nut-galls, Opium, A. ℥ss: make each into a fine pouder, and mix them. Now here is to be noted, that these Medicines are to be used, till so much flesh is bred about the Vessel, as to close up its Orifice; for till then, the fear of an He­morrhage will not be over. See lib. 3. cap. 7. sect. 16. ad 20. and cap. 15. sect. 24, 25.

XXXVII. 5. By application of Astringents and Stypticks, which are yet the more powerful stoppers of an Haemorrahage. Sennertus, lib. 5. par. 4. cap. 14. com­mends this. Take Roch-alum, q.v. pouder it, and put it into an Ox-bladder, and so put it into a Kettle of hot Water to be dis­solved; distil this Water by an Alembick, and continue the Work so long, till the Faeces are dry: [Page 773] these Faeces dissolve again in an Ox-bladder as before, and distil again; and repeat this Work till the whole substance of the Alum shall be converted by Distillation into Water.

XXXVIII. This Recipe is the same, and differs not much in the Preparation from the Alumen dulce liquidum in Our Pharma­copoeia Bateana, lib. 1. cap. 9. sect. 10. § 5. pag. 376. a. which is a Magisterial Spirit of Alum, and is accounted one of the best Stypticks known in the World.

XXXIX. And to this you may add the Aqua Styptica, and its Succedaneum; also Stypticum Regis, or Royal Styptick, Terra Vitrioli dulcis, Arcanum Alumi­nis: which you may see in Our Pharm. Bateana, lib. 1. cap. 1. sect. 56. & 57. pag. 29. & 30. cap. 9. sect. 12. pag. 378. & sect. 104. pag. 581. and those described in lib. 3. cap. 11. sect. 111, 112. aforegoing, of this Work.

XL. If you cannot come to reach the Vessel with your Finger, you may inject some astringent Liquor; made of fine Bole, Terra Sigil­lata, red Oker, Sanguis Draco­nis, new Galls, Hypocistis, juice of Sloes, Acacia, juices of Plan­tan, Comfrey, Knotgrass, Horse­tail, Leeks, Bistort, Docks, Yar­row, &c. out of which you may make such a Liquor as this is.

XLI. Take Smiths-forge-water lbjss. juices of Comfrey, Knot­grass, Horsetail, Bistort, Yarrow, A. ℥ii. Vitriol-stone in fine pouder ʒi. fine Bole, Terra sigillata, Roch-Alum, Saccharum Saturni, A. ʒii. mix, and make an Injection; which inject softly into the Wound with a Syringe.

XLII. 6. By Application of Specificks. Some things are said to stanch the Blood by a spe­cifick property; for which pur­pose, Strawberry-water is com­mended in all Haemorrhages. So also the root of Pseudomelanthium, which some call Lychnis, sive Lychnoides Segetum, sive Nigella­strum, Cockle, or Corn wild Campion, being held under the Tongue, is said to stop an Haemorrhage.

XLIII. And there are some which recommend to us for this purpose, the roots of Succory with the white flower; and it has been found by experience, that holding the Jasper-stone in the hollow of the Hand, the Blood has been stopt: others have been cured, by holding Lapis Haematitis, or the Blood-stone in the Hand, or tying it to the brawny part of the Arm.

XLIV. Others have been cured, by applying to the Part affected the pouder of the Blood-stone in good quantity; also the pouder of the Loadstone, and Crocus Martis astringens: but nothing stops a Haemorrhage more power­fully, that we have yet met with, than the Moss which grows up­on Humane Sculls, Human Blood dried, Pouder of Toads, and Catechu.

XLV. 7. By applying Revul­sives, and Interceptives or Repel­lers. Revulsives, are Cupping-Glasses, both without and with Scarification; which, as need shall require, are to be put upon remote and opposite places: [Page 774] and some Authors prescribe Bleeding in opposite places, yet this can be, but when the strength of the Patient is but little impaired; and then to be taken away by little and little, and not at once.

XLVI. Interceptives are ap­plied, to drive back, or hinder the Afflux, and incrassate the Blood while it is flowing: and these are to be applied unto the Vessels by which the Blood flows unto the wounded Part; but above upon the Part, to­wards the root of the Vessel, and more especially (where it may be done) on the exterior Parts, where only the Veins ly hid under the Skin, and not covered with much Flesh.

XLVII. We ought (says Hip­pocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 23.) to make use of some cold Medica­ment, in those who have any Haemorrhage, or are likely to be troubled therewith; and this Me­dicament is not to be applied unto the some place, but to those places from whence it flows.

XLVIII. Now these Intercepters are made of things cold and astringent; as Posca, rough and acid Wine, Rose-water, Plantan-water, Oak and Nightshade Waters, Barley-meal, Henbane-seeds, pouder of Myrtle-berries, fine Bole, Terra sigillata, Dragons-blood, Mastich, Olibanum, red Roses, Balaustians, whites of Eggs, &c.

XLIX. Out of which, and others of like kind, which we have enu­merated more at large, in Lib. 3. cap. 5. sect. 57. ad 78. afore­going; you may compound and make various Forms, as you shall see fit; of which you have also various Examples in the places before cited, so that no more need be said thereof here.

L. The Interceptive being laid on, the Part is to be bound up with a Swath or Rowler, which may bind close the Vessel towards the root thereof: and the Ligature is not to be loosned before the third or fourth day; or indeed it is not to be removed, till the Haemorrhage is throughly stopt.

LI. 8. By cutting the Vessels quite thro', or asunder, where the Haemorrhage is made by a Wound of the Vessel oblique, or transverse. This is known by the great effu­sion of Blood, which follows upon the Wound; which is al­ways greater, than if the Vessel was wholly cut asunder.

LII. In this case, you must cut the Vessel compleatly thro', or asunder; for so you will the more easily stanch the Blood: for the Vessel will be drawn back, and on both sides contracted within it self; and so its Orifice will be covered, and shut up with the Bodies which lye round about it.

LIII. And then you may apply those things which we have before directed for stopping the Haemor­rhage; whereby the Orifices of the Vessel will be perfectly closed, and the Patient secured against a future Flux.

LIV. 9. By application of Esca­roticks. One of the chief of these things, is Vitriol, which some beat into pouder, and [Page 775] apply crude, sprinkling it upon the Wound, for stopping the Haemorrhage: others dissolve it in Water, and then moisten linnen Cloths therein, and lay them upon the Wound.

LV. Others apply Calcanthum, Atramentum Sutorium, or English Copperas, either in pouder, or else dissolved in some Styptick-water; which is of good use in Wounds, where the Orifice of the Vessel cannot be closed by compression, or the application of the Crepitus Lupi.

LVI. Now this Calcanthum being dissolved in Liquor, pene­trates even thro' the wounded Vessel: for which reason we are to beware, that the Nerves (if any be near) be not hurt: and therefore that into such deep Wounds, where Nerves are pre­sent, other more safe Stypticks are to be injected.

LVII. Some Authors, besides Vitriol, in this case commend Alum, Aegyptiacum acuated with calcin'd Vitriol, Oils of Vitriol and Sulphur, &c.

LVIII. This of Barbett is of good use, because it operates with little or no pain. Take unslakt Lime, black Soap, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm, and apply it.

LIX. Or thus. Take Ʋmber (with Spanish-Brown) in fine pouder, unslakt Lime rubbed to a fine pouder, A.q.s. whites of Eggs beaten into glair; mix them into the consistence of a Liniment, ad­ding also the doun of a Hare. This causes little pain, and also mightily closes the Mouths of the Vessels.

LX. Fallopius in his Book of Wounds, advises to take a Reed answerable in thickness to the ca­pacity of the wounded Vessel; and stopping one end of it with a Cork, then to fill it with German or Hungarian Vitriol melted: which when cold, is to be thrust in at the one end, so as it may be an inch without the Reed at the other end; and then to be applied to the Vessel, and held there for the space of an hour, in which time the mouth of the Vessel will be compleatly closed.

LXI. Colcothar (which is Vi­triol calcin'd to redness) being also applied to Wounds, does imme­diately stop their bleeding; and its Salt being dissolved in Water, and injected into deep Wounds, does also the same thing: but in this case, care ought to be taken of the Nerves. See its Preparation in Our Seplasium, or Druggist's Shop, lib. 2. cap. 12. sect. 14.

LXII. 10. By exhibition of Inter­nals, which are Coolers, Iucrassa­tives, and Narcoticks. Coolers, are Barberries, Bole-armoniack, Co­rans, Coral, Lettice, Purslan, Pom­granates, Pears, Quinces, Roses, Succory, &c.

LXIII. Incrassatives, are Myr­tle-berries, Terra sigillata, Hypoci­stis, Acacia, Sloes, Acorns, Com­frey, Lapis Haematitis, Crocus Martis, Jesuits Bark, Bistort-root, Tormentil, Catechu; which last is inferior to no other thing in the World.

LXIV. Narcoticks, are Man­drake apples and roots, Hen­bane juice, roots, and seed; [Page 776] juice, flowers and seeds of Pop­pies, Opium; which last among Physicians is instar omnium, and the most powerful thickner, not only of the Blood, but of all the other Juices.

LXV. Cut of these things you may prepare Waters, Syrups, Lo­hochs, Po [...]ions, Juleps, Pouders, Electuaries, Pills, Tinctures, &c. which may be easily given, and in small Dose: Our Tinctura mi­rabilis, given to one or two spoonfuls, in Ale or Wine and Water, stops Bleeding to a miracle, and upon the spot; which may be repeated as often as need requires.

LXVI. This following Potion is also of singular use. Take Diascordium ʒi. Philonum Per­sicum, Acacia, A. ʒss. Tinctura mirabilis ʒiii. Syrup of white Poppies ℥i. Corn-poppy water ℥iv. mix, and make a Potion.

LXVII. You may also give Our volatil or specifick Laudanum; or Dr. Gardner's Laudanum Tar­tarizatum, à gr. i. ad gr. iv. liquid Laudanum, à gut. x. ad gut. xx. or xxvi. or Our Guttae Vitae, à gut. 20. ad lx. or more; according to the age and strength, &c. in some fit Ve­hicle.

LXVIII. When the Blood is fully stanched, and shall become clotted, then we must use the best of our skill to prevent its putrifying; and endeavour to dissolve it, as we have taught in Lib. 3. cap. 7. sect. 23. ad 29.

LXiX. Or you may give this: Take Rhubarb, fine Bole, Terra sigillata, Mummy, A. ʒi. make a Pouder. Dose, ʒ i. in Chervil or Parsley Water. Or, Take Terra sigillata, Madder, Mum­my, Comfrey, Rhubarb, A. ʒi. make a Pouder. Dose, ʒi. or more.

LXX. Or, Take Terra sigil­lata, Crabs-eyes, A. ʒi. Goats-blood dried, Sperma Ceti, Ange­lica and Gentian roots, Rhubarb, Snakeroot, A. ʒss. Salt of Beef, Cloves, A. ℈ss. make a Pouder, for six Doses, in Hydropiper-Water.

LXXI. Or, Take Crabs-eyes, Mummy, Madder, Goats-blood dried, roots of Madder, Rhubarb, round Birthwort, sweet Fennel seed, A. ʒi. make all into a pouder. Dose, ʒi. in Syrup of Sorrel, or Juice of Citrons, or in Oxycrate, or Posca.

LXXII. And Posca, which is a mixture of Vinegar and Water, is an excellent thing of it self: but the Vinegar ought not to be mixt in so large a quantity with the Water, as to excite a Coughing: being given warm two or three times a day, it dissolves coagulated Blood.

LXXIII. Donatus commends this. Take Rhubarb ʒi. Mummy gr. vi. Madder gr. iv. make a Pouder; which give in Posca, or Red-wine.

LXXIV. The Diet also should be so ordered, to contribute to the stopping of the free course of the Blood: for which purpose, Meats ought to be made of Rice, Amylum, fine Wheat-flower, Barley-flower, Biscuit, Corans, Medlars, Pears, Quinces, Services, &c. and to abstain from Wine, and all hot and [Page 777] spirituous Liquors, violent Mo­tion and Exercise of the Body, Anger, Vexation of Spirit, and all Trouble, and Commotion of Mind, &c.

CHAP. V. Of EXTRANEOƲS THINGS in WOƲNDS.

I. IF any Extraneous Body or Thing is contained in the Wound, which may hinder unition, conglutination, or healing, it is to be taken forth. And therefore if only the lesser Vessels be wounded, the Haemorrhage is not immediately to be stopped; but we must permit what Blood we find flowing from the lesser Veins which are cut asunder, freely to flow forth.

II. For by this means there will be a less quantity of Pus generated, and all the danger of Inflamma­tion and Putrifaction will be pre­vented: which is evident from those, who out of simple Wounds are wont either to draw forth the Blood by sucking with their Mouth; or else to squeeze it out, by compression of the wounded Part with their Fin­gers.

III. This being premised, we are to consider, what kinds of Extra­neous Bodies or Things they are, which are to be removed out of Wounds: and these are extra­neous either by accident, or of their own nature.

IV. Things which are extra­neous by accident, are, 1. Hair. 2. Clots of Blood. 3. Contused Flesh. 4. Separated pieces of Flesh. 5. Fatty Substances. 6. Membranes. 7. Tendons. 8. Ligaments. 9. Cartilages. 10. Pieces or Splinters of bro­ken Bones.

V. Those things which are ex­traneous of their own nature, are, 1. Pieces of Garments. 2. Sand, or Gravel. 3. Earth. 4. Stones. 5. Plugs. 6. Glass. 7. Small­shot. 8. Bullets. 9. Pieces of Iron. 10. Splinters of Wood. 11. Heads of Arrows. Or, 12. Pieces of Weapons, of various kinds.

VI. If there are Hairs near about the Wound, they are to be shaved away with a Razor; lest they fall within the lips of the Wound.

VII. If Clots of Blood be in the Wound, which may hinder Ʋnition, excite pain, putrify, and cause a Feve; they may be washed away with a piece of Spunge, or lin­nen Cloth, dipt in warm white or red Port-Wine, Aqua Vitae, Posca, Brandy and Water mixt together, Oxymel dissolved in Water: or, in the Country where these things cannot be [Page 778] had, in Milk, or Ale warmed: or if need require, they may be taken forth by help of some proper Instrument.

VIII. But in doing this, you must use no manner of violence at first: neither is all the clotted Blood to be taken forth, especially if a Haemorrhage is feared; for that the clotted Blood does in some manner stop the Orifices of the Vessels, which may grow together under them: but the removing them wholly is to be deferred to the second or third Dressing, when Nature her self will begin to expel whatsoever is extraneous, and be helping and assisting in the case.

IX. Nor are you to omit cleansing of the Wound with your Probe, armed with Lint; and repeated with fresh Lint, as oft as need requires.

X. Pieces or Splinters of bro­ken Bones likewise, if any such, are to be taken forth, either with your Forceps, or Ravensbil; so also pieces of Fat or Flesh, Membranes, Tendons, Liga­ments, or Cartilages, which may stick in the Wound.

XI. But however in the first dressing, those things only are to be taken forth, that are free and loose; so that they may be taken out of the Wound, without offering any violence to it.

XII. But as for such small pieces of Bones which stick fast unto the Flesh, or other Bones; you are to wait for Natures help in expelling them: whereby you will see, whether she will unite these Fragments to the rest of the Bone; or make a separation there-from, and ex­clude them.

XIII. As for Sand, Gravel, or Earth, they are to be washed out, and taken away; as we have directed at Sect. 7. above, about clotted Blood.

XIV. If pieces of Garments, or Iron, or if Glass is broken in the Wound, they are to be taken forth: and this is also to be done, if any other kind of Matter, or Weapon, or part of a Weapon stick in the Wound.

XV. But before we assay the Extraction of these things, we are to consider, whether or no the wounded Person is like to live after their taking forth: for if there is no hopes of Life, the Artist ought not to attempt their removal, not of the Weapon it self; lest the Patient dying under his hands, it should be thought that he had hastned his Death.

XVI. As is oftentimes manifest in Wounds of the Brain, and of the Heart, of the Vena cava, and great Artery; where if the Wea­pon is left in, the Patient may possibly live for the space of a day: whereas if it be taken forth, a vehement Haemor­rhage follows thereupon, and the Patient instantly dyes.

XVII. But where there is hopes of recovery, we ought to endeavour the extraction of the Weapon, or other extraneous Matter: for tho' pieces of Weapons, and leaden Bullets may sometimes stick very long in the Wound, yet it is a very rare thing, that the Wound should be perfectly healed, with­out their drawing forth.

XVIII. However, you are not to assay the drawing out of such Bodies, as cannot but with great difficulty and danger, be taken forth; and which remaining in the Body, the Wound may be cured: as leaden Bullets, and Small-shot, which sticking very deep, in extream fleshy Parts, or in great Joints, as the Shoulder, Elbow, Knee, &c. where being in­closed with Flesh, the Wound is sometimes healed with them remaining in it.

XIX. This being said, we now come to shew how those other fo­rein Substances, which are not loose, or cannot be wiped or washed away, may be taken forth; and that is by a twofold means: 1. By the help of Medicaments. 2. By the help of Instruments.

I. By the help of Medicines.

XX. Medicines for this purpose, are either Simple, or Compound: and the Simple are of three kinds; 1. Such as operate by a Specifick Virtue: 2. Such as operate by a Digestive or Putri­factive Virtue: 3. Such as ope­rate by an Attractive Virtue.

XXI. Specifick Simple Medi­caments are; Pimpernel, Brook­lime, Dittany of Creet, roots of round Birthwort, Anemony, roots of Narcissus, of Gladiol or Corn-flag, and Reed-roots, beaten into a Cataplasm with Honey: Henbane-leaves beaten, and ap­plied in form of a Pultiss: Horned-Poppy-leaves beaten, and used in like manner: and the Heads of Lizards beaten in­to a mass, and imposed. See Dioscorides, lib. 2. cap. 58. and Paulus Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 52.

XXII. Digestive and Putrifa­ctive Medicaments for this pur­pose are; Turpentine, Honey, yolks of Eggs, Sheeps and Beef Suet, Birdlime, old Pigeons dung, Hens dung, Ducks, Goose and Turkies dung; leven, and the like.

XXIII. Attractive Simple Me­dicaments for this purpose are; Gum Ammoniacum, Assa foetida, Aloes Hepatica, Capivi, Elemi, Euphorbium, Galbanum, Opo­panax, Pitch, Pine-Rosin, Pro­polis, Tar, leaves and roots of Dittany, Garlick, Leeks, Onions, Shelots; and other like things, hot in the third or fourth degree, of subtile and thin parts.

XXIV. Out of the substance of these simple things, compound Medicaments are prepared: as, 1. The Emplaster of Avicen.Leven, Propolis or Honey, A. lbss. Birdlime, oldest Oil, A. ℥ iii. Ammoniacum ℥ ii. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XXV. 2. ℞ Virgin-wax ℥iv. Turpentine ℥ii. Loadstone ℥jss. Bean-flower ℥i. Deers-suet ℥ss. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XXVI. 3. Fallopius his Ca­taplasm. ℞ Propolis, Sagapenum, Dittany-roots fresh gathered, A. ʒiss. Leven, Pigeons-dung, A. ℥i. one Onion boiled, Tar, Honey, A. q.s. beat all together in a Mortar to a Cataplasm.

XXVII. 4. Another of Fal­lopius, stronger. Take fresh Dit­tany roots, pouder of Dittany of Crcet, Assa foetida, Elemi, Saga­penum, Pine-Rosin, A. ℥i. Birdlime [Page 780] ℥ss. Sulphur vive ʒi. Euphor­bium ʒss. Tar, Honey, A. q.s. mix, and beat them into a Cata­plasm.

XXVIII. 5. Take Bees Wax lbi. Colophony, yellow Rosin, Oil of yolks of Eggs, A.℥iv. Loadstone in pouder ℥v. juice of Citrons ℥iii. Ammoniacum ℥ii. Bdellium ℥i. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XXIX. 6. Take Wax, Turpen­tine, A. ℥ vi. Ceruse, Roman Vi­triol, A. ℥iv. Oil of Juniper ℥jss. Oil of Earthworms, Colophony, Ship-Pitch, Frankincense, Cam­phir, Mummy, Dragons-blood, A. ℥i. Oil of Eggs ʒvi. Mastich, Oil of Hypericon, A. ℥ss. pouder of Haematitis or Blood-stone, Load­stone, Oil of Cloves, A. ʒii. make an Emplaster.

XXX. 7. Take Oil-olive lbjss. new Wax lbi. melt them toge­ther, and add Litharge of Gold lbjss. boil them; afterwards add Ammoniacum, Bdellium, A. ℥ii. Galbanum, Opopanax, A. ℥i. dis­solved first in Vinegar. These things being mixt, add pouders of round Birthwort root, Tobacco, Myrrh, Frankincense, Mastich, A. ℥ii. boil all with a gentle Fire, adding in the end of the boiling, Oil of Bays, Turpentine, A.℥v. stir them well together, and pour all into cold Water; and with Oil of Camomil or Turpentine, an­ointing your Hands, make the Emplaster up into long Rouls.

XXXI. 8. Take Oil lbii. Litharge lbi. Colophony lbss. Wax ℥ iv. Ammoniacum, round Birthwort roots, A. ℥ii. Galbanum, Frank­incense, A. ℥jss. Gentian ℥i. Pro­polis, Aloes Hepatica, Verdigrise, burnt Brass, Dittany of Creet, A. ʒvi. mix, and make an Em­plaster.

XXXII. 9. Take bulbous Nar­cissus roots No ii. Reed-root ℥i. Gladiol-root ℥ss. rotten Doves-dung ℥i. Mullein-leaves M.i. roots of the wild Cucumber, of round Birthwort, of white Dittany, Dit­tany of Creet, meal of Orobus, A.℥ss. Honey q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XXXIII. 10. Take Pine-rosin ℥ii. Stone-pitch ℥i. Ammoniacum, Sagapenum, Elemi, A. ℥ ss. roots of round Birthwort and of white Dittany, Dittany of Creet, A. ʒii. old Oil q.s. mix, and make a Cerat.

II. By the help of Instruments.

XXXIV. But if by nothing of Medicinal means the extraneous Body can be drawn out, we must then make the attempt by help of Instruments: wherein we must first consider the substance, nature, figure, situation and con­nexion of the Parts offended, and Parts adjacent. Secondly, the diversity of the Matter to be drawn forth; its substance, magnitude, and figure; that the Arteries, Veins, Nerves, and Tendons may not be torn or violated: for it would be much unbecoming an Artist, that it should be said, that his Hand had done more hurt than the Weapon.

XXXV. You are also to consider, 1. That the Matter may easily be drawn forth. 2. The fears of an Apostemation, which may corrupt the wounded Part. [Page 781] 3. The fears of the Matter to be drawn out, being poi­soned.

XXXVI. Then in order to this Work, you must consider also; 1. The situation the Body was in, when wounded. 2. The depth of the place where the Matter is lodged. 3. The way by which the Extraneous Matter may be best drawn forth. 4. The Symptoms of the wounded Part; as well those future, as those which are present. For Example sake; if there is great pain, en­dangering Convulsions, the ex­traneous Matter is without delay to be extracted: but if a dreadful flux of Blood should ensue after extraction, it is to be deferred, because this latter may sometimes bring present [...].

XXXVII. In [...] therefore to the Extractive of these things, four things are to be known: 1. With what Instruments they are to be [...] out. 2. The time when it is most fit [...] do it. 3. By what ways they are to be taken forth. 4. The form of the Matters to be ex­tracted.

XXXVIII. 1. As to the Instru­ments mostly in use in this case, they are chiefly seven. 1. A sharp, well-set Incision-Knife, smoothly pointed. 2. Two Pair of good Scissers; the one with sharp Points, the other with one Point knobbed. 3. A blunt Steel or Silver Hook; to lift up a Vein, Artery, or Nerve, when a Bullet, &c. is taken out of a Musculous Part. 4. A Pair or two of Forceps, hollow, strong, and of good Steel, to lay hold of the Matter. 5. Goose-bills, round, and hollow at the Points, double and single, to take out Bullets, &c. 6. The Ravens or Crows-Bill of Steel, and very strong; to take out Bones, Splinters, Arrow-heads, &c. 7. Forcipes incisorii; which be­ing dilated, cut on each side, to make the way out wider; and are of use when a Wound is to be incised, for the drawing out any extraneous matter: they ought to be of good Steel, well tempered, and very sharp.

XXXIX. 2. As to the Time, when the Work is to be done. If the Pain is vehement, the Mat­ter is immediately to be taken out; yet we are not to add pain to pain, but this being once done, the pain will cease.

XL. If the Matter is poisoned or cankred, you must not defer the Extraction, tho' you may be forced to divide the Muscles, Vessels, and Nerves; because the whole Man is more valuable than a part. In this case, you need not fear the Actual Cautery; for Fire destroys Poison, and takes away all fears of a Convulsion.

XLI. But in some cases, you must forbear the Extraction: as, 1. Where an Hemorrhage endangering Life may ensue; which will be where great Ar­teries and Veins are placed. 2. Where fearful Symptoms may happen; as vehement Pain, Convulsions, Syncope, sharp Fevers, &c. 3. If the Matter is round, or made of Lead; for which reasons, it may more securely be left in. 4. Where [Page 782] the Orifice of the Wound is made narrow, by Inflammation, Tumor, &c. in which cases, you must defer the Work till those Accidents be removed; lest vehement Pain, Swoonings, Convulsions, Fever, Gangrene, or Sphacelus ensue. 5. When you have not a fit Instrument at hand for the Extraction: for should you then attempt it, you will torment the Patient with­out any effect; and thereby make him unwilling to undergo the Operation, when you are better provided.

XLII. 3. The Form of the Matter to be extracted: this is perfectly to be understood and considered; for the knowledge of the Figure or Form of the Matter to be extracted, con­tributes much to the informa­tion of the Artist; as to the way and manner, how the Ex­traneous Matter is to be taken forth, and whether it will be done with ease, or with dif­ficulty.

XLIII. 4. The way and manner how the Extraction is to be per­formed. Now the Matter to be taken forth, is to be taken forth either by Extraction or Expul­sion; by extraction, it is taken out the same way it went in: by expulsion, it is taken forth by the opposite way, viz. by the way it tendeth.

XLIV. If the Matter has not pierced very deep, or has not passed thro' the great Vessels and Nervous places: if that either right op­posite to it, or the way that it tends, it has Bones, Veins, Arte­ries, or Nerves, Or, if there is no great fear of the wide opening of the Orifice by which it entred: in all these Cases it may be drawn back the same way by which it entred in, and that without any Section at all.

XLV. But if from the Form of the Matter to be extracted (as rough Arrow-heads) there appears to be danger that the Flesh may be torn, if it is drawn back the same way by which it entred: in this case the Wound is to be dilated, either by Section, with the Forceps incisorius; or else dilated with the Instrument which Celsus, lib. 7. cap. 5. calls Ypsiloeides, or else with a Swans-bill or Storks-bill, or some other dilating Instrument; that the Matter may be the more easily drawn out.

XLVI. This Ypsiloeides is a kind of steel Instrument, made in the form of a Bill, but so, that if the shanks of the handle are nipt together, the Bill opens, and so dilates the Orifice of the Wound: after which dilatation, the ex­traneous Matter is to be taken forth with the Hands; or when it sticks deeper, with the Vol­sella or Puller, or other such-like Instruments; of which sort are the long Scissers, full of teeth, strait or callaper-fashion'd, broad in their extream part, and likewise round; to which various Names are given, as Crows-bills, Storks-bills, Ducks-bills, Goose-bills; whose Figures you may see in Paraeus, lib. 10. cap. 18. as also in Andraeas à Cruce, Scultetus, and others. The Figure of the Volsella see in Scultetus, [Page 783] Tab. 4. Fig. 1. where it is largely described, with its use.

XLVII. But in the following cases, it is to be thrust out the contrary way: 1. If it is almost thro', chiefly towards a depen­ding Part; for so the Pain will be less, and the Pus flow better from the Wound. 2. If the Figure of the Matter or Body will not suffer it to be extracted the same way, by which it went in; as in barbed Arrow-heads, &c. 3. If there is no fear of cutting of great Arteries, Veins, or Nerves. In all other cases, it is to be drawn out the same way it went in.

XLVIII. Brittle things, as Glass, Bones, &c. which stick in a Wound, are to be taken forth whole, if possible: but if they cannot be taken out whole, without much Pain, and fear of evil Symptoms to ensue, they are to be broken, and then taken out.

XLIX. If also the Matter or Bo­dy is thrust in between two Bones; the Parts lying next to them are to be widened, and drawn or dilated several ways; that so the space between the Bones may be looser and wider, for the pulling forth of the Matter got in.

L. But if by no Artificial Means whether of Medicines or Instru­ments, the extraneous Body can be drawn forth; the whole Busi­siness is then to be committed to Nature, which in these cases, does many times do wonders, expelling those preternatural things beyond expectations, which various Histories almost every where confirm.

LI. Hippocrates, Epidem. 5. tells us of one that had an Arrow shot into his Groin, whose head was taken forth six years after. Guil. Fabricius, Cent. 1. Obs. 62. gives relation of one who had a Knife run into the Spina Dorsi, and broke in it, and he took it forth two years after: and Cent. 2. Obs. 74. he gives a re­lation of a Man wounded in the Pylorus or Colon, with a sharp-pointed Sword, the point of which was broken off, and left in the Wound; the Wound was healed up, and in about a year after, going to stool, he voided with his Excrements the very point of the Sword which was thrust into him.

CHAP. VI. Of STITCHING WOƲNDS.

I. AS to the Stitching up of Wounds, we have said something of it already, in Cap. 1. Sect. 123. ad 131. But because what we have there said, is too briefly laid down, (because it [Page 784] was neessary to carry on the Thread of the Discourse) we shall now resume the Argument again, and here do that more explicitly and largely, which there we past over only with a slender stroke of our Pen.

II. Now the Cure of all sorts of Wounds is performed either by the first Intention, or by the second Intention.

III. The first Intention is [...], Agglutinatio, the Ʋnition of divided or wounded Parts, no other substance concurring, or coming between: and this kind of Union or Healing is per­formed by the first Intention.

IV. The second Intention is [...], Concarnatio, the Ʋnition of divided Parts, by the intervention or medium of some other substance, as Flesh, &c. which is to be bred by Incar­nating Medicines; and this kind of Union, is the Healing of a Wound by the second Inten­tion. See Chap. 1. Sect. 142, and 143. and Chap. 10. fol­lowing.

V. We shall first shew how Symphysis, or Agglutination is performed; which is a more simple kind of Ʋnion, because it is per­formed without any Medium coming between: also, because it is more speedily performed than Syssarcosis or Concarnation; and because it requires neither such skill, or yet such choice of Medicaments to be applied.

VI. Now whereas in transverse and long Wounds, Swathing alone is not enough; for drawing the lips of the Wound together, and to keep and preserve them in such a close condition: for this cause sake, Stitching was designed.

VII. To bring this Symphysis to pass, there are four chief Indi­cations. 1. The bringing of the Lips of the Wound together. 2. To hold them together by Stitching. 3. To apply Agglu­tinative Medicaments. 4. Pro­per Swathing, Rowling, or Binding up: the two first we shall perform in this Chapter; the two latter we shall treat of in the Chapter following.

VIII. The first Indication is to be performed by the Hands of the Chirurgeon, wherein he is to bring the Lips of the gaping Wound to­gether; which is to be done, 1. Gently, and by degrees; not violently. 2. They are to be brought equally together, not stretching one part more than another. 3. That their super­ficies also be even, otherwise the Cicatrix will be unequal and deformed. 4. That if the Lips are stiff thro' Cold, they are to be fomented with Hydrelaeum; viz: a Mixture of Oil and Wa­ter, or Oil and Ale: in dry Bodies, more Oil than Water; in moist Bodies, more Water than Oil. 5. That no Pledget or Dossel be put between the parts wounded, when you intend to consolidate by the first In­tention.

IX. The second Indication, is the keeping of the conjoined parts together by Stitching: and this is twofold; 1. Sutura, Stitching with a Needle. 2. Laqueatio, Dry-stitching, or Lacing.

I. Stitching with the Needle.

X. Sutura, or Stitching then, is the holding together of the Lips of a Wound, by help of a Nee­dle and Thread: Wherein we are to consider, 1. The Instru­ments of the Operation. 2. The Kinds of this Stitching. 3. Its Uses. 4. Observations in per­forming it.

XI. The Instruments are, Nee­dles, Thread, and the Stitching Quill.

XII. The Needles ought to be either of Steel or Silver. The steel Needles you may soften by wrapping them in brown wet Pa­per, and holding them for a while in the flame of a Candle. Those of Silver will bend best; but you ought to have some straight, and some crooked; and their points may be round, flat, or three-square, which last pierce best.

XIII. The Thread. We most commonly use white or crimson silk-Thread (black is rotten and frets) but strong white Thread made of Hemp may do as well, or better; because it swells in the Wound, and cuts not as Silk does.

XIV. The stitching Quill, call­ed Canaliculus fenestratus: It ought to be of Silver (for Honours sake) and has two Ʋses; 1. To keep the Needles in. 2. In stitching, to stay the opposite part of the Wound, that the Needle may the more readily pass.

XV. The kinds of this Stitch­ing. There is, 1. Sutura Conti­nuata, vel Retentiva, the Glover's Stitch; which is used in Wounds of the Guts, when the Excre­ments come out of the Wound. As also in the Great Branches of the Aorta & Vena Cava, if we can conveniently come at them. The Spaniards stitch almost all Wounds with this Stitch, and it is called also, The Restrin [...]eat Stitch.

XVI. 2. Sutura incarnativa, vel non continuata, The Incarnative Stich. This is done by taking di­vers stitches, each distant one from another, so far as the large­ness of the Wound shall require; and so many as may be able to bring or keep the lips of the Wound in an equality, evenness and smoothness: In every of which stitches, the ends of the thread are to be cut off near the knot, that they may not stick to the Emplaster.

XVII. 3. [...], Ga­stroraphia, Sutura Abdominis; The Belly stitch, which is used when the Great Muscles of the Abdomen, and the Peritonaeum are divided by a large Wound; of which Galen has wrote Anat. Admin. lib. 5. cap. 6. and some others. See cap. 1. sect. 124, 126, 128.

XVIII. 4. Sutura Conserva­trix, The Conserver. This is when the Needles are left in the Wound, passed through the lips; and the lips being brought toge­ther, the thread is twisted about both ends of the Needles, as Tay­lors do when they fasten them to their sleeves. This stitch is used in the Cure of Hare Lips, and when the Oesophagus or Trachea Arteria are wounded: [Page 786] Instead of Needles you may use Silver or Brass Pins, whose ends (after the thread is twisted a­bout) may be cut off with a pair of Shears or Sciffors.

XIX. The Ʋses of this stitch­ing. They are threefold, 1. To procure a quick agglutination to the Wound, which is done by the Su­tura Incarnativa. 2. To keep the lips of a Wound at a due distance one from another; and this is done by the Sutura Retentiva; which is of use when a Wound cannot be Cured by the first In­tention, but by the second: In which the lips are not to be too far a-sunder, lest the Air cool the Parts too much; nor too near, because the Agglutination is not to be expected without a medium. 3. To stop Bleeding; as when an Artery or Vein is wound­ed; and this is called, Sutura Suppressiva.

XX. Observations in perform­ing this Work. 1. In stitching, the lips of the Wound must not be too straitly drawn together; for then the flowing of the Quittor will be hindred, and so a Tumor may be induced. On the contra­ry, If they be left gaping, the inner Parts may be cooled by the Air: But Ligaments cut a-sunder, are not to be stitch'd, because they are only united by the second Intention.

XXI. 2. A sufficient quantity or substance of the lips of the Wound is to be taken hold of by the stitches, otherwise they may break out again, and cause Scars: And withal, you must be sure that your knots are fast; for should they loosen, you will be enfor­ced to stitch a second time, which will be more painful to the Patient than at first.

XXII. 3. You must also be­ware of the Nerves and Tendons; for if they be prick'd or touched, vehement pain will be caused: But in all parts of the Body the Skin may be stitch'd, yea, in the Joints, deep Wounds, and Wounds of the Bones, after smoothing with the Rasp; for thereby the Spermatick Parts will be covered, and defended from Air, and the natural heat kept in, whereby the Cure will be the better performed.

XXIII. 4. In deep Wounds of the fleshy Parts, you must take deep stitches; for if the Skin only be stitched, the Wound will only superficially heal, and the Pus settling in the bottom, may cause an Apostem, and caver­nous Ulcer; or otherwise the stitches may break out, and make new work again.

XXIV. 5. In long Wounds, begin from one of the ends; but in short Wounds, as in the Hair-Lip, begin in the middle; for so you will avoid pursing together the lips of the Wound, which will cause Inequality and Deformity: And in long Wounds, let the stitches be nearly an inch di­stant one from another, or a­bove half an inch at least: If they be too thick, they will cause the more pain; if too thin, the Unition will not be so easie and compleat.

XXV. 6. Lastly, In strait Wounds of the Limbs, you may spare stitching; for the lips may be brought together by the Dry [Page 787] Stitch, and Swathing: But if the Wounds are Transverse, stitch­ing is always to be used; be­cause the Flesh, &c. in such Wounds will shrink towards the whole Parts, and so gape very wide.

II. Laqueation, or Dry Stitching.

XXVI. This is done with pieces of Cloth, which are glewed on each side the lips of the Wound; and then being dried, the edges of those Cloths are stitched, and drawn together, instead of stitch­ing the lips of the Wound it self, whereby the lips of the Wound are also drawn together, as near as you desire.

XXVII. He that knows how to perform this work well, which may be done in almost all Wounds, and that in the very first Dressing, knows very well how to be with­out the former ways of stitch­ing with the Needle, which Sennertus says is Cruel, Bloody, and Painful.

XXVIII. And truly (says he) it would be far better, if Chi­rurgians would accustom them­selves to this manner of joining the lips of Wounds together; for that in the other ways of stitch­ing with the Needle after a bar­barous Fashion, they many times commit many Errors, be­sides the causing more pain than was caused by the Wound.

XXIX. For sometimes (the Needles being too thick) more or less of the lips is taken up than is necessary, so that the mouth of the Wound is often uneven, purst up, and as it were pleited, whereby the skin is not close joined to the skin, nor flesh to flesh, but the skin is sewed in the midst of the flesh: Or, if they avoid this, they make another fault as great, which is by taking so little hold, that the Wound is left hollow, and the stitches in a short time break out; all which Errors or Faults are totally avoided by this Laqueation, or dry kind of stitching.

XXX. But though this stitch­ing may be used in almost all sorts of Wounds, and that also for avoid­ing of new Pain; yet it is chiefly used to the face, and other visible Parts, for the avoiding of Scars, as also because stitches are often­times broken out before the Agglu­tination of the Wound; and again in some Persons, who by reason of their fearfulness, will by no means endure stitching.

XXXI. This dry Suture there­fore is used in three Cases; 1. Where we cannot come conveniently to roul the wounded Part, as in transverse Wounds. 2. When the Beauty is like to be hurt, by making of Scars, as in the Face, and other visible Parts. 3. When the wounded Patient will not ad­mit of stitching in the Skin and Flesh, as Women, and other timorous Persons.

XXXII. To perform this right­ly, three things are to be consider­ed; 1. The Instruments to perform it withal. 2. The sticking Em­plaster. 3. The manner of doing it.

XXXIII. The Instruments are a Needle and Thread, and pieces of Cloth: The Needle must be one of middle size: The Thread, [Page 788] an even fine waxed brown Thread, or Silk of the same Magnitude.

XXXIV. The pieces of Cloth must be in number two, one piece for each lip of the Wound: They must be strong, that they may not yield unto the thread, or give way: They must be doubled towards the Wound, and pasted or glew­ed together with the sticking Medicament, and ravelled at the other ends, which are farthest from the Wound. Lastly, they must one answer another, as to form, magnitude and situation.

XXXV. As to their form, they must be indented towards the lips of the Wound, and backwards, as much as may be, of the form of the wounded Part. If the Part will admit it, they may be Qua­drangular, Triangular, or O­val; but the form ought to be such, as is fittest to draw the wounded Parts together. See the Figures here annexed.

[depiction of various forms of bandages]

XXXVI. The next thing to be considered is the sticking Empla­ster, of which we shall give you several Recipes. 1. Emplastrum Glutinosum Sculteti; which see in Lib. 1. cap. 20. sect. 10. afore­going of this Work.

XXXVII. 2. Sennertus pre­scribes this: ℞ fine Bole, Ma­stick, Sanguis Draconis, sat Fran­kincense, A. ʒi. make the three first into fine Pouder: Tacama­hacca, ʒij. mix them with a hot Pestel, which spread upon the Cloth.

XXXVIII. 3. ℞ white Starch, Mastick, Gipsum, fine Bole, Aloes, Gum Tragacanth, and Arabick, A. ʒij. make all into a Pouder, [Page 789] which mix with the white of an Egg, to the consistence of Honey.

XXXIX. 4. ℞ fine Bole, Sar­cocol, Mastick, Sanguis Draconis, A. ʒij. make all into a Pouder, and mix them with the white of an Egg.

XL. 5. ℞ Olibanum ℥ss. Frank­incense, Bitumen Judaicum, Am­ber, Mastick, Rosin, A. ʒi. Gum of Juniper ʒss. mix, and make a hard Emplaster; which is to be melted at the Fire when it is to be used.

XLI. 6. ℞ white Starch, or fine Flower, Frankincense, Ma­stick, A. ʒij. fine Bole, Chalk, Sarcocol, Singuis Draconis, A. ʒiv. all being in fine Pouder, mix them with the white of an Egg.

XLII. 7. ℞ Beat white of Eggs into a clear Glare, then gradually sprinkle in unslak'd Lime in very fine Pouder, q.s. which stir very well together, till the Whites of the Eggs cease to appear.

XLIII. 8. ℞ fine Bole, San­guis Draconis, Frankincense, Ma­stick, Pine-Rosin, A. q.s. make them into Pouder, and mix them with whites of Eggs.

XLIV. 9. Others dissolve Ich­thyocolla, or Ising-glass in Vine­gar, and by boiling bring it to the consistence of Glue, which they spread upon the Cloth: but being dissolved in Sp. Vini, either this or Joiners Glue, it is much more tenacious and strong, and will not be dissolved by the Humidities of the Wound.

XLV. 10. ℞ Mastick, San­guis Draconis, white Starch, O­libanum, Gypsum, Frankincense, (all in fine Pouder) Turpentine, Pitch, A. ʒi. Whites of Eggs, q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XLVI. 11. Paraeus prescribes this: ℞ Aloes, Wheat-flower, Mastick, Rosin, (all in fine Pou­der) Ship Pitch, Turpentine, A. q.s. mix and make an Empla­ster.

XLVII. 12. ℞ fine Wheat-flower, Whites of Eggs, A. ℥ij. Ichthyocolla ℥iss. Birdlime, Tra­gacanth, Frankincense in Pouder, A. ʒ vi. Rose-water q.s. mix them.

XLVIII. This being said, we now come to the manner or way how the work is to be performed. The double Linen Cloths are first to be glewed together, and then they are to be spread over with the said glewing Emplaster (some one of the aforegoing) on that side which is to lie upon the skin; af­ter which they are immediately to be applied to the part, and they are there to be left so long, till the Glue or Emplaster is dri­ed up, and the Cloths stick fast to the skin, which is commonly in the space of four, five or six hours.

XLIX. The Cloths now stick­ing fast, the Indentures as to be sewed, or tied together, with ae needle and thread; and they are to be drawn so close, and then tied fast one to another, that the lips of the Wound may be rightly united.

L. And by this means, without any Pain at all, and without any Scar or Deformity (such as is wont to caused by the needles) the lips of the Wound will be drawn together, and agglutinated; and being thus brought together, they will be so kept and pre­served [Page 790] a longer time, than they can be with sewing or stitching with the needle.

LI. This dry stitching has but one Objection against it, viz. that it is but of little use till 6 or 7 hours after; for sooner it will scarcely be dried, so as to stick fast to the Skin; (for which reason some sew with the needle first, and then apply the dry stitch:) But this delay can bring no damage a­long with it. For which reason, if any danger should be feared, such an Emplaster may be used, as may stick immediately upon the Application: Of which kind is that at Sect. 37. aforegoing, and some others, among the aforegoing Prescriptions.

CHAP. VII. Of BINDING up WOUNDS.

I. TO the well binding up of Wounds, two things are necessary, 1. The preparatory Mat­ters for the Dressing; which are vulnerary Lotions, Balsams, Ce­rots, Emplasters, &c. 2. The preparatory Matters for the bind­ing up; which, are Splenia, Bol­sters, Ferulae, swathing Bands, or Roulers.

II. The Vulneraries, or prepa­rative Matters for the Dressing, are twofold; I. Simple Vulneraries, which are taken, 1. From Vege­tables: 2. From Minerals: 3. From Animals. II. Compound Vulneraries, made of the former into Lotions, Oils, Balsams, Oint­ments, Cerots, and Emplasters.

III. And these are of three spe­cial kinds, 1. Digestives, which generate a well digested and lau­dable Pus. 2. Sarcoticks, or Incarnatives, which generate and fill the Wound up with Flesh. 3. Epuloticks, which pro­duce the Cicatrice, dry up, and over the Wound with skin: of all which we have spoken at large in the second Chapter of this present Book. As to the particular Virtues of the Simples, you may see an explicite and compleat Discourse of them in Our Seplasium, or Druggists Shop, lately Published, to which you are referred.

IV. A Breviate of the binding up Wounds, we have given in Cap. 1. Sect. 132, ad 139. We shall here deliver the Method of doing it more at large. Now to this work belongs, 1. The covering Em­plaster, or Cerecloth. 2. Splenia. 3. Ferulae. 4. Swathes or Roulers.

V. 1. The covering Emplaster ought to agree to the Indication of Healing; but for want of such a one, this following may serve in many Cases. ℞ Juices of To­bacco and Melilot, Frankincense, Fir-Rosin, A. lbij. Bees Wax lbi. Sheeps Suet, Turpentine, Gum-Elemi, A. lbss. Pouder of Virgi­nia Tobacco ℥viij. mix, and with a gentle heat evaporate the Juices, [Page 791] and bring it to the consistency of an Emplaster. Or you may use the Empl. Diapalma, è Bolo, Cae­saris, or the like, if need re­quire.

VI. 2. Splenia: These are Lin­nen-Cloths folded together, and so termed from their Figure, being almost in the form of the Spleen. The Ancients called them Pul­villi, from the Resemblance they have to Bolsters: also Pluma­ceoli, or little Pillows, because they were sometimes made of Feathers.

VII. But as to the Figures or Form they many times differ, ac­cording to the end for which they are intended; for sometimes they are laid upon the part long-ways, sometimes obliquely, and some­times transversly.

VIII. Sometimes they are laid single or double; sometimes treble or quadruple; and sometimes more of them, according to their Ʋse, for what they are design'd to do, whether for interception of Hu­mours, drinking up of Sanies, or filling up of empty, and hol­low places; that there by the whole Bandage may become e­qual and smooth.

IX. They are sometimes imposed dry, but most commonly they are soaked or moistned, with some sort of Liquor, whether Lotion, Decoction, Infusion, or Spirit, which may be proper for the dis­ease of the part affected. See Hip­pocrates de Vuln. lib. 3. Text. 1, 2. and, de Fract. lib. 1. Text. 32. & lib. 3. Text. 21.

X. 3. Ferulae, or, Splinters. These are for the more convenient binding up of Wounds or Fractures; they ought to be long and smooth, and fitted unto the Bones that are broken, or out of Joint, after such times as they are set again, and reduced to their proper places.

XI. Hippocrates, and other of the Ancients, made them of the Li­gneous Bark of the Ferula (from whence came the name:) but we, for want of that, make them of thin Splinters of Wood, or Barks of Trees, or Paste-boards, either fingle, or glued together.

XII. But Guil. Fabricius Hil­danus, Cent. 4. Obs. 98. is a­gainst the green Barks of Trees; for that when they are through­ly dried about a Fracture, they are apt to excite pain, and put the bones out of their places.

XIII. Hippocrates says, They ought to be smooth, equal, plain, and a little sloaping at the ends, and something shorter than the swa­thing they lie under, that the part may not be prest too much be­yond the Bandage; and impo­sed (in Fractures) about an inch distant one from another.

XIV. They are to be so placed and fitted, that their ends are not to reach above the heads of the Joints which stick forth; nor that they touch upon the naked Skin, or hurt the Nerves or Tendons nigh unto the Joints. See Hippoc. de Vuln. Tit. 11. & de fract. lib. 1. Text. 4 [...]. & lib. 2. Text. 5, 7, 11, 64, 69, 71. also P. Aegineta, Lib. [...]. Cap. 99.

XV. 4. Swathing Bands, or Roulers. These are Bands long and broad, which being rouled up, are afterwards to be swathed about the wounded part. This [Page 792] the Latins call Fasciatio, or deliga­tio per fascias; by means of which we endeavour to keep the lips of Wounds together, that they may be the sooner, and the more firmly conglutinated.

XVI. Herein we are to consider, 1. The Matter of Roulers. 2. The Kinds of Rouling or binding up. 3. The way or manner of doing it. 4. The Ʋses thereof.

XVII. As to the Matter of which Roulers are made, they ought to be of Linen-Cloth, somewhat worn, clean, smooth, and without seams or knots, that they may be soft and pliable, but so strong that they may not be broken: It is true, they may be made of Woolen, or Leather, if necessity require it; but otherwise Woolen is not to be chosen, because it is apt to stretch, and cause itch­ing, whereby it cannot bind so fast; and by irritating, may cause an attraction of Humours: Nor Leather, because it is not only apt to stretch, being dry, but much more, if by accident it should be moistned with the Humor, and withal, when foul, is not to be washed, but must then be cast away.

XVIII. The Roulers are then to be made of Linnen-cloth, not too new, lest they be stiff and hard; nor too old, lest they be too weak: The Cloth must not be too thick, lest it is cumbersom, nor too thin, lest it falls into wrinkles: nor too course, lest its unequal Threads should hurt, or press too much upon the Part: nor too fine, lest by the closeness of the Threads it stops the Pores; which being foul, it is also apt to do; so that perspiration being hindred, an Inflammation may be induced.

XIX. As to the length of the Rouler, it is to be provided, ac­cording to the thickness of the part it is applied to, and the number of Circumvolutions, which the Artist shall think convenient, whereby some are longer, some shorter.

XX. As to their breadth; those for the Trunk of the Body ought to be the broadest; then those pro­vided for the Thighs; next those which are for the brawny part of the Arms: The narrower are for the small part of the Arms, and lower part of the legs; and the narrowest those which are fitted for binding up of Fingers and Toes. See Cap. 1. Sect. 138. aforegoing.

XXI. The kinds of Rouling are manifold, as Galen says in's Book of those things which are to be done in the Curing of Wounds, Com. 2. Text. 7. But those which serve for Our purpose in this place, are chiefly four: 1. Fascia In­carnativa: 2. Fascia Retentiva: 3. Fascia Expulsiva: 4. Fascia Aequans.

XXII. Fascia Incarnativa, is performed with a Rouler, having two ends, wherein you must begin to roul in the sound part, opposite to the Wound, and roul upwards, and so return to the wounded Part with one end; with the other end you must roul down­wards, crossing the former, that the lips of the Wound may be neatly brought together.

XXIII. In this kind of Rouling, the Rouler ought to be about half [Page 793] the breadth of the Wound, for thereby it will draw the lips of the Wound together twice; once rouling upwards, and once roul­ing downwards.

XXIV. Authors make another kind of this Fascia Incarnativa, which is performed with one Rouler, which must be broader than the Wound: The middle of it is ap­plied to the sound Part, that the sides of it may meet about the Wound; after which the sides are sewed together with a transverse stitch: But this way is not so ready and convenient as the former, because at every dressing, it requires new sewing.

XXV. Fascia Retentiva, is a kind of Rouling, which is chiefly used to keep the Dressing, as Pled­gets, Emplasters, Cerots, Bolsters, &c. close to the Wound; for which purpose a single Rouler will serve the turn; and this ought to be done no stricter, than what may be enough to stay the Applications in their proper places; for otherwise it may hinder the Protrusion of the Nutriment to the Part, and so produce either a Mortification, or an Atrophy, at least, of the Part.

XXVI. Fascia Expulsiva, is chiefly to press out of the Cavity of the Wound any Humour, or Matter lodging in it; and also to stop the Influx of Humours, which many times invade the depending Part: For which reason we begin the Rouling in the sound Parts be­low the Wound, and then pro­ceed to the wounded Part; after which, you may use more or fewer Circumvolutions, as in reason you shall see fit, and so ascend to the sound part above the Wound, where you may use a more close Bandage, to hinder the Defluxion of any Humour: Thus you press out the Matter already in the Wound, and hinder the Afflux of new.

XXVII. Fascia Aequans, ae swathing Bandage; is that which reduces unequal Parts, some of which are high, some low, to a ne­cessary equality; which is done by applying of Bolsters, with a single Rouler.

XXVIII. There are also other kinds of Bandages, (but proper to other Parts of Chirurgery;) as, 1. Fascia prohibitiva Aposte­matis, a Bandage which hinders Apostems, wherein we begin the Rouling about the Wound, and go upwards to the Joint of the sound Part. 2. Fascia Aposte­matis factiva, which is a Band­age that causes Apostemation, and is just opposite to the for­mer. 3. Fascia Disjunctiva, a Bandage which keeps Parts asun­der. 4. Fascia Directiva, a Bandage which reduces Distort­ed and Crooked Members to their natural Figure.

XXIX. The Way and Manner of Binding or Rouling. This is in part declared in the several kinds; but we have these things to add: 1. That the Swathing is to be begun at one end of the Rouler, and sometimes from the middle thereof.

XXX. 2. Care is to be taken, that the Rouler may not bind or press together the Part too hard, lest by its over-great Compression, [Page 794] it occasion Pain and Inflammation: And on the contrary, that it be not over-loose; for then it will not sufficiently keep the Parts together.

XXXI. 3. As to the Artist himself, 1. That he carries a light and gentle hand, so as not to hurt the Patient. 2. That he be nimble and quick in the Dis­patch, that the Patient be not wearied. 3. That he does his work cleverly and handsomly, so that it may look pleasingly to the eye.

XXXII. 4. If it is a long Wound, the Bandage is best per­formed by a narrow Rouler of a­bout three inches broad, and having two heads, viz. that has a double beginning. And in Wounds that are not very long, the middle of the Rouler is first imposed upon the opposite part of the Wound; and the rouling of it about is begun from it, and drawn towards the Wound, and above the Wound it is straitned or strained, whereby the lips of the Wound are rightly drawn together: And then after this, both heads of the Rouler are rouled this way, and that way, that so the lower part thereof may be drawn about the lower part of the Member, and the higher part about the higher part of the same; to the end that the Humours may the bet­ter flow out, and be pressed forth, from the part affected.

XXXIII. 5. In Winter-time the Roulings ought to be the more, by reason of the coldness of the Weather: But in Summer time lesser, lest the Part affected should grow hot and inflamed.

XXXIV. 6. The knot is to be tied a good distance from the Wound; or rather the heads of the Swath or Rouler may be pinned or sewed together.

XXXV. 7. That in the Band­age of the greater sort of Wounds, the drawing together of the lips may be made easier by imposing the Plumaceolus, a little Pillow or Boulster, or Linnen Cloths many times doubled, which are called Splenia, (of which we have spo­ken before:) But in the Opinion of Avicen, lib. 4. sect. 4. Tr. 1. cap. 8. the Triangular Bolsters are the most convenient, two of them being used together, one on each side the lips, accord­ing to the length of the Wound, (and therefore they ought to exceed the length thereof) and answer each other; for so the Swath or Rouler being drawn upon the Angle of the Trian­gular Boster, it forces it for­wards, together with the lip ly­ing underneath, to the contra­ry part, and so puts a force up­on the Fissure or Mouth of the Wound, which would not be so effectual if the Bolsters were four square.

XXXVI. The Ʋses of Swa­thing are either Essential, or Acci­dental. Essentially they contri­bute to the Cure of the Wound, by bringing and holding toge­ther the Parts disjoined, con­contracting Parts dilated, and reducing Parts distorted; re­pelling Humors flowing into the Wound, and pressing them forth which are already in.

XXXVII. And accidentally they conduce to the Cure, when they are so applied or imposed, that they contain or hold to the Medica­ments designed for the Cure; as Hippocrates has signified, where he speaks of Curing VVounds, Lib. 2. Text. 30.31.32.33. & de Fracturis, Com. 1. Text. 21.

CHAP. VIII. Of a FLƲX of HƲMORS.

I. WOunds often happen to Persons of a Scorbutick, or Cacochymick Habit of Body; and in such People there is great cause to fear, (from the abundance of vitious Humors, which have been long in heaping up) a flux of those Humors to the wounded Part; which may induce great Pain, In­flammation, Apostemation, and many other evil Symptoms: for which reason, we are to do our utmost endeavour, to hinder and prevent this afflux of Hu­mors; and so to strengthen the Part, as to make it able to resist it.

II. Now such a Flux is more especially prevented, by taking care to hinder or remove all those Causes, which may any ways in­duce the said Flux: as also all those things which may very much, and preternaturally heat the wounded Part, excite Pain therein, or render the same soft and loose, whereby it is made the more apt to receive the Flux: or may over-heat and rarify the Humors, or make them thin, whereby they are made more fit for motion and fluxion.

III. The Diet also of the wounded Part is to be considered, that it be such as may not gene­rate too much Nutriment, nor a great abundance of bad and corrupt Humors.

IV. And withal, we must assist and comfort the wounded and weak Parts; with things which corroborate and strengthen, by easing of Pain, abating the vehemency of Heat in the Body, lessening the quantity of Blood, if need require, and due eva­cuation of the vitious Humors.

V. As to Bleeding, we are to consider the strength of the Pa­tient, and whether Blood enough was permitted at making of the Wound. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 16. says, If the Blood flows not forth sufficiently, let a Vein be opened as soon as may be; provided that the Patient has strength enough to bear this loss of Blood.

VI. But this is to be done, 1. In great Wounds chiefly, in which there may be cause to fear an Hemorrhage, and the Patient is strong. 2. If a great Inflammation has seized the Part, or a Fever invades the Sick. 3. If a sufficient quan­tity [Page 796] of Blood did not flow out of the Wound, when it was first made.

VII. But now that this Bleed­ing may be effectual, ancient Phy­sicians advise that a Vein should be opened, at a good distance from the Part affected, and on the con­trary side: but modern Physi­cians say, you are to open the Veins on the same side; and those must be either of the Arm, or some Vein near to the wounded Part.

VIII. As if the Head is wounded, they advise to a Vein in the Forehead, or Veins of the Temples, and those under the Tongue; of which Paraeus has written, Lib. 9. cap. 14.

IX. As to the quantity of Blood, it ought to be according to the plenty of it, which is in the Body, and strength of the Pa­tient: and therefore if much Blood was lost upon making of the Wound, it ought wholly to be omitted; but if little was lost, then you may take away, according to the strength of the Patient, and not other­wise: which you may know by the [...]age of the Patient, habit of the Body, time of the Year, and other Circumstances intervening.

X. The next Intention is Purging, which is either by Vomit, or Purge, or Clyster. If the Stomach is Foul, and the Body full of ill Humors, gentle Vomiting is best, for it makes the greatest of all Revulsions; and it is to be continued every third day, so long till the Stomach is very clear, and easy, and the Humors carried off which may cause a Fluxion.

XI. For this purpose we com­mend Vinegar or Wine of Squills, Oxymel of Squills; but in the more strong constitutions, Vinum Antimoniale, Vinum Benedictum, Taertarum Emeticum, Infusion of Crocus Metallorum, and other Antimonial Vomits; to be given and repeated, according to the age, strength, and condition of the Patient: for these things carry off vast quantities of vi­tious Humors, which may not only endanger a Fluxion, but also keep the Wound from a speedy Healing.

XII. If the Patient is weak, and not able to bear Vomiting, the Body must be emptied of the Morbifick-matter, either by Cath­articks or Clysters: for the Wound will be so much the more successfully and speedily cured; by how much the ill constitution of the wounded Part is prevented, and the vitious Humors apt to flow unto the same, are carried off another way.

XIII. And this is to be done, 1. In great Wounds, where, by reason of Pain, a fluxion of de­praved Humors may be feared. 2. In those Wounds where any kind of cutting or dilating is used. 3. Where any Bones are to be made bare of Flesh. 4. And in all Wounds whatsoever, where the pain is more violent than ordinary.

XIV. But if the Wounds are small, and not affected with any such vehement Pain, they may be cured without any Vomiting or [Page 797] Purging: but then in this case, if the Belly is bound, you are to loosen and open it with Clysters or Suppositories.

XV. Catharticks are to be used also if any pain or heaviness afflict the Head, or if a Tumor or In­flammation appear, or the Body is Scorbutick or Cacochymick; and that timely, in the beginning of a Wound, whilst there is strength, absence of a Fever, and before the Humors are in motion, if possible.

XVI. As to the kinds of Pur­gers, they oughtnot to be vehemently strong, but gentle, or else to be gradually taken: Cholagogues are said to be most fit for Wounds of the Head; for that Inflam­mations and Fevers (the Sym­ptoms of Wounds) are said to be the effects of Choler. Our Family Pills may be given, every Night one or two small Pills; because they work very gently the next day, and carry off the Humors with much ease.

XVII. Pulvis Cornachini is an admirable Cathartick, given twice a Week, à ℈i. ad ʒss. also a Decoction of Myrobalans, mixed with Elect. Lenitivum, or de Succo Rosarum, or some other Solutive Purge. You may also give the Infusion of Rhubarb, Sena, and Myrobalans, sweetned with Syrup of Roses, or Manna.

XVIII. Sennertus says, that Hot, Cholerick, and Serous Hu­mors are to be evacuated; because they are more apt for motion and flowing, and make much for ge­nerating Inflammations, Erysipe­la's, and Fevers; and therefore are to be evacuated at first, before any Fluxion is excited, or Fever induced: for if a Fever is present, Purging can­not be permitted, but with some kind of danger.

XIX. If the Humors are very hot and thin, so as that they cannot be well carried off with Purging, you must come to the use of Opiates; because they thicken the Juices of the whole Body, and so, not only make them fit for an After-expulsion, but also by making them thick, do in a very great measure prevent the Fluxion, which otherwise might fall on the wounded Part.

XX. The Air ought to be tem­perate and thick; for a hot and thin Air does thin and melt the Humors, and so make them the more apt for Fluxion; and a cold Air is hurtful for the Brain, Nerves, Bones, &c. and hinders the Healing of the Wound.

XXI. The Diet is also to be moderate; Wine is not permitted before 12 or 14 days are past, unless fainting or swooning is present. In those Countrys where neither VVine nor Beer are to be had, the White Liquor, made of burnt Harts-horn, made pleasant with juice of Limons and white Sugar, may be of good use: also Barley-Water, made pleasant with Oxy­saccharum, or Syrup of Limons, or Citrons, or Syrup of Violets with juice of Limons, &c.

XXII. If the Wound is with a Fracture, Flesh nor Fish, are scarcely permitted for the first 8 or 10 days; because they breed [Page 798] plenty of Nourishment, and conse­quently of Humors, from whence a Fluxion is induced: and there­fore Panada and Ptisans are advised, as also some other things according to the Season of the Year, as Asparagus, young Pease, Cabbage, Lettice, Endive, Succory, stewed Prunes, Raisons; and after Meals things which strengthen and close the Mouth of the Stomach; as Mar­malade of Quinces, codled Ap­ples, baked Apples, Pears baked or stewed, Conserve of Bar­berries, preserved Damsens, &c. Caraway-comfits, &c.

XXIII. When Flesh is permit­ted to be eaten, it ought to be of Chickens, young Pigeons, Veal, Lamb, Kids, Mutton, young Rab­bets, Wild-fowl, Partridges, Phea­sants, Turtle-Doves, Blackbirds, Thrushes, Larks, &c. with Sawces made of things cooling and moistning; as Sorrel, Spinage, Succory, Lettice, Purslane, &c. or else of Verjuice, juices of Sor­rel, Mints, Oranges, Limons, Citrons, Pomgranates, &c.

XXIV. Sleep is to be procured in the Night-time, and avoided by Day: and much Watching is to be avoided, because it induces crudity of Humors, heaviness, pain of the Head, disturbance of the Mind, and other ill Symptoms: in this case Opi­ates prudently given, are pro­per, and to anoint the Forehead and Temples with Oil of Pop­pies, Henbane, or Mandrakes, p. 2. mixed with Vinegar p. 1. inwardly you may give Syrup of white Poppies ℥jss. mixt with Syrup of Limons, Lettice-water, A. ℥i. for a Dose.

XXV. Lastly, as to the excretion of Excrements, the Belly ought to be kept soluble, that there may be a continual sinking away of corrupt and vitious Humors: and if Na­ture is dull, or the Body costive, Evacuation is to be made by Clysters, Suppositories, and the like; and sometimes by a gen­tle Solutive Medicine taken by the Mouth: but Venery above all things is to be avoided; (especially in Wounds of the Head) because great store of Spirits are contained in a small quantity of Seed; and thereby all the Faculties, but chiefly the Animal, are weakned and enervated.

CHAP. IX. Of the SYMPTOMS of WOƲNDS.

I. SYmptoms which happen to Wounded Persons are mani­fold, but the twelve following are chief; viz. 1. Hemorrhage. 2. Pain. 3. Inflammation. 4. An Erysi­pelas. 5. Indigestion of Humors. 6. Fever. 7. Fainting and Swooning. 8. Convulsions. 9 De­lirium. 10. Palsies. 11. Gan­grene, or Sphacelus of the Part. [Page 799] 12. Proud Flesh; which we hinted at in part, in Chap. 1. Sect. 39. of this Book afore­going.

II. [...], Haemorrha­gia; is either Essential, which happens upon the first wounding, before binding up; of which we have discoursed at large in Ch. 4. aforegoing: or Symptomical, which is when it breaks forth again some day, or days after the first applications: this is also to be cured after the same manner, and with the same Medica­ments, and therefore we shall say no more of it in this place.

III. [...]. Dolor, Pain; Galen defines or describes Pain to be, Sensatio tristis, a sad or grievous Feeling; but this shews rather how pain is caused, than what it is: Cicero, Tusc. 2. says, Dolor est motus asper in Corpore, à Sensibus alienus: Pain is a sharp com­motion or passion in a Body, hurtful to, or disagreeing from the Senses.

IV. These Descriptions or De­finitions answer not exactly the thing: however, it is an uneasy Feeling, or something disagreea­ble in the Instrument of Feel­ing, caused by that which makes a Solution of Unity; or like Lightning, penetrates thro' Nervous and Sensible Bodies.

V. Pain is eased by two sorts of Medicaments, 1. By Ano­dyns, which the Greeks call [...], & [...]. As­swagers, or Easers of Pain. 2. By Narcoticks, which the Greeks call [...], ( [...], à Stupore) things which give ease by stupifying the Part.

VI. Anodyns, are such Medica­ments as are temperate, and do restore, at least maintain the natu­ral temper of the Body or Part, open the Pores, and by their sub­tilty enter into them, resolve the Humors, and make the Parts soft and loose, and so less apt to retain the Matter paining: if they exceed a little in heat, they more ef­fectually open the Pores, and discuss the thinner part of the peccant matter, by which the pain is abated.

VII. These things are not to be applied where the Pain is tolera­ble, but where it is intolerable; which happens more especially when the Nerves or Nervous Parts are wounded: but they are some­times excited by Errors com­mitted by the Patient in the course of his Diet; by eating all manner of bad and corrupt Food, as Cabbage, Coleworts, salt Fish, and other salt and pickled Meats: as also by ex­posing the wounded Part to the cold Air, or over-much Exer­cise, &c. Or by the carelesness or unskilfulness of the Chirur­geon, applying things too hot, sharp, or corrosive; too long Tents, too hard Bandage, or leaving pieces of Bones, or Pus, too long in the Wound: and without any of these Causes, the Pain may sometimes be excited, thro' an internal afflux of Hu­mors.

VIII. If the pain is induced suddenly, with unwonted coldness and chilness, it is an ill sign, and [Page 800] shews an Inflammation imme­diately to follow, or a Gangren nigh at hand: these Pains are also the cause of restlesness, want of Sleep, dejection of strength, and an afflux of Hu­mors to the wounded Part; from whence comes oftentimes Inflammations, Fevers, and some­times a Gangren or Sphacelus it self.

IX. In order therefore to the Cure, you must make a diligent search into the Causes, which are all to be removed, before any thing else is done: as things extra­neous are presently to be re­moved; abundance of Pus re­tained, is to be brought sorth, &c. but if it proceeds from an over-great afflux of Humors, then Medicaments ano­dyn and rarifying are to be applied, among which the fol­lowing are accounted.

X. Of simple Anodynes, the chief are; Roots, of Lillies, Onions, Garlick, Leeks: Herbs, as Camo­mil, Dill, Elder, Fennel, Mal­lows common and marsh, Peni­royal, Walwort: Seeds, Barley, Beans, Wheat, Oatmeal, Fenu­greek, Linseed: Oils, of Olives, Almouds, Ben, new Butter: Grease, of Capons, Dueks, Geese, Hogs, Mankind, Vipers: Marrow, of Beef, Lamb, Mutton, Veal: Milk, of Cows, Goats, Women­kind: Gums, Camphir, Ro­sin, &c. Flowers, Roses, Saffron.

XI. Out of these, several compound Anodyns may be composed; as, ℞ Oil of Ben, Capons-grease, A.℥ss. Oils of Dill and Camomil, A.ʒii. Beef-marrow ℥i, Camphir ʒi. mix them. ℞ Unguentum album camphora­tum ℥i. Oil of Elder ℥ss. Cam­phir ℈i. mix them.Roots of Lillies, Onions boiled soft in Wa­ter, A.℥ii. Oil of Dill ℥i. White­bread, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm, &c.

XII. Among Anodyns, Senner­tus commends Oils of Roses, of Earthworms, and of Elder, Pa­raeus Oil of Whelps; a Cata­plasm of leaves of Mallows, roots of Althea, Barley-meal, Bean-meal, and Bran. ℞ Oil of sweet Almonds, of Roses, of Camo­mil, A.℥i. yolk of one Egg, Saffron ℈i. mix them.Roots of Al­thea ℥ss. Mallow-leaves, Elder-flowers, A. M.i. boil to softness, and pulp them thro' a Hair-sieve; to which add pouder of Camomil-flowers ℥ss. Barley-meal ℥i. meals of Beans and Linseed, A. ℥ss. mix, and make a Cataplasm; to which you may add (if you please) Oil of Camomil, Earth­worms, or Roses, q.s. But in extream Pains, Oils of Poppies and Water-lillies are commen­ded; also a Cataplasm of leaves or roots of Nightshade, made up with Oil of Poppies, or Hogs­lard.

XIII. Narcoticks take not away the cause of the Pain, but are said to give ease thro' stupefaction, and these Medicaments are generally cold in third and fourth degree: of which kind are Apple of Peru, Darnel, Hemlock, Henbane, Nightshade the deadly, Man­drake, Opium, Poppies, the black chiefly, Water-lilles, Poplar-buds, English Tobacco, &c. of which you may make Oils, Ointments, Cataplasms, &c. ℞ Ʋnguentum [Page 801] Populeon & Album, ana ℥i. Oil of Henbane, or English Tobacco ℥ss. Tincture of Opium as thick as new Honey ʒijss. mix them.

XIV. [...], Inflamma­tio, an Inflammation often follows upon Wounds, more especially if the Nerves, or Nervous Parts are wounded; or that the Pain excites an afflux of Hnmors and Blood unto the Part affected; which, when it cannot sufficiently flow forth, putrifies, and easily causes an Inflammation.

XV. Of this Hippocrates has hinted something in Lib. de Ʋl­ceribus: Si statim pro Valetudine Sanguis plus minusve è plaga flu­xerit, & ipsum Vulnus, & quae juxtà sunt, minus Inflammatione praemuntur. If Blood flows forth of the Wound, whether more or less, so it be in proportion to the strength of the Patient; then both the Wound it self, and parts adjacent to it, will be the less troubled and affected with any Inflammation that may possibly follow thereupon.

XVI. If therefore there is any cause to fear an Inflammation, from the Blood not sufficiently flow­ing out, then bleeding is to be pro­posed, which is to be in proportion to the strength of the Sick. But if an Inflammation is already pre­sent, then Authors advise Bleed­ing and Purging too, as the Ne­cessity shall require.

XVII. If the Inflammation is excited through Pain, that Pain is to be removed by Application of A­nodyns or Narcoticks, such as we have enumerated at Sect. 10, 11, 12, and 13. afore-going: And the Afflux of Humors are to be repressed, according as we have directed in the former Chapter.

XVIII. Avicen commends a Cataplasm made of a Pomgranate boiled in red or astringent Wine, then beaten in a Mortar, and made up into a Consistency. Or a Cata­plasm may be made of Flower of Barley, Sea Lentiles, and Mouse­ear in pouder, with Oil of Roses or Lilies: But if these things do not, you must pursue the Cure as we have taught, Lib. 3. Cap. 5. aforegoing; where we have de­livered what is necessary to be known in this Matter.

XIX. [...], Erysipelas, A cuticular Heat, and pustular Eruption upon the Skin, sometimes follows upon the Wounds; which you may know by the Signs of an Erpsipelas, delivered in the former Book.

XX. Hippocrates, Lib. de Ʋl­ceribus, teaches us, Ʋbicunque Ʋlceri supervenerit Erysipelas, pur­gandum Corpus esse. That when­soever an Erysipelas shall follow upon an Ulcer, that then the Body is to be Purged.

XXI. If Choler therefore does so much abound, as to endanger an Afflux of Humors to the Wound, it ought wholly to be evacuated with Cholagogues, yet gently, and by degrees.

XXII. But because many times an Erysipelas has its O [...]i inal from very thin Blood, either Simple, or mixed with some Choler, Cathar­ticks are to be very mode a ely used, and sometimes not at all; but Sudorificks are to be chosen, as being most useful to open the Pores, and exhale the super-a­bounding hot Humidity of the Blood.

XXIII. Hippocrates was wont to impose upon the place af­fected the Leaves of Woad, or the Juice thereof mixt with some proper Earth, as Terra Sigillata, Chalk, &c. You may also ap­ply a Cataplasm made of Elder-water, or Juice of Elder, with Barley-meal, &c. and other things which we have directed, Lib. 3. Cap. 17. of this Work aforegoing.

XXIV. But Authors leave this Prognostick to go along with us, That an Erysipelas (if it is not induced from the Application of too hot external Medicines) coming upon Wounds, Ulcers, Fractures, and Dislocations, is for the most part mortal.

XXV. [...], Cruditas, In­digestion in Wounds: This is another thing which hinders heal­ing of Wounds. Now a Wound is said to be Crude or Indigested, when it does not afford a lau­dable Pus or Quittor, viz. white, smooth, uniform, and not ill scented.

XXVI. The Cause of this is manifold; 1. Want of Applica­tion of fit Medicaments in due time. 2. Being exposed too long in the Cold, or cold Air. 3. From imposing unfit Medi­caments, as things cold, and Heterogene to the Parts wound­ed. 4. By reason of a great Flux of Blood continuing. 5. From the Nature of the Parts, as Nerves, Tendons, deep Wounds in the Joints. 6. From the Instrument making the Wound, whereby it becomes Contused, as Gun-shot, &c. 7. From Malignity or Poison. 8. By reason of too strict Ban­dage.

XXVII. As to the Cure; That which is the Cause of the Crudity is to be removed; the wounded Parts are to be strengthened, and Digestives are to be applied, accordiug to the Nature of the Parts hurt.

XXVIII. If there is an He­morrhage, it is to be stop'd, as we have taught in Cap. 4. aforego­ing. If the Joints are wounded, Medicaments drying (but not bi­ting) are to be applied to preserve their Temperature. The coldness of the Air is to be corrected; fit Medicaments are to be appli­ed to the wounded Part; an equal and mean Bandage is to be used; Things Comforting and Easing the Nerves and Tendons are to be imposed; and the Con­tused Flesh, if any be, is to be reduced to Pus.

XXIX. The Part wounded is to be strengthned and fortified with Repulsives, or Interceptives; and with such things as preserve (in a mean) the Natural Heat.

XXX. Lastly, the Wound it self is to be brought to Digestion, by the help of Digestives, reason­ably applied; an enumeration of which, both Simple and Compound, you have at large.

XXXI. [...], Febres; Fe­vers happening upon Wounds are of many kinds: As, 1. From Di­sturbance of Humours. 2. From Generating of the Pus, 3. From an Inflammation. 4. From Pu­tridness of Humours. 5. From an ill Preparedness of Humours.

XXXII. 1. Fevers from Di­sturbance of Humours, invade [Page 803] from the very beginning, arising from the Motion of the Body, Passion of the Mind, and Di­sturbance of the Blood and Spi­rits thereupon: As also from vehement Pain disturbing the Humors, which causing restles­ness, sets those Humors on fire.

XXXIII. They are known from their invading the Patient instant­ly upon insticting the Wound, and together with it: But a putrid Fever may invade the Patient at the same moment, as well as one of these Ephemerae, which you are to distinguish by their proper Signs.

XXXIV. These Ephemerae bring with them no danger at all, yet neither can ye promise Safety; for that the time of Fluxion and Inflammation that are wont to follow on the Wound, is not yet past over.

XXXV. This Fever requires no special Cure; but if the Sick will submit to the strict Rules of Diet, will vanish of its own accord: But all its Causes (if present, or there is fear of their returning) are to be removed, lest danger ensue. For otherwise about the fourth day Fluxions and Inflam­mations may happen, and so endanger other Symptoms; in these Cases, this is good, ℞ of Our Aqua Bezoartica ℥i. Guttae Vitae. ℥ss. Aqua Elementaria ℥iij. mix: Dose, one spoonful Morn­ing and Evening.

XXXVI. 2. Fevers from ge­nerating the Pus, arise when there is a great abundance of Pus ge­nerated, as Hippocrates, Sect. 2. Aph. 47. seems to inculcate: For whatsoever abounds in the wounded Part, and cannot be changed into the substance thereof, putrifies, and causes an Effervescency of the putrid Mat­ter; yet Nature does whatever she can, to convert as much of the superfluous matter into Pus. Now from this Ebullition a heat is engendred in the Blood in the Vessels, which being commu­nicated to the Heart, excites a Fever, which is more like to an Ephemera plurium dierum, rather than to Febris putrida, properly so called.

XXXVII. It is known, because the Signs of Putridness are ab­sent, and appear not, nor yet the Signs of an Inflammation: And it invades at the time in which the Pus is wont to be generated, which is chiefly about the fourth day: The Heat is much, but easie; Pulse great, swift, and frequent; Urine like that in time of Health, and is always alone, or without any other Symptom joined with it.

XXXVIII. It is without any danger at all in it self, and soon after ceases many times of its own accord.

XXXIX. The Cure is effected by making a passage forth for the Pus, as soon as may be: And if the Pus is contained in a more noble Part, or in a Part that has consent with a more noble Part, the sooner it is let out, the bet­ter it is, and the sooner the Fe­ver ends; and withal, you ought to endeavour to hinder the future afflux of any more Hu­mours.

XL. 3. Fevers from an Inflam­mation, are caused from the [Page 804] Matter heaped up, and causing the Phlegmon; and they arise from the Spirits growing hot, and communicating this heat to the Heart through the Arteries and Veins, by which the putrid Vapours are transfused, and do penetrate: And these Fevers are sometimes Quotidians, and some­times Putrid, according to the Matter by which they are indu­ced.

XLI. They are known, because an Inflammation is always present; the Signs of which we have given you in its proper place: And whe­ther it is a Quotidian, or truly Putrid Fever, you may know by the Signs of them both, as we have declared them in Our Synop­sis Medicinae, Lib. 7. to which we refer you. If it is a Quoti­dian, the Signs of Putridness ap­pear not in the Urine, whereas in Putrid Futrid Fevers they do appear: And the heat in Putrid Fevers is far greater and sharper than in Quotidians; so also the Symptoms are more vehement, and withal there is a greater de­jection of Spirits, and of the strength of the Body.

XLII. They are greater or les­ser, according to the Magnitude of the Inflammation, on which they depend; and so likewise they are more or less dangerous.

XLIII. They are Cured by re­moval of the Cause, viz. of the Phlegmon, like as all other symp­tomatick Fevers are: And there­fore you must by cooling Alte­ratives endeavour the abatement of the Heat, lest that otherwise a Putridness of the Humours be induced. And if any Putridness is present, you must repress and restrain it with all the speed imaginable.

XLIV. 4. Fevers from Putrid­ness of Humours, are caused from the Heat which induces the Pu­trefaction, which are kindled, and increase gradually as the Putridness encreases; and this Putridness is in the Wound it self, having an affinity with the Pus, or thick purulent Matter.

XLV. They are known from the Quantity and Quality of the Ex­crements flowing out of the Wound, as a great quantity of Sanies, which is rather Putrid or Stinking, than laudable or good Pus, and of a various and evil Colour, and very offensive Smell: And though the Sanies may sometimes be but little, yet it is corrupt and stinking: If the Colour of the, Part is changed, and there is pain and heaviness, it is a Sign of a present vitious Matter, not cast forth, which stirring of a heat with in, causes this Fe­ver to appear, with Signs of Pu­tridness in the Urine.

XLVI. They are more or less dangerous, according as the Pu­tridness is greater or lesser, and in a Part more or less noble, and accompanied with more grie­vous or gentle Symptoms; and as the passage for the vitious and putrid Matter is more difficult or easie for its flowing forth.

XLVII. The Cure consists in re­sisting the Putridness, and restrain­ing the Putrid Matter, and that an easie way and passage be made with all speed for its flowing out: For the Putridness being resist­ed and destroyed, and the pu­trid [Page 805] Matter removed, the Fe­ver then vanishes of its own ac­cord.

XLVIII. 5. Fevers from an ill Preparation of the Humours thro' the whole Body, are easily kindled upon the occasion of a Wound; for if the wounded Body is im­pure, a Fever, through pain of the Wound, is easily then in­duced. This may rather be cal­led a Cacochymick Fever, because of the great provision of Viti­ous and Scorbutick Humours heaped up in all places; and it is caused either from those Hu­mours through the whole Body being inflamed, through the Commotion or Disturbance of the Spirits after receiving of the Wound, or from a Putrid­ness engendred in the wounded Parts, from whence depraved Vapours are communicated to the Veins, where meeting with vitious Humours, a Fever is in­duced thereupon.

XLIX. These Fevers are some­times continued, sometimes inter­mitting, but for the most part Ter­tians of either kind, either single or double; very rarely Quotidians, and more seldom Quartans: And they are known by the Heat, by the Urine, and by the Pulse, all shewing a Putridness and Caco­chymy: If they are caused by a Disturbance and Commotion of the Spirits of the Humours, it is known by its immediately in­vading the Patient in the be­ginning, when there is no Pu­tridness in the Wound. But if it is caused from any Putrid­ness in the Wound, then the Fever is not at beginning; but after a short time, when Signs and Tokens of Putridness begin to appear in the Wound. Lastly, The Nature and Quality of the Fever is to be known from its own proper Signs.

L. The continual are the more dangerous; the intermitting are of themselves altogether void of Danger: But continual Fevers falling upon Wounds, have all of them some danger, more or less, according to the Quality or Condition of the Putridness; for that a Fluxion may be exci­ted upon the Part affected: Or by weakening of the Heat of the Part, many Excrements may be generated therein, from whence many other evil Symp­toms may be excited.

LI. As to the Cure of these Fe­vers, the Putridness must be re­sisted, by giving internally Our Tinctura Bezoartica, à gut. xxv. ad lx. in some proper Vehicle; and in the Remission, part of the Mor­bifick Cause is to be carried off with Purging, by giving several Doses of Sal Mirabile; and then cool­ing the Blood with Juice of Ci­trons, or Oil of Sulphur, or Sal Vitriolatum. The Intermitting are to be Purged in the Inter­mission; 1. Ʋpwards, with Pul­vis Antimonii, or some small Dose of Tartar Emeticum. 2. Downwards, with Pulvis Cathar­ticus, or Pulvis Cornachini, or an Infusion of Sena and Rhubarb, that the Cacochymy may in a good measure be carried off: After which the Fever is to be cured with Pulvis Antifebriticus, or with the Pouder, Infusion, or Tincture of Cortex Peruanus.

LII. [...], Lipothymia & Syncope, Fainting and Swooning: These differ only in degrees. In Lipothymia, or Fainting, the Sick loses not al­together the sense of Feeling, but the Spirits seems to fail, with a cold Sweat breaking forth, chiefly about the Face, Fore­head and Temples.

LIII. Whereas in a Syncope, or Swooning, Motion and Feeling are taken away together from the Body, so that it lies for a time, seemingly as if it were dead. In handling this Article, we will only treat of a Syncope, as being the greater Disaffection; for that the Cure of it being known; the other cannot be unknown, since that those things, which are beneficial in a Syncope, or the greater evil, must be much more prevalent in a Lipothymia, or the lesser.

LIV. A Syncope may be caused, 1. From Fear, or over great Joy. 2. From Suffocation of the Spirits, from Crude Humours, or Sul­phureous Vapours, as those of Charcole. 3. From the Sensi­bility of a Part, as a Nerve, Ten­don, Membrane wounded. 4. From the Constitution of the Heart being altered, by the Malignity of some Disease, as the Plague, &c. 5. From a malign Vapor sent to the Heart from some other Part, as from the Womb, in Fits of the Mother. 6. From a ma­lign Matter communicated to the Heart, as in a Sphacelus, or dead­ly Mortification. 7. From a de­ficiency of Spirits, there being not matter enough for their ge­neration, as in Famine, great Thirst. 8. From the Spirits be­ing spent by too great Heat, Watch­ing, Grief, Travel, or immode­rate Evacuations. 9. By Anti­pathy to some particular thing, as smelling to sweet Bryar, or Wall-flower, seeing or tasting of Shoulder of Mutton, Cheese, &c.

LV. The Signs of a Syncope are, Paleness of the face, with some­times cold Sweats; small, slow, and unequal Pulse, dimness of Sight, coldness of Hands and Feet; at last the Pulse wholly ceases, and the Speech, Moving, and Feeling are taken away, the Body lying for a while as though it was dead.

LVI. As to the Prognosticks, you must know, 1. A Syncope proceeding from an inward Cause, is more dangerous than that which proceeds from an outward; and that which seizes one which was before feeble and weak, is ac­counted dangerous.

LVII. 2. A Syncope which proceeds from an Oppression of the Spirits, is more easily cured, and less dangerous, than that which proceeds from a Dissipation of the same, through Inanition: But where Swooning is often repeat­ed without manifest Cause, the Sick dies at last suddenly, as Hippocrates affirms, Sect. 2. Aph. 41.

LVIII. 3. In a Syncope, if the Sick comes, or revives not a­gain, by casting cold Water on the face, rubbing them with Rose-water, or Spirit of Wine, or ha­ving Wine or strong Waters put into their mouth, or strong snee­zing Medicines blown up their Nostrils, or strong Spirit of Sal [Page 807] Armoniack held thereto, it may be accounted mortal.

LIX. 4. A Syncope caused by immoderate Evacuation of Blood in Wounds (if it is not too great) is not very dangerous, especially if the Sick is of a good Habit of Body; for that by good Diet new Blood may be genera­ted again.

LX. 5. The Sick coming to themselves again after a Fit; yet if the Pulse and good Colour of the Face returns not, they will immediately relapse again, or fall into another Fit.

LXI. 6. Lastly, The Syncope, which is the primary Diasaffection of the Heart, is more dangerous than that which happens by con­sent of other Parts.

LXII. As to Cure: The means proper in this Case, are either Ex­ternal or Internal.

LXIII. Externally, Cast in their Faces fair Water, Damask-Rose Water, Orange-flower Water, Mint Water, &c. And let the Temples and Nostrils be bathed or moistned with Spirit of An­gelica or Bawm, or Powers of Oranges, Limons, Lavender, Rosemary, or Amber.

LXIV. But if it is a Woman, and possibly may be subject to Fits, you must avoid sweet Scents, but cause the Fumes of Spirit or Salt of Hartshorn to go up the No­strils, Spirit or Tincture of Ca­stor, Volatile Salt, or Spirit of Sal Armoniack, of Urine, or of Blood, &c.

LXV. Then you must use sha­king of the Body, rubbing of the extream Parts, hollowing in their ears, and pressing the Parts ad­jacent to the Joints of the lower Jaw, under the Lobes of the Ears; and force into their mouth gr. x. of Our Theriaca Chymica, mixed with a little Spiritus Cor­dialis, or a drop or two of Oil of Limons or Lavender.

LXVI. Internally, you may give a Toast well sop'd in Choice Canary, drinking the Wine with the Toast: Or you may dissolve a lit­tle choice Juice of Alkermes in Our Spiritus Cordialis, or gr. xvi. of Theriaca Chymica in Our Aqua Bezoartica ℥i. where these things are not at hand, Angelica, Bawm, Cinnamon, and Mint Waters, may be of use, more especially if mix'd with an equal quantity of mull'd Brandy.

LXVII. Or you may give this Composition. ℞ Spiritus Cor­dialis ℥i. Tinctura Cordialis ℥ ss. Potestates Anisi, Caryophyllorum, Lavendule, Limonum, Pulegii, Rosmarini, A. ʒi. Cinnamon-water, Mint-water, A. ℥ij. Syrup of the Juice of Limons and Citrons, A. ℥i. Juice of Alkermes ℥ss. mix them. Dose, one or two Spoonfuls, now and then, as you see occasion.

LXVIII. [...], Convulsio, a Convulsion, or pluck­ing or shrinking up of the Nerves, Tendons, and Muscles, or parts ap­pointed for voluntary Motion to­wards their Original, viz. the Brain, or Spinal Marrow, which happens now and then to wound­ed Persons; this is a vehement and dangerous Symptom, and of which we should be large here, but that we have treated thereof very explicitely in the third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 2. Cap. 3. & [Page 808] Lib. 3. Cap. 18. We shall here therefore give you only those things which are proper to be said upon those Convulsions, which are wont to follow upon Wounds.

LXiX. A Convulsion in wounded Persons, is two-fold; either Na­tural or Ʋnnatural: That which is Natural happens when one of two Muscles appointed for Motion is contracted, the other being Trans­ve sly [...]ounded; and this may be seen in Wounds of the Head, when one of the Temporal Mu­scles is cut asunder; and in Wounds of the Fingers: For if the inner Muscle of a Finger is cut asunder transversly, the out­ward Muscle will be contract­ed.

LXX. An Ʋnnatural Convul­sion is that which happens, not because one of two Muscles, ordain­ed to perform the same Function or Action, is transversly wounded, but is otherwise hurt, cut in part, or prick'd, and this is either Mo­tus Convulsivus, or Convulsio Vera.

LXXI. Motus Convulsivus is caused from a thin, or vaporous Matter moving up and down, and disturbing the Nerve: Which con­tinues not long; for the Matter be­ing kept in the Part effected, the Brain, and Original of the Nerve are so affected, that they lose their Action; from whence a Palsie is in­duced on that side: Then a ma­lign Vapor being raised from hence, and passing to the Neu­rotick Root of the sound Part, not wholly spoiled, the Nerves are shaken; whence comes this Motus Convulsivus, and differs from a true Convulsion only in this, That the Matter is less sharp, and the Contraction con­tinues not so long.

LXXII. A true Convulsion is that which is caused from an a­bounding Oily Matter stopping the Nerves; or from a Driness shrinking them up; or by Con­sent, from an evil or malign Vapor, sent to the Original of the Nerves of the Muscles, and contracting them.

LXXIII. Convulsions are either General or Particular: The Gene­ral are three-fold, 1. [...], Emprosthotonos, when not only the Neck, but the rest of the Body also is drawn or con­tracted forwards, that the Sick cannot stand upright; the Nerves of the Neck and rest of the Spine, which move the Body forwards, being disaffected.

LXXIV. 2. [...], Opi­sthotonos, when the whole Body is bent backwards, so that it cannot be bent forwards; which is caused from the hurt of the Muscles which bend the Body backwards.

LXXV. 3. [...], when all the Muscles of the fore and back Parts are equally Convulsed, or Contracted, and kept so, where­by the Body remains stiff, that it cannot be bended any way.

LXXVI. Particular Convulsions are twofold, 1. [...], Spasmus Cynicus seu Oris distortio; which, as Celsus, Lib. 4. Cap. 2. says, Is when the mouth is pulled awry. Now the chief Muscles of the Face are those of the No­strils, Cheeks, Lips, and lower Jaw, which have Nerves, for [Page 809] the most part, from the third Conjugation.

LXXVII. 2. [...], Spas­mus flatuosus, seu Flatu abundans; The Cramp, in any other par­ticular Part of the Body, caused from a thin windy Vapor, con­tracting the Muscles or Nerves, making a hard knotty Tumor, with vehement Pain.

LXXVIII. Now the Causes of Convulsions upon Wounds are either Essential, or by Consent.

LXXIX. The Essential Causes are either from a pricking of the Nerves, and a vehement Pain thence arising; or else from some malign or sharp Humor or Va­por twitching some nervous Part, or the Membranes of the Brain; for the Expulsion of which, Nature, by labouring, excites this Contraction, or Con­vulsive Motions.

LXXX. Hippocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 65. saith, Those that with their Wounds have manifest Tu­mors, are not much troubled with Convulsion Fits, but they are sei­zed with a sort of Madness: But if these Tumors suddenly vanish, (they happening on the hinder Part) then Cramps and Convulsions happen thereupon.

LXXXI. And Galen, Arte Medica, Cap. 92. says, That the pricking of a Nerve or Tendon (by reason of the exquisiteness of their Sense, and because they are conti­nued from the Brain) is very apt to excite a Convulsion of the Nerves; but then more especially, when nothing breaths forth out­wardly, the wound of the Skin be­ing shut up or closed.

LXXXII. The Causes of a Con­vulsion by Consent are threefold, 1. From a malign Vapor offending the Original of the Nerves, as in Poisoned Wounds. 2. When the Nerves draw themselves towards their Original, by reason of the great pain which is felt in the wounded Part. 3. From vehe­ment or immoderate Cold, or cold things making the Nerves stiff.

LXXXIII. The Signs of a Con­vulsion, are a Contraction of the Muscles and Nerves towards their Original, against the will of the Sick, and the Member which they move follows this depraved Motion. But in a convulsive Motion, this is not performed at once, and so continuing, but it comes, ceases, and returns often, draw­ing the flesh several ways.

LXXXIV. As to the Progno­sticks: Convulsions or convulsive Motions are very dangerous in Wounds; for Hippocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 2. says, If a Convulsion fol­lows upon a Wound, it is mortal; and this is because sharp Humors smite the Nerves and inflame them. And in Sect. 5. Aph. 3. If a Convulsion follows upon an immoderate Flux of Blood, or a Raving, or Sighing, and Sob­bing upon the same occasion, it is very evil and dangerous.

LXXXV. Whoever is taken with a Tetanos, dies generally within four days; but if they es­cape these, they recover. Hippo­crates, Sect. 5. Aph. 6. The reason is, because the Disease is perperacute, or very acute, and Nature is not able to endure that horrible pain any longer, caused by the strong Tension of the Nerves, both forward and back­ward.

LXXXVI. They who die of a Convulsion, continue hot a long time, because they die stifled, the Mu­scles appointed for respiration being also contracted or shrunk up: For the Muscles of the Neck distend­ed, the Septum transversum, or Diaphragma, must also be hurt. For Nerves arising from the fourth Vertebra of the Neck are inserted into the Midriff, and so the Neck being convulsed, Re­spiration is hindred.

LXXXVII. The Cure of Con­vulsions we have taught at large in the Third Edition of Our Synop­sis Medicinae, Lib. 3. Cap. 18. Sect. 21. ad 28. But in Con­vulsions and convulsive Motions which happen upon Wounds, (whether it is of themselves, or by Consent of some other Part) this is particular, that you must have great regard to the Brain, and Spinal Marrow, and the Nerves which proceed from them.

LXXXVIII. For which reason you are to anoint the Neck, both before and behind, as also the whole Spinal Marrow, with some pow­erful Neurotick, such as this: ℞ Cil of Peter, Chymical Oil of Amber, Angelica, Anise, Caraways, Camomil, Cloves, Fennel, Juni­per, Lavender, Limons, Mace, Nutmegs, Rosemary, Sage, Sassa­frass, Savin, Turpentine, A. ʒi. liquid Amber, liquid Storax, Bal­sams of Chili, Peru and Tolu, A. ʒij. mix them; with which a­nont two or three times a day.

LXXXIX. If the Convulsion happens from the Retention of the Pus, or other Recrements, a Pas­sage must be made as soon as may be, for the Excrements both thin and thick to come forth; and by which some Neurotick Oil or Liquor is be drop'd into the Wound, that has a power to cleanse and give ease.

XC. And outwardly, things which have a power to draw from the depth of the Wound are to be applied; which must be Medi­caments of an attractive force, and yet Neuroticks withal; of which kind are all sorts of natu­ral Balsams, Turpentines, and the like.

XCI. The Body, if Costive, is to be kept soluble with Clysters.fat Broths lbi. Tincture of Sena ℥ss. brown Sugar ℥iv. mix them, and exhibit warm. Or you may Purge with a Dose or two of Pul­vis Cornachini à gr. xx. ad ʒ ss. given in a little Syrup of Roses solutive, which works pleasantly and gently.

XCII. After Purging, Speci­ficks are to be given; as morning and evening Our Theriaca Chymi­ca, Laudanum Specificum, Elixir Antepilepticum, Spiritus Opii, Po­testates Lavendulae, Limonum, Pulegii, Rosmarini, Succini, & Virtutum, Guttae Vitae, Sal & Spiritus Cornu Cervi, and other things of like kind, with which also outwardly, the Parts affected may sometimes be bath­ed.

XCIII. If the Convulsion arises from poisoned Wounds, whether with poisoned Weapons, or bitings of poisonous Creatures, &c. you must then dilate the mouth of the Wouud, that the venomous Matter may have free vent; and Cupping-Glasses are to be appli­ed, to stop the ascending of the Vapors.

XCIV. The Medicines also which you apply to such poisoned Wounds, must be of a thin or liquid substance, that it may the more easily pass to the bottom of the Wound, and they must be of a drying and digestive quality, to resolve and draw out the virulency or poison of the Matter.

XCV. Such are Ointment of To­bacco, made thin with Oil of To­bacco, Our Theriaca Chymica, or Mithridate dissolved in Spiritus Cordialis: And in this case a little of the Princes Pouder (to be added with the former mix­tures, whether of the Ointment or Treacle) will be found of ex­traordinary use.

XCVI. If the Convulsion is cau­sed from extremity of Pain, Ano­dyns are to be applied; as Oil made by expression, out of the Seeds of Hypericon, in which the Flowers of the same Herb are often to be infused, which is commended by Heurnius; also other Anodyns, and Narcoticks, store of which you may find in their proper places.

XCVII. If the Convulsion is caused through external Cold, or cold things, or Applications; you must then keep the Sick in a warm Room, and anoint with warming or heating Medicaments, such as this: ℞ Ox Gall ℥ii. Oils of Amber, Anise, Sassafrass, and Li­mons, A. ʒii. mix them, to a­noint withal: Also you may a­noint with the Compositum, at Sect. 89. aforegoing.

XCVIII. [...], Deli­rium, Dotage, or symptomatical Madness. This Symptom hap­pening upon a Wound, is dan­gerous; for the mind not be­ing well, it shews the Brain is not well, neither its Membranes, nor the whole nervous System; and therefore it is always a bad Sign.

XCIX. And if it is accompa­nied with a continual Fever, and Difficulty of Breathing, it is mor­tal. Hippocrates, Sect. 4. Aph. 50. And if it follows a great ef­fusion of Blood, it many times shews a Gangrene is present, and that the Patient will infal­libly die.

C. If a Delirium happens in the beginning of a Wound, it shews that some noble Part is hurt, and is more dangerous than if it hap­pens afterwards; for it demon­strates the vehemency of the affect contending with Nature.

CI. Since where-ever this Sym­pton appears in Wounds, it is for the most part mortal, and declares imminent Death; we shall not say much of the Cure of it: But if notwithstanding that any hope shall appear, 1. Revulsion is to be made with proper Clysters. 2. Deriva­tion is to be made by the Nostrils with proper Errhines, such as Juice of Sweet Marjoram, Beets, Primrose Roots, &c. 3. You must cause them to smell often to volatile Salts and Spirits, as of Sal Armoniack, &c. 4. Ap­ply Hypnoticks to the Forehead and Temples. 5. Endeavour as much as may be, to remove any present evil Symptom in the Wound it self. 6. Give Spiritus Opii Compositus in some proper Vehicle, as oft as need requires, to compose the Spirits, and bring the Pa­tient to rest; or in place there­of [Page 812] of, you may give a small Dose, as gr. i. or ii. or iii. of Our Spe­cifick Laudanum, or of Our Vo­latile Laudanum, or Dr. Gar­dener's Laudanum Tartarizatum; all which see in their proper Places. See more hereof in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, Lib. 3. Cap. 6.

CII. [...], Paralysis (à [...], which is to be re­solved) The Palsie, or Resolution of the Nerves; that is, a resol­ving or loosening of the Nerve, and Muscle into which the Nerve is inserted, so that they become weak­ned, and useless for the performing of voluntary Motion. Or, it is a privation of Motion, and some­times of Motion and Feeling, both from an Obstruction of the Nerves, which puts a stop to the Course of the Animal Spi­rits, the efficient Causes of vo­luntary Motion and Feeling.

CIII. Several Conjugations of Nerves have several Offices, some serve for Motion, some for Feeling, some for Tasting, some for Smelling, some for Seeing, and some for Hearing: Now if the Nerves ap­pointed for Motion only are af­fected, voluntary Motion only is hurt, not the Feeling: But if the Nerves appointed for Feel­ing are only hurt, then the Feel­ing is lost, the Motion remain­ing. If the Nerves of both kinds are hurt, then both voluntary Motion, and sense of Feeling are hurt together: But if the same Nerve does serve both for Mo­tion and Feeling together, then both are lost together.

CIV. Thus, in the Tongue, if the third and forth Conjugations of Nerves of the Brain are hurt, the 7th pair being safe, the Taste is hurt, the motion of the Tongue con­tinuing; and contrariwise. In the eye, if the Optick Nerves, the first pair be hurt, the Moto­ry or second pair being safe, the sight will be lost, but the motion of the eye will remain, & è contra.

CV. Now the proximate Cause of a Palsie is some disaffection of the Nerves inserted into the Parts destinate to Voluntary Motion; because from the Nerve every Muscle has the Faculty of mo­ving, for that it conveys to it the Animal Spirits, the princi­pal efficient Causes of Motion: And this Disaffection is gene­rally a cold and moist distem­perature, which relaxes the Nerve, and makes it wholly un­capable to receive, and convey the said Animal Spirits.

CVI. The Nerves are re­solved either by external Cold and Moisture, as cold Weather, wet Clothes, lying in the Snow, or wet Places, immoderate Ve­nery, cold and narcotick Applica­tions; or by Internal Defluxions of cold and moist Humours, too much moistning and cooling the Nerves, and so relaxing them, altering their natural Tempera­ture, and making them unfit to receive and convey the Animal Spirits to the Parts ordained for motion, as aforesaid, viz. the Muscles.

CVII. Now the Nerve being re­laxed, and the Spirits not flowing, but a flux of cold moist Humors filling up and extending in breadth or thickness the Muscle, the Nerves [Page 813] themselves become compressed, and so the passages of the Animal Spirits are made narrower, or closed up; or otherwise they are obstructed with the same flowing Humour, and so they are stop'd.

CVIII. And this may be effected either by Compression, Contusion, Laxation, Luxation, too strict Li­gature, Mortification through Cold, or Solution of Continuity, when the Nerve which conveys the said Spirits to the Muscle or Part, is either cut a-sunder, cut tranversly, obliquely, torn, brui­sed, or eroded with some cor­rosive or sharp Humor.

CIX. The Signs by which a Palsie is known, are the hùrt of Motion, and sometimes of Feel­ing, and sometimes of both: But the Part primarily affected, is found out by that which is ma­nifest.

CX. If one side of the face is Paralytick, the rest of the Body being well, the Brain is originally affected: But if the Speech is hindred also, and one side of the Body hurt withal; both the Brain and Medulla Spinalis are grieved.

CXI. If either side is Para­lytick, all the Parts of the Head being well, the Cause is in the same side of the Spinal Marrow; but if both sides are Paraly­tick, the Head being well, both sides of the Spinal Marrow are hurt.

CXII. If the Arms only are Paralytick, the fifth, sixth, and seventh Vertebrae of the Neck are affected: If the Thighs, Legs and Feet are affected, then the Cause is in the Vertebrae of the Loins, and Os Sacrum.

CXIII. If any particular Part is Paralytick only, then the rooted Cause is neither in the Brain, nor Spinal Marrow, but in some Branch or Sprig of a Nerve in­serted into that Part. If both sides of the Body are affected, it is then an universal Palsie; but if one side only, it is an Hemiplegia, or Half Palsie.

XIV. As to the Prognosticks; It is manifest, if the Paralytick Member is actually hot, there is hopes of Cure: So also if a Fe­ver follows after a Palsie, because it warms, discusses and drys the morbifick Matter. Or if a Diar­rhaea happens naturally, because it discharges the Matter impact­ed in the Nerves: Or if a Trem­bling comes after the Palsie, because it shews the Passages for the Spirits are made a little per­vious or open.

CXV. If a Palsie happens af­ter an Apoplexy, it is scarcely cu­red, for it shews the Vehemency of the Cause: It is scarcely cured if it happens in old Age in the Winter time, because their natural Heat is weak, and Diseases in Winter-are more rebellous: So also if the Paralytick Member is extenuate, and its fresh colour lost, because the Spirits are few, and the na­tural Heat weak: Or if the eye of the Paralytick side is weak, for it argues a defect both of the natural Heat, and Animal Spi­rits.

CXVI. A strong Palsie from an inward Cause, is hard to be cured, because it proceeds from cold, vis­cous and gross Humors: If both [Page 814] Motion and Feeling are abolished, it is more dangerous than when one of the Symptons only happens: If the Paralysis follows after a vehe­ment Luxation of the Spina Dor­si, or Back-bone, it is dange­rous, because the Nerves are generally much bruised, and by reason of Inflammation, are scarcely to be reduced. If it happens from a Nerve being transversly cut asunder, it is in­curable. Hippoc. Sect. 6. Aph. 19.

CXVII. The Cure has respect to, 1. Diet: 2. Internals: 3. Ex­ternals; all which are to be re­gulated according to the Con­stitution of the Patient, and Quality of the Wound afflict­ing.

CXVIII. 1. As to Diet: Let their bread be Biscake; their meat, the Flesh of Land, and Mountain wild Foul, as Partidges, Larks, Starlings, Blackbirds, Pheasants, Chickens, rosted with good Sawce: Their Drink, a Decocti­on of Guajacum, used ordinari­ly; or Wine in which Cepha­lick and Neurotick Herbs have been infused.

CXIX. 2. As to Internals, keep the Body soluble either with proper Clysters; such as the Tur­pentine Clyster with brown Su­gar, or fat Broth, in which Co­locynthis has been infused, or a Tincture of Colocynthis, or Scammony, or Aloes has been mix'd; then Purge with Tinctu­ra Cathartica, Sal Mirabile, Sy­rupus Catharticus, Pulvis Anti­monii, Pulvis Catharticus, Pulvis Cornachini, Electuarium Cathar­ticum, or Pilulae Catharticae, which of these agree most with the Habit and Constitution of the Body.

CXX. And in the Intervals of Purging, let the Patient take morning, noon and night 60 or 80 drops of the following mixture in a Glass of Wine. ℞ Potestates Lavendulae, Limonum, Pulegii, Rosmarini, Virtutum, A. ʒj. Spi­ritus salis Armoniaci ʒ ss. mix them.

CXXI. 3. As to Externals or Topicks, Bleeding must be avoided, as a thing most pernicious. The Vertebrae, and Parts affected, may be bathed with this: ℞ Powers of Turpentine ℥iv. Powers of Am­ber ℥ij. Powers of Juniper ℥j. mix them. Or this, ℞ Oil of Peter, Oil of Amber, Oil of Turpentine, A. ℥i. Oil of Limons and Cara­ways, A. ℥ss. mix them. And after some days time, for anoint­ing, you may apply this Em­plaster, to attract Heat and Spi­rits; ℞ Frankincense ℥viij. Ship Pitch ℥iv. Balsam Capivii, of Pe­ru, and Turpentine, A. ℥ii. Wax ℥i. melt, mix, and make an Em­plaster.

CXXII. [...], Gangraena & Sphacelus, a Gangrene and Mortification. We shall not say much of these here, because we have very largely dis­coursed of them in Lib. 3. cap. 11. aforegoing of this Work; yet a short Observation or two we shall give you. If a Gangrene appears, bath the Part affected with Camphorated Spirit of Wine, simple, or mixed with some Wa­ter: Water of Crabs alone is said to be singular; so also Sac­charum Saturni infused in Lime-water; [Page 815] Fomenting also with Wine mix'd with S.V. and Saf­fron.

CXXIII. If there is a Mortifi­cation, a Fomentation with Wine, in which Wormwood, Rosemary, Hypericon and Aloes have be boiled, and then mixed with Spirit of Wine, and a little Spirit of Sal Armoniack, is commended; so also the Tinctures of Aloes, Euphor­bium, and Myrrh made with Cam­phorated Spirit of Wine, in which Saffron has been infused: Or those Tinctures impregnated with Spi­rit of Sal Armoniack.

CXXIV. [...], Hy­persarcosis, Carnis Excrescentia, Proud Flesh. This is whenever the Flesh grows forth beyond its due measure, whereby it hinders the Production of the Cicatrize for covering the Wound, or o­therwise causes it to be unplea­sing to the sight, or deformed.

CXXV. It is caused mostly for want of Care in the Physician, not applying Medicaments sufficiently drying, and then the Flesh will not be sound and solid, but lose and spungy.

CXXVI. Or from abundance of Blood flowing unto the Part affect­ed, and then the Flesh will be in a right temper, only there will be too much of it.

CXXVII. The Cure is by taking away the superfluous-Flesh, that so the Wound may be shut up with a Cicatrize; which that this may be done, the Medicaments must be sufficiently powerful in dry­ing and cleansing, and, if need require, somewhat corroding likewise.

CXXVIII. If it proceeds from the first Cause, strong Detersives, and such as may produce a Cica­trize, are to be chosen, as Spunge burnt, Galls, Aloes, Tutty, burnt Alum, dry Lint; sometimes burnt Alum alone will do, or Pulvis ad Hypersarcosm, Red Pre­cipitate, &c.

CXXIX. This is commended, ℞ Galls, Pomgranate Peels, Spunge burnt, A. ℥ss. burnt Alum ʒii. make all into a Pouder, to strew thereon. Or, ℞ Galls, Pom­granate Peels, Myrrh, burnt Alum, dried Blood, A. ʒii. Dragons-blood, Ceruse, Verdigrise, A. ʒi. Red Precipitate ʒss. make a Pouder.

CXXX. This Pouder is beyond all, which is called Pulvis Ange­licus:burnt Alum, red Preci­pitate ground fine, Ana, mix them. Or the Aqua Viridis, Green Water of Sennertus, which takes away the Flesh without any pain at all, and generates the Cicatrize: ℞ Crude Roch-alum, Verdigrise, A. ʒij. Wine ℥xviij. boil till a quarter is wasted, then filter thro' brown Paper, and add to it Camphir ʒi. dissolved in Spi­rit of Wine ℥i. dip Cloths in this, and lay it on the proud Flesh.

CXXXI. If it proceds from the Second Cause, or abundance of Blood, you may apply some of the former drying Medicaments, and withal, the Patient must use fasting, and a spare Diet.

CHAP. X. Of Curing by the SECOND INTENTION.

I. [...]. Syssarcosis, Concarnatio; Curing of Wounds by the second Intention, is next to be taught, which is the Ʋnition of Parts disjoined by some proper Medium, or middle Sub­stance; which in Wounds of the fleshy Parts is a like substance, or Flesh: but in Wounds of a Bone, it is a Callus, &c.

II. Now when a Wound is to be cured by the second Intention, you may discover by these following Directions: 1. If there is con­tused Flesh, or loss of substance; whether it is of Flesh, Mem­brane, Ligament, Cartilage, or Bone. 2. When you cannot conveniently or easily bring the lips of the Wound together, by stitching or rowling; as in Wounds of the Joints, when the great Ligaments are cut asunder. 3. When without it there would be a great and dangerous He­morrhage; as in Wounds of the Neck, where the internal Jugu­lar Veins, and Soporal Arteries are divided. 4. When we ex­pect the scaling of a Bone, or separation of a piece of a Liga­ment, or Cartilage. 5. When great store of Pus or Quittor is like to flow to the wounded Part: which you may know,

III. 1. By your not being able to hinder the afflux of Humors by Swathing, as in Wounds of the Armpits and Joints. 2. By the Patient's having a Scirrhus of the Liver or Spleen. 3. By the Bo­dies repletion with cacochymical Humors. 4. By the Patient's having some contagious Diseases; as the Leprosy, French-pox, Itch, &c. In all which cases, the Cure ought to be attempted rather by the second, than by the first Intention.

IV. Where there is loss of Sub­stance, the Reasons hindring the Cure by the first Intention, are, 1. Pain and Inflammation; which may ensue, by reason of the forcible bringing of the lips of the Wound together. 2. Be­cause of a great Deformity, which may be in the wounded Part, after the Cure is per­formed. 3. By reason of evil Symptoms which are apt to follow, after the Wound shall seem to be healed; as Pain, Inflammation, Tumor, and a fresh breaking out again.

V. Now to cure a Wound after the second Intention, there are several Indications; as, 1. To stop the Hemorrhage, if any be, and procure Digestion. 2. To cleanse the Wound of the di­gested Matter by Abstersives. 3. To fill up the Wound with new Flesh, or some other Me­dium of Unition, by Sarcoticks. 4. To abate or take away the Flesh, if it is proud or super­fluous. 5. When the place, if [Page 817] filled up with Flesh, &c. to produce the Cicatrice, with proper Stypticks and Epulo­ticks.

VI. 1. How the Hemorrhage is to be stopt, we have taught in Chapter 4. aforegoing: some time after which, the Wound is to be brought to yield a Quittor of a white, smooth, equal, and thick substance, which is called Digestion, and is performed with Digestives; which, what they are, see in Chap. 2. aforgoing, of this Book.

VII. 2. If the Wound is foul, with any ill or stinking Matter, looks black, or ill coloured, it is to be cleansed with Medicamenta detergentia, Mundificatives, or Abstersives; and these Medica­ments ought to be according to Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 1. cap. 12. of a drying and penetrating faculty, and are said to be the strongest kind of Sarcoticks.

VIII. For the slough, or foulness which is united to the Flesh, &c. in a Wound, is united by moisture: wherefore drying Medicines spending the humidity, the evil matter is separated; as in things glewed together, if the Glew is too much dried, it loses its strength and hold.

IX. 3. The filling up of the Wound with Flesh. To do this, four things are required: First, To reduce the whole Body, and especially the Part affected, to a natural Temperament, and to cause it to incline to driness; which if it is, it is to be pre­served; if it is not, it is to be induced, by Purging, Vomiting, and Clysters, (according as Na­ture indicates) and the regulati­on of the course of living, in the right ordering of the seven Non-naturals; as we intimate in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 1. cap. 9. and cap. 19. sect. 1. to which places we refer you.

X. Secondly; the generating of new Blood, agreeable to the tem­per of the Part wounded: if a Spermatick Part is wounded, the Blood generated ought to be cool, thick, and dry; which is to generate a Medium, for the unition of the Parts sepa­rated: but if a fleshy Part is wounded, the Blood is to be hotter, moister, and thinner: this is done by the power or effects of inward Medicines.

XI. Thirdly, the Chirurgeon ought to be skilful and hardy: he ought to dress his Patient with as much ease as may be; and he ought to be careful that his Applications be neat, soft and smooth, which things add much to the Cure: and he ought to be diligent in dressing the Patient in due time, not neglecting or delaying his duty.

XII. Fourthly, you ought to have fit Topical Medicaments, called Sarcoticks, or Incarnatives; which what they are, we refer you to Chap. 2. Sect. 31. ad 40. aforegoing. These Sarcoticks, or Flesh-breeders, are drying, yet void of a sharp and biting quality.

XIII. Now the Differences of these Sarcoticks are taken, 1. From their several degrees, as they respect the first Quali­ties [Page 818] of Medicines. 2. From their Kinds.

XIV. As they respect their first Qualities, they are threefold: 1. Of a mean Operation or Tem­perature; which are of use when the Pus is laudable, as white, smooth, thick, and equal. 2. Stronger; when the Quittor or Matter flowing from the Wound is thin and ichorous; for then the Desiccatives ought to be stronger, so as to incras­sate or thicken the thin Matter. 3. Strongest; when a slough or filth appears in Wounds, and these are truly Abstersives.

XV. As to their Kinds, they are twofold; 1. Simple. 2. Com­pound. Which what they are, you may see at large in Chap. 2. aforementioned.

XVI. The Simple are such as are, 1. Dry in the first degree; as, Meals of Barley, Beans, Spelt-corn, Rice, Mastich, Frank­incense, Olibanum, &c. which are to be used to soft and ten­der constitutions, as Children, young Ladies, &c. 2. Dry in the second degree; as Honey, Gum Elemi, Capivii, all sorts of Rosin, Ship-Pitch, Meal of Cicers, Minium, Litharge, burnt Lead, &c. washed. 3. Dry in the third degree; as Meals of Orobus, Lupins, Orrice, both sorts of Birthworts, pouder of Tobacco, Myrrh, Sarcocolla, Lapis Calaminaris, Tutia, Aes ustum, &c. These are fit for Sailers, Rusticks, Mechanicks, and such as are of a hardy, strong, and firm constitution of Body.

XVII. Besides, the differing degrees of these Medicaments, are to be applied to several Parts of the Body, according to the nature and quality of the Wound. The lips of Wounds, because they are soft, or softest, may admit of the first degree; the Nerves and Membranes will admit of Medicines of the second degree: and Cartilages and Bones re­quire Medicaments of the third degree.

XVIII. Out of the simple Sar­coticks, Compounds may be framed, of which we have given you many Examples in the Chapter afore­cited, so that we need say no more of them here: but one thing is to be noted, that sometimes Cathereticks (as burnt Alum, Verdigrise, calcin'd Vitriol) may become the strongest kind of Sarcoticks, if they be mixed in a small quantity, with Sar­cotick Compositions.

XIX. 4. The abating or taking away of Proud-flesh. Tho' in a vacancy or loss, we are to pro­cure the growing of new Flesh, yet we must take heed, that it does not over-grow, or grow too fast, or too much; the cause of which is, too much Blood sent unto the Part.

XX. This is abated, 1. By strict or short Diet, and eating Food which nourishes not too much. 2. By strait Ligature, hindring the flux of Blood to the Wound. 3. By cooling and astringent Medicaments, ap­plied to the sound Parts adja­cent to the Wound.

XXI. It is taken away, 1. By Instrument, as Incision-knife, Scissers, or Razor. 2. By rub­bing [Page 819] it with a rough linnen Cloth, or applying dry Lint to it. 3. By application of Cathereticks.

XXII. Such are, burnt Alum, calcin'd Vitriol, and red Pre­cipitate: if the Patient is of a tender habit of Body apply this. ℞ Ʋnguentum Basilicon minus ℥i. red Precipitate grownd and washt, à ʒi. ad ʒii. mix them. But if the Patient is of a rustick constitution. ℞ Ʋng. Basilicon ℥i. red Precipitate levi­gated, burnt Alum, A. ℈iv. mix them. See more of this matter in Chap. 9. Sect. 125. ad 132. aforegoing.

XXIII. 5. To produce the Ci­catrice. This is not to be done 'till so much Flesh is generated, as it seems to be somewhat higher than the natural Skin; for otherwise the healing up would be hollow, which is a deformity to be avoided.

XXIV. The Causes of making Skin are threefold: 1. Efficient, which is a faculty resident in the sound Skin, adjacent to the Wound; for that Skinning al­ways begins from the edges of the natural Skin. 2. Material, which is a Membranous Flesh dried. 3. Adjuvant, which are Epuloticks, or Skinning Medi­caments.

XXV. The Faculty of these Medicines is to dry strongly, in the third or fourth degree, that they may consume the present hu­midity, and stop the influx of more Blood, which might engender yet more flesh: and therefore they ought to be very astrin­gent, so as to be manifestly felt by the Tongue, yet without acrimony, that they might not erode.

XXVI. These are of two sorts: 1. Stypticks. 2. Epuloticks, purely so called. As to Sty­pticks, you may find many of them in Our Pharmacopaeia Ba­teana, as also in Our Pharmaco­paeia Chirurgica in this Work; to which add. Dr. Gardner the King's chief Chirurgeon's Sty­ptick Water, described in Cap. 11. Sect. 13. following: or this, ℞ Colcothar, or Vitriol calcin'd to redness, after the Spirit and Oil have been drawn off, ℥i. burnt Alum, Sugarcandy, A. ʒvi. Red-wine, Smiths-forge-water, A. ℥xxx. mix them well; digest in a warm Balneo for a Week, shaking the Glass every day, then letting the Mixture settle; let the Water be kept upon the Ingre­dients, pouring off the clear, as you have occasion to use it.

XXVII. Epuloticks are either simple or compound, both which you may see in Chap. 2. often aforenamed: if the wounded Person is of a soft and tender habit of Body, you may use Frankincense, Olibanum, Ma­stich, bark of the Pine or Frank­incense-tree, Oister-shells cal­cin'd and levigated, burnt Lead washt, &c.

XXVIII. If the Patient is of a mean habit of Body, you may use things drying in the third degree; as Balaustians, Pom­granate-peels, unripe Grapes, Myrle-berries, Sumach, Catechu, Sanguis Draconis, Cortex Pe­ruanus, Henbane-seeds, Terra Ʋmbra, red Oker, Terra sigillata, fine B [...]le, &c.

XXIX. If the Patient is of a very rustick and hard habit of Body; you may use burnt Alum, burnt Brass, Caput mortuum of Vitriol, and other things of like na­tures.

XXX. Of Compound Epuloticks, some also are for tender Bodies, as Ʋngnentum de Minio, Ceratum de Minio, Ʋnguentum de Tutia. Some are for Bodies of a stronger habit, as Ʋnguent. Tutiae Nostr. Ʋnguent. Album, Emplastr. Dia­palmae, Empl. Album, de Mi­nio, &c. And some are for rustick Bodies, as Ʋnguentum de Bolo, Emplastrum de Bolo, Caesa­ris, &c. or this, ℞ Ʋng. Tutiae Nost. ℥i. Colcothar of Vitriol, or burnt Brass ʒjss. mix them.

CHAP. XI. Of WOƲNDS of ARTERIES, and VEINS.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Arteriarum & Vena­rum; in English, Wounds of the Arteries and Veins.

II. The Signs. Wounds of the greater Arteries and Veins have this peculiar unto them, that there is always a very great Hemorrhage present, which of­tentimes causes Faintings and Swoonings.

III. Now either a large Ar­tery may be wounded alone, or a large Vein, or they may be both wounded together: and either a great Vein may be wounded, or a lesser; and sometimes one alone, and sometimes many.

IV. These Wounds are known by sight: for if an Artery is wounded, the Blood comes forth by leaping, and with violence: but if a Vein, it comes forth by an equal flowing, and not by leaping. See Chap. 4. Sect. 8, 9, 10. aforegoing.

V. But now what Artery or Vein it is which is wounded, or whether only one, or more, is to be known by the Anatomy of the Part; which we suppose no experienced Artist to be igno­rant of.

VI. The Kinds. The Wound of the Artery or Veins is made either longways, or obliquely, or transversly; and the Vessel is either only wounded, or it is cut quite thro': and the Ves­sels wounded are either inter­nal or external, or lye very deep, or are more superficial.

VII. The Prognosticks. Wounds of the Arteries are more dan­gerous than Wounds of the Veins; and Wounds of the great Vessels, are more dangerous than Wounds of the less: but those Vessels, whether Arteries or Veins, which are cut transversly quite thro' are less dangerous than those which are otherwise wounded, and not cut quite thro'.

VIII. The greater the Hemor­rhage, [Page 821] the more danger; the lesser, the less danger: but if a Convulsion or Delirium be joined with it, or both, the danger is yet so much the greater.

IX. If the Vessel wounded is internal, or lies deep, it is so much the worse; but if it is internal, or superficiary, so as it may easily be come at, the danger is the less.

X. If an Artery is cut long­ways, or obliquely, or is wholly cut asunder any otherwise than trans­versly, since that it is moved with a continual Motion of Dilatation and Contraction: by this Motion (especially by the Distention) the Wound is more dilated, and in every Diastole it gapes; by which means the Blood is poured out, and leaps forth with violence and rushing. See Chap. 4. Sect. 11. ad 18. aforegoing.

XI. The Cure. There are two Intentions of Cure; 1. To stop the Hemorrhage; because the Life and well-doing of the Pa­tient depends immediately up­on it; which, how that is to be done, we have taught at large in Chap. 4. Sect. 19. to the end of the Chapter: so that no more need be said thereof here. 2. To unite and agglutinate the Vessels; which is the pre­sent matter of discourse in this Chapter.

XII. In the consideration of this Article, we must see whether the Wound is Simple, or Compound: if it is Simple, many times the things stopping the flux of Blood do the Cure also, as to Agglutination; more especially if it is an excellent Styptick, such as that of Dr. Gardner the the King's Chirurgeon, made out of the Colcothar of Vitriol, thus:

XIII. ℞ Colcothar of Vitriol, or Vitriol calcin'd to redness, q.v. calcine it again till it comes to blackness, or a reddish black; then extract the Salt by boiling it in fair Water; decant the clear Water, and evaporate it to dri­ness, which then calcine again with a red-hot heat. This stops the Blood upon the spot, tho' the Hemorrhage is never so great, and agglutinates a simple Wound, to a Miracle.

XIV. Where this Medicament is not to be had, the Agglutina­tion is performed commonly at one dressing, with some Artificial Bal­sam; made of Frankincense, Turpentine, Gum Elemi, Capi­vii, Wax, Oil-olive, and Oil of Spike or Juniper-berries: or else with some Natural Balsam, as those of Capivii, Chili, Gi­lead, Peru, or Tolu; which scarcely ever admit of being twice applied.

XV. If the Wound is compli­cated with several accidents, as Contusion, Broken Bones, Loss of Substance, &c. you must first stop the Hemorrhage by the Method delivered in Chap. 4. Sect. 19. &c. aforegoing, let­ting it so remain for two, three, or four days, as the nature of the Wounds, and Symptoms, if any, will permit.

XVI. Then opening of it, you must apply Digestives, such as we have enumerated and descrbed in Chap. 2. aforegoing: after [Page 822] which you must cleanse it with Abstersives, to keep the Wound and extravasated Blood (if any be) from putrifying.

XVII. This done, you must fill up the Wound with Flesh (if it is wanting) by the help of Sarcoticks and Incarnatives; and then lastly, you must produce the Cicatrice with Stypticks or Epuloticks, or both, as in rea­son you shall see fit.

XVIII. If the Wound is without loss of substance, or bruised lips, bring the lips and mouths of the Arteries both together and keep them so by suture; passing the Needle with a strong waxed Thread thro' both of them, making the Glovers-stitch, and apply this. ℞ Fine Bole ℥iv. fine Aloes, Frankincense, Dragons-blood, Gum-tragacanth in pouder, A. ℥i. Gypsum, white Starch, A. ʒi. Acatia, Hypocistis, Sumach, Catechu, A. ℥ss. mix, and with the white of an Egg, bring it to the thickness of Honey; which apply, with a Compress over it, squeezed out of Oxycrate, or Red-wine.

XIX. Then rowl it up with the Agglutinative Rowler, beginning on the opposite part, bringing both the heads over the Wound, and taking a turn or two there, rowl upwards and downwards, so as to press the Blood up­wards, and restrain the Inflam­mation above: let the Bandage be made for the ease of the Patient, and the Position such as may prevent Pain.

XX. Wounds of the Arteries are not to be drest oftner than needs must; once in five or six days (whilst there is danger of an He­morrhage) may be enough: but if the Blood makes its way thro' all the Dressings, then you must take them off; and if the Stitches are broken, and the lips are not capable of being stitcht again, the bleeding Ar­tery is either to be taken up, and tied, and then to be cured by Sarcoticks.

XXI. Or if it lyes so deep that it cannot be tied, then Escaroticks are to be applied to the Vessel, or the Actual Cautery: if Escaro­ticks, the Wound is to be cleansed of its clotted Blood, and Dos­sels may be dipt in this Mix­ture following. ℞ Calcanthum ustum, Gypsum, A. ℥iii. Frank­incense in pouder ℥ii. Aloes, Gum-Arabick in pouder, A. ℥i. mix them. Apply this with Lint on the bleeding Artery, and over it Dossels of Lint dipt in the white of an Egg, mixt with the Pulvis Galeni, and so dress up the Wound as before directed; and at next dressing, leave the Esca­rotick sticking on the Artery, and incarnate with all the speed that may be.

XXII. But if after all these Endeavours the Artery continues to bleed, you must use the Actual Cautery; which may be con­veyed down to the Artery thro' a Cannula or Pipe, the outside of which may be covered with a Plaster, or a rag dipt in the white of an Egg, that it may not burn through.

XXIII. Then dress the caute­riz'd Part with Dossels dipt in Mucilage of Quince-seeds, or in the white of an Egg, or some such like [Page 823] thing; and embrocate the Parts about with Oil of Roses, ap­plying Diapalma with juice of Plantan over all: the heat being allayed, you must digest, in­carnate, and cicatrize the Wound, as before directed.

XXIV. An Observation. One wounded in the Artery, between the Thumb and Forefinger, had been drest three or four days by a Chir­urgeon, yet continued to bleed: he came to me late one Night, with Dossels crowded in it; I threw them out, and with a Needle and Thread stitcht up the Artery, and the Wound with it: then sprinkling some of my Agglutinative Pouders upon the Suture, I drest it with a Restrictive Plaster and Ban­dage, and in three or four times dressing he was cured. But afterwards some vehement pul­sation appearing under the Cica­trice, from a too loose healing up of the Wound: he was drest with a Pledget, dipt in a dulcified Tincture of Vitriol, with good Compress and Bandage: at the next dressing it was contracted, so that no more pulsation was observed. Wiseman.

XXV. Another. One had an Aneurism in the Palm of his Hand, reaching to third and fourth Fingers, which at last broke out, and bled at times for eight or ten days. He was drest with Tin­cture of Vitriol aforementioned, once in four or five days; so the Bleeding was stopt, and the Wound firmly cicatrized, that the least pulsation appeared not under it. Wiseman, Lib. 2. cap. 2. Observ. 3. & 4.

CHAP. XII. Of WOƲNDS of NERVES and TENDONS.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin Wounds of the Nerves and Tendons.

II. Nerves and Tendons maybe wounded many ways, as by bruising, rending, tearing, or cutting, or by puncture; and the Cures of them both are performed by one and the same Method: 'tis true, they are of another nature than Flesh, and therefore require other Medicaments than woun­ded Flesh doth.

III. The Signs. They have also an ex quisit and quick sense; and therefore if they be hurt they bring great Pains, and many times Con­vulsions; and these Wounds are known, 1. From the Part hurt; if it has many and great Nerves, &c. passing thro' it. 2. By the Symptoms; because there will be vehement Pain, Pulsation, Inflammation, and many times Convulsion or Ra­ving.

IV. If they are cut thro', they occasion no new Considerations in [Page 824] Chirurgery, because they wholly cease from Action, and are irreco­verable; but if they are prickt by a sharp-pointed Weapon, it is called a Puncture, and this is not to be slighted: but this is to be understood of the great great Nerves and Tendons, and their main bodies, not the small Fibres of them, which are in every Wound of the fleshy Parts.

V. Consider the Place wounded, viz. whether near the Joint, in the inside of the Arm or Leg, or near the end of the Muscle, or in the tendinous parts of the Hand or Foot.

VI. Whether the Wound is in the heads of the Muscles, or in the ends of them; whether above the Joint, or in the Joint it self: for if it is in the head of the Muscle, it shews that the Nerve is wounded; but if in the ends, or near the Joints, it is a sign that the Tendon is wounded.

VII. If the Nerve or Tendon is cut transversly thro', the pain is less; but if they are only prickt, there is instantly a vehement Pain, and an Inflammation; by which the Brain being drawn into consent, Convulsions and Deli­rium's are also excited; yet the sense of a Tendon is not altoge­ther so exquisite, as that of a Nerve.

VIII. The Prognosticks. All Wounds of the Nerves or Tendons are dangerous, but more or less, according as they are of use: but whether it be Nerve or Tendon, the transverse Wound is most dangerous, and difficult of cure.

IX. They are dangerous, be­cause of their exquisite sense, and their consent with the Brain: and yet notwithanding a Wound by pricking, is more dangerous than that which is made by cutting: and the Wounds of the Tendons, are less dangerous than those of the Nerves.

X. Hippocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 2. says, that Convulsion which hap­pens upon a Wound, is mortal. This is to be understood with­out doubt of Wounds of the Nerves and Nervous Parts; and signifies not, that it always and of necessity causes Death, but that it is very dangerous, and oftentimes is the forerunner of Death; especially after too great an effusion of Blood.

XI. And tho' commonly a Flu­xion and Tumor happens in these kinds of Wounds, unless it is driven back to some more inward, deep, and remote Parts, which is generally dangerous: yet there is always a ground of hope, if even to the seventh or Cri­tical-day, no evil Symptoms shall follow thereupon.

XII. For so says Galen, de Comp. Med. lib. 3. cap. 2. If to the fifth, or even to the seventh day of the Disease, there is no ap­pearance of a Phlegmon or Inflam­mation, and that the sick is altogether free from pain; as also that they feel no extension, or stretching in the Part affected, the Patient will always be safe and secure. For it is a sign that Nature has quieted the impe­tuous motion and violence of the Humors.

XIII. In Wounds of the Nerves, a putridness is also easily generated, [Page 825] for they contain in themselves but a weak heat, and are of a very dry nature; so that they are easily hurt by things which are cold and moist, as by Water and Oil, which are enemies to the Nerves.

XIV. Nor does this putridness contain it self in the wounded Part alone, but communicates it self unto the next adjacent Parts, and sometimes to Parts that are more remote: as if the Hand, or the Finger only were wounded, the pain may ascend to the Arm and Shoulder: or if the Leg or Foot were hurt, the pain may reach to the Thigh or Hip; and not only Pains, but Apo­stems may happen in those Parts also: and sometimes the malign Symptoms may extend themselves to other Parts also, yea to the opposit side, and sometimes to whole Body, cor­rupting all the Humors, whence Rheusmatisms, Fevers, Dysen­teries, &c. may be excited.

XV. And yet this you are to take special notice of, that tho' an Inflammation or Putridness is, or or may be induced, yet that many times no signs of their coming do appear before-hand; and often­times there are present no ve­hement Pains; but that very often they secretly and sudden­ly (as also Convulsions) invade the wounded Person.

XVI. The reason is, because the depraved and vitious Matter is thin, and is hiddenly conveyed thro' the Nerves unto the Brain; as is manifest in the Epilepsy, in which a malign, poisonous Va­pour ascends to the Cerebrum from the extream parts of the Nerves, without any sense of Dolour in those Parts thro' which it passes; but only a seeming coldness, like that of cold Water, rising up gradually to the Head.

XVII. And therefore in Wounds of the Nerves, tho' there shall be no Pain felt, nor any Inflammation appear: yet you are not to trust to this, but you must manage the Cure with all the care, cir­cumspection, diligence, and skill imaginable.

XVIII. Now the Wounds of the Nerves are truly dangerous, as, 1. Because the Membrane with which they are covered, proceeds from the Meninges of the Brain, and that they are filled with plenty of Animal Spirits. 2. Because they act by consent with the Brain and Spinal-Marrow; which as Galen says, De Ʋsu Partium, lib. 12. cap. 11. are the great Fountain and River, from whence the Nerves as Rivulets only run. 3. By reason of the dreadful Symptoms, (before enumerated) which are apt to ensue.

XIX. The Cure. Seeing then that in all Wounds of the Nerves, pain and Inflammation are easily induced, we must endeavour that the pain may be mitigated, and the Inflammation prevented: These Authors do, 1. By bleeding and purging out sharp and thin hu­mors. 2. By keeping the Wound also open, that the excrements may the more freely flow forth.

XX. The chiefest cause of pain in these Wounds, is the excrementi­tious humor shut up, which being too long kept, degenerates into [Page 826] a malign, or at least acrimonious quality, by which it bites the Nerves, and at length putrifies them.

XXI. Hippocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 18. says, that every thing that is cold, is an Enemy to the Nerves, Brain, and Spinal Mar­row; but that which is warm, is a Friend to them: and the rea­son is, because the Nerves, &c. are Parts void of Blood, and have in them but little natural and innate heat; so that they are soon, and easily offended with any thing which is cold, it causing Pain.

XXII. And Galen, de Comp. Med. lib. 6. cap. 2. says, Let the Oil with which we cherish the Wound be sufficiently hot, lest that it offend the Wounded Part; for as that which is cold is most of all contrary to these kind of Affects, so that which is but blood-warm, does them but little good: for this reason, (says he) I my self chuse rather to make use of a Fomentation of Oil which is suf­ficiently hot, always shunning that which is but lukewarm; but wholly refusing that which is quite cold.

XXIII. Yet Galen, in Meth. Med. lib. 6. cap. 6. seems to say, that if a Nerve is discovered, or made bare, then such things as are but tepid, or lukewarm, are rather to be applied, than such things that are very hot.

XXIV. Now as to asswaging of the Pain, things hot and somewhat moist, are most fit; yet because those things which moisten the Nerves, do easily putrify them; therefore such Medicaments as are heating, and drying withal, are rather to be chosen, being also of thin parts, and strength­ning the weak heat of the Nerves, by consuming and dry­ing up the Excrements.

XXV. Galen, de Comp. Med. lib. 3. cap. 2. and Meth. Med. lib. 6. cap. 2. says, The faculty of the Medicines to be applied to wounded Nerves, ought to be both thin, and also moderately heating, and such as may dry without any sharpness or pain; for that this alone can draw the Sanies from the bottom of the Wound, without either contracting or biting. And a little after he says, The wounded Nerves require such Medi­cines, which may excite a gentle heat, but may dry strongly; and which from the nature of their own substance, may have the power of Attraction, and be also of thin parts.

XXVI. Also regard is to be had to the strength of the Patient, and habit of Body: for the stronger Medicines are to be applied to hard and strong Bodies, the weaker Medicines to the more soft and tender Bodies: so also you must consider the Matter to be dried up, and according to the store of Humidities, you are to chuse the more drying Medicaments: for the Medicine ought to an­swer in driness to the quantity of humidity offending.

XXVII. Also Medicaments which are drying, but of thin parts, and carry with them a notable heat, with a kind of biting, (which is apt to excite Pain, and a Flux of Humors;) as distilled Spirits, Oils and Balsams, [Page 827] are many times to be mitigated by mixing them with other things of a milder temper. What Me­dicaments are necessary in this case, we shall shew anon, when we come to treat of Punctures, or Prickings of the Nerves.

XXVIII. Now to ease the Pain, preserve the Temperament of the Part, hinder the Afflux of Hu­mors, and prevent the Inflamma­tion, Medicaments are to be applied upon the Part affected; as also on all the Parts that lye in the midst, from the Wound to the original of the Nerves: and they are to be anointed and cherished with hot Oils, as Oil of Earthworms, of Foxes, of Whelps, of Castor, of Costus, and the like; using these of themselves, or mixing them with Oil of Turpentine.

XXIX. If the Nerves affected are those of the Neck, then the Arm, from the Wound even to the Armholes and the Neck, is to be anointed: if the Nerves affected are those of the Leg, then the Groins must be anointed, and we must ascend from them by the Back-bone, all along up to the Neck and Head.

XXX. The incision of a Nerve is either streight and direct, or transverse; if it is transverse, it is cut either quite asunder, or but in part: now a Nerve quite divided, is less dangerous than that which is only cut in part; as Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 6. cap. 2. and Guido, Magn. Chir. Tract. 4. doct. 1. cap. 4. affirms: the rea­son is, because a Nerve quite cut asunder, cannot cause any hurt in the Brain.

XXXI. Yet being cut quite asunder, it can never be consoli­dated again, according to the first Intention; as we have hinted at Sect. 4. aforegoing: and so says Hippocrates, Sect. 6. Aph. 19. When the Bone is wounded, or the Cartilages, or a Nerve, or the thin part of the Cheek, or the Praepu­tium, it does not unite, or grow together again.

XXXII. As to the Cure of these Wounds, Galen, de Comp. Med. lib. 3. cap. 2. & Meth. Med. lib. 6. cap. 3. advises to Topicks which dry with little biting; as Ʋng. de Calce lota, Ʋng. Dia­pompholigos, and the like.

XXXIII. If the whole Nerve is cut asunder, no Convulsion can ensue, because both ends give way: this kind is cured by Sarcoticks, of which we have wrote abun­dantly before, in Cap. 2. Sect. 31. ad 46. now in this kind of Wound, the motion of the Part into which the Nerve is im­planted to move, is abolished.

XXXIV. If the Nerve is cut asunder, but in part, it is first to be dressed with the Medicaments afore prescribed: but if Pain, Inflammation, Putrefaction, Fe­ver, or Convulsion are like to ensue; the best course is to cut the Nerve or Tendon asunder, rather than by deferring the Incision, to hazard the Life of the Patient.

XXXV. This being done, you must apply anodyn and drying Me­dicaments, and the Wound being dressed, apply over the Dossels or Pledgets, Diapalma, or Dia­chylon simplex, softned with Oil of Myrtles, Quinces or Roses; [Page 828] because the tenderness of the Part will scarcely admit of any stiff Emplaster.

XXXVI. Then rowl up the Part with the Fascia Expulsiva, of which we have treated before in its proper place; that thereby, the Sanies which does gather in the place, and a new afflux of Humors may be prevented.

XXXVII. If a Nerve, &c. is contused without a Wound, foment it with hot Oil-olive, applying over a Sheeps or Lambs Skin, new taken off: but if it is with a Solution of Unity, then Medicaments anodyn, drying, and congluti­nating are to be imposed; as Ceratum Album, Emplast. Cata­gmaticum, malaxed with Oil of Hypericon.

XXXVIII. If the Nerve is dis­torted by a Fall, or the like, which may hinder the motion of the Part, you may apply Emplastrum Album mixed with Gum Ammo­niacum, or Diachylon simplex, or cum Gummis.

XXXIX. If afterwards a hardness shall remain, which may cause a numbness of the Part, you must mollify with Oil of white Lillys, of Hypericon; or with Goose, or Capons, or Vipers Grease, mixt with Ammoniacum or Bdellium; also with Oil of Sheeps-Trotters, or of Neats-Feet, mixed with Mucilage of Fenugreek-seed, Lin-seed, or Marshmallow-roots; the Part may also be embrocated with emollient Oils hot; but nothing exceeds golden-coloured Palm-Oil mixt with Oil of Aniseeds, ana: which resolves to a Mira­cle, so also Spiritus Mirabilis: lastly, you may lay over all Dia­chylon cum Gummis, mixed with a quarter-part of liquid Storax.

XL. How the Pain is to be eased, we have already shewn at Sect. 28. and 29 aforegoing; we come to shew how to resist the Inflammation. This is done by imposing things cooling and drying; for they both abate the Inflammation, and correct the Putrifaction: of which kind are, Barley and Bean flower, meals of Vetches, Chick-Pease, and Indian Maize, boiled with Oxymel q.s. to the consistence of a Cataplasm; which is to be applied after Embrocating with Oil of Elder, mixed with Rose-Vinegar.

XLI. If a Convulsion affects the Patient, tho' it is many times mortal, yet something (whilst there is Life) is to be done; you must Embrocate all the Spinal Marrow, from the Head to the Coccyx, with this Mixture, hot: ℞ Oil of Ben ℥vi. Chymical Oils of Lavender, Limons, Juniper, Rosemary, Sage, and Savin, A. ʒvi. mix them; upon which apply a Sheep-skin newly drawn off, to the Part.

XLII. Then the Part wounded is to be dressed; and if the Wound is in the Hand, you must Embro­cate upwards to the Armpits by which the Nerves pass, and so proceed to the Vertebrae of the Neck and Thorax: but if the Foot is wounded, you must Embrocate upwards from the Wound to the Leg, Thigh, and Os Sacrum, even to the Vertebrae of the Loins; giving inwardly in the mean season this Mix­ture: ℞ Our Aqua Bezoartica, [Page 829] or Spiritus Cordialis ʒvi. Spiritus Opii compositus, à ʒss. ad ʒi. mix for a Dose.

XLIII. These things, as to Me­dicines, whether Topicals or Inter­nals, we have said in short upon the Cure of a Nerve or Tendon cut, or other wounded than by Pricking: we shall next treat of the Cure of a Wound of the Nerves, &c. made by Puncture; out of which, those things which in general seem necessary to be said, concerning the Wounds of the Nerves and Tendons, (of what kind soever) will be plain­ly and evidently seen.

II. Of the Puncture or Pricking of a Nerve or Tendon.

XLIV. The Puncture or Prick­ing of a Nerve or Tendon, is either inconspicuous, not to be discerned by sight, which is called Punctura caeca: or, it is conspicuous, or manifest, and is discernible out­wardly, and is called Punctura aperta.

XLV. The Signs. This disaf­fection many times happens in let­ting Blood, as well as by other Accidents: and it may be known by its Symptoms, which are sudden, vehement Pain, deflu­xion of Humors, Faintings, and Convulsions.

XLVI. Nor does it terminate presently in Suppuration, but gleets, and will not yield to a simple Ano­dyn-Cataplasm, made of White-bread and Milk, &c. but will be accompanied with a throbbing Pain, Inflammation, Fever, and Con­vulsions as aforesaid; which Sym­ptoms do never happen where the Nerve is wholly, and trans­versly cut asunder; because then the Nerve, &c. no longer continues its commerce with the Brain, nor can it draw the same into a consent with it; whence no vehement Pain, nor Convul­sion can be excited.

XLVII. It is known also, whe­ther it is Cut or Prickt, from the kind of the Weapon it self which made the Wound, and the form and nature of the Wound, as narrow, manifest, or scarcely to be seen.

XLVIII. The Prognosticks. A Puncture is the most dangerous, among all the Wounds of the Nerves or Tendons; for so says Galen, Art. Med. cap. 92. as we have cited the Passage in Cap. 9. Sect. 82. aforegoing.

XLIX. And Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 2. cap. 6. also says, If a Nerve is prickt, Pain must needs invade the Person, greater than the Pain which is in any other Part; and then of necessity a Phlegmon will soon follow there­upon.

L. If in a Puncture of the Nerves a Tumor appears, and then it suddenly disappears and vanishes again, a Convulsion and Delirium will ensue; as appears out of Hippocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 65.

LI. Also the Pricking of a Nerve or Tendon is so much the more dangerous, by how much the Body it happens to is impure, or [...] disposed, viz. Cacochymical, Cachectical, Strumatick, or Scor­butick.

LII. The Cure. Tho' the Indi­cation of Ʋnition has place here, as in all other Wounds; yet by [Page 830] reason a Puncture has a greater sense of Pain and Acrimony, with danger of an Inflammation. There­fore the first Intention here, is, by Anodyns to ease the Pain, and that by all means the Inflammation may be pre­vented.

LIII. That this may be done, care must be taken that Excre­ments may not be heaped up in the Wound; which may be hindred, by not permitting the vitious Humors to flow to the wounded place, and Part affected; and by not suffering the Matter already in the Wound to continue there.

LIV. For which reason, the Skin, as also the Flesh which lyes upon the Nerve, must be kept open: but if the Wound is not open enough, you must make it yet wider, by incision of the Skin at right Angles, and of the Flesh, according to the ductus of the Fibres of the Muscle; that so the passage of the Excre­ments forth, may be the more free.

LV. The Body is to be purged from vitious Humors, with some Lenitive Cathartick; or with Pulvis Cor­nachini, or Our Family Pills; one or two small Pills being taken every Night going to Bed, as you shall see fit: or with some proper Purge, as Our Syrupus Catharticus, &c.

LVI. Now as to Topicks, you must consider whether the Nerve or Tendon lies bare, viz. open in view, or is covered with a Skin: if they lye covered under the Skin, or Membrana adiposa, then the Skin is to be opened, that the Medicaments may penetrate to the Puncture.

LVII. These Medicaments ought not to be cold, nor hot and moist, nor warm Water; for Water, and all cold things are Enemies to the Nerves; and things which are hot and moist, easily excite a putridness in the Nerves, &c.

LVIII. But we ought to use things which are hot and drying, and of thin and subtil parts; to digest, dry, and resist Putrefaction, but void of any acrimony or sharp­ness.

LIX. And, the Wound (says Barbett) is also to be kept open, 'till the Cure is absolutely per­formed; that the Matter may flow freely forth; which if kept in, will increase the Pain, and cause Putrefaction of the Nerve; which if it should happen, the corrupt Part is to be cut off, or removed by an Actual Cautery.

LX. If the Nerve is bare, warm Medicines only are conve­nient: but if covered, hotter Me­dicaments are required, Purging in the mean time not being neglected.

LXI. Medicines for this purpose are, old Oil-olive, of Earth-Worms, of Dill, of Rofemary, of Costmary, of Hypericon, of Castor, of Turpentine, of Wax, of Marjoram, of Sage, of Savin, of Sassafras, of Aniseeds, of Caraways, of Juniper-berries, of Lavender, of Oranges, of Limons, and of Tyme; most of them Chymically extracted; to to which add Spirit of Wine, Potestates, &c.

LXII. Of Gums and Bal­sams; Gum Elemi, Tacamahacca, [Page 831] Bdellium, Camphir, Caranna, Euphorbium, Frankincense, Opo­balsamum, Balsam of Sulphur, Balsam Capivii, de Chili, of Gilead, of Peru, of Tolu, and all the kinds of Turpentine, liquid Storax, liquid Amber, Petroleum, &c. are to be chosen.

LXIII. Be sure to proportionate the Topicks to the vehemency of the Symptoms, which you will know by the pleasantness of the Heat; as that of the Sun, in temperate Weather: and by the pleasing­ness of the Medicine, causing a kind of Itching: if there is no Heat, there can be no Attra­ction: if it is immoderate, it will draw Humors, and cause Inflammation.

LXIV. When the Puncture is bare, either by the Wound, or made so, you need not apply Medicines so very hot, dry, and piercing, as when it is hid: in this case, some common Artificial Balsam, or some Natural Balsam, as of Capivii, Chili, Peru, or Turpen­tine, dropt on warm, will serve the turn; for by their Unctuo­sity they smooth the Part; and by their Heat, they make At­traction, and ease the Pain, discharging the Place of its Sanies; and lastly, by their Moisture, they both open, and keep open the Orifice.

LXV. The Medicament (says Wiseman) ought to be hot, dry, and of subtil parts; that it may consume the Ichorous Water, which first affects them, and causes the Putrefaction.

LXVI. In the beginning, he used Oil of Roses with a little Bay-Salt dissolved in it: this he dropt into the Part scalding-hot, upon which he applied a Pledget spread with Basilicon, dipt in the same Oil; and em­brocated the Part about with Oil of Earth-worms; and put over it Empl. è Bolo, as a De­fensative.

LXVII. If the Inflammation and Tumor is great, he applies this Cataplasm. ℞ Barley and Bean flower, A. ℥iv. pouder of Linseed and Fenugrek seeds, A.℥i. flowers of Red-roses, of Camomil, of Elder, and Wormwood, A.ʒiii. Wine, or common Lixivium, q.s. boil to a consistency, adding Oxymel ℥ii. Oil of Roses ℥i. mix them, and rowl up the Part gently.

LXVIII. If the Wound requires Medicines of more drying and sub­til parts, you may use this Mix­ture: ℞ Chymical Oils of Savin and Turpentine, A.℥ss. mix them. Or you may dress it with Tur­pentine-Balsam of Sulphur, or with Oil of Costus, or of Rue, or of Savin, or of Dill, or of Scor­pions, &c. these are all proper Medicines to dress with; but Oil of Roses, and Salt (says Wise­man) have always served my purpose.

LXiX. If there is much pain, you may dress it twice a day with the Cataplasm at Sect. 67 above: if the hardness goes off with the contraction, and the lips of the Wound relax, it is a good Sign.

LXX. Barbett commends Oils of Wax, Lime-water, and Ung. Fuscum Wurtzii, being rightly used: also this following Oint­ment. ℞ Oil of Hypericon, Venice Turpentine, Tears of the Fir-tree, [Page 832] A. ℥i. Tacamahac, Balsam of Peru, A. ℥ss. Propolis ʒvi. Ca­ranna ʒii. mix, and make an Ointment.

LXXI. Sennertus says, we ought to use Oils of a thin sub­stance, as that of Earth-worms, or of Whelps, or Foxes; if these ease not the pain, to apply a Cataplasm, made of flowers of Barley, Beans, Orobus, and Lu­pins; adding Betony, Camomil-flowers, and Oil-olive; for this eases Pain, dries, discusses, strengthens the Native Heat, and resists Putrefaction.

LXXII. But if the Nerves begin to be inflamed, or to pu­trefy, the Cataplasm is to be made with Oxymel, or with the common Lixivium; and the Wound is to be managed almost in the same manner, as in the Cure of a Gangren in begin­ning.

LXXIII. Oil of Turpentine may be used alone of it self, in Chil­dren, Women, and such persons as are of a cold and moist habit of Body; but in such as have drier Bodies, some Euphorbium may be mixed therewith; also Ammoniacum, Galbanum, roots of round Birthwort, and all Roots that are bitter, without Astriction.

LXXIV. Propolis may also be used alone; or with Sagapenum, or with Oil of Turpentine, or Tears of the Fir-tree, and other Artificial Balsams, which have power to extract the Excrements from the bottom of the Wound; and withal to corroborate and augment the native heat of the Nerves, which of it self (but more especially in wounded Nerves) is very weak.

LXXV. The Ancients com­mended Sulphur vive, unslaked Lime, Arsenick, Sandrarcha, Pompholyx, Verdigrise, Chalcitis burnt, &c. which are not safe to be used, especially, if the Nerve is bare or naked: we have now found out better things, and Medicines prepared by the Chy­mical Art, which do their Office without any pain or danger, and which may be safely ap­plied, whether the Nerve, &c. is naked, or otherwise.

LXXVI. Many of them we have enumerated at Sect. 61 and 62 aforegoing, and other places follow­ing them in this Chapter; all which obtain that Faculty which Galen and the Ancients have proposed, and have in them no corroding quality at all, but a true Balsamick Virtue, which those of the Ancients wanted; absterging the Wound from the Excrements, agreeable to the Nerves, and greatly strengthning the Native Heat of the wounded Part.

LXXVII. If the Medicament is of thin and volatil parts, which may easily be dissipated; as Oil of Turpentine, or Spike, or Sa­vin, &c. then you may mix with it Gum Elemi, Capivii, Turpen­tine, Tacamahacca, dissolved in Oil of Hypericon, simple, or compound.

LXXVIII. Caesar Magatus, de Vulner. lib. 2. cap. 5. has given these following Compounds or Mixtures. ℞ Ammoniacum, Opo­panax, Sagapenum, (dissolved in warm Water) Propolis, Turpentine, [Page 833] A.℥ ss. Oil of Earthworms, made with old Oil-olive ℥jss. mix, and make an Ointment.

LXXIX. ℞ Opopanax, Pro­polis, Sagapenum; A. ℥ss. Oil of Turpentine, or Tears of the Fig­tree ℥jss. Tacamahac ʒiii. Sulphur vive ʒjss. mix them for an Oint­ment.

LXXX. ℞ Fir-tree-tears, Opo­panax, Propolis, Tacamahac, A.ʒii. Artificial Balsam ʒvi. mix, and make an Ointment.

LXXXI. ℞ Diacyhilon cum Gummi ℥i. Carana, Propolis, Ro­sin of the Pine, Sagapenum, Ship-Pitch, Tacamahac, A. ʒiii. Arti­ficial Balsam ℥ss. Euphorbium ℈ii. mix, and make a Cerat.

LXXXII. ℞ Oil of Turpentine, or Tears of the Fir-tree ℥i. Pro­polis, Sagapenum, A. ℥ss. Euphor­bium ʒi. mix them.

LXXXIII. Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 6. cap. 2. commends an Emplaster made of Euphor­bium, where he takes a great deal of pains, and is very exact and large in treating of Euphor­bium in Wounds of the Nerves; the Composition of which is this: ℞ Wax ℥jss. Turpentine, Pitch, A. ʒvi. Euphorbium ʒ i. mix, and make a Cerat.

LXXXIV. Now you ought to consider whether the Euphorbium is new or old: if it is new, it is to be mixed with a triple quan­tity of Wax: as ℞ Oil-olive ʒx, or ʒxii. Wax ʒiii. Euphorbium ʒi. mix, and make a Liniment.

LXXXV. But if it is old, (which is very hard and dry) it ought to be mixed in somewhat a greater proportion: as, ℞ Oil-Olive ʒ xii. Wax ʒiii. Euphor­bium, à ʒi, ad ʒiii. (ac­cording to its Age, which is much to be minded) mix, and make a Liniment.

LXXXVI. If at last, the Pun­cture yields not to a Cure, by such Medicaments as have been proposed the Nerve or Tendon is to be di­vided, to prevent worse accidents; as Convulsions, Spasms, Gan­grens, &c. after which, the Cure is to be done as in other Wounds; this only requiring more care in the position, and keeping the Member steady, if it is in such a Joint, where there are Nerves and Tendons which move contrariwise.

LXXXVII. An Observation from Wiseman. A Tendon being prickt in letting Blood in the Sa­phena, near the Ancle, it was drest with Oil of Turpentine hot; the Pain increased, and I was consulted, and saw the Chirurgeon ready to apply his hot Oils: but on sight of the Wound, the lips being turgid and dry, and the parts about it inflamed, I shewed him his error, and caused it to be dressed with Ʋng. Basilicon, warm; and to embrocate with Oil of Roses; and to apply over Diapalma, malaxed with some of the same Oil, and to forbear dressing it for some two or three days: during which time, it was cu­red. The over-using hot Oils, has in some cases been very hurtful and mischievous to many.

III. Contusion of the Nerves, &c.

LXXXVIII. This is often by a [Page 834] Fall or Blow, the Skin suffering a solution of Ʋnity; whence comes an Ulcer, and many other Sym­ptoms, from the afflux of Hu­mors.

LXXXIX. If the contused Nerve is not bare, which may be discerned from the more continual Pain, than is usual in a simple Contusion of the Flesh; great care must be taken to resolve the coagulated Blood, as soon as may be.

XC. For should it suppurate, the Nerve would easily putrify, and other ill Symptoms ensue; so as to force you to cut the Nerve asunder, or do something worse.

XCI. In such a Contusion of a Nerve therefore let a Cloth be dipt in Oil of Castor, or of Worms, or of Whelps, or of Foxes, of Dill, of Rue, of Camomil, or of Rosemary.

XCII. Or you may foment the Part very hot with Sponges, dipt in this Fomentation: ℞ Roots of Orrice, Zedoary, A. ℥i. Hyssop, Fetherfew, Marjoram, Mint, Southernwood, Tansy, Savery, A. M.ss. White-wine q.s. boil, and make a Fomentation; to every Pint of which add S.V. ℥jss.

XCIII. Or you may apply this Emplaster: ℞ Propolis, Turpen­tine, Caranna, Opopanax, roots of Sowbread in pouder, A. ʒiv. Oil of Castoreum, of Hypericon, A. q.s. mix, and make a Plaster. And if Convulsions happen, give in­wardly Chymical Oil of Laven­der, à gut. ii. ad vi. dropt into white Sugar, in a glass of white Port-wine, or Canary.

CHAP. XIII. Of WOUNDS of the LIGAMENTS.

I. THey are called in Greek, [...], pl. [...]: In Latin, Vulnera Li­gamenti pl. Ligamentorum: And in English, Wounds of a Liga­ment, or Ligaments.

II. The Signs. If they be wounded, it is known by the place or part hurt, which is near some Joint: Besides, the Pain is in no respect to be compared with a Wound of the Nerves or Ten­dons, for when these are wound­ed, they produce neither Pain, nor Convulsion.

III. And in regard they are void of Sense, at least-wise not so sensible as are the Nerves or Ten­dons, so they never commu­nicate their Affects to the Brain.

IV. The Prognosticks. The wound of that Ligament which goes from one Bone unto another, is most of all free from danger.

V. That Ligament which is in­serted into a Muscle, if it is not well or rightly Cured, may bring a great deal more of danger with it; [Page 835] because it is able to draw the Nerves and Tendons into a con­sent with it.

VI. Because the Ligaments have but a very weak heat in themselves, therefore they do not easily bear Wounds, but are very apt and ready to heap up Excrements, which may contract and induce a putridness, that may excite other Symptoms and Evils.

VII. The Cure. By reason of the natural coldness, and dryness of the Ligaments, those Medi­cines which are useful in the Wounds of the Nerves and Ten­dons, are also useful here, espe­cially those that are most dry­ing.

VIII. And truly you may safely enough, make use of the strongest of them, for that this part is void of Sense, and therefore will not be offended with the Acrimony or sharpness of those drying Medi­caments.

IX. And tho' Medicaments not too hot are to be used to consume the Sanies, lest the Ligament rot; yet in respect that those Medi­cines must not only dry, but al­so cherish the weak heat of the Part, and strengthen the same, they ought to have so much heat, as to be able to Corrobo­rate it; which they can scarcely do, unless they be hot in the se­cond or third degree.

X. In this case you may use the Oil of Mastich, all the kinds of Natural Balsams, Artificial Bal­sams, of themselves, or mixed with drying Pouders; and over all you may apply, Emplastrum de Minio, or Catagmaticum, ma­laxed with Oil of Mastick.

XI. Wiseman says, That Wounds of the Ligaments require much one and the same Method with the Tendons, only the Me­dicaments here are to be more drying, as Euphorbium, Sulphur Vive, Calx lota, or slaked Lime well washed, Lapis Tutia, &c.

XII. Barbette commends the Restaurative Pouder, thus made, ℞ Roots of Comfrey, fine Aloes, Calx Viva, Red Precipitate, a. ℥ijs Mastich, Myrrh, Mummy, a. ʒij. make each into a fine Pouder, and mix them.

XIII. And at first dressing, the weak heat of the Ligament is much to be considered, because it is apt to give occasion to a plentiful Collection of Humors, and other Vehement Symptoms.

CHAP. XIV. Of WOƲNDS of the LIMBS.

I. THey are called in Greek, [...] pl. [...]. in Latin, Vul­nera Membri, pl. Membrorum: in English, Wounds of a Limb or Limbs.

II. By Limbs here, we under­stand the Brawny Parts of the Arms, as also the Hands; also the Thighs, Legs, and Feet.

III. The Kinds. They are Threefold, 1. From the Part, either Superior, as the Arm, Hand; or Depending, as the Leg, and Foot. 2. From the nature of the Wound, viz. it is either Simple, or Complicate, where as well as the Skin and Flesh, the Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Tendons, and Liga­ments, or Bones may be wound­ed. 3. From the kind of the Weapon wounding, according to which, the Wound is either Con­tused, a Cut only, or a Pun­cture. 4. From its being either without or with loss of Substance.

IV. The Signs. The Part wounded is known by sight: but whether it is Simple or Compli­cate, must be known by their proper Symptoms.

V. A simple Wound is for the most part made by Cutting, and it is known by being void of any vehement Pain, a soft and gentle Bleeding, the Capillary Vessels be­ing only hurt, in the Musculous Flesh only, and without any evil Symptoms.

VI. A Complicate Wound, is discovered by the proper Signs of the similar Parts hurt: so if any considerable Vein is wounded, there is a great flux of Blood, but it comes forth easily, smoothly, of a Red Colour, and more thick Substance.

VII. If an Artery is wounded, the flux of Blood is more considera­ble, and it comes forth by leaping, as the Pulse beats, of a more yellow Colour, and thinner Substance than that which comes forth from a Vein, and many times with fainting Fits, ac­cording to the greatness of the Flux.

VIII. If both Arteries and Veins are wounded, the flux is yet greater, and the Blood flows vari­ously, and seems to be of two Co­lours and Substances, like diffe­rent things not well mixed toge­ther; the Pulses grow weak, and if the flux is vehement, or has been of any continuance, faint­ing and swooning Fits attend the Patient.

IX. If a Nerve is wounded by Cutting, and not cut asunder, there is vehement Pain felt, which ma­ny times induces Inflamation, Fe­vers, and other dangerous Symp­toms: but if the Nerve is cut a­sunder, there is no pain at all felt, yet the Sense of feeling remains; but the motion of the Part into which the Nerve is in­serted, is lost, or taken away.

X. If a Nerve is prick'd, vehe­ment Pains and Convulsions are apt to ensue, with Inflammation, and other Symptoms, because the Brain is drawn into consent.

XI. If a Tendon is not cut asunder, the pain is like that of a Nerve, but something less: but if cut asunder, as it is without pain, so also the motion of the Member, which it is to move, is lost.

XII. If with the Skin and Musculous Flesh, the Arteries, Veins, and Nerves are all wound­ed together, then all the Sym­ptoms afore enumerated, are manifest together, which en­danger [Page 837] an immediate flux of Humors.

XIII. If with the Wound, there is a Fracture of the Bone, it is known by feeling, together with the weakness, or falling down of the Part, as being un­able to lift it self up.

XIV. If there is loss of Sub­stance, it is known by the great­ness of the mouth of the Wound, Cavity, or Hollowness, and many times by finding the Matter which is cut out.

XV. If a Wound is Contused, it is generally made with a blunt Instrument, or with Stones, or a Bullet, or by a Fall: If it is an edged Instrument, it is general­ly a Cut; but if a pointed In­strument, a Puncture or Prick­ing.

XVI. The Prognosticks. A Simple Wound is without danger: a Complicate Wound is dangerous, according to the degree of the Complication.

XVII. If an Artery is wounded, it is more dangerous than if a Vein is wounded; and the greater the Vessel, the greater the danger: if they both be wounded, the danger is yet more; but most of all, if with the Wounds of these Vessels, a Nerve is also hurt by cutting or pricking.

XVIII. And if withall a Nerve is wounded, and it is long-ways, there is no fear of a Convulsion, for that the Fibres are not so much af­fected: but if it is wounded transversly, and not cut in two, it may then induce vehement Pains, Inflammations, Convul­sions, and Delirium, or Doting, which the pricking of a Nerve also doth: because from the Fi­bres that are cut asunder, the pain is communicated to those which are not cut in two, where­by the Evil is communicated to the Brain it self.

XIX. If the Nerve is wholly cut asunder, it brings not with it so much danger, nor is there any fear of a Convulsion: but yet an incurable disaffection follows it, viz. a debility both in Sense and Motion of that Part into which the Nerve is inserted, for that the Animal Spirit can be no more conveyed by the said Nerve into those Parts.

XX. If a Tendon shall be wound­ed, but not cut through, it causes a debility in the motion of that Part it usually moved: if it is cut asunder, then the motion of the same Part is wholly taken away, or lost.

XXI. If there comes forth great store of Sanies, or thin Ex­crements, it is a sign of the ill Constitution of the Part, and of the Wound, and that it is infla­med, and in very great danger; for the Sanies which flows, is always according to the disposi­tion of the Part affected, some­times like Water, sometimes like Whey, and sometimes white and milky; but that which flows from the Tendons, is more glutinous, like to the white of an Egg.

XXII. The Cure. If it is a simple Wound, and made by cut­ting and priching, it may be Cu­red by the first Intention; and here Stypticks or Balsamicks do the Work, and commonly at one dressing.

XXIII. But if the Wound is complicate, the Indications of healing must be according to the number of Complications, whe­ther it is a hurt of any of the Vessels, or of the Nerves and Tendons, or a Contusion, or with loss of Substance, or all of these together.

XXIV. In any of these Cases, if any Extraneous thing is in the Wound, it is (if possible) to be taken forth, and the Hemorrhage (if any be) to be stopt, then the Lips of the Wounds are to be stitch'd up, according to the nature of the Wound, and to be drest up with proper Ano­dyns (if the pain is vehement) and digestively, as we have in the proper places of this present Book, before declared.

XXV. If the Nerves are wounded by a downright cut, whereby they are commonly left naked and bare of Skin, you must preserve them as much as may be from the external Air, which is always an Enemy to the Nerves, and endeavour as much as may be, to cover them with their own proper covering, and the Skin which lyes upon it.

XXVI. If the Nerve is wound­ed, according to its length you must with a Swath or Rowler draw the Lips of the Wound together, that they may be conjoined: but if the Wound is transverse, and ne­cessity so require, then the con­joining of the Lips is to be done by Suture or Stitching, taking great Care, that in sowing you touch not the Nerve with the Needle; because by the prick of the Needle the same Sym­ptoms may arise, that are o­therwise wont to happen in a Puncture of the Nerves.

XXVII. The Wound then is so to be drawn together, that there may be a free passage for the Sa­nies to run out, which if need so require, may be kept open with a Tent, for that, if the Sanies should be retained or kept in, it might corrupt and putrefie the Nerve.

XXVIII. And because the Nerves when wounded, do not well bear the stronger Medicines, as Euphorbium, &c. Galen in these kind of Wounds was wont to use unslack'd Lime often washed, with much Oil of Roses mixed therewith; also Pom­pholix mixed with the same Oil.

XXIX. But Modern Physicians have found out better Medicines than these, invented by the means of the Chymical Art, an Enumera­tion of many of which we have gi­ven you in Cap. 12. Sect. 61, 62, and 64. a little aforegoing: and over all, the Wound it self may be covered, with Diacalciteos, or Diapalma, or our Emplastrum Album.

XXX. And to preserve the natural heat, that thereby a good Suppuration may be made, and the Putridness and Corruption of the Humors may be resisted, as al­so the Nerve defended from the Cold of the ambient Air, this following Cataplasm may be ve­ry useful.

XXXI. ℞ Flower or Meal of Barley, Beans, and Orobus, Pou­der of Red Roses and Camomil Flowers, A. ℥ij. Oil of Turpentine, [Page 839] ʒx. Oxymel simple, Oil of Whelps, or Earthworms, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XXXII. Where the Nerves are transversly wounded, and not cut asunder, if by the Fibres that are whole, the Brain is drawn into Consent, so that a Convulsion may be excited; you must do all that may be to prevent it, by using the Medicines which we have propounded in Cap. 9. Sect. 89. ad 98. aforegoing, if those things suffice not, the whole Nerve is to be cut asunder, that the Convulsion may be remo­ved, as we have admonished in Cap. 12. Sect. 86. above.

XXXIII. A Wound made by running of a Sword through the Arm or Leg, is not to be stitch'd up, (because it is apt to be painful, inflamed, and generate a putrid Sanies) but to be drest up with Astringents or Stypticks, Compress and Bandage: by this means such Wounds in a good habit of Bo­dy, do easily agglutinate in a few days; whereas if they be drest with Tents, they are of longer continuance, and at last become very difficult to be heal­ed.

XXXIV. In such a Wound, if the Weapon passes not quite thro', but you find by probing it, that it wants not much of passing thro', if the contrary side is more depending, it will be good to open it on that side, by passing a Seton-needle, or some such like Instrument through it, then to apply Digestives, and to dilate the hole with a Tent for a few Days, that the Matter may pass thro' and down­wards, letting the upper part of the Wound heal up: but the Application of Digestives will be needless, if Stypticks be imme­diately applied, upon the first making the Wound.

XXXV. If a Person is run thro' the Arm, Thigh, or Leg, with a broad Sword, you may dress the Wounds with Stypticks, or some Astringent Pouders mixt with the white of an Egg, and Pledgets spread with Sarcoticks, making the Application upon both Ori­fices, and then bring the Lips of the Wound close with Com­presses and good Bandage, so will the Wound heal by agglu­tination, without Pain, Matter, or Tumor, (there being no Nerve hurt) and that in four or five Days.

XXXVI. But if thro' some Cause which you could not know, there should be Inflammation with Pain, or Tumor, you must dilate the Orifice most distempered, and keep them both open, especial­ly the more depending, with small short Tents, spread with the common Digestives, and then proceed as in a Body Ca­cochymick.

XXXVII. If a Wound is made in the Arm, Thigh, or Leg, by a Sword passing slantingly thro', both Orifices ought to be drest with Astringents, or Stypticks, and good Bandage, so by the help of the Balsam of the Blood, the Wound will be healed in few Days.

XXXVIII. But if thro' the Ig­norance of the Chyrurgion, being at first ill managed, with Tents, &c. the Patient should be in great pain, the Limb or Member swell'd, [Page 840] and the Wound disturbed, whereby it shall seem not to be Cured but by Suppuration: in this Case you may foment the Member with Discutients, keep both Orifices open with small Tents dipt in the common Digestive, Embro­cate the Parts about with Oil of Roses mixt with a little Vinegar, and apply over all Empl. è Bolo, or some such like: The third dressing, if need require, apply red Precipitate upon a Dosil, and dress up the Wound as be­fore, &c.

XXXIX. If a Wound in Arm or Leg by long ill dressing is be­come Sinuous, with a Flux of Humors, Inflammation, and Tu­mor; so that the whole Member becomes Oedematous, or is so weakned that it cannot assimulate its Nutriment, nor yet resist the Crudities which attend it: in this Case the Sinus may be laid open by Incision, and the Wound de­terged with Mundificatives, as that of Paracelsus, mixt with Red Precipitate; the Parts a­bout may be Embrocated with Oil of Roses mixt with Vinegar, and Ceratum Galeni, may be ap­plied over the inflamed Tumor.

XL. The Oedematous Tumor may also be fomented with a De­coction of Wormwood, Scordium, Elder and Camomil Flowers, Red Roses, Balaustians, and Myrtle­berries in Red Wine; and a mix­ture of Emplast. Album, with Sticticum Paracelsi, may be ap­plied over the Swelling with good Bandage, not renewing this dressing above once a Week to give a breathing to it.

XLI. And where-ever you find the Sinus to have penetrated, you must open it, and deterge it with Abstersives, as the former, and with Ʋng. Diapompholigos, or o­ther Epuloticks, produce the Cicatrize, helping forward the Cure by the use of a Laced Stock­ing or Compress.

XLII. An Observation from Wiseman. A Gentleman wound­ed in the Thigh with a Tuck, was drest by a young Chyrur­gion with Tents reaching to the bottom of the Wound, by which it was much inflamed. I threw out the Tents (says he) and drest the Wound with a Pledgit of Ʋng. Basilicon, Embrocated with Oil of Roses, applied over Empl. è Bolo, and then let him Blood. Being Feverish, I also prescribed him a Clyster, and gave him an Anodyn Draught to dispose him to Rest that Night. The next Day, I found him in good Temper, and his Wound inclined to heal; I dressed it, as the Day before, and advised him to keep his Bed three or four Days: about two Days af­ter I visited him again, and ta­king off the Dressings, saw his Wound perfectly Cured; it con­tinued so, and he walked a­broad the next Day.

CHAP. XV. Of WOƲNDS of the JOINTS.

I. THey are called in Greek, [...] pl. [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Artus vel Articuli, pl. Artuum, vel Articulorum: in English, Wounds of a Joint or Joints.

II. These Wounds are made ei­ther by a Puncture, or by an Inci­sion or Cut, and they are either in the upper compassing Parts, or else they pierce to the Cavity of the Joint.

III. Wounds of the Joints are much of the same nature with Wounds of the Nerves, and are either without Luxation, or with it: and these are such as happen in the Elbow, Wrist, Knee, Ancle, or Joints of the Fingers and Toes.

IV. The Prognosticks. All Wounds of the Joints are dange­rous, 1. For that they are of an Exquisite Sense, by reason of the Nerves, Tendons, and Membranes, whence sharp Pains do ensue, with an afflux of Humors, In­flammations, Fevers, Watch­ings, loathing of Food, Thirst, Weakness, Convulsions, Gan­grenes, and sometimes Death.

V. 2. If they are great, where­by they are the more grievous; for great Wounds piercing to the Ca­vity, are most dangerous, and if they happen in the great Joints, are of Evil Consequence, more especially if that they call the Aqua Articularis, or Joint-water, issues out from them. Of this Water, Celsus, Lib. 5. Cap. 26. has wrote something; also Pa­raeus, Lib. 9. Cap. 39. Plater. prax. Tom. 2. Cap. 17. Lang. Epist. Lib. 1. Epist. 3. and Sen­nertus prax. Med. Lib. 5. par. 4. Ch. 15.

VI. This Humor being let out, there follows another Excremen­titious Humor, which Celsus says, is either a thin whitish Ichor, or a glutinous Honey-like Humor, which he calls Meliceria: Pa­raeus says, this Excrement is sometimes thick and white, and sometimes thin: Platerus will have it to be a waterish thin Ichor: Langius likens it to Whey: and Sennertus calls it Sanies, which, says he, our Chirurgions call the Joint-water, the flux of which Humor can no ways be stopped, but by resto­ring the wounded Part to its own natural Temper.

VII. This Humor is cold and moist, and is caused of the Alimen­tary Juice which is sent to nourish the Joint; its diversity is from the various Temperatures of the Bodies wounded; and it is cor­rupted by the weakness and di­stemperature of the wounded Joint.

VIII. Wounds of the Joints are very hard to Cure, because being Parts void of Flesh, and hollow, they are apt to receive fluxions: [Page 842] and Galen, Meth. Med. Lib. 4. Cap. 6. says, That they easily de­generate into Ʋlcers of an ill and dangerous nature.

IX. And they are yet more dan­gerous in an Internal Part, be­cause in those Places the greater Vessels and the Nerves are con­tained; for which cause more considerable Haemorrhagies and Convulsions are easily excited.

X. Hippocrates also saith, That in Wounds of the Joints, if the Nerve is perfectly cut asunder, the Patient will without doubt be Lame.

XI. Wounds of the Joints with Luxation, or a loosening of the Joint, are yet more dangerous, for that the Joint cannot be redu­ced, without apparent danger of the Patients Life; for that vehement Pains do always ac­company these kinds of Wounds.

XII. So that the Physician by heeding this Prognostick, will do well to save his Credit; for if the Joint being reduced, continue so, it induces Death to the Sick, and that in few Days, which is often seen, even upon a very small Wound.

XIII. The reason is, because the Nervous Parts about the Joint suffer cruel Pains, whence Fluxi­ons, &c. now if the Joint is brought back again unto its place, the same Parts are again extended, from whence of ne­cessity there is a new afflux of Humors, with Inflammations and Convulsions, which being communicated to the Brain, bring unavoidable Death.

XIV. Sometimes also from the afflux of Humors, proceeding from the Pain and Extension, the natu­ral heat is suffocated, from whence there follows a Gan­grene and Sphacelus.

XV. In such a Case therefore the Physician is to acquaint the By-standers, that if the Joint is reduced, a Fever will succeed, and after that a Convulsion, which will induce the Death of the Pa­tient, as we have hinted at Sect. 12. above; there being but few that live beyond the Seventh Day after the Reduction.

XVI. And this Hippocrates, Lib. de Articul. Text. 74, 76, and 77, positively affirms in Wounds of the Ancles, Elbows, Wrists, and Knees, where the Bones of the Leg, Arm, Cubit, and Thigh are dislocated, or seem to stick forth, or are fallen out, whether towards the Interior or Exterior Parts, &c. whatsoever they be of these, says he, that upon a Wound are dislocated or loosned, and hereupon stick out, if they shall be put back again into their places, they certainly cause Death.

XVII. But Sennertus is of the Opinion, that the lesser Joints, as those of Fingers, &c. if they be reduced, they do not necessarily bring Death, but many over­come the Pain, and Live: yet Hippocrates, Lib. de Articul. Text. 78. will have it, that they will be in danger of a Convulsion.

XVIII. And Galen de Fract. Lib. 3. Text. 16. saith, Si verò parvi articuli, quemadmodum cir­ca digites reperiuntur, neque tunc quoque res periculo vacabit, qui tamen, si evadant, plerique ob di­ligentiam magnam in Cura adhi­bitam, [Page 843] id consequuntur, viz. If the small Joints, to wit, such as are those of the Fingers, shall happen to be wounded and dis­located, they will not be alto­gether free from danger; but if notwithstanding they escape, and recover, it follows chiefly from the great Diligence and Pains which has been taken in the Cure.

XIX. Now then, as you ought not to reduce the Joint; so that you may not be accused of Ignorance or Ʋnskilfulness by the Vulgar, as to have made the Patient Lame or Maimed; so to preserve your Credit, you must always make use of this Prognostick, fore­telling unto the Standers-by, the danger of Death, that by such a Reduction, may ensue to the Distressed Patient.

XX. The Cure. If it is with­out Luxation, the Cure is almost the same, as in Wounds of the Nerves, by drawing the Lips together, and keeping them so closed, excepting an Issue or Passage for the Quitter to run out.

XXI. They are also to be de­fended from cold Air, or any cold thing, because they have in them­selves but little heat; for this purpose, such Oils, Balsams, Ointments, Cerots and Empla­sters, as we have directed in Wounds of the Nerves, are to be applied here.

XXII. If it is a Puncture, it is to be dressed also, as a Puncture of a Nerve or Tendon; the Injuries of cold Air are to be avoided, for Cold nips Wounds, (but these more especially) hardens the Skin, hinders Suppuration, ex­tinguishes Natural Heat, brings Agues, causes Blackness, Gan­grenes, Mortification and Con­vulsions; nor must you use Moi­stening, Unctuous, or Relaxing Topicks, unless by the vehemen­cy of the Pain, you are forced to use Anodyns.

XXIII. But if the Wound is made by cutting, then the Lips are pretty near one another, or else they gape much; in which latter Case, you must use stitching first of all, but you must only stitch the Skin, in Persons of ripe Age; in Children, you may stitch the subjacent Parts, because in such they will admit of Uni­tion.

XXIV. But you ought to leave a small Orifice in the most depend­ing Part, to be kept open with a Tent, that the Quitter may be discharged.

XXV. If the Wound pierces not to the Cavity of the Joint, you may dress it with some good Natural or Artificial Balsam, mixed with some drying and healing Pouder, as, ℞ Balsam of Chili or Peru ℥ij. Aloes, Cate­chu, Frankincense, Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, Sanguis Draconis, A. ʒiij. Comfrey-root, Borax, Centory the greater, Sarcocol, A. ʒij. make all these things into a fine Pouder, and mix them with the Balsam, and apply it.

XXVI. Over all you may apply Empl. Album, mixed with a lit­tle Oil of Limons; or this Cata­plasm; ℞ Barley, and Bean-flower, A. ℥iv. Flowers of Camo­mil, Wormwood, and Melilot, A. p. ij. the Common Lixivium, [Page 844] lbi. Vinegar of Roses, ℥iv. boil all to the thickness of a Cataplasm, adding in the end, Oils of Rofes and Myrtles, A. ℥iss. This pre­vents pain, and asswages it, if present.

XXVII. Now here is to be no­ted, That all Applications must be actually hot; because actual heat does Concoct, and discuss Ex­crementitious Humors in the Joints, and strengthens them.

XXVIII. If the Wound pierces to the Cavity of the Joint, your Medicaments must be yet more dry­ing. 1. Because the Joints are apt to abound with a thin Quit­ter. 2. Because the Bones and Ligaments have no feeling, and so may endure very strong Me­dicaments. 3. Because they are in their own Nature very dry, and therefore require the more drying Medicaments.

XXIX. For this purpose then you may use this: ℞ Balsam de Chili, or Linimentum Arcei ℥ij. fine Aloes, Catechu, Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, Sanguis Dra­conis, A. ʒiij. Sarcocol, Hen­bane-seeds, A. ʒiv. Euphorbium ʒij. all being in Pouder, mix them with the Balsam or Liniment, and apply it.

XXX. The next thing to be done, is to prevent the afflux of Humors, 1. By Purging. 2. By In­terception. 3. By a good Positi­on of the Member.

XXXI. As to Purging, you may do it with Diacassia, an In­fusion of Sena alone, or of Sena and Rhubarb, or Diacatholicon, or Tinctura Purgans, or Sal Mi­rabile, Syrupus Catharticus; E­lect. Catharticum, Pulvis Cor­nachini, or Pilulae Catharticae.

XXXII. For Interception, you may use. Pulvis Astringens, or Stypticum (some distance above the Wound) over which apply Ceratam Nigrum, Empl. Album, Sticticum Paracelsi, or some such like.

XXXIII. In the position of the Member, you must be very careful; for an ill position increases the Symptoms, and causes Distor­tion, Numbness and Contraction, several ways.

XXXIV. If therefore the Wound is in the upper part of the Shoul­der, a large Bolster is to be put under the Arm-pit, that so it may bear up the Arm, and drive the top of the Shoulder up higher, also cause the Lips of the Wound the more easily to consolidate.

XXXV. If the Wound is in the Elbow, the Arm is neither to be kept straight, nor yet too much bended, but kept in a mean posture between Exten­sion and Contraction, viz. in the form of an Obtuse Angle.

XXXVI. When the Lips of the Wound begin to unite, you must cause the Patient to use a mode­rate motion of his Arm, that it may prove the more pliable af­ter the Wound is healed.

XXXVII. If the Wrist, or Joints of the Fingers are wounded, the Hand is to be kept half-bended, and the Fingers also, lest the Hand should be hurt ei­ther by Extension or Contra­ction.

XXXVIII. If the Joint of the Hip is wounded, the Thigh-bone must be kept in its Cavity, which [Page 845] may be done by laying the Pa­tient upon his Back, with Pil­lows under the Huckle-bone, ap­plying fit Bolsters and Rowlers: but he must sometimes stir and move his Thigh, this way and that way, lest there should be a hurt of the motion.

XXXIX. If the Knee is wound­ed, it must be kept extended, if you would not have the Leg Contracted after the Wound is healed, or would prevent Lame­ness.

XL. If the Joints of the Toes are wounded, they are to be kept in their natural posture, not bending them inwardly or out­wardly, lest it causes stumbling in going.

XLI. Now that this situation of the Part, may be so preserved, and not altered, either sleeping or wa­king, it is to be kept in that po­sture, either by fit and conve­nient Bandages, or else by wooden Instruments made for that purpose.

XLII. As to the Cure of great Wounds in the Joints, which pass into the Cavity, tho' they be Cu­red, yet the Member will re­main stiff.

XLIII. Now a Wound of the Joints is said to be great, in a fourfold respect. 1. From the greatness of the Solution of Con­tinuity. 2. From the great and vehement Symptoms. 3. From the greatness of the Joint, and nearness thereof to the more principal Parts. 4. From the evil habit of Body in the Person wounded.

XLIV. And it is said to be Mortal, if vehement and deadly Symptoms do follow upon it; as Convulsions, with frequent Fainting and Swooning, Gan­gren and Sphacelus.

XLV. If the Wound is with a Luxation withal, and in a great Joint, you must not, as we said before, Reduce it; but the Sick is to be told beforehand of the danger, if it is restored; and of an unavoidable Lameness that will follow thereupon, if it is not.

XLVI. These things being consi­dered, you must stop the Fluxion, as is directed at Sect. 30, 31, 32. &c. aforegoing; and place the Pa­tient and Member in such a posture, as may be most conve­nient, and cause least pain to the Patient, as is sufficiently declared in the Sections above: provided always that the Mem­ber is not depending, or in a hanging posture; because such a position is apt to add to a Flux of Humors, or to in­duce it.

XLVII. This being said, the Wound is to be cured, like as are other Wounds, with proper Balsams, Sarcoticks, and drying Pouders: but yet it is not to be bound up, in the same manner as other Wounds are; and great care must be taken, that it is not offended with the Injuries of the ambient and cold Air.

XLVIII. Cataplasms are also to be imposed, not upon the Wound it self, but upon the near adja­cent parts, lest the weight there­of should hurt it.

XLIX. And in regard that Fluxions are easily excited, the Body ought to be cleansed by mani­fold [Page 846] Purgations, and that as oft as need shall require: and like­wise by Sweating, to be freed from all its vitious and super­fluous Humors.

CHAP. XVI. Of WOƲNDS with CONTƲSION.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...], plu. [...]. in Latin, Vulnus contusum, plu. Vulnera contusa; in English, a Wound or Wounds with Contusion, a Contused Wound or Wounds.

II. A Wound with Contusion is generally made with a Weapon or Instrument which is blunt; where­by, besides the solution of con­tinuity, there is a bruising of the Flesh, or other parts apper­taining.

III. The Signs. It is known from the Instrument hurting, the great Pain, and the black and blue colour of the Part.

IV. Now a Contusion is either without a Wound, or with a Wound: if it is without a Wound, we have already discoursed of that at large in Lib. 3. Cap. 7. afore­going: if it is with a Wound, wherein it is not only bruised within, but is also externally wounded in the Superficies, it is what we intend to treat of here in this Chapter.

V. The Prognosticks. A Wound with a Contusion is more dangerous and difficult to cure, than that without. For the bruised Parts and Blood poured forth, if they be not, or cannot be dis­cussed, must of necessity be turned into Pus, without which the Wound cannot be healed.

VI. And if the contused Flesh, and extravasated Blood begins to putrefy, it may excite and cause a Gangren, or some other dan­gerous Symptom.

VII. The Cure. In order there­fore to the Cure, you must first have respect unto the Contusion; where­in you must prevent the afflux of Humors, by Revulsion, De­fensatives, and Repellers.

VIII. Then the Blood which is flowed in, must be changed into Quittor or Pus, by Medicaments, (not too moist) unless you think it may be discussed; and Cata­plasma Laxativum Schroderi, or Resolutivum Foresti may be ap­plied round about the Wound, where it is bruised, but not on the Wound it self.

IX. Hippocrates, in Lib. de Ʋlcerib. says, If any of the Flesh shall be battered and bruised by the Weapon or Instrument, we are then to take care, that (as soon as may be) it be converted into Pus: for as it is less dangerous than an Inflammation, so there is also a necessity, that the battered and bruised Flesh should (by being converted into Pus) be wasted and [Page 847] consumed away, that new Flesh may be bred instead thereof.

X. So that when we shall find that there is no cause to fear an Afflux of Humors, we must en­deavour to bring the bruised Flesh and Blood to Pus, which is done by Maturatives and Di­gestives; which what they are, we have shewed, Lib. 3. Cap. 3. Sect. 29, ad 32. Cap. 5. Sect. 105, ad 108. Sect. 134, ad 137. & Sect. 145, ad 149. Cap. 6. Sect. 23, 36, 37. & Lib. 4. Cap. 2. Sect. 16, ad 30.

XI. But because they are gene­rally hot and moist, you must have a special care in the use of them, that they be not over-moist; for that then they are apt to pro­duce putridness, and a cor­ruption of the Part may easily be excited; for which Reason, Discussives may also be mixed with them: as,

XII. ℞ Roots of Althea ℥i. wild Cucumber roots ℥ss. Origa­num, Dill and Fetherfew tops, A. M. i. fat Figs No vi. Raisons stoned ℥i. boil in Water to softness, pulp thro' a Hair-sieve, and add thereto, meal of Lin-seed and Fenu­greek-seed, pouder of Orrice-root and Camomil-flowers, A. ʒ iv. Sanguis draconis ʒiii. Myrrh in pouder, Galbanum, liquid Storax, liquid Amber, A. ʒii. Saffron ʒi. Oil of Hypericon, golden-coloured Palm-Oil, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm; which I impose about the Wound, not on the Wound it self.

XIII. For so says Hippocrates, lib. de Ulcer. When it seems needful that the Wound be de­fended with a Cataplasm, it ought not to be laid on the Wound, but upon the parts adjacent to it; that so those things may be softned or dissolved which are not, and the Pus may pass away.

XIV. The next thing to be con­sidered, is the Wound it self; upon which you must apply a Di­gestive, made of Rosin, Turpen­tine, and the yolks of Eggs; or Triapharmacon, or Ʋnguentum Basilicon, or some such-like, out of the things before-mentioned.

XV. The Pus being fully bred, you must then use Abstersives and Glutinatives; healing it up, as you do other Wounds.

XVI. But if the bruised Flesh will not be converted into Pus, but on the third, fourth, or fifth day, a Tumor arises with Pain, and so increases from day to day, whereby its colour is extin­guished, and it becomes yel­lowish, with signs of a Gangren near at hand; then the Part must be scarified, and Ʋnguen­tum Aegyptiacum is to be applied, ordering the rest of the Cure, as we have taught in Lib. 3. Cap. 7. aforegoing.

XVII. If with the Flesh, the Nerves, Tendons, and Ligaments are bruised, without any contusion of the Skin, they are to be cherished by fomenting the Part with Dis­cussive Oils made hot; such are Oils of Dill, sweet Marjoram, Orrice, Southernwood, Rue, Tansy, &c.

XVIII. But if the Skin is bruised withal, first lay on the white of an Egg, beaten with Oil of Roses, which will mitigate the pain: and then the pain being somewhat moderated, you may [Page 848] comfort the Part by fomenting it with red Port-wine, and then apply a Cataplasm, made of Bean-meal and Oxymel; or Elm-leaves boiled in Oil; or the ashes of Vine-branches mixed with yellow Palm-oil and Vin­egar.

XIX. If there is vehement pain withal, then take Tar, Oxymel, and Bean-meal, which mix, and boil to a Cataplasm; laying it on as hot as it can be endured.

XX. If there is more cause of Drying, mix with the former meal of Orobus, pouder of Flo­rentine-Orrice root, or root of round Birthwort; anointing the place with Oils of Castor, of Whelps, of Camomil, Dill, Or­rice, and Rue: or with an Oint­ment made of Galbanum and Myrrh.

XXI. And give inwardly, an Electuary made of pouders of Centory the less, roots of Birth­wort, Elecampane, Gentian, and Orrice, mixed with Ammonia­cum, and Mel Juniperinum, or honey-like Extract of Juniper-berries.

XXII. If at last there remains a hardness on the Nerves or Ten­don, whereby numbness and stupi­dity be excited, then Emollients or Digestives are to be laid on; as roots of Althea, of white Lillies, Bdellium, Ammoniacum, Opo­panax, Sagapenum, Diachylon simple, & cum Gummi; or Palm-Oil, mixed with Chymical Oil of Aniseeds in equal parts, or Balsamum mirabile.

XXIII. If the Ligaments are bruised, you must apply such things as heal, dry, discuss, and strengthen: such are Oils of Mastich, Juni­per-berries, Oranges, Limons, Caraways, to anoint withal.

XXIV. And then apply this: ℞ Oils of Mastich, Lavender; and Savin, A. ℥i. Oil of Mace by Ex­pression ʒvj. Bdellium, Ammonia­cum, Galbanum, A.℥ss. Saffron ʒii. Wax q.s. mix, and make an Ointment, or soft Cerate.

CHAP. XVII. Of WOƲNDS made by Biting of VENEMOƲS BEASTS.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...], pl. [...]. in Latin, Morsus Bestiae, pl. Morsus Bestiarum; in English, The Biting or Bitings, of a Beast or Beasts.

II. We shall comprehend in this Chapter the Bitings and Stingings of all living Creatures, even the Bitings of Mankind: not that we think every Creature is Poi­sonous, yet we are apt to be­lieve, that there is somewhat [Page 849] of Poison or Malignity, more or less, in the Bitings of all Crea­tures, Man as well as Beast.

III. And therefore we shall lay down our Considerations in a fivefold order, as they have re­spect either to Biting or Stinging; the first of which is made by Mankind by Beasts, by Serpents, and by Insects.

IV. These Wounds then are, 1. By the bitings of wild or tamed Beasts and Human­kind, not esteemed poisonous. 2. By the bitings of Mad-dogs, and Mad-men, which require the same order and method of Cure. 3. By the [...]ing of Serpents; as the Viper, Rattle-snake, &c. 4. By the biting of the Taran­tula. 5. By the stinging of Scorpions, Hornets, Wasps, Bees, &c. of all which in their order.

I. Of Biting of Wild-Beasts, and Human-kind.

V. We intend to treat of those Wounds here which are made by the biting of Human-kind, and of Beasts in their own nature not Venemous; as of an Ass, Ape, Baboon, Bear, Cat, Dog, Horse, Leopard, Monkey, Squirrel, Ty­ger, &c. concerning which, yet Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 27. saith, That all Bitings of wild Beasts whatsoever, have in them some certain kind of Venom.

VI. Moreover, these Creatures when they bite, are for the most part enraged; and Wrath or Rage has in it a great power to disturb the Humors, and cor­rupt them; which vitiousness of the Humors is easily commu­nicated into the Spittle, and by the Spittle as easily conveyed into the Wound; which thing is manifestly evident, in such as are bitten by a mad Dog or Man.

VII. But if it is supposed that such Wounds are altogether free from any Virulency whatever, yet the Contusion it self (for Teeth are seldom so sharp as to wound, and not also bruise) renders all Wounds whatsover the more dan­gerous and grievous, and makes them the more difficult to be cured.

VIII. The Prognosticks. These Wounds are dangerous as well in themselves, by reason of the Contu­sion, as also because the Spittle of the furious and enraged Animal is supposed to have something of Ma­lignity joined with it; but much more dangerous, if the Nervous and Tendinous Parts are bitten or wounded withal.

IX. And if they are made by one Man's biting of another, they are not without their danger. Guilielmus Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 84. & 85 gives us three Instances. 1. A Mer­chant, who in his Cups was bitten by another, on the very tip of his right Fore-finger; upon which, his whole right Hand became inflamed, and a Gangren presently began to follow, with Convulsions, a great burning Fever, Swooning, and continual Restlesness. 2. A Physician, who was bit, by put­ting his Finger to the Mouth of a Woman who had a Frenzy, to feel her Tongue; upon which [Page 850] biting, he was presently taken with a vehement pain, not only in his Finger, but thro' his whole Arm. 3. Another Man was bitten sorely to the first articu­lar of his Thumb, by another furious and enraged person; up­on which he was instantly taken with a vehement pain thro' the whole Arm, and soon after with a Fever, and Swooning-fits.

X. The Cure. If the Wound is made by a Beast that hath blunt Teeth, whereby there is a Contu­sion, the Blood is to be well squeezed or prest forth, out of the Wound; and Purging-medicines are to be given, (if need so require) to prevent the greater afflux of Humors.

XI. And to prevent the Evil from being communicated to the more superior, or other adjacent Parts, you must apply Defensa­tives made with Oxycrate, or some other like thing: and to the Wound it self, for easing the Pain, promoting Suppuration, and keeping the Wound open, some proper Anodyn, matura­tive or digestive.

XII. As, ℞ One Egg, Butter ʒiv. Oils of Violets and Roses, A. ʒij. Saffron ʒss. mix them. Or, ℞ The yolk of one Egg; Turpen­tine, Honey, A. ℥ss. mix them well together; then add Oil of Roses, or Oil of Ben ʒiii.

XIII. And you may (if need require) apply over this Cata­plasm. ℞ Althea-roots ℥ j ss. flowers of Camomil and Melilot, A. M.j. Wormwood-tops P.ii. boil all to softness, and beat them to­gether; to which add the yolk of one Egg, Mithridate ℥i. Oil of Camomil q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XIV. If you should fear, that there is Virulency in the Wound, you may apply this. ℞ Un­guentum Basilicon, Strasburgh-Turpentine, A. ℥i. yellow Palm-Oil, or Oil of Ben, Mithridate, A. ʒvi. yolk of one Egg.

XV. And that what is bruised, may be converted into Pus, you must use this Digestive. ℞ Ung. Basilicon, Rosin, Honey of Roses, A.℥i. yolk of one Egg, mix them. Or this: ℞ Strasburgh-Turpentine, Mastich in pouder, A. ℥i. Honey of Roses ℥jss. yolk of one Egg, mix them.

XVI. And if any Malignity is feared, you may apply this: ℞ Strasburgh-Turpentine, Mithri­date, A.℥i. Aloes, round Birthwort­root, Myrrh, Orrice-Florentine, A. ℥ss. all in fine pouder, pouder of Zedoary, and Winters Cinnamon, A. ʒi. mix, and with Honey of Roses, q.s. make a Liniment.

XVII. The Wound being di­gested, and well cleansed, you must fill it up with Flesh, with proper Sarcoticks, and at last with Epu­loticks produce the Cicatrice.

XVIII. If a Gangren is feared, as approaching, you must pursue the Cure, as we have directed in the Chapter of a Gangren. Or thus: Bathe all the adjacent places with Spirit of Wine Campho­rated; and upon the Wound apply very hot this following Mixture.

XIX. ℞ Strasburgh-Turpentine Gum Elemi, A. ℥i. yolks of two Eggs; pouder of Earthworms ʒii. Frankincense, Camphir, A. ʒi. mix them.

XX. If the Pain increases, bathe with this: ℞ Powers of Amber, Powers of Juniper, A. ℥i. Spirit of Sal Armoniack ʒii. Guttae Vitae ℥ss. mix them: and over all, apply some proper Anodyn Cataplasm: after which the Pain being something eased, you may apply Empl. Album, and so Cure it as another bruised Wound.

XXI. But mean season, or du­ring the whole course of this Cure, give inwardly every Night a Dose of Our Theriaca Chymica; and every Morning fasting this mix­ture: ℞ Aq. Bezoartica, or Spi­ritus Cordialis ʒvi. Syrup of Li­mons ʒiii. Spiritus Opii Composi­tus ʒiss. mix for a Dose.

II. Of the Bitings of Mad-dogs, Mad-men, &c.

XXII. Whether the Patient is bitten by a Mad-dog, or by a Mad­man whose Madness came thro' the biting of a Mad-dog, the Signs, Symptoms, Prognosticks, and Methods of Cure are all one, and therefore in Treating of the one, we Treat of the other also.

XXIII. This Poison or Venom which causes this Madness, con­sists not in the first qualities, as Heat, Coldness, Driness, or Moi­sture, but in a Specifick Proper­ty peculiar to this kind of Dis­ease, which is called in Greek, [...], (aquae metus) [...], morbus, quo ali­quis à Cane rabioso commorsus a­quam timet; also [...]. in Latin, Hydrophobia, & Rabies; a Malady in which the Patient is always extreamly fear­ful of Water.

XXIV. Now it is necessary in the first place, to know whether the Dog which gave the Wound be Mad, or no, which you may know by these Signs. He refuses his Food, and his Water also, (be­cause he is afraid of Water) Slaver or Snivel comes forth from his Mouth and Nostrils, he carries his Tail under his Belly, hangs his Tongue out of his Mouth, which looks either yellow, blackish, or reddish, his Eyes are red and fiery, and he looks wild, becomes lean, and barks but little, and that hoarsly; sometimes he runs swiftly, sometimes he stands still, he knows not his Owner, but runs fiercely upon all Crea­tures, and oftentimes in run­ning strikes his Head against Posts or Trees, and when in this Condition, other Dogs will shun him.

XXV. The Signs. If the Madness is beginning, the Patient becomes discontented and angry without any just Cause; he feels a gnawing and heaviness in his Stomach, complains of unrea­sonable Weather, tho' it is fair, his Body also becomes heavy and lumpish.

XXVI. If he sleeps, his sleep is very troublesom, and he is full of fears without any cause; he drinks less than usually, and be­gins to murmur and speak to himself, and desires Candle­light in the Day-time.

XXVII. In the place wounded, tho' it is healed, a pain is felt, which ascends towards the Head, [Page 852] whither when it is come, a Ver­tigo is caused, so that he cannot walk steadily forwards; now when these last Signs appear, you may be sure that Madness is at hand, or not far off.

XXVIII. If the Madness is present or manifest, the Face then and Body become red, he looks wildly, is very trouble­som, and foams at the Mouth, and spits upon those that stand by.

XXIX. Sometimes they snarl and bark like Dogs, and many times offer to bite; they vehe­mently hate or are afraid of Water, and all Liquid things, which if proffered to them, or they come near them, they be­come more fierce, and are more offended.

XXX. Their Pulses are small and inordinate, their Ʋrine comes away by drops; and the Madness increasing, they Vomit either yellow or black Choler, and become Costive.

XXXI. Their Limbs become more and more lumpish and heavy, their Voice becomes hoarse, and they are troubled with difficulty of breathing, putting out their Tongues as if they wanted Breath, or Air, or were vehe­mently hot.

XXXII. A Day or two before they Die, some of them are trou­bled with the Hiccough; and a little before Death with Con­vulsions, and a dreadful gnash­ing of the Teeth.

XXXIII. The Prognosticks. The Patient being bitten by the Mad-dog, the Poison is received; but it manifests its self in Madness in some sooner, in others later: some grow Mad in a few Days space, as in a Week, more or less; some in a longer time.

XXXIV. But its general time of manifesting it self, is upon the Revolution of the Moon to the same place of the Zodiack, where she was when the Wound was made, which is a Months time.

XXXV. Yet if the Wound was great or deep, or manifold, and the Dog vehemently Mad, the Pa­tient may possibly become Mad, upon the next New or Full Moon; or if they escape the New, upon the next Full; or if they escape the Full, upon the next Change.

XXXVI. Sometimes the Poi­son lyes dormant for a much longer time, as for a Year or two, before it manifests it self in Madness; but this is caused from the weak­ness of the Poyson first received, or the shallow, remoteness, or hard place where it is lodged; and therefore if it manifests not it self in a Month or two, the Pa­tient is generally supposed se­cure or perfectly well, more especially if the proper means both Internal and External have been used beforehand.

XXXVII. If the Wound is not deep, nor has offended a Nerve, Artery, or Vein, there is great hope of Cure, and that the Pa­tient may do well.

XXXVIII. But if the Person who is bitten, begins to have the fear of Water before him, and be­comes Mad, the hope of Reco­very is very small; nor did I ever know one such to escape.

XXXIX. The Cure. There are three Intentions of Cure; [Page 853] 1. To draw forth the Poyson out of the Wound, that it may not get deeper into the Body. 2. To strengthen the principal Parts, that they may be able to resist and repel the Poyson. 3. To destroy the power of the Poyson it self.

XL. The first intention is an­swered in some measure by applying a Ligature, three or four Inches above the Wound: but Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 27. advises, that it be not too strait, lest the Part be­comes benummed.

XLI. If it is in a place which will not admit of Ligature, then you must apply a Defensative, made of fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Catechu, Sanguis Draconis, mix­ed with Whites of Eggs.

XLII. Then you must scarifie the Wound, if it is not large e­nough already; or apply Cup­ping-glasses with much Flame and Scarification, to make the stronger Attraction.

XLIII. If the place is such as cannot be Cupped, yet it is always to be scarified, and the Blood to be drawn by a dry Sponge, not wet in Water: after which you may ap­ply hot Pigeons or Chickens, being first cut asunder.

XLIV. After these things are done at the first, you must apply other Topicks of a very strong At­tractive quality, as Cataplasms made of Garlick, Shelots, Leeks, Onions, Mustard-seed, Cresses, Rue, Salt, Leven, Honey, Mi­thridate, Pigeons-dung, Tur­pentine, Burgundy-Pitch, &c.

XLV. Galen, de Antidot. lib. 2. cap. 1. very much commends an Emplaster made of Opopanax, Pitch, and Vinegar; and he af­firms that he never knew any that died, upon whom this Em­plaster was applied: the Com­position is this. ℞ Pitch lbi. which melt, and add thereto Opo­panax dissolved in the sharpest Vinegar, strained, and reduced to a just consistency ℥iii. mix, and make a Plaster.

XLVI. Now these Attractive Medicines are to be applied in three or four Days after the Wound is made, otherwise they will be unprofitably used.

XLVII. Bleeding in this Case is very pernicious, for it strongly draws the Poyson into the Blood, and so corrupts the whole Mass, whereby, at length, it seizes both Heart and Brain: Purging, in like manner, is also as delete­rious, especially in the begin­ning, because it draws the Poy­son from the outward Parts, to the inward.

XLVIII. But if the Poyson has already possessed the inward Parts, Purging will then be necessary, for the evacuating of the empoisoned Humors, or morbifick Matter, and it ought often to be repeated, and that with the strongest Eme­ticks, or Catharticks, or both by turns, which ought to be begun after the 20th Day, and before the 40th Day, with Tartarum Emeticum, Vinum Antimoniale, Infusion of Crocus Metallorum, Wine or Vinegar of Squills, Our Family Pills, Pilulae Panchyma­goge, Pil. Catharticae, Pulvis Cornachini, Sal Mirabile, &c.

XLIX. The second Intention is performed, by giving inwardly Mi­thridate or Venice Treacle, mixt [Page 854] especially with a proportionable Dose of Volatile Sal Armoniack, or Salt of Hartshorn, or Salt of Amber, giving ʒiss. every Morn­ing fasting, and every Evening at bed-time; but for this pur­pose Our Theriaca Chymica al­most a Thousand times exceeds them, which you may give eve­ry Night going to Bed; and every Morning a Dose of Our Tinctura Cordialis, in a Glass of Canary, both which are to be continued for Forty Days at least together.

L. In this Case, Galen, de Antidot. lib. 2. cap. 11. and Dioscorides, lib. 6. cap. 37. commends the Antidotus de Can­cris fluviatilibus, thus made. ℞ Ashes of River Crabs ʒii. Gen­tian in Pouder ʒi. generous Wine half a Pint: mix them for a Draught; which is to be taken every Morning for Eleven Days. Galen affirms that none ever died, who rightly used this Pouder of Crabs.

LI. The third and last Intention is to destroy the power and force of the Poyson it self; and this is done chiefly by the help of Volatile Alkalies: Volatile Salt of Beans is an Admirable Thing in this Case, so also the Volatile Salts of Hartshorn and Sal Armo­niack, also the Volatile Salt of Vipers: but that which exceeds all other things, is the Volatile Salt of the Livers of Mad-dogs, which radically destroys the Poison, and may be given daily a gr. x. ad ℈i. in any fit Ve­hicle.

LII. But because every one can­not attain this, or it is not ready at hand, you may make use of the substances of the Liver and Spleen, by drying them, and re­ducing them to Pouder; of which Pouder you may give à ℈ii. ad ℈iv. in a Glass of Choice Cana­ry in the Morning at Ten a Clock, and in the Afternoon a­bout Five a Clock; this is known to be a Specifick.

LIII. As to the Volatile Salt of the Livers and Spleens of Mad­dogs, because it will be difficult to be gotten in any considerable quan­tity; you may make it of the Flesh of the Dog, joined with them, which is to be cut into very thin slices, and then dried in the Sun, or an Oven, till they are perfectly dry, and being cut into bits, is to be put into a Glass Retort, and distilled in all respects as you distil Volatile Salt of Vipers.

LIV. Guil. Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 1. Observ. 78. has this fol­lowing Cure. A Young Man was on the 30th of July, 1602. wounded in the Arm by the Bite of a Mad-dog. On the first of Au­gust (says he) he came to me; I scarified the Bite, applied a Cupping-glass with much Flame, and extracted as much Blood as I could, then I washed the Arm in Posca, in which Venice-Trea­cle and a little Sea-sait were dis­solved; for the slaver of a Mad­dog, if it dries upon any part of the Skin, unless it is quickly and diligently washed and wi­ped off, may cause Madness; and after this he cauteriz'd the Bite all over, very deep, with an actual Cautery.

LV. And by the way he advised [Page 855] Young Chirurgions, that they take special Care, that they cauterize not such Bites superficially, but ra­ther to err in the excess of their depth, than in the defect, because as it is a dangerous and desperate Disease, it must have a severe and desperate Cure; and he knew one who had no Benefit by an actual Cautery, because it was not made to enter deep e­nough.

LVI. After the Cauterizing, he was not careful to asswage the Pain, because unctuous things, as Butter, Oil, &c. which relax the Eschar, he approved not of, in such Ʋlcers, they hindering the evaporation of the Poison, and re­pelling the Blood, and with it the Venom to the Noble Parts: And since Pain, as Galen says, at­tracts the Blood and Humors, out of the Body to it self, it is probable that if it is moderate, it may do good in such a Case as this is; therefore after the Burning, he applied Cotton dipt in Aqua Vitae, in which Theriatae Andromachi was dissolved, to the Ulcer.

LVII. Afterwards he laid to it the following Plaster spread upon Cloth.Onions a little boiled, Leven, Mustard-see, A. ℥ii. Theriaca Andromachi ℥ss. Rue, Scordium, A. Mss. beat them to­gether in a Mortar, with a little Honey. The next Day he cut the Eschar every where, as much as he could, and repeated the Ap­plications of the aforesaid Medi­cines, and so proceeded till the Eschar fell off: afterwards, lest the Lips of the Ulcer should close, he put Pease into it twice a Day, applying the prescribed Plaster, keeping the Ulcer thus open for three Months.

LVIII. But in the interim, he strewed twice or thrice a Week, the following Pouder upon the Ʋlcer:Red Precipitate levigated, Pouder of Bezoar-stone, and of Angelica-root, A. ʒi. mix them: This, says he, wonderfully at­tracts the malignity from with­in to it self: and inwardly he gave Alexipharmicks, as Venice-Treacle, Mithridate, Bezoar, Burnt Harts-horn, and the fol­lowing Pouder in Borage and Bugloss Water. ℞ Ashes of River Crabs ℥v. Gentian-root in Pouder ℥iiss. Olibanum in Pouder ℥ss. mix them. He neither bled, or purged him, lest he should have drawn the Poison inwards, but by this means he was per­fectly Cured. See the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 3. cap. 21.

III. Of the Bitings of Serpents, as Vipers, Rattle-snakes, &c.

LIX. The Signs. When one is bitten by an Adder, Viper, Rat­tle-snake, or Slow-worm, &c. the Part becomes of a leaden Colour, sometimes reddish, or of a reddish black, and very painful; and if it is not pre­sently Cured, much black and fetid Pus does come forth from the Sore, like as from a filthy Ulcer.

LX. What we shall say on this Subject, we shall chiefly deli­ver from Monsieur Charas out of his new Experiments upon Vipers. 1. A Dog was bitten in his upper Lip by [Page 856] an angry Viper; he was not much moved at it at first, but by little and little grew sad, and his Jaw began to swell; a little while after he vomited up the last Food he had eaten, and dis­charged by Stool: He refused his Food, and would touch none of it, and lay in a prostrate manner without complaining: the place prickt grew livid, and the lividness extended to the Neck and Breast, as also the Swellings, and at length after Forty Hours he died; without nothing was observed but the Tumor and lividness in the Part prickt, and places adjacent; but being opened, in the Trunk of the Vena Cava, a little Blood was found coagulated, and the rest of the Blood in this place, in the Heart, and in all other places, was of a dark Colour, and of an ill Consistence, like Blood in part dissolved and corrupted; the Stomach was of a darkish Colour, but the Me­sentery and Guts were darker: The Heart, Liver, Lungs, and Spleen were not altered at all, but of a good Colour, and re­main'd in their natural Condi­tion.

LXI. A Dog bitten at the Ear. He howled when he felt the bi­ting, and continued howling for half an Hour, then was quiet. The place prickt grew livid, and swell'd, as also the Parts ad­jacent, he vomited not, but voided some Excrements, would neither eat or drink, and died [...]n 24 Hours after he was bitten: Outwardly nothing was seen but the lividness and swelling. Be­ing opened, all the inward Parts were in the same Condition with those of the former Dog, save there was found in the Ves­sels no coagulated Blood, but only it was of an obscure Co­lour, of an odd consistency, and in a disposition to coagulate.

LXII. 3. A Dog bitten on the tip of his Nose by an enraged Viper. He howled when he felt himself bitten, but was soon appeased, fell to licking the place prickt, and to seratching it with his Feet or Paws. He lay not down, but continued that exercise for some time. The place bitten became somewhat black and blue, but swell'd not; and a little while after the Dog cat and drank, as if nothing ailed him, gradually the lividness disappeared, and he grew as well as ever. In this Case, I suppose the biting of the Viper scarcely pierced thro' the Cutis, which was the principal reason of the Dog's recovery.

LXIII. 4. A Puppy seven or eight Days old, bitten on the Leg by an enraged Viper. He howled as soon as bitten, and so conti­nued till he died, which was a­bout an Hour after. The place prickt was swell'd and livid; and being opened, nothing was found but some lividness in the Stomach and Guts, and some blackishness and ill-consistency in the Blood, but all the other inward Parts appeared sound.

LXIV. 5. A Dog bitten on the Belly by an angred Viper. He cri­ed presently, but not long. The place bitten was very livid, and swell'd much, the Tumor and [Page 857] lividness reaching over all the Natural Parts: he drank often, but would eat nothing, and was always for two Days in this Con­dition, without growing worse. (I suppose the Skin was scarcely penetrated). Then he was bitten again, and that twice, near the same place; he howled much, and the Swelling increased, and extended it self over the whole Belly, as also the livid Colour, but it went no farther: The Dog often lickt his Wounds, and drank store of Water, and at length fell to eating, and in five or six Days was Cured per­fectly, without any other Reme­dy than that of his Tongue lick­ing the Wound. (Either the Skin was not perfectly penetrated, or else the Attractive Virtue of the Tongue by often licking, drew forth the Poison).

LXV. 6. A Dog deeply bitten on the Tongue by an inraged Viper. He cried vehemently, so as to be heard a great way, and conti­nued tossing and vexing him­self for half an Hour together, and then died. He was open­ed, his Heart, Liver, Lungs, and Spleen, were found and well; but his Tongue was ex­ceedingly livid: his Mesente­ry covered all over with black Spots, some of which were blacker than Lentils, under which there was coagulated Blood; the Stomach and Guts were also grown blacker; the Blood very black, and beginning to coagu­late in the Heart, and in the Vena Cava, being like Blood curdled and corrupted.

LXVI. 7. A Pigeon and a Pullet were bitten by an angry Vi­per, almost at the same time, in the most fleshy Part, viz. under the Breast. Soon after in both there was observed a very swift and extraordinary beating of the Heart, which continued, still increasing, so much, that in less than half an Hour they were both dead. They were opened, and in both there was found a little Blood coagulated in the Heart, and Vena Cava, and all the rest of the Blood blackest, and ready to be coagulated, and as it were, to be corrupted; but the Heart, Liver, and all the inward and outward Parts were of a very good Colour, and in a very good Condition, ex­cept the lividness which appear­ed only upon the place bitten.

LXVII. 8. Another Pigeon bit­ten on the Leg twice, a little The­riaca being given it beforehand. Upon the first bite, it went too and fro in the room, and shew­ed not any sign of Illness: but upon the second bite, it grew Sick by little and little, and died in half an Hour after. The Place which was first hitten, was much more livid than the Place which was bitten the second time.

LXVIII. When I was in Caro­lina, I had a Dog bitten by a Rat­tle-snake upon his Throat. The Dog cried out immediately, presently grew Sick, Vomited up all that was in him, and re­fused his Food, and then ran home, and laid himself down. He would sometimes cry, some­times whine, and sometimes groan bitterly; outwardly the [Page 858] place bitten was livid, his whole Neck was extreamly swelled, as also his Head, and Eye-brows, which seemed to hang over his Eyes. He died in the space of 24 Hours, but at times, to the last moment groaned vehement­ly, as if he had been Heart-sick, and with frequent Convulsions wonderful to behold: Being o­pened, the Heart, Liver, Lungs and Spleen seemed to be well, the Stomach, Mesentery, and Guts were spotted all over with livid and blackish Spots; and the whole Mass of Blood both in the Heart, Arteries, and Veins was every where coagulated, and looked almost of a black Colour.

LXiX. The Causes. From what has been observed, it appears, that in the biting of a Viper, Rat­tle-snake, &c. the Poison goes not directly to the Noble Parts, for that no alteration was ever ob­served therein, but the Cause of Death is from the Poison imme­diately entering into and work­ing upon the Blood, coagulates it, and corrupting it, separa­ting its Parts, and disturbing its Circulation, thereby hindering the Communication of the Spi­rits thro' the whole Body, de­priving the Noble Parts of them, and destroying or contamina­ting them, with its deleterious Gas.

LXX. The progress of the Poison is from the place bitten; and the swiftness of its motion from the magnitude of the Arteries or Veins, which receive it, or which the Teeth did light on. As in the Tongue of the Dog which was bitten; the Tongue being full of Veins and Arteries, 'tis no wonder that the Poison meeting with them, and finding a large way, and very short, should so soon produce its Effects, and cause Death so much the more speedi­ly, than that which meets with small, slender, long and wind­ing Branches, tho' in this latter Case, it will not fail to do the Work at last.

LXXI. The Vomiting and ex­tream Pains in any Part, chiefly in the Viscera, proceed either from the coagulated Blood, or its dispo­sition to Coagulation, hindering it in its course of Circulation, for that the Spirits contained in the Circulating Blood, finding their passages stopt by the Congela­tion, and endeavouring to make way for themselves, do Vio­lence to the Viscera and lateral Parts, and so excite those ex­tream Pains which the Patient reels; as also Vomitings, by weakening the Tone of the Sto­mach, &c.

LXXII. And the Cold Sweats, Faintings, Swoonings, and Con­vulsions with which such Patients are assaulted, are caused from no­thing else, but the defect and di­minution of the Spirits, and the obstruction of their concourse to the more Noble Parts, with the weakness and putridness of the Blood, which is destinated as their Vehicle to convey them.

LXXIII. The Prognosticks. The biting of any Poisonous Serpent, as the Viper, Slow Worm, Rattle-snake, &c. is always dangerous; and if it is not immediately pro­vided for, is for the most part Mortal.

LXXIV. Our Common Vulgar Snake is without danger, tho' it bites never so deeply: and the biting of the Chicken-snake, or long black Snake of Carolina, is also safe, my self was bitten in the Night-time upon two of my Fingers, by one of those large black Snakes, making in all five Wounds, which bled, and were sore, but healed of their own accord, without any more than the first pain or trouble.

LXXV. If the biting of a Viper or Rattle-snake is deep, and in a considerable place, if no Remedy is presently applied, they Kill in a few Hours time. A Rattle-snake bit a young Man in the Woods in Carolina upon one of his Legs, and no Remedy being ready, he was Dead in about half an Hours space.

LXXVI. If Remedies be appli­ed both outwardly and inwardly, and not almost immediately upon the receiving of the Wound, they oftentimes prove abortive: and if timely used, yet many times the hazard of Life is not small: and where the Patient recovers, it is sometimes three or four Days before he is fully out of danger.

LXXVII. The Cure. The An­cients bound Ligatures three or four Inches above the Wound, held up the Member as high as might be, scarified, and if they could, ap­plied Cupping-glasses with Sca­rification; where they could not be applied they only scari­fied, and applied Defensatives about the Part.

LXXVIII. Then they drest the Wound with Antidotes, Electua­ries and Treacles mixt with Oil of Scorpions, Orvietanum, and the like, mixt with Pouder of Vipers.

LXXIX. And inwardly they gave Simple and Compound Anti­dotes, as you may find in Dios­corides, lib. 7. in Nicander in his Theriaca and Alexipharmaca; in Grevinus, de Veneris, lib. 1. cap. 36, and 37. where he has ga­thered them together. Petrus de Abano, in lib. de Venenis, cap. 4. commends these following, viz. Hypericon, Swallow-root, Elecam­pane-root, Radish, Dittany, Birth­wort round and long: and these he affirms to be equal in Power and Virtue with Theriaca Andro­mach; it self against Poyson.

LXXX. But there are many other particular Simples as good or better for the purpose intended, than those before enumerated, as Angelica, Bawm, Bay, and Bay-berries, Contra-yerva, Camo­mil, Gentian, Germander, Ju­niper-berries, Lavender, Master­wort, Myrrh, Pyrethrum, Rue, Rosemary, Sage, Savory, Scor­dium, Southernwood, Saffron, Tansy, Time, Wormwood, Marsh and Roman, Virginian Snake-root, Zedoary, &c. of which you make Pouders, Ele­ctuaries, Tinctures both Spiri­tuous and Saline, Volatil or Chymical Oils, Spirits and Wa­ters, &c.

LXXXI. The Ancients, before Mithridate and Treacle were in­vented, used only the Juices or Pouders of the Herbs and Roots inwardly, and applied the same outwardly to the Sores, as the Native Indians in the Continent [Page 860] of Florida do at this Day, when they make use of the Virginian Snake-root, with which, in this kind of Cure, they do Won­ders: After the Invention of Compounds, the Ancient Greeks and Romans used Mithridate, Theriaca Andromachi, Diatessaron, and other the like Composi­tions.

LXXXII. The Viper-catchers, if they are bitten, they apply to the Wound the Pouder of Vipers, or the Vipers Head beaten to a Mass in a Mortar, and take the same Pou­der inwardly: others use Tro­ches of Vipers; and others a­gain commend the Pouder of Tin as a Specifick in this Case, both, or either of which may be mixed with a little Mithridate, and so taken or applied.

LXXXIII. But after all, the Medicaments that are proposed, I am confident none of them exceeds, nay, comes not up to, the three fol­lowing Medicaments, with which I have Cured several who have been bitten with Vipers and Rattle-snakes, viz. 1. Our The­riaca Chymica. 2. Volatil Salt of Vipers. 3. Virginian Snake­root.

LXXXIV. The Theriaca Chy­mica you may give from ℈i. to ʒi. either alone, or dissolved in Ange­lica-water, or some Syrup or other fit Vehicle; it may be given, 1. Upon receiving the Wound. 2. Morning and Evening daily. 3. If Fainting, Swooning, or Convulsions are induced. 4. If there is present a Vomiting, and it is constantly Vomited up, it is to be repeated till it will stay.

LXXXV. The Volatil Salt of Vipers or of Rattle-snakes, which is inferior to no other thing in the World, and may be given from ℈i. ad ʒi. three, four, or six times a Day, or as oft as need shall require; or instead thereof the Volatil Spirit of the Viper, &c. which is the Volatil Salt dissolved in the Flegm, and is made exactly as you make Spirit of Harts-horn. Indeed all Volatil Animal Salts, have a power to resist and de­stroy the Poison of Serpents of all kinds.

LXXXVI. The Virginia Snake­root does incredible Cures of this kind: you may give the Pouder à ℈i. ad ʒi. in some fit Vehicles, twice or thrice a Day: or the Tin­cture thereof extracted with Sp. Vini, à ℥i. ad ℥ii. in a Glass of Wine, twice or thrice a Day: or the Elixir thereof extracted with the Powers of Angelica, Rosemary, or Juniper-berries, in the same proportion. I Cu­red a Dog which was bitten in the Foot with a Rattle-snake, by giving the Pouder inwardly, in a strong Decoction of it in Milk, and applying the green Root beaten to a Cataplasm outward­ly to the Wound, in less than three Days the Dog perfectly re­covered.

LXXXVII. These things being said, we will give you two Histo­ries or Observations of Cures of this kind, performed by two very knowing Men, viz. Ambrose Pa­raeus, and Monsieur Charas, which are well worth the reading, and so conclude our Discourse upon this Title.

LXXXVIII. Paraeus, lib. 20. [Page 861] cap. 23. says, A Man was bitten on the Hand (as he was gathering Hops on a He dge) by an Adder or Viper: He suckt the Wound im­mediately with his Mouth, thereby to ease the Pain, and draw out the Poison; but as soon as the Tongue touched the Wound, presently it so swell'd, that he could not speak: His Arm swell'd also, even to his Shoulder, and his Pains were so sharp and acute, that he twice Swooned away in the presence of the Chirurgion.

LXXXIX. His Countenance was yellowish and livid, like to a Dead Man, so that his Recovery was despaired of: yet his Mouth was washed with Theriaca dis­solved in White-wine, adding to it a little Aqua Vitae; the Arm was scarified with many and deep Scarifications, and the Blood which was waterish, and sanious, was suffered to flow forth plentifully from the Parts about the Sore; and the Scari­fications were washed with Mi­thridate and Theriaca, dissolved in Aqua Vitae.

XC. The Patient was laid in his warm Bed, and made to sweat, but not suffered to sleep, lest there­by, the Poison should have been drawn into the inward Parts. These means so prevailed, that the next Day, all the malign Symptoms vanished: wherefore to finish the Cure, I (says he) thought good that the Wound should be kept long open and washed with Theriaca Androma­chi; nor was I (says he) de­ceived, for within a few Days after he recovered.

XCI. Charas in his new Expe­riments upon Vipers, cap. 1. has this Observation. A certain Man by handling an enraged Viper was bitten on the lateral inside of his right Thumb, with one of the great bent Teeth. The pricking was no more than that of a Pin, it seemed not deep, and on the surface there was only a very small hole, with a very little redness, so that it was not dis­cernable but by its Colour: nor was there either on or about this little hole any sign of the yel­low Liquor contained in the Bags about the great Teeth, which is wont to be cast upon the Wound when a Viper bites deep.

XCII. Strong Ligatures were made above the place bitten, the Part wounded was scarified, and an Iron Spatula heat red hot, and often repeated, was held very near to the prickt place, to keep the Pores open, and attract back, and draw out some of the Poi­son: and Theriac. Androm. ʒii. was given in a Glass of Wine.

XCIII. In less than a quarter of an Hour after the biting, the Patient felt some debility, and cal­led for a Chair, he grew very pale, his Pulse grew quick, low, and almost interrupted: after which followed Convulsive mo­tions, and a kind of Tetanos, for he had a stiffness of his whole Body, chiefly of his Neck, and Muscles of his Head.

XCIV. He then complained of a great pain about his Navel; he was cold in his extream Parts, and in his Face; which was all over covered with little drops of cold sweat; and his Lips, espe­cially [Page 862] the lower, was also swell'd: a while after he went to Stool, and then swooned away.

XCV. At the same time he Vomited the Treacle before given, and all he had eaten at Dinner, undigested; and he became so weak, that he was not able to get up to his Chamber again, from whence he came down.

XCVI. And by reason of the quickness, weakness, lowness and inequality of his Pulse, and his frequent swoonings, as well as his cold sweats, Viper Pouder ʒi. was given him in Treacle-water and Carduus-water; and a great Cataplasm of Theriaca Androm. was applied upon the Heart and Stomach.

XCVII. The Mixture he Vo­mited up presently; Pouder of Vi­pers was then given in some Orvie­tan; this he also Vomited up: during all this time, he had his Senses, and the use of his Reason. This Vomiting not giving time to the Remedies to be resolved, and communicate their Virtues to the Noble Parts, it was thought proper to have recourse to the Volatil Salt of Vipers, be­cause that being exceeding Sub­til, and Volatil, and very quick­ly transmitted to all the Parts, even the most remote, the Pati­ent might thence feel its Effects with more speed and efficacy, than from all the other gross Medicines, which had been cast up, as soon as they had been taken down, whereby they were made ineffectual, by not im­parting their Virtue to the Blood, where the necessity re­quired.

XCVIII. For this Cause-sake then, there was given of Salt of Vipers ʒi. in Treacle and Car­duus Waters: and about a Quart of this Mixture was given him: he kept it a little while, and then cast up a part of it, mixed with store of Viscous Phlegm. He took another like quantity of the same Mixture, which he also kept for some time, and then Vomited up as much of it as might be remaining in his Sto­mach, and therewith much Phlegm.

XCIX. More of the same Com­position was still continued to be gi­ven him, as fast as he Vomited it up; he had also several Cly­sters, to mitigate the violent and rebellious Pains, which he felt in his Belly about his Na­vel.

C. His Lips remained yet swel­led, his Pulse ill, his Sweats cold, and his Faintings continued very long; but persisting in the use of the Volatil Salt of Vipers, his Vomiting at length ceased, and he kept the Eighth Dose in his Stomach, which was given him about Four Hours after he received the Wound.

CI. From that time the Sym­ptoms lessened, and the coldness began gradually to retire, and give place to the natural Heat, which was manifestly restored about Five Hours after the biting, his Pulse also returned, and was even and strong, but somewhat high.

CII. I left him not (says Charas) before the Mortal Sym­ptoms ceased, and then he was carried to his Lodgings, whither I [Page 863] accompanied him, and he was put to Bed, and there was given him a Mixture made of Confect. Hyacinth, Confect. Alkermes, A. ʒi. Syrup of Limons ℥i. Carduus-water ℥iv. mixt together: it was given him at three times, from Three Hours to Three Honrs.

CIII. He had also Citrons to smell to, and now and then he took some slices of them with Sugar: he took also good Broths, and drank Ptisan made with Roots of Scorzonera, and Raspings of Harts-horn, made pleasant with Syrup of Limons: a little Wine was also given him sometimes: and Confectio Alkermes was dis­solved sometimes in his Broth, sometimes in his Ptisan.

CIV. During all the great Ac­cidents or Symptoms, his Finger was not changed, nor any swelling upon it; but that began when those Symptoms ceased: the Pains a­bout his Navel still continued, but a little abated, for which reason Clysters were prescribed: his Belly was a little stiff, but not swell'd, his Tongue whi­tish, not dry, his Eyes faint and wan, his looks pale, and his Lips still tumified.

CV. The Tumor of the Finger extended it self that Night over the whole Hand, which was often anointed with Matthiolus his Oil of Scorpions, mixt with Hungary-water: but for all this anoint­ing, the Tumor went forwards to the Arm the next Day, with pain and redness, and ascended to the Eye.

CVI. Then Fomentations made of the Roots of Angelica, of Ma­ster-wort, of Carline Thistle, and of Birth-wort, with the Tops of Centory, Calamint, Hypericon, Scordium, and Wormwood, boiled in White-wine, which were con­tinued for some time, with a­nointings with Oil of Srorpions between whiles.

CVII. This was done with great Care, but no great Effect succeed­ed upon it, and he again Vomited up even his Broth; but this Vomi­ting continued not, yet the Pain in his Belly remained obstinate, and the swelling, and redness of the Hand and Arm still encreased: and from the beginning of the third Day, it seized on the Shoulder of the same side, descending to the Arm-pit, upon the whole Breast, and all the adjacent Parts, even to the whole Region of the Liver, the continual use of the Fomentation, and Oil of Scor­pions doing nothing.

CVIII. And since the External Remedies proved succesless, we had recourse to Internal Ones: In the Evening of the third Day, Pou­der of Contra-yerva ad ʒi. was given in Cordial Waters, mixt with as much of Confect. Al­kermes, for all which, we saw no abatement of the Redness, Tumor, or Pain; but on the contrary, the swelling seemed to seize on the Left side.

CIX. For this reason, we found it necessary to return to the use of our first inward Remedy, the Vo­latil Salt of Vipers, which had an apparent good Operation, and struck at the Root of the Mischief: Thus in the Morning of the fourth Day there was given Salt of Vipers ʒss. in Carduus-water ℥iv. he was well covered, and made to Sweat.

CX. The Dose wrought accord­ing to expectation, for the Sick sweat not only abundantly, but found also a great amendment in all the ill Symptoms which remain­ed. His Pain about his Navel was almost insensible, the swel­ling of his Lips, and that which was in the Region of the Liver, Breast, and Arm-pits, vanisht; the other also of the Shoulder, Arm, and Hand, was much a­bated, together with the Red­ness and Pain.

CXI. Finding the Symptoms thus to abate upon giving the last Dose, the next Morning another like Dose was given him, and all the Symptoms still much more a­bated, he sweating powerfully with­al. And tho' the Patient found himself exceedingly amended, yet the next Morning he had such another Dose again, and the Morning following one Dose more, whereby all the Symptoms vanished, and were perfectly taken away.

CXII. In the interim there was applied to the Finger, a little Emplaster to cicatrize the Scarifi­cations which were at first made, and were healed in a few Days af­ter. Thus in about a Weeks time, the Patient went abroad, and did his usual Business, and was as well as if he had never been bitten of the Viper at all.

CXIII. From this Observation, which deserves to be kept ad per­petuam rei memoriam, and writ­ten in Letters of Gold, the mighty Virtues, Power, and Force of the Volatil Salt of Vipers is manifest, in overcoming the Poison which so violently exercised its fury over the Natural Heat, and all the Noble Parts: and its activity and pe­netration is manifest, in pursu­ing the Poison, and expelling it from the remotest parts of the Body, where it had fortified it self, and endeavoured to regain the place it had lost, and where, in the mean time it seemed to despise and profligate, all other the most generous and power­ful Remedies.

CXIV. And now we are speak­ing of the Volatil Salt of Vipers, (tho' it is forreign to this present Discourse, yet) we will give you one other Observation of the same Charas, of a certain Man who had such a vehement and continual pain of the Head, upon the Forehead near the Temples, which was even so doubled and redoubled, that he could not chew, nor so much as open his Mouth to swallow a little Broth, but with extream Pain and Anguish: and tho' all things were done to him that could be imagined, as Bleeding in the Arm and Foot, Purging often, Frictions of Neck and Shoul­ders, Vesicatories and Attra­ctives behind the Ears, opening the Temporal Artery, exhibiti­on of powerful Sudorificks, which were continued Morning and Evening for many Days to­gether, by which he sweat very plentifully, pulling out one of his upper Teeth which was sound, thinking thereby to give some vent to the Humor, &c. yet these means were used in vain, and left the Patient as bad as they found him.

CXV. At length it was resol­ved, that a Dose of the Volatil [Page 865] Salt of Vipers should be given him, in Wine: this one Dose presently removed all the Pain, which caused as great a wonder in the Assistants and Standers by, as satisfaction to the Patient. And by this so surprizing an Effect, with what hath been said afore­going, the power, forces, effi­cacy, and virtue of this Salt is better demonstrated, than by all the Rhetorick and powerful Reason imaginable to be offered in the World. Action demon­strates better than Words; and the Effects of things, more than the most florid Harangues.

IV. Of the Biting of the Tarantula.

CXVI. The Tarantula is a great over-grown Spider, very frequent in Apulia, called in Greek [...]. and in Latin Phalan­gium and Tarantula, from Taran­ta, an ancient City of Apulia; but they are inhabitants of other places besides Apulia, for I saw several of them in Caro­lina, a Province of Florida.

CXVII. The effects of the Biting of the Tarantula might almost seem fabulous, if it were not attested by great Autho­rities, as Matthiolus and Epipha­nius; besides whom Ferdinandus, Kircherus, and the most faithful Gassendus, declare themselvee to be Eye-witnesses thereof: be­sides, it is a thing not only known, but common in Apulia.

CXVIII. This kind of Insect is most frequent in Summer-time, and many times bites the Country-man, leaving a Venom or Poison behind it: and the Biting is known by sickness at Stomach, a pain immediately coming upon the the bitten Part; with swelling, and itching, which in a little time will be in various parts of the Body.

CXIX. Presently after the Bite, there will be also in various places a numbness and trembling, Con­vulsions, a loosning of the Members, with other Convulsive Symptoms; a great diminution of strength, and other wonderful effects, as Matthiolus and Ferdinandus have related.

CXX. These Authors have not reported it to be of any great dan­ger, being more troublesom than any thing else: but I have been informed from one who has been an Eye-witness of the Distem­per, that one of his Acquain­tance, who had been bitten, and had too long neglected the Cure, was afterwards affected with an incurable Trembling and Palsy, which no means that for several Years had been con­tinually tried, could either take off, or relieve.

CXXI. The Cause. Without controversy, there is a poisonous Infection given with the Bite; which affects not only the Bloody Mass and Vital Spirit, but passes withal into the Lym­pha and Nervous Juice; thereby disturbing the Animal Spirits, by which it is presently con­veyed thro' the whole Human Body, affecting all parts.

CXXII. This Venom multi­plying it self (like Leven in the lump) and flowing every where, the Animal Spirits are presently [Page 866] brought into Confusion; and being irregularly and inordinately moved, they induce Convul­sions, or Convulsive Motions; which are accompanied with Pain and Languishing, sometimes with Contractures, and some­times with Resolutions, or Loosning of the contained Parts, and other Paralytick Disaf­fections.

CXXIII. The Cure. In the Country where this is common, the People have an admirable and wonderful Remedy which never fails, and this is by Musick. Those who are bitten by a Ta­rantula, tho' they are very sick, yet as soon as they hear pleasing Musick, they are eased of their Pain and Sickness.

CXXIV. For upon the hearing of the Musick, says Matthiolus, they fall a leaping, and begin to dance and jump about; and con­tinue it for a long time, as if they ailed nothing; but if it happens that the Musick gives over never so little a time, they immediately fall to the Ground, and return to their former Pains and Sickness, unless by the in­cessant Musick, they dance and leap, 'till the Poison is wholly shaken off, and vanished.

CXXV. For this end there­fore many Musicians are hired, and they continually play, taking their course by turns; one being weary, another beginning to play; that the noise and Musick may be without intermission, and that those who are bitten may Dance so long, 'till they are perfectly cured.

CXXVI. And, says Ferdinan­dus, poor People do waste almost all they have in hiring these Mu­sicians, who scatter themselves up and down all the Country; for this only purpose, to play to such as are thus bitten, where the People leap and dance about the Villages, in publick Streets and Fields, for a Day, two, three, or more, yea a Week or more together, 'till the Cure succeeds; which 'tis proba­ble, may be sooner and better accomplished with some Tunes, than with other-some; as Kir­cherus and Gassendus have inti­mated from their own Observa­tion.

CXXVII. For they assert, that these distempered People are not affected or excited, indifferently with any Musick; but with some particular and certain kinds of Tunes; and that they leap and dance more to some Measures, than to several others.

CXXVIII. And truly good Mu­sick, by its Harmony and Sweet­ness, does congregate and ease, or quiet the dissipated and disturbed, or restless Spirits, (witness that of David to King Saul;) and disposes them in such an order, that instead of tumultuating, whereby Convulsions are indu­ced, they move harmoniously, and give liberty to the poi­sonous Gas to evaporate and transpire: for by the length and continuity of the motion of the Body, and all its parts, the fury and rage of the Poison is worn out; and the Spirits being much wearied, at length rest themselves, and the Patient wholly shakes off his Madness.

CXXIX. As to the Medical [Page 867] Cure, you may, as to Externals, use strait Ligature two or three Inches above the Wound if it may be, and Scarification, or Cupping-giasses therewith: also Vesicatories, or red-hot Irons held very near, are useful for extracting the Venom: so also to anoint the Spot with Oils of Vitriol or Sulphur, and Medicaments which are of a vehement, strong, and attractive force, are immediate­ly, and with all speed to be applied.

CXXX. A Cataplasm made of Phalangium, or Spiderwort, and presently applied upon the Bite, is said to be a Specifick, and to attract or draw forth the Poison, after an admirable manner: and Authors say, that this Plant is found to be an effectual Cure for the Poison of that kind of Spider called Phalangium, or Tarantula.

CXXXI. You must avoid Bleed­ing and Purging, and only give inwardly Sudorificks and volatil Alcalies; as Spirit and volatil Salt of Harts-horn, of Ox and Sheeps Blood, of Urine, of Sal Armoniack, of Ox-horns, and of Vipers; giving à ʒss. ad ʒi. and Sweating well upon it, and repeating the Dose twice a day, 'till the Patient is well.

CXXXII. ℞ Volatil Salt of Harts-horn, or of any other Crea­ture ℈ii. Mithridate ʒjss. Saffron gr. xii. mix, and make a Dose, to be given in a Glass of Wine. Where note, that the Salt of Vipers in this case, is beyond compare; and all things which move Sweat, open the Pores, and are Neurotick, are proper to be exhibited.

V. Of the Stinging of Scor­pions, Hornets, &c.

CXXXIII. This Title does not properly belong to this Chapter, yet because it has some affinity with it, in respect to the Malignity that a Sting infuses into a Wound, we thought good to add it by way of Appendix, and to treat of it in this place.

CXXXIV. The Signs. Stinging may be known by the Sense of Feeling, and the Creature that stings, by the Sight. There is exquisite Pain, more especially if it is done by a Scorpion or Hornet, and the Pain is some­times so great as to cause In­flammation, Tumor, Apostema­tion, Convulsion, Gangren, and Mortification, according to the place which may be unhappily stung, and carelesness of looking after it.

CXXXV. The Prognosticks. If a Nerve or Tendon is stung, the pain is the greater, and Convulsions are presently excited, with In­flammation and Tumor, Trem­bling over the whole Body, Fainting and Swooning, cold Sweats, &c.

CXXXVI. If an Artery is struck by a Scorpion, it infuses Poison into the Blood; the place looks livid, and without a speedy course is taken, an universal conge­lation of the Blood follows, and the Patient dies in a few days, sometimes in a few hours. Pa­raeus says the stinging of a Scorpion is mortal, unless Re­medies are applied in time.

CXXXVII. And this I believe [Page 868] was the case of one whom I knew, who was wounded by the sting of a Scorpion, just upon the Pulse of of the right Wrist: the pain was not extream at first, but after­wards the Hand and Arm swel­led, grew livid and full of pain, which was extended to the Shoulder, Armpit, and Brest, with a vehement Colick, or pain of the Belly. There being no body near which had Skill, no­thing was done 'till the next day; at which time Fainting, cold Sweats, and Convulsions seized the Patient; the Chir­urgeon being come, he endea­voured to let the Sick Blood, but in vain; for the Blood was so coagulated, that he could not bleed: he lay in this con­dition, without any help, (for the same things were applied outwardly, and given inwardly: yet as they were advised with­out skill, so they were without effect) the Patient continued growing worse and worse, and on the third day in the morning died; being dead, the Body was opened, and all the Blood in the Heart, Vena Cava, and other Vessels was found coagu­lated, and of a blackish co­lour, &c.

CXXXVIII. But this is not general or universal, for many stung with Scorpions live and do well, and it is rare that any one stung by them dies: but it is true, that many great and evil Sym­ptoms oftentimes follow upon their stinging, and sometimes very hazardous accidents ensue.

CXXXIX. The stinging of a Hornet is less dangerous, and yet less dangerous are the stingings of Wasps or Bees: to these, if any reasonable means are applied, they recover upon the spot al­most, the vehemency of the pain being upon the first making the Wound.

CXL. The Cause. The Cause of this exquisit Pain and evil Sym­ptoms, arises from the Poison or Malignity contained in the Sting; for the Sting is a kind of hollow Pipe, filled with a malign and acrimonious Liquor, the small end of which seems to be stopt or covered with a small thin Cuticle; or a congelation of its internal Juice; this Sting entring into the Flesh of any Creature, the venomous Juice contained within it, or in the Parts adjacent to it, is ejected thro' into the place where the Sting enters, and there left in the substance of the Flesh, Nerves, Tendons, Membranes, Arteries or Veins, whence come the Accidents which ensue.

CXLI. And so according to the dignity and sensibility of the Parts stung, such are the Symptoms, either more or less, in number; or greater or lesser in magnitude, sen­sibility, and danger: if a Nerve or Tendon is hurt, the pain is more acute; if an Artery or Vein, the Blood may be in dan­ger of coagulation, especially if the mischief was done by a Scorpion.

CXLII. The Cure. If one is stung by a Scorpion, inwardly Su­dorificks and Alexipharmicks are to be given; Volatil Animal Salts, as Volatil Salt of Serpents, Vi­pers, Rattle-snakes, or of the [Page 869] Blood of Beasts, &c. mixt with Mithridate, Our Theriaca Chy­mica, Juice of Alkermes, Saf­fron, and other the like things; and Sweating ought frequently to be provoked.

CXLIII. Outwardly, Anodyns and strong Attractives are to be applied, and Cupping-glasses, with Scarification: the Pain is eased, and the Stinging cured by taking a Scorpion or Scorpions, beating them, and applying them to the place stung, as Dioscorides saith. The Oil of Scorpions is both an usual and certain Remedy, being anointed upon the place. Snails beaten with their Shells, and laid there­on, presently allay the Pain. Sulphur vive in pouder mixed with Yurpentine and applied, is extraordinary good: so also a Cataplasm of Rue-leaves laid thereto. The Milky Juice of the Figtree-leaves, or unripe Figs may be laid upon the Wound: or a Cataplasm of Calamint, with juice of Rue and Barley-flower. A Cataplasm made of Briony-roots boiled, and mixed with Sulphur and old Oil, is approved; or made of the Herb Scorpioides, with juice of the same Herb, Mithri­date and Barley-flower, than which few things are more commended.

CLXIV. The Cure of the Sting­ing of Hornets, Wasps and Bees, is more easy: the Sting if it remains in, is to be taken forth; and the Place stung, is to be suckt hard with the Mouth; or Pot-ashes may be mixt with Leven and Oil-olive, and ap­plied: and if it can be conve­niently, the Part may be put into Water, as hot as can be endured, for an Hour together, and at last washed with Vinegar, or Salt-brine. The milky juice of unripe Figs mixed with Ho­ney, or Mithridate, is approved of; so also a Cataplasm made of Hornets, Wasps or Bees, beaten in a Mortar, and applied.

CXLV. A Cataplasm of Cres­ses, eases the Pain, and discusses the Tumor: so also a Mixture of Ox or Cow dung mixed with Oil, Vinegar, Honey, Mithridate, and Salt, and applied very hot. An Emplaster made with Tur­pentine, Frankincense, Wax, A. ℥i. Oil of Hornets, Wasps, or Bees, q.s. is a famous thing: and not inferior is a Mixture of Turpentine, Mithridate, and pouder of Sulphur vive: Cloths also also dipt in a Mixture and and Dissolution of Honey, Salt, and Vinegar, and applied ex­ceeding hot, not only ease the pain, and discuss the Tumor, but also perfects the Cure.

CXLVI. An Observation of the Biting of a Viper, made by James Wass, a Chirurgeon of the City of London. One Samuel Hilden, of Charlton near Greenwich, of about 25 years of age was bit­ten by a Viper on the eighth of July 1695, it was on the upper part of the Forefingers end. Coming to me (says he) about 3 hours after the Bit was given, I found an Escar upon the place of the Wound, so hard as I could scarcely make an Incision upon it with an Incision-knife: it was opened [Page 870] about an Inch an half, or nearly two Inches in length, from the root of the Nail to the middle Joint; to which I applied a Digestive mixed with a little Venice-Treacle; his Hand and Arm were mightily swelled, as big as the Skin could hold, of a dark purple or livid colour: the Pain was vehement, and general over his whole Body, and the Poison withal mightily affected his Head; his whole Hand and Arm, even above the Shoul­der, were well bathed with Camphorated Spirit of Wine; and inwardly a very strong Tin­cture of Radix Serpentaria was given, a full Spoonful at a time, in a Glass of Canary; which being repeated every four hours, for about forty-eight hours, in­duced a violent Sweating, by which the Malignity was fully cast out, so that the very Sheets were stained yellow with the Humor sweat forth; and in a weeks time after, he was seen well upon the Exchange, Lon­don.

CHAP. XVIII. Of POISONED WOƲNDS.

I. BY Poisoned Wounds, we here only understand, Wounds made with Poisoned Weapons or Instruments; and they are called in Greek, [...], plur. [...]. in Latin, Vulnus venenatum, pl. Vulnera venenata: and in Eng­lish, Poisoned Wound or Wounds, or, Wounds made with Poisoned Weapons.

II. The Signs. There is an extream great sense of Pain, or sharp Pricking in the wounded place, and a strange kind of Swelling, with Acrimony and Inflammation.

III. The natural colour of the Part is much altered, and becomes of a livid or blackish colour; and instantly thereupon grievous Symptoms (for which no other Reason can be given, than that of Poison) do succeed upon the Wound.

IV. Thro' the whole Body also, there is perceived and felt a vehe­ment Heat and Burning; some­times a kind of Stupidity, and straitness of Breathing, and sometimes a Palpitation of the Heart, Trembling, Fainting, Swooning, Vomiting of Choler, and the Hiccup.

V. And as the Poison takes a deeper possession of the Vitals, the Pulse grows weak, there is a Retention of Urine, Sickness at Heart; and a little before Death, cold Sweats, Coldness of the whole Body, Vomiting, Pain in the Stomach and Bowels, and a frequency of Convulsions.

VI. For immediately upon the Poison being received in, by the Veins and Arteries, it presently [Page 871] diffuses or spreads it self thro' all the Body, coagulates the Blood and Lympha, and if not stopt in its career, contaminates the whole Humane Frame.

VII. The Prognosticks. If the Patient is not tender and fearful, and the Poison has not passed farther than the Part wounded, and it is remote from any prin­cipal Part, or great Vessels, there is the greater hope of Cure.

VIII. But no Wound made by a poisoned Weapon, let it be in what part of the Body soever, can be absolutely secure, or free from dan­ger: for Poison in its own pro­per nature, is such an absolute Enemy to the nature of Man, that it always threatens de­struction.

IX. A small Wound thus poi­ [...], oftentimes br [...] Death; [...] otherwi [...] great Wounds [...] [...]oisoned, may be healed.

X. So much the Wound is nearer to the Heart, or Brain, so much the more dangerous it is; the far­ther off, the less danger.

XI. By so much as the Sym­ptoms are more in number, greater in effects, and more contumacious in not yielding to Remedies, by so much the more dangerous they are, and for the most part mortal.

XII. But if the Symptoms are few, and those not grievous, but yielding to Remedies, there is so much the greater hopes of Recovery and Safety.

XIII. If Remedies prevail no­thing, but the Symptoms continue; as cold Sweats, Fainting, Swoon­ing, Coldness of the Body, Convulsions, Failing of the Pulse, &c. the hopes of Reco­very are past, for Death it self comes galloping.

XIV. If after the using of pro­per Means, and taking of Anti­dotes, the Patient has ease, and the Symptoms begin to abate, there is hopes that the Poison will be overcome, and that the Sick will recover.

XV. The Cure. The first In­tention of the Cure of Poisoned Wounds is, to hinder the Poison from penetrating inwardly to the the more interior parts. The se­cond Intention is, that its power and strength may be weakned and destroyed by Ale­xipharmicks; which being done The Third Intention is the Healing it up, as another ordi­nary Wound.

XVI. We ought then first care­fully to see if any part of the poisoned Weapon remains yet in the Wound; for if so, you must hasten with all possible speed to take it forth by Manual Ope­ration; otherwise all our At­tempts of Curing will be in vain.

XVII. If it cannot be so taken forth, you must apply Attractive Emplasters, Cerats, or Cataplasms mixed; which things have a power in them of drawing forth the Poison, with the extraneous Bodies themselves.

XVIII. And that the Poison may not penetrate to the more inward parts, especially to the Heart; you must follow the Advice of Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 27. viz. Supra Vulnus id Membrum deligandum est, non tamen nimis vehementer, ne Membrum torpeat. [Page 872] That Member is to be bound up above the Wound, yet notwith­standing it is not to be over­hard bound, lest the Part should become numbed, or lose all its sense of Feeling; or that it should be seized with a Gan­gren, which many times comes from the unskilfulness of the Artist. After which, you must by Alexipharmick Attractives draw out the Poison to the more external Parts.

XIX. The Ancients to draw out the Venom, used to cause the Wound to be sucked; of which Celsus in the place afore-cited thus writes: Si ne id quidem est, (hoc est, si desit Cucurbitula, vel simile quid) Homo adhibendus est, qui Vulnus exsugat. If indeed that is not done, (to wit, if a Cupping-glass, or some such­like thing is wanting) then a Man is to be gotten, that may suck the Poison out of the Wound.

XX. But indeed Cupping-glasses with Scarification, draw out the Poison more powerfully: after which, the Wound may be washed with warm Vinegar or Wine, in which Mithridate has been dissolved.

XXI. If the Poison has not passed farther than the Part wounded, and if the Patient will admit of it, and that it is not Nervous, or in a Nervous Part; the most effectual Remedy is the Actual Cautery: for Fire does by its potency both destroy the Poison, and hinder its pene­tration into the more internal parts.

XXII. If the Poison has pene­trated deeply into the Body, the Actual Cautery is not to be used; for that would be to add Sorrow to Grief.

XXIII. If where the Actual Cautery might be applied, the Patient will not admit of it, then the Potential Cautery, or Caustick Medicaments, are to be applied.

XXIV. These things being done, care is to be taken that the Escar may be made to fall off as soon as may be; which that it may speedily do, you must make deep Scarifications, which may reach even to the sound Part; then you must apply Medicines which may procure the fall thereof, that the Poison may have a Vent to come forth.

XXV. After which, the Wound is not presently to be healed: but an Onion beaten with Salt, or wild Garlick, or Rue, are to be applied upon the Wound; or Ʋnguentum Nicotianae, of it it self, or Ʋng. Basilicon mixed with a sixth or quarter-part of red Precipitate, or Turbith-mineral, and a little of Our Theriaca Chymica, or Mithri­date.

XXVI. To the adjacent Parts, you may apply Oxycroceum; and other Attractive Emplasters made of Gum Elemi, Opopa­nax and Sagapenum, as Diachylon cum Gummi, &c.

XXVII. Let the Sick sleep spa­ringly, and use a slender Diet; eating such Food as is easy of digestion, and yield a good Juice.

XXVIII. But if the Patient will not admit of Caustick Medi­caments, [Page 873] these following things as are to be applied; as Onions, wild Garlick, Rue, Doves-dung, Walnuts, with Garlick, Salt, and Honey; which whether in­wardly taken, or outwardly ap­plied, are able to free the Body from Poison.

XXIX. And to the former things you may add, Angelica-root, root of Masterwort, of Contrayerva, and Virginia Snake-root; roots of Elecampane, Radish, and Birthwort long and round; Hypericon, Swallowort, Dittany, Carduus ben. Scabious, Gentian, Vipers-grass; and all other Sim­ples whatsoever, that have a power and faculty of attracting Poison.

XXX. It is also to be observed, that Medicaments that are very sharp, are not to be used to Ner­vous Parts, lest they excite Pain and Convulsions: and therefore such things are to be applied, which only draw forth Poison by the simple property of their substance.

XXXI. And where sharp Me­dicines are or may be used, yet they are not to be continued long; but after they have been applied for a day or two, then others more mild are to be chosen. Mithridate, and Theriaca Andromachi, also Our Theriaca Chymica, either alone of them­selves, or mixt with Oil of Scorpions, juice of Rue, or juice of Vipers-grass, are of singular use to be applied.

XXXII. This Ointment or Cataplasm is commended by some. ℞ Oil-olive, Honey, A. ℥ ii. Quicklime in fine pouder, roots of round Birthwort, Rue dried, Angelica-root, Zedoary, all in fine pouder, A.℥i. mix them, and apply it.

XXXIII. Or this. ℞ Onions, Garlick, Leeks, A. ℥ii. boil to softness, and beat them together; to which add Oil of Scorpions, Mithridate, A. ℥i. roots of Dra­gons, of Masterwort, of round Birthwort, and of Florentine-Orrice, A. ʒii. mix them.

XXXIV. Or this of Guido.Assa foetida, Galbanum, Opopa­nax, Sagapenum, Myrrh, Pepper, Subphur, A. ℥jss. Doves-dung, Ducks-dung, A. ℥ii. Calamint, Horse-mint, A. ℥i. dissolve the Gums in Wine, then add the Oil and Honey, with the other things in pouder, and make an Emplaster.

XXXV. Or, ℞ Roots of Dragons, of round Birthwort, A.℥i. Rue, Scor­dium, Tobacco, all in fine pouder, A. ℥ii. roots of Angelica, and of white Dittany, Dittany of Creet, A. ℥iii. Oil of Turpentine ℥ii. Frankincense, Myrrh, Sulphur vive, A. ℥ss. Ship-Pitch, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make an Em­plaster.

XXXVI. Or, ℞ Potashes, Quicklime in fine pouder, A. ℥ii. pulp of xx Figs, Rue, Tobacco, Wormwood, Southernwood; roots of Angelica, round Birthwort, Ze­doary, Garlick, Onions, A. ℥i. in fine pouder; Goats-dung in fine pouder, Oil of Euphorbium, Oil of Scorpions, A. ℥iii. Wine-vinegar lbi. Honey lbjss. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XXXVII. Or, ℞ Propolis, Tur­pentine, juices of Swallowort and Scordium, A. ℥ii. Tobacco in pou­der, Zedoary, Orrice, Birthwort, [Page 874] all in fine Pouder, red Precipitate, A. ʒii. Oil of Hypericon, of Scor­pions, of Turpentine, A. ℥ss. mix, and make an Ointment.

XXXVIII. Or, ℞ Tops of Hypericon, Rue, A. Mii. Car­duus Ben. Scordium, Swallow­wort, Tobacco, A. Mj. roots of Dragons, of Angelica, and Bryony, A. ℥ii. beat all well together in a Mortar, and make a Cataplasm, applying it very hot.

XXXIX. Or, ℞ Ammonia­cum, Bdellium, Gum Elemi, Gal­banum, Liquid Storax, A. ℥ss. Myrrh, Sulphur Vive, Oil of Hy­pericon, Oil of Scorpions, A. ʒii. Euphorbium, red Precipitate, A. ℥i. Pitch, Propolis, Turpentine, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cerat.

XL. The second Intention, is the destreying the Poison by Alexi­pharmicks, or Counter-poisons which may fortifie and defend the Heart; such are the Bezoar-stone, Ani­mal Bezoar, and Bezoar Mine­rale, Mithridate, Venice Trea­cle, but chiefly Our Theriaca Chymica, all Volatil Animal Salts, the chief of which are Salt of Man's Blood, and Salt of Vi­pers, than which last, nothing is yet known of greater force; these things may be given in their due Dose in some proper Syrup, or Cordial-water, such as are Our Aqua Bezoartica, or Spir. Cordialis.

XLI. And outwardly the Heart may be guarded, by bathing it with Powers of Amber, of Juniper-ber­ries, of Camomil, of Sage, of Limons, or of Rosemary, laying over it a Plaster of Theriaca Chy­mica, or Mithridate.

XLII. The third and last In­tention, is the healing up of the Wound, which you may do with this Ointment. ℞ Gum Elemi, Tobacco in Pouder, A. ℥iii. Beef Suet, Oil Olive, Wax, Frank­incense, Turpentine, A. ℥iv. Juice of Tobacco ℥viii. mix, and make an Ointment, S.A. The rest of the Cure, you must perform ac­cording to the general Rules.

XLIII. But if you find from the continuance of the dangerous Sym­ptoms, as Cold Sweats, Faint­ings, Swoonings, &c. that the Poison has already penetrated to the more inward Parts, especially to the Heart, the wounded Part is not much to be medled with, but the Cure is by Internal A­lexipharmicks and Sudorificks, to defend and save the whole from the Power of the Malig­nity.

CHAP. XIX. Of WOƲNDS by GƲN-SHOT in General.

I. THese kinds of Wounds were wholly unknown to the An­cient Greeks and Latins, and therefore they have no proper Names by which we can call them: The Moderns who have wrote [Page 875] in the Latin Tongue, call them Vulnus vel Vulnera Sclopetarum globuli; and we in English, Gun-shot Wounds.

II. There has been a great Con­tention among Authors concerning Gun-shot Wounds, and many the Arguments pro and con, whether they are Poisonous, or have any de­gree of Fire or Burning in them, or not; some maintaining the Af­firmative, others the Negative, which the Learned Sennertus in his Med. Pract. lib. 5. par. 4. cap. 20. has Excellently sum­med up, and given the Deci­sive Judgment concerning it, ad­hering to the Negative Voice: The whole Discourse is too long to be here inserted, they that desire to read it, may have re­course to the Author himself, where they may have much Sa­tisfaction.

III. That (says Wiseman) which might be the occasion of their suspecting a Burning and a Poi­sonous Quality, was the deadly Colour of these Wounds, which in those early Days, when the Invention of Guns was Novel, surprized them, they looking not unlike Poisoned and Burnt Wounds.

IV. Where the Bullet pierces (says he) it extinguishes the Na­tural Heat, and the Lips of the Wound are livid or blackish; and if they be not rationally drest, they inflame, and are accom­panied with a Tumor; and Bli­sters frequently rise about them: in this Condition the Wound is commonly the first Day, and so to the seventh; and if not succoured, it Gangrens, and so the Patient commonly Dies.

V. In former Times Artists were deceived by the appearance of the Wounds, and so drest them as Poisonous Wounds, which occa­sioned them so to write of them, and in their way of managing of them, it was no wonder that they were so difficult to digest and Cure.

VI. And in Our Times (says Wiseman) tho' they are not cal­led Poisoned Wounds, yet it is a difficult thing to disswade many of Our Chirurgions, from dressing them with Tinctures of Myrrh, and Honey of Roses, and thrust­ing in of great Tents; by which way of dressing, these kinds of Wounds have been found undi­gested on the tenth day.

VII. These lesser fleshy Wounds being undigested, at last Gangren, and it is not to be wondred at: I will (says he) shew you the Experiment every Day in a Fonta­nel or Issue made with a Caustick: If you cut thro' the Escar, and put a Pea in the middle of it, with Tincture of Myrrh, and Honey of Roses, as some dress Gun-shot Wounds, and the next two or three days after, when you dress it again, it will be to your sight not unlike a Gun-shot Wound: if you continue your dressing with a Pea, and your Tincture of Myrrh, if it does not Gangren, yet it will be inflamed, and slow in digestion; which is from the improper Ap­plications.

VIII. For if this Escar had been drest with Emollients and Digestives, as ought to be done, it would separate with Digestion in [Page 876] the worst habit of Body; and so it will in Gun-shot Wounds with little distemper or difficulty, if the Extraneous Bodies be but timely Extracted.

IX. If therefore Gun-shot Wounds be rightly drest, they will as easily digest and heal, as any Complicated Wound; and what is said of Gun-shot Wounds is to be understood, when at Sea, of a Wound by a Splinter; which tho' it may not have force enough to make a Wound, yet oft-times bruises the Skin to the Flesh, so forcibly as to extinguish the Natural Heat, and make it black.

X. In this Case, if it is drest with Spir. Vini, & Ung. Aegyptia­cum, or lapt up with a warm Stuph, it will grow black, dry, and parcht, and become an Escar; and the Humors which flow plentifully to it will cause an In­flammation, with Tumor; and an Apostemation is the best which can be expected under­neath the Escar, and conse­quently it will terminate in a hollow Ulcer; but for the most part it Corrupts and Gan­grens.

XI. Whereas if this Contused Escar is dressed with Lenients, according to that Aphorism of Hip­pocrates, Omne quod contusum, necesse est ut putrescat & in Pus vertatur: viz. All that which is bruised must putrefie, and be con­verted into Matter: as with Ʋng. Basilicon cum Oleo Liliorum, &c. and the Parts about Embroca­ted with Oil of Roses mixt with the white of an Egg and Vinegar, and a Defensative applied over all to prevent defluxion, the Escar would separate as easily as those made by a Caustick in an Issue, and afterwards be in­carnated and cicatrized with a great deal of Ease to the Pa­tient.

XII. By what has been said, it appears what the Nature of these Wounds is, to wit, that they are only with very great Contusion, and Tearing of those Parts thro' which the Bullet passes. And tho' the Part at a near distance may be burnt by the Flame of the Gunpowder, yet this belongs not unto the Wound it self, nor is the Part burnt within: and tho' it is granted, that Bul­lets may possibly be Poisoned, yet this is no ways Essential un­to these Wounds, but meerly Accidental.

XIII. Wounds then made by Gun-shot, are the most Complicate sort of Wounds; for there is not only a solution of Continuity, but there is conjoined with them, Con­tusion, Rubbing, Tearing in a ve­hement manner, and sometimes Fractures of the Bones: to which may be added, sometimes vari­ous Accidents, as Hemorrhage, vehement Pain, Inflammation, Erysipelas, Convulsion, Fever, Delirium, Palsie, Fainting and Swooning, Sinuous Ulcers, Gan­grens, and Sphacelus.

XIV. The Differences. They are taken, 1. From the magni­tude of the Wound, as it is either great or small, deep or superficial.

XV. 2. From the Part affect­ed, the Skin and Flesh being some­times only wounded; sometimes the Nerves and Tendons, some­times [Page 877] the Arteries and Veins, and sometimes the Bones are broken. Or thus; The Wound is made either in the fleshy Parts, or in the fleshy and Spermatick Parts both: The Spermatick Parts as they are called, are either soft or hard, the soft are the Mem­branes, Nerves, Tendons, and Ligaments; the hard are only Cartilages and Bones. The Membranes may be divided and bruised. The Nerves, Tendons, and Ligaments may be contused and torn. The Bones may be fractured, by being broken trans­verse, or by fissure, or into bits; which last is that which Gun-shot most produces.

XVI. 3. From the Modus or Manner; sometimes the whole Body is wounded, sometimes a part only: sometimes the Bullet sticks in the Wound, sometimes it passes quite through: sometimes it pene­trates into the Body, sometimes it carries into the Body with it some Extraneous Matter.

XVII. The Signs. What Parts are wounded, are to be discovered by putting in the Probe, or else from the site of the Wound by Ana­tomical Deductions: If the Ner­vous or Tendinous Parts are hurt, there will be manifest and vehe­ment pain: If the great Arteries and Veins, a mighty Hemor­rhage; yet sometimes the Part being much contused, the Lips afterwards quickly swell, and oftentimes so much, as to stop in a great measure the flowing of the Blood.

XVIII. These Wounds are gene­rally Orbicular, and either of a blue or livid Colour, or of a blue mixed with green, or of a Violet Colour: Sometimes the Wound it self is black, and the Parts adjacent to it livid.

XIX. There is a heat sometimes in the Part, which arises from the quick and vehement passing of the Bullet, making a great Contu­sion of the wounded Parts.

XX. There is also a feeling of the Blow, as if a Stone, or some other heavy thing was flung a­gainst, or entering into the Part.

XXI. If the Wound was made by a Poisoned Bullet, the Colour of the Flesh is more wan and livid, than otherwise it would be; there will be a heaviness and sluggish­ness of the whole Body, a Trem­bling, a Palpitation of the Heart, Faintings, Swoonings, and sometimes Convulsions, and o­ther like Symptoms to these.

XXII. The Colour of the Wound and Parts adjacent will be ill, as if tending to Mortification, the pain will be vehement and prick­ing, there will be Inflammati­on, and a Fever of the whole Body, and sometimes dotage and raving withal.

XXIII. If such a Poisoned Wound is slow in maturation, or generating of Pus, if there be an extinguishing of the fresh Co­lour of the Part, and its incli­ning to a yellow or livid Co­lour, if the Pain remits, with­out any manifest Cause; and if the Part ceases beating, and a stupidity is present, &c. the Wound will degenerate into a Gungren.

XXIV. The Symptoms. If it is an ordinary Wound, they are [Page 878] chiefly these, Contusion, Pain, In­flammation, Convulsion, Heat, Palsie, Lividness, and (if the Wound is great, in or near a Joint) sometimes a Gangren and Mortification.

XXV. If the Bullet is Poison­ed, all these Symptoms will appear, but sooner, and more vehement than if it were not.

XXVI. The Prognosticks. These Wounds for that they are al­ways made with a considerable Contusion, are much more dange­rous than those that are made with Sword or Dart, supposing the place to be the same: As to instance, many have recovered of Wounds made with a Sword in the Belly, Guts, and Bladder, whereas scarcely ever any one was Cured of Wounds made in those Parts by Gun-shot.

XXVII. If in a healthful ha­bit of Body, a fleshy Part is only wounded, and in a good Air, the Wound may be Cured without any great hazard or difficulty.

XXVIII. But if in a Cacochy­mick habit of Body, the Sperma­tick Parts are very much lacera­ted or torn, and it is in a hot and moist Air, viz. the Wind being South, and Signs of Poison do appear, a Gangren, &c. is to be feared.

XXIX. Tho' a Wound seems desperate, yet it is not to be given over while there is Life; for it has been oft-times observ'd, that Nature many times works Mira­cles, as it were, and that very many, who have seemed to be near to the Grave, have yet notwithstanding recovered and done well.

XXX. If there are many, and those the more Noble Parts, that are wounded, bruised, and torn, and if withal, any Bones are broken or hurt, the Wound is so much the more dangerous, and the Cure the more diffi­cult.

XXXI. If the Parts are much torn, the Wound then yields a stinking Sanies; and if a flux of Humors then follows, an extin­guishing of the Natural Heat is to be feared.

XXXII. If these Wounds hap­pen in such Parts, as can easily draw the principal Parts into con­sent with them, there is much danger. And such are the Joints and great Vessels, from which many times there arises not on­ly Vapours, but corrupt and vi­tious Humors, which being re­ceived and communicated to the Heart, do easily induce Fe­vers, Fluxes, as Diarrhaea's, Lienteria's, Dysenteria's, Faint­ings, Swoonings, Convulsions, and the like.

XXXIII. If such Wounds hap­pen to a Cacochymical Body, they are much more dangerous, than if they happen to a Body of a good Ha­bit; from whence it is, that in Armies and Camps in which Epi­demical Diseases rage, most of these that are thus wounded, die of their Wounds. For in Camps the Air is for the most part in­fected with the nastiness of the Camp; and the Souldiers for want many times of wholesom Meat and Drink, drink filthy and corrupt Waters, and eat bad and corrupt Food coming next to hand, so that 'tis no [Page 879] wonder that such a Constitution is induced, as may render Gun-shot Wounds in such Bodies ve­ry dangerous.

XXXIV. These Wounds come more slowly to Suppuration than others do; not only because the natural heat is much abated; but also because the Spirits are much wasted and dissipated, by reason of the Contusion.

XXXV. Lastly, If these kind of Wounds are made by a Poisoned Bullet, they are then indeed very dangerous, and for the most part Mortal, and this more especial­ly, if they penetrate into the interior Parts: and sometimes these Wounds, tho' they are but small to see to, yet they many times destroy and kill the Patient.

XXXVI. The Cure. The In­dications of Cure (I mean of Wounds not Poisoned, for as to the Cure of them we shall refer you to the for­mer Chapter) are chiefly three, 1. The drawing forth of the Bullet, if it yet sticks in the wounded Part. 2. The con­verting the bruised Flesh into Pus, or Matter. 3. The Incar­nating, or filling the Wound up with Flesh, and then at length cicatrizing it, which is common with all other Wounds.

I. Of Extracting the Bullet.

XXXVII. The Bullet, or any other Extraneous thing carried in­to the Wound with the Bullet, is first to be taken forth, and this is to be done either at first dressing; but if it is not then fit to be done, you must do it at some other fit time, during the Cure.

XXXVIII. The Bullet is to be drawn forth, either the way it went in, or the opposite way, if it lyes very deep, is much nearer to the opposite place, and may be felt there thro' the Skin and Flesh.

XXXIX. If the Bullet pierces not so deep, then having found it out, by searching with the Probe, &c. being put into the Wound the same way it went in, you must attempt the drawing it out with some fit Instrument.

XL. Now to take the Bullet out the way it went in, you must place the Patient as near as may be in the posture he was in when he received the shot; or if thro' weakness he cannot be so posi­ted, let him be placed in a po­sition as near to it as may be, lest some Muscle, Nerve, Ten­don or Ligament, lye in the way of its passage; the Sick be­ing thus placed, then search for the Bullet, &c.

XLI. The largeness of the Wound will in some measure shew you the largeness of the Bullet, by which means you may make choice of a fit Instrument for the Extra­ction.

XLII. Now in Extracting the Bullet, 1. The way must be sufficiently opened by Instru­ment. 2. That the Bullet be laid hold of. 3. And being laid hold of, that it be drawn forth by the Chirurgion's Hand.

XLIII. The Instrument takes hold of the Bullet as a pair of Scissars, or as it fastens it self into the Bullet, either by com­prehending it in its Cavity, or [Page 880] by laying hold of it by its Bill, being made like a Saw.

XLIV. For which reason there is great variety of Instruments; some lay hold on the Bullet and draw it out, as they are fast­ned into it: Others compre­hend the Bullet, having a glo­bular Cavity at the end: Others are nocht like Saws, of which some are straight, some crook­ed, according as the Wound is either straight or oblique.

XLV. You must endeavour to find out the Bullet; if you fail of it by searching with the Probe, you must try if you can find it by feeling with your Hands a­bout the wounded Part; for sometimes a Bullet takes such a circular course, that its way is impossible to be followed.

XLVI. Wiseman gives us Examples of this kind: One who being shot in the Cheek, he cut out the Bullet behind in his Neck. Another (says he) was shot in the outside of the small of one of his Legs, the whole Member swel­led, and was inflamed, and no possibility of finding out the Bullet, at last by chance he felt it, in the inside of the Thigh above the Knee. Another wound­ed in the outside of the Arm, he cut the Bullet out below the Scapula; and in some Cases the Parts extreamly pained with In­flammation and Tumor, do sometimes discover the place where the Bullet lyes; and sometimes the pain alone will do it, tho' there be no Tu­mor, &c.

XLVII. In the very work of Extracting, you must be cautious that you lay not hold of some Nerve or Tendon, and so pluck them a­long with the Bullet, for then you will cause intolerable Pain, and grievous Accidents; for which reason you must not open or di­late your Instrument, till you take hold of the Bullet there­with, without any of the cir­cumjacent Parts.

XLVIII. Moreover, if the Bul­let can be found, it will be best, to attempt the drawing it forth whilst the Sick is warm (if in heat of Battel) and the Wound fresh, not being altered much by Air or Accidents, by which means less pain will follow upon the Extraction; for after the first and second Day the Wound swells, and the adjacent Parts are inflamed, and so changed in their Temperament, that they will hide from your fight the Bullet, and what accompa­nied it, if any thing, so that the place they lye in will be dif­ficult to be known; or being known, will not be extracted without great hazard, pain, and trouble to the Patient; so that then it may be needful to defer that Work to another time, and by Leniments to hasten the Di­gestion.

XLIX. To omit the present drawing forth of a Bullet when lodged in a Joint, may hazard a Mortification, because it is lodg'd among the Tendons, and will cause much pain which will not cease; for which reason, the Wound will not digest.

L. If the Bullet is lodged in a less Noble Part, as in the Muscu­lous Flesh, and it has not been [Page 881] drawn out at first dressing; in this Case you may more safely stay the Extraction till the seventh Day; or till the vehemency of the Accidents are over, and the Wound digested; but then you must be more careful, for the Wound will be the more pain­ful, and the more slow in dige­stion: If the Bullet carries any Rags with it, so long as they remain in the Wound, it will be very painful, inflamed and ve­xatious, nor will it digest well, or be cured.

LI. But if the Bullet cannot be found out, by the Probe, or other­wise, as it chances sometimes when Wounds are very deep or oblique; then the Wound is to be kept open for a long time, and sup­purating Medicines are to be made use of; and if possible, the Member is to be so placed, that the Bullet may fall forth by its own weight, or may be expelled by Nature; and there­fore in this Case, unto Nature the whole Business is to be com­mitted.

LII. And tho' Leaden Bullets may lye long, and be carried about in the Body, yet Iron or Brass Bul­lets must be taken forth in some considerable time, because the first swells mightily, by its rust­ing; and the other yields Ver­digrease, both which are very painful, and inimical to the healing.

LIII. If the Bullet is lodg'd in any Noble Part, or a Part that may easily draw the Noble Parts into consent with it, and that by reason of the Wound it self, the Patient's Life is in any dan­ger; in this Case you ought not to attempt the Extraction, since thereby the Sick can have no Benefit, but that you may pro­bably hasten on that Death, which otherwise the Wound would have infallibly induced, but in a larger space of time.

II. Of Proper Digestive Me­dicaments.

LIV. Our first and great Care here must be, that the Contused Substance may be brought to Ma­turation, and separated from the sound Flesh, and sound Parts; for the bruised Matter easily be­comes putrid, and Gangrens; so that our ordinary and com­mon Digestives and suppurating Medicines, which are made use of in other Wounds and Tu­mors, have simply here no place; more especially if the Nervous Parts are hurt or bruised, which do not well admit of such kind of moist and simply Oily Medi­caments, but require those that are drier.

LV. Those Medicines then which we are to make use of in these Wounds, must be of that Nature and Quality, that tho' they will bring the contused Flesh into Pus, yet they will not produce any putridness, but by their Anodyn Property ease and alle­viate the Pain.

LVI. To accomplish this Inten­tion, Quercetan does to every Ounce of any Digestive or Suppura­tive add ʒi. of red Precipitate: Yet this is not to be done rash­ly, but with some caution, as where there is a present putrio­ness, [Page 882] and fear of a Gangren nigh at hand; for in most other Cases, these kind of Wounds may be Cured without any kind of Mercury whatsoever: and in Nervous Places, if Precipitate is used, it may be the cause of very much Pain.

LVII. Paraeus commends high­ly his Oil of Whelps thus made: ℞ Oil of white Lillies lbiv. two young Whelps, which kill, and boil them in the Oil till the Flesh falls from the Bones: add to them Earthworms (washed in Wine) lbii. boil them together, and let them be strained without any strong pressing; then to that which is strained, add of Venice Turpentine ℥vi. Spirit of Wine ℥ii. mix, and make an Oil or Balsam. It has an admirable Virtue to ease Pain, and maturate the Pus. If you apply it to Joints or Ner­vous Parts, there ought to be more of the Turpentine than of the Oil, because these Parts re­quire more drying than the fleshy Parts do.

LVIII. Barbett commends this: ℞ Venice Turpentine ℥iv. Calves Marrow, Oil of Hypericon A. ℥ii. Galbanum ℥i. Venice Treacle ℥ss. Roots of Scordium, of Scorzonera, A. ʒiii. yolks of four Eggs: mix, and make an Oint­ment.

LIX. Sennertus commends this as a thing singularly useful: ℞ Ʋng. Basilicon ℥i. Oil of Lin­seed, and of white Lillies, A. ℥iii. mix them.

LX. Or this: ℞ Oils of Lin­seed and of Hempseed, A. ℥iv. Ho­ney ℥i. Allum ℥ss. mix them.

LXI. Joubertus commends this: ℞ Hogs Lard, or fresh Butter ℥viii. red Precipitate washt and levigated ℥i. Camphir ʒii. dissolved in Aqua Vitae; mix them well together. Now if in­stead of Lard you take Arcaeus his Liniment, the Medicine will be much more effectual. The Lard, or Butter, or Liniment, are Suppurative; the Precipi­tate adds to the force of the Suppuration, causing very little pain, and the Camphir helps Penetration, and resists Putre­faction.

LXII. ℞ Oil of Hemp ℥viii. Linseed Oil ℥ii. Juices of Plantane and Night-shade, A. q.s. boil them till the Juices are consumed.

LXIII. Another of Barbett, more effectual: ℞ Yolks of Eggs-No iv. Turpentine, Ung. Aegy­ptiacum, A. ℥ii. Amber, Euphor­bium, Mastich, Mummy, A. ℥ss. round Birthwort Roots in Pouder ʒii. Oil of Elder, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.

LXIV. Sennertus has this: ℞ Oils of Linseed and Hempseed, A. ℥vi. Sal Armoniack, white Vitriol, A. ℥iii. Mithridate, The­riaca Andromachi, A. ℥iss. mix them together over the Fire: This is of use, when a putridness is supposed near at hand.

LXV. If Putridness and a Gangren is feared, then add some Precipitate, as, ℞ Ung. Basili­con ℥i. fresh Butter ℥i. red Pre­cipitate levigated ʒii. mix them together.

LXVI. Another of Barbett's, more Excellent than any of the former, which also resists Putre­faction: ℞ Oils of Linseed and Roses, (Hempseed I think is bet­ter) [Page 883] Tar, Turpentine, Galbanum, A. ℥ ii. Mastich, Frankincese, Nitre, Sal Armoniack, A.℥i. Oils of Worms, and of Turpentine, Verdigrise, white Vitriol, Camphir, pouder of Earthworms, A. ʒi. Alum ʒss. mix them together over a gentle Fire. If the Part is not Nervous, in a great Putrefa­ction, you may add some red Precipitate.

LXVII. ℞ Turpentine, Honey, A. ℥iii. yolks of Eggs No vj. boil them with a gentle Fire, to the thickness of a Liniment.

LXVIII. ℞ Oils of Linseed and Hempseed, A.℥iii. Oils of Roses and Mastich, A.℥i. Oil of Camphir ʒi. mix them well together by boiling, and use it warm.

LXiX. ℞ Turpentine, Honey, A. ℥ iv. round Birthwort root, Aloes, both in fine pouder, A. ℥ss. Allum, Crocus Martis, A. ʒii. mix them.

LXX. ℞ Unguent. Nicotianae, Ung. Basilicon, A.℥iii. Gum Elemi, pouder of Virginia Tobacco, A. ℥i. mix them.

LXXI. ℞ Oils of Linseed and Hempseed A. ℥iv. Ung. Nicotianae ℥iii. Ung. Basilicon ℥ii. Oil of Turpentine ℥i. mix, and melt them together.

LXXII. ℞ Yolks of Eggs No.ii. Turpentine ℥iv. Oil of Hypericon ℥ii. Frankincense, Mastich, Oils of Linseed, Eempseed, and of Eggs, pouder of Tobacco, A. ℥i. mix them.

LXXIII. If any Putridness is feared near at hand, then you may use some of the following Compositions. ℞ Oils of Hemp­seed and Linseed, A. ℥ vi. Sal Armoniack, white Vitriol A. ʒii. Gum Sandrach ℥j ss. mix them over the Fire. Or you may use the Compositions at Sect. 63, 64, 65, and 66 aforegoing.

LXXIV. Or this. ℞ Oils of Linseed and Hempseed, A. ℥iii. Tar, Turpentine, A. ℥ii. Frankin­cense, Galbanum, Mastich, Sal Nitre, Sal Armoniack, A. ℥i. Oil of Earthworms ℥ss. Oil of Turpen­tine ʒii. Alum, pouder of Earth­worms, Camphir, white Vitriol, Verdigrise, Tobacco, A. ʒi. mix, and melt them over the Fire.

LXXV. And to prevent the Afflux of Humors, this following Defensative is to be applied. ℞ Fine Bole, Catechu, Dragons­blood, pouder of dried Ox-blood, A. ℥i. Nut-galls in pouder, Frank­incense, Rosin, Crocus Martis, A. ℥ss. Vinegar of Roses ʒiii. whites of Eggs q.s. mix them, and apply it over the Wound.

LXXVI. Or: ℞ Oils of Roses, of Elder-bark, and of Mastich, A. ℥i. fine Bole, Rosin, Catechu, all in fine pouder, A. ℥ss. Vinegar of Roses, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.

LXXVII. Or this of Barbett:Pouder of red Roses, of Scor­dium, A. ℥iii. Bean-meal, crumbs of Rye-bread, A. ℥j. (these two boiled in a little Milk) yolks of Eggs No.vj. Oils of Roses and Violets, A. ℥ii. Wax, q.s. mix, melt over a gentle Fire, and make an Emplaster.

LXXVIII. And over the Wounded Part it self, it will be good to lay the following Cataplasm; which cherishes the Heat of the Part, prevents Putridness, and facili­tates the Suppuration. ℞ Roots of Althea, of Comfrey, A. ℥i. [Page 884] flowers of Camomil, of Hypericon, tops of Wormwood, A. M. ss. boil in Milk to softness, then mash them together, and add of Barley-slower, or else meal of Althea-roots and of Beans, A.℥jss. Wine q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

III. Of Abstersives, or Cleansers.

LXXIX. If the Wound pierces quite thro', some use the Flamula, or Seton; but this both Senner­tus and Barbett disapprove of, as not safe, and advise to the use of Tents put into both Ori­fices; which Penecilli or Tents ought not to be over-thick, lest they hinder the coming forth of the Pus, and cause Pain.

LXXX. At first, dressing the Wound once a day will be enough; because in Gunshot-Wounds, there is scarcely any thing which requires Evacuation, sel­dom before the third or fourth day: but when-ever the Pus begins to flow, it is then to be opened and drest twice a day; and when it flows in such abundance, that unless it is often emptied or cleansed, it may cause grief and pain, then you must open it, and cleanse it from the Pus or Purulent-matter thrice a day; but the Acrimony of the Matter will direct you best, whether it is to be drest and cleansed once, twice, or thrice a day.

LXXXI. But when the Pus begins much to diminish, twice a a day will be enough to open and cleanse the Wound: and when it flows forth very little, and be­gins to be filled up with Flesh, once a day will be enough, as at first.

LXXXII. At first we admit Tents, to open a passage for the Sanies; at length Splenia, made of Linnen-rags, four, six, or eight times doubled, or rather Bolsters may be used, and ap­plied to the bottom of the Sinus, (if possible;) that by their means, thro' a harder Binding, the Sanies may be pressed forth, which will much advance the Cleansing.

LXXXIII. But if there is a vast quantity of Sanies, and the Sinus is deep and winding, that it cannot all flow or be pressed forth; in this case, the Sinus is to be cut or laid open, that the Wound or Ulcer may be the better cleansed.

LXXXIV. And whether the Wound or Ʋlcer seems contuma­cious or not, Vulnerary-Potions, or Wound-Drinks, are of extraor­dinary Ʋse in the Cure; for they cleanse the Ulcers, and free them from the filth of the Excre­mentitious Humors, causing all things in the Wound which are Heterogeneous to be easily, and the sooner cast forth, assisting Nature therein: if they are useful in any other kind of Wounds, then certainly they are most of all necessary in these; variety of which you may see Cap. 3. Sect. 28. ad Sect. 43. aforegoing.

LXXXV. After Concoction or Digestion begins to appear in the Wound, which is scarcely before the third or fourth day; for that by reason of the Contusion, the native Heat was much weakned, and the [Page 885] Spirits exhausted; and that there is neither much Pain, nor any Inflammation; but that the greatest part of the bruised substance is turned into Pus, then the Wound is to be cleansed, and after filled with Flesh; which with what things it is best to be done, we now come to shew you.

LXXXVI. Among the number of Cleansers, that which first offers it self is Ʋnguentum de Apio, or Ointment of Smallage, both the simple and the com­pound; nor have Authors com­mended them in vain.

LXXXVII. Sennertus has this: ℞ Decoction of Barley, juices of Smallage, Plantan, Agrimony, Centory the less, A.℥iii. boil them, and at the end add Venice Turpen­tine ℥ix. Honey of Roses ℥vi. Frankincense, Mastich, A. ℥ss. Saffron ʒi. mix them.

LXXXVIII. Mindererus his Ʋnguentum Decameron.fuices of Arsmart, Celandine, Century, Dock sharp-pointed, D [...]es-foot, Groundsel, Hypericon, Plantan, To­bacco, Yarrow, A.lbi. mix, and digest for some days, for the Mix­ture to settle: decant the clear, and add thereto fresh Butter lbiii. green Liquorice well bruised, Comfry-roots, Tormentil-roots, Hounds­tongne, all well bruised; Oil of Myrrh, Deers-suet, A.lbj. boil them all well'till the crackling ceases, and the consumption of the Humi­dity, then strain hot by Pressing thro' a strong Canvas-bag; and to the strained Matter add Venice-Turpentine, Gum Elemi, A. ℥ix. Wax q.s. melted, so as to bring the whole to the consistence of an Ointment, or very soft Cerat; adding after all to every Ounce of the Ointment ℈i. or ʒss. of pure refined Verdigrise.

LXXXIX. Or, ℞ Meal of Orobus ℥ii. Myrrh, Frankincense, A.℥i. juice of Smallage, Turpentine, A. ℥iv. Ung. Aegyptiacum ℥ i. mix, and make an Ʋnguent.

XC. Or, ℞ Ung. Nicotianae ℥iii. pouder of Tobacco ℥i. Gum Elemi ℥ss. mix, and make an Ointment.

XCI. Among the number of the Abstersives, nothing has yet been found to exceed Ʋng. Fuscum Wurizii; the Composition and Preparation of which, see in its proper place.

XCII. Ʋnguentum Apostolorum is commended by some, but this may be trusted to: ℞ Aegyptiacum, Apostolorum, A. ℥jss. Gum Elemi ʒvi. pouder of Tobacco ʒii. mix them.

XCIII. Or this: ℞ Ung. Ni­cotianae ℥iii. pouder of Scammony, Tobacco, A. ℥. Gum Elemi ʒvi. Honey q.s. mix over a gentle Sand-heat, and make an Ointment.

XCIV. ℞ Meal of Orobus ℥iii. pouder of Florentine Orrice, Frank­incense, A. ℥jss. juice of Smallage ℥viii. Honey, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment over a gentle Fire, or a gentle Sand-heat.

XCIV. An Abstersive Pouder. ℞ Scammony ℥iv. fine Aloes ℥ii. Tobacco in fine pouder ℥i. round Birthwort-root in pouder ℥ss. mix them, and keep it for use.

XCVI. ℞ Fine flower or meal of Barley and of Lupins, Honey, A. ℥ii. Turpentine ℥iv. juices of Smal­lage and of Wormwood, A. ℥vi. fine Aloes, Frankincense, Myrrh, [Page 886] Orrice-root in fine pouders, A. ℥i. mix, and boil gently to the con­sumption of the Juices: to which you may add Ʋng. Aegyptiacum ℥ii. if you use it in a Wound which is very foul.

XCVII. ℞ Ung. Nicotianae ℥iv. Unguent. Aegyptiacum ℥i. pouders of Aloes, Scammony, To­bacco, A. ʒvi. mix, and make an Ointment; which is inferior to none of all the foregoing Com­positions.

IV. Of Incarnatives, or Flesh-breeders.

XCVIII. When the Wound is become clean, it is then very ne­cessary that Flesh should be gene­rated or bred: because that when all the bruised Flesh is converted into Pus, the Wound will become empty or hollow, and therefore it ought to be filled up again.

XCIX. This following Sen­nertus commends, as useful in these kinds of Wounds. ℞ Betony, Comfrey, Horsetail, Hype­ricon, Plantan, Tormentil, A. M.ss. Earthworms (washt in Wine,) Oil of Mastich, A. ℥ii. Pine-Rosin, Manna Thuris, or the finest white Frankincense, A. ℥ss. Wine q.s. boil'till the Wine is consumed, then Strain out by a strong Expression; and add thereto Wax, Goats or Sheeps suet, A.℥iv. Aloes, Frank­incense, Mastich, Myrrh, A. ℥ss. mix, and make an Ointment.

C. We will not trouble you with any more Sarcoticks in this place, having already given you an ample number and Variety of them in Cap. 2. Sect. 31. ad 46. aforegoing; in the forms of Oils, Ointments, Balsams, and Emplasters. The Sarcotick or Incarnative being laid upon the Wound or Ulcer, you may cover all with Empl Diapalmae, or Our Empl. Album.

V. Of Gunshot-Wounds, with Fracture of the Bone.

CI. If with a Wound, there be a Fracture of the Bone, which sometimes is broken into many pieces, wherein for the most part, the Nervous Parts are hurt; when these I say, are to be cleared from these Fragments of Bones, there will be many times sharp and acute Pains, Convulsions, and sometimes a Gangren it self: which makes some Artists come to Amputa­tion with all the speed that may be; which yet ought not to be done, so long as there is any hopes of a Cure without it; for that Nature oftentimes even in these Wounds, is wont to work Miracles as it were.

CII. The Way of Curing these is the same, as in curing Fractures with a Wound; of which we shall speak more largely, in Lib. 6. Cap. 5, 6, 7, 8 following: and in Cap. 23. of this present Fourth Book: however, we think it fit to say something thereof in general terms in this place.

CIII. In the first place there­fore, it is necessary that the great Fragments of the Bones be restored again into their places, that they may be joined together by a Cal­lus: but in the application of [Page 887] Splinters, you must use great caution, lest by them you excite more pain than otherwise would be; and so cause Convulsions, Inflammation or Gangren, which otherwise by due care, might not have happened.

CIV. Some apply Glutinating Cataplasms, (which here indeed have no place) which stick so close and fast unto the Part, and bind it so straitly together, as to cause very much pain, and many times other ill Symptoms: those are not rashly and inconsi­derately to be made use of, but in their due time and ap­pointment.

CV. After therefore that the Bones are set again, or composed, or conjoined; the Member is to be placed either in a thin Plate of Lead, or in a Skin moistned with Wine; or in the hollows of those Chips which are bored out of Pumps and Water-Pipes in making, being first moistned with warm Water.

CVI. For all these things, as they hold the broken Parts toge­ther; so they do it in such a manner, and so easily, that they may notwithstanding them, be be bent as much as you please, and prevent any new access, or cause of Pain: but instead of these things, you may lay on some of the following Cerats or Emplasters.

CVII. ℞ Mucilage of Comfrey-roots, Cherry-tree or Plum-tree Gum, or Gum-Arabick, A. ℥vi. juice of Comfrey, fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, A. ℥iii. juice of Doves-foot, pouder of Catechu, A. ℥ iv. Turpentine lbj. Oil of Earthworms ℥vj. yolks of Eggs No xxx. or more: mix them.

CVIII. ℞ Fine Bole, Catechu, A. ℥iij. Turpentine, juice of Doves-foot, or of Comfrey A. ℥iijss. Rosin, Wax, A. ℥viij. mix, and make a Cerate.

VI. Of Dressing Gunshot-Wounds.

CIX. The Bullet, and other extraneous things, as Splinters, Rags, &c. being extracted, you must come to the Dressing up of the Wound; which is to be per­formed as a Contused Wound, with Oleum Catellorum Paraei; the Recipe of which you have at Sect. 57. aforegoing, which is to be applied hot, as the Part will bear.

CX. In this case, you are not to heed what any shall say to the the contrary, who object against it, as a Greasy Medicine; no tho' it be near a Bone (says Wiseman,) for the Gleet (says he) will foul it much more than Greasy Medi­caments.

CXI. If you have not the Oleum Catellorum, you may use this. ℞ Oils of Hempseed and Linseed, A.℥iv. Oils of Lillies and Camomil, A. ℥ij. Turpentine ℥j. mix them. Or this: ℞ Stras­burgh Turpentine ℥iv. Gum Elemi, Frankincense, A.℥ij. Oils of Hemp­seed and Linseed, and of Earth­worms, A. ℥iij. Oil of Elder ℥jss. Mastich, Olibanum, A. ℥ss. mix them.

CXII. Or you may use this: ℞ Linseed-oil, Oil-olive, Turpen­tine, A. lbss. Gum Elemi ℥iij. purified Verdigrise ʒij. mix them. [Page 888] Or this: Take Turpentine, Balsam Capivii, Oils of Linseed and of Hypericon, Spirit of Wine, A.lbss. Sanguis Draconis in very subtil pouder ℥j. mix them.

CXIII. Quercetan commends this. Take juices of Coltsfoot and Sorrel, A. ℥iv. fresh Butter lbss. Oleum Visci Pomorum com­positum, (which see in Querce­tan. rediviv. Tom. 3. pag. 259.) lbj. Larch-Rosin ℥ ij ss. Frankin­cense, Hens and Goose grease, A. ℥ij. pulp of xx. fat Figs: put all into a Vessel, which stop close; and boil on a gentle Fire for six hours, then strain out hot, and evaporate to a consistence. Where note, if you cannot get the Oleum Visci, &c. you may use in the place thereof Oils of Lin­seed, of Earthworms, and of Hypericon, A. ℥iv.

CXIV. Or this, of the same Quercetan. Take Oil-olive, or Linseed-oil lbj. new Wax, Rosin, Ship-Pitch, A. ℥iv. Goats-suet, Veal-marrow, A. ℥ij. Oesopus ℥j. melt all together, and strain, keeping the Ointment for use; to every Ounce of which he adds ʒi. of Precipitate: yet in recent Wounds the Precipitate is not necessary; for by experience we know, that these Wounds will digest and suppurate without it, which frees them from pu­tridness.

CXV. Now to these Wounds you ought to use a soft Tent, and Pledgets dipt in some Digestive pretty hot, but not so hot as to seald them: the Parts about you may Embrocate with Oils of Earthworms, of Roses and Myr­cles, A.℥iij.mix'd with Vinegar ℥i.

CXVI. Let the Applications over the Wound be of that nature or quality, as to refist Defluxions of Humors, and such as may strengthen the weakned Parts. As, Take Bean and Barley flower, A. ℥vj. Catechu ℥iij. mu­cilage of Gum-tragacanth ℥j. which boil in Posca, or Water and red Wine to a Cataplasm, adding at last Eggs No ij. Oocymel ℥iij. or you may add Oil of Roses, and Wax, A. q.s. and make it into the form of a Cerat.

CXVII. Above the Wound lay this Defensative. Take Terra Sigillata ℥vj. Catechu ℥iij. Lith­arge, Sanguis draconis, juice of Sloes or Acacia in ponder, Comfrey-roots in pouder, A. ℥ij. Oil of Myrtles, Vinegar, A. ℥xij. mix, and boil to the consistence of a Cerat.

CXVIII. Or, Take fine Bole, Ceruse, A. ℥vj. Catechu, Litharge, A. ℥iij. Oil of Roses omphacin ℥xij. Vinegar ℥vj. juice of Plan­tan and Nightshade, A. ℥ij. Wax q.s. mix them: apply the Compress dipt in Vinegar, and let the Bandage be equal and gentle, to keep on the Dres­sings, and hinder the Afflux of Humors.

CXIX. If much Blood has not been lost, Revulsion may be made on the same side, as Galen advises, otherwise not: the Bowels may be emptied with a Clyster made of Mutton-broth or Posset-drink lbj. and brown Sugar or Molosses ℥iv. giving inwardly now and then a dram or two of Our Aqua Bezoartica, or Spiritus Cordialis.

CXX. The Air ought to be [Page 889] temperate, because Cold is an Enemy to Wounds; the Diet ought to be spare, as thin Mutton-broth, Barley-broth, Water-gruel, Pa­nado, potched Eggs, &c. because it prevents Inflammations; and he ought to rest quietly, for which purpose you may give this this Dose. Take Poppy-water ℥iij. Angelica-water compound ℥j. Syrupus de Meconio ʒvj. mix them. Or this: Take Guttae Vitae Nostrae ʒj. Spiritus Cor­dialis ℥ss. Syrup of Limons ℥j. mix them.

CXXI. The second Dressing is next to be considered, where­in a Fomentation is to be pro­vided, made thus. Red Port-Wine lbij. Spirit of Wine ℥iij. Powers of Wormwood, Juniper, and Angelica, A. ℥ ss. Scurvy­grass-water lbj. mix: and being very hot, wring Stuphs out of it, and apply them, which will defend the Wound from the Air.

CXXII. If the Wound is in a good condition, continue the use of Digestives; but if it is affected with vehement Pain, foment it with this. Take white Port-Wine, Decoction of Althea-roots, A. lbj. Spiritus Anodynus ℥j.ss. Broth of a Sheeps Head lbss. mix them: and afterwards apply over all this Cataplasm. Take Barley and Bean flower, A. ℥iv. Orrice-root in pouder ℥ij. Ung. Basilicon, & Nicotianae, A.℥jss. Eggs No iv. yellow Palm-Oil q.s. mix, and make a Cata­plasm: it promotes the Suppu­ration and is Anodyne.

CXXIII. This being done, it is to be bound up, as before; and this course may be continued to the eighth or tenth day, 'till the Sloughs are separated, the Wound digested, and a good sort of Pus, (which is white, equal, smooth, and not stinking) is generated.

CXXIV. If the Pus is wanting in any of these Qualities, you may mix a little Precipitate with your Digestive or Suppurative, or Ʋng. Apostolorum.

CXXV. You may cleanse by an Injection, made of the Juices of Smallage, the lesser Centory, Plantan and Agrimony, mixt with Barley-broth and Honey, in which you may dissolve a little Venice-Turpentine; first well mixt with the yolk of an Egg.

CXXVI. Or you may apply this Unguent. Take juices of Adders-tongue, Agrimony, Centory, Wormwood, Parsley, Plantan, and Smallage, A. ℥j. mucilage of hull'd Barley ℥iij. boil them together, to nearly the consumption of the juice or humidity; then add Venice or Strasburgh Turpentine ℥iij. Oney ℥ij. Barley-flower ℥j. Saffron ʒss. mix, and make an Abstersive.

CHAP. XX. Of ACCIDENTS of Gun shot WOƲNDS.

I. NOW from the first begin­ning of the Wound to the eleventh or twelfth Day, these kinds of Wounds may be subject to many and various Accidents or Symptoms, which not only hinder the Cure, but oftentimes destroy the Patient; as, 1. Vehement Pain. 2. Inflammation. 3. Gan­gren. 4. Hemorrhage. 5. Fe­vers. 6. Delirium. 7. Faint­ing and Swooning. 8. Convulsi­ons. 9. Palsies. 10. A Sinuous Ʋlcer; of all which we shall discourse briefly, (as these Sym­ptoms may have relation to these kinds of Wounds, having said otherwise enough of them in Chap. 9. aforegoing) that we may lead our young Artist, as it were, by the Hand, thro' the intricate Labyrinths of the Art of Curing.

I. Vehement Pain.

II. If the Pain is vehement, you must outwardly foment with and apply Anodyns, with which you may sometimes mix Spiritus Opii Compositus, and sometimes a small quantity of the Tincture of Opium, Extracted with equal Parts of Night-shade Water, and Spirit of Wine.

III. And Inwardly give Our Spiritus Opii Compositus in some proper Vehicle, or this follow­ing Mixture: ℞ Poppy-water ℥ii. Syrup of Limons ℥i. Spiritus Opii Compositus ʒiii. mix them. Or, you may give a Dose of Our Theriaca Chymica, which will not fail of giving the due Ease; or Dr. Gardner's Laudanum Tar­tarizatum, or Our Laudanum Specificum; taking which of them is first at hand.

II. Inflammation.

IV. This proceeds either from an ill habit of Body, or from an ill handling of the Wound in the begin­ning, which to prevent, you ought to hinder the afflux of Humors, evacuating that which already disaffects the Wound.

V. First, you ought to Purge, and if the habit of the Body, and condition of the Sick will permit it, to bleed, which is in some measure the first Days Work, and if then neglected, to be performed now. Secondly, by Topicks; you must ease the pain by Anodyns, which may re­press the heat, as is directed in Chap. 9. aforegoing, according as it may be either Phlegmon, or Erysipelas.

VI. In the beginning use Repel­lers and Refrigeratives; in their state, use moderate Calefactives and Discutients; and lastly, Digestives, which may concoct, or suppurate the Matter.

III. Gangren.

VII. This is an attendant upon an Inflammation, and is much to be feared, when the Phlegmon yields not to Discussives, or Sup­puratives; for then the natural heat of the Part is suffocated, either thro' the great afflux of Humors, or application of To­picks too Refrigerative, and Repercussive, which obstructed the motion of the Spirit into the Part.

VIII. It is known by the Gleet and change of Colour, it beginning to look livid; as also by the ab­ating of the Tumor, &c.

IX. When you see these Sym­ptoms coming on, you must imme­diately scarify, not only till the Blood comes, but you must cut deep thro' the Escar to the quick, making it bleed freely, till the Part becomes sensible in its feeling; that thereby you may evacuate that which would suffocate the Natural Heat, and Vital Spirits.

X. Having thus made way for the enterance of your Medicaments, foment the Part with a good Lixi­vium of Pot-ashes, mixed with Salt and Vinegar: Or you may make a Decoction of Worm­wood, Southernwood, Centory, and Colocynthis in the said Lixivium.

XI. Bathe also all the places both above and below the Wound, or Mortification with Spirit of Wine Camphorated, and lay double Cloths dipt in the same over them.

XII. The Gaugren it self being fomented with the Lixivium, &c. wash the Scarifications, and ap­ply to the Wound, Ʋng. Aegy­ptiacum mixed with Venice Trea­cle, dissolved in a little Wine Vinegar, adding also a little calcin'd Vitriol; and apply a Cataplasm made of the Flower or Meals of Orobus, of Lupins, of Beans, and of Barley, boiled up with some of the afore-mentioned Lixivium, adding at the end of the boiling a little Oxymel, either simple, or that of Squills, which is better.

XIII. If in making the Scari­fication you should cut some Vessel, whereby there should be a flux of Blood, you must be wary not to choak the heat of the Part, by crouding in Dosils, for so the Gan­gren may be increased: In this Case, the better way is to use the Actual Cautery, for thereby you not only stop the bleeding, but also resist the Putrefaction; af­ter which, you must dress up the Wound, as if it was made by burning.

XIV. You must also be wary in this Work, that while you are ae Curing one Gangren, you make not another, by the too long use of sharp Medicines; therefore when the Ulcer grows warm, and it ceases gleeting, forbear their use, and then dress it with warm Dige­stives, as Ʋng. Basilicon, with Oil of Turpentine hot; after Di­gestion cleanse it with Abster­sives, as Mundificativum ex Apio, &c. according as the removal of the Sloughs require, and then with Sarcoticks and Epuloticks compleat the Cure. See more hereof of lib. 3. cap. 11. and [Page 892] cap. 9. of this Book, afore­going.

IV. An Hemorrhage.

XV. It oftentimes happens that in separating of the Contused Parts, that great Hemorrhages succeed, as also after the separating of an Escar: in this Case you must stop the Orifices, by applying some Astringent Pouder; some use that of Galen, made of Aloes, Frankincense, and Hares-wooll.

XVI. Others use Dr. Gardner's Styptick, rouling up the Wound with a good Compress, dipt in some Styptick Liquor, such as this: ℞ Colcothar, Burnt Allum, Su­gar-candy, A. ℥i. Ʋrine of a young Person, Rose-water, A.℥xvi. Plantan-water ℥xxxii. mix, and stir the Liquor for a long time, then let it settle, keeping it upon the Faeces, and pour off the clear by Inclination, when you have occasion to use it.

XVII. Bolsters, or double Cloths, &c. may be dipt in this Water, and laid upon an open Artery, and held close with the Hand, till the Blood stops; also a small Tent, (according as the Wound may be, may be dipt or soak'd in it, and put into the Part) this Li­quor taken inwardly, stops also the Bloody-flux, and all Hemor­rhodial and Menstrual Fluxes, being given à ʒss. ad ʒii. in Knot-grass, or Comfrey water.

XVIII. Lastly, over all some common Defensive may be laid, and the Wound is not to be o­pened till three or four Days af­ter. See lib. 3. cap. 15, and 16. and cap. 4. and 9. of this fourth Book.

V. Of a Fever.

XIX. The Fever is either Con­tinent or Remitting, seldom Inter­mitting: If it is Continent, such things must be given, as may upon the spot repress the preternatural heat, and hinder the farther pu­trefaction of Humors, of which kind is Our Tinctura Cordialis, Elixir Proprietatis, Spiritus Sul­phuratus, Spiritus Nitratus, Spi­ritus Vini Basilii, Spiritus Mira­bilis, Spiritus Opiatus composi­tus, Sal Absinthii, Sal Cornu Ceryi Succinatum, Sal Mirabile, Sal Nitrum Nitratum, & Vi­triolatum, Sal Vitriolatum, & Sal Prunellae, Antihecticum Po­terii, &c.

XX. If the Fever is Remit­ting, it is to be considered as in the Fit, and as in the Remission of the Paroxysm: as in the Fit, you may exhibit any of the Medica­ments in the aforegoing Section, but chiefly those which are Sa­line.

XXI. As in the Remission of the Paroxysm, the great Medicine which is to be exhibited, is either the Pouder, Tincture, or Ex­tract of the Cortex Peruanus: give a Dose of it immediately upon the remission of the Fit, and repeat the Dose every four or six Hours, till the Fit re­turns, and then forbear it, till the Remission; after which re­peat it again as before, conti­nuing its use, till you are sensi­ble the Fever is utterly destroy­ed by the use thereof.

VI. Of a Delirium.

XXII. If the Body is Costive, it ought to be opened with Sal Mi­rabile, Syrupus Catharticus, Pulvis Cornachini, or some other proper Purge; and afterwards it is to be kept open with Our Laudanum Catharticum, giving two or three Doses of it every Night at Bed-time.

XXIII. Outwardly let the Head, Forehead, Temples, and Nostrils, be bathed with Spiritus Anodynus, or with Tinctura Opii; and let Cloths dipt in the same, be laid or bound upon his Temples and Forehead.

XXIV. And inwardly give this Julep oftentimes in the Day­time: ℞ Poppy-water [...] Damask Rose-water, Angelica- [...]ater, A. ℥iii. [...] of Limons ℥iiss. Spi­ritus Opii compositus ℥ii. mix them; of which give new and then two or three Spoonfuls at a time.

XXV. And at Bed-time (if you find the Patient does [...] to [...] by what has [...] been given) give [...] [...]node [...]re Dose of Tinctura Op [...] S [...]rupus de Mae­conio, which may [...] [...]ixed with a little of Our The [...]a [...]a Chymica; I have constantly used this Me­thod for many Years past, and never without Success, in two or three Days times at most; and sometimes, it recovered my Patient from his Dotage in 24 Hours.

VII. Fainting and Swooning.

XXVI. You may give the Pa­tient Our Aqua Bezoartica, ad ℥i. or Spiritus Cordialis, or An­gelica-water Compound, mixt with a little Syrup of Limons, and of­ten repeated, till the Fainting or Swooning goes quite away.

XXVII. If the Fainting or Swooning Fits follow thick, and that the former Prescription will do no good, you must give this: ℞ Spiritus Cordialis ℥ss. Aqua Angelicae simplex ℥iii. vola­til Salt of Harts-horn ℈i. Tin­cture of Saffron ʒss. mix for a Dose, which repeat as oft as you see occasion.

XXVIII. If this yet prevails not, take this: ℞ Spiritus Cor­dialis ℥i. volatil Salt of Harts-horn fixed with Spirit of Salt, and evaporated to driness ℈i. vo­latil Salt of Amber ℈i. mix, for a Dose, which repeat as oft as need requires.

VIII. Convulsions.

XXIX. Convulsions in this Case are said to arise from Putrid Vapours, or Acrid Humors offend­ing the Nerves, with which Humors these Wounds do often abound.

XXX. The Parts affected are frimarily the Nerves in loco; secundarily their Original, or the Brain, by consent, which being irritated, causes an involuntary Contraction or Convulsion, in the Parts affected, as near the Knee or Shoulder, where the Convulsion is only to be discern­ed by a Trembling, which is the more manifest, the nearer it is to the Joint.

XXXI. It sometimes follows [Page 894] great Inflammations, especially in the Nervous Parts, and is here for the most part Fatal; a Con­vulsion upon a Wound, being generally the Prodromos, or Forerunner of Death.

XXXII. If you will attempt any thing, give inwardly this Mixture: ℞ Potestat. Virtutum ʒi. Spiritus Gordialis ʒiv. Syrup of Citron-peels ℥i. mix them; and at Bed-time give ʒi. of Our Theriaca Chymica.

XXXIII. Outwardly bathe the Parts with this Mixture: ℞ Powers of Rosemary, Limons, Ju­niper, and Turpentine, A. ʒii. Tinctura Opii, Spiritus Vini Camphorati, A. ʒi. mix them; and apply to the Wound it self this: ℞ Linimentum Arcaei, Ung. Basilicon, Balsam de Chi­li, Peru, & Tolu, A. ʒii. mix them.

IX. Palsies.

XXXIV. Palsies which arise from Wounds, immediately affect the Nerves of that place only; they do not simply take away the Life of the Patient, but do sometimes threaten a Gangren or Mortification, thro' a defect of Natural Heat in the Member.

XXXV. Inwardly give Spirit of Harts-horn, or of Sal Armo­niack in some proper Vehicle; and outwardly, foment the Part with this Mixture: ℞ Oil Olive ℥iii. Oils of Amber ℥ii. of Turpentine ℥iv. mix them, and Embrocate therewith, and round about the adjacent Parts, apply this: ℞ Balsam de Chili, Capivi, Peru, Tolu, A. ℥i. Camphir ʒii. mix them, and apply the Mixture with Lint.

XXXVI. After those things have been applied for ten or twelve Days, or longer, as you see oc­casion, then apply an Emplaster made of Burgundy Pitch, Ship Pitch, Gum Elemi, Frankincense, A. ℥i. Turpentine, q.s. which will stir up heat in the Member, and attract Life and Spirits into the Part.

X. Sinuous Ʋlcers.

XXXVII. Sometimes after the Separation of the Escar, the Ʋlcer becomes Sinuous, especially after a great afflux of Humors; and where Bandage cannot be used to preserve the Tone of the Parts, as in the upper Parts of the Thigh and Hip, &c. or from the large­ness of the Wound, Contusion of the Flesh, &c. or Laceration of Parts, whereby there is a great loss of Substance, and an Acrid Matter, inducing such a like Ulcer.

XXXVIII. Sometimes also it becomes Sinuous from a Cacochy­mical or Scorbutick habit of Body, or may be induced from Lues Venerea being joined with it; in which Cases, you will scarce­ly ever Cure the Patient, with­out exhibiting Antifcorbaticks or Antivenereals, &c.

XXXIX. If the Wound is in­flicted on the higher part of a Mem­ber, whereby the Pus cannot dis­charge it self, but may be apt to lye and create a Sinus, you must perforate it thro' the bottom, ei­ther with a Syringotomus, or with a Seton-Needle, retaining a [Page 895] twisted Thread or Silk in the Ulcer, till the lower Orifice is digested, and then drawing out the Silk, to keep it open by a Tent for some time, 'till the upper part is healed; and then as the Matter diminishes its flow­ing out of the depending Ori­fice, the Tents may at length be removed, and the Wound heal­ed up.

XL. But to prevent Sinuosi­ties, you will do well to enlarge the Orifice at first, and to keep it so wide open, that the Pus may have a free passage out; which if it cannot be by the way the Bul­let went in, you must then con­sider so as to find out the best place to open it, so as it may be discharged, as we have before directed.

XLI. But before you do this, it would be also well to consider, whether it cannot be done without such an Apertion; as by altering the position of the Part, Com­pression, Bandage, hollow Tents, &c. and therefore you must endeavour by Stuphs, Sponges, Compresses, and good Bandage to force out the Matter, that the hollow sides may ag­glutinate.

XLII. These Stuphs, Sponges, &c. may be dipt and wrung out of an Infusion or Decoction of Baiau­stians, red Roses, Sumach, Pom­granate-peels and Catechu, made in red Wine, and that the Mat­ter may the better discharge between whiles, you ought to dress it the oftner.

XLIII. And Injections are to be made with a Decoction or Infusion of Roots of round Birthwort, Flo­rentine, Orrice, of Zedoary, Ca­techu, Aloes, Myrrh, Sarcocolla, and Allum in Aqua Calcis, to which Spirit of Wine and Ho­ney of Roses may be added.

XLIV. If the Orifice is small, and the Sinus lyes shallow, as un­der the Skin, and in a place where it may be safely opened; you may widen it with Crepitus Lupi, Gentian-roots, Elder Pith, or prepared Sponge, and after­wards cut it open with a pair of Probe-Scissars, or with an Inci­sion-knife, the Director being placed within; or you may lay it open by a Caustick.

XLV. The Sinus being thus di­vided or opened, you may digest it with Turpentine mixed with yolks of Eggs; or cleanse with some proper Abstersive, variety of which you may see when we come to Treat of Ulcers in General: Af­terwards Sarcoticks are to be used, which that they may be made the more drying, Pouders of Frankincense, Myrrh, Rosin, and Orrice-roots with Honey, may be added.

XLVI. If the Sinus runs trans­verse Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Tendons, &c. the best way will be to make the position of the Part, so as its Orifice may be depending, (for Cutting will there be dange­rous) and by Digestive, and Ab­stersive Injections to dress it for some time, and afterwards by Sarcotick and Styptick Injecti­ons, with good Bolsters, Com­press, and Bandage, keeping the Orifice open with a Tent, and so compleat the rest of the Cure according to Art: But if after all your Endeavours the [Page 896] Ulcer grows Fistulous, you must then Cure it, as we shall here­after teach in lib. 5. cap. 10, 12, and 20.

CHAP. XXI. Of GƲN-SHOT WOƲNDS of the THORAX.

I. THE Wounds of the Tho­rax have relation to the Brest, Ribs, and Parts contained within them, as Heart, Lungs, Mediastinum, Aorta, and other Vessels: Sometimes the External Parts are only hurt or wounded, sometimes they pierce thro' the Ribs and Pleura, in which Case many times the Principal are wounded.

II. If the Wound penetrates not into the Cavity of the Brest, but is only in the Musculous Flesh, it is to be Cured as a Wound in the fleshy Parts.

III. If there is a Fracture of the Ribs, &c. with it, it must be Cured as a Wound with a Fracture; the broken Bones (if any) are also to be taken forth, lest they prick the Pleura, and cause In­flammation.

IV. The Signs. If there is a deep penetration into the Cavity, it may be discerned by the coming forth of the Air, with noise, also a Flux of Blood following by the Wound, or by the Mouth, or by both; unless the Blood fall down upon the Diaphragmd, and then the difficulty of breathing, and other like Symptoms, will ensue.

V. If the Diaphragma is wounded, besides the difficulty of breathing, there will be a Hoars­ness, the Diaphragma will be drawn upwards; the Back-bone will be affected, and there will be a great pain about the Ba­stard-Ribs.

VI. If the Lungs are wounded, there will be a Cough, with dif­ficulty of Breathing, and often sighing: If there is an Effusion of Blood, it will (as it is much or little) flow forth of the Wound, or be cough'd up, or both, and the Sick will be much inclin'd to lye upon the Wound.

VII. If the Medulla Spinalis is hurt, the Nerves are resolved, and a Palsie ensues; but more especially in the Part under the Wound.

VIII. If the Aorta, or Vena Cava, or Portae, a very great Hemorrhage follows: If it flows from the Right side, the Vena Cava is hurt; but if from the Left, it is mostly the Artery, which may be known by its leaping and florid Colour.

IX. If the Heart is wounded, the Blood flows vehemently, and is as it were boiling-hot, there are cold Sweats, with fainting and sinking of the Spirits.

X. The Prognosticks. If the Vena Portae is wounded, the Pa­tient dies immediately; and so [Page 897] he does of most of the Wounds made in the other Vessels.

XI. If the Heart is wounded, the Patient dies, but he lives longer, being wounded in the Right Ventricle than in the Left: If shot into the Lungs, it is present Death.

XII. And tho' almost all these Wounds made by Gun-shot are Mortal; yet such as are so wound­ed, ought not to be left without help; but the Artist ought to use a Courage and Boldness to attempt something, for that he may sometimes happily prolong Life, and sometimes Cure that, which to the Eye may seem uncurable.

XIII. The Cure. First, the Bullet, or any Extraneous Matter, if present, must be extracted, to give way for the discharge of Blood and Matter contained in the Cavity of the Thorax.

XIV. Then the Wound is to be drest with a Tent dipt in this mixture: ℞ Fine Bole, burnt Harts-horn, A. ℥jss. fine Flower ℥i. one whole Egg, Oils of Roses and Elder, A. q.s. mix them. Or this: ℞ Catechu, white Starch, A. ℥jss. Dragons Blood, Terra Sigillata, A. ℥ss. Mastich, Olibanum, A. ʒiii. two whole Eggs, Linseed Oil, q.s. mix them: Spread the Compress with one of these, and apply it over the Wound.

XV. If the Blood stop not by this, apply the following Mix­ture: ℞ Catechu ℥jss. fine Bole ℥i. Allum ℥ss. Salt extracted out of the Caput mort. of Vitriol ʒii. Eggs No i. or ii. fine Flower, q.s. mix them.

XVI. Or you may inject the following Mixture: ℞ of the Styptick Liquor described in Cap. 20. Sect. 16. afore-going ℥vi. Syrup of Comfrey ℥jss. Spirit of Wine, or rather red Wine ℥i. sweet Caput mort. of Vitriol ℥ss. mix them.

XVII. This Method is good, because the Orifice of the Wound is large enough for the Injection to re­turn out again; and here is need not only of Stypticks, but also of Detersives, where for the pre­sent Occasion, if the former Mixture is not at hand, Red-Wine it self is an Admirable thing in such bleeding Wounds, being given inwardly by the Mouth, or Injected with a Sy­ringe; but much more, if it is impregnated with the Tincture of Catechu; then it will exceed most things in the World.

XVIII. Or inwardly you may give Our Tinctura Mirabilis in a Glass of Port-wine, or this fol­lowing Styptick, which stops bleeding upon the spot. Take Oil of Vitriol ℥iiss. Oil of Turpen­tine ℥i. mix perfectly till you have a blackish or purple Colour; being intimately mixed, add to them Spirit of Wine rectified ℥viii. and keep it for Ʋse. Dose à gut. xx. ad xi. in a Glass of Red-wine. These things will stop bleeding upon the spot.

XIX. The Blood being stopt, the Wound is to be digested with this, or some such like: Take Stras­burgh Turpentine, Balsam of Chili, or Peru, A. ℥i. Pouders of Frank­incense, Olibanum, of Fenugreek-seed, A. ʒi. Oil of Hypericon q.s. mix them: dip short Tents in it, [Page 898] and apply them; and apply o­ver a Pledget spread with some of the same, or with such other Suppuratives as are used in sim­ple Gun-shot Wounds.

XX. Embrocate the Brest with this Mixture: Take Oils of Whelps, and of Earthworms, A. ℥ii. Oil of Ben, yellow Palm-Oil A. ℥i. mix them; and apply o­ver all Diapalma, or Empl. Al­bum, or Diachylon simplex, ma­laxed with some of the same Oil.

XXI. After Digestion you must deterge by Abstersives, either with an Injection (if the Matter is so disposed) such as this: Take Extract of Scordium ℥i. White­wine ℥xii. mix, and dissolve. Or, Take Extract of Wormwood ℥i. Juice of Smallage ʒvi. round Birthwort-root, Orrice-root in fine pouder, Scammony in fine pouder, A. ℥ss. mix, and dissolve in Red­wine lbii. over a gentle heat, adding Honey of Roses ℥iii. If it is too strong, you may weaken it, by adding thereto Damask or Red Rose-water lbss. more or less.

XXII. Or you may deterge with an Ointment, such as this: Take Turpentine ℥iii. Barley-flower, Pouders of Frankincense, Orrice-root, Olibanum and Scam­mony, A. ℥ss. Aloes ʒii. Honey of Roses ℥iv. mix them, with which dress the Wound in the fleshy Parts.

XXIII. The Wound being thus cleansed, you must fill up the hollow Parts with Incarnatives; and lastly, finish the Cure with Sty­pticks and Epuloticks.

XXIV. But this is to be noted in dressing these kinds of Wounds, that you be careful to remove the Sloughs without, lest a stinking Gleet falls from them, upon the Viscera within.

XXV. Also in order to the Cure, the Body is to be kept open with proper lenient Clysters; and Pectorals are to be given inward­ly, to prevent the harshness of the Aspera Arteria; their Diet ought to be sparing, and their Drink medicated Ale or Hydromel; and after the Accidents are o­ver, the Patient may enter into a Milk Diet, drinking either Cows Milk alone, or Milk sweet­ned with white Sugar-candy, or Sugar of Roses.

CHAP. XXII. Of GƲN-SHOT WOƲNDS of the BELLY.

I. THE Abdomen, or Belly, is divided into three Re­gions, 1. Epigastrium, the up­per Region, the sides of which are called Hypochondria: The Right Hypochondrium possesses all the Liver; the Left, the Spleen; between which the Stomach is placed. 2. Regio Ʋmbilicalis, the Middle Region, in which is [Page 899] the Navel, and round about which dyes the Guts; and be­hind on each side the Reins or Kidneys. 3. Hypogastrium, the Lowermost or Inferior Region; the sides of which are the Illia, and in the middle the Pecten or Pubes, under which lyes the Ve­sica, or Bladder.

II. The Abdomen consists also of Parts containing and contained.

III. The containing are, 1. Com­mon, which cover the whole Bo­dy, as, 1. The Cuticula. 2. Cu­tis. 3. Pinguedo. 4. Membra­na Carnosa. 2. Particular, or peculiar to the Belly, as, 1. The Muscles of the Belly. 2. The Pe­ritonaeum. 3. The Omentum, which has a special relation to the Guts.

IV. The contained Parts, are, 1. For Nutrition, as Stomach, Small-guts, Mesentery, Vena Portae, Vena Cava, Arteria ma­gna, Coeliaca magna, Liver and Spleen. 2. For Expurgation, as the Gall, Pancreas, all the Guts, but chiefly the great ones, Reins, Ureters, and Piss-bladder, also the Ʋterus, or Womb in Wo­men. 3. For Procreation, as the Vasa praeparantia, & deferentia, Prostatae, & Ʋterus in wo­men.

V. These Parts both containing and contained are liable to Gun­shot, from whence various kinds of Wounds arise, which occa­sion various Accidents: Some penetrate into the Cavity of the Abdomen, wounding the con­tained Parts; others pierce not, but only wound or bruise the containing Parts.

VI. If the Bullet penetrates not, but only bruises or scratches a lit­tle, yet such a slight hurt may be subject to a Tumor, and therefore lenient Embrocations, as with Oils of Whelps, Earth-worms, Hypericon, &c. are to be used, applying over them Empl. de Bolo, or Caesaris.

VII. If the Skin and Flesh is wounded, and no farther, it is Cured as Gun-shot Wounds in fleshy Parts, and all those things may be used, which are applied in simple Gun-shot Wounds. But these Wounds, if they happen in a Cacochymical or Scorbutick Ha­bit of Body, because we cannot bind them up, as we can other Parts, by reason of their Fi­gure, Site, and continual Mo­tion, are subject to great de­fluxions, and the Matter is apt to insinuate it self amongst the circumjacent Muscles, and raise them up, so making sinuous Ul­cers, difficult to Cure.

VIII. If the Bullet penetrates thro' the Peritonaeum, and wounds the internal Viscera, you are to consider what Parts are hurt, which you may discern from the Place and the Accidents accom­panying such Wounds, as also by the proper Symptoms of each Part.

IX. The Signs. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, If the Liver is wounded, there is forthwith an effusion of gross Blood: If the Vena Cava, or Portae, are wounded, the Right Hypochondrium is in pain.

X. If the Artery is wounded, the Blood is florid, and comes forth impetuously, and the Patient makes his exit therewith.

XI. If the Stomach is wound­ed, [Page 900] a Singultus, or Hiccough follows, with Vomiting and Nau­seousness; the Food with the Chyle comes forth of the Wound; there is also a cold Sweat, with Fainting and Languishing.

XII. If the Wound is in the Left Hypochondrium, under the short Ribs, the Spleen is wound­ed, the Blood which flows forth is black, and there is also Ten­sion, and difficulty of Breath­ing.

XIII. If the lesser Guts are wounded, there will be Vomiting of greenish Matter, and the Food will come out of the Wound in less than half an Hour, and will continue so to do as long as Life lasts: If the great Guts are wounded, the Excrements and stinking Smell will shew it.

XIV. If a Kidney is hurt, the Wound is in the Region of the Loins, near the Vertebra, under the Diaphragma: There is also a pain going to the Groins and Testicles, with a difficulty in ma­king Water; and what is pist forth, is either pure Blood, or Urine mixt with Blood: If the Ureters are wounded, the Urine comes forth at the Wound.

XV. If the Bladder is wound­ed, there is great pain in the Groin, and the Ʋrine comes forth by the Wound; the Stomach suf­fers also by consent, and the Part wounded indicates it.

XVI. If the Womb is wounded, the Groins and Coxa are pained, and the Blood flows not only by the Wound, but per Vulvam, and are sometimes Frantick, with other Symptoms of Death.

XVII. The Prognosticks. Tho' Physicians say, That if the Belly is so wounded that the Excrements come out of the Colon on the Left side, the recovery of such a one is rather a Miracle than a Work of Art; yet this I can say by Ex­perience, that when I was in the West-Indies, I had a stout Ne­gro so wounded by a shot, that his Excrements daily came forth thro' the Wound; yet notwith­standing that I despaired of his Life, by the Care and Pains I took with him, I perfectly Cu­red him in a Months time.

XVIII. Wounds of the Stomach are sometimes Mortal; but I have lived to see such Wounds Cured, and the Patient to live many Years after them.

XIX. Celsus determined such like Wounds made with sharp or cutting Weapons, Mortal, how much more then may we judge them so, which are made by Gun-shot? Tho' it is also true, that sometimes Nature does wonders of this kind.

XX. If the Wound is only in the Region of the Belly, it is not with­out danger, more especially if it is in the middle, or Linea Alba: But if it penetrates, there is much more danger, for these Parts once broken seldom re­cover.

XXI. The Cure. You must first begin with the Extraction of the Bullet, or any other extrane­ous Matter which may be carried in with it, lest they induce putridness: then you must reduce the In­testines and Omentum, lest they Inflate and Corrupt. Lastly, you must abate the Inflamma­tion, and hasten Digestion.

I. Gun-shot VVounds of Stomach and Guts.

XXII. To dispose the Guts and Omentum to reduction, you must foment with warm Discutients; and if the Orifice is not large enough, you must make it wi­der.

XXIII. If the Omentum is cor­rupted, make a Ligature beyond the corrupt Part, and cut it off, leaving the ends of the Liga­ture hanging out, till it is cast off by Digestion.

XXIV. If there is an Hemor­rhage, inject Red-wine mixed with Syrup of dried Roses, fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Catechu, Aloes, Frankincense, and Sanguis Dra­conis, all in subtil Pouder: Or mix the Styptick Liquor (descri­bed Cap. 20. Sect. 16.) with Red-wine and Frog-spawn-water, Ana; and inject with it, being indifferent hot.

XXV. Or you may use the In­jection mentioned in Cap. 21. Sect. 16. which is an admirable thing, being cast into the Wound Blood-warm.

XXVI. This done, make a Mixture of the subtil Pouder of fine Bole, Catechu, Terra Sigil­lata, Aloes, Frankincense, San­guis Draconis, and dried blood, a new-laid Egg, and Oils of Ma­stich and VVhelps, which apply upon a Tent fastned to a Thread: Then spreading the rest upon a Stuph, lay it over all: But if there is no Hemorrhage, you ought to digest as fast as you can.

XXVII. And inwardly give this: ℞ Dr. Gardner's Lauda­num Tartarizatum, or Our Lau­danum Specificum, gr. iii. or iv. Tinctura Mirabilis ʒss. or ʒi. of the Styptick (described cap. 21. sect. 18.) gut. xx. Red-wine, red Rose-water, A. q.s. mix, dissolve, and give it for a Dose.

XXVIII. Fallopius commends this in Wounds of the Stomach and Guts: ℞ Mouse-ear, Plan­tane, roots of Comfrey and Tormen­til, flowers of Hypericon, which boil in Red-wine, strain out, and add thereto Manna, Frankincense, Rosin of the Fir-tree, Cypress, Tur­pentine, Saffron, Earth-worms in Pouder, Oil of Mastich, A. q.s. mix, and make a Sarcotick.

II. Gun-shot Wounds of the Reins or Kidneys.

XXIX. In Wounds of the Reins you must make an Injection with such things as are abstersive and drying; as, ℞ roots of Aristo­lochia rotunda, of Comfrey and Orrice, A. ℥ii. Catechu ℥jss. Red-wine, Chalybeat-water, A. q.s. boil, strain out, and after­wards add Powers of Turpentine ℥ss. Syrupof dried Roses ℥iv. mix for an Injection.

XXX. Or: ℞ Tinctura Mi­rabilis ℥i. Red-wine ℥vi. Smith's Forge-water ℥viii. in which ʒi. of the Vitriol of Mars is dissolved, Ho­ney of Roses ℥iii. mix for an In­jection.

XXXI. Embrocate with Ole­um Hyperici mixt with Oleum Catellorum, Ana; and dress up the Wound with a Digestive made of Turpentine, and one whole Egg, mixed with fine Bole, Mastich and [Page 902] Frankincense in pouder; applying over all, Our Emplastrum Album, malaxt with Oil of Hypericon, yel­low Palm-Oil, or Oil of Hempseed. Or this Cataplasm: Take Barley, Bean, and Orobus flower, A. ℥iii. Eggs, No ii. mix them, adding Oxymel ℥vi. boil to a Consistence, and add Oil of Hypericon, or of Whelps, q.s. mix them, and ap­plyit.

III. Gun-shot Wounds of Li­ver and Spleen.

XXXII. In these Wounds there is generally a great Hemorrhage, and therefore you may inject with the Mixture described in Cap. 21. Sect. 16. or those at Sect. 29, and 30. aforegoing, which will cleanse and heal.

XXXIII. Wiseman gives us this: Take Plantane, Cinkfoil, Knotgrass, Yarrow, Myrtles, red Roses, boil all in Chalybeat, or Smith's Forge-water, and sweeten with Syrup of dried Roses, then use it Blood-warm for an In­jection.

XXXIV. Or you may add to it (says he) Acacia, fine Bole, Dragons Blood, and Frankincense in Pouders, and make it up into the consistency of a Liniment, and apply it upon Tents or Pledgets.

IV. Gun-shot Wounds of the Womb.

XXXV. Tho' these are accoun­ted deadly, yet the Vagina, which some are pleased to call the Womb, being Gangrened, was cut out of the Body of a Butcher's Wife by Dr. Gardner the King's Chyrur­geon, without any hazard of Life, and the Woman is yet alive at the writing hereof, tho' it is many Years since the Operation was done.

XXXVI. If there is an Hemor­rhage, you must endeavour to stop it with Injections, such as we have described at Sect. 24, 25, 29, and 30, aforegoing, or some other proper Styptick Liquor.

XXXVII. Then Apply Embro­cations and Digestives, observing the universal Method of Curing Wounds, application of good Vulne­raries and Sarcoticks, keeping the Body cool and empty with Clysters, and giving inwardly proper Traumatick Drinks, such as we have in other places de­scribed; together with the Mixture mentioned at Sect. 27. aforegoing.

CHAP. XXIII. Of GƲN-SHOT WOƲNDS in the LIMBS and JOINTS.

I. THese kinds of Wounds sel­dom go without Fracture of the Bone; nor is there any of the five various kinds of Fra­ctures which will not be made by Gun-shot.

II. The Signs. Now to disco­ver a Fracture of a Bone, it will be well, as Hippocrates advises, to compare the sound Parts with the Parts affected, and to see whe­ther there is any inequality, or not; for if broken, you will feel a Cavity, if you touch or press upon the Parts above or below.

III. There will be a vehemency of Pain, because of the divulsion of the Nerves, and distortion of the Tendinous Bodies, also a prick­ing pain in the fleshy Parts by the pointed ends, or shivers of the Bone.

IV. The asperity and inequality of the Bone, also searching with your Probe, and handling the Fra­ctured Member, wherein is per­ceived a crashing of the Bones one against another: these, with the Impotency of the wounded Member, so that the Patient cannot lean or stand upon it, are all demonstrations that the Bone is broken.

V. The Prognosticks. Those Fractures are most dangerous, which are made so deep in the Flesh, that we cannot well come at them with our Hands, to extract the shivered Bones, and place the others right, and retain them so by Bandage, as those of the Pubes, Os Ilion, Os Sacrum, &c.

VI. Those Wounds in which there are many Splinters of Bones, wherein the Bone is generally shat­tered to pieces, are extreamly dangerous, because their sharp points are apt to prick the Nerves, Tendons, &c. where­by vehement Pain, Inflammati­on, and Convulsions are excited, and many times Death follows, unless the Member is immedi­ately Amputated.

VII. Tho' Amputation is not to be used upon every slight account, yet when the Case is so desperate, that the Cure cannot be done with­out it, or when it is necessary to be done for preserving the Patient's Lise, it ought to be done at first, even upon the receiving of the Wound, whilst the Patient is heated, furious, and in Mettle, before his Courage decays, Spi­rits languish, or Pain, flux of Humors, Inflammations, Fevers, or Convulsions, seize him, and not defer it to the next Day, at which time the Patient will chuse rather to Die, than to endure the Cruelty of the Ope­ration.

VIII. If the Bone is broken in the middle, it is less dangerous than near the Joint, where it is [Page 904] more hard to be restored; and being restored, more difficult to be kept in its place; besides the great number of Symptoms, which are apt to ensue, which cannot be cured without much difficulty.

IX. The Agglutination of Bones is more easily, and sooner per­formed in young Persons, than in such as are old: so also in such as are of a Sanguin Complexion, rather than in such as are Cho­lerick, Melancholick, or of a Cacochymick, or Scorbutick Habit of Body; because the former has much better Juices, Lympha, and Serum, for the generating of a Callus, than the latter have.

I. The Cure of Gunshot-Wounds in the Limbs.

X. Clear the Wound from all extraneous things; as Bullets, Rags, Splinters, Weapons, pieces of Bones, &c. and if need be, enlarge the Orifice of it; then dress it with Digestives and lenient Embrocations, after­wards deterge it with Mundifi­cativum Paracelsi; and hasten the Exfoliation of the Bones with Mel Rosarum and Spirit of Wine, or Tincture of Eu­phorbium, &c.

XI. The Mundificative of Paracelsus.Honey ℥iv. Tur­pentine ℥ ii. boil with a gentle heat, to the consistence of a soft Ointment; take it from the Fire, and mix with it the yolk of an Egg, red Precipitate levigated ℥i. stir them 'till they are well in­corporated. It is said to excel all other Abstersives or Mundifi­catives.

XII. If the Fracture is near a Joint, there may be many times thro' the violence of the Blow, a dislocation withal: in this case, you must first restore the Joint, before you meddle with the Fracture: you must also first reduce the Fracture, before you meddle with the Wound.

XIII. To reduce the Fracture, you must make Extension, and Coaptation, or Reposition, that the Bone may be restored to its proper place, which ought to be done with much steadiness and care; and not with such a force as is necessary in Fra­ctures without a Wound, lest the Musculous or Nervous Parts should suffer vehement Pain, In­flammation, Convulsions, &c.

XIV. When you begin the Work, if the Orifice is not large enough, widen it, for the Extraction of the Bullet, broken Bones, and other Extraneous Bodies; so will the Extension be the easier, and less subject to an Inflam­mation, and a small extension will serve to restore the Bones to their former place.

XV. And indeed these Wounds require more dilatation than any other; that not only the cor­rupted Blood, and other Excre­ments may have a free passage out; but that also the Shivers of Bones, with which these kinds of Wounds usually a­bound, may with less trouble be extracted by Instrument, or discharged by Nature.

XVI. If this Dilatation is not made at first, you may possibly [Page 905] be forced to do it when the Part is afflicted with vehement Pain, Defluxion, and Inflamma­tion; or when the Bones are corrupted by the retention of the Matter; which will be a great disadvantage to the Pa­tient.

XVII. The Wound being laid open, see whether the Bone is bare, or not; which you may find out either with your Eye, Finger, or Probe: if it is bare, you must apply drying things to it, as dry Lint, pouders of Aloes, Birthwort-roots, Frankincense, Myrrh, Orrice-roots, Euphor­bium, &c. forbearing all oily and greasy Medicines, because they foul the Bone, and hinder the Callus.

XVIII. But to the Fleshy Parts you must apply Digestives, because they require Digestion, without which no Cure will succeed: and therefore over the dry things laid upon the naked Bone, you may apply warm Suppuratives, such as we direct to in Simple Gunshot-Wounds.

XIX. Then lay over the Fra­ctured Part Emplastr. Caesar, or E Bolo; or Catagmaticum ma­laxed with Linseed-Oil, and Oil of Whelps: or this; Take Empl. Album ℥iv. Comfrey-roots in pouder, Terra sigillata, Catechu, Rosin, all in pouder, A. ℥ss. juice of Plantan ℥j. Oils of Myrtles and of Whelps, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XX. Apply over the Wound a Stuph, or double Cloths wrung out of a Decoction of Wormwood-tops, Myrtle-berries, Sumach, red Roses and Catechu made in Red-Wine; which Compress will serve to keep the lips of the Wound smooth, and defend it from the injury of the Bandage.

XXI. The next thing to be considered is the Bandage: for unless that is rightly and well done, no Unition, or Healing can be expected: and tho' in Simple Fractures without a Wound, all kinds of Bandage may be admitted, with ma­ny circumvolutions about the Part, and once opening them in a Weeks time may be enough: in these Wounds it is not so, for the Bandage is to be daily loosned, and the Wounds to be opened and drest, for the dis­charge of purulent and excre­mentitious Matter, and exfo­liation of carious Bones, which lying, would corrupt those which are sound.

XXII. But the Bandage ought to be such, as may the least shake or hurt the fractured Part: for being every day to be opened, the so often rowling the Wound up would cause much pain, and hinder the Unition; for which Reason, Authors have invented many kinds of Bandage, to answer all the Intentions of Dressing, and yet keep the Member immoveable.

XXIII. And therefore for this purpose, it ought to be made of soft Linnen Cloths; (broader than those we use in simple Fractures;) yet it may compre­hend, or reach over, both the Fracture and the Wound, keep the Lips down and smooth, and not hurt them by its too hard compression.

XXIV. The Form of the Liga­ture. Take a soft broad piece of Cloth, folded four times dou­ble, to give it the more strength and firmness, and so broad as may reach over both the lips of the Wound, and the fractured Parts, and so long as to come once about the Fracture: it must have three slits, from the ends to the middle; which middle must be undivided under­neath, to bear more equally the Member; and the ends must come over one another, with a Compress between or under them, over the Wound, to press the lips thereof equally down, which otherwise would swell or stick out with great brims.

XXV. The Compress is useful to receive the matter, and fill up the inequality; and the Slits or Straps are to be so fastned, that you may easily open them, and undress and dress the Wound, without disturbing the fractured Member.

XXVI. Now because thro' the great shattering of the Bones, and laceration of the fleshy Parts; as also by reason of the largeness of the Wound and Fracture, causing exceeding pain, the Member is made exceeding weak, that it cannot be kept steady by this Ban­dange, you ought to make use of Ferulae or Splints; but they are not to be used 'till the Flux of Humors and Inflammation cease, which will be about the seventh day; and 'till then, you may make use of Splenia, which are folded Linnen Cloths four times double, and cut or made in length and bredth like to the Ferulae.

XXVII. These Splenia are to be spread with Galen's Cerat, or any proper Ointment, whereby they may adhere to the Part, 'till you have put the Bandage over it. They strengthen the Part, and make such an equal compression, as to keep the Bones in their pla­ces, press the Serous Humors out of the Wound, and cause the Member to lie soft.

XXVIII. The Pain and Inflam­mation being thus gone off, and the Wound digested, you may (if you think fit) use pliable Pastbords cut into like pieces, to lay over these Splenia. Or, having fast­ned the Splenia, by the broad Bandage with three Slits, or Straps, cut a piece of Pastbord, fit to receive the lower part of the Member, and leave a place large enough for dressing of the Wound: and over the other part of the fractured Member you must lay another piece of Pastbord, to answer to the former; which ought to be wet, that they may be the more pliant.

XXIX. And about the Past-bord make a Bandage with three Ligatures, which you are to fasten in the most fit place for the ease of the Patient: if the Splenia also are made wet with whites of Eggs, and so applied, they will very much strengthen the Member, and also keep it steady without those other.

XXX. You may make the Past-board over the first Bandage, to en­compass so much of the lower parts, as may support the Fracture, and come within an Inch of the Wound: and over the Wound it self you [Page 907] may fasten a Splenium of Cloth four times double, or a Ferula­like piece of Copper, Pewter, Tin, or Pastbord, lined as you see the Part can bear it, which may be taken off at each dressing.

XXXI. The first Bandage next to the Cerate, makes an equal compression, by three Heads, meeting one over another: the lowermost presses the Humors or Recrements from below up­wards, and with the help of its next fellow, keeps the Bones in their right places, and forces the Pus out of the Wound; and by the help the middle Bracer has from the uppermost, the matter is prest out of the up­per parts of the Fracture and Wound, to the mouth of the Orifice: it also restrains the Influx of Humors from above, by virtue of the Defensative lying under it.

XXXII. And in the dressing of these Wounds, you are only to undo the middle Binder, to come at the Sore; but in doing it up again, you must take great heed, that you make it not too hard nor too slack, but draw it strait in a mean, that it may not in the least hurt the Patient.

XXXIII. The convenient Position of the Membeer, is next to be con­sidered; which ought to be so, 1. As it may lye soft and easy; lest the compression should offend the wounded Parts, and cause Pain, or Inflammation. 2. That it may lye equal or smooth; for otherwise the Limb will be distorted, or the Operation ill performed. 3. That it may lye higher than the parts next the Body, especially for the first three or four days: because if it inclines down­wards, it may be apt to induce an afflux of Humors. Now how this Position is exactly to be per­formed, we shall teach in Lib. 6. of Fractures, following.

XXXIV. The Bones being thus restored, the Wound digested, and the Inflammation or other Accidents gone off, which is about the se­venth or ninth day, unloose the Bandage, take off your Astrin­gent or Restrictive Applica­tions, and impose Empl. Cata­gmaticum, or some such like, over the broken Bones.

XXXV. Or this following. Take Frankincense, Wax, A. lbi. Catechu in fine pouder ℥iv. juice of Comfrey, of Doves-foot, A. ℥iij. mix, and melt, reducing it to the consistence of a Cerat.

XXXVI. Or, Take mucilage of Comfrey-roots, birdlime, juice of Doves-foot, or Bistort, of Poplar­buds, A. ℥iv. mucilage of Traga­canth, Osteocolla in fine pouder, Catechu in fine pouder, A. ℥ iij. yolks of Eggs No xx. Turpentine lbjss. Oil of Whelps ℥iv. mix, and boil all well; adding afterwards Wax, enough to bring it to the consistency of a Cerat.

XXXVII. Some use instead of these, Empl. Sticticum Paracelsi ℥iv. Empl. Album ℥ij. mixing them together; and over this, or one of the former Empla­sters, apply a double Cloth dipt in Decoction of Wormwood, Southernwood, Sumach, and Red-Roses, made with Red-Wine.

XXXVIII. Which done, fit to [Page 908] the wounded Part the former Bandage again; and over it ei­ther some Plates of Tin or Copper, or otherwise Splenia of double Cloths dipt in whites of Eggs, and wrung out hard: these latter will lye close to the Part, and after they are dry will admirably well strengthen the Member.

XXXIX. In about nine days time the Wound will be digested, after which Maturatives or Sup­puratives are to be forborn, and Abstersives or Cleansers are to be used; as the Mundisicati­vum Paracelsi, at Sect. 11. afore-going; or Ʋnguentum Nicotianae; or this, Take Tobacco, Perwinkle, A. M. ij. Hypericon Mj. roots of round Birthwort ℥jss. of Floren­tine-Orrice ʒ vj. Frankincense, Myrrh, Sarcocol, A. ʒiii. White-VVine q.s. boil, and strain out, and dissolve therein Honey of Rosesiv, vel vi. Inject this with a Syringe, and it will both cleanse, and breed Flesh.

XL. If there is a caries, or rottenness of the Bone, make a Decoction of Orrice-root, Gen­tian, Cortex Guajaci, Scordium, Perwinkle, Hog-fennel and Myrrh, in Wine; adding Tin­cture of Euphorbium to it, Cam­phorated S.V. or Extract of Scordium.

XLI. If the Caries will not yield to the former Medica­ment, touch it now and then with this. Take Oil of Myrrh, distilled per descensum, and acuated with S.V. ʒiv. Oil of Cloves ʒi. Oil of Sulphur ʒjss. mix them. Or you may use Tinct. Euphorbii, alone: these will in a short time remove the Cariosity; after which, you may pursue the ordinary Method of Cure.

XLII. While these things are doing outwardly, you may administer inwardly this fol­lowing Wound-Drink. Take round Birthwort-roots, A. ℥ss. the Herbs, Angelica, Avens, Bistort, Comfrey, Doves-foot, Perwinkle, Self-heal, Scordium, Speedwel, Ladies-mantle, A. M. j. VVine lbxii. boil them in a Vessel close stopt for half an hour, or better; strain out, and let the Patient takeiv, ad vi. morning and evening, with Osteocolla ʒi. in fine pouder, every time. Or you may make a Decoction of Perwinkle in Wine, in which you may give Osteocolla, as before directed.

XLIII. Now in Dressing these kinds of VVounds, you are to ob­serve, that if the Quittor is but little, it is enough to dress them once in 24 hours time: but if much Pus flows forth, or there is great Pain, or the Patient is feverish, they ought to be drest once every 12 hours.

XLIV. Cooling and Astringent Medicines are not to be used in the first Dressing; because the first extinguish the Natural Heat; the latter keep in putrid Vapors, and may induce a Gangren.

XLV. For this cause Anodyns, Emollients, and Suppuratives are convenient; as Oils of Linseed, of Hempseed, of Lillies, of Eggs, of Hypericon, of Elder, of Whelps, of Earthworms, and of Camomil; which may be mixt with yolks of Eggs and [Page 909] Saffron, 'till the Wound comes to Digestion, which may be about the fourth or fifth day. Or this: Take Crums of Bread ℥iv. Milk ℥xii. Barley and Bean meal, A. ℥j. flowers of Camomil and Melilot, A. P.ij. boil all to the consistence of a Cataplasm, adding at last yolks of Eggs No ij. Oil of Whelps and of Hypericon, A. ℥jss. mix them.

XLVI. If Putrifaction is feared, some use Vitriol calcined, and dissolved in Aqua Vitae; tho' it is not suppurative, because it resists Putrifaction.

XLVII. Tents, if any are used, may be at first made greater and longer, that the Wound may be sufficiently dilated: but Escaro­ticks are not to be used, without great necessity; 1. By reason they cause Pain, Inflammation, and Fevers, &c. 2. Because they hinder Suppuration. 3. Be­cause the Escar keeps in putrid Vapors, which may pass from the lesser to the greater Vessels, and so to the Principal Parts, and cause a Fever.

XLVIII. If there is any Burn­ing, then such Medicines which are good against Burning are to be used: as, Take Oils of Linseed and white Lillies, A. ℥ii. Ung. Album ℥jss. Ung. Nico­tianae ℥i. juices of Housleek, of Plantan, of Elder-leaves, and of green Tobacco, A. ℥ii. Saccharum Saturni ʒiv. boil with a gentle Fire to the consumption of the Juices, and add Oil of Whelps ℥i. purified Verdigrise ʒj.

XLIX. If the Contusion is very great, and possesses much of the adjacent Parts, they are to be Scarified, to discharge part of the coagulated Blood, which is apt to putrify.

L. If by the Signs the Bullet seems to have been poisoned, the brims are to be scarified, Ventoses to be applied, Antidotes are to be inwardly given, and Alexiphar­micks applied outwardly. In­wardly give Sal Viperarum, or Our Theriaca Chymica, taking after it a spoonful or two of Our Aqua Bezoartica, or Spiritus Cordialis.

LI. And outwardly apply to the Wound this Mixture. Take juices of Scordium, Tobacco, and Angelica, Vinegar of Roses and of Squills, Honey, A. lbss. Sal Gem, Alum, A. ℥i. Verdigrise purified ℥ss. mix, and boil to a consistence; adding at the end of the boiling, Mithridate, Venice Treacle, A. ℥i. or of Our Theriaca Chymica ℥ii. apply this either upon Tents, or Pledgets, or by way of In­jection, as you see fit. See more of this Subject in Chap. 18. afore-going.

LII. If the softer Spermatick Parts are lacerated, you may apply this. Take Strasburgh or Cypress Turpentine, Oils of Turpen­tine and Hypericon, A.℥ii. Tur­bith-mineral ʒss. Calx vive, Eu­phorbium, Tutty, all in fine pouder, A. ʒi. mix them.

LIII. But if the harder Sper­matick Parts, as the Cartilages and Bones are shivered, then, ℞ Of the former Composition ℥ijss. Oils of Hypericon and Juniper-berries, A. ℥ii. pouders of round Birthwort roots, of Cloves, of Tobacco, A. ʒi. mix them, and let it be applied hot: this will [Page 910] procure the Scaling of the Bone, and preserve the sound Part from Cariosity.

II. Of Gunshot-Wounds in the Joints.

LIV. These Wounds are subject to more grievous and vehement Accidents or Symptoms, than the former: there are Tendons and Ligaments inserted near the Joints, for their motion; and Membranes, to make them of a very exquisit sense: the Trunk of Nerves in every great Joint passes thro' it, for the use of the Member beyond it; and Joints being exsanguous Parts, the Natural Balsam of the Blood and Lympha is more spa­ringly supplied, for the help of the Cure.

LV. The Prognosticks. Great Wounds in the greater Joints, are accompanied with more vehement pain, than Wounds out of the Joint; and also with Inflam­mations, Delirium, Convulsions, and Gangren, which are for the most part mortal.

LVI. The Cure. In these, the extraneous Bodies, and Splinters of Bones, are immediatly to be taken forth; for which reason, the Orifice, if it be not large enough, is to be made so: but in doing this, in the lower parts in the hollow of the Ham, Arm, Armpit, or Groin, be cautious, because those Parts are subject to great Hemorrhages.

LVII. The Extraneous Bo­dies, &c. being removed, you must with all speed hasten Digestion by dropping, or applying warm upon Tents, Dossels, or Pledgets, proper Digestives, such as the following: but Tents are to be used with much caution in these kinds of Wounds.

LVIII. Take Turpentine washed in S.V. ℥iv. Oil of Hypericon ℥ii. yolks of Eggs No ii. Frankincense, Mastich, Olibanum, Myrrh, Saf­fron, A. ʒi. mix them.

LIX. Or, Take Turpentine ℥ii. yolks of Eggs No ii. Oils of Scor­pions, of Castor, of Earthworms, and of Whelps, A. ℥ss. Frankin­cense, Myrrh, Harts-horn burnt, A. ʒiss. mix them.

LX. But if a stronger Dige­stive is required; then, Take Oils of Turpentine and of Spike, A. ℥i. Oils of Castor, and of Hype­ricon with Gums, A.℥jss. Euphor­bium in pouder ʒjss. mix them: this is to be dropt very hot in­to the Wound, and one of the afore-mentioned Digestives is to be applied over all.

LXI. Then the Parts adjacent are to be Embrocated with Oils of Whelps and of Hypericon, over which this Cataplasm may be applied. Take Barley and Bean meals, A. lbj. flowers of Camomil and Melilot, red Roses, tops of Wormwood and Scordium, all in pouder, A. ℥i. Broth of a Sheeps-head, (if you would have it Lenitive, otherwise in Oxymel) q.s. boil to a consistency; adding, Oils of Whelps and Linseed, A.q.s.

LXII. Or, Take mucilages of Altbea and Comfrey roots, A. ℥iv. Barley and Bean meals, A. ℥vi. meals of Linseed and Fenugreek-seed, A. ℥iv. Zedoary in pouder ℥jss. Wine, q.s. boil to a consi­stency: and add, Oils of Hypericon [Page 911] and Whelps, Honey, A. ℥ii. yolks of Eggs No ii. mix them for a Digestive.

LXIII. Then deterge with this Abstersive. Take Turpentine, Ho­ney, Orobus-meal, A. ℥ii. Orrice-root, Frankincense, round Birth­wort-root, A. ℥jss. juice of Smal­lage ℥ iii. mix, and make an Ointment.

LXIV. The Wound being cleansed, Inearnate with Sarco­ticks: as, Take Beef-suet ℥iv. Earthworms washed, Oil of Ma­stich, A. ℥ii. roots of Comfrey and Tormentil, A. ℥ ss. tops of Hyperi­con, Betony, Horse-tail, Plantain, A. M. ss. Wine, q.s. boil to the consumption of the VVine; strain out by strong expression, and add thereto VVax ℥ iv. Pine-Rosin ℥i. Aloes, Frankin­cense, Mastich, Myrrh, A. ℥ss. mix, and make an Ointment. Wiseman.

LXV. If the pain is violent, and yields not to Anodyns, cut off the affected Tendon, and whatever corrupts, lest it taints the rest: and if the Bone is bare, you must be careful not to foul it by applying greasy Medicines: also in great Wounds of this kind, you ought always to con­sider first, whether they are curable or not; that by a timely Extirpation, you may save the Life of your Patient.

CHAP. XXIV. Of BƲRNINGS and SCALDINGS.

I. THIS kind of Wound is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Ambustio; in English, Burning: also, [...], Pustula, Scalding; [...], Vesicatum Aquis, Scal­ding with Water; [...], Vesiculatum Oleo, Scalding with Oil; [...], Vesicatum Picis, Scal­ding with Pitch, &c.

II. Burning or Scalding, is a Solution of Ʋnity; mostly in the fleshy parts, caused by an ex­ternal burning matter; and always hurting the Cuticula, for the most part the Cutis, and many times the Arteries, Veins, Lymphaducts, Muscles, Nerves, Tendons, and Ligaments.

III. The Differences. The Dif­ferences are taken, 1. From the Nature and Quality of the Wound. 2. From the Matter or Substance, with which the Burning or Scalding was made.

IV. From the Nature and Qua­lity of the Wound, it is Fourfold. 1. When heat and pain are only excited in the Wound; and unless that Medicaments are presently applied, the Cuticula will be separated from the Cutis, and so Blisters will be raised, which will contain a clear Water.

V. 2. Sometimes the Cutis it self is burnt; and then a Bli­ster is raised upon the spot, but no Escar or Crust is pro­duced or made; tho' many times the Skin is contracted together.

VI. 3. Sometimes the Skin it self, and the Flesh which lies under it is burnt, and an Escar produced; so that the Skin is black, and void of sense, and when the Escar is faln off, a deep Ulcer is left.

VII. 4. Sometimes not only the Skin and Flesh are burnt, but the Vessels, as Arteries and Veins; also Nerves, Tendons, and Ligaments; which are many times shrunk up, contracted, and burnt, so as to break in sunder by force of the Fire.

VIII. 2. The Differences are taken from the Matter or Instru­ment burning; as, 1. With Wa­ter, which is called Scalding; which is more or less, as it is more or less hot.

IX. 2. With Straw, Stubble, Flax, Chips; which only scald, and raise Blisters, unless the burning is long continued.

X. 3. With Oils, Fats, Tar, Pitch, Varnish, Honey, Wax; all which scald more than the other things, causing greater Pain, and larger or deeper Blisters.

XI. 4. Burning with melted Lead, Tin, or Iron red-hot, &c. which are more vehement and intense Burners than the former things, and many times cause very deep Ulcers.

XII. 5. Burning with the actual Fire it self, as also with Gun­powder and Lightning; which cause most vehement Wounds and Ulcers; according to the greatness and length, or time of the Burning.

XIII. The Prognosticks. The lighter the Burning, the more easily it is cured: but by how much the burning is greater, by so much it is harder to cure; and so much the more pernicious Symptoms it brings, as Inflam­mation, Gangren, Sphacelus, loss of Motion of the Part, and Ulcers very difficult to be cured.

XIV. If the Burn is great and deep, it for the most part leaves a great Deformity, or unseemly Scars behind it.

XV. Burning by Lightning is dangerous, and for the most part mortal; and if that, or any other kind of Burning pene­trates into the Intestines, it is incurable.

XVI. Burnings in Bodies Caco­chymical, Scorbutick, or Stru­matick, are many times accom­panied with an Afflux of Hu­mors, whence arise Inflamma­tions, putrid Ulcers, and other unpleasing Symptoms.

XVII. If one part is burnt, the danger is less than if there were more parts, or the whole surface of the Body burnt: in the latter case, the Patient commonly dies miserably, by the very vio­lence or vehemency of the Symptoms.

XVIII. If the Burning is so deep, as to reach to the greater Arteries, Veins, and Nerves, it is very dangerous; for the Vessels are contracted and shut up, [Page 913] whereby the Blood and Spirits cannot flow unto the Parts af­fected; whence either an Atro­phy, or loss of Sense and Motion, or a Gangren is in­duced.

XIX. If the Abdomen is burnt, it is not cured but with much difficulty: so likewise the Burnings of the Groins and Armpits, because those places are moist, and apt to receive an Afflux of Humors.

XX. The Burnings of the Eyes are dangerous; for they produce either Blindness, or a depriva­tion of Sight; or at least a diminishing thereof.

XXI. If the Hairy Parts are much burnt, they remain bald, and the Hair never grows there again: for in such a Part the Cicatrice is hard, and the Pores shut up, so that Hair can never be gene­rated there any more; nor if there were Matter for their Generation, would they be able to penetrate thro' the closed Pores.

XXII. The Cure. We shall con­sider this, as it has relation, 1. To Burning or Scalding in general. 2. To a light or gentle Burning. 3. To Burnings with Gunpowder. 4. To Burnings from Lightning. 5. To Burnings of the second Degree. 6. To Burnings of the third degree. 7. To Burnings of the Eyes. 8. To Burnings of the Joints. 9. To Burnings of the Groin. 10. To the preventing of ugly Scars.

I. Of Burning and Scalding, in general.

XXIII. The First Intention is, to draw out the Fire, which in a light or gentle Burning or Scal­ding, does preserve the Part from Blistering or Ʋlcerating: and in a great Burning, it preserves from farther danger: and there­fore what is to be applied, is presently to be laid on.

XXIV. Some Physicians, from that common received Axiom, That Contraries are cured with Con­traries, will have it; That Cooling things must be applied to Burns and Scalds: whereas in all Burnings and Scaldings, the Particles or Atoms of Fire are communicated to the Part, so that an Empyreuma is pro­duced: in which case, if cold things be applied, the Particles of the Fire which have pene­trated into the burnt Part, will be driven farther in: whereas on the contrary, it is the Phy­sician's Business to draw them wholly forth.

XXV. From hence then, upon the imposing of cold things, the fiery Particles being protruded much lower or deeper into the Flesh; it follows, that the Pain will be very much increased, Inflammations may ensue, a Gangren may be excited, and even a Sphacelus it self in­duced.

XXVI. It is then Heat, and hot things, which are helpful, and call forth the Empyreuma, or Particles of Fire: and therefore in the more gentle Burnings, it is not unknown even to the Vulgar, that the burnt Part is to be held near the Fire, or Flame of a Candle, or a red-hot Iron; to be Burnt again, (as it were) [Page 914] that thereby the Fire may be drawn forth: Attractionem facit similitudo, atque Ignis externus, intrinsecum Ignem foràs evocat: Similitude and likeness begets attraction, and the external Fire calls forth the internal Fire, as, Paraeus, lib. 11. cap. 9. and Sennertus, Med. pract. lib. 5. par. 2. cap. 18. have truly told us.

XXVII. Barbett therefore ad­vises, that the hurt Part be held to the Fire, and fomented with warm Water, hot Ink, Lye, or Salt-brine, or Soot may be ap­plied upon it, or an Onion bea­ten up with Salt.

XXVIII. Or these following; Roots of white Lillies, Liquo­rice, Leaves of Beet, Colewort, Hemp; Onions, Leeks, Gar­lick, Henbane, Tobacco, Hy­pericon, Flowers of Camomil, Melilot, Elder, Seeds of Quinces, Flax, Camphir, Myrrh, Oliba­num, Frankincense, Turpen­tine, whites of Eggs, Hogs-lard, Oils of Nuts, and of Rape-seed, Sheeps, Pigeons, and Hens Dung, Nitre, Common Salt, Sal Gem, Vitriol, Allum, Ink, Lye, Salt-Brine, Ceruse, Litharge, Sac­charum Saturni, Ʋng. Album Camphoratum, Empl. de Minio.

XXIX. An Ointment of Bar­bett's: Take Juice of Onions, Hogs-lard, A. ℥ii. Venice Soap ℥iii. Oil of Rape-seed, Mucilage of Quince-seed, A. ℥i. washt Lime ℥ss. Common Salt ʒii. Tur­pentine q.s. mix, and make a Liniment.

XXX. Or this: Take fresh Sage, M. i. Plantane, M. ii. fresh Butter ℥vi. white new Hens-dung ℥iii. mix, and fry them to­gether a quarter of an Hour, and press out the Ointment, which keep for Ʋse. This Ointment is ad­mirable in Burnings of all sorts, even in the greatest, the burnt Part being often anointed with it in the Day, and a fresh Beet, Colwort, or Plantane-leaf laid over it: By the use of this only thing, 'tis said a Poor Soldier became Rich.

XXXI. If the Burn is blister­ed, and yet it is not great, the Blisters ought to be opened the third Day, and not farther to be pro­longed, lest the Matter becomes Corrosive: but if the Skin is wrinkled and dryed, the Bli­sters or Pustules are immediate­ly to be opened, and the fore­going Ointment applied, or this following.

XXXII. Take Mucilage of Fleawort-seeds, Meal of Althaea-roots, A. ℥jss. Oils of white Lil­lies, of Violets, of sweet Almonds, fresh Butter, Unguentum Basili­con, Roping-soot, A. ℥i. Saffron ʒss. mix, and make an Ointment.

XXXIII. If there is an Escar, it ought to be separated the first or second Day, by the help of some of the former Ointments; but if they will not do, Incision is to be made into the sound Flesh; and when it is separated, the Cure must be done as a Common Ul­cer.

XXXIV. If any tender Part is burnt, you ought to abstain from the use of Onions, Salt, Soap, and such other like sharp Medi­caments.

II. Of a light or gentle Burning.

XXXV. Here you must do all you can to prevent its blistering, which is by the speedy Application of Medicaments to draw out the Fire, whereby the Patient is freed from all the Pain of the Burning: for which purpose (if the Con­dition of the Member will ad­mit of it) it may be held near to the Fire, or a red-hot Iron may be held near to it; or it may be dipt deep, and held therein for some time in very hot Water, so will the Empy­reuma, by reason of the likeness, be Extracted.

XXXVI. Or, you may apply a Linnen-Cloth dipt in Varnish, or a Cloth dipt in Lye or Water, in which unslaked Lime has been quenched; and then presently a Cataplasm of Garlick and Salt beaten together, is to be ap­plied.

XXXVII. Or this: Take un­slaked Lime often washed in Rose-water, and with Oil of Roses or Hypericon, make a Liniment. Or, Take May-butter, Venice or Ca­stile Soap, Liquid Varnish, Ana, mix them. Or, Take whites of Eggs, No iii. Oil of Roses ℥iii. Camphir in pouder ℥ss. mix them.

XXXVIII. Take of raw Onions ℥iii. Castile Soap, Salt, A. ℥i. beat them in a Mortar to a Pultis, and with Oil of Roses, q.s. make an Ointment. Or, Take whites of Eggs, No ii. Oils of Linseed, and of Olives, A. ℥jss. Salt ℥ss. mix them. Or, Take green inner Bark of Elder, or young Elder-shoots, q.v. beat them well in a Mortar, then boil in fresh Butter, q.s. and strain out the Oil.

XXXIX. Take Juice of young Elder-shoots ℥ iii. Linseed Oil; VVax, Ana ℥ j ss. Varnish, Rape-seed Oil, Frankincense in pouder, A. ℥i. boil them to the consumption of the Juice.

XL. Take Castile Soap ℥iii. Linseed Oil, Oil of Eggs, A. ℥jss. Oils of Ben and Rapeseed, A. ℥ss. raw Onions, Salt, Mucilage of Quince-seed, A. ℥i. beat all to­gether, and make an Ointment.

XLI. Take Linseed Oil ℥iv. new Wax ℥ii. whites of Eggs, q.s. mix over a gentle Fire, and make an Ointment. Take Craw-fish, q.v. beat them well in a Mortar, and boil them in new fresh Butter, q.s. till they grow a little red, then strain out by pressing.

XLII. Paraeus his Ointment. Take choice Lard lbi. yolks of new-laid Eggs, No iii. mix, and make an Ointment. Or, Take Oil Olive ℥ii. whites of Eggs ℥iv. shake them together till they be­come a white Ointment, with which the place is oftentimes a Day to be anointed with a Fea­ther, till it is well.

XLIII. Ferrarius Arte Med-Infant. lib. 4. cap. 25. com­mends this as a rare Secret, even where the Burn was Blistered. Take Oil of Roses ℥ii. Rose water ℥i. whites of Eggs, No ii. mix them well together by shaking; dip a Linnen-cloth therein, and lay it over the Burn, and conti­nually keep it moist with the same; after the fourth Day is over, instead of whites of Eggs, take yolks of Eggs, and continue the use thereof till it is well.

XLIV. ℞ Juice of the middle rind of Elder ℥iv. Cream ℥xii. boil to a Consistency, then add fresh Butter, Mucilage of Quincè-seeds, Juice of Nightshade, Ceruse, A. ℥j. mix, and make an Ointment. Or, ℞ the inner Bark of Elder, q.v. Oil Olive, q.s. boil till it is crisp, strain out, and add Ceruse, p. ii. Litharge, burnt Lead, A. p. i. mix them well in a Leaden Mortar.

XLV. Quick-lime so often wash­ed in Water, till it is freed from all its Salt, may be made into an Ointment with fresh Butter, Oils of Ben, of Hypericon, of Linseed, or of Roses, which will be very good against Burnings; and sometimes you may add thereto the Mucilage of Fleawort-seeds, of Quince-seeds, or the white of an Egg, and Bees-wax.

XLVI. Now observe that no Ointment ought to stick too close or fast to the Part, in these kinds of Wounds, for that then they cause much pain; and the Sores are to be cleansed only by putting fine, thin, and soft Linnen-Cloths upon the Part.

XLVII. If Blisters are raised, they are not properly to be opened, because the Skin will be naked or raw, and so pain will be excited, whereby the Cure will be the longer in doing; but at length on the third Day they are to be cut, when a new Cuticula, or Scarf-skin, begins to be formed and bred.

III. Of Burnings with Gun­pouder.

XLVIII. In the first place, if any of the Grains of Pouder are gotten into the Skin, they are to be pickt out, otherwise the blue marks will always remain: This, says Sennertus, may be done with a Needle, or with some other In­strument fit for that purpose; if they cannot all be thus pickt out, you must suffer it to blister (if it is not blistered before­hand) for so by this means ma­ny more of those Grains will be easily taken forth.

XLIX. If this is not done at first, and if after the burning is quite healed, some of the Grains remain, there is no other way then, but by applying a Vesica­tory, whereby the Grains which are more superficial will be ta­ken away, and the Sore is to be washed from its blackness with a Decoction of Fenugreek and Camomil Flowers. But this by the way.

L. If the Burn is only superfi­cial, the Cuticula is raised into a Blister: if it goes deeper into the Skin, it makes an Escar; if it burns deeper into the Flesh, there is a hard Crust with a Contraction; in all which there is a vehemency of Pain.

LI. Wiseman advises by Re­frigerants to bathe or anoint the Part, till the heat is off, and the Escar separated; and then to digest and cicatrize; or by Ca­lefactives to relax the Skin, re­solve and dissipate, which by Accident will asswage the heat and burning.

LII. Refrigerants are Waters and Juices of Housleek, Henbane, Hemlock, Nightshade, Man­drake, Stramonium, Plantane, [Page 917] Adders Tongue, &c. as also all cooling Juices, Oils, Ointments, Balsams and Cerats, Ʋng. Al­bum, Nutritum, Populeum, Rosa­tum, &c. where note, that all these potentially cold things must be used actually hot, till the heat and pain cease.

LIII. Calefactives are a red hot Iron, or naked Fire held to the Part, whereby they call forth the Particles of the Fire, and become the Alexiterion: But the Com­mon Remedy is an Onion bea­ten with Salt; yet this is not to be applied after Blisters are risen, nor by any means where the Part is raw, for so you will exasperate the Pain, and in­crease the Inflammation.

LIV. In this Case the Oint­ment of Sennertus is better. ℞ Gum Elemi ʒi. dissolve it in Oils of Eggs, of Roses, and of white Lillies, A. ʒi. Ung. Basi­licon ʒiii. unsalted Butter ℥i. mix, and make an Ointment.

LV. For the easing of the Pain he prescribes this: ℞ Oils of sweet Almonds, and of Roses, white Wax, A. ℥i. melt them to­gether, then add Mucilage of Quince-seeds ℥ss. Camphir ʒi. mix them.

LVI. Horse-dung fried in Oil of Nuts, and applied, does extin­guish the Fire: There are also recommended, unripe Grapes, Elder Bark, and young shoots, Dwarf Elder boiled in Oil, Lime well washed, and mixed with Ʋnguent. Rosatum to a Consisten­cy, which are to be applied, and often renewed, till the Fire and Pain are gone.

LVII. If by these things Blisters are not prevented, you may prick or cut them as they arise, lest they erode and make Ulcers, excite sharp Pains, Inflammations, Fe­vers, &c.

LVIII. But if the Burning is to an Escar, or Crust, you must ha­sten its falling with Emollients, then digest, incarnate, and ci­catrize.

LIX. If there is a Cacochy­mia of Humors, you may purge by Lenitives often, or rather by more powerful Catharticks, u­sing a spare Diet, rest, quietness and serenity of Mind.

LX. Some dress the Escar with Mel Saponis, and embrocate the Parts with Oil of Roses mixt with whites of Eggs. Or, they anoint the Escar with Honey mix­ed with Juice of Onions, and pou­der of Orrice-roots, and foment the Parts about with Decoction or Juices of Henbane, Night­shade and Plantane, Mallows, Violets, Quince and Fleawort-seeds, adding to it a third part of thick Cream.

LXI. If the Parts be raw, they may be drest with fine thin Linnen, dipt in the aforesaid Decoction, or Juices, or anointed with a Fea­ther dipt in Ointment of Stra­monium mixt with Oils of Eggs or Linseed Oil; by which means places superficially burned, are healed.

LXII. Parts deeper burnt, when they cast off their Escars, may be digested with Turpentine washed in Juice of Plantane, mixed with the yolk of an Egg, Oil of Linseed, and some fine Barley-flower.

LXIII. Afterwards you may [Page 918] apply Ung. Diapompholigos, and anoint the Lips with Ung. Album Camphoratum mixt with the white of an Egg, or with Ung. de Stramonio, as the Intention, Place or Necessity shall require.

LXIV. Or you may dress with this: ℞ Oil of Elder, lbi. Wax ℥iii. Litharge ℥ii. Ceruse, Lime washed, A. ℥i. Frankincense, Sar­cocol, A. ℥ss. mix, and make an Ointment: and afterwards you may cicatrize with a Decoction of Horse-tail, red Roses, Bram­ble-tops, Bistort, &c. in which a little white Vitriol or Allum may be dissolved, or with some other Astringent or Styptick, with which you may be provi­ded.

IV. Of Burning by Lightning.

LXV. Where Burning by Light­ning does not immediately Kill, and that there is hopes of Life, proper Medicaments are to be ap­plied, viz. such as have power to dissolve the Congelation of the Humors which causes Suffo­cation, and resist Malignity or Poyson, for as much as it mani­festly appears (from the foetid Smell it carries along with it) that there is a malign and poy­sonous quality joined therewith, for that it has power to hurt the Body, yea, oftentimes to Kill, even when no visible sign of a Wound or external Hurt does appear.

LXVI. Such a Patient then un­der hopes of Recovery, is presently to be put to Bed, and some Alexi­pharmick and Sudorifick Dose is to be given, which may resist the Malignity, and dissolve the Con­gelation, such as volatil Salts of Harts-horn, of Vipers, of Am­ber, and of Sal Armonick, Spi­rit of Harts-horn, and Sal Ar­moniack, Our Aqua Bezoartica, Spiritus Cordialis, Tinctura Be­zoartica, Bezoar Minerale, The­riaca Chymica, Mithridate, and Venice Treacle, also Tinctures of Virginia Snake-root, of Saffron, and Cochinele, Spiritus Opii Compositus, &c.

LXVII. The Arteries, Temples, Nose, and Tongue, may be smeared with Our Theriaca Chymica, made thin with Our Spiritus Cordialis; and to the Wrists and Region of the Heart Epithems or Cata­plasms may be applied, made of Our Theriaca, or the Vulgar Mi­thridate, mixed with a quarter part of Pouder of Virginia Snake­root.

LXVIII. Outwardly to the place Burned, a Cataplasm made of Oni­ons and Mithridate, or Our The­riaca beaten together in equal quantities: and if an Escar is made, it ought to be as soon as may be, removed with an Inci­sion-knife, after which you may apply this following Ointment.

LXiX. Take Pouders of the Roots of Angelica, Swallow-wort, Zedoary, and Contra-yerva, A. ℥ss. Winters Cinnamon, Virginia Snake-root, A. ℥i. Rue, Scordium in fine Pouder, A. ʒiii. Our The­riaca Chymica ℥jss. Honey of Roses ℥iii. Tinctura Bezoartica, q.s. mix them. If this cleanses not enough, add to it Scammo­ny in fine Pouder ʒvi.

LXX. The Ulcer being clean­sed, it is to be filled up with [Page 919] Flesh, with this Sarcotick Pou­der: Take Virginia Snake-root, Contra-yerva, Roots of Angelica and Swallow-wort, Zedoary, Aloes, Succotrine, Tobacco all in fine Pou­der, A. ʒii. Pouders of Scordi­um, Frankincense, Mastich, Oli­banum, Myrrh, Pine, Rosin, A. ʒjss. Juices of Tobacco raised from Virginia Seed, of Sanicle, A. q.s. mix, and make Troches, which dry in the shade, and reduce into Pouder, as you have occasion for them.

LXXI. If any Bones should be broken, as oftentimes it falls out, you may apply a Cataplasm made of the flower of Barley, of Beans, and of Lupins, with pouders of the roots of Angelica, of Bistort, of Comfrey, of Swallow-wort, and of the leaves of Rue and Scordium, with Catechu, all in fine pouder, mixed with Mithridate, or Our Theriaca, and a little Tinctura Bezoartica, which is to be re­newed Day by Day, till such time as the Malignity is over­come, and the Part in some mea­sure restored to its strength, lay­ing also Defensatives round a­bout, to strengthen the same, and defend it from Symptoms.

V. Of Burnings of the second Degree.

LXXII. If the Burning is so great, that not only Blisters are raised, but also the Cutis, or Skin, is contracted or drawn together, then such Medicaments which only draw forth the Empyreuma, or Particles of Fire will not be enough, but such are likewise to be applied which mollifie and soften the Skin; for which rea­son all the Pustules are immedi­ately to be opened, that the hot and sharp Humors, may freely flow forth, which done, the following, or some such like Medicine may be imposed.

LXXIII. Take yolks of Eggs, No ii. Oils of Hypericon, of Ben, and of white Lillies, A. ℥ss. Ung. Basilicon ℥i. mix them.

LXXIV. Or, Take Oils of Ben, and of Hypericon, A. ℥i. Oil of Roses, Bees-wax, A. ℥ss. Oil of Scorpions, Palm Oil, A. ʒii. mix, and melt, then add Muci­lage of Fleawort-seeds ℥i. Saffron ʒss. mix them.

LXXV. Or this of Fabricius: Take new fresh Butter ℥iii. Bar­ley-flower ℥jss. Mucilage of Quince-seeds ℥i. yolks of Eggs, Oils of Violets, and sweet Almonds, A. ℥ss. Saffron ℈i. Wax, q.s. mix, melt, and make an Ointment.

LXXVI. ℞ Pulp of roasted Apples ℥ii. Meals of Barley and Fenugreek seed, A. ℥i. Milk, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm, to which add Saffron in Pouder ʒss.

LXXVII. ℞ Litharge, Ceruse, A. q.v. Wine Vinegar, q.s. boil, and pass the Vinegar thro' a filtering Bag; then add Oil of Vio­lets, or Oil of Eggs, q.s. and mix them together.

LXXVIII. And on the burnt place lay such a Defensative as this: ℞ Catechu, Terra Sigilla­ta, Nut-Galls, Sanguis Draconis, Bistort, Comfrey-roots, all in Pou­der, A. ℥i. Oil of Hypericon ℥vi. Wax ℥iii. Vinegar ℥jss. mix, and make an Ointment.

LXXIX. After which, bind up the Member with a Rowler well [Page 920] wetted in Oxycrate, or a Linnen-cloth dipt in the same, that the Pain may be lessened or eased, and the afflux of Humors hinder­ed; these things being done, the Wound is to be digested, cleansed and healed, as another Ulcer.

VI. The Cure of Burnings of the Third and Fourth Degrees.

LXXX. If [...] the whole Ra­dical Humidi [...] consumed, and the Flesh it [...] is burnt; and if therewith [...] Arteries, Veins, and Muscles are burnt, making great Pustules, or an Escar, whence a Gangren may be feared, or other ill Symptoms; you must then cut the Pustules, and cleanse them of the Humor contained in them; and you must endeavour to separate the Escar, even the first or second Day, which if it will not be, you are to cut it with an Incision-knife, that a passage may be made for the coming out of the Matter, and intrusion of the Medicines which are to be applied.

LXXXI. The Escar being o­pened, Fabricius Hildanus ap­plies some such like as this: ℞ fresh Butter ℥iii. Ung. Basili­con ℥i. Mucilage of Quince-seeds, Oils of sweet Almonds, and white Lillies, A. ℥ss. yolk of one Egg, mix them.

LXXXII. Or: ℞ Oils of Ben, and of Hypericon, A. ℥jss. yolks of two Eggs, Turpentine ʒss. mix them. Or: ℞ Mucilage of Flea­wort-seed ℥ii. Oils of Hypericon and Linseed, A. ʒvi. Turpentine, or Gum Elemi ʒiii. yolk of one Egg, Wax q.s. make a Lini­ment.

LXXXIII. And lay over lin­nen Cloths dipt in this Emul­sion: ℞ Melon-seeds hull'd ℥ii. Fleawort-seed, Fenugreek-seed, A. ʒii. Water lbiv. make an E­mulsion, in which dissolve Castle-Soap ℥ss. Camphir ʒss. first dis­solved in a little S.V. mix them.

LXXXIV. If the Part begins to swell, or a Gangren is feared, Defensatives are to be avoided, because they hinder Transpiration: but if a Gangren is already in­duced, it is to be Cured as we have in several other places de­clared.

LXXXV. When the Escar, or the Matter or Flesh which is quite burnt is separated, (which is timely to be done, lest by its pu­tridness, it corrupts the sound Parts) then by Abstersives you must cleanse the Ulcer, after­wards you must Incarnate, and then you must perfect the Cure with Epuloticks, which yet are not to be over dry, lest the Ci­catrize is rough and deformed.

LXXXVI. To produce the Cicatrize you may use this: ℞ Diapalma, or Empl. Album ℥ii. Palm Oil that is yellow, Oil of Ben, or Hypericon, A. ℥ss. melt them together, and add thereto Allum burnt, Ceruse, Litharge, Lapis Calaminaris, Tutiae, all levigated, A. ʒi. Mucilage of Fleawort-seed, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment, by grinding them in a Leaden Mortar.

LXXXVII. Fabricius Hilda­nus used sometimes in this Case, Ʋnguent. Alabastrinum, which softens the Part, eases the Pain, [Page 921] and induces a very fair Cica­trize.

LXXXVIII. If the Arteries, Veins, and Nerves, are burnt, to prevent an Atrophy, by reason of want of Aliment, and that the Vessels closely shut up by the Fire may be opened, this Oint­ment following may be used.

LXXXIX. Take Oils of Whelps, and of Earthworms, yellow Palm Oil, Oil of Ben, Bears Oil, A. ℥i. Camphir ℥ss. dissolved in a little S.V. mix, and make an Ointment.

VII. Of Burnings of the Eyes, Face, &c.

XC. If the Eye-lids, Lips, Fingers, &c. which are naturally separated, should be burnt, that they may not grow together, dry Lint, or Linnen, or little thin Plates of Lead, or white Paper, are to be put between, and proper Medicines are to be ap­plied.

XCI. It is not fit to apply to the Face when burnt Medicaments made of Onions, Salt, soft Soap, Varnish, &c. lest the Eyes there­by should be hurt; and there­fore the Ointment of Ferrarius, or some such like, may be ap­plied, which is thick, and will not spread abroad; as, ℞ Venice or Castile Soap ℥i. Oils of Roses, and of sweet Almonds, A. ℥ss. mix them.

XCII. If the Eyes are burnt, Breast-milk is commended to be dropt immediately into them, or any other Milk Blood-warm, or Milk mixed in equal parts with Water or Juice of Fennel.

XCIII. Or this Collyrium:Damask Rose-water, Fennel, and Celandine Waters, A. ℥jiss. Fleawort-seeds well bruised ʒii. digest twelve Hours, more or less, in a warm place, and strain out the clear for use.

XCIV. If it is a vehement burning, and with an Escar or Crust, take heed that the Eye-lid is not drawn back, for that will cause a very great Deformity, to Remedy which, you must apply Emollient Fomentations and Unguents, and if need be, the Skin is to be extended often­times with your Fingers.

XCV. ℞ Roots of Althea, Seeds of common Mallows, A. ℥jss. Lin­seed, Fenugreek-seed, and Flea­wort-seeds, A. ℥i. Mallow-leaves M. j. Flowers of Melilot and El­der, A. M. ss. Milk, Water, A. q.s. mix, and make a Decoction, with which foment warm.

XCVI. Then anoint with this: ℞ Oils of Hypericon, of Eggs, and of Whelps, A. ℥i. Man's Fat ℥iss. Gum Elemi ℥ss. Saf­fron ʒi. Wax, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.

XCVII. Or anoint with this: ℞ Vipers-grease, Man's Fat, Oils of Hypericon, and of Whelps, A. ℥i. Oil of Earthworms, Mucilage of Fleawort-seeds, A. ʒvi. Gum Elemi ʒiii. melt, and mix them over a gentle Fire.

VIII. Of Burnings of the Joints.

XCVIII. As these Parts are almost void of Flesh, and Nervous, and so endued with an exquisite Sense, so they are easily offended with a flux of Humors, and other [Page 922] grievous Symptoms, for which cause sake, Universal Evacuati­ons ought to be made with Sy­rupus Catharticus, Pilulae Cathar­ticae, Pulvis Cornachini, &c.

XCIX. Topicks ought also to be lenient and gentle, mild and ano­dyn, and not very sharp, as are those of Onions, Garlick, Salts, Soap, Lees of Wine, &c. and such as may be Emollient to hin­der the Contraction of the Nerves, Tendons, or Liga­ments.

C. ℞ Oils of Hypericon, of Whelps, of Earthworms, A. ℥i. Mans, Bears, and Vipers Grease, A. ℥ss. Oil of Ben ʒvi. Gum E­lemi ʒiii. mix, and make an Ointment.

CI. You ought also to fit Feru­la's, or other easie Instruments, to the Member, to prevent Contra­ction: but if there is already a Contraction or Incurvation, then (generals being first premised) the Part affected is to be fomen­ted with an Emollient Decocti­on, as, ℞ Roots of Althea, of Briony, of white Lillies, A. ℥ii. Leaves of Mallows, of Alehoof, of Hollihocks, and of Hypericon, Flowers of Camomil and Melilot, A. M. j. Seeds of Flax, Flea­wort, and Fenugreek, A. ℥i. Wa­ter, Milk, A. q.s. mix, boil, and make a Fomentation.

CII. After fomenting, anoint with this Ointment following: ℞ yellow Palm Oil, Oil of Ben, and Oil of Eggs, Oils of Hypericon, of Whelps, and Earthworms, Beef-suet, A. ℥i. Balsam Capivii, or de Chili, Gum Elemi, A. ℥ss. Balsam de Peru ʒii. Wax, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.

CIII. And upon the Part you may lay Ceratum Nigrum, Em­plast. Polychrestum, or Diachy­lon simplex; extending daily, and by degrees the Contracted Joint, with fit and convenient Instruments.

CIV. Besides the former at Sect. 102. above, there are o­ther things which are powerful in Resolving Contractions, as, ℞ pure yellow Palm Oil, Oil of Aniseeds, A. ℥jss. mix, and a­noint therewith; and it will be yet more powerful if Oil of Vi­triol ℥ss. is added to it; so also Spiritus Mirabilis in lib. 1. cap. 59. sect. 10. which resolves Contractions to a wonder.

IX. Of Burnings in the Groin.

CV. These are Parts which are moist, lax, and apt to receive fluxions of Humors, by reason of the Glandules, so that a Gangren is apt to be induced; for which cause sake, the Medicaments which are to be applied, ought to be of a drier Nature than those which are applied to other Parts.

CVI. If therefore no Blisters arise, these things made of Lillies, Onions, and Soap, are beneficial; but if large Blisters are already raised, then they ought to be speedily and timely opened.

CVII. Which done, this fol­lowing Ointment may be apply­ed: Take Ung. Rosatum, Nico­tianae, Basilicon, A. ℥i. Oils of Hypericon and Eggs, A. ℥ss. A­loes, Myrrh, Sarcocol, Olibanum, A. ʒi. mix them.

CVIII. And upon the Oint­ment, [Page 923] let the whole Part be co­vered with this Cataplasm: ℞ flowers of Barley, of Beans, and of Orobus, A. ℥jss. pouder of Roses, of Myrtle-berries and Ca­techu, A. ʒvi. Honey of Roses, or Oxymel, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

CIX. But if the Wound or Burning is so great, as may give you the fears of a Gangren, then Medicaments proper against Gangrens are to be applied, of which we have spoken already sufficiently in other places.

X. To prevent a deformed Cicatrize.

CX. To do this, you must be careful that no Hypersarcosis, or proud Flesh, grow upon the Wound or Ʋlcer, for thereby the Cicatrice will be deformed; and sometime if great Care be not taken, they will seem to be as it were wenny; and says Wiseman, when they happen upon Womens Breasts, they have sometimes been supposed Can­cerous. In others from ill hand­ling; the loose Flesh (says he) has grown so high and callous, that one of them which came into my Hands, required to be burnt again, in order to the Cure.

CXI. In the Face therefore, there is a special Care to be had, as also in the Eyes, Neck, and Breasts of the Female Sex: In the Eyes, that they be not daub­ed with greasie and nasty Me­dicines; and that the Lids be not drest with too drying ones, lest they cause Contraction, and make a Blearedness.

CXII. In the Cure of the Eyes then, you may use Breast-milk, or other Milk, Blood-warm, also Pigeons-blood, Waters of Fen­nel, Dill, Nightshade, Plantane, and Fumitory; also a Mucilage of Fleawort, Fenugreek, or Quince-seed, Trochisci albi Rha­sis, Tutia, Calaminaris, Frank­incense, Sarcocol, &c.

CXIII. If the Ear in this Case should grow to the Scalp, or the Fingers to one another, or the Palm should be Contracted with a hard Callus: in that of the Ear, the Callus must be divided by Incision, and soft Rags dipt in Frog-spawn-water, or some proper Balsam or Ointment, must be put between the unequal Callus rubbed with the Caustick-stone; then the Escar is to be separated, and the Sore to be Cicatrized with the Vitriol-stone, Ʋng. desiccativum rubrum, or some such like Medicament.

CXIV. If the Fingers are grown one to another, they are to be cut with Scissars, or an Incision-knife; and then the Cicatrices to be taken off with the Cau­stick-stone; and afterwards to be healed as another Ulcer.

CXV. If the Fingers and Palm are shrunk up, and joined close, you must cut asunder each Finger, put­ting between each a very thin plate of Lead, or other fit Matter; and cause a Rowl of Wood to be placed under the crooked Fin­gers, which is to be carried with Bars to the inward Parts of the Wrist, and fastned by Screws, to thrust the Rowl gradually for­ward, till it bears all the Fingers before it, and by a compleat [Page 924] extension, restores them to their pristin form.

CXVI. When therefore after Burning, these deformed Cica­trices are feared, they are to be prevented by timely applying of Emollients, during all the time of the Cure, not at all making use of those things which are too drying, for the production of the Cicatrice; but in the parti­cular use of these Matters, your own Judgment ought to direct you.

CXVII. Let the Parts where such fear is, be fomented with an Emollient Decoction, such as we have described at Sect. 60, 95, and 101, aforegoing; and af­terwards the Part may be anoin­ted with the following Lini­ment.

CXVIII. ℞ pure yellow Palm Oil, Oil of Aniseeds, A. ℥i. Oils of Hypericon, of Whelps, of Earth worms, A. ℥ss. Oils of Ben, of Roses, and of Beans, A. ʒii. Oils of Myrrh, and of Eggs, A. ʒi. white Wax, q.s. mix, and make a Liniment.

CHAP. XXV. Of WOƲNDS of the HEAD without the Scull.

I. THese Wounds are called in Greek, [...], pl. [...]. in La­tin, Vulnus pl. Vulnera Capitis: and in English, a Wound or Wounds of the Head.

II. Differences. These Wounds are manifold, 1. Of the Con­taining Parts. 2. Of the Con­tained Parts. Of the Contain­ing Parts they are also, 1. Wounds of the Hairy Scalp. 2. Wounds of the Temporal Muscles. 3. Wounds of the Cranium; of which last we shall speak when we come to Treat of Fractures.

III. Wounds of the Hairy Scalp are, 1. A Contusion. 2. A Wound. 3. A Wound with a Contusion; of all which we shall Treat in order.

IV. The Parts affected here, are the Hairy Scalp, the Mem­brana Carnosa, and the Pericra­nium.

V. The Hairy Scalp is thinnest on the Vertex, or top of the Head; nor is there any Muscle between it and the Skull-in that Part, ex­cept the Membrana Carnosa, which some of late call a Muscle, because by it many Men move the whole Scalp: if a Fracture is feared there, you may boldly cut into the Hairy Scalp, because it is of an obtuse Sense, and ea­sily healed again.

VI. But caution ought to be had in making Incision upon the Fore­head, where a transverse Wound may cause the Eye-brows to fall over the Wound: for which rea­son, [Page 925] when we make Incision there, we make it upwards or downwards, according to the running of the Fibres; but upon the Temporal Muscles no Incisi­on is to be made, because Con­vulsions, and other ill Symptoms are apt oftentimes to ensue.

VII. Ʋnder the former lies the Pericranium, which you are to cut thro', when you are making your way to the Skull: and the Hairy Scalp, Membrana Carnosa, and Pericranium, are to be all raised together, when the Cranium is made bare, to make way for the Terebra, or Trepan; because the Pericranium arises from the Dura Mater thro' the Sutures; and therefore if that Membrane is lacerated or torn, Inflammation, Fever, and other Symptoms may follow.

I. Of Wounds of the Head in General.

VIII. The Prognosticks. A Contusion, if there is no Fracture or Fissure of the Cranium, is less dangerous than a Wound, or a Wound with Contusion.

IX. Wounds Contused are more difficultly cured, than Wounds made by Incision; because they require Suppuration.

X. Wounds of the fore-part of the Head are more dangerous than those of the hinder parts: 1. Be­cause the containing parts are thinner in the fore-part. 2. Be­cause the fore-part has more Sutures than the hinder-part. 3. Because a greater part of the Brain is contained in the fore-part. 4. Because in Mortal Wounds of the Head, if it is in the fore-part, the Patient Dies sooner than if it is in any other Part. 5. Because the Meninges have Sinuosities in the fore-part but not in the hinder-parts, 6. Because more offending Mat­ter is apt to be gathered in the­fore-part, which may offend the Brain, than in the hinder­part.

XI. The smallest VVounds of the Head are not to be neglected tho' without Fracture of the Skull; for sometimes dreadful Sym­ptoms may ensue, as Fever, Vo­miting, faltering of the Tongue, Raving, Convulsion, Palsie of one Arm or Leg, &c. which may be from Concussion of the Brain, or some other internal unknown Cause.

XII. In Mortal VVounds, the Patient lives longer in the Winter than in the Summer, because un­natural Heat is not then so prevalent.

XIII. These VVounds in Chil­dren prove sometimes Rebellious, because they are of a hot and moist habit, which is most apt to pu­tridness; and because their ha­bit is thin, whereby they lose more of their Spirits.

XIV. Hippocrates, Sect 7. Aph. 2. says, it is an ill sign, if the Flesh of the Brims look livid; for it is a sign of the decay of Na­tural Heat.

XV. If the Patient has no Fe­ver, is in his right Mind, sleeps well, has his Body soluble, finds himself well when he takes any thing, if the Wound looks of a fresh and lively Colour, and it yields a good sort of Pus or [Page 926] Matter, there is then no fear of danger.

XVI. Hippocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 66. says, If the brims in these Wounds tumify not a little, it is an ill sign. And in Sect. 3. Aph. 67. If the Tumefaction is soft, it shews Concoction; and if hard, Crudity.

XVII. Evil may be presaged, if there is blackness in parts near the Wound; a Convulsion, Palsy, loss of Appetite, much watching, and coldness of the extream Parts of the Body.

XVIII. If a Fever invades while Suppuration is procuring, viz. before the seventh day, it is less dangerous than that which invades after the seventh day: because about the first Crisis, ill Accidents may ensue.

XIX. A Wound in or upon a Suture is dangerous: 1. Because the Scull is there parted, and so more apt to open, than a solid Bone. 2. Because in the Suture, there is a Ligament by which the Meninges are tied to the Pericranium; whereby a Wound being inflicted there, may easily be communicated to them.

XX. If Reason fail, Speech ceases, Sight is lost, there is a continual Fever, his Tongue is black and dry, the brims of the Wound blackish and dry: if the Patient suffers an Atrophy or Palsy, with an involuntary ex­cretion of Excrements, or an absolute suppression of them, especially of Urine, or there is a Phrensy, with a Convulsion, 'tis to be feared that Death is near at hand.

XXI. Symptoms appear sooner in Summer, than in Winter; be­cause in a hot Season, the Hu­mors are sooner apt to putrify than in a cold, the unnatural Heat being more easily excited: for in Summer-time we expect them at or before the first or second Crisis, viz. the seventh or fourteenth Day.

XXII. If the Patient is Ca­chectick, Scorbutick, has the Pox, Leprosy, Dropsy, Phthisick, Con­sumption, or Hectick-Fever, or a Cacochymick Habit of Body; the Wound will be the more diffi­cult to cure, the Blood being corrupt or deficient, and so unfit for Unition.

XXIII. If a Tumor in these Wounds does suddenly vanish away, it is an ill sign; unless some eva­cuation has gone before, or some discussive Medicine has been applied.

XXIV. If a Fever, with a previous coldness, does appear on the seventh or fourteenth day, it is dangerous; for it may be feared that a Putridness has possessed the Brain, the Menin­ges, or the Scull; which you may know by a yellowishness of the Wound, and an Ichor like to Water, in which raw Flesh has been washed.

XXV. The General Cure. It consists in two principal Indica­tions. 1. By Internals, to avert a Flux of Humors. 2. By To­picks, to induce the Healing.

XXVI. The Internals are ei­ther Cathartick or Dietetick: the Cathartick is performed, 1. By things given by the Mouth. 2. By Clysters. 3. By Suppositories.

XXVII. There are three Cases in which Purges are to be given: 1. If the Body is Cacochymical. 2. If a Tumor or Inflammation appears, as Fallopius advises. 3. If there is an Headach, Sleepiness, Drowsiness, or Le­thargy.

XXVIII. And they are to be given, 1. Lest the Fever increase, to prevent it. 2. To divert the Humors as soon as may be from the Head. 3. Before the strength is prostrated.

XXIX. As to the kind of Purge, it ought to be such as may purge the Humor abounding: yet some Physicians speak abso­lutely for Chologogues, because Inflammations and Fevers are the Smyptoms most apt to en­sue upon these Wounds.

XXX. But strong and eradica­tive Medicaments at first are to be avoided; lest by a too vehement commotion of the Humors the Strength becomes prostrate, or Pain, Inflammation, and Fever be induced.

XXXI. Therefore Infusion or Decoction of Myrobalans are com­mended, either alone or mixed; Elect. Lenitivum, or De Succo Rosarum, or Diaprunum Soluti­vum, or Our Syrupus Cathar­ticus.

XXXII. Some time after the use of these things, you may purge with Pulvis Catharticus, Pulvis Cornachini, Electuarium Catharticum, or Pilulae Cathar­ticae; which may be repeated twice a Week, or as you see necessity requires. Arcaeus, lib. 5. cap. 4. is of opinion, that no other Cathartick Medicament but Syrup of Roses solutive ought to be used.

XXXIII. As to the Dietetick Course, 1. It consists in the use of the Non-naturals. 2. In the use of proper Wound-Drinks.

XXXIV. As to the Non-naturals, Fallopius in Hippo­crat. de Vulner. cap. 11. says it ought to be temperate and thick: for a hot and thin Air does melt the Humors, and make them apt for fluxion; and a cold Air is hurtful to the Brain, Bones, Nerves, and Marrow of the Back-bone: and therefore Medicaments ought to be ap­plied blood-warm.

XXXV. As to Meat and Drink, Flesh nor Fish are to be permitted for the first seven Days, especially if a Fracture; nor Wine, before the second Crisis, or fourteen Days are past; because in this space of time all the Symptoms usually cease: small Beer or Ale may be permitted for Drink; to weak Stomachs, Oxysaccharum, or Syrup of Violets, or Red-Roses simple, or Syrups of the juice of Limons or of Citrons, or Syrup of Vinegar, mixed with Milk-water, &c. And their Food may be Panada, Ptisan, stewed Prunes, Raisons, Aspara­gus, Lettice, Endive, Succory, or Spinage boiled; and after Meals, Marmalade of Quinces, preserved Quinces, Conserve of Barberries, baked Pears and Apples, Saccharum Violatum, Caraway and Coriander-com­fits. And when Meat is to be permitted, let it be of Chickens, Pullets, young Pigeons, Veal, Lamb, Mutton, Kid, Partridges, [Page 928] Pheasants, Turtles, Black-birds, Thrushes, Larks, &c. with Ver­juice-sawce, or juice of Oran­ges, Limons, Citrons, Pomgra­nates, or Sorel and Mint, with white Sugar. If they will eat Fish, let it be of Trouts, Whi­tings, Soals, with the afore­named Sawces.

XXXVI. As to Sleep, let it be in the Night-time, and not by Day, unless an Inflation hath seized the Brain or the Meninges, the Signs of which you will have in their proper Chapters: and too much Watching corrupts the Tem­perature of the Body, causes Crudity, Heaviness and Pain of the Head, and makes the Wounds dry and malign: in which case, you may Embrocate the Forehead, Temples, Ears, and Nostrils, with Oils of Poppy or Poppy seeds, of Henbane-seed, or of Mandrakes, or ra­ther with Our Spiritus Anodynus, or with Tinct. Opii ℥ss. mixt with Fumitory-water ℥ ii. doing it blood-warm; or rather with the same quantity of Vinegar: and inwardly you may give Tinctura Opii, à gutt. vi. ad xii. or more, in some proper Vehicle: or Syrup of Poppies ℥ss. in Fumi­tory-water ℥ ii. or in place thereof, you may give Our Guttae Vitae, à gut. xx. ad xl. or Our Specifick Laudanum, à gr. j.ad iii. in some proper Vehicle.

XXXVII. Rest and Quietness is very necessary; immoderate Exer­cise disturbs the Spirits, weakens the Body, and puts the Humors into motion; for which reason, gentle walking about the Room, when he is able, is enough.

XXXVIII. As to Excretion of Excrements, the Body is to be kept soluble, and if it is not so, Nature is to be provoked with Supposito­ries, or Clysters: for ordinary use, ℞ Posset-drink, or Mutton-broth lbi. brown Sugar ℥iv. mix, and give it warm; which repeat so oft as you see occasion: if the Body is bound, add to it Tincture of Sena made in Wine ℥ss. or Aloes ʒss. ad ʒi. which may be dissolved therein. But Venery is above all other things to be avoided, chiefly if there is a Fracture withal; for a great store of Spirits are contained in a small quantity of Seed, whereby all the Fa­culties, but chiefly the Animal, are resolved and weak­ned, Paraeus, lib. 9. cap. 14. says, that he has known Death to have ensued in small Wounds of the Head, by reason of Venery.

XXXIX. Perturbations or dis­turbances of the Mind, whether from Sorrow or Joy, are wholly to be avoided; because thereby the Spirits, both Animal and Vital, are either contracted, or too much dilated, or dissipated; whereby a great Indisposition may happen to the Body.

XL. Washing and Bathing, as they ad to cleanliness; so being prudently done, they open the Pores, and cause a dissipation of dark and fuliginous Vapours, and ma­lign Humors, whose natural course is to the Head; but finding a vent this way, are stopt in their career; whereby the Spirits are cheared and enlivened, and the Matter contributing to evil [Page 929] and malign Symptoms, is in part taken away.

XLI. The last things which we shall take notice of here, are proper Wound-drinks, of which you have Examples enough in Chap. 3. Sect. 28. ad 43. But two things are to be observed: 1. That the Simples of which this Wound-drink is composed, ought to be chiefly Cephalicks and Neuroticks. 2. That it is not to be given, 'till all the Sym­ptoms are past; it being mostly used, as an Induction to the Healing.

XLII. The second Indication, is directed to the application of proper Topicks. The first thing is Bleeding, (if so be a sufficient quantity did not flow out of the Wound when it was first inflicted:) which is used chiefly in great Wounds, and where the Patient has a sufficient strength of Body; or where a great Inflammation or Fever has made an invasion.

XLIII. If it is incised only, and not contused, Curing by the first Intention is only requisite, and therefore Agglutination is to be induced with what speed may be; as with Linimentum Arcaei, and other Glutinatives: if there is a Contusion withal, you must use Digestives, 'till the Matter becomes laudable.

XLIV. If an Inflammation is feared, the following Cataplasm of Hippocrates, which Fallopius in Hippoc. de Capitis Vulneribus, cap. 39. commends above all others, is to be applied. Take Barley-flower ℥iv. Posca ℥vi. boil to the consistency of a Cataplasm; adding to it Oil of Roses ℥ii. or instead of Posca, you may use Red-wine ℥iv. Vinegar ℥ii. either simple, or Vinegar of Roses, which is better; which use to the seventh or fourteenth Day, as you see cause.

XLV. Or, ℞ Barley and Bean flower, A.℥ii. Vinegar of Roses ℥ii. boil them to the consistency of a Cataplasm; adding Oil of Roses ℥ij. This cools, drys, repells, eases Pain, allays Inflammations, and hinders the afflux of Blood or hot Humors.

XLVI. Or, ℞ Crums of Bread, white or brown, ℥iv. new Milk ℥vj. boil to the consistency of a Cataplasm; adding Ung. Popul­neum ℥ii. Saffron in pouder ʒi. These Cataplasms are to be applied above the Agglutinating Emplaster, or other Medica­ments with which the Wound is drest; the Hair being first shaved off a good compass about the Wound.

II. Of Binding-up Wounds of the Head.

XLVII. In the Dressing of Wounds of the Head, two things are to be considered: 1. The Covering of the Head. 2. The Rowler or Bandage, for Binding it up.

XLVIII. The Covering must be a Cap, made of soft Linnen Cloth, basted with fine soft Tow, but not quilted; so big, as may encompass the white Head: it ought not to be too thick, too heavy, or too hard; for that the Head requires pliable, light, soft, and easy Applications: not [Page 930] stubborn, as stiff Emplasters, which will cause Pain; nor too viscous, which will not be easily removed.

XLIX. The Rowler is to be made of soft Flaxen Cloth, not of Woollen, because it would be too hot, and cause Itching: it ought not to be new, for then it would be too stiff; nor yet too old, lest it want strength, and be apt to tear: nor yet ought it to be too thick, because then it would not be pliant enough; nor yet too thin, lest it it be too cold.

L. It ought to be about three Inches broad, somewhat more or less, as the necessity may require; and about three Yards long; so as it may be enough to encom­pass the whole Head, with manifold circumvolutions and rowlings, the better to keep on the Topical Medicaments, and make a gentle constriction about the Wounds.

LI. It ought also to have two ends, that when they meet, they may link together; or so cross one another, as to strengthen the Bandage, and keep every thing from slipping.

LII. It ought to be rowled about, but not too loose, for then it would ill bind the Head, and not hold the Medicaments close: nor ought it to be too strait, for then, 1. The Blood might be driven from the wounded Part to the Meninges and Brain, from the outward to the inward parts; whence vehement Symptoms might en­sue, as violent Pain, Inflam­mation, Apostemation, Fever, Convulsion, Palsy, or Apoplexy, and it may be at last Death it self. 2. The Pulsation of the Arteries might be intercepted. 3. And Fuliginous Vapours would be hindred from breaking forth thro' the Sutures and other Pores.

III. Of a Contusion of the Head.

LIII. It is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Ecchymosis, seu Contusio Capitis; and in English, A. Bruising of the Head.

LIV. Contusions when alone, do many times produce grievous Sym­ptoms; sometimes resembling those of Fractures, and some­times exceeding them.

LV. They are for the most part accompanied with Concussions of the Brain, and sometimes with Fissure or Fracture, of one or both Tables; in which case, the spongy medullary substance that lies between the two Tables, is oftentimes broken into small crums, and squeezed together; whence follows Extravasation of Blood, and other Symptoms: of all which we say nothing here, but refer it to Lib. 6. fol­lowing, where we treat of Fractures.

LVI. If with the Contusion there is neither Wound nor Tumor, and yet the Patient has a Palsy of any Part, or is stupified, or raving, it is certain that the Membranes of the Brain are hurt.

LVII. All Contusions of the Head are to be suspected, because [Page 931] from them the greatest Symptoms do arise: and if in laying open the Cranium, the Patient reco­vers not his Senses, an Extrava­sation of Blood is to be feared, under the Dura Mater; in which case, Life is in great hazard.

LVIII. The Cure of a Simple Contusion. You are in the first place to shave the Hair off, and then apply this. ℞ The whites of Eggs No ii. Oil of Myrtles, pouder of Catechu, A.℥i. mix them. Dress twice a day, and use it, 'till the Part comes to its own temperature.

LIX. But if there is Pain, In­flammation, or Tumor, you may embrocate the Tumor and Parts about, with Oil of Myrtles mixt with Vinegar, and then apply the former, or this following Cataplasm.

LX. ℞ Barley and Bean flower ℥vi. Oil of Myrtles or Roses ℥vi. whites of Eggs No ii. Red-roses in pouder ℥i. Catechu ℥ss. fine Bole, Cypress-nuts, Roch-alum, all in pouder A.ʒii. Vinegar q.s. make a Cataplasm.

LXI. The Patient being thus drest, Wiseman advises to bleed in the Arm or Neck, some hours after to exhibit a Clyster, and at Night to lay him to rest with an Emulsion of the Cold Seeds.

LXII. The next day repeat the former Dressing, 'till you have re­strained the afflux of Humors; then foment the Tumor in Red-Wine, in which Camomil, Rose­mary, Southernwood, and Red-Roses have been boiled.

LXIII. Then strengthen the Part with this of Paraeus, lib. 12. cap. 4. ℞ Whites of Eggs No iii. Oils of Myrtles and Roses, A. ℥i. fine Bole ℥ss. Sanguis draconis, Cypress-nuts, Galls, burnt Alum; A. ʒii. Vinegar of Roses q.s. make a Liniment.

LXIV. And discuss with this, ℞ Diachylon simple ℥ss. Empl. de Meliloto, & Oxycroccum, A. ʒii. Oil of Camomil ℥ ss. mix, and make a soft Emplaster.

LXV. If the Tumor goes not away, but grows hard and painful, threatning an Apostem, foment it with Decoction of tops of Al­thea, Mallows, Linseed, and Fenugreek-seed, half Wine, half Water; and make a Cataplasm of the Faeces with Barley-flower. If after this, it suppurates, you must treat it as a Phlegmon, or Inflammation.

LXVI. But if the Pain abates, yet the Tumor continues with Ex­travasated Blood, you may dis­cuss with this. ℞ Barley and Bean flower, A. ℥iii. Red-roses. Myrtle-berries, A.℥i. tops of Worm­wood, Southernwood, Fetherfew, flowers of Elder, of Camomil, A. ℥ss. Fennel and Dill seed, A. ʒi. pouder, and boil in Red-wine; ad­ding Honey ℥ii. Oil of Camomil q.s. make a Cataplasm.

LXVII. But if by this means the Humor is not wasted, nor the Tumor discussed, because of the effusion of Blood under the Membrana Masculosa, which makes a separation of the upper parts from the Cranium; discerned by the fluctuation of the Tumor, and a fixt pain in the Part; then make incision, or open it; and if the Scull is sound, digest and finish the Cure by Medi­cines which mundify and dry, [Page 932] and by a moderate compression; avoiding moist Medicines to the Bones, because they induce cariosity.

LXVIII. You may apply this, in this case. ℞ Syrup of red dried Roses, of Wormwood, A. ℥i. Turpentine, Gum Elemi, A. ʒvi. Aloes, Myrrh, Mastich, Orrice-root, Barley-meal, A. ʒss. mix them.

LXiX. If the Scull is not sound, which you may discern partly by sight, it appearing yellowish, livid, or black; and partly by feeling with you Probe, or Finger: by which you will find it rugged and unequal, whereas it should be smooth and slippery: in this case, you must first smooth it with a Raspatory, then scale the Bone, by applying the following Pouder.

LXX. ℞ Roots of round Birth­wort, of Gentian, of Orrice, Dit­tany, Barley-flower, A.℥ss. Aloes Hepatica, Catechu, Sanguis Dra­conis, Mastich, Myrrh, Sarcocol, A. ʒii. Euphorbium ʒi. make all into a fine pouder, and mix them.

LXXI. In great Contusions some­times Gangrens are induced, by reason of the extinction of Natural Heat, known by the Part growing of a livid or black colour: in this case, 1. Scarify, with ap­plication of Cupping-glasses. 2. Make Fomentations, and other Topical Applications; such as we have directed in their proper places, where we have treated of Gangrens, amp;c.

LXXII. If there is a Concus­sion with the Tumor, first Bleed, and as often as you see occasion; keep the Body soluble by Clysters: and quiet the Ferment in the Blood, by frequent draughts of cooling Emulsions; then shaving off the Hair, embrocate the Head and Neck with Oils of Myrtles and Roses, mixed with Vinegar and whites of Eggs: and apply the Cataplasm at Sect. 66. above, made with Red-Wine, or Oxycrate.

LXXIII. After the Symptoms are remitted, apply this Cata­plasm: ℞ Barley, Wheat, and Lentil meal, A. ℥ii. flowers of Red-roses, Myrtle-berries, Nut­galls, Calamus Aromaticus, Cy­press-nuts, Catechu, Terra sigil­lata, all in fine pouder, A. ℥i. Orrice-pouder, Zedoary, flowers of Camomil and Melilot, A. ℥ss. all in fine pouder; rough Red-wine q.s. boil all to a Cataplasm: or, with Wax q.s. make it into a Cerat.

LXXIV. If the Concussion does not terminate by the aforesaid means, you must lay open the Part, and proceed as we have directed at Sect. 67. aforegoing.

LXXV. If in a very great Contusion where there is no Wound, the Tumor is large, and feels soft and pappy, and increases, notwith­standing all your cooling Applica­tions; it is to be feared, that the quantity of Serum which raises the Tumor, does proceed from within, from some Fissure in the Scull.

LXXVI. In this case, make Incision into the Tumor, propor­tionably to its magnitude; and if you find or feel no part of the Scull bare or deprest, dress it with Digestives, and do the Cure as before directed, at [Page 933] Sect. 67. above, if the Humor does abate, and the Wound it self digests.

LXXVII. But if you find there is a depression, and other ill Sym­ptoms appear, you must lay the Hairy-scalp more open, to make way for a farther inspection, and then proceed to the Cure, as we shall direct in Lib. 6. following.

IV. Of Wounds of the Head.

LXXVIII. They are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Capitis; and in English, Wounds of the Head.

LXXIX. The Kinds. They are of three Kinds: 1. Such wherein the Scull is not made bare. 2. Where the Scull is made bare, but not hurt. 3. Where the Scull is also hurt, but not fractured.

LXXX. The Signs. When the Scull is not made bare, you may know it by seeling with the Finger, if the Wound is large enough: and partly by the Probe, if with it you feel no hard substance; and if the Probe slip and slide, meeting with the Pericranium.

LXXXI. The Cure, where the Cranium is not made bare. These Wounds being made by Incision, dividing the Scalp to the Cra­nium; yea if it cut the Scull, if there be no Symptoms of an internal Hurt, the lips of the Wound are to be brought close together, and healed by Agglu­tination.

LXXXII. Some object against stitching these Wounds, lest the Matter thereby be pent in, and so foul the Bone. To this it is an­swered, if no evil Symptoms be present, so that the Wound ought to be speedily healed; it may be safely done, (and it is easily done) both abroad in forein Parts, and with us here at home.

LXXXIII. But these kinds of Wounds are not to be crowded with Dossels; for thereby you may induce a Fever, and prolong the Cure.

LXXXIV. The Hair therefore being clipt or shaved off, you may stop the flux of Blood with Pulvis Galeni, or some other good Sty­ptick; and lay over Emplast. è Bolo, or some other Defensative, with Compress and Bandage, bringing the lips close together.

LXXXV. The day following exhibit a Clyster, and at next Dressing embrocate the Parts about with Oils of Roses and Myrtles mixed with Vinegar, and dress up the Wound with Linimentum Arcaei, upon Pled­gets, and it will quickly be well.

LXXXVI. But if the lips of the Wound were not brought close together at the first Dressing, then Digestives must be applied, such as these of Sennertus.Tur­pentine ʒvi. Oil of Hypericon ʒiij. Frankincense in pouder ʒi. yolk of one Egg, mix them. Or this: ℞ Rosin ʒvi. yolk of one Egg, mix them. Or: ℞ Pure Tur­pentine, Gum Elemi, A. ℥ j ss. Suet ℥ii. Lard ℥i. melt, and mix them.

LXXXVII. G [...]d Pus appearing the third or fourth day, you may add to the Digestive Honey of Roses, for the deterging of the Wound; or simple clarified [Page 934] Honey, or increase the propor­tion of the Rosin and Frankin­cense: or you may use this following Ointment. ℞ Venice-Turpentine ℥ii. Syrup of Roses, or Mel Rosarum ℥i. Aloes, Mastich, Myrrh, A. ʒss. mix them: after which, the Cure must be com­pleated with Sarcoticks and Epuloticks.

LXXXVIII. Where the Scull is made bare, but not hurt, the Wound is to be cured two several ways; viz. either by Agglutination, or Incarnation; that is, by the first, or second Intention.

LXXXIX. If by Agglutination, first stitch the Wound, (if so large as to need stitching) then apply [...]uivis Galeni, and Pledgets dipt in the white of an Egg: the next day dress it with Linimentum Arcaei, or some other Balsam; using neither Tents nor Pled­gets, because they hinder Conso­lidation. See Arcaeus, lib. 1. cap. 1.

XC. If the Wound yields much Pus, dress it twice a day, until the Quittor abates; and continue this manner of Dressing 'till the Wound is agglutinated; which is sometimes on the fourth, and sometimes on the sixth day.

XCI. If you cure by Incarna­tion, or the Second Intention, which is chiefly where there is withal a less of Substance; 1. Sprinkle the Bone with some Cephalick Pouder, or that at Sect. 70. afore­going: then apply dry Pled­gets; and apply to the fleshy Parts some of the former Di­gestives at Sect. 86. above; after which, fill up the Wound with Flesh by application of Sarcoticks, as Ʋng. Aureum, Basi­licon, or Linimentum Arcaei.

XCII. Where the Scull is hurt, but not fractured. The Scull is hurt, when being made bare, it is dried, by being exposed to the open Air for two or three Hours; or if the upper Table is separated from the lower; or if both Tables of the Scull are cut through.

XCIII. In the first of these Cases, (which you may know by its not bleeding, being rasped with a Raspatory) the upper su­perficies is to be removed by the Raspatory, that Blood may be made to come from the sound Bone; then the Wound is to be stitched, and the Cure is to be performed by Agglutination.

XCIV. If only a part of the Cranium separates it self from the rest, and sticks to the Cutis musculosa, it is to be taken away; and the Wound is to be cured either by Agglutination, or Con­carnation, as the case may require.

XCV. If a part of the whole Cranium is broken from the rest, so that the Dura Mater may be seen, you must cure it as we shall direct in Lib. 6. of Fractures, following: yet this we shall say at present, that this part of the Scull sticking to the Cutis muscu­losa, is not to be separated there-from, lest the Brain be deprived of its Cover: but it must be reduced into its place, and there kept, by bringing the lips of the Cutis musculosa to­gether, with so may deep and strong Stitches as shall be necessary, and then to be [Page 935] cured as other Wounds of the Hairy-scalp.

V. A Wound of the Head, with Contusion.

XCVI. It is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vulnus Capitis contusum; and in Latin, A Wound of the Head, with Con­tusion.

XCVII. These Wounds are ei­ther small, or great: the small or ordinary, are such as are not accompanied with any dange­rous Symptoms, and where the Cranium is but a little naked.

XCVIII. Here you need not stuff in Dossels; for if the contused Flesh is but well digested, the Bone will incarnate underneath, with the Wound, with no great difficulty: and in the very worst habits of Body, they will incarnate by keeping the orifice a little open, by a small Dossel pressed out of S.V. and defending the ad­jacent parts from fluxion, by proper Medicaments, and good Bandage.

XCIX. To cure therefore these Wounds, first wash and foment the Wound with S.V. or the Tincture of Frankincense and Myrrh; then if the Wound requires it, stitch it with Needles, (by the lesser it may be done with the dry­suture,) but leave room for the Matter to come forth; for if that should be shut in by your dressing, the Wound would be made more hollow, and the Cure delayed, &c.

C. Let the Wound be drest with Linimentum Arcaei, or for want of it, with Turpentine; whose Praises, Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 1. par. 1. cap. 22. has loudly proclaimed in these words.

CI. Et omninò hîc utilissimum Medicamentum est Terebinthina, omnibus Vulneribus commoda, prae­sertim Partium Nervosarum, qua­lis Pericranium est: praeservat enim Contusa à corruptione & putridine, ea corroborat, Dolores sedat, Ʋlcera mundat, & si acri­moniam aliquam prae se ferat, ea facilè tollicur ablutione Aqua Betonicae; & cum in passivis siccae sit, siccitas temperatur humidis, ut Ovi vitellio, & Olei Rosaceo modi­co adjecto. Now above all things Turpentine is a most excellent Medicine, fit for the Cure of all sorts of Wounds, but more especially of the Nervous Parts, of which kind is the Pericra­nium: for it preserves contused Wounds from corruption and putridness, strengthens the Parts, eases Pain, cleanses Ulcers, and if there be any acrimony it carries with it, the same is easily taken away by washing it with Betony-water; and tho' it is drying in its passive qualities, it is remedied by mixing it with humid things, as the yolk of an Egg, and a little Oil of Roses.

CII. The same Sennertus pre­scribes this.Turpentine, Oil of Roses, A. ℥i. Wax ℥ss. Saf­fron ℈ss. mix them: but says he, if an Inflammation is feared, let Barley-flower ℥ss. be added; and to make it Sarcotick, Frank­incense ʒss. may be added.

CIII. If the Wound is deep, a Tent must be kept in the depending [Page 936] Part, 'till it yields a good sort of Pus, and then it is to be taken out, and an Emplaster, as Dia­palma, Empl. Al [...]um, or De Meli­loto, mixt with Empl. Album, or Diachylon, may be laid on.

CIV. If the Wound is great, or extraordinary, accompanied with strange and unusual Symptoms; or Inflammation of the whole Head, Neck, and Shoulders; Fever, great Swelling of the lips of the Wound, and they of a livid colour; or that it casts forth a virulent, sharp, and black, and stinking Sanies; or it casts off a slough, and leaves the Cranium much naked, tho' it be not fouled, either by the Matter or the Air.

CV. In this case, (by reason the Bone is naturally smooth and slippery, so that the Flesh dif­ficultly grows upon it) you must (as Galen and others ad­vise) rasp the Bone, 'till you see the Blood ready to come out of it; whereby it will sooner and better be supplied with the Matter for breeding of Flesh.

CVI. But if the Patient will not admit of Rasping, then you must keep Dossels close to the lips of the Wound, and make exfoliation from the edges, that the sound part may cast off the rotten: for nei­ther any inward Medicine, nor Wine applied with Lint, or other Medicaments, to the mid­dle of a Bone, will signify any thing to the Exfoliation of it; that is but trifling; for in the mean time, the Matter from the edges will rot the Bone under­neath, and in time pierce thro' the first Table, and run down between the two Tables, and do much mischief: so that at length you will be forced to use the Terebra or Trepan.

CVII. The Bone being thus scra­ped, or exfoliated, dress it with Pledgets dipt in Linimentum Arcaei hot, or some such like Pre­paration made of Gum Elemi, Bal­sam Capivii, Cypress-Turpentine, or some of the Natural Balsams: if Digestion is necessary, apply Digestives to the lips; other­wise apply Pledgets wrung out of S.V. simple, or a Tincture of Birthwort, Orrice, and Hog-Fennel roots, &c.

CVIII. In a Wound made by Incision, where part of the Scull is cut slanting off, or into the second Table; if there are no Symptoms of Concussion, you ought not to lay open the Wound to set on the Trepan; but cleanse and dress it, with a fit Dossel press'd out of S.V. digest the lips of the Wound, and wait for the Exfoliation, and then heal it up: Rasping in this case is needless; for if the Bone be rightly drest, the Flesh will soon arise, and make Exfoliation, and 'twill Incarnate of its own accord.

CIX. If there is any Malignity joined therewith, as being made with a Poisoned Weapon, or from the Bitings of Malign Creatures, whether Men or Beasts; the lips of the Wound are first to be scarified, and either Leeches or Cupping-glasses may be applied; and then the Wound may be washed and fomented with this following Medicine.

CX. ℞ Our Theriaea Chy­mica, [Page 937] or in place thereof, Mi­thridate ℥ ss. common Angelica or Scordium water ℥iv. Spi­ritus Cordialis, or Spiritus Vini, ℥ i. Spiritus Universalis ʒ ii. mix them.

CXI. And inwardly you may give this. ℞ Our Theriaca Chymica, or Elect. Antipesti­lentiale, à ℈i. ad ʒi. Spiritus Cordialis ʒ vi. Aqua Angelicae simplex ℥iii. mix, for a Dose.

CHAP. XXVI. Of WOƲNDS of the TEMPORAL MƲSCLES.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vulnus Musculo­rum Temporum; in English, A Wound of the Temporal Mu­scles.

II. The Prognosticks. Wounds of the Temples are always dan­gerous: 1. Because the Passage of Hearing is in the Temples; and the Instruments of the Senses are very sensible. 2. Be­cause the Temporal Muscles are placed on the Temples, which are casily offended. 3. Because the Motion of the Joints of the lower Jaw (in Speaking, Eating, or Drinking) does hinder uni­tion. 4. Because considerable Vessels, as the branches of the Jugular Veins, and Soporal Arteries are distributed there.

III. Wounds of the Temporal Muscle, are commonly accompa­nied with fearful Symptoms; and many times they follow some time after the Wound is made; as Vomitings, deep Slumbering, Convulsions, &c.

IV. If the Wound is made by Puncture, it is to be accounted dangerous; and many times brings with it very evil Sym­ptoms, as those before named, and other like.

V. If the Temporal Muscle is cut athwart or transversly, it loses its proper action, which is to move and lift up the lower Jaw; then the opposit Temporal Muscle, being whole and sound, and using its strength, the wounded Muscle not being able to act, or make any resistance, it draws the lower Jaw to it; by which the Mouth, and most parts of the Face are drawn awry, and suffer a kind of con­vulsion towards the sound part, the other being resolved, and falling.

VI. For as oft as the Muscles of one kind are equal in number, magnitude, and strength on each side: the resolution or cutting asunder of the one part, causes a convulsion of the other.

VII. Besides all this, when we [Page 938] eat, drink, or speak, this Muscle is in perpetual motion; so that being once cut, it will very diffi­cultly admit of unition: for this reason, if there should be a Fra­cture in this Muscle, of the Ossa Petrosa, (joined to the Scull by Sutura Squamosa, or the Scaly Suture) you ought not to be too hasty in dilating it, lest Con­vulsions or other ill accidents should happen.

VIII. The Cure. If therefore in a Wound of the Temporal Mu­scles there should be a fracture of the Bone without ill Symptoms, let the Hair be shaved off, and the Wound dressed with this. ℞ Oils of Whelps, of Earthworms, and of Hypericon, A. ℥ss. S.V. ʒii. mix them, and use it warm.

IX. Or, ℞ Balsam of Chili, or of Peru ℥ss. Oil of Earthworms ʒi. mix them, and dress the Wound therewith.

X. If the Muscle is cut trans­versly, then the lips are to be brought together by stitching in the Skin: afterwards it is to be drest with Linimentum Arcaei, or some other Balsam; or those things which are prescribed in Punctures.

X. Or you may apply this Unguent of Sennertus.Turpen­tine, Gum Elemi, A. ℥iii. pure Rosin, Oil of Roses, A.℥iv. Wax ℥vi. Ammoniacum ℥ii. make an Oint­ment.

XII. Or, ℞ Gum Elemi ℥iii. Opopanax ℥ii. Pine-Rosin ℥i. Bdel­lium ℥ss. Wax q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.

XIII. Gum Elemi is an ad­mirable thing, as Conciliator, Different. 181. writes, Attrahit, dolorem mitigat, malam intem­periem, propter familiaritatem quam cum Corpore habet, corrigit, Viz. It attracts or draws, eases pain, and corrects an ill tem­perature of the Part, from its friendly quality which it has to the Body.

XIV. Above these wounds you may apply Sticticum Paracelsi, or Diachylon cum Gummis, brought to the consistence of a Cerat, by mixing it with some Balsam, either Natural or Artificial.

XV. And tho' there may be danger of Death, Celsus advises, That we should not altogther leave the miserable Patient comfortless, for that it is better to try a doubt­ful Medicine, than none at all: and we may avoid scandal, and free our selves from blame and reproach, by making the pro­bable prognosticks to the Friends of the Sick.

XVI. If the Muscle is wounded only according to the length, you must first stop the Hemorrhage, with some proper Styptick, the chief of which is that of Dr. Gardner's Preparation: then you must unite the brims by stitch­ing them together, cleansing the Wound first from the grumous or clotted Blood, or other extraneous bodies.

XVII. Which done, dress the Head or Wound with some of the former Ointments, or Balsams, Cerats, or Emplasters; and so compose him to rest, raising his Head somewhat high with a Pillow.

XVIII. An Observation, from Wiseman. One wounded trans­verse the right Temporal Muscle, [Page 939] was bleeding almost to death; I stitcht (says he) his Wound, taking the Artery up with the lips; and for want of other Remedies, drest it with a little Wheat-flower and the white of an Egg, applying over it a Com­press, prest out of Vinegar, with convenient Bandage.

XIX. The third day after the Dressings were taken off, and the lips were found new agglutinated: being better provided with Medicines, the lips of the Wound were sprinkled with pouder made of Frankincense and Dragons-blood, and a Pled­get applied spread with Linimen­tum Arcaei, and over it Diapalma.

XX. The fifth day, or second after the former Dressing, the Stitches were cut, and Epuloticks applied: so that in two or three Dressings more he was cured. Wiseman, lib. 5. c. 9. pag. 387.

CHAP. XXVII. Of WOƲNDS of the MENINGES of the BRAIN.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...], pl. [...]. in Latin, Vulnus, pl. Vulnera Meningium Cerebri; in English, A Wound, or Wounds of the Membranes of the Brain.

II. It follows in order of Nature, to treat of Wounds of the Cranium: but by reason they are chiefly Fractures, of which our whole Sixth Book following treats, we shall here pass them over, and come im­mediately to treat of those parts under the Scull, which are the Meninges of the Brain, and the Brain it self.

III. The Meninges, or Mem­branes, are the internal containing part of the Head; and they are two, both which compass the Brain; viz. the Dura Mater, and the Pia Mater.

IV. The Dura Mater is the outermost Membrane, and being very strong, is placed under the Cranium; the wounding of which, is very often attended with Pal­sies; and in time of the hurt or accident, with Convulsions and other ill Symptoms; the which are the greater, if the Wound is in the middle part of the Head, according to its length; there being many Vessels in that place, which if they chance to be cut, will fill the void space between the Cranium and Dura Mater, with Blood.

V. The Pia Mater, lies upon the body or substance of the Brain, so close, that a Wound cannot be made into the Pia Mater, and the Brain escape free: and from its many Veins being cut, or broken, a Flux of Blood inevitably follows.

VI. The Signs. A Wound of this Part is known by sight; and is for the most part accompanied with vehement Pain, Hemorrhage, Inflammation, Apostemation, and Discoloration.

VII. The Prognosticks. If drowsiness and sleepiness seizeth the Patient, Death not long after will ensue.

VIII. If notwithstanding the use of Means there is a Putri­faction, and it will not cease, but still increases and goes on; or a Tumor shall increase and grow above the opening of the Scull, being immoveable, black, and dry: if the Eyes of the Sick appear of a fiery colour, bunch-out, and are still moving; if they toss and tumble in their Bed, and rave, you may predict Death at hand, and so much the sooner, as these Symptoms continue constant and uniform. And Death must of necessity ensue, because of the extinction of Natural Heat, and the Gan­gren of a Noble Part.

IX. When the Pia Mater is wounded, (because it is very thin, and sticks fast to the Brain) the Brain also must be offended, and therefore such Wounds are for the most part mortal: for the Brain being laid open to the Air, is presently and easily corrupted by the external cold, which extinguishes the weak heat of that Part; as also by the moi­sture which is contained in its substance, as by that which comes to it by a flux from other places.

I. Wounds of the Dura Mater.

X. The Cure. In this case presently lay-open the Hairy-scalp, and raise it up with the Bones, that you may in some measure relieve the opprest Membrane; and if there is a great flux of Blood, cleanse the Membrane with a Spunge dipt, and a little squeezed out of hot Red-wine, or Vinegar.

XI. If there is a vehement Hemorrhage, the Membrane being wounded, you must immediately make way to come at the wounded Membrane, if the Instrument or Weapon has not made way enough; and then stop it with Galen's Pouder, made of Aloes, Frank­incense, Mastich, white of an Egg, and down of an Hare; or Dr. Gardner's Sty­ptick, or some such like Me­dicament.

XII. As to the first Dressing, Authors something differ; Celsus would have it drest with Dryers, viz. Cum Aceto acerrimo: his factis, (those things being done, at Sect. 10. above) ea Membrana Aceto acri respergenda est, ut si intus concretus Cruor rema­net, discutiatur, &c. The Mem­brane is to be sprinkled with sharp Vinegar, to prevent the bleeding, and to dissolve the coagulated Blood which remains upon the Dura Mater.

XIII. But Avicen, and most of the Ancients were for Lenients, as Oil of Roses, that the extra­vasated Blood lying upon the Dura Mater might be converted into Matter: in which case, [Page 941] you are to be something guided by your Eye.

XIV. If there is Sanies or Putrifaction, dress with Mel Rosarum mixed with S.V. and higher Abstersives may be used, as you see the Putrifaction is more or less: if a Hemorrhage is feared, Celsus his way may be proper, or the use of some other Styptick. But if neither an Hemorrhage nor Putrifaction are feared, but that the Membrane is fresh, and of its natural co­lour; you are not to grieve or exasperate the Pain, with the acrimony of Vinegar, or Deter­gents: the use of Vinegar, or Mel Rosarum with S.V. are con­trary to the Indication of Cure, which teaches to digest recent Wounds, before you use Abs­tersives.

XV. Therefore Lenients, by the Authority both of Ancients and Moderns, are first to be used. Galen used Pigeons-Blood, or the Blood of Turtles, dropt warm from their Wings. Fallo­pius and Aquapendens use Oil of Roses, mixed with Rosin of the Fir-tree, afterwards increasing the Rosin, and lessening the Oil: these by their Concoctive qua­lity, perfect the Digestion sooner; and by their Anodyn quality, secure the Part from Inflammation.

XVI. By this simple Medica­ment, Wiseman says he never failed of good Digestion, and after­wards by the tempering of it, he has both digested and deterged, never finding the least prejudice the bare Bone received from it: but this you are also to be cautious of, that you use not Digestives unseasonably, because thereby the Parts may be relaxed: there­fore after Digestion, add more Rosin, and less Oil.

XVII. Or you may mix Mel Rosarum with the Rosin, instead of Oil; which will answer the Intentions, both of deterging, and incarnating.

XVII. Or you may use this, to both purposes. ℞ Balsam Capivii, Gum Elemi, A.ʒii. Stras­burgh-Turpentine ℥i. Honey of Ro­ses, Canary, A. ℥iii. Oil of Roses ℥iv. boil to the consumption of the Wine; then add Cochinel in fine pouder ʒiii. Aloes ʒi. Saffron ʒss. mix them.

XIX. This you may apply upon the Dura Mater, and a Button of Lint over, to fill up the hollow in the Bone: and the rest of the Bone may be drest with dry Lint, or Linimentum Arcaei, and the lips of the Wound with a Digestive, with Turpentine, &c. over which apply Diapalma, or Empl. Album, malaxed with Oil of Roses.

XX. Now one thing is to be noted, that in the Directions at Sect. 10. and 11. above, you take not out more Bones than needs must: for recent Fractures of the Cranium, do easily unite, like those in other Parts; if the Pus or Matter has way made, to be discharged from within: so that having raised up the Bones that are loose, the others may be drest dry, with Catagmaticks; taking care, that a Hypersarcosis or Proud-flesh come not upon them; and thus they will easily agglutinate.

XXI. In these Wounds of the Dura Mater, besides those men­tioned at Sect. 15, 16, 17, and 18. the Oils of Hypericon and Mastich, mixt with Rosin, are commended: and Archigenes, Ga­len, and Aquapendens sometimes drest these Wounds with juice of Calamint, mixed with the flower of Milium.

XXII. The Ʋnition and Incar­nating the Lips of the Dura Mater, is performed by a Carneous Sub­stance arising from the Membrane, which afterwards as it increases, does unite them; and over­spreading that Part, grows up to the Cranium, and unites with that Callus, (after Exfoliation of the Bone) and becomes one body with it, filling up the vacancy, or place which was perforated, and in some grows more firm than the Bone it self.

XXIII. You must be careful that your Lenients make not the Flesh too lax and soft, lest a troublesom Fungus springs forth; which you may prevent in its beginning, by using Desiccatives, as red Precipitate, mixt with burnt Alum, Aloes, and pouder of Pomgranate-peels, &c. The Vitriol-stone takes this off with little pain, and also disposes the Part to cicatrize, if pru­dently used and timely. We will have a few words con­cerning the Accidents or Sym­ptoms, and so shall conclude this Topick.

II. Symptoms in Wounds of the Dura Mater.

XXIV. 1. Pain. Narcoticks here have no place, for they would stupify the Membrane; nor emol­lient unctuous Medicines, because they may induce putridness. Oil of Roses, mixed with Gum Elemi a third part, are to be put warm upon the Membrane, 'till the pain ceases, and the Pus ap­pears; then Honey of Roses may be mixed with Oil of Roses, for better digesting and deter­ging, &c.

XXV. 2. Inflammation. It is a red Tumor of the Dura Mater, with distention of its Vessels; so great sometimes, that it sills the hole of the Cranium, and grows above it. This Symptom is dan­gerous, and therefore they first Bleed, and appoint a slender Diet; then they Foment with a Decoction of Althea, Linseed, Fenugreek-seed, Groundsel and Violet leaves, made in Wine, or in Wine and Water; this being done, they anoint with Oils of Roses, Myrtles, or Quinces: if these things prevail not, and that you see it will Apostemate, you are to dilate the Scull, by taking away more of it.

XXVI. 3. Apostemation. It is known by the extraordinary whiteness of some part of it, as in Pustules of the Skin; then you must carefully open it, but so as not to touch the Brain; and drying abstersive Medicaments are to be applied, as Mel Rosa­rum cum S.V. Syrup of dried Roses mixed with a little Tur­pentine, or Balsam Capivii, or Gum Elemi, and Spirit of Wine, &c.

XXVII. 4. Discoloration. This may proceed from many Causes; as violence of the Contusion, [Page 943] coagulated Blood, coldness of the Air, application of unfit Medicines, and from a pu­tridness.

XVIII. If it comes from the Contusion, it seldom lasts above three or four days: in this case use Oleum Rosaceum, or Mel Ro­satum, or Oil of Eggs, with a little S.V. mixt with some Cephalick Pouder and Saffron.

XXIX. If it comes from Co­agulated Blood, ℞ Pouder of Cochenel, of Chermes-berries, A. ʒi. Saffron ʒss. Sarcocol ʒii. S.V. Honey of Roses, A. ℥ii. mix them; and apply it, 'till the blackness goes away.

XXX. If it comes from appli­cation of Ʋnfit Medicines, as being too moist, unctuous, or sharp, apply such as are in faculty contrary, viz. drying, as Cephalick Pouders mixed with Honey or Oil of Roses: if from sharp things, apply such as are mild and lenient, as Oils of Hypericon, Earthworms, or Whelps, mixed with a little Saffron, and Balsam of Peru.

XXXI. If it proceeds from Putridness, known by the ill smell of the Sanies, then apply this: ℞ S.V. White-wine, A. ℥ii. Syrup of Wormwood, Honey of Roses, A.℥i. Ung. Aegyptiacum ℥ss. Aloes, Myrrh, Sarcocol, Preci­pitate, A.ʒi. mix.

III. Wounds of the Pia Mater.

XXXII. Wounds of this Part are most times mortal: partly, for that this Membrane is full of Blood-vessels, and so subject to great Hemorrhages; and partly, because the Brain, being exposed to the Air, is thereby over­cooled; and being corrupted, is apt to be prest forth by the constant Pain they endure from the putrifaction of the Cerebrum, whereby it many times comes forth at the Wound.

XXXIII. You must make clear and open your way to these Wounds, by removing the lacerated Flesh and Bones, if they will submit: otherwise you must leave it to Nature, lest the Patient dies under your hands, which is a disgrace to an Artist.

XXXIV. First stop the Hae­morrhage with Galen's Pouder, and Hares Fur, mixed with the White of an Egg, which use upon Pledgits, to retain the Brain al­so within its Bounds.

XXXV. Then the Part is to be cured with Medicaments, dry­ing, warming, and comforting; such as that described at Sect. 18. aforegoing, and other the like things, dressing up the Wound as those in the Dura Mater.

XXXVI. If any part of the Lips of the Hairy Scalp is lacera­ted, shattered, or seems to be torn in Rags, cut it off, lest a Gle [...] drop from them upon the Mem­branes or Brain, and so increase the Accidents.

XXXVII. If the Brain be kept within its Membranes, viz. the Pia & Dura Mater, and they di­gest and incarnate, then proceed in the rest of the Cure, as we have before directed in the Di­scourse of the Wounds of the Dura Meninx.

XXXVIII. Bleeding is also some­times to be done, as your Prudence shall direct you: And in a Caco­chymia, [Page 944] there ought to be due purging to carry off the offend­ing Humours, and serous Blood, which, by reason of its thinness and heat, is apt to fly to the affected part; but this is to be done, according as the Necessi­ty requires, and the Patient's Strength will admit.

CHAP. XXVIII. Of WOƲNDS of the BRAIN.

I. THey are called in Greek, [...], pl. [...]. in Latin, Vulnus, pl. Vulnera Cerebri; in English, a Wound, or Wounds of the Brain.

II. The Signs. Hippocrates, lib. 6. aphor. 50. saith, If any have the Brain wounded, they will have a Fever and vomiting of Cho­ler. And this Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 4. affirms in a very florid Discourse.

III. Hippocrates, Sect. 7. Aph. 58. says, They who have suffered a vehement Concussion of the Brain, immediately became dumb: and in Coacis Prenot. he says, they fall a slumbering.

IV. There is also Senselesness, Giddiness, and Dimness of Sight: For Fernelius, Pathol. lib. 7. cap. 8. says, If the Substance of the Brain is hurt, the Reason be­comes weak, and all the Symptoms increase; and many times a Por­tion of the Brain comes out, not without Danger of Life.

V. If the Brain is wounded, the Pus, or Quittor, will be thick, round, and like a marrowy Sub­stance.

VI. Paraeus, lib. 9. cap. 22. says, If the Meninges are divided, and a Substance like Fat comes out, which will neither swim a­bove the Water, nor yet melt with Heat, as Fat will, the Brain may then be said to be wound­ed.

VII. The Symptoms. The Sym­ptoms are many and dreadful. 1. What respect the natural Pow­ers, as, foaming at Mouth, dark­ness of Sight, Vertigo, vomiting of Choler, a Fever, Convulsion, Deafness, and want of Speech.

VIII. 2. What respects the ra­tional Faculties; as, Stupidity, want of Reason, a Palsie, Le­thargy, and last of all an Apo­plexy.

IX. The Prognosticks. All Wounds of the Brain are dangerous at least, 1. Because of the Noble­ness of its Parts, and the neces­sary use of its Functions. 2. Be­cause of its continual motion, con­sidering a wounded part in cu­ring requires rest. 3. From the Substance of the Brain, being soft and humid, and so the more apt to Putridness. 4. Because of the Coldness of the Brain, which ge­nerates many Excrements. 5. Be­cause of the Consent of the Nerves, [Page 945] it being their original. 6. Be­cause Medicaments are not so easi­ly conveyed to that part, being wounded.

X. But that some have had Wounds of the Brain, and even with loss of its Substance who have escaped With Life, Authors have reported, and for which they give us these Reasons; as, 1. The healthy and strong Constitution of the Patient. 2. The Skilful­ness of the Artist in dressing of the Wound; for that many re­cover of great Wounds, being dressed neatly, easily, and ac­cording to Art; whereas others die of small Wounds, being ne­gligently or ignorantly dressed. 3. The difference of the part wounded; some parts of the Brain being more dangerous when wounded, than other some.

XI. Authors are not wanting in giving us Histories of such, who having been wounded in the Br [...]in, have recovered. Galen on Hippo­crates, lib. 6. Aph. 18. says, He saw one cured, who had a con­siderable Wound in the Brain: And, De Ʋsu Partium, lib. 10. he tells us of a young Man, who recovered of a Wound received in one of the fore Ventricles of the Brain.

XII. Andreas à Cruce, Chirurg. lib. 1. Tract. 2. cap. 14. says, he cured several whose Brains were wounded, and brings Wit­ness of the Truth thereof: And Fr. Arcaeus, lib. 1. cap. 6. brings four Examples of the Truth of the same.

XIII. Fallopius de Capitis vul­neribus, cap. 45. says, A great Portion of the Brain may come forth, and yet Life be saved: Therefore (says he) forsake not the wounded Patient, for I my self have had great Trial of these things. And Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 4. Observ. 1, 2, 3. gives us four Examples of this kind.

XIV. Christoph. à Vega in Hip­pocrates, lib. 6. Aph. 15. says, That Wounds of the Brain, if they reach to the Ventricles, are not cured: But we have seen (says he) many others cured, which pierced to the Substance of the Brain, and out of which some Portion of the Brain issued. Carpus de Tractatu in fractura Cranii, affirms, That he saw six Persons who recovered, when a good quantity of the Brain came out of the Wounds.

XV. Theodoricus Chirurg. lib. 2. cap. 2. assures us, That Wounds of the Membrane, and Substance of the Brain and Ventricles, may be cured. And Horatius Augeni­us, lib. 9. Epist. 2. says, He saw once the whole Substance of the Brain wounded, and a Portion of the Brain to come out of the Wound, yet that the Patient was cured, and did well.

XVI. Brassavola in Hippocratis, lib. 6. Aph. 18. reports, That he saw two who were cured, after their Brains were wounded. And Massa, Tom. 2. Epist. 11. takes God to witness, and many yet alive (says he) can witness, that I have cured several, whose Skull is, Membranes and Brain have been wounded; also naming them.

XVII. Valeriola, lib. 4. Obs. 10. lib. 5. Obs. 9. & lib. 6. Obs. 4. has also several Examples. And [Page 946] Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 1. part. 1. cap. 24. has given us a famous Example, which was brought to him of a Carpen­ter who was wounded in the Brain, and there fell out of the Substance of the Brain as much almost as the Quantity of a Wal­nut, who was cured with an Ointment of Fab. Hildanus.

XVIII. Paraeus, lib. 10. cap. 22. tells us of a young Man wound­ed upon the right Bregma into the Brain, so that the quantity of a Hazel-nut came forth there­at, which he cut away, and re­covered him perfectly, excepting that he continued deaf all his Life after. Wiseman, lib. 5. cap. 9. says, That the Brain it self is insensible; and that the Sym­ptoms which accompany these Wounds proceed from the Pain and Anguish of the Dura and Pia Mater. He tells us of a Patient of his, who was wounded into the Brain, with loss of its Sub­stance, who lived 17 days after: And, (says he) by what I have seen of them heretofore, their Cure consists in dressing them as Wounds of the Dura Mater, and in keeping the Brain within its Membranes, without which no Incarnation can succeed.

XIX. Cabrolius de periculosissi­mis Cerebri Vulneribus, Obs. 16, 22, & 24. has some worthy and notable Histories of this kind. And Skenkius, lib. 1. Obs. 40, 42. has collected many, which for their Rarity are worth reading.

XX. These Authorities being thus alledged, I am unwilling to interpose a Judgment against such a Cloud of Witnesses, most of them being Men of Reputation, Honour and Integrity: All that I will say upon the matter is this, That nothing of this nature ever came within my Cognisance; and tho' Wounds of this kind, may be thought by me, with others, ex­treamly dangerous, yet I think we ought not to judge their Cure impossible; and therefore be­lieve it the Duty of every Ar­tist, when such Accidents offer themselves, not only to bind up the wounded Patient, but to do all his Endeavours, and exert his greatest Skill and Abilities, in order to the Performance of the Cure; since Nature many times assists us in our Underta­kings, even beyond all hope.

XXI. The Causes of the Sym­ptoms. 1. Dimness of Sight. It is caused from a Dissipation of the Animal Spirits, and a Con­fusion of the Visive Spirits in the Optick Nerves.

XXII. 2. Loss of Motion. 1. It is caused, 1. By the Violence of that which gives the Wound. 2. By Privation of the Faculty of moving, thro' the wounding the Instruments of Motion.

XXIII. 3. Slumbering, or Sleep­iness. It is caused from the Dis­sipation of the Animal Spirits, but greater, and of longer con­tinuance than in Dimness of Sight.

XXIV. A Fever. It is caused by an Inflammation seizing upon the wounded part, which being communicated to the Heart by the Veins, is from thence by the same Vessels scattered over the whole Body.

XXV. 5. AVertigo. It is cau­sed from the Circumvolution, or turning round of the Animal Spirits, and from their violent and irregular Motions.

XXVI. 6. A Vomiting. It is caused from a Communication of Vessels: For thé Brain being hurt, the Disaffection is com­municated by the Nerves of the sixth Conjugation, which pro­ceeding from the Brain, are di­spersed through all the Coats of the Stomach.

XXVII. 7. A Convulsion. It is caused from malign, putrid, or sharp thin Humors or Vapors, pricking the Original of the Nerves, and so disposing them to Explosions in various parts.

XXVIII. 8. A Palsy. It is caused by matter obstructed, which piercing the Nerves and musculous Fibres, especially in their Original, as the Brain and Spinal Marrow, causes a Reso­lution in those Parts to which those Conjugations or Pairs run.

XXIX. 9. Stupidity. It is caused by putrid Vapors or Hu­mors, abounding in such plenty, as almost to suffocate or put a stop to the Motion of the Ani­mal Spirits, being obstructed in the Brain.

I. The Cure of Wounds of the Brain.

XXX. Sennertus Med. Pract. lib. 1. par. 1. cap. 24. forbids things cold and moist; also moist Digestives, and all fat, un­ctious and oily Medicaments; for the Brain being soft and moist, is by them easily cor­rupted.

XXXI. But things drying are to be used; as, Oil of Turpen­tine, and all the kinds of natu­ral Balsams, (which cannot pro­perly be said to be unctious or greasie.) Andreas à Cruce, Chi­rurg. lib. 1. cap. 14. will have Oil of Turpentine and Sp. Vi. to be applied till the fourteenth day is past, and then to drop into the Wound this following Li­quor.

XXXII. ℞ Generous and strông Wine, as Sherry, ℥x, Juyce of Be­tony ℥ij, Juyce of Calaminth ℥j, inspissate Juyce of Centory, Seeds of Hypericon, Aloes, Myrrh, Dra­gons Blood, Olibanum, A.℥ss. bruise and digest all in a Vessel close stopt; then boil gently to the consumption of a third part; strain, and add thereto S.V. ℥iij. Oil of Turpentine ℥ij. mix them for use.

XXXIII. Ʋpon the former ap­ply Pulvis Cephalicus; and cover all with some fit Balsamick Em­plaster.

XXXIV. Sennertus says, Pi­geons Blood may be dropt in, or some fine Cloth dipt in Greek (or rather Sherry) Wine, in which Roses and Betony have been infu­sed: In Winter-time, Aqua Vi­tae may be used; others use the Juyce of Catmint; others the Pouder of pure Frankincense; even till the 7th day, and till the Flesh begins to grow up.

XXXV. Fabricius ab Aqua­pendente Chirurg. lib. 2. cap. 20. uses this following, with good Success. ℞ Meal of Milium ℥ss. Mithridate ʒvj. Aqua Vitae ʒv. Balsam of Peru ʒiij. Oleum Hispa­nicum ℥j. Oil of Vitriol ʒj. ss. mix them.

XXXVI. And upon that he applies this Emplaster. ℞ Bar­ley-flower ℥viij. Oil of Mastick ℥vj. Oxymel simple ℥v. Pouder of Ca­momil Flowers ℥iiij. Oil of Roses ℥iij. Spicknard Scaenanth, Stae­chas, Betony, all in Pouder, A. ℥ss. White-wine q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XXXVII. The Oleum Hispa­num, which he wonderfully com­mends for the speedy healing of Wounds, is thus prepared. ℞ Seeds of Hypericon ℥ij, Roots of Carduus Ben. and of Valerian A. ℥j. cut and beat them well, then infuse in Sherry Wine for two days, after which add Oil Olive ℥iij, bruised Wheat ℥jss. boil to the Con­sumption of the Wine, then strain, and add thereto Venice Turpentine ℥vj. Frankincense in Pouder ℥ij. give it two or three walms more, and so keep it for use.

XXXVIII. Andreas à Cruce commends Oil of Turpentine mixt with Honey of Roses to be applied with fine Linnen dipt therein, and then fills up the Wound with this mixture, ℞ Aloes, Ma­stick, Myrrh, Sanguis Draconis, A. ʒij. Turpentine ℥ij. S.V. ℥j. mix them.

XXXIX. Or, ℞ Turpentine wash'd in Bugle-water ℥ij. S.V. Syrup of Roses A. ℥j. Pouder of Frankincense, Mastick, Myrrh, A. ʒij. Seeds of Hypericon, Sanguis Draconis, Mummia ex Cranio A. ʒj. mix them.

XL. The same Andreas á Cru­ce cured a Girl wounded into the Brain, who had lost a considerable portion thereof, by the Method deliver'd at Sect. 31, 32, 33. a­foregoing, in about fourteen days time.

XLI. Sennertus commends the natural Balsams as of admirable use: Also the distilled artificial Balsam out of the following Composition. ℞ pure Turpentine lbij. Pine-Rosin lbss. Frnnkincense, Mastick, Myrrh, Gum Elemi, A. ℥iij. mix, and distill a Balsam ac­cording to Art. It is inferiour to no other Medicine for this pur­pose in the World: But here I have altered the Proportions, having found these Limitations, by experience, to be much the better.

XLII. Fallopius, in his Com­ment on Hippocrates, de Capitis Vulneribus, cap. 45. pours into the Wound Oil of Roses mixed with Oil of Turpentine; because the Oil of Roses is Anodyn, and the Oil of Turpentine warming and drying; and this he applies till the seventh day is past; a­bout which time the corrupt part of the Brain separates it self from the sound.

XLIII. If the Bone is carious, and does not readily exfoliate, you must scrape it, and dress it with Linimentum Arcaei: if that is too relaxing, ℞ S.V. ℥x. Aloes ℥jss. Myrrh ℥j. Roots of Birthwort, Hog-Fennel, Catechu, A. ℥ss. mix them, and apply it upon Dos­sels.

XLIV. In dry Constitutions use this: ℞ Aloes, Pumice-stone, Pompholix, A. ʒij. Oyster-shells burnt ʒss. each being in impalpa­ble Pouder, mix it with Mel Ro­sarum and S. Vini, and apply this Emplaster over all. ℞ Lead cal­cin'd with Sulphur and washed, Litharge A. ℥ij. Ceruse, Antimony calcin'd and levigated, A. ℥j. Oil [Page 949] of Roses q.s. mix, and boil to an Emplaster. Or, Take Crocus Mar­tis ℥j. Calx of Egg shells ℥ss. burnt Alum ʒj. mix and make a Pouder, which apply.

XLV. If the Substance of the Brain being wounded, seems to be of a livid Colour, Medicaments which are drying and warming are to be applied. Take Spirit of Wine ℥ij. Honey and Oil of Ro­ses, A. ℥j. mix them.

XLVI. As it is an evil sign, if the substance of the Brain is of a livid colour; so if the Portion thereof, which must be separa­ted, look whitish, like to Hail­stones, and have not a very stinking Smell, it seems that Nature is strong.

XLVII. If the Wound comes to yield a laudable Quittor, then the Oil of Roses may be more especially omitted, and only Honey of Ro­ses, and Syrup of Red Roses, or Syrup of Myrtles, mixt with A­qua Vitae, or Spirit of Wine, are to be used. Or this, Take Bal­sam of Peru, Gum Juniper, red Oil of Hypericon (made by a manifold Infusion of the Flowers) A. ℥ss. mix them. It admirably dries, warms, resists Putrefaction, and the Prejudices of the ambient Air.

II. Of the Cure of the Symptoms.

XLVIII. 1. Apostemation of the Brain. That this may happen, Valeriolus, lib. 3. Obs. 8. Fer­nelius de Lue, cap. 7. & Paraeus, lib. 9. cap. 8. with others, do affirm. And Sennertus, lib. 1. par. 1. cap. 27. says, an Inflam­mation may happen to the Brain, and that in time may Aposte­mate.

XLIX. Authors account this a­mong the most desperate, if not a­mong the mortal Symptoms: But Arcaeus, lib. 1. cap. 6. gives us a History of one, who having lain desperate seven days of a Wound of the Brain, had on the eighth day three Apostemes broke out, and yet was perfectly cured in the space of four Months.

L. The Body is to be kept open with Lenients, or Lenitive Cly­sters are often to be given. Fo­mentations may be applied to the adjacent parts upon the Head; and, in due time, the Aposte­mation is to be opened, and cleansed of its Virulency as soon as may be, lest it contaminate the sound parts of the Brain; and then the Cure is to be ab­solved, according to the usual Method.

LI. 2. Concussion, or Commotion of the Brain. If it is vehement, it is always dangerous, and ma­ny times mortal. And Hippo­crates, lib. 7. Aph. 58. says, They who have suffered a strong Con­cussion of the Brain, must of ne­cessity become dumb or speech­less.

LII. It is to be dress'd as a Fracture, when the Cuti Muscu­losa is whole. Parcus draws Blood out of the Vena Cephalica, according to the Strength of the Patient, then he shaves the Head, and applies a Cataplasin made of Barley Flower, Oil of Ro­ses and Oxymel: But Astringents are forbidden, because they hin­der the breathing of the Fuligi­nous Vapours thro' the Sutures, [...]

VII. There are many Composi­tions of this Emplaster; the chief of which we have given you in Cap. 6. Sect. 36. ad 47. of this present Book aforegoing. But some Authors commend the fol­lowing.

VIII. ℞ Rosin, Ship-pitch, Wax, A. ℥ij. Turpentine ℥jss. Tac­camahac ℥ss. White Starch, Calx Vive, Frankincense, Mastick, O­libanum, A. ℥ijss. mix, and make an Emplaster.

IX. Or this Pouder. ℞ Fran­kincense, Mastick, Olibanum, Ro­sin, Sanguis Draconis, Fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Alum, Calx Vive, White Starch A. ℥j. make each into a sine Pouder, and mix them. This is to be mixed with the White of an Egg, till it be­comes of the thickness of Ho­ney, and then to be applied.

X. If the soft parts are trans­versely incised, and the Wound is long, the Lips will gape, being far distant asunder. In this case stitching with Needles is requi­site, to bring them close toge­ther.

XI. But when you find the Brims of the Wound agglutinated, and that their Swelling and In­flammation are gone, you must re­move the Stitches, and apply the dry Suture afore-named, which will be about the third or fourth day; and this must be done to prevent Scars.

XII. If the transverse Wound is not long, fit or convenient rowling, and dry stitching may suffice for the bringing and keeping the Lips of the Wound together.

XIII. As to Medicaments for the Cure of these Wounds, Pouders are not so fit to be applied, when the Lips are brought together: For in some cases, some small di­stance must be left, which by Sarcoticks you must incarnate; which Pouders, by their Sub­stance and Quality hinder, by their drying too often and too soon, making an ugly Scar.

XIV. As to the Substance or Consistence therefore of these Me­dicines, they ought to be humid and soft, and only drying in their Qua­lities, whereby Nature will have time enough given her to com­pleat the Agglutination, by which means the Cicatrizing will be the more beneficial.

XV. Such Medicaments are all Natural and Artificial Balsams; Oil of Hypericon mixed with Tur­pentine, or with Balsam Capivii, or Gum Elemi, and Arcaeus his Liniment; over which, in Sum­mer-time, Empl. Album, or de Minio, may be laid; but in Win­ter-time Empl. Sticticum, or some other like it; and if they are too hard or stiff, you may soften them with Oil of Hyperi­con, or Oil of Ben.

XVI. The Vulnerary Liquor of Schroder is commended, if used by a skilful Hand. Liquor ad Ʋl­cera Schroderi, in Pharm. Med. Chym. lib. 1. cap. 66. b. ℞ Calx vive, Sal Armoniack, A. q.v. levigate them, and then mix them together, and melt them with a very strong Heat, and it will yield a Water, which decant, beat the mass to Pouder; and add to it as much Salt of Tartar, which place in a Cellar to melt per deliqui­um.

XVII. He commends it for cu­ring Tettars, Ringworms, Fistu­lous Ʋlcers, old, running, and ma­lign Sores, Cancers, Serpigo, and breakings out of the French Pox, and such other like, cleansing and healing them: but being mixed with Wine, or Spirit of Wine, it is said to cure Wounds im­mediately.

XVIII. When the Cicatrize or Skinning is almost induced, to pre­vent the Skarring, Authors ad­vise to anoint the part with Man's Fat or Grease: Bears Oil is good for this Use, so also Oil of Ben.

XIX. If both the soft parts and the Bones are cut, you must then have more respect for the Se­curity of the Patient, than for the Beauty of the Face: Here no kind of stitching is to be u­sed if the Wound is large, and the Bone much hurt.

XX. The Bone is to be scraped with a Raspatory, and the Wound kept open till it scales; after which the Wound is to be in­carnated with Sarcoticks, and the rest of the Cure performed as we elsewhere teach.

XXI. If there is a Solution of Ʋnity in the Jaw-bone, you must reduce the Bone to its natural Po­sture, that Bone may answer Bone, and each soft part its fellow; the parts are to be thus kept in their reduced Position with stitching and convenient Ban­dage, dressing the Wound with such proper Vulneraries, as we have taught in the general Cure of Wounds.

CHAP. XXX. Of WOƲNDS of the EYES.

I. THey are called in Greek [...], pl. [...] [...], pl. [...]. in Latin, Vul­nera Oculi, pl. Oculorum; in Eng­lish, Wounds of the Eye, or Eyes.

II. In this Chapter we shall treat of Wounds of the Parts a­bout the Eye, as well as of Wounds in the Eye it self; tho' the Eye-brow and Eye-lid are the pro­per Appendices of the Face, and ought rather to have been treated of in the former Chap­ter: But in respect to their Af­finity to the Eye, and their Name, we rather chuse to treat of them here, where we shall discourse, 1. Of the Wounds of the Eye-brows. 2. Of Wounds of the Eye-lids. 3. Of Wounds of the Eye it self.

I. Wounds of the Eye-brows.

III. A Wound of the Eye-brow is called in Greek, [...]. and in Latin, Vulnus Supercilii.

IV. It is either a Contusion, a Burning, or an Incision. An Inci­sion is either simple, or with loss of Substance: And if it is simple, it is either according to the Lon­gitude or Ductus of the Fibres, or Transverse.

V. If it is only bruised, without breaking of the Skin, it contracts a livid, or black and blue Co­lour, and then you must apply this. Take Whites of Eggs No iii. Wormwood-water ℥iss. fine Bole, or Terra Sigillata ʒi. mix and apply; or anoint the Brow with Ʋng. album Camphoratum.

VI. The livid colour is taken away with juice of Wormwood mix­ed, with Honey, or juice of Sow­bread, or Aloes mixt with Honey, or with a Cataplasm of Anise and Cumin-seed made by boiling in Water; or a Cataplasm of Meal and Faenugreek and Beans made with Honey: The Juice of the Root of Solomon's Seal is excellent in this case.

VII. If the Wound comes by burning, Take Vervain-water ℥iv. Quince-seeds ʒij. Faenugreek-seed ʒj. make a Mucitage, which ap­ply; or you may use other things proper against Wounds.

VIII. If the Wound is caused by a simple Incision, according to the Ductus of the Fibres without loss of Substance, Agglutinatives, A­stringents or Stypticks are chief­ly to be used, which having Power to dry without sharpness, may hasten the Unition, and produce the Cicatrize.

IX. Some commend the use of Whites of Eggs, mixt with fine Bole, softned in Rose-water, ap­plied upon Pledgets of Tow or Linnen Cloth, more especially if a little Saffron and Alom be added thereto.

X. Afterwards Oil of Hypericon, or some proper Ointment, may be used: Also Diapalma, or Emp. album. to say over the Wound, Sennertus commends Lac Virgi­nis, or an Ointment made of Saccharum Saturni, or this Em­plaster. Take Wax, Oil of Meli­lot A℥j. Cummin-seed ℥ss. Cam­phir ʒi. mix, and make an Em­plaster.

XI. If the Wound is transverse without loss of substance, you must bring the Lips exactly together, so as to answer one another; for o­therwise the Patient will not be able to lift up the Eye-lid, with­out the help of his Finger, but the Eye will still remain shut.

XI. In this case you must take deep stitches, and as many as you shall see needful: The Lips be­ing thus joined, you must apply Aglutinatives to reunite the parts.

XIII. If the Wound is with loss of substance, then you must not make too much haste in healing, lest the Scar becomes so hard, as to cause the Muscles to draw up too much the Eye-lid, whereby the whole Eye will not be covered: Here such Sarcoticks as are soft in Substance or Consistence are to be used, the Natural Balsams, Artificial Balsams, Linimentum Arcaei, &c.

XIV. If the Scar becomes so hard, that the Eye-lid cannot be wholly brought down to cover the Eye, then you must divide the Cicatrix or Scar by a Half-moon like Incision, according to the [Page 955] Orbicular Ductus of the Fibres of the Muscle of the Eye, which draws down the Palpebra, or Eye-lid.

XV. This semicircular Incision you need not fear to make, for that this Muscle lies within the Orbit of the Eye, near to the Muscles which move the Eye, and so it cannot be hurt by such an Incision: Now the Incision must not reach to the internal Tunicle of the Eye-lid, but only to the divi­ding of the Scar and the round Muscle, for so the Motion will not be taken away by such an Incision.

II. Wounds of the Eye-lids.

XVI. These Wounds are called in Greek [...], pl. [...]. and in Latin, Vulnera Palpebrae, pl. Palpebra­rum.

XVII. Each Eye-lid has two Muscles which shut them, of a semicircular Figure; the one seated in the upper Eye-lid, which draws it down, and is the greater; the other in the lower Eye-lid, and pulls it only upwards, and is the lesser.

XVIII. And the upper Eye-lid is opened, or drawn up by a Muscle which arises from the upper part of the Frons, near to the temporal Muscle, where the hairy Scalp ends, and goes directly down, and is inserted into the Eye-brow: Now if this Muscle is transversely cut asunder, the Eye-lid cannot well be opened or pulled up, unless it be well agglutinated or united again.

XIX. The Wounds of this part then are either straight or trans­verse: The straight reach from one corner of the Eye to the o­ther; for this is the Ductus of the Fibres of the semicircular Muscles of the Eye. Transverse, are only those Wounds which reach directly down from the Supercilium or Eye-brow, to­wards the Ball or Cavity of the Eye.

XX. Again, these Wounds ei­ther divide the outer Skin and Muscles only, or they also divide the internal Membrane of the Eye-lid also, which does imme­diately touch and cover the Eye.

XXI. If the external Skin and semicircular Muscle are only divi­ded, you may stitch them together, but with a very small Needle and Thred well waxed; then you must apply Agglutinatives and Sarcoticks, as those things described at Sect. 9, and 10. a­foregoing.

XXII. Or this. ℞ Fine Bole, Terra Sigillata A.ʒii. Sarcocolla, Sanguis Draconis A. ʒi. mix, and make a fine Pouder, which apply on a soft Linnen Cloth dipt in the White of an Egg: And above this apply Bolsters dipt in a Tincture of Catechu, made in e­qual parts of Red Wine, and red Rose-water; which done, let the Eye be rouled or bound up.

XXIII. If there is need of im­brocating the adjacent parts with Oil of Roses, or some other Oil, take heed that none of it goes into the Eye, because they are apt to do hurt, and cause an Inflammation.

XXIV. If also the internal Membrane of the Eye-lid is di­vided, you must not stitch with Needle and Thred, because the Thred touching the Body of the Eye would offend it, and be apt to induce an Inflammation: In this case the dry Suture is most convenient, after which you are to heal it as other like Wounds, taking heed that the two Lids grow not together.

III. Wounds of the Eye it self.

XXV. A Wound of the Eye is called in Greek [...]. and in Latin, Vulnus Oculi.

XXVI. The Prognosticks. It is of difficult Cure, 1. Because of the exquisite sense of the part. 2. Because of a Flux of Humours to which it is apt to be obnoxi­ous. 3. Because of the Excellency and curious Frame of the Part. 4. Because of the continual Moti­on of the Arteries. 5. Because of its consent with the Brain, as it has respect to the Optick Nerve, or the Motory, or the Muscles of the Eye, which have many Twigs of Nerves, or Capillaries, from the first, second, third and eighth Pairs.

XXVII. The Differences. Wounds of the Eye are either su­perficial or deep: Superficial are such as pass not through the Cornea: The Deep are such as pass through the Cornea to other more inward parts of the Eye.

XXVIII. The Cure. First, You must forbear all Oils, fat and unctious things, because they in­flame the Eye, and cause Pain.

XXIX. Secondly, When one Eye only is wounded, you must bind up both Eyes: 1. That Darkness may be procured every way, be­cause Light offends all sore Eyes. 2. That the sound Fye may be kept from Motion. 3. That the Cure may be facilitated; for when one Eye moves, the other of necessity moves also; and so the wounded Eye being moved at the motion of the sound un­covered Eye, the Cure is also hindered, and an Inflammation induced.

XXX. Thirdly, The Head ought to lie somewhat high, but not so as to bend forwards, for fear of a Flux of Humours.

XXXI. The Cure of a superfi­cial VVound. You must apply things to ease the Pain, abate the Flux of Humours, and prevent Inflam­mation, of which kind are Whites of Eggs, Frog Spawn-water, rotten Apples and Pears, Plan­tan, Purslane, and Nightshade Juices and Waters; Well, Rain, and Snow-waters, Mucilages of Flea-wort and Quince-seed, and of Gum Tragacanth, Emulsions or Decoctions of Poppey and Henbane-seed, Decoction of Cy­press-nuts, of Galls, Pomegra­nate-Peels and Balaustians, Wine of Pomegranates, Womans Milk, and Milk of all kinds; also the Blood of Pigeons, Turtle-doves, and Chickens or Pullets, drawn from the Veins under the Wings.

XXXII. These may be singly applied; or you may make Compo­sitions of them, as you see need re­quire, which you may apply above the Eye-lid, the Eye being shut, un­less much Pus abound, or a Sanies [Page 957] runs from the Eye; for then it will be necessary to wash the Eye with red Rose-water, Rain, or Plantane-water, or Juice of Fu­mitory, or some of those Wa­ters in which a little Alom or white Vitriol has been dissolved, or Rose-water mixed with Ho­ney of Roses.

XXXIII. Then apply Bolsters made of fine soft Rags dipt in Rose-water, in which Sief Album has been dissolved: And if the Pain be great, let it be that with O­pium; applying also to the Fore­head, Temples and Cheeks, some Anodyn and astringent Cata­plasm, as, ℞ rotten Apples, or Pulp of roasted Apples, Pulp of Cassia A. ℥ii, Mucilage of Flea­wort-seeds ℥ss. fine Bole, Catechu, Dragon's Blood, A. ℥ss. Barley flower q.s. mix, and make a Pla­ster.

XXXIV. If both the Eye-lid and the Tunica Conjunctiva are wounded, you must have a care that they grow not together; which will happen, if not prevented; which you may do by keeping them asunder with Leaf-Gold, or Leaf-Silver, or Tinfoil.

XXXV. The Cure of a deep VVound. The VVeapon either pas­ses through, about the ends of the Bones of the Orbita, through which the Nerves pass into the Brain; or, it passes not so deep. In the first case, if the Weapon passes into the Brain, then the Wound is mortal; but the Patient ought to be dress'd, because the Artist can never see the inward state of the Wound, and so sometimes by accident may save Life.

XXXVI. If the VVound passes not so deep, then the Humour A­quosus only issues forth, or the Crystalline and Vitreous also.

XXXVII. If the Aqueous comes out only, then it issues forth either wholly or in part: If it whol­ly comes out, the Sight will be to­tally lost. But if a small quan­tity only comes out, the Preju­dice may be retrieved, more e­specially in Children, whose Moisture will supply the lost Humour; and this Hurt is cured as a superficial Wound.

XXXVIII. If the Crystalline and Vitreous Humours come forth, the Sight must also of necessity be lost. Here if there is a Flux of Blood, you may stop it with what we have formerly directed, or with this. ℞ Trochisci albi Rhasis, Tutia prepared, fine Aloes, A. ℈j. Mucilages of Fleawort-seed and Tragacanth, A.ʒii. Red VVine ℥ii. Rose and Plantane-water ℥iv. mix, and make a Collyrium.

XXXIX. If the Pain is great, use Anodyns, or inject VVoman's Breast-milk warm, or Pigeons Blood, Or this, ℞ Breast-milk ℥iv. Honey ℥j. VVhices of Eggs No 1. Or add to the Composition in the former Section Opium ℈j. and outwardly apply this Cataplasm, ℞ Rotten Apples ℥ii. Meal of Lin­seed ℥ss. Mucilage of Fleawort-seed ʒii. Opium ʒss. Yolks of Eggs q.s. mix, and apply it.

XL. Sennertus Med. Pract. lib. 1. part. 3. sect. 7. cap. 20. ad­vises to purge Choler, and to use such things as alter the bili­ous Humour, and cool the Head. Cùm bilis (dixit ille) aliorum humorum sit ad caput vehiculum.

XLI. Outwardly to the Eye, he applies Repellers, made of whites of Eggs beaten with Rose-water, to which a little fine Bole may be added. Or this: ℞ VVhites of Eggs No ii. Rose and Tormentil VVater, A. ℥i. beat them together, adding Alum, Saf­fron, A. ℈i.

XLII. Sarcotick Pouders, made very subtil, are commended, as Tutia and Calaminaris prepared, fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Sanguis Draconis, Sarcocolla, Gum San­darachi, Aes ustum.

XLIII. Sennertus advises to this: ℞ Ceruse, white Starch, A.ʒii. Frankincense ʒjss. Sarco­colla, Tragacanth, A.ʒi. Camphir ʒss. infuse in Rose-water in a Vessel close stopt: boil in Balneo, and strain, keeping the Water for use.

XLIV. Or, Take Gum Arabick dissolved in Rose-water ʒiii. juice of Comfrey-roots ℥jss. fine pouder of Frankincense, and of Aloes-rosata, A. ℈i. mix them.

XLV. Or, Take Sief album Rhasis sine Opio ʒjss. whites of Eggs ʒii. Tutia prepared ʒss. Rose-water ℥jss. mix all in a Leaden Mortar, by much grinding.

XLVI. After seven days are past, things drying are to be ap­plied; and such also as have a detersive quality, and withal generate Flesh: as, Take Myrrh, Sarcocol, Breast-milk, A. ℥ ss. Tutia prepared ʒi. Honey of Roses q.s. mix, and make a Liniment.

XLVII. This is wonderfully commended: ℞ Fine Bole ℥i. Tutia, Dragons-blood, Gum Arabick, A. ℥ss. Rose-water lbi. boil in B.M. in a Glass close stopt for an Hour; then add juice of Pomgranates ℥i. strain, and keep it for use.

XLVIII. Or, Take Honey ℥ii. juice of red Roses ℥iv. fine Ver­digrise ʒi. Amber in fine pouder ʒss. digest in B.M. and strain: of this Liquor you may drop gut. ii. or more, often into the Eye.

XLIX. Oleum Rubrum Sa­turni is also much commended; so also the Water which is found in the Bladders of the Elm-tree-leaves in the Month of May; which does wonders in curing Wounds of the Eyes, even where the Humor Aqueus, and part of the Vitreus were let forth; as Henricus ab Heer, Obs. Rarior. has experimentally te­stified.

L. Lastly, Epuloticks are to be applied, to compleat the Cicatrice: and then when the Eye is healed, you may cause an Artifi­cial Glass-Eye to be made, which may be put in the place of the Natural, to avoid (as much as may be) deformity.

CHAP. XXXI. Of WOƲNDS of the EARS.

I. A Wound of the Ear is called in Greek, [...]. and in Latin, Vulnus Auris.

II. In Wounds of this Part, the Ear is either wholly cut off from the Temporal-part of the Head, or it is but cut in part.

III. If the Ear is totally cut off, you have nothing more to do, but to produce the Cicatrice with strong Epulotick Medicines; such as the Cephalick Pouder, Ʋng. de Bolo, de Minio, and many other: variety of which you may find in Cap. 2. Sect. 47. ad 57. aforegoing.

IV. If the Wound is such, as that it is not quite cut off, or that the separation is but small, the dry-suture only will do: but if the Wound is large, a Needle and Thread must be used, that the divided parts may be brought and kept together.

V. Then because the Part it self is chiefly Cartilaginous, strong drying, and somewhat aggluti­nating Medicaments are to be applied.

VI. In Stitching, the separa­ted parts you are to bring together with the Needle and Thread, the parts of the Skin only, on each side of the Ear, without piercing the Cartilage; for that may induce an Inflammation, and a Gan­gren may follow it, as Aqua­pendens, in Chirur. part. 2. lib. 2. cap. 33. does testify.

VII. If the Wound reaches to the first Cavity of the Ear, called Meatus Auditorius, you must then keep a Spunge-tent, or some such other like thing in it: which will 1. Prevent spongy or proud Flesh growing in it, which might stop the passage, and so hinder the Hearing. 2. Hinder Pus, Quittor, or Sa­nies from falling into the Cavity, which if acrimonious, may ex­ulcerate the internal parts, and corrode the Tympanum, and so cause an incurable Deasness.

VIII. Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 1. part. 3. sect. 3. cap. 5. has these words concerning Wounds of the Ears: Vitanda vero in Aurium Vulneribus omnia unctuosa, crassa, gravia, & em­plastica, & Ligaturia arctiores: But (says he) in Wonds of the Ears, all things which are unctuous, gross or thick, heavy, and emplastick, are to be avoided, as also too strict Bandage or Ligature.

CHAP. XXXII. Of WOƲNDS of the NOSE.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Nasi vel Naris; and in English, Wounds of the Nose, or Nos­trils.

II. The Kinds. A Wound in the Nose, may be made either in the soft part of the Nose, or in the hard: if the hard parts are wounded, it is either in the upper or boney part; and then there is a Wound and a Fra­cture; or in the lower or carti­laginous part, and then the Gristle must suffer a solution of continuity.

III. The Cure. If the Wound happens in the soft parts, the Dry-suture will do well enough: but in these kinds of Wounds we must do all our endeavour, to procure a fair Cicatrice, that the Scar may be with as little deformity as may be, because the Nose is the most eminent part in the Face, and a small Scar will be much discerned.

IV. Medicaments dry and astringent are chiefly to be applied; of which kind are, Ʋnguentum Album Camphoratum, Ʋng. de Minio, Desiccativum Rubrum: also Emplastrum de Minio, Dia­palma, or Emplastrum Album.

V. If the Wound is with fra­cture of the Bone, then the Bones must first be rightly set: secondly, the Wound must be consolida­ted with Sarcoticks or Aggluti­natives.

VI. To Reduce the Bones. You must put into the Nose a piece of Wood, so framed or cut, that it may easily go in, to bear up the Bones: then on the outside, you are with your other Hand to reduce the Bones to the best posture you can.

VII. This done, you must have a Pipe prepared on purpose, made of an Elder-stick, the pith being thrust forth, or of a thin plate of Silver; or for a present neces­sity, of a Cane, or of a large Goose or Swans Quill; which Pipe is not to be so exactly round, but somewhat narrower above, and broader below, in respect to the natural figure of the Nostril: which Pipe is to be put up into the Nose.

VIII. Now the Pipe, which is to be wrapped up in soft Linnen, is not to be put too far up, lest it causes Sneezing, which will much hinder the agglutination of the Bone, and consolidation of the Wound: and it is to be tied or fastened to the Head with Cloths or Caps, or other Bandage, that it may not drop out.

IX. The Ʋse of the Pipe is, 1. To make way for the Breath­ing. 2. To make way for the Pus or Quittor, if any comes from the Wound that way. 3. To keep the Bones in their [Page 961] Reposition. 4. To make way for a Discharge of the Excre­ments from the Brain.

X. The Bones being thus re­duced, you must endeavour to bring the soft lips of the Wounds toge­ther; either by the Dry-suture, or with a Needle and Thread, as the necessity and occasion shall give indication to you.

XI. Then you must apply a desiccative Medicament to the Wound it self, as fine pouders of fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Cate­chu, Chalk, Oker, or Sanguis Draconis; which are to be mixed with the white of an Egg well beaten, and brought to the consistence or thickness of Honey.

XII. If the Wound is made transverse, you must apply to each side of the Nose a soft little Bol­ster, made of soft linnen Cloth, nipt or wrung out of astringent red Wine: which Bolsters are to be staid on with a Rowler or Bandage, having a hole in the middle to give a passage to the Breath, and is to be fastned behind, or sowed on the back parts of the Head.

XIII. But this Bandage is to be no straiter than needs must, for the keeping of all things in their places; for if it be too strait, it will cause the Nose to look upwards.

XIV. And near to the Septum of the Nose, another narrow Rowler is to be applied; which is to be wound about backwards, and brought to the Neck, as you did the other.

XV. If the Wound is in the lower or gristly part, then is that lower part cut quite off, and so requires nothing but cicatri­zing: or it is only divided.

XVI. And then the Ʋnition is to be induced, 1. By the Dry-suture, or stitching with Needle and Thread, as the necessity shall require. 2. By the help and use of a Pipe. 3. By ap­plication of Drying Medica­ments. 4. By proper and fit Bandage, as we have even now directed you in the former.

CHAP. XXXIII. Of WOƲNDS of the MOƲTH.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Oris; and in English, Wounds of the Mouth.

II. We consider the Wounds of the Mouth in a threefold respect: 1. As they have respect to the Lips. 2. To the Gums or Jaws. 3. To the Tongue: of all which in order.

I. Wounds of the Lips.

III. These VVounds are called in Greek, [...]. [Page 962] and in Latin, Vulnera Labri: are either in the Skin only, or in the Musculous Parts, or in the Membrane also which covers the Mouth.

IV. If the Skin is only wounded, ordinary Astringents or Sty­pticks will do the work alone: and the Cicatrice may be smoothed with the Spanish Bal­sam, or Oil of Hypericon.

V. If the Musculous Parts be also wounded, then ordinary Stitching is to be made use of, and the application of such Medicaments as are for the con­solidation of Wounds made in other parts of the Body.

VI. If the whole substance of the Lip is divided, and does gape, then such Wounds are to be drest as a Hare-lip, after that the edges of it are made raw.

VII. You must pierce each side of the divided Lip with a Needle or Pin, having on each side of it a thin, small Plate of Lead; thro' both which pieces of Lead, the Needle or Pin is to pass, and then the Thread is to be wound cross-wise about both ends of the Needle, &c. nipping off the point thereof with a pair of Steel Nippers well hardned.

VIII. The Stitch is to be taken somewhat deep, and about the middle of the Wound, that the lips thereof may be the more surely kept together: and the Leads keep the Needle or Pin from breaking thro' the edges of the Wound.

IX. If the VVound is large, there must be two ordinary Stitches more; one above the Needle or Pin, the other below it.

X. Authors say, the Needle may be taken out the fourth, fifth, or sixth day, as you see the congluti­nation to be made: but in our time, they have been taken out the third day, and sometimes on the second: and if the Dry-suture be applied, it many times is taken away the very next day.

XI. Then for Consolidation some healing Balsam is to be applied; as Balsam of Peru, de Chili, Balm of Gilead, or Capivii, or some Artificial Balsam. In Win­ter they may be used alone, but in Summer they may be mixed with the yolk of an Egg: or, Take Oleum Hyperici, Cyperus Turpentine, A. mix them.

XII. The Oleum Hispanicum described in Cap. 28. Sect. 37. aforegoing, mixed with Gum Elemi, orTurpentine è Chio, is an excellent thing, and causes speedy Agglutination: the parts being agglutinated, remove the Stitches, and induce the Cica­trice by anointing the place with Mans, Bears, or Vipers Grease.

II. Wounds of the Gums or Jaws.

XIII. These VVounds are either of the Gums only, or of the Teeth and Jaw bones: and the Jaw-bones are either laid bare only, or broken: they are called in Greek, [...]. and in Latin, Vulnera Gingivarum.

XIV. If the Teeth be broken out, they are no more to be restored, unless in young Children: if only loosened by Blows, contusion of the Gums, or the like, they are fastened again by use of Astrin­gents; [Page 963] the chief of which is a Tincture of Catechu made in common Brandy, and mixed with Red-wine: or by holding Scurvigrass constantly for some time between the Gums and the Cheeks.

XV. If the Gums are wounded, there is commonly a great flux of Blood; this is stopt with Astrin­gent Pouders, or with Tincture of Catechu, or Dr. Gardner's Styptick, than which there is no better thing yet known: and the Blood being stopt, the same Styptick which stopt the Blood, commonly performs the Cure.

XVI. If there is a Contusion, the Gums then for the most part Apostemate; then they are to be opened with a Lancet, or Inci­sion-knife, and emptied of the Matter contained in them: af­terwards, they are to be cleansed with Mel Rosarum mixed with Oxymel, and Red-Rose Water, and healed with this Gargle or Wash.

XVII. Take Red-rose-water, Smiths-forge-water filtred, A.℥iv. Honey of Roses, Syrup of Mulber­ries, A. ℥jss. S.V. ℥ii. Roch Alum ʒii. mix, dissolve, and keep it for use.

XVIII. If the Jaw-bones are made bare, they ought to be scraped with a Raspatory, and strewed over with a Cephalick Pouder, and the Exfoliation hastned, if need requires: after which, you must Incarnate with Sarcotick Pou­ders, and then with proper Stypticks induce the Cicatrice.

XIX. If the Jaw-bone is bro­ken, or shattred, the pieces are to be taken forth, (if possible, at first Dressing) the broken parts are to be reposited, and the lips of the VVound to be brought as much as may be together; then to be drest with Agglutinative Pouders, and a Dossel dipt in astringent Wine to be laid over: also outwardly may be applied Emplastrum Catagmaticum, which is to be bound on, as the nature and disposition of the Part does require.

III. Wounds of the Tongue.

XX. They are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Linguae; and in English, Wounds of the Tongue.

XXI. If a part of the Tongue is wholly cut off, it is no more to be reunited: but if the Part separated is yet conjoined, tho' by some small portion, it ought not to be cut off, unless you see it will not unite again, but be­gins to mortify.

XXII. Such VVounds are cured with much difficulty; because neither dry-stitching nor bind­ing up can be used, nor yet other Topical Means, as Em­plasters, Balsams, &c.

XXIII. In such a case there­fore Stitching with Needle and Thread is to be attempted: the Tongue is to be pulled out as far as may be, and so holden by the Hand in a Linnen Cloth; (if it may be) or with a hollow and rugged pair of Forceps armed also with Linnen Cloth; and so many deep Stitches are to be taken, as shall seem ne­cessary to hold the parts united, cutting off the Thread near the knots.

XXIV. VVe advise to deep Stitches, lest they should break out again, and so make the trou­ble the more, and the pain the greater: tho' we know that Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, that the less Flesh the Needle takes hold of, the less will be the Pain or Inflammation.

XXV. This done, you may use Astringents; such as Syrup of Myrtles, or of Red-roses mixt with Plantan or Red-rose-water, in which a little Alum has been dissolved: or Syrup of Quinces mixed with a Decoction of Vulnerary Herbs; and Saccha­rum Rosatum may be mostly held in the Mouth.

XXVI. Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 1. part. 5. sect. 3. saith, Quia verò Emplastra adhiberi commodè non possunt, Linctus & Linimenta ex Syrupo de Rosis siccis, Melle­rojato colato, Syrupis, vel simili­bus adhibenda: and he prepares the following Decoction, with which the Mouth is often to be washed.

XXVII. Take bulled Barley M. i. boil it in fair Water 'till it breaks, adding towards the end of the boiling, Myrtle-leaves, tops of Hypericon, Plantan-leaves, Red-roses, A. M ss. Balaustians P.i. boil again and strain out, and dissolve therein a quantity of Honey of Roses.

XXVIII. If it should degene­rate into an Ulcer, or an Ulcer should happen to the Fauces, you may gargle with this: Take Plantan, Horsetail, A. M.i. Roses, Balaustians, tops of Wormwood, of VVillow, A. P.i. hull'd Barley ℥i. Cypress-nuts, Lentils, Sumach, A. ʒiii. boil all in Water ten parts, mixed with Vinegar one part: then strain, and dissolve therein Honey of Roses, Wine of Pomgra­nats, and Diamorum, A. ℥ii. mix, and make a Gargarism.

XXIX. Or, Take Plantan and Red-rose-water, A. ℥iii. Diamo­rum, Honey of Purslan, A.ʒi. Quid­dony of Currants, Honey of Rosis, A. ℥ss. mix, and make a Garga­rism.

XXX. Lastly, let the Diet the Liquid things, Almond-milk [...] Milk-pottage, yolks of Eggs, thick Milk, Broths, Gellies, strong Watergruel, Barley-Cream, Panada, and other things of like nature.

CHAP. XXXIV. Of WOƲNDS of the NECK.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Colli.

II. These Wounds are either in Parts common or proper: the common parts are the Cutis, and the Membrana Carnosa: the Parts proper are the Vertebrae, the Vessels, and the Oesophagus and Aspera Arteria; of the [Page 965] Wounds of the Parts common and Vertebrae, we shall treat in this Chapter, of the Wounds of the Vessels in the next, and of the Wounds of the Oesophagus and Trachea Arteria, in the Chapter following.

I. Wounds of the Cutis and Membrana Carnosa.

III. The Wounds which happen to these common Parts, require no particular Discourse; being cured by joining the lips of the parts disjoined together, and applying Agglutinative Medicines.

IV. The Wound is either simple, without loss of substance; or com­plicate, with loss of substance: again, if complicate, it is with loss of but a little of the sub­stance, or with great loss of substance.

V. If the Wound is simple, it it is cured by the first Intension: by bringing the lips together, (and stitching them if the Wound is large) and applica­tion of Stypticks or Glutma­tives: so the work is done in a day, two, three, or four at most.

VI. If the Wound is with loss of substance, and the loss is but small; seeing these Parts are loose and flaggy, you may not­witstanding stitch them, and perform the Cure by the first Intention.

VII. But if the Wound is with great loss of substance, you must then according to the general Precepts, 1. Stop the Hemor­rhage, if it is violent. 2. Bring the Wound to Digestion, by good Digestiives. 3. Then cleanse by Abstersives, such as Mundifi­cativum Paracelsi. 4. Incarnate with Sarcoticks. 5. And lastly, produce the Cicatrice with Epuloticks.

II. Wounds of the Vertebrae of the Neck.

VIII. Sometimes the Wound only divides Museles, and does not pass to the Spinalis Medulla; and then the Wound is to be drest, and the Cure to be per­formed, as those Wounds which happen in the fleshy parts.

IX. If the Bone is also hurt, the Wound is to be drest as Wounds of the Head, in which there is a Fracture of the Cra­nium.

X. If the Spinal Marrow is wounded, it is wholly cut asunder, or but in part only. If it is cut thro', then the whole Body is deprived of motion and feeling, breathing will be hindred, and by consequence, death will ensue.

XI. The Signs. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, That the Spinal Marrow being wounded, a Palsy or Convulsion follows, feeling is lost; and after a while the Sick cannot retain Seed, Urine, or Excrements of the Belly, and sometimes a total suppression of Excrements will ensue.

XII. Fernelius, Patholog. lib. 7. cap. 8. says, If the Spinal Mar­row is wounded, the inferior parts become paraly [...]ick, their feeling, motion, and functions are lost; so that Seed, Ʋrine, and other Excrement, do sometimes come away involuntarily.

XIII. If the Nerves of the fifth, sixth, and seventh Vertebrae of the Neck are wounded, Convul­sions happen to the Arms: if the the Nerves of the Vertebrae of the Loins and Os Sacrum are wounded, the Thighs and Legs become in like manner af­fected.

XIV. The Prognosticks. Since Galen, de Temperament. lib. 3. cap. 3. says, That the Spinal Marrow is of the same nature with the Brain: and de Facult. lib. 3. that it is near to the Brain: de Ʋsu Partium, lib. 16. cap. 2 that it is derived from the Brain: de Motu Musculor. l. 1. c. 1. that it resembles a compact Brain: and, de Ʋsu Part. lib. 12. cap. 11. & 15. that it seems to be another Brain under the Head and Neck. It follows, That all Wounds thereof, can be no less dangerous than those of the Brain.

XV. The Reasons are manifest: 1. Because it draws its Original from the Brain. 2. By reason of its Consent with the Brain. 3. Because of its Composition, being covered with the Dura and Pia Mater. 4. Because of the Symptoms attending its being wounded; as Convulsions, Palsy, loss of Motion and Feeling. 5. Because of the Nerves springing from it. 6. Be­cause of its Action and Use, communicating Motion and Feeling to the Parts. 7. Because of its Situation; it lying so deep, that the force of Topi­cal Applications can scarcely reach it.

XVI. If the Spinal Marrow is not wholly cut asunder, but only wounded, then dreadful Convul­sions ensue, which for the most part end in Death.

XVII. And the Wounds of the Spinal Marrow are sometimes cured, yet Hippocrates, in Coacis Praenot. accounts them mortal; which I interpret, that they are for the most part mortal. See Fallopius de Capitis Vulneribus, cap. 2.

XVIII. If therefore it is wounded in the upper part, or in the begin­ning of it, Forestus, Chirurg. Obs. lib. 6. cap. 6. says, that Convul­sions of the whole Body will follow, and so Death must of necssity ensue.

XIX. But if it is wounded in the lower part, the Wound is not always mortal, unless it is large, or a Puncture, but Convulsions will always ensue.

XX. The Cure. It ought to be attempted, how dangerous so­ever. Sennertus, lib. 2. part. 2. cap. 22. saith, Cum autem Spina­lis Medulla quasi Cerebrum oblon­gatum sit, eadem etiam Medica­menta ei, quae suprà Lib. 1. Part. 1. Cap. 24. de Vulneribus Cerebri proposuimus, adhibenda. In like manner, we say, that the same Medicaments which we have proposed in the Cure of Wounds of the Brain, in Chap. 28. Sect. 30. ad 47. aforegoing, are to be used here.

XXI. The Indications of Cure are, 1. To ease Pain with Ano­dyns. 2. To resist the Convul­sions, with Neuroticks. 3. To induce Digestion, with Digestives void of biting and sharpness.

XXII. ℞ Oil of Hypericon, [Page 967] yolks of Eggs, A. ℥i. Turpentine ℥ ss. Oil of Mace by expression, Mithridate, A. ʒii. Oil of Aniseeds ʒss. mix them.

XXIII. Or, ℞ Oils of Hype­ricon, and of Whelps, A ℥ii. Gum Elemi, Oil of Nutmegs by expres­sion, A. ℥ss. Theriaca Chymica, Chio Turpentine, Balsam of Peru, A.ʒii. Oil of Spike ʒi. mix them.

XXIV. And then anoint the whole Back-bone and Head with this: ℞ Oils of Whelps and of Castor, A. ℥i. Oil of Nutmegs by expression ℥ss. Oil of Rosemary, of Limons, of Sweet-marjoram, and of Savin, A. ʒii. Camphir ʒi. mix them.

CHAP. XXXV. Of the WOƲNDS of the WIND-PIPE and GƲLLET.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Asperae Arteriae, vel Fistulae Spiritalis; in English, Wounds of the Wind-pipe. Also, [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Gulae; and in English, Wounds of the Gullet, or Swallow.

II. These Members or Parts are seated either in the forepart of the of the Neck, or in the back­part of the same: in the fore­part of the Neck is the [...], Aspera Arteria, or Wind-pipe; in the back­part is the [...], Oeso­phagus, Gula, Swallow, or Mouth of the Stomach.

I. Wounds of the Wind-pipe.

III. It has three parts: viz. 1. [...], Larynx, the upper­most part of it. 2. [...], Bronchus, Caudex, Fistula, the great Pipe it self. 3. [...], Branchiae, the Branches of the Bronchus, which are spread throughout the sub­stance of the Lungs.

IV. The Signs. If the [...] or Aspera Arteria is wounded through, then 1. Wind, or the Breath will come out at the Hole. 2. Blood will come out at the Mouth. 3. The Speech will be hurt. 4. Coughing will come upon, and trouble much the Patient.

V. The Prognosticks. Tho' Wounds of the Larynx are not mortal of themselves, yet they may be such by accident: 1. Be­cause of its necessary and con­tinual use, it making the Inspi­ration and Respiration of the Air. 2. Because it it difficult to be cured, for that Medicines cannot ca [...]ly be applied or kept to the Part. 3. Because of the fearful Symptoms many times accompanying such Wounds.

VI. For, 1. It is near to the Jugular Veins and Soporal Arterie; so that it can hardly be wounded, unless these parts be also hurt. 2. It has several Muscles, and divers Branches of the Recurrent Nerves: so that besides a great flux of Blood, there may be vehement Pain, Inflammation, and Convulsion of the parts, so that Strangling may at last ensue.

VII. VVounds of the Bronchus, or Pipe it self, tho' they are not so dangerous as the former, yet they have some danger also: for being made of a double sub­stance, as the Annuli, or Rings, which are cartilaginous; and the Medium of the conjunction of these Rings, which is mem­branous, they seem to be of difficult cure.

VIII. For Hippocrates, Lib. 6. Aph. 19. says, A Bone or a Car­tilage cut asunder, or a Nerve, it neither grows again, nor is united: viz. we are to understand, that the Medium of Unition is not by a like substance: and this he repeats again, Lib. 7. Aph. 28. to which Galen. Meth. Med. lib. 5. cap. 7. assents.

IX. Vidus Vidius, de Curat. Morb. Membr. lib. 8. cap. 6. says, That Wounds which pass thro' the Windpipe, cause most commonly present death; for that the Blood issues out of the Jugular Veins, falls upon the Lungs, and causes suffication.

X. Forestus, Observ. Chirurg. lib. 6. Obs. 4. says, That large Wounds of the Bronchus, chiefly those which divide the Cartilagi­nous substance, are seldom cured, because it is dry, hard, and with­out Blood; and withal the Pa­tient draws his Breath by the Wound, which hinders conso­lidation.

XI. The Cure. The Wound is either transverse, or acccording to the length of the Bronchus or Windpipe: if it is transverse, then the Patient must bend his Head downwards; but if ac­cording to the length, then he must hold his Head upwards, that the lips of the Wound may be brought together.

XII. Which done, it is to be stitcht as firmly as you can possibly do it: some say Needles, as in the stitching of a Hare-lip, are best, because all sorts of Thread will easily rot.

XIII. After the Wound is stitcht up, Agglutinative Medicaments are to be used: you may apply Bal­sam de Chili, Balsam de Peru, or Arcaeus his Liniment, or some other good Artificial Balsam: and over all you may apply Diachylon simplex, malaxed with Oil of Ben, or of Myrtles, or of Quinces.

XIV. You must beware in dres­sing, that neither Blood, Sanies, or Pus fall upon the Windpipe, lest it causes Suffocation: but that they be outwardly discharged in a descending Part.

XV. If after dressing, the Patient breathes with difficulty, there is danger of suffocation: because the cavity of the Larynx or Bronchus is filled with Blood, or Pus, or both, or by reason of great Inflammation.

XVI. In this case, the Wound is to be dilated, and a Silver [Page 969] Pipe, a little bended towards the point, that it may not hurt, and Wings on the outward end, that it may not fall in, is to be kept in, 'till the Patient is able to breathe freely, and then to be taken out.

XVII. And in the time of the Cure, this following Gargarism ought often to be used. Take Barley-water of the second de­coction lbiii. in which Red-roses, Balaustians, and Sumach, A. ʒii. Raisons stoned, and Figs, Liquo­rice bruised, A. ℥i. have been well boiled: strain it, and add thereto Tincture of Catechu, Syrup of Myrtles and Mel Rosarum, A.℥ii. and let it be used warm.

II. Wounds of the Oesophagus, or Swallow.

XVIII. The Signs. Fernelius, Pathol. lib. 7. cap. 8. says, If the Wound is deep, Meat and Drink will come out at it, there is diffi­culty of swallowing; also the Hiccough, Vomiting of Choler, Fainting, weak Pulse, cold Sweats, with Coldness of the Hands and Feet.

XIX. And Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, There is a Vomiting of Meat and Drink.

XX. The Differences. Either the whole Gullet is cut asunder, or it is only cut in part. If it is cut but in part, then it is either wounded near the Stomach, or far from it. It is also wounded either straight, or obliquely.

XXI. The Prognosticks. These Wounds, if small, straight, and remote from the mouth of the Sto­mach; are less dangerous, than if large, deep, and near the mouth of the Stomach.

XXII. If they are great, deep, transverse, and near the mouth of the Stomach, they are uncura­ble, as Guido says, Tract. 3. doct. 1. cap. 1. 1. Because the passing of Meat and Drink, does hinder consolidation. 2. Because an Inflammation may easily be communicated to the mouth of the Stomach, which is very ner­vous. 3. Because, being wholly cut asunder, the Cure is im­possible; for that the upper part shrinks upwards, the lower falls downwards.

XXIII. The Cure. The first Intention is, by stitching to bring the lips of the Wounds together; yet leaving an Orifice in the de­pending part, to be kept open with a Tent, that the Pus may be discharged, and that the Meat might not stick there, lest an Inflammation ensue.

XXIV. This done, Agglutina­tives are to be applied, such as we have mentioned at Sect. 13. aforegoing: and a great respect is to be had to the Diet of the Patient, because the swallowing is with difficulty: and there­fore it ought to be liquid and thin: as strong Broths made of Flesh, Gellies made of Sheeps­trotters, Calves and Oxes feet, Harts-horn, &c. Cows and Goats Milk sweetned with Saccharum Rosatum, Chicken-broth, and Cordials made with yolks of Eggs, &c.

XXV. But if the Patient can­not swallow at all, then nourishing Clysters are to be exhibited; (the Excrements being first removed [Page 970] by Purging Clysters, several times administred, till the Bowels are sufficiently cleansed.)

XXVI. A Purging Clyster. ℞ A Decoction for Clysters, or Mutton-broth ℥ x. brown Sugar ℥ii. Honey of Roses ℥ii. Milk of Scammony ℥ss. mix them.

XXVII. A Nourishing Cly­ster. ℞ Strong Mutton-broth ℥x. good Brandy ℥ii. white Sugar­candy in pouder ℥i. mix for a Clyster. Or, ℞ Gelly of Calves­feet ℥x. yolks of Eggs No ii. white Sugarcandy in pouder ℥ i. mix them. Or, ℞ New Cows­milk ℥ x. (hot enough for a Clyster) yolks of Eggs No ii. Gelly of Harts-horn ℥jss. white Sugarcandy ℥i. mix them for a Clyster.

CHAP. XXXVI. Of WOƲNDS of the VESSELS of the NECK.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. and in Latin, Vul­nera Vasorum Colli; and in English, Wounds of the Vessels of the Neck.

II. These Vessels are of three kinds: viz. 1. Venae Jugulares, the Jugular Veins. 2. [...]. Arteriae Soporariae, the Soporal Arteries. 3. Nervi Recurrrentes, the Recurrent Nerves.

II. Wounds of the Jugular Veins, and Soporal Arteries.

III. The Signs. The Artery is known to be wounded, 1. Be­cause the Blood comes forth leaping. 2. It is thinner than the Venal. 3. It is of a bright red colour. 4. It is very hot, or much hotter than the Venal.

IV. The Vein is known to be wounded, 1. Because the Blood comes forth softly and smoothly. 2. It is of a thicker consistence: because, 3. It is cooler than the Arterial Blood. 4. It is of a blacker, or duller colour.

V. The Prognosticks. A Wound of the Artery is more dangerous than a Wound of the Vein: 1. Be­cause the Blood of the Artery is thinner, and so more apt to flow, and also fuller of Spirits. 2. Because the Tunicles of the Artery are hard, and the Vessel is in continual motion.

VI. Hippocrates, Pror. lib. 2. says, those Wounds are mortal, where the thick, large, and great Veins of the Neck and Groin are wounded.

VII. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, Periculosa sunt Vulnera, ubieunque Venae majores sunt: those Wounds are dangerous, [Page 971] where-ever great Veins are.

VIII. Forestus, Observ. Chirurg. lib. 6. cap. 4. says, that if the Jugular Veins have a great Wound made in them, they hardly, and very seldom are cured, because of the great loss of Vital Spirits, and large effu­sion of Blood; and because these Wounds will not admit of such sufficient Bandage, as is necessary for stopping the Blood.

IX. Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 4. Obs. 2. proves this thing by an Example. When an Emperick cut out a Struma in the Neck of a Maid, which had inclosed the Jugular Vein and Recurrent Nerve, so great a flux of Blood followed, that the Maid died in the Operation.

X. From what has been said, it is manifest, that if the internal Jugular Veins and Soporal Ar­teries are deeply and largely wounded, the Patient can scarcely escape Death. And the Reasons are, 1. Because the vehemency of the Flux is such, that the Patient for the most part dyes before the Chirurgeon can come at him. 2. Because no strait Ligature can be there applied, for so the Patient might also be strangled.

XI. The Cure. There are two chief Intentions of Cure. 1. To stop the Hemorrhage. 2. To agglutinate the Wound.

XII. The stoppage of the He­morrhage is performed either by by deligation, or by application of Medicaments.

XIII. If by deligation, you must first lift up the Vessel which bleeds from the subjacent and and adjacent parts with a small Hook, made of Silver or Steel, then you are to bind them above and under the Wound strongly, and afterwards cut them asunder between the deli­gations.

XIV. The Medicaments are either Astringent and Styptick, or Escarotick.

XV. An Astringent may be made after this manner. Take Mummy in fine pouder, Mans­blood dried, pouder of Toads-flesh, A. ℥i. fine Aloes, Alum, Catechu, Dragons-blood, fine Bole, Ʋmber, A. ℥ss. Terra sigillata, fine pouder of Puff-balls, Mastich, Olibanum, Salt of Vitriol, A.ʒii. make all into a subtil pouder, and mix them.

XVI. A Styptick. Take Caput mortuum of Vitriol ℥ iii. Dr. Gardner's Styptick-salt ℥i. mix them, and apply it.

XVII. An Escarotick. Take fine Bole ℥ii. Vitriol calcin'd ℥i. burnt Alum ℥ss. red Precipitate ʒii. Calx vive ʒi. make each into a fine pouder, and mix them. Or this: Take of the Pouder at Sect. 15. ℥ii. Calx vive, Vitriol calcin'd, A. ℥i. Auripigmentum, burnt Alum, A. ℥ss. make all into a fine pouder, and mix them.

XVIII. Any of the aforegoing Pouders are to be mixed with the whites of Eggs, to the consistence of Honey, then the down of a Hare is to be added; which being made into Dossels, the Wound is to be filled with them: and above the Dossels, large Pled­gets are to be applied, and about the Wound, armed in like manner with the same.

XIX. But because strait Li­gature cannot be used about the Neck, for fear of strangling, you ought to have several Servants in a readinss; that with their hands they may hold the Medi­caments on by turns, till the Hemorrhage is stopt: after which, they are to lye upon the Wound for three days.

XX. Then you may remove them, but when you do that, and are come to the lowermost Dossels in the Wound; if they stick, you are not to remove them, lest a fresh Flux is caused: the others are only to be taken off, and the Wound is to be filled up with some Astringent Pouder, or Sarcotick.

XXI. If you use the Actual Cautery, (which is very cruel) it must be applied red-hot; for then it speedily makes the Escar, and that the thicker.

XXII. This done, you must do all that may be to Incarnate, lest the Escar should fall off, before the Flesh is generated; and so, the Wound become worse and more dangerous, by a new Hemorrhage.

XXIII. When you come to Incar­nation, about an Artery, you must use Sarcotick Pouders, which dry very strongly.

XXIV. Let the Diet be cooling, vulnerary, and drying: and at Bed-time, this following may be given, to cause pleasant rest. ℞ Poppy-water ℥iii. Syrup of white Poppies ʒ vi. Diascordium ʒi. Laudanum liquidum gut. 8. mix for a Dose. Or, ℞ Barley­watèr ℥iv. of Our Guttae Vitae, à ʒss. ad ʒi. white Sugarcandy q.s. mix.

XXV. The Hemorrhage being sufficiently stopt, you must consum­mate the Cure with Agglutinatives and Epuloticks; of which you may find great variety in Cap. 3. aforegoing of this Book.

II. Wounds of the Recurrent Nerves.

XXVI. These Wounds are also found in the lateral parts of the Neck: and they are called Re­current, because they come down from the sixth pair of the Nerves, and return again up towards the Muscles of the La­rynx: using in the left side the Trunk of the Aorta, and on the right side the Axillar Artery, as Pullies.

XXVII. If one of the Recurrent Nerves is cut asunder, the Voice becomes hoarse; but if both are divided, the power of Speaking is wholly taken away, so that the Patient becomes dumb.

XXVIII. The Cure. If in these Wounds there is any great He­morrhage, it is first to be stopt; as we have before taught; as also in Chap. 4. aforegoing.

XXIX. This done, the Wound is to be consolidated with this Balsam of Paraeus, in Lib. 10. cap. 29. viz. ℞ Simple Oil of Hypericon ℥iv. fine Gum Elemi ℥iii. Venice Turpentine ℥vi. mix, and melt them together; to which, when they begin to cool, add fine Bole, Sanguis Draconis, A.℥i. Aloes, Myrrh, Mastick, Orrice­root, all in fine pouder, A.ʒi. Aqua Vitae ℥ii. mix them well.

XXX. Linimeatum Arcaei, or Our Friendly Balsam, are incom­parably good for this purpose: so also Balsam de Chili, de Peru, [Page 973] de Tolu, and many other arti­ficial Balsams.

XXXI. As, ℞ Balsams Capi­vii, de Chili, and de Peru, A.℥ii. Gum Elemi, Chio Turpentine, A. ℥iii. Bees-wax, Oil of Hypericon, A. ℥iiii. mix, and make a Balsam.

XXXII. These Balsams are to be applied warm, and over the Balsam Diapalma, or Empl. al­bum malaxed with Oil of Hyperi­eon, which will also prevent an Inflammation.

CHAP. XXXVII. Of WOƲNDS of the BRAST and HEART.

I. THey are called in Greek [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Thoracis; and in English, Wounds of the Breast. [...]. in La­tin Vulnera Cordis; and in Eng­lish, Wounds of the Heart. [...]. in La­tin, Vulnera Diaphragmatis; in English, Wounds of the Midriff.

II. The Kinds. They do either not penetrate, and then they are to be healed according to the common Method of ordinary Wounds of the fleshy parts; or they do penetrate, and then we must consider the depth, and whether any Wound is inflicted upon any of the parts contained within, or that they are free from any Damage.

III. The VVound is also either in the Mediastinum, in its hollow Cavity in the lower parts of the Brest, or it penetrates into the lower part of the Thorax.

IV. The Signs. You may know whether the VVound penetrates or not by searching with a Probe, or Searching-Candle, which will enter into the Cavity.

V. And when the VVound pene­trates, if the Patient does but hold his Breath, by shutting his Mouth and Nose, the Breath will come forth with a Noise, so as it will move, or extinguish the Light of a Candle.

VI. And sometimes 'tis known by the large quantity of Blood, dis­charged by the Mouth, or Wound, or both; and the Patient will have also a great difficulty of brea­thing.

VII. If the Heart is wounded, much Blood will come forth, the Pulse will be small or fail, the Face will be pale with cold Sweats, and a trembling of all the Members of the Body; the Patient will be troubled with frequent Swoonings; and when the Limbs grow cold, Death is at hand.

VIII. If the Diaphragma or Midriff is wounded, the Patient has a Heaviness on that part, dif­ficulty of breathing, a sharp pain, a Cough, with a Fever also; and there is a Raving, by reason of [Page 974] the Branches of the Nerves of the sixth Conjugation of the Brain, which are spread thro' the Body of it; and sometimes the Stomach and Guts will, by the vehemency of breathing, be drawn up into the Capacity of the Thorax, as Paraeus, lib. 10. cap. 30. does seem to affirm.

IX. If any of these Vessels are wounded, there will be a vehement Hemorrhage, difficulty of brea­thing, and Fever, which will in­crease; Blood in abundance will be poured forth into the Cavity of the Thorax; there will be vo­miting of Blood; and the Blood being putrified, the Breath will stink, Appetite will be lost; he will be uneasie in sitting up, and subject to often faintings, from noisom Vapours assaulting the Heart, rising from the putrified Blood.

X. The Prognosticks. Wounds which either pierce not into the Ca­vity; or if they penetrate, hurt not the Vessels nor Bowels, are not mortal, but may be soon and ea­sily cured.

XI. If they be in the hinder part of the Thorax, they are dan­gerous, because of the Nerves and Tendons; and if they penetrate that way, there is another great Danger from the great sanguife­rous Vessels, which are sooner met withal this way, than when the Wounds are more forward.

XII. But all wounds of the Brest are dangerous, by reason of the continual motion of the Lungs, and of the Blood which falls down on the Diaphragma, and corrupts it.

XIII. Hippocrates, Prorrhet. l. 2. and Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. say, That if the great Vessels, whether Veins or Arteries, be wounded, the wound is mortal, by reason of the vast effusion of Blood not easie to be stayed: 1. Because they lie so deep, that no Medicine can be applied to them, nor can they be bound up. 2. Because their Coats are membranous, and so not to be healed by the first In­tention.

XIV. If an Artery is divided, the wound is yet more dangerous: 1. Because the Blood it contains is more spirituous than that in the Veins. 2. Because their Coats are harder than those of the Veins, and sometimes Cartila­ginous. 3. Because of an Aneu­rism, which often remains after the wounded Artery is cured. 4. By reason of the manner and impetuosity of the flowing of the Blood. 5. Because of the Motion of the Arteries in their Systole and Diastole, which makes their Consolidation dif­ficult.

XV. In wounds of the Heart, either the Pericardium only is wounded, or the Substance of the Heart also. If the Pericardium only is wounded, the Wound of it self is not mortal, because it is but a subservient and ignoble part, having but sew and small Vessels and Nerves; nor does it cleave to the Heart, but is at such a distance, as to give li­berty to the Pulsation of the Heart, and is fitted to contain a waterish Humour.

XVI. But by accident they may be mortal: 1. If the Wound is great. 2. If all the watery Hu­mour [Page 975] flows out; for then an Hectick Fever seizes upon the Patient, because Nature has or­dained that Humour for cooling and moistning of the Heart.

XVII. If the Substance of the Heart is wounded, the Wound is accounted mortal; as Hippocrates, lib. 5. Aph. 18. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. & Aristotle de Parte A­nimal. lib. 3. cap. 4. have de­clared. See also lib. 1. cap. 50. sect. 42, 43, & 44. and lib. 4. cap. 1. sect. 49. of this present Work.

XVIII. And the chief Reasons seem to be: 1. Because it is the very Store house of vital Blood. 2. Because the Hemorrhage is vastly great, and the Blood fal­ling into the Cavity of the Brest, causes Suffocation. 3. Be­cause it is the very Elaboratory of the Vital Spirits. 4. Because it is a very hot Bowel, and so subject to Inflammation. 5. Be­cause it is the Original of Motion or Pulsation. 6. Because it is in continual Motion, which hin­ders Consolidation; for that Consolidation requires Rest, as Galen. Meth. Med. lib. 5. cap. 8. has observed. 7. Because its Substance is compact, hard and dry, which does not easily ad­mit of Agglutination.

XIX. Superficiary Wounds of the Heart, do not so soon kill as deep Wounds: but a Wound in the left Ventricle sooner termi­nates Life, than a Wound in the right.

XX. Wounds of the Diaphrag­ma or Midriff, but chiefly if they be in the nervous Center, are said to be mortal; as Hippocrates, lib. 6. Aph. 18. and Galen in his Comment. also Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. do affirm. 1. Because it is membranous, and in continual motion. 2. Because the Wounds thereof are very painful, by rea­son of the Branches of Nerves it receives from the lower Ver­tebrae of the Neck. 3. Because the Pericardium is tied to it.

XXI. And tho', if the fleshy Circumference of it be only wound­ed, whereby some hopes of recovery are afforded; yet even those Wounds are not without great Danger.

XXII. And the Reasons are: 1. Because some principal parts must suffer also; as, the Brain, from the Nerves which are in­serted in it; the Heart, by rea­son of its Proximity and the Ar­teriae Phrenicae; and the Liver, because of its Contiguity and Venae Phrenicae. 2. Because the whole part is in continual moti­on. 3. Because breathing is much hindred. 4. Because the Blood flows forth into the Ca­vity of the Thorax, which may cause Suffocation. 5. Because of the dreadful Symptoms which may ensue; as, difficult brea­thing, sighing, Cough, Pain of the Back, pulling up of the Heart-strings, Fever, and Ra­ving, from the Affinity which it has with the Heart and Brain. See Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. Fer­nel. Patholog. lib. 7. cap. 8. and Forrestus Observ. Chirurg. lib. 6. obs. 47.

XXIII. The Cure. If the Wound penetrates without hurt of any internal part, the danger is the less: and these, for the most [Page 976] part, are left to be cured by Nature, which here (as in some other Cases) does Miracles.

XXIV. The Patient being laid in his Bed, his Feet stretched out at length, and the Orifice of the Wound downwards; the first thing then to be done is, the stopping of the Haemorrhage with some proper Styptick.

XXV. Then the extravasated Blood is to be discharged, which is said (by Physicians) to be done three ways: 1. By the Wound. 2. By the Mouth through Ex­pectoration. 3. By Urine.

XXVI. 1. By the Wound. Tents and Pledgits are here hazardous, lest they should fall into the Cavity of the Thorax, and so do more mis­chief; for which Reason a Flam­mula or Seton-string may be used, which may be anointed with this Liniment.

XXVII. ℞ Oils of Mastick and of Pine-rosin A.℥i. Gum Elemi ℥ii. Manna of Frankincense ℥ss. roots of Tormentil, and of Comfrey in Pou­der, A. ʒii. Saffron, Earthworms in Pouder, A. ʒi. Sherry Sack ℥i. mix them, and evaporate to the consumption of the Wine.

XXVIII. Or, ℞ Turpentine or Balsam of Peru ℥ss. which mix with the Yolk of one Egg; then add thereto Oil of Hypericon ℥i. and make a Liniment. This Flam­mula may be continued, if need require, even to the fortieth Day.

XXIX. Or instead of a Flam­mula, you may use a silver Pipe, with large Ears or Stays on both sides, such as is used in Paracen­tesis, that a Thred of reasona­ble Length may be fastned to it, to keep it in its Posture.

XXX. The Wound and the Pipe may be anointed with the former Liniment or Balsam, or with Ar­caeus his Liniment melted in a Spoon, or with some other ar­tificial Balsam; and over it Di­achylon Simplex may be applied.

XXXI. Where note, That if it is in Winter-time, a Chafing-dish with hot Charcoal may be conveni­ent in time of dressing to hold near the Wound, to preserve the na­tural Heat, and hinder the In­tromission of the cold ambient Air.

XXXII. Wiseman puts a Que­stion, Whether the wound should be kept open, or agglutinated? They (says he) who are for a speedy Agglutination, do urge it, lest the intromitted Air should corrupt the parts with­in, and the Heat expire. They that are for keeping ir open, do design thereby a readier Dis­charge of the matter.

XXXIII. In these Wounds of the Brest (says he) I consider the Wound, how it is capable of discharging the extravasated Blood and Matter. If it is inflicted so, as that the Blood and Matter may be thereby discharged, then it is to be kept open, the Wel­fare of the Patient depending chiefly upon the well-dressing and governing of it: but if it does not lie well for Evacuation of that extravasated Blood, then it may do hurt, and so ought to be healed.

XXXIV. The second way of evacuating the Blood and Matter, is by Expectoration; and then they say, it must first pass (into the Pleura, say some, and so) into the [Page 977] substance of the Lungs, than into the Aspera Arteria, or Wind-pipe, and from thence it is coughed up, and spit out by the Mouth.

XXXV. And then Galen ad­vises to further Expectoration by Exhibition of Posca, or Vinegar and Water, warm, because it pow­erfully dissolves clotted Blood; and if the Sick coughs with Difficul­ty, Pectorals are to be admini­stred, as Syrup of Vinegar, of Limons, and of Juice of Citrons, Syrup of Coltsfoot and of Li­quorice, Decoctum Pectorale, Pe­ctoral Lohochs, Oxymel, Syrups of Alehoof, of Maidenhair, of Jujubes, &c.

XXXVI. The third way of e­vacuating the Blood and Matter is by Ʋrine; and then they say, it passes first into the substance of the Pleura, and then into the Azy­gos, or Vena sine pari, near to the Diaphragma, by the Spine, whence a Branch comes, through which it passes by a streight Course to the Emulgents, and so to the Kidneys and Bladder, as Aqua­pendens, part. 2. lib. 2. cap. 42. affirms.

XXXVII. But if we acknow­ledge the Circulation of the Blood, this Passage is not allowable; for it is impossible to come to the emul­gent Arteries, but by a prior tran­sition through the Heart.

XXXVIII. However, if the matter of Fact is true, that there is sometimes a discharge of the matter by Ʋrine, then it will be necessary that Diureticks be given, to promote the same; as, Infusi­sions, Decoctions, Syrups, Es­sences, &c. of Maidenhair, Be­tony, Roots of Parsley, of Smal­lage, of Fennel, of Asparagus, &c. Also Ptisans made with Barley-Cream, Emulsions, Spi­rit of Sulphur, Liquorice, &c.

XXXIX. But says Wiseman, I never saw any that I could say, that passed their Disease by Ʋrine; nor many of them that had a free passage of their Ʋrine, during the time of their lying under these Wounds.

XL. Nor have I often seen them (says he) who have recovered, to expectorate any such quantity of matter, as might be thought to proceed from the great quantity of Blood extravasated. They cough'd fresh Blood most of them, like to what they discharged from their Wounds, but more florid.

XLI. Arcae [...]s, lib. 1. cap. 1. administers this Vulnerary Po­tion. ℞ Juyce of Pomegranates, Waters of Scabious and Bugloss, A. ℥i. Rhubarb in Pouder ʒss. Mad­der, Mummy, A.℈i. Terra Sigillata, ℈i. mix for a Dose.

XLII. And to cause easie brea­thing, be gives this pectoral De­coction:Hull'd Barley ℥iiii. Bu­gloss-roots ℥iii. Liquorice bruised ℥ii. Jnjubes, Prunes, A. No xx. Raisons stoned ℥i. Rain-water lbxiv. boil to the Consumption of a third part, strain out, and aromatize with Cinnamon ʒiii. dulcifying it with Sugar-candy ℥iiii. Sugar Pe­nids ℥iii. Syrup of Roses simple, and of the two opening Roots, sine Aceto, A. ℥ii. Dose ℥vi. every fourth hour.

XLIII. Fambesarius advises, to give Morning and Evening a vul­nerary Potion, made of Leaves and Roots of Comfrey, Bugloss, Plantane, boiled in Water with [Page 978] some Vinegar, which being strained, is to be sweetned with Sugar of Roses, dissolving also in it some fine Bole.

XLIV. And outwardly Inje­ctions may be made with Honey of Roses, thus: ℞ Decoct. of Liquorice ℥iiii. Sugar of Roses ℥ii. Honey of Roses ℥i. mix them. But you must be sure, that all the In­jection comes forth again; for if any of it should stay behind, it would putrefy.

XLV. Lastly, According as the quantity of the Quittor is, less or more, so dress it once or twice a day; and when the Patient breaths freely, has but little Pain, finds no Weight towards the Midriff, and there is but small quantity of Pus flowing out of the Wound, and that good, you may then, with all the speed that may be, induce the Healing.

CHAP. XXXVIII. Of WOƲNDS of the BACK, and SPINAL MARROW.

I. THey are called in Greek [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Dorsi; and in English, Wounds of the Back. Also [...]; in Latin, Vul­nera Medullae Spinalis; and in English, Wounds of the Spinal Marrow.

II. The Kinds. These Wounds are either in the fleshy parts only, or the Bone is hurt also: Or there is a Wound of the Marrow of the Back-bone.

III. And in this case, the Mar­row is wounded but in part, or it is wholly cut asunder.

IV. The Signs. If the Mar­row is only wounded, and not wholly cut asunder, then dreadful Con­vulsions will of necessity ensue, and so, for the most part, Death.

V. If it is wholly cut asunder, then the whole Body is deprived of moving and feeling; breathing it self will also be hindred, so that of consequence Death must en­sue.

VI. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, That a Convulsion or Palsie follows, feeling is lost, and after a while the Patient cannot retain either Seed, Ʋrine, or Excrements of the Belly; and sometimes a total sup­pression of the Excremnnts will fol­low.

VII. And Fernelius, Patholog. lib. 7. cap. 8. says, That the in­feriour parts become paralytick, and that their feeling, moving, and functions are lost. See cap. 34. Sect. 10, 11, 12, 13, aforegoing.

VIII. The Prognosticks. Al­most all Wounds of the Spinal Mar­row [Page 979] are mortal; if the Patient out-lives them, they generally leave a Paralysis of some one Part or other. See the rest of the Prognosticks, in Chap. 34. Sect. 14. ad 19. of the following Book.

IX. The Cure. If the Wound is made only in the Fleshy or Mus­culous Parts, then it is to be dressed and cured as those Wounds which happen in the Fleshy Parts.

X. If the Spina Dorsi, or Back-bone is hurt also, then it is to be dressed as a Wound of the Head, wherein there is a Fracture; of which we shall speak at large in Lib. 6. Chap. 12. and 13. of this Work following.

XI. If the Spinal Marrow is hurt only, the Sick may by chance escape: but if it be wholly divi­ded, the sense and motion of all the parts under or below the Wound, which receive their Nerves from the lower parts of the Spinal Marrow, will be hurt and taken away: for the Influx of the Animal Spirits in­to those parts will be wholly obstructed.

XII. The Indications of Cure, as also the Topical Medicaments are the same with those in Chap. 34. Sect. 20. ad 24. aforegoing of this Book; and therefore referring you thither, little more need be said con­cerning the same here.

XIII. However, if the Verte­brae are in part divided, this following Liniment is com­mended. ℞ Yolks of Eggs ℥ii. Gum Elemi, Strasburgh-Turpentine, A. ʒvi. Oil of Hypericon ℥jss. Oil of Spike ʒii. Saffron in pouder ʒi. mix them.

XIV. Or, ℞ Balsam de Chili, de Peru, yolks of Eggs, A. ℥i. Oil of Hypericon ℥jss. Mithridate, S.V. A.ʒii. Oil of Petre ʒi. mix them.

XV. And the whole Spina Dorsi may be anointed with this Mix­ture: ℞ Oils of Limons, La­vender, Marjoram, Rosemary, Sage, Savin, Sassafras, Amber, A. ʒjss. Oil of Hypericon or of Ben ℥jss. mix, and anoint there­with.

XVI. And you may Embro­cate the whole Back with this: ℞ Oils of Hypericon and of Whelps, A. ℥i. Oils of Juniper­berries and of Lavender, A. ʒvi. mix them.

CHAP. XXXIX. Of WOƲNDS of the LƲNGS.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Pul­monum; in English, Wounds of the Lungs.

II. The Signs. If the Lungs are wounded, the Blood which comes out of the Wound will be yellow and frothy; the Patient will have a Cough, difficulty of [Page 980] Breathing, and a Pain on the wounded side.

III. The Sick lies more at ease, when lying on the wounded side, but being laid on the contrary side, is then in more pain.

IV. The Prognosticks. If the Wounds of the Lungs are superfi­ciary and small, tho' part of the substance of the Lungs has been cut off, yet the Patient has some­times recovered and done well, and lived many Years after it.

V. Forestus, Lib. 5. Obs. 4. says, That if the Lungs are wounded in the fleshy part, where­in there is a remarkable Branch of the Arteria Venalis, then the Patient must of necessity dye: for that he will be suffocated with Blood; and the Blood will be much, black, and frothy.

VI. Horstius, de Morb. Pect. lib. 3. obs. 11. Arcaeus, lib. 2. cap. 1. Fabr. Hildanus, Cent. 3. Obs. 36. Platerus, Observat. 3. lib. 3. pag. 690. Valeriolus, Observat. Med. lib. 4. Obs. 10. and Glandorpius, Speculo Chir­urgico, Observ. 24. with several others, have observed, that dangerous Wounds of the Lungs have been cured.

VII. Out of what has been said, it appears, that tho' some dan­gerous Wounds of the Lungs have been cured; yet if the Wound is deep, and with the substance of the Lungs being wounded, the great Vessels are divided also, such a Wound is always mortal.

VIII. And the Reasons are ma­nifest: 1. Because no Medi­cine can be so applied, as to come to the bottom of the Wound. 2. Because the Arte­ria Venalis, and the Vena Arte­rialis being wounded, a dread­ful Hemorrhage will ensue. 3. Because the Lungs being moist, are very subject to in­flammation and putrefaction. 4. Because the intromission of fresh Air for cooling of the Lungs, and expiration of fuli­ginous Vapours, are hindred. 5. Because the Lungs are in continual motion, which hin­ders consolidation. 6. Because the Heart by its proximity, will be affected by consent. 7. Be­cause the discharging of the Pus or Matter will be difficult, it being done by Expectoration; and also dangerous, for that it is done by Coughing, which irritates the Wound. 8. Because much Blood falling into the capacity of the Thorax, it presses down by its weight the Dia­phragma, and so causes difficulty of Breathing: and being turned into Pus, it becomes malign, and so induces a Fever, Phrensy, and Convulsions: and if the Sick continues any time, there will be an Empyema, and after that a Phthisis, which generally ends in Death.

IX. Wiseman says, If the Lungs are wounded deep among the great Vessels, tho' they escape the first nine days, yet they commonly termi­nate in a Phthisis or Fistula.

X. The Cure. The Hemorrhage is first to be stopt with proper Internals: the Inflammation is to be prevented, or repressed; the Blood which is poured forth into the cavity of the Thorax, is to be evacuated, [Page 981] and then the Wound is to be agglutinated.

XI. Medicamenta adstringentia & emplastica adhibenda, quae & Sanguinem sistunt, & Inflamma­tionem prohibent, & Vulnus gluti­nant: Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 2. part. 2. cap. 11. Medica­ments astringent or styptick, and emplastick are to be used; which may not only stop the flux of Blood, but also hinder an Inflammation, and consolidate the Wound.

XII. These Medicaments are either Topicks, quae in cavita­tem Thoracis indantur, & infun­dantur; or Internals, quae ore sumuntur, which are given by the Mouth.

XIII. Those Topicks are to be chosen which bite least, and have no malign quality: all such Me­tallicks and Salines, which are useful in other Wounds, are in Wounds of the Lungs to be avoided.

XIV. But fine Bole, Terra sigillata, Catechu, Frankincense, Mastich, Olibanum, Gum Avabick, Tragacanth, Acacia, Balaustians, Pomgranat-peels, and such-like, are commended.

XV. A Pouder may be made of fine Bole, Frankincense, and Mastich, Ana; which may be blown into the Wound by a Pipe: or Tent, or Alicant may be in­jected, especially if diluted with a Decoction made with some Astringents; as Bistort-roots, Cinkfoil, Tormentil, Plantan, Red-roses, and Horstail: but that the Pouder may be the better applied, the Patient is to attract up, or breathe forth, as strongly as may be.

XVI. An Injection. ℞ Roots of Avens, Comfrey, Tormentil, A. ℥ss. Red-roses ℥i. Catechu ℥ss. Aloes, Myrrh, A.ʒi. Barley-water q.s. boil, strain, and add to every Pint thereof, Honey of Roses strained ℥ii. Syrup of d [...]ied Roses, and of Myrtles, A. ℥i.

XVII. If there is no Fever, nor Spitting of Blood, or any Weight on the Midriff, drop into the Wound Balsam de Chili, or de Peru, or Linimentum Arcaei, mixt with Oil of Hypericon, or some such like, over which apply Diapalma, or Empl. Album.

XVIII. If there is much Blood in the cavity, after it is come forth, you may use a Flammula dipt in the white of an Egg, or a Silver Pipe; as we have advised in Chap. 37. Sect. 2 [...]. ad 31. aforegoing; which may be continued 40 days, more or less, as you see need requires.

XIX. When the Wound runs dige [...]ed Matter, and but little, the Pipe, &c. may be removed: and if you think it convenient, you may inject a Vulnerary Decoction, blood-warm.

XX. During all the time that the VVound runs, (as much as may be) let the Sick be in Bed, with the VVound downwards, for it [...]s more easy discharge of the Matter: at other times, put in the Pipe, and lay on it a Spunge wrung out of S.V. with keeps the Air out, and extracts the Pus.

XXI. Afterwards you may lay over the Pipe this Empla­ster: ℞ Pure R [...]sin ℥vi. Gum Elemi strained ℥iv. Oils of Bays and Turpentine, A. ℥i. dissolve [Page 982] the Gum and Rosin over a gentle Fire, then mix the Oils. This you may spread upon Leather, and apply; which change once a day in Winter, and twice a a day in Summer.

XXII. And no way inferior is the Balsam of Peru, mixt with Schroder's Balsamum Nervinum, or Our Balsamum Amicum; or some other like proper Ingre­dient, to give it a somewhat stronger Body.

XXIII. Inwardly Astringent and Traumatick Drinks are to be given, made of the leaves of Strawbery, Speedwel, Scabious, Devilsbit, Ladies-mantle, Golden­rod, Sanicle, Woundwort, Per­winkle, Self-heal, Agrimony, Plantan, Red-roses, and other things of like kind. As,

XXIV. Take Strawbery-leaves, Sanicle, Scabious, Lungwort both sorts, A. M. ss. Ladies-mantle, flowers of Scabious, Red-roses, A. P.ii. Jujubes No x. Barley-water q.s. boil, strain, and to each Pint add Julep of Roses ℥ii.

XXV. Or, Take Woundwort, Perwinkle, Speedwel, Strawbery-leaves, Lungwort, Ladies-bed­straw, Coltsfoot, A. M.i. Devils­bit, Self-heal, Agrimony, Angelica, Scabius, Self-heal, Plantan, A. M.j.ss. roots of Angelica, Bistort, A. ℥ i. cut and bruise all, and infuse in White-wine, Red-wine, Scabious and Angelica Waters, A. lbijss. boil in B.M. six Hours, strain, and dulcify with fine Sugar ℥iv. Dose, ℥iv. or more, Mor­ning and Evening.

XXVI. If the Wound was made by Gunshot; Take Lung­wort M.iii. Mugwort, Comfrey, A. M.j. Wine, Water, A. lbjss. boil in a double Vessel, or in B.M. strain, and sweeten with fine Svgar ℥iii.

XXVII. Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 5. cap. 13 & 14, commends Diaspermaton, which was a thing frequent in use with him, in Wounds of the Brest. Some in place of that Electuary, use Diacodion, which Galen, de Comp. Med. lib. 7. says, Does induce Sleep, takes away the sense of Pain, and stop Fluxes of Rheum from the Head, falling upon the Lungs.

CHAP. XL. Of WOƲNDS of the LIVER. and SPLEEN.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vul­nera Hepatis & Lienis; and in English, Wounds of the Liver and Spleen.

I. Wounds of the Liver.

II. The Kinds. Sometimes the Wound is superficiary, sometimes it penetrates deeply; sometimes the [Page 983] gibbous part, sometimes the ca­veous part is wounded. In some Wounds the substance of the Liver is only hurt; in others, the Vessels are also cut.

III. Sometimes the Wound is made with a sharp Weapon, and sometimes with a dull or blunt; by which it is rather contused, than cut: sometimes also a part of it is cut off.

IV. Signs. Whether it is a Wound or a Contusion, may be known by the external violence, and the kind of the Weapon, and the consequent Effects.

V. Wounds in the Liver are most commonly made on the right side; and if any of the larger Vessels are wounded, there is a great flux of Blood on the right side.

VI. The Hpochonders or sides draw towards the Back-bone; they often eject Blood, by Stool and Ʋrine: there is a pricking Pa [...] up to the Neck and right Souther-blade, the Face is wan, and the Sick desires to lye on his Belly.

VII. Sometimes there is a Vo­miting of Choler, and sometimes an Hemorrhage at the Nostrils; and a heaviness and pain is perceived in the region of the Liver, and parts adjacent. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26.

VIII. The Prognosticks. Hip­pocrates, lib. 6. aph. 18. says, If the Bladder, or Brain, or Mid­riff, or Small-gut, or Stomach, or Liver be wounded, it is mortal.

IX. Yet Paulus Aegineta, lib. 6. cap. 28. has delivered to us, That upon a Wound of the Liver, even where some part of it has been cut off, the Patient has recovered.

X. And Gemma Cosmocritic. lib. 1. cap. 6. tells us of a Spanish Youth, who being wounded thro' the right Flank, had lost a large part of his Liver, and yet was restored to his health. And Ber­tinius, Medic. lib. 13. cap. 7. gives us another like History: others also have observed the same.

XI. From whence it follows, that where the Wound is only superficial, or the substance only wounded, without hurt of any of the great Vessels, as the trunks of the Vena Portae, and Vena Cava, the Patient is curable.

XII. But where the large Ves­sels are wounded, the Sick cannot escape; because of the imme­diate large effusion of Blood: for before the Vessel can be agglutinated, the Patient will dye.

XIII. A Contusion of the Liver is more dangerous than a Wound, and oftentimes degenerates into an Abscess or Apostem.

XIV. Th [...]se Wounds are also more dangerous in a Cachectick Habit of Body, and in Old Persons, than in such as are of a sound habit, strong, and juvenile. Sen­nert. Med. Pract. lib. 3. part. 6. sect. 1. cap. 7.

XV. If the Patient, has cold Sweats upon his Forehead and Neck; if he often faints, if the Extremities grow cold, and great weakness attends, then Death is at hand.

XVI. The Cure. Immediate­ly Astringents and Glutinatives are to be exhibited, such [...] we [Page 984] commonly give in Spitting Blood: Sennertus commends Red-roses dried, given ad ʒii. also Ba­laustians, fine Bole, Trochsci de Spodio, de Rosis, Rhubarb in Decoction of Hounds-tongue, Cinkfoil, or Plantan.

XVII. But nothing exceeds Catechu, given in substance ad ʒss. or ʒi. or the Tincture there­of made with common Brandy; given from ℥ss. ad ℥i. in some proper Vehicle.

XVIII. Some commend Pulvis Dysentericus Croll [...]i, given in a little Syrup of Roses, strength­ning the Viscera with Spices, and Aromaticks, adding also such things as may provoke Urine, and loosen the Belly, if bound, with Emollient Clysters.

XIX. Where you suspect there is a Concretion of Blood, you must give such things as dissolve the Concretion: of which kind are Rhubarb, Rhapontick, Sperma Ceti, Lacca, Mumia, Sanguis draconis, Crabs-eyes, Amber, pou­der of Earthworms, Hog-lice, Schoenanth, Spicknard, fine Bole, Terra sigillata, roots of Madder, of Tormentil, Chervil, and all Volatil Animal Salts and Spirits; which may be exhibited in Vinegar, or Chervil, or Tor­mentil Waters, &c.

XX. ℞ Rhubarb ʒjss. Spick­nard, Schoenanth, A. gr.xv. Mum­my ʒss. make a pouder. Dose, ʒi. Or, ℞ Pine Bole ʒiii. Lacca, Sperma Ceti, A. ʒii. Roubarb [...]i. Mummy ℈ss. make a pouder. Dose, ʒi. or ʒjss. in Vinegar, or Chervil-water.

XXI. ℞ Rhubarb, Rhapontick, A. ℈ii. Mummy, Sperma Ceti, Crabs-eyes, roots of Avens, of Tormentil, A. gr. xii. make a pouder, for two Doses. Or, Take Mummy ʒii. Rhubarb, Crabs-eyes, fine Bole, A.ʒ i. Saffron, Sperma Ceti, Sanguis Draconis, A. ʒss. make a pouder. Dose, ʒi.

XXII. Let his Diet be thin, and glutinating: let him abstain from Wine, and drink a Deco­ction of Jujubes or Coriander­seeds, sweetned with a little Sugar of Roses.

XXIII. Outwardly Astringents and Glutinatives are also to be applied: if the Wound gapes, or is open, you may sprinkle in this Pouder: ℞ Catechu, fine Bole, Terra sigillata, A. ʒi. pou­der of Red-roses ʒss. Lapis Hae­matitis ℈ i. white Starch ʒ ii. make a Pouder.

XXIV. You may also apply this Liniment. ℞ Syrup of Red-roses dried, Honey of Roses, A. ℥i. Pulvis Dysentericus, or Sperniolae Crollii ℥jss. fine Aloes, fine Bole, A. ℥i. Catechu ʒvi. Oil of Wax, q.s. mix, and make a Liniment.

XXV. Sennertus commends an Ointment made of Turpentine, fine Bole, and Mummy, or of Mastich and Frankincense; anointing also the parts adjacent with Oils of Mastich and Roses.

XXVI. And upon the Region of the Liver this Cataplasm may be applied. ℞ Fresh Violet-leaves, Endive, Succory, A. P.iii. Agrimony, tops of Dill, of Hypericon, A. P.ii. pouder of Camomil-flowers, of Me­lilot, and Red-roses, A. P.i. Barley and Bean flower, A. ℥jss. Red. Wine q.s. make a Cataplasm, ad­ding at the end, Oil of Roses ℥jss. [Page 985] It is good to be applied also in a Contusion of the Liver.

XXVII. In which case also, this following Pouder may be given. ℞ White Amber, fine Bole, Dragons-blood, Lacca, Ba­laustians, Red-roses, Crabs-eyes, A. ℥ ss. make a pouder. Dose, ʒi. in Plantan-water ℥ vi. in which Tragacanth ℈ss. has been dissolved.

II. Wounds of the Spleen.

XXVIII. The Kinds. Its Wounds are either superficiary, or profound: and it is only wounded, or a part of it may be cut off.

XXIX. The Signs. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, That black Blood does issue out of the left side; and the side it self, and Stomach do become hard; the Patient is troubled with great Thirst, and the Pain reaches to the Neck.

XXX. The Prognosticks. Cel­sus, in the place aforecited says, That deep Wounds of the Spleen are for the most part mortal, or that they are scarcely ever cured.

XXXI. The Reasons of which are, 1. Because of a dreadful Hemorrhage not only of Venal, but Arterial Blood. 2. Because it helps towards the perfecting the Sanguification. 3. Because it is very easy to be inflamed, being full of Blood. 4. Because it has a great consent with the Heart; for that a multitude of Arteries communicate with it.

XXXII. Tho' profound or deep [...]ounds of the Spleen may be mortal, yet the whole Spleen may be cut out, and the Party live. And this I have been an Eye­witness of in a Dog, in which, before the Spleen was cut off, it was drawn forth out of the Body, and the Sanguiferous Ves­sels bound with good Ligature, to prevent the great Hemorrhage which would have ensued; then it was wholly cut away, and the apertion of the Abdo­men stitcht up, and so left to Nature to heal; the Dog reco­vered and did well, and lived four or five Years after it, but was very much dispirited; nor could we searcely ever provoke him to bark from that time forth.

XXXIII. But if the Superficies, or its substance, (not the Vessels) are wounded, it is not (says Sennertus) necessary that such a Wound should be mortal.

XXXIV. The Cure. It is not performed as in those of the Liver, in which (sometimes in desperate cases) Nature does Wonders: you may exhibit this Vulnerary Potion. ℞ Comfrey-roots ℥ss. Raisons ℥i. Speedwel M. i. Agri­mony, Spleenwort, Hypericon, Red-Roses, A. M.ss. Self-heal, Winter­green, A. P.i. Water q.s. make a Decoction, strain, and Aromatize with Cinamon ʒiii.

XXXV. And to prevent an afflux of Matter to the Spleen, an Emollient, or Lenitive Clyster may be given, to keep the Body open: if the Pus seems to be expelled by Urine, Medicines moving Urine (made of Fennel-roots, the Four greater Cold Seeds, red Cicers, and the like) are to be given.

XXXVI. But by what ways the Pus is carried to the Ʋreters, Authors are scarcely agreed on. Some will have it, that it is carried by the Ramus Splenicus to the Vena Portae, from thence to the Liver, and thro' the Li­ver to the Vena Cava, and so at length to the Emulgent Ar­teries.

XXXVII. But this, says Sen­nertus, Med. Pract. lib. 3. part. 4. cap. 7. is too long a way, and by too many ambages; a shorter way (says he) is by the Coeliac Ar­tery to the Trunk of the Aorta, or Arteria magna, and so from thence to the Emulgent Ar­teries.

XXXVIII. Others say, that the Blood or Pus, which falls into the cavity of the Abdomen, is either discussed by the Natu­ral Heat, or else comes forth by an Apostem in the Groin.

CHAP. XLI. Of WOƲNDS of the STOMACH.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Stomachi; and in English, Wounds of the Stomach.

II. They are twofold: first, Wounds of the Mouth of the Stomach, or lower part of the Oesophagus: secondly, Wounds of the Ventricle, or bottom of the Stomach.

I. Wounds of the Mouth of the Stomach.

III. [...]. Vulnera Oesophagi, vel Gulae; Wounds of the Gullet or Swallow, have been treated of in some measure already, in Chap. 35. Sect. 18, &c. aforegoing: but to speak truly, we treated of that part of the Gula which was at a farther distance from the Stomach; here we treat of such Wounds of the Gullet as are near the Stomach it self, and are properly Wounds of the very immediate Mouth of the Stomach.

IV. The Stomach has two parts: 1. The Mouth, which is called Oesophagus. 2. The Bot­tom, or Belly of the Stomach, which is called Ventriculus.

V. The Signs. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, That there is a Hiccough, and Vomiting of Choler, Meat and Drink comes presently up again; the Pulse grows feebie, there is Fainting, with cold Sweats, and a Coldness of the Extream Parts.

VI. The Prognosticks. All Wounds of this Part are dan­gerous: 1. Because they cause difficulty of Breathing. 2 Be­cause it can scarcely be wounded; but the Trachaea Ar­teria, Soporal Arteries, Jugular [Page 987] Veins, and Recurrent Nerves will be wounded.

VII. The more remote from the Mouth of the Stomach, they are less dangerous: but if they are great, transverse, and near to the Stomach, they are mortal: 1. Be­cause they admit of no conso­lidation, for that the passage of the Meat and Drink does hinder it. 2. Because Meat and Drink must be discharged by Vomiting; for that it cannot go to the bottom of the Sto­mach; so that the only neces­sary Matter for Life being hin­dred, Death must ensue.

VIII. Wounds of the Oesopha­gus or Mouth of the Stomach, are more dangerous than those of the Ventricle: 1. Because it is of a nervous and membranous sub­stance, and so not easily con­glutinated. 2. Because it has a great consent with the Brain, it receiving Nerves from the sixth Conjugation. 3. Because Meat and Drink cannot easily pass into the Stomach, without which Life cannot be long con­tinued. 4. Because, as Celsus says, Vomiting of Choler does many times ensue, which irri­tates and enlarges the Wound. 5. Because the Pain is ex­ceeding acute. 6. Because To­picks cannot be conveniently applied, or giving Traumatick Potions; they either come back again by Vomit, or passing town, make no stay at the Wound, or otherwise come out at it. 7. Because Hippocrates, Sect. 5. Aph. 2. says, Convulsions may be induced, which are mor­tal.

II. Wounds of the Ventricle, or Stomach it self.

IX. [...]. Vulnera Ventriculi; Wounds of the Ventricle, or Stomach it self, have the differences with those of the Oesophagus; being either superficiary and small, or deep, and passing into the cavity of it: and they are either streight, or transverse; made by Incision, or laceration.

X. The Signs. That the Sto­mach it self is wounded, you may know, 1. By the place of the Wound; as if it is under the Diaphragma, or below the Carti­lago mucronata. 2. By the sub­stance coming forth at the Wound; which is either pure Chylus, or Chylus mixed with the Food, unaltered, except by chewing.

XI. There is also, as Senner­tus, Med. Pract. lib. 3. part. 1. sect. 1. cap. 26. says, A Hiccough, and Vomiting of Choler, also a Vomiting of Meat and Drink; the Appetite is hurt, nor can the Stomach contain, or rightly digest the Food.

XII. The Patient also spits Blood, and a Pain is perceived in the Stomach it self: and if the upper part of it is Wounded, the Sick may be afflicted with inflammation of the Part, a Fever, Delirium, Swooning, and many other ill Symptoms.

XIII. The Prognosticks. If the VVound is small and superfi­ciary, it is easily cured; but Wounds which penetrate are ac­counted mortal. Hippocrat. sect. 6. [Page 988] aph. 18. Celsus, lib. 6. cap. 26. that is, they are very dangerous, and may prove mortal, or are mortal for the most part: so we understand Hippocrates.

XIV. A Wound penetrating the Ventricle, is not so dangerous, as that which penetrates or divides the Oesophagus: 1. Because the Ventricle is more fleshy, and so more apt to consolidation. 2. Because it is not so principal a Part, the Mouth of the Sto­mach being the seat of the Appetite. 3. Because it is not of so exquisit a sense as the Mouth of the Stomach. 4. Be­cause Traumaticks or Wound-Drinks, and other Agglutinative-Medicaments, can make a longer stay there.

XV. But Wounds penetrating are very hard to be consolidated: 1. Because it is of a Membranous substance. 2. Because we can­not long live without the ser­vice of its Functions. 3. Be­cause Food, as Meat and Drink, keep open the lips of the Wound. 5. Because it is a sensible part, and so subject to ill Symptoms; as Pain, Afflux of Humors, Inflammation. 5. Be­cause Topicks cannot be conve­niently applied, to bring and keep the lips together. 6. Be­cause Internal Medicaments pass forth again at the Wound.

XVI. Yet VVounds penetrating the Stomach are sometimes cu­red, of which I am an Eye-witness; besides, we have several Autho­rities for the same, as Julius Alexandrinus, in cap. lib. 6. The­rapeut. Meth.Galeni; it a testatur similiter Christoph. à Vega, ad. aph. 18. lib. 6. Hippocrat. and Fallopius, de Capitis Vulneribus, cap. 1. tells us, that he cured a Man and a Woman, who were so wounded in the Stomach, that the Chylus came out thereat.

XVII. The Cure. In the first place we advise, that the Patient may eat and drink very sparingly: for the lips of the Wound will better agglutinate when the Stomach is somewhat empty, because it will be a little wrin­cled together.

XVIII. If the Body is Caco­chymick, yet Purges and Vomits are to be forborn; lest vitious Humors should be heaped upon the Part affected, but soluble Clysters may sometimes be given.

XIX. If the Wound penetrates not, the Cure is best to be commit­ted to Nature: but if it pe­netrates, Tents are not to be used; but you must apply Ano­dyns and Digestives, which may be made of Turpentine, first mixt with the white of an Egg, and then with Oil of Hypericon: this eases Pain, produces Pus, and is glutinative: over all apply Empastr. è Bolo, or some such like.

XX. Sennertus commends this: ℞ White-wine ℥ii. Ma­stich ℥ii. Oil of Fir, or soft Tur­pentine ℥i. Manna of Frankincense ʒii. pouder of roots of Comfrey and Tormentil, A. ʒi. Earthworms in fine pouder ℈ii. Saffron ℈i. boil to the consumption of the Wine.

XXI. The Stomach outwardly may be embrocated with Oils of Mint, of Myrtles, of Quinces, of [Page 989] Roses, and of Wormwood: and he may drink juices of Pom­granates and Quinces; or a Decoction of Tormentil, Cink­foil, Comfrey, Horstail, Mousear, and Periwinkle, sweetned with Syrup of Quinces.

XXII. And you may often give by the Mouth Syrup of Myrtles' de Rosis, or Syrup of Comfrey, mixt with a quarter-part of Catechu in fine pouder; which last is to be preserred in this case, before all other Medica­ments whatsoever.

CHAP. XLII. Of WOƲNDS of the BELLY.

I. THEY arre called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Abdominis, Vulnera Ventris & Alvei; in English, Wounds of the Belly.

II. The Differences. These are either superficiary, and so penetrate not, reaching no farther than to the Peritonaeum: or else they penetrate, and then the Perito­naeum is cut thro'; in which case, if the Wound is large, the Omen­mentum or Intestines will slip out.

III. These penetrating Wounds also are either simple, wherein none of the Viscera are hurt: or they are accompanied with the hurt of some of the contained Parts; as the Stomach, Inte­rlines, Reins, Ureters, Womb, &c.

IV. The Wound also is either a Pucture, or a Cut; and if a Cut, it is either streight, ob­lique or transverse.

V. The Signs. Make trial with a Prob or VVax-candle, and see whether they go directly deep in, then you may conclude that the Wound does penetrate: now in searching, you must see that the Wound is not inflicted ob­liquely, for then you may thrust in the Probe, &c. a great way between the Muscles, and yet not penetrating the Wound: but you ought also to be sure that the orifice of the Wound is not stopped with any of the adjacent bodies; as the Fat, Membrana carnosa, or the Muscles.

VI. If you make an Injection with warm VVine, if the Wound penetrates, it will be received within the cavity: but if it penetrates not, it will return again.

VII. If the Omentum or Inte­stines come forth, the penetration is manifest: but if the Wound is small, you much search it with a Probe, or Wax-candle.

VIII. VVhich of the Viscera are wounded, (if any be wounded) you may guess at, by the Place, or external Part hurt, [Page 990] but more certainly by their pe­culiar Symptoms.

IX. If any of the Viscera are hurt, there is sometimes inflation of the Belly, Colick, Vomiting, Fainting, Swooning, or Convulsions, or something extraordinary by Ʋrine or Stool, either some, or all of these Symptoms, or some other more vehement, not na­med, according to the dignity of the Bowel hurt.

X. The Prognosticks. Wounds of the Abdomen not penetrating, are void of danger, except they be very large: for in such Wounds many parts must suffer a solution of Ʋnity; there will be great Pain, with loss and dissipation of Spi­rits, and many times fainting and swooning Fits, Convulsions, &c.

XI. If the wound is made in the middle part of the Belly, it is more dangerous than that which is made in the sides. 1. Because of the nervous Body which lyes there, it being more tendinous, and so more sensible. 2. It is more painful to be sticht, and so more difficult to cure. 3. Be­cause the Omentum and Inte­stines, press most upon that part.

XII. All penetrating Wounds are accounted dangerous. 1. Because they are commonly large, and always deep. 2. Because the am­bient Air is apt to hurt the Guts. 3. Because the Pus is apt to fall into the capacity of the Abdo­men.

XIII. If any of the Viscera, or contained parts are wounded, the danger is very great, and for the most part mortal: concerning which, Celsus says, if the Basis of the Brain, or the Stomach, or the Vena Portae, or Vessels in the middle of the Lungs, or the Jeju­num, or the small Guts, or the Reins or Bladder are wounded, such a Patient cannot escape.

XIV. The Cure. There are four Intentions of Cure in penetra­ting Wounds. 1. The Reduction of the Viscera, if started out of their places. 2. The stitching up of the Wound. 3. The Ap­plication of fit Topicks. 3. The Exhibition of Internals, as Trau­maticks, and such things as may either prevent or suppress ill Symptoms.

XV. 1. Reposition. If the In­testines or Omentum thrust out, you are speedily to reduce them with your hands, lest the former is af­fected with an Inflation, or the latter cool and corrupt.

XVI. If the Gout has been so long out, that it is so puft up, that you cannot reduce it, you must foment it with Red Wine, Milk or Wa­ter, in which some or most of these things have been boiled, viz. Betony, Camomil, Dill, Fen­nel, Fetherfew, Germander, La­vender, Melilot, Mint, Nep, O­riganum, Pennyroyal, Sage, Sou­thernwood, Tansie, Worm­wood; Seeds of Anise, Cumin, Caraways, Dill, Fennel, Bayber­ries, Juniperberries, &c. which will discuss the Inflammation.

XVII. If notwithstanding the Fomentation, you cannot make the Reduction, you must inlarge the Wound by Incision, and then put the Intestine into its place.

XVIII. If the Omentum or Caul is slipt out, and it is fresh and warm, it is to be reduced [Page 991] with your Fingers: but if by reason of the cold ambient Air, it is much cooled or tainted; which you will know by the un­natural hardness of it, or by its being black, or of a livid Colour, then you must make a Ligature near to the warm and sound part, and the corrupt part is to be cut away.

XIX. Then the Wound is to be stitcht up, leaving the thread so as to hang out at the Wound, until the corrupt part separates from the whole, and so casts it off; and then the thread is to be drawn whol­ly out of the Wound. Now it is necessary to use deligation to the Caul, when any part of it is cut off, because otherwise, much blood would fall into the Cavity of the Abdomen; for that the Caul is composed of a Tex­ture of Veins or Arteries, inter­laced with Fat.

XX. 2. Stitching up the Wound. This stitch is called, [...], Gastroraphia; and it is to be done in a clear light, where you may have a right view of the Wound; also the Patient must be laid upon the side opposite to the Wound, that the Guts may fall from it, while stitching; and lastly, you must have a Ser­vant, or Attendant, to hold up the parts which you are to stitch.

XXI. First, You must thrust the Needle thro' the Skin and Mus­cles, even to the Peritonaeum, not touching the Peritonaeum on that side: Then the Needle is to be thrust from within outwards, thro' the Peritonaeum, and Muscles of the opposite side.

XXII. About an inch distance from the former stitch, the Needle is to be thrust thro' the Muscles of the same side, leaving the Peri­tonaeum: Then from within outwards, the Needle is to be thrust thro' the Peritonaeum and the Muscles.

XXIII. And in this manner you are to go on, if more stitches are required, sometimes piercing the Peritonaeum, and sometimes o­mitting it, till the separated parts are sufficiently united. Some make but one Ligature of three or four stitches, tying the ends of it firmly together, and using as many Ligatures as are sufficient.

XXIV. Or Secondly, You may stitch the Muscles together, and the sides of the Peritonaeum toge­ther: In this kind of stitch, the Needle is first to be thrust thro' the Skin and the Muscles, to the Peritonaeum; then the opposite side of the Peritonaeum, is to be joined to the side lying under the Muscles already pierced.

XXV. This being done, the op­posite Muscles are to be pierced; and this course is to be persued, till all the lips of the Wound are compleatly drawn together.

XXVI. Or Thirdly, It may be stitcht, as are other parts of the Body; the Needle is to be thrust thro' the two sides of the Muscles, and the two sides of the Perito­naeum: And this is to be done so often, till you have taken stitches enough, according to the magnitude of the Wound.

XXVII. But of all these several ways of stitching, the first way is esteemed best: After stitching, you ought to leave an Orifice in [Page 992] the depending part, to put in a Tent, that the Pus induced by suppuration, may be discharged. And this kind of stitch is used, because the Peritonaeum being a Membrane, will not admit of agglutination without the inter­course of Flesh.

XXVIII. And if it should be left unagglutinated, a Hernia or incurable Tumor, would be left in the outward parts, the Intestines thrusting themselves out into the Cavities of the Muscles.

XXIX. This kind of stitch ought to be fortified or strengthned by the dry Suture firmly made, because that in a few days, the Thread will cut asunder the Lips which are stitched, and the stitches will become loose, by reason the Guts do continually butt, or cast themselves upon the Abdomen; for which cause, the dry stitch is as necessary, as in the curing of an Hare-Lip.

XXX. 3. The Application of fit Topicks. These ought to be choice Vulnerary Balsams, as de Chili, de Peru, de Tolu, Gileadense, Capivij, all the forts of Turpentines, Gum Elemi, and divers artificial Balsams made of them, as Bal­samum Gummi Elem. Nostrum, Bal­samum Vulnerarium Nostrum, Bal­samum Amicum nost. Linimentum Arcei, Ʋng. Basilicon mixed with Ʋng. Nicotianae.

XXXI. Over which, are to be laid Agglutinative and Sarcotick Cerats or Emplasters, as Emplast. de Minio, è Bolo, Caesaris, Dia­palma, or Album, newly made, or not too dry, if it is in Sum­mer time: or Empl. Sticticum Paracelsi, malaxed with oil of Hypericon, if it be too stiff.

XXXII. To these you may add Cerates, as Ceratum Album, Ceratum de Galbano, Ceratum Ni­grum, and in some cases Ceratum è gummi Elemi.

XXXIII. Aquapendens, in Chi­rurg. part. 2. lib. 2. cap. 45. ad­vises to Astringent Pouders. This following is of singular use. ℞ fine Aloes, fine Bole, Catechu, Oli­banum, Myrtleberries, Sarcocol, Dragons Blood, Comfry Root, A. ℥ss. make each into fine Pouder, and mix them.

XXXIV. 4. The exhibition of Internals. These are either in order to Healing, and such are Trauma­ticks, or Wound-drinks; of which we shall say nothing here, having said enough in its proper Chapter: Or such other Exhibi­tions, as may either prevent, or suppress any ill Symptoms; which are chiefly two, viz. ex­tream Pain, and Pus, or Blood collected into the Cavity of the Abdomen.

XXXV. For the avoiding of Pain, you may give every night at Bed-time, a Dose of Dr. Gardner's Laudanum Tartarisatum, or of our Laudanum Specificum, or Lau­danum Volatile, or of our Guttae Vitae, in any convenient Vehicle.

XXXVI. These things not only ease the Pain, but also by their sudorifick and rarifying property, dissolve the collected Matter, and cause it in a great measure, to be dissipated and evaporated.

XXXVII. You may also embro­cate all the parts from the Arm­holes to the Groin, with this mix­ture. ℞ Oil of Hypericon, ℥ii. Oil of Whelps, ℥i. Oil of Scorpions, [Page 993] ℥ss. Oil of Spike, Tinctura Opij, A. ℥ij. mix them. By this means the Pain will be eased, and In­flammation prevented.

XXXVIII. The second ill Sym­ptom, which is the collection of Pus, or Blood, into the hollowness of the Belly. Give inwardly some of the Medicines at Sect. 36. afore­going, every-night at Bed-time; and if the Belly is costive, you may instead of them, give our Cathartick Laudanum.

XXXIX. When such Matter is collected, you may know, 1. By the weight which is felt there, the pain and tension of the part. 2. By the fluctuating of the Matter from place to place, when you press upon the belly with your hands.

XL. Now because this Matter cannot be sensibly emptied, by rea­son Wounds of the Bélly are not to be kept open, lest the Internals be corrupted; you must endeavour to dissipate it by the Medica­ments afore-named, and other Rarifiers and Sudorisicks; and you may embrocate the belly, and more especially the Groins, with the Oil at Sect. 37. above, or with this mixture.

XLI. ℞ Oils of Hypericon, of Whelps, and of Scorpions, A. ℥iss. Oils of Euphorbium, of Castor, of Amber, and of Juniper-berries, of each ℥ss. mix them. After a­nointing, apply over the part, Empl. de Minio cum Sapone, or Diachylon cum Gummi; if these things do not, an Apostem may possibly break out in the Groin, which must then be opened, thro' which the Matter may hap­pily discharge.

XLII. 5. Wounds made by Pun­cture. If the Wound penetrate­ing be so small, that neither the Omentum nor Intestin thrust forth, as it often happens, when it is made by a Rapier, &c. you are to consider, whether the Viscera are wounded by the Symptoms which occur; if you find them well, you must heal up the Wound by agglutination.

XLIII. You are not to dress it with Tents, for that may cause dis­turbance, pain, flux of Humors, and Inflammation; and by expo­sing it to the external Air, a Co­lick, or Putridity may ensue.

XLIV. For which Reasons, these Wounds are to be healed with all possible speed that may be, and the Patient is to keep his bed the mean season: for rising in the day time, the weight of the Guts will press upon the wounded Perito­naeum, and make their way thro' it.

XLV. So that tho' the external wound in the skin, does not give them a passage; yet they will so insi­nuate, or thrust themselves be­tween it and the Peritonaeum, as to cause an incurable Hernia, or Rupture.

XLVI. To prevent which, you ought to hasten the Cure, and not only to keep the Sick in bed, but to apply good Astringents, Stypticks, or Agglutinatives, with firm com­pression upon the Wound, that the parts may be united, while the Hurt is recent.

CHAP. XLIII. Of WOƲNDS of the GƲTS.

I. THey are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin Vul­nera Intestinorum: and in Eng­lish, Wounds of the Guts.

II. The differences. Either the great Guts are wounded, or the small: and in both, the Wound is either superficiary, or it passes to the Cavity.

III. If it passes to the Cavity, the Wound is then either straight or Transverse; and then they are either great or small.

IV. The Signs. If the Great Guts are wounded, then Excre­ments will come out at the Wound.

V. If the small Guts are wound­ed, the Chylus comes out at the Wound, the Flanks swell and become hard, the Patient has Gripings in the Belly, vomits Choler, is troubled with the Hic­cough, and is many times affe­cted with cold Sweats, and cold­ness of the extream parts.

VI. The Prognosticks. 1. Su­perficiary Wounds of the Guts are not wholly without danger, because all the external parts of the Ab­domen are divided.

VII. 2. Great Wounds of the Guts are for the most part mortal, but more especially when they are transverse: 1. Because Topicks cannot be conveniently applyed to them. 2. Because they are of a Membranous substance, which has but little Blood. 3. Because they are very sensible, whereby Pain, Inflammations, Fe­vers, and other ill Symptoms may ensue. 4. Because the Chylus and Excrements do continually pass by them. 5. Because their Office is absolutely necessary for the preservation of life, the small Guts distributing the Chylus, and the great Guts discharging the Excrements. 6. Because their Lips are kept asunder partly by their motion, and partly by their distension by Chylus, Wind, or Excrements.

VIII. 3. Wounds of the Jeju­num are very dangerous, for the most part mortal. 1. Because it has more Mesaraical or bloody Veins than other Guts. 2. Be­cause by its plenty of Blood, it is soon and easily Inflamed. 3. Because it is nearest to the Liver, and so the apter to be Inflamed. 4. Because it is of a more tender or sensible substance than the o­ther Guts. 5. Because it receives immediately the most acid Cho­ler from the Gall; the other Guts receiving it but mediate­ly, its sharpness by being mixt with other Juices, being much abated.

IX. 4. Wounds of the small Guts are more dangerous than those of the great. 1. Because they are most Nervous and Membranous, and so of a more exquisite sense. [Page 995] 2. Because they are nearer to the Stomach. 3. Because they have more Mesaraical or bloody Veins. 4. Because of their more excellent Office of distributing the Chylus.

X. 5. Wounds of the great Guts are now more easy to be agglutina­ted than the small, and so more ea­sily admit Cure. 1. Because they are of a more fleshy substance. 2. Because they are not so sen­sible. 3. Because the Excre­ments which they contain, are more solid than the Chylus, and so not being so apt to flow to the Wound, keep not the Lips so long asunder.

XI. The Cure. There are four intentions of Cure. 1. To stitch the lips of the wounded Gut toge­ther with the Glovers stitch; if the Gut is not without the Wound, some Authors advise to draw it out gently, and then to sew it with good thread not waxed, that so swelling, it may not so soon cut the Lips of the Wound asunder.

XII. But this method, Wise­man in Wounds of the small Guts, likes not: He says, it is a hard task, and when the Gut is found, what (says he) will it signifie, but to increase the Accidents? He advises therefore, to follow the method of the Antients, to em­brocate all the Region of the Belly with Oil of Mastich and Earthworms, to dress the Wound with Sarcoticks, and to keep it close and warm with Compress and Bandage.

XIII. But if the great Guts are wounded; so as the Excrements discharge that way, then you may [...] [...]pen the VVound, and stitch the Gut with the Glovers stitch, sprinkling it with some aggluti­native Pouder, then reducing it back, to stitch up the external Wound of the Abdomen.

XIV. 2. The Reduction of the Gut. If it has been some time from the making of the Wound, it must be first fomented with red or astringent Wine, pretty warm, and if a little Catechu has been dissolved in it, it will be so much the better. Then an Agglutinative is to be applyed to the Wound. ℞ Mastich, Oli­banum, Sarcocol, A. ʒij. Comfry root in pouder, Myrrh, Borax, A. ʒj. mix, and make a pouder; which sprinkle upon the VVound.

XV. 3. To stitch together the external parts of the Belly. This is to be done as we have taught in the former Chapter; and it is better to stitch them, than to leave them open. 1. Because no more Topicks can be applyed to the Guts. 2 Because Air will get in, and cause Pain and Griping. 3. Because the natu­ral Heat being kept in, the Wound of the Gut will be the sooner consolidated.

XVI. 3. Inward Vulneraries are to be administred; as Wound Drinks, Gelly Broths, which are agglutinating, &c. VViseman ad­vises to a Vulnerary Decoction made of Plantane, Horse-tail, Burnet, Mousear, Comfry roots, Red Roses, &c.

XVII. His Food ought to be of moist [...]ing Meats; and emollient Clysters made of Chicken or Veal, or Sheepshead or Sheepsfeet Broth, with Yolks of Eggs, Honey or Su­gar of Roses; are to be exhibited.

CHAP. XLIV. Of ƲLCERS of the REINS.

I. THey are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Renum: and in English, Wounds of the Reins.

II. The Kinds. Wounds of the Reins may be either superficiary, or deep; and the Carunculae Papil­lares may be only wounded, or it may reach to the Pelvis: and this last may be either without any hurt to the Vein and Artery Emulgent, or they may be wounded also.

III. The Signs. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. says, There will be great pain in the part affected, reaching to the Groin and Testicles, and that clots of Blood will come with the Ʋrine, if the Reins are wounded to the Pelvis. Fernelius, Patholog. lib. 7. cap. 8.

IV. Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 3. part. 7. sect. 1. cap. 10. says, These Wounds may be known by the place where the Wound is inflicted; There is (says he) either a sup­pression of Ʋrine, or it is made with difficulty, and it is blood, or bloody: there is a pain felt upon the Region of the Reigns, which reaches down to the Groin; and if the wound is large or great, a watry Blood comes forth from the Wound.

V. If much Blood and Ʋrine do not come forth, the Wound is only superficiary, or the fleshy substance only is hurt: But if much Blood and Water together come from the Wound, the Wound pene­trates to the Cavity of the Reins.

VI. The Prognosticks. Wounds of the Reins, says Sennertus, are very dangerous, and often mortal: and in the first case, they are difficult of Cure, and it is not performed but in a long time: but they are said to be less dan­gerous than Wounds of the Bladder.

VII. If the Kidneys are wound­ed thro' the back, it is for the most part deadly; for the Wound must pierce the Muscle Psooa, so that the Nerves there arising from the Medulla Spinalis, can scarcely be free from hurt.

VIII. If the VVound is made in the side, piercing only to the Ca­runculae Papillares; it is possible to be cured, but with much difficul­ty, because the Muscles of the Abdomen and Peritonaeum must be both wounded.

IX. If the VVound pierces to the Pelvis, it is for the most part mortal, 1. Because the carrying off the Serum from the Arteries, is absolutely necessary, otherwise agglutination would be hindred, and a Dropsy induced. 2. Be­cause its substance scarcely ad­mits of consolidation, partly from the solidity of its sub­stance; and partly, because it has within its self the Carunculae Papillares, and the Pelvis, which are said to be Spermatick parts.

X. If the Vein, and Artery E­mulgent [Page 997] are wounded, Death may be presaged to ensue, by reason of the dreadful Haemorrhage, which will infallibly be caused thereby.

XI. The Cure. If the VVound is not deep (universals being pre­mised) the more strong agglutina­tives are to be used: and says Sennertus, distilled Oils proper for these Wounds, are to be dropt into them, and then some glutinative Emplaster is to be applied over all.

XII. If the VVound penetrates to the Cavity, a decoction of Comfrey roots, Knotgrass and Liquorice made in rough Red-Wine is to be injected; or a Cataplasm to be applyed made of Dates, White-bread, Acacia, and Hypocistis, boiled in Red-wine.

XIII. And afterwards, when the Haemorrhage is stopt, aggluti­natives are to be injected, and then a glutinative Emplast. to be apply­ed over all: but Sennertus com­mends as the chief of all, the Ʋnguentum Sanctum of Joh. An­dreas à Cruce, so called (says he) from its Effects, which you may find described in his Chirurg. lib. 4. tract. 2. Indicatione 13. and is as follows.

XIV. ℞ New Pine Rosin, clear and well-scented, ℥xij. pure Gum Elemi, ℥ix. the best Turpentine, choice Oil of Bays, A. ℥ij. first melt the Rosin and Gum over a gentle fire, then a [...]d the Oil of Bays and Turpentine, which boil a very little, and so compleat the Balsam.

XV. You may exhibit also for the first days, Trochisci de Alka­kengi cum Opio, if the pain is great, otherwise sine Opio, or de Carabe, which may be given in new Milk, or decoction of Com­fry-roots, sweetned with Sac­charum Rosatum.

XVI. And because the Passages of the Bladder are many times ob­structed with clotted Blood, the Share and Groin may be anointed with Oil of Scorpions, or Oil of bitter Almonds, or a Cataplasm may be applyed, made of Saxi­frage and Pellitory of the Wall.

XVII. Let his Food be of good Nourishment: an Emulsion of the four greater cold Seeds may be ex­hibited, a little thickned with white Starch: Ptisan also, and Broths made with White-bread, also rear Eggs, Rice Milk, and Water gruel; Juice of Quin­ces may be mixed with his Drink, which yet ought to be as little as may be, lest a Flux of Humors falls upon the Reins.

XVIII. VVhey of Goats and Cows Milk is good, and Barley-water, in which Liquorice bruised, Jujubes, Sebestens, and the four greater cold Seeds have been boil­ed: He ought to be quiet, and rest as much as may be; and if costiveness attend, an emollient Clyster made of the Broth of a Sheeps-head, and sweetned with Hony of Roses, is to be exhibited.

CHAP. XLV. Of WOƲNDS of the BLADDER.

I. THey are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Vesicae: and in English, Wounds of the Bladder.

II. The Kinds. These wounds may be either in the Neck of the Bladder, where is the Sphincter Muscle, which is fleshy: or in the Body of the Bladder it self, and then the Wound is made either in the sides about the Groins, where its Ligaments are, or in the other Membranous parts.

III. The Signs. If the Bladder is wounded, it is known, says Sen­nertus, Med. Pract. lib. 3. part. 8. Sect. 1. cap. 5. by the place where the Wound is inflicted, and a Pain about the share: and the Urine will be either suppres­sed, or it will come forthe with a mixture of Blood.

IV. Also (says he) Ʋrine will come forth from the wound it self; and the Stomach is drawn into consent, where there is great Sickness, whence comes Vomi­ting of Choler, or the Hiccough.

V. Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. and Fernelius Patholog. lib. 7. cap. 8. shews us, that the 'Ʋrine comes in small quantity, and bloody; and if the Body of the Bladder is wounded, the Urine then falling into the Cavity of the Abdomen, the Pain will be communicated to the Groins and Testicles in Men, and an Ascites will be in­duced.

VI. The Prognosticks. Wounds of the Neck of the Bladder, which is the more fleshy part, are not mor­tal, which is manifest in those who are cut of the Stone.

VII. Wounds in the lateral parts about the Groin, are curable also; if the Patient is young, and of a good constitution, or habit of Body.

VIII. Hippocrates, Sect. 6. Aph. 18. Wounds in other parts of the Bladder which are Membranous, are uncurable; and Galen in his Comment upon the same place, renders a reason for it, because (says he) the Bladder is Nervous, thin, and has but little Blood in it.

IX. And yet Skenkins in his Observations, gives us an Example of one who was wounded in the bot­tom of his Bladder, who was cu­red: but Spigelius and Aquapen­dens will have it, that the bot­tom of the Bladder is not whol­ly nervous, but that the exteri­or Membrane is more fleshy, and therefore is to be accounted as a Muscle of the Bladder of a more constringed substance.

X. Yet says (Sennertus) such wounds of the Bladder are seldom perfectly healed; for tho' the Sick does not die thereof, yet for the most part, it grows Callous, whereby a Fistula is induced, thro' which the Urine issues forth.

XI. The Reasons why wounds [Page 999] made in the Body of the Bladder are so difficult to be healed, are, 1. Because it is a Membranous Part. 2. Because it contains the Urine, whose acrimony and and humidity hinders Consoli­dation. 3. Because its Wounds are very painful, whence a Flux of Humors and Inflammation, are easily induced. 4. Because dreadful Symptoms common­ly follow these Wounds; as Fainting, Watching, Delirium, Hiccough, Nauseousness, and Vomiting, and Convulsions. 5. Because they are apt to gangrene, whence Death infal­libly follows.

XII. The Cure. The Cure ought to be performed by Maturation or Digestion, lest they degenerate into a Fistula; and therefore Gluti­natives are to be imposed. And about the place you may anoint with Oils of Roses, white Lillies, and Mastich.

XIII. And Injections may be made into the Wound, of a Decoction of Comfrey-roots, Myrtle-leaves, Red-roses, and Catechu in Red-wine, to which Honey of Roses may be added, the Sick drinking but little the while.

XIV. These Pills given Mor­ning and Evening, are good. Take ashes of Man's Bones, Tro­ches of Alkakengi, A. ʒiii. Cate­chu, Mummy, A. ʒii. fine Bole, Chalk, A. ʒi. Venice-Turpentine a little boiled, q.s. make a mass for Pills. Dose, à ℈i. ad ʒss.

XV. Wound-drinks may also be given, made of VVine, and proper Astringents and Agglutinatives: but they ought not to be given in too great a quantity.

XVI. Topicks anodyn, aggluti­native and digestive are to be applied; as Natural and Artifi­cial Balsams made of a due consistence, with pouder of Catechu or Comfrey-roots: also Turpentine mixt with the yolk of an Egg, and some Oil of Eggs, or of Hypericon, or of Earthworms.

CHAP. XLVI. Of WOƲNDS of the WOMB.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Matricis, vel Uteri; and in English, Wounds of the Womb.

II. The Womb is an Organical Part, placed in the Abdomen of a Woman, between the Bladder and the Intestinum rectum, which is behind it: it is divided into three parts, viz. the Bottom, the Neck, and the Sheath: it has two broad Ligaments, and two round: it is also of a nervous and fibrous substance, and is of different thicknesses, according to the difference of Age, and Time of going with [Page 1000] Child. At the bottom within, there is a cavity whence the Courses flow, and wherein Generation and Conception are also made.

III. If it is made by the Caesarian Birth, it is manifest; but if it is otherwise wounded by chance, it is evident from the site, or place wounded, and a pain which is felt in the Womb.

IV. There also distils forth from Neck, or inner Mouth of the Womb, a kind of Blood and Sanies: and if the Wound is in the neck of the Womb, the pain is sometimes greater, than if it were in the bottom of the Womb.

V. The Prognosticks. Wounds of the VVomb are not impossible to be cured; as the Caesarian-Birth does demonstrate.

VI. Yet notwithstanding they are not void of danger, but are of very dissicult cure; as the many great Symptoms to which they are subject, do shew.

VII. For which, these Reasons are rendred: 1. Because it is membranous, and if the Woman is great with Child, thin of substance. 2. Because it has a great consent with the princi­pal Parts of the Body. 3. Be­cause it is as it were the Sink of the Body, to receive its impu­rities; for which cause, these Wounds many times become cancerous. 4. Because it has an exquisit sense of feeling; whence Pain, and Inflammation may ensue. 5. Because it is a place perpetually moist.

VIII. Wounds in the neck of the VVomb, are more difficult to be cured than those in the bottom of it; because it is more mem­branous, and perpetually be­dewed with humidities.

IX. The Cure. It is cured as wounds of the Bladder and other parts are cured: and by reason of its very great moisture, it requires greater Consolidants: the Pain also, if it is great, is to be mitigated.

X. Those Medicaments are most commodious to be applied to it, which are put up the Privity as a Pessary, or injected by a Womb-Syringe.

XI. Pessaries are made of Wax and Lint, or some proper Em­plaster, which may be anointed with some Vulnerary Ointment, such as these following.

XII. Take Wax, Turpentine, Oil of Hypericon, yellow Palm-oil, A. ℥i. Oil of Roses, Honey, A. ℥ii. Beef Marrow or Suet ℥iv. mix, and make an Ointment. Or: Take Wax, yellow Palm-oil, A. ℥i. Oil of Ben, Beef-suet A. ʒvi. Bears-oil ℥ss. Oil of Roses q.s. mix them.

XIII. Or: Take Frankincense, Balsam Capivii, Galbanum, Gum Elemi strained, Olibanum, A. ℥i. Balsam de Chili, de Peru, A. ℥ss. mix them. Or: Take Turpen­tine, Balsam of Peru, A.℥i. VVax, Oil of Ben, A. ℥ss. Pompholix, Tutty, Ceruss, A. ʒvj. the three last being levigated, mix with the other things melted, and make an Ointment.

XIV. Injections, or Ʋterine-Clysters, are made of a De­coction of roots of round Birth­wort, Cyperus, Catechu, &c. in Chalybeat-water, or rough [Page 1001] Red-wine; adding also Agri­mony, Angelica, Sanicle, Self­heal, Mugwort, Plantan, Speed­wel, Red-roses, and other Vul­raries, and sweetning it with Honey of Roses, &c.

CHAP. XLVII. Of WOƲNDS of the YARD.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vul­nera Penis; and in English, Wounds of the Yard.

II. The Prognosticks. They are known by sight; and are not often without danger, more especially if they be accompanied with Hemorrhage, great Pain, Inflam­mation, and other vehement and dangerous Symptoms.

III. When the Wound is very great, and vehement Symptoms follow upon it, it is many times mortal; yet we have known the Yard wholly cut in some, who have after done very well: but if a Gangren happens after the Wound, it generally kills the Patient.

IV. The Cure. The Cure of this here is as in other Wounds, chiefly in Parts that are Membra­nous: for which purpose, a Pouder may be prepared, and compounded of Litharge, Ce­ruse washed, Tutia prepared, Sarcocolla, and Tragacanth.

V. The Wound is first to be washed with warm Wine, dried, and then the Pouder is to be sprin­kled thereon: or it may be laid on, being mixed with Oil of Roses.

VI. This Ointment following is very good for this purpose: ℞ Ceruse washt ʒiii. Litharge, Sarcocol, A. ʒii. Tutty, Myrrh, Tragacanth, A. ʒi. Salt extra­cted out of the Caput mort. of Vitriol, ʒss. Oil of Hypericon, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.

VII. If there is an Inflamma­tion withal, it is to be taken away as other Inflammations.

VIII. If an External Ʋlcer happens, the Cure must be perfor­med both by internal and external means; lest it should contract a malignity, and degenerate into Sphacelus.

IX. You may Anoint with this Ointment: ℞ Litharge, burnt Lead, A. ʒiv. Scammony, Quick-silver, A. ʒiii. Aloes, Tu­tia prepared, flowers of Sulphur, A. ʒii. Lapis Haematitis, Crocus Martis aperiens, A. ʒi. Oil of Hypericon, or of Roses, ℥ss. Wax q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.

X. If the Ulcer yields not to this, by reason of its foul­ness: ℞ Whitewine ℥iv. Rose, and Plantan Waters, A.℥ii.S.V ℥i. fine Verdigrise ʒss. boil a little, and wash therewith.

XI. If the Ʋlcer is yet stub­born, you must strew thereon Scammony in fine pouder; and [Page 1002] if you please, you may add thereto a little red Precipitate ground soft; or they may be mixt with Basilicon, and so used.

XII. If it becomes a Sphacelus, it admits of no Cure, but Cutting-off; lest it should creep in­wardly, and so kill the Patient.

CHAP. XLVIII. Of WOƲNDS of FINGERS and TOES.

I. THOSE of the Hands are called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Vulnera Digitorum Manuum; in English, Wounds of the Fingers.

II. Those of the Feet are called in Greek, [...]; in Latin, Vulnera Digitorum Pedis; and in English, Wounds of the Toes.

III. The Kinds. They are either great, or small: and in both, the Musculous Parts are only wounded; or with them, the Nerves and Tendons, or both.

IV. And the Nerves and Ten­dons are either contused, or lace­rated, or prickt only, or cut according to their length, or transverse.

V. The Prognosticks. If re­cent, they are not of difficult cure: if the Tendons are cut asunder, the motion and use of the Part is lost: if the Nerves are cut asunder, a num­ness or Paralysis of the ex­tream Parts is induced.

VI. By ill handling, these Parts are easily to be affected with a Sphacelus: which you may well know, by no Matter ap­pearing in due time; by the lips of the Wound being dry, or yielding but little and thin moisture; the pulsation, red­ness, and inflammation or heat, which is greater than in the fleshy parts; by the decay, or extinction of the native heat; and by the lips being turned in, and becoming livid, and at length black.

VII. If they degenerate into Ʋlcers, they are apt to be foul, and easily foul the Bones, become malign, and so hazard the loss of a Joint or Joints, and by ill management, the loss some­times of the whole Hand or Foot.

VIII. The Cure. They are cured as other simple Wounds; but if the Tendons be hurt, care is to be taken, lest a Palsy follows.

IX. You must not put in the Probe too deep, nor too often; and you must be very careful that the Bandage be not too hard, lest (by reason they are Extream-parts) you extinguish the Native-heat: and when it is bound up, whether it is Hand or Foot, it is to be placed as much as much as may be up­right, or parallel to the Hori­zon, not in a depending posture.

X. If the Musculous Parts only are wounded, you must apply Astringents, Stypticks, or Gluti­natives; which peform the Cure in two days time at farthest, seldom more.

XI. If the Nerves or Tendons be wounded, you may dress the Wound with Balsam de Chili or Peru; or with some proper Arti­ficial Balsam, equal to them in virtue; which many times do the Cure at once dressing, at least they prevent any future Symptoms, or ensuing danger.

XII. Or you may dress the Wound with this Balsam: ℞ Oils of Hypericon, of Turpentine, A. ℥i. Balsam Capivii, Cypress-Tupentine, Gum Elemi, Balsam of Peru, A. ℥jss. Oil of Petre, and of Juniper-berries, A.℥ss. Camphir ʒii. mix, and make a Balsam: it commonly cures at once or twice dressing.

XIII. If it is a Puncture of the Nerve or Tendon, dress the Wound with this Mixture: ℞ Balsam de Chili, or de Peru ʒi. Oil of Turpentine, or of Spike, Oil of Limons, A.℥ss. mix them.

XIV. If the Tendon is lacera­ted or broken, so as that it hangs out, it can never be united again: and therefore, so much of it as hangs forth is immediately to be cut off; for otherwise it will prevent the Healing; and then the Cure is to be formed accor­ding to the former Directions.

XV. If the Wound grows foul, and it seems to degenerate into an Ʋlcer, you must then cleanse it with pouder of Scammony, which is one of the best, easiest, and safest Medicines you can apply in this case: for it operates effectualy, and yet without any pain, and cleanses even the Bone it self.

XVI. Afterwards you may heal up the Ulcer with this Ointment. ℞ Basilicon ℥ii. Scam­mony in fine pouder ʒiii. Tobacco in pouder ʒjss. Camphir ʒss. it powerfully cleanses, incarnates, yet prevents proud flesh, and cicatrizes or heals.

XVII. If after the Healing, a numness or Palsy remains upon the Extream-part, it is very doubt­ful whether it will be recovered to its pristin state, or not: but in this case you may morning, noon and night, or oftner if you so please, anoint the Part with the following Mixture, rubbing it well in.

XVIII. Take Oils of Amber, of Aniseed, of Lavender, of Li­mons, of Turpentine, and of Petre, A. ℥ss. Oils of Rosemary, and of Spike, A. ʒii. Oil of Cam­phir ʒi. Camphir in pouder ʒss. mix them; and anoint therewith.

XIX. And after the An­ointing you may apply this Balsam: Take Balsams of Chili, Peru, and Tolu, A. ℥ss. VVax, Turpentine, Oil of Amber, A. ʒii. spread it upon Lint, and apply it, binding it gently up.

XX. If a Gangren is coming on, you must then apply those things which in the Chapter of Gangren we have prescribed, either us to prevent, or cure the same: but if a Sphacelus is already induced, you have then no other Remedy but Extirpa­tion, or Cutting-off.

Explicit Liber Quartus.

ARS CHIRƲRGICA. Liber Quintus. OF ULCERS.

The ARGUMENT.

I. Of Ʋlcers in General. II. Of Medicines appropriated to Ʋlcers. III. An Ʋlcer simple. IV. An Ʋlcer with Distemper. V. An Ʋlcer with Pain. VI. An Ʋlcer with Flux of Humors. VII. An Ʋlcer sordid, foul, and putrid. VIII. An Ʋlcer with Tumor. IX. An Ʋlcer with Proud-flesh. X. An Ʋlcer Callous. XI. An An Ʋlcer Discoloured. XII. An Ʋlcer Cavernous or Hollow. XIII. An Ʋlcer with Worms. XIV. An Ʋlcer Varicous. XV. An Ʋlcer Carious, with foul Bones. XVI. An Ʋlcer Cacoethick, or Malignant. XVII. An Ʋlcer Phagedenick, or Eating. XVIII. An Ʋlcer Cancerous. XIX. An Ʋlcer by Burning or Scalding. XX. An Ʋlcer Fistulous, or a Fistula. XXI. An Ʋlcer Gangrenous. XXII. An Ʋlcer of the Head. XXIII. An Ʋlcer of the Eye. XXIV. An Ʋlcer Fistulous of the Eye; or, Fistula Lachrymalis. XXV. An Ʋlcer of the Nose, Ozena. XXVI. An Ʋlcer of the Ear. XXVII. An Ʋlcer of the Mouth. XXVIII. An Ʋlcer of the Throat. XXIX. An Ʋlcer of the Neck. XXX. An Ʋlcer of the Sto­mach. XXXI. An Ʋlcer Fistulous, of the Brest [Page 1005] or Thorax. XXXII. An Ʋlcer of the Back and Loins. XXXIII. An Ʋlcer of the Womb, and its Neck. XXXIV. An Ʋlcer of the Bladder, or its Neck. XXXV. An Ʋlcer of the Groin. XXXVI. An Ʋlcer in the Yard. XXXVII. An Ʋlcer Fistulous in the Anus, or Fistula in Ano. XXXVIII. An Ʋlcer of the Joints. XXXIX. An Ʋlcer of the Arms and Hands. XL. An Ʋlcer of the Thighs, Legs and Feet. XLI. Ʋlcerated Piles, or Hemorrhoids.

CHAP. I. Of ƲLCERS in General.

I. THEY are called in Greek, [...], pl. [...]. in Latin, Ulcus, pl. Ulcera; and in English, an Ulcer, pl. Ulcers.

II. The Definition. An Ʋlcer in the Solution of Ʋnity, putrified: or thus, An Ulcer is a Wound which is putrified, and sends forth stinking and putrified Matter.

III. Barbett defines an Ulcer to be a Solution of Continuty, with Diminution of Magnitude in the soft Parts, from a cor­roding matter.

IV. The Differences. Joel, Chirurg. de Ʋlcerib. Tom. 6. Sect. 6. Et quanquam utraque affectio, & Vulnus & Ʋlcus, continuitatis in aliqua parte sit solutio & di­visio; differunt tamen, quod con­tinui solutio in Vulnere ab externis causis caesim illatis cum Sanguine eruptione inferatur: Ʋlcus verò, ut plurimum ab interna causa, erodentibúsque Humoribus produci­tur; ex quo non Sanguis, ut ex Vulnere, sed, vel sanies, vel pus, vel putrida colluvies emanat: quanquam ab externis quoque causis, ut applicatione Causticorum Remediorum, aut morsu ictuque virulentorum Auimalium, paulatim Ʋlcera excitari possunt. Here he shews us the difference between a Wound and an Ulcer. Now altho' (says he) both Wounds and Ulcers are a solution and divi­sion of continuity in some part; yet notwithstanding they differ; for that a solution of unity in a Wound, comes from external causes, as cutting, attended with a flux of Blood: whereas an Ulcer is for the most part from an internal cause, and is induced from eroding or corrosive Hu­mors; from which Blood comes not as in a Wound; but either [Page 1006] sanies, or pus, or a flux of sordid filth: sometimes also it is pro­duced from external causes, as application of Causticks, or bitings or stingings of venemous Beasts.

V. [...] in Greek, Sanies in Latin, a thin, waterish, bloody Gleet or Humor, in English; which yet Blancard will have to be, a thick bloody Humor: but it is truly either thick or thin, according to the Parts from which it issues: Joel says, it for the most part flows from crude Wounds in the beginning of the Cure; chiefly if the Nerves or Ligaments are hurt, (and then it is always thin:) but if it comes from Wounds of the musculous Flesh, then we say with Blancard, it is thick and bloody. It also flows from many kinds of malign Ulcers, and then (says Joel) Colore vel albo Aquae, vel Sero simili; aut colore rubeo tanquam Aqua Sanguine pauco diluto, quod ut plurimum acre est & erodens, & cum in Ʋlceribus (tum in Vulneribus) dolores acer­bos excitat. In malign Ulcers, it is either of a white watery co­lour, or like to Whey; and sometimes of a reddish colour, as if a little Blood were diluted with Water.

VI. But this Excrement in malign Ʋlcers, is not properly called Sanies, but Virus, or Vi­rulentia, as words of a more full, large, and ample signification: and unless this Sanies or Virus is first dried up, or absorbed in Ulcers and Wounds, it is im­possible that they should be healed.

VII. Sanies is also always evil in it self, and by how much it differs from a watery substance or quality, as being of livid colour, stinking smell, and serous sub­stance, by so much it is the worse.

VIII. [...] in Greek, Pus in Latin Matter, in English; is a digested Excrement in Wounds and Ʋlcers; thicker than the Sanies, but thinner than Sordes; and if it is that which Authors call Pus optimum, & exoptatissimum; or laudable Quittor; it is white in colour, equal and smooth in substance, soft, and not in the least fetid or stinking.

IX. Such a kind of Pus be­speaks a happy curing of the Wound or Ʋlcer to which it happens: whereas on the contrary; if it differs from this description, as being thinner than it ought to be, feculent, of an ash, livid, or black colour, and of a stinking smell, it is said to be very evil.

X. [...] in Greek, Sordes in Latin, Corrupted Filth, or, Stinking Matter in English: it is a preternatural Excrement, coming from Wounds and Ʋlcers: and in Ulcers it is thick, glutinous, and very tenacious; sometimes livid, black, or of various colours, and always stinking.

XI. When such Recrements come from malign and putrid Ʋlcers, it shews them to be of difficult cure: the cause of such ill Ex­crements, as Sanies, and Sordes, is from a weakness or error of the third Concoction, and [...], or right temperature of the Parts affected.

XII. The Kinds. There are [Page 1007] several kinds of Ʋlcers, arising from several Accidents and Causes. 1. From the Form of the Ʋlcer. These arise from its figure, ma­gnitude, and the like: some Ulcers are small, others great.

XIII. Some Ʋlcers are long, others short: some broad, others narrow: some streight, others ob­lique: some equal, in which the Flesh appears in all places alike wasted: others unequal, in which a greater part is consumed in one place, than in another: some Ulcers creep like a Coney-borough, other are Fistulous: and of those which are fistulous, some have narrow mouths, others broad: some have round lips, others the contrary.

XIV. 2. From the Part af­fected. Some Ulcers are said to be internal, others external; some slight and superficiary, others profound, and difficult to approach to: some are in parts superior, others in parts inferior and depending: some in parts musculous or fleshy, others in parts membranous, nervous, and full of Vessels.

XV. 3. From Accidents, taken from things without the nature and constitution of the Ʋlcer: some are recent and new, others are inveterate or old: some are clean, others are foul: some are simple, others complicate.

XVI. 4. From the easiness, or difficulty of Cure. Those are easy of Cure, which are recent, sim­ple, superficiary, and accompa­nied with the least Symptoms, having a laudable Pus.

XVII. Those are of difficult Cure, which proceed from the more grievous Diseases, or Causes: or which are conjoined with ap­pendent Symptoms; as intem­perature, flux of malign Humors, Sanies, Sordes: or if there is a putridity, hardness of the lips, or they breed Worms, or are cavernous, eroding, rotten, or cacoethick.

XVIII. 5. From Symptoms inhe­rent: some are void of pain; others are with pain, itching, pricking and burning: some are with distemper of the Part, In­flammation, Gangren: others are with a Callus, Hypersarcosis, Ero­sion, Cancer, Worms, and Rot­tenness of the Bones.

XIX. 6. From the Causes: come are from Causes internal, as from sharp Humors, having a corroding faculty: and this Humor is generated either with­out the Part affected, that is in the other parts of the Body, and so comes to the place where the Ulcer is by fluxion: or, it is generated in the very Part affected by it self. Others are from Causes External; as the application of Septick or Cau­stick Medicaments: the Actual Cautery, also actual Fire it self; for that the Escar which is left remaining, is rather to be ac­counted among the number of Ulcers, than of Wounds.

XX. Out of what has been said, it appears that Ʋlcers differ, 1. In form or figure. 2. As to the Part affected. 3. As to outward Accidents. 4. As to Symptoms inherent. 5. As to the easiness and difficulty of Cure. 6. As to the Causes from which they arise; from which [Page 1008] several Differences, those varie­ties of Ulcers named or expressed in the ARGUMENT of this Book, are said to spring or be derived.

XXI. Other Authors, as Bar­bett, takes these kind of Ʋlcers, 1. From the Form, and so they are either great or little, long or short; broad, narrow; right, transverse; equal, unequal; su­perficial or deep. 2. From the Part affected, as being sometimes in the Skin only, sometimes in the Muscles, Nerves, Tendons, Vessels, Joints. 3. From the Symptoms, and so it is with Dis­temper, Pain, Fluxion, Putrid, with Tumor, with proud Flesh, Callous, Discoloured, Cavernous, Verminous, Carious, Cacoethick, Phagedenick, Cancerous, with an Escar, Fistulous or Gangre­nous. 4. From the Causes, which are either Internal, from ero­ding Humors; or External, from outward Injuries.

XXII. Others make but two Kinds. 1. Those which arise from the nature and constitution of an Ʋlcer. And so an Ulcer is ei­ther simple and without Sym­ptoms, where the consolidation or healing may be immediately attempted: or complicate, and with Symptoms, in which some or all of them must be re­moved before unition can be procured; and these proceed either from inward Causes, as fretting Ulcers, Nome, Phage­daena, ulcerated Cancers, &c. or from outward Causes, as Conta­gion, Poyson, Burning, &c. 2. Those which are taken from the Part affected; and they are either inward, possessing some of the Viscera, or parts adjacent to them; or else outward, affecting the Skin, Muscles, Nerves, Ten­dons, Vessels, Joints.

XXIII. Wiseman divides Ʋl­cers into two several Kinds, or makes them arise from two several Differences; which he will have to be first Essential, from the Form, or from the Efficient Cause. From the Form, 1. From the Figure, as being straight, oblique, round, crooked. 2. From the Magni­tude, as being great, small; su­perficial, deep; long, short; broad, narrow. 3. From the E­quality, in which the Flesh is alike plain, or inequality, in which it is corroded more in one place than in another. 4. From the part affected, as being internal or external, and the latter in the Flesh, Membranes, &c. From the Efficient Cause, which is either inward from some sharp, eroding, malign Humor; or external, from bur­ning, biting, stinging Poyson, Contagion, &c. Secondly, Ac­cidental, which arise from induced Symptoms, such as we enumerate at Sect. 21.73. aforegoing.

XXIV. The Causes. The cau­ses of Ʋlcers are threefold, viz. 1. External, called Primitive, from Falls, Blows, Burnings, Scaldings, Contagion, Poyson, unnatural Food, &c. 2. Internal or Antecedent; from sharp and corrosive Humors, as salt Flegm, Choler, Melancholy, Serum, cor­rupted Lympha. 3. Near or enjoined; as eroding Matter ga­thered together in the place, by reason of the aforesaid Gauses.

XXV. If this eroding Humor proceeds from internal Causes, it then springs from an Excess of acrid Serum, which if mixt with any other Humor, as Blood, Choler, Melancholy, Phlegm, or Lympha, receives its denomination from them.

XXVI. These Humors when they abound so much, as to recede from a right Temperament, they are apt to separate from the whole Mass, and to be protru­ded either quite out of the Body by natural Excretions, as Excre­ments; or else fall, and settle upon some particular Member or Part, and so generate an Ul­cer.

XXVII. Being thus separated, and protruded from the Mass of Blood, they loose their Balsamick Property, and become acrid and eroding, or corrosive: and by how much the longer this Humor has been extravasated or protruded, by so much the more acrimoni­ous and eroding it becomes: de­generating at long run, into those very Excrements voided by the Ulcer it self.

XXVIII. The External Causes we mentioned first, at Sect. 24. a­bove; where speaking of Contagi­on; we here say, that those things are to be referred to that Head, which proceed from Psoora, Itch, Leprosy, and contacts with Ve­nereal Persons; the particles of which Contagion being commu­nicated to the Skin, does slyly insinuate it self into the Pores thereof, and so exulcerating there, begets the like Disease.

XXIX. From these Diversities of Causes, a diversity of Excre­ments does flow, viz. Sanies, Pus and Virus; a description of which, we have already, given you at Sect. 5. ad 11. aforego­ing: yet these few following things are to be noted concern­ing them.

XXX. As to Sanies, Celsus will have it to be twofold, 1. Ichor, which is a thin whitish Gleet, incident to ill disposed Ʋl­cers, especially among the Nerves and Tendons: it is generated of a nutritious Serum, degenerated into a sharp virulent Serum. 2. Meliceria, a thick glutinous Hu­mor of a pale or yellowish Colour, not much unlike to Honey, and affecting Ulcers of an ill condi­tion, near and in the Joints, which erodes the Membranes and Joints.

XXXI. But (says Wiseman) that which we call Sanies, is a thin excrementitious Humor, gene­rated from abundance of Serosity in Ʋlcers, making them moist: of which Humors some are hot and reddish Coloured, others cold and pale Coloured; and where this Humor is, it is called a Sa­nious Ʋlcer.

XXXII. As to Pus, it is a mat­ter of a middle consistency between thick and thin, for the most part of a whitish Colour, and not of an ill Smell: but if it is of a greenish or yellowish colour, it common­ly smells rank, but not stinking. If the Constitution is good, and the Serum well conditioned, then a good sort of Pus is made, which is white, smooth, of e­qual substance, not thin, and easy to the part; and every day it appears nearer and nearer to [Page 1010] the nutritious Juice, till by de­grees the Ulcer fills up with flesh, and heals. This is generated of a good Serum, flowing to the part affected for its nutriment, which by the weakness of the part, is not assimilated, but con­verted into a whitish Substance, called Pus or Matter, and where this is, it is called a Purulent Ʋlcer.

XXXIII. Sordes is a thick glutinous Matter, and stinking, differing in kind, as being whitish, sometimes greyish, and sometimes blackish, and then it is most stink­ing, also unequally coagulated in its Substance. It is generated of much tough matter, which ren­ders the Ulcer foul; or of Blood and Serum grown Phlegmatick, and afterwards gross and slimy, which for want of Heat does still degenerate, and corrupt into Sordes, a thick glutinous stink­ing matter or filth; and where this is, it is called a Purid Ʋlcer.

XXXIV. Sennertus says, That Internal Humors causing Ʋlcers flow unto the part affected, either by transmission or by attraction; but Modern Authors will not allow of Attraction. We conclude there­fore, that they flow by Protru­sion; for which (if we could now spare time) we would ren­der sufficient Reasons.

XXXV. Sennertus will have referred to the Tule of Contagion, those Atoms and Vapors exhaling from the Lungs of Phthisical Per­sons, and by others attracted and drawn in with the Breath, whereby they exulcerate their Lungs, and so cause in them a Phthisis, or Consumption.

XXXVI. The Signs. We shall consider the Signs of Ʋlcers, as they have respect, 1. To those which are Internal. 2. As they have respect to those which are External, or in the outward parts of the Body.

XXXVII. Now an Internal Ʋlcer is discovered by the Excre­tion, or kind of Matter which is expelled, whether by the Mouth, Nose, Urine or Stool.

XXXVIII. If the Ʋrine is pu­rulent, there is danger of an Ʋlcer in the Reins or Bladder: if puru­lent Matter is voided by Cough­ing, it is probable that the Lungs may be exulcerated.

XXXIX. If a great quantity of such Matter has been ejected, and signs of an Apostem have gone be­fore, you may conclude, it is an Apostematous Ʋlcer.

XL. But if the Purulent Mat­ter has been but little, and no signs of an Inflammation, or an Apostem have gone before, then it is a pri­mary Ulcer, proceeding from Erosion thro' a sharp Humor, dividing the unity of the sub­stance of the Lungs.

XLI. Pus or Sordes, and Cor­ruption, (says Sennertus) come­ing forth, is a sure and certain sign of a hidden Ʋlcer, whether it is by Vomiting, or Coughing, Ʋrine or Stool: but then in what part it is hid, the property of the Pain, the Situation and Action of the Part hurt, must instruct us.

XLII. If the Pain is pricking, a Nervous part is hurt: but if it is a beating Pain, an Artery is hurt. The seat of the Pain discovers also, the part it self that is ex­ulcerated.

XLIII. If sense or motion is hurt, the Part ulcerated is Nervous: if after eating, a biting or twinging Pain is felt, the Stomach is exul­cerated: if any one has drunk Cantharides, the Bladder will be exulcerated: if Aqua Fortis, Oil of Vitriol, Corrosive, Sublimate, &c. the Jaws, Throat, and Sto­mach, will be exulcerated.

XLIV. As to external Ʋlcers, their Figures and various differen­ces, together with the help of the Probe, make them known by sight: in a great Ulcer there will be ve­ry much Pus, or Purulent Mat­ter, in a lesser Ulcer there will be less.

XLV. The external Causes may be known by the Relation of the Patient, as whether he was hurt by any Blow, or Fall, Bruise, Buring, Scalding, corrosive Medicine, Poyson, Contagion, or the like.

XLVI. The signs of the other Causes are particular; for if the Ʋlcer has its Original from an af­flux of Humors, then there will be present signs of a Cacochymie, either in the whole Body; or of a vitious and faulty Consti­tution in some particular Bowel, as Lungs, Liver, Spleen, Gall, Pancreas, &c.

XLVII. But if those vitious Signs be wanting, and that on the contrary, there is present a Distem­per and Weakness of the Part af­fected, it is then clear, that the cause of the Ulcer is generated in the part it self.

XLVIII. But then, what kind of Humor it is, which causes the Ʋlcer, whether corrupted Lvm­pha, salt Flegm, Choler or Me­lancholy, will appear from the Signs of each particular Viscus, and the Pus or Sordes, which flows forth, as also by the colour of the Ulcer, and the Pain there­of, as pricking, twinging, &c. and the special signs of particu­lar Ulcers.

XLIX. The times of these Ʋl­cers have also their signs, for when that which first comes forth is thin, waterish, and crude, and that there is great store of it; it is then in its beginning: which very be­ginning may also be discovered by the Seuses, by the Touch, and by the Sight: as also by the Causes of the Ulcer both exter­nal and internal, and by the Pain, Itching, present and subsequent Symptoms.

L. When the Pus, or filthy Mat­ter begins to be better concocted, and that its great abundance is di­minished, then the Ulcer is said to be in its increment or en­crease.

LI. In the State the Pus is at best; and in the declination of the Ʋlcer, the Pus is more lessened and diminished.

LII. And yet notwithstanding these several times are also known by the Itching, the Pain, and the Actions hurt; which if they are augmented, we may conclude the Ulcer is increased; but if they re­mit, that all things are retur­ning to their natural State, and that the Ulcer is then diminish­ed, and in its declination.

LIII. The Prognosticks. Great care is to be taken in making of right and true Prognosticks, when an Ʋlcer is offered to be cured: for he that undertakes the Cure [Page 1012] of an uncurable Disease, discre­dits his Art, and causes himself to be contemned, by such as are simple and ignorant.

LIV. An Ʋlcer in a person of a good habit of Body, who digest his Food well, and sleeps well, is easy to be cured.

LV. An Ʋlcer in a Body Caco­chymick, or of an evil Constituti­on, where the Skin is of a Tallowy whiteness, or yellowish, or swarthy, is not so easily cured, because that salt Flegm, yellow Choler, or feculent Melancholy may a­bound, which Humors hinder the Regeneration of Flesh.

LVI. Ʋlcers which remain un­cured a year or more, either rot the Bone, or alter it.

LVII. Ʋlcers which are evil coloured and black, are malign, and so for that reason of diffi­cult Cure.

LVIII. Ʋlcers in Bodies which are very moist, or very dry, are difficultly cured; the first is evi­dent in aged people, and such as have the Dropsy; for super­fluous Humidity hinders Desicca­tion, and so Healing: the latter is also manifest, in such as have a defect of radical Moisture, which is a great impediment.

LIX. By how much deeper the Ʋlcer is, by so much it is the longer in curing: and if an Ulcer can­not be cured in a long time; or when Cicatrized, it breaks out again; the cause is, the Bones being foul under it.

LX. If an Ʋlcer (being filled up, and ready to cicatrize,) begins to run again without manifest cause, it is in danger to become Fistu­lous.

LXI. Ʋlcers near to the Nerves, Tendons, Arteries, or Veins, are dangerous; and in Cacochymick Bodys, their Cure is very tedious.

LXII. Hippocrates saith, That Ʋlcers having no hair about them, are hard to heal and cicatrize, also such as come from some Disease, as the Dropsy and Cachexia.

LXIII. Ʋlcers in Children, by reason of their exceeding humidity, and in Women with Child, where the most excellent and Balsa­ick part of the Blood is used for the nourishment of the Child, are not easily cured.

LXIV. If the Matter which comes from the Ʋlcer is good, viz. of a middle consistence between thin and thick, white, light, equal, and not at all stinking, it gives hopes of an easie Cure: and on the contrary, if the Matter flowing is ill, viz. thin and fluid, pale, livid, and of an ill smell, it is of very difficult cure.

LXV. Ʋlcers which happen af­ter critical Apostems in the Spon­dyls of the Back; or great Joints of the Body, are for the most part mortal; because, after Sickness and Apostemation, Nature must be much weakned, and the natu­ral Heat much abated, and the radical Moisture almost spent.

LXVI. Hippocrates also saith, that they who have Ʋlcers accom­panied with a Tumor, do neither fall into a Convulsion, Raving nor Frenzy; but if the Tumor goes away without manifest cause, and the Ulcer is in the Back, a Con­vulsion follows; but, if in the fore-part of the Body, a Raving or Frenzy; if in the Brest, an Empyema or Pleurisy.

LXVII. Old and Inveterate Ʋlcers (says Barbet) are not cu­red without danger, except the Bo­dy is before-hand well Purged, and a good order of Diet instituted: o­therwise Diseases will ensue.

LXVIII. If the place in which the Ʋlcer is seated, is blackish, blewish, or greenish, it will be cu­red with much difficulty; for the Blood and Juices are corrupt, and the Flesh of an ill compo­sition, and degenerate.

LXiX. Ʋicers accompanied with Varices or Intemperature, or whose Sides or Lips are callous, are hard to heal.

LXX. Ʋlcers with around Fi­gure, are cured with difficulty; and the reason is, for that con­solidation being made by uniti­on of Parts; the farther the Parts are asunder, the more slow­ly it is performed: and a round Figure of all others, is, that whose Sides are at farthest di­stance within the same bounds.

LXXI. Ʋlcers in the Extremi­ties of the Muscles of the Arms or Legs, or such as penetrate the Bo­dy, are very dangerous, and diffi­cult to heal.

LXXII. And Ʋlcers in the Ex­tremities of the Body, as feet and hands, oftentimes create Phle­gmons, or other praeternatural Tumors, which in the Crisis are difficult to cure.

LXXIII. Hippocrates also says, If one Sick has an Ʋlcer, and he dies, the Ʋlcer will be before he dies, black, blew, or pale, and withal, dryed up.

LXXIV. Painful Ʋlcers in Children are dangerous, because their Bodies being raw, and their Spirits very subtil, they are easily spent, which much weak­ning them, induces Death.

LXXV. Fistula's with many Caverns, are hard to heal: if near to any noble part (as in the Brest) or in the Bladder, Womb, or Bowels, they are dangerous, and sometimes mortal: in the Ribs, Back, Joints, or in Ano, they are dangerous and diffi­cult: and in Cachectick Bodies, they are long in curing.

LXXVI. All Fistula's are diffi­cult to cure, and some are absolute­ly uncurable: that which is but newly begun, not deep, in a young and sound Body, the edges not very hard, but some­what soft with Matter, is more easily cured.

LXXVII. An Ʋlcer complica­ted with another Disease, which maintains or continues it; the Ʋl­cer according to the nature of the Disease, is either of easie or hard cure. So Venereal Ʋlcers in a humid and strong Body is easily cured; but if the Sick is in a Marasmus, neither the Ulcer, nor the Disease can be cured; be­cause the use of Dryers (which are only profitable in this case) will increase the extenuation of the Body, and hasten Death. In like manner Ʋlcers in Hectick Persons, and Hydropicks, are e­qually dangerous; for in the first, a good Juice flows not suf­ficiently to the part exulcerated; in the latter, a superfluous humi­dity hinders the desiccation and consolidation.

LXXVIII. No Ʋlcer can be cu­red whilst the Bone remains foul: if the Caries is near the nervous [Page 1014] Parts, or in the Joints, or about the Tendons, Arteries or Veins, it is not easily cured, but for the most part, the Nerves and Ten­dons are corrupted.

LXXIX. Soft Tumors in Ʋl­cers are good, because they will yield to Medicaments: but if they are hard, they will not be easily cu­red, because the Humor is the more Rebellious.

LXXX. If the Hair falls in places of the Body about the Ʋlcer, it is an evil Sign: for it shews, 1. Want of Nutrition. 2. Great acrimony and corruption of Hu­mors, as in Quartan Agues, French Pox, Leprosy.

LXXXI. Inveterateor Old Ul­cers, which eject [...], Elae­odes, a Pus like unto white Oil, are scarcely ever cured: for it shews a Colliquation of the Part, and a Consumption of the whole Body.

LXXXII. Inold, deep, and ma­lign Ʋlcers, the Bone is commonly foul, and unless it be Scaled, no cure can succeed: that the Bone is foul, you may know by these Signs, 1. If the Ulcer is skinned, it breaks out again. 2. It yields thinner and more Matter, than its largeness requires. 3. Its Brims or Lips will not come in. 4. Its Lips become reddish. 5. If the Bone appears to sight, it is rugged, not smooth, and of a blackish or ruddy white Colour.

LXXXIII. Ʋlcers of the Blad­der are very troublesom, and for the most part uncurable.

LXXXIV. In an Ʋlcer where there is cariosity of the Bone, and the colour of the Flesh is livid, the Patient is in danger; for it is a sign of the extinction of na­tural Heat.

LXXXV. If an Ʋlcer casts forth much Sanies, or an Ichorous Matter, which is very thin, and of a pale, livid, or black colour; or if it is glutinous and stinking, fretting the Skin adjacent, it is hard to be cured: for this Hu­mor keeps the Ulcer moist, not can it be easily dryed up, even by the most powerful Topicks.

LXXXVI. Ʋlcers of the Nose are hard to cure; for which, re­spect must be had to the whole Body.

LXXXVII. From malign Ʋl­cers, two kinds of Matter flow, 1. Sanies or Ichor, which is thin, which issues from Punctures of the Nerves, and Corruption of the Tendons and Periosteon. 2. Sordes, which is a thick, gluti­nous, stinking Filthiness.

LXXXVIII. Hippocrates, Sect. 7. Aph. 21. is of opinion, That a Flux of Blood coming upon an Ʋl­cer after strong pulsation, is of an evil consequence; for there must be a great Inflammation, and the Arteries must be much straitned, so that a Gangren may be feared.

LXXXIX. Ʋlcers of the Eyes for the most part leave blindness, e­specially where the horney Tunicle is throughly corroded, whereby the Watry (and sometimes the Cry­staline) Humor is sometimes let out.

XC. If an Erysipelas is pre­sent, the Bone being bare; it is (as Hippocrates, Sect. 7. Aph. 19. will have it) an evil sign: for Flesh cannot be regenerated where such a sharp Humor is present, that causes so hot a Tumor.

XCI. Burnings from Lightning are generally mortal: from other things, if it hurts the great Ves­sels, a Gangrene and Sphacelus often times ensue.

XCII. Burns of the Eyes and Groins, are very dangerous; but of the Intestines always uncurable: Burns great and deep, always leaves Scars behind them: and if an hairy Part is burnt, the Hair never grows again.

XCIII. Ʋlcers of the Thighs, are for the most part hard to be cu­red; more especially, if they be cherished by any Distemper, or de­fault in the Spleen: for then the thick and melancholy Humors, which flow to the Ulcer, do hin­der the cure thereof: and in­deed, the condition of the Ulcer is of great moment to be consi­dered, both as to the Quantity and Quality of the Humor flow­ing to it: being in a depending part, and the Body cacochymick, the very multitude of Humors (tho' otherwise they were not bad) is an impediment great enough of the cure. If also the Quality is amiss, it is the same, tho' the Quantity is not great. For if there is a dry Intempera­ture, it will many times elude the force of the Medicament: and it is as bad when the Ulcer has continued so long, as to bring an habitual Discrasy up­on the part, as in Nomae, and perannual Ulcers, which are sel­dom cured; and if cured, it is with danger of the Patients life. The next worse than these, are Phagedenical Ʋlcers; and the worst of all, are such as are Can­cerous and Sphacelous.

XCIV. The cure of Ulcers in general. In this general Cure, we shall consider Ʋlcers only under a twofold respect, 1. As they are sim­ple, consisting in a solution of Unity and Erosion. 2. As they are Complicate or Compounded, having other Symptoms or Accidents joined with them.

XCV. A simple Ʋlcer, as to its loss of Substance, requires Incarna­tion; and as to the Solution of Ʋnity, Ʋnion, this is performed by Exsiccation. Hippocrates, li­bro de Ulceribus, & Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 3. cap. 3. says, That all Ʋlcers continually required De­siccation.

XCVI. For so long as an Ʋlcer continues Sanious or Sordid, it can never heal: in which cases, Di­gestion and Detersion are requi­site: and whether you go about to Incarnate, or to induce the Cicatrice, drying Medicines must still be used.

XCVII. The loss of Substance is either in the Skin, or in the Flesh: if only the Skin is wanting, the Flesh is then to be so exsiccated with proper Medicaments, as that the Juices flowing to it, may be changed into a Cuticular or Membranous Substance; for that as Authors say, it is a Sper­matick Part, and cannot be re­generated.

XCVIII. If the Flesh is defici­ent, it must be restored by Incarna­tives, assisting Nature, who out of a part of that Blood, design'd for the nourishment of the Mem­ber, generates new Flesh.

XCIX. Now in the Generation of Flesh in an Ʋlcer, there is a twofold Excrement to be separated. [Page 1016] 1. One thin, which must be dry­ed up. 2. Another thick, which must be deterged, or cleansed away.

C. Now in the cure of all sorts of Ʋlcers, there are four times, or Crises to be observed. 1. Princi­pium, the beginning, wherein the Excrements running out, are wa­terish, and thin. 2 Augmen­tum, the encrease, in which the Recrements flow less, and are thicker. 3. Status, the state, in which no Iehor or Sanies flow forth, but only a thinner sort of Pus. 4. Declinatio, when the Pus is laudable, or white, thick, even, and well scented, which shews, the Ulcer is on the mending hand.

CI. The Cure of complicate or compound Ulcers. Here ma­ny Indications offer themselves to be considered, according to the va­rie [...]y of Causes and Symptoms, which do attend them. The first Indication, is the removing of the Antecedent Causes. The second Indication, is that which teaches to remove the proximate Causes, or those which are con­joined.

CII. The antecedent Causes are foursold, 1. Cacochymia, which is an evil habit of Body, thro' the abounding of evil Humors; and this is to be removed by Purgation and Evacuation of the abounding Humors, by proper Emeticks and Catharticks.

CIII. 2. Contagium, or Infecti­on, and this is to be overcome and resisted, by the exhibition of proper Alexipharmicks.

CIV. 3. Venenum, Poyson; and this is to be destroyed by the giving of potent and effectual Antidotes, which not only ener­vate the Malignity, but even de­stroy its very Nature and Force.

CV. 4. Intemperies, The Di­stemperature of the Part, which is removed by things of a contrary quality, which is chiefly perform­ed by Alteratives, out of which are made proper Diet Drinks, Wound Drinks, and the like.

CVI. The proximate or conjoin­ed Causes, are to be removed by those Topicks, or external Appli­cations, which are proper to the four Times or Seasons of the Ul­cers, which we ennmerated but even now, at Sect. 100. afore­going.

CVII. But in the Cure of these complicate Ʋlcers, there are many things which oftentimes hinder the Healing, and render the Cure dif­ficult: As, 1. A Cacochymie of Humors, and Impurity of the Blood. 2. A Malignity of Hu­mors. 3. A Defluxion of Humors to the part. 4. A Defect of good Blood, or a dry and consumptive habit of Body. 5. An ill habit in the Air, as being too hot and moist. 6. The foulness and pu­tridness in the Ʋlcer it self. 7. Soft, proud, or mortified Flesh a­bout the Ulcer. 8. The hardness of the Brims of the Ulcer. 9. A corruption of the Bone under the Flesh or Ulcer. 10. The Appli­cation of improper Medicaments.

CVIII. Now in order to the Cure, all these impediments, or as many of them as do occur, are to be removed, as the Indications op­posite shall seem to instruct you.

CIX. In the beginning therefore of the Ʋlcer, the Sanies requires [Page 1017] Concoction, that it may be made thicker, and turned into good Pus or Matter; and in this case, Sup­puratives are of good use: but they are not to be used to putrid Ʋlcers, for they increase the Putrefaction: and in purulent vlcers, they make the Ulcer more sordid.

CX. But if the Ʋlcer is caused meerly by the Pain, Suppuratives are of singular use; because by their Sanient and Digestive Virtue, they remove the Cause, and are to be continued, till the Matter is well concocted: and therefore it is, that we use them in the begin­ning, lest the extravafated Hu­mors should stir up Pain and In­flammation.

CXI. In the Augment or En­crease, when the Matter is less in quantity, and thicker, then we are to use Detersives or Clean­sers.

CXII. In the state, or height of the Ʋlcer, when it is well cleansed, then it is necessary to use Sarco­ticks or Incarnatives, that the Ulcer may be filled up with flesh.

CXIII. In the Declination, when the Ʋlcer is filled up with new Flesh; the next thing then to be done, is to apply Epuloticks or Cicatrizers, that it may be decently covered over with Skin, and with as little a Scar or Deformity as may be.

CXIV. Now here, some few things are necessary to be noted; First, That repelling Topicks are to be applyed to the Parts about the Ʋlcer, to repel the Humor which may flow to it. 1. Because that Suppuratives by their Heat being apt to draw, the Humors so in duced, may be repercussed. 2. That the Parts may be so strengthned, as to resist the Fluxion. 3. That by repelling the Humor, the Deficcation may be promoted. 4. That the in­nate Heat of the Part may be strengthned, being thus kept in by the cold of the Repulsive.

CXV. And this Repulsion is performed by repelling Medicines, commonly called Defensatives, which are restringent and cool­ing, and rather dry than moist.

CXVI. Secondly, That if it is in a depending Part, it be raised up, and placed equal with, or higher than the rest of the Body; which will be of great advantage in the Cure: and the Influx is also to be restrained, and the Mem­ber strengthned by an expulsive Bandage.

CXVII. Thirdly, The Diet is to be proportioned to the Nature and Strength of the Patient, to re­sist and diminish the Humors a­bounding, whether in the whole Body, or some particular Part, and to contemperate their Acri­mony.

CXVIII. Fourthly, The Eva­cuating of the superabundant Hu­mors, whether they offend in quan­tity or quality; and this is done either by Purging or Vomiting, or both.

CXIX. Fifthly, To resist the Fluxion of Humors, (since most Humors proceed from that Cause.) 1. By Revulsion: by which, the Matter is drawn to parts far di­stant; and the rectitude of the Parts and Vessels restored: if you respect the rectitude of the Part, and the Ulcer is in the [Page 1018] right Leg, the Revulsion is to made in the right Arm: but if the rectitude of the Vessels, the Revulsion is to be made in the left Leg.

CXX. 2. To resist the Fluxion by Derivation; which is made in the remote Parts by the appli­cation of Leeches and Cupping-Glasses, both with and without Scarification, Epispasticks or Blistcring-Plasters, Friction, Bandage, &c.

CXXI. Sixthly, To correct the Humors, and remove the Acrimony: if too serous, to incrassate them; if too thick, to thin them: and this is done by Al­teratives of a contrary quality, made in the forms of Diet-Drinks, Wound-Drinks, and the like; as we have hinted at Sect. 105. aforegoing.

CXXII. Seventhly, That after the Ʋlceris well digested, and yields a good sort of Pus, Mundificatives are to be applied: (for if Sarco­ticks are used before the Ulcer is well digested and cleansed, then spongy or proud Flesh will grow:) and these Mundifiers must not be too sharp; which Error you will easily find out by the pain in the Part, which the Patient by feeling can inform you of.

CXXIII. Eighthly, In the curing of the Ʋlcer, you may know whether you have rightly proceeded, and according to Art, by the Effects of the Medicaments applied: for if they do good, or at least no hurt, it is a sign that they are proper to the Intention: but if they do harm, by making the Ulcer hotter or colder, drier or moister, or prevent not the corroding of the Humor; then they are to be changed, and others more agreeable are to be applied.

CHAP. II. Of MEDICAMENTS appropriated to ƲLCERS.

I. BEFORE we set upon the Work of Curing Ʋlcers in earnest, we thought fit to Arm our young Artist with all such Pharma­ceutical Necessaries as are requisite to the performance thereof: and the Medicaments for this pur­pose are sixfold, viz.

  • 1. Repercussives, or Repellers.
  • 2. Helminthicks, or Worm-Killers.
  • 3. Digestives, or Suppuratives.
  • 4. Abstersers, or Mundifica­tives: Cleansers.
  • 5. Sarcoticks, or Incarnatives.
  • 6. Epuloticks, or Cicatrizers.

II. Some of these various sorts of Medicaments we have treated of already, in Lib. 4. Chap. 2. Sect. 16. ad 57. as Digestives, Sarcoticks, and Epuloticks: and therefore [Page 1019] of those three kinds we shall be very brief here; as only sup­plying in this place, some few that were wanting there.

I. Repercussives, or Repellers.

III. Simple Repellers are, Fair Water, Nitrated Water, Lettice, Endive, Succory, Knotgrass, Horstail, Periwincle, Woodbind, Nightshade, Comfrey, Purslain, Cucumbers, Navelwort, Housleek, Plantan, Yarrow, Vine-leaves, Barberries, unripe Bramble-berries, Sloes, Myrtle-berries, Pomgranate-peels, Balaustians, Red-Rose-leaves, Oak-bark, leaves and apples of Mandrakes, Henbane, Thorn-apple-leaves, Poppy of the sorts, white, black, and red; deadly Nightshade, Red-wine, Verjuice, Vinegar, juice of Quinces, Lime-juice, juice of Limons, Tanners-Woose, before the Leather is put in, &c. Crocus Martis, Caput mortuum of Vitriol, Saccharum Saturni, coagulated Mercury, burnt Lead, &c.

IV. Sometimes in the Country, where you have not Medicines at hand, you must be forced to use some of the afore-mentioned Ve­getable Simples, either their Juices, or Decoction, or Pulp in Cataplasms: these things you are to apply to the parts ad­jacent to the Ulcer, in Pled­gets of Cotton, Lint, or fine Tow, moistned in their Juices, &c. and above these Stuphs of Linnen or Woollen Cloth, or Flanel, dipt in the same and wrung out, according to the Temperature of the Patient, &c.

V. The more cold sort, and such as are Narcotick, must not be too long applied; but must be removed, before the Part becomes livid, or of a leaden colour.

VI. These things being applied, the Part ulcerated is to be con­veniently rowled up, the Rowlers having been first also moistned in those Juices or Decoctions: and if your Simples are of a watery substance, it will be good to mix other things which have an astringent force with them; for thereby you will the better cool the Part, abate the Inflam­mation, repress the Fluxion, and more effectually repercuss the Humor.

VII. Of the former Simples, Compounds may be easily made: as, ℞ Oil of Roses, made of Oil-omphacine; juice of unripe Grapes, juice of Red-roses, A. ℥ii. simmer them over the Fire, till the Juices are consumed.

VIII. Oils made of pure (not rank) Oil-olive, as of Myrtles, of Quinces, of Mastich, of Henbane, of Poppy, of Mandrakes, by Infu­sion, &c. Where note, that if an Inflammation is present, then Oily Repercussives are not to be used.

IX. Cataplasms made of the Juices of some of the former Sim­ples and Barley-flower, fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Amber in pouder, Catechu, Saccharum Saturni, whites of Eggs, Vinegar and Ver­juice, beaten together, adding a little Oil, as you see convenient.

X. Ointments; as Ʋnguentum Album, Camphoratum, Populeon, Cosmeticum, Tutiae, Triapharma­con; which may be used either [Page 1020] by themselves, or mixed to­gether.

XI. Emplasters; as Emplastr. Album, De Minio cum Sapone, Mercuriale; Ceratum Album, Ce­ratum Nigrum, Ceratum Oxylaeum, Refrigerans, Spermatis Ceti, &c. Diapalma, or Empl. Album, made with juices of Plantan, Horstail, Knotgrass, Yarrow, Comfrey, Nightshade, Lettice, Purslain, Housleek, Periwincle, &c. ad­ding them by little and little, as the Emplaster comes to a con­sistence.

XII. A Defensative of Barbett. ℞ Lignum Guajacum rasped, long Birthwort roots, A. ℥i. Agri­mony, Centory the less, Wormwood, A. M.i. Wine q.s. boil, and strain out: to every five Ounces of which add, Meal of Orobus ℥i. Myrrh in fine pouder ℥ss. Honey ℥iv. S.V. ℥ii. Venice-Turpentine q.s. mix, and make a Liniment.

II. Helminthicks, or Worm-killers.

XIII. Worms many times breed in some ill-conditioned Ʋlcers; and therefore when you perceive them, they are either to be taken forth with some fit Instrument; or otherwise, if they stick fast in the Flesh, or hide themselves, they are to be kill'd with some proper Medicaments to be ap­plied.

XIV. Simple Helminthicks. Aloes, Cambogie, Scammony, Euphorbium, Myrrh, Rhubarb, Aron-roots, Birthwort-roots, Squills, Onions, Garlick, Centory, Colocynthis, Dittany, Elecam­pane, Germander, Horehound, Orobus, Opium, Pepper, Southern­wood, Savin, Tansey, Tobacco, wormwood, Bullocks gall, and the Galls of other living Creatures, pouder of Earthworms, Saccha­rum Saturni, Verdigrise, white and red Precipitate, Mercurius dulcis, corrosive Sublimate, Cin­nabar Natural and Artificial, Mercury coagulate, or amalga­mate; the Prince's Pouder, Vi­trum Antimonii, Crocus Metallo­rum, Tartar-Emetick, Sulphur, Vitriol, Nitre, with many other things of like kind: and from the aforegoing Simples you may make the following, and other the like Compounds.

XV. ℞ Aloes, meal of Lupins, A.℥i. Myrrh, Verdigrise, A. ℥ss. Bulls gall ℥ii. Honey q.s. mix, and make a Liniment.

XVI. ℞ Aloes, Cambogia, Scammony, A. ℥ss. Euphorbium in fine pouder ʒii. Verdigrise ʒi. To­bacco ℥i. Colocynthis in fine pouder ʒiii. Bulls gall, Honey, A. q.s. mix, and make a Liniment.

XVII. ℞ Aloes in fine pouder, Tobacco finely poudered, A. ℥ i. flowers of Sulphur, Mercury coa­gulate, Coloquintida, A.ʒii. Eu­phorbium, pouder of Earthworms, Verdigrise, A. ʒi. Oil of Harts-horn ʒss. Oil of Tobacco made by Infusion ℥jss. Sheeps-suet q.s. mix, and make a Ointment.

XVIII. ℞ Tobacco in fine pou­der ℥i. Scammony ℥ss. Colocynthis ʒii. Euphorbium ʒi. white Preci­pitate ʒss. mix, and make a Pouder, to strew on.

XIX. Take fair Water lbii. corrosive Sublimate in fine pouder ℥ss. put all into an Earthen Pip­kin, and dissolve by Boiling; then pour forth, straining it thro' a [Page 1021] Cloth, and affuse thereon Oil of Tartar per Deliquium; so will the Mercury Precipitate of an Orange-tawny colour, which wash in much fair Water, or in S.V. and keep it for use: this Water after Precipitation, kills all sorts of Worms, by washing the Ul­cer therewith, and laying dou­ble linnen Cloths dipt in the same, over the Ulcer. The Pre­cipitate also kills Worms, being mixt in any proper Ointment to be laid on.

XX. Take of the former Orange­precipitate ʒi. Scammony in fine pouder ʒiv. Tobacco in fine pouder ʒviii. mix them; to strew upon the Ulcer full of Worms. Or, you may mix this Pouder with Ointment of Tobacco ℥ii. Ox-gall ℥i. and so apply it.

III. Digestives, or Suppuratives.

XXI. Simple Digestives. The greatest part of these we have enumerated already in Lib. 4. Chap. 2. Sect. 16. aforegoing of the Work; but to them there mentioned, these few following may may be added: as, Calves-suet, Capons-fat, Colophony, flowers of white Lilies, Linseed, muci­lage of Althea-roots, Rape-oil, Rosin. And these, if there is any callosity or hardness: Bird­lime, Balsam Capivii, de Chili, Burdock, Flowerdeluce-roots, Gum Elemi, Galbanum, Melilot, Pitch, Princes Pouder, Spanish Saffron, Storax, Turbith mine­ral, new Wax, Wax made from the Myrtle-berry in Carolina and Virginia.

XXII. Of those mentioned in the place afore-cited, and these here added: viz. Of Flower or Meals, Pulps, Mucilages, Juices, Oils, Fats, Suets, Gums, Bal­sams, and Rosins, compound Digestives may be formed, of various kinds and compositions, according to the habit or tem­perature of the Patient, nature of the Ulcer, and season of the Year.

XXIII. Tetrapharmacum of the Ancients, commonly called Ʋnguentum Basilicon minus, made of Pitch, Rosin, Wax, and Oil, melted, and mixt together, is an excellent Digestive. You may see great variety of Com­pounds, in Lib. 4. Cap. 2. Sect. 17. ad 30. aforegoing.

XXIV. To those you may add, Dialthea simple, Basilicon the greater, the Golden Ointment, if red Precipitate, or the Princes Pouder rather â ℈i. ad ℥i. of the Ointment, be added to them. For the Precipitate, or the Princes Pouder, or Turbith-mineral, do admirably digest and thicken any ichorous Humor.

XXV. And over these things you may apply Emplastrum Dia­chylon simplex, if in Summer­time; or Diachylon cum Gummi, if in the Winter-time, where the brims of the Ulcer are hard: otherwise Diapalma, or Empla­strum Album, made with Juices, (as directed at Sect. 11. above) may do well enough.

XXVI. In a callous Ulcer, you may apply this: ℞ Of the pulp of Figs and Raison, A. ℥i. juice of white Lily-flowers, Barley-flower, A. ʒiii. mucilages of Althea, Linseed, and Fenugreek, A. ʒii. Saffron in pouder ℈i. mix them.

IV. Abstersives, or Mundifiers.

XXVII. Simple Abstersives. Birthwort roots, both long and round; Horehound, Smallage­root, Turbith, flower or meal of Orobus, Vetches, Tobacco, roots of Aron, Orrice, Hermodacts, and of white and black Helle­bor; juices of Celandine, Car­duus, Beets, Coleworts, Gentian, Centory, Scordium, Wormwood, bitter Almonds, Savin; the Ashes of all Vegetables, because of the Salt which is in them; but the ashes of some things are more powerful than of others; as the ashes of Bean-stalks, of Tobacco, Vine-branches, Aloes, Cambogia, Scammony; Cockle and Oister shells calcin'd; Arsenick white, Orpiment, Vitriol calcin'd to redness, Alum burnt, Verdi­grise, corrosive Sublimate, white and red Precipitate, the Princes Pouder, Turbith mineral: these two last are as powerful as Ar­senick, or corrosive Sublimate, and much more safe; for they sooner dispatch their Opera­tion, are more familiar to the Body of Man, and cause not so much Pain, nor so great an Inflammation.

XXVIII. Now the Time when Mundificatives are to be used is, when the Ʋlcer is well digested; which is when the Pus comes to be that which they commonly call laudable; the lips of the Ulcer are become soft and well-coloured, and no ill scent or fume seems to rise from the Ulcer: for if Sarcoticks be used, before the Ulcer is mundified or cleansed, nothing but a loose or proud Flesh will arise, which will not admit of Cieatrizing. Of the former Simple Abster­sives, you may form various Compound-ones at pleasure, according to the following Examples.

XXIX. The Abstersive of Paracelsus.Honey ℥viii. Stras­burgh Turpentine ℥iv. mix, and boil with a gentle Fire, to the con­sistence of a soft Ointment; then take it from the Fire; and add thereto red Precipitate levigated ℥ii. (well washt in Rose-water mixed with a little Oil of Tartar) and the yolks of two Eggs, stirring them, 'till they are well incorpora­ted. This is one of the best Abstersives or Mundificatives in the World: but here is to be noted, that the Precipitate need not be added, unless the Ulcer is very foul, inveterate, and re­bellious, resisting weaker means.

XXX. The Mundificative of Fabricius ab Aquapendente. Take Juice of Smallage ℥jss. Syrup of Roses, or Mel Rosarum ℥ ss. Turpentine ʒii. meal or flower of Barley and Lupins, A. q.s. or so much as may bring it to a con­sistency.

XXXI. In the Shops you may have Unguentum Apostolorum; which is best for plain, open, and superficial Ʋlcers; also Unguen­tum Aegyptiacum, which is good to be injected into the sinuous Ʋlcers, being mixed with White-Wine, and Mel Rosarum.

XXXII. You have also Un­guentum Aureum, and Unguen­tum Basilicon; either of which being mixt with burnt Alum, [Page 1023] and red Preeipitate levigated, will make Medicaments, which will do two works at once, viz. both Digest and Mundify.

XXXIII. Take Basilicon ℥iv. Unguentum Aureum ℥ii. Scam­mony in fine pouder ℥jss. Tobacco in fine pouder ℥i. mix.

XXXIV. Take Basilicon, Oint­ment of Tobacco, A ℥iii. Scammony, Tobacco, both in fine pouder, A. ℥i. Princes Pouder ʒiii. mix them.

XXXV. Take red Prcipitate ℥i. burnt Alum ℥ss. levigate them together upon a Porphyry-stone, 'till they become impalpable pouder, then add to them Scammony ℥i. Ointment of Tobacco ℥iii. Basilicon ℥vi. mix them well together, and keep them for use.

XXXVI. From what hath been said, it appears that Abstersives are to be drying, without astri­ction, and without any great hot or cold qualities, and of a subtil and penetrating substance; that by reason of their driness they may suck up, and consume the humidity of the Ulcer, and by their tenuity take away the glutinousness of the Pus; yet they ought not to pass the se­cond degree of siccity, lest they consume the Flesh it self.

XXXVII. By this it appears, that Abstersion is the removing of the Recrements cleaving to the Ʋlcer; 1. By drying of it. 2. By dividing the particles of the glutinous matter, which destroys the viscosity by which it cleaves to the Flesh.

V. Sarcoticks, or Incarnatives.

XXXVIII. Simple Sarcoticks, or Flesh-breeders. To those enu­merated in Lib. 4. Cap. 2. Sect. 31. you may add these: Clowns-Woundwort, Adders-tongue, Knotgrass, Solomons-seal, green Tobacco, fresh Galls; new made Butter, pouder of Vipers-flesh, pouder of Ox-blood, Bones calcined, Harts-horn calcined, Colophony.

XXXIX. Incarnatives are not to be used, 'till the Ʋlcer is suffi­ciently cleased; which will be, as Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 20. says, when it appears red, has a quick sense, and looks clean, and neither too dry, nor too moist. If the Ulcer looks pale or whitish, or of a black or livid colour, and is almost insensible, being either too moist or too dry, 'tis mani­nifest then, that Abstersives are yet to be used.

XL. But if it is a hidden or sinuous Ulcer, Galen, [...], lib. 4. cap. 2. tells us, that we shall judge an hollow or fistulous Ʋlcer to be clean, when the Part begins to be more sensible of the Abstersives injected, than it was before: and then is the time for the admission of Incarnatives; and such are all those Medica­ments, which are endued with these two qualities of Desicca­tion and Abstersion, in a tempe­rate degree.

LXI. Now the Incarnating is properly and principally the work of Nature, viz. of the Temperament and Faculty of the Part; yet it is requisite to assist Nature, in the application of such things as may promote the same Intention, by removing the Impediments which may obstruct Nature in her course of operating.

XLII. For this cause, if you design to cure an Ʋlcer, you must apply Desiccatives to moist Ʋl­cers, and Abstersives to sordid Ʋlcers: for in all Solutions of Unity, Nature being intent up­on the Regeneration of Flesh where it is wanting; it is evi­dent, that you will erre, or not accomplish your end, where Desiccatives and Abstersives (the true qualities of such as we call Incarnatives) are not to be applied.

XLIII. Out of the simple Sar­coticks, compounds are made; of which we have given you many Examples in Lib. 4. Cap. 2. Sect. 32. ad 46. we shall in this place add only these following.

XLIV. A Sarcotick from Bar­bett: Take Turpentine ʒvi. Basi­licon, Aloes, Colophony, Mastich, Myrrh, A. ʒiv. Unguentum Fu­scum Wurtzii, Litharge of Gold, A. ʒiii. Gum Elemi ʒii. Oil of Roses q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.

LXV. An Incarnative, from Clows. Take pure Turpentine, Oil of Roses, A. ℥vi. Pine-rosin ℥iv. yellow Wax ℥iii. Gum Elemi ℥ss. (or rather ℥ii.) mix, and make an Ointment.

XLVI. Another. Take Rosin, Wax, A. lbss. Turpentine ℥iv. Barley-flower ℥ii. Olibanum, Ma­stich, Oil of Mastich, Honey of Roses strained, A. ℥i. Myrrh, Sar­cocol, ℥ss. mix, and make an Ointment.

LXVII. Another. Take Rosin, Wax, Oil of Roses, A. ℥xii. Tur­pentine ℥vi. Olibanum ℥iv. Mastich ℥ii. Saffron ℥ss. mix, and make an Ointment.

XLVIII. Another. Take Rosin, Wax, Oil of Roses, A. ℥vi. Tur­pentine, ℥v. Honey of Roses ℥iv. Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, Sarco­col, A. ℥ss. Aloes, Saffron, A. ʒii. mix them.

XLIX. Take Oil-olive lbjss. Ship-Pitch lbi. Wax, Rosin, A. lbss. Beef-Suet ℥viii. Turpentine ℥iv. yolks of Eggs No iv. mix them. If with either of these three last, red Precipitate q.s. be mixed, they will excellently di­gest, mundify, and incarnate: but if you mix with them burnt Alum, q.s. they will then ad­irably mundify, heal, and cicatrize.

L. Take Oil-olive, Rosin, Tur­pentine, Lapis Calaminaris, A. lbi. Sheeps-suet, Wax, A. lbss. mix, and make an Ointment; it in­carnates and cicatrizes Ulcers.

LI. Take Oil-olive, Sheeps-suet, Rosin, A. ℥iv. Wax, Gum Elemi, A. ℥i. juice of green Tobacco raised from Virginia seed lbi. green Tobacco leaves stamped M. ii. boil them over a gentle Fire, 'till the Juice is consumed, then strain, and keep it for use.

LII. In the Shops you have always ready, Ung. Basilicon and Ung. Aureum, much commmended. But this is to be noted, in making compound Incarnatives: 1. That they be neither too soft, nor too hard: if too soft, the heat of the Part will cause them to spread, and fall from the Ulcer, and they will be apt to generate proud Flesh; if too hard, the weaker Parts will hardly have the Benefit of them. 2. That they be smooth and equal; otherwise, they will [Page 1025] cause pain to the Part. 3. That they exceed not the first degree in drying: especially if the Patient is of a soft and tender Constitution; for in such, the milder Desiccatives are required for the generality of soft Flesh; but if the Patient has a hard and dry Flesh, stronger Desiccatives are to be made choice of. 4. That when the Ulcer is in a place not so fleshy, as in the joints; heads, and tails of the Muscles, your Desiccatives must be forcible. 5. That if the Ulcer is large and moist, more strong Driers are to be used, than in those which are small, and drier.

VI. Epuloticks, or Cicatrizers.

LIII. Simple Epuloticks, or Skin-breeders. To those enume­rated in Lib. 4. Cap. 2. Sect. 47. you may add these following. Roots of Bistort; Sheeps-suet, Beef-suet, Deers-suet; Gum­sandarach; Eggshels calcin'd, Harts-horn calcin'd white, Ivory calcin'd white, Cuttle-bone cal­cin'd; Alabaster in fine pouder, Chalk finely poudred, which is done by rubbing it on a broad Tile, and searcing it; unslak'd Lime washed and dried, or Whiting, Umber in pouder, Pumice-stone poudred; Cinna­bar, Crocus Martis, Regulus of Antimony, Henricus rubeus, or the Caput mortuum of Vitriol washt and dried; an Amalga­ma of Saturn and Quicksilver in pouder, which is thus made: ℞ Lead ℥iv. mels it in a Cru­cible, then take it from the Fire, and put into it Quick-silver ℥iii. mix them by stirring, and they will incorporate together, and when cold, beat and grind into a pouder.

LIV. These are not be used, 'till the Ʋlcer is filled with good Flesh; for it is in vain to attempt the latter 'till the former is well perfor­med, lest the ulcer be healed up with much deformity. The Skin being lost by any Accident, Nature cannot repair it, for want of the Seminal Matter of which it is generated: so that there is a necessity of supplying this de­fect by the help of Art; and it is done by thickning and hard­ning the upper part of the new, or regenerated Flesh, so long 'till it becomes of the nature of the Skin, and is able to supply its office.

LV. These Medicaments must be, 1. Cooling; that the thin parts may be coagulated, and the thick parts brought together, as you see in Ice, or the top of a Hasty-pudding when it becomes cold. 2. Drying; to consume the thin parts; and the Cica­trice is nothing but the Flesh thickned, dried, condensed, and made callous. 3. Drying in the third degree; Incarnatives are drying only in the first de­gree, because they are only to dry superfluous Excrements: Glutinatives are dry in the se­cond degree, because they dry not only the Excrements, but whatever Humor else, tho' Ali­mentum, which flows to the Part: Cicatrizers are to be dry in the third degree, for that these dry not Excrements only, and other Humidities flowing to the Ulcer, [Page 1026] but they also dry the Humidi­ties, and so have no place here; for they consume not only the Excrements, Humors flowing to the Part, and the Humidities of the Part it self, but the very subjacent Flesh also.

LVI. Now as some Epuloticks do dry more weakly, some more strongly; so the gentlest are to be used to the more moist and delicate Bodies, the stronger to the more hard and solid: and they are to be applied a little before the Flesh is even with the other Skin, as Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 13. cap. 5. has advised; otherwise the Cicatrice will be higher than the natural Skin, which will cause deformity.

LVII. And when the Sore is come to skinning, since the middle is always deeper than the circum­ference or edges, milder Epulo­ticks are to be applied to the middle, that the Flesh may not be too soon dried, but have liberty to grow to its full height: for which reason, soft Cerats or Unguents may be applied to the middle, Pouders and Cerats to the lips.

LVIII. Compoud-Epuloticks are made out of the simple, of which you have many very good ones in Lib. 4. Cap. 2. Sect. 48. ad 57. aforegoing; to the number of which, you may add these few following.

LIX. ℞ Sheep-suet ℥viii. Colo­phony, Varnish, Wax, Oil-olive, A. ℥ij. melt all together; then re­moving them from the Fire, add Calaminaris in fine pouder ℥i. Litharge of Gold, Tutia prepa­red, Caput mort. of Vitriol washed, A. ℥ss. mix, and make a Cerat.

LX. Oil-olive, Turpentine, Wax, A. lbiv. Beef-suet lbii. Gum Elemi, Frankincense, A. lbi. liquid Storax, lbss. pure Verdigrise in fine pouder ℥iii. mix, and melt the seven former Ingredients together; then at last put in the Verdigrise, stirring them well together, 'till almost cold. This Balsam does all the Intentions of Healing; it digests, cleanses, breeds Flesh, and lastly, cicatrizes the Ulcer after an admirable manner.

LXI. ℞ Oil-olive, Beef-suet, A. lbi. Bees-wax, liquid Storax, A. lbss. Oil of Turpentine ℥iii. Camphir, Ceruse in fine pouder, Tutty levigated, Olibanum in fine pouder, A. ℥i. mix, and make an Ointment.

LXII. And to make the Cica­trice as little deformed as may be, you may anoint every Night going to Bed, with the fol­lowing Oil. ℞ Oil of Ben ℥i. Oil of Tartar per Deliquium ʒss. Sperma Ceti ʒiii. mix them. Or with this: ℞ Oil of Ben ℥i. Sperma Ceti ʒiii. Adeps Rosarum ʒii. mix them. This may serve for the Richer sort of People.

CHAP. III. Of SIMPLE ƲLCERS.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...], and the Latins Ulcus simplex, we in English call A Simple Ulcer.

II. The Kinds. Authors make two kinds of simple Ʋlcers: 1. One, where the Skin is only wanting. 2. Another, where there is a loss of Flesh also. The first is called planum, a plain Ulcer; the other cavum, a deep Ulcer. We shall consider them in the Cure but as one, for that the Cure of the former is compre­hended in the latter.

III. Now a simple Ʋlcer, which is a solution of Ʋnity in a soft Part, with a dissolution of Magni­tude putrified, is that which has neither a Disease, nor a Cause, nor a Symptom adjoined to it, or complicate therewith; be­sides the solution of Unity, caused by erosion.

IV. The Kinds. The proximate, or nearest cause of an Ʋlcer is, a matter which has in it a cor­roding quality, whether it is bred in the Body, or happens to the Body from without.

V. If this corrosive Humor is bred within the Body, it is gene­rated either without the Part affected, or within the Part af­fected it self: if without the Part affected, it is either a Cholerick Humor, or Atra Bilis, or Melancholy, or a salt Phlegm, or a salt, nitrous, and sharp Serum, which you may know by their particular Signs: these flowing unto any Part, may cor­rode and exulcerate it.

VI. If the corrosive Humor is generated in the Part affected, it obtains its acrimony in the Part it self, by reason of some dis­temper in the said Part, thro' a Blow, or Fall, or Overstraining the Part; whereby the Blood or some other Juice is extravasa­ted; where by its long aboad and digestion, it becomes sharp, and so grows sharper and sharper, 'till it corrupts, putri­fies, and becomes corrosive.

VII. But if its Cause hap­pens to the Body from without, it is from septick, putrifying, or caustick Applications, whether they be Actual, or Potential. Or from Contagion; as in the Venereal Disease, Phthisis, Leprosy, Itch, &c. where the Virus or Poison is communicated by con­tact, to the Pores of the Skin, where entring them, it exul­cerates it, and there generates the like Disease.

VIII. The Signs. External Ʋlcers are manifest to sight and touch, so that they may be known without any other Signs: but the internal ones, which lye hidden, are known by the Probe, if way is made to search for them; or by the Excrements flowing from them, the Pain, and [Page 1028] hurt of some Action of the Part.

IX. The Excrements shew the Part affected, Pus, corruption or rotten Filth flow forth by the Anus, Urinary Passage, Nostrils, Mouth or Ears.

X. The Pain shews also the Part affected, and where the Ʋlcer lyes hid: a pricking pain shews, that the Part affected is nervous: a beating pain, that an Artery is hurt.

XI. The Action hurt, shews al­so the part: if Sense or Motion is hurt, it shews, that the Nerves are hurt: if after eating, the Concoction is hurt by a vehe­ment gnawing Pain in the Sto­mach, it is a sign that the Sto­mach is exulcerated.

XII External Causes do also give us some Signs: if Canthari­des be taken inwardly (without due proportion and correction the Reins, Bladder, or Urinary Parts may be ulcerated: if sub­limate Corrosive, Aqua Fortis, or Oil of Vitriol, be taken inwardly alone, without mixture or cor­rection, the Throat, Gullet and Stomach, may be exulcerated.

XIII. The Prognosticks. If the Ʋlcer is only in the skin, or is only superficial, it is the more easily and speedily cured: but the deep­er it is, and the more noble the Part, by so much the longer it is in curing.

XIV Ʋlcers in the Extremi­ties of the Muscles, or in Parts sub­ject to much Humidity, are more difficultly cured than those which are in the middle of the Muscle, or in Parts dryer.

XV. Ʋlcers Internal are more dangerous than Ʋlcers External, more especially, if any principal Part is drawn into consent or agreement with them, for then they oftentimes end in Death.

XVI. Ʋlcers in Cacochymick Bodies are tedious in curing; so al­so if being cured, they break out again: for then it is much to be feared, that the Bone under is foul.

XVII. Ʋlcers near to, or upon Arteries, Veins, Nerves, or Ten­dons, or any Parts of exquisite Sense, are dangerous; for they are able to draw into consent with themselves other Parts of an exquisite Sense also, or to induce an Inflammation.

XVIII. Ʋlcers old and invete­rate, are not cured without danger and tediousness, more especially if they succeed other Diseases, unless the Body is well purged, and a good order of Diet be ob­served.

XIX. If the Pus or Matter flowing forth is good, which is that of a middle consistence between thin and thick, white, light, equal, and not at all stinking; it gives hopes of an easy Cure: but if it is evil, thin and fluid, ill coloured, li­vid, and foetid, it shews danger and difficulty in the Cure.

XX. If the Ʋlcer is great, be­cause the external Air can work up­on it; or if round, because then it's lips are hardly united; or, if it tends to look green, or livid, or black, because then, it shews a danger of extinguishing of the natural Heat; in all these cases, there will be either difficulty or danger, or both, in the Cure.

XXI. The Indications. 1. You must rectify the Cacochymie by due [Page 1029] Purging, and a fit Diet. 2. You must maturate the unperfect Mat­ter by Digestives. 3. You must cleanse it from it's Filth by Ab­stersives. 4. You must incarnate with Sarcoticks. 5. And lastly, You must produce the Cicatrice with Epuloticks.

XXII. The Cure. In Answer to the first Indication, you must purge with our Family Pills, Pil. Pan­chymagogae, Catharticae; and if the Ulcer is inveterate, you may mix with the Purge Turpethum Mine­rale, or the Princes Pouder, gr. ii. iv. or vi. after taking of which for three or four times, the Pa­tient may purge again with Our Elixir Vitae, or a strong Tincture of Sena, or of Sena and Rhubarb in S.V. mixt with equal parts of Nitrated Water.

XXIII. Then the Patient may sweat with Tincture or Diaphore­tick of Antimony, or Tincture of Tartar and Bezoar Mineral given in fragrant Wine, or in the Sudo­rifick Tincture of Paracelsas. Or (which is best of all) you may sweat with our Liquor Vitae, or with Guttae Vitae, mixt with a few drops of Spirit of Sal Armoniack, or Spirit of Hartshorn, given in a Glass of Sack: giving conti­nually thro' the whole Cure, for a constant Diet, some proper Traumatick Decoction.

XXIV. The second Indication, is the perfecting the unperfect Matter with Digestives. But you are to consider, whether it is necessary to use Digestives or no, by con­sidering the temper of the Part ulcerated; for some Ulcers are in so good a condition at first, as to stand in no need of them, and then we immediately apply our selves to Abstersives for clean­sing.

XXV. But then if we find the Ʋlcer requires this second Indica­tion, you may apply to it some of the Digestives mentioned in the former Chapter; Or this, ℞ Tur­pentine ℥i. mixed with the yolk of an Egg: Saffron in Pouder ʒss. Wheat-flower, q.s. mix them. This or Basilicon, you may say upon Lint, and apply.

XXVI. But in dryer Bodies, (says Wiseman) you may add to the former, Barley flower, Bean-flower, Colophony, Rosin, Frankin­cense, Pouder of Faenugreek seed, to which sometimes Honey of Ro­ses and Syrup of dryed Roses, are added: but (says he) Basilicon is not inferior to any.

XXVII. These Medicaments ought to be of a moderate consisten­cy, not too liquid, lest they make the flesh to lax; or run off from the Pledgits, making the Sore uneasy; nor yet too hard, lest they comply not with the form of the Ulcer. The deeper Ulcers may admit of the more liquid, that they may reach to the bottom, and they may be applyed upon Lint in the form of Pledgits, Dos­sils or Tents, over which may be applyed some Refrigerative Empl. as Diapalma, Empl. Al­bum, to temper the Heat of the Part.

XXVIII. They ought also to be of a Lenient Quality, temperately hot and moist, in proportion to the habit of the Body as it is Strong or Weak, and to the tem­per of the Part they are apply­ed to.

XXIX. Sennertus thinks, that sometimes it is not good to use Di­gestives alone; but to mix Ab­stersives with them, however to vary the Medicine according to the Constitution: in a soft and moist habit, use this: ℞ Tur­pentine ℥ii. Oil of Roses ℥i. Yolk of one Egg, mix them. In a dry habit this: ℞ Pine Rosin, Oil of Mastich, A. ℥i. Pouder of Oliba­num, and Mastich, A. ʒiss. mix them.

XXX. Or this: ℞ Honey of Roses, juice of Smallage, A. ℥i. Turpentine ʒvi. Pouder of Frankin­cense, Barley-flower, A. q.s. mix, and make a Liniment.

XXXI. If you anoint the Parts about, with Triapharmacum and Ung. Populeum mixed together, you may prevent Fluxion and Inflammation.

XXXII. The third-Indication, is the removing of the Pus or Mat­ter, which is done by Abstersives; and this is done by such Medica­ments as we have described in chap. 2. sect. 27. ad 36. afore­going.

XXXIII. Digestives are no long­er to be made use of, than till the Matter is well digested: for be­ing used too long, the Ulcer may be made sordid. In these kind of Ulcers, says Wiseman, I have frequently digested, deterged, and incarned with Ʋng. Basilicon, mixed with red Praecipitate.

XXXIV. This Abstersive is also commended. ℞ Oil Olive, Rosin, Wax, A. ℥vj. Ship Pitch, clear Vernish, A.℥iv. Gum Elemi, Beef-suer, Turpentine, A. ℥iii. Ma­stich, Myrrh, both in Pouder, A. ℥i. White Praecipitate, ℥iss. mix, and make an Ointment.

XXXV. The fourth Indication is the filling the Ʋlcer up with Flesh, by the help of Sarcoticks; such as we have described in lib. 4. cap. 2. sect. 31. ad 46. and in cap. 2. sect. 38. ad 52. aforego­ing.

XXXVI. Sennertus commends this: ℞ Turpentine, Frankincense, A. ℥i. Aloes, Colophony, Mastich, Myrrh, A.℥ss. Gum Elemi ʒii. mix, and make an Ointment.

XXVII. But you ought to make a choice of such Medicaments as are most fit and convenient for each se­veral and particular Constitution; for the moister the Body is, by so much it requires Medicaments that are less drying and Abster­sive; and contrariwise, the more dryer it is, the stronger and more drying sort of Remedies: if they are weaker than is fitting, great store of Sanies will be ge­nerated with a loose and flaggy Flesh: if they be overstrong and drying, the Ulcer will be ren­dred dry, its lips red, the flesh consumed, and sometimes the Recrements bloody, with a kind of biting in the Part.

XXXVIII. And therefore the form of the Medicaments are some­what to be considered, and they are wont to be applyed either liquid, or soft, or dry: in Bo­dies hard and dry, and when a harder Flesh is to be generated, Sarcotick Pouders are to be sprinkled upon the Ulcer: As,

XXXIX. ℞ Frankincense, ʒiv. Colophony, Sanguis Draconis, A. ʒii. Mastich, Olibanum, A.ʒi. mix, and make a Pouder.Frankincense ʒvi. Aloes ʒiv. Dra­gons Blood, Sarcocol, Olibanum, [Page 1031] A. ʒiss. make a Pouder.

XL. You are also to consider the season of the Year; for in a hot season, more cooling Applications are required; and in cold wea­ther, the more heating; so that at such times, a thicker Compress is to be applyed, and the Rowler to be oftner wound about, than in hot weather.

XLI. Wiseman has this Sarcotic. ℞ Venice Turpentine ℥iv. Fran­kincense ℥i. Aloes, Myrrh, A. ℥ss. Gum Elemi ʒiii. Oil of Hypericon, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment. The more drying Sarcoticks (says he) are, Roots of Orrice, round Birthwort, Meal of Lupins, Asafaetida, Sarcocol, made up with clarified Honey.

XLII. If these Medicaments be well adapted to the nature and dis­position of the Ʋlcer, the Pus or Matter will appear of a good consistence, and in a less quan­tity; and the Flesh will be of a natural colour, firm, and in a healing condition.

XLIII. The fifth and last Indi­cation teaches, the Cicatrizing of the Ʋlcer after it is sufficiently In­carnated, and this is done with Sarcoticks, such as we have de­scribed in lib. 4. cap. 2. sect. 47. and in cap. 2. sect. 53. and 58. ad 62. of this Book aforegoing.

XLIV. The Ʋlcer then being filled with Flesh, it remains now to be covered or cloathed; the co­vering of the flesh is the Skin; and as flesh lost is to be resto­red, so is the Skin which covers it: but the Skin being said to be a Seminal Part, it being lost, it is no more to be restored, be­cause the Matter of which it is made is wanting: therefore we are forced to find out a Medium, which is called Cicatrix, being a soft kind of a Callus, and is no­thing else but the superficies of the flesh so dryed, as to tepre­sent the Skin: and as good blood is the material Cause of good flesh; so good flesh is the mate­rial Cause of a good and pleasing Cicatrix.

XLV. The making of this Cica­trix is the work of Nature, yet it is furthered by the applicati­on of proper Epulotick Medi­caments: and if the tempera­ment of the Part is healthful or well-disposed, you will observe the Ulcer to begin to skin from the Edges, while it is filling with flesh within.

XLVI. The milder Epuloticks are, fine Bole, Chalk, Oyster­shells burnt, Dragons-blood, red Roses, Balaustians, Lime washed, or Whiting, Ceruse, burnt Lead, Tutty, Sumach. A mixture of these may be sprinkled upon the Ulcer, or a Decoct. of them ap­plyed upon Lint.

XLVII. The stronger are Alum, Saccharum Saturni, Vitriol com­mon and Roman, Brass burnt, Chalcitis, scowrings of Brass or Iron, Verdigrise, Crocus Martis Astringens, Sarcocol, any of which being in Pouders, may be mixed with Ointments, and ap­plyed upon Lint; but beware, that by the use of them, you do not consume the flesh instead of drying it into skin.

XLVIII. Among Compounds, that of Fallopius is much com­mended, also Diapalma, or Em­plastrum Album: and Heurnius [Page 1032] his Cerate mentioned in Meth. ad prax Med. lib. 1. pag. 108. of the Octavo, Rotterdam Impression, which is thus composed: ℞ Oil Olive Omphacine, Hogs-lard, Li­tharge, A. ℥iii. Wax, Pitch, A. ℥iss. Rosin ℥ii. Ceruse ʒvi. Pou­der of Lead ℥i. mix, boil over a gentle fire, and make a Cerat.

XLIX. Sennertus has this Pou­der: ℞ Roots of Tormentil, Bi­stort, round Birthwort, Acorn-cups, Egg-shells burnt, Frankincense, Dragons-blood, A. ℥i. Lapis Ca­laminaris ʒii. Litharge ℥ss. make a Pouder.

L. And he used this Empl. with good success. ℞ Empl. Album, or Diapalma, Empl. Gry­seum. Ʋng. Diapompholigos, A.℥i. Gum Elemi, ʒii. Saccharum Sa­turni ʒi. Wax, q.s. mix them.

LI. The time when these Epulo­ticks ought to be applyed, is when the flesh is grown up, almost to the lips of the Ʋlcer, before it is wholly filled up, lest before the Cicatrice should be produced, the flesh should receive too great an encrease.

LII. When the Ʋlcer begins to incarnate, you may dress it two or three days, with dry Lint only; and then two or three days with Ointment, and then with Lint again, laying over it Empl. Al­bum, or Diapalma.

LIII. You are not to suffer the Ʋlcer to be round, for so long it will never heal: and if the lips of it grow thick, they are to be scarified with a Lancet, to let out the gross Blood which hin­ders the Healing.

LIV. And since good Diet makes and preserves a good habit of Body, and a good temper in the Part, all those meats and drinks which make the Blood too hot, too sharp, too thick, or too thin, are to be shun­ned; and those only to be cho­sen which breed good Juice, and are easy of Concoction; and they are to be taken moderate­ly, and at convenient or fit times.

LV. The Part it self must be kept quiet, for motion heats and disturbs it: if the Ulcer is too moist, enjoin Watching, because Watching dries the Body, and consumes superfluous Humidi­ties: if it is too dry, sleeping moistens the Parts, those chiefly which are nervous, as Mem­branes, Tendons and Liga­ments.

LVI. If the Belly is costive, move it with a Clyster, or a Dose of Elect. Lenitivum, or some such like: and let the Mind be kept as much as may be, in tranquility, and free from perturbations.

CHAP. IV. Of ULCERS with DISTEMPER.

I. WHat the Greeks call [...]. and the Latin, Ulcus cum in­temperie, we in English call, an Ulcer with Distemper.

II. The Kinds. It is either simple, or compound. The simple is fourfold, viz. hot, cold, moist, dry. The compound are, hot and moist, hot and dry; cold and moist, cold and dry.

III. The Causes. A hot In­temperies or Distemper, may be caused from a fermentation of the Serum in the Blood, which may arise from an ill habit of Body, ill Diet, or the like; or from heat of the Air, or keeping the Part too hot; or from too hard Binding, or too sharp Medica­ments.

IV. A cold Intemperies or Di­stemper may be caused from the too great quantity of Flegmatick Hu­mors, or the too much exposing it to the cold Air in dressing; or not defending it in cold and sharp weather, with warm Cloths and good Bandage; or from ap­plying Medicaments too much cooling.

V. A dry Intemperies or Di­stemper, may be caused from ex­hausting of the natural Heat in Chronick Diseases, or in any hectick habit of Body, from too sparing a Diet, want of Drinking, defect of Nourishment in the Part, &c.

VI. A moist Intemperies or Di­stemper, is caused from a Flux of Humors, or much Humors abound­ing in the Body, a moist habit of Body, an hydropical Disposition, weakness of the Part affected, from a long continuance of the Ulcer, hard Bandage, or too moist and slabby Medicaments; or from want of Bandage, or moist, wet and foggy weather.

VII. The Signs. A hot Distem­per is known by the heat of the Part exulcerated, of which the Patient complains; the Parts a­bout the Ulcer will be red, hard, and Tumified; the Matter will be sharp, pricking, and some­times an itching is also felt in the Part: hot Medicaments ap­plyed, increase the Heat and Pain, whereas if cold Medicines are used, the Patient is mightily refreshed, and benefited withal.

VIII. A cold Distemper is known by the pale, and sometimes li­vid colour of the Ulcer, and Parts about it; the Flesh in the Ulcer is whitish and loose, and the Sick complains also of cold, there being mostly withal, a cold habit of Body: and the Patient finds much good and ease in the ap­plication of hot Medicaments.

IX. A dry Distemper is known from a dry habit of Body, for the most part going before; the co­lour of the ulcerated Part is ill, and not lively; the Body is lean and dry, and so also the Mem­ber [Page 1034] or Part diseased; the lips are thin and lank, with little moi­sture, and in touching the Ulcer, it seems hard and dry, for that little or no Matter flows from it.

X. A moist Distemper is known from a moist habit of Body, watry Humors abounding, too much humidity in the Ulcer it self, the flesh is luxurious and flaccid; there is a great discharge of Ex­mentitious Humors, and the Hu­mor which flows is not acrimo­nious.

XI. If the Intemperies or Di­stemperature is compound, the Cau­ses and Signs thereof are found our, and known from the Causes and Signs of the simple Distemper, by laying the Causes and Signs of each together.

XII. The Prognosticks. All Ʋlcers labouring under an Intem­peries, tho' they be never so well handled, yet they are hard of Cure, and may be truly accounted a­mong such as are stubborn or re­bellious.

XIII. And Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 4. cap. 1. says, That for heal­ing of Ʋlcers, the Flesh subjacent ought to be wholly temperate; and therefore it is, that Ulcers with distemper of the Part lying next under, are cured with some difficulty.

XIV. Ʋlcers with Distemper, hot, cold, or moist, are cured with less difficulty than those with Dry­ness; for with one and the same labour, with the same Medicines, and at the same time, we may both remove the Distemper, and cure the Ulcer.

XV. But Ʋlcers with a dry Distemper, are the hardest of them all to be cured, because the cure of the Ʋlcer must be for a while neg­lected and laid aside as it were, and the whole Intention must be first in removal of the dry Intemperies: and the Cure is also long in ef­fecting, because the whole habit of the Body requires humecting and altering, which is a work of time, whereas those distempe­red with heat, cold or moisture, may be cured, whilst you are re­moving the Distemper.

XVI. The cure of an Ʋlcer with a hot Distemper. The Indicati­ons of Cure, are the same with those of a simple Ulcer, save here, you must add, an alteration of the habit of the Body, or of the Ulcer and Part, or of both, as you see need requires.

XVII. Here you must use Cool­ers and Anodynes, which you may impose not only upon the Ʋlcer it self, but upon the Parts adjacent round about. Such are Waters, Juices, Oils, and Ointments of Endive, Myrtles, Nightshade, Plantane, Roses, Sanders, Vine­gar, fine Bole, burnt Lead, Sac­charum Saturni, Turpentine, Cadmia, Whites of Eggs, Oils of Roses and Violets, Ʋng. Rosatum, Refrigerans Galeni, Album Cam­phoratum, of Ceruse, of Night­shade, and of Sanders, &c.

XVIII. Now tho' the Ʋlcer may require drying Medicines, yet since the heat it self, by consuming the Humors, does make the Ʋlcer the more dry, we must make use of the milder and gentler sort of Dryers, but withal such as are endued with some kind of an Astringent Power, and have also an Anodyn property, be­cause [Page 1035] Heat generally induces Pain.

XIX. Wiseman advises for Topicks, Ʋng. Diapompholygos, Tutiae, Album, è Plumbo, è Calce, Basilicon with Praecipitate, and to apply over the Part affected, Ʋng. Album Camphoratum, Empl. Diapalma cum succis, Empl. Oxe­laeum, Ʋng. Refrigerans, Nutritum, & Populeon; and over them may be applyed, Cloths dipt in Oxy­crate, or Red Wine, or juices of Plantane, of Lettice, of Purslane, of Shepheards Purse, mixt with Vinegar or Red-wine, &c.

XX. Some advise to the use of Aqua Calcis vivae, in which some Litharge has been boiled: also to Snow-water, in which a little Vitriolum Album has been dissol­ved; Or Epsom-water lbi. with which Vinegar ℥iv. is commixed.

XXI. Sennertus advises to this. ℞ Oil of Roses, Turpentine often washed in Rose or Plantant-water, A. ℥i. Barley-flower, q.s. mix, and make a Liniment.

XXII. Or this. ℞ Burnt-lead, Pompholyx (both washed) A.ʒiss. Oils of Roses and Violets, A. ℥iss. Wax, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.

XXIII. Now these cooling Me­dicaments are to be imposed, not on­ly upon the very Ʋlcer it self, but also upon the Parts adjacent to it, and round about it. The hot Di­stemper being thus removed, the Ulcer is to be cured with Sarco­ticks, which yet ought to be less heating and drying, lest the hot Distemper should return again.

XXIV. The Cure of an Ʋlcer with a cold Distemper. Here the Ulcer and Distemper may be cu­red at one time with Healers or Vulneraries: Barbet commends Oils of Hypericon, Nard, Orrice, Cammomil, Rue, Dill, Rosin of the Larch-tree, Plaster of Betony, Spirit of Wine: to these you may add Syrup and Honey of Roses, Rosin of the Pine or Fir, Tar, Pitch, &c.

XXV. And upon the adjacent Parts, you may use a Fomentation of generous Wine, in which Rose­mary, Sage, Rue, Wormwood, Hysop, Origanu, Mint, Camo­mil, and Bay-leaves, or Zedoary, have been Decocted, adding a little Spirit of Wine.

XXVI. And to deterge the Ʋl­cer, Wiseman advises to Mundi­ficativum ex Apio, Mundificati­vum Paracelsi, Ʋnguentum Aposto­lorum: Empl. Diachylon ireatum, de Betonica, Barbarum magnum, Diasulphuris, flos Ʋnguentorum: after which, you may proceed with Sarcoticks and Epuloticks.

XXVII. In this cold Distemper, a good Diet is to be observed, &c. as in Cold and Oedematous Tumors, with Purgations to carry off the Cacochymia, and alterative De­coctions, to attenuate and recti­fy the Humors, dressing the Ul­cer it self the mean while, with drying, heating, and detersive Medicaments.

XXVIII. You may apply (after a heating Fomentation,) Basilicon majus & minus, or Arcaeus his Li­niment upon Pledgets; and over these Diachylon cum Gummi, or Emp. de Mucilaginibus, or Stipti­cum Paracelsi; but you ought to observe the Age of the Patient, season of the Year, and magni­tude of the Ulcer.

XXIX. The cure of a moist Di­stemperature. In these Ulcers, slabby and greasy Medicaments (says Wiseman) are to be forborn, and drying to be used, for that the Part is weakned thro' too much humidity; and with your Dryers, Corroboratives are to be mixed, of an Astringent Faculty.

XXX. Barbet advises to Cyprus Roots, Hypericon, Betony, Hore­hound, Sage, Wormwood, Mastich, Frankincense, Ceruse, Red-Lead, Litharge, Burnt-lead, calcin'd Vi­triol, Emp. Gryseum, de Minio, and other things which are very dry­ing.

XXXI. If to this Distemper a­ture, a flux of Humors is joined, then Catharticks, Repellents, and Intercipients are necessary; Issues are also good if the Ulcer is in­veterate; but no fat, or unctu­ous things are to be applyed, on­ly those things which are strong­ly drying, which ought often to be renewed.

XXXII. To the former things you may add, Catechu, Dittany, Fether-few, Hyssop, Mint, Marjo­ram, Lavender, Southernwood, Time, roots of Tormentil, Cincfoil, Zedoary, Sumach, Bay, and Myrt­tle-berries, Nutmegs, Winters-Cinnamon, Cyprus Nuts, Balausti­ans, Red-roses, Frankincense, Ma­stick, Saccharum Saturni, &c.

XXXIII. Wiseman advises to this. ℞ Burnt Lead, Pompholyx washed, A. ℥i. Oil of Myr­tles, Wax, q.s. mix them. Also to the use of Ʋng. Diapompholy­gos, Tutiae, è Calce, Nutritum, album Camphoratum, and Desicca­tivum rubrum. Or to this: ℞ Aluminis scissilis ʒss. Cadmia ʒiss. Verdigrise, burnt Brass, A. ʒii. New Wax, ℥v. Sheeps Suet, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.

XXXIV. If the Ʋlcer requires a Fomentation, it ought to be made of hot and drying Herbs, boiled in Wine or Oxycrate, adding after a little Spirit of Wine: if the Ul­cer is but a little moist, you may to the stronger sort of the for­mer Dryers, add a little Oil, with Rosin and Wax: but by how much the moister the Ulcer is, by so much the more sorcible, and strongly drying, ought the Re­medies to be.

XXXV. Some advise to the use of Aqua Calcis vivae, in which Litharge has been boiled; and Water mixed with S.V. in which white Vitriol, or the common Coppe­ras made of Iron, has been dissol­ved. In a Quart of Red-wine you may dissolve ʒii. of Roman Vitriol, or ʒii. of common Vitriol or Alum: this common Copperas (which is made of Redriffe of Iron) is an excellent Desiccative, and very fit for the Cure not only of com­mon Ulcers, but of those which are in the Eyes, Nose, Mouth, Throat, Bladder, Intestinum Re­ctum, &c.

XXXVI. The Cure of an Ʋlcer with a dry Distemperature. In this you must abstain from dry­ing Medicaments, till the Di­stemperature is wholly gone, and apply your self to Moisteners. Now this is removed by a two­fold, but differing means:

XXXVII. 1. By Attraction, drawing out the innate humidity to the Part affected, by opening the Passages, which before by reason of the great Dryness, were closed; [Page 1037] and this is done, partly by Dro­paces, and partly by Friction: but this is of use only when other means will do no good.

XXXVIII. 2. By humecting or moistening; and this is done, 1. By fomenting with fair Wa­ter, luke-warm; which is done with a Spunge, or Flannel, which is the most convenient way of moistening the Part; pouring warm Water on, or bathing in it, is not so proper. 2. By fomenting with Water and Oil; which, (says Sennertus) is far better, being used blood­warm together; and they are much better, being used thus together, especially in Winter­time.

XXXIX. This Mixture of Wa­ter and Oil is called by the Ancients [...], Hydrelaeum: Take Water two parts, Oil one part, and mix them: or, Take Water, Oil, A.q.s. mixing them: warm them in a Vial-glass, then shake well together till they are mixed, and so apply it to the ulcerate Part, in an Ulcer moderately dry.

XL. This Topick is of good use in Winter-time; for tho' warm Water warms the Part, yet it leaves it cold, because it draws out the heat to the superficies: but this Mixture is more excel­lent; for the Oil stops the Pores, and keeps in the heat.

XLI. After fomenting, you may apply some Cataplasm, which has a moistning property with it, such as this. ℞ Mallow-leaves boiled to softness ℥jss. Oil, Barley and Wheat flower, A. ℥ss. Honey of Roses ʒii. Saffron ʒss. Hogs-lard q.s. or, ℞ Juice of Mallows ℥i. Oil-olive ℥ii. white Wax q.s. mix, and make an Ointment: or you may foment with Oil alone.

XLII. How long this Fomenting is to be used, you may know by the substance of the Part, and its colour: for when you see the Part a little tumified, soft and moist, and looks ruddy, you are then to give it over, for other­wise the Humor attracted will be discussed.

XLIII. But if the Part in which the Ʋlcer is, is under an Atrophy, so that this fomenting with Oil, or Water and Oil, will not do, we must then in the first place endeavour to nourish the Sick with Meats of good Juice, which are easily distributed, that so much Aliment may be sent unto the Part affected.

XLIV. But if the Habit of the Body is cacochymical, you are before Fomentation, to empty it of those evil Humors by Purgation; lest too much moisture, or corrupt Humors be drawn, which will hinder the Cure of the Ulcer.

XLV. The Distemper being re­moved, you may dress the Ʋlcer with Sarcoticks, yet such as dry but a little; lest otherwise there should be a relapse into the dry Distemper again; as Galen, Me­thod. Med. lib. 4. cap. 1. pre­cautions us against: and there­fore to Sarcotick Pouders, Oil and Fats are to be added.

XLVI. As, ℞ Frankincense, Mastich, Olibanum, A. ʒi. Turpen­tine ℥i. Oil of Roses ℥ii. Wax q.s. mix, and make a soft Ointment.

XLVII. Wiseman says it is to be dressed with mild Digestives, or with Basilicon mixed with [Page 1038] Precipitate, which is a good Detersive and Sarcotick: or with this: ℞ Frankincense, Ma­stich, Sarcocol, A. ʒi. Venice-Turpentine ℥jss. Oil of Hypericon ℥ii. white Wax q.s. mix, and make an Ointment. The Ulcer being incarned, compleat the Cure with Epuloticks.

CHAP. V. Of an ƲLCER with PAIN.

I. WHAT the Greeks call, [...]. and the Latins, Ulcus do­loribus vel doloris plenum; we in English call, An Ulcer with Pain.

II. Pain is one of the Symptoms which obstructs the Cure of an Ʋlcer, whence various Accidents many times arise, as Fainting, Watching, Fever, and the like: for which reason, it ought im­mediately to be mitigated, lest it attract, or cause an Afflux of Humors, or enlarge the Ulcer, or cause an Inflammation, or an Erysipelas to arise.

III. The Cause. This Pain for the most part arises from acrid, sharp, and corroding Humors, which gnaw the Ʋlcer, and heat the circumjacent Parts; pro­ceeding either from a Cacochy­mie of Humors abounding in the Body; or ill-applied Topicks, as Digestives not used timely enough, or Abstersives too long.

IV. The Signs. The Patient's being ill at ease will shew the Pain, and the Symptoms the Cause; whether from a Cacochymie, and abundance of Humors; or from want of Digestion, or Abs­tersion, as is usual.

V. The Prognosticks. There will be no difficulty of removing of the Pain, if the Cause thereof is rightly apprehended, and that taken away.

VI. But if it continues any long time, it will be apt to induce a Flux of Humors, Inflamma­tion, or other worse Symptoms.

VII. The Cure. The Indica­tions are twofold: 1. To take away the Antecedent Cause. 2. To remove the conjoined.

VIII. The Antecedent Cause has relation to the Habit of the Body, and how that is in fault; and according as there is a Plethora, or Cacochymia, to make Evacua­tion, either by Purging, Vomi­ting, or Bleeding; by some, or all of them, as the condition of the Patient does require: and and then to strengthen and for­tify the Body by cooling Juleps, Opiats, and a good Traumatick Diet, which may prevent the fluxion of Humors.

IX. This done, the proximate or conjoined Cause is next to be consi­dered; which is to remove the Pain by things proper to the [Page 1039] Ulcer, and which have power to remove the Symptoms; and herein the Conjoined Cause is to be inquired into.

X. If the Ʋlcer is sanious, and the pain proceeds from thence, it wants digestion; and then such things as are digestive, which have a temperate heat in them­selves, are to be applied.

XI. If the Pain is with Inflam­mation, Lenients are to be used; as the Mucilages of Linseed, Fe­nugreek-seed, Fleawort-seed, Quince-seed, Althea, extracted in decoction of Mallows, Oils of sweet Almonds, Camomil, Dill, Violets, Hens-fat, Hogs-lard, Saffron, yolks of Eggs, and Bar­ley-flower, which may be made into a Cataplasm or Cerat with Wax: or Ʋng. Populeon, (if more cooling is required) Ʋng. Nutritum, Album Caphoratum, Emplast. è Bolo, Ceratum Galeni, may be applied to the parts about the Ulcer.

XII. And to the Ʋlcer it self, these Anodyns; as Saffron, Oil of Roses, yolks of Eggs, Turpentine, and Pine-Rosin; out of which Liniments and Ointments may be made, and applied.

XIII. If the pain arises from hot and acrid Humors fretting the Ʋlcer, it may be drest with Ʋng. Diapompholigos, è Plumbo, Tutiae, simply by themselves, or mixed with Basilicon; with a little red Precipitate, or some of the Princes Pouder; with Compress or Stuphs wrung out of Oxycrate or red Wine, which will allay the heat, and strengthen the Part, to resist the Influx of Humors.

XIV. If the pain is caused by a sordid Matter sticking to the bottom of the Ʋlcer, and hindring Transpiration, you cannot then (says Wiseman) remove the pain without Detersives; of which, red Precipitate, or the Princes Pouder, or Turpethum Minerale, are the best and mildest.

XV. If the pain is extream, you ought to fit the Medicament to the Cause; which being for the most part from hot and sharp Humors, are to be qualified with lenient Cataplasms, or with cooling Medicaments, or with Narcoticks.

XVI. A Cataplasm. ℞ Mal­lows and Marshmallows, A. M.i. boil to softness, beat them, and pulp them thro' a Hair-sieve; to which add yolks of two Eggs, Saffron ℈i. Barley-flower, Linseed, and Fenugreek, Oils of Camomil and white Lillies, A.℥i. Mucilage of Althea-seed ℥jss. Oil of Roses ℥ii. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XVII. Or, ℞ Crumbs of white Bread ℥ii. which soften in Milk, yolk of one Egg, Oil of Roses ℥jss. Barley-flower, Linseed, A. ℥i. pou­der of Camomil-flowers, Oil of Water-Lillies ℥ss. Saffron ℈i. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XVIII. Or, ℞ Flower of Bar­ley, and of Millet, A. ℥ijss. Milk ℥viii. boil to the consistency of a Cataplasm; to which add, pulp of Cassia and of Raisons, pulp of Pippins or Pomwaters, Oils of Roses, of Earthworms, of Eggs, and of Dill, A. ℥i. Saffron ʒi. mix, and boil to a consistency.

XIX. If you are forced by the vehemency of the Pain to use Coolers, these things are commen­ded; [Page 1040] Juices of Mallows, Marsh-Mallows, Horstail, Cucumbers, Lettice, Purslain, Plantan, Water-Lillies, &c. to which Barley-flower may be added, with Saccharum Saturni, whites of Eggs, Ʋnguentum Album, Frog­spawn-water, &c.

XX. If yet all these things avail nothing, but that the extre­mity of the pain continues, you must come to the use of Narco­ticks; the chief of which are these Simples: Hemlock, Hen­bane, Housleek, Mandrake, Night­shade, Peru or Thorn Apple, Opium, Poppies: from which you may make distilled Waters, or Juices, or Oils by Infusion; of which, with Henbane and Poppy seed, Extract of Opium, and Barley flower, you may make Cataplasms at pleasure, according as the exigency re­quires.

XXI. ℞ Juices of Henbane and Nightshade, A. ℥ii. Barley-flower ℥ii. mix, and boil to a consistency; then add Oil of Poppy-seeds, Ung. Populeon, A.℥i. Ex­tract of Opium ʒii. pouder of Hen­bane-seed q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XXII. You may also dress the Ʋlcer with Rose-water, wherein a little Roman Vitriol, or some Roch-Alum has been dissolved; applying over all Diapalma, or Empl. Album; renewing the Dressing Morning and Evening, 'till the Pain is wholly gone.

CHAP. VI. Of ƲLCERS with FLƲXION.

I. WHAT the Greeks call, [...], and [...]. and the Latins, Ulcus Rheumaticum, and Ulcus cum Fluxionibus; we in English call, An Ulcer with Fluxion, or with a Flux of Humors.

II. This is an Ʋlcer with Dis­temper, and having also a Flux of Humors joined with it: for it is hardly possible for an Ulcer to be affected with a Flux of Humors, or of Matter, but it must primarily be affected with a Distemperature.

III. The Causes. They are either, 1. By Transmission; the pec­cant Humor in either quantity or quality, being protruded or sent forth from some other Part thro' the strength of Nature. 2. By Attraction; wherein the Part affected thro' heat or pain, draws them. 3. By the natural Motion of the Humor; falling upon that Part by reason of its weakness, or low situation; which makes the descent of the Humor more easy.

IV. The Excrements which come from the afflux of Humors to the exulcerated Part are manifold, as Celsus, lib. 5. cap. 26. has decla­red. [Page 1041] Besides Blood, there is Sanies, and Pus, which do issue forth from Wounds and Ul­cers.

V. Sanies, (inquit) sit San­guine tenuior varie crassa, & glu­tinosa, & colorata. Pus crassis­simum, albissimumque, glutinosius & Sanguine & Sanie. Exit San­guis ex vulnere recenti, aut jam sanescente. Sanies est inter utrum­que tempus: Pus ex Ʋlcere jam ad sanitatem spectante. Rursus & Sanies, & Pus quasdam spe­cies Graecis Nominibus distinctas habent. Est enim quaedam Sanies, quae vel [...], Ichor; vel [...], Meliceria nominatur. Est Pus, quod [...] appellatur. [...], tenuis, subalbidus, ex malo Ʋlcere exit, maximeque ubi Nervo laeso Inflammatio secuta est. Meliceria crassior & glutinosior, subalbidus, Mellique albo subsimilis fertur: haec quoque ex malis Ʋlce­ribus, ubi Nervi circa Articulos laesi sunt, & inter haec loca ma­xime ex Genibus. [...], tenue, subalbidum, quasi unctum colore atque pinguitudine, Oleo albo non dissimile, apparet in magnis Ʋlceribus sanescentibus. Sanies, (says he) is thinner than Blood, yet variously thick, glutinous, and coloured. Pus is most thick and white, and more glutinous than Blood and Sanies. Blood comes forth from a Wound recent, or now upon Healing: Sanies comes forth between these times: Pus comes forth of an Ulcer, just now upon Healing. Again, both Sanies and Pus have certain Species, distinguished by their Greek Names. There is a kind of Sanies which is called Ichor, or Meliceria; and there is a Put which is called Elaeodes, Ichor is thin, somewhat white, and is thicker, more glutinous, and not much unlike Honey; and this comes out of evil Ulcers, when the Nerves near the Joints are hurt, and more especially from the Knees. Elaeodes, which is thin, whitish, and looks fatty, not much unlike to white Oil, comes from great Ulcers when they are nigh healing.

VI. But Pus properly is that Excrement of the Ʋlcer which has its original from Blood, or from Flesh bruised and dissolved; and it appears in Ulcers void of all other Excrements.

VI. All the other Excrements which proceed from other Humors, are comprehended under Ichor or Sanies, and Sordes: the thin and watry Excrements they call Sanies, and some call them Virus; from which thin Excre­ments the Ulcer is rendred moist. The thicker Excrements they call Sordes, from which the Ulcer is made sordid and foul.

VIII. The Signs. An afflux of Humors, is known by a Tumor or Swelling, which appears not only in the lips of the Ʋlcer, but also in the near-adjoining Parts; and by the Pain, which is very grie­vous, especially if the nervous Parts be affected.

IX. It is also known from the great store of Excrements, greater by far, than what is in proportion to the magnitude of the Ʋlcer; with an Inflammation according to the quality of the Humor; and there is a great difficulty in the [Page 1042] Cure, for that the Humors flowing hinder it.

X. The Prognosticks. All Ʋl­cers with an afflux of Humors, are very hard to cure; in regard that from the afflux, the Ulcer is made moist and painful, and so swells up, and increases thereby.

XI. And by how much the Fluxion is the greater, and also by how much the flowing Humor is the worse; by so much the more diffi­cult will the Cure of the Ʋlcer be. And Celsus in the place before cited, gives you signs how you may know the goodness or bad­ness of the Humor causing the Fluxion.

XII. The Cure. The Indica­tions of Cure, have respect, 1. To the Antecedent Cause. 2. To the Consequent Cause, or Con­joined. 3. To the Healing-up the Ulcer.

XIII. As to the Antecedent Cause; the Humor abounding and flowing, whether it offends in quantity or quality, or in both, is to be removed by Purging, and Revulsion.

XIV. By Purging we must di­minish and hinder the generating of the vitious Humor; and if the Fluxion is by any fault of the Liver or Spleen, it must be re­ctified: for this purpose, the Cathartick must be adapted to the Constitution, and Humor abounding; as we have already, in many other places, declared at large.

XV. Also you must constantly administer some notable Trauma­tick Diet or Wound-Drink; or the juice of Pellitory of the Wall, because it carries off the Humi­dities and Humors by Urine.

XVI. If the Humor is too fluid, it must be made thicker by Alte­ratives; as Endive, Succory, Sorrel, Purslain, Lettuce, &c. in Broths; as also with Barley-Cream, Emulsions, Citrons, Rasp­berries, and the like.

XVII. And then Revulsion is to be made in some proper Part: of this kind, Issues have the first and chiefest place, being made in the contrary part: and Sen­nertus says they are very neces­sary in old and inveterate Ulcers; lest the Ulcer being healed, the Humor should re­gurgitate into the Veins, and so fall upon the more noble Parts.

XVIII. The next Indication has respect to the conjoined Cause. And that must be removed, 1. By Interceptives, or Defen­satives. 2. By Repercussives, or Repellers.

XIX. Interceptives or Defensa­tives, are such as strengthen the Part, and shut up the Vessels; and in some measure drive back the Humor; and they are formed out of such things as are dry and astringent.

XX. Of this kind are, Plan­tan, Knotgrass, Bramble-tops, and the Berries not fully ripe; Horstail, Elm-bark, Myrtle-berries, Acorns, Galls, Cyprus-Nuts, Balaustians, Pomgranate­peels, Oils of Myrtles and Roses, astringent Wine, fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Cortex Peruanus, Catechu, Opium, Poppies, red Roses, Dragons-blood, Alum, Vi­triol, with whites of Eggs, &c.

XXI. Some of those things may be juiced, others poudred, and mixed with Ointments; or boiled in Oxycrate or red Wine, and applied with Stuphs.

XXII. And if the Fluxion is great, and in strong Bodies, Aqua Aluminis, and Aqua Calcis may be used: to the latter of which, (Wiseman says) a few grains of Sublimate may be added.

XXIII. If with the Fluxion, there is great heat, it is to be removed as we have taught in the Cure of a hot Distemper: if there is great pain, Anodyns and Le­nients are to be chosen: and if there is withal a plenitude of Humors, slender Diet must be prescribed, and the Belly kept soluble with Clysters, &c.

XXIV. Repercussives or Re­pellers are applied to the Ʋl­cer it self: such are Alum-water, Rose-water, juices of Plantan and Cinkfoil, roots of sweet Cyperus, Ʋnguent. è Bolo, Nutritum, Album Camphoratum, Desiccativum Rubrum, Ceratum Galeni, Emplast. de Minio, è Bolo, &c.

XXV. But because these Ʋl­cers are frequently affected with sharp Humors impacted in the Pores, which cannot be repelled, and by their acrimony excite Pain and Inflammation; you must have regard to the Ulcer it self, ap­plying, (whil it you outwardly resist the Influx upon the Parts) Digestives and Detersives, but such as are more drying, than those for simple Ulcers, having but very little acrimony, such as we have enumerated in the cure of a moist Intemperies, in Chap. 4. aforegoing.

XXVI. And to the middle of the Ʋlcer, you may apply some drying Pouder, made of Litharge, Tutty, Lead, Saccharum Sa­turni, Sanguis Draconis, Catechu, fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Chalk, Chalcitis, Ʋng. Diapompholigos.

XXVII. The last Intention, is the Healing of the Ʋlcer, by Sarcoticks and Epuloticks: but here the Sarcoticks ought to be vehement, and of the strongest kind; not moist, oily, or fat, lest they moisten the Part, and loosen more: yet they must be without any acrimony or biting at all, that so no pain may be excited.

XXVIII. Sennertus has this ℞ Turpentine, burnt Lead, A. ℥i. Beef-suet, Tutty prepared, A. ℥ss. mix them. But if the Humor is crude and sharp, some Frank­incense, or Pine-Rosin, must be added, to farther the Concoction thereof.

XXIX. And sometimes it hap­pens, that what did good once or twice, may afterwards (the Hu­mor being dried up) prove pre­judicial and hurtful, by exciting a mordication or biting: in this case, the Medicine is to be changed, and more gentle ones are to be applied in the place thereof.

XXX. Lastly, the Ʋlcer being incarned, the Cicatrice is to be induced by Epuloticks. Guido, m Tract. 4. Doct. 1. Cap. 2. ad­vises to lay on a thin Plate of Lead, with a Hole bored thro' it: for Lead cools it, and is of very good use in such-like Ul­cers, [Page 1044] hindring the Influx of the Humor into the Part exulcera­ted: and it will be yet the more effectual, if it is be­smeared with Quickfilver; or you may dayly dress it with Ʋng. Diapompholigos.

CHAP. VII. Of an ƲLCER, SORDID and PƲTRID.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...], vel [...]. Ulcus cum sorde & putridine, vel, Ulcus sordidus & putridus; we in English call An Ulcer with filth and putri­faction, or, An Ulcer sordid, or, foul and putrid. But Dioscori­des, lib. 3. cap. 6. has [...], Ʋlcus putrescens: and Hippocra­tes, [...], Ʋlcera putrida.

II. The Differences. Ʋlcers sordid and putrid, differ only in degrees. That is sordid, which (proceeding from the afflux of moist Humors) becomes foul, with a thick and snotty Ex­crement.

III. That is a putrid Ʋlcer, when the said Excrements come forth with a noisom smell, like unto that of a dead Carcas; and withal putrifies and corrupts the Flesh which lies under it, and contaminates the softer parts.

IV. Guido, Tract. 4. Doct. 1. Cap. 3. says, These Ʋlcers differ only in degree, viz. that the one is such in a lesser, the other in a greater degree: for if the Excre­ments be simply thick and foul, then we call it a Sordid Ʋlcer; but if they likewise receive a putridity and stink, in so much that they putrify and corrupt the Flesh under it and the softer parts, then we call it a Putrid Ʋlcer.

V. The Causes. The proximate Causes of this Ʋlcer are depra­ved malign Humors, in a Body cacochymick, receiving a putrid­ness from external heat and moi­sture: or by reason of the too much, or unreasonable use of moist, unctuous, or greasy Me­dicaments.

VI. Or from the Ʋse of vehe­ment and over-strong Abstersives; which resolve the sound Flesh, and stir up a putrifactive heat in the Ulcer; whereby the Hu­mors become so sharp, that they corrode the parts circumjacent.

VII. The Antecedent Causes are, excrementitious and gross Humors in a cacochymick Body, from ill Diet, bad Air, Slothfulness and want of stirring, &c. also from malign Fevers, which by means of the Expulsive-virtue stirred up, transmit their malignity outwards.

VIII. The Signs. A sordid Ʋl­cer is known by sight; there appears in them, a great abundance of viscid and clammy Impurities; [Page 1045] the Flesh is soft and flaggy, and the lively colour of the Part is vanished.

IX. If it proceeds from a flu­xion of Humors, whether from the whole Body, or from any one Part thereof, it will be known by the Signs delivered in the former Chapter.

X. If it proceeds from the weakness and distemperature of of the Part, it may likewise be known by its own signs, and signs of the Distemperature; and there will not then be any appearance of a fresh and lively colour in the Part.

XI. If it comes from Ʋnctuous Medicaments, it then appears white, and the whiteness goes round about the whole Ulcer, like a border.

XII. If it is from strong Abs­tersives, the Ʋlcer grows hollow, and every day more than other, a small quantity of thin hot Quittor flowing forth.

XXIII. If it is become putrid, it will be known by the grievous stinking smell, and the disco­loured matter.

XIV. The Prognosticks. If by reason of the great abundance, and the thickness of the Sordes or Impurities, the transpiration is hindred, the Part soon after corrupts; and so of a sordid Ulcer, it afterwards becomes a putrid Ulcer, or depascent, which is an eating Ulcer.

XV. If the putridity is in­creased, or be not checked in the Ʋlcer, at length a Gangren will succeed, and then a Sphacelation follows.

I. The Cure of a Sordid Ʋlcer.

XVI. In this kind of Ʋlcer, great care is to be taken in the course of Diet; and the Body must be first purged from vitious and corrupt Humors, with Our Family Pills, Pill. Catholicae, Pul. Cornachini, Syrupus Catharticus, Tinctura Purgans, &c. and then a Traumatick Decoction is con­tinually to be exhibited.

XVII. Outwardly, you must cleanse with Abstersives; as juices of Smallage, and Wormwood, and Centory; and meals of Barley and Orobus, Myrrh, and Honey of Roses, juices of Li­mons and Citrons, Aqua mulsa, and Salt-water: but more espe­cially with Wine and S.V. which is of exceeding benefit in cleansing all sordid and pu­trid Ulcers; and is therefore to be mixed with other Medica­ments.

XVII. If the Ʋlcer is made sordid by the use of too strong Detergents, Wiseman commends Ʋng. Basilicon mixed with red Precipitate, also Vng. Diapom­pholigos, as things proper to dress the Ulcer with: and some cooling Unguent or Cerat, as Refrigerans Galeni, may be ap­plied over it, with a Compress wrung out of Oxycrate.

XIX. If it is become sordid by the use of Lenients, and is covered thick with the sordes or filth, you need not fear (says Wiseman) to fill the Ulcer with red Preci­pitate, and apply some mild Abstersive on Pledgets of Lint over it, with a Compress wrung out of Aqua Calcis, or Aqua [Page 1046] Aluminosa, and not to dress it 'till the third day after.

XX. For thereby the pain will lessen, and the Sordes will come away in a Slough; after which, the Ulcer is to be digested, 'till it looks more fleshy and natural, and then you are to incarnate with Medicaments of a milder quality, &c.

XXI. In a common sordid Ulcer: ℞ Ʋng. Basilicon ℥ i. red Precipitate ʒiii. mix them. Or you may dress with Ʋng. Apostolorum, or with Mundifica­tivum Paracelsi, mixed with Alumen ustum.

XXII. This Liniment is good. ℞ Roots of round Birthwort ℥i. Agrimony, Centory the less, Worm­wood, A. M. i. boil them in Wine: to the straining add, rind of the Frankincense-tree, Scammony, A. ʒiv. boil in the Wine again, then strain out, and add meal of Oro­bus ℥ss. pouders of Tobacco and of Myrrh, A. ʒii. S.V. ʒi. Honey of Roses ℥ii. Turpentine q.s. mix, and make a Liniment.

XXIV. Or you may wash the Ulcer with this. Take Barley-water lbi. Honey of Roses, S.V. A. ℥ii. mix them.

XXV. And you may dress it with this. Take Turpentine, Honey of Roses, A. ℥i. flowers of Barley and Orobus ʒii.A. pouders of Myrrh and of Tobacco, A. ʒi. mix them.

II. The Cure of a Putrid Ʋleer.

XXVI. If the Ʋlcer is putrid, you are to wash it with a good Lixivium of Pot-ashes, in which Centory, Southernwood, Worm­wood, Carduus, &c. have been boiled, or with good Brandy, and Ʋng. Aegyptiacum.

XXVII. Sennertus advises to wash it with Oxycrate, Lye, Brine; upon which are to be imposed Medicaments made of meal of Orobus, and pouder of long or round Birthwort-roots, mixed with a Decoction of Squills, in Wine and Honey.

XXVIII. Or, Take Honey ℥ii. Turpentine ℥i. Scammony in fine pouder ʒvi. Tobacco in pouder ʒiii. mix them.

XXXIX. If the Ʋlcer is hol­low, you must use some cooling Ointment; as of fine Bole, lest an afflux of Humors should be excited by hot and biting things.

XXX. If the Ʋlcer is corrosive, and undermines the lips, making the Flesh soft, or unfit for healing, you are to deal with it, as we shall shew in Phagedenick Ul­cers.

XXXI. However, that which is corrupted must be taken quite away, either by Incision, or by Cautery, (whether Actual, or Potential, it matters not much) 'till at length we come to the sound and quick Flesh.

XXXII. If you fear it should degenerate into a Gangren, you must use stronger things; as Balsamum amarum, Oxymel of Squills, Lixivium of Quick-lime, round Birthwort-roots, Scammony, To­bacco in ponder, Emphorbium, the Ablution of Mercurius dulcis in Lime-water, Flower, or volatil [Page 1047] Sal Armoniack, Butter of Anti­mony, &c.

XXXIII. But if the Putrefacti­on shall yet be encreased, and the Ʋlcer tends to a mortification, you must treat it as we have taught, in Our Discourse of Gangrene and Sphacelus.

CHAP. VIII. Of an ƲLCER with TƲMOR.

I. WHat the Greeks call, [...] vel [...]. and the Latins, Ulcus cum Tumore, vel Ulcus Tumidum: we in English call, An Ulcer with Tumors, or a Tumid Ulcer.

II. The Cause. The cause of a Tumor in an Ulcer, is the same with that in the afflux of Humors; but according to the nature of the Humor, such is the variety of the Tumor, whether it be Phlegmon, Erysipelas, Oedema, or Cancer.

III. The Signs. The Tumor it self is known by sight; but the kind of the Tumor, you may know by the signs of each particular Tumor, which you may search out in their respective places.

IV. The Prognosticks. An Ʋl­cer with Tumor is more difficult to cure, than one without: and a Phlegmon is more easily cured than any of the other kinds of Tumors: if it is a Cancerous Tu­mor, it is rendred in the highest nature difficult, and is for the most part uncurable, and only admits of Palliation.

V. The Cure. These kinds of Tumors must be here cured, as we have declared in their several Chapters; but yet, nevertheless, they are so to be managed, that the Ulcer may not in the least be neglected.

VI. You must first have respect to the vitious Humors, then to the Part affected; you must apply Medicaments which may either discuss the Humor, which is the cause of the Tumor, or bring it to Suppuration.

I. An Ulcer, with a Phlegmon.

VII. In an Inflammation, you may apply a Cataplasm made of Quinces, boiled with the Pouder of Myrtle or Barley-meal, Pom­granate-peels, and Red-roses.

VIII. In the Augmentation of the Ulcer, you may add pouder of Camomil-flowers and Bean-meal: but in the state, Mallows, Marsh­mallows, Meal of Linseed, and Faenugreek-seed. As,

IX. ℞ Barley-flower ℥ii. pou­der of Camomil-flowers ℥i. Meals of Linseed and Faenugreek-seed, A. ʒvi. Milk, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

X. If the Tumor tends towards a Suppuration, it is to be helpt for­ward with Maturatives, as a Cataplasm of Mallows, Marsh­mallows, [Page 1048] Linseed, Faenugreek-seed, Saffron, Wheat, &c. As,

XI. ℞ Mallows, Marsh-mal­lows, A. M. j. Water, q.s. boil to softness, and bruise them well; to which, add Meals of Linseed and Faenugreek-seed, A. ℥i. Wheat-flower ℥ss. Colophony ʒii. Saffron ʒss. oil of Roses, or yellow Palm­oil ℥ii. mix them.

II. An Ulcer with an Erysipelas.

XII. If an Erysipelas be in the near adjacent places, you must ap­ply those things which we have di­rected in the Chapter of an Erysi­pelas, lib. 3. cap. 17. You may very profitably impose on the external Parts, Waters and Jui­ces of Elder-flowers, and Night­shade.

XIII. But if you should rashly impose things which stop the Pores, great Blisters would often be ex­cited, with malign and long con­tinuing Ʋlcers, especially in the Thighs, which many times (by suffocating the natural Heat) de­generate into a Gangrene.

XIV. If it should so happen, it will be then requisite, to apply cooling things, Dryers, and A­stringents together. As,

XV. ℞ Plantan-leaves, M. i. Red-Roses M. ss. boil in Water to softness: heat and pulp them, and add Barley-flower ℥iss. pouder of Balaustians ℥ss. oil of Roses, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XVI. But that which is often used here, is Unguentum Diapom­pholygos, unto which (if you please) you may add a little Saccharum Saturni.

III. An Ulcer with an Oedema.

XVII. If the Tumor is Oedema­tous, you may apply this: ℞ Leaves of Althaea, of Mallows, A. M. j. boil them in Lye of Pot-ashes to softness; bruise or beat them well, and add pouder of Althea-roots ℥iss. pouder of Camomil-flowers ℥i. pou­der of Wormwood ʒiii. and of Saf­fron ʒi. oil of white Lillies, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XVIII. Or this: ℞ Pulp of Juniper-berries, Mithridate, A. ℥ii. pouders of Camomil-flowers and of Orrice-root, A. ℥i. Colophony ℥ss. Zedoary in pouder ʒii. Saffron ʒi. oil of Roses, q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

IV. An Ulcer with a Cancerous Tumor.

XIX. Tho' the hopes of the cure of this is but small, yet something is to be done; you may dress it with Empl. de Ranis, with treble Mercury, or our Empl. Mercuriale.

XX. Or you may apply over it, a thin Plate of Lead besmeared with Quick-silver, often to be re­newed; and you may sometimes wash it with the Water of the Griffen; or a Lixivium of Quick­lime, in which a little Sublimate; or at least Mercurius Dulcis has been dissolved.

XXI. As to the rest of the Cure, which we might speak to here, we shall refer you to the particular Chapter of Cancers, in lib. 3. cap. 36. where you will see the whole of the matter at large.

CHAP. IX. Of an ƲLCER with PROUD FLESH.

I. WHat the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Ulcus cum Hyper­sarcosi; we in English call, An Ulcer with proud Flesh.

II. The Cause. It is said, to come from too much Blood or Hu­mors flowing to the Part affected; or from weakness of the Sarco­tick, not being so drying as it should be; in which latter case, the Flesh is loose and spongy.

III. The Signs. It is known by sight, the Flesh is Luxuriant, or higher and more in quantity than it should be, red, light, loose, and spongy, and withal very tender.

IV. The Cure. If it comes from too much Blood or Humors flowing to the Part, the Sick must then use Fasting and a spare Diet; and to the Ulcer, drying Medicaments are to be imposed.

V. In the Toes sometimes, by reason of the Nails growing in, there is often Luxuriant Flesh; so that a man can neither put on his Shoes, nor go without pain; in this case burnt Alum alone, will take away the said Flesh.

VI. If it proceeds from the use of weak Sarcoticks, you must use a stronger sort of Abstersives, and such as may (if need requires) produce a Cicatrice: even Sep­ticks must be used sometimes, if occasion be.

VII. But if there is need but of a little Drying, let there then be imposed dry Lint, or Lint, or Lin­nen Cloths, which have been well wet and soaked in the following Decoction.

VIII. ℞ Nut Galls, and Rinds of Frankincense, Mastich, A. ʒi. Balaustians, Red-Roses, Rue, A. M. ss. Alum ʒii. boil all in Red Port-wine. Or, you may use the first of the Pouders de­scribed in lib. 4. cap. 9. sect. 129. aforegoing.

IX. Now the proud Flesh is ei­ther but beginning, or else it is come to a great height: if it does only begin to increase, then strong Desiccatives or Dryers will serve. And such are these following:

X. First, Vegetable Desiccants. Aloes, Avens-roots, Balaustians, Bistort-roots, Birthwort-roots, Comfrey-roots, Frankincense rine, Herb Horse-tail in Pouder, Mastich, Myrttle-berries, Nut­galls, Olibanum, Oak-bark, Pom­granate-Peels, Rue in Pouder, Sanguis Draconis, Savin in Pou­der, Spunge burnt, Scammony, Sumach, Tobacco in Pouder, Tormentil-roots, Yarrow.

XI. Secondly, Mineral Desic­cants. Alum burnt, Aqua Calcis, (which dries much without pain) Aes ustum, Catechu, Caput mor­tuum of Vitriol, Ce [...]use, Crocus Martis, Chalk, Cataminaris, Fine [Page 1050] Bole, Flowers of Sulphur, Lead calcin'd with Sulphur, Litharge both of Silver and Gold, Minium, Rust of Iron, Saccharum Saturni, Tutia, Terra Lemnia, Terra Sigil­lata, Umber, Whiting.

XII. Some of these things, you may use either in Pouder or Deco­ction; if in Pouder, you may mix with them Ashes of an old Hat, or of Leather burnt, and dryed Blood, also burnt Alum, and even red Praecipitate, which in a mixture, Wiseman says, may be reckon'd a­mong the milder Medicaments.

XIII. If you use the most proper of them in Decoction, then you may add a convenient quantity of either Alum, or Roman Vitriol; by which means you will not on­ly suppress the luxuriant or soft and spongy Flesh, which is bud­ding forth, but shall incarnate the Ulcer, and bring it to a heal­ing, and Cicatrization.

XIV. ℞ Roots of Bistort, Com­fry, and Birthwort, Catechu, Nut­galls, Oak-bark, and Pomgranate Peels, A. ℥i. Fair-water lbii ss. or q.s. boil to the one half, and strain out. If you add to the De­coction, Roch-Alum ℥i. it will be of a deep Amber-colour; but if a little Roman-Vitriol, it will be blackish, and will stain the Clouts and Rowlers of an unpleasing dirty Colour.

XV. Yet with the Vitriol it will be more effectual than with the Alum, and chiefly in malign Ʋlcers. You may dip Pledgets of Tow or Lint in it being warm, and gently press it out, and so dress the Ulcer therewith mor­ning and evening; you will find in your practice, such a Decocti­on, much transcending either Ointments or Emplasters.

XVI. Tho' some of the Minerals may be used also in the form of a Decoction, yet other som, and the most of them, are used in the form of a Pouder: they are, it is true, more effectual than Vegetables, yet it is not so easy to clean the Sore after them; nor are they so plea­sing to the Patient, as when they are made into Ointments or Emplasters.

XVII. An Ointment. ℞ Ce­ruse, Litharge, Mininm, A. ℥ii. Burnt-brass, Crocus Martis, A. ℥iss. Tutiae, Caput mortuum, A. ℥i. Sac­charum Saturni, Catechu, A. ℥ss. Camphir ʒii. Oil of Roses, ℥xxx. boil to the consistency of an Ointment, adding Wax ℥iv. This is of good use where the Ulcer is hollow.

XVIII. A Pouder, from Wise­man.Nut-galls, Pomg [...]anate-peels, A. ʒiv. Balaustians, burnt Alum, A. ʒi. make a subtil Pou­der, and mix them. This (says he) may be sprinkled on the Ul­cer thick, and dry Pledgets, with Compress bound over it: or it may be boiled in Red-wine, and Pledgets dipt therein, and ap­plyed.

XIX. If the Proud Flesh is grown to a height, so that it will not yield to Desiccatives, you must then come to stronger Medicaments, which are called Cathereticks, or yet stronger than those, which are called Septicks; or the strongest of all, which are Escaroticks: the difference of which, you may see in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 1. cap. 69. sect. 207.

XX. Where the Proud-Flesh is [Page 1051] soft and sp [...]ngy, [...] [...]he [...] [...]ichs will be of sufficient [...], and such are Alum-stone, Alu [...] [...]nt, Aqua Lapidis Medicamentosi, Aqua Viridis Sennerti, (which see Lil 4. Cap. 9. Sect. 130. afore­going) Chalcitis, p [...]uder of Hermodacts, Prince's [...]ouder, red Precip [...]tate, seewing. of Brass, Turpethum [...], Ver­digrise, Vitriol whi [...]e, [...] stone, Ʋnguentum Apof [...]orum, Ʋnguentum Aegyptiacum, and a mixture of Apostolorum ℥i. or of Aegyptiacum ℥i. with Basilicon ℥ss. to which add the Pulvis Angelicus in the place afore­cited, Sect. 129.

XXI. Cathereticks pierce not deep, by reason of their thick sub­stance, as also for their rebated heat; but only superficially corrode the Flesh, and dry, and without any great pain; because their heat is not very intense, unless mixt with some other things.

XXII. Aqua Calcis is mode­rately drying, but if a few grains of Sublimate corrosive is added to it, it is much more powerful. The Water of Lapis Medicamentosus and the Aqua Viridis are more strong, but they may be made milder by the addition of a small quantity of Plantan-water.

XXIII. Red Precipitate, or burnt Alum, do either of them by themselves cause no great pain; but if they be used being mixt with other things, they both cause Pain, and a small Escar: yet red Pre­cipitate exceeds most other things, for it operates with small Pain, concocts and thickens Ichorous Humors; and being washed, and mixed in small quantity with Incarnative Oint­ments, it advances their Ope­ration; and Turpethum Minerale yet exceeds the red Precipitate.

XXIV. A compound Pouder. ℞ Balaustians, Catechu, Nut-galls, A. ʒii. burnt Alum ℥jss. Ceruss, Dragons-blood, Olibanum, Myrrh, A. ʒi. Verdigrise, Princes Pou­der, A. ʒss. mix them.

XXV. The Vitriol and Alum stones will serve will (says Wise­man) for this purpose, to keep down loose or proud Flesh, and to cicatrize these Ʋlcers which are most luxuriant; and if they be discrectly used, will perform the work with little pain, and pro­duce a firm Cicatrice.

XXVI. Fallopius his Cathe­retical Lint. ℞ Rose, Plantan, and Nightshade waters, A. ℥iv. Crums of Bread ℥ii. corrosive Sub­limate in pouder ℈iv. Opium ℈i. boil to the consumption of one half, and strain thro' a thick Cloth. Take Lint and boil it therein for a little while, then take it out, press it, dry it, and keep it for use.

XXVII. Sennertus makes it thus. ℞ Plantan and Rose wa­ters, A. ℥v. corrosive Sublimate ʒi. boil, and strain thro' a thick linnen Cloth: in the straining, let the Lint or pieces of linnen Cloth be laid to soak, then taken out, dried, and kept for use.

XXVIII. Of the Ung. Aposto­lorum and Aegyptiacum, the latter is said to be strongest; but in plain Ʋlcers it is not so well to be used, because of its spreading, and by touching the sound Part, it causes great pain; but it is [Page 1052] good in fretting Sores of the Mouth and Sinuous Ulcers, being dissolved in proper Decoctions, fit for the same purpose.

XXIX. But the Ung. Aposto­lorum, tho' it is a Catheretick in tender Bodies, yet it is only a Mundificative in such as are of a strong and firm habit of Body.

XXX. If the luxuriant or proud Flesh shall be so firm and com­pact, as to contemn all Cathere­ticks, you must then have recourse to such as are yet stronger, viz. either [...], Septicks, putre­fascientia, corrupting Medica­ments; or [...], Escha­roticks, Medicaments producing an Eschar or Crust.

XXXI. Septicks are not so hot as Escharoticks, but of a more sub­til and thin substance, not having so much earthiness and astriction: and so as they more easily pierce, they cause less pain; which is yet very sharp and prick­ing, but of no long continu­ance.

XXXII. These leave the cor­rupted Part soft, moist, and of a blackish colour: of the liquid kind are, Aqua Fortis, Aqua Re­gis, Oils of Vitriol, of Sulphur, and of Salt: of the solid kind are the white Arsenick or Rats­bane, the yellow Arsenick: or Orpiment, the red Arsenick or Realger.

XXXIII. Unguentum Fallo­pii. ℞ White and yellow Arse­ [...]iak, A. ʒjss. Opium ʒ ii. round Birthwort roots, Verdigrise, A.ʒiii. Hogs-lard ℥ivss. mix, and make an Ointment. This is effectual in correcting and taking away of stubborn proud Flesh; besides which, it is of extraordinary use in curing of Cancers.

XXXIV. Escharoticks, by reason of their extraordinary great Heat, cause vehement Pain 5 and the reason is, that being of a more earthy substance, they are longer in piercing thro' the Part; of this kind, these are the chief: 1. Lapis Infernalis. 2. The White Caustick, of Sope and Quick-lime. 3. The Silver Cau­stick. 4. Corrosive Sublimate. 5. Turpethum Minerale, whilst white, before it is washed.

XXXV. Of all these the Lapis Infernalis is the most effectual, and operates the most speedily, where it can be applied to an upper Part, or can be hindred from spreading.

XXXVI. The White Caustick is to be applied to the under side of a Part, or a Part depending, and where there is fear of running; because this Escharotick is not so apt to run, as is the Lapis Infernalis. It does the work well enough, but is scarcely so quick in operation, as the Lapis Inf. now mentioned.

XXXVII. The Silver Caustick is harder, and less apt to spread; and therefore is most convenient for the Parts that are depen­ding, and where the Escharo­tick may be most apt to run.

XXXVIII. Corrosive Sublimate is by na [...]means to be used alone, but it may be mixt, and grownd with Roman-Vitriol, calcined 'till it becomes red, or like to red Terra Sigillata.

XXXIX. White, or unwashed Turpethum Minerale, is also to be [Page 1053] mixed with the same Roman Vitriol calcined: this does work more gently, if mixed with some Narcotick Liniment or Oint­ment, than if applied without mixture: and it far exceeds corrosive Sublimate, for that it is more familiar to Nature, and causes less Pain: and as it is not so volatil and piercing as the Sublimate, so in tender Bodies it assaults not the Heart and Vitals, nor causes Symptomati­cal Diaries, as the Sublimate is apt to do.

CHAP. X. Of a CALLOƲS ƲLCER.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...], vel [...]. the Latins, Ulcus callosum; we in English call, A Callous Ulcer, or, An Ulcer with a Callus.

II. The Causes. It is derived either from the defluxion of a hot Serum; which is condensed or hardned, either by the over­coolness of the Air, or by Me­dicaments which cool and dry overmuch.

III. The Signs. The lips of the Ʋlcer are hard, livid, and wan, and sometimes of a whitish colour: and they are generally Annual, and thro' length of time con­tract this callosity or hardness, with a livid colour.

IV. The Prognosticks. From what cause so ever this Callosity happens, the Ʋlcer is not possible to be cured, or closed up with a Cicatrice; 'till the hardness is first taken away, and the Ulcer be reduced to its natural state.

V. If the hardness be not great, it may be removed by Emollients and Discussives, with good Compress and Bandage: first, foment with roots and leaves of Althea, of Lillies, and of Mallows, Linseed and Fenugreek-seed; flowers of Camomil, of Melilot, and of Elder; which rarifies the con­densed Blood, and removes the lividness.

VI. Then embrocate the hard­ned lips with Ung. Dialthaeae, Oils of sweet Almonds, of Lillios, and of Earthworms; and apply Ceratum Galeni, Emplastr. è Mucilaginibus, Diaehylon cum Gummi, or de Ranis cum Mercurio, or a Plate of Lead besmeared with Mercury, or a Paste of Ceruss and Calx lota, made into an Ointment with Hogs-lard; and over that, a good Compress and Bandage.

VII. Sennertus advises to the application of the Mucilages of Linseed and Fenugreek-seed, Oils of Almonds, Lillies, and Earth­worms, Hens and Ducks fat, &c. Or this, Take Mucilages of Al­thea-seed and Fenugreek, A. ʒiv. Oils of sweet Almonds and of white Lillies, A. ʒvi. Turpentine ℥ii. Wax q.s. mix, and make an [Page 1054] Ʋnguent; over which you may apply the simple Diachylon-Emplaster.

VIII. But as to the Bandage, Wiseman advises for the Leg, the laced Stocking, which being well made, preserves the other parts from fluxion, better than a Rowler can.

IX. If these things will not do, Galen, in Meth. Med. lib. 4. cap. 2. is to be advised with: When the lips of the Ʋlcer (says he) are somewhat discoloured, and made a little harder than ordinary, they are to be cut out, even to the sound Flesh.

X. Wiseman also says, If the edges of the lips are inverted and callous, or the Ʋlcer is in such a place, where you cannot make good Bandage; your best way will then be by Caustiek or Knife to remove it, and then to digest and heal the Ulcer.

XI. But if the Sick will endure neither Incision, nor Burning with an Actuàl Cautery; you must then use Corrosives, such as the Aqua Viridis, (in Lib. 4. Cap. 9. Sect. 130. aforegoing) or the Pulvis Angelicus, mentioned in Cap. 9. Sect. 20. but the strongest of Remedies are, the Oils of Vitriol and Sulphur.

XII. Yet nevertheless, whether the Work is done by Incision or Corrosion, you must be very cau­tious in the Nervous Parts; and defensative Medicaments are to be applied to the places adja­cent; lest Pain, or an Afflux of Humors be excited.

XIII. An Observation. One 18 Years old, of an ill habit, had an inveterate Ulcer on the in­side of the Ancle, of a round figure, with thick callous lips, the parts about being livid. There was no hopes by Emol­lients and Bandage; they were therefore rubbed round with a Caustiek-stone, the Ulcer drest with Basilicon mixt with Preci­pitate, and Diachylon ireatum was laid over with Compress and Bandage, designing to dispose the lips to unite with the Ulcer. The Eschar separating slowly, the lips skin'd underneath, and so disappointed me: but the in­verted parts being removed, with the Callus underneath, a Paste made with Calx lota and Lard, applied with good Compress, forced the lips with the Ulcer, and so it was healed with a smooth even Cicatrice. Wiseman, Liv. 2. Cap. 8.

XIV. Another. A Maid having such an Ulcer, with livid callous lips, but not inverted; it was digested with Basilicon and Pre­cipitate, and fomented with a Decoction, as above mentioned; then Diachylòn ireatum applied over the parts about, and a Compress, with a laced Stock in, put on over it, thereby digesting the Ulcer, and flatting the lips; and in 3 Weeks time it was in­carnated and cicatrized with Ʋng. Diapompholigos, tho' it had been more than 3 Years work in other Hands. This speedy Cure I imputed to the Laced-stockin, performing all the Intentions necessary to the curing of such like Ulcers. Wiseman, ibid.

CHAP. XI. Of an ƲLCER DISCOLOƲRED.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...], & [...]. and the Latins, Ulcus malè coloratum, vel dis­coloratum; we in English call, an Ulcer evil-coloured, or dis­coloured.

II. The Cause. It proceds ei­ther from an afflux of malign Humors; or for want of natural heat, or from too hard binding; or from the coldness of the Air, or Weather.

III. The Signs. It is known by sight, being discoloured, with a wan, livid, leaden colour, or black coloured; and sometimes with a yellowish colour, according to the nature of the Humors which most predominate.

IV. The Prognosticks. Disco­louring of an Ʋlcer is an evil sign, and foreshews some other worse Symptoms suddenly to ensue, if the cause thereof be not re­moved.

V. The Cure. If it is from an afflux of Humors in a cacochymick habit of Body, you must make Evacution by Purgation and Vo­miting, as also by Diureticks.

VI. And in the intervals of Purging, a good Traumatick Drink is to be taken; which may alter the habit of the Body, and destroy the malignity of the Humor abounding.

VII. Outmardly, Interceptives and Defensatives are to be ap­plied to the parts adjacent to the Ulcer.

VIII. And Scarification is to be made upon the very place where the Discolor is most manifest; that the vitious Blood may be drawn forth, which you may dry up with Spunges.

IX. Then in the next place, you must use strong Disiccatives, having but little sharpness: if these pre­vail not, you must apply the Aqua viridis before-mentioned, in Lib. 4. Cap. 9. Sect. 130. or some such like Medicament, espe­cially such as may have the power of Abstersion and Incar­nating together.

X. Then with Pulvis Astrin­gens, or with some drying Lini­ment, Ointment, or Plaster, you must produce the Cicatrice, as in other Ulcers.

XI. If it proceeds from want of natural Heat, Attractives and Pyroticks are to be applied, and such things as have in them a comfortable and spirituous Heat; of which kind are Lixivium's, Spirit of Wine, Euphorbium, and the like.

XII. If it procceds from cold­ness of Air or Weather, you must (besides the things named in the former Section) take care to keep it warm by Emplasters, Rowlers, and warm Cloathing.

CHAP. XII. Of an ƲLCER CAVERNOƲS, or HOLLOW.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. and the La­tins, Ulcus sinuosum, and Ulcus cavernosum; we in English call An Ulcer sinuous, cavernous, or hollow.

II. A sinuous or cavernous Ʋlcer, is that which has its mouth streight, and its bottom broad, with many caverns therein, some right, and some oblique, without any hardness or callosity; and therein it chiefly differs from a Fistula. These Caverns, by help of a Wax-candle, are easily found out.

III. The Differences. These Ʋlcers differ one-from another; as the Caverns are either streight or crooked; deep, or lying only under the Skin; or having one, or more Sinus's.

IV. The Causes. They many times proceed from Apostems, wherein the Sanies or Pus, being long continued, either by his own nature, or by its long continuance becomes sharp and corrosive, whereby it makes or eats a hollowness, not much unlike to Coney-borows, which the Greeks call [...], and the Latins, Sinus: of a Sinuous Ʋl­cer, from this Cause, we have already treated at large, in Lib. 3. Cap. 4. aforegoing, of this Work.

V. But a sinuous Ʋlcer is not only bred from Apostems, but often­times succeed Wounds, caused thicfly thro' the ignorance or negligence of the Chirurgeon: and these many times happen in Parts de­scending; as in the Reins of the Back, Groin, Thighs, Legs, and Feet.

VI. For in such-like places, where the Muscles are large, if the Wound is not so ordered, that the Sanies or Pus may be evacuated by the Orifice of the Wound; it then by its weight descends, and according to the ductus or pro­gress of the Muscles, and so makes Cavities, Furrows, and Coney-borows; and this more especially if it is long detained, whereby it becomes sharp and corroding.

VII. The Antecedent Cause is, a Ca [...]ochymy or evil habit of Body, in which many evil Hu­mors do abound; occasion'd by evil Diet, Excess, Slothfulness, want of Exercise, and a dis­contented fretful disposition; which sowr the Humors so, that when the Sanies or Pus pro­ceeding from them is too long detained, as aforesaid, they be­come corrosive, and render the Ulcer sinuous.

VIII. For unto the Part af­fected, being now weakned, Excre­mentitious Humors flow, not only from the Parts adjacent, but from the whole Body also, which [Page 1057] makes the Ulcer the more diffi­cult to be cured.

IX. The Signs. They are known from the preceding Causes; whe­ther it is a translation of Matter from within outwards, or from a Phlegmon, or other Abscess, or a Wound, &c.

X. It may also be known or found by searching with a Probe, or a Wax-candle, or a Plummet of Lead: and if there are more Orifices than one, they are dis­covered by Injections; and the largeness may be known, by the quantity of Matter flowing forth.

XI. The Prognosticks. Sinuous Ʋlcers, if they have been of long continuance, they will be of diffi­cult cure; because of the weak­ness of the Native Heat of the Part, which makes it unable to assimulate its proper Nutriment, or to resist the afflux of Humors.

XII. If the Sinus runs upon. or under the Joints, Nerves, or Ten­dons, where it cannot easily or safely be laid open, it will be of very difficult cure.

XIII. If it proceeds from a translation of Matter within the Body, the Cure cannot be ef­fected 'till the diseased Viscera be healed; during which, the Patient will be in great danger of a Marasmos, or very deep Consumption.

XIV. But if the sinuous Ʋlcer discharges but little Pus or Matter, and that well digested, and in à place where it may safely and easily be kept open, the Cure will be in more hopes.

XV. Cure. There are two ways of curing a sinuous Ʋlcer: 1. By Injections, without laying them open. 2. By opening them, and dressing them as another Ulcer.

I. The Cure, without laying open the Sinus.

XVI. There are four Inten­tions of Cure. 1. That a good Diet be instituted, which may be drying, and not generating a large quantity of Excrementitious Hu­mors: and respect is to be had to the Regulation of all the other six Non-naturals, which are here in other places largely discoursed of.

XVII. 2. The Cacochymia is to be considered, and the super­abundant or excrementitious Hu­mors are to be evacuated, and contemperated: you may purge with Syrupus Cathartious, or an Infusion of Sena, Rhubarb, and Mechoacan; or with Pil. Cath­articae, Panchymagogae, or Our Family Pills; or with Palvis Cornachini, which is no despica­ble Medicament: and if the Stomach is foul, Evacuation must be made by Wine or Syr [...]p of Squills, or some proper Antimo­nial.

XVIII. The Humor must be contemperated, by giving some proper Traumatick Diet-drink, and other Balsamick and Vulne­rary Potions, as the nature of the thing requires.

XIX. 3. The Influx of the Humors into the Sinus is to be prevented; and this is to be done by Revulsion, Interception, and Repercussion; of all which we have discoursed in their proper places.

XX. The removing of the Con­joined or Proximate Cause: this has respect immediately to the Cure of the Ulcer; by removing the Accidents which attend it, as Pain, Inflammation; Tumor, Sordes, &c. without which, there can be no hope of a Cure.

XXI. In order to do this, we shall observe the Method of doing it, out of the admirable Franciscus Valeri [...]la his Observations; who in Lib. 5. Obs. 1. & 7. has in a most excellent manner delivered the true Way and Method of Healing.

XXII. 1. You must consider the Sinus, how the Matter may be be best discharged; if the Orifice be in the declining part, it is to be inlarged; but if the Sinus runs beneath downwards, it will be necessary to open a Hole in the declining and lowest part of the cavity or hollowness, (either by the Incision-knife or Caustick) that a way and passage may be made in a depending place, for the issuing forth of the Sanies, Pus, or Matter.

XXIII. But if the Sinus does run under considerable Vessels, Ar­teries, Veins, Nerves, or be in such a place where you cannot conve­niently or safely lay it open; you must then (say [...] [...]man) in­large the Orifice, [...] put the Member in such a position, as may dispose the Matter to flow forth, and by Compress and Bandage, contribute your en­deavours thereto.

XXIV. 2. That such a com­pressive Ligature be used, (to pre­vent the coming of a Fistula) which may begin from the bottom of the Wound or Ʋlcer, and end in the orifice thereof: this always provided, that by how much the nearer it comes to the Orifice, by so much the looser it may be.

XXV. 3. That, way being thus made for the discharge of the Mat­ter, the Ʋlcer is to be cleansed with Abstersives, according to the degree of its impurity: and that by reason of the foulness of these Sinuous Ulcers, the Spirit of Wine is very fit to be mixed with other Medicaments, because it has an excellent property and virtue, to cleanse and purify in such like cases.

XXVI. For truly great and admirable is the power and force of Aqua Vitae or Spirit of Wine, in cleansing sordid and foul Ulcers, in resisting of a new Flux of Matter, by strengthning of the Part now weakned by the disaffection; in glewing together the parts of the Ulcer disjoined or separated; in producing a soundness and firmness of the Flesh; and in disposing to a speedy healing, especially if the Affect be in Parts nervous and tendinous: so that there is scarcely any thing better for that purpose in the World.

XXVII. First of all (says Va­leriola) after Ʋniversals, and a special regard had to the whole Body, the Ʋlcer must be cleansed from its thin ichorous Excrements; without which it can neither be filled up with Flesh, nor agglu­tinated.

XXVIII. ℞ Broth of whole Barley lbii. Honey of Roses ℥vi. mix, and inject with a Syringe: it cleanses, without any sharpness; [Page 1059] but if Spirit of Wine ℥iv. be ad­ded to it, it will be so much the better.

XXIX. Wiseman says, the most usual Abstersives are, Ung. Apostolorum, Mundificativum Paracelsi, and Mund. ex Apio, especially being used with red Pre­cipitate.

XXX. If there is a necessity for Injections, you may cast in with a Syringe (says he) some of the following Liquors; (having a care not to stop the Orifice, lest you dilate the Sinus.)

XXXI. A milder Injection is this. ℞ Decoction of Barley, which mix with Syrup of dried Roses, or else with Honey of Roses. Or this, which is stronger. Take tops of lesser Centory, Agrimony, Horstail, Burnet, A. M. i. roots of round Birthwort, of Orrice, A. ℥ii. Myrrh, Sarcocol, A. ʒiii. Water lbii. boil and strain, and add thereto S.V. ℥iv. Honey of Roses q.s. mix them.

XXXII. But if the Ʋlcer is very deep, you must use strong Cleansers, by mixing with some of the former Injection a fit proportion of Ʋnguentum Aegy­ptiacum: and if then after 6. 8, or to days, these following things should do nothing, you may use this following of Vale­riola.

XXXIII. ℞ Raspings, or ra­ther the pouder of Guajacum, and and bark of the same in pouder, A. ℥ii. bark of Frankincense, Myrrh, Sarcocol, A. ℥ss. long Birthwort, Centory the less, Agrimony, Horse­tuil, Pimpernel, Olive-leaves, the greater Consound, Wormwood, A. M.i. pure Rod-wine lbiv. clarified Honey ℥iv. mix, and make a De­coction; and strain out for an Injection.

XXXIV. But at the very time of using it, add thereto of the best Aqua Vitae or S.V. ℥i. for every dose, or using, as oft as you administer the Decoction.

XXXV. But if together with the aforesaid Decoction, you add of the best Aqua Vitae, or S.V. lbii. and so distil them in a Glass-Alembick, in B.M. you will have from thence a most admirable Liquor; not only for cleansing all hollow and sordid Ulcers, but also for conglutinating, and closing them safely up; which we have frequently found (says Valeriola) by Experience.

XXXVI. So [...]ne cleanse with this. ℞ Wine (in which white Horehound, lesser Centory, flowers of Hypericon, Carduus Ben. Worm­wood have been infused) lbss. Unguentum Aegyptiacum ʒ ii. Honey of Roses ℥ss. mix for an Insection. You can scarcely de­vise more effectual Medicaments than these are, for the cleansing of a sinuous or cavernous Ulcer.

XXXVII. You may easily know when the Ʋlcer is sufficiently mun­dified; and that it is not yet clean, if the Quittor or Matter is either stinking, reddish, pale, blackish, or thin and water ish.

XXXVIII. But when the time is come, that it is thought sit to sid the Ʋlcer with Flesh, you may then make use of this next following Injection; the Virtues and Facul­ties of which are both mode­rately to cleanse; and also to fill up the cavity with Flesh, [Page 1060] and therefore may deservedly be called a Sarcotick Remedy.

XXXIX. ℞ Leaves of Plan­tan M. [...]i. of Agrimony, Betony, Cinkfoil, Herb. Robert A. M. i. of both Consounds, Ceterach, Horstail, Hypericon, Wormwood, A. M. ss. Water q.s. make a Decoction: at the end of the Decoction, add red Astringent Wine lbii. Red-roses, Mrrtle-leaves, whole Barley, A. P.ii. boil a little, and strain, of which take lbiv. and add there­to Bean-meal, Frankincense, Ma­stich, Myrrh Pine-Rosin, Sarcocol, r [...]und Birthwort root, A. ℥i. meal of [...]robus, Florentine-Orricè root, A. ℥ss. Honey of Roses ℥iv. mix, for an Injection.

XL. After the Injection, put in Tents (according to the hollow­ness) dipt in some Sarcotick Oint­ment, (as the Ointment of Lith­arge) and within the Ulcer apply this Sarcotick Pouder.

LX. ℞ Fine Aloes ℥i. Floren­tine-Orrice root, Frankincense, rind of the same Tree, Sarcocol, A. ℥ss. make a fine pouder, and mix them; with which fill up the hollow cavities of the Ulcer.

XLII. And withal, to encourage the Healing, you may foment the Ulcer and parts adjacent with the Decoction at Sect. 33. above; or with this, ℞ Cen­tory the less, Red-roses, A. M. i. Myrrh in pouder, ʒiii. Roch-Alum ℥i. boil all together in Red-Wine, then strain out for a Fomen­tātion.

XLIII. After these things are done, you may use this Epulotick-Injection following. ℞ Leaves of Plantan, green Pvy, Red-roses, A. P.i. Myrtle-berries, P.jss. leaves and flowers of Centory the less, A. M. ss. Roch-Alum ℥i. Pomgra­nate-peels ℥jss. Red-wine q.s. mix, and make a Decoction.

XLIV. And over all, you may lay Emplastr. de Minio, or Dia­palma, or Diapompholigos, or Our Emplastr. Album.

XLV. And lastly, in the curing of these great and hollow Ʋlcers, (says Valeriola) after the through cleansing of them, we found by good. Experience, that there was nothing better, nor more available for the Cure, than the applying of Pillows or Bolsters, a little thicker than ordinary, round about the said Ulcers; and so binding them hard on, strongly to press down upon the Flesh lying underneath, that the separated parts might touch one another: and Experience taught that agglutination was most ab­solutely procured thereby.

II. Of Dressing of these Ulcers.

XLVI. First, lay over the whole compass of the cavity Emplastrum Album, and then inject with a proper Syringe, your Abstersive Medicament blood-warm; for for the cleansing the Sanies or Sordes, and making the Ulcer sweet.

XLVII. And if the Excrements or Impurities be ichorous and thin, you may put in this Ointment, which has an admirable and excellent virtue, in speedily cleansing the Ulcer. ℞ Juice of Smallage lbss. (which is a famous thing in cleansing of foul Ulcers) of the best Honey ℥iv. Barley-flower ℥ii. Turpentine ℥jss. [Page 1061] meal of Orobus ℥ss. choice Myrrh ʒii. mix, boil all together, and make an Ointment. Linnen rags may be dipt herein, and put in­to the cavities of the Ulcer. It cleanses Ulcers excellently, with­out any biting at all.

XLVIII. Then put into the Ori­fice a Leaden Tent or Pipe; but let it be short, hollow, wider in the upper than in the lower part; and having broad lips turned out, that it may be kept from slipping in; and cover the Orifice and upper part of the Tent with Empl. Diapalm. cum Succis, or Empl. Album, or some such like, which let be snipt, to give way to the Matter which may flow out of the Ulcer.

XLIX. Above the Emplaster you may lay a piece of soft Spunge, moistned with the Decoction with which you dress the Ʋlcer, and wrung out, which will suck into it self the humidity, and keep the lips of the Orifice dry; and above the Spunge, you may lay a Pledget of fine Tow.

L. This done, Bolsters must be laid from the lower part of the cavity, or bottom of the Ʋlcer; over which a double soft linnen Cloth is to be put: and then you are to rowl it up, beginning the rowling at the bottom, where it must be somewhat streight, to press out the Pus or Matter, bring the Sides of the Ulcer to­gether, and procure agglutina­tion: but let not the Bandage be so hard as to be painful or trou [...]lesom, for that would dis­temper the Part.

LI. As you draw near to the Orifice in rowling, it must be some­what slack, that the Matter may have room easily to issue forth.

LII. You may dress it but every second or third day, unless much Sanies, Humidities and Impuri­ties flow forth: and when you do come to the dressing of it, first, loose the Rowler, the turning of which is about the Orifice, and so take away the Spunge and Emplaster, that you may come to cleanse the Ulcer.

LIII. Then observe, whether Nature is yet intending to agglu­tinate the parts; which you will easily know, by the Recrements issuing forth, their colour, con­sistence, and smell: and by the Ulcer it self, whether it is with, or without Pain, or any re­markable Tumor.

LIV. If the Matter is much, ill-colour'd, and stinking, and the Cavity is painful, and a manifest Tumor appears, you may be certain that there is no agglutination; then you must continue to dress the Ulcer in the following man­ner, 'till a perfect Unition is accomplished, which you may know by the Signs.

LV. If the Pus or Matter is but little in the Orifice, there is no Pain selt, and the Cavity is equal without Tumor, then you may conclude that the Agglutination is induced; and now you must come to the use of Epuloticks.

LVI. If after some time of Dressing, a thin, gleeting Matter shall yet appear, especially when the Ulcer is in or near Parts nervous, tendinous, membranous, or glandulous, you are not to despair, but to continue the Dressings on, 'till the Tone of [Page 1062] the parts hurt are in some mea­sure restored.

LVII. And as to the first Em­plaster which is laid over the whole Cavity it self, it is so often to be renewed, as it is souled with the Quittor, or leaves off sticking to the part.

LVIII. You are also to dress the Ʋlcer as seldom as may be: for often dressing lets in the cold Air, which is prejudicial to Ulcers, and hinders their uni­tion and healing.

LIX. And this is the manner of proceeding in these Sinuous Ʋlcers, if the Excrements have a way to flow from them: which will be, if the Orifice is in a depending Part, or lateral, the Cavity or Sinus being lateral also: for then, such a situation or posture may be ordered, as may farther the evacuation of the Excre­ments.

LX. But if by reason of the situation and figure of the Cavi­ty, the Ʋlcer cannot le dis­charged of its filth, then no Abs­tersion, Incarnation, or Agglu­tination can be expected, till that hinderance is removed, which is only to be do [...]e either by Incision or Caustick.

III. The Cure, by Opening the Sinus.

LXI. The Opening of a sinuous Ʋlcer is confidered in a twofold respect: 1. In opening the bottom of the Sinus only, when in a depending Part, it is lower­most. 2. The laying open all the whole cavity or cavities, when the nature and disposition of the Ulcer so requires it.

LXII. If the Cavity then is lower than the Orifice, whether directly or obliquely, tho' not very deep; or if it goes deep also, as it does in many sinuous Ulcers; or if it penetrates into the Brest, or Abdomen; or if the hollowness is very broad and capacious; or if it be in a great Joint; or where great Vessels, Nerves, and Tendons are: in all these cases, a new way must be made for the Matter, that it may be discharged downwards.

LXIII. This is done two ways: viz. either by Caustick, or In­cision.

LXIV. The Caustick is of use, 1. When the Patient is timorous or fearful. 2. When the Cavity is in a Part, wherein a great Scar may cause deformity. 3. When there may be fear of a great Flux of Blood. 4. When the Patient is sick also and weak.

LV. If the Sinus is in the upper side of a Part, apply Lapis Infer­nalis, for it mortifies soonest, deepest, and with the least pain; nor will it in such a place be so apt by running or spreading, to burn the adjacent parts, or cause a greater Wound than is intended.

LXVI. But if the Sinus is in the lower or under side of a Part, or in a Part depending; then use the white Caustick, made of strong Soap-Lye and unslaked Lime, which will not run.

LXVII. Some of our late Chir­urgeons use the Caustick-stone, by constant rubbing it on the Part, 'till it is mortified, and then it is opened with an Incision-knife: but this is not to be done, but [Page 1063] when the Skin is thin; because this rubbing gives far greater pain, than the application of it to the Part, being defended.

LXVIII. When the Escharotick has mortified all to the cavity or Sinus, then you must cause the Eschar to fall, by applying to it Ʋnguent, Dialthaeae, fresh Butter, Hogs-lard, or some such like thing; and when it is come off, a passage in the lower part will be made for the Matter: after which, you must proceed in the former Methods to compleat the Cure.

LXiX. But if the Patient has courage enough to endure it, you may use Incision, which is soonest done, is leis painful, and will sooner be cured: it may be performed either with the Incision-Knife, or with a Syringot [...]mos, as your reason shall direct you.

LXX. When you have made Incision, you may arm Dossels and Pledgets, with mundifying and drying Medicaments, such as this. ℞ Ʋnslakt Lime ʒijss. Aloes ʒii. Amber, Colophony, Scam­mony, A.℥jss. Catechu ʒi. make all into [...]ine pouder; mix this with the while and yolk of an Egg beaten together; bringing them to the consistency of an Ointment; which apply to the Incision, or filling it well, that the lips may be kept asunder.

LXXI. Open it not, 'till the end of the second day; for it will both digest the Wound, and dry the superflous humidities of the Ul­cer: after which you may go on with the Cure as before directed.

LXXII. But when the Sinus is near no great Joint, nor approximate to any great Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Tendons, or Glandules; or is not of an extravagant bigness, or like to bring a dangerous Hemorrhage, but lies on the middle of a Limb, or along a great Bone: in all these cases it will be the surest way to lay open the whole cavity the longest way, if it crosses not the Ductus of the Muscular Fibres: and this is done also, either by Caustick, or Incision, as is before declared.

LXXIII. The Cavities being laid open, the Ʋlcer is to be cleansed with Abstersives, as Oxymel­simple, or with Squills, Unguen. Apostolorum, Nicotianae, Aegy­ptiacum, or some of the other things before described in this Chapter: after which, you must apply Sarcoticks to Incarnate, and Epuloticks to compleat the Cicatrice.

LXXIV. If the Ʋlcer is from an Abscess within the Body, it will not be safe to use Injections, unless a way be found how to be let them out again: in such cases, you must see how you may give Vent to the Matter, for while that is wanting, there can be no hope of cleansing: but that being conveniently made, it may be kept open by a Cannula, or some such like thing; 'till Nature, thro' the help of Art, shall be disposed to heal the disaffected Viscera.

LXXV. But if these kinds of Ʋlcers prove-rebellious, and diffi­cult to be cured, you must pre­scribe some Traumatick Decoction, or some Decoction made of Guajacum and its bark, Sarsa­parilla, S [...]ssafras, Chin [...] root. [Page 1064] Burdock-roots, Agrimony, An­gelina, Avens, Bistort, Borrage, Bugloss, Comfrey, Consound, Golden-round, Horehound, Hy­pericon, Ladies-mantle, Sanicle, Solomons-seal, Tormentil, and other the like Vulnerary Herbs; the taking of which may be con­tinued for three Weeks or a Months time.

LXXVI. And then wash seve­ral times a day, with the Water of the Griffin, by injecting it in with a Syringe; and if the Ulcer is laid open, by washing it with a Spunge, and laying a piece of Sponge, or double Cloaths wet therewith, and keeping them still moist with the Water, this cures speedily, and it were to a Miracle when all other things fail.

CHAP. XIII. Of an ƲLCER with WORMS.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins Ul­cus cum Verminibus; we in Eng­lish call, An Ulcer with Worms.

II. The Causes. They are cau­sed from great Putrifaction; and foreshew a great declension in the state of the Ulcer, from a healthful habit of the Flesh, and parts about it.

III. But in some nasty People, where Flesh-flies can come at the Sore, they may be caused from Fly­blows, (which in the West Indies I have sometimes seen in Negroes Legs) if they proceed from this cause, the consequence is not so bad as the former.

IV. The Signs. As they are bred for the most part in Ʋlcers sordid, and foul; so if the Ulcer is large and wide, they are generally known by sight.

V. Or otherwise, if they cannot be seen, they are known by a biting pricking pain, and a sense of a kind of motion called motus undosus, a wave-like mo­tion; with a certain filthy stink.

VI. The Prognosticks. If they proceed from Fly-blows, there is simply no danger in them; but if from Sanies or Sordes, by reason the Ulcer had not been purged or cleansed for a long time, as it shews a great corruption and putrifaction; so it also declares the Ulcer to be of difficult care; and that the Tone of the Part is much depraved.

VII. The Cure. The Indications of Cure are twofold: 1. To take away and destroy the Worms. 2. To prevent and hinder the putridity of the Ulcer.

VIII. If the Worms lye open, or in an open Ʋlcer, so as to be plainly seen, they may be taken forth with Instruments, fitted for the same purpose: but some Authors laugh at this, thinking the pain in doing it will be great, and the labour fruitless; [Page 1065] for that possibly you may not be able to take out all; and if you should, yet you leave the corrupt humor, and putridinous heat behind, which bred them, and may also breed more.

IX. But as these Worms or Maggots are for the most part bred in hollow and sinuous Ʋlcers, so they lye hid, and cannot be seen, and for the most part stick so fast, that they cannot be drawn forth. These Worms then are first to be killed with Medicaments, which may also have a faculty of taking away the putridity, the corruptive heat, and the over­great humidity of the Part.

X. Such Simples as are good for killing Worms in Ʋlcers, we have enumerated in Chap. 2. Sect. 14. aforegoing of this Book; to which you may add these few fol­lowing: Aron-roots, Bearsfoot, Fetherfew, Fern-roots, Hellebor white, Hellebor black, Lupins in meal or decoction, Mugwort, Peach leaves and flowers, Quitch­grass, Scordium.

XI. All, or any of which you may use in Infusion, Decoction, Lixivium, Pouder, or Ointment, simple or compound, as the nature and quality of the Ʋlcer shall most require: among which, those things which shall be prepared from Bearsfoot, the Hellebors, To­bacco, Aloes, and Scammony, may be superior to all other Vegetable-medicaments whatso­ever.

XII. In the place afore-cited, from Sect. 15 to 20, we have given you several Compound-Medicaments for this purpose, of extraordinary effects: yet that we might not be wanting, you may also take these following Compounds; which have a power also of de­stroying the putridity, and dry­ing up the too great humidity.

XIII. To correct the Putri­dity. ℞ Centory the less, Hore­hound, Wormwood, A. M.i. Water q.s. boil and strain; and to lbi. add Honey, Aloes, A ℥ii. Ung. Aegyptiacum ʒiv.

XIV. Or this of Sennertus.Gentian-root ℥ss. white Helle­bor ʒii. Dittany, Centory the less, Wormwood, A. M. ss. Water q.s. boil, and strain: to lbi. thereof add Elixir Proprietatis ℥i. mix them.

XV. Or this of Riolanus, in Chirurg. de Ʋlcerib. cap. 8. Take, roots of white Hellebor, of Capers, of Gentian, and of white Dittany, A. ʒii. Centory the less, Calamint, Horehound, Scordium, Wormwood, A. M. ss. Water q.s. boil, and strain: in lbi. thereof dissolve Honey ℥ii. Aegyptiacum ℥i. with this he washt the Ulcer, and over it he laid Ʋng. Apostolorum.

XVI. Or, ℞ Ʋnslaked Lime q.v. extinguish it with Wine-Vinegar; and afterwards mix it well with Oil of Roses q.s. and make a Cataplasm.

XVII. Fallopius in Lib. de Ʋl­ceribus, cap. 2. advises to this, which may be used with a Tent that will reach the bottom. ℞ Ceruss, Polymountain, A. ℥ss. Tar q.s. mix, and make a Liniment.

XVIII. Or, ℞ Meal of Lu­pins ℥i. Bulls-gall ʒ vi. Elixir Proprietatis ʒv. Honey q.s. mix, and make a Liniment.

XIX. Fallopius his Aqua Alu­minis Magistralis is commended. [Page 1066]Plantan and Rose waters, A. lbi. Alum, Mercury sublimate, A. ʒii. the Ingredients being in pouder, mix, and dissolve in a glass Vessel in a Sand-heat, evaporating away one half of the Water: let it settle a Week, and decant the clear for use: when it is to be used, it is to be mixed with a double, triple, or quadruple quantity of Rose-water.

XX. To these things add, the Infusions of Crocus Metallorum, or of Vitrum Antimonii; the Ab­lution of Mercurius dulcis, and of Turpethum Minerale in Lime-water, or the Water of the Grissin, which is incomparable; so Vitriol of all sorts dissolved in fair Water, adding a little Spirit of Wine in which a little Cam­phir is dissolved.

XXI. But among Vegetables, scarcely any thing exceeds Tobacco; the Juice of the green, or the Decoction or Infusion of the dry; used by Injection, or Pled­gets dipt therein, and applied: to this add Ʋnguentum Nicotianae, either alone, or mixed with a little red Precipitate.

CHAP. XIV. Of an ƲLCER VARICOƲS.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Ulcus varicosum; we in English call, An Ulcer varicous, or, An Ulcer with a Varix.

II. We have already treated of Varix, as it is a Disease of it self, in Lib. 3. Cap. 16. of this Work aforegoing, so that no more need be said of that here: we are now only to consider an Ulcer, as being joined with it.

III. The Causes. What the causes of a Varix are, we have told you in the place cited; and also what the Causes of an Ulcer are, in Cap. 1. Sect. 24, ad 35; by joining of which together, you may find out the Cause of an Ulcer varicous.

IV. The Signs. They are also easily known by sight; by com­paring the signs of a Varix with the Signs of an Ulcer, as they are delivered in Cap. 1. Sect. 36, ad 52, of the Book aforegoing.

V. The Prognosticks. A Vari­cous Ʋlcer cannot be healed, unless the Varices be first of all healed; as Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 4. cap. 2. saith.

VI. And it is to be observed, that if the Varix be very great, that it is scarcely to be removed with the saving of Life; so very great is the danger of Death.

VII. And a Varix being ulce­rated by the acrimony of the Humor, thro' some Accident or Bruise, Wound, &c. then Pain, Inflam­mation, and Tumor may succeed.

VIII. The Cure. Wiseman says, The Cures of these Ʋlcers are [Page 1067] either Real, or Palliative; the Real or Perfect Cure is, the total cutting out of the Varix, as we have taught in Lib. 3. Chap. 16. Sect. 32, ad 44. from Paulus Aegineta, Cornelius Celsus, Avicen, and Wiseman.

IX. But this way (says Wise­man) has not been admitted a­mongst us; nor have I often seen a Varicous Ulcer could be cured by cutting off the Branch leading to the Ulcer, there being com­monly more Veins concerned in it.

X. The Palliative Cure consists (the necessary Purging and Bleeding having gone before) in dressing the Ʋlcer with Digestives and Deter­sives, according as the Ʋlcer is sanious or sordid: and while by good Bandage, or a laced Stockin, (if it is in the Leg) to repress the Humors impacted in the Part; by which Bandage, the lips of the Ulcer will be disposed to cicatrize with the Ulcer: but this lasts no longer than the laced Stockin shall be worn; from whence it is called a Palliative Cure.

XI. Some advise, that if a Varicous Ʋlcer contemns the ordi­nary means, to take up the Varix both above and below, and to open it between the Deligations, according to the Method of Hil­danus, in the place afore-cited, Sect. 45, ad 5., that the Blood may be discharged out of it; which is an Operation of no very great difficulty.

XII. And if in doing this there should be some unknown way (by some small branches of a Vein, which you had not before hand secured) for the Blood to fall into the Vein again, whereby an He­morrhage does succeed, you must stop it with Pulvis Astringens and the white of an Egg, or Pulvis Stypticus, or some such like thing, with sitting Ban­dage; the Swathband being also first wet in Oxycrate, or some Styptick Liquor; and then it is to be healed after the manner of an ordinary Wound.

XIII. An Observation. A Wo­man 54 Years old, had a varicous Ʋlcer on her right Leg, which was much swelled, and somewhat in­flamed. It was drest with Ʋng. Tutiae, and over it was applied Ʋnguent. Nutritum and Populeon mined together, which was rowled up with Compress and Bandage. A laced Stockin was provided against the next day, which was laced on, and the former Method of Dressing re­peated: from that day the pain ceased, the Humors were repres­sed by virtue of the Bandage, and the Ulceration cicatrized in ten or twelve days.

XIV. Another Man had Ʋlcers in the skin of his Legs in several places among Varices, without In­flammation, but towards night they swelled, and were painful. The Ulcers were drest with Ʋng. Diapompholigos, and rowled up: within a day or two laced Stoc­kins were put on, (the Ulcers being drest) with Compress un­der them upon the Ulcers, and pieces of Vellum were laid be­tween, to defend them from the wrincles of the Stockins: by wearing these, the Humors were restrained, and the Ulcers dis­posed to Cure; which, with [Page 1068] Epuloticks, (an Issue being made in each Leg) was effected in few days.

XV. Another. A Woman that had a Varicous Ʋlcer in her Breast, which would not cure; the Varix lying under the skin felt like net­work: it was hard, without inflama­tion or discolouring, and discharged a well-digested Matter out of the Nipple, and some small openings near it. The Ulcer was drest sometimes with Ʋng. Basilicon, sometimes with Ʋng. Tutiae and Empl. è Bolo, applied over the Breast, with Bandage to support it; and fine Tow sprinkled with Ceruss, was worn under the Axilla: by which means it was cured in about a Months time.

XVI. Another. A Woman had a sordid Varicous Ʋlcer in one of her Legs. Her Leg was fo­mented and drest, as in the former Observations, and by Bandage it was disposed for a laced Stockin. The Ulcers were dressed with Detersives, and with Compress and Bandage rowled moderately streight from the Foot to the Gartering: (for the Varix was from the Ham to the Ancle.) The Pituitous Humors impacted in the Part, thus rari­fied, and the Ulcer cleansed, the laced Stockin was put on, with Compress upon the Ulcer; which streightned the Blood in its passage, and represt the Hu­mors; and the lips of the Ulcer were made even, and cicatrized in a few Weeks, without either Purging or Bleeding, and the Leg reduced to its natural state. Wiseman, lib. 2. cap. 11. Ob­servat. 1, 2, 4, 5.

CHAP. XV. Of an ƲLCER CARIOƲS.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Ulcus cariosus; we in English call, An Ulcer carious; or, An Ulcer with foul­ness, or rottenness of the Bones.

II. The Causes. That the Bone which lyes underneath the Ʋlcer, is sometimes foul, and contracts a rottenness, Experience hath oftentimes confirmed: the cause, says Barbett) is either from a long flux of Humors, or from their acrimony and malignity, or from an occult quality, or from a contusion, some way hurting the Bone, or from the use of too sharp Medicines.

III. To these Causes, Sennertus adds, that it often happens from the French Disease, whose mali­gnity and poison makes the very Bones to become carious, the Skin sometimes remaining whole and sound.

IV. He also adds, that this Cariosity sometimes proceeds also from the nature and quality of the ambient Air, especially when it is [Page 1069] too cold; and another cause from an Incision with a sharp Instru­ment.

V. Other Authors resolve the Causes into External and Internal. The External Causes are, either too great Cold, which destroys the natural heat of the Bone; or too great Heat, which discus­sing the natural humidities, drys and corrupts the Bone.

VI. The Internal Causes are threefold. 1. A glutinous and superfluous humidity, which first softens, and then corrupts the Bone; oftentimes causing a distorsion of the Member, and a protube­rance of the Bone; and this many times not proceeding from any Venereal Cause.

VII. 2. A sharp and malign Humor or Matter, which by eroding the Periosteum, pierces the Bone, and presently corrupts it: and this happens most commonly in old and inveterate Ulcers. Nor is this a Wonder, since such a like sharp Humor, will corrupt and rot Teeth, and even eat them away, which are the hardest of all Bones.

VIII. 3. An occult quality in some particular Humor or Juice of a Part, as in the French Pox. For if it did with any manfest power corrupt the Bone, it would first have eroded the Flesh; as being most subject to, and sensible of any manifest quality: and operates here up­on its subject the Bones; just with a hidden property as the Loadstone draws Iron, and Am­ber Wheat-straws.

IX. Wiseman adds another Cause, which is from the mali­gnity of strumous Ulcers, near the Bones, where the malignity begins in the Bone it self.

X. The Signs. We consider the Signs, 1. Where the Bone does appear, and are manifest by sight. 2. Where the Bone does not appear, and must be known by conjecture.

XI. Where the Bones do appear, and lye open to sight, they at first appear of the colour of Fat, then yellow, afterwards black, and unequal; as Celsus says, lib. 8. cap. 2.

XII. The Bone may be bare of Flesh, and yet covered with a Viscous Matter; this being rub­bed off, the Bone appears either white, brown, or black: if the white is porous, the Caries may be deeper, and more dangerous, than if it were black and hard.

XIII. If also the Bone is felt with the Probe, it finds no re­sistance; or does not appear smooth, but rugged; if the Probe slip not, being guided to the Bone, the Periosteum must be gone; and so the Bone must be more or less corrupted, both from the external Air, and from the Pus or Matter fixing upon the Bone.

XIV. Where the Bones appear not, but lye hid, the conjectu­ral signs manifest the Cariosity. 1. If a Fistula, or cavernous Ʋlcer had preceded; or if the Ulcer had been of a long conti­nuance, being rebellious to pro­per Medicaments: for then the Bone may be thought to be carious, having been long, and much moistned, and made soft by the Matter.

XV. 2. If the ulcerated Flesh above, is loose, soft, and spongy, or [Page 1070] of a pale or livid colour: because when the Bone is carious, the Flesh is made soft and corrupt, that a Probe may be easily thrust thro' it.

XVI. 3. If a Tent or Pledget reaching to the Bone should stink the next day, when taken out, the Bone may well be suspected to be curious: so also if the Sanies or Matter flowing from the Ulcer be thin, and stinking, or much; being more than the largeness of the Ulcer should seem to afford.

XVII. 4. If the Ʋlcer will admit skinning, and often breaks out again, it is much feared that the Bone is foul: for an Humor still issuing from the cor­rupt Bone, causes a fresh Inflam­mation, which makes the Ulcer break out a new. Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 10. and Galen, in Com. sect. 6. aph. 45.

XVIII. 5. If the Matter is very fetid, and the Probe will penetrate into the Bone, it is then very much corrupted; and if the Matter does stink much, or is oily, it is a certain sign of rottenness.

XIX. Hippocrates, sect. 6. aph. 45. says, Si Ʋlcera annua, aut etium diusurniora fiant, Ossa corrumpi necesse est: and this is so much the more true, if they be nearer to a Bone, and the Flesh is lax, and white; and it is so made, says Sennertus, by the Sanies that sweats as it were out the Bone.

XX. The Prognosticks. Ʋl­cers with caries, or rottenness of the Bone, are of difficult cure; and are accounted by some, among the number of Ulcers cacoethick or malign.

XXI. No Ʋlcer can be cured, while the Bone remains foul; and if the Caries is near great Ar­teries, or in or about the Joints, especially the greater Joints, as the Shoulders, Elbows, Wrists, Knees or Ancles; or in the heads of the Muscles, or in Parts Nervous or Tendinous, the Ul­cer will not be easily cured.

XXII. Ʋlcers in the great Joints, as Elbow, Knees, Ancles, with cariosity of the Bone, and loss of the Cartilage, are for the most part incurable; because exciting vehement pain and watching, hurting the Stomach, and spoil­ing the concoction and digestion of their Food, they generally bring with them an incurable Marasmos.

XXIII. If any of the Vertebrae of the Spina Dorsi prove foul, the Cure is to be doubted of: for the substance of the Vertebrae being spungy and hollow, it will be affected: and as it is a difficult matter to apply Medicaments thereto, by reason of the Mu­scles placed above them; so it will be a hard matter to avoid the conjugations of Nerves, which spring from their trans­verse processes.

XXIV. Hippocrates, sect. 7. aph. 2. says, That if by reason of the corrupt and rotten Bone, the Flesh becomes blackish, and of a leaden colour, it presages much evil: and Galen, in his Com­ment on the same Aphorism, says, It signifies no small or mean distemper of the Bones, but an ex­traordinary corruption of them.

XXV. If the Sternum or Ribs in Ʋlcers of the Brest are foal, be not too hasty to undertake the Gure; [Page 1071] for the acrimony of the Pus or Matter may easily corrode and pierce thro' the Intercostal Mu­scles and the Pleura, and so lay the Vital Parts open to the Air; which in a short time will cause an extinction of the Natural Heat, and so induce Death.

XXVI. In either of the Bones above the Eyebrows, if the Cariosity passes the first Table, it will be very difficult to bring the Ʋlcer to a Ci­catrice: this is true in Wounds, where Solution of Unity is from an external Cause; much more in Ulcers, where the parts are eroded by an internal Humor, which is supplied from the dis­temperature of some Noble Part.

XXVII. The Cure. Besides the Indications of the Ʋlcer, the rot­tenness of the Bone shews the cor­rupted Part must be taken away, for what is dead, can by no means be again restored: in the Flesh it is called Sphacelus, Mortifica­tion; in the Bone Sapros, Caries, Rottenness.

XXVIII. The Ʋlcer is first to be wiped clean, the Bone (if it be yet covered) to be made bare, by cutting off the Flesh, ac­cording to the Part, and Ductus of the Fibres; not transverse, or cross-ways.

XXIX. But yet nevertheless, if there be the greater Arteries, or Veins, heads of Muscles, Nerves, or Tendons, Section or Cutting can­not be admitted: but in this case, the way is to be made, as much as may be, with Gentian or Rape root, or prepared Spunge, or Elder-pith, tenderly conveyed into the Ulcer: and the Flesh likewise which lyes upon the Bone, may, where it is safe to be done, be consumed with a Caustick, or Potential Cautery, or Cathereticks, neatly conveyed to the Part, that so the Bone be made bare.

XXX. If the Caries lies just under some considerable Artery, Vein, or Tendon, you are to consider whether you can remove it, without laying the Bone bare; because Na­ture, in some strong and health­ful habits of Body, is so prompt in the work, that she will easily do it, with some little as­sistance of Art.

XXXI. But if it is not well to be done, you are to consider the prejudice which may happen to the Patient in the Cutting of those Vessels, &c. comparing it with the good that may succeed thereupon, and so to proceed accordingly.

XXXII. Incision is not well to be made, if the Bones lye deep; or if not deep, if there are many Tendons above them; as in the Metacarpium, or upper distance between the Wrist and Fingers; and in the Metapedium, or Meta­tarsus, which are articulate with the Toes.

XXXIII. Exesion is done with Cathereticks, of which red Pre­cipitate and Turbith-mineral are best; and these are to be used where there is but little Flesh up­on the Bones: or with Cauteries Potential, as Lapis Infernalis, the White Caustick, the Silver Cau­stick, and other things of like nature, where the Flesh is thicker: they are of use in a Cariosity of the Cranium, Ʋlna, or Tibia; but they are not to [Page 1072] be applied where many Tendons or Nerves are, lest they should cause Convulsions thro' Pain, or deprive some Parts of their Motion.

XXXIV. The Bone being made bare, you must remove what is rotten of it, either by the help of Medicaments, or Chirurgery: and that by Chirurgery is perfor­med, 1. By Scraping, Paring, Rasping, or Boreing the Bone. 2. By the Actual Cautery.

I. Of Scaling the Bone by Medicaments.

XXXV. Desquamatoria, Me­dicaments Scaling the Bone, or which separate the corrupt part of it from the sound, ought to be very drying, and of a subtil and thin substance, that they may penetrate the Cariosity, and suck up the superfluous humidity in the corrupt Part, and dry the very Bone which is sound: that Nature being assisted and strengthned by such Desiccatives, she may cause the Bone to send forth of it self Flesh, or a Callus; which being increased, thrusts off the rotten Scales from the sound Bone, and so induces the Ulcer to a healing.

XXXVI. These Desquamatory Medicaments have three degrees of Strength: viz. 1. Mild, or gentle. 2. Stronger. 3. Strongest.

XXXVII. 1. Mild Desquama­tories. Blood dried, Bole-armeny, Catechu, Hog-Fennel roots, Guaja­cum Gum, Mummey, Myrrh, Orrice­roots, Pinetree-bark, Pomgranate­peels, Dragons-blood, Sarcocolla, Sumach, Sealed-earth, white Briony roots. These will serve, if the cariosity of the Bone is but su­perficial; and are to be used, where the habit of the Sick is soft and tender.

XXXVIII. 2. Stronger De­squamatories. Aloes, Alum, Aqua Vitae, Aron-roots, round Birthwort roots, Borax, Chrysocol mineral, Camphir, Dragon-roots, dross of Brass, Guajacum-bark; Oils Chy­mical of Juniper, of Lavender, of Limons, of Marjoram, of Oranges, of Origanum, of Penniroyal, of Rosemary, of Sage, of Savin, of Sassafras, of Turpentine, Pumice­stone burnt, Scammony, Spirit of Wine, Tobacco. These may be used when the Cariosity is some­what deep, and the Patient of a reasonable strong constitution of Body.

XXXIX. Strongest Desqua­matories. Euphorbium, Figtree­ashes, Lime unwasht, Oil of Cloves, Oil of Camphir, Oil of Pepper, Oil of Petre with Camphir, Oil of Sulphur, Oil of Salt, Oil of Vi­triol; Pastilli Andronis, Musae, & Polyidae, Salt of Tartar, Spirit of Nitre, Spirit of Salt, Sief de Plumbo, Tinctura exfolians; Vi­triol common, Hungarian, and Ro­man, calcin'd; Ung. Aegyptiacum, Verdigrise. These are to be used when the Cariosity is very deep, the Constitution very strong, and the Ulcer malign and rebel­lious: and when these are ap­plied, the fleshy Parts ought to be very well defended, lest much Pain, and Inflammation ensue.

XL. Of these last before-mentioned, Euphorbium is said to be chief, and is so accounted by Fallopius; and he writes, that [Page 1073] he himself never found any thing more excellent, or that would sooner take away the corrupted Bone; and Hildanus is of the same opinion.

XLI. Any of the former (which can be) may be reduced to pouder, and then mixed with Honey, Rosin, Wax, Ʋng. Aegyptiacum, or some such like, and so ap­plied in the form of a Liniment. Or you may make Compounds of them, according to the fol­lowing Examples.

XLII. Wiseman says, the Pou­ders may be mixed with Syrup of dried Roses, or Mel Rosatum; or they may be laid dry upon the Bone, with Dossels of Lint over them, to keep the lips of the Wound distended; or they may be used with S.V. or in the form of Injections.

XLIII. Sennertus his Pouder. ℞ Euphorbium in pouder ʒi. Mum­mey, Sarcocol, A. ʒss. each in pouder, mix them.

XLIV. An Injection, from Barbett.Juice of Celandine, S.V. A.℥ijss. Myrrh, Aloes, A. ʒii. white Vitriol ℈ii. mix, and make an Injection.

XLV. Another Pouder, from Sennertus.Roots of round Birthwort, of Briony, or Hog-fennel, of Florentine-Orrice, A. ʒi. Eu­phorbium ℈i. make a Pouder; which strew on the Bone.

XLVI. Take roots of round Birthwort, of Hog-fennel, of Orrice, A. ʒiv. Aloes, Myrrh, bark of the Pine, pouder of Earthworms, Agarick, Scammony, A.ʒii. scales of Brass, Euphorbium, A. ʒi. all being in pouder, with Honey of Roses, q.s. make a Liniment.

XLVII. A Pouder. ℞ Scam­mony, Tobacco, A. ʒii. Euphorbium ʒi. make each into a pouder, and mix them: or, ℞ Scammony, Tobacco, A.ʒii. Euphorbium ʒiss. Camphir ʒi. make a pouder, and mix them. Salmon.

XLVIII. ℞ Roots of Floren­tine Orrice, bark of Opopanax, and of the Pine, Myrrh, Aloes, scales of Brass, A. ʒii. make a Pouder, which mix with Honey, to a Lini­ment. Avicen.

XLIX. Wiseman's Injection.Roots of Comfrey, of Gentian, of the Birthworts, long and round, of Florentine-Orrice, A. ℥i. Balau­stians, Red-roses, Sumach, A. ℥ss. White-wine q.s. boil & strain: to lbii. of the Decoction add S.V. ℥ii. Honey of Roses, or Ung. Aegy­ptiacum q.s. mix them.

L. Sennertus his Oil. Take yellow Sulphur lbi. melt it by a gentle Fire, to which put pure Salt of Turtar lbss. in pouder: mix by continual stirring, 'till they are cold; then pouder, and put it into a Cellar or cold moist place, upon a Marble, to run per deliq. with this Oil you are to anoint the corrupted Bone.

LI. A Pouder of Fallopius. ℞ Roots of Hog-fennel, of Orrice, A. ℥ j. Euphorbium ʒ i. make a Pouder: it may be put upon the crums of new White-bread cut in thin pieces, and so applied to the corrupted Bone.

LII. A Tincture. ℞ Birthwort long and round, roots of Briony, of Hog-fennel, of Orrice A. ℥ss. Con­tory the less, Camphir, A. ʒ ij. Aloes, Euphorbium, Verdigrise, A ʒiss. S.V. q.s. mix, and extract a Tincture.

LIII. A Cerat, from Sennertus.Roots of Hog-fennel, of round Birthwort, Euphorbium, Opopanax, A. ʒss. Wax ℥ss. Turpentine ℥i. mix, and make a Cerat.

LIV. If Medicaments will not do, (which you may know in the space of 40 or 45 days; for Na­ture very slowly makes a separa­tion of the corrupted Bones from the sound) you must then have re­course unto Chirurgery; more especially if the corruption of the Bone is more deep, and not in the superficies.

II. Of Scaling the Bone by Scraping, Rasping, &c.

LV. If the Caries is in the greater Bones, and lyes deep, or is subject to the inflowing of Matter; the readiest way will be by Ma­nual Operation, viz. either by Instrument, or the Actual Cautery.

LVI. If you can easily come at the Bone to scrape it, as in the Cranium, that way will be most proper: and you are to scrape 'till you find it firm, and that you discern ruddiness in the Bone, and not only 'till it looks white, for that is the natural colour of the outward Cortex or Shell.

LVII. Yet in some it is frequently found porous and carious, whil'st it retains that colour; and if you do not rasp, scrape, or pare that away, the Callus will be slow in thrusting out, and putting off the rotten part: and if you do scrape it, the deeper you enter into it, the browner and softer the Bone will be.

LVIII. But you ought to be cau­tious in the Work, that you pene­trate not to the Marrow of the Bone; when possibly you need not take away more than the external Shell of it.

LIX. The Bone is to be scraped, (if the corruption of it is small) with an Instrument for that purpose, called the Scraping-Instrument: or, (if the corru­ption and foulness is great) by rasping it with a Raspatory, or by shaving, or paring it with a Chizel; or else by perforation of it with a Wimble, or Auger, or Terebellum.

LX. If you do it with the Chizel and Mallet (a Leaden one will be best) the Bone is then to be made smooth and even with a Raspa­tory: this being done, some of the aforegoing Medicaments, or some drying Sarcotick must be applied, according to the Con­stitution of the Patient, by which you ought to be guided.

III. Of Scaling the Bones by the Actual Cautery.

LXI. If the Caries is so deep, that it cannot be scrap'd, ra­sped, &c. you must come to the use of the Actual Cautery, to consume the rottenness, which is the chiefest Remedy for con­suming of all the excrementi­tious Humidity.

LXII. In order to this Work, if the Ʋlcer is narrow, you must pass it thro' a Cannula, fitted to go down thro' the Ʋlcer to the Bone; which Cannula or Pipe is to be covered with an Emplaster, or a Linnen Cloth pasted on, [Page 1075] and oiled, that it may pass in the more easily.

LXIII. And indeed, in applying these Cauteries, you ought to be cautious, lest you burn the Flesh that lyes near it; and it ought to be defended some way or other from the heat of the Fire. And if you use these Cannulae or Pipes, you ought to have several of them in a readiness, because they are subject to heat; or you must have a Bason of cold Water, to cool the Pipe, &c.

LXIV. The carious Bone being first cleansed from the filth or matter which is upon it, with armed Probes you are to place the Cannula upon it; and then pass the Actual Cautery down, thro' the Pipe to the Bone, so often 'till you have dried it; pulling out the Cannula after each heat, to cool or change it: by this means you will perform the Ope­ration, without burning the lips of the Ulcer.

LXV. According as the Bone is rotten, so the Humor will spurt out from it, upon the first application of the Cautery: but upon re­peating it, the Bone will be so dry, that you shall not hear it hiss; and you will also feel it firm.

LXVI. The Actual Cautery is not to be applied to Bones of the Head, lest the Brain should be inflanied: besides, in Ulcers of the Head, it often falls out, that both Tables of the Scull are foul; so that you will be forced to remove a great piece of the Cranium; which is to be per­formed with the Trepan, Head-law; &c.

LXVII. Nor is it to be applied to the Vertebrae of the Back (the Spine it self only excepted:) nor will the Sternon, or Ribs admit of the Cautery: the Heel-bone requires also great caution, be­cause it is soft, and rarely ex­foliates by rough handling.

LXVIII. The spongy Bones in Hands or Feet, are to be kept bare by Dossels, according to the length of the Caries: and if the whole Bone is corrupt, it will dry and separate from the Joints in time, and the Ulcer happily cure; but to hasten it, you may dry it with the Actual Cautery.

LXiX. But if the Bone be ca­rious only in one part, as in the middle, or at one end, you may nip it there in pieces with a a pair of Pincers, (to hasten the Cure) and dress it lightly with some of the lighter Desicca­tives; so in few days the Caries will cast off, and a Callus come on; and, (if the native heat is preserved) the two ends will be united, as in fractured Bones.

LXX. Now the chief Places to which the Actual Cautery may be applied, dre where Dilatation is only permitted, not Incision, or the Potential Cautery; and they are the back of the Hand, and top of the Foot, or Instep you may also safely apply it to the Ʋlna and Tibia, laid bare; and also to the Joints, if the Cartilages be foul, and way be made.

LXXI. This Practice Paraeus used, when he amputated one in the joint of the Elbow, and the Pa­tient found great ease and com­fort by the application of it See Paraeus, lib. 11. cap. 25.

LXXII. Lastly, this is to be observed, That the Actual Cautery is then chiefly required; 1. When a flux of superfluous Humors flow to the Bone, known in part by the moist and cold habit of the Body. 2. If after the ap­plication of Desquamatories, the Bone still appear soft and moist, not changing its colour.

LXXIII. There is one passage in Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 2. worthy to be recited. Igitur si caries alti descendit, per Terebram urgenda crebris foraminibus est, quae altit [...] dine [...]itium; aquent. Tum inoea foramina demittenda candentia Ferramenta sunt, donec inde siccum Os ex: toto fiat. Simul enim post haec & resolvetur ab inferiore Osse quodcunque [...]irtatum est, & is sinus: Carne replebitur; & Humor auts nullus passea feretur, aut mediocris. Sin autem nigritie est, aut si [...] ries ad al [...]eram quoque parteni Ossis transit, oportet excidi. Atque idem in carie quoque ad alter a [...] partem Ossis penetrante fieri potest [...] Sed quod torum vitiatum, totum eximendum est. Si inferior pars integra [...]st, eatenus quod corruptum est, excidi debet. Item sive Ca­piris, sive Pectoris Os, sive Costa cariosa est, inutilis vitio est, & excidendi necessitas est. If then the rottenness has descended deep, we ought with the Tere­bel or Wimble to make many holes, as deep as what is cor­rupted in the Bone. And then red-hot Irons are to be let down into those holes, so long 'till by this means the Bone is whole­ly dried. For withal, after this, both whatsoever is vitiated and corrupted will be loosned from the lower part of the Bone; and that Sinus or hollowness will be either none at all, or but very little. But if there is any blackness, or if the rottenness tuns, or spreads to some other part of the Bone, it ought then to be cut out. And this same thing may be done in a rotten­ness penetrating into some other part of the Bone. But that which is wholly vitiated, is all of it to be taken forth. If the inferior or lower part is whole and sound, then only so far as is corrupted, is to be cut off. Again, whether it be the Cra­nium, or the Sternum, or a Rib which is rotten, it will be made thereby totally uncapable to be restored to its soundness; for which reason, there will be a necessity of cutting it out.

IV. Of Dressing and Healing the Ulcer.

LXXIV. After the Scraping, Rasping, &c. of the Bone, Wise­man advises to the application of the milder sort of Sarcoticks, as this: ℞ Pure Turpentine ℥iv. Gum Elemi ℥ii. Pine-Rosin, Ma­stich, A. ʒvj. Frankincense, Sarco­col, A. ʒiij. mix them over the Fire. Apply it warm upon Lint, and in few days you will see the Flesh thrust forth in small Grains, which is Callus; and in a few days more, it will thrust off small Spells from the Bone you scraped.

LXXV. Where you can safely dilate the Ʋlcer, you ought to do it; and keep the Bone bare and dry, by filling it up with Dossels; [Page 1077] that the lips of the Ulcer grow not upon your Work; lest the Matter dropping from thence, should corrupt the sound Bone under them: for the Work of Exfoliation always begins from the sound edges.

LXXVI. After Cauterizing the Bone, Sennertus in the first place applies Rose-water in the white of an Egg, to prevent Inflamma­tion, and lessen the Pain: after­wards he applies Oil of Roses with the yolk of an Egg: and then after that, Butter with Mel Rosatum: but to the Bone it self, pouder of roots of Birth­wort and Hog-fennel mixt with Eupphorbium, or some other of the former Desquamatories, 'till the Bone scales.

LXXVII. Fallopius uses Pled­gets, moistned with Rose-water and the white of an Egg; to hinder Inflammation for some few Dressings: and he applies to the Bone Exfoliating Medicaments.

LXXVIII. Guido à Canliaco applies after the Cautery, Oil of Roses mixed with the white of an Egg for three days: and the same mixed with the yolk of an Egg for three other days: and after­wards Butter, mixed with Mel Rosatum; and above these some Abstersive, 'till the Bone scales. After which, he incamates and consolidates with Avicen's Pou­der, at Sect. 48. above.

LXXIX. Wiseman dresses (af­ter Cauterization) with the writes of Eggs, beaten with the mucilage of Quince-seeds; and the Ulcer and its lips with Ʋng. Refrigerans Galeni; over which and the neighbouring parts, he lays a Cerat of the same; and conti­nues this way of dressing, 'till the heat of Urine is mitiga­ted.

LXXX. Then if the lips are vesicated, he dresses them with Ʋng. Alhum, [...]riae, &c. and the Bone with milder Desquamato­ries or Exfoliatives, keeping the Ulcer open 'till the caute­rized Bones are cut off; after which he casts away [...]he Dossels, and with Incarnatives and Epu­loticks compleats the Cure.

CHAP. XVI. Of an ƲLCER CACOETHICK, or MALIGN.

I. WHAT the Greeks call, [...]. and the Latins, Ulcus cacoethe, & Ulcus malignum; we in English call, An Ulcer evilly disposed, or malignant.

II. This kind of Ʋlcer the Greeks call, [...]. and the Latins from them, Dysepulote; viz. an Ʋlcer, hard or difficult to be healed.

III. By some Authors, as Celsus, lib. 6. cap. 28. it is called Chironium; so also Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 26. calls this Ulcer both [Page 1078] Chironium, and Telephium: and these Terms are derived from Chiron, who first found out or instituted the way and method of Curing it; and from Tele­phus, the Person who was long affected or troubled with such an Ulcer.

IV. The Causes. The Antece­dent Cause Sennertus will have to be from Atra Bilis; or Melan­choly, having some Black Choler mixed with it. Others will have it to be from one or both those Humors, joined with malignity and virulency.

V. The Conjoined Cause of this rebellious Ʋlcer, is from the dis­temper of the ulcerated Part, or from an afflux of Humors flowing in: the afflux of Humors is also considered in a twofold re­spect: 1. As they are bad, and depraved in their quality. 2. As they are excessive in their quantity.

VI. The Signs. Such-like Ʋl­cers are known; for that they have their lips ill-coloured, and for the most part, they are red and itching; and altho' the Ulcer is never so gently wiped, it is with pain.

VII. The parts also round about it swell up, and the Ʋlcer is from day to day dilated, or grows wider: and not only the Skin, but the Flesh which lies under it, is eaten through.

VIII. The Prognosticks. This kind of Ʋlcer is always contuma­cious and rebellious; being very difficult to be cured, unless it be with extraordinary Medica­ments.

IX. And if the Humor which feeds or vexes the Ʋlcer, has got­ten into the habit of the Body, or that there is a habit of Breeding it; it will be difficult without regeneration, or totally altering of it, to reduce it to its natural constitution or state, or to hin­der or prevent its increase.

X. The Cure. This is scarcely to be accomplished, except the Cause be first removed, and the whole mass of Blood purified: (this more especially if the Ulcer has been of some years standing, or of a very long continuance.)

XI. And this must be done by manifold and continued Purging, continued Sweating, and a constant taking of some; traumatick Diet­drink; that so the Body may be emptied of all its vitious Humors, the Tone of the Viscera rectified, and the whole habit changed.

XII. Ʋniversals being thus pre­mised, Sennertus advises to things cooling, drying, and astringent; yet withal discussive, or mixt with Discussives: as Balaustians, Bram­ble-tops, Bistort, Cyprus-nuts, Cinkfoil, Frankincense-bark, Ma­stich, Nightshade, Plantan, Pom­granat-Peels, Ceruss, Lead burnt, Litharge, Minium, Mercury, or Quicksilver, Sulphur, Vermilion, Vitriol, Vitriol calcin'd.

XIII. To these may be added; Ʋng. Aegyptiacum, Fuscum Wur­tzii, Nicotian [...]e, Diapompholigos.; Empl. de Plumbo, de Min [...]o, Gri­seum, de Ranis cum Mercurio, vel Merculiale.

XIV. You may therefore first foment the Ulcer with this De­coction. Take Plantan-leaves M. i. Balaustians, Rea-rises, [Page 1079] Pomgranate-peels, A. ℥i. Myrtle­berries, Sumach, burnt Alum, A. ℥ss. Red-wine q.s. boil, and wash also the Ʋlcer therewith.

XV. The Ʋlcer being washed, lay over it Ung. Diapompholigos, or Ung. Album Camphoratum: or this,Tutty prepared, fine Bole, A. ℥ss. burnt Lead washed, Ceruss, A.℥i. juice of Plantan ℥jss. grind all in a leaden Mortar to to a Mass, adding Oil of Roses and Wax, as much as suffices to make it into an Ointment.

XVI. A Decoction of Oak-leaves, Alum, Frankincense, and Myrrh, is commended; imposing over all Empl. de Ranis cum Mercurio, in double or treble quantity: but nothing is equal to the Water of the Griffin.

XVII Other Authors, for dimi­nishing the Humor impacted in the Part, advise to do it by catheretick Medicaments; as the Pastilli or Trochisci Andronis, Polyidae, & Musae; the Preparations of which you may see in my Pharmacopoeia Londinensis, lib. 4. cap. 34. sect. 23.38. & 39. which being in pou­der may be mixed with Ʋng. Populeon, or some such-like Ointment.

XVIII. Or yon may use red Pre­cipitate, grownd and washed in a Lixivium of Pot-ashes; or the Princes Pouder; either of which may be mixed with some Sarco­tick Oiniment, to be used in Rheumatick Ulcers, and in ten­der Persons.

XIX. Or in stronger Bodies, you may take red Precipitate ℥ii. unwashed, and mixt with burnt Alum ʒi. it is fit to be applied in foul and stinking Ulcers; such as Herpes exedens, Phagedaena, and Nomae.

XX. Turpethum Minerale, while white and unmixt, is to be preferred before them all; yea if washt, it exceeds them; and is of mighty use in Vene­real and Malign Ulcers, as also in a Venereal Headach; it may be mixt with Paracelsus his Mun­dificative, ʒi. of the Turpethum, to ℥i. of the Ointment, and so applied: it may be used unwasht to strong Constitutions, but washt to such as are tender and delicate.

XXI. This Turpethum far sur­passeth corrosive Sublimate, or Arsenick; being more safe, and not so painful, or apt to cause Inflam­mations, or Symptomatick-Fevers. It may also be mixed, ʒii. with Alumen ustum ʒi. to evacuate the peccant Humor out of the Part affected, in such as have a firm and able Habit of Body: it may be mixed with Ʋnguentum Nicotianae.

XXII. The next Indication, is the Healing-up of the Ʋlcer; which has two Intentions: 1. To to fill up the Flesh, with proper Sarcotioks. 2. To cicatrize it with Epuloticks.

XXIII. As to the Sarcoticks, they should be such as dry strongly, but have no [...] Corrosive faculty; this of Paraeus, lib. 6. cap. 84. is good. ℞ Pine-bark ℥ss. Ce­russ, Tutty prepared, A.℥i. Oil of Roses, Sheeps-suet, A. ℥ii. Wax q.s. mix, and make and intment: if a little Saccharum Sarurm, or Minium, or Cinnabat be added, it will be more effectual.

XXIV. Or, ℞ Ʋag. Enulatum [Page 1080] cum Mercurio ℥i. flowers of Sul­phur ʒi. mix them. This Paraeus commends as a thing infalli­ble: but if you find the lips of the Ulcer to be more and eroded, you must be obliged to touch them with Spirit of Nitre, Spirit of Salt, Oil of Vitriol, or Oil of Sulphur; by which means, these Ulcers which seem incurable, are often cu­red.

XXV. Or you may use this. ℞ Juice of Tobacco ℥iv. yellow Wax, Gum Elemi, A. ℥ii. Turpen­tine, Pine-Rosin, Oil of Myrtles, A. ℥jss. boil to the consumption of the Juice, then add pouder of Tobacco ℥i and where occasion is, you may add to ℥i. of it, of red Precipitate, or yellow Turpethum Minerale ʒi.

XXVI. The Ʋlcer being filled up with Flesh, you must produce the Cicatrice with Epuloticks; among which Desiccativum Ru­brum, and Ʋng. de Minio, are commended.

XXVII. Lastly, Aquapendens, part. 2. lib. 1. cap. 28. advises to drinks every day Goats-milk; more especially if the Party is of a thin habit of Body, and in a Hectick-Fever or Consumption: or otherwise, a Decoction of Sursa­parillu; the Faculties of which, very few of the Chirurgick-Tribe are ignorant of, especially in the curing of malignant and creeping Ulcers.

CHAP. XVII. Of an ƲLCER PHAGEDENICK.

I. WHAT the Greeks call, [...]. and the Latins, Ulcus Phagedae­nicum; we in English call, A Pagedenick Uler, or, An Eating Ulcer.

II. The Kinds. This Ʋlcer is twofold: 1. That which the Greeks call, [...]; and the Latins, in imitation of them, Phagedaena; also Ʋlcus exedens: and we in English, The Eating, or Sprealing Ʋlcer. 2. Nomae, also Ʋlcus depascens, or the Can­cerous Ʋlcer; of which we shall treat in the next Chapter. This Phagedaena is derived [...]; ab Edendo, à [...], to Eat: so that it may well be called, An Eating Ʋlcer.

III. It is an Ʋlcer with a Tumor; for which reason, some Authors have accounted and treated of it among Tumors, as Galen de Tumoribus, cap. 14. But whereas there is always an Ul­cer joined with it, the more modern Authors (whom we here follow) think it more reasonable to be handled in the Discourse of Ulcers.

IV. The Differences. It dif­frain Herpes exedens; for that corrodes and eats up the Parts lying near round about it; but it corrodes and eats thro' the Skin [Page 1081] only: whereas Phagedaena is a deep and profound Ulcer; and does not eat only thro' the Skin, but even to the parts under­neath; eating thro' the Flesh also.

V. It differs also from Nomae, or the Cancerous Ʋlcer: for tho' that is an eating Ʋlcer also, yet it is an Ʋlcer with an eating or devouring putridness, creeping but slowly, and without any Tumor: whereas a Phagedaena is an Ulcer without any putridness, tho' abounding with matter; eating profoundly thro' the Flesh, and creeping to the parts adjacent lying round about it; and is always accompanied with a tu­mor about its lips, by which it is distinguished from Nomae.

VI. The Cause. It is caused generally from adust Choler or Melancholy, or else from yellow Choler with salt Phlegm, and a serous or wheyish Humor, mixt therewith: which Humor is not so thin, as to produce only an Herpes; nor yet so thick and malign, as to produce a Cancer.

VII. Now this Humor comes either from some Part affected with a hot and dry Distemper; or else it is made adust, by some pre­ternatural heat and driness in the Part affected.

VIII. Wiseman says, in a Caco­chimick Habit, an Herpes exe­dens often arises on the Nose and Face, from a small Pimple, or fiery Pustle; which being heated by scratching, or picking with their Nails, becomes at length corrosive; and from a Herpes exedens, becomes phagedenical: this by a farther exasperation, becomes cancerous: these (says he) differing, but only as the Humor becomes less or more sierce.

IX. The Signs. They are known by what was said in the Differences, at Sect. 4. and 5 above: but some­times the Ulcer takes its original from an Abscess in the Flesh; and sometimes it begins in the Skin, and after eats into the Flesh, spreading into the parts round about, and dissolving the Flesh in the bottom of the Ulcer.

X. And the Humor causing this Ʋlcer, by reason of its great abun­dance, fills the lips of the Ʋlcer, and causes a swelling to appear: but by reason of its acrimony and malignity, it frets, gnaws, or eats the parts adjacent which are sound.

XI. The Prognosticks. All these kinds of eating Ʋlcers are difficult to be cured; and if they happen in a Body of a hot and dry tem­perature, where the Aliment sent to the Part, (tho' it be good) is made sharp and corro­sive; they are so much the more hard of cure.

XII. They resist the force of ordinary Medicaments; which tho' they are applied to other Ulcers with good success, yet in this kind of Ulcer they be­come utterly ineffectual.

XIII. If this Ʋlcer happens in a cacochyn ick habit habit of Body, it is yet more rebellious: and here the Constitution of the Body must be altered, before this Evil can be cured, which is a matter of very great difficulty.

XIV. If it happens in decrepit Age, or in such as are in a Hectick [Page 1082] Consumption, where the natural heat, and radical moisture are almost spent, and only acrid and salt Humors abound, the Ulcer then will scarcely admit of any cure at all.

XV. If it happens from the French-Pox, it is cured by Speci­ficks for that Disease: but if it comes from either Causes, so (says Wiseman) it is extream difficult, and does frequently terminate Cancerous.

XVI. The Cure. There are two chief Indications of Cure: 1. To remove the Antecedent Cause. 2. To destroy the Con­joined Cause.

XVII. The Cause Antecedent is removed, 1. By Purging; which you may do, first, by Emeticks, if the Stomach is foul, and the strength of the Body will bear it; and that may be done with Wine-Vinegar, or Honey, or Oxymel of Squills, or with Tartar Emetick, or Infusion of Crocus Metall. or Vinum Antimoniale, or some other Antimonial Emetick.

XVIII. Secondly, by Purgation, which may be done with an Infu­sion of Sena and Rubarb, Syrupus Catharticus, Pulvis Catharticus, Tinctura Purgans, Pilulae Cathar­ticae, Family Pills, Pulvis Corna­chini; or some Mercurial Purge made with up Princes Pouder, white Precipitate, Turbith Mine­ral, &c. suited according to the Constitution.

XIX. 2. By Diet or Wound Drinks, which are to be made of Decoction; of Guajacum, Sarsa, China, Tormentil, Bistort, Bur­dock, and Comfrey roots; to which Vulneraries, as Agrimony Angelica, Avens, Betony, Bawm Hypericon, Ladies-mantle, Sani­cle, Solomons-seal, Wound­wort, &c. may be added.

XX. If the Humor flows to the Ʋlcer in any great quantity, it is to be diverted by Revulsion, Deri­vation, and Interception, if it is possible. Some commend the Pur­ging with Confectio Hamech, à ℈i. ad ʒss. mixed with Mercurius dulcis, à gr. 12 ad 24. and this to be repeated twice a Week.

XXI. The second Indication of Cure is to destroy the Conjoined Cause, which is done by Topicks. The virulent Humor affecting the Ulcer requires (says Wise­man) to be dried up; and the Intemperies to be corrected. But because these Ulcers differ much one from another in their cor­rosive qualities, according to the different habits of Body, the Medicaments therefore must accordingly vary.

XXI. If the Ʋlcer wants Dige­stion, Digestives must be applied, before any thing else can possibly be done: for Digestion has a kind of Fermentative Power, by which it alters and changes the nature of the acrimonious and corrosive Humor, destroying its property, at least making it more mild and gentle.

XXIII. Then, if the Intempe­ries is hot, your applications are to be cold, with some little Astringency, as Ung. Tutiae, è Plumbo, de Calce, de Lithargyro: or you may apply Ung. Populeon, mixed with Album Camphora­tum, in equal quantities.

XXIV. If these things will not do, or answer expectation, you [Page 1083] must proceed to stronger: but by the Authority of the Ancients, you ought to scarify these Ul­ters, or some-ways provoke them to bleed; that the sharp Blood and Humors may be there­by discharged.

XXV. Aegineta has this Pou­der. ℞ Ʋnslakt Lime, Chalci­tis, or Vitriol, A. ʒii. Auripig­mentum ʒ i. make all into a pouder. ℞ Unguen. Nicotianae (of Our Prescription) ℥i. of the former Pouder ℥ii. mix them, and apply it.

XXVI. You may wash with the Water of the Griffin, which is a most admirable thing; or with some drying Medicaments, which may repress the afflux of Humors; as Aqua Calcis, Aeruginosa, Alu­minosa, or a Decoction of Plan­tan, Horstail, Bramble-tops, Ba­laustians, Red-roses, Cyprus-Nuts, Galls, &c. made in Smiths-Forge-Water, or Red-wine, q.s.

XXVII. After which, the Ulcer may be sprinkled with pouders of Tutia, burnt Harts-horn, burnt Ivory, and Oister-shells, Pom­granate-peels, Catechu: or they may be mixed with Ointments.

XXVIII. ℞ Ung. Diapom­pholigos ℥iii. fine Bole, Sanguis draconis, Balaustians, A.℥ss. Oil of Roses, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment; which apply with Compress wet, and wrung out of some Astringent Decoction, over all.

XXIX. The Ʋlcer thus drest, is not to be opened again in three or four days: for the tempera­ment of the Part being weak, the frequent exposing it to the Air, renders it more weak, and the Medicaments less ef­fectual.

XXX. To this purpose Galen, Comp. Med. cap. 4. upon the Me­dicament of Asclepiades, has these words: For unless the Me­dicament shall stick somewhat long upon the Skin, it effects but little or nothing; which most Physi­cians are ignorant of.

XXXI. And the truth is (says Sennertus) there is commonly a great Error committed in this very point, whilst they think that to be the best course, to wash the Ʋlcer three or four times a day; when that the Medicament does act nothing at all, unless by the native Heat it is drawn forth into act: and in regard that in long continued Ulcers, the heat of the affected Part is very weak, it needs much time therefore to excite and draw forth the strength and virtue of the Me­dicine.

XXXII. For which reason, the Medicament ought to be kept sticking upon the Part for a long while; nor is its action to be disturbed, for that the virtue and strength thereof is not in a little while to be drawn forth by the heat of the Part af­fected; for which reason, no new or fresh Medicament is pre­sently to be applied: yet if the Humor is very sharp, it is the oftner to be wiped away; lest lying in the ulcerated Part, it should more and more corrupt the same.

XXXIII. Or you may apply Ung. Fascum Wurtzii, Ung. Ni­cotianae Nostr. or some such like; 'till the Ʋlcer ceases sprending, [Page 1084] appears red, is cleansed, and is in a good condition; then you may heal it up with Sarcoticks and Epuloticks, as is usual in other Ulcers.

CHAP. XVIII. Of an ƲLCER CANCEROVS.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...], pl. [...], (Ulcus & Ulcera quae in Cancrum ver­gunt:) also [...], pl. [...], (Ulcus, & Ulcera serpentia, quae depascunt:) and [...], pl. [...]; (Ul­cus & Ulcera, quae sunt ejusdem naturae seu qualitatis, ut depa­scunt;) and the Latins Nome, pl. Nomae; also Ulcus depascens, pl. Ulcera depascentia: we in English call, Consuming, feeding, or cating Ulcer or Ulcers; also Cancerous Ulcer or Ulcers; be­cause they eat like a Cancer ul­cerated.

II. The Kinds. Some Authors will have Nome to be the only Cancerous Ʋlcer; others add also Lupus, the Wolf; and Noli me tangere.

III. Nome is a corrosive or eating Ʋlcer, without any tumor in the lips; conjoined with ma­lignity, and putrefaction of the Part, and feeding deeply upon the adjacent sound parts, almost after the manner of a Cancer ulcerated.

IV. Lupus is a most stinking, malign, putrid, and cancerous Ʋlcer; in the Arms, Sides, Loins, Hips, Thighs, Legs, or any brawny, or very fleshy Part.

V. Noli me tangere, is a ma­lign, putrid, and cancerous Ʋlcer in the Nose and Face, rebellious, and many times very painful, not much differing from Lupus, but in the place or situation thereof: of these two latter, as they are Tumors, we have already treated in Lib. 3. cap. 34. sect. 31. ad 53. Here we shall a little more consider them, as special kinds of Ulcers.

VI. The Differences. Nome is an eating or devouring putrid­ness, yet an Ʋlcer which creeps but slowly; and differs from Pha­gedaena, because it eats with great putrefaction, moving for­wards from the diseased and unsound parts, to those which are whole and sound; adding to them malign matter, from the unsound: so that its nature arises not from the substance of the thing declared, but from the matter accessary, which is to feed; as Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 5. cap. 4. does demonstrate.

VII. It is distinguished also from Phagedaena; for that as Phage­daena is always with a Tumor, and the corrosion is only from a a malign quality, and acrimony of Humors; whereby it eats thro' the [Page 1085] parts and flesh lying underneath, and that are about it: so Nome is always without a tumor, and the corrosion which eats deeply and profoundly, (tho' slowly) is from a certain putrified Hu­mor, &c.

VIII. It differs also from Her­pes exedens; for as that is only a corrosion in the Skin, without putrifaction; so this is a cor­rosion in and thro' the Skin, but deeply into the substance of the Flesh also, with putrifaction.

IX. The Causes. The Causes of all these proceed from vitious and malign Humors abounding in the Body, exalted to such a de­gree of acrimony as may cause putrefaction; partly from sim­ple Choler or salt Phlegm mixed with Atra Bilis, and so dispersed thro' the whole habit of the Body.

X. Chymists will have them to proceed from an Arsenical Sulphur, separated from the Natural Bal­sam, or Juices replenishing the Body, and sent or directed to the Part affected. And indeed, an Arsenical quality best represents the nature of these kinds of Ul­cers: for truly like Arsenick, the Humors here protruded, are of a putrifactive quality.

XI. The Signs. These Ʋlcers are known by sight; partly from their kinds and differences, and partly from the situation, or place which they affect, being accompanied with putrifaction and eating.

XII. Nome eats deepest into the Flesh; the other are more superficial, and are sometimes Ulcers upon a Sarcoma, or ex­crescence of superfluous Flesh, which sometimes eat more, some­times less.

XIII. The Prognosticks. These, like all other eating Ʋlcers, are very hard to be cured: and if they happen in a Body Cacochymi­cal, they are seldom healed, but last for the most part during the Patient's whole life.

XIV. If they be with an afflux of Humors, or near any principal Vein, Artery, Nerve, or Tendon, they are not only so much the more difficult to cure, but also so much the more dangerous.

XV. If they happen to such as are in Consumptions, or are He­ctick, or Asthmatical, they are of evil consequence, and for the most part kill the Patient; by draining away the remaining part of the Radical Moisture which ought to support Nature.

XVI. The Cure. All these re­ceive much one and the same Me­thod of Cure; and the same Medicines which are generally good for one, good for the other also.

XVII. The gentler means, and such as we have prescribed in the former Chapter, are first to be at­tempted, because sometimes they may prevail: but if those things do no good, as it oftentimes falls out, we must be constrained to come to the use of stronger Remedies.

XVIII. This Pouder is com­mended in a Nome.White Vitriol ℥jss. Crocus Martis ℥vj. Galls ℥ix. make all into a fine pouder, which mix with some convenient Ointment, as Ʋng-Nicotianae.

XIX. Or this. ℞ Ʋnslakt [Page 1086] Lime, Orpiment; white Vitriol, A. ℥i. Catechu, Galls, Pomgra­nate-peels, round Birthwort roots, Tobacco, Alum burnt, Saccharum Saturni, A. ℥ ss. burnt Brass, Crocus Martis, Lead calcin'd, A. ʒvi. make all into a fine pouder, and mix it with clarified Honey q.s. and make a Liniment.

XX. Or, ℞ An Infusion (of Balaustians, Birthwort-roots, Car­dus Ben. Centory the less, Cate­chu, Galls, Germander, Pomgra­nate-peels, Scordium, Southern­wood, Wormwood) in Vinegar ℥viii. purified Verdigrise ℥iv. Honey ℥xiv. mix, and boil to a consistency.

XXI. Wiseman says, you must use Detersives made of Ʋnguen. Aeg [...]ptiacum, red Precipitate, Troch. Andronis, Musae; also Causticks, and sometimes the Actual Cautery.

XXII. To these Applications, Objections (says he) have been made: but if drying Medica­ments without erosion will do no good, you must then come to stronger: and where the putrefaction is great, you will find it necessary to use the strongest kinds, as the Actual Cautery, it not being only of use to remove the corrosive Flesh, but to check the mali­gnity, and strengthen the weak­ned part.

XXIII. But where the Patient will not admit of that, you must use Causticks, the parts about being in the mean season defended with Refrigerants: after sepa­ration of the Eschar, and cor­rupt Flesh, the Ulcer is to be healed up with Sarcoticks and Epuloticks, as is usual.

II. Of Lupus, the Wolf.

XXIV. Tho' when other things fail, the former Directions may serve in the Cure of this Ʋlcer; yet some things Country-people have observed; that the appli­cation of raw Flesh, as of Hen, Chicken, Pigeon, Dog, Whelp, Kitling; raw Beef, Mutton, Lamb, or Veal, being laid to in slices, allays the fury of the Difease, abates the malignty, and stops the eating quality.

XXV. Others apply this up­on Pledgets of Lint. Take burnt Lead, Tutty, Prankincense, A.℥iv. Wormwood in pouder, Wax, A.℥jss. Oil of Roses ℥vi. juice of Night­shade q.s. mix, and grind in a leaden Mortar, to the consistence of an Ointment.

XXVI. Juice of Nightshade is wonderfully commended; and it will be so much the more powerful, if Catechu and Saccharum Saturni be dissolved in it; the juice of Tobacco has also the same effect: a double or fourfold linnen Cloth may be dipt in them, and applied, and over that a Pledget of Tow, or piece of Spunge dipt in the same Liquor: Camphir dissolved in a little S.V. may also be mixt with them.

XXVII. Or you may lay over a green Tobacco-leaf, two or three of them, one over another; be­cause they may be apt to dry; and dress it with them twice a day.

XXVIII. Or, Take Honey of Mullein ℥ii. Oil of Mace or Nut­megs ℥i. Catechu ℥ss. Pomgranate­peels [Page 1087] ʒii. Minium ʒi. mix them.

XXIX. Or this of Fallopius. Take Oil of Roses, Oil-omphacin, A. ℥vi. Oil of Myrtles, Ung. Po­puleum, A. ℥iii. leaves of Night­shade and Plantan, A. M.ii. beat them well; boil all with a gentle Fire to the consumption of the Juice: strain, and add thereto Wax ℥iv. which melt, and taking it from the Fire, whilst hot, add moreover, Litharge ℥vi. Ceruss ℥ii. burnt Lead, Tutty, A. ʒijss. grind all together in a leaden Mortar for two Hours.

III. Of Noli me tangere.

XXX. Some commend the Sub­limate of white Arsenick, because it mortifies in one day Can­cers, Fistula's, Nomae, and other strange and malign Ulcers, ap­plying round about Defensatives.

XXXI. Some commend this Experiment. Take Salt M. i. Sorrel M. viii. beat them well together in a Mortar, to which put Water enough to cover it three Inches over; boil to the consum­ption of half: strain, and add thereto burnt Alum ʒiii. white Vitrol in pouder ʒi. dissolve, and wash there-with, twice a day.

XXXII. Or you may apply Ʋng. de Lithargyro, de Minio, de Tutia, Desiccativum, and other things of like nature, which are only to be used as Palliatives; tho' yet sometimes they have cured.

XXXIII. I commend upon my Own knowledge, Ung. Nicotianae made after my Prescription: the juice of Tobacco, Scammony in pouder, and Euphorbium, which scarcely bites at all in an Ulcer.

XXXIV. This is commended by some. Take Cow-dung lbiv. green Tobacco, or the dry; Housleek, Henbane, Hemlock, Mandrake, Nightshade, Plantan, Purslan, A. M.i. beat all together, with twenty River-crabs; which done, either press out the Juice and use it; or distil a Water there-from in a Pewter Still, mixing there­with Camphir ʒiii. dissolved in S.V. dip Cloths therein, and frequently apply them.

XXXV. And not only in Noli me tangere, but also in Lupus and Nome, and indeed in all kinds of malign and inveterate Vlcers, we commend the use of the Water of the Griffin; than which possibly there is nothing more excellent in Nature, it being able to do more than all other things.

XXXVI. Lastly, this following Diet, to be given inwardly (is not to be forgotten) in all these kinds of Ulcers, since Ex­perience has confirmed its effi­cacy and power. ℞ Betony, Fennel, Sanicle, Wintergreen, A. M. iii. Fluellin or Pauls Betony, M. vi. Album Graecum ℥iv. cut, bruise, and put them into a Bag with a Stone in it, which put into four Gallons of new Ale or Beer; let them stand three or four days, and then add volatil Sal Armo­niack ℥iv. of this let the Patient take a Draught, Morning, Noon, and Night.

XXXVII. If Noli me tan­gere be in the Lip, and it has not eroded very wide, or spread much, it may be cured by [Page 1088] cutting out, after the manner of a Hare-lip, and that with very little deformity. See Lib. 3. Cap. 34. Sect. 31. ad 53. of this Work aforeging.

CHAP. XIX. Of an ƲLCER by BƲRNING or SCALDIING.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Ulcus ab ustione, vel Ulcus perustum; we in Eng­lish call, An Ulcer by Burning; whether it is made by the naked Fire, or by Scalding with Water, Oil, Pitch, Tar, Lead, &c.

II. It is an ulcerated solution of Continuity made by Fire, or other very hot things; wherein the Skin is sometimes burnt and exulcerated, and sometimes the Flesh, with the Vessels, Nerves, Tendons, &c.

III. The Causes are manifest; the Signs by which it is known are; 1. An Eschar, where it is not faln off. 2. An Ʋlcer aboun­ding with Matter, where it is faln off.

IV. The Prognosticks. If it is small, and in a bealthy body, it is easily cured: if great and deep, it commonly leaves Scars behind it.

V. If it penetrates into the great Vessels, it generally produces a Gangren: if it pierces to the Intestines, it is incurable: if it is from Lightning, it is for the most part mortal.

VI. If it is in the Groins; or the Eyes, it is very dangerous: and if a hairy part is burnt, the Hair never grows again there, but the place remains bald:

VII. The Cure. If the Fire is not out, you must endeavour to take that out; which done, you may come to the cleansing and healing of the Ulcer by Topicks.

VIII. Our Ointment of Tobacco, we commend as most admirable thing: it is excellent in the greatest and a most desperate Burnings.

IX. If there are Blisters, they must be cut and opened, that the hot and sharp Humor may flow forth; and then this Ointment may be applied. ℞ Ung. Basi­licon, Oil of Roses, or of Hyperi­con, A. ℥i. yolks of Eggs No ii. mix them.

X. Or this: ℞ Fresh Butter, Hens-grease, A. ℥i. Oil of Lil­lies, Mucilages of Fleawort and Quince-seeds, Wax, A. ℥ss. Cam­phir ʒ ii. Saccharum Saturni, Saffron, A. ʒi. mix them.

XI. If you please, instead of the mucilages of Fleawort and of Quince-seeds; you may use Barley, or Wheat, or Oatmeal flower.

XII. If the Pain be very great, you must alleviate it with this Defensative. Take Oil of Roses ℥ii. white Wax ℥i. Camphir ʒi. Barley meal or flower, q.s. mix them.

XIII. Or this. Take fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Ceruss, Catechu, Pomgranate-peels, Red-roses, A. ℥ss. Wax ℥ii. Oil of Roses ℥iv. in which let Camphir ʒii. be dis­solved: moisten the Pouder with â little Vinegar, then mix with them the melted Wax and Oil of Roses.

XIV. To take out the Fire, and ease the Pain, a Cataplasm made of Onions, Rue, and Mithridate, is much is commended.

XV. If the Patient is in such violent pain that he cannot sleep, add to either of the former Ointments Opium, à ʒss. ad ʒi. dissolved in S.V. or Vinegar: and use Rowlers dipt in Oxy­crate, or in a Pickle made with Water, Vinegar, and Salt, (if the Part is capable of Bandage) it will excellently repress the flux of Humors, ease the Pain, and draw out the Fire.

XVI. If there is an Eschar, it is speedily to be removed with an Incision-knife; and this Oint­ment following may be applied. Take Oil of Roses, fresh Butter, Hogs-lard, A. ℥i. yolks of two Eggs: mix them.

XVII. Defensatives are not here so convenient, especially, if there is danger of a Gangrene, because they are apt to hinder tran­spiration.

XVIII. This of Guilielmus Fa­bricius, is good. Take Diachal­citeos ℥ii. Hens and Goose grease, A. ℥ss. melt them together, and and add burnt Alum, burnt Lead, Litharge, Lapis Calaminaris, A. ʒi. grind all together in a Leaden Mortar: add mucilages of Flea­wort and Fenugreek seed, A. q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.

XIX. You must labour that the Eschar may be removed the first or second day: if it cannot be by the former Applications, then you must cut it in divers places, with an Incision-knife, that so a passage may be made for the issuing forth of the Humor, and admission of Medicaments to the Affect, such as those at Sect. 15. and 17. aforegoing.

XX. Now when the Eschar which was burnt shall be separated, the Ʋlcer is to be cleansed; and after that, you are with Sarco­ticks to incarnate, and with Epuloticks to cicatrize; as we have before directed, in the Cure of other Ulcers.

XXI. Yet you are to take care, that those things which you order in respect of skinning the Sore, be not over-dry; lest the Cicatrice be rough, deformed, or unsightly.

XXII. Some will have Burn­ings, &c. to be Ʋlcers; others, (because of their immediate Con­stitution) to be Wounds: the matter is not great which you take them to be; at first doubt­less they are Wounds, after­wards they prove Ulcers: so in respect of the first Consideration we handled them under the Title of Wounds; where we have largely considered them under many Heads; for which Reason we have been very brief [Page 1090] here: and therefore request you to supply what is wanting in this place, from the Matter declared there; which you may find in Lib: 4. Cap. 24. afore­going.

CHAP. XX. Of an ƲLCER FISTƲLOƲS, or, of a FISTƲLA.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Fistula ille morbus, & Ulcus fistulosum we in English call purely, A Fistula, Fistulous Ulcer, or, An Ulcer fistulated.

II. The Definition. It is a sinuous or hollow Ʋlcer, which is narrow, with a callosity or bardness in the inner side of the parts; suffering a solution of Ʋnity, and yielding a stinking and virulent Humor.

III. The Differences. It dif­fers from a sinuous Ʋlcer only in this, that the sides are callous: whereas a sinuous Ulcer is totally without callosity.

IV. This Callus, is a thick and infensible heaviness; and it many times becomes so hard, that the sides can by no manner of means be agglutinated or united.

V. Fistula's also differ among themselves; some of them proceed from an Apostem, some from a simple Ʋlcer, from the Parts af­fected: some are in Fleshy Parts, others in Tendinous, or in the Bones or Joints: and some enter into the Cavities of the Brest or Belly.

VI. They differ also in their magnitude; for some are greater, some lesser: in their Conti­nuance; for some are inveterate, others recent: in their Figure; for some are streight and nar­row, and some deep or shallow; others are winding, or capa­cious: in the Number of their Sinus's; for some have but one Sinus; others two, or three, or more; which are also either strait or winding, and many times penetrate to the Bone.

VII. The Causes. Wiseman says, the Callus is hastned, (or made) by the transpiration and resolution of the thin and subtil Humors, and the incrassation of the more pituitous: by the con­gestion of which, a long Pipe of (hardned or brawny) Skin is made, which branches it self inwards from the Orifice, quite thro' all the Cavities of the Ulcer.

VIII. Sennertus says, that Fi­stula's have their original Causes for the most part from Apostems; in which, either by the impurity of the Body, or the too great abundance of the evil Humor, being long contained, a Callus is bred.

IX. Or, they may be caused from the unkilfulness of the Artist, not applying proper Medicaments, or delaying the Cure; whereby the Pus, from its corrosiveness, and long detention, makes as it were Coney-burrows, 'till they become at length very deep, and withal callous, of an insen­sible brawney hardness.

X. They are said to proceed also from Flegm, or adust Melancholy, degenerating into a fetid and virulent Humor.

XI. The Signs. The edges of a Fistula are white and hard, having little or no pain; and in­deed the whole Fistula is gene­rally void of pain, unless it be in a Joint, or near to, or touches a Nerve, Tendon, or Membrane.

XII. The Pathognomick Signs of a Fistula are taken from its essence; being of a Pipe-like figure, with callosity.

XIII. The Accidental Signs are taken from the differences: if the Orifice and Sinus is but one, or single, the Quittor is less; but if the Sinus's are manifold, the Pus or Quittor is more in quan­tity; and it is ever filthy, viru­lent and stinking, and sometimes may be prest out thro' the Ori­fice of the Fistula: the changing also the position of the Body, or part will shew them: for the flowing of the Matter having ceased, if after the changing the position, it runs out again, it shews that there are more Si­nuosities.

XIV. By a Probe you may search the cavity of a Fistula; but in an oblique, crooked or winding, you must use a Wax-candle, which is best also to be used when the Fistula is in the fleshy and sensible Parts: the Probe is most convenient, when it pene­trates to the Bone.

XV. If the Fistula is only in the fleshy Parts, that which is touched by the Probe, is soft; and the matter which comes out, is white, equal, and in great quan­tity.

XVI. If it penetrates an Arte­ry, that which comes forth is thin, and shining, and comes forth with leaping: but if the cavity joins to a Vein, the matter is like dregs of Claret-wine, but red­der and thicker, where the Vein is eroded.

XVII. If it touches a Nerve, there is puin in probing it to the bottom; and the Pus is as it were fat and oily, but less in quantity; and the action of the Part is made uneasy, causing a pricking pain, with a certain numbness.

XVIII. If it extends to a Bone, what the Probe touches is hard, not yielding, and painful, while the Periosteum is not corroded, not if it is corroded, or consumed, and the Bone is foul, you will find it rough and unequal to the touch, with a thin, stinking, and black matter, and void of pain.

XIX. If the Probe being pressed slip, no cariosity has seized upon the Bone, for a sound Bone is smooth and slippery: but if the Probe stay upon it, appearing smooth, it is disposed to cariosity; and if the Bone feel unequal and rough, it is carious.

XX. If there are more Orifices than one, you may know whether [Page 1092] there be more Fistula's than one, by injecting a Liquor with a Sy­ringe into one of the Orifices: for if the Liquor flow forth again by all the Orifices, then it is all but one Fistula; but if it comes not forth at the other Orifices, then there are more Fistula's than one.

XXI. And this is likewise dis­covered in part, by the colour of that which comes forth: for if that which flows forth by all the Orifices is of one colour, it is a sign that the Fistula is but one; but if of a different colour, it shews that there are more than one.

XXII. If by searching, the parts are pained, or if Blood follows your Probe, the Fistula is not confirmed; but if neither happens, 'tis a Fistula beyond all dispute.

XXIII. The Prognosticks. All Fistula's are hard of cure, and some incurable: and it is parti­cularly to be observed, that some certain Fistula's ought not to be cured, viz. such as are old and inveterate, by which the superfluous Humors have for a long time been vented: for such Fistula's as these (in regard they preserve Men from divers Diseases) are by no means to be closed up; because, as Hippocra­tes, Epidem. lib. 6. sect. 3. saith, that when they are shut up, they cause many Maladies. And there­fore, on the contrary, if at any time such should chance to be healed, they ought to be opened again.

XXIV. A recent Fistula in the fleshy parts alone, and not deep, in [...] y [...]ung Body of a good constitution, is more easily cured: but an old, deep Fistula, having many Si­nus's, or being near any noble or principal Member, or being in an old, or cacochymick, or he­ctick, or emaciated Body, is of very difficult cure.

XXV. If the edges are not very hard, but somewhat soft and mat­tery, they promise a more speedy cure: but coming in those places where Nature is accustomed to discharge her self of vitious Humors; as the Abdomen, Groins, Buttocks, Cods, Perinaeum, and Fundament, they are of much more difficult cure.

XXVI. They are also difficultly cured, and for the most part incu­rable, which touch the Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Tendons; and those which are in the heads of the Muscles, or in the Joints, Vertebrae, cavity of the Thorax, Abdomen, Womb, Bladder, or Guts.

XXVII. Those among the Bones and great Joints, are very difficult to cure; by reason of the sensi­bility of the parts, which for the most part admit neither of In­cision nor Dilatation.

XXVIII. Those which are in such places, where you may safely lay them open, or remove the Cal­lus, are more easy of cure: so also such as are shallow, passing no deeper than the Membrana car­nosa, or at the farthest, than the Membrane of the Muscles or Muscle; because by incision they may easily be cured.

XXIX. Fistula's winding and turning, and with many Coney­burrows or cavities, require Incision, that Medicaments may be con­veyed [Page 1093] to other parts; otherwise they admit not of cure: and these are of more difficult cure, than those which have but one Sinus.

XXX. But indeed no Fistula is of easy cure, because of the un­aptness of the Part for conveniently applying of Medicaments: for un­less they reach to the very bot­tom of the Fistula; (which is not easily to be done) no cure succeeds. Besides, the Medica­ments which are able to remove a Callosity, are vehemently sharp and biting; causing Pain, sym­ptomatical Fevers, Fainting, &c. and the Humor which causes the Fistula, is oftentimes malign and stubborn, not easily yielding to Medicines; for which reasons the Cure many times succeeds slowly, and ill.

XXXI. Fistula's ending in the Tunicles of Arteries and Veins, are thought to be incurable, because of Hemorrhages: for if you en­large the Orifice, or take away the Callosity by sharp Medica­ments, the flux of Blood will be renewed or increased. This hap­pens most commonly in Bubo's of the Groin, not speedily cured, and Parotides under the Ear, and in Phlegmons in the Arm­pits: because these Parts being Emunctories, are near to the divarication of the great Ves­sels, viz. the Aorta and Vena cava, descending and ascen­ding.

XXXII. If in a Fistula in the Back, the Spine be carious, 'tis 'tis no prudence to undertake a Cure; for at length an exte­nuation of the Body will be induced, and the Animal Spirits diminished; and withal they will not be communicated (as they ought to be) to the extre­mities of the Body, whereby Death will not long after suc­ceed.

XXXIII. Fistula's in the Joints are dangerous; (for even great Wounds in the Joints in Bodies of a good habit, are pronounced by Hippocrates to be mortal.) For seeing the Joints are framed of very sensible parts, as Nerves, Tendons, Membranes, and Liga­ments; and that Corrosives must be applied to remove the Callus, great pain will ensue, which may endanger a Flux of Humors, Inflammation, &c. all which will detard the Cure. Be­sides, these being depending Parts, and not fleshy, they are less able to discuss a Flux of Humors received, by reason of the weakness of the Natural Heat of the Parts.

I. The true or absolute Cure of a Fistula,

XXXIV. The Cure of a Fi­stula, is either Real, or Pallia­tive.

XXXV. The real and true Cure, is that which removes the Callus, and compleats the Cure, as in other Ulcers.

XXXVI. The Palliative Cure, is that which meddles not with the Callus, but only dries the Fistula within, and skins it without, the hollowness never­theless remaining, commonly continuing some little while closed, but easily breaks forth [Page 1094] again, being to be kept under by a regular Diet, Purging, and taking good Wound-drinks.

XXXVII. In order to the real and true Cure, there are several Indications: 1. To abate the Humor which flows. 2. To cor­rect the vitious Habit of the Body, by Traumaticks. 3. To remove the Callus. 4. To heal up the Ulcer, with Sarcoticks and Epuloticks.

XXXVIII. As to the first Indi­cation, which is to abate the Humor that flows, there are several In­tentions: 1. That the Patient keeps a regular and good Diet; eating things sweetning the Juices and Humors of the Bo­dy, or at least breeding sweet Juices, and of a sparing nou­rishment, (unless the Sick be in a Hectick, or Consumption) that the Sore may not be supplied with a superfluity of Humors: such are Bilket, Meats roasted, (not boiled or baked) Fowls or Birds of Mountain-places, Par­tridges, &c. of which we have spoken plentifully in other places: he may eat also every Morning fasting, an ounce or better of Green-ginger, which strengthens the Stomach, corrects in some measure the evil Ha­bit, and drys up superfluous Humors.

XXXIX. 2. To evacuate the evil Humors contained in the Body, which supply the Fistula with Matter and Humor: this is done by Universals; as general Purges and Vomits, which carry off and diminish the Humors, and cause a Revulsion of the same.

XL. For this purpose, you may use Emeticks, which empty the Stomach, and cause a Revulsion upwards; the chief of which are from Antimonials; as the Infu­sion of Crocus Metallortun, Vinum Benedictum, Vinum Antimoniale, Tartar Emetick, Pulvis Antimonii, Pulvis Rheumaticus, Mercurius Vitae: and among Vegetables, we commend Oxymel Scilliticum; than which there are not many better things: but in using these things, you must consider the strength and habit of the Bo­dy, and accordingly make your choice, and pursue them.

XLI. Emeticks having been used their due course, you are next to cleanse the Bowels by proper Cath­articks; such as Tinctura Par­gans, Sal Mirabile, Mercurius praecipitatus Principis, Aurum Vitae, Syrupus Catharticus, Pulvis Catharticus, Pulvis Cornachini, Electuarium Catharticum, Pilulae Catharticae, Pilulae Mirabiles, and Our Family-Pills; choosing out of all these things, those which may most agree with the Humors of the Body, and comport with the strength or weakness of the Sick.

XLII. And these things are to be continued for some time; or are to be constantly resumed and made use of, at due intervals of time; as the nature of the Disease requires, and the Body of the Sick can bear.

LXIII. The second Indication requires to correct the evil Habit of the Body, by Traumatick Diet-Drinks. Now altho' we have, in Lib. 4. Cap. 30. given you ma­ny and various Prescriptions of Diet-drinks, out of which you [Page 1095] may choose what most agrees with your present occasion; yet we shall for order sake, give you some other Examples in this place, which Authors have very much commended.

XLIV. Tagaultius prescribes this Diet-drink. ℞ Agrimony M.iii. Plantane M. ii. Olive-leaves M. i. cut, bruise, and boil in Canary-Wine, q.s. of which let the Sick drink ℥iii. or iv. every day.

XLV. Or this: ℞ Osmund­royal P. iii. Centory the less P. i. Wine q.s. boil, and make a De­coction: it corrects the Humors, makes a good Habit of Body, expels and drives forth broken Bones: add in its use, a little Spirit of Wine.

XLVI. Or this: ℞ Sanicle, Mugwort, Speedwel, Saracens-Consound, Wintergrcen, A. ℥ iv. Horstail ℥ii. Canary-Wine q.s. boil, and make a Decoction.

LXVII. This, if you would have its Operation yet stronger, you may in drinking of it, add to each Dose, of levigated Crabs-eyes ℈ i. for Crabs-eyes and Savin are of sin­gular use, in expelling Pus, and other putrified Matter, in con­suming and removing a Callus, and driving forth corrupted Bones.

XLVIII. Another Dict-drink. ℞ Avens, Carduus ben. Savin, A. ℥iii. Sanicle, Saracens-Consound, Speedwel, A. ℥ii. Tormentil-roots ℥i. Wine q.s. boil, and make a Decoction.

XLIX. Authors mightily com­mend the roots of Gentian and round Birthwort; ʒi. of either of them being taken in White-Wine in the Morning, either every day, or every other day, fasting two Hours after it.

L. The juices also of Agrimony, roots of Bistort, of Borrage, of Comfrey, of Tormentil, and of Osmund-royal; the juices of Cen­tory the less, Golden-rod, and white Horehound, and of Plantane, Periwincle, and Horstail, being mixed with Ale and drank every day; sweetned with Sac­charum Rosatum, wonderfully contribute towards the healing: so also the Decoction of Gua­jacum, Sarsaparilla, and Burdock-roots, being given morning and evening for a Month or two together.

LI. ℞ Raspings of Guajacum ℥vi. Sarsaparilla split ℥iv. Rai­sons stoned ℥iii. Liquorice bruised ℥ii. roots of Tormentil, Osmond­royal, Bistort, Comfrey, Coriander and sweet Fennel seeds, A. ℥i. Agrimony, Golden-rod, tops of Hypericon, Solomons-seal, A. M.i. boiling Water ten quarts: infuse for 24 hours, then boil with a gentle Fire, 'till a Gallon is eva­porated; strain, and keep it for use. Dose, half a pint in the Morning fasting, a pint at Din­ner-time, half a pint at 4 in the Afternoon, and a pint at Supper­time: if the Patient cannot drink this quantity, let him drink as much as he convenient­ly can.

LII. The third Indication of Cure, is the removing of the Cal­lus; which how that is to be performed, and whether by Me­dicaments or Instrument, or both, we shall anon shew un­der the next Head, where [Page 1096] we shall treat of it at large.

LIII. The fourth Indication of Cure, is the healing-up of the Ʋl­cer. The Callus being removed, or dissolved into a slough, and cast off, you may deterge with this. ℞ Turpentine washt in Aq. Vitae ℥iii. juices of Smallage and of Hounds-tongue, A. ʒvi. Honey of Roses strained ℥jss. boil to the consumption of the Juice; and add to it pouder of round Birthwort root, of Tobacco, Myrrh, meal of Lupins, A.ʒii. Scammony ʒi. mix.

LIV. And if you add to the former, pouder of Orrice, of Frankincense, of Myrrh, and Sar­cocol, it will become incarnative; and then you may cicatrize with Ʋnguentum desiccativum rubrum, &c.

LV. Or you may wash and cleanse with this. ℞ Plantane and Rose water, A. lbi. Ung. Aegyptiacum ℥i. white Vitriol ℥ss. Syrup of dried Roses ℥v. mix, and dissolve for an Injection.

LVI. Or: ℞ Plantane-water, or rather Lime-water, which is better, lbi. white Vitriol calcin'd ℥ii. fine Bole ℥i, S.V. ℥j ss. in which let Camphir ʒvi. be dis­solved, mix them. With these, you may wash and cleanse the Fistula; more especially, those into whose bottoms you cannot easily convey other Medica­ments.

LVII. Sennertus also says, you may inject by a Syringe Lixivium, (not very strong) Aqua mulsa, Sea-water, Lime-water, and Wa­ter of the bot Baths, and Aqua Vitae, or S.V.

LVIII. Now of how great Vir­tues Spirit of Wine is, in these kinds of Cures, we have already declared in Cap. 12. Sect. 15. and 16, aforegoing: and here again, we cannot but by the way observe, That if it is mixed with other convenient Medica­ments, it is then of admirable use and benefit in cleansing and drying sordid and filthy Ulcers; and will perform ten times more, being mixed with other Medicaments, than they could do, if used alone without it, or if used alone with them; which the industrious Artist, if he pleases to try, may easily prove.

LIX. If you use cleansing Pou­ders, you may blow them into the Ʋlcer by a Pipe, its end being put into the Sinus of the Fistula, the Fistula being but a little way within the Flesh: but if it is long, it may be opened on the opposit part, and so on both sides the Medicaments may be cast in.

LX. And here likewise we can­not but intimate, what we have before said, in the Cure of a Sinus, and of a Cavernous Ʋlcer; that we must use our utmost endea­vour, that the orifice of the Fistula may be open downwards, that so the Humors may the more freely flow forth; or if it be not open, then in that very place it is to be opened, unless there be some weighty reason which may hinder it.

LXI. Some inject Lime-water, in which Mercurius dulcis levi­gated has been put, and shaken together: or the Ablution of Turpethum Minerale; but scarce­ly any thing exceeds the Water [Page 1097] of the Griffin, which in healing Ulcers does Wonders.

LXII. Some deterge with this. ℞ White-wine ℥viii. Ung. Aegyptiacum ℥ss. S.V. ℥i. mix them; with which you may in­ject warm once a day, or oftner, if you see occasion.

LXIII. You may know when the Fistula is sufficiently cleansed, if the Pus or Matter is uniform, equal, smooth, thick, white, and without any ill or stinking smell.

LXIV. If the Bone be carious, you must consider how far the caries has entred into it, and endeavour the removal of it either by Actual Cautery, or boring with the Trepan, or rasping, shaving, or scraping; then by Desquamatories hasten the exfoliation of the Bone; and so proceed in the rest of the Cure, with Sarcoticks and Epuloticks.

LXV. But if the Fistula is near, or over some noble Part; or if there is a Nerve, Tendon, or Artery near; or if it is deep in the great Bones, or in the Joints, where you cannot proceed by the actual or potential Cautery, and it will not yield to milder Medicaments; you must then come to the palliative Cure, by gentle Purgings, Diet-Drinks, Waters, Balsams, and Ointments; which may give a quietness and ease to the Part affected, as we shall anon de­clare.

LXVI. The second Intention of this fourth Indication, is to unite and consolidate the Parts dis­joined: this is done in part, by continuing the use of traumatick Diet-drinks, or some such Li­quor as this. ℞ Angelica, Avens, Bawm, Hyssop, Fetherfew, Mint, Marjoram, Savory, Tyme, Peni­royal, Savin, A. M. ii. Burnet, Centory, Sanicle, Plantane, Knot­grass, Yarrow, Solomons-seàl, A. M. i. roots of round Birthwort, of Bistort, Comfrey, Gentian, Tormen­til, Zedoary, A.℥ii. Wine a gallon: put all into a glass Alembick, and draw off in B.M. a quart or three pints of Spirit: the dregs strain out, and the straining clarify with whites of Eggs: to this clarified Liquor put a quarter or more of its weight in Honey, which dis­solve, and then add the distilled Spirit to it, and keep it for use. It may be given inwardly, ℥iii. at a time, Morning and Night; and also injected into the Ulcer, to incarnate it; applying in­carnative Balsams or Ointments after it.

LXVII. The third Intention of the fourth Indication is, to produce the Cicatrice; of which we need not say much here, considering we have said so much of it in former places: only this you may note, that you may know when the Ulcer is near whole, and sit for cicatrizing; for that the Humor which flows from it, will be little, thick, and concocted, and the place will be void of pain and tumor; and when you find it altogether dry and skinned, you may then say that the Fistula is perfectly cured.

II. The Way of removing the Callus.

LXVIII. We are first to consider whether the Callus can be removed by Medicaments, or not; if it can, [Page 1098] whether it can be taken away with­out laying the Sinus open, or not: if it can, then the first thing to be done; is to widen the mouth thereof, for the better and more easy application of Medicaments thereto.

LXiX. The Callus in the Orifice may be perceived at sight, but the Callus in the Sinus it self, is to be discovered by Instrument: for the Instrument or Probe being put in, if there is little or no pain, and it bleeds not, but a certain hardness it self, there is a Callus.

LXX. In those who are young, whose Flesh is soft and tender, Emollients and Digestives are sufficient, to dissolve or dis­sipate the Callus; with which, as you see occasion, you may mix Abstersives.

LXXI. But the narrow Orifice is first to be dilated, (if it is too straight) which is performed four several ways: 1. By Incision; which is to be used to strong Bodies, if the Fistula is not deep, and runs along only under the Skin, no deeper than the Membrane of a Muscle, and if it is in a fleshy Part.

LXXII. 2. By things which swell; and these are to be used before Inci­sion, if the Fistula has many sinuo­sities: of this kind are roots of Briony, wild Rape, Birthwort, Gentian-roots, Elder-pith, Puff­balls prepared and prest; Sponge twisted, and bound about with Thread very hard, and then kept in a Press for some time: this dilates more than the other things, and imbibes more moi­sture.

LXXIII. Some prepare the Spunge by dipping it in simple Melilot-Emplaster, when very hot, the [...] put between two Trenchers, and prest strongly in a Press, and after an hour or two, when it is cold, to be taken out; it will be firm, and almost resemble green Sage-Cheese.

LXXIV. Others dip the Spunge into Glair or Whites of Eggs, and then in like manner, keeping them in the Press' till they are dry, and so taking them out. Either the former or this may be cut out into Tents, of what form, or fashion, or bigness you please; which being put into the Fistu­la, will exceedingly dilate it, by sucking to it the humidity.

LXXV. 3. By the Fistula-Tent: which your may make of fine downy Lint (the Threads being all taken away,) with this doun, and the Glair of Eggs, you may make Tents of what bigness and length you please, even to the depth of the sinuosicy. You may do it on piece of Deal-board.

LXXVI. And you may enlarge the bigness of the Tents, to dilate the Fi­slula as much as you please: for these Tents being dried, will pierce into any cavity, like a Probe, without bending, (if they are well made) by reason of their stiffness.

LXXVII. 4. The fourth and last way, is by Hellebor-root; which opens by a kind of Ca­theretick, or Caustick Property, and is to be prudently used: but is, in truth none of the worser means.

LXXVIII. The Orifice being thus widened, we may proceed to the removing of the Callus, as directed [Page 1099] at Sect. 70. above, with this Ointment. ℞ Juices of Smal­lage ℥ii, of Celandine ʒii. of Onions ʒi. Honey of Roses ℥ii. Turpentiue, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.

LXXIX. ℞ Our Ung. Nico­tianae ℥i. Turpethum Minerale ʒi. mix them: and in some very tender Bodies, Ʋng. Nicotianae may do it alone: if you have not Turpethum Minerale, you may use instead thereof so much red Precipitate.

LXXX. And of this nature are, Ashes of Fig-branches, mixt with Goose-fat; Pot-ashes or Salt of Tartar, mixt with Veal-fat; decoction of Fern-roots, deco­ction and pouder of Tobacco, and Euphorbium, Diachylon mixt with Precipitate, Ʋnguen­tum Apostolorum.

LXXXI. Amongst the Emol­lients and Digestives, for resolving and dissipating a Callus, Wiseman enumerates these, viz. roots of Althea, of Lillies, of Elecam­pane, of Solomons-seal, wild Cucumbers, seeds [...] of Line and Fenugreek, all sorts of Marrows, Fats of Hogs, Geese, Cocks and Hens, Mans-grease, Ʋng. Althaeae cum Ammoniaco & Galbano; of which, says he, you may make Fomentations, Cataplasms, Oint­ments, Cerats, &c.

LXXXII. To this purpose also, he recommends Empl. de Ranis, fine, & cum Mercurio, (for Mer­cury has a mighty power in softning Bones, and Ivory it self) Empl. è Mucilaginibus, Dia­chylon cum Gummi.

LXXXIII. But for the most part, stronger Medicaments, to consume and remove the Callus, are requisite: as, the Roots of Spon­dylium, viz. Meadow or Cow Parsnip, roots of Asphodel, Snakeweed, Briony, decoction of Lupins; but the best of all, are the lesser Centory, and the roots of black Hellebor, put in for 3 days into the Sinus: yet this last will be dangerous, if the Fistula be in any part of the Tho­rax, or Abdomen.

LXXXIV. Or, ℞ Honey ℥iv. juice of blue Flower-de-luce roots, Red-wine, A. ℥i. juice of Celan­dine ℥ss. boil a little; then add Scammony in pouder, Litharge, A. ʒii. white Vitriol, Tobacco in pouder, Aloes, Myrrh, A.ʒi. Turpentine ℥ss. mix them.

LXXXV. Take Frankincense, Myrrh, Scammony, A.ʒii. roots of Briony, of round Birthwort, To­bacco, A. ʒi. Verdigrise ʒss. Sal Armoniack ℈ i. Hogs-lard, Oil-Olives, A.q.s. mix them.

LXXXVI. If the Callus is somewhat hard, and the Patient in years, you must use things more harsh, and which mundify strongly: as, Take Ung. Apo­stolorum ℥i. red Precipitate ʒi. burnt Alum ℈ii. or instead of red Precipitate, you may use Turbith Mineral, in the same quantity; mix them well together.

LXXXVII. Or you may use Ʋnguent. Aegyptiacum, with the Precipitate and Alum: as it is stronger, so it causes more pain than the Ʋng. Apostolorum, but it procures not so good a kind of Pus.

LXXXVIII. Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 49. commends the juice of the roots of Laserpitium, [Page 1100] or Elaterium mixed with Tur­pentine.

LXXXIX. Ʋng. Fuscum Wur­tzii is a famous thing in this case, if it is reduced by boiling into the form of a Suppository or Tent, and so put into the Fistula.

XC. Or this of Barbett. Take Agrimony Mss. Scordium, flowers of Hypericon, A. P.ii. French Bar­ley ℥i. White-wine q.s. boil, and strain; add Virgin-Honey ℥iv. boil to a thickness, then add Sarcocol ʒiii. Olibanum, Mastich, A.ʒii. Myrrh ʒiss. white Vitriol ʒi. mix them: of this make Supposito­ries or Tents; he says it is pre­valent also against Fistula in Ano.

XCI. But if the Callus is inve­terate, and grown to a very great hardness, so that the former things will do nothing, you must then come to the stronger Remedies, and such as are Caustick; of which also, some are more gentle, others more vehemently fierce.

XCII. The more gentle are these. ℞ Strong Vinegar ℥vi. white Vitriol ℥iv. Alum, Verdigrise, A. ℥ss. boil, and calcine in a luted Vessel; then make it into a fine pouder, and mix it with Ung. Aegyptiacum, with which arm the Tents. Barbett.

XCIII. The Aqua Viridis, or Green Water, (which we have formerly described) is an excel­lent thing; being oftentimes cast into the Fistula, with a Syringe.

XCIV. Aegineta, lib. 4. cap. 49. has this: Take Verdigrise ʒxii. Ammoniacum ʒii. dissolve the Ammoniacum in Vinegar, and then mix the Verdigrise with it.

XCV. Wiseman says, he com­monly uses Lapis Causticus, Tro­chisci de Minio, Arsenick, and Oil of Vitriol: or this: Take Wax, Rosin, A. ℥i. corrosive Sub­limate ℈ii. more or less; mix them upon a Fire, and dip a Spunge in it, but not too hot, lest you burn it; then press it out, and cut it out into such a form as may serve your purpose.

XCVI. Guido commends Aqua fortis, some Spirit of Nitre, which is better than A [...]. fortis, because A.F. is apt to black and foul the Bones, if it should touch them: others commend Oil of Vitriol, others Oil of Sulphur, and some Spirit of Salt.

XCVII. If you desire rather an Injection, Wiseman says you may make this, or some such­like. Take Ung. Aegyptiacum ℥ss. Soap-lees ℥i. Rose-water ℥ii. Plantane-water ℥iv. Sublimate ʒss, Arsenick ℈i. mix, and boil to the consumption, of a third part; of which cast a little of it in with a Syringe for three days toge­ther, shutting the Orifice up with Wax, of some Emplaster; so shall you consume all the Callus.

XCVIII. But, says he, you must consider well the situation of the Fistula; lest by its too far pene­trating, it should hurt the Bone, or parts underneath.

XCIX. Take strong Lye ℥iv. Honey of Roses strained ℥jss. De­coction of Lupins ℥i. Alum ℥ss. mix them: if you would have it yet stronger, you may add thereto red Precipitate ʒss.

C. Or, Take Orpiment, Sulphur [Page 1101] vive and Calx vive, Ana; make them into a fine pouder, and mix them. Or, Take burnt Alum ℥ii. Vitriol calcin'd ℥i. Orpiment, Ver­digrise, A. ℥ss. make all into a fine pouder. Or, Take Turbith Mine­ral not washed, Vitriol calcin'd, fine Bole, Ana; make all into a fine pouder.

CI. The strongest of all are these. Take corrosive Sublimate, Vitriol calcin'd, fine Bole, Ana; make them into a fine pouder. Or, Take white Arsenick, Orpiment, Calx vive, Ana; make them into a fine pouder: or, (if the Fistula is laid open, so that you can easily come to the Callus) you may with a Feather touch it gently with the Butter of An­timony.

CII. As to the use of the sormer Pouders: if you have dilated the Fistula by Incision, you may sprinkle the Callus with them; but if it is dilated by any other means, then you may mix the Pouders with Ʋnguent. Populeum, wherewith a Tent may be armed, and so applied: or you may make Troches of those Pouders, which being made into form and dried, may be put in.

CIII. But this you must observe, that you must not force out either the armed Tent, or Troches, before they force out of their own accord: for so they will bring out the Callus with them whole, the Tent being within the Callus.

CIV. If there are many Sinuo­sities, so as that no Tent can pierce to their bottoms: it will be best then to mix these Pouders with some Liquor, as Aqua Calcis, a small Lixivium, Alum-water, Vitriol-water, or White-wine, and so inject with a Syringe.

CV. But by reason of the Ap­plication of these Medicaments, there is usually much pain, and sometimes Inflammation; it will be good to provide against it by some proper Defensative: as, Take Oil of Roses, Whites of Eggs, Ana; mix them well together, and apply it over the Part affected.

CVI. Or, Take Cows-milk lbi. crums of White-bread ℥vi. boil to thickness of a Pultiss; then add Ung. Populeon ℥ii. Henbane-seeds, ℥ss. Saffron in pouder ʒjss. Opium in pouder ʒss. mix, and make a Cataplasm, which apply Mor­ning and Evening.

CVII. And round the adjacent parts, you may apply this cor­roborating Emplaster. ℞ Pou­ders of Red-roses, of Myrtle­berries, A.ʒi. Mastich, Olibanum, Pomgranate-peels, A. ʒii. Orrice­root ʒiii. yellow Wax, Pine-rosin, Oil of Hypericon, A. ℥i. mix, and make an Emplaster.

CVIII. Wiseman, to ease the Pain, and defend the Part, uses these Lenients; Decoctions of Mallows, Marsh-mallows, Violet-leaves, Mullein, Henbane, Quince-seeds, Barley; or Oil of Eggs, fresh Butter, Lard, Ʋng. Basili­con, with Oil of Lillies, Dial­thaea, &c. and over them he applies Refrigerants, as Empl. è Bolo, Oxylaeum, Emplast. Album, with Juices.

CVIX. But if notwithstanding all that has been said, the Fistula will give place to no Reme­medies, that have or can be applied; we must betake our selves to the Incision-knife, [Page 1102] or the Actual Cautery it self.

CX. The whole Sinus is to be laid open; (unless it be in those Fistula's which reach unto the great Arteries, Nerves, Tendons, Membranes, which gird in the Ribs, or other parts of like nature:) which is to be done with the Incision-knife, ac­cording to its position and form; or else with the Syringo­tomus of Fabricius Aquapendens, which is very useful in this cause.

CXI. The Fistula being laid open, the Callus is to be removed by some of the Medicaments before de­scribed; or with the edge of a Pen-knife or Razor; cutting so far, 'till you come to the good and sound Flesh; which you may perceive, not only by the colour, but by the Blood, and sense of Pain.

CXII. If the Callus is extraor­dinary hard, it will be the best way to remove it with the Actual Cautery, or red-hot Iron; which is done, not only with most speed, but also with least pain, or sense of feeling; yet this Remedy, by reason of the ter­ror thereof, few People will admit of it.

CXIII. In the mean while that these things are doing, whether by Caustick Medicaments, the Knife, or red-hot Iron) the Part it self is to be well guarded with some cooling Defenfative and Repel­ler; lest the great pain should cause an Inflammation.

CXVI. The Callus being thus burnt throughly, you must then apply things to remove the Eschar or Crust; as Oily things, fresh Butter, Hogs-lard, Palm-Oil, Ʋng. Populeon mixed with Ʋng. Basilicon; to which you may if you please add a little Precipitate.

CXV. If the Fistula ends in a Bone, you must (so soon as it is discovered by Section) diligently scrape and pare away whatever is black and corrupted in the Bone, which must be in the surface there­of. If the rottenness has cor­rupted farther, then the scaly part is to be cut forth with some proper Instrument, unless it comes forth of its own accord.

CXVI. If the rottenness has pe­netrated to the Marrow, then that which is corrupted is to be taken forth; but if the Bone is wholly putrified, it must be all of it taken out; which may be well enough done in small Bones, but not so in others.

CXVII. The Bone being now cleansed, you are immediately to apply Incarnatives, and then to heal it after the manner of a simple Ʋlcer: if the Fistula does not give place to healing, it is a certain sign, that all the cor­rupted part was not taken away: for which reason, the Fistula is to be opened, and the Bone to be farther scraped and cleansed with all the care imagi­nable.

CXVIII. If yet after all this, it will not heal, you may then con­clude, that it has penetrated so deep, as it will be scarcely possible to find out its end and bottom; and is then to be left unto Na­ture, whom we are yet to assist and help with Medicaments: and for this purpose, this Pouder of [Page 1103] Nicholas the Florentine, is much commended.

CXIX. ℞ Salt decrepitated, Tartar, Agarick, A. q.s. let them be made into fine pouder: this is said to draw forth the Bones which are broken and corrupted, cats thro' the putrified Flesh, and heals the Ulcer.

CXX. But this following Pouder is better. ℞ Salt de­crepitated, Tartar calcined, Scam­mony, Tobacco, all in fine pouder, A.℥i. Euphorbium ℥ss. mix them.

CXXI. The Callus being remo­ved and quite taken away, if there be any thing sordid and foul yet remaining, you must make use of detersive and sarcotick Medica­ments, such as that at Sect. 53. aforegoing: and for which pur­pose Centory the less, Birthwort-roots, Golden-rod, Pimpernel, and the like are to be used: and then lastly, with Sarcoticks and Epuloticks you must com­pleat the Cure.

III. The Palliative Cure of a Fistula.

CXXII. When the Palliative Cure is to be used, we have partly shewed at Sect. 65. aforegoing: to which we add, that in what part soever it be, and how simple soever, if it proves re­bellious, and resists all sorts of Medicaments, as it oftentimes does, in scorbutick, strumatick, and cacochymick Bodies, you must then apply your self to this Method, as the ultimate of all that is to be done.

CXXIII. For it drys, and shuts it up for a time with a thin Skin, which so remains, 'till more Humors are generated, and heaped up in the Part affected, and then it breaks out again.

CXXIV. The Body is to be well cleansed and evacuated (at due intervals of time) with pro­per Emeticks and Catharticks, such as we have enumerated be­fore at Sect. 40 and 41. above: but as the Purging must be con­tinual, it may be for many Months, or some Years: so a Purging-drink may be thought more expedient; such as this following.

CXXV. Take fine soft Ra­spings of Guajacum, mealy Sarfa bruised, choice Sena, Mechoacan bruised, Hermodacts, Carthamus-seeds, A. ℥vi. Rhubarb, Liquorice, Fennel and Coriander seeds, A. ℥iii. Scammony, Anniseeds, Winters Ci­namon, Virginian Snake-root, A.℥i. Agrimony, Angelica, Avens, Bawm, Ladies-mantle, Sanicle, Winter­green, A. M. i. all being grossly bruised, put them into a Bag, with a Stone in it, which put into three gallons of new Ale; of which after the second or third day, the Pa­tient may begin to drink; half a Pint fasting every day, and if it is a Body hard to work upon, as much at 4 in the Afternoon.

CXXVI. And for his constant Drink, he may take this. Take Guajacum rasped, Sassafros ra­sped, mealy Sarsa, China, Juniper-berries, Burdock-roots, A. ℥x. round Birthwort root, Zedoary, Winters Cinamon, A. ℥v. Aniseed, Coriander and Fennel seed, Ginger. A. ℥ii. Agrimony, Angelica, Avens, Bawm, Clowns-woundwort, Albeal, Betony, Sage, Hyssop, A. M. i. all [Page 1104] being grossly bruised, put them into a Bag with a Stone in it; which put into four gallons of new Ale, letting them work together for two days: after which, the Pa­tient may drink it as his ordi­nary Drink.

CXXVII. Let his Diet be drying, and very strengthning; because this continual running of the Ʋlcer will drain the whole Body, and be in danger to induce a Consumption: white Ship-bisket is good, and ought to be his only Bread; his Meat ought to be roasted; and for Restoratives, strong Broths and Gellies are often to be given him.

CXXVIII. Let the Orifice of the Fistula be open downwards; if it is not so, let it be made by Inci­sion or Cautery, or by the help of the Syringotomos, so that the Humors may freely pass out.

CXXIX. Then as for Topicks, Lime-water is good to wash, or inject withal, and sometimes Red-wine, or Red-wine mixed with S.V. or Lime-water with S.V.

CXXX. ℞ Aqua Calcis (in which Litharge has been boiled) ℥i. Spirit of dried Roses, or of Myrtle-berries ℥ii. mix them. Or, Take Plantane or Rose water ℥vi. Spirit of Wine ℥ii. Roman Vitriol in fine pouder ʒii. mix, and dis­solve. Or, you may inject and and wash daily with the Water of the Griffin, which exceeds all other things in Nature; for that by long using of it, it has many times dissolved the Callus it self.

CXXXI. In some of these Li­quors a Pledget of Lint, or a new Spunge may be dipt, or throughly soaked, and applied to the Fistula, and bound to the place: and over the Lint or Spunge Empl. Album, or Diapalma may be put, to keep it fast on: and it needs to be drest but every other day only, unless very much Matter flows forth; for then it will require a daily dressing and looking after.

CHAP. XXI. Of an ƲLCER GANGRENOƲS.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Ulcus Gangraena­tum, or Gangraenosum; we in English call, A Gangrenous Ulcer.

II. It is a notable and extraor­dinary Distemper, tending to a Mortification, which may invade an Ʋlcer, without any Tumor at all. Yet because it often follows up­on Tumors, especially a Phle­gmon, we have amply treated thereof in the Book of Tumors, viz. Lib. 3. Cap. 11. aforegoing; in which place you have its va­rious Causes, Signs, Progno­sticks, and Methods of Curing: here we shall only give you a few words concerning an Ulcer gangrenated, or sphacelated.

III. The Cause. It is whatso­ever destroys the Native Heat of the Part; for as much as the Life thereof depends solely thereupon.

IV. The Native Heat is de­stroyed, 1. By vehement Cold. 2. By extream outward Heat. 3. By defect of Nutriment. 4. By Suffocation; the Transpiration being hindred by stopping the Pores, which is many times by too strict Bandage. 5. By a Venemous Quality; as is evi­dent in a Carbuncle, Bitings of Vipers, Rattle-snakes, &c. 6. By Septick Medicaments, not pru­dently and carefully applied.

V. The Signs. There are va­riety of Signs and Symptoms, according to the variety of its seve­ral Causes: however, there is a Pustle or Pustles appear, with a spot in the middle; and if it proceeds from cold, there is a great pricking, and the Part is first pale, then red, then black. If from heat, or stop­page of the Pores, the Pustules yield a gleety Humor, and the redness turns to whiteness. If from too hard Ligature, the Pustules are greater, and full of a thin reddish Humor: if from Poison, &c. under the Pustule a black Spot appears, spreading it self over the whole Part.

VI. If it becomes a perfect Sphacelus or Mortification, the Part looks first pallid, after livid, then black, the Flesh is loose and stinking; the sense, heat, and pulsation is vanisht; and the life of the Part is wholly abolished, so that if cut or burnt, it is insen­sible of pain: the Flesh seems cold, and becomes soft and flaggy; which afterwards dies, and becomes black, hard, and wholly dead, and yields a stink like to that of a dead Carcas.

VII. The Prognosticks. All Gangrens are dangerous, if they be in moist parts; because that the innate Heat in those Parts is sooner suffocated, from the great store of humidity.

VIII. But a Sphacelus it far more dangerous; because it can no more be restored to life again, but the Part sphacelated must be cut off, to save the Life of the Patient.

IX. The Cure. Tho' we have so largely handled the Cure in the place afore-cited, yet these things following in an Ulcer gangre­nated, are farther to be observed.

I. The Cure of an Ulcer Gangrenated.

X. If it proceeds from Cold, bathe the Part in very cold, or almost frozen Water, so will the inward Heat be rouzed up, diffuse it self, and be brought again into play: and give inwardly Powers of Rosemary, Juniper, Limons or Sassafras, in a Glass of Canary: after which, you may give a Dose of Our New London-Treacle; then being in Bed, induce Sweat, by applying glass or stone Bottles to the sides, full of boiling-hot Water.

XI. Also let Warming-stones or Bricks be heated, and wrapped up in Napkins, and applied to the soles of the Feet: and if the Gangrene goes on, you must immediately scarify, and foment the Part [Page 1106] either with Lixivium of Pot-Ashes, or with Powers of Am­ber, or camphorated S.V.

XII. If it proceeds from Suffo­cation of the Natural Heat, ex­hibit often volatil Sal Armoniack in a Glass of good Wine, let the place be scarified deep, and emptied by Cupping-glasses, and then Defensatives to be applied to the Part, to which add con­venient Purging.

XIII. The Incision being made, the Part is to be washt with Brine, or Lixivium of Salt of Tartar, boiled with meal of Lupins, or Aloes; adding after boiling, a quarter-part of S.V. and a tenth part of Spirit of Sal Armoniack: when the Part is washt, lay on Ʋng. Aegyptiacum; which here is reputed to be the best of all other things, being a most effi­cacious Remedy for taking away putridness, and separating the dead Flesh from the sound.

XIV. If the putridity be more than ordinary, use this. Take Syrup of Wormwood and Scordium lbi. Vinegar of Squills ℥vi. Verdi­grise ℥iii. juices of Rue and Cen­tory the less, A. ℥ii. Alum, Sal Armoniack, A. ℥ss. boil to a good thickness, then add of Treacle and Mithriddle, A. ℥ss. Camphir ʒi. mix them.

XV. Or this Water, which has been used with success. Take fresh Ʋrine lbii. Oil of Tartar per Deliquium lbss. Oak-buds, Centory the less, A. M. ss. Vitriol ℥i. boil to the Consumption of a third: then add S.V.℥iii. strain, and add S.V. ℥iii. in which Camphir ʒii. has been dissolved. All these things are to be applied blood warm, and continued 'till the Putri­dity is removed.

XVI. If these things do not, you must proceed to Causticks; as the Princes Pouder, red Pre­cipitate, Turbith-mineral, and such other like.

XVII. The Crust, in what way soever it is produced, must be taken away, as we have formerly taught; not waiting 'till Nature will do the work: but the highest part of the Crust is with the edge of a Pen-knife to be cut, even to the sound part, to make way for Medicines; lest waiting 'till it falls of its own accord, a new Putridity under the Crust should be contracted.

XVIII. If it be from Malignity or Poison, you must take care to defend the Heart; and expel the Poison by things Expulsive, Su­dorisick, and Alexipharmick; as Medicins made of Angelica, Avens, Bawm, Carduus bened. Citron-juice, Dittany of Crèet, Lavender, Mint, Origanum, Pep­per, Roses, Rosemary, Rue, Sorel, Wood-sorel, Scordium, Swallowort, Mithridate, Venice-Treacle, Our Theriaca Chymica; but principally with volatil Salts, as of Vipers, of Harts-horn, of Urine, and of Sal Armo­niack, &c. by which procuring Sweat, the malignity will be driven forth, from the noble Members to the exterior Parts.

XIX. If the Poison sticks out­wardly, you must apply strong At­tractives, that it may not spread abroad: and if it is inward, the Matter is to be called forth by Scarifications on the Part affected, Cupping-glasses, &c. washing [Page 1107] the Part afterward with a De­coction of Angelica, Centory the less, Dittany, Rue, Scordium, Southernwood, Swallowort, and Wormwood, made either in Wine, or Lixivium, or equal parts of both.

XX. Or, you may attract it, and consume it; by applying a Cataplasm of Garlick, Onions, &c. roasted, mixed with Leven, Tur­pentine, and other strong drawers: or the Actual Cautery (which is the most effectual of all) may be applied.

XXI. The Gangrene being in a fair way of recovery, cleanse the Ʋlcer with Detersives; made of juice of Smallage and Honey of Roses, mixed (if need be) with a little Spirit of Wine.

II. The Cure, when Sphacelated.

XXII. But if there is an absolute Sphacelus, you are to consider whether the Member be sphacelated wholly, or in part. If it is totally sphacelated, it is to be ordered as we have directed, Lib. 1. Cap. 32. and Lib. 3. Cap. 11. Sect. 100, to 125.

XXIII. But if the Sphacela­tion is in part only, first apply Defensatives upon the sound places adjacent, then make many streight and oblique Sections, scarify the dead Flesh which lies near the sound; and do this very deep, even to the Bone: and strew upon the Wound burnt Alum, Pot-ashes, and unslackt Lime, (avoiding Arse­nick, which melts, corrupts, and putrifies the Flesh.)

XXIV. And the Crust which is over the Part affected, is to be taken away with the Incision-Knife, or a Razor; not waiting 'till it falls of its own accord: for the dead part will be dried, and so will easily be separated from the sound.

XXV. Some use the Actual Cautery, burning the putrified Flesh, 'till pain is perceived in the Part, after which they remove the Eschar: and then they deterge, incarnate, and cicatrize it, in all respects as a simple Ulcer. But Fallopius likes not the Actual Cautery, where there is much Flesh, because the Burning makes a most abominable stink.

XXVI. If upon removing of the Eschar, any principal Artery or Vein should be hurt, you may stop the Bleeding with such things as we have delivered in Lib. 4. Cap. 4. aforegoing; or with this. ℞ White Starch ℥iii. Ca­techu ℥ii. Aloes, pouder of Toads­flesh, A.℥i. Dragons-blood, Frank­incense, fine Bole, A.℥ss. downe of a Hare cut small, Spunge torrified, A.ʒii. make all into a pouder, and mix them.

XXVII. Or with this Our Spe­cifick. ℞ Pouder of Mans-blood, ℥iii. pouder of dried Toads, Cate­chu, A. ℥ii. burnt Alum, ashes of an old Hat, A. ℥i. Salt of Vitriol, Dragons-blood, Sealed-earth, fine Bole, A. ʒv. make of all a fine Pouder.

XXVIII. And over the Pou­der, you may lay this Emplaster. ℞ Fine Bole, Sealed-earth, Dra­gons-blood, white Starch, A. ℥i. Fitch, q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XXIX. Or you may lay on [Page 1108] this Sparadrap of Fallopius.Acacia, Aloes, Aloe-wood, Alipta Moschata, Alum, Cuminseed, Gal­lia Moschata, Myrrh, red Sanders, yellow and white Ana, make a pouder.Ship-Pitch, Pine Ro­sin, colophony, A. ℥ii. Mastick, liquid Storax, A. ℥jss. of the for­mer Pouder ℥i. Gum Arabick, Tragacauth, A. ℥ss. let all be melted, and therein dip a Lin­nen Cloth to make a Sparadrap.

XXX. All things being thus done, cleanse the Ʋlcer with ab­stersives, incarnate it with Sar­coticks, and Cicatrize it with Epuloticks, and heal it up in all respects as another Ulcer.

CHAP. XXII. Of an ƲLCER of the HEAD.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...], and the Latins, Ʋlcus Capitis: we in English call an Ʋlcer of the Head.

II. The Kinds. There are four several kinds of Ʋlcers of the Head: 1. Tinea, The Dry Scald Head. 2. Achores, the moist Scald Head with a thin Humor. 3. Favus, the moist Scald Head with a thick or Honey-like Hu­mor. 4. Ʋleus Simplex, from an Apostem, Tumor or Contu­sion.

I. Of the Dry Scald Head.

III. It is called by the Greeks (as Aristotle) [...]: and by the Latins Tinea, or Tineae, but this is while it affects the Hair chiefly; and of which we have said something already in Lib. 2. Cap. 5. aforegoing: but when it once comes to affect the Skin and Flesh, it may be called Tinea Ʋlcerosa, [...], Ʋlcus aridum, the Dry [...]ald: and of this it is we shall speak here.

IV. It is a Crusty Ʋlcer fret­ting, the Skin like a Moth, with but very little moisture, Corrupt­ing the Roots of the Hair, and making a dry filthy Scab.

V. But Petrus Johannes Fa­ber in Chirurgica Spagyrica, Cap. 15. will have it to be, A peculiar Phagedaenical and Cancerous Ʋlcer of the Head, arising from a Vi­triolick Salt in the Body of Man, which fretting the Skin, pro­duces the Scall, sometimes white, sometimes yellow.

VI The Causes. And (says he) as Vitriol in the Great World, while it is calcining in the Fire, does coagulate into a Mass, either white, if the calcination is but moderate; or yellow if the Fire is augmented: so Vitriol in the lit­tle World, when it is separated from the Balsam of the Body, makes its way towards the Skin of the Head, which it corrodes, and produces a Crusty and Scaly Matter. So that this Ʋlcus ari­dum [Page 1109] may properly be said to be caused from Rhlegma Vitriolatum, a Vitriolated Phlegma.

VII. But Avicen, Mercurialis and many others of the Gaienists will have the material cause from Me­lancholy joined with some acrid Humor, which provoking the Expulsive faculty, is thereby driven out at the Skin of the Head, and so causes this Ulcer; in which opinion there is very little appearance of Truth.

VIII. The Procatartick causes are: 1. From being Hereditary. 2. Or a fault in the course of the things Nonnatural. 3. Or from the Nurses Milk. 4. Or from Contagion and Infection.

IX. The Signs. It is known by a filthy dry Crusty Scab, some­times white, sometimes yel­lowish, or of an Ash-colour or greenish.

X. The Prognosticks. It is a malign Ʋlcer difficult to be cured; and the more inveterate, the more malign and hard of Cure; and when cured, many times leaves behind it an Alopecia, or Ophiasis; or the Humor being diverted to some other parts, produces a Morphew or Leprosy.

XI. And it is yet harder to cure, if the Skin is hard, or of a shelly substance sending forth many Scales or dry Scabs, or makes the Hair fall, by reason of the Acri­mony of the Humor vitiating their roots; so if it has been once cured and returns again; for that it seems a seed of the Dis­ease, remains fixed in the part affected.

XII. The Cure. There are two Indications of Cure: 1. To re­move the Causes, Procatartick and Antecedent. 2. To remove the Causes Proximate, by application of proper Topicks.

XIII. The Procatartick causes are removed by rightly ordering the things Nonnatural; in which a good and regular Diet is chiefly to be minded.

XIV. The Antecedent cause is removed by due purgation, and that is perform'd: 1. By gentle Emeticks, which may empty the Stomach without much Violence. 2. By Catharticks, which ought to be Antimonial, but chiefly Mercurial.

XV. Paraeus thinks that the meanes used in curing the French-Pox, are effectual in curing of this Disease; and therefore Mercuri­us dulcis, Red Precipitate, white Precipitate, the Princes pouder, and Turpethum minerale are com­mended: also Aurum Vitae.

XVI. The second Indication has respect to the Proximate or conjoin'd cause, which has three Intentions: 1. To separate the Scall or Scab. 2. To take away the Hair by the roots. 3. To heal the Ulcer.

XVII. To cause a falling of the Scabs, you may anoint with Oil of Eggs, or of Myrrh, or of Sheeps Trotters, and the mucilages of Althea-roots, Linseed, and Fe­nugreek, addding some proper Catheretick; but to young and tender Children, you must use soft means only.

XVIII. To take away the Hair by the roots, you must apply some sticking Emplaster or Paste, as a Plaster made of red or green Wax spread upon Leather, and laid on for 15 or 16 hours, or [Page 1010] the Cataplasm ad Porriginem, de­scribed in our Doron Medicum, Lib. 3. Cap. 7. Sect. 1. which when it is fastned to the Hairs, is to be forcibly pull'd off, all at once, and therewith the Hairs will all come forth by the roots.

XIX. Then to heal the Ʋlcers, first foment with a decoction of Centory, Colocynthis, Gentian, Southernwood, and Wormwood; made in red Wine: and anoint with Vnguentum Enulatum cum Mercurio duplicato, or with Va­lentia Scabiosa, and over it lay Empl. de Ranis cum Mercurio Tri­plicato, or our Emplastrum Mer­curiale.

XX. But Mercurialis applys this Cerate to the part affected. ℞ Juices of Fumitory, of Scabious, of Borrage and sharp pointed Dock, Vinegar, A. ℥iii. Old Oil lbi. Boil to the Consumption of the Juices: then strew in this Pouder.roots of white and black Hel­lebor, Sulphur Vive, Vitriol, Auripigment, Calx Vive, Alum, Nut-galls, A. ʒss. Verdigrise ʒii. Make all into a pouder, and with Tar ℥jss. Wax, q.s. make a Cerate: where note, that if instead of juice of Borrage, juice of Tobacco had been put, the Medi­cament had yet been the bet­ter.

XXI. I have known this cured only with Ointment of Tobacco, and green Tobacco-leaves, laid over the part affected.

II. The Moist Scald Head, with a thin Humor.

XXII. This Disease is called by the Greeks [...]: and by the Latins Achor, and Achores; and by Ʋs, the moist Scald Head with a thin Humor: because a sanious matter called [...], Ichor, does flow from it. See Lib. 2. Cap. 11. aforegoing.

XXIII. Galen, libro de Tumori­bus, says, Achor is a small Ulcer in the Skin, which may be cau­sed of a Salt and Nitrous Flegm, out of which flows a sanious matter, not altogether waterish, nor so Viscous and thick as Ho­ney: and in another place, he says the holes in this Ulcer are less than those in Favus, out of which flows a thin Humor with clamminess.

XXIV. Oribasius ad Eunap. Lib. 4. Cap. 4. say also, that Achor is seated in the Skin of the Head, having but small holes, out of which a thin, and somewhat viscous Sanies does flow.

XXV. Aetius Lib. 6. Cap. 68. says that Achor is seated in the Skin of the Head, having but small holes, out of which a thin viscous Sanies does flow: and to this description Actuarius de dignosc. Morb. Lib. 2. Cap. 5. and Aegi­neta Lib. 3. Cap. 3. assent.

XXVI. The Causes. The Procatartick or remote causes are evil Nutriment, and Contagion: the Antecedent cause is Atra bilis made sharp, or a sharp Excremen­titious Humor, made so either by nature or accident: the proxi­mate or conjoined Cause, is the same Humor impacted in the part affected.

XXVII. The Signs. They are in part discovered in the descripti­on of the Ʋlcer, which is always [Page 1011] with an Itching, and a little Tu­mor or swelling.

XXVIII. The Prognosticks. This Disease is most incident to Children and Youth, many of whom receive the Original Cause from the Mothers Womb, or the Nurses Milk.

XXIX. If it has continued long, and has much altered and corro­ded the Skin, tho' it be cured, yet it leaves baldness behind it: but if it is hereditary, it is scarcely ever cured.

XXX. Happening to Children it frees them from the Epilepsy, as Hippocrates says; for the Hu­mor which might cause that Disease, is derived from the inner to the outward Parts. The Cure is the same with the next following, and therefore we shall Treat of it under that Ti­tle.

III. The Moist Scald Head with a thick Humor.

XXXI. This is called by the Greeks [...]. and by the Latins, Favus or Favi: and by Us, the moist Scald Head, with a thick Humor.

XXXII. Galen (in loco cita­to) speaking of these Ʋlcers called Favi, says, that it is a certain Tumor or Ʋlcer having several holes, out of which Matter flows like unto Honey; and in another place, he say that the holes in this Ulcer, or Favi, are larger than these in Achor.

XXXIII. Oribasius saith, that Favus is like to Achor, but that it has greater holes, which con­tain a Matter like Honey.

XXXIV. Trallianus, Lib. 1. Cap. 9. says, that Cerion, or Favus, is a Grief like to Achor, yet differing in magnitude, for the holes out of which the Hu­mor issues, represent an Honey-Comb, for which reason it was called [...], Favus, an Honey Comb.

XXXV. Aetius (in the place aforementioned) says, that the Malady [...], or Favus, is like to Achor, save that in this there are large holes, out of which is­sues a thick Matter, like unto that which comes out of Honey-Combs, from whence came the Name.

XXXVI. And-Actuarius, says, that Cerion, or Favus has greater holes than Achor, which contain an Humor like to Honey: from whence it appears, that Favus is like to Achor, saving that the holes are much larger, and the Humor much thicker.

XXXVII. The Causes are the same with the former to which, you are referred; save that in this, as the Humor is thicker, so it is derived from an abundant much grosser Matter, and at­tended with lesser acrimony, which always thins the Humors.

XXXVIII. The Signs. They are contained chiefly in the Descrip­tion of the Disease, to which add, Tumor, and much Itching.

XXXIX. The Prognosticks. They also are the same as in the former: but Favus as it seems more digested, and has less acri­mony in it, so it more easily yeelds to Remedies.

XL. The Cure of both these Evils. This we have pretty [Page 1112] largely shewn in Lib. 2. Cap. 11. Sect. 12. ad 23. aforegoing; however these following things we think necessary to be said. 1. As to Diet, strong sweet Wines, and surfeiting Food is to be avoided; as also salt and sharp things, and Fry'd Meats, and what ever creates a gross and impure Juice.

XLI. 2. That in case of Purg­ing, a purging Diet Drink, where­in Raspings of Guajacum, and Sassafrass, also crude Antimony are put, is chiefly to be chosen.

XLII. 3. That the Head may externally be purged with Errhins and Sternutatories: some make choise of juice of Primrose roots: others of pouder of white Hellebor; but Tobacco is accounted the best of them all.

XLIII. 4. That you endeavour the falling of the Scabs or Scall, and the taking off the Hair (if it cannot be done without it) by some proper depilatory, at least­wise; by the Means directed in Sect. 18. above.

XLIV. 5. This done, to Kill or Destroy the Humor impacted in the Part, you may apply the Remedies directed in the places afore cited, of this work, or some of these following.

XLV. Take fresh Butter ℥vi. Palm Oil ℥iv. Oil of Scorpions ℥ii. Mercury Coagulate ℥jss. pou­ders of white and black Hellebor roots, of Elecampane, unslaked Lime, Sulphur Vive, A. ℥ss. mix, and make an Ointment.

XLVI. Or, ℞ pouder of white and black Hellebor, Soot, Pot Ashes, Galls, Alum, Auripigment, Calx Vive, Litharge, Sulphur Vive, A. ℥ss. Sulphur of Antimo­ny, white Precipitate, Mercury coagulate, Verdigrise, A. ʒii. pouder and boil all in juice of To­bacco ℥xiv. then add Palm Oil lbi. Tar, Turpentine, A. ℥i. Wax, q.s. mix and make a Liniment.

XLVII. 6. That in Children and tender Bodies, you use the more gentle Medicaments, as this.Sulphur Vive of our Hercules, A. ℥i. Alum, Catechu, A. ℥ss. Juice of Limons ℥jss. Turpentine ʒvi. Oil of Scorpions q.s. mix, and make a Liniment.

XLVIII. Or if they be rebel­lious, ℞ Sulphur Vive, Hercules, A. ℥i. Scammony Stavesacre, Tobacco both in fine pouder, A. ℥ss. Sulphur of Antimony, Alum: Tur­pentine, A. ʒii. Oil of Scorpions, q.s. mix, and make a Lini­ment.

XLIX. 7. That before the Ointments are applyed, the part affected be fomented with Tanners Woose, or red Wine, with Balaust­ians, Catechu, Myrtle-berries, Pomgranate-peels, and Sumach have been for some hours in­fused over a gentle Fire.

L. 8. That the Ʋlcers be dres­sed but once in 24 hours (unless they be exceeding moist) with the Ointments; and that over them, some Cerate made chiefly of Wax, be applyed.

LI. 9. That if there should be any danger of an Inflammation, in­stead of Oily and Greasy Bodies, you are to mix the pouders of both Hellebors, Stavesacre, Birthwort and Orrice roots, Sulphur Vive, Scammony, Tobacco, &c. with Oxymel Simplex, making it of the consistency of an Electuary, and [Page 1113] so to apply it to the Ulcers, in­stead of the Ointments or Lini­ments.

IV. Of an Ʋlcer of the Head, from Apostemation, Contusion, &c.

LII. This is that which is purely called by the Greeks, [...]. and by the Latins, Ʋlcus Capitis; which is a mani­fest and open Ulcer, like Ulcers in other parts.

LIII. If it is foul, it must be cleansed with Abstersives, made of the juice of Smallage: or with this. ℞ Honey ℥iv. Gum Elemi ℥ii. fine Aloes ʒii. mix them.

LIV. Or you may wash with this. ℞ Canary, white Port-Wine, A. ℥ii. S.V.℥jss. Honey ℥i. mix them. Or, ℞ White Port-Wine, juice of Centory, S.V. A. ℥ii. Honey of Roses, Syrup of Mulber­ries, A. ℥i. mix them, to wash with.

LV. If the Ʋlcer is very foul, and runs much, you may dis­solve in the aforesaid Liquors, Aloes Succotrina ʒiii.

LVI. After the Ʋlcer is washed, dress it with the Abstersive; and lay over it Emplastrum de Me­liloto.

LVII. Purge with some Cath­artick Diet-drink, or with an Infusion of Sena and Rhubarb in White-wine, or with Our Fa­mily Pills, or Pilulae Catharticae; which may be taken twice a Week, or oftner, if occasion requires.

LVIII. When you see that the Ʋlcer is throughly cleansed, per­fect the Cure, by dressing it once a day with Arcaeus his Liniment, or with Flos Ʋnguen­torum.

LIX. But if the Ʋlcer proves rebellious, and will not easily heal, apply the Seton to the nape of the Neck: for by this means the Humor will be diverted or de­rived, and the cure will succeed in a short time, without danger of returning again.

LX. Postscript. In the Cure of Achor and Favus, (which happen as well in old as young People) the general Method (says Barbett) is by strong Purging, Bleeding, Sweating, Salivation, Unction, and Pulling-out of the Hairs: but (says he) without using any of those ways, I have often cured these Diseases, with this only Decoction.

LXI. ℞ Pot-ashes, and with Whitewine make a Lixivium, of a moderate acrimony; in a quart of which boil leaves of Marjoram, Southernwood, A. M. ii. Maiden­hair M. jss. Rose-leaves M. i. and therewith let the Head be well washed and bathed, twice or thrice a Week, very hot: and then let it be dried with hot linnen Cloths; thus doing for a few Weeks, the Patient will be cured: but gentle Purging may sometimes be used.

CHAP. XXIII. Of an ƲLCER of the EYE.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Ulcus Oculi, vel Oculorum; we in English call, An Ulcer of the Eye, or Eyes.

II. The Kinds. They are consi­dered; 1. In respect to the Part. 2. In respect to their Qualities, Natures, or Accidents.

III. In respect to the Part af­flicted: the Ulcer possesses either the Coats of the Eyes, as the Adnata or Conjunctiva, Cornea, Ʋvea; of which those in the Conjunctiva or Cornea, are chief: or the fleshy Corner next the Nose. Those of the Cornea are either superficial, or deep.

IV. In respect to their Natures: some are mild, and these chiefly possess the Tunicles of the Eye; or malign, and they possess the fleshy part.

V. The malign are also twofold; viz. either not contagious, or contagious: the not contagious are twofold, viz. Ʋlcus depa­scens, or Ʋlcus cancrosum: the contagious are threefold, viz. Carbunculosum, Venereum, and Morbillosum.

VI. So that out of what has been said, we must treat of Ʋlcers of the Eyes, 1. As they affect the Adnata or Conjunctiva. 2. As they affect the Cornea superfi­cially. 3. As they affect the Cornea deeply. 4. As they af­fect the fleshy part with Ʋlcus depascens. 5. As they affect the fleshy part with Ʋlcus Cancro­sum. 6. As they are contagious in the Small Pox. 7. As they are contagious, in the Venereal Disease. 8. And as they are contagious, from a Pestilential Anthrax, or Carbuncle.

VII. The Causes. The Proca­ctartick Causes, are from Blows, Contusion, or some external Vio­lence. The Antecedent Causes are from a Cacochymy of evil Humors, or a Plethory, if such a thing is in Nature. The Pro­ximate or Conjoined Cause is an Inflammation, or Ophthalmy, or sharp corrosive Humors lodged in the Part.

VIII. The Signs. These Ʋlcers are known by sight; from the Part they affect, and the nature and quality of the Ulcer.

IX. The Prognosticks. They are dangerous, and difficult in the Cure; especially those in the Cornea, and Pupilla, where for the most part, they leave Blind­ness.

X. If the Cornea is wholly eroded, the Aqueous Humor is let forth; and many times also the Crystalline.

XI. If there is an Inflamma­tion withal, it is generally very painful; and ought forthwith to be removed, by those things prescribed in an Ophthalmy.

XII. Ʋlcers of the Eyes in Per [Page 1015] sons of a Cacochymick Habit of Body, if they are cured, (which is always with difficulty) yet they generally leave some ble­mish, or other weakness upon the Part.

XIII. If they happen in Chil­dren, they are always of difficult cure; because of their froward and untoward, or fearful and uneasy disposition.

XIV. The Indications of Cure are threefold. 1. By Ʋniversals, as by proper Catharticks. 2. By Revulsion and Derivation. 3. By Vulneraries, as Abstersives, In­carnatives, and Cicatrizers.

XV. An Abstersive Collyrium, from Barbett.White Amber, red Myrrh, A. ℈ss. Sugarcandy ʒi. Saffron gr. vi. Eyebright-water ℥ijss. white of one Egg, mix them.

XVI. Another. ℞ Red Coral prepared, Frankincense, A. ʒss. crude Antimony, Harts-horn burnt, white Troches of Rhasis, A. ℈i. burnt Lead, gr. xv. Honey of Roses, q.s. make a Liniment.

XVII. An Incarnative. Take Celandine-water ℥iii. Gum-tra­gacanth ℈i. Aloes, Frankincense, Tutty prepared, A. ℈ss. Glass of Antimony levigated gr. vi. mix them.

XVIII. A Cicatrizing Colly­rium.Rofe-water ℥iv. Sac­charum Saturni, Sarcocol, white Troches of Rhasis, burnt Lead, A. ℈ss. mix them, to wash with.

I. Ʋlcers of the Eye, affecting the Conjunctiva.

XIX. The Tunica adnata, or Conjunctiva, is derived from the Pericranium, and is common to the Eyelids: and therefore an Ulcer in that is the most simple, and easy of cure; and proceeds (as has been said) mostly from an Ophthalmia.

XX. An Ophthalmia is said to proceed from two Causes. 1. It may proceed from Inward Causes. 2. From Outward; and then it is either mild, when the Conjunctiva is only inflamed; or vehement, making red, and turning up the Eyelid, wherein the Humor is so sharp, as to cause an erosion, or ulceration.

XXI. First, cleanse with this. ℞ Honey of Roses strained ℥ss. Goats-milk ℥ijss. fine Aloes ℈ss. mix them.

XXII. Or with this. Take Goats-milk ℥iii. yolk of one Egg, Sugarcandy, Honey, A. ʒi. Myrrh, Aloes, A. ℈ss. mix them.

XXIII. Consolidate with this. ℞ Rose-water ℥iii. Gum-traga­canth ℈i. red Coral prepared, burnt Harts-horn, Sarcocol, Dragons­blood, burnt Lead, white Starch, A. ℈ss. Crocus Metallorum, Sac­charum Saturni, A. gr. v. mix, and make a Collyrium.

II. Ʋlcers of the Cornea, superficial.

XXIV. Some Authors make the superficiary Ʋlcer to be fourfold. 1. [...], Caligo, a Misti­ness and Dimness of the Sight. 2. [...], Nubecula, a little Cloud; which is deeper than the former. 3. [...], Ʋl­cus ad Iridem, an Ulcer grow­ing about the Iris, posses­sing part of the white, and part [Page 1116] of the black of the Eye; by some said to be Albugo, a Pearl in the Eye; which in the Iris appears white, but without it is reddish. 4. [...], Ʋlcus simplex Cculi, a simple Ulcer or Erosion of the Cornea in the Eye, which makes it ragged, and of an ash-colour.

XXV. But of all these, the last, which is a Sore of the Eye caused by Erosion, can only be called an Ʋlcer; the Cure of which only we shall here treat of; for that those things which cure or help the latter, will certainly cure the former.

XXVI. A Collyrium, to wash with. ℞ Juices of Celandine, of Fennel, of Rue, of Southern-wood, white Port-wine, A. ℥iv. Bnlls-gall ℥ii. Aloes, Sarcocol, A. ℥ss. distil in a Glass-body in B.M. in which infuse Crocus Metallo­rum levigated ℥i.

XXVII. ℞ Juices of Fennel and Rue, A. ℥iv. Honey of Roses strained ℥i. choice Brandy ʒii. mix them.

XXVIII. ℞ Honey of Roses strained ℥i. Rose-water ℥iv. Aloes finely poudered, Tutty prepared, Saccharum Saturni, A. ℈i. mix; with this or the former, let the Ulcer be drest daily twice a day, and it will quickly be well.

III. Ʋlcers deep, or piercing the Cornea.

XXIX. Of the deep Ʋlcers some Authors make four sorts: 1. [...], Fossula; a hollow, narrow Ulcer of the Eye, with­out filth, like a round Puncture. 2. [...], Ʋlcus cavum; a hollow Ulcer, wider than the former, but not so deep. 3. [...], Inustio; which is yet deeper, made by Burning; being an impure crusty Ulcer, thro' which the Humors sometimes come, when cleansed by Abs­tersive Medicaments. 4. [...], Pro­cidentia Ʋveae Tunicae; which is, when the Cornea is corroded quite thro', and falls down.

XXX. This last or fourth kind, which properly is also fourfold: 1. Very small, like the head of a Fly or Pismire. 2. Bigger, being faln down more, and is equal in bigness to a small Grape. 3. Larger, hanging or sticking forth like a little Ap­ple. 4. When it is grown hard, brawny, and flat, almost nail­like.

XXXI. These Ʋlcers of the Cornea, viz. the three first kinds, are not to be slighted, for that they have deeply seized upon the substance of the Membrane; lest corroding thro' the whole Mem­brane, the Humor should issue out, and so the Eye sink, causing an incurable Blindness.

XXXII. The fourth kind, where­in the Cornea is eaten quite thro', having four several species, they are all of them said to be incu­rable: but the grape-like and apple-like, may (if their roots be small) have their deformities in a great measure abated, by binding them: but this deliga­tion will no more restore the Sight, already lost, than it can make a new Eye.

XXXIII. The Causes. The Ma­terial Causes of all these Ʋlcers, [Page 1117] is a Salt and Nitrous Humor, as Aegineta, lib. 3. cap. 22. will have it, which is sharp and cor­roding; which being in a Ca­cochymical Habit of Body, ren­ders them always of difficult cure.

XXXIV. The Cure. This has relation only to the three first kinds, in which Emeticks are to be avoided, and such Catharticks as are apt to work upwards, which are always prejudicial to weak Eyes: you are only to use such as are gentle and lenient, by which you may gradually, or by little and little discharge the Humor offending; that that which is good may succeed in its place.

XXXV. The Body then being gently purged, Nature oftentimes corrects and amends the remaining part of the Juices; by converting that which is benign into Nou­rishment; and expelling the superfluous, by Stool, Urine, and Sweat.

XXXVI. To these things add, the right Ʋse of the seven Non-naturals: otherwise, tho' you may fail of the Cure, yet it may be very much prolonged.

XXXVII. Renodaeus, Pharm. lib. 5. cap. 11. has this Topick. ℞ Burnt Lead, Antimony, Tutty washed, burnt Brass, Gum Ara­bick and Tragacanth, A. ℥i. Opium ʒss. make all into a pouder, which with Rose-water form into Troches. Dissolve one of them in Cucumber, Plantane, or Purslane water, and dress the Eye there­with.

XXXVIII. Heurnius, Meth. ad Praxim, lib. 1. pag. 141. (in the Roterdam Edition in 8o. Printed 1650.) has this: ℞ Calamina­ris thrice burnt, and twice quenched in White-wine, ℈ii. burnt Brass ℈iv. burnt Lead washed, Myrrh, A. ℈ss. Saffron gr. v. Opium gr. ii. Decoction of Fenu­greek ℥i. grind all upon a Porphyry­stone, and make a Collyrium. Make the Eyes first clean with a Spunge dipt in Decoction of Fenugreek and Linseed; then with a Pencil dress the Eyes, five or six times a day.

XXXIX. The same Heurnius, in the place cited has this also. ℞ The Gall of Partridges, or of a Hare, or of Fishes ʒss. juice of Fennel ʒss. Sugarcandy ʒii. Syrup of Roses q.s. make a Collyrium. The hard whites of Eggs also beaten with a little Vitriol, and and the Liquor dropping there­from thro' a linnen Cloth, being anointed on the Ulcer, won­derfully cleanses it: the Body in the mean while is to be kept soluble with Lenitive Clysters.

XL. It has been observed also, that Sows or Wood Lice, being bruised, and infused in Rhenish Wine, No. 200. to a quart of Wine; and the Liquor drank every Morning fasting to ℥iii. is excellent to heal Ulcers of all kinds, tho' malign, as Depascent and Cancerous, and to help dimness of Sight, and cure most Diseases of the Eyes.

IV. Of the Depaseent, or Eating Ʋlcer.

XLI. This is a malign Ʋleer, which begins at the corners of the Eyes, and sometimes at the [Page 1018] white of the Eye, seizing many times, even upon the Horney-Tunicle.

XLII. The Prognosticks. In Cacochymick habits it frets and eats very much, and runs on in such sort, that oftentimes it consumes the adjacent parts, as the Muscles and Lids of the Eye.

XLIII. It is dangerous, and seldom cured without deformity, and loss of Sight; for which rea­son the Patient ought to be in­form'd of the event or danger, before the Cure is undertaken.

XLIV. The Signs. It is known by sight: but it yeelds a stinking slimy Matter, the pain is vehe­ment, and there is commonly a Symptomatical Fever,

XLV. The Cure. You may dress the Ʋlcer with this.juices of Henbane, Nightshade, To­bacco, and Tarrow, A. ℥i. Honey ℥iii. mix them over a gentle heat. Or, ℞ Juice of Mandrakes, of Nightshades, of Plantane and Pur­slane, A. ℥i. Honey of Roses strain'd ℥iv. mix them over a gentle heat, adding Sacchurum Saturni ℥i.

XLVI. The Ʋlcer being drost with the former things, apply over it, this Cataplasm. ℞ Pulp of boil'd Quinces ℥iv. Barley Flower ℥ii. Unguentum, Rosa­tum ℥i. Saccharum Saturni, Hen­bone-seeds in pouder, A. ℥ss. Oil of Poppies, q.s. mix them.

XLVII. If the Ʋlcer proves ve­ry malign and corroding, it must be corrected, by dropping into it some of this mixture. Take Rosewater, Henbane, Housleek, and Nightshade waters, Oil of Vitriol or Sulphur, A. ʒii. mix them,

XLVIII. And if by the use of it the pain is very great, you may appy this Anodyn Cataplasm to it. ℞ Pulp of Quinces ℥vi. Hen­bane, Housleek, Mandrake, Night­shade, A. M. i. juice of Night­shade lbi. boil till the Quince Flesh is soft: then add, Barley Flower ℥ii. Oil of Poppies ℥i. Saccharum Saturni ℥ss. Opium ℥i. mix, and boil to a Consistency.

V. Of a Cancerous Ʋlcer.

XLIX. This is that which is said to be caused of an Arsenical Salt, wherein, besides the Corro­sion, there is a Septick, or putre­factive quality, which alters the form of the Part after a very strange manner.

L. The Signs. It begins in the black of the Eye; and in it the black and white of the Eye are reddish: the pain is almost con­tinual, and vehement, and a dark-coloured, sharp, corrod­ing, putrefactive, stinking Hu­mor flows from it: and it is the more exasperated by the appli­cation of sharp Medicines to it.

LI. The Prognosticks. Aegi­nera, Lib. 3. Cap. 22. says, that this is an Incurable Ʋlcer: and indeed nothing but a Palliation can be promised, because it re­sists the most probable Reme­dies.

LII. The Cure. Let the Pa­tients Food be Milk, and Milk­meats, Curds and Whey, Milk­pottage, Custards, Panado's, and Milk boild thick with Oatmeal, which sweetens the Juices of the Body, nourishes, and is of good Juice, and easy concocti­on: [Page 1019] to which add other Food of easy digestion.

LIII. As to Topicks, you may apply this. ℞ Burnt Lead ℥ii. red Lead, Cinnabar levigated, A. ℥i. Mercury coagulated ℥ss. Palm Oil of a Golden colour, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.

LIV. Or, ℞ Mucilages of Line and Fenugreek seeds, extracted with Poppy-water ℥i. white Troches of Rhasis with Opium ʒi. mix them, which apply warm, renewing it morning and even­ing.

LV. And over all you may ap­ply this Cataplasm. ℞ Rotten Apples, or Pulp of baked Apples ℥vi. Cassia newly Extracted, Barley Flower, A. ℥ii. Burnt Lead ℥jss. white of one Egg: juice of Nightshade, q.s. mix them.

VI. Ʋlcers in the Eyes, from the Small-Pox.

LVI. They generally follow an Inflammation of the Eye, or when any of the Small-Pox break out in the Eye, as I have sometimes seen.

LVII. They are known by either Tumor, or Crust, or erosion with matter issuing out, and much pain.

LVIII. Let the Eyes be fomen­ted with warm Breast-Milk, or with warm juice of Fennel, or with a Mucilage made of Quince, Fleawort, Fenugreek, or Lin­seed, with juice of Fennel.

LIX. After which, anoint them with this gentle Abstersive. ℞ Honey of Roses strained, juice of Smallage, A. ℥i. Breast Milk ℥ss. Saffron in pouder ℈ss. mix them, and anoint therewith: this Medicament alone will be enough to heal them.

VII. Ʋlcers in the Eye, from the French-Pox.

LX. When these Ʋlcers proceed from the French-pox, you will find the Cure of them very difficult, unless the Cure of the Disease causing them be attempted at the same time.

LXI. However outwardly you may apply this.Honey of Roses strain'd ℥i. of our Hercules, Cin­nabar levigated, A. ʒii. Aloes ʒss. mix them.

LXII. Renodaeus in Pharm. Lib. 5. Cap. 11. has this. ℞ white Wine lbi. Plantane and Rose wa­ter, A. ℥iii. Auripigment ʒii. Verdigrise ʒi. Aloes, Myrrh, A. ℈i. make the dry ingredients into fine pouders, and mix them with the Wines and Waters.

LXIII. This is yet a more ex­cellent thing. ℞ White-wine lbi. Honey of Roses strain'd, Bul­locks, Gall, A. ℥iss. Nightshade, Plantane and Rose waters, A. ℥i. juice of Centory the less, of Smallage, of Scordium and of To­bacco, A. ℥ss. Cinnabar leviga­ted Vitrum Antimonij, Aloes, Myrrh, A. ʒii. mix. digest two days, then use them.

VIII. Ʋlcers caused from a Pesti­lential Carbuncle.

LXIV. If it is caused from any Pestilential Ʋenom, there arises first a small Tumor in the Eye, which is hot, hard, painful and con­tagious; [Page 1120] arising from a thick, black, burnt and venomous Hu­mor.

LXV. The heat causes the Burning and fermentation of the Humor; and it is contagious by reason of its Poyson and Malignity, which it emits constantly in fumes or vapors: and when it comes to yield matter it stinks, by rea­son of its putrefaction.

LXVI. It is accompanied with great thirst, heat, especially inter­nal, watching, and raving: and the Urine is sometimes very red, thick, and troubled.

LXVII. The Cure. These Symptoms appearing, you are first to give inwardly Antidotes, and Alexipharmicks: the vulgar Phy­sicians give Venice Treacle, Mi­thridate, and Elect. de Ovo: but we commend our Theriaca Chymica, above all other things in the World.

LXVIII. For it overturnes the Venom, destroys the Poyson, abates upon the spot all the vebement Symptoms, and secures the Life of the Patient.

LXiX. If you perceive a small Pustule on the top of it, open it with a Lancet or Incision Knife, and nbate the vehement heat with Aqua Spermatis Ranarum, or Aqua Solani mix'd with a little S.V. in which Camphir is dissol­ved; or you may do it with Pop­py water in which Saccharum Sa­turni is dissolved, adding a little Camphir in pouder, laying a Cloth moistned in the same over it to the Eye.

LXX. And above it apply this Cataplasm. ℞ Goats or, Cows Milk, or rather juice of Nightshade lbss. Barley Flower, q.s. mix them.

LXXI. When the Crust is fal­len, Mundifie with this. Take Honey of Roses, juice of Fennel, Ana, mix them: then incarnate by adding thereto Colophony in pouder, a third part.

LXXII. Lastly, cicatrize the Ulcer with this. ℞ white Port Wine lbi. Aloes, Tutia prepared, Ceruse, A. ℥ss. Honey, Sugar Candy, A. ℥iss. Alum, Sacchar­um Saturni, A. ʒi. mix: digest in a gentle sand-heat, for 48 hours; then keep it upon the Faeces for use.

CHAP. XXIV. Of a FISTƲLA of the EYE.

I. WHat the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Fistula Lachry­malis: we in English call the Weeping Fistula, or Fistula of the Eye. I know some will have this Ulcer to be called [...] Aegilops, because it is a hollow or cavernous Ʋlcer in the Fleshy, or great Corner of the Eye; but Aegilops is no more Fistula La­chrymalis, than a cavernous Ʋlcer not callous, is a Fistula.

II. The Place. It is seated in the great or innercorner of the Eye, near the Nose: or according to to Barbett, in the Punctum La­chrymale, from which (a hollow Ulcer therein becoming callous) comes the Name of Fistula La­chrymalis.

III. The Causes. It sometimes is caused from Anchylops, or Aegylops, or what produces the like Tumors in other places: some­times it is made by Fluxion, and appears at first very small, like a Phlegmon or Inflammation.

IV. Sometimes, and that fre­quently, it is caused by the French-Pox; and many times from a strumous Humor, in such as are affected with the Kings-Evil. Barbett says, it becomes callous, or degenerates into a Fistula, from a continual flux of Hu­mors.

V. The Signs. It is manifest at sight: for first, the Orifice offers it self to view; then, by com­pression of the Finger upon the Canthus, the matter issues out; sometimes a mixt matter is discharged, sometimes in a smal­ler quanrity, and sometimes in a larger; and sometimes it is not unlike to the white of an Egg: also, you may run a Probe to the bottom of the Sinus.

VI. If it is from a Strumous Cause, it is made by Congestion, and the Tubercle is round, without dis­colouring the Skin: if it is made by Fluxion, there is pain and redness accompanying it, and inflammation all over the Eye.

VII. The Prognosticks, Some­times this Matter will be so sharp and malign, as to penetrate, rot, and eat quite thro' the Bone; so that it will discarge it self down­wards thro' the Nose, with a fetid smell.

VIII. All these kinds of Fistu­la's of the Eye, are of difficult cure, let them be from what cause soever: for the Part being loose and spungy, the Eye very sensi­ble, and the Part very lax, it makes the Humors apt to soak into it, and penetrate even the Bone it self.

IX. That which is recent, if it is well opened, is easiest of cure; that which is inveterate, or of long continuance, is for the most part accompanied with an Ul­ceration of the Gland, and a Caries in the Bone, which makes them subject to a weeping, after they are cured.

X. The sensibility of the Eye, makes it subject to pain and fluxion; and also unfit to be drest with sharp Medicaments, such as a Fistula usually requires.

XI. And if the Ʋlcer is accom­panied with Erosion, it will be apt to terminate Cancerous; (as I once saw one) in which case, the Patient is deplorable.

XII. If it is become Cancerous, (known by its hard and livid lips, sharp pain, and fetid virulent mat­ter) you are only to use a Palliative Cure, (as in Cancerous Ulcers) for an Absolute Cure will never succeed.

XIII. If the acrimonious mat­ter has penetrated the Nose, to make a way thro' the Bone of the Nose from the corner; then the upper Orifice is only to be shut up, without scaling of the Bone; which will be a [Page 1022] abour both very painful, and fruitless.

XIV. If the Fistula continues long, as a Year, &c. and the Pus passes thro' the Bone to the Nos­tril, it will cause [...], Oculi Atrophia, a Consumption of the Eye, which will be incurable.

XV. The Cure. The Indications of Cure are threefold: 1. To cause an evacuation, alteration, diversion, or revulsion of the Humor. 2. To remove the Cal­lus, without which the Cure cannot succeed. 3. To heal up the Ulcer, by Incarnatives and Epuloticks.

XVI. Due Purging ought to pre­cede, by such things as are most universal, and least apt to cause Vomiting; Syrupus Catharticus, an Infusion of Sena, and Pulvis Cornachini are commendable: to which you may add, Pilulae Catharticae, Tinctura Purgans, and Pulvis Catharticus.

XVII. An alteration of the Hu­mor is to be endeavoured, by such Alteratives as are prescribed in the Cure of Strumae, French-Pox, Scurvy, &c. using a Decoction of Guajacum, Sarsa, &c. for many days, with other Altera­tive and Vulnerary Diets.

XVIII. The Matter also ought to be derived from the Head by Errhins, applied to the Nostrils: as, Take Scammony, Guttae Gam­bae, A. ʒii. Confectio Hamech q.s. mix, and make long Rolls for Errhines.

XIX. And a diversion of the Humor is to be made, by applying Cupping-glasses, Vesicatories, and Causticks to their proper places: Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 1. Obs. 41. says, that instead of a Cautery, he applied a Seton to the Neck, by which means alone he has performed the Cure.

XX. And some Authors will have a Revulsion to be made by Bleeding; where there is (as they say) a Plethory, or platitude of Blood.

XXI. Externally, Repellents (says Wiseman) are to be applied to the diseased Part, to prevent Fluxion; made of distilled Wa­ters, or Juices of Horstail, Let­tice, Plantane, Purslane, Night­shade, Frog-spawn, &c. with whites of Eggs, Bole-Armeny, Sealed-Earth, &c.

XXII. And to intercept the Matter, (says he) we apply to the Temples Gum-mastich, Ta­camahacca, Empl. ad Herniam.

XXIII. But if the Tumor in­creases with tension and pain, it will then be fit to endeavour a Discussion, by such things as are prescribed in an Ophthalmia; as Elder-flowers, Hypericon, Len­tils, Orobus, Rue, Southernwood, Wormwood, Melilot-flowers, Camomil, &c. boiled in Wme, or some weak Lixivium.

XXIV. The second Indication is, to remove the Callus; in order to which, the Orifice (because it is generally narrow) ought to be dilated with a Tent made of Elder-pith, Gentian-roots, Rope-root, Spunge pressed, &c. ac­cording to the proportion of the sinuosity in the beginning.

XXV. Then you shall yet more enlarge it, by Spunge prepared with Melilot-Emplaster, or Glair of Eggs; as we have formerly [Page 1023] taught; by which means you will discern all the corners of the sinuosity.

XXVI. The Fistula being thus dilated, we must now apply our selves to the removing of the Cal­lus: Barbett has Phlegm and Spirit of Vitriol, Aqua fortis, Mercury-water, Ʋng. Aegyptia­cum, burnt Alum, blue Vitriol, Verdigrise; but Ʋng. Fuscum Wurtzii, boiled to the consisten­cy of a Suppository, to be put into the Fistula, he commends above all.

XXVII. Riverius advises to wash the Ʋlcer every day with Rue-water, applying after Ung. Apostolorum, which is to be con­tinued for three Weeks; laying over it some convenient Em­plaster, and defending the Eye with Rose-water. ℞ Rue-water ℥iv. Honey ℥ii. Verdigrise ʒi. mix them. Inject it warm, with a Syringe.

XXVIII. If the Callus does not yet waste, use this following Injection. ℞ Rue, Pilewort, Agrimony, A. M. ss. S.V. lbss. juice of Tobacco ℥iv. infuse twenty-four Hours, then strain out.

XXIX. After the use of which, apply this following upon Dos­sels. ℞ Wine-Vinegar ℥iv. Ho­ney of Roses strained ℥iij. Ginger ʒii. Verdigrise ℈ii. mix, and boil to a thickness.

XXX. But in application of Medicaments this Part, you have not so great a liberty, as in other Fistula's: for fluid and running things, having a great acrimony, are not safe; for passing unto the Adnata, and from thence to the Cornea, they may possibly erode it, whence a new Ulcer may be made, and so the Grief may be doubled.

XXXI. And even solid things themselves, must be very carefully applied; that they go no farther, nor spread beyond the sinuosity, lest horrible Symptoms be in­duced, by means of a fluxion, and increase of the acrimony of the Humor, which may hurt the Membranes of the Eye, ad­jacent to the Part affected.

XXXII. Some use this. Take water of Elder, or Dwarf-elder flowers lbj. corrosive Sublimate ʒii. or better; according to the hardness of the Callus: the proportion you must guess at by the continuance of the Fi­stula, Habit of Body, and Age of the Patient, making it either weaker or stronger.

XXXIII. Others use this. Take Plantane or Rose water ℥vi. Spirit of Nitre ℥iii. mix them. This they account excellent, but 'tis very sharp, and must be used with caution, and sparingly applied to the sinuosity, so that no part of them touch the Membranes, lest they should excite vehement Accidents.

XXXIV. Others like solid Me­dicaments better; because the force of their operation is more durable, and they are more secure, as being not so apt to spread. In a young, tender, and delicate Body use this. Take red Precipi­tate, or Turbith-mineral ʒii. burnt, Alum ℥i. mix them very well.

XXXV. Afterwards, take Ung. Populeon ℥i. of the former Pouder more or less, mix them: with this Mixture arm a Tent, which put [Page 1024] into the dilated Fistula, which let remain 'till it slips out of it self; and continue the use of it, 'till the Callus is removed: which you may know, if the sinuosity appears soft, and the Pus sticking upon the Tent be laudable.

XXXVI. If there is a Caries, Wiseman proposes this. Take Vi­triol calcin'd, Cantharides (their heads and wings cut off) Quick­lime, Sal Armoniack, R [...]-alum, Ana: mix, and bring them to a body with Boys Ʋrine.

XXXVII. In applying of these things, the parts about must be defended, and the Fluxion hin­dred by application of Refrige­rants; yet after all, it is a most painful and tedious ways.

XXXVIII Wiseman proposes the use of the Actual Cautery, which being applied thro' a Can­nula will with one touch waste the Callosity, and destroy the Caries: after which, it is to be drest up with a Dossel dipt in a mixture of Oil of Roses and the white of an Egg, and a Compress in the same over all: then it is to be digested, and deterged with milder Prescriptions, keeping the Orifice dilated with a Dossel dipt in Tinctura Myrrhae, &c. 'till the Bone exfoliates.

XXXIX. And so Barbett: If (says he) the Os lachrymale, or Zygomaticum be foul, the Skin being divided, an Actual (or Po­tential) Cautery must be applied, that the Caries may be removed; otherwise, (if that be not ta­ken away) it will be impossi­ble to cure the Fistula.

XL. All Authors, as with one Voice, subscribe to the Actual Cautery, which must represent in figure an Olive-stone: the parts adjacent must be defended from the Fire, by a Cannula, or hollow Pipe, as Aquapendens and Wise­man direct: you must effectually impress it, to dry the humidity, the sooner to procure the sca­ling of the Bone.

XLI. 'Tis true, some Authors prescribe fatty things, to hasten the separation of the Eschar; yet it is better not to use them, be­cause the Part is moist of it self; and so the application of such Medicaments might induce a sordid Ulcer.

XLII. What I shall advise to, is a Tent dipt into Red-wine, or Tincture of Euphorbium; or a Pledget dipt in the same, lay­ing above all Empl. Album, or Diapalma, or Empl. de Minio simplex, or cum Sapone; the use of these things is to be conti­nued, 'till the Scaling of the Bone.

XLIII. But because many People (by reason of the terror) will not admit of the Actual Cautery, it may be performed be Incision, &c. after this manner: first, with a bended Probe, find out the cavity every way, both upwards and downwards; and draw a Line with Ink, between the Glandule of the Eye, and the Trochlea or Pulley; thro' which the first oblique Muscle, called superior or major, passes, ending obliquely in the uppermost part of the Cornea.

XLIV. Then divide the fleshy or membranous parts, making In­cision to the Os lachrymale or [Page 1025] Zygomaticum: the Part incised divide with the Nails of your Forefingers, until the Incision is so much dilated, that it may without any difficulty admit of an indifferent Pledget or Tent.

XLV. This done, put in a Tent made of Ʋng. Fuscum Wurtzii; or a small Pastil made of unwashed Turbith-mineral, Vitriol cal­cin'd, Sealed-earth, and Ʋng. Populeon; mixt, and wrought up into a stiff Paste, and dried.

XLVI. About the Tent or Pastil, apply a Pledget armed with Populeon, over which lay Empl. Album, or Diapalma malaxed with Oil of Poppies or of Hen­bane, or of Hypericon; then defend the orbit of the Eye with little Bolsters or Pledgets, wet in Frogspawn-water camphora­ted, and so bind it up; dressing it twice a day with the Tents or Pastils, viz. Morning and Eve­ning, 'till the Callus falls out of its own accord.

XLVII. Then view the Bone, and see how much is carious; and thereto apply this, or some such like. Take roots of round Birth­wort, of Orrice, of Hog-fennel, Myrrh, Euphorbium, A. ℥ss. make all into a fine pouder, and apply it: this may serve in such as are young, and of a tender habit of Body.

XLVIII. But if they be of good years, or middle-aged, and of a strong constitution, you may apply the pouder of Euphorbium; after the application of which, or of the former Pouder, you may fill up the cavity of the Part incised with prepared Sponge, as aforesaid; and about it apply a Pledget armed with Ʋng. Po­puleon, which hold fast down with Empl. Album, Bolsters, and Bandage.

XLIX. This manner of Dressing you must continue 'till the Scale falls off, or the carious part is separated, which will be in about 20 days, or very little more: then mundify with Mel Rosatum, or Mel Rutaceum, or Syrup of dried Roses, or with this. Take Spirit of Wine ℥ iv. Honey ℥ ii. Verdigrise ʒi. boil to the consum­ption of a third part.

L. Then endeavour the Consoli­dation, with Syrup of Myrtles, or Syrup of Comfrey: or with this. Take roots of round Birthwort, of Orrice, bark of Frankincense, A. ʒiss. Aloes, Cadmia fossilis, Ma­stich, Myrrh, Sarcocol, A. ʒi. Honey q.s. mix, and make a Li­niment. Or: Take Alum, Anti­mony, Aloes, Balaustians, Frank­incense, Dragons-blood, A ʒi. Verdi­grise ℈ ss. make a fine pouder, which mix with Rue-water q.s. and make a Collyrium, to drop into the Eye, thrice a day, &c. and last of all, cicatrize with some Epulotick Ointment, Cerat, or Emplaster.

LI. If it so chance, that the whole substance of the Bone of the Nose subjacent to the Fistula is carious or corrupted, and a Catarrh be also attending, so that it seems to be often cured, and breaks out again. In this case, you must first dilate again the sinuosity, 'till the corrupt Bone appears; then you must pierce the Bone of the Nose with a Gimblet, that so the Pus or Matter may flow inward, to the Nostrils; and [Page 1026] then cure up the Ulcer or Fi­stula, as we have taught in other places.

LII. This, tho' it is no real Cure, yet outwardly no deformity can be seen, nor shall the Patient himself be able to discern the turning of the Pus, from the out­ward Glandule to the Nostril in­wardly; nor shall he himself perceive any smell which shall offend him: as he who smells continually to a Damask-Rose, shall in a little time perceive no smell at all in it.

LIII. If you perceive the Fi­stula to be malign, or seems to degenerate into a Cancer, (known by the Signs at Sect. 12. afore­going) you must only use a pal­liative Cure: for which purpose, apply this Medicament of Heur­nius. ℞ Lapis Calaminaris thrice heated red-hot, and quenched in Vinegar ℥i. burnt Brass ℥iv. burnt Lead washed, Myrrh, A. ℥ss. Saffron ʒii. Opium ʒi. mucilage of Fenugreek ℥xxiv. mix them well by grinding together.

LIV. If you intend to keep it for any time, it will be best to mix it with Sheeps-suet, Oil of Ben, A. ℥xii. instead of the Mucilage of Fenugreek, because thereby it will be better preserved. It is an excellent Eye-salve, in all Ulcers and Fistula's of the Eyes, whether simple, malign, or can­cerous.

LV. Fabricius Hildanus, Cen­tur. 5. Obs. 23. has this notable Example. A Boy 13 years of age had a Fistula lachrymalis 4 years together in his left Eye, the Bone being carious; the Gland was so eroded, that when he cried, tears trickled out of the Fistula. The Actual Cautery was the best Re­medy, yet the Boy refused it: therefore having ordered his Diet, he was Purged, and a Seton was made in his Neck: when the Seton ran, the Poten­tial Cautery was applied, which causes no pain: when the Eschar was fallen, the Fistula was dila­ted to the Bone, with an esca­rotick Ointment and prepared Sponge: afterwards good store of Euphorbium in pouder was strewed upon it; and upon that a Plaster of Gum Elemi was applied. When these things had been used for some Weeks, the Bone scaled; after the Scale was taken away, half a drop of Balsam of Tolu was applied once a day to the Ulcer, which soon healed up, and continued per­fectly well; and a little after the Seton was removed, and the Fistula healed up. In this Cure, Hildanus ascribed most to the E p or bium.

CHAP. XXV. Of an ƲLCER of the NOSE.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]: and the Latins, Ulcus Narium; we in English call [Page 1027] An Ulcer of the Nose: but the Greeks also call it [...], and and the Latins Ozaena, Narium Ʋlcus putridum, (ab humorum acrium defluxu:) a putrid Ulcer of the Nose. It is called Ozaena, from the ill scent thereof.

II. The Cause. It is from a de­fluxion of sharp, salt, bilious, putrid, and eroding Humors, which some­times corrupts the Bone it self, but chiefly the Cartilage or Gristle, whereby the Nose is many times made flat, and the Face deformed.

III. These Humors, if they be only sharp, they produce Ʋlcers bard to be cured, but not of a vehement smell: but if the Hu­mor is putrid and corruptive, then the Ulcer stinks much.

IV. The Kinds. It is clear, out of what has been said, that Ozaena is twofold. 1. That which pro­ceeds from a sharp Humor only, and stinks not. 2. That which proceeds from a putrid Humor, having a corrosive faculty; of which Actuarius, lib. 2. cap. 10. speaks.

V. The Signs. The Breath of the Patient always stinks, but more especially, in a strong expi­ration: and this proceeds from rotten and corrupt Humors gathered together about the Meatus colatorii, or Passages of the Os Ethmoides; whence com­municating their malignity and putridity to the adjacent parts, they cause an ill smell.

VI. There is also a flux, more or less, of a sharp or putrid matter; sometimes, as Celsus says, it is covered with a Crust.

VII. The Ozaena of the Ancients, was only a malign Ʋlcer; but most of the Ulcers of the Nose seen with us, are Symptoms of the Pox, and are contagious, and by contact may infect others.

VIII. For which reason it is, (as I believe) that Gorraeus, Definit. Med. lib. 13. affirms, that this Disease is more fre­quent now in our times, than it was when the ancient Authors lived and practised.

IX. Aegineta, lib. 3. cap. 24. says, that Ozaena is a carious and rotten Ʋlcer; bred of sharp Humors flowing to the Nostrils, and eroding them.

X. Barbett says, that it some­times spreads it self within the Nose, to the Palate; and then there is great pain, and a sordid Crust; more especially if it proceeds from the French-Pox.

XI. The Prognosticks. If it is recent and simple, there is little or no pain: and if when it is toucht it bleeds, and has a black Crust upon it, 'twill be easily cured.

XII. If it is inveterate or old, it is hard to cure: so also if it proceeds from Polypus, or the French Disease: but if it dege­nerates into a Cancer, it is incurable.

XIII. If it proceeds from any other, or precedent Disease, that Disease (what-ever it be) must be first removed, or cured, before the Ozaena can be cured.

XIV. Celsus, lib. 6. cap. 6. says, If the Ʋlcers be about the Nostril, which have Crusts, and an evil Smell, (which the Greeks call Ozena) you are to know, they will be difficultly cured.

XV. All these kinds of Ʋlcers are of difficult cure: 1. Because of the proximity of the Brain, which affords plenty of Humors. 2. Because the Part affected is of a moist temperature. 3. Be­cause Internals being given, lose much of their force and virtue, before they come at the Head.

XVI. That which is apparent, is easier to be cured, than that which is latent; and if this kind of Ulcer continues long, it takes away the Sense of Smelling.

XVII. If it is a Symptom of the French-Pox, it is easier cured, than if it is originally of it self: 1. Because when it is of it self, it comes nearer to a cancerous quality, than otherwise. 2. Be­cause we have more certain Medicaments for the cure of the Pox, than for the cure of any thing cancerous.

XVIII. The Cure. There are three Indications of Cure. 1. That which has respect to the pro­catartick cause. 2. That which relates to the antecedent cause. 3. That which belongs to the proximate or conjoined cause.

XIX. The removal of the pro­catarctick cause, here most respects the Diet: let the Patient avoid all sorts of Meats which are salt, acid, sharp, windy, or hard of digestion, yielding a corrupt or evil juice; and that he feeds very moderately and sparingly, upon that which is good and proper for him.

XX. A sparing Diet at least, and sometimes fasting is necessary for the Cure; for it hinders the generation of many ill Humors, especially in cacochymick habits of Body; as it helps conco­ction and digestion, and causes an appetite, so it also very much dries the habit of the Body.

XXI. The removal of the ante­cedent cause is done by purging. Emeticks are not so good here, as Catharticks; unless the Sto­mach is foul, and replenished with corrupt Humors.

XXII. The Catharticks which we shall make use of it in this Cure, are either vegetable, or mineral: the vegetable may do well enough, where it proceeds from the lesser and milder Causes: but mineral are to be chosen, when it proceeds from the more vehement and rebel­lious.

XXIII. Among the vegetable Simples, these are chief; Agarick, Aloes, Cambogia, Colocynthis, Hellebor black, Hemodacts, sal­lap, Mechoacan, Scammony, and Sena. These may either be used singly, or compounds may be made of them.

XXIV. Such are, Our Syrupus Catharticus, Pilulae Catharticae, Pulvis Cornachini, Tinctura pur­gans, &c. and among the Shop-Medicaments, Pilulae ex duobus, sine quibus; Cochiae minores, de Agarico, Trochisci Athandal, Dia­catholicon, Diacarthamum, Caryo­costinum, Confectio Hamech, &c.

XXV. Among Minerals, the chief Preparations are taken from Antimony and Mercury: from An­timony, you have, 1. Pulvis Antimonii. 2. Pulvis Catharticus: both which are very great Medi­cines, and very extrordinary things; and may be prepared as directed in Lib. 1 ca. 68. s. 1. and 5.

XXVI. The Preparations of Mer­cury are more effectual; much more if it proceeds from any Venereal Cause, or if there is any fear of its becoming Cancerous: those which are most convenient for this purpose, are Mercur. dulcis, white Precipitate, the Princes Pouder, Turpethum minerale, Arcanum Coralinum, &c.

XXVII. The removal of the proximate or conjoined Cause, which is directed by the third Indi­cation of Cure, and whereby the Ʋlcer comes to be healed up. And here you are first to remove the Scab, which fixes it self in the fore or lower part of the Os Ethmoides, or Os Cribriforme, which hinders the Brain from discharging of the malign Hu­mor which causes the Ulcer, and also hinders Medicaments from coming to to Part affected.

XXVIII. ℞ Oil of sweet Al­monds ℥ii. Sperma Ceti ℥ss. mix them well over a very gentle Fire. Or, ℞ Neats-foot-oil ℥ii. pure Bears-grease, or Oil ℥i. mix them. Turn the Face upwards, and bend the Head down backwards, and drop it into the Nostrils, 'till the Patient feels it by the taste in his Throat and Palate.

XXIX. Or, Take Neats-foot-Oil, or Linseed-oil, and cast it upon the Nostrils with a Syringe; re­peating it four or five times a day, 'till the Crust is loosned; then moisten with this. Take juice of Endive or Smallage ℥iv. Honey ℥i. mix, and cast it up with a Syringe.

XXX. Or you may inject this, which is stronger. ℞ Rhenish Wine ℥vi. juice of Pomgranates ℥ii. Honey ℥i. Litharge ʒii. Red-lead ʒi. Mercury dulcified ʒss. burnt Alum ℈i. boil a little, and strain.

XXXI. After which, he may snuff up of this Sternutatory. ℞ Tobacco ʒi. roots of white Hel­lebor, Nigella, A. ʒss. Rosemary, Sage, A. ℈ii. Musk gr. iii. make all into a subtil pouder.

XXXII. The crusty Substance or Scab being faln, you may dress it with this Water. ℞ Waters of black Cherries, Plantane, and of Roses, A. ℥iv. Spirit of Vitriol ℈j. or ʒss. mix them. Or, Take Smiths-forge-water ℥viii. Alum ʒii. mix them well. Or, Take Phlegm or Spirit of Alum, Plan­tane-water, A.℥iv. Mercury dulci­fied ʒii. mix them. Or, Take Fallopius his Magistral Alum-Water ℥iv. Plantane and Rose Waters, A. q.s. to weaken it.

XXXIII. Or you may wash, and inject with the Ablution of dulci­fied Mercury in Lime-water: or, wash and inject daily the Water of the Griffin, than which few things are better.

XXXIV. You may also of­ten in the day-time inject some such drying, astringent, and abstersive Decoction: as, Take Red-roses M. i. Plantane, Knot­grass, Perwinkle, A. M. ss. Bis­tort, Tormentil, A.ʒi. Balaustians, unripe Bramble-berries, A. ʒ ss. Water q.s. boil and strain, and to every three ounces, add Mel Ro­satum ℥i.

XXXV. Then anoint with this of Barbett. ℞ Ung. fu­scum Wurtzii ℥i. burnt Lead, Ceruse, Tutia prepared, Litharge, bark of Frankincense, Myrrh, round Birthwort roots, Mercurius dulcis, [Page 1030] A. ʒjss. Ung. Album Camphora­tum, q.s. mix, for a Liniment.

XXXVI. Or this of Sennertus, in Med. Pract. lib. 1. part. 3. sect. 4. cap. 1. ℞ Burnt Lead, Litharge, Wax, A. ʒi. Oils of Roses and Myrtles, A. ʒjss. Ceruss, fine Bole, Balaustians, A. ʒss. grind them all in a Leaden Mortar, to an Oint­ment.

XXXVII. Or, ℞ Unguent. Album, & de Tutia, A. ℥i. Oil of Myrtles ℥ss. Scammony, Tobacco in pouder, A. ʒi. dulcified Mer­cury ʒj ss. mix, and make an Ointment.

XXXVIII. If none of the former things prevail, you must use this. ℞ Rose or Plantane water, or choice white Port-wine, ℥viii. Powers of Mercury ℥ss. or ʒvi. mix them; and therewith wash, and inject up the Nostrils.

XXXIX. This cleanses and dries, without biting, and often­times performs all the Intentions of Healing: it is a Medicine beyond comparison.

XL. Then heal, and consum­mate the Cure with Ung. Mira­bile; the composition and prepara­tion of which, see in Our Doron Medicum, lib. 3. cap. 4. sect. [...] for it is a singular thing in the cure of the Ulcer, tho' it be malign, or should proceed from the French Disease: you may dip Tents into it, and put them up the Nose.

XLI. Or you may fume the Ulcer (if it yet proves rebel­lious) with this of Barbett.Amber, Benjamin, Gum San­darach, Frankincense, Storax, A. ʒi. Artificial Cinnabar ʒiv. make a Pouder or Troches, for Fumes. As much as Nutmeg, is enough at a time; which is to be put upon live Coals, and the Fume is to be received up the Nostrils by a Funnel: but it must be cautiously used, as once a day, or not above twice a day at most, lest a Salivation be raised.

XLII. If the Ʋlcer proves can­cerous, tho' it is judged uncurable, yet you may dress and palliate it, either with the former Fume of Barbett, or with this Water, or you may make use of both. ℞ Frog-spawn, Snails, A lbii. Oak­buds, Ground-Ivy, A. ℥vi. mix, and distil a Water like Rose-water; to which add Camphir calcin'd, (being mixed with fine Bole, and so put into a Crucible) ʒi. wash and inject with this, and put up Tents of Lint, or Spunge moistned therewith.

XLIII. If the Ʋlcer proves yet rebellious, and will yield to none of the Remedies, you must come to the use of the Actual Caute­ry: for according to Hippocra­tes, lib. 1. aph. 6. extream Remedies must be applied to extream Griefs or Diseases.

XLIV. The Intention of apply-the Actual Cautery is, 1. To cause an Eschar, by impressing upon the Ulcer: or, 2. To dry the Ulcer by often applying it; but always giving off, before the Patient feels any pain.

XLV. If you design an Eschar, both [...]ends of the Pipe thro which the Cautery is to pass, must be open: and when the Eschar is produced, the fall of it must be procured by the means directed at Section 28, ad 31. and then you must proceed [Page 1031] in curing the Ulcer, as is there­after taught.

XLVI. But if you intend only desiccation, then the end of the Pipe which you apply to the Ʋlcer must be shut or closed; and the desiccation will be accomplished by a manifold iteration of the same; after which, you must pursue the Cure as is before directed. See more hereof in the Third Edition of Our Syn­opsis Medicinae, Lib. 3. Cap. 35. Pag. 505.

CHAP. XXVI. Of an ƲLCER of the EAR.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Ulcus Auris; we in English call An Ulcer of the Ear.

II. The Causes. It is caused either by external Force or Vio­lence; as of a Fall, Blow, Stab, &c. which may hurt and contuse the Part; and from whence Pus, or other sharp Excrements may be bred, which may erode the cavities of the Ear.

III. Or from an antecedent Cause; as sharp Humors, sent from the Brain to the cavity of the Ear, causing Apostems, Ulcers, &c.

IV. The Signs. It is known by Blood and Matter flowing out, and may be discerned also by pain, noise, and trouble in the Ear; and some­times if Worms are there, there is felt an intollerable itching, not easy to be abated.

V. The Kinds. These Ʋlcers are either without an Excrescence of Flesh, or they are with an Excrescence.

VI. The Prognosticks. If the Matter is white, and without any ill scent, and the Ear itches much, it is without danger; yet it be­speaks Worms, as aforesaid.

VII. If the Matter comes out of the Ear, and Pulsation is felt with great Pain; you may judge that a Phlegmon, Abscess, or In­flammation is present.

VIII. If the cure of these Ʋlcers is long deferred, there is much danger of Deafness to ensue.

IX. If a great quantity of Pus comes forth of the Ear, you may safely judge, that it proceeds from a fluxion of Humors from the Brain.

X. The Cure. The Antecedent Cause is first to be removed by proper Purging; for which we commend the Arcanum Jovis, Pulvis Antimonii, Pulvis Cathar­ticus, and Pulvis Cornachini: and in some Constitutions, the Electuarium Catharticum, which makes a good Revulsion.

XI. As to the Conjoined Cause, if any thing is gotten into Ear, it is to be taken out: and if Hu­mors abound in the Part, a deri­vation is to be made, by appli­cation of Vesicatories, the Seton: or, making an Issue.

XII. The next thing to be done, [Page 1032] is to cleanse the Part with Abs­tersives: as, ℞ Hydromel lbi. Honey of Roses strained ℥iv. mix; and inject with a Syringe very warm, then dry it with the Probe armed with Lint.

XIII. But the Medicaments which are put into the Ear, ought to be neither too hot, nor too cold; for that Part can ill endure any excess, in any of these two qua­lities.

XIV. Put no fat or greasy Medicines into the Ear; for as it is composed of Spermatick­parts, (as Physicians speak) so they will be apt to induce a sordid Ulcer.

XV. Nor let any sharp Medica­ment be put into the Ear, before the Body is well purged; lest a Fever be procured, and a flux of Humors be moved to the Part.

XVI. Let all the Medicaments which are put into the Ear, be of a thin and liquid substance; that they may sink down the deeper.

XVII. And after dressing, let the Patient lye upon the whole Ear, the disaffected Ear being uppermost, and stopt with some fine Cotton, or Lint, for a pretty while.

XVIII. Trochisci Andronis dis­solved in Elder-Vinegar, are commended for cleansing; so also Crocus Martis boiled in strong Wine-Vinegar, 'till the Tincture is extracted.

XIX. The Ulcer being cleansed, you must consolidate and heal with this. ℞ Scurvi­grass M. i. round Birthwort roots ℥i. Canary-Wine lbss. boil, strain, and add thereto Spirit of Wine ℥ii. inject it warm into the Ear.

XX. Or you may inject into it a Sanative Synup, made of the Vulnerary Herbs; as of Agrimo­ny, Angelica, Avens, Bawm, Comfrey, Horstail, Knotgrass, Ladies-mantle, Mint, Plantane, Scordium, Sanicle, Solomons-seal, Self-heal, Winter-green, Yarrow, &c. which is not only good in Ulcers of the Ears, but in all other cavernous or hollow Ulcers.

XXI. And to these Vulneraries, some few Astringents may be ad­ded; as Bistort, Balaustians, Catechu, Myrtle-berries, Pom­granate-peels, Oak bark and buds, Red-roses, Sumach, &c.

XXII. If the Ʋlcer is foul, or has Worms in it, a Decoction of dry Tobacco in Ale or Wine, will be found an incomparable thing: after injecting, you may dress it with this Liniment. Take Ung. Diapompholigos ℥i. distilled Balsani of Myrrh ʒiii. Honey of Roses ʒii. mix, and apply it with Lint.

XXIII. If these Ʋlcers yield much pus, or filth, they must be drest once every day: but if they yield but little matter, it will be enough to dress them once in two days.

XXIV. If the Ulcer is ma­lign or inveterate, you must cleanse with this. Take Rhenish-Wine lbi. Honey of Roses strained ℥iii. Vinegar ℥i. Verdigrise ʒi. burnt Alum ʒss. boil, strain, and inject warm to cleanse: then afterwards heal the Ulcer, as directed at Sect. 9, 10, 11 above.

XXV. But withal, it will be necessary to divert or derive the Humor, by Errhines applied to the [Page 1033] Nostrils, and Masticatorics to the Mouth; and the Patient must use a Diet drink made of Gua­jacum and Sarfa, &c.

XXVI. If an excrescence of superfluous Flesh does grow in the Ear, (which is many times does, so as to fill up all the cavities of the Ear, and cause Deafness) you must first purge the Patient very well, as before directed.

XXVII. Then consume the spongy Flesh or Excrescence, by injecting the Composition at Sect. 14. above, and strewing upon it this fol­lowing Pouder. Take Vitriol cal­cin'd, Alum burnt, A. ʒi. Auri­pigment, Verdigrise, A. ʒss. mix them. Or, Take Alum burnt, Vi­triol calcin'd, A. ʒss. red Precipi­tate, Turbith-mineral not washe, A. ℈ii. fine Bole, Aloes, A.ʒi. mix them.

XXVIII. And upon every dressing, wash out the Pouders with this Injection. Take White-Wine ℥iii. Honey of Roses strained ℥ss. Ung. Aegyptiacum ʒi. mix them: after injection, strew in some of the former Pouders again, and continue this course 'till the whole Excrescence is wasted.

XXIX. Which done, heal and cicatrize with the Vulnerary-Syrup, or some such-like thing, dissolved in Plantane or Rose Water.

CHAP. XXVII. Of an ƲLCER of the MOƲTH.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins Ulcus Oris; we in English call, An Ulcer of the Mouth: under which the Lips, and insides of the Cheeks and Tongue are comprehended.

II. The Causes. They are either Primary, proceeding either from some external Violence, or a Flux of sharp Humors: or Symptomati­cal, caused from some malign or contagious Disease; as the Small-Pox, French-Pox, Kings-Evil, malign burning Fevers, &c.

III. The Signs. They are known by sight; the Ulcer has gene­rally a whiteness upon it, and is the same with that which the Country People call the Canker.

IV. The Prognosticks. If they be recent, they are the more easily cured: so also if they proceed from the Small-pox, or some malign Fever.

V. Those which are Symptoma­tical from the French-pox or Kings-Evil, are only to be cured, by curing those Diseases.

VI. If they be malign, or seem to be of a Cancerous nature, they will be of difficult cure, and sometimes prove to be incurable.

VII. The Cure. There are breakings-out after Fevers and Colds, and Fissurae Labiorum, Chaps of the Lips; which are [Page 1034] caused from a salt, sharp, drying Humor; which Ulcers are hot and painful, especially if the Patient speaks, eats, or laughs.

VIII. These are easily cured by anointing with Ʋng. Album, or with this. Take Beef or Mut­ton suet ℥iv. Oil of Ben, or Oil-Olive ℥iii. white Wax ℥jss. Sper­ma Ceti ℥i. Camphir ʒii. mix, and make an Ointment; with which anoint Morning and Eve­ning: it will not fail.

IX. Or, Take Veal-suet from the Kidneys ℥iv. Oil of Ben ℥ii. white Wax, Rose-water, A.℥i. Saccharum Saturni ʒvi. Sperma Ceti ʒiii. Camphir ʒi. mix them. It heals wonderfully, and if con­stantly used every Night, pre­serves the Skin as plump, smooth, full, and fair, (free from all Wrinckles or other Deformi­ties) even to Old-age, if the Party was not much above twenty.

X. If the Ʋlcer of the Lips is benign or mild, it may be cured with Ung de Minio, or Desicca­tivum Rubrum camphuratum; which is effectual even against inveterate or old Ulcers, in what part of the Body soever they be: nor does the Ʋng. è Solano come much behind it.

XI. If the Ʋlcer of the Lips is malign or cancerous, (which you may perceive by its colour, being blackish or livid, and its brims hard, its pain and heat much, and almost continual, and its yielding an ill-smelling Sanies:) or if it is from any strumatick or venereal Cause, you must then purge often, and cleanse the Body with proper Catharticks; and use Sudorifick, Antistru­matick, and Antivenereal Medi­caments.

XII. You must wash it with the Ablution of Mercurius dul­cis in Lime-water, or with the Juice of Tobacco, or with the Water of the Griffin, which is a most excellent thing; or with this. Take Henbane, Hemlock; Housleek, Nightshade, Plantane, Speedwel or Fluellin, A. M. iii. Stramonium M.ii. whites of Eggs No. xii. Alum in pouder ℥vi. Cam­phir ʒii. dissolved in S.V. ℥iv. put all into a Glass-body, and distil in B.M. in the distilled Water dis­solve Saccharum Saturni ℥ss.

XIII. Afterwards anoint with Ʋng. Nicotianae, or ad Scabiem; or de Tutia, or with this. Take coagulated Mercury in fine pouder ʒvi. Ung. Tutiae ʒiv. Wax, Oil of Ben, or of Poppies, A. ʒii. Turpen­tine ʒi. mix them.

XIV. If the Ʋlcer is rebellious; and will not yield to these Medi­cines; you must have recourse to more effectual Means, such as we have prescribed in the Cure of Cacoethick, Phagede­nick, and Cancerous Ulcers.

XV. If the Gums, and insides of the Cheeks or Lips are ulcera­ted, with such an Ʋlcer as the Common-people call the Cankers; it is to be cured by Abstersives and Driers: for which pur­pose, Barbett commends this fol­lowing.

XVI. Take Oak leaves or buds M. i. Balaustians, Roses, A. P.i. Pomgranate-peels ʒii. burnt Alum ℈ii. white Vitriol ℈ss. Red-wine q.s. boil and strain. To half a Pint of the Liquor, add Honey [Page 1035] of Roses, Rob Diamoron, A. ℥i. mix, for a Gargarism.

XVII. Or, Take common Chalk, fine Bole, A.ʒii. red Lead, burnt Alum, Catechu, A. ʒi. Mercurius dulcis levigated ʒss. Vitriol. ℈i. Whitewine q.s. boil; and to lbj. of the Liquor, add of Fernelius his Syrup of Comfrey ℥iv. mix them.

XVIII. Or, Take Scurvigrass M. iii. bruise gently, and boil in Rhenish Wine lbii. strain, and sweeten with Syrup of Mulberries: with which wash the Ulcers daily oftentimes, and keep the Herb Night and Day in the Mouth, upon or against the place affected.

XIX. If all these things will do no good, you must touch the Ulcers with Oil of Vitriol or Sulphur, 'till they are overcome; then cleanse and heal with this Gargarism. Take Plantane or Rose Water, lbii. Saccharum Saturni ʒii. white Vitriol ʒi. Honey ℥iv. mix, for a Lotion or Gargarism.

XX. If the Roof of the Mouth is ulcerated, you must take care that your Applications be not loathsom or distastful, lest the Parts abhor them.

XXI. If the Skin which co­vers the Roof is ulcerated, first, (if it is foul) touch it with Aqua Fallopii, allayed with Plantane or Rose Water: or, Take Water of the Griffin, Honey of Roses, A. ℥ ii. Frogspawn-water ℥i. Oil of Sulphur or Vitriol ʒii. mix them.

XXII. The Ulcer being touched with the former things, you may dress it with this. Take Syrup of dried Roses, of Myrtle-berries, and of juice of Pomgranates, A. ℥i. Syrup of Mulberries ℥ss. Oil of Vitriol ℈ ss. or gut. xii. mix them: or you may wash it with the Water of the Griffin alone, or dulcified with Honey of Roses: dressing it often in a day.

XXIII. If the Bone of the Mouth is bare, you must dress it with this. Take Barley-flower, roots of Comfrey, of Orrice, and of Tormentil in pouder, A. ℥ss. Mastich, Olibanum, Sarcocol, Bo­rax, A.ʒss. Syrup of Red-roses, of Mulberries, A.℥v. mix them: and if the rough Skin grows again, or unites, you obtain your end.

XXIV. If the Tongue is ulce­rated, and it is benign or mild, let be often drest or washt with this. Take Pearl-barley ℥iv. roots of Althaea, Liquorice bruised, A. ℥ii. Water lbvi. boil to one half; strain, and add thereto Honey of Roses, Syrup of Mulberries, A.℥ii. mix, and keep it for use.

XXV. If the Ʋlcer proves malign, cacoethick, phagedenick, or cancerous, you must dress it with Aurum Vitae, or the Princes Pouder, or native Cinnabar mixed with Saccharum Saturni; or those things which we have enumerated and declared in those places, where we have treated of the curing of those Ulcers.

CHAP. XXVIII. Of an ƲLCER of the THROAT.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Ulcus Gutturis, seu Laryngis, vel Gurgulionis, vel Gulae; we in English call, An Ulcer of the Throat.

II. And here under this Title, we comprehend, 1. The Ulcers of the Ʋvula, or Gargareon. 2. The Ulcers of the Amygdalae, or Tonsillae. 3. The Ulcers of the Throat, beyond the Ʋvula.

I. Of the Ʋlcers of the Uvula.

III. [...]. Ulcus Uvulae, an Ʋlcer of the Ʋvula, is caused either prima­rily from a Flux of sharp Hu­mors, occasioned thro' cold, or some external violence; or sym­ptomatically, from the French-Pox.

IV. The Signs. It is known by sight, an eating or corroding Humor appearing upon the Part; and some­times also, an Inflammation: if it is from the French-Pox, the Breath stinks, and the Patient has a great difficulty in swal­lowing.

V. If the Ʋvula is wholly away, it for the most part causeth an impediment in the Speech; but more especially while the Ʋlcer is present: but I know a Patient of mine who has wholly lost it, without the least hurt or defect to their Voice: and the same thing Guil. Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 21. affirms.

VI. The Prognosticks. If it is benign or gentle, it is of easy cure; but if malign, or accompanied with a Catarrh, it will be cured with much difficulty: if it is caused from the French-Pox, it is not to be cured, but with the cure of this Disease.

VII. The Cure. If the Ʋlcer is benign, it may be cured with some of the milder Medicaments in the former Chapter: or you may first wash the Ulcer with this Gargarism. Take Agrimony, Avens, Centory the less, Fluellin, Marjoram, Plantane, Scordium, Solomons-seal, A. M. i. Whitewine lbii. Water lbi. boil 'till lbss. is consumed: strain, and dissolve therein Oxymel simple ℥iv. and keep it for use.

VIII. Then touch it with this Liniment. Take Honey of Roses strained ℥jss. Ung. Aegyptiacum ℥ss. Alum in pouder ʒss. mix them, and apply it Morning and Evening.

IX. If it proceeds from the French-Pox, you may use the Ablution of dulcified Mercury, or Turbith-mineral, or red Precipitate, in Lime-water; or, the Water of the Griffin, inferior to none of them.

X. But if with the Ʋlcer, it is much tumified, or inflamed; or [Page 1137] the Patient has a vehement Catarrh, and a tickling Cough, and that it proves rebellious to all the things prescribed; it will then be necessary to cut it wholly off.

XI. Let the Body be first well purged; and then take notice how much is necessary to be cut off, which is at least all that is ulce­rated. The Operation may be done according to the Exam­ples in Lib. 3. cap. 26. sect. 57, 58, and 59. aforegoing; which are extracted from Wiseman.

XII. If after cutting off, an Hemorrhage should accidentally happen; you may stop it with some styptick Pouders, or a Gargle made of Alum, and Catechu, in Red-wine.

II. Of Ʋlcers of the Almonds.

XIII. [...], plur. [...]. Ulcus Amygdali, vel Tonsillarum, an Ʋlcer of the Almonds of the Ear; may arise from the same Causes, that an Ulcer of the Ʋvula arises from.

XIV. The Signs. It is known by sight, the Tongue being pres­sed down with the Spatula. There is in this case, always a difficulty in swallowing, and for the most part the Gland is very much swelled, and many times out of its place.

XV. The Prognosticks. If it is only from a Cold, and without a Fever, there is the more safety: if it happens in Summer-time, it is more apt to spread; if it is inveterate, it is with much diffi­culty cured; and if it becomes scirrhous, it is scarcely ever cu­red, but with cutting off, or out.

XVI. The Cure. These Ʋlcers, as also every Ʋlcer of the Mouth, require stronger Desiccatives than the Ʋlcers of other Parts; be­cause they are always kept moist with Spittle, and are very apt to spread.

XVII. You may use the Medica­ments described in the former Chapter, as also in the Cure of the Ʋvula, to which you may add these following: let the Patient gargarize with a Deco­ction of Devil-bit; or with this Take Tinctura mirabilis ℥ii. red Port-wine ℥vi. mix them.

XVIII. After gargarizing, anoint them with this Liniment of Sennertus, in Med. Pract. lib. 2. cap. 22. Take the lesser Centory, roots of Florentine Orrice, white Dogs-turd, A. ℥i. Honey q.s. mix, and make an Electuary.

XIX. If these things do no good, gargarize it only with the Water of the Griffin; for if there is any hope or possibility of curing it by Medicaments, this will do it, yea tho' it proceeds from the French-Pox.

XX. But yet at last, after all, if it resists all Local Medicaments, you must come to Incision, the manner of doing it we have taught at large, in Lib. 3. Cap. 26. Sect. 45. ad 56. of this Work aforegoing, to which you are referred.

III. Of an Ʋlcer of the Throat, be­low the Uvula and Tonsillae.

XXI. Causes. It arises either from a Flux of sharp Humors, or from [Page 1138] some Stramatick or Venereal Cause, the which you may discern and distinguish by the Discourse of the Patient.

XXII. The Signs. It is known by sight, pressing down the Tongue with a Spatula; by pain and dif­ficulty in swallowing, narrow­ness of the Throat, and (if it comes from the Pox) a vehement stinking Breath.

XXIII. The Prognosticks. If it comes firm the Kings-evil, or French Disease, it is cured by curing them: if it is recent, it is easily cured; if inveterate, with much difficulty: if the Ulcer has eaten and spread largely, and very deep, or if any large Ves­sels are gnawn asunder, it is for the most part mortal.

XXIV. The Cure. The Patient may gargarize with this. Take Plantane-water lbi. Waters of the flowers of Oranges, Red-roses, A.℥i. corrosive Sublimate in fine pouder, ʒii. digest in a Sand-heat for an Hour; strain, and keep it in a Glass for for use.

XXV. If the Patient cannot swallow any solid Food, give this four Mornings together, and you will see a wouderful effect. Take dulcified Mercury levigated, à ℈i. ad ʒss. Syrup of Clove-Gilly-flowers, or Honey of Roses ℥ss. mix them. Or you may give the dulcified Mercury in new Milk.

XXVI. If these things do not, you must come to the Water of the Griffin, which is admirable, and will cure it (if curable) in a Week or ten Days time: if this does nothing, the Patient must submit to his Fate.

CHAP. XXIX. Of an ƲLCER of the NECK.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Ulcus Colli, vel Cervicis, vel Juguli; we in Eng­lish call, An Ulcer of the Neck.

II. The Causes, It may be pro­duced from some external violence, as a Wound ill managed, or a Con­tusion: or it may proceed from a Phlegmon, or an Apostem: or it may be caused from Venereal Contagion, or Poison, or stru­matick Tumors, by degenera­tion.

III. The Signs. The Ʋlcer it self is manifest at sight; but the Signs of the various Causes, must be learnt from the relation or discourse of the Sick, or some who belongs to them.

IV. The Prognosticks. If re­cent, and not near any of the prin­cipal Vessels, or the Spina, it will be the more easily cured.

V. If it is in the Neck behind, and has corrupted the Vertebrae; the Patient is then in a dangerous condition; if it has pierced to the Medulla, Death only can [Page 1139] put a period to the poor Patient's misery.

VI. If the Ʋlcer spreads, and creeps near to the Jugular Veins, or Soporal Arteries, there is great danger: if they once come to be corroded, nothing but a Miracle can preserve Life.

VII. If it is inveterate, and has otherwise eaten deep, or taken possession of the Glandules, (of which that Part is full) tho' it touches none of the great Ves­sels, or recurrent Nerves, yet it will be of very difficult cure.

VIII. If it becomes fistulous, nothing but a palliative Cure can be expected; and in this last case, keeping the mouth of the Ulcer open, and the Ulcer it self al­ways clean, it may prove (in Strumous cases) an advantage to the Sick.

IX. If being near the Spina, it should affect some of the conjuga­tions or pairs of Nerves, proceeding from those Vertebrae; the Parts which are replenished with Branches from those pairs of Nerves, will be apt to suffer an incurable Palsy.

X. The Cure. Let it proceed from what cause soever, it is neces­sary that Purging precede, or goes hand in hand with the other Ope­rations of the Cure; that the su­perabundance of the Morbifick-Matter may, as much as possible, be carried off.

XI. In all the common cases, and where it is primary, vegetable Catharticks may do, or those mixed with dulcified Mercury, or white Precipitate; but if it proceeds from a Strumous or Venereal Cause, (being Symptomatical) it will be necessary to add to them Mercurials; as red Preci­pitate, the Prince's Pouder, Arcanum Corallinum, Turpethum Minerale, Aurum Vitae, Praecipi­tatum per se, &c.

XII. This Purging is to be done at first every third or fourth day, for eighteen or twenty days: af­terwards for a Month or six Weeks, only twice a Week: and after that time, only once a Week, 'till the Ulcer is healed up.

XIII. If it proves inveterate and rebellious, you must in the inter­vals of Purging give constantly a Diet or Wound Drink, made of Guajacum, Winter's Cinamon, Sarsa, Sassafras, with addition of the principal Wound-Herbs, and and every Night at Bed-time this following Pouder.

XIV. ℞ Turpentine reduced to pouder by boiling, Crabs-eyes levi­gated, Goats-blood dried; Ana; make all into a fine pouder; of which give ʒss. or ℈ii. going to Bed, in any proper Vehicle. This will cause a great part of the Morbisick Matter to be carried off by Urine.

XV. As to Topicks, if it wants digestion, (as Ʋlcers in this Part very often do) you must then dress it with Medicaments proper there­to. This following is good. Take Venice or Strasburgh Turpentine, Honey, A.℥i. yolk of 1 Egg, Mastich in pouder ʒii. mix them.

XVI. After you find the Ʋlcer is well digested, (which you may know by the kindness of the Ulcer; not being full of pain, red, fretful, or eating, and the good condition of the Pus) you must then cleanse it with [Page 1140] Abstersives, as Ʋng. Nicotianae, Basilicon; or Basilicon mixed with a little Precipitate: or with this. ℞ Ʋnguent. Nicotianae ℥ii. Basilicon ℥i. Aegyptiacum ʒiii. mix them; and over all apply Empl. Album, or Diachylum cum Gummi, or Emplastr. Mercuriale, according as the Cause may be.

XVII. The Ʋlcer being suffi­ciently cleansed, you may incar­nate with Sarcoticks, as the Linimentum Arcaei, or this. Take Linimentum Arcaei ℥iii. Ʋnguent. Nicotianae ℥ii. Basilicon ℥i. mix them. And if the Ulcer is apt to be over-moist, you may add a little Precipitate thereto; which in this case will keep the Ulcer clean, and also help to incarnate.

XVIII. And now being filled up with Flesh, you have nothing more to do, but with some proper styptick Water, or astringent and desicca­tive Pouders, Ointments, or Em­plasters; to induce the Cicatrice, and perfect Healing.

XIX. If it is malign, you must often wash it with the Water of the Griffin; and apply such things, as we have directed in cacoethick and malign Ulcers.

XX. If it is from a Strumatick or Venereal Cause, it will scarcely be perfectly cured, but with such a course as may possibly cure those Diseases.

XXI. If it seems to be very habitual, or is become fistulous, you will do well to apply your self to the palliative Cure, (which we have in a former place already delivered:) because Ulcers and Fistula's in this Part cannot be laid open, but with much cau­tion; lest the recurrent Nerves, or the other great Vessels should be hurt, or suffer in the Ope­ration.

CHAP. XXX. Of an ƲLCER of the STOMACH.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Ulcus Stomachi, vel Ventriculi; we in English call, An Ulcer of the Stomach.

II. The Stomach is said to be the Shop or Work-house of Nature, where the Chylus is prepared; and it is composed of three Tuni­cles. The outermost is common from the Reritonaeum, and is the thickest; the middlemost is pro­per to it self, and is fleshy; the innermost is from the Dura Meninx, and is wrinkled.

III. It has Fibres of all sorts, and is crusted over with spongy Flesh; and it is situated in the middle of the Hypogastrium, resting upon the Vertebrae of the Loins: its left or highest Ori­fice is called Os, also Stomachus; and its right Orifice, Pylorus; which is joined to the Guts, to convey the Chylous Juice to them.

IV. The Causes. It may be caused either from a sharp and acrimonious Humor, corroding the Tunicles of the Stomach; or from the breaking out of the ulcerous Pustules of the Small-pox, when they break out inwardly, and then break, or ulcerate.

V. Or it may be caused from a vehement intemperate Heat: by which the Coats of the Ven­tricle seem as if they were par­boiled; after which they break, and the Part becomes raw.

VI. Or it may be caused from the long taking of very acid things; as Juice of Limons with­out allay: or from the taking inwardly Oils of Vitriol, Sulphur, or Salt or Aqua fortis, Aqua Regis, or Spirit of Nitre without mix­ture: or the taking of eroding Poisons, or Causticks, such as Vitriol calcined, Arsenick, corro­sive Sublimate, &c.

VII. The Signs. It is known by the exceeding pain and torment the Sick is almost always in, especially after eating and drinking, and for some hours after, 'till the Meat or Drink is gone off the Stomach; at what time there is some relaxa­tion of their pain, and they seem to be a little at ease again; but immediately after eating and drinking, the pain is renewed, and comes on afresh, as before.

VIII. The continuation of the Pain, and vehemency of it, makes the Patient almost afraid either to eat or drink, and in a manner destroys the Appetite: by which the Patient looks pale and wan, as if in the Green-sickness; and wastes away, as in a deep Con­sumption.

IX. Sometimes, by reason of the vehemency of the pain, (it being a nervous Part, as the Tunicles of the Ventricles are,) the Patient faints, and swoons away, some­times vomits up his Food again for ease and relief; and by the constancy and conti­nuance of it, is brought into a very faint and feeble condi­tion, as being scarce able to go alone, and they look even like the very Picture of Death.

X. By reason of this disorder of the Stomach, the Concoction is weakned, the Food not well di­gested; and the Excrements of the Body, as Ordure and Ʋrine, are crude and raw, looking of a very ill and pale colour.

XI. The Prognosticks. It is a very pernicious Disease, and without timely help, many times kills the Patient: if it is caused by sharp or acrid Humors, it is more easily cured than other­wise.

XII. If it proceeds from the Small-pox, or the violent heat of a malignant and burning Fever, (known by the great burning in the Stomach, vehement desire of drinking) it is for the most part deadly.

XIII. If it is caused from ta­king any quantity of Oils of Vitriol or Sulphur, Spirit of Ni­tre, &c. it is for the most part mortal: because those vehement things in a very short time bring a mortification upon the Part, and assault and empoison the Vital Spirits.

XIV. The Cure. In this Dis­ease the Symptom of Pain is some­times so vehement, that respect [Page 1142] must be had to it, before we at­tempt to attack the Disease it self. And altho' there may be a foulness in the Ulcer, which ought to be cleansed and taken away; yet sometimes we are forced to do that, after we have first abated the pain.

XV. If it is such a kind of anguish or dolour, that neither Cordials, Aromaticks, nor Anti­dotes; things hot, or cold, or temperate; things sweet, as Su­gar, Honey, or Liquorice; nor things sowr, do any good at all; no nor Opiates, or any kind of Narcotick or Anodyn whatsoever, do give any relief in the least measure.

XVI. What is then to be done? truly since the Disease generally proceeds from an over-great acidity and acrimony of the Juices; it follows, that it can be only ab­ated by things opposite to that quality, to wit, things of an absorbent and alcalious nature.

XVII. And therefore we ad­vise, that this Medicament be given for four days. ℞ Fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, fine Chalk, A.ʒiii. Crabs-eyes levigated, Pearl prepared, Orient part of Oyster, shells, A. ʒi. make all into fine pouder. Dose, ʒss. or ℈ii. Mor­ning and Evening in Goats-Whey, or other Whey, if that be wanting, or in Barley-water.

XVIII. Then proceed to the cleansing of the Ʋlter, and evacua­tion of the peccant Matter, by Le­nitives only: for which purpose, Hydromel may be given alone, or mixt with Manna of Frank­incense, as Galen advises; or you may give Barley-water with Ho­ney of Roses, or Sugar of Roses, in the beginning in the Morning fasting: avoiding all manner of Vomits, lest they dilacerate the Ulcer more.

XIX. And giving those things in the Morning, let the aforegoing Pouder be constantly given every day, or night going to Bed.

XX. And if the Ʋlcer is inve­terate or old, you must use Barley­broth, Decoctions of cooling Herbs, Almond-milk, Sugar of Roses: or new Milk, with Sugar, and a little Honey: not forgetting to give every Night a Dose of the aforegoing Pouder; without which the Cure will not well succeed.

XXI. Afterwards you may give Chalybeat-Milk and Iron-Waters, or Smiths-forge-water filtred, for ordinary Drink: or Water in which fine Bole or Terra Sigillata has been infused, which is ex­cellent: adding (in a great debility of the Stomach) a little rough or austere Wine, for that the heat of the Part may be weak.

XXII. Give often also some good Tramatick Decoction, as De­coctum Traumaticum Vulnerarium, Cancri, &c. or this: Take juices of Agrimony, Avens, Bugle, Burnet, Sanicle, Scabious, A. ℥iii. clarify, and sweeten with Syrup of dried Roses ℥iv. give it for five Doses, often to be repeated.

XXIII. Decoction of Sarsa and China, with Burdock and Comfrey roots, in Chicken-broth, given for twenty or thirty days together, is very good; so also the Mineral-Waters of Vitriol, Alum, or [Page 1143] Iron; or Tincture of Iron extra­cted with Whitewine.

XXIV. During the whole Cure, keep the Stomach clean, with gentle Purges of Sena, Rhubarb, Mechocan, Myrobalans, Syrup of Roses, Tamarinds, Diacatholi­con, &c.

XXV. Lastly, to heal up the Ʋlcer, give Pulvis Haly, or this: ℞ Pulvis Haly ℥ii. fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, red. Coral, Crabs-eyes, and claws, Bloodstone, Pearl, Oister-shells, (all levigated) Crocus Martis, A. ℥ss. native Cinnabar, Sar [...]ocol, Hypocistis, A. ʒii. make all into a fine pouder. Dose, ℈ii. with Sugar of Roses, in Poppy-Water.

XXVI. Or you may give it with Conserve, or rather Blood of Com­frey roots; or in a weak Tincture of Catechu, with Syrup of Quinces. You may keep or preserve it, by making it up into Troches, with mucilage of Fleawort-seeds, or rather with that of Gum-Tragacanth. Thus have we here given you the Theory and Praxis of a Disease, from our own Expe­rience, in which, we have fol­lowed the Footsteps of no Man living.

CHAP. XXXI. Of an FISTƲLA of the BREST.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Fistula Thoracis, vel Pectoris; we in English call, A Fistula of the Brest.

II. The Causes. It is either from an External Cause, as from a Wound penetrating into the Brest: or from an internal Cause, from a Phlegmon possessing the In­tercostal Muscles, and the Pleura.

III. The Signs. It is discovered at sight, having present the Signs of the other Fistula's: and if the Matter flows into the cavity of the Thorax, there will be short­ness of breathing, and a slower motion of the Brest.

IV. The Difference. It is either with one Orifice, as when it pro­ceeds from a Wound penetrating into the Brest: or with more Orifi­ces than one, when it follows after an Apostem.

V. The Prognosticks. If the Patient has an Hectick, or is fallen into a Marasmos, (which this Fi­stula is apt to induce) the Body growing very thin, and being in an absolute Consumption, the Disease is for the most part incurable: for the drying means which are absolutely necessary for the curing of Ulcers, increase those Diseases, and so hasten on Death.

VI. Celsus also says, that these Fistula's when they have passed the Ribs, sometimes corrupt the Dia­phragma or Midriff; (which may be known by the place affected, [Page 1144] and the greatness of the Pain:) in which case they are ever uncura­ble.

VII. And indeed all Fistula's of the Brest are hard to be cured, 1. Because the parts are in con­tinual motion, by reason of its dilatation and contraction, caus­ed by the intercostal Muscles. 2. Because the Virus of the Fi­stula does often corrupt the Rib, whose internal substance (being spongy) is apt to lodg the Cor­rupt or Virulent matter. 3. Because the sinuosity (extending it self between the Pleura and up­per Rib, to the distance between it and the lower Rib) is very difficult to be cleansed. 4. Be­cause it is apt to induce a He­ctick or Marasinos, which ren­ders it uncurable. 5. Because the Pleura in this case is always Ulcerate, which being membra­nous, thin, and without Blood, does (like the Bladder) very hardly admit of consolidation. 6. Because the farther end of the Fistula is for the most part lower than the Orifice, which hinders the expurgation of the Pus or matter. 7. Because Medica­ments cannot be so well apply'd in this case, as in Ulcers and Fistula's of other Parts. 8 Be­cause of its proximity to the noble Parts, as the Heart and Lungs, upon which the Life of the Patient depends.

I. The Cure of a Fistula of the Brest.

VIII. The Cure is perform'd by the general precepts aforegoing: as, 1. Good and proper Diet. 2. Pe­ctoral Decoctions and Diet-drinks, 3. Proper Topical applications.

IX. As to the Diet, if there is neither Hectick nor Marasmos, a greater variety of Meats may be permitted; than when these Symp­toms are present: but let the Food be easy of Digestion, and which may give good and strong nourishment, of which let the Patient Eat moderately: for Bread, Bisket is to be chosen, and for Meat the Flesh of Birds, and other Flesh easy of Digesti­on, which ought always to be drest by roasting; and let his Drink be some of the following Decoctions, which may some­times be mix'd with a little Wine.

X. As to the Pectoral Decocti­ons and Diet-drink [...], we shall chief­ly furnish you out of Franciscus Arcaeus: but these following Simples are chiefly commended, out of which you may make a Choise, and form what Diet-drinks you please.

XI. The chief Vegetable Sim­ples. Agrimony, Alheal, Adders Tongue, Alkanet-root, Aniseeds, Angelica, Avens; Bawm, Bishops-weed, Bistort-root, Borrage-roots and flowers, Burdock-roots, Burnet; Caraway-seeds, Catmint, China-root, Catechu, Cinkfoil, Clowns Woundwort, Colstfoot-roots and flowers, Comfrey-roots, Coriander-seeds, Currants blew; Dead-net­tle, Devilsbit, Dill-herb and seed; Elecampane-roots, Eryngo; Fen­nel-roots and seeds, Figs blew, Fluellin; Germander, Guajacum­and bark; Horehound, Hyssop; Jamaica-pepper, Juniper-berries; Ladies-mantle, Liquorice; Mai­den-hair, [Page 1145] Mint, Mallow-roots and flowers; Origanum; Parsley roots, leaves and seed, Pellitory of the wall; Raisons of the Sun, Rhu­barb; Sarsaparilla, Sassafrass, Sanicle, Scabious, Selfheal, Speed­wel; Tansie garden and wild, Tormentil; Valerian, Violet-leaves; Winters Cinnamon, Wood-bind; Yarrow; Zedoary.

XII. Franciscus Arcaeus his Pectoral Apozem. ℞ Pearl or hull'd Barley, Raisons stoned, Ana. M. iv. Bugloss-roots bruis'd and cut, M.iii. Carduus ben. M. ii Parsley-roots cut and bruis'd M. i. Cumin-seed ℥ii. Liquorice cleansed and bruis'd ℥jss. Jujubes No. xx. Damask Prunes, No xv. Water lbxiv. boil to the consumption of a third part, and strain out strongly: to which add Sugar Penides, Sy­rup of Roses, Syrup of the two open­ing Roots without Vinegar, A.℥iii. white Sugar lbss. Cinnamon ʒiss. mix, and make an Apozem.

XIII. Of this he advises to take ℥xii. two or three times a day, (as Morning, Noon, and Night:) It will, says he, help the diffi­culty of breathing, (which all these kind of Patients have) for it stops the flowing down of the Humor, corrects and purges the Blood, and does withal suffici­ently nourish the Body.

XIV. But he advises, that every day the Body be evacuated, either naturally, or by help of some Emollient or Lenitive Clyster, that he eat the Flesh of a Chick or Pullet, boiled with Parsly-roots and Cinnamon, (but Roasting is better) and eat Almonds (blanched) and Raisons sto­ned, both after Dinner, and af­ter Supper.

XV. When this Decoction is done, and drunk all up, his Body (says he) may be gently purged with Pil. Aggregativae cum Aga­rico, that the Humors which are concocted and moved, may be eva­cuated or cast forth: Afterward he would have this following Diet-drink prepared, with which he says the Patient will be per­fectly cured, and brought to a good habit of Body.

XVI. The Diet-drink. Take very thin and soft raspings of Gua­jacum ℥viii. Bark of the same ℥x. Liquorice scraped and bruised ℥ii. Aniseeds, Cumin-seeds, A. ℥jss. Raisons stoned M. j. Water lbxii. Wine lbxii. mix, and boil till a third part is consumed; add dried red Roses M. j. Hermodacts well bruised ℥ii. boil them again a lit­tle, then removing the Matter from the Fire, let it cool and stand till the next day; then strain off, first the clear, which keep by it self; the remainder strain out by expression, and keep it in another Vessel by it self.

XVII. The first straining he is to take instead of Drink at Dinner and Supper: but of the latter straining, which is the thicker, he is to take ℥vi. every Morning fast­ing, and every Night going to Bed, cold in the Summer time, but warmed in the Winter. And to the former Jaeces, fresh Wa­ter and Wine may be put, of which a second Decoction may be made, for his ordinary Drink.

XVIII. This Decoction, says he, is able of it self to nourish and maintain, as also to make fat, tho' the Patient only eats Raisons, yea, tho' he be in a Continual Fe­ver, [Page 1146] or in a Consumptitn: but then he must be utterly forbidden all other Drink, for this Liquor has great strength in it self, and is able to support the Patient.

XIX. If he is very weak he may eat the Flesh of Birds, or Mutton, or Kids Flesh, twice a day; otherwise if he be strong, and in a good habit of Body, he may eat Flesh but once a day, and at Night Raisons only and Bisket; and if he can forbear Flesh, it will be yet better that he eats only Raisons and Almonds, or Bicket at every Meal in the day: this Course he may pursue for 10 or 12 days: and after 30 days are past, he may eat Flesh once or twice a day, as he sees fit, but all the while keeping his Bed, even (if need require) till the fortieth day.

XX. But if the Fistulous Pa­tient has an Hectick Fever, the former Diet-drink must be wholly forborn; or if it is given, then things which cool and moisten also, must be given with it, as Barley, Borrage, Bugloss, Cowcumer, Lettice, Purslane, Spinage, Suc­cory, Sorrel, &c. also Emulsi­ons made of Decoction of hull'd Barley, or Almond Milk with Almonds, Seeds of Pompions, or Melons, Muskmelons, Citruls, Cucumbers and white Poppies, &c. Philonium Persicum, Syrup of white Poppies, red Poppy-water, with Juices of Citrons, Limons, &c. mixed with white Sugar.

XXI. If there be a Marasmus con­firmed, which is an immoderate dri­ness, with a vehement Consumpti­on of the whole Body, (known by the Eyes grown hollow, and hid as it were in their holes, fading of the lively Colour of the Skin, the Forehead dry, and the Skin stretch­ed like the head of a Drum, the Eye-lids heavy, and scarcely able to open, Temples hollow, Face thin, with the Jaw-bones sticking out, the Cheeks consumed, the Lip and Chin thin, as if nothing but Skin covered the Jaw-bones; the Brest nothing but Skin and Bones, and the Cavities of the Brest and Belly hollow, and as if no Vifcera or Guts were contained in them, the Muscles being so consumed, and the Cavities so drawn in, that nothing but the Fibres and Skin seem to remain, and the whole Man seems only to be a living Skeleton:) in this case the Physician ought to attempt nothing, for the Pati­ent is incurable.

XXII. But if the Marasmus it only in the beginning, known by the Skin becoming flagey and loose, agi­lity and strength decaying, faint­ness of the Spirits, with a mani­fest defect and impotency in all the actions and functions of the Body, Animal, Vital, and Natural: I say, in this case there may be some hopes, and therefore a Restorative Diet is to be appoin­ted, which may repair or re­store the wasted Radical Humi­dity.

XXIII. Let him have strong Broth and Jellies made of Chic­kens, Mutton, Veal, Beef, Legs and Knuckles of Pork, Sheeps Trotters, Calves and Neats-feet, wherein Juice of Citrons or Li­mons is to be put. Or they may be made with Damask-Prunes, Raisons of the Sun stoned, blue [Page 1147] Currants, Pippins, Pearmains, &c. Chicken-broth is also good, or Broth of hull'd Barley, and Almond-milk may be made with either of them, of which he may eat between Meals; drinking al­so Asses, Mares, or Goats-milk, or instead of them Cows-milk, sweetned with Sugar of Roses: And let him now and then eat the Flesh of a Pig, or young Pork, Poached Eggs, Chickens, Lamb, Veal, Mutton, sweet Butter, Cream-cheese, Smelts, Whitings, Perches, Pickrells, Trouts, Flounders, Soles, &c. according as his Stomach and Appetite most desires, eating all these things by turns, in a per­petual change of Diet.

XXIV. As to sopicks, these things (over and above the general method) are to be observed: 1. You may safely ditate the Fi­stula with a Fistula-Tene, and Sponge: but in removing of the Callus you must be very careful; for if you apply the Pastils or Troches, they must not reach to the Cavity of the Brest, lest the point of it break off or melt, and so full upon the Septum Transversum, which it will erode, and so cause an Inflammation, a sharp Fever, a Paraphrenitis, and at last Death it self.

XXV. 2. That the Tent be armed with Populeon, wherewith the Fistula-pouder is to be mix­ed, as has been before declared.

XXVI. 3. That the Callus be­ing removed, the Ʋlcer is to be deterged with Mel Rosatum, mix­ed with Aqua Calcis: but you must beware that you inject no Bitter Medicaments, because they are easily drawn in by the Lungs, from whence by the Aspera Arteria, they easily come to Throat and Mouth, by which a vehement Bitterness is felt, as Paraeus lib. 9. cap. 14. twice observed, thereby provoking Vomiting, and hurting the Ap­petite, both which are obnoxi­ous to this Cure.

XXVII. 4. The Ʋlcer being deterged, you must then consolidate, for Sores in this Part are not to be kept open long: You may inject Syrup of dried red Roses mixt with Comfrey, Plantane or Rose Water, laying a Pledger moistned in the Syrup over it, and over that Sticticum Paracel­si, because it draws the Lips to­gether, and skins also.

XXVIII. But if the bottom of the Fistula is lower than the Ori­fice, a lower Orifice is to be made by Inciston. The left side is safer than the right; because in this side, the Liver by its Gibbosity, bears up the Diaphragma, and insinuates it self into the Cavity of the Thorax; so that if either of these should be wounded, Death may be supposed sudden­ly to ensue.

XXIX. As to the Point it self which is to be opened, it may be about the beginning of the next Rib, and not at the lower end of that Rib, above which the Orifice of the Fistula shews it self, be­cause under it are placed an Ar­tery, a Vein, and a Nerve.

XXX. First divide the Skin towards the upper part of the lower Rib, then make way thro' the intercostal Muscles; this done, dry all things with a Sponge, [Page 1148] and put into the new Orifice a Tent of prepared Sponge, both to delate it, and to draw to it self the Quittor: If you do thus, not passing any farther than the division of the Pleura, so that neither the Diaphragma, Lungs, or Perlcardium, be touch­ed, you will be safe.

XXXI. Or you may according to Aquapendens, run a crooked Silver Pipe into the Fistula, so that its end may touch the bot­tom, thro' which pass a long Nee­dle threaded with Silk; being drawn through, tye the ends of the Thread together: This Thread you may dress with some Corrosive Water, Lini­ment, or Ointment, so long till the Callosity is removed; and then you are to Cure it after the manner of a simple Ulcer: But during the whole Cure, the Pa­tient is to drink plentifully of a good Pectoral Diet drink, &c.

XXXII. And among the Re­medies very powerful in this Case, are, Anisated Balsam of Sulphur, Powers of Anise and Fennel-seeds, and Sassafras, Tinctures of Anti­mony and Coral, Volatile Sal Ar­moniack, Salt of Hartshorn, Ens Veneris, Spirit of Wine, Balsam de-Chili, &c.

XXXIII. Scultetus, Tab. 39. Fig. 4. shews us the Incision of a Fistula of the Thorax. It was done suddenly, and almost in a moment, with a Syringotomos, the point of which was wrapt about with a small Ball of Wax, that when it was thrust in, it might not rend, or prick the Flesh.

XXXIV. This armed Instru­ment is to be thrust into the Fistu­la, and when it comes to the bot­tom of it, it is forced thro' the Skin and Flesh with the right Hand, so that the Ball of Wax, remaining in the Ʋlcer, the point of the Knife may come forth by the hole made, which being laid hold on by the Fingers of the left Hand, the distance between both holes is cut asunder at one stroke.

XXXV. The Syringotomos is a crooked Knife or cutting Instru­ment, which upon the inside (a) has an edge, under the other side (b) it is blunt, or with a round back, and at the small sharp end (c) it both pricks and cuts.

XXXVI. This Instrument is chiefly used in all Parts of Fistula's having but one passage, that the end or bottom of the Fistula may be perforated, and the space be­tween each hole cut asunder, as a­foresaid, the point thereof being first armed with a Ball of Wax, that it may go to the bottom without any hindrance or hurt. See Tab. VII. O.P.

XXXVII. An Observation from Scultetus: The Fistula was in the Right side, and left by the Chirurgions of Hailbron as despe­rate. Generals being premised, the narrow Orifice was dilated with Elder-pith prepared, till it would admit of the round Probe, wherewith he felt the Bone rough. To consume the Callus, he put in a Style dipt in this Ointment. ℞ Henbane seeds pou­dred ℈i. burnt Alum, calcin'd Vi­triol, A. ʒss. Butter washed in Plant ane-water q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.

XXXVIII. The Callus being re­moved, [Page 1149] he put a Tent into the Fi­stula, moistned on the top of it with a Decoction, and then sprink­led over with Euphor bium poudred, the rest of it he covered with this Ointment. ℞ Ʋng. Beto­nicae ℥i. Aegyptiaci ℥ss. mix them: This hinders the breeding again of any Callous Substance.

XXXIX. After two Months the Ribs threw off Scales, which being taken out, he diminished the Tent every day, and dipt it only in the Ung. Betonicae, till the Ʋlcer was incarnated; after which it was cicatrized with Ceratum Di­vinum, the Sick in the mean time taking a Purging Wine.

XL. Another Observation from the same Scultetus. The Fistula was above the left Clavicle, with a very small Orifice. It was dilated (the Body being prepared and purged several times very well) with a Tent made of prepared Gentian Root, viz. cut into the shape of a Tent, and dried upon a Stone, with a Thread fastned to one end of it.

XLI. This was put into the hole, and kept in with a Plaster of Diapalma with proper bandage, for 24 hours; then the Tent was drawn out with a pair of Pincers: It was swoln with a bilious Matter, and black at the end; but searching into the Cause, the Bone was rough and moveable.

XLII. It was again Tented with a bigger Root, as aforesaid, (the Parts about being defended against Inflammation) an the third day with another bigger Tent, till the hole was big e­nough to take out the Bone, which wat almost separated.

XLIII. The sixth day, the Fi­stula was filled up with Buttons made of Sponge, fastned to a Thread, which did hang out of the hole, over which was put a Plaster, and Brest-plate Ban­dage.

XLIV. The Sponge-buttons were thus prepared. Take a new Sponge never wetted, and dip it into an equal quantity of Wax and Rosin melted together, then press it strongly in a Press, letting it alone till it is cold; then take it from the Press and dry it in the shade, cutting it out into round Buttons, and fastening them to a Thread.

XLV. The seventh day, the Sponges were taken out, and the Fistula being very open, the Bone was taken hold of with a pair of Forceps, and drawn forth with very little pain.

XLVI. The eighth day, the Blood being stopped, there was sprinkled upon the naked sound Bone, this Pouder. ℞ Roots of round Birthwort, of Hog-fennel, of Orrice, A. ʒi. Myrrh ℈ii. Eu­phorbium ℈i. mix them. This was applied with dry Lint, till the Bone was covered over with firm Flesh.

XLVII. The Ʋlcer was daily cleansed by sprinkling refined Sugar in pouder upon them, which does also mitigate Acrimony, and at length it was Cicatrized with Diapalma.

II. Of an Ʋlcer in the Lungs.

XLVIII. Because the Lungs are contained in the Cavity of the Thorax, or Brest, and that they [Page 1150] being sometimes externally Wound­ed, are affected with an Ʋlcer, we thought good to add as an Appendix to this Chapter, a Discourse of the Ulcers of the Lungs.

XLIX. The Greeks call this Discase, [...], pl. [...]. vel, [...]. And the La­tins, Ʋlcus Pulmonum: And we in English, an Ʋlcer of the Lungs. But if an Ulcer proceeds from an inward Cause, then both Greeks and Latins call that [...] Phthisis, which is a Con­sumption of the Lungs, of which we shall speak nothing in this place.

L. The Causes. The Causes of such Ʋlcers, after a Wound in­flicted into the Lungs, may be, 1. A solution of unity in the Substance and Vessels of the Lungs, viz. the Arteria Pulmonaris, and Vena Pulmonaria. 2. An Effusion of Blood into the Cavity of the Tho­rax, which corrupting, ulce­rates the substance of the Lungs.

LI. The Signs, The Wounds of the Lungs, and of its Vessels, are known, 1. By a great diffi­culty of breathing, and a vehe­ment pain of the sides, not feit before.

LII. 2. By frathy Blood coming forth of the Wound, and also com­ing forth of the Mouth by Coughing; for this shews that fome of the Vessels must be wounded.

LIII. 3. The Patient lies easier upon the wounded th [...] whole side, so that many times he can easily speak so lying, whereas being turned on the whole side, he speaks with pain and difficulty.

LIV. When Blood is poured forth into the Cavity of the Thorax, you may know it, 1. By the hea­vy weight which seems to press down the Midriff. 2. By the Increase of a Fever. 3. By the stinking of the Breath after a while, the Blood being corrup­ted. 4. By a desire to Vomit, with Fainting and Swooning Fits, from the Blood's putrefy­ing and turning into Pus. 5. From the difficulty of Breathing. 6. From the voiding of Blood by the Mouth. 7. From the Patients being only able to lye upon his Back.

LV. Now that there is an Ʋlcer of the Lungs, it is manifest from the length of time, since the in­flicting of the Wound: For having dressed the Wound so long a time, as it is reasonable such a Wound may take in Curing, and it is not yet healed, you may then prudently fear that a putrid Ulcer of the Lungs is in­duced; more especially if no laudable Pus, but a thin Sanies flows out, in very great quan­tities, exceeding the magnitude of the Wound.

LVI. The Prognosticks. Al Ʋlcers of the Lungs are Cured with great difficulty, 1. Because the Orifice is not depending al­ways, but for the most part higher than the Ulcer. 2. Be­cause the lungs are encompassed with the Pleura, (a Membrane inwardly investing the Ribs) which being accounted a Sper­matick Part, and endowed with but little Blood, is not easily u­nited. 3. Because the Muscles of the Brest, Heart, and Lungs, [Page 1151] are always in motion, which hinders consolidation. 4. Be­cause Topicks cannot easily be applied, and kept to these Ul­cers, by Bandage, Bolsters and Emplasters, as they can to Ul­cers of the External Parts.

LVII. If the Patient has no Cough, a sweet Breath, Expecto­rates easily, Sleeps comfortably, his the Bowels soluble, digests his Food well, the Ʋlcer yielding a good sort of Pus, or Matter, and his Body wastes or pines not a­way, nor usually accosted with Sick or Fainting Fits, you may conceive good hopes of Cure.

LVIII. But if a Cough be pre­sent, or a stinking Breath, or the Pus flowing from the Ʋlcer stinks; if there is a difficulty of Breath­ing, a lingering putrid Fever, exasperated mostly at Night, with Watchings, Costiveness of Body, want of Appetite or Di­gestion; if putrid pieces of the Lungs, or of the Branches of the Windpipe, be expelled thro' the Mouth, and the Voice is shrill and whistling, as if he spoke thro' a Pipe, and the whole Bo­dy pines and consumes away, the danger of Death is not small.

LIX. So also if the Hair fall, which is caused by reason of the want of Nourishment, or of the Corruption of it; if the Cheeks and Face comes to be of a leaden Colour, yet after eating seem to be ruddy, and Vapours ascend­ing thither; if the Flesh on the tops or ends of the Fingers seems wasted or consumed, the Nails grow crooked, the Feet begin to swell, the Natural Heat de­cayed, and Lice increase by reason of the Corruption of the Humors, Death is not far off.

LX. The Cure. The Indica­tions of Cure are Threefold. 1. The Directing of a proper Diet. 2. The Correcting the Humor, to induce Cleansing and Healing. 3. The Application of proper Topicks.

LXI. As to the Diet, it ought to he of good Juice, nutritive, and easie of Digestion, because the Body it apt to be extenuated and consu­med in this Disease. Crabs are much commended in this Mala­dy: So also Snails, but they are of a thick and slimy Substance, and so apt to breed an Excre­mentitious Juice: However, their Broth boiled in Milk, and sweetned with Sugar, or min­gled with other strong Broths, may breed a good Nourishment.

LXII. But nothing seems better than Gelly of Sheeps-Trotters made by boiling in Milk, and then sweetned with white Sugar-candy: Gelly of Hartshorn is an Incompa­rable thing; so also Gelly made of Calves and Neats Feet, of Knuckles of Veal, and Knuckles of Pork. To these things add the Gravies of Buttocks of Beef, of Legs of Mutton, of Fillets of Veal, and of other Meats which yield a plenty of that Li­quor.

LXIII. Milk also is an admi­rable thing, (if there is no Fever) for it nourishes the Body, gene­rates Blood, and Lympha, and corrects the actimony and sharpness of corrupt Humors: The wheyish part cleanses the Ulcer, cools, and keeps the Body soluble; the curdy part breeds good Blood [Page 1152] and Humors, strengthens the whole Body, and consolidates; and the buttery or oily part, moistens, smooth, and makes easie, hindering the desiccation of the Body.

LXIV. Womens Breast-milk is the best; many have been Cured of a Phthisis, who have been given over as incurable, meerly by suck­ing of it: Asses Milk is thinner, and so more apt to absterge: Goats Milk is an incomparable thing; because of their Food: And Cows Milk obtains in the last place; but that they may not corrupt in the Stomach, they ought to be sweetned with Sugar of Roses.

LXV. Milk is only to be given when the Stomach is empty, and no other Food is to be taken, 'till that is digested, lest it curdle, and becomes sowr or corrupted: let the Patient begin with a little at first, and so increase it gra­dually every day, according as he finds his Stomach can bear and digest it.

LXVI. To correct the Humors, and induce a cleansing and healing, good Pectoral Diet-Drinks are to be prescribed. ℞ Roots of Alkanet, Bistort, Burdock, China, Cinkfoil, Comfrey, Guaja­cum rasped, Liquorice, Orrice, Sar­saparilla, Sassafras rasped, Tor­mentil, Zedoary, A.℥iii. leaves of Agrimony, Alheal, Angelica, Avens, Bawni, Bramble-tops, Coltsfoot, Fluellin, Fumitory, Hyssop, Mint, Plantane, Sage, Sanicle, Tansy, Yarrow, A. Mj. seeds of Anise, Ca­raways, Coriander, Cumin, Fennel, Jumiper-berries A. ℥iss. Curants, Figs, Raisons stoned, A. ℥iv. Rain or Spring Water, Wine, A. lbxii infuse in almost a boiling heat for 24 hours; then boil 'till a third part is consumed, strain, clarily, and with Honey q.s. dulcisie, and bottle it up for use.

LXVII. Or, ℞ Roots of Al­kanet, China, Comfrey, Elecam­pane, Guajacum rasped, Liquorice, Orrice, Sarsaparilla, A. ℥iii. Agri­mony, Angelica, Avens, Costmary, Coltsfoot, Hyssop, Horehound, Speedwel, Sage, Sanicle, Savory, A. M.i. seeds of Anise, Caraways, Coriander, Fennel, A. ℥i. Juniper­berries, Winter's Cinamon, A.℥ii. Figs, Raisons stoned, A. ℥iv. Water, Wine, A. lbx. infuse in a scalding heat 24 hours; boil 'till a third is consumed, then strain, and cla­rify, and sweeten with Honey q.s. and bottle it up.

LXVIII. Every morning fasting, and at night going to Bed, let the Patient drink half a pint of one of the former Diet-drinks warm; and afterwards in the day-time, let them drink it as their ordi­nary Drink, as they are a-thirst, or stand in need of it; and let it be given also at Meals, using no other during the Cure.

LXiX. We come now to the last Indication, which is the application of proper Topicks, which are chiefly Injections, but made of such things as are not bitter, for the Reason urged in Sect. 26. afore­going.

LXX. ℞ Barley-water ℥viii. white Port-wine ℥iv. Honey of Roses ℥iv. mix them. Or, Take Decoction of Parsley ℥viii. White-Wine ℥iv. Honey ℥vi. mix them. Or, Take ctarisied juice of Smal­lage ℥x. Whitewine. ℥iii. Honey of [Page 1153] Scordium ℥iv. mix them for an Injection.

LXXI. If the Ʋlcer is sordid, and yields much matter, you must add to every ℥iii. of the Injection, Ʋng. Aegyptiacum, à ʒss. ad ʒi.

LXXII. When you find the Ʋl­cer sufficiently absterged or cleansed, which you may know by the smalness of the quantity of the Matter is­suing forth, then you must hasten the Consolidation with all the convenient speed that may be; which may be performed with the following Medicament.

LXXIII. ℞ Decoctum Pecto­rale, clarified juice of Comfrey, a. ℥ijss. Syrup of dried Red-roses ℥i. red Port-Wine ʒvi. mix, for an Injection:

LXXIV. Or, Take Comfrey, Ground-Ivy, Sanicle, Plantane, Solomons-seal, Perwinkle, Adders­tongue, Hypericon, Betony, Bugle, Valerian, Yarrow, A. q.v. beat all together, and express the juice, which clarify: take of this clari­fied Juice ℥viii. red Port-wine ℥iv. flegm of Alum ℥ii. Syrup of dried Red-roses, of Myrtles, of Pomgranates, and of Clove-gilly­flowers, A. ℥jss. mix them, and inject warm.

LXXV. The Orifice is to be kept open, either with a Tent, or a Silver Pipe: the Tent may be made of fine Tow, (which is bet­ter than some other things) be­cause it will stick fast together; or of prepared Sponge, which is best of all; because it not only dilates, and sticks firmly toge­ther, but it draws also the Pus, and imbibes it: let it be so made, that it may not slip in; for then it would fall upon the Diaphragma, and putrify there; causing Faintings, Swoonings, and at last Death: for which reason, it would be good to tye a Thread to the end of it, to prevent the worst.

LXXVI. But a Silver Pipe (made with stays or ears, to hinder its slipping in) is much better: it ought to have (besides the hole at the farther end) several large holes in the sides, near to the end, to make way for the more easy running forth of the Pus or Matter: it ought to be thick, and roundish on the sides at the end; that the Lungs, if they should butt against it, might not be hurt: and its out­ward end ought to be stopt with a piece of Sponge dipt in Brandy; over which you may apply Emplastrum Album, or de Minio.

LXXVII. If it runs much, dress it twice a day; if little, but once a day: and when the Ʋlcer yields but little, or almost nothing of Pus or Matter, remove the Tent or Pipe, and cicatrize with all the speed that may be: for if an Orifice of the Thorax is kept open too long, it will be apt to degenerate into a Fistula.

LXXVIII. Lastly, if you be so happy as to perform the Cure, cause your Patient, that he be circumspect in all his motions; whether walk­ing, leaping, running, or otherwise moving, and that thro' the course of his whole Life: for tho' an Ulcer of the Lungs be cured, yet the Cicatrice may be apt to behurt, and rent again from [Page 1154] the whole part of the Lungs, by irregular or violent motions, which then may be the cause of an untimely end.

CHAP. XXXII. Of an ƲLCER of the BACK.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Ulcus Dorsi, vel Tergi; we in English call, An Ulcer of the Back.

II. The Causes. It is caused either from sharp Humors flowing down upon the Part; or from an Apostem, which follows some other Disease, by translation of the Matter to that Part; or from Struma, or some Tumor not well cured in a superior Part, or from external Violence.

III. The Signs. It is known by sight; being either a plain Ex­ulceration, cavous, cavernous, or apostemous.

IV. The Prognostick. That in the upper Parts, is mo [...] easily cured, than that in the Loins; and that which is recent, than that which is inveterate or old.

V. If it has been of a long standing, and has Coney-borows, as it were, with many turnings and windings, it will be of difficult cure: so also if it proceeded from an Apostem, or Tumor, which had been of a long con­tinuance in the Part, before it broke forth into an Ulcer; for then it may be feared, that the Musculous and Nervous Parts are corrupted, or the Vertebrae hurt.

VI. If the Patient is extenua­ted, or there seems to be an Atrophia or Consumption; it is manifest that the principal Parts are weakned, and that the Pa­tient is in great danger.

VII. If the Vertebrae be cor­rupted or foul, which you may easily discern by your Finger, or the Probe, the Patient is very desperate, if not incurable; but if the Mar­row is touched, all hopes of Recovery are past.

VIII. The Cure. The Cure is to be considered according to the Causes and Symptoms present, or which do appear; you must first order a good Diet, and such as may be restorative, because these Patients always seem to be in a wasting condition: among Re­storatives, volatil-mimal Salts have not the lowest place.

IX. I commend volatil Salt of Beef or Pork, or of Sal Armo­niack, to be dissolved in Rhenish-Wine, or in a Decoction of Sarza and Burdock-roots: or in a De­coction of Guajacum very thin rasped ℥ss. to a Gallon of Li­quor, with addition of Resto­ratives.

X. If an Atrophia is present, a De­coction of Sarsa must be used, Choco­let, or strong Cock-broth, Gelly of Harts-horn, and other Gellies, [Page 1155] with Goats and Cows Milk, all which abound with Volatil A­nimal Salts.

XI. Let the Patient now and then Purge with gentle Medica­ments; as with Sena infused in Wine; or the Infusion of the Species Hiera picra in half Wine, half Water: Or this, ℞ Ele­ctuary Lenitive ℥ss. Elect. of the Juice of Roses ʒii. Syrup of Roses solutive ℥i. Barley-water ℥iii. mix for a Dose.

XII. Then if the bottom of the Sinus is lower than the Orifice, open it below either by Incision or Caustick, as that of Lapis Infer­nalis, the white Caustick, the Silver Caustick, &c. and make an Orifice thro' the Eschar.

XIII. Then use an abstersive Injection, till you perceive the Ulcer to be clean, as, ℞ White­wine lbi. Honey of Roses ℥iii. Ʋng. Aegyptiacum ℥ss. mix, and use it warm.

XIV. Or if it be only caveous, apply this mundifying Ointment. ℞ Juice of Smallage, Honey, A. ℥iii. Juices of Endive, Hops, El­der, Centory, Scordium, A. ℥ii. Turpentine ℥iss. mix, and boil to the thickness of an Ointment.

XV. If any dead Flesh is pre­sent, it is to be taken away with the Incision-knife, or Scissars, or with some proper Caustick.

XVI. The Ulcer being clean­sed, you must Incarnate with this, or some such like. Take Rose-water ℥i. Syrup of dried Roses ʒiii. Olibanum, Mastich in pouder, A. ʒi. Trochisci albi Rha­sis ʒi. mix, and inject warm.

XVII. Or in a caveous Ʋlcer, dressit with Ung. Nicotianae, or with Arcaeus his Liniment; and apply over all, Empl. de Meli­loto, or Diachylon cum Gummi; after which Cicatrize, as is usual in other Ulcers.

CHAP. XXXIII. Of an ƲLCER of the WOMB, and its NECK.

I. WHat the Greeks call [...], & [...]. and the La­tins, Ʋlcus Matricis, we in Eng­lish call, an Ʋlcer of the Womb.

II. And what the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Ʋlcus Vulvae, vel Colli Matricis, we in English call, an Ʋlcer of the Neck of the Womb.

I. Of an Ʋlcer of the Womb.

III. The Causes. It is either caused from a flux of Humors to the Womb, an Apostem of the Womb, being broken; or from the Pox, where, in Coition, the Pocky Seed is cast into the Womb, and ulcerates it.

IV. Or it may be caused from External Violence, or too sharp and corrosive Medicines injected into the Womb, or taken at the Mouth.

V. The Sighs. It is known by the pain and pricking which is felt in the Part, as also by voiding of Sanies, Pus, or filthy stink­ing Excrements, or a virulent Gonorrhaea, an impure Coition go­ing before.

VI. The Differences. It is either, 1. Simple, wherein the Matter is little, white, and not stinking. 2. Or Malign, where­in the Matter will be greenish, yellowish, livid, and party-co­loured, coming away with Pain and Stink. 3. Or Venereal, at­tended with other Symptoms of the Pox. 4. Or Cancerous, at­tended with a great Tumor, Hardness, continual Pain, and either a bloody, or black stink­ing Running.

VII. The Prognosticks. All Ʋlcers of the Womb are Cured with some difficulty; nor, accor­ding to Hippocrates, is any Ul­cer of that Part to be Highted, because the Womb is a Part very sensible, and as it were the Sink of the Body, to which a Flood of Excrements perpetually flow.

VIII. If it proceeds from a Ve­nereal Cause, it is not to be per­fectly Cured, but by the Me­thods which are taken for the Cure of that Disease.

IX. If it is Phagedenick, or Cancerous, it is for the most part incurable, and vexes the Sick all her Life long.

X. Also, most Ʋlcers of the Womb, if they be carelesly hand­led, produce grievous Symp­toms, and sometimes a Gan­grene.

II. Of an Ʋlcer of the Neck of the Womb.

XI. The Causes. It is caused either from a flux of sharp Humors, or from Pustules breaking out; or from impure Coition, the Pocky Venom of the Man hanging or sticking to the Part, and ero­ding the Cutis: Or from over­heating the Part, from too vio­lent and insatiable Coition: Or lastly, from corrosive and eating Medicaments unskilfully applied.

XII. The Signs. It is known by sight; the Ʋlcer abounding with Matter sanious or purulent, and sometimes bloody: There is a Running, with great pain and pricking, both within, and up­on the Lips of the Privity.

XIII. Sometimes the Ʋlter is with Tumor or Swelling, and some­times it eats caveous holes, big enough to lay a long Nutmeg in: And it is for the most part ac­companied with a heat and scalding of Uring, and a great pain, and sometimes a stoppage in making Water, the Bladder for the most part being drawn into Consent.

XIV. The Differences. Some are benign and gentle, yielding lit­tle Matter, thick, and not stink­ing: Others are sordid and ma­lign, yielding much Matter, ill coloured, and with pain.

XV. Some also are superficial, yielding but little Matter; others are profound, abounding with much filth, and stinking: Some [Page 1157] are with Tumor or Swelling, o­thers without.

XVI. The Prognosticks. These are more easily Cured than Ʋlcers of the Womb, because we can come more easily to apply Medicines to them; and the benign and mild are more easily Cured than those which are putrid and malign.

XVII. If they proceed from the Pox, or impure Coition, they are Cured with some difficulty; and in this Case, it will be prudent for the Patient to go thro' the Course of that Cure, especially if they be inveterate.

XVIII. If they proceed from Condylomata, which have been of long standing, or often returning, they will be of difficult Cure; and when Cured, will be in great hazard of breaking out again, unless a preventive Course be used for some time.

XIX. If they be with a viru­lent Gonorrhaea, or an evil-con­ditioned flux of the Whites, being corrosive, it will be impossible that they should be Cured, un­less those Diseases be first taken away. See the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 75, and 89.

III. The Method of Curing these Ʋlcers of the Womb, and of its Neck.

XX. Since they are so nearly related one to another, both in re­spect to the Parts they affect, and the Causes they proceed from, we shall give you but one singular and direct way of Curing them. Now because these Ulcers are many times crude, undigested, and full of pain, they are first of al to be drest with Digestives, that they may be made easie, and brought to a good kind of Mat­ter.

XXI. For the Womb you may make this Digestive Injecti­on. ℞ Turpentine ℥ss. yolk of one large Egg, grinde them toge­ther till they are well mixed, then add to them new Milk warm from the Cow lbi mix, and make an Injection, which with a Womb-Syringe cast or inject into the Womb, 3, 4, or 6 time a day: Before you Syringe with the In­jection, be sure that you put in first a Syringe full or two of warm Water.

XXII. But to the Ʋlcer in the Neck of the Womb, you may ap­ply this. ℞ Turpentine ℥ss. yolk of one Egg, grinde them toge­ther, then add thereto Olibanum in pouder ʒii. mix them. Warm it, and anoint the Ulcer there­with with a Feather or a Pencil, and apply a Pledget dipt in the same upon the Ulcer, dressing it twice a day.

XXIII. These things are to be continued so long, till the Patient has some ease, and the Ulcer yields a laudable or good Mat­ter.

XXIV. Mean season while this is doing, the Antecedent Cause is to be removed by proper Emeticks and Catharticks: You may make Revulsion with a Dose or two of Tartar Emetick, or with Wine or Vinegar of Squills, or Infusion of Crocus Metallorum.

XXV. And you may Purge with an Infusion of Sena and Rhubarb in Wine and Water ana: Or with [Page 1158] Our Tinctura Purgans, or Pulvis Cornachini, or Pulvis Catharticus, or some other Medicament pro­per to the Constitution of the Body.

XXVI. And by reason of the moistness of the Parts, and their aptness to receive a flux of Humors, and the humid nature of Ʋlcers, it will be necessary that a drying Diet-drink be prepared and ta­ken daily for some time, made of Guajacum, &c. as we have directed, Cap. 31. Sect. 16, and 66. and in several other places.

XXVII. The Ʋlcer being di­gested, you must cleanse it with Abstersives, such as this. Take Hydromel ℥x. Honey ℥iii. mix them. Or, ℞ Turpentine, Ho­ney, A. ℥ss. yolk of one Egg, grind them together, and then add to them Hydromel, or white Port­wine lbi. mix, and make an In­jection.

XXVIII. ℞ Juice of Smallage and Pellitory of the Wall, A. ℥vi. Honey of Roses ℥iv. White-wine ℥ii. mix them for an Injection. If the Ulcer is foul and putrid, dissolve in the Liquor Ʋng. Aegy­ptiacum ℥ss.

XXIX. But to Ʋlcers in the Neck of the Womb, besides the In­jection, you may anoint with Ʋnguentum Nicotianae, or Ʋng. fuscum Wurtzii: Or apply this following Liniment of Barbett.Mercurius dulcis levigated ʒiv. Orrice-roots, Litharge of Gold, Flowers of Sulphur, Ʋng. Fuscum Wurtzii, A. ʒii. Honey of Roses q.s. mix, and make a Liniment.

XXX. Or you may inject with this. ℞ Damask Rose-water lbii. Powers of Mercury ℥iss. mix them; it cleanses pow­erfully and safely.

XXXI. The Ulcer being cleansed you may heal with this. ℞ Rose-water lbi. red Wine lbss. Roch Alum in fine pouder ʒiii. white Vitriol ʒiss. Saccharum Saturni ʒi. mix, and inject warm.

XXXII. Or you may inject with Our Aqua Regulata, or with Aqua Ophthalmica, or with the Water of the Griffin, which is beaten, and not inferior to any other Wash.

XXXIII. And the Vulva, or Neck of the Womb, may be anoin­ted with this Ointment. Take Ʋng. Nicotiang, Diapomp holigo, & Populeon, A. ℥i. Mercurius dulcis levigated ℥ss. Cinnabar le­vigated ʒi. mix, and apply it.

XXXIV. If these things do not so perfectly as they should do, you must fume the Womb with these Troches: ℞ Gum of Juniper ℥i. Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, Ain­ber, A. ʒii. Cinnabar levigated ʒiv. make all into fine pouder; and with Mucilage of Gum Tra­gacanth make Troches, weighing each ʒi. One or two of these Troches will be enough for a fuming.

XXXV. The Fume may be re­ceived up into the Privity, by help of a Funnel; and it may be re­peated once every day, till Health is recovered: But in case of the French Disease, it may be used sometimes twice a day.

CHAP. XXXIV. Of an ƲLCER of the BLADDER.

I. WHat the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Ʋlcus Vesicae, we in English call, an Ʋlter of the Bladder; in which we include an Ulcer also of its Neck.

II. The Causes. It is caused either from a Wound, or the Stone, or sharp Humors, or Diuretick Medicaments, as Cantharides, or from sharp Urine, caused by drinking much Wine, or stale Beer, and eating hot Meats.

III. The Signs. It is known by the continual or constant pain a­bout the Bladder and Pubes; and in the Perinaeum and Ʋrethra; which pain is most vehement at the beginning and ending of Pissing.

IV. The Ʋrine also is thick with Matter, and sometimes with Blood, and sometimes with both mixt together, and comes forth many times with an ill smell; however, it stinks much, after it has stood a little while.

V. And whereas in an Ʋlcer of the Urethra or Perinaeum, the Pus or Matter comes forth first, or before the Ʋrine: In an Ulcer of the Bladder, or its Neck, it comes forth last, or at least mixt with the Urine, which makes the passage of the Urine diffi­cult, and very hot, sharp, and painful.

VI. The Differences. The chief differences of these Ʋlcers which we shall observe here, are, 1. In respect to the Cause, as be­ing from the Stone, Sand or Gravel, or from Humors, or Cantharides. 2. In respect to the Place, as being either in the Bladder it self, or in the Neck of the Bladder.

VII. The Prognosticks. These Ʋlcers, as they are very trouble­som and painful, so they are very difficult to be Cured, and for the most part Incurable, because it is a part Membranous, having but little Blood in it, which causes [...]nition and consolidation; and withal constantly washt with the Urine, whose saline Particles are a perpetual Cause of irrita­tion, pain, and corrosion.

VIII. An Ʋlcer in the Neck of the Bladder, tho' it is also very difficult to be Cured, yet sometimes does admit of Healing, because it is more fleshy, and bloody, and less, or not simply Membra­nous, as the Bladder is.

IX. If recent, and in young Peo­ple, they are easier Cured than when inveterate, and in old: If they proceed from the Stone, they are impossible to be Cured till the Stone is taken away: If the Ulcer con­tinues long, as it causes vehe­ment pain, so also it causes watchings, and wastings, and at length brings the Body into a deep Consumption.

X. The Cure. The Medica­ments to be used in order to this Cure, are either Internals or Ex­ternals. The Internals are such things as may be first, Anodyn and Cleansing; secondly, such things as may conglutinate and heal the Ulcer.

XI. The White Potion is a good Abstersive, thus made: ℞ Strasburgh Turpentine ℥i. yolks of two Eggs, grinde all together till the Turpentine is perfectly dis­solved; then take new Goats or Cows Milk lbiv. white Sugar ℥viii. mix and dissolve; mix this sweetned with Sugar with the mixture now made, and keep it for use. It cleanses admirably.

XII. If the Pain is very great, you may use instead of the Milk, as much Poppy-water: Of this white Potion the Sick may take ℥iii, or iv. Morning, Noon, and Night.

XIII. You may also give things smooth, slippery, oleaginous and bealing, as Goats and Cows Milk, Cream with Sugar, Almond Milk, Mucilage of Quince, and Fleawort, and Faenugreek-seed: Milk mixed with Plantane, Pop­py or Rose Water, Emulsions made with Poppy-water, of which the Patient may continu­ally drink, abstaining all the while from all things salt, acid, or any wise sharp.

XIV. Chio Turpentine made into Pills with pouder of Liquorice, and a little Honey, is an admira­ble cleanser; so also Balsam of Tolu; also Balsam of Chili, or Peru, made into Pills, or a Bo­lus with Catechu and pouder of Liquorice; and inferior to none of them is Gum Elemi, or Bal­sam Capivii.

XV. Or you may take their Tinctures, extracted with S.V. in a gentle Sand-heat, which may be given à ʒii. ad ʒiv. at a time in White-wine, or in Milk.

XVI. Paracelsus commends Praecipitatus cum Aqua Ovorum, given à gr. iij. ad vij. and says, that it facilitates the Cure of Fi­stula's and Ʋlcers in the Neck of the Bladder, even of such as are accounted uncurable, if injected into the Bladder with a proper Vehitle.

XVII. If the Pain is violent, you must mix with you Medicines, (whether given by the Mouth, or cast in by Injection) a propor­tional quantity of Opium correct­ed by some Months digestion in rectified S.V. or extracted with Our Spiritus Ʋniversalis.

XVIII. No Man can tell the Excellency of Opium, thus prepa­red; for so it becomes as it were another thing; it is not only al­tered from its pernicious quali­ties, wherein it did formerly very much abound; but its Sa­native Property is very much augmented and exalted.

XIX. And if the Body is hot and costive, it will be good to open it with gentle Purgers, such as Cassia new drawn, Manna, Sy­rup of Roses, Agarick, Rhubarb, Mechoacan, &c. mixt with Mer­curius dulcis; or rather with the Princes Pouder, not inferior to any other thing.

XX. The Ʋlcer being thus cleansed, you must agglutinate dry, and heal with this. ℞ pouder of Turpentine (made by loiling in [Page 1161] Water) Catechu, A. ℥i. Crabs Eyes levigated, fine Bole, A. ℥ss. Alum ʒii. Saccharum Saturni ʒi. all being in fine pouder, with li­quid Storax q.s. make Pills, Dose ℈ii. ad ʒi. every Night at Bed-time: Or you may give the Pouder à ʒss. ad ℈ii. mixt with Milk.

XXI. Barbett commends this, as a thing often experienced. ℞ Spanish Juice of Liquorice, Roots of round Birthwort, Com­frey, Osmund-Royal, A. ʒss. Frankincense, Myrrh, Mastich, white Poppy-seeds, Henbane-seeds, A. ℈i. Venice Turpentine, q.s. mix, and make Pills.

XXII. Or ℞ Troches of Win­ter Cherries, of Amber, burnt Talck, A. ʒss. fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Mans Skull, A. ʒi. Venice Turpentine, q.s. mix, and make a mass of Pills, which make as big as Pease; of ei­ther of these Compositions, the Sick may take [...] every Morning and Evening.

XXIII. Blood of Comfrey given in Tinctura Martis made with White-wine, for several days to­gether, is an Excellent thing: So also Tincture of Catechu given in Poppy-water, and sweetned with Syrup of Comfrey.

XXIV. As for Externals, you may use this Injection. Take Lime-water (but not made too strong) ℥iii. Plantane or Poppy Water ℥ii. white Troches of Rha­sis ʒi. mix them, and inject twice or thrice a day with a Ca­theter-Syringe.

XXV. You may cleanse by an Injection made of Juice of Parsly, or Smallage clarisied; to ℥viii. of which Mel Rosatum ℥ii. may be added: But for this purpose no­thing exceeds Our Aqua Regu­lata, or Aq. Ophthalmica; to ℥viii. of which you may add Honey of Roses ℥ii. Spirit of Wine ℥i. which may be injected into the Bladder 3 or 4 times a day. See more hereof in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 38, & 42.

CHAP. XXXV. Of an ƲLCER of the GROIN.

I. WHat the Greeks call [...], & [...]. and the Latins, Ʋlcus Inguinis, vel In­guinale, & Fistula Inguinis; we in English call, an Ʋlcer of the Groin, and a Fistula of the Groin.

I. Of an Ʋlcer in the Groin, not Fistulated.

II. The Causes. An Ʋlcer may be caused, 1. From a Wound made by External Violence. 2. From a Bubo, Phlegmon, or Apostem, being broken or open­ed. [Page 1162] 3. From a Flux of sharp Humors. 4. Symptomatically, or from a Crisis, Nature expelling the Morbifick Matter that way.

III. The Signs. An Ʋlcer is manifest at sight: It many times penetrates deep, thro' the ob­lique and transverse Muscles of the Abdomen, and yields for the most part a stinking sort of Quittor.

IV. The Prognosticks. If you perceive such an Ʋlcer as aforesaid, you may judge it not to be easily Cured, more especially if it falls out after a Venereal Bubo: For, 1. There is a Disease with its Cause joined to it. 2. It cor­rupts the Fibres of the Muscles. 3. It sometimes corrupts the Vertebrae of the Loins, in which last case, the Disease is Mortal.

V. If it is recent it is more ea­sily Cured than if it is inveterate; and if benign, more easie than if it were malign; and if it continues long, it for the most part in­duces a Marasmus, or a deep Con­sumption; because those Parts being as it were the Sink of the Body, are apt to drain all the Juices, even the Radical Moi­sture out that way.

VI. The Cure. Let the Ʋlcer come from what Cause soever, upon its first appearing it generally wants digestion, and therefore Digestives ought to be applied for sometime, but not too long, (because of the over-great moi­sture of those Parts) for that they are apt to produce a pu­tridity.

VII. The next thing is to de­terge the Ʋloer with proper Ab­stersives: Ʋng. Nicorianae is a good thing, with which if the Ulcer is very foul, you must mix a little Ʋng. Aegyptiacum: Some use Ʋng. Apostolorum; but Ʋng. Fuscum Wurtzii is inferior to none of them.

VIII. If it is recent, it may be drest with this. Take Juices of Smallage and of Scordium, A. ℥iv. Honey of Roses ℥ii. mix for a Po­tion; after which dress it up with Ʋng. Nicotianae mixed with equal parts of Apostolorum: If it is very putrid you must dress it with Basilicon mixed with Praeci­pitate.

IX. The Ʋlcer being cleansed, you must induce the healing with proper Incarnatives and Epulo­ticks, which by reason of the moisture of the Part, are to be drier than ordinary.

X. If it proceeds from a Vene­rial or Pestilential Bubo, after they are brought to maturation, you must use the general Means prescribed in the Cure of those Diseases.

II. Of a Fistula in the Groin.

XI. The Cause. It is for the most part caused from an Ʋlcer be­ing continued, or from the ill ma­nagement of its Cure, by applica­tion of improper things.

XII. The Signs. They are known by sight, and proceed for the most part from Venereal Bubo's ei­ther neglected, or ill handled: Sometimes they happen in the Emunctories themselves, and sometimes somewhat above the Emunctory, the Matter not reaching it.

XIII. The reason in this last [Page 1163] Case is, either the weakness of the Expulsive Faculty, or the crossing of the Muscles oblique and transverse, in those Parts.

XIV. Nor is it any wonder that Abscesses, vlcers, and Fistula's, often fall out in those places, for that they are the sink, as it were, of the Body, where almost all the impurities flow; so that a perfo­ration of the Guts is sometimes caused, that the Excrements come out at the Orifice of the Fistula.

XV. And sometimee it so falls out, that the Fistula penetrates many ways, even to the corrup­ting of the Vertebrae of the Spina, making the Patient very uneasie.

XVI. The Prognosticks. All Fistula's in these Parts, which pierce into the Cavity of the Abdo­men, are Cured with much diffi­culty; 1. Because the sink os the Body is as it were there, a continual flux of Matter is apt to ensue, either from the Liver, or some other Parts. 2. Be­cause that if Incision or Corro­sive Medicaments are used, the Fibres of the Muscles, and Branches of the Vena Cava, and Aorta, are in great danger to be hurt.

XVII. If the Guts are eroded, and the Excrements come out at the Orifice of the Fistula, there is great danger of Death, 1. Be­cause Topicks can scarcely be applied to them to induce the Consolidation. 2. Because the Guts are membranous, thin, and have but little blood, which is the medium of Unition. 3. Be­cause we can have but little assi­stance, either from Hand, or Eye. 4. Because the Fistula is apt to creep between the Mus­cles, (which in those places are many) viz. the oblique and transverse, which are placed one above another.

XVIII. If the Vertebrae of the Spine be corrupted, the Fistula is incurable: And you may easily know when it is foul by the great quantity of stinking Sanies flowing from the same: The Patient also grows daily weaker and weaker, whatever Means is used, and being wonderfully extenua­ted, at length Dies of a Maras­mus, or deep Consumption.

XIX. The Cure. If the Fi­stula is not deep, but superficial, make Incision, and remove the Callus by the help of some Ca­theretick Pouder, or by the ways and means which we have pre­scribed in Cap. 20. Sect. 78. ad 103. and in Cap. 24. Sect. 26. ad 35.

XX. Then Absterge the Ʋlcer, Consolidate and Cicatrize, accord­ing to the Prescriptions delivered in the general Method of Cure, ap­plying proper Abstersives, Sarco­ticks, and Epuloticks; all which in Ulcers of these Parts ought to exceed the ordinary Medica­ments of these kinds, as to their desiccative or drying Qualities, by reason of the very great moi­sture of these Parts.

XXI. If the Guts are perfora­ted, you ought to acquaint the Friends and Relations of the Pa­tient with the Danger; but in your own Brest not to Despair, but to proceed on with Courage, for that Nature does some things (even in this case) almost Mi­raculous, [Page 1164] and many times won­derfully beyond our utmost Ex­pectation.

XXII. Let his Food be made of things glutinous and consolida­tive, as Meat prepared of Sheeps and Calves Feet, Neats Feet, Knuckles of Veal, and Knuckles of Pork, Jellies of Hartshorn, and Jellies made of the Guts of Calves, Sheep, and Hogs, which Cure by a Specifick Virtue.

XXIII. Rice boiled in Milk is very good; so also Frumety made of Wheat, having plenty of Raisons, and blue Curants in it: Thick Milk made with Wheat-flower, or white Starch, is proper; and very Excellent is Milk boil'd thick with Oatmeal, which nou­rishes much, consolidates, and yet cleanses.

XXIV. Every Morning and E­vening he may drink a good Draught of Alicant, or Spanish red Wine warmed with a Toasted Bisket sopt in it, eating the Bis­ket; for the Spirit of the Wine, and its Styptick Property helps on the Consolidation, and Heal­ing.

XXV. And inwardly you may give, Morning, Noon, and Night, the Pouder of Ox Guts à ʒss. ad ʒi. mixt with Blood of Comfrey, or Syrup of Comfrey ʒiv. or ʒvi. and then given with a Glass of warm Alicant. It is a Speci­fick.

XXVI. Outwardly inject some Styptick Liquor, or this Mixture. Take Smiths Forge-water filtred ℥viii. Syrup of Myrtle-berries, or of red Roses dried ℥ii. Alum (dissolved in a little Rose-water) ʒii. mix them; and keep the Orifice open with a Sponge till the Gut is consolidated.

XXVII. The Gut being healed, you must then proceed to the remo­ving of the Callus, after which by Abstersives, Incarnatives, and Cicatrizers, compleat and per­fect the Cure.

XXVIII. If the Vertebrae of the Spine are foul, undertake no Cure, but if upon Consideration they will entertain you to dress them, you may inject into the Fistula the following Sanative Potion.

XXIX. Take Meadow-sweet Water, or rather Smiths Forge-water filtred lbi. Juice of Scor­dium clarified ℥vi. Syrup of dried red Roses ℥iv. Tincture of Aloes, Myrrh, and Saffron, made with S.V. ℥ii. Tincture of Euphorbium ℥i. mix them, and over all lay Our Empl. Album, Diachylon cum Gummi, or Stypticum Paracelsi.

CHAP. XXXVI. Of an ƲLCER of the YARD.

I. Of an Ulcer External.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Ʋlcus Penis, vel Virgae, we in English call, an Ʋlcer of the Yard.

II. The Causes. It may be caused either from external Vio­lence, as Wounds, Bruises, &c. Or, application of Corrosive Medi­caments; or, from the Poyson, Malignity, and Infection of the French Pox.

III. The Signs. It is known by sight, being a solution of Conti­nuity with Putrefaction: If the Ulcer is sordid, foul, or putrid, it stinks much.

IV. The Kinds. It is either External, of which we speak here, or Internal, with Caruncles or Carnosities, which are fleshy Excrescencies.

V. The Prognosticks. If re­cent they are easily Cured, if inve­terate with more difficulty, espe­cially if they are sordid, malign, virulent, or callous.

VI. If they proceed from the French Pox, they are much more difficult, and sometimes by ill Management degenerate into Gangrene or Sphacelus.

VII. The Cure. First inward­ly take (to purge with) Pilulae Holagogae, or Our Pil. Cathar­ticae, or Panchymagogae, or Our Family Pills: Or you may purge with Tinctura purgans, or Syrupus Catharticus, Electuarium Catharticum, or with Pulvis An­timonii, or Pulvis Catharticus.

VIII. Then exhibit a Vulnerary Diet, or, if it proceeds from the French Pox, a Diet of Guajacum and Sarsa, whose use is to be con­tinued for at least thirty days; for as much as these kinds of Ulcers are stubborn and rebelli­ous, and oftentimes return a­gain, or are otherwise apt to degenerate into a Cancerous Ul­cer, and sometimes to Sphace­late.

IX. Outwardly you must for some time apply Digestives, till they yield a good and laudable Quittor, after which they are to be cleansed with Mundificati­vum Paracelsi, or Ʋnguentum Fuscum Wurtzii, or Ʋng. Nico­tianae mixt with a little white or red Precipitate.

X. Then anoint with Ʋng. Mirabile, or Diapampholigos mix­ed with a little white, Precipitate, or with this. ℞ Litharge ʒiv. burnt Lead, Oil of Roses, Quick­silver, A. ʒiii. Tutia prepared ʒii. Aloes ʒiss. Pomgranate-peels ʒi. Load-stone, Saccharum Satur­ni, A. ℈ii. Wax, q.s. mix, and make an Ointment.

XI. If this prevails not, by reason of the foulness of the Ʋlcer, you may use this. ℞ Rhenish Wine ℥vi. Plantane Water ℥iv. Spirit of Wine ℥i. burnt Alum ʒi. Verdigrise ʒss. mix, and boil a little; to which if the occasion yet require, you may add a lit­tle Precipitate, or Mercurius dul­cis levigated, or Powers of Mer­cury ʒvi.

XII. Or you may wash with Our Aqua Regulata, or Aqua Ophthalmica, or which is better, and transcends all others, with the Water of the Griffin, for that these things very much hasten the Cure; and if the Ulcer has gotten within the Ʋrethra, they may be injected with a Syringe.

XIII. If the Ʋlcer is Cance­rous, you may use this. Take Juice of Bramble tops, or Juice of the Fruit, Vinegar of Roses, A.℥ii. Juices of Housleek and of Night­shade, [Page 1166] A. ℥iii. Aqua Vitae ℥iv. Malaga Wine, Oil of Roses, A.℥vi. Litharge of Gold ℥i. Frankin­cense, Mastick, A. ℥ss. Verdi­guise ʒiiss. Vitriol, Alum burnt, A. ʒiss. Camphir ʒi. pouder what are to be poudred, &c. and boil all together (except the Camphir) with a gentle Fire to the Consump­tion of the Juices, then put in the Camphir, and with Wax q.s. make an Ointment.

XIV. If a Sphacelus attends the Part, the only Cure is by cut­ting off, lest it creep inwards, and perforates either the Bladder or Perinaeum, and so kills the Pa­tient. See more hereof in the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 44.

II. Of an Ʋlcer Internal, with Caruncles.

XV. This the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Carnositas, Caruncula; and we in English, a Carnosity, or fleshly Excrescence within the Ʋrethra.

XVI. The Cause. Tho' it is possible they may be caused from an Ʋlcer of the Part, yet they pro­ceed for the most part from a virulent Gonorrhaea, or the French Pox.

XVII. The Signs. They are known by the stoppage of the Ʋrine, or a great difficulty in pissing, with heat and pain; as also by search­ing with the Probe, Catheter, or a Wax Candle, for that the Caruncle will stop their passage into the vrethra, and the Urine many times as it comes in small quantity, so it comes forth in a forked stream.

XVIII. The Prognosticks. They are Cured with some difficul­ty, and scarcely without very dry­ing and Catheretick Medicaments, assiduously applied for some con­siderable time.

XIX. The Cure. It is per­formed by removing the Caruncle, cleansing the Ulcer with Abster­sives, consolidating and healing with Epuloticks.

XX. To remove the Callus you may often inject with this. Take Lime Water ℥viii. Mercurius du [...] ­cis levigated, or rather the Princes Pouder, or Turpethum Minerale, or white Precipitate ℥ss. Syrup of Roses ℥i. mix them for an In­jection.

XXI. And by the help of a Pipe you may put in upon this Carnosity this Catheretick Pouder. Take burnt Alum ʒii. red Precipitate, Turpethum Mineraele, white Pre­cipitate, pouder of the Griffin, A. ʒss. all being levigated very small, mix them together first by themselves, and then with vng. Basilicon, or Nicotianae, ℥iss. make an Ointment thereof.

XXII. The Carnosity being re­moved, wash with the Water of the Griffin, which will alone heal the Ulcer, without any other Medicament. See more of this Cure in lib. 1. cap. 37. of this Work, where we have handled it more at large; as also in Our said Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 44.

CHAP. XXXVII. Of a FISTƲLA of the ANUS.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Fistula in Ano; we in English call, A Fistula in the Funda­ment.

II. The Causes. They mostly proceed from Phlegmons, Phymata, and Hemorrhoids, broken, and ill cured, or not cured in a long time; as also from the Wounds made with Horsleeches, not well cu­red, or leaving some Venom behind in them; which creating a malign and corrosive Juice, insinuates its self farther and farther, making a long Sinus, which in process of time be­comes callous.

III. The Signs. Those which are caused by the inward Piles, are made gradually, and pass their Matter, (says Wiseman) which is a thin Gleet, between the Tu­nicles of the Intestinum rectum, making their way out, near the Verge of the Anus, thro' a small Pin-hole, as it were.

IV. These are discovered by the issuing out of a thin Humor, staining the Shirt or Shift, rather than by any Pain they cause; which Discharge is thought to be ra­ther a kind of Sweating than otherwise; yet it is not a sweating, but a real issue of thin Matter.

V. This in process of time is accompanied with itching, and is subject to excoriation or galling; from whence sometimes several kinds of Pimples or Pustles do break out; and sometimes Rha­gades, Fissurae, or Chaps; and at length the Sinus spreads out­wards, and grows callous, and the Orifice hard, and so con­tracted, that a small Probe will hardly go in.

VI. Those Ʋlcers which are caused by Phymata, cause their Matter to pass deep among the Interstitia of the Muscles, (as other Abscesses in fleshy parts do) according as they can make their way: sometimes they pe­netrate through the Intestinum rectum, to the very neck of the Bladder, yea into the Pelvis; or at best, insinuate their Gleet amongst the Musculi glutaei, &c.

VII. These are very painful, and send forth a sanious or purulent Matter, proportionable to their hollowness: and in length of time, they make as it were Coney-burrows, and grow cal­lous; being of the worst sort of these Fistula's.

VIII. If a search is made with a Probe into the Sinus which comes from the Piles, and the while you press your Finger into the Anus, you may feel the Probe run all along between the Tuni­cles of the Intestine; and it may pass thro' the Pile which gave it its original.

IX. Whereas the Sinus's which proceed from another root or spring, have outwardly no external Ori­fice, but an Orifice inwardly, and discharge their Pus or Matter by Stool: yet possibly in length of time they may make a way ex­ternally, and pass their Matter thro' one or more Orifices out­wardly, at a farther or nearer distance from the Anus, ac­cording as the Apostem lay in the Intestine.

X. You may easily find out, whe­ther the Fistula does pass thro' the Intestinum rectum, or not: for, the Intestine or Gut is penetrated, if an Injection being made by the outward Orifice of the Fistula, it passes within the Anus: or, if after breaking of Wind, part of it makes its way thro' the Sinus: or, if putting your Forefinger into the Anus, you feel the naked Probe, it being thrust thro' the Sinus of the Fistula, by the outward Orifice: or, lastly, if the Excrements appear to be mingled with the Pus or Quit­tor, or if the Quittor smells like the Excrements.

XI. The Prognosticks. No Fi­stula in Ano is easy to be cured, because this place is as it were the Sink of the Body; and so abounds with plenty of impurities, and much superfluous moisture, which alwas hinder the Cure.

XII. Those Fistula's which pe­netrates deep, beyond the Musculi Ani, if they be cured by laying open, the Patient will scarcely after retain their Excrements, but with much difficulty; and if they reach beyond the Sphin­cter, the retention will be im­possible.

XIII. Simous Ʋlcers arising from Phymata, if they have been of long continuance, are dangerous, and of difficult cure: Ulcers in Ano, are also hard to be cured, if they discharge a large quantity of Pus, by an opening so far distant, that you cannot safely lay it open; but the nearer to the Anus, the more easy the Cure.

XIV. If it proceeds from a Ca­cochymical Constitution, where the Lungs or any Viscera are weak; it ought never to be healed, but kept open as a Fontanel or Issue, for discharge of Morbifick Hu­mors.

XV. But if it cannot be kept open, with ease to the Patient, a good and sparing Diet is to be pre­scribed; and the Humors are to be carried off some other way, before the absolute Cure is at­tempted.

XVI. In like manner, sinuous Ʋlcers arising from the Piles, ought to be kept open, so long as they can be continued without pain trouble, or disturbance to the Pa­tient: for by this means the Body will be discharged of ma­ny superfluous Humors, and the whole Man kept in health.

XVII. Sinuous Ʋlcers in length of time grow callous, and so be­come Fistulae; and they only differ from sinuous Ʋlcers as they are callous, which being in the Fundament, are more te­dious than in other parts.

XVIII. If the Fistula does run superficially upwards by the Inte­stinum rectum, whether it pene­trates the Anus, or not, it is without danger, and may easily be cured.

XIX. But if the Fistula runs higher up, than you can reach it with your Fingers, it will be of difficult cure, because you can­not lay it open the whole length: and if the Humor issues from the remaining Sinus, upon the Part which is opened, it will hinder cicatrizing.

XX. If the Fistula is become inveterate, runs much, and the Patient is much extenuated, strength decayed, Stomach lost, or debilitated, with faintness, and faint cold Sweats; let the state and condition of the Fistula be what it will, pierce the Intestine, or pierce it not, runs deep or superficial, it signifies not much; for it is to be feared, the hopes of Cure are past.

XXI. The Cure. It is twofold, viz. 1. Real. 2. Palliative. As to the Real Cure: a good Diet being instituted, and Universals prescribed, as in other Fistula's, we shall come immediately to the Chirurgick Part, which is performed by Deligation, or In­cision, and the application of Topicks.

I. By Deligation.

XXII. The Cure by Deligation or Ligature, which was the Opera­tion of the Ancients: but here is to be noted, that Deligation and Incision have place only when the Fistula is shallow; if it be deep, it cannot well be attem­pted by any of these means.

XXIII. If therefore the Fistula penetrates into the Intestinum rectum, first, dilate it with a Fistula-Tent or Sponge, and remove the external callus as we have formerly taught; for so the Part which is to be bound will be more thin, and so more easily cut asunder by the Ligature.

XXIV. Let the Ligature be made of twisted brown Thread, or fine stitching-Silk, to which some put a Horse-hair, whereby they are made to do the work the quicker; a twist of three Threads of stitching-Silk may be enough; for if the Ligature is made too thick, it will too much bruise the Flesh in cutting it.

XXV. Others make it of fine sealing-Thread, which is made of the best Hemp, unboiled and un­whitened; which is exceeding strong, and will not rot before it has done the work a either of these may do, you need not be very curious about the choice.

XXVI. Where the Fistula has penetrated put one end of the Thread or Ligature into the eye of a small and flexible Probe, made of sina and pliant Silver, or of Lead; then thrust the eye with the Thread thro' the Sinus into the Intestinum rectum; which done, put into the Anus your Finger, and with it pull the Thread out of the eye of the Probe, and draw it out at the Anus: or having bent the eye of the Probe, bring it without the Anus, and then putting the Thread into the eye, draw that end thro' the narrow Orifice of the Fistula.

XXVII. If the Sinus is not very thick and long, you may by one strong deligation bind up all the Sinus: but if the Sinus is thick and long [...] you must use several [Page 1170] constrictions, tying the ends of the Thread with a running­knot, that it may be the more easily loosed: but some, after one deligation only, more and more draw in the ends of the Thread, with a round piece of a Stick turned about.

XXVIII. Where the Fistula has not penetrated the Gut, you may make use of a short Probe, making the point sharp, to pass thro' the Intestine; but it must be very pliant, that it may be the fitter for the work.

XXIX. And in some cases, where the Fistula lies high, and the Sinus is crooked, you may make use of a fit Cannula, for the con­veying the Needle up; and to strengthen it in its work, that it does not bend in perforating of the Intestine.

XXX. When all the Sinus after division by deligatiou, lies open, go forwards in the Cure, as if it had been opened by Incision; by removing the Callus, Abs­tersion, Incarnating, &c.

II. The Method by Incision.

XXXI. The laying it open by Incision is thus. The Mouth of the Sinus is to be dilated by a Tent of Sponge, &c. and the exterior Callus is to be removed; if it be troublesom: otherwise immo­diately go to the Work, and divide the Sinus with a pair of Scissars; which some Artists approve of, for the speedy division it makes; and indeed, if the Sinus is short, it is the Best way.

XXXII. But in doing this, you must be careful, lest the folds of the rugous Coat should fall between; for so you may chance to make two Wounds of one.

XXXIII. But if the Fistula penetrates the Intestine very deep, the work will be more difficult and bazardous, not only in the cutting, but in the progress of the Cure: for the newly-divided lips will be apt to fall one upon another, and so unite again; which if they do, the Fistula is renewed: and a Dossel or Tent put up the Sinus, will not continue in it, but lye as a Suppository, conti­nually stimulating the Intestine to thrust it forth.

XXXIV. Whereas the Ligature contuses in some measure the lips, in cutting them; so that they re­quire to be digested before they can unite, in which the Sinus fills up with Flesh, and heals within; so that the Fistula seems to heal, or be cured above, as the Liga­ture divides below.

XXXV. The Fistula being thus opened, whether by Deligation or Incision, the Callus is to be removed by Cathereticks, as we have taught in the Cure of a Fistula in general, then to be digested, cleansed, incarnated, and cicatrized.

III. The Application of Topicks.

XXXVI. The Callus being re­moved by Cathereticks, or Incision, or Canteries, fill up the hollowness with Dossels armed with an astrin­gent Pouder, and the white of an Egg, to keep the lips of the in­cised parts asunder: for if you should endeavour an unition too [Page 1171] soon, the cavity may possibly still remain, and induce a Reci­divation.

XXXVII. For which reason, it is necessary that with Incarnatives (not fat or greasy) you should en­deavour to engender good and sound Flesh in the bottom: if it is fatty it will generate loose and spon­gy Flesh, which will put you to more trouble.

XXXVIII. For this purpose you may make use of this. Take Syrup of dry'd red Roses, or Syrup of Myrtles, or some other Ʋulne­rary and Sanative Syrup ℥iv. Pulvis Cephalicus ℥i. mix them.

XXXIX. In opening the Fistu­la by Ligature, there is wont to be sometimes heat and Inflammation: in this case, it is usual to apply a Stuph of Tow dipt in austere Red-wine, and Oil of Roses to al­lay the heat of the Part.

XL. And every day (whilst the Ligature is doing its work) after going to Stool, it may be drest: and if need requires, you may inject a Decoction of hull'd Bar­ley with Quince or Fleawort­seeds, and then apply some Lenient or Auodyn, as Ʋng. Populeon, Rosatum, &c.

XLI, It is also to be noted, that in opening it by Ligature, the third or fourth day, the knot is to be ty'd streighter: and so in twice or thrice tying the Liga­ture, it will cut its way out: or when it is almost through, the remaming part may be cut with a pair of Probe Scissurs.

XLII. If you use the Cannula, you must first pass it up the Orifice of the Fistula, and place the end of it against your Finger, which (be­ing first anointed with a little fresh Butter) you have put into the Intestinum Rectum; then ano­ther holding the Cannula, you may pass your Needle thro' it into the Gut; and as it is brought out by your Finger there, slip off the Cannula, and hasten the Needle forwards on its way, till you have brought it out with the Ligature: then cutting off the Needle, make the knot upon a bit of Emplaster, to prevent the Ligatures cutting the oute side, tying it as strait as the Patient can bear it, and making the second knot with a bow, and place the ends thereof so, as it may not be fouled in going to Stool.

XLIII. If there are shrivell a Piles or Condylomata, &c. about the Verge of the Anus, cut them off at the same time, or before you make the Ligature or Inci­sion, to prevent the Inflamma­tion, they might be subject to from the pain, which may be caused by the Operation.

XLIV. If the Sinus runs deep under the Verge of the Anus, so that the Lips are like to lie high, to make as it were a Gutter; it will be best to take them down by application of a Caustick, for it will much hasten the Cure, and make the Cicatrice smooth.

XLV. But if the Fistula goes so deep inwardly that you cannot con­venlently open it, neither by Liga­ture, nor Incision, you must in this case, dilate the Fistula with a Fistula Tent, and the Sponge: then remove the Callus with some proper Catheretick, as the Fistula Trochisk; the Trochisk [Page 1172] being come out, and the Callus wasted away, deterge it with Mel Rosatum mixed with Aqua Calcis, &c.

XLVI. When it is well digested, and cleansed, and a good Pus comes forth, you must incarnate with some choice Sarcoticks, or with that at Sect. 38. above; which you must put into the Sinus up­on Tents, which Tents you are day by day to shorten, till at last the whole Sinus of the Fi­stula is closed; then cicatrize with Ʋng. de Minio, Empl. Al­bum, &c.

IV. The Palliative Cure.

XLVII. Where Fistulae in Ano cannot be Cured, or are not safe to be Cured, but it is more health­ful to keep them open, to help Na­ture in the discharge of the Morbisick or Superfluous Humors, descending by the Haemorrhoidal Vessels, espe­cially when they are without pain, or any great trouble, are small, and terminate in the Orisice of the Anus; in all these Cases, the Palliative Cure is to be chosen.

XLVIII. If you see that the Orifice of the Fistula swells, and will not keep open; or that by rea­son of the Contraction of the Callus, the Matter may be straightned; so that it may be in danger of insinuating it self deeper, and make the evacuation trouble­som; it will be good to apply a small Caustick upon the Orifice, to remove the Callus.

XLIX. And after the separa­tion of the Slough, the Orifice may be kept open with much ease, as if it were a Fontanel or Issue: And for receiving the Matter, and preventing Excoriation, the Patient may wear a Pledget of fine Tow, which will sit close without Bandage.

L. Or it may be spread thin with some softning Ointment, as the ne­cessity may require, and be kept clean without any very great trou­ble, till some ensuing Symptom shall indicate what is more to be done in it; or till length of time may happily Cureit.

LI. An Observation. A recent Fistula in Ano, coming upon Piles ill Cured, I perfectly Cured by a good Diet drink made of Guajacum, Sarsa, &c. and sitting many times on a Close-stool over the Fumes of Amber.

LII. Another Patient I had who had a Fistula in Ano, which proceeded from the applying of Leeches; it was a young Woman who had it above Five Years, and was very troublesom to her. I Cured her by a Salivation of 24 days, and a Guajacum Diet-drink, causing her for a considerable time to sit every day on a Close­stool over the Fumes of Am­ber.

LIII. Another Patient I had, which I Cured only by sitting for some days, half an Hour, and fometimes an Hour in a day, on a Close-stool, and receiving up his Fundament the Fumes of Cin­nabar Artificial, made up into Troches in this manner. Take Winters Cinnamon in pouder, Am­ber in fine pouder, A. ℥iss. Gum of Juniper, Mastich, Myrrh, A. ℥i. Artificial Cinnabar ʒvi. all being in fine pouder, with Mucilage of Gum Tragacanth, make Troches, [Page 1173] each weighing ʒss. of which he used 4 or 5 at a time. See the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicinae, lib. 5. cap. 57.

CHAP. XXXVIII. Of an ULCER and FISTƲLA in the JOINTS.

I. WHAT the Greeks call [...]. & [...]. and the La­tins, Ʋlcus, & Fistula Artus vel Articuli, we in English call, an Ʋlcer, and a Fistula of a Joint.

I. Of an Ʋlcer of the Joints.

II. The Cause. It is often­times caused by Wounds ill [...] mana­ged, Contusions, external Violence, defluxions of sharp Humors, Apo­stems, Kings-Evil, French-Pox; &c.

III. The Signs. It is known by sight; if it is malign, the Sa­nies running from it will be thin, and evil-coloured, and of no good smell; also the Patient will be in much paln.

IV. The Prognosticks. An Ʋlcer of the Joints is not very ea­sily Cured; and if it is not well managed at first, it quickly be­comes sordid, or malign.

V. If it once becomes inveterate, either a flux of Humors, (which some call the Joint-water) fol­lows it, or it becomes a Fistula.

VI. The Cure. As these Ʋl­cers are commonly very painful, and sometimes vitiated with a flux of thin Humors, or a running Water, so greater Care than ordi­nary ought to be taken in their Cure: You ought often to purge with Tinctura purgans, or an In­fusion in Wine, of Sena and Rhubarb.

VII. Or, the Patient may purge with Our Panchymagogue Pills, or with Pil. Catharticae, or Pulvis Cornachini, or Pulvis Antimonii, or Pulvis Catharticus Antimonii.

VIII. During the whole Cure, a drying Diet-drink ought to be taken, made of Guajacum, Sassafras, Sarsa, China, Mechoacan, and Burdock Roots, with the Vulne­rary Herbs; without which, and often purging, it will not be easie to stop the flux of sharp Humors: Those who cannot take Pills, may take Our Electua­rium Catharticum.

IX. Then to strengthen the Tone of the Parts affected, the Patient between purging ought to take every Night of Our Volatile or Specijick Laudanum, à gr. ij. ad iv. or vi.

X. And outwardly, tho' the Cure differs but very little from the Cure of Ʋlcers in other Parts, yet the Medicaments to be applied, ought to be much more desiccative, and with as little sharpness as may [Page 1174] be; and more powerful Anodyn Cataplasms, for alleviating of the pain, are to be used; be­cause Pain is an inseparable Ac­cident of the Ulcers of these Parts.

XI. If the Ʋlcer is without a flux of Humors, you may apply Deficcativum rubrhm, and anoint the Lips with this Ointment, ℞ Ʋng. Populeon, Album Cam­pheratum, A. ℥i. Oils of Quinces and Poppies, A. ℥ss. mix them.

XII. But before you apply the Medicaments, foment the Part with a Decoction made of Balau­stians, Pomgranate-peels, red Roses dried, Myrtle-berries, and Sumach, in red Astringent Wine.

XIII. But if the Joint-water is present, you must pour warm into the vlcer Our Unguentum Nico­tianae, or, Ung. Fuscum Wurt­zii, and then lay upon it, Lint dipt in the same, over which lay Emplastrum Paracelfi.

XIV. When the flux of Humors is stayed, and the vlcer clean, you must use Incarnatives of the dri­er sort, as; ℞ Ʋng. Diapompho­ligns, Desiccativum rubrum, Ana. mix, and apply it; or you may use that at Sect. 11. aforegoing.

XV. If any Tumor is approach­ing, foment with the Tincture of Balaustians, Pomgranate-peels, Myrtle-berries, Sumach, and Ca­techu, made in Spirit of Wine.

XVI. If the vlcer is very deep, so that the Ung. Fuscum cannot come to the bottom of it, make Tents of the Body of the Ointment, being boiled to a thickness, which put into the bottom of the Ul­cer, and cover it so, that it may not get out again, over which lay Sticticum Paracelsi, as aforesaid.

XVII. The Tent will melt in the vlcer, cleanse powerfully, and repercuss any Water or Humor flow­ing into it; being cleansed, you may perfect the Cure with Bal­sam of Chili, or Peru, or some Artificial Balsam, with the Em­plaster aforenamed.

II. Of a Fistula in the Joints.

XVIII. These are caused for the most part, either from a flux of Humors falling down from the Part, or from an Apostem, or from an vlcer ill managed, or ill cured; or from the Kings-Evil.

XIX. The Differences. Some are without Corruption of Bones and Cartilages, and some are with them: Some are without any Tu­mor of the adjacent Parts, and some are with such a Swelling; so that the Swelling is either hard, or soft, in which some of the Tendons of the Muscles are very often corrupted, as in Fistula's of the Wrists and Ancles.

XX. In some of these Fistula's, the Joint remains firm and strong; in others it becomes loose and weak, by reason of the relaxa­tion of the Membrane which covers it, and of the Ligaments which confirm and strengthen it.

XXI. The Prognosticks. If in a Fistula of the Instep or Wrist, there be large and hard Tumors in the Feet or Hands, it is said to be incurable; for that the Mem­branes and Tendons of the Mus­cies and Bones, are for the most part corrupted.

XXII. In a Fistula of the Wrist, if the Bones of it, or of the back of the Hand, be carious, the Cure will be very bard to be performed, because these Bones are spongy, and so apt to receive superflu­ous Humidities, and withal, are not easie to be scaled.

XXIII. But indeed there is not any Fistula of the Joints, tho' it is without Corruption of the Carti­lages or Bones, easie to be Cured; partly by reason of the pain from the sensibleness of the Part; and partly by reason of the sharpness of those Medica­ments, which must be applied to remove the Callus, which al­ways increase that pain, and so are apt to induce Symptomati­cal Fevers, loss' of Appetite, Watchings, Restlesness, Exte­nuation or Wasting of the Body, and at last a Hectick and Ma­rasmus.

XXIV. If one of these Fistula's in the great Joints, is accompa­nied with an extenuation, or pi­ning, or Hectick Fever, the Case is desperate; for drying things which ought to be exhibited in the Cure, do add infallibly to the Consumption.

XXV. And for the same Rea­sons that a Fistula in the Wrist is bard to be Cured, is a Fistula in the Ankle or Instep yet harder; for besides the Cariosity of the Bones, and their sponginess, here is withal a greater danger of a flux of Humors, because it is a more depending Part.

XXVI. A Fistula in the Elbow or Knee, if it is with Corruption of either Cartilages or Bones, since they are very sensible Parts, there will be a very great pain, and a mighty difficulty in the Cure; and if ever it is performed, it will not be done, but through a great length of time.

XXVII. The Cure. Ʋniver­sals, and a proper Diet, with Wound-drinks being prescribed, as is usual in other Fistula's, we will come immediately to the Topi­cal Cure.

XXVIII. 1. By reason of the Pain, Anodyn Cataplasms, are to be applied to alleviate it: This of Fallopius is commended. Take Bran, Flowers of Camomil, Bar­ley Meal, Oesipus, A. ℥iiss. Oils of Earthworms, of Camomil, and of Dill, A. ℥ii. Alicant Wine ℥iss. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XXIX. 2. Toremove the Cal­sus, we commend, Arcanum Co­rallinum, red Precipitate, or un­washed Turpethum-Minerale, as the most Excellent things, and the latter of them as the best: You may mix it (or the others) with fine Bole, or Terra Sigil­lata, and Vitriol calcin'd, which Compositum may be applied in form of Troches, or mixed with Ʋng. Populeon, and so appli­ed upon a Tent; it produces no vehement Pain, nor inflamma­tion, or other vehement Symp­tom.

XXX. But beware that you apply not Arsenick, or Corrosive Sublimate, to remove the Callosi­ty; for they always cause vehement Pain, Symptomatick Fevers, and (if the Patient be of a Cacochy­mick habit of Body) many times a Mortification of the Part: I once saw the application of the latter to a Fistula in the Instep, [Page 1176] but it was with a great deal of Horror.

XXXI. 3. The Callus being, removed either by what is already said, or by Ung. Fuscum Wurtzii, boiled up to a Consistency, so as to be formed into Tents; you must mundifie, incarnate, and cica­trize, as we have taught in the Cure of other Fistula's; but with this Observation, that here, all your Applications ought to be more desiceative, than in the Fistula's of other Parts.

XXXII. 4. If there is a Cario­sity of the Bones, you must dress them with Tincture of Euphorbium, or with the Pouder of the same, it is safe, and without danger.

XXXIII. 5. If after some trial you perceive the Disease to be incurable, you must come to Am­putation or Extirpation, be it Foot or Arm; and this must be, be­fore the Patient grows too weak, or becomes unable to bear it: And this you may more safely do in a young Person, than in such as are aged, or decayed in their Strength; because in the former, the humidum Radicale is more easily restored by a good Diet, than in the latter.

CHAP. XXXIX. Of an ƲLCER of ARMS, and HANDS.

I. WHAT the Greeks call, [...]. and the Latins; Ʋlcus Manûs; Ʋlcus Cubiti; & Ʋlcus Brachii; we in English call, an Ʋlcer of the Hand; or of the Elbow; or of the Arm.

II. The Causes. They often proceed from External Violence, Contusions, Tumors, Apostems, Kings-Evil, French Pox, &c.

III. The Prognosticks. They are either easie, or difficult of Cure; according as they are either re­cent or inveterate, simple, or complicated with Symptoms, benign, or malign, &c.

IV. The Cure. Convenient purging, and often is to be prescri­bed, with Our Family Pill, Pi­lulae Catharticae, or Panchyma­gogae, or Pulvis Cornachini, Pul­vis Antimonii, or Pulvis Cathar­ticus.

V. Or you may give Tincture of Sena and Rhubarb, made with White-wine; or an Infusion of Mechoacan in White-Port-Wine; or Rosin of Jallap, mixed with Mercurius dulcis, and pouder of Aniseeds or Caraways, or pouder of Liquorice, and so exhibited in a little Syrup of Roses.

VI. A good Traumatick Diet­drink is also to be ordered, made of the Famous Vulneraries; and withal, a drying [...] drink of Guajacum Sassafras, Sarsa, Anti­mony crude, &c. as we have in many places taught.

VII. Then for Topical Applica­tions, [Page 1177] if there is a vehemency of Pain, you must apply Anodyns, which may sometimes (as your Prudence shall direct you) be mixt with Narcoticks.

VIII. Then if the Ʋlcer is crude, with an undigested Sanies or Mat­ter, you must apply Digestives, or Suppuratives, till such time as the Patient has ease, and the Pus is such as they call laudable.

IX. The Ʋlcer being digested, you must cleanse with Abstersives; but you must be cautious that they be not too strong, by rea­son of the many Tendons, Nerves, &c.

X. The Juice of Smallage with Honey, or with Honey and Turpen­tine is excellent; so the Mundi­ficativum Paracelsi, and no ways inferior is Our Ʋng. Nicotianae, or the Ʋng. Fuscum Wurtzii, which is admirable, yea, tho' it be strumous: And some commend Ʋnguentum Bryoniae.

XI. If there is a great Tumor withal, you may apply this Dis­cussive Cataplasm. ℞ Wine Vi­negar, or Lime-juice ℥iv. Bean Meal or Flower ℥ii. fine Bole, Dra­gons-blood, A. ℥ss. Orrice-root, pouder of Tobacco, A. ʒii. boil, and at the end add Oil of Roses ℥ss. and the yolk of one Egg, mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XII. If there is proud Flesh, you may take it away with Basili­con, mixed with red Precipi­tate, or with burnt Alum; or with this. ℞ The strongest white Wine Vinegar ℥iii. burnt Alum ℥ii. boil to driness, and calcine it again.

XIII. The Ʋlcer being cleansed, you must Incarnate with Sarco­ticks, and then it must be cica­trized with some Styptick Water, or with burnt Alum dissolved in red Wine, which wonderfully dries all sorts of Ulcers; or with proper Epuloticks, Ointments, Cerates, and Emplasters.

XIV. If the Ʋlcer is inveterate or malign, or proceeds from some strumous Cause, there is nothing equal to the Water of the Grif­fin for the healing thereof; for being cleansed of its filth, you may wash the Sore with it 2 or 3 times a day, and keep Linnen Cloths 4, 6, or 8 times double, dipt in the same, and laid upon it, keeping them constantly wet, by often dropping the Wa­ter thereon, which sinking thro' the folded Cloth, will penetrate to the Ulcer, and heal it, yea, in a very short time.

XV. Sometimes a laced Com­press may be of great use in these Ʋlcers, especially if they be caver­nous or hollow; but you must take heed, that you lace it not so hard as to extinguish the Natural Heat, for so a Gangrene and Mortification will be indu­ced; and withal, take heed that you probe not too deep, nor where Tents are needful, that you make them not too long, lest you prolong the Cure, and put the Patient to much Pain.

CHAP. XL. Of an ƲLCER of the THIGHS, LEGS, or FEET.

I. WHAT the Greeks call, [...], vel, [...]. and the Latins, Ʋlcus Femoris; Ʋlcus Cruris vel Tibiae; and Ʋlcus Pe­dis; we in English call, an Ʋl­cer of the Thighs; or of the Legs or Shins; or of the Feet.

II. The Causes. They may proceed from the same Causes which Ʋlcers in the Arms, Hands, or other places, may proceed from: Sometimes they may proceed from the Itch, or a great flux of Humors, because they are de­pending Parts; as also from long and daily standing, in Bo­dies Cacochymick, where the Patient is of such a Profession, as requires standing for the most part of the time they are exer­cising it.

III. The Prognosticks. Ʋl­cers in these Parts are more diffi­cult to Cure than in the Hands, Arms, or other upper Parts; be­cause they are depending Parts, and therefore the Humors of the Body are more apt, and more easily flow to them than to other Parts.

IV. If they are recent and be­nign, without evil Symptoms, they are easie of Cure; but if they are inveterate, malign, or accom­panied with evil Symptoms, chiefly in Bodies Cacochymick, Scorbutick, Strumatick or Poc­ky, they will be Cured with much difficulty.

V. And those in the Ankles, Insteps, and Feet, are more diffi­cult to be Cured, than those in the Legs or Thighs; because of their being repleat with Vessels, Nerves, Tendons, and Bones grisly, or porous, more than the other Parts.

VI. The Cure. In order to the Cure, such Internal Medica­ments as are of general tendency, are to be exhibited here, as we have formerly prescribed in simple Ʋlcers, as also in such as are sor­did, malign, carious, or fistulous, or accompanied with other Symp­toms; as you see the Nature of the Ulcer shall require, both as to make proper Evacuations by Vomit and Stool; as also for Traumatick and Drying Diet­drinks, for the healing of the Ulcer.

VII. But in the Cure of the Ʋl­cers in these Parts, besides the Topical application of Digestives, Abstersives, Incarnatives and E­puloticks, there ought to be some­thing more; the Thigh, or Leg is to be rowled from the Foot upwards; and in many Cases a laced Stocking is of extraordi­nary Service.

VIII. And the Body ought to be well purged twice a week, which [Page 1179] is often to be iterated, but yet al­ways with this caution, not to over-do it, but as you find the Body can bear it: For as the conti­nuation of the Ulcer may con­sume the Juices of the Body, and produce a Tabes, or Con­sumption, which is often seen; so also too much Purging may help to induce a Tabisick habit of Body, to the Fatal Damage of the Sick.

IX. And for change of the Course of Physick, (which is also very ne­cessary) Sweating ought to be in­stituted, and to be alternately used, if the Body is strong, and able to bear it, which may be promoted by giving inwardly sudorifick Volatile Salts, and other things of like Nature; for that these Operations very much conduce to the drying up of the Ulcer, and wasting of those Humidi­ties, which otherwise might be apt to fall down, and hinder the healing of the Ulcer.

X. If the Ʋlcer is crude and undigested, Maturatives and Sup­puratives are to be applied for some time; then you may cleanse with Ʋng. Nicotianae of Our Pre­scription, or with Apostolorum, or Ʋnguentum Fuscum Wurtzii, which last, (and indeed all of them do in some measure) not only cleanse but incarnate with­al, not suffering any proud Flesh or ill Symptom to follow.

XI. You may incarnate with Li­nimentum Arcaei, if it is in the Leg or Thigh, or with that Lini­ment mixed with a little white or red Precipitate; after which you may skin with Ʋnguentum Dia­pompholigos, simple or mixt with burnt Alum, or which is better, with Ʋng. Mirabile, or some Styptick Water, Our Aqua Regu­lata, or Water of the Griffin, which consummates the Cure to all Intentions.

CHAP. XLI. Of ƲLCERATED PILES, or HE­MORRHOIDS.

I. WHAT the Greeks call, [...]. vel, [...], & [...], vel, [...]. and the Latins, Haemorrhoides Ʋlcerosae, & Ʋlcus fici in Ano, vel Ficus Ʋlcerosa; we in Eng­lish call, Ʋlcerated Piles or Hae­morrhoids, or an Ʋlcerated Fig in the Fundament.

II. The Differences. These Humors are sometimes Phlegmo­nous, sometimes Scirrhous, some­times Cancerous; and many times they are Varicous, Ʋlce­rous, or Fistulons.

III. The Part affected. This is chiefly the Anus, which is the exterior part of the Intestinum Rectum; in which place it is [Page 1180] bound about with a Sphincter-Muscle, which has a contraction and dilatation within it self; by the first of which, it keeps all the Excrements which fall down thither within the Guts, till such time as Nature is excited, by either fulness, sharpness, or some other Accident to expel them; and by the latter of which it voluntarily relaxes, and by the help of several pairs of Muscles, dilates it self, so as to make way for their Excretion.

IV. These Mascles, and especi­ally the Intestinum Rectum it self, are fed and replenished with several Arteries, as, 1. The Arteria Mesenterica inferior, which (mostly designed for the Intesti­num Rectum,) does disperse Branches in a plentiful manner, all over it, and particularly to the Anus. 2. The Arteria Hypo­gastrica, which also sends Bran­ches to the Anus, but chiefly to the Muscles belonging to it.

V. These Arteries conveying Blood thither, have a correspon­dent or fit number of Veins provi­ded for its return, viz. 1. The Haemorrhoidalis externa, which is a Hranch of the Hypogastrick Vein, corresponding with its name-sake Artery. 2. The Hae­morrhoidalis interna (which is indeed the more principal Ves­sel) that receives the Blood from all the parts of the Rectum, but more especially about the Anus, unites into a slender Arm or Trunk; and so passing along the Gut, runs by degrees into the Mesentery, and is inserted between the Mesenterical Bran­ches of the Vena Portae, some­times into the Right, sometimes into the Left, and sometimes into the Trunk of the Portae it self; yet sometimes accidental­ly, (tho' rarely) it leaves this Course, and is inserted into the Splenetick Branch, sometimes without, and sometimes within the Spleen.

VI. The Blood then descends hi­ther to the Part affected, chiefly by the Arteria Mesenterica infe­rior; by which being let into the middle and inward Tunicles of the Intestinum Rectum, it is car­ried back, chiefly by the Vena Haemorrhoidalis interna.

VII. The Causes. The Proca­tactick or External Causerie may be from sitting upon cold places, upon Stones, Earth, Snow, &c. bitings of Leeches, Blows, Bruises, Priction, or Puncture, application of sh [...]p Medicines, &c. taking of Albes, &c.

VIII. The Antecedent Cause, may be from a Cacochymy, where the shirpness of Humors falling down upon the Part, weakens it, and passing by or near that place from the Guts, do by their acri­mony induce the Piles; which Humors, tho' they may be from Internal Causes in the Blood, yet they externally affect the Anus, in passing out at the same, not much unlike to that of a sharp Clyster.

IX. So that according to the variety and degeneration of the Humor, variety of Tumors do arise, making several Differences, of which we have spoken a little above.

X. The Proximate or Conjoined Cause is from the Blood in the Part [Page 1181] affected, which easily flows thither, 1. Because it is a depending part. 2. From the weakness of the part, being made so by an afflux of sharp Humors, which prompting Nature to an expulsion, stirs up a Fermentation and boiling in the Blood of the Part, and so causes it to swell. 3. Because the Veins hereabouts being small, and without Valves, and the Blood by its heat and fermentation swel­ling, it is deteined there and stag­nates, and by reason of the laxi­ty of the part causes that Tumor which we call the Piles; which still increasing, and the Veins not being sufficient or large enough for its discharge, so as to be taken in by the Arteries, and the Skin thin, at length they break, and so bleed.

XI. These Tumors being very great (in respect to the part) and very painful with Inflammation, there is many times a Flux of sharp Humors, which cither thrust out spongy Flesh, as Morus, Fi­cus, Condyloma, Crista, Phyma; or else by their Acrimony erode, and so create an Ʋlcer, which is either simple, benign, sordid, malign, Cancerous, Cavernous, or Fistulous.

XII. If it is demanded, why the Blood cannot so easily circulate in this Part, as in others, but must stagnate, and produce the Piles: it is answered, that by the sharp­ness and thinness of the Humor attendent, Nature is provoked, and the Intestinum Rectum is sti­mulated to make an Excretion, and is always offering to press or squeez, and contract it self, and so binds up the Vein, that the Blood cannot ascend, but is by the Violence of the motion kept back, even to the breaking many times of the Vessel.

XIII. The Morbifick Humor is generally lodged within the en­trance into the Anus: and very of­ten also on the Muscles near it, where the Piles are hidden, and seldom discover themselves, but only an outward Humor appears, which in length of time, many times apostemates, and at last ends in a Cavernous or Fistu­lous Ulcer; penetrating (accor­ding to the duct of the Vessels which seed it) sometimes into the Gut, and sometimes with­out it.

XIV. The Signs. Your Eye will tell you, whether it is a Vein, i. e. the Piles or Hemorroids, or it be some other Tumor: whether it bleeds, or bleeds not; and whether they are Ulcerated, or not Ulcerated.

XV. In other Tumors, the Fi­gure will discover what it is: if it is Condyloma, it is like a Pen­sil-wart with a narrow Neck: if it is Ficus, it is flat, almost like a Fig: if it is Morus, it is a rough protuberance, much like that kind of Fruit: if it is Phy­ma, it is a full red smooth Tu­mor with heat and pain, like a Phlegmon: if it is Crista, it has a broad Basis: if it is Phlegmo­nous, Scirrhous, or Cancerous, it is known by their proper Signs.

XVI. If the Tunicles are thick, or apt to be spongy, then the Parts swell, and the Vessels appear them­selves blewish, and in cluster's like a small bunch of Grapes; or else Flesh grows about them, ma­king [Page 1182] Ficus, Condyloma, &c. but if the Humor is of a Saline na­ture, it makes Rhagades or Fis­surae, which are Ulcers very common.

XVII. The Kinds, respect, I. The Part. It is either, 1. Of the Veins only, and so they are either Haemorrhoides coecae, blind, internal, and which bleed not; Or Haemorrhoides apertae, which are open, external, and bleed­ing. 2. Or of the Veins with the Muscles of the Anus, generating Phlegmonous, Scirrhous, and Cancerous Tumors.

XVIII. They respect, II. The substance and Figure, and so it is either Blood alone, or a Fleshy matter, called according to its Figure, Morus, Ficus, Condylo­ma, Crista, as aforesaid.

XIX. They respect, III. The Accidents, and so they are, 1. Not Ʋlcerated, or Ʋlcerated. 2. with little pain, or with much pain. 3. They are small or great, and with a narrow or broad basis. 4. They are either Temporary and Symptomatical, or Periodical.

XX. The Prognosticks. Those Haemorrhoids which are the Ʋvales are the mildest, and more gentle: The Morales, are worser, or in a mean between the former, and the next: the Verrucales, are the worst of all.

XXI. Those Piles which affect that part next the Neck of the Bladder, are more troublesom and painful, because of the consent they have with it; whence Inflamma­tion, Phyma, and Strangury many times happen.

XXII. If the Haemorrhoides [...]oecae be very painful, and not timely remedied, there will be great danger of a Flux of Humors, which may induce Inflammati­ons, Apostems, Erosions, Ulce­rations, &c.

XXIII. If they bleed seasonably and moderately, they ease and purge the Body of gross, and faecu­lent Blood; and so thereby free it from many and dangerous diseases, as Pleurisies, Peripneumonies, Quinsies, Phlegmons, Apople­xies, Epilepsies, pissing Blood, Quartans, &c.

XXIV. If they bleed immode­rately, they cause Weakness, Faint­ings, Cachexia's, Dropsies, Pining, Consumptions, and the like; it their Flux is unadvisedly up­pressed, after a long course thereof.

XXV, If their Ʋlceration it plain, benign, and recent, it may easily be cured; but if cavous, sordid, malign or inveterate, they will be cured with very much difficulty.

XXVI. If they continue long, are painful, with a Flux of acri­monious or sharp Humors atten­ding them, they will be in dan­ger of growing Cavernous, if not Fistulous.

I. The Cure of Blind Haemorrhoids.

XXVII The Body if accustomed to be costive, ought always to be kept soluble, with some Lenitive, as Extract of Cassia mixt with Cremor, Tartari, or Extract of Tamarinds: and the Patients Diet must also be such as may keep it in such a condition, be­cause in this disease they are generally costive, and so avoid [Page 1183] their Excrements with much Pain.

XXVIII. Their Food may be Barley-gruel, Water-gruel boil'd full with blue Currants, hull'd Barley boil'd and buttered, or ea­ten with new Milk or Cream, and a little Sugar, Pannado, Milk­porrage, Milk thickned with Oat­meal, Butter-milk, Whey-porrage made with Oatmeal, Outmeal Caudle, Veal and Chicken broths boiled with Beets, Borage, Bu­gloss, Endive, Succory, Spi­nage, &c. And their Drink may be a middling sort of Ale or Beer, but always new, or Wa­ter sweetned with Sugar, or Ptisan, or Wine mixt with Water.

XXIX. Also now and then the Belly may be made soluble with Clysters made of fat Broth, Emol­lient Decoctions, or new Milk with Sugar, or Posset-drink with Su­gar, which may be cast in with a Clyster-syringe, made with a short thick Pipe taper-wise.

XXX. If they be very great, and the Patient in vehement pain, the only Remedy is to discharge the Blood by application of Leeches, which I have oftentimes done, suc­cessfully; but then presently upon their removal, the Part ought to be fomented with red Wine, as hot as can be conve­niently endured with Sponges, or double Flanels, and that for half an Hour, or neatly for an Hour together, by which means they are made to bleed the more plentifully.

XXXI. For want of doing this immediately after the application of Leeches, it has been many times very prejudicial to the Patient, because sometimes they leave a Venom behind them, which of­tentimes creates an Ulcer, and sometimes a fistulous Ulcer, by attraction of Humors, which by these means is avoided.

XXXII. If they be not very great, or the pain not vehement, or if they are but in their beginning I have (I believe) more than five hundred times Cured them by anointing with Oil of Amber, or Powers of Aniseeds. It is a Dis­ease I have been often subject to my self, and it used to afflict me vehemently; but after I had once found out the way of anointing them with Oil of Am­ber, I soon Cured my self of them; and if I find upon ta­king cold that they are coming upon me, by their being a little swell'd, I immediately apply my self to that Remedy, and so pre­vent them, by which means I have been kept free from them, for more than these 20 Years last past.

XXXIII. But if the Piles are broke or ulcerated, these Medica­caments are by no means to beused; for by reason of their heat, they mightily inflame the raw part, and afflict the Patient with ve­hement pain.

XXXIV. Authors use other Medicaments, as this Fomentati­on, to discuss and dry them up, where they thrust forth with great pain, and are subject to Inflammation. Take Plantane, Bramble-tops, Horsetail, A. M. is. Flowers of Mullein, M.ii. Line­seed ℥ii. Catechu ℥i. Balaustians, red Roses, Pomgranate-peels, [Page 1184] Myrtle-berries, A. ʒvi. Wine, Water, A. q.s. mix, boil, and make a Fomentation.

XXXV. Having fomented them, apply a Mixture of Ung. Popu­leon, and burnt Cork, upon Pledgets of soft Tow, Morning and Evening.

XXXVI. If the Disease is in its state, and the Inflammation and Pain vehement, either apply Leeches, or foment with this. ℞ Mallows, Mullein, A. M. j. Flowers of Hypericon, M. ss. Root of Hounds-tongue, and of Henbane, A. ℥iss. Linseed, Fenugreek-seed, A. ʒvi. Seeds of Althaea, and of Quinces, A. ʒiii. boil them in Mutton-broth, for a Fomentation.

XXXVII. Or, ℞ Barley-meal, Juices of Endive and Lettice, A. ℥iii. Fleawort-seeds ℥ss. Oil of Water-lillies ℥iiss. yolks of Eggs, No ii. Saffron ℈ii. mix, and make a Cataplasm; but in extremity of pain, anoint with this. Take Oit of Eggs ℥i. Opium gr. x. which dissolve in a little Water or Wine, and mix with the Oil.

XXXVIII. In the Cure of the Internal Piles, the same Emol­lient Decoctions, and Anodyns, before-proposed, will be of good use, to be injected by a Clyster­syringe.

XXXIX. If the pain proceeds from Cold, or a gross viscid Matter distending them, you must apply things beating and resolving; as Roots of Pilewort, Onions, Gar­lick, Squills, Figwort, and Ointments made of them; a­noint also with Balsam of Sul­phur, of Rulandus, or the Tere­binthinated, or Anisated Balsam of Sulphur, or sit over the Fumes of Frankincense, or Amber, which is better, often repeating it.

XI. When you find the Disease in its declination, you must apply things powerfully drying, as Tin­ctura Mirabilis; or Crocus Mar­tis astringens, Saccharum Satur­ni, Ceruse, Litharge, burnt Lead, Minium, Chalk, fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Aerugo, Catechu, all of them in fine pouder, which you may apply either alone, or mixt with a little Honey, or Hogs-lard; washing beforehand with Aqua Calcis, or Alumniosa, or some other Styptick Water; if they yield not to these Ap­plications, but are pendent like a Grape, they are usually cut off; because otherwise, upon every little disorder, or taking cold, they will be apt to swell.

II. The Cure of the Bleeding Hemorrhoids.

XLI. Whilst they discharge gross and vitious Blood, or are be­neficial in removing other Diseases, and withal, that the Patient has strength of Body to bear the Eva­cuation, they ought not to be stopt, or heal'd; and so much the more, if they have appeared Monthly, or have been of some Years con­tinuance.

XLII. In these Cases, they ought rather to be continued in their usual flux, or if stopt, to be pro­voked thereto; which may be done with Aloes, and Aloetick Medicaments, as Pilulae Ruffi, &c. Scammony, Colocynthis, &c. given inwardly.

XLIII. But where the Bleeding is recent, or of young standing, espe­cially [Page 1185] if it is over-abundant, to the weakening of the Sick, and abate­ment of their usual Health; or if it induces paleness of Counte­nance, pining, or a consump­tive habit of Body, you ought to use the best means that may be to stop it.

XLIV. Inwardly you must give such things (whether as Food, or as Medicine) as may Incrassate, and Contemperate the Fermenta­tion of the Blood. As for Food, things temperate, and not salt, so [...]re, or spicey; all picquant Sawces, Pickles, &c. are to be avoided; Food made of Fruits, Gelly and Conserve of Quinces, baked Wardens and Pe [...]rs, Pur­slane, Lettice, Spinnage, Pom­pions, Melons, Cowcummers, (not pickled) may be eaten with freedom; Milk-meats, Oatmeal-milk, Milk-porrage, and the like, are of Service in this Case.

XLV. As for Medicaments, you may give inwardly Syrups made of the Juices of Quinces, Purslane, Lettice, Plantane, Wood-sorrel, of dried Roses, and of Myrtles mixed with some proper Distilled Water, as of Alum, Poppies, &c.

XLVI. Profitable also in this Case are, fine Bole, Bistort, Ca­techu, Crocus Martis, Harts-horn burnt, Lapis Haematitis, Sanguis Draconis, Spodium Terra Lem­nia, Pomgranate Peels, Troches of Amber, Mithridate, Venice Trea­cle, Diascordium, Our New Lon­don Treacle, Out Volatil and Spe­cifick Laudanum, Dr. Gardner's Laudanum Samech, Tinctura Mirabilis, &c. for that these things thicken the Blood and Juices, and so put a stop to the Career of the Flux.

XLVII. ℞ Catechu, Crocus Martis astringent, A. ʒi. Lapis Haematitis, Terra Lemnia, A.ʒss. Cochinele, dried Blood, (either of Man, or Beast) Saccharum Satur­ni, A. ℈i. Of Our Specifick Lau­danum gr. 5. with Syrup of white Poppies, make an Electuary for Four Doses.

XLVIII. Outwardly, Catechu, dried Blood, Pomgranate Peels, Cyprus Nuts, Galls, Hypocistis, burnt Lead, Ceruse, Litharge, Saccharum Saturni, Olibanum, Mastich, Sanguis Draconis, &c. may be all made into Pouder, and mixed with some proper Ointment, as Ʋng. Populeon, and applied upon Pledgets of Tow; or with Mucilage of Gum Traga­canth, they may be either made into Suppositories, and so used; or else mixed with whites of Eggs, and spread upon Pledgets, and so applied.

XLIX. Or you may foment, if they are External, with the Royal Styptick, or Dr. Gardner's Styp­tick, or other proper Styptick Water, as you see convement; or you may cast these Stypticks in with a Syringe, applying af­terwards upon a Pledget Ʋng. Diapompholigos.

III. The Cure of ulcerated Hemor­rhoids, Ficus, &c.

L. If the Ʋlcer is recent, it may be Cured by applying Balsam de Chili, or de Peru, upon Pledgets of Tow, to the Part; first of all anointing it well [Page 1186] with a Feather, with the same.

LI. But if the Ʋlcer is invete­rate, Digestives are first to be ap­plied, because there are many crude and unconcocted Humors many times in these Ʋlcers; afterwards you must deterge with Juice of Smal­lage boiled up with Honey, or with the Mundificativum Para­celsi.

LII. If the Ʋlcer is foul or sor­did, you must continue the use of Abstersives the longer, forbearing such as are over sharp; lest they should induce by their sharp­ness, a great flux of Humors up­on the Part, to which it is very subject upon the least occasion.

LIII. Every time when you dress it, as soon as you have taken off the former Application, you must fo­ment it with this following Mix­ture.Juice of Scordium, and of Parsly clarified, A. ℥iv. red Port-Wine ℥viii. mix them, and foment therewith warm for almost half an Hour.

LIV. Which dane, then dress it up with the Mundificative or Ab­stersive; and continue this course of fomenting and dressing, till you find the Ulcer to be very well cleaused.

LV. The Ʋlcer being cleansed, you must incarnate, if need be, with Sarcoticks: This is good; Take Ung. Diapompholigos ℥ii. Ung. Nicotiana ℥i. Mastich, and Olibanum in pouder, A.ʒiii. Bal­sam of Peru ʒii. mix, and ap­ply it.

LVI. The Ʋlcer being incarned, you must produce the Cicatrice by anointing with Ung. Diapompho­ligos alone, or Ung. de Minio, or some other drying Ointment, or strewing the Sore over with pou­der of fine Bole, or Terra Sigil­lata, or some proper Styptick as pouder of Catecha, or Caput Mort. of Vitriol.

LVII. But before applying these Ointments, or Pouders, or upon every dressing, it will be good to wash the Sore with some Styp­tick Waters, as the Aqua Alumi­nosa, the Royal Styptick, Doctor Gardner's Styptick, or some o­ther, as you shall see fit; not omitting the Water of the Griffin.

LVIII. But if notwithstanding all that can be done, the Ʋlcer proves rebellious and malign, you must make the Patient fit once or twice a day upon a Close­stool over a Chafing-dish of Coals, to receive from the same the Fumes of these following Troches.

LIX. The Troches. Take Winters Cinnamon, Amber, both in fine pouder, A. ℥iss. Aloes, Myrrh, Sarcocol, A. ℥i. Zedoary in pou­der, Bayberries in pouder, A.ʒvi. Artificial Cinnabar ground fine or levigated ℥i. all being in fine pou­der, with Mucilage of Gum Tra­gacanth, make Troches, each weighing ʒss. of which (being through dry) use 3.4. or 5 at a time. See the Third Edition of Our Synopsis Medicine, lib 5. cap. 54.

Explicit Liber Quintus.

ARS CHIRƲRGIGA. Liber Sextus. OF FRACTURES.

The ARGUMENT.

I. Of Fractures in General. II. Of Catagmatick In­struments. III. Of Accidents or Symptoms in Fra­ctures. IV. Of a Fracture Simple. V. Of a Fra­cture with a Wound. VI. A Fracture with a Wound, the Bone not bare. VII. A Fracture with a Wound, the Bone bare of the Periosteum. VIII. A Fracture with a Wound, the Bone sticking forth. IX. A Fra­cture Distorted, and Ill-set. X. A Fracture with too little, or too great a Callus. XI. A Fracture with Atrophia, or Slenderness and Weakness of the Part. XII. A Fracture of the Skull. XIII. A Fissure and Contrafissure of the Skull. XIV. A Contusion of the Skull. XV. A Puncture and Incision of the Skull. XVI. A Fracture of the Nose-bone. XVII. A Fracture of the Jaw-bone. XVIII. A Fracture of the Clavicula, or Collar-bone. XIX. A Fracture of the Shoulder-blade. XX. A Fracture of the Humerus, Shoulder, or Arm-bone. XXI. A Fracture of the Cubitus, or Elbow-bone. XXII. A Fracture of the Carpus, or Wrist-bone. XXIII. A Fracture of the Metacarpium, or back of the Hand. XXIV. A Fracture of the Finger-bones. XXV. A Fracture of [Page 1188] the Sternon, or Brest-bone. XXVI. A Fracture of the Ribs. XXVII. A Fracture of the Vertebrae of the Spina-Dorsi, or Back bone. XXVIII. A Fracture of the Os Sacrum, or Great Bone. XXIX. A Fra­cture of the Coccyx, or Rump-bone. XXX. A Fra­cture of the Os Ilium, or Hip-bone. XXXI. A Fra­cture of the Thigh-bone. XXXII. A Fracture of the Patella, or Knee-pan. XXXIII. A Fracture of the Leg-bones. XXXIV. A Fracture of the Bones of the Feet.

CHAP. I. Of FRACTURES in General.

I. WHAT the Greeks call, [...]. and the Latins, Fractura; we in English call, A Fracture, which is the Solution of Unity in a Bone.

II. The Kinds. There are said to be Seven several Sorts of Fra­ctures in a Bone, viz. 1. Fra­ctura Transversalis. 2. In Mo­dum Causis. 3. In Modum Ra­phani. 4. In Modum Fissurae. 5. In Modum Assularum, vel Schidiorum. 6. Os Contritum. 7. Os Contusum.

III. 1. [...], Fractura Trans­versalis, is when the Bone is broken in the midst obliquely overthwart, but not smoothly.

IV. 2. [...]. Fractura ossis per transversum facta in modum Caulis, when it is bro­ken overthwart into long points like strings, as in the breaking of a Colwort-stalk.

V. 3. [...]. Fractura Raphani modo facta, Aegineta, lib. 5. cap. 89. when the Bone is smoothly-broken short off, as in the breaking of a Radish-root.

VI. 4. [...]. Fissura, Fractura in modum Fis­surae, when the Bone is broken long-ways, but not separated.

VII. 5. [...]. Scidia, As­sulae, Fractura Ossis [...] in modum Assutarum vel Schidio­rum, when the Bone is broken into Splinters.

VIII. 6. [...]. Contritum; when the Bone is broken in small bits, as if it were ground.

IX. 7. [...]. and by Hippocrates [...]. Con­tusus totius ossis, Fractura totius ossis in modum contusum, secundum ipsius crassitiem, juxta ipsum Ar­ticulum. Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 6. when the Bone is bruised or [Page 1189] crushed, and that near to the Joint.

X. The Causes. They are ei­ther External or Internal; the External Causes are either Con­tusion or Flexure, wherein some external force, assaying to bow or bend them, they not being flexible, are broken.

XI. And indeed whatever thing may prick, cut, bruise, break, shatter, or bend a Bone, may con­tribute to its breaking; among which things, falling from an high place may be accounted for one.

XII. The Internal Causes, are either from the Natural Constitu­tion of the Bones; or from some Accidental Rottenness: From the Natural Constitution of the Bones, it is, when their Sub­stance is so brittle, that it can­not endure the least Violence.

XIII. From Accidental Rot­tenness, it is when they are made weak, or dry, or porous, by reason of the Poyson and Virulency of the French Pox, an Exalted Scurvey, or an Inveterate Elephantiasis. We have several Memorable Hi­stories of Rottenness of the Bones, and Fractures occasion­ed thereby: Memorable is that of Marcellus Donatus in Historia Medic. Mirabilis, lib. 4. cap. 5. of Bones in the Right and Left Arm, which broke of their own accord, from a Rottenness caused by the French Pox.

XIV. And Schenkius in lib. 5. Obs. 8. has two parallel Histories from the Observations of Came­rarius, of Bones which broke of their own accord, from their supposed Natural brittleness, Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 66. gives another Admirable Relation of a Man troubled with the Gout, who had the Bone of his Right Arm broken, only by endeavouring to pull on a Glove, which being reduced, in a little time after it broke again of its own accord in another place; all which, says he, was from a wonderful unwonted frailty and brittleness of the Bones, for that he altogether denied, that he had been at any time trou­bled with any affect of the Bones; Contracted either from the foul Disease, or proceeding from any other Cause.

XV. The same Hildanus, in Cent. 2. Obs. 68. has another Famous Observation of this kind, of a Woman, the Bone of whose Arm broke of its own accord, and was Cured; after­wards the Bone of her Right Leg broke, only by endeavour­ing to put on her Hose, which was also Cured: This poor Wo­man had several other Fractures of like kind, which made her lye by it in Misery for about two Years, and then she died: These, says he, were not caused either by the French Pox, or from any other Disease, she having not been at any time affected with the one or the other, nor ever in all her Life-time troubled with any such Sickness: but the true Cause was from some oc­cult and secret Poyson, pro­ceeding from some extraordina­ry Corruption of the Humors, which up and down, every where, passing thro' the whole Substance of the Bones, corrup­ted [Page 1190] or rotted them in this won­derful and unexpressible man­ner.

XVI. The Signs. A trans­verse Fracture, or that which is made in an oblique manner, is ea­sily known, because by the very touch, the Extremities of the sra­ctured Bone are soon discovered; for in the place of the Fracture there is a Cavity or Hollowness found, which is not natural; and withal, the Body, but espe­cially the fractured Member, cannot be moved after the due or wonted manner.

XVII. And there is likewise before the Bones are set, or reduced into their right places again, a most extream and intolerable pain; for that the Extremities of the broken Bones prick, or press upon the Parts which they touch, being very full of Sense and Feelling.

XVIII. Now that these things may be the better discerned, the Member that is fractured ought to be compared with that which is found; as Arm with Arm, Leg with Leg, &c.

XIX. It also oftentimes hap­pens, that when a Member is fra­ctured, it is made shorter than it should be, for that the Muscles draw up the inferior part of the Bone that is broken.

XX. And for the most part a Fracture may be known from the preceding External Violence done to the Part, those Violent Causes having a sufficient power to break the Bone.

XXI. The Fractures made long­ways in the Bone, are known with more difficulty; but they may be discerned, from the pain of the Part, its inequality, and the preternatural thickness of the Member.

XXII. Those Fractures which break the Bones into Splinters, are known many times by an Apo­stemation; for that when all their smaller parts and little pieces could not be reduced, or set in their proper places, the Flesh Corrupts and Aposte­mates, whereupon the Splinters become naked of Flesh, and so in process of time drop forth.

XXIII. And this will be known by sight, by the blackness of the Bone, if it lies open to view, or else by the stirring and moving up and down of the Splinters, where they adhere not, or stick not fast to the main Bone.

XXIV. The Differences. They are taken, 1. A Figura, from their Figure, which is either right, according to the longi­tude of the Bone; or, trans­verse, which is cross the thick­ness of the Bone, and that ei­ther directly or obliquely.

XXV. 2. Ab ossibus ipsis, from the Bones themselves, whether it be in the Head, Neck, Shoul­der, Arm, Hand, Thigh, Leg, Foot, &c. which are also ei­ther greater or lesser.

XXVI. 3. Ab Accidentibus, from their Accidents or Symptoms, being either without, or with a Wound, Pain, Inflammation, Apostemation, Ulcer, proud Flesh, Gangrene, Mortificati­on, &c.

XXVII. The Prognosticks. A Fracture of the Bones made ac­cording to the length of them, is [Page 1191] more easily Cured than that which is made transverse, whether right or oblique; because there is no such need of any laborious Re­position, it being enough that they be brought close together again.

XXVIII. And among the trans­verse Fractures, the right are of easier Cure than the oblique; and among the oblique, that is ea­sier to be Cured, and has least danger in it, which is single, or simple, and equal, and in which the broken Bones are not mo­ved at all out of their places.

XXIX. There is but little dan­ger in those Fractures, where the heads of the Bones are retuse and blunt; but if they are sharp­pointed they are the worst, and most dangerous of any; because you cannot easily set them close, there being not any blunt part to rest upon: Besides, as Celsus lib. 5. cap. 7. says, they also hurt and wound the Flesh, Muscles, or Nerves.

XXX. A Fracture wherein the Bone is shattered into many frag­ments, is of very difficult Cure; and the more the fragments or small pieces are, so much the more diffi­cult the Cure: So also when there are sharp points of Bones stick­ing out, which prick and wound the Parts near them.

XXXI. When two Bones are joined together, as the Ulna and Radius in the Arm, the Tibia and Fibula, viz. the Focile Majus and Focile Minus in the Leg, and they are both broken, the Cure will be more difficult, than if one of those only were broken: For if one of those Bones remain whole, as the Muscles cannot so easily contract themselves, being kept out by the unbroken Bone; so the broken Bone being once set again, the whole Bone is as a prop or stay to that which is fractured, and a greater help to it than either Swaths or Splin­ters, or both together; whereas if both be broken, they will be much more troublesom and dif­ficult to set; and being set, more troublesom to be kept in their places.

XXXII. Galen, de Fract. lib. 3. Text. 37. says, That in a Fracture of some of the more emi­nent Bones, if the Cure is delayed beyond the seventh day, there will be danger of a deadness of the Bones, or of Apostemation.

XXXIII. Hippocrates, de Fract. lib. 3. Text. 44. says, When the Bones are so broken, that they can­not possibly be restored again, they will Apostemate in a short time, and fall forth; so also if they are naked, or bare of Flesh.

XXXIV. The thinner the Bones are, the sooner they Apostemate, and are separated, it may be, in less than fourteen days time; but the greater and more solid Bones are longer before they Apostemate and separate; because it is a lon­ger time before they can be wi­thered, and driven forth by the Flesh growing underneath, sel­dom before the fortieth day at soonest; sometimes the Aposte­mation and coming forth, is not before the sixtieth day; and sometimes it is the space of se­veral Months before that Work is accomplished.

XXXV. A Fracture with In­flammation [Page 1192] and Contusion of the Flesh, is dangerous, for that it cannot be perfectly Cured, till the Symptoms are wholly re­moved.

XXXVI. So much the greater the Fracture is, and by how much the greater the fractured Bones are, so much the more difficult and slow will the Cure be.

XXXVII. If the Fracture is recent, it will be easie to be conso­lidated: But if it has been any con­siderable time delayed, the Cure will be made the more difficult and tedious; 1. Because there will then be an Inflammation, and then the Part cannot be extend­ed without danger. 2. The Extremities of the Bones be­come harder, so that they can hardly ever be brought to join again, more especially in Aged Persons; but in such as are yet growing, the Case is different.

XXXVIII. If the Bones are so broken and shattered, that they cannot be reduced as they ought, a perfect restoration cannot be pro­mised: For though the Bones may possibly grow together a­gain, yet the Member may be much shorter than before, and so unfit for performance of its former Function or Duty.

XXXIX. The Age, Temper, Habit of Body, Course of Living, the Country, Season of the Year, and State of the Heavens, and Air, and whatever else has a power of altering or dispasing of the Natural Strength, so as to increase or diminish it, do all help to make the Cure more or less ea­sie to be performed.

XL. A Fracture in the middle of a Bone, is lighter and less dan­gerous, than that which is nearer to the head of the Bone, whether it he in the higher or lower Part: For near to the upper head there are very many Nerves; and near unto the lower head there are many Tendons, which being hurt, excite the greater Pains, whereby the Cure is made the more difficult and long.

XLI. If the Fracture is very near to the Joint, it is then the most dangerous of any; for that there are in that place both Nerves and Tendons, as also Ligaments: Besides, there the fractured Bone cannot be so well bound up; and withal, the heat of the place is small, and very weak, because it is in a manner bloodless. And tho' it may be consolidated, yet it leaves be­hind it a defect in the motion of that Member or Joint, be­cause of the Callus, which con­stricts as it were the Muscles and Tendons.

XLII. If a Wound and Contu­sion are conjoined with the Fracture, it is then very dangerous; and so much the more perilous, by how much the Wound and Contusion are the greater; more especially if any of the greater Muscles of the Thigh and Shoulder should be wounded; for then vehement Pain and Inflammation may easi­ly happen, and afterwards a Gangrene and Sphacelus: Be­sides, Splinters, and other Ne­cessaries for keeping the Bones in their places after reduction, cannot so conveniently be appli­ed, for that a hole is to be left open for the better Curing of the Wound.

XLIII. As for the time of a Fractures consolidation, it is not easily to be presaged, by reason of the differing Ages, habits of Body, Seasons of the Year, and other Circumstances: Youth of a good habit, and observing a good Diet and Order of Living, and in a good Air, are much sooner and easier Cured, than those who are aged, weak, infirm, cacochymick, and keep a disor­derly Course of Living.

XLIV. Lastly, As to the time more particularly, Fractures of the Nose, of the Jaw-bones, of the Clavicle, of the Brest, of the Shoulder-blades, the Ribs, Spines of the Back-bone, the Hand, An­kle, Heel, and Sole of the Foot, are conglutinated in 20 or 25 days; those of the Arms and Legs in 35 or 40 days.

XLV. The Cure. You ought to have in a readiness every Ne­cessary, as a Plaster of Empl. Album, or Diapalma, something broader than will cover the Fra­cture, and long enough to encom­pass the Member; two Cloths thrice double of the same length, three, four, five, or six Ferulae, or Splints, cloathed with Tow, a large Cloth to put over them, four or five pieces of broad Tape to bind with, a Junk of Straw to lay the Member in, Bolsters of Cloth and Tow to put in the hollow places that the Part may lye smooth and level; lastly, proper Instruments of Extensi­on, &c. of which we shall speak more particularly in the next Chapter.

XLVI. Then put the Patient into a fit posture to extend the Member, causing one to take the end thereof in both his Hands, ex­tending it, hot hastily, but by de­grees, whilst others hold the Sick that he moves not; then let the Artist grasp the Fracture with both his Hands, that as the other extends the Member, he with his Fingers may reduce all the broken Bones to their just places, as in particular Fractures, we shall in the following Chapters Discourse more at large.

XLVII. This done, lay on the Emplaster, (two Men holding the Part steady) then put on the two folded Cloths, the one a little above, the other a little below the Fracture, so that their edges may meet.

XLVIII. Then lay on the Splints or Ferulae, the breadth of a Splint distant one from another, which with the Tapes tye on, not too hard, for fear of a Gangrene; nor yet too slack, lest the Eones fall asunder again.

XLIX. Then Cover all with a large Cloth to keep the Part warm, (because a temperate heat con̄tri­butes to consolidation) and lastly, put the Member into the Junk made of Straw, or Boards, bind­ing it fast on; and putting the Bolsters in the hollow places, lay the Member on a Pillow, as straight and as level as may be.

L. Thus let the Sick rest in his Bed for seven or eight days, unless Pain, or other Accidents or Causes force you to open it; then open it to refresh it, and bind it up a­gain for seven days more, at the end of which you may renew your Emplaster, or apply Catag­maticum, or Sticticum Paracelsi.

LI. I know many Chirurgeons, even at the very first, do oftentimes apply Empl. Oxycroceum to the Fracture; or if not at first, yet they scarcely ever fail to make use of it within a very few days after the Fracture is made.

LII. But the application of this, or of any other hot, or drawing Emplaster, cannot be done without much danger; as Fabricius Hil­dan [...]s shews us by an Example: for that this Emplaster heats the Part affected, and so attracts the Blood and Humors; producing either a gentle Itching, or a Pain, with Inflammation, and Gangrene, especially in Chole­rick and Cacochymick Habits of Body.

LIII. With a Lenitive Electuary; or Our Syrupus Catharticus, keep the Body soluble; and now and then help him to raise up his Back, to refresh it, lest it excoriate: and to remove his Hips, lest they, or the Leg and Thigh, should grow numbed or dead.

LIV. If the Fracture is with a Wound, so order the Cloaths and Splints, that you may dress the Wound, and not undress the Part: and be fure you apply no un­ctuous, fat, or greasy thing near the Bone; lest you thereby foul and corrupt it: but dress it with dry Pouders, and other proper things, as we in their respective Places teach.

LV. And for the first Weeks time, give the Patient three or four times a day, Osteocolla-stone in pouder, in Syrup of Comfrey; and sometimes (tho' but now and then, to refresh him) in a little Alicant-Wine; or give Tinctura mirabilis, in Syrup of Angelica or All-heal; or Pouder of Catechu, or Balsam of Sal-Gem, or two spoonfuls of the juice of Knot­grass, or Bistort, or of Solomons-seal, or of Comfrey, in Rhemsh-Wine mixed with Syrup of Comfrey; or in Canary, or Tent, or old Malaga, or Alicant, every Morning.

CHAP. II. Of INSTRƲMENTS for REDƲCTION.

I. THERE are several In­struments which are used in the Cure of Fractures and Dis­location, which are scarcely used in any other part of Chirurgery: and seeing that what are generally useful in Dislocations, are also useful in Fractures, and that they must be treated of somewhere, we thought good to treat of them here; since it is necessary that they should be known and understood, before any Cures of this kind are attempted, or undertaken.

II. The chief Instruments for these purposes, are such as have a power to extend the Parts, or otherwise to make way, so as the Bones may be reduced, and put [Page 1195] into their natural right places again: and they are in number Six, viz. 1. The Trepan, Modio­lus, or Vectis. 2. Hippocrates his Ambi. 3. The Glossocomon of Galen. 4. The Reductive Lad­der. 5. The Pulley of Vitruvius. 6. Hippocrates his Table, or Scamnum.

I. Of the Trepan, or Modiolus.

III. This Instrument is called Abaptistum, Modiolus, Vectis, or Trepanum; and is used chiefly in profound Corruptions, Con­tusions, Cuts, and Fractures of the Bone.

IV. But it is not to be applied, but 1. When the splinters, or points and prominences of the Bones prick. 2. When the up­per Table is entire, but depres­sed, and the lower broken. 3. When the Extravasated Blood is either so much in quantity, or so corrupted, as to endanger a Suffocation of the Animal Spirits.

V. The manner of Piercing or Boring therewith, is thus: the Hair is to be shaven off from the Head, then the Skin is to be cut to the Pericranium; avoiding as carefully as may be, the Sutures, and the Muscles of the Temples.

VI. And now the Wound is to be bound up, unless the Hemorrhage is so small, that the Pericranium, or Membrane of the Scull may at the same time be taken off also.

VII. Then in a few Hours after, you may stop the Ears of the Pa­tient, and take that Instrument which is the Mastuline Modiolus, or Male Trepan; whose point is to be fixed in the Scull, but so far off the Fracture, that it touch it not with its teeth, much less the Suture: (tho' some never avoid the Sutures, and affirm, that they have perforated them as happily, as any other Part.)

VIII. Then holding the Instru­ment fast with the left Hand turn it round with the right, 'till you have cut round a pretty deep Circle.

IX. After which, take the feminine Modiolus, or female Trepan (which has no point in the middle) and turn this round, as before: in the mean time, you must take away the dust or small particles, which proceed from the perfo­ration or sawing; and moisten the Instrument with Oil and Water, to make it cool, and slippery.

X. In a little time, Blood will appear; which shews you, that you are gone as far as the second Table; to wit, beyond the Scull to the Meninx, or Dura Mater; and then you must press with your Instrument very gently, lest you should unadvisedly hurt the Membrane of the Brain.

XI. When the Bone begins to be a little loose, you must put something in between the sides of the Wound; to loosen it the more, and then take it out with a pair of Pincers, or Forceps. See Lib. 1. Cap. 3. Sect. 2. and Tab. I. Lett. AB, CD, EF, GH, I, M. The Male Trepan EF: the Female GH: the Point of the Male I, the Head of the Trepan AB.

II. Hippocrates his Ambi.

XII. This Instrument, called Am­bi, Ambeen, or Glossocomon of Hippocrates, is designed to re­store a Shoulder luxated into the Armpit, or place of the Jun­cture.

XIII. It has first an upright Pillar of Wood A, fastned upon a Foot B, which Foot is fastned with Screw-pins CC: that it may not stir or move in the Ope­ration. Secondly, there is fast­ned a Spatha D, with an Iron Pin E, into the upright Pillar, which may be turned, lifted up, or pressed down at pleasure.

XIV. To this Spatha are added three strings FFF, for the binding of the Arm, that it might be kept steady: the Spatha must be four or five Fingers broad, and two Fingers or Inches thick, and about 30 Inches in length, or more.

XV. The end thereof G, must be round and narrow in that part, but very high, with Ears or Stops, to hold and keep in the top of the Shoulder; and the upper part of the roundness must a little stick out, not to touch the Side, but the top of the Arm. See Tab. XI. Fig. I.

XVI. The Ʋse of the Ambi. Let the Sick sit upon a Seat somewhat lower than the Frame; that so the Spatha which is thrust into the Armpit may be the more forcibly deprest on its longer part, so to force in the head of the Shoulder-bone.

XVII. The Arm must be bound to the Spatha at length, with its strings; 1. Just below the top of the Shoulder. 2. Next above the Elbow. 3. And lastly, upon the Wrist.

XVIII. This done, fix the Spa­tha to the Pillar A, with the Iron Pin E; then the Artist on the outside shall pull the Arm downwards, whil'st a Servant on the other side taking hold of the Neck and Shoulders, shall likewise pull down the Patient. See Tab. XI. Fig. II.

III. The Glossocomon, or Com­mander, of Galen.

XIX. This Instrument is for Fractures of the Thighs and Legs: it has on the lower part the Axis A, to which must be tied the ends of the Strings or Cords which extend divers ways: let the Strings be fastned upon the uppermost part of the Bone to be cured, and make them so, of two Bands, B and C, that both of them may have four ends; two on the right F, and as many on the left side G.

XX. From these ends, those things which are belonging to the lower String B, must be drawn to the Axel-tree, by the Holes made in the lower part of the Glossoco­mon D.

XXI. And those things which belong to the uppermost String, must first proceed to the upper parts; then must they also be p [...]t through the perforated sides of the Instrument (fitted with Rundles or Pullies) whereby they are fastned to the Holes of the Screw F.

XXII. But on both sides, on the outsides of the Glossocomon [Page 1197] F and G, the ends of the upper Cord, C must be carried to the Axis: this done, one turning [...]out of the Axis, both Strings [...]or Cords will equally extend; that downwards, which is bound to the lower part of the broken part of the broken Bone; the other upwards.

XXIII. The Axis extends the String or Cord B, in the lower part, by a direct motion: but it extends the String or Cord C in the upper part, [...], by a Regressive motion. See Tab. XI. Fig. III.

IV. The Reductive Ladder.

XXIV. This Instrument is a Ladder, whose uppermost Rundle has a round body upon it E; which is to lye under the Armpit, between the Side and the top of the Shoulder.

XXV. After this, the Artist draws downwards the Arm out of Joint, but not bound to the Spatha; another laying hold of his Neck, and top of his Shoulder, draws likewise on the side; a third laying hold of the whole Body, draws downwards also.

XXVI. It may have four Pul­lies, (if the Artist so please) FFFF; intimating the Glosso­comon or Commander of Galen.

XXVII. It may serve also for reducing the Thigh-bone out of Joint, or extending the Thigh, or Leg Bones, if fractured; or for reducing the Hip when disloca­ted; whether it slip inward, forward, or out [...]rd.

XXVIII. The Ladder is to be fixed either to some Stay, or Beam of the House, or in the Ground; whereupon the Patient is to sit, with his sound Leg extended, and bound about with the best conve­nience: but to the Leg out of Joint, or fractured G, there is to be hanged a heavy Weight, or a Vessel full of Water. See Galen his Comment upon Hip­pocrates de Articulis, lib. 4. text. 4.

V. The Pulley of Vitruvius.

XXIX. It is made like a Pul­ley, viz. DD, within which there lye three wheels, thro' whose fur­rows, or hollows, the Rope runs, which is to be drawn by the Cord H.

XXX. At the ends of the Pul­ley are fastned Hooks, the one of which is to fasten the Pulley to a Post; the other is to draw the Part, being fastned to it by [...] Ligature.

XXXI. AA, are the Covers: or Heads of the Cases BB, the Boxes or Cases in which the Pulley is put or inclosed; C, a Screw-pin, made so, that it may screw into a Post; having a hole somewhat less than the Screw, first bored by a Gimblet, whereby it may be let in.

XXXII. This Engin or Pulley, drawn with a small Cord, is taken out of Vitruvius, lib. 10. cap. 4. and is of singular good use in the Extension of Members or Joints, whether it be Fracture or Dislo­cation.

XXXIII. The Member or Joint being by this or some of the former means extended, the Bone is with the Hands and Fingers to be rightly conformed, or reduced into [Page 1198] its true place: and that it may remain so, after the application of proper Topicks, (as we shall hereafter teach) it is then to be well bound up, and well placed. See Tab. X. Fig. I. and II.

VI. Scamnum, or the Table of Hippocrates.

XXXIV. The Table A may be seven feet long, and three feet wide; and the thickness Ae which turns up, will be nine inches: it has also four other Boards, which are round on the upper parts, viz. B, B, which are two at each end, and are called [...] by Hippo­crates.

XXXV. These [...], or Hold­fasts, are perforated with a round Hole in their breadth; thro' which the Axie-trees CC, CC pass, which at the ends DD, DD have Handles, to turn them about.

XXXVI. The whole Table from end to end, has hollow places EEE, &c. which are four inches distant one from another; whose breadth and depth are equally three inches; in which a round piece of Wood F is set: and these Holes which go not quite through, Hippocrates calls [...], i.e. Fossar, Holes or Prenches.

XXXVII. This Table or Plank, besines the four [...], bar two other Posts or Boards GG in the middle, through which Holes are made, and through which is put the cross-piece of Timber H, which may serve to reduce the Spina-Dorsi.

XXXVIII. The Table is move­able, and may be lifted up, and removed from place to place: it slands upon six feet, which in my opinion would be more useful; if they were so made as to run upon six small Box Run­dles, or little Wheels, put upon or fastned into the feet, with Iron Axle-trees: to which Wheels Remora's may be fitted, to keep them fixed or unmoveable.

XXXIX. The Ʋse of the Table, exemplified in the reduction of the Ancle-bone dislocated. The Anele-bone, whether dislocated inwardly or outwardly, is thus to be reduced. Lay the Patient upon the Table on his Back, the Leg offended being stretched out.

XL. Ʋpon the Leg (just under the Knee) bind about the Cord or Swath A, AA, after the manner it is bound on the Top-must of a Ship; and extend it equally, and bring the ends of it to the Axle-tree at the end of the Table, which is above the Head.

XLI. But on the Ancle he must tye the Cord or Swath B, B, and bind the ends of it to the nether Axle-tree: and then either draw the Part divers ways; or hold it so, ex­tending from the lower part.

XLII. And the Strings being drawn as much as needs, redute the Bone into its place conveniently, when it started forth to the inward or outward part; but when it is gone to the hinder part, you must make a forcible extension, to make the reduction; without which, it will not be easily done.

LXIII. And in a fracture of the Shin-bone, or Minor Fossile, or both Bones at once, where the Leg cannot be extended enough by [Page 1199] the Hands, the Patient is then to placed upon this Table; and the Ligature A being put about the Leg below the Knee; and the Sandal or Swath B, being bound above the Ancle, let the Leg be extended by the Bands drawn divers Ways; then with your Hands reduce the fractured Bones.

XLIV. The Ʋse of the Table in the extension of the Spina Dorsi, dislocated towards the external part. This may be done, if the middle Posts G G be removed with the Priapiscas F, and into the Hole of the right Post A, some hollowed fit piece of Wood B, is put in; bored through with a hole at D, to keep it in with a Pin.

XLV. Then the Patient being laid on the Table, with his Face downwards; two Cords are to be put about his middle, the one about E, the other below F, the bunch on the back being between; and the ends of those Cords must be fastned each of them to their proper Axletrees, which being turned about, may duly extend the Back-Bone.

XLVI. And the hollowed Post A, must have at least three holes, that it may so fitly receive the Cross-bar or Spatha, C, as to be conform'd to the greatness, or height of the banch on the Back.

XLVII. This done, the Spatha, or Cross-bar must be laid over, just upon the bunch, which (at the ve­ry moment of time when the Exten­sion is made) is then to be pressed down with a convenient violence, that the dillocated Bone may be forced into its own place. See Tab. X. Fig. III. IV. V.

CHAP. III. Of ACCIDENTS or SYMPTOMS of FRACTƲRES.

I. THO' the Accidents or Symptoms attending Fra­ctares are manifold, yet these five following are the primary or chief, viz. 1. Pain. 2. Inflammation. 3. Gangrene. 4. Itching. 5. Excoriation.

I. Of Vehement Pain in a Fracture.

II. Pain, whether great or small, [...]ght to be cased and taken away; for by reason thereof, there may be a Flux of Hunters, whereby manifold Evils may be excited.

III. You are to consider the cause, and accordingly to remove it (causa ablata, [...]ossitur effectus) and that, if it is possible, imme­diately.

IV. If the Pain is from a Bon [...] that pricks (which is known from [...]ndling the Part) you must [...]osen [Page 1200] the Bandage; and then either put the Bone back again into its place; or (if it may not be) take it forth; or else cut it off.

V. For so it is advised by Cel­sus, lib. 8. cap. 10. It will be best (says he) to open it, for there is a necessity of cutting off these sharp pricking ands of the Bones.

VI. If the Pain is from over­hard binding (which is known from the swelling which appears in the Extremity of the Part,) then the Ligature is forthwith to be loosned.

VII. If the Pain comes from an ill situation or posture of the affect­ed Part, you are so to change the situation, or posture, and so often, till the Sick feels him­self at ease.

VIII. If the Pain is from an Afflux of Humors, you must cure it altogether in the same way, as if it were an Inflammation.

II. Of an Inflammation in Fra­ctures.

IX. An Inflammation proceeds from vehement pain, and an Afflux of Humors, and therefore ought to be opposed in the very be­ginning, and in that manner as we have expressed under its proper Title.

X. The Pain (says Scultetus) is to be abated or eased by Fomen­ting with Water and Oil; or with a Decoction or Broath of a We­ther's or Sheeps Head, with Camomil-flowers.

XI. The Inflammation at hand is to be hindred with Anodyn and Repessing Medicaments apply'd out­wardly to the Part: you may foment with Oil of Roses above, or else with Oil of Roses beaten up with the White of an Egg.

XII. Scultetus commends sharp Wine, Oil of Roses, and the Whites of Eggs mix'd in a fit proportion, and beaten together with a Spa­tula.

XIII. If the pain is vehement, he leaves out the Whites of Eggs, and mingles the Oil with the Wine in greater quantities; in which Medicament, he also wets his Ligatures, and gently presses them out again.

XIV. For so Avicenna, lib. 4. F. 5. Tract. 1. cap. 5. does ad­vise in the cure of a Dislocation; and withall, that we should be careful, that they be not laid on hot and dry: because, if hot, they heat, and attract Humors: if dry, they do not stick well together.

XV. You may apply this Cata­plasm.Barley-flower ℥iii. Pulp of rotten Apples ℥ii. Pouder of Marsh-Mallow-roots, and of Cammomil-flowers, A. ℥i. Boil in sowre Wine, or in Vinegar, and fair Water, A. q.s. to the consistence of a Cataplasin.

XVI. Now, 'till the Inflamma­tion ceases, the Part is not to be bound up, or at least it is not to be bound hard; nor Splinters to be imposed, or any other In­strument, unless to uphold the part, and keep the Medicaments close to.

III. Of a Gangrene in Fractures.

XVII. A Gangrene often hap­pens unto Fractures, especially if there be Contusion withal: and [Page 1201] it commonly arises either from taking too much Air, or from Inflammation, or from hard Binding, which how it is to be Cured, you may see in the pro­per places, in lib. 3. cap. 11. and lib. 4. cap. 9. Sect. 22.

XVIII. However, the Part ought to be fomented with Lixivium, in which Te [...] [...]erfew, Sage, Southernwood, Saxifrage, Scor­dium, Rue, Tansey and Wormwood have been boiled; mixed also with some Spirit of Wine.

XIX. Or with Spirit of Wine rectified, with which Spirit of Sal Armoniack ℥i. to lbi. of the S.V. is to be mixed; where note, that if the rectified Spirit is wanting, common Brandy or Spirits may do.

XX. Or you may foment with this: ℞ Spirit of Wine, impreg­nated with the Tinctures of Worm­wood, Scordium and Saffron, lbi. Camphir ℥iss. mix, and dissolve: It is a famous thing.

XXI. But above all things, nothing is more excellent, nothing more safe; nor any thing more speedy to retrieve the Mischief than Powers of Amber, or Powers of Lavender, of Limons, of Oranges, of Pennyroyal, of Rosemary, of Sage, of Turpentine, or of Wormwood, being fomented upon the Part.

XXII. Or you may use this: Take Powers of Amber ℥iii. Powers of Turpentine ℥ii. of Rose mary, and of Sassasras, A. ℥i. Camphir ʒiiiss. mix them for use.

VI. Of vehement Itching in Fractures.

XXIII. The most simple thing to allay itching, is to wash, bathe, or foment the Part often with warm Water; for it is of good use to wash away the ichorous Sanies, and to dissipate the Hu­mor, or call it forth.

XXIV. And nothing inferior to Water, is Breast-milk, or the Milk of Asses, Mares, Goats, or Cows; or Whey of Goats or Cows Milk, being often fomen­ted warm, for some small time.

XXV. Or, Take Rain-water lbii. Oil of Tartar per Deliquium ℥i. mix them, and foment there­with, as aforesaid, warm; it opens the Pores, draws forth the Humor, and admirably al­lays the itching.

XXVI. Or, Take fair Water, somewhat more than Blood-warm lbii. Spirit of Wine ℥iii. volatil Sal Armoniack ʒiii. mix them, to foment with.

XXVII. Or, ℞ Juice of Cow­cumbers lbii. Juice of Lettice lbi. Spirit of Wine ℥iv. Oil of Tartar per deliquium, ℥i. volatil Sal Armoniack ʒii. mix, and foment therewith warm.

V. Of Excoriation in Fractures.

XXVIII. First wash, bathe, or foment the Excoriation very well with warm fair Water, or warm Milk, or Whey, then strew upon it fine pouder of white Starch, or white Starch mixed with very fine pouder of Rice.

XXIX. Or you may first wash it with Aqua Aluminosa, warm, and then strew it over with the afore­named Pouder, or with fine Bole, or Terra Sigillata, or Catechu, in very subtil pouder.

XXX. Some commend Caput Mortuum of Vitriol, Ceruse, or white Lead; but they are more effectual, after the washing with Dr. Gardner's Aqua Styptica, or some other Styptick Water, of like Virtue and Operation.

XXXI. Some advise to wash first with clarified Juice of Night­shade or Plantane, blood-warm; and then to anoint with Ʋng. Album Camphoratum, or desicca­tivum Rubrum, or Rosatum, or Diapompholigos, &c.

CHAP. IV. Of a Simple FRACTƲRE.

I. WHAT the Greeks call, [...]. and the Latins, Fractura Sim­plex; we in English call, a Sim­ple Fracture, which is a Fracture of a Bone only.

II. The Causes. They are ei­ther from External Violence, or from an Internal Sharpness and Malignity of Humors, which ma­king the Bone brittle, or rotting of it, causes it to break.

III. The Signs. If it is with­out a Wound, it is known, 1. By feeling the pieces of Bones, in hand­ling the Part. 2. In handling, it makes a noise and crackling in the broken Part. 3. There is a vio­lent pain, by reason of the divulsion or straining of the Nerves, or from some sharp parts of the Bone pricking the Nerves. 4. An Im­potency in using the fractured Limb, or leaning upon it. 5. Some­times there is a crookedness or shortness in the Part. 6. Last­ly, The Causes of Fractures have gone before the foregoing Signs. 7. If split lengthways, it is un­even, and thicker than naturally.

IV. The Prognosticks. No Fracture in the Bone is wholly void of danger, 1. Because it lies deep, and not easie to be come at; but in a great Bone, they are more difficult than in a small. 2. And so also harder of Cure in an Aged Person, where the Bones have done growing, than in a Young; and more hard, when manifold, than when fingle. 4. And hardest of all, when in or near the Joints.

V. The Cure. This has one on­ly Indication, viz. that what is thus broken and disjoined, must be again united and conglutinated, which is done by the means of a Medium, which Physicians call a Callus.

VI. Now when the broken Bones are fallen out of their places, they are reduced by, 1. [...], or [...], to wit, Extension. 2. By [...], emendatio vel directio recta, a Conformation, or right replacing of the broken Bones in their own proper places.

VII. The Member being by some of the former means extended, and rightly conformed, that it may re­main [Page 1203] so, it is necessary that it may be, 1. Well bound up, with proper Medicaments appli­ed, and good Bandage. 2. That it be well placed, in a convenient and easie posture.

I. Of Extension of the Part.

VIII. Extension is to be made, either by the Hands of the Artist, in a small part, or where the Bones are not great: Or by Cords on Bands, where the Bones are lar­ger: Or by Instruments, where the Parts or Bones are very great.

IX. Now because some parts of the fractured Bone may stick out, and others be hollow; or because one part of the Bone may lye upon the other, making the Limb shor­ter, and so give opportunity to the Muscles to contract themselves, (for they always draw towards their Original) it is necessary that Extension should be made; other­wise the Bones cannot easily be put in their right places again, so as to set (in transverse Fra­ctures chiefly) their ends one against another.

X. And tho' sometimes the bro­ken Bones do not shoot one over another, (as when there are two Bones, and but one broken) yet the Coaptation cannot be made as it ought, without Extension; for otherwise the shivers or points of the fractured Bone would be in danger of breaking off, or of turning round, or of rubbing their ends one against another; and then if the shivers break off, they either fall between the ends. of the Bone, and so hinder Con­glutination; or they fall be­sides the Bones into the Flesh, and prick the Nervous Parts, causing vehement Pain, Inflam­mation, Apostemation, &c.

XI. You must endeavour that this Extension be done with no pain at all; or else with as little as may be: And this will be done, if the Part to be extended is placed in such a Figure, as that the Muscles may do nothing at all, but be as it were idle and loosned, that so all their Fibres may be extended directly, and straight forwards; by which means there will be need of the less Extension, and the whole Work will be done with little or no pain.

XII. If a Finger is broken, or other small and render Member, the Extension may be performed by the help and pains of one alone, who laying his Right Hand on one part, and his Left Hand on the other part, may so draw them one from another.

XIII. Or it may be done by two together; the one holding part of the fractured Member, the other the other part, and so extending them: Or if the part is greater, it may be necessary that one Person should lay hold on one part, with both his Hands, and another on the other part with both his Hands; so that by draw­ing both ways, one part from another, the said broken parts may at length close together. In greater parts, it is done either by Bands or Instruments, as at Sect. 8. above.

XIV. This Extension is either equal, or unequal; that is equal, in [Page 1204] which the whole Member is equally extended from both sides of the fra­ctured Bone; that is unequal, when the Member is more extended on one side than on the other; which is, when only one of the two Bones of the Elbow, or Leg, are broken; for that side is most to be extended, in which the broken Bone is placed.

XV. But there ought to be a measure in this Extension; for if it is more violent than is necessary, then great pain will be caused, whence Fevers, Convulsions, and Palsies do often arise: And some­times, as Galen in Com. de Fra­cturis, lib. 1. text. 1. says, the Muscles have been pulled asunder.

XVI. Again, if the Extension be too little, the shivers or points of the Bones will rub one against another, and so break; or else the broken ends will not be lodged in their proper places.

XVII. Great Bones, and large Muscles, such as are in the Shoul­der and Arm, the Thigh and Leg Bones, (especially if both the Bones are broken) require violent Ex­tension, because their Muscles draw to their Original very strongly; but the Radius, or upper Bone in the Arm, re­quires but small Extension, be­cause it has no Muscles to draw upwards.

XVIII. As to the time of the Extension, if the Artist comes the first day, he may make the more forcible Extersion; but if he comes after the first, he must (according to Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 10.) either not extend at all, or else more gently, for fear of Inflammation. Also Chil­dren, and such as are of a soft habit of Body, do better bear a more violent or strong Extension, than such as are full grown, or aged.

XIX. But if the Bone be bro­ken only longways, (which you may know if there be no Cavity or Hollowness perceived, nor any sense of pricking, nor that the Member is shorter than it was before) then in this kind of Fracture, you will not have any need at all for Extension of the Member, or to trouble your self in the least with the reducing, and fit join­ing of the broken Bones or Parts.

II. Of Coaptation or Conformation of the broken Bones.

XX. The Diorthosis is perform­ed after Extension, the Artist lay­ing hold on both parts with both Hands, and thrusting back to the right part the Part or Bone which is fallen forth to the left; and to the left, that which is fallen forth to the right, or forward; conti­nuing to thrust back the emi­nencies, or stickings forth, into the cavity or hollowness, till the ends of the Bones are put in their proper places, and the Limb recovers its Natural Fi­gure.

XXI. But these Bones are not to be thrust in with any violence, lest thereby they should be the more broken, or some bits might break off from them; but they ought to go in (as it were) of their own accord, which done, and their ends placed right one a­gainst another, the Extension is [Page 1205] gently to be loosned, and they are gently to be joined together.

XXII. All these things are to be done as soon as may be, before Inflammation happen: But if an Inflammation should be induced, the extending of the Member afterwards, and reduction of the Bones, may easily excite a Convulsion.

XXIII. If an Inflammation is already begun, so as that you can­not attempt the Extension and Reduction; the Inflammation is then to be removed, as we have taught in the former Chapter, and other places; and with great care the afflux of Humors is to be re­sisted by Repellents, and posi­tion of the Part, so as it may be depending as little as may be, and cause the least pain.

XXIV. Now Hippocrates de Officin. Med. lib. 3. text. 24. teaches us to know if the Bones are well or rightly placed, which you may know, 1. By the pain cea­sing. 2. By the eminencies of the Bones no longer pricking the Part. 3. If no cavity, or stick­ing out, be perceived. 4. By comparing it with its Fellow which is sound: These things being done, the remaining part of the Cure is to be performed by the two remaining Operati­ons, of Bandage and Posture.

III. Of Binding up the fractu­red Part.

XXV. But before we can come to the very action of Binding up the Part, we must be provided with, and have ready to apply, good and proper Medicaments, to [...]prevent the afflux of Humors, and In­flammation, and to help for­ward the generating of the Cal­lus.

XXVI. Hippocrates used the Ceratum Rosatum: Celsus dipt Cloths in Oil and Wine, or Juice of Pomgranates: Others use both these: Some use fine Tow, wrung out of Al [...]cant, or other rough red Wine: Others use fine Tow, throughly moistned in Glair of Eggs, and then a little squeezed.

XXVII. Others make a Cata­plasm of equal quantities of fine Bole, Catechu, Consound or Comfrey Roots, Dragons Blood, Frankincense, Myrtle-berries, Pomgranate-peels, red Roses, Sumach, and Terra Sigillata, mixed with Oil and Wine, to which some add also Glair of Eggs: Others mix all these things in fine pouder, only with Glair of Eggs, and make a Me­dicament as thick as Honey, which they apply upon combed Flax, or fine Tow, applying the same round the fractured Limb.

XXVIII. These said Medica­ments are in all the bindings or dressings so long to be continued, till there is no farther fear or Fluxion, or Inflammation.

XXIX. And afterwards you may apply (if in Summer time) Empl. Album, or Diapalma; but if in Winter time Empl. Barba­rum, or some other like Empla­ster or Cerate fit for this purpose and occasion.

XXX. When therefore you are for strengthning the Fracture, (no ill Symptoms being present) those Astringent Pouder [...] with the [Page 1206] white of an Egg, or Astringent Cataplasms, are to be applied.

XXXI. But if the Patient is in great pain, Ceratum & Oleum Rosatum, and Wine are to be ap­plied: Or this, ℞ Catechu, Dra­gons, Blood, Linseed in pouder, Comfrey-roots in pouder, Osteocolla Stone prepared, Oil of Roses, A. ℥iv. fine Bole, Coruse, A. ℥i. whites of Eggs No xv. fine flower q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm, which put upon the fractured Part.

XXXII. Or, ℞ White Starch ℥vi. Catechu ℥ii. Mastich, Oli-banum, Mummy, fine Bole, A. ℥i. whites of Eggs q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XXXIII. Or, ℞ Empl. Al­bun. ℥iv. Catechu, fine Bole, Com­frey-roots, red Roses, Osteocolla, Terra Sigillata, A. ℥i. ad in fine pouder; mix them over a gentle Fire, and with Oil of Roses q.s. make an Emplaster.

XXXIV. Some of these things being applied, after two days they may be removed; and they may be repeated five times one over after another; binding up, and placing the Part as we shall afterwards direct, laying over the Applica­tion a piece of Cloth, wrung out of Wine; and the first and second Rowlers may be dipt in­to and wrung out of rough red Wine.

XXXV. By the Application of these things, Accidents and Symp­toms will be prevented, and the substance of the Part will be kept bound; all which are to be ap­plied before Bandage is made.

XXXVI. And these things are to be done so long, till the Callus is bred, and the Fracture healed; which in the Thigh may be in about 40 days; in the Shoulder and Ankle in 30; in the Radlus and Elbow about 20; and in the Bones of the Fingers in a­bout 5 or 6 days time: How­ever, the time of Healing much varies, according to the Age, Constitution, and Nature of the Fracture it sent, being Cured much sooner in a young Person, than in one old; and more speedily in the Spring or Au­tumn, than in Summer or Win­ter.

XXXVII. Now we come to the way and manner of binding up, which we shall deliver to you, 1. According to Hippocrates his Method. 2. According to Cel­sus; tho' it is certain that some Modern Chirurgeons, presently take a Rowler, and rowl the Fracture to both ends, not va­luing much what either Celsus or Hippocrates says.

XXXVIII. The M [...]thod, accor­ding to Hippocrates. [...], in Greek, Obligatio, vel deliga­tio, in Latin; Bandage in Eng­lish, is performed after Hippo­crates his way, with Bands or Swaths, which Hippocrates calls [...], pl. [...], & [...], Ligamen vel fascia pl. Ligamina, fasciae.

XXXIX. These Fasciae, or Swaths, are three in number, made of Linnen, that they might not stretch; not too coarse, lest it hurt the Part; nor to fine, lest it want strength, and so tear.

XL. The first Rowler, which may be dipt and prest out of Oxy­crate, [Page 1207] is to be put over the Fra­cture, and then rowled round a­bout it upwards, three or four turns, so that much of the sound Part be taken in in Swathing, that so the Bones being reduced, may be kept or held in their places, and the Conflux of Blood and Humors to the Part affected, may be prevented.

XLI. The second Rowler, which is to be longer than the other by the one half, or rather twice as long, is to be put upon the very Fracture, and rowled about the contrary way once, (viz. if the former was rowled to the Right Hand, this ought to be rowled to the Left) and then some certain times more, which is here to be done downwards; that if the Muscles were drawn too much to one side by the first Rowler, they might be restored by drawing them somewhat the contrary way by this second Rowler: then after 3 or 4 rowlings down­wards, it is to return again up­wards over the Fracture to the sound Part, making a Circum­volution over the Fracture it self, and so continuing it up­wards till it comes to the end of the first, where it must ter­minate.

XLII. Where note, that this Rowler is first rowled about the Fracture, that it may press the Humors from it; for all Bandages whatsoever, have in them a power of pressing forth the Hu­mors out of those Parts, upon which they are first of all cast, into those Parts where they are ended: then it is carried down­wards, to stop the Humors which might flow from the lower Parts: And because there may be a fear of a falling down of Humors from the upper Parts, Hippocrates therefore does not end the Rowler downwards, but rowls it upwards, that it may end where the first ended.

XLIII. But that in the greater Bones the Bandage may be the more stable and firm, Hippocrates puts over the former Bandages, Com­presses made of Linnen cloth 3 or 4 times double, and narrow, that 5, or 6, or more of them, may be applied lengthways about the Fra­cture, an Inch or better, one from another, which are to be spread with some sticking Cerate, for their better holding fast: These Modern Authors call Plagulae, and Splenia.

XLIV. Ʋpon these the third Rowler is to be put to fasten them, making the first turn upon the very Fracture; then one head of the Rowler is to be carried upwards, and the other downwards: And it is to be observed, that the Rowlers are to be drawn straiter upon the fractured Part, than any where else, that it may the better be kept from Fluxions.

XLV. But yet you ought to be cautious, that the Bandage be not too hard, lest it cause pain; nor yet too loose, lest the Bones slip out of their places again; but it ought to be in a Mean, for the Advan­tage of the Cure.

XLVI. But because these Sple­nia are very flexible and yielding, and that they cannot possibly keep the Fracture firm and direct; and that the Bones, when they a [...]e re­duced, may be the bette [...]ept in [Page 1208] their true places. Hippocrates or­ders Ferulae or Splinters to be put above them, if the nature of the place will allow it; for that being light, they will not press upon the Part to hurt it; and being stiff, they will the more firmly keep the Bones in their right places.

XLVII. But these Hippocrates used mostly after the seventh day; because before the seventh day, the Intention to prevent In­flammation is more considera­ble, than that to confirm the Part; but after the seventh day, the contrary.

XLVIII. On the third day af­ter deligation, Hippocrates un­binds the Rowlers, because, 1. They begin to grow slack. 2. An In­tolerable Itching affects the Pati­ent under the Bandage, for the Vapours and Humors being de­tained grow sharp, &c. this Itching you must allay, as we have taught in Cap. 3. Sect. 23. ad 26. aforegoing; after which it is to be bound up as before again.

XLIX. And the Patient is now to be kept in this condition from the third to the seventh day, and on the seventh it is to be opened again, bathed with warm Water (as be­fore) and hound up again, at what time you are to apply the Ferulae or Splints: We in our time use thin pieces of Wood, cut off of that which they call Scabbard, which are wrapt up in Tow; and some use Splints, or pieces of Hoops of half an Inch thick, or more, whose uses are not on­ly to keep the Bones fixt, but to preserve the Limb straight.

L. The Method of Binding up according to Celsus, lib. 8. cap 10. Fere vero Fasciis sex opus est, &c. he says, that it is ne­cessary to have six Rowlers: But he first applies about the Fra­cture, a Linnen-cloth dipt in Oil and Wine; then he takes his first Rowler, which is the short­est: Prima brevissima adhibenda, quae circa fracturam ter voluta sursum versum feratur, & quasi in Cochlea serpat, satisque est eam ter hoc quoque modo circuire. The first, which is the shortest, is to be applied, which is to be thrice rowled about the Fra­cture, and to be carried upwards winding round like a Screw; and to be carried thrice round in this manner, will be enough.

LI. The other Rowler is to be twice as long, and is laid also upon the Fracture, and rowled down­wards, and then turning upwards, it must end at the upper part, a­bove the first Rowler. These two Rowlers, are the two first of Hippocrates; over these a broad Linnen-cloth spread over with some proper Cerate, is applied to fasten them, and keep them tight.

LII. And where the Bone sticks out, the Linnen-cloth is to be ap­plied three or four times double, dipt in a Mixture of Oil and Wine, (or in the white of an Egg, if the Fracture is without pain) and over or upon this, the third and fourth Rowlers are to be put; but so always, as that the follow­ing may be wound the contrary way to that which went before; and the third only to end down­wards, three in the upper part.

LIII. This Bandage is to be con­tinued for three days, which will be good and well done, if nothing [...]rts the Patient the first day, and it also grows somewhat looser; and yet looser on the second day, and very loose on the third day, as if it were almost undo­ing.

LIV. It is then to be bound up again, and then to the other four Rowlers, you must add a fifth Rowler; and when that fifth be­gins to be loose, you are to bind it about with a sixth, the third and the fifth ending downwards, and all the rest, viz. the first, second, fourth and sixth end­ing upwards.

LV. Quotiescunque autem sol­vitur Membrum, calida Aqua fo­vendum est: sed si juxta Articulum, diu instillandum Vinum est, exigua parte Olei adjecta, eademque om­nia facienda donec ab eo Inflamma­tio solvatur. And as often as it is opened, (says he) the Part is to be fomented with warm Water; but if it is near a Joint, it is to be bathed for a pretty while with Wine, to which a small quantity of Oil is added: And all these things are to be done so long, till it is freed from the danger of an Inflam­mation.

LVI. Now if there is but little pain, Galen, Meth. Med. lib. 6. cap. 5. approves most of Hippo­crates his Bandage: But if any vehement pain afflict the Part, Celsus his Bandage is better.

LVII. When the Fracture is bound up so hard, as the Patient can well endure it, it is well: But if he complains that he is in ve­ry great pain, the Bandage is speedily to be loosned, lest the too hard binding should cause dangerous Symptoms to arise.

LVIII. But if the Bandage is too loose, and that the Patient says he feels not the binding at all, it is then to be unbound also, and bound harder; for the Bandage, if it is over-loose, will make the Member to be depraved or dis­torted in the place where the Fracture is.

LIX. If also in the same Day and Night, on which the Fracture was first bound up, the Patient feels the Bandage to press, but yet lightly, and the day following a small and soft Tumor does arise in the Extremity of the Member, (as in the Hand, if the Arm was broke; or in the Foot, if the Leg,) the Bandage is well made; for the smallness and softness of the Swelling shews that there is something prest forth by the binding, from the Part affected, unto the extremity and utmost part of the Member.

LX. But if no Swelling at all appears, it shews that the Ban­dage was not hard enough; but if there is a Swelling, and it is great and hard, so as it will not rea­dily yield to the Touch, it is a sure sign that the Part affected is too hard bound up.

IV. Of Collocation, and the Po­sture the Member is to be laid in.

LXI. The position, or placing of the Member, is the next Conside­ration; this according to Hippo­crates is to be, 1. Soft, lest by pressing or lying hard, it causes [Page 1210] Pain and Inflammation. 2. E­qual, lest it distort the Member. 3. High, lest by its depending position, the Humors should de­scend, because even by their own weight they are apt to fall downwards, and flow to the place affected.

LXII. Therefore the Patient is to be laid in Bed, and the fractu­red Part is to be put upon a Pillow, or soft Bed-cloths, stuft with Flocks or Feathers: Or a Pasteboard may be formed into a Case, the inside of which may be lined with Tow for the Arm, and such Parts as do not oblige the Patient to keep his Bed.

LXIII. But if the Patient is confined to his Bed, nothing can be better than to make a Cap­sula, or Case of thin Oak, or Deal Boards, and to line or fill it sufficiently with soft Tow or Wooll, that the Part may lye easie in it.

LXIV. As to the posture the Member is to lye in, it ought to be that of a middle figure, in respect both to the Joints, and to the Muscles: And therefore Hippo­trates de officin. Med. Text. 3. & 30. advises us to heed these three things, 1. Rest 2. Mean­position. 3. Custom.

LXV. By Rest, is intended such a posture, as a Man is apt to put the Part into, when being free from Business, he reposes him­self for Rest, Ease and Pleasure.

LXVI. By Mean-position, is meant such a posture, as we natu­rally lay our Limbs in when we have nothing to do, which is a mean between extream Disten­tion and close or acute Contra­ction: The Arm is in such a middle position, when it makes not an acute Angle, nor yet a right in the Elbow, but rather an obtuse Angle, as if it were half way stretched out; for that is the posture when Men are Idle, they hold their Arms in, as being most easie, natural, and free from pain.

LXVII. By Custom, we mean such a posture as Nature and Cu­stom has given to any Part; for that no habit is so easily born, as that to which Nature and Cu­stom have given preference: And so by this Rule, a streight posture in the Wrist is only to be chosen.

LXVIII. Hippocrates de Fra­cturis, lib. 1. adds a fourth, viz. the Course of the Muscle, which is taken from the Ductus of its Fi­bres: He so figures and places the Muscles, that their Fibres may be direct, and stretched forth in a straight manner.

LXiX. These things being thus all done, and the Patient easie, the rest of the Work, which is the pro­ducing the Callus, is to be commit­ted to Nature: Now it is bred of the Nourishment of the Bone, which issuing out of the edges of the Fracture, coagulates and hardens about the fractured Part.

LXX. This tho' it is no Bone, yet it is so hard and strong, that if the Bone should chance to be broken again, it will break ra­ther in another part, than in that where the Callus is.

LXXI. But tho' the breeding of the Callus is the Work of Nature, yet the Physician ought to assist and [Page 1211] help her in her Operation; and this he may do, if he prevents Inflammations, or other ill Sym­ptoms; and also by drying Me­dicaments so disposes the Ali­ment, that it may the sooner be converted into a Callus.

LXXII. The Food for genera­ting a Callus, ought to be such as is viscid and glutinous, viz. Bar­ley hull'd, Rice, and Wheat boil'd in Water, and afterwards mixt with Milk, Gelly of Harts-horn, Sheeps Trotters, Knuc­kles of Pork and Veal, Calves Feet, Feet and Stomachs of Oxen, boil'd soft, and eaten with good Sawce, or made into Gellies, and so taken; also strong Broths made of the Flesh of Fowls; Beef, Mutton, Veal, &c.

LXXIII. The Internal Medi­caments which are given in this Case, are chiefly the Pouder and Juice of Agrimony-roots; Pou­der of Comfrey-roots, and Sy­rup, but chiefly Blood of Com­frey; the levigated Pouder of the Osteocolla Stone, which may be given ad ʒi. Morning and Evening, in Syrup of Comfrey, or Blood of Satyrion; or Par­snip-roots.

LXXIV. In the beginning, a sparing Diet is to be used, till the danger of the Symptome are over; but when they are over, and the Callus begins to grown, which will be about the twelfth day, then [...]ore plentiful Diet is to be allowed, because it contri­butes to the more absolute gene­rating of the Callus.

LXXV. Decoctions or Vulne­rary Drinks may be prepared from Wound-herbs, as Bugle, Com­frey Roots, Consound, Dra­gonwort, Avens, Agrimony, Angelica, Primroses, Sanicle, Savin, Speedwell, Yarrow, &c.

LXXVI. ℞ Roots of Consound and Dragons, A. ℥i. Roots of Angelica, of Comfrey, A. ℥ss. Storksbill, Savin, A. M. i. Speed­well, Yarrow, Primrose leaves, A. Mss. Galangal, Zedoary, Mace, A. ℥ss. Nutmegs. ʒii. Wine q.s. boil in B.M. and strain; sweeten with white Sugar, and let the Patient drink of it twice a day.

LXXVII. As to Topicks, you may make a Cataplasm of white Starch, and whites of Eggs, which may be applied to Wo­men and Children.

LXXVIII. To Elder Persons you may apply this of Fabricius Hildanus in Cent. 3. Obs. [...]0. ℞ Oil of Earthworms ℥ii. Juice of Earthworms ℥i. Grains of Ju­niper ℥ss. mix them, and make a Liniment, with which anoint the Fracture.

LXXIX. ℞ Vigo's Plaster for broken Bones, or Catagmaticum, ℥ii. Osteocolla Stone prepared ℥iss. Pouder of Earthworms ℥i. Oxy­croceum ℥ss. Oil of Earthworms q.s. mix, and make an Empla­ster, which lay upon the Part affected.

LXXX. The same Fab. Hil­dames, to hasten the Callus, gives also internally this Preparation of the Osteocolla.Osteocolla levigated ℥i. Cinnamon in sine pou­der ʒiv. white Sugar ℥iv. mix them. Dose, ʒii. every Morn­ing in strong Broth, made of Meat.

LXXXI. Where the Callus is bred to confirm it, you may ap­ply [Page 1212] this: ℞ Catechu, Terra Si­gillata, Aloes, Mastich, Myrrh, Olibanum, Laudanum, Nat-galls, Frankincense, Comfrey-roots, A. ℥i. all being in fine pouder, mix it with whites of Eggs, and a little Wheat-flower, and apply it.

LXXXII. Or, ℞ Wax ℥iiiss. Oil of Roses ℥ii. Frankincense, Mastich, Olibanum, A. ℥ss. Ca­techu ʒiii. fine Bole, Cyprus-nuts, Saffron, A. ʒi. mix, and make a Cerate, which spread upon Lin­nen and apply: This, when the Callus is bred, and come to its just magnitude, will very much corroborate and confirm it.

LXXXIII. If the Callus is ge­nerated less than it should be, you may know it by its being less than it should be, or when touched, very little or no Callus can be felt, and the Part being weak in its moti­on: It is caused from the Pati­ents using too thin and sparing a Diet, or eating Meats not vis­cid or thickning enough, or from the Bandage being too straight.

LXXXIV. In this case the Diet must be more plentiful, and stronger, made of strong Broths, Gellies, &c. The Medicaments must be less astringent, the Bandage must be loofer, and the Nourishment must be attracted, by bathing with Water, only Blood-warm, (not hotter, lest opening the Pores, the Humors should per­spire) till the Part looks red, and swells a little.

LXXXV. If the Callus is too great, (which causes deformity and unaptness for motion) you may know it by handling of it; you will find its magnitude too large; and by pressing the Mus­cles and nervous Parts it causes pain, and hurts its Function in moving.

LXXXVI. In this case, the Diet must be more thin and sparing, the Bandage must be straighter; and the Callus must be softned and discussed; you may first foment, or bathe, with Decoction of Be­tony, Bawm, Pellitory, Scabious, Scordium and Speedwell, so long till the Part first grows red and swells, and then abates again, and corrugates; after which you may anoint with Mans, Vipers or Bears Grease, and then ap­ply Emplast, de Althaea, è muci­laginibus cum Gummi, de Ranis cum Mercuris, with other things of a resolving and discussive Na­ture.

LXXXVII. If an Atrophia happens to the Limb, it is caused from too straight Bandage, and poor or hard keeping, or too thin and spating Diet: Here Food of good and strong Nutriment ought to be given, the Patient must feed plentifully, and of Meats succulent and easie of Di­gestion; his Meat, he must eat with the bloody or red Gravey in it: The Part must be often fomented with strengthning things; and Dropaces or Pitch spread upon Cloth, must be ap­plied to attract the Juices and Nourishment to the Part; and all these things must be conti­nued so long till you see a mani­fest recuperation of the Flesh, and restoration of the strength of the Part.

CHAP. V. Of a FRACTƲRE with a WOƲND.

I. WHAT the Greeks call, [...]. and the Latins, Fractura cum Vulnere; we in English call, A Fracture with a Wound.

II. This comes to pass, when the sharp eminencies or points of the fractured Bones do perforate the Flesh which lies upon them; making thereby the Member shorter than it was before.

III. The Causes are from vari­ous things; sometimes these Fra­ctures happen by means of some cutting Weapon, which not only cuts the Flesh, but even the Bone it self.

IV. The Prognosticks. If such a Fracture as this is made, where the Flesh and Skin lying over are still whole and sound, it is more dangerous than where the Wound is open; because in the former a Pain and Inflammation are excited, and the Muscles thus affected, suffer a double Extension, the one from the In­flammation, the other from the Extension in order to the Re­duction.

V. And this danger is so much the greater, by how much the Parts fractured are greater, or more no­ble and principal, as the Arteries, Veins, Nerves, Tendons and Muscles.

VI. A Fracture with a Wound made with a cutting Weapon, is dangerous, if the Bone that is cut is great, such as that of the Shoul­der, or Thigh; for in these, if the Incision is direct and straight, the Bones will very difficultly be brought to grow together again; partly, because by the Cut the Pores are obstru­cted, thro' which the Juice ge­nerating the Callus did former­ly pass; and partly, because the ends of the Bones being equal and smooth, cannot easily be kept fixt, till the Coalition is perfected.

VII. A Fracture in the Thigh and Shoulder, with a Wound and falling out of a Bone, is the most dangerous of all; and this in re­spect to the magnitude of the Part, and greatness of the Ves­sels.

VIII. Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 10. saith, That it is yet more grievous, when unto the Fracture of a Bone, there is added likewise a Wound of the Flesh; and especially if the Muscles of the Thigh, or of the Shoulder be sensible thereof; for these have always much the more dangerous Inflammations, and they have also Gangrenes more apt and ready to seize up­on them.

IX. Hippocrates, de Fracturis lib. 3. text. 47. says, They sel­dom or never escape, the Bones of whose Arms or Thighs, have fallen out outwardly; for as these Bones [Page 1214] are great, and full of Marrow, so there are many other Parts of great moment wounded; as the Muscles, Nerves, Arteries and Veins: whereupon if you reduce them, Convulsions are wont to be excited; if you do not reduce them, acute and cholerick Fevers are excited, with sighing, and blackness of the place affected; so that these do not yet less escape than the other.

X. But (says he) they are in less danger, or more likely, to escape, who have the lower Bone fallen out, than those who have the upper Bone fallen forth outwardly: and they do sometimes escape with Life, who have these Bones redu­ced or replaced; but this is very rare.

XI. But if the Bone of the Shoul­der or Thigh fall forth, to the inward parts of those Members, the danger is yet more augmented; because in the inner or under parts of those Limbs, there are Vessels of far greater magnitude and account.

XII. And in Text 41. he says, that if those Bones be reduced, or restored, Convulsions are rather produced, than if they be not redu­ced, or in a possibility of being restored.

XIII. The Cure. The Indi­cations of Cure are twofold: 1. That the Bones may be restored to their places, if possible; and exactly joined together again. 2. That the Wound may be healed. But as to this latter Indication, we shall refer you to what we have already written of Wounds.

XIV. The replacing of bones here is difficult, because of the Wound, and great pain, which may hazard a Convulsion, if the Parts be extended. Therefore the Ex­tension is immediately to be made, (before an Inflammation has ( [...]era'd the Part) but not with violence.

XV. If this cannot be done you must have in readiness some [...]trong Iron Levers of different bignesses, out of which one that is convenient is to be chosen; which is to be applied to the lower part of the broken Bone, where pressing upon the lower Bone, it may lift up the upper part, and so slide it into its place.

XVI. But, says Hippocrates, de Fracturis, lib. 3. text, 12. if the Bone which is fallen forth over another, leaves not any place fit for the Lever to enter; or if it is so sharp, as that it starts away from it; we must with a File take away some of the broken Bone; or make it hollow, 'till room is made for the Iron Lever, so as to lay hold upon it.

XVII. But truly these things are are to be done instantly, before any Inflammation arises; for then no extension, or any such put­ting forth of the Bone can be attempted without danger: but it is to be deferred 'till the Inflammation is abated and gone.

XVIII. If any small part of the Bone so stick out, that it cannot easily be put back again into its true place; but that one part of it may be a stop to another, and that it seems not fit strongly to extend the soft parts, lest pain and convulsion ensue, be­cause some fragments, or sharp [Page 1215] ends of Bones, may by their eduction tear or hurt those parts which lye near them: in all these Cases, you must by the advice of Hippocrates, de Fract. Lib. 3. Text. 4. Cut them off, either with the Cutting-File, or with the Saw, as you shall see most convenient, as may be done with the best opportunity.

XIX. So likewise, if any part of the Bone break the Flesh, and excite pains; the reduction of them it not to be attempted, because it will induce the highest tortour imaginable: but that part of the Bone is to be cut off; but al­ways with this Prognostick to the By-standers, that that Limb will be shorter than before, or shorter than its fellow; as our Hippocrates, de Fract. Lib. 3. Text. 46. has assured us.

XX. But in Fracturs with a Wound, the Skin and Flesh being yet fast to them; you must be cautious, that before reduction there is nothing at all sticking between the said broken Bones, for that will hinder their con­glutination.

XXI. If any thing is sticking there, as a small part of a Bone, or Flesh, or any thing else, it is immediately to be taken forth, but without violence; lest vehement Pain, Inflammation, or Convul­sions should be induced.

XXII. But if this is not done at first, even in the very beginning, or it cannot be done without vio­lence and pain, you must defer it; for Nature her self will at length expel whatever is forein or extraneous; but withal you ought to assist her all you can, by applying proper Attractive Medicaments.

XXIII. The Fracture being set, or the Bones replaced, the lips of the Wound are to be closed up, and things must be applied to keep the substance of the fractured and wounded Part sound; and which may ease the Pain, and prevent Inflammation, repel a Flux of Humors, dry up what is there already, and press out what is gathered into the Part: and such are Astringents and Gluti­natives, of which we have for­merly spoken.

XXIV. If there is Pain in Winter-time, Ceratum Picatum is to be applied, which Hippocra­tes says, eases Pain; but in Sum­mer, a simple Cerat of Wax, Oil, and Vinegar: if there is no Pain, you must endeavour the strengthning of the Fracture, and prevent Inflammation, by applying fine Tow dipt in whites of Eggs; or a linnen Cloth, dipt in and wrung out of a mixture of rough Red-wine and Oil of Roses: Astringent Pouders may also be mixed with whites of Eggs.

XXV. The Bandage, or Way of binding up. The Fracture is to be bound up, as we shewed be­fore; but the Rowlers ought to be softer, and broader, than in a Fracture without a Wound, that they may reach over the edges of the Wound on each side; and so may close, not press the edges of the Wound.

XXVI. Nor are the Rowlers to be drawn so hard, as in a Fracture without a Wound, lest by squeezing the Wound, Pain and Inflammation [Page 1216] should ensue: for which reason, the Ancients, as Hippocrates and Celsus, used many circumvolu­tions; it being better to winde often about, than to bind too hard.

XXVII. Some bind this Fra­cture up, as that without a Wound, so that the Wound may be covered, and they loose this Binding every third day: some rowl about the Swaths so, as that the Wound is not at all comprehended within them, but left naked: so that from day to day, all fit means may be used for curing thereof, without frequent binding up, and unbinding the Fracture.

XXVIII. Others use fewer Swaths, and bind up the Fracture after the usual and ordinary man­ner; others again use broader, and more Rowlers; that so by their number, they may accom­plish that which might have been done with fewer, when harder rowled: some use Splints, others slight them: and they that use them, apply them at a good distance from the Wound; some near, or upon the Wound; but it is then with some trouble.

XXIX. Now tho' by all these Ways, you may attain to the same desired End; yet Hippocrates, and all the more skilful Artists, will have it as undoubted Truth; That in the first Binding, the Wound ought not to be left naked; but is to be compre­hended within the Swath or Rowler.

XXX. And therefore the Swath is first of all to be put upon the Wound it self, (for otherwise, the Humors will be pressed forth from the upper parts upon the Wound, and many dangerous Symptoms may thence arise:) and what is necessary of the Limb, is to be rowled up within the Swaths; nor from this Bandage need you fear any kind of danger; for that for the first three days, little Sanies or Pus will flow forth.

XXXI. Now tho' this Bandage ought not to be too hard, and ought to be somewhat less, than if there was no Wound: yet there ought to be a sufficient compression made, so as to retain and keep the Bones together.

XXXII. And the number of Rowlers may in some sort compen­sate for the more loose and easy binding of them; since it is far more safe to rowl about the Swaths oftner, than in the least to hurt the Part by a too hard comprehension: for which rea­son, Celsus his. Bandage with Six Rowlers, is the most excellent in this kind of Fracture.

XXXIII. Every third day the Fracture is to unbound, and then it is again to be dressed after the first manner; save that now a Hole may be made or cut thro' the Emplaster or Cataplasin, which is imposed on the Fracture, and on the Wound: and in the midst also of the very Swaths a Hole is to be left, that so fitting Medicines may be applied unto the Wound, that it may be throughly di­gested and deterged, without any loosning of the Bandage; as Paraeus, lib. 14. Cap. 18. & 23. has directed.

XXXIV. As oft as the Wound is dressed, it may be covered with [Page 1217] a new Rowler, which may contain [...]th, the Medicaments, and the Splenia, to defend the Wound from the external Air; which is to be loosned as oft as need shall require: but Ferulae or Splints are here not very profitable, be­cause they are apt to beget Pain and Inflammation; and for that the number of the Rowlers may very well supply their places.

CHAP. VI. Of a FRACTƲRE with a WOƲND, the Bone not bare.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. and in Latin, Fractura cum Vulnere, Osse non nudato; and in English, à Fracture with a Wound, the Bone not being made bare. viz. not made bare of the Periosteon.

II. Now it may be in a Fracture with a Wound, that no Bone, or part of a Bone, as splinters or bits of Bones may be made bare of the Periosteum; yet we may have great cause to fear, that some broken Bone may apostemate, and be expelled, or come forth; which is done, when in process of time they grow dry and withered, so that they cannot be agglutinated again to the whole or sound Bone: or in a Fracture, when they are so separated from the rest of the Bone, that they cannot be joined with it any more.

III. For Nature endeavours to expel whatever is troublesom to her, and what cannot be united again; nor will she be at rest, 'till whatever is offensive, is wholly cast forth; tho' some­times it is a long time first.

IV. The Causes. They are either when pieces of Bones are so sepa­rated, that they cannot be put together again, then an Apostem is generated; or from corrupt Sa­nies, which fouls the Bones; or when they are altered by the ambient Air.

V. The Signs. Hippocrates, de Fract. lib. 3. text. 18. gives us the Signs of a Bone in danger of Apostemating, and so to be ex­pelled: 1. There flows forth a much greater quantity of Sa­nies, than could reasonably be expected, either from the ma­gnitude, or the nature of the Wound.

VI. 2. The lips of the Wound do not meet together; or if they do so; yet they soon are separated; and the Wound putrifies, and is provoked and stirred up to Excre­tion; the lips becoming loose and spongy, and in the wounded Part, there is a kind of soft motion.

VII. 3. If you perceive the Bone bare of Flesh, it is a sign of its separation, and dropping forth; for that it may be altered or corrupted by the Air, nor can any longer receive Nutriment from the Veins and Arteries, which used to convey the same.

VIII. 4. If you manifestly per­ceive the Bone is broken into many shivers or bits, it is impossi­ble for them to be reposited again; and if not, as they cannot be conglutinated, so they must apostemate, and be expelled; for Nature never heals a Wound, so long as any thing remains within that cannot be assimula­ted, or agglutinated with the rest.

IX. The Prognosticks. It is a sign of a recession suddenly to follow, if good Flesh breed in the sides of the sound Bone; and also when there is a quick digestion or suppuration in the Wound.

X. But the time in which the Bones are wont to recede and fall forth, is various: for if it is in Youth, and in the Summer­time, and the Bone not very great, it may be expelled or thrust forth in 20, or 30, or 40 days.

XI. But if it is in one of full and ripe Age, and in Winter-time, and the Bone is of the larger kind, it Apostemates not so soon; and it is many times 60 days, before it is separated and thrust forth.

XII. The Cure. If the displaced piece of Bone sticks in the very Wound, it is presently to be taken forth with the Volsella or Pliers, or Pincers, if it can be done with­out pain and violence: but other­wise, the whole Work is to be committed to Nature: for if Violence be used, Pain, Inflam­mation, Fever, and Convulsions may possibly be excited, and a fistulous Ulcer may be induced.

XIII. You ought also to consider the piece of Bone which is to come away, if it is great, or little; which you may know by the intensness or remisness of the aforegoing Signs: for if Digestion or Suppuration comes slowly on, and much Sa­nies appears, and much loose and spungy Flesh is bred, a great piece will be expelled; & è contra.

XIV. Now Nature is to be helpt by Art, and Medicaments are to be laid upon the Wound; which have in them a power of Attraction, to draw out of the Wound the broken pieces of Bones, and whatever is extraneous to the same.

XV. If the part of Bone to be extracted is small, you must be sure that the generated Pus, may not stay too long in the Wound, lest it corrupt the sound Bone; but that it may have liberty to be eva­cuated, (not by pressure of strait Bandage, lest Pain and In­flammation be excited, but rather) of its own accord.

XVI. Then the recession of the Bone is to be committed to Nature: and you must use loose Bandage, and frequent openings of it, that the Pus may not stop, but freely pass forth: Splints, or Ferulae, are to be avoided, lest they cause pain, by their compression; and such things are to be applied, as may soonest perfect the Digestion or Suppuration.

XVII. The Wound also, if it is large, is to he stitched, notwith­standing the recess of the Bone; for Nature will never heal up the Wound, till the pieces of the Bone are come forth; then the Dige­stive being applied, as you may see occasion, the Fracture is to be bound up loosly, but with many Rowlers, as we have al­ready shewn.

XVIII. If the Fragment of the Bone to be extracted is very great, you must, as before, be very care­ful not to retain the Pus, but that it may run freely forth, and the wounded Part is to be handled with all the gentleness imagina­ble, as Hippoerates, de Fract. lib. 2. Text. 44. advises.

XIX. For the Fragments of the Bone, not being replaced as they ought to be, if they be much com­pressed, they will prick the Parts lying near to them, which are very sensible of pain; for which reason, those strait bindings which are necessary in other Fractures, would here do mischief.

XX. Now Hippocrates, Text. 21. of the place afore-cited, makes no use of the Swathe or Rowler, lest the Parts should be prest to­gether too much; or being for­ced to lift it up, should excite pain.

XXI. But having replaced the Bones as well as may be, he applies unto the Wound Ceratum Piceum, Ceratum Rosaceum, or some other like Cerate, fit for green Wounds; for that these things help for­wards the Digestion or Suppu­ration, and prevent Inflamma­tion.

XXII. If there is much Pain, and danger of Convulsions, he then applies Linnen-cloths dipt in Oil and Wine mixt together.

XXIII. This done, because of the weakness of the Part, and the imminent danger of a Fluxion of Humors, he uses many Splenia or Plagulae, made of double Lin­nen-cloth about two Inches or more broad, and so long as to go once and almost half about the wounded Member.

XXIV. For if they should be shorter, they would not keep the Fracture stable; and if they should be longer, they would not be con­venient; because when the Part is unbound to renew the Appli­cations, it must be lifted up and moved; but they ought to be of such a length, that with­out stirring the Limb, both the heads may be so loosned, that the Wound may fully appear.

XXV. These Plagulae (so ma­ny as are necessary) are to be dipt into black or red austere Wine, to make them stick the better, pre­vent Inflammation, and preserve the substance of the Part sound; (and Galen keeps them so wet, Night and Day, or else Sponge; dipt in such Wine.)

XXVI. They are to be so many that no space may be left empty; and they are so to be applied to the Member, that their heads may be drawn by the place affected, not round and circularly, but a little sloping, so as that from the con­trary part where they begun, they may be brought together the one to the other, and cross one another, after the manner of the Letter X, by drawing the right head to the left part, and [Page 1220] the left head, to the right Part.

XXVII. These Splenia, for that they are not very long, and may be so opened that the Wound may appear, without lifting up or moving the Limb, are very con­venient.

XXVIII. There may also be apply'd a binding up, which may be compleated with once rowling about, and which may be done with a Swath or Rowler folded together with a twice or thrice folded Linnen Cloth, after the manner of a Cross-cloth, but so artificially sew'd together in the sides, and so broad, that it may cover the whole Wound.

XXIX. These things perform'd, the Member is to be laid easily in some proper Capsula, or other like thing, to keep the Fractured Parts in their proper place.

XXX. When the danger of the Inflammation is over, you must ap­ply things proper for to remove the Receeding Bone, in which work, Nature is to be assisted by Art; for this purpose, Oil Olive mix'd with Bees Wax, adding thereto of Euphorbium, j. part: of Comfrey ij. parts: and of round Birth­wort iij. parts: Avicen com­mends it, to be used in strong full grown Bodies, and in Win­ter time: but he used Spurge, instead of Comfrey, which we have put in, instead thereof.

XXXI. Others commend for the Extraction of Bones, Ammo­niacum and Bedellium, dis­olved in Oil of Lillies: so also pouder of Earth-worms (some say their Ashes) mixt with Ho­ney: which brings them forth by a specifick property.

CHAP. VII. Of a FRACTƲRE with a WOƲND, the BONE made bare.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. And in Latin, Frastura cum Ʋulnere Osseque nudato. And in English, A Fracture with a Wound, where the Bone is bare of the Periostenm.

II. The Signs. When such a Fracture as this occurrs, the Frag­ment or Splinter feels loose; and if it is in sight, so as it can be seen, it may be pull'd forth with a pair of Pliers or Foreeps.

III. But sometimes the Bone is made bare of the Periosteon, where no Fragments or Splinters are; and in this case it is known by sight, or feeling.

IV. The Prognosticks. Such a Fracture as this is, is much more difficult to be cured than a Simple Fracture: but not so dif­ficult where there are naked Fragments, as where they are held fast by the Periosteon.

V. Where there is a Fracture, and the Bone naked of the Perio­steon, only without any Fragment, [Page 1221] it is yet less dangerous, and more easy of cure, than where it is broken into shivers.

VI. The greater the Bone or part, the more difficult and ha­zardous the Cure: the lesser the Bone and Part, the sooner it may be effected.

VII. The Cure. Where the Fracture is with naked Fragments of Bones, they are to be taken forth with an Instrument, if they can be seen; but if they lie hid in the Flesh, you must apply attractive Medicaments, and wait till Na­ture expells them; unless by pricking some more noble part, and causing much pain, you be forced to search for them, and take them forth.

VIII. Then a convenient exten­sion being made, and a good confir­mation, the Wound is to be closed up by stitching, or otherwise as you see most convenient; and if there are no great Lacerations or Bruises (the fractur'd Bones being well set) it may be healed up with Stypticks: as in other places we have taught; Dryers, and Catagmaticks being apply'd in the mean season, for conso­lidation of the Bone it self.

IX. But if it is manifest that the parts are contused, you must apply Digestives, that the Wound being suppurated, it may be cleans­ed with gentle abstersives, and then healed up according to Art: but in all these applicati­ons, beware of things fat and greasy.

X. But if by reason of the Fra­cture, the Bone is made naked of the Periosteon without any Frag­ments or bits broken off, the Fra­cture is first to be reduced (un­less any Inflammation is pre­sent) and then, it must be de­fended from the injuries of the Air, lest it putrefie, and so you be forc'd to scale it.

XI You are to cover it, not with Oily Medicaments, nor Emol­lients, or irritating Abstersives, which may foul or corrupt the Bone, putrefie the Wound, or cause pain; but with its natural covering, to wit, with the Flesh and Skin.

XII. And then the lips of the Wound are to be drawn together, till they touch, by stitching; after which you must proceed exactly as we have taught in the Cure of a Fracture with a Wound, in cap. 5. aforegoing.

XIII. In binding up, you must consider whether any part of the Bone will come off, or not: if none, or but a small Fragment is like­ly to be separated, the Ligature is to be made with three Bands; and the Dressings must be as in a Fracture with a simple Wound, wherein there is the separation of some small Bone.

XIV. Now if the Bone that was made naked be presently covered with the Skin, there is none of it will come off; but contrariwise, if it be long naked and bare of Flesh, you may expect Excreti­on: for so the Learned Hippo­crates, de Fracturis lib. 3. Text. 44. has taught us. And Nature likewise, will cast out all such Bones as refuse, or cannot be replaced.

CHAP. VIII. Of a FRACTƲRE with a WOƲND, the Bone sticking out.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Fra­ctura cum Ʋulnere Osseque promi­nente: and in English, A Fra­cture with a Wound, with the Bone sticking out.

II. The Cause is from the greatness of the External violence, by which the Bone is so broken, and thrust forth of its place.

III. The Signs. It is known by sight, because the end of the na­ked or bare Bone is visible, being thrust out beyond the Wound.

IV. The Prognosticks. It is of more difficult cure than those Fractures whose ends come not forth, because it is exposed to the Air, which corrupts the Bone; more especially if it has been any considerable time in the Air, before the Reduction.

V. The cure is harder to be per­form'd also, by reason of its han­ging out or over, for that in ma­king the Reduction, the Exten­sion must be greater; which as it will put the Patient to more pain, so it may endanger an Inflammation, A postem, Con­vulsions, or other ill Symptoms.

VI. The Cure. If the extre­mities of the fractured Bone, break thro' the Flesh, and stick out, thro' the Skin, you must endeavour their speedy Reduction, that they may not be altered and corrupted by the ambient Air, for then they must of necessity be cut off.

VII. In order therefore to their replacing, there must be a suffici­ent Extension, and if occasion be, for their more easy Reduction, you must make use of a strong Iron Lea­ven; then they must be covered with their natural Clothing, to wit the Flesh and the Skin: af­ter which the Cure of both Fracture and Wound is to be consumated as we have before taught.

VIII. But if this Reposition cannot be easily done, or not with­out pain and violence; then of two evils, the lesser is indeed to be chosen: and therefore that the Reduction may be made, the end of the longer Bone is to be cut off with a cutting File, or with a sharp fine Saw, or some other Instrument, that it may be made a little shorter.

IX. This done, by making a moderate Extension, you may then with your Fingers reduce the Bones to their places: if the Bones were not broken short off, and even; it will then be your best way to cut off the uneven parts of both ends, that they may the more evenly, and better join toge­ther.

X. And truly this manner of Operation is much better to be done, [Page 1223] than to leave the Bones not put to­gether; or otherwise by a too great and violent Extension to cause vehement pain, and there­by induce an Inflammation, Gangrene, or Sphacelus, and hazard Death it self.

XI. The ends of the Bones be­ing thus made even, you are then by a moderate Extension, and the help of your Finger, to re­place them.

XII. But if notwithstanding this cutting, you shall yet find a dif­ficulty in their Reduction, by rea­son you may fear the Effects of a violent Extension; wherein, by reason of the Wound, many Fibres may be hurt, and great pain be caused, so as to endan­ger an Inflammation, or Con­vulsion, &c.

XIII. In this case, you must by the advice of Hippocrates, (a gentle Extension being made) put in a strong Iron Leaver, or a Chi­zle, or some suchlike Instru­ment, between the ends of the fractured Bone, and so raise the one, and depress the other, as with a Leaver; by which means, the Bones will be more extended than the Muscles, and so they may with little pain be reposited.

XIV. When the Bone is reduced, you must consider whether any part of the Bone will come off, or not: if it be reduced presently, nothing will come off; but if not, something may. If nothing is to come off, bind up the Part (having first laid a suppurative to the Wound) as a Fracture with a simple Wound: but if something is to come off, order the Bandage as for a Fracture with separation of a great fragment of a Bone.

XV. But because these Wound, are general, great, and contused, they are to be cured by the second Inten­tion, and because they breed plenty of matter, they require often look­ing to; and you ought also to cut a hole in the Bands and Plasters, just over the Wound, for the Is­suing out of the Pus: and be­cause this kind of Fracture for­bids to lift up the part often, or to unbind the Ligature, you must take the middle way, which may answer the ends, both of the Wound and the Fracture.

CHAP. IX. Of a FRACTƲRE DISTORTED, or ILL SET.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Fractura di­storta: and in English, A Fra­cture distorted, awry, or ill Set.

II. Many times a Fracture be­ing ill Set, the broken Bones grow distorted or awry, by which the function or motion of the Member is much hurt or hindred, so that in [Page 1224] the Arms the laying hold of any thing is prejudiced, and in the Leg or Foot, a Lameness or Halting is caused.

III. The Causes. It arises either from a too long delay before the Fracture was Set, because a sufficient Extension could not be easily made, so as to set the Bones right: Or from the inordi­nate and perverse motions of the Patient.

IV. Or from that which is ge­nerally the chief Cause, viz. either the Ʋnskilfulness and Ignorance, or the Neglect of the Chirurgeon: This disaffection is known by sight.

V. The Prognosticks. There can be no hope of restoring the Mem­ber to its true shape, without break­ing of the Callus, so that the Fra­cture may be set de novo again.

VI. The Cure. We are first to consider, whether the Callus is old or new; if it is already old, and of long continuance, and that it is grown very hard; and that the Patient also is either Cacochy­mick, Weak, or Aged; then the best way will be not to meddle with it.

VII. For it is not then to be touched without the approach of dangerous Symptoms, which are usual to follow upon the breaking of the Callus; For which reason it is better of two Evils to chuse the less, and to be satisfied, tho' with living deformed, and for many Years so; than by a cruel and dangerous Cure, to hazard the inducing of deadly Symptoms.

VIII. Nor yet is it a thing possi­ble, if the Callus is old, and ex­tream hard, to break it; for if you attempt it, the Bone will sooner break in another place, than the place where the Cal­lus is.

IX. Moreover, there would not only vehement Symptoms be indu­ced, but the deformity or crooked­ness of the Limb would not in the least be taken away; since that the crooked Callus could not be broken or amended, so that all this Work would be done in vain.

X. But where the Callus is re­cent, or not above six or seven Months old, the Patient of full Age, and strong, and the fractured Bone not great, nor the function or action of the Member much hurt, the Callus may be broken, and the Bones better set together.

XI. In order then to the break­ing of the Callus, and that it may be the more easily done, it is for some days to be fomented with a Decoction of emollient Herbs, and other softning things, as roots and leaves of Althaea, Mal­lows, fat dried Figs, Raisons stoned, Lilly-roots, &c.

XII. And afterwards an emol­lient Cataplasm may be laid on, such as this: In a strong Decoction of Fenugreek, and Linseed, boil roots and leaves of Althaea and Mallows, A. lbss. of Lilly-roots, fat Figs and Raisons stoned, A. ℥iv. flowers of Sulphur ℥ii. boil to a thickness, and beat all in a Mortar, to which add A tificial Cinnabar levigated ℥iii. Salt of Tartar or Pot-ashes ℥ss. mix, and apply it, renewing it Morn­ing and Evening.

XIII. But at every dressing, and before application of the Cataplasm, [Page 1225] it will be good to foment the Callus for a quarter of an Hour together with this Bath: Take pure Sulphur ℥iii. melt it in an Iron Ladle, to which put Salt of Tartar in pouder ℥i. stir them to­gether till they are incorporated; then being cold, beat all into fine pouder, and boil it in three Quarts of Water, or more, for half an Hour, and keep it for use, to foment withal.

XIV. And those who are at or near Bath, may daily go into the Hot Bath once or twice a day for some Weeks; this has been found by Experience, not only to sof­ten the Callus, but even to waste and dissolve it, so that it may be broken with much ease.

XV. Or you may anoint with this Ointment: ℞ Ung. Dial­thaeae ℥iss. Mucilages of Fenugreek and Linseed, A. ℥i. Oils of sweet Almonds, and of Camomil, Veal Marrow, Hens Fat, A. ʒvi. Bdel­lium, Mastich, Turpentine, A. ℥ss. Wax, q.s. mix, and make a soft Ointment.

XVI. Also Empl. è Mucilagi­nibus cum Gummi, è Cicuta cum Ammoniaco, è Cinnabari, Mercu­riale, or de Ranis cum Mercurio, è Galbano crocatum, &c. are of Eminent Use in this Case, be­cause they soften the Callus al­most to a Miracle.

XVII. The Callus being now sufficiently mollified or softned; the Limb is by the help of two strong Assistants, to be drawn this way, and that way; and so by pulling with main strength to be ex­tended, till the Bone seems to separate.

XVIII. Then the Artist with his Hands and Fingers is to put each Part into its true place, thrusting in that which sticks out by great force: If it will not easi­ly yield to the Hand, he may wrap up in fine Tow, or in a Linnen-cloth, a small Bar of Iron, of an Inch or more broad, which laying upon the Distorsi­on, he may be strong Bandage force the Bones back again to their due places, in which he is to endeavour to keep them, till the Fracture is perfectly well.

XIX. Or otherwise, the Ex­tension is to be made till the Bone is perfectly broken: Or fixing the Member against his Knee, he may incline the Bone towards him with both his Hands, till he hears or feels it broken; after which it is rightly to be Set a­gain, and Cured after the man­ner of a Simple Fracture.

CHAP. X. Of FRACTƲRE with a VITIOƲS or EVIL CALLUS.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...], & [...]. in [Page 1226] Latin, Fractura cum Callo malo seu vitioso; and in English, a Fracture with an evil or vicious Callus; that is, in which the Callus is either lesser or greater than it should be.

II. The Causes. When the Callus is generated less than it should be, it is from scarcity or want of that thicker Nourishment, with which the Bones are to be nourished, and of which the said Callus is bred: And this scarcity or want, is either from too spare a Diet, or not eating those things which are most fit for the breeding of a Callus.

III. Or it may be from the too straight or hard binding up the fractured Part; or from Medi­caments over-astringent, which hinder the affluence of the Nou­rishment.

IV. When the Callus is genera­ted larger than it should be, it is either from an over-abundance of the thick boney Nourishment; or from the too loose Bandage of the Fracture; or from giving the Osteocolla-Stone too plenti­fully.

V. For such is the Nature and Property of this Stone, to generate a Callus, which it performs easily and speedily; and therefore if it is given too much, it causes the Callus to over-grow, or exceed its due proportion; and there­fore is more fit for elderly or aged Persons, and such as are of ripe Years, than for such as are very young, or yet in their Youth: For if it is given unto these, it generates (as Fabri­cius Hildanus observes) a Callus greater than it ought to be.

VI. The Signs. When the Callus is less than it ought to be, it is known by touching, wherein it is felt not at all, or but very small; the aforegoing Causes went also before, and the Member is also very feeble or weak, in its mo­tion or action.

VII. When the Callus is also greater than it should be, it is known also by touching, wherein it is felt tuberous, or greater than it should be; the aforegoing Causes went also before, and there is a pain from the Compression of the Muscles and Nervous Parts, for which reason the Part is rendred less useful in its action or motion, especially if the Fracture be near a Joint.

VIII. The Prognosticks. Whe­ther it be ex deficiente, vel ex abundanti, if it is recent, it may be reformed and cured; but if it is inveterate, or old, whereby it is grown hard, and the Pores thereof closed, it will be reme­died with much more difficulty.

IX. The Cure, where the Cal­lus is deficient. The Diet must be fuller, and of greater Nutriment, generating a thick and viscid Juice, of what kind are Neats-feet, Calves-feet, Sheeps-trotters, Sheeps-gathers; also Gellies made of them either in Milk or Water, and made savoury and pleasant.

X. Add to these things strong Broths of all sorts of Flesh both of Beasts and Birds: Pork, if young, is a singular good Food, also knuckles of Pork, and knuc­kles of Veal; and their Bread may be a white sort of Bisket.

XI. The Bandage is to be loos­ned, [Page 1227] and done up slacker, that there may be more room for the affluence of the Nourishment, which that it may be attracted to the Part, it is to be bathed with warm Water till the Part ap­pears red.

XII. And then attractive or drawing things are to be applied, as Dropacisms, &c. which mo­derately heat, and draw the Nourishment to the place af­fected.

XIII. Inwardly you are also to give the Osteocolla-Stone leviga­ted, ad ʒi. Morning and Evening in Comfrey-water, or rather in strong Meat Broth, or in Alicant; for that as Fabricius Hildanus Cent. 1. Obs. 90. says, it has a singular Virtue in generating a Callus.

XIV. The Cure where the Cal­lus is abundant. The Diet is to very sparing, and such as gene­rates not much Nourishment; and such as yields rather a thin, than a thick clammy Juice.

XV. It must be fomented, and often bathed with emollient and discussive Medicaments, as a Fo­mentation of hot Water nitra­ted, or of Emollient Herbs and Roots, as of Althaea, Mallows, Pellitory of the Wall, Beets, flowers of Cammomil and Meli­lot, roots of Briony and Lillies boiled in half Water, half Wine, &c.

XVI. You may foment also with the Bath-water, and apply the Cata­plasms which are described in Cap. 9. Sect. 12, and 13. aforegoing, and you may anoint with the Ointment in Section 15. there following, all which things have a great power to soften and dis­cuss.

XVII. Sennertus commends this: ℞ Goose, Bears, and Mans Fat, A. ℥ii. juice of Earthworms ℥i. Ammoniacum ʒi. mix them. It will be so much the better if Vipers Fat ℥ii. be added to it.

XVIII. Also this Fomentati­on: ℞ Roots of Althaea ℥i. roots of Briony, of white Lillies, Fenu­greek and Linseed, A. ℥ss. flowers of Althaea and Mallows, A. M. j. flowers of Camomil and Melilot, A. Mss. boil in Water, Vinegar, and wine, for a Fomentation; and of the Mass make a Cataplasm.

XIX. These Fomentations are to be used, not till the Part grows red and swells only, but also till it falls again, and becomes lank and wrinkled.

XX. And if the Patient is near Bath, it will be good to bathe daily twice a day, till it is softned, wasted, and much diminished, as we hinted in Cap. 9. Sect. 14. aforegoing.

XXI. Also the Emplasters or Cerates mentioned in Sect. 16. of the same Chapter, may be here ap­plied, which may be bound fast on, and renewed as you see oc­casion, till the Callus is suffici­ently diminished.

CHAP. XI. Of a FRACTƲRE with WASTING of the PART.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Fracturacum Atrophia; and in English, A Fracture, with a slenderness, wasting or con­sumption of the Part.

II. It oftentimes happens that in Curing of a Fracture, the Limb or Member becomes slender or wast­ed, as if it consumed away, which we call an Atrophia of the Part: This happens both in old and young, but chiefly in such whose Flesh is soft and tender, and not come to the hardness or firmness of a full or well-grown Body.

III. The Causes. It is caused from the hindering of Nutriment coming to the Part, which is done by the too long and hard binding of the Part; by means of which the Arteries and Veins carrying the Aliment, are nearly closed up.

IV. Or it may be caused from the Folly or Poverty of the Sick, when he has not Food enough, or what is convenient for him to nourish him withal.

V. And sometimes it is caused by a long-continued rest of the Mèmber or Part, and its cessation from motion; or at least, this thing may add to the other Causes, to make them more Po­tent in effecting this disaffection.

VI. The Prognosticks. It is known by sight; and therefore if it is recent, and in young, tender and growing Bodies, it is easily Cu­red: But if it is of long stand­ing, and in a Body done grow­ing, it is Cured with much difficulty: If the Patient is very Aged, it is Incurable.

VII. The Cure. In order to this Cure, you must endeavour to remove the Cause; you must order a full and nourishing Diet, and such things chiefly which may agree with the Stomach of the Patient, and may corroborate or strengthen it: Of which kind are Gellies of all sorts, and strong Broths made savoury, and also a little acid with Juice of Limons, which gives to the Nutriment a pene­trating quality.

VIII. You must also use and ap­ply those Means which may attract or bring the Aliment into the Part; you must slacken the binding: And when you dress the Fra­cture, the Part is to be fomen­ted with such things as dissolve Congelations, and withal, may draw the Nutriment into the Member affected.

IX. You may bathe with the Powers of Amber, of Limons, La­vender, Rosemary, Savin, or Sou­thernwood; after which you may anoint with this Oil: ℞ Oils of Amber and Aniseed, A. ℥i. Oils of Juniper-berries, of Ben, and of [Page 1229] bitter Almonds, A. ℥ss. mix them.

X. Or, ℞ Oils of Costus and Camomil, A. ℥ss. Oils of Castor, and of Neats-feet, Mans Grease, Ung. Martiatum, A. ℥i. mix, and make a Liniment: This is good for broken Bones, which grow not as they should do.

XI. And over all you may apply Empl. Piceum, or some other powerful Dropacism, or Sina­pism, which have a strength in them to attract the Aliment powerfully.

XII. Also inwardly you must give such things as resolve and open Obstructions, even the most inveterate; among which we com­mend to you, Spiritus Aperiens, Spiritus Nitratus, volatil Salts of Harts-horn, of Vipers, and of Mans Skull, volatil Sal Armo­niack, Ens Veneris, Salt of Tar­tar, of Tamarisk and Worm­wood, Salt or Vitriol of Mars, and Tincture of Mars made with Wine grown acid, or with Spi­rit of Nitre.

XIII. To these things you may add Powers of Amber, of Ani­seed, of Caraways, of Cloves, of Fennel, of Lavender, of Li­mons, of Origanum, of Marjo­ram, of Rosemary, of Sage, of Savin, of Sassafras, of Tyme, &c. given in a fit Dose in Canary twice or thrice a day.

CHAP. XII. Of a FRACTURE of the SKULL.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Fractura Cranii; and in English, A Fracture of the Skull, or Bone of the Head.

II. The Kinds. Fractures of the Skull are said to be sixfold, viz. 1. A Simple Fracture (of which we Treat in this Chapter only.) 2. A Fissure. 3. A Con­trafissure, (both which we Treat of in Chap. 13. following.) 4. A Contusion of the Skull, (Treated of in Chap 14. next after.) 5. An Incision. 6. A Puncture; (both which are Trea­ted of in Chap. 15.)

III. The Definition. Now a Simple Fracture, is that which se­parates (by breaking) a Part from the whole.

IV. The Signs. If the Wound is large, the Fracture may be found out by feeling with your Fin­ger, but if small, by the Probe; in both which trials, an inequa­lity, depression, or ruggedness of the Skull, will be felt: But ruggedness may sometimes de­ceive you, if the Sutures vary either in form, or in place; as if the Sagittal Suture reaches to the Ossa Ethmoides: And that the Suture may sometimes de­ceive us, Hippocrates, de Capitis vulneribus, Sect. 6. testifies: The Suture, (says he) may de­ceive us, for that it is rougher than the rest of the Bone.

V. You are to consider the Per­son inflicting the Wound; if a strong Person, and furiously done; if the Weapon was sharp, or great, or heavy; or if the Patient fell from some high place; if the Head (chiefly when bare) was struck against any hard Body, Post, or Stone; if the Blow was violent, or the Skull was weak or thin, as in Children, and such as are not yet come to their growth; all these things going before, shew the probability of a Fracture.

VI. There are also concomitant or conjunct Symptoms, as, 1. Bleed­ing at Mouth, Nose, Ears, Eyes. 2. Deafness, or Noise in the Ears. 3. Vertigo, or Swimming of the Head. 4. Falling down suddenly after the Blow. 5. Slumbering after the Wound is received. 6. Vomiting, or Loathing. 7. Swooning away, and often Fainting. 8. Dumb­ness sometimes, or loss of Speech. 9. Convulsions, Palsey, Fever, and Raving. See Paraeus, lib. 9. cap. 2. And Fallopius, in Hip­poc. de Vulneribus Capitis, cap. 18.

VII. There are also Consequent Symptoms, as, 1. A constant Pain in the wounded Part. 2. A continuing Deafness. 3. A fre­quent Vomiting of Choler. 4. Hurt or Dulness of the Judgment or Understanding. 5. A Fal­tering in the Speech. 6. An Hurt of the Memory. 7. A Con­tinual Fever. 8. Convulsions, or Convulsive Motions. 9. Fren­zy or Raving. 10. A Palsey in one of the Arms, or Legs. 11. An Apoplexy, either per­fect or imperfect.

VIII. Hippocrates has another Sign, taken from the crashing, which, he says, the Patient feels, if he chews Paper strongly on both sides of his Teeth: Or if he holds a Packthread strongly between his Teeth, and it be strongly struck, the wounded Patient will feel Pain in the Part. But Fallopius, in Hippocr. lib. de Vul­neribus Capitis, cap. 23. makes some doubt of these Signs, not accounting them certain.

IX. But if the Hair is cut asunder, and sticks up in the Wound, the Skull must then ne­cessarily be hurt; because it could not be cut asunder, without the resistance of the Skull.

X. The Prognosticks. You are to gather these from the Sym­ptoms; yet let a Fracture of the Skull look as fair as may be, it is never without danger; but cer­tainly more perilous, if both Tables are broken; yet more dangerous, if the Dura Mater be hurt; and most of all, if the Pia Mater be affected too.

XI. And Hippocrates, Prorrhet. lib. 2. advises us, That we carry our selves prudently in every point of Art, but in the Predictive part chiefly; calling to mind, that if the Event comes to pass according to our Presages, we shall be admi­red, or have an Estimation with the Patient; but if we mistake, or presage false, we shall be ac­counted Ignorant, and Despised; wherefore he advises us to use Discretion in our Prognosticks.

XII. Wounds with a Fracture of the Sinciput, or Forehead-bone, are more dangerous than those of the Occiput. 1. Because they [Page 1231] are thinner than those of the Occiput, and weaker. 2. Be­cause there are several Cavities or Vaultings in them, by which the Brain is more easily wound­ed, if the Fracture pierces both Tables. 3. Because there are many large Blood-vessels in the Forehead, which may endanger the greater Hemorrhage. 4. Be­cause the most of the Brain is contained in the forepart. 5. Be­cause the Skin is thinner in this part, whereby the Skull and Meninges may the more easily be hurt. 6. Because the Su­tures Coronalis & Sagittalis, are in the forepart of the Head, so that the Skull being there broken, the Dura Mater (which sends filaments thro' the Sutures to produce the Pericraneum) may easily be hurt.

XIII. The Ossa Temporum be­ing broken, are next in danger, be­cause these Bones are very thin and weak; and they are repleat with remarkable Arteries, Veins and Nerves; also the Pericraneum does embrace the Temporal Mus­cles, which Muscles have within, in their middle, a Tendon of exquisite sense, so that a Wound and Fracture in this Part may easily, even by consent, offend the Meninges, and the Brain, also the Nerves springing from it.

XIV. But a Fracture upon the Sutures, with a Wound within the Skull, or without it, is most dan­gerous, 1. Because the Bones are not of a whole, but divided Sub­stance, and so least able to re­sist force. 2. Because Pus bred there, may easily fall upon the Dura Mater. 3. Because in the Sutures, the Dura Mater may be affected by consent.

XV. A Fracture being made, there is first Pain by reason of the solution of Ʋnity. 2. Watching, less of Appetite and Weakness. The Pain will cause a flux of Humors, the Fluxion will cause Inflam­mation, and the Inflammation will cause a Fever, or a Con­vulsion; sometimes a Gangrene, or a Mortification, if not pre­vented.

XVI. In a Fracture of the Skull, you are not to think all the danger to be past, before an hundred days are gone over; for Experience has testified, that many have died at the end of that time, even when they thought all things to be perfect­ly well. Fallopius, in Hippoc. de Vulneribus Capitis cap. 48. Pa­raeus, lib. 9. cap. 13.

XVII. The Callosity which joins together the broken parts of the Skull, does require 20 or more days to be generated, and after that about 30 or 40 days more, for the hardning and confirming of it; but the Age, Strength, and good Temper of the Sick, have a great force in hastening the Confirmation of the same.

XVIII. It is very dangerous, if after a Fracture a Fever ensue; if the Head becomes very hot, if the Sick has been subject to a Catarrh; or if he has been of­ten afflicted with an Erysipelas; so also if the Lips of the Wound swell not, or grow flat, there is yet more danger.

XIX. If the Skull at the very beginning of the Cure becomes or [Page 1232] appears blackish, and the Patient (having a Scorbutick, Cache­ctick, or Cacochymical habit of Body) cannot sleep, but is trou­bled with much watching, Death is not far away. Fallopius, in Hippoc. de Vulneribus Capitis, cap. 24.

XX. If the Flesh about the fractured Skull, is of a black Co­lour, becomes dry, and affords not Pus enough in proportion to the magnitude of the Wound, it is dan­gerous, for it is a sign of the Sphacelation of the Part.

XXI. If the Patient is wholly void of a Fever, if he digests his Food well, sleeps well, with a good excretion of Excrements of no ill Colour, nor offending in Sub­stance or Consistency, Quantity, Time, or other Qualities, there is great hopes of Recovery.

XXII. So also if the Wound looks of a fresh and lively Colour, yields a good sort of Pus, or Mat­ter; if its Lips swell a little, and are somewhat soft, and the motion of the Dura Mater is regu­lar, there is great hopes of the Patients doing well. Paraeus, lib. 9. cap. 13.

XXIII. If much Pus appears upon the broken Skull, or there are Pustules upon the Tongue, from an acrid Sanies falling down upon it from the Brain, thro' the Fora­mina of the Palate of the Mouth, the hopes of Recovery will be but small; more especially if these Acoidents continue, and cease not; for they shew the Brain it self to be ill affected. Paraeus, lib. 9. cap. 10.

XXIV. If the Occiput, Os Petrosum, or stone-like Bone be­hind the Ears, be wounded or fra­ctured, the danger is the less; 1. Because they are least subject to Injuries. 2. Because the Bone behind does contain only the Cerebellum, which is not so no­ble as the Brain. 3. Because less quantity of Brain is contain­ed in those places, than in other parts of the Cranium. 4. Be­cause those Bones are thicker. 5. Because they are more firmly covered; for the Skin on them is thicker, the Flesh more plen­tiful, the Ligaments are also strong, to strengthen the Bones.

XXV. Every Fracture of the Skull, with a Wound in the Head, is dangerous, tho' no dreadful Sym­ptom does at first, or for many days appear; for the strength of the Patient, the soundness of the Body, cleanness of the Hu­mors, wholesom and moderate Diet, and temperateness of the Air and Clime, do all contribute for the staving off of ill Sym­ptoms, for a pretty long time.

XXVI. In a Fracture of the Cranium, the Parts above it must suffer a solution of Continuity, except only in a Contrafissure; for in that the solution of Unity is in the opposite place to the Fissure, viz. in the place where the Blow was made.

XXVII. Hippocrates, Sect. 7. Aph. 2. says, That if the Flesh about the fractured Skull appears of a livid or leaden Colour, it is an ill sign; for it is an Argument that the Natural Heat of the Part is extinguished by some malign Humor, which has caused the Putrefaction of it, or by some vehement Inflammation: But if [Page 1233] it becomes of a leaden Colour, by reason of the greatness of the Con­fusion, it is not so dangerous, be­cause the Evil may be prevented by application of Digestive or Suppurative Medicaments.

XXVIII. If the Memory is im­paired, the Reason is hurt, the Tongue falters, the Eyes grow dim, the Ears grow thick of hearing, or deaf; if the Sick cannot move himself, or sinks from the head of the Bed downwards, and a conti­nual Fever with raving is present; if either the Tongue grows black, of Clefts, or Pustules appear upon it; if the Wound grows dry, and yields no Pus or Mat­ter, or becomes of a livid Co­lour; if the Excrements be sup­pressed, a Convulsion, Palsey, or Apoplexy do ensue, with a weak Pulse, and often Faint­ings away; if all, or most of these Symptoms are present, or do appear, you may boldly pre­sage that Death is at hand.

XXIX. These Symptoms if they appear presently after the Wound is received, bespeak, that the substance of the Brain is hurt; but if they are manifest about fourteen days after, more or less, they cause an Inflammation and Phlegmon of the Brain, by reason of the great Effusion of putrified Blood upon it. Pa­raeus, lib. 9. cap. 12.

XXX. Some escape, who have great and dangerous Fractures of the Skull; others again die, where the Fracture is small, and but slight to all appearance; but this is caused, 1. From the strength or weakness of the Bo­dy. 2. From the differences of the Parts hurt, some being more Sensible, or full of Vessels, or more Noble than the other. 3. From the diversity of Sym­ptoms, some being more gentle, others more vehement; of which you may see Examples in Hip­pocrates, Epidem. lib. 7.

I. Of Fractures of the Skull in Children.

XXXI. The Cure. They are either without a Wound, or with a Wound. If they are without a Wound, nor any fearful Symptom at­tending; but the Skull is depressed, and an effusion of Blood out of the Veins, does wave up and down un­der the Skin, when it is com­pressed, (which falls out some­times in hard Labour) the Hair is to be shaved off, and a soft Linnen-cloth 3 or 4 times dou­ble, and well dipt into a Mix­ture of Oil of Roses, whites of Eggs, and Vinegar, is to be ap­plied to the Childs Head, and to lie 24 Hours before it is removed.

XXXII. If it is in the heat of Summer, it is to be applied cold; but in the Winter time, or cold Weather, it must be warm: This will repress or hinder the flux of Humors for the future, and dis­cuss those which are already upon the Part.

XXXIII. After this, to the twelfth day, this Cataplasm is to be applied warm. ℞ Catechu, Myrtle-berries, red Boses, Samach, A. ℥iss. Barley and Bean flower, Rice-meal, A. ℥i. dried Sou­thernwood, and Wormwood, A. ℥ss. Caraway and Fennel seeds, A. ʒiss. all being in fine pouder, boil them [Page 1234] in rough red Wine ℥xiv. to the consistency of a Cataplasm, adding afterwards Honey ℥ii. Oil of Ro­ses ℥iss. mix them.

XXXIV. Apply it large enough to cover some of the adjacent parts; not too little of it, lest it grow dry, nor too much, lest it hurts by it's weight; and warm, that it of­fends not by its coldness, and let it be renewed Morning and Evening.

XXXV. And from the 12 to the 24 day, you may apply Empl. Album, malaxed with Oil of Roses, adding ℥i. of the Oil to ℥iv. of the Emplaster. After the 24 day, you may apply Sticti­cum Paracelsi, malaxed with Oil of Roses in the former propor­tion, till the Cure is complea­ted.

XXXVI. Arcaeus, lib. 1. cap. 5. advises to dress Childrens Heads thus: For the first dressing, ℞ Vinegar ℥ii. pouder of Myrtle-berries ℥ss. Barley and Bean flower, A. ʒiii. mix, and boil to the con­sumption of a Cataplasm, adding one Egg, white and yolk beaten to­gether, with Oils of Roses and Myrtles, A. ʒii.

XXXVII. Afterwards, a Ce­rate made of Wax, Honey, Lapis Haematitis, Pumice-stone, Cumin-seeds, Wormwood, and Wheat­meal, is to be applied; or in­stead thereof Diachylon malaxed with Oil of Lillies, to be applied as the former.

XXXVIII. If there is a Wound with the Fracture, but without dangerous Symptoms, if the shivers or fragments of the Cranium stick together, Arcaeus will have them by no means to be taken forth, but the Fracture only to be anointed with his Liniment warmed, and applied with 3 or 4 Feathers, stripped till you come within an Inch of their ends, and tyed together with a Thread.

XXXIX. If dangerous Sym­ptoms are present, as vomiting of Choler, Fever, Convulsion, Pal­sey, &c. by which we know the Brain to be affected, the Cranium is then to be opened: Fallopius, in Hippoc. de Vulneribus Capitis, cap. 47. and Langius, his Epi­stles, Tom. 1. Epist. 5.

XL. The Skull being opened, these Wounds and Fractures in Children, are no otherwise to be dressed than those in full-grown Persons, which in the following Discourse we shall at large de­clare.

II. Of Fractures of the Scull, in grown Persons.

XLI. In every Fracture of the Skull, we are to consider how it may be Cured: It is either with­out a Wound, and then we are to consider, whether or no the soft parts above the Skull are to be opened by Section: Or it is with a Wound, and then we are to consider, whether the Skull is to be opened or not; and if it is to be opened, by what Arti­fice it is best to be done.

XLII. If the Fracture is small, and no evil Symptoms suddenly follow upon it, but that in a few days the depression of the Skull risea up again of its own accord, without any Inflammation, or other Tumor in the fleshy Parts, the opening may be forborn safely [Page 1235] till you see farther; for many times Nature her self, (being assisted with some proper To­picks) makes a Consolidation of the Bones.

XLIII. But if the Fracture is great, or very manifest, with evil Symptoms present, or seeming im­mediately to follow, there is a necessity then of making an In­cision into the fleshy Parts, even to the Skull; and this by the Authority of Hippocrates, Galen, Celsus, and other the Ancient Physicians.

XLIV. If Blood or Pus falls upon the Meninges, or the Brain, Death will suddenly follow after, if a way is not presently made for their Evacuation, by an Incision of the fleshy Parts, and opening of the Skull; and this daily Expe­rience shews us, thro' the omis­sion of these Operations.

XLV. Now the Reasons for this Section or Incision, are, 1. That if dangerous Symptoms are pre­sent, the Skull it self may be viewed, whether it be hurt or not. 2. For the removal of such things, as Blood or Pus, which may offend the Mem­branes, or Brain; also pieces of the Weapon wounding, or Frag­ments of the Skull it self prick­ing those Parts.

XLVI. As to the places where this Incision is to be made. It may be made in all the parts of the Hairy-scalp, the Sutures, and the Temporal-Muscles only ex­cepted.

XLVII. The Sutures are to be avoided, because the Filaments or Fibres by which the Meninges are joined to the Pericranium, are of an exquisite Sense, which being wounded, may be inflamed, and by consent of Parts, communi­cate the Inflammation to the Membranes of the Brain, and Brain it self. Fallopius, in Hip­de Vulner. Capitis, cap. 19.

XLVIII. The Temporal Muscles are to be avoided, 1. Because a Paralysis will be caused on that side the Head, on which the Wound is made, and a Convul­sion on the other side, by which an uncomely Distortion of the Face will be made. 2. Because if the Incision is made trans­verse, (which is the most dan­gerous) it will scarcely ever be healed; for that it is almost always in motion, when we eat, drink, or speak. 3. Because the Sutura Squammosa lies under it, which is to be avoided for thereason in the former Section. 4. Because many Arteries, Veins, and Nerves are spread through­out it; and if they should be transversly cut, many dangerous Symptoms would ensue, as ve­hement Pain, Inflammation, Fe­ver, Convulsion, and great He­morrhage, also Fainting, or Swooning, because of the want and emptiness of the Vessels containing the Vital and Ani­mal Spirits. Paraeus, lib. 9. cap. 19. Pallopius, in Hipp. &c. cap. 38.

XLIX. As to the form of the Incision; the Hair being shaved off, you must make it cross­wise, and then with a Chizel, or sharp point of an Incision-knife, and beginning at the points of the Incision, take all up to the Cranium; then the [Page 1236] Pericranium is to be separated from the Cranium, either with your Nails, or with some other proper Instrument; and you are to begin the Separation from the points of the Incision.

L. If the Pericranium is not separated, it will induce great Pain, and an Inflammation, and possibly a Fever, more especially if it is torn with a Raspatory or Trepan. Paraeus, lib. 9. cap. 4.

LI. But this is to be considered, that no transverse Incision be made a little above the Eye-lids, lest the Frontal Muscle being cut asunder transversly, the Eye-lid should not be lift up, or a Palsey should hap­pen to the same; for which rea­son, in these places the Section must either be strait or oblique. Fallopius, in Hippoc. &c. cap. 23.

LII. As to what is to be done after the Incision. Care is to be taken to have all things necessa­ry in a readiness, to stop the bleeding. The Lips of the Wound are to be kept asunder with Dossels and Pledgets of Lint armed with Stypticks or Astrin­gents, if an Hemorrhage is fear­ed; otherwise (according to Arcaeus, lib. 1. cap. 4.) only with the white of an Egg beaten; or if to ease Pain, with the white and yolk beaten together, according to Fallopius, in Hip­poc. &c. cap. 29. and being thus drest up, it is not to be meddled withal for the space of 24 Hours.

LIII. In the mean season, you must be sure to give inwardly such things as strengthen the Heart, and fortifie the Animal Spirits; for which purpose we commend to you, Tinctures of Coral and [...], Syrups of Corals, and Pears, and of the Juice of Citrons or Limons, Bezoar Stone, Bezoar Animal, volatil Salts of Vipers, of Harts-horn, and of Sal Ar­moniack, Spirits of Angelica, Anise, Bawm, Caraways, Mar­joram, Mint, Limons, Oranges, Sage, Time, Tinctures of Saf­fron and Cochinele, Juice of Alkermes, &c. given with Sy­rup of Juice of Pomgranates, or of Citrons, mixed with Mint-water.

LIV. These things being done, we now come to the Fracture it self, and to the opening of the Skull, which is to be performed in due time, in a proper part, and with fit Iustruments, as we are even now going to de­clare.

LV. The Reasons why the Skull ought to be opened. 1. That the pieces of the Weapon, or shi­vers of the Bone may be taken away. 2. That the part of the Skull wholly broken off may be removed; or if yet joined to the rest of the Bone, it pricks or hurts the Meninges. 3. That if the fractured Part be only de­presied, it may either be redu­ced or taken away. 4. That if either Blood or Pus be fallen upon the Membranes, thro' rup­ture of some Vessel, it may be taken away. 5. That way may be made for the application of fit Medicaments.

LVI. The time in which the Skull ought to be opened. Fallopi­us, loco citato, cap. 34. Arcaeus, lib. 1. cap. 4. and Paraeus, lib. 9. cap. 4. say, that it ought to be opened before the fourth day: [Page 1237] but it is sometimes opened with good success after the seventh day, both in Summer and Winter.

LVII. If then you are called to one of these Fractures on the fourth day, you may defer it 'till the seventh day, yea 'till the ninth is past, if ill Symptoms force you not to open it sooner: for on the fourth day the putrifaction of the Hu­mors begin, as also the contest of Nature against the Disease; in which time, it is not good to obstruct Nature, or trouble her in her work: yet if you fear de­lay may breed danger, you are presently to do it, even on the Critical Day.

LVIII. The Place, where it ought to be opened. In those Fractures where a part of the fractured Scull is to be taken away, for the discharging of the Blood or Sanies, &c. it is to be done on the depending part; except, 1. The Meninges be inflamed, whereby they may be apt to swell above the Cranium. 2. When the Membranes are also woun­ded, so that the Brain appears: in this case, opening on the depending part is to be avoided; for the Brain being of a soft and fluid substance, it would be apt to fall down to the Hole or Opening, or fall out. Fallop. libro citato, cap. 35.

LIX. The Quantity of the Scull, which ought or may be taken away. Either the whole fractured piece is to be taken away, or only a part of it. If in a Fissure or Cut with an edged Weapon, the passage is not wide enough, the whole Bone which is seen, is to be removed.

LX. If the Fracture is in the Scull, as on the Vertex or Crown, where no depending Hole can be made to evacuate the Blood, Sanies, or Pus from the Meninges, the whole piece also is to be taken away: and all the shivered or splintred Bones which cleave not together, are also to be removed.

LXI. Otherwise, so much of the Scull only is to be removed; as co­vering the Dura Mater becomes black: and so much as may make way for the application of pro­per Medicaments.

LXII. The Chief Instruments with which the Skull is to be opened: These are, 1. The Rasp. 2. The Levator. 3. The Head-Saw. 4. The Terebellum, or Gimblet. 5. The Trepan.

LXIII. 1. The Use of the Rasp You may have several sorts of this Instrument, narrow and broad. First, placing the Patient in a good posture, wrap up the Head in folded Cloths, stop the Ears with Cotton, that the noise may not offend them; and cover the lips of the Wound with rags of Linnen Cloth, to defend them from the Air, and keep them from the Instruments touching them.

LXIV. Then, the Head being laid, and kept immoveable, make use first of the broadest Rasp, then of that which is narrower, and lastly of the narrowest: and that they may cut the better, let them be often moistned with Oil of Roses, that they may rasp the easier, and not heat the Scull: if Blood comes upon your Work, use a mixture of Vin­egar and Water.

LXV. They are of use in Fis­sures or Clefts of the Scull, and in Cuts with an edged Weapon; when the narrow point of the Weapon is left behind in the Bone: now after the Rasps are used, you must make use of the same Applications which are used after the Trepan.

LXVI. 2. The Use of the Levator. You may have them of several bignesses and strengths, and of divers forms; such as you may see in Paraeus, lib. 9. cap. 4, & 5. When you use them, you must be cautious, that you gently and equally lift up the Bone, and every part of it which is to be lifted up: for if any part of it be left depressed, it may hurt the Dura Mater.

LXVII. 3. The Use of the Head-Saw. It is to be used, when there is a Depression, or a Fracture on one side of the Bone: for one side being divided by it, in a streight Line, there will be way made both for the taking away of the Bone, and for the dis­charge of Blood, Sanies, or Pus, with very little loss of the sub­stance of the Scull: it also serves to cut asunder the distances of the Scull, which are left after the application of the Trepan in se­veral places.

LXVIII. 4. The Use of the Terebellum, or Gimblet. This is an Instrument which Coopers use, to raise up the slaves or heads of Vessels: it has a screw-point, which by turning, and pressing upon it as it is turned, fastens into the Bone, and so helps to pull the piece out of it, after it is in part cut by the Trepan; for that it is not safe to cut the whole Cranium thro', as in the Bones of the Forehead.

LXiX. It has another use also, which is for reducing, or raising a depressed part of the Scull; by first making a small hole therein with the Pin of the Trepan, and then screwing it in.

LXX. 5. The Use of the Tre­pan. The Ʋses for which it is applied, are threefold: viz. 1. To remove all such things which may hurt the Membranes and the Brain; as Blood, Sanies, Pus, Shivers of the Bone, bits of the Weapon, &c. 2. To raise up a Bone, depressing the Menin­ges and Brain, &c. 3. To make way for the application of Me­dicaments.

LXXI. The Places to which the Trepan may be applied. 1. It ought not to be applied upon the Fracture: for it will increase the mischief, especially if there are many fractured Fragments. 2. Nor is it to be put upon a Suture: for so the Neurotick Fibres, as also the Arteries and Veins, by which the Dura Meninx is joined to the Pericranium, and which give nourishment to it, would be lacerated or torn; from whence would come great Pain, Inflammation; and Hemor­rhage; which being communi­cated to the Membranes and Brain, might much hurt them. 3. Nor is it to be applied to the Temples; because of the Tempo­ral Muscles and Sutura Squam­mosa. 4. Nor to the places a little above the Eyebrows; because it would scarcely ever after heal, or be skinn'd. 5. Nor to the Sin­ciput [Page 1239] in Children, not above seven years old; for that it is dan­gerous to apply it there, in such as are of ripe age. 6. Nor yet to the lower parts of the Scull; especially if the Membranes are wounded; left the Brain should press out thro' the Foramen or Hole.

LXXII. The Way of applying the Trepan. 1. Take out the Pin, when you are come to the se­cond Table. 2. Let it be moist­ned with Oil, that it may cut the better. 3. The way the Trepan has made is to be now and then moistned with cold Water, lest by the sawing of the Trepan, the Scull should be healed. 4. You are to wipe away the Blood with a piece of Spunge, that you may see which part is deepest cut, and so lean hardest upon the other side. 5. When the Part cut by the Trepan begins to shake, your safest way will be to lift it up with the Levatòr. 6. If there be any ragged or pointed Fra­gments, which may hurt the Membranes, they are to be taken away with the Scalptor lenticu­latus, or the hollow Scraping. Levatory, (see it, Tab. 6. K.) 7. The Piece being taken out, the Wound and Fracture are to be drest with proper Topicks, as we shall presently teach you. See Lib. 1. Cap. 2. Sect. 3. ad 11. of this present Sixth Book.

LXXIII. Now because the Tre­pan cannot well be applied, without a true knowledge of the Cranium, we shall here give you a short Description of it. First, the Hairy-Scalp presents it self; in which there is to be consi­dered, its Sense, Thickness, Ves­sels, and Muscles which lye under it. The Hairy-Scalp is thinnest on the top of the Head, nor is there any Muscle between it, and the Scull on that part; except you will call the Membra­na Carnosa a Muscle, which some Anatomists of late do, and it may be not improperly, because by it, many Men move the whole Scalp.

LXXIV. If a Fracture is to be feared, there, viz. in the Vertex, you may boldly cut into the Hairy-scalp, because it is of a dull Sense, and easily healed up again: but be cautious of making an Inci­sion into the Forehead; where a transverse Wound may cause the Eyebrows to fall over the Eyes: for which cause, if you are forced to make an Incision, let it be according to the length of the Fibres: nor make any Incision on the Temporal Mu­scles, because Convulsions and other ill Symptoms may happen.

LXXV. Ʋnder the Hairy-scalp lyes the Pericranium, which you are to cut thro', in making way to the Cranium: you are to raise them both together, when you lay the Cranium bare for the use of the Terebra or Trepan: for in tearing this Membrane, great Pain, Inflammation and Fever may follow; as we have before told you.

LXXVI. Now follows the Cra­nium it self, which is a concave or hollow Bone, composed of many parts joined together by Sutures; of which there are five which chiefly concern us, viz. three [Page 1240] true ones, the Coronalis, Lam­bdoides, and Sagittalis; and two false ones, Suturae Nothae; which two, and chiefly to be regarded, are the Squammosae, that run under the Temporal Muscle on each side, round about the outermost Verge of each Ear.

LXXVII. Thro' the Sutures, the Dura Mater passes, and is con­tinued with the Pericranium: the Sutures also divide the Bones so, that if one part of the Scull is broken, the other may be preserved whole or intire, which otherwise would be in much hazard: these Sutures are also weak in re­sisting of Blows, or great exter­nal Force; and between them Pus or Matter may be unhappi­ly retained, and cause a Caries, and sooner work thro' the Dura Mater, than in the other parts of the Scull.

LXXVIII. Now the way to find these Sutures out, is by drawing a String cross the Head from Ear to Ear; and another from the Nose to the Crown of the Head: the for­mer of these will shew the Sutu­ra Coronalis, the latter the Su­tura Sagittalis, which usually begins at that Point where these Lines intersect; being the Part where Fontanels or Issues are made, and reaches to the Crown of the Head, joining to the Lam­bdoides; sometimes beginning just at the Nose.

LXXIX. The Lambdoides rises at the end of the Sagittalis, and goes forked down the two sides of the Occiput.

LXXX. Now this is to be ob­served, that the Cranium is thin­nest in the middle part of the Head, thickest in the hinder part, and of a middle thickness in the Forehead: for which reason it is, that Wounds are most dangerous on the Crown of the Head, where the Scull by reason of its thin­ness, easily communicates its Injuries to the Brain; as also for that the uppermost part of the Brain there, lieth high, as it were imbossed; one of the largest cavities being imme­diately under the Scull, and many Capillary Veins running so close with it, as to make them­selves Trenches in the concave parts of the Cranium: for which reason, upon a Blow, Contusion, or Fracture in this place, the Veins may easily be broken, and the Blood extravasated between the Cranium and Dura Mater; whence ill Accidents easily follow.

LXXXI. The Dura Mater lies next under the Scull, and under that the Pia Mater, upon the sub­stance of the Brain; of which see Lib. 4. Cap. 27. Sect. 4, & 5. under the Pia Mater lies the Brain, in whose Ventricles is lodged the Plexus Choroides, and under whose Basis lye a great number of branches of both Arteries and Veins, which by great blows of the Head are sometimes broken.

LXXXII. Now the Scull by violence may be broken; which if it is so broken, as that a piece is divided from the rest of the Scull, it is properly called a Fracture: this Fracture consists sometimes but of one piece, sometimes of many pieces; some whereof are deprest upon the Membranes, yea sometimes into the Brain it [Page 1241] self; whilst others lie entan­gled in the Flesh: but this you must observe, that you take not out more Bones than needs must; for recent Fractures of the Cranium, do easily Unite, like those in other parts, if the Pus or Matter has a way made, to discharge its self from with­in. See lib. 4. cap. 27. Sect. 20.

LXXXIII. The Cranium be­ing thus perforated by the Mo­diolus, Terebra, or Trepan, (call it by which Name you please) you are then to come to the Dres­sing: first wipe off the Saw-dust of the Bone, with a bit of soft Sponge, or a little Lint upon your Probe; then come to the dressing, about which Authors somewhat differ.

LXXXIV. Avicen advises to Lenients: Celsus to driers, and sharp Vinegar: others to Honey of Roses, mix'd with Spirit of Wine.

LXXXV. If there is Putrefa­ction of the Membrane, then Ho­ney of Roses mixt with Spirit of Wine may be used; and stronger Detersives may be used, as the Putrefaction is more or less.

LXXXVI. If much Blood is ex­travasated, or you fear a Haemor­rhage, Celsus his drying pouders or drying Balsams, with sharp Vinegar may be used; but this is to be done when there is a Co­agulation of the Blood, and danger of Putrefaction.

LXXXXVII. But if the Blood is recent, and exceeds not in quan­tity being caused by some scratch of the Trepan, or some little Splinters of the inner Table, and the Mem­brane is fresh, and of its natural colour, it is not prudent to grieve the Membrane, now exposed to the Air with Detersives, or with Vinegar, or Honey of Roses with Spirit of Wine; because these things are contrary to the Indi­cations of Cure, which teaches us to digest recent Wounds, before we deterge or cleanse; nor in this case, is there any thing to be cleansed off.

LXXXVIII. Digestives are therefore to be used: some put down into the hole a long Lin­nen or Silk Rag upon the Dura Mater, which is wet or moist­ned with hot Oil of Roses, and ty'd at the end with a Thread, that it may be drawn out at pleasure; that so the matter run­ning out, may be turned into quittor, and the Membranes de­fended from being hurt by the Bone.

LXXXIX. After the Rag is put in, they stop the place up with dry Lint, laying dry Lint also up­on the naked Bone, and anoint the lips of the Wound with some Di­gestive, upon which they lay Linimentum Simplex, with a hole in the middle of the Cloth, that the Pus may not be stopped in; and over that a mixture of Wax and Oil; and then bind it up with the Band-Cancer; anoin­ting the Parts adjacent with Repelling Oils or Ointments, to hinder Inflammation.

XC. Others apply a piece of Sat­tin, or other Silk, moistned in a mixture of Honey of Roses, and Oil of Roses, which is continued 'till the seventh day: afterwards they use a mixture of Oil of [Page 1242] Roses, and Oil of Hypericon; and anoint the Cranium with Linimentum Arcaei melted, fil­ling up the hole with Dosils and Pledgets, and laying over it such Topicals as we have before set down.

XCI. Wiseman advises to use Lenients, which by the advice of Fallopius and Aquapendens is a mixture of Oil of Roses with Rosin of the Fir-tree, or pure Turpentine, afterwards diminishing the Oil, and increasing the Rosin or Tur­pentine: this mixture of Oil and Turpentine, by its Empla­stick and Digestive qualities, perfects the Concoction sooner than other things; and by its Anodyn quality, secures the Part from Inflammation. See lib. 4. cap. 27. Sect. 15. 16. &c.

XCII. Or, ℞ Oil of Roses ℥iv. Honey of Roses, Spanish Wine, A. ℥iii. Venice Turpentine ℥i. Grains of Kermes ℥ss. Seeds of Hypericon ʒi. boil to the Consum­ption of the Wine, then strain, and add Aloes in fine pouder ʒi. mix them.

XCIII. In the application of Topicks, consider the Part, and habit of the Body, and add to, or diminish the Ingredients according­ly as you design to Digest, Deterge, or Incarnate: and tho' some Authors limit us as to time, to dress with these or other Medi­caments; as to use Digestives to the fourth day; Detersives to the seventh day; and Sarcoticks to the fourteenth day: yet herein, you must make use of your own Judgment; always taking care to conserve the native heat.

XCIV. The Lips of the wounded Scalp you may dress with this. ℞ Oil of Roses ℥jss. Turpentine washed ℥i. Gum Elemi dissolved and strained ℥ss. Yolk of an Egg ʒi. Saffron in pouder ℈i. mix them: by the speedy Di­gestion of the Wound the cure will be hastned.

XCV. After Digestion Sp. Vini will be found a thing of singular use, and by reason of its drying quality is most admirable, not only for Wounds of the Hairy-Scalp, and Cranium, but of the Meninges also; being used either alone upon Lint, or mix'd with Honey of Roses, or Syrup of dry'd Roses.

XCVI. Or thus mix'd. Take S.V. ℥vi. fine Aloes ℥i. Myrrh ℥ss. Frankincense, Sarcocol, A. ʒii. mix them. Or, ℞ S.V. ℥. xxiv. Malago Wine ℥xvi. Tur­pentine ℥vi. Centory the less in pouder ℥jss. Flowers of Hypericon in pouder ℥ss. mix, infuse in B.M. and make a Balsam, which ap­ply warm upon the Meninges.

XCVII. If the Dura Mater has changed its color, and will not be cleansed with the former things; then, ℞ Turpentine wash'd in White-wine ℥vi. Spirit of Wine ℥iii. Honey of Roses ℥ii. Myrrh, Aloes, white Sugar, A. ℥ss., mix them.

XCVIII. If the Wound tends to Putrefaction, Scarifie the Lips, and apply this. ℞ Mithridate ℥jss. Venice Treacle ℥ss. Vng. Aegyptiacum ʒii. Myrrh, Scordi­um in pouder, A. ℈ii. Spirit of Wine, q.s. mix them, and ap­ply it.

XCIX. When the Putrefaction is removed, you may dress it with this of Johannes Andraeas à [Page 1243] Cruce. ℞ Venice Turpentine, Honey of Roses of each equal Parts, mix them; this and the other Medicaments may be apply'd upon a piece of Silk or fine Linnen Cloth cut round, pro­portional to the hole made in the Skull, which is to be placed under the edges of the Cranium by the Lenticular Instrument, to keep the edges of the perfora­ted Bone from hurting the Dura Mater: A Thread or Silk must be fastned to it in the middle, to pull it out at pleasure: and over it you are to apply Dosils of Lint to fill up the void space in the Bone, thereby to keep the Dura Mater from rising above it.

C. And daily, when the Wound is bound up, let the Patient pro­mote the comming forth of the Matter, which is run to the Membranes of the Brain, by Breathing out at the Nose, keeping the Mouth shut: and when you find the Wound Di­gests, and good Pus to appear upon the Dura Mater, or on the Rag ty'd to the Thread; you may then absterge with some of the former things, or with Honey of Roses strained only.

CI. On the Bone lay dry Lint; and upon the Lips, Lint wet, spread with some detersive Dige­stive; continuing those things as long as you see needful, with Hippocrates his Empl. of Wax and Oil, astringent Oils, and the application of the Band Cancer.

CII. When the Wound and Membrane are fully cleansed, omitting the Rag and Honey of Roses, or the other Medicaments, you may put into the hole a round gobbet of dry Lint, ap­plying to the Bone this pouder. ℞ Orrice-roots, Birthwort-roots, Frankincense, all in pouder, A. ʒi. Sanguis Draconis, Catechu, Harts-horn burnt, A. ʒjss. Aloes, Ma­stick, Myrrh, A. ʒss. make all into a fine pouder, which apply upon dry Lint.

CIII. The Skull will Scale, as Arcaeus lib. 1. cap. 4. says, in about 24. or 25. days, if the Li­nimentum Arcaei be apply'd to the Bone; but Paraeus says it will be 40 or 50 days: from whence it appears that a certain set time of the Scaling is hard to be de­termined.

CIV. When you dress the Wound, embrocate the adjacent parts of the Head with Oil of Roses warm'd, as also the Neck, more especial­ly where the Jugular Veins are; as well to asswage the pain if it is vehement, as to contemperate the heat of the Blood and Hu­mors.

CV. Dress the lips of the Wound with Linimentum Arcaei, or some other Sarcotick Ointment, over which lay Diapalma, or Empl. Album, with a Treble Linnen Cloth, wet in a Cepha­lick Decoction of Red Wine, and then squeez'd out; with these things, and the Linim. Arcaei, let the Bone be covered with good Flesh, and produce the Cicatrice with Epuloticks ac­cording to Art.

CHAP. XIII. Of a FISSƲRE or CLEFT of the SKƲLL.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in La­tin, Fissura vel Rima Cranii: and in English, A Fissure or Cleft of the Skull.

II. The Kinds. There are two kinds of Fissures. 1. Fissura simply so called, which is a Cleft of the Skull upon the very place where the blow was made. 2. [...]. Cranii Contrafissura, a Contrafissure of the Skull; where­in the Cleft is made on the op­pofite side or place, to that where the blow was given.

I. Of a Fissure or Cleft of the Skull, in the Part wounded.

III. Rima, or Fissura, is made by a hard and blunt Weapon, some­times passing but thro' one of the Tables only, and sometimes thro' both; and this is accounted one of the simple kinds of Fractures.

IV. Rima, or Fissura, is also twofold, 1. Conspicua, which is easily to be discerned by the Eye. 2. Inconspicua, which is scarcely to be discerned by the naked Eye, without something of Art is added; and this is cal­led Rima Capillaris, because the Cleft seems to be as small as a Hair.

V. The Signs. Rima, or Fis­sura Conspicua, if it passes but thro' the first Table, to the spongy part between the two Tables, it is not only discernable by the Eye; but the Bone being wiped clean and dry, you will find after a little time, a little bloody Juice to issue out thereat.

VI. Fissura Inconspicua, or Rima Capillaris, is not easie to be found out: If therefore you cannot discern it by the naked Eye, or by help of a Microscope, or Magnifying-glass; you must cause the Pati­ent to hold in his Breath, and to stretch out his Brest as much as may be, and possibly a thin Sanies or Bloody Humor may issue out, which is a good sign.

VII. If by this nothing appears, rasp or scrape that part of the Skull most suspected, and then drop a few drops of Ink upon it, and so dress it up; the next dressing dry the Skull, and cleanse it with a wet Rag, or Sponge; and if any Fissure be; you will see the tract thereof by the Ink, which will be sunk into, and re­main in the Capillary Cleft thereof.

VIII. The Prognosticks. As no Fracture of the Head is with­out danger, so that of a Fissure cannot be exempted; for that sometimes, for want of due Care, it carries Death along with it.

IX. If a Fissure is accompanied with evil Symptoms, there is much danger; and if the Skull [Page 1245] be not suddenly opened in such a Case, Faintings, Convulsions, and Death often ensue.

X. The Cure. If the Cleft or Crack gapes so, that Pus or Matter may come freely forth from it, there is no need to use the Tre­pan, or to dilate the Wound with an Ineision-knife; and therefore Chalmetaeus says rightly, that those deserve to be Censured and Reprehended, who not on­ly in a small Fissure of the Skull, (tho' it penetrates not) but also in a great Fissure, are bold to set on the Trepan, by which great Error, the Cure is very much prolonged, to the great damage of the Patient.

XI. Therefore, when (in this Case) the Trepan is not necessary, you must follow exactly the Cure of a narrow Fissure, as if it were after the use of the Trepan.

XII. If the Fissure passes not deeper than to the spongy part be­tween the two Tables, it is then so far to be dilated: If it passes thro' both the Tables of the Skull, then it is to be dilated even to the Dura Mater, or thro' the first Table at least, ma­king way thro' the second also; wherein you are to leave a suffi­cient opening for the clotted Blood, Sanies, or Pus, and in the depending part of the Head, thro' the second Table.

XIII. In the Fissura Inconspi­cua, after you have besmeared it with Ink, and come to the second dressing, you will see whether any signs of the Ink remains in the Skull, or not; if so, you must continue your rasping until the Ink with the Fissure is wholly gone, and the Bone grows some­what bloody.

XIV. After which you may ap­ply this Pouder: Take Catechu, Sanguis Draconis, Harts-horn burnt, A. ʒiss. fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Orrice-roots, Frankin­cense, Olibanum, A. ʒi. Mastich, Myrrh, A. ʒss. make all into a fine pouder.

XV. If you fear the second Ta­ble is crackt also, or that any Blood is fallen down upon the Dura Ma­ter, you must continue the Dilata­tion, even till you can discover that Membrane; and now you are to make use of the Trepan, or Trafine; tho' in all sorts of Fis­sures, these Instruments at first are to be avoided, and Raspato­ries only are to be made use of, by which the Fissure is to be suf­ficiently pared; but yet you are not to take away more of the Bone than need requires.

XVI. After which, the afore-described Pouder is to be laid on, or dry Lint, avoiding Digestives, or Ointments, or any fat or greasy thing; and the Lips of the Wound are to be drest in all re­spects, as after the application of the Trepan,

XVII. A Digestive is to be ap­plied to them upon Lint, and upon that Linimentum simplex, or that of Arcaeus, or this Mixture of Hippocrates: ℞ Oil of Roses ℥ii. Wax ℥i. mix them; and you are to bind it up with the Band-Cancer.

XVIII. When good Pus or Mat­ter appears, mix Detersives with Digestives, till the Wound is per­fectly clean, strewing the Bone with the Pouder afore-described, [Page 1246] and applying dry Lint thereon; but to the Lips Linim. Arcaei, or some Sarcotick Ointment with Diapalma, or Our Empl. Album, and over it a treble Linnen-cloth dipt in astringent Red-wine; lastly, incarnate and eicatrize according to Art.

II. Of a Contrafissure of the Skull.

XIX. A Contrafissure, or a Counter-Cleft, is that which is made (the place struck remaining whole) in the opposite part of the Cranium, or some distant place, from that on which the blow was given: This by some is called Resonitus.

XX. The Signs. This is hard to find out, yet there are some signs by which it may be discerned; there will be vomiting of Cho­ler, a Fever, and other Sym­ptoms belonging to a Fracture; and the Sick will be often put­ting his Hand to the place.

XXI. Some Tumor or Softness will appear in the Cutaneous Part which is directly over the Fracture, which if you find, you may con­clude there is a Contrafissure.

XXII. If the Fracture (not being in the Wound) is at some little distance from the Wound, and not in the opposite part, the Wound will not admit of Cure in that part which is near to the Fra­cture, but grow ill-conditioned and rebellious.

XXIII. The Wound will also flow with an ichorous thin Matter, and more plentifully than the mag­nitude of the Wound can seem to admit; the Flesh also growing pear to the Fracture, will be loose and spongy, not firm; and by the Probe thrust between, you will find the Cutis separated from the Cranium.

XXIV. If the Contrafissure is very remote, or much distant from the Part wounded, it is either in the self-same Bone, or in divers Bones. If it is in the self-same Bone, it may be either laterally, as when the left side of the Os Erontis is struck, and the right side is cleft, and contrariwise; or, perpendicularly, from the upper to the lower part; as when not the upper Table which received the blow is crackt, but the lower Table.

XXV. If the Contrafissure is in divers' Bones, then it is either when the right side: Suppose the right Parietal is struck, the cleft or crack will be in the left: Or, if the Os Frontis receive the blow, the Os Occipitis may be crackt.

XXVI. Now this kind of Fra­cture happens chiefly to such, who have either no Sutures at all, or, where they are either very obscure, or very close; for in such the Air being violently comprest, re­bounds to the contrary or oppo­site side, with the greater force; and so not being able to get out, makes a cleft.

XXVII. This has been often seen in the cracking of great Bells, designed for melting down: Do but bind the Bell round firmly with a Cord, or a Hoop; and then striking very hard upon it with a great Iron Hammer, the sound having not its wonted li­berty to get forth, or make its way thro, presently splits the [Page 1247] Bell in the place opposite to that where the blow was given.

XXVIII. To discover this kind of Fissure, the signs at Sect. 21. above, are for the most part pre­sent; besides, if there is a Tu­mor or Softness appearing, where-ever it is, you may be assured, that there is a Fracture in the Skull subjacent thereto.

XXIX. The Prognosticks. It is difficult to make the proper Prognosticks in this case; and if the Patient should die, the Ar­tist is not much to be blamed, because of the difficulty of know­ing truly how the Case is.

XXX. For if the Cranium should by a violent Contusion be de­pressed, and presently return to its own place, leaving no signs of a Fracture behind; it would be dif­ficult to foreknow the success: So also if the cleft or crack be only capillar, and hard to be seen.

XXXI. When the second Table of the Skull is broken, the first re­maining whole, it is very doubt­ful to be known, and therefore no presages can be exactly made.

XXXII. When the Fracture happens in the opposite part to that which is wounded, by reason it is not to be seen, the most Skilful Artist may easily be deceived, and therefore he is cautiously to deliver his Judgment.

XXXIII. For these Reasons then, if you suspect the Skull to be fractured, the Cutis Musculosa not being broken or divided, you are to enquire, whether the Pa­tient has vomited Choler, whe­ther he lost his sight, or could not speak; whether Blood did come forth of his Nostrils and Ears, or he seemed to be in a Trance; or whether he percei­ved a Vertigo, or giddiness af­ter the Blow, or a vehement Sickness at Stomach; for if these Symptoms have been, or are present, they indicate a Fracture: And then, tho' no other Symptoms do manifest themselves, you are farther to enquire, whether the Patient had not formerly the Headach, (for then there is less danger) and whether he was struck with a heavy Weapon, or by a strong Hand of one enraged; and whe­ther he felt or heard a noise in the Brain, when the Blow was given; if these signs appear, you are to suspend your judg­ment as to any good Event, and regulate your presages ac­cording to some other succeed­ing Accidents or Symptoms.

XXXIV. The Cure. If no Tumor or Softness appear in the op­posite part, you are to shave the Head, and apply upon the Part Empl. Cephalicum for 24 Hours; or this, ℞ Ship-pitch, and Wax, A. ℥iii. Turpentine, Gum Elemi, A. ʒvi. Mastich, Orrice in pou­der, A. ʒiii. mix, and make an Emplaster, and apply it to the opposice part.

XXXV. If after the Emplaster is taken away, the Cutis Muscu­losa appears in any place more moist, soft, or swell'd, than the rest of it is, it is very probable that there is a Fracture.

XXXVI. When the Fracture is found, it is Cured as a Contusion of the Skull, with a Fracture un­der a whole Skin; viz. by ma­king Incision in the Skin with [Page 1248] an Incision-knife, and separating it with the Pericranium from the Bone, and then, (if the crack which penetrates is narrow) perforating the Skull with the Trepan, &c.

XXXVII. If the second Table is broken, the first remaining whole, then you are to apply the Trepan, as well for this cause, to take away the Splinters which may prick the Dura Mater; as for another cause, to make way for the discharge of Blood, Sanies, Pus, &c.

XXXVIII. Having found out a Contrafissure, you are first to make Incision thro' the soft parts above the Cranium, and then with your Rasps to make way for the discharge of the Blood, Sanies, Matter, &c.

XXXIX. If the Cranium is cleft, (the Cutis Musculosa, or the soft Parts above the Skull not being broken or wounded) and no fearful Symptoms appear, then you are to shave off the Hair on that part of the Head where the blow was received, and apply Anodyns or Medicaments easing Pain, which may be withal drying and astringent. As,

XL. Take Barley-flower ℥xii. pouder of red Roses, of Myrtle-berries, A. ℥ii. Catechu, Mastich, A. ℥i. Oil of Roses ℥iii. Vinegar, Water, A. q.s. mix, and boil to the Consistence of a Caetaplasm; this for Summer; but if it is Winter-time, instead of the Water, take as much Wine.

XLI. And now and then gently purge with an Infusion of Sena in half Wine half Water, or with Pulvis Cornachini mixt with Sy­rup of Roses solutive, or with Syrupus Catharticus.

XLII. Some open the Cephalick Vein on the same side, or apply Cupping-glasses with Scarification; and withal drop Oil of Sweet Almonds into the Ears, for dis­charge of the Sanies or Pus, if any is gathered there; also the pas­sages of the Nose are to be made smooth and slippery with Oil or sweet Butter.

XLIII. On the fourth day you may use a Gargarism, made of a Decoction of hull'd Barley, and Elm-bark, which is to be sweet­ned with Syrup of Mulberries, Mel Rosatum, or Oxymel sim­plex.

XLIV. After the seventh day, apply Discussives, as Diachylon simple & cum Gummi, Empl. de Betonica, and such other like; which soften with Oil of Roses, or Camomil.

XLV. But if after the use of all these means, dreadful Symptoms shall appear, (which may hap­pen, tho' the Parts above the Skull are not broken or wound­ed) you must not then defer the Incision of the Cutis Muscu­losa, and opening the Skull; for indubitably there is Blood, or Matter, or both, fallen upon the Dura Meninx; and this may be known by Blood coming forth from the Ears or Nostrils, after the blow was given; also by the sleepiness of the Patient, stupi­dity, or heaviness of the Head.

CHAP. XIV. Of a CONTƲSION or DEPRESSION of the SKƲLL.

I. IT is first culled in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Cranii depressio, a depressi­on of the Skull: And [...]. Cra­nium depressum, a Skull depressed.

II. It is also called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Cranii Contusio, a Contusion of the Skull: and [...]. Cranium Con­tusum, a Contused Skull.

III. A Depression or Contusion of the Skull, is made by a hard and blunt Instrument or Weapon, where­in the Skull is so hurt, that tho' it appears whole on the outside, yet it is depressed down, or bruised, and is for the most part severed from the whole within.

IV. Others define a depression of the Skull to be a Solution of Conti­nuity in the Cranium, made by the violence of some external In­strument or Weapon, whereby se­veral parts of it are brought nearer together, than naturally they should be.

V. It is indeed when the Skull is beaten down, or inwards: And it is either of the outward Ta­ble only, or of both Tables to­gether; in which latter kind, shivers of the Skull are many times separated from the whole Skull; and sometimes they cleave to the whole in one part, and are separate from it in ano­ther.

VI. The Signs. It is known partly by sight, partly by feeling, and partly by relation of the action, or force which was used, and kind of the Weapon giving the blow.

VII. In its beginning, it is known by the alteration of the Colour of the Skull; for while the Bone is living and sound, it is of a whi­tish Colour, mixed with a lively ruddiness; but if it is mortified, or dead, it will be white or whi­tish, without any kind of red­ness: And if it is carious or rot­ten, it will be of a livid or blackish Colour.

VIII. If therefore you meet with such a kind of Fracture, the plea­sant or desirable ruddiness of the Bone will be gone, and white spots or patches will appear in it, such as are sometimes seen upon the Nails of ones Fingers: If it is left untouched, so that the Disease makes a progress, it will be cari­ous, and of a livid or blackish Colour: In this kind of Fracture you are to take away so much of the Cranium, as is mortified by the Contusion with Raspatories, and then to heal up the Wound with Sarcoticks.

IX. The Prognosticks. If recent, and without evil Sym­ptoms, there is hope: But if evil Symptoms follow, not gradually, [Page 1250] but on a heap, and as it were up­on the spot, the danger of Death is not small.

X. If evil Symptoms come on with violence, and go off again, and then come on again, it shews that Nature has had a great contest with the Disease: and tho' she seems Victrix for a while, yet she is so spent, that at length she is overcome; and that last return of the Symptoms proves fatal, for they never go off any more, but with the Life of the Patient.

XI. The Cure. A Depression or Contusion is made in Children some­times without a Fracture, (by reason of the toughness of their Bones:) but there is for the most part the suspicion of a Fracture.

XII. It is cured, as Scultetus says, with admirable success, with the Skins of Beasts newly killea; especially of a Dog, Cat, Wea­zle, Rat, Mouse, Lamb, or Sheep; if applied while they are yet hot, and left on for 24 Hours.

XIII. If the Contusion is not wholly discussed with one Skin, you must apply another; and the Skin of a Lamb, or Sheep, is as powerful as any other.

XIV. By this one excellent Re­medy, Scultetus affirms that he has cured many; as also, that it never failed him: I have also used it three or four times with the like happy success: and with Sculte­tus, I advise all young Chirur­geons, that they never open Contusions, or other Tumors, unless they sind them to resist the help of Topicks.

XV. If with the said Contusion there is a Fracture, as in a simple Depression of the Scull, the Skin being whole above; if the fractu­red part cleave to the whole on one side, you are to elevate the other with a Levatory: but if with that it cannot be done, you are then to apply the Tre­pan, as near to the fractured part as you can, that as little of the Cranium, may be taken away, as may be.

XVI. Afterwards, you are either to reduce the depressed part to its own place, or wholly remove it, as you shall think most fitting: but in doing these things, you must take great care that the Meninges be not hurt by the sharp splinters of the fractured Bones.

XVII. But in Children this Con­tusion many times happens without a Fracture, (tho' scarcely ever in those of ripe age:) and therefore in those little ones the Depres­sion may be raised, as Paraeus, lib. 9. cap. 3. has taught; and that excellently, with a Cupping-Glass, and reduced to its proper place.

XVIII. Hildanus, Cent. 2. Obs. 5. invented two Helps, viz. a Horn-Cup, and an Emplaster; which if they prevail not, he then advises to the raising of the Bone by a Pierce, upon a Triploides: but this is in many things both needless and unprofitable, yea sometimes very dangerous.

XIX. For that such Depres­sions in Children, which press upon the Brain, hindering the generating and distributing of the Animal Spirits, are mortal: and in others, not only make work for the Chirurgeon, but oftentimes [Page 1251] prove very dangerous; because the Levitor being fastned upon the center of the Depression, the Pit in the Scull is easily made greater.

XX. 'Tis true, that Manual Operation being neglected, the Cure, with danger to the Fatient, is often prolonged: yet the prudent. Ar­tist ought rather to omit it, than to lay an Infamy upon the Art.

XXI. The only thing to be ap­plied, is the aforesaid hot Lamb­skin, for a day or two; with convenient Ligature of the Band-Cancer.

XXII. When the Tumor is dis­cussed, and no great Symptoms ap­pear, apply under the Lambskin Ceratum Diapalma, or Emplastr. Album, brought to the softness of a Cerat with Oil of Ben; which spread upon a broad Lin­nen Cloth, to corroborate the Part.

XXIII. If there is a Contusion of the Cutis Musculosa, a Depres­sion of the Scull, with a Fracture of the inner Table, without any Wound in the Flesh or Skin, or any Crack in the outward Table; you must presently cut the Skin with the Incision-Knife, either crosswise, like the Letter X; or triangu­larly, like the Greek Letter A, or the Greek Letter T.

XXIV. Then the Skin, Flesh, and Pericranium together, must be parted, or raised from the Scull, and the gaping Wound must be kept open with Pellets; to see whether there is a Chink, Cleft, or Crack with the Depression in the outward Table.

XXV. But if no such thing is found in that Table, but it appears whole; yet by the ill Symptoms accompanying the Depression, it is feared that the inward Table is broken: the Cranium must then be opened with the Trepan, by the side of the Depression, that the Matter which is fallen down by the secret Fissure of the inward Table, upon the Membranes of the Brain, may have a place to come forth; and the Scull which is depressed or fallen inwards, may be raised up, by the help of the Levitor.

XXVI. But if the Contusion is without a Depression, or Pitting-down, no Manual Operation must be attempted, but only the Lamb­skins aforementioned, are to be laid upon the place as afore­said; unless Symptoms shewing the Scull to be broken, follow.

XXVII. But if there is with the Depression, a broad Rife in the middle of the inward Table, or in one side of the Depression, it re­quires the taking off the Peri­cranium.

XXVIII. The Crack in the mid­dle of the Depression, is either broad or narrow: if it is broad, and the Depression not great, the Scull must be raised with the Levitor, in Tab. VI. Lett. N, M. But if the Depression is greater than ordinary, you must raise it with a stronger Levitor, as that in Tab. V. Lett. L, L.

XXIX. If with a broad Crack the Scull is gone far in, the said Levitors are then of little use; but you must come presently to the use of the Terebra and Tri­ploides.

XXX. If the Depression has a narrow Crack in the middle, then [Page 1252] at the bounds of the Depression, the Scull must be cut away with the Trepan: and the distance be­tween the Holes is to be taken a­way with a Turning-Saw; (which, if rightly made, with a double Socket, and a firm Screw) is done without the least danger.

XXXI. This done, you may raise the Depression with the Levitors, and take away any small fragments of Bones, (which are sometimes parted from the inward Table of the Scull, and prick the Mem­branes like Thorns) with all the ease imaginable.

XXXII. If with the Depression there is a Crack, whether broad or narrow, at the side of the De­pression, you must (if broad) pre a Levitor under the Scull, to raise it. Or, (if narrow) the Scull must be evenly terebrated on that side which is sound and bare, with the Modiolus or Tre­pan; and then it must be raised by the help of Levitors.

XXXIII. If the Levitor let down at one hole, cannot raise the Scull; you must make another hole, and then cut forth the di­stance between these holes, with the round Saw; that in what part soever of the Fissure it is need­ful, the Levitor may be put down, and the Scull raised by it.

CHAP. XV. Of an INCISION and PƲNCTƲRE of the SCƲLL.

I. THAT which the Greeks call, [...]. and the Latins, Cranii Incisio; we in English call, An Incision or Cutting of the Scull: but when any piece of the Scull is wholly cut off, then the Greeks call it, [...]. and the Latins, Cranii Excisio.

II. That which the Greeks call, [...]. and the Latins, Cranii Punctura; we in English call, A Puncture of the Scull: but when the Weapon sticks so fast, that by pulling it forth, the Scull thereby seems to be pulled up, and to vault forth; the Greeks call it, [...]. and the Latins, Cranii concameratio.

I. Of an Incision of the Scull.

III. An Incision is made by a cutting Instrument; wherein either a part of the Scull is raised up, but is yet fast to the other part: or, a mark of the Cut only remains in the Scull, according to the figure of the Instrument, which they call Sedes, or, the Seat; being the Seat of the Weapon: or, a part of the Scull is cut slopingly thro', and quite taken away.

IV. As to the Sedes, where the Print of the Weapon is only left behind in the Scull; the [Page 1253] Wound is to be dilated or opened, and the Skin and Flesh with the Pericranium is to be raised, and the Sedes or Seat of the Weapon is to be imme­diately pared away with a Knife or Chizel; or it must be scraped with a Scraping-Instrument, and that 'till the whole Sedes or Incision is gone.

V. After the Sedes or Print of the Weapon is pared or scraped away, you must dress it with con­venient Medicaments, such as we use in the Cure of a Fissure, or after the rasping of the Scull.

VI. If it passes thro' both Ta­bles, and splints of Bone prick the Meninges; and way enough is made by the Weapon, for the evacuating of the Pus or Matter; no farther apertion is to be made, but the Wound is to be dressed, as after the application of the Trepan.

VII. But if either splinters of Bones do offend the Dura Mater, or the way out is too narrow for the coming forth of the Sanies or Pus; a farther opening of the Scull is to be made, with such Instru­ments as you shall think most fit for the Operation.

VIII. But if the Sedes passes no farther than the first Table, then the Cranium is only to be smoothed with Raspatories; that the Pus or Matter may not settle in the Sedes, and so cause a deeper ca­riosity; and the Wound is to be drest with Linimentum Arcaei, melted in a Spoon: in these Cases many times, if the Patient is of a good habit of Body, the Cranium casts off no Scales.

IX. If a part of the Scull is raised up by the Cutting, out yet is fast on the other parts; having dilated the Wound, see whether the Weapon has passed the first Table only, or the first and second, if the first only, the Bone may be rasped away; but if both, there will be a necessity of applying the Trepan, to make way for the Matter.

X. The lips of the Wound may be kept asunder with Pledgets, or Dossels of fine Tow dipt in whites of Eggs, which will also stop the flux of Blood: the Parts which are ad­jacent are to be anointed with astringent Oils made hot, to prevent Inflammation, and con­venient Ligature is to be ap­plied, which is the Band-Cancer, with a thrice doubled linnen Cloth; that the wounded Parts may not be more hurt by the ambient Air, (which is an Enemy to the Wounds of the Head;) and that the Medicaments laid on, may be kept close, and not fall off.

XI. The following Figure repre­sents the Band-Cancer, which for Wounds of the Head, is the best of all to contain them, and also the most useful and commodious: it is broad in the middle A, and both ways it has four ends; of which two begin from the Temples, and end on the hin­der part of the Head; where they must be sewed, as E, E: two arise from the hinder part of the Head, and are bound together on the forepart of the Head, as B, B: two are turned behind the Ears, and fastned under the Chin, as C, C: and [Page 1254] two of them come before the Ears, and are fastned as the other also, under the Chin; as D, D.

The Band Cancer

XII. The second day, let the Wound be drest; being cleansed of its Sanies, let some Astringent Pouder or dry Lint be laid upon the Bone, and let the lips of the Wound be drest with some Dige­stive, which apply upon Lint; and and over that Emplastr. Album, or Diapalma, with a Hole cut in in it for the Pus to issue forth; over which Hole lay Linimentum Arcaei, with a Pledget of Cloth three times doubled: anoint the Parts adjacent with some Astrin­gent Oil before-named, then bind it up with the Band-Cancer, and a good Rowler; and con­tinue this course of Dressing, 'till a good and white sort of Pus, and not stinking, is pro­duced.

XIII. If the Artist is careful, he will find, where the Bone is only rasped or scraped, that if the Ce­phalick drying Pouders be strewed upon it, and dressed with dry Lent, it will be covered with Flesh the next day: they that will not endure Scraping or Rasping the Bone, (when it is altered) leave it to Nature for the Scaling of it: but such Men prolong the Cure.

XIV. The Wound being digested, you must daily apply Detersives, mixed with Digestves, until it is throughly cleansed; continuing the use of the Pledget of Cloth thrice doubled, with the Un­ctions and Bandage.

XV. The Wound being cleansed, you must with Sarcotick Ointments, as Linimentum Arcaei, &c. laid upon Lint, to the lips; fill it up with Flesh, (and not use Oil of Roses, as some Ignorants do;) and over that Diapalma, or Em­plastr. Album, malaxed with a little Oil; and then a Cloth thrice doubled, wet in Red-wine, or some Astringent Decoction, and prest out again.

XVI. The Wound being filled with Flesh, it must at last be covered with a Cicatrice; which is done either with dry Lint only, or else by applying Cera­tum Diviaum, or such other like; renewing the Dressing 'till the Skin is produced.

XVII. When a part of the Scull is separated, so that the first Table is divided from the second, and sticks close to the Skin, you must first take away the Bone, and then cure the Wound.

XVIII. If a part of the whole Scull is divided, so that the Dura Mater is seen, you must reduce [Page 1255] the Incision, being first cleansed with Canary or S.V. or with them mixed equally together; and so keep it, either by stitch­ing the Lips of the Wound, or rather by fit Bandage.

XIX. But a smooth Chopping away, or Cutting off a piece of the Skull, requires no Manual Operation; but it ought to be co­vered with Flesh, by strewing on it some Cephalick astringent Pouder, &c. as a Skull newly scraped, or rasped with Rasps.

II. Of a PƲNCTƲRE of the SKƲLL.

XX. If the Puncture pierces not both Tables, (as it seldom does) it must be taken off with Pier­cers, or the Trafine, which must be put just upon the middle.

XXI. But if it penetrates thro' both Tables, the Skull must be opened with the Trepan, setting the Pin of the Male-Trepan upon the Point or Puncture, and so turning it round till it make a print, upon which the Female may stand fast.

XXII. Now that these Opera­tions may be performed quickly, safely, and pleasantly, the Cutis Musculosa and Pericranium must be separated from the Bone: And when the Trepan has done its work, the rest of the Cure must be compleated, as we have al­ready taught in Chap. 12. Sect. 83. ad 104.

XXIII. In all Fractures, if they be so large, or well-condition­ed, that you can thereby free the Brain, or Place, from Coagulated or Corrupted Blood, or from the prickings of the Splinters; these Operations will be needless.

XXIV. But if otherwise, there is a necessity, you must use great Care in applying the Instru­ments; which ought to be done before the Patient is grown too weak, or the Cure of the Dis­ease is become past hope.

XXV. It is also to be noted, that if the bare Bone lies open to the ambient Air but for two Hours, the Bone will be altered; but if it lies open longer, it will grow black: In these Cases, if the Weapon (whether sharp-edged, or poin­ted) pierces not both Tables, or pierces only one, or the Su­perficies of the first Table, you must then scrape or rasp off all round about, till the Colour is changed, or the Sedes or Pun­cture is taken totally away; or till Blood comes forth of it, &c.

XXVI. If there is a Concame­ratio, or vaulting out of the Skull, made by the plucking out of a poin­ted Weapon forcibly, whereby an empty space or vacuity is left be­neath, and the upper Table is se­parated from the lower; you have no more to do, but (dilating the Wound by Incision) to rasp or smooth the Skull, and then to heal up the Wound ac­cording to the Method before laid down.

XXVII. But if it passes thro' the second Table, you must open the Skull in the most depending Part with the Trepan, to make way for the issuing forth of the Sanies or Pus, which of necessity must be lodged in the void space, if the hole the Weapon has made is [Page 1256] large enough to give a passage for the same.

XXVIII. And if any ruggedness or pointed Splinters prick the Dura Mater, the whole Fracture is to be removed, compassing it with a large head of a Trepan; after which the Wound is to be Cured, as we have formerly taught.

III. Of an Incision or Puncture of the Skull, under the Temporal Muscle.

XXIX. This is always with a Wound; and the Incision is either transverse, or according to the length of the Muscle: If it is a Puncture, or a transverse Inci­sion, it will be of dangerous Consequence, as we have alrea­dy proved, and for the most part, Mortal.

XXX. If the Wound is made longways, it is to be dilated by Dosils or Sponges; and if the Fra­cture is a Cleft, it is to be remo­ved by Rasps, or some scraping Tool: But if it is a great Fra­cture, in which the points of the shivers do prick the Membranes, or the depression of the Crani­um does press them down; then a triangular Incision is to be made, a little above the Fra­cture, avoiding the Temporal Muscle.

XXXI. Which done, the Mo­diolus or Trepan is to be applied: The Skull being opened, the Splinters which are perfectly se­parated from the sound part of the Skull, are to be taken away; and the remainder which are not wholly separated, are to be reduced (if possible) to their true places.

XXXII. And as often as the Patient is drest, you are to cause him to stoop down his Head, and (stopping his Mouth and Nose) to cause him to force his Breath strongly, by which means the Sanies will be the better forced out of the Wound.

XXXIII. This being done, you must make some mundifying. In­jection of red Wine, clarified juice of Smallage, and Honey of Roses strained, or with other things as you shall see most fit, to wash out all the Sanies, Pus, or other foulnesses, which other­wise would necessarity lodge there.

XXXIV. And tho' Pareaens, lib. 9. cap. 19.) advised to keep a leaden Pipe in the Wound, yet this by reason of its hardness and solidity, would not dilate the Se­ction, but cause pain; I should rather advise you to compressed or prepared pieces of Sponge, which is by much the better.

XXXV. For this as it is soft, it cannot hurt; and as it is po­rous, so it will dilate it self, and suck up the Impurities; and with­al, it will dilate the Wound, and keep, it sufficiently open, till all the Splinters of the Cra­nium are fully come forth, after which the Wound is to be healed up, as other Wounds of the Head and Skull.

CHAP. XVI. Of a FRACTƲRE of the NOSE-BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Fractu­ra Ossis Nasi; and in English, A Fracture of the Bone of the Nose.

II. Hippocrates, de Articulis, Text. 30, &c. shews, that the Bone of the Nose may be broken many ways; for a part of it may either be broken off, or the ridge of it may be broken down, &c. wherein a Wound general­ly happens unto the Fracture.

III. The Prognosticks. A Fracture of this Part is the easiest set of all; if it is not presently set right and straight, it cannot be set straight at all, but it will always stand awry.

IV. In this Bone a Callus also is soon bred, and confirmed; and it is healed in ten or twelve days time, unless the Bone is corrupted: Yet some say it is not done in less than 18 or 20 days; but this is according to the various habits of Body.

V. The Cure. If the Bone is equally crusht down unto the lower part, and made as it were flat; then something is to be put in­to the Nostrils that may raise it up again, which may be done with some searching Instrument, or a Spatha; or else it may be lifted up with the Finger, by putting it up into the Nostrils, outwardly also nipping it up on both sides, that so it may be restored to its natural situation and place.

VI. Or wrapping up a little Stick in Cotton, you may put it into the Nostrils as gently as may be; and therewith raise up the Bone, laying the Thumb and Finger of your left Hand on both sides the Nose, to direct, reinstate, and retain the Bones in their proper piaces.

VII. If the Nose is broken only on one side, it is gently to be set right and strait from that way to which it declines; either by thrusting in the Finger, or by the help of some fit Instrument as aforesaid, directing it also straight out­wardly.

VIII. And that the Bones thus set may be kept in their proper places, Plugs made of Linnen-rags are to be put up the Nostrils; or else Pipes of Lead, anointed with Oil of Turpentine mixed with Spirit of Wine, which may both support the Bones, and facilitate Respiration.

IX. Some put up Sponges, but they are pernicious, for thro' the moisture of the Nostrils they will swell much, whereby becoming very thick, and much dilated, they are apt to distend the Part, and to move the Bones out of their places, after they have been well set.

X. The leaden Pipes which are [Page 1258] put up, ought to have leaden Ears or Handles, by which they may be fastned to the Cap, or Head; and if you please, to make them the more healing, they may be co­vered with some Empastick Medicament, as Manna Thuris, (which is a pure white sort of Frankincense, exsudating of its own accord thro' the Bark of the Tree, and which in the West-Indies I have often gather­ed with my own Hands) made up with Mastich, Gum Traga­canth, and Oil of Roses, into a Body.

XI. If there is no Wound in the Nose, there will be little need of Bandage; but if a Wound is present, you are to apply pro­per Topicks, and to lay upon each side the Nose a kind of tri­angular Bolster, covered with a small piece of Pasteboard of the same figure.

XII. This Dressing may be kept on with a kind of Bandage, which has four ends or straps, being a piece of Linnen-cloth about two Inches broad, and two Feet long; it is slit at both ends, and all along, leaving it only in the middle whole, for about three Inches in length.

XIII. This whole part is to be laid upon the Eracture, causing the upper straps to go round the Nape of the Neck, which are to be brought back again forwards: The lower straps are also to be carried backwards to the Neck, crossing above the Neck upwards, and afterwards to be brought a­gain forwards.

XIV. If the Nose, near to the Gristle, is turned away, a glutina­tive Emplaster with a little Loop is to be applied to the reclining side of the Nose; which being dried firmly on, is afterwards to be straitned as much as is conveni­ent, that so the Note may be set straight again.

XV. Paraeus uses this: Take fine Bole, Frankincense, Mastich, Dragons-blood, A. ℥i. Pine Rosin, Roch Allum, A. ℥ss. all being in fine pouder, mix them with whites of Eggs well beaten q.s. and make a sticking Emplaster.

XVI. Or this Emplaster may be put upon a very broad Tape, or a Linnen Rowler, which may be so long, that being drawn below the Ear, and so wound about the Head, it may be agglutinated upon the Forehead: After 14 days it may be removed, and a Cerate laid on, to consummate the Cure, and to confirm and strengthen the Bones.

XVII. If the Bone is shatter­ed into small pieces, they are, as much as may be, to be put all in their places again with fit Instru­ments; nor must you easily ad­mit the taking of any forth, if it is possible that they may be agglutinated, lest it cause de­formity.

XVIII. Now as some Authors approve of this Bandage, or Bind­ing up of these Fractures, so others wholly disapprove of them, saying, it is more safe wholly to omit them; for that they either per­form nothing at all if they be loose, or else draw the Nose a­wry, or make it flat, if drawn but indifferently close or hard; and that the broken Bones of the Nose may very easily be [Page 1259] kept fast in their planes by pro­per Plasters, without any bind­ing at all.

XIX. And truly in this Case only is this Bandage convenient, where in the ridge of the Nose, the Flesh is bruised with, and the bro­ken Bones stick forth; so that the Bandage pressing them together, may make them to acquire their own natural form.

XX. And yet in this very case, Bandage is not altogether necessary or profitable, for that a proper Ce­rate or Emplastey may sufficiently do the Work without it; But we thought good in the aforegoing Sections, so deliver the Method or Way of doing it, that this our Work might not be thought defective in that particular.

CHAP. XVII. Of a FRACTURE of the JAW-BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Fractura Mandibulae vel Maxillae; and in English, A Fracture of the Jaw-bone.

II. The Signs. When the lower Jaw-bone is broken, it is easily known, both by sight and feeling.

III. The Prognosticks. If in the Practure there is not an Inflam­mation from the very beginning, the Cure may be compleated in twenty days, the Teeth remain­ing safe.

IV. But if the Cure is ill ma­naged, or long delayed, the Teeth may be vitiated, and rendred unuseful.

V. The Cure. It is restored with ones Fingers, used both within and without the Mouth; to press the prominences of the Bones into their proper places.

VI. If they be too weak, then one is to draw the Head backward, and the Artist the Jaw forwards, and so reduce the fractured Bone to its place; and if the Bones pass one over another, a small Ex­tension is to be made.

VII. If the whole Jaw-bone is broken in a transverse manner, (which yet seldom happens) let there be an Extension of the Parts, then by compression with the Hand, reduce or set the Bories together.

VIII. If the Bone is restored rightly, to its place, it will be known by its equality and evenness, and by the Teeth being restored and disposed again to their for­mer natural situation.

IX. If the Teeth have been moved on [...]sned, they are with a small Gold or Silver Wire, or with a waxed Silk or Thread, to be fustned to the sound Teeth which stand next them.

X. These things being thus done, some proper Medicament is out­wardly to be applied to the Jaw-bone, that so the broken Bones be­ing [Page 1260] set together again, may be firmly fastned in their places; and externally a little Bolster of Leather, or other like thing, may be applied, with conveni­ent Ligature.

XI. The Bandage may be with a Swath two Inches or more broad, slit at both ends, into straps, or cut longways, that it may on both sides take in and contain the Chin; and therefore there being four Heads of the Swath, thus slit at both ends, the two lower of them are to be brought and drawn along to the top of the Head, and there to be tied toge­ther, or sewed to the Night-cap; but the two uppermost are to be drawn to the lowest part of the Head behind, and tied together, or sewed, as afore­said, to the Night-cap.

XII. Others lay a piece of Pasteboard, cut to the stupe and size of the Jaw, to the flat side thereof; and then with a Bandage nearly twelve Feet long, and two Inches broad, rowled up with one head, they begin the Application, by making a Circumvolution round about the Head, and passing over the Forehead; then the Band is let down under the Chin, and carried up again upon the Cheek, near the out­ward corner of the Eye, pas­sing also over the Fracture: Af­terwards it is raised up to the Head, and brought down again under the Chin, to hold the Bolster upon the Fracture; thus three or four Circumvolutions being made upon the Fracture, the Band is let down under the Chin, to stay and strengthen its several Circumvolutions, and ends round the Head, in pas­sing over the Forehead.

XIII. If the Jaw is fractured on both sides, it would be necessary to apply to it a Bolster and Paste­board (perforated at the Chin) of the shape or figure of the whole Jaw; and the Bandage may be 18 or 19 Feet long, and two Inches broad, rowled up with two heads.

XIV. The Ligature is to begin at the middle between the two heads, and to be applied under the Chin, from whence it is to be carried up, over the Cheeks to the top of the Head, where they are to cross, and then to be let down again behind the Head, where they cross again, and so being brought under the Chin, they cross there also, and are carried over the Fracture on both sides; afterwards the Bands are passed about three or four times over the same, and rowling upon the Jaws, are turned upon the Chin, and be­ing carried round the Head, end upon the Forehead.

XV. Let the Patient lye upon the contrary Jaw-bone (when but one is broken) viz. upon that which is not fractured, but let him not rest thereupon, but upon his Head, lest the Fracture should renew, or the Bone go awry.

XVI. And keep the Jaw, is much as may be, immoveable, or at rest; let him not speak much, or chew any hard thing, but be nourished with soft and moist Food, till the Callus is hardned; on the third day dress it, and regulate what Symptoms you find appear.

CHAP. XVIII. Of a FRACTƲRE of the COLLAR-BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Fractura Cla­viculae; and in English, A Fra­cture of the Channel-bone, or Collar-bone.

II. Hippocrates, de Articulis, Text. 62. reckons up Six Dif­ferences of Fractures in this Bone. However, it is broken either transversly, or longways; and these are either in the middle, or near the Brest-bone, or near the Joint of the Shoulder.

III. The Signs. It may be known both by sight and touching, as also by the Pain the Patient en­dures.

IV. The Prognosticks. If it is broken transversly, it is the more easily Cured; if longways, the more hard: And because it can­not be bound about as other Fractures may, it breeds a Cal­lus, causing a very great desor­mity.

V. This Bone does easily grow together again, as do all other thin Bones; but in a thin Bone, the Callus always grows greater than in other thicker Bones; and the Cure is performed in twenty, or twenty-four days at the far­thest.

VI. The Cure. You must make an Extension by the help of two strong Persons; there must be one to draw the Arm backwards or sideways, and another to draw the Neck and Shoulders for­wards; the Artist himself in the mean time, thrusting or draw­ing upwards what was fallen down; and thrusting or putting downwards what was raised too high.

VII. And if a Ball, or some tu­berous Body be put under the Arm­pit, and the Elbow is pressed a­gainst the Ribs, the Operation will be the more easie.

VIII. But if the ends of the broken Bone are so depressed, that they cannot in this manner be brought back again upwards; then the Patient is to be laid flat up­on his Back upon a hard Pillow, or Cushion put under his Back-bone, between the Shoulder­blades.

IX. Then the Shoulders are by main strength of the Hands lying upon them to be so pressed down, that the ends of the fractured Bones which are depressed may be lifted up so high, as to be reduced to their true places.

X. If the Bone is shattered into many small pieces, pricking the Flesh, or causing a difficulty of breathing; you must make an Incision into the same Part, and remove them, or cut off the sharp pricks or points of the broken Bones, and then join the Bones together.

XI. Then drawing the Lips of the Wound close, apply things pro­per [Page 1262] for a Fracture, and such as may withal hinder Inflamma­tion.

XII. But if there should be many fragments of Bones (the Skin remaining whole) which are not sharp-pointed nor do at all prick, then a Sprinter of Lea­ther, Pasteboard, or some other convenient Matter; is to be smeared or anointed with some proper Ointment or Balsam, and to be applied to them.

XIII. Afterwards three cover­ings must be provided, of a fit length and thickness; two to fill up the hollownesses on each side the Bone, and a third to be impo­sed upon the Fracture sticking forth; all which will keep the broken Bones in their due place.

XIV. The Bandage. It is to be well bound up with a Swath four Inches broad, and of a suffi­cient length, viz. about eight Yards long, rowled up to the middle at both ends, and so making two heads.

XV. It is bound crosswise in form of the Letter X, which is rather to be often drawn or wound about the place of the Fracture, than that it should be too close, or hard bound; and it is to be so rowled about, that it may draw the Arm unto the hinder parts: which that the Sick may the better endure, Bolsters are to be put under the Arm-pit, near the Part affected.

XVI. The Ligature is not to be loosned before the seventh day, un­less as Itching, or other Cause re­quire it: but if it is at any time unbound, it is in binding up again, to be drawn a little clo­ser and harder.

XVII. Or, the Swath being rowled up with two heads to the middle, apply it in the middle to the Fracture: one of its heads is to be let down upon the Brest, whilst the other is carried be­hind the Back, below the Arm­hole, opposite to the indisposed Arm-hole; and above the Brest, to be carried over the other end of the Band, which is raised up to fix a Bolster upon the Fra­cture: the other end is to be passed under the affected Arm-hole, and upon that end of the Band which fixed the Bolster; which is again to be elevated by applying another Bolster upon the Part: these Circumvoluti­ons are continued round the Body, and pass over the Clavi­cle, till it is perfectly covered therewith; and passing over the upper part of the Shoulder near its Head, it is to be carried over the space which lyes be­tween the Bolsters, and the Circumvolutions of the Arm, and then is to end, by passing round about the Body.

CHAP. XIX. Of a FRACTƲRE of the SHOƲL­DER-BLADE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Fractura Scapulae; and in English, A Fracture of the Shoul­der-blade.

II. A Fracture may happen ei­ther in its point, or top of the Shoulder, called in Greek, [...] (ex [...] extremus, sum­mus, & [...], humerus) sum­mitas humeri; or in the body of the Blade-bone it self, pro­perly and more especially cal­led Scapula, or Omoplata.

III. The Signs. If the Acro­mion is broken, it is known both by sight and feeling, there being a certain unevenness in the Part, especially, if being compared with that which is sound.

IV. If the Scapula is broken in the middle part, it is known also by the touch, there being a certain Cavity felt: there is also a pricking Pain in the Part, and a numbedness is felt in the whole Arm, more especially if it is stretch'd directly out.

V. The Prognosticks. A Fra­cture in the Acromion, or top of the Shoulder, is more difficultly Cured, than in any other Part of the Shoulder-blade.

VI. If the Blade-bone it self is broken, the Cure is generally per­formed in about twenty-four days time.

VII. If the Neck of the Shoul­der-blade is broken, or the Fra­cture is in the Dearticulation of the Shoulder, it is scarcely ever Cured.

VIII. For since near about this Joint, there are the Arteries and Veins of the Arm-pits; and the Nerves arifing from the Vertebrae of the Neck behind; an Inflam­mation, and other vehement Symptoms do generally hap­pen.

IX. The Cure. First examine the Place and Circumstances of the Fracture, and see if the broken Bone does still adhere to the Shoul­der-blade; if so, you are with your Hands to thrust back the Prominences of the Bones into their proper places.

X. But if this cannot be done easily, and that there is need of great strength, then a Ball of Linnen is to be put under the Arm-hole, and the Assistant is to draw the Shoulder down­wards, by drawing about the Elbow unto the Ribs; and the Artist himself is with his Hand to press down the fractured piece of Bone, into its right place.

XI. If the broken Bone is wholly separated from the Scapula, but hangs by the Periosteum, and the Ligaments; and that no vehe­ment Symptoms are induced by reason of the Pain; you are [Page 1264] then to restore it to its place again.

XII. But if the broken Bone is wholly separated both from the Sca­pula, the Periosteum, and the Ligaments; or there happens to be any Splinters, which may prick the Nervous Parts, &c. you must then make an Incision in the Skin and Flesh, and those fragments are to be taken out, or their points are to be cut off.

XIII. But if they prick not, they are then to be left remaining; for Nature will at length expel of her own accord, those things which will not join with the rest; tho' sometimes it may be a conside­rable time before it is done.

XIV. The Bones being re­duc'd as well as may be, pro­per Medicines are to be apply'd upon the Fraction; with conve­nient Ligature or Bandage.

XV. A Bolster is to be laid up­on the Scapula; and a large piece of Paste-board, of the bigness and Figure of the Bone, over which may be apply'd a small Bandage, resembling the Band-Cancer, or a Star, with a Swath five Yards long and four Inches broad, rowled up with one Head.

XVI. This Swath is to be car­ried behind the Back, one of its ends lying under the Arm-hole op­posite to the side affected; but the other is to go under the Shoulder, and afterwards above it, crossing the middle of the Back, and so running under the other Arm-hole; it is brought up to the Shoulder, to run down, and form a second Cross upon the middle of the Back: these Cir­cumvolations are to be continu­ed till the Scapulae are all cover­ed; and Circumvolutions are also to be made round the upper Part of the Humerus or Shoul­der, and then the Ligature is to be compleated by a Circumvo­lution round about the Brest or Stomach.

XVII. If the Acromion is bro­ken, a Linnen Ball is then to be bound under the Wing thereof, and the Ligature is not to be loosned before the seventh day, unless some Symptoms urge it.

XVIII. Lastly, Let the Pati­ent lie on the opposite side, and let the Part affected be kept in as much quietness as may be.

CHAP. XX. Of a FRACTƲRE of the ARM.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. In Latin, Fractura Hu­meri, vel [...]ssis Humeri and in English, A Fracture of the Arm, or of the Bone of the Arm.

II. The Signs. It is known partly by sight, partly by feeling, and partly by the weakness of the Part, and complaint of the Sick.

III. The Prognosticks. A [Page 1265] Fracture of the Os Humeri is more eaily cured than a Fracture in the Bones of the Elbow.

IV. The Shoulder-Bone being broken, is consolidated in about 40 days; for it being a great Bone, it requires a long time for the generating of the Callus

V. The Cure. To restore the Bones to their proper place, the fractur'd Part is to be ex­tended; one plucking strongly the upper part, another draw­ing the lower Bone above the Elbow straight out, and then to reduce it to its place with your Hands, by closing it on all sides.

VI. If this cannot be done by the Hand above, in such as are of full and ripe Age, by reason of the thickness and strength of the Muscles, then it will be necessary to make the Extension by proper Instru­ments, and Cords, as Hippo­crates has taught us, and of which we have sufficiently spo­ken before.

VII. In the Extension, let the Sick be kept immoveable, whe­ther sitting or lying along, and let the Shoulder be kept in about the upper part of it, and let the broken Bone be drawn this way and that way, till you have truly fixt it in its right place.

VIII. The broken Bones be­ing thus set right and straight, you are to apply fit Medica­ments thereto, such as we have formerly described, and then it is to be bound up with fit Swaths, beginning at the Fracture it self.

IX. Lay round the Fracture a Bolster dipt in Red Wine, or Oxycrate; then three several Bands are to be taken, 3 or 4 Inches broad, and 5 or 6 Foot long: the first of these is to be laid upon the Fracture, with which you are to make three ve­ry straight Circumvolutions; then it is to be carried up with small Rowsings to the top of the Arm, and stay'd round the Body.

X. The second Swath is to be apply'd to the Fracture, on the opposite side to the first, with which you are to make upon the Fracture two Circumvolu­tions; so that the same Swath may be carried down along the whole length of the Arm, with many turnings about, and at last terminate below the Elbow, which yet it is not to cover.

XI. This done, four long Bol­sters are to be laid round about the Arm, upon the Fracture, which are to be kept close with the third Swath; in the binding of which about, it signifies not much, whether you begin it at bottom, or at top; and so accordingly it may end either round the Body, or below the Elbow.

XII. The Arm ought also to be encompassed with two thick pieces of Pasteboard, made round at the ends, and of the length of the Arm, which must be apply'd so as not to cross one another, and then ty'd on with Tape, or Ferret-Ribband.

XIII. After which the Arm is to be put in a Scarf made up with a large Napkin, which is first to be apply'd in the middle under the Arm-hole, the Arm resting upon it, so that the four ends being rai­sed [Page 1266] up, may be fastned to the Cloths of the opposite Shoulder; and the Hand ought to be kept higher than the Elbow.

XIV. And you must always be careful to bind up the Member in that figure or posture, in which it ought to remain; so as that the Shoulder-Bone with the Elbow-Bones, may make a Right-angle.

XV. Hippocrates binds on Splin­ters the seventh or ninth day, be­cause of the magnitude of the Mu­scles of the Shoulder: for that in a longer time those Bones would become slender and loose; but you are to be careful, that these Splints touch not the extremity of the Joints.

XVI. Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 10. says, That they ought to be very long on the outside of the Arm; some­what shorter on the brawn of the Arm; and shortest of all under the Arm-hole.

XVII. If the Splinter be imme­diately fastned on, at the very first of all (as indeed most of the Mo­derns now do,) they ought then to be tied on but loosly; and after the seventh or ninth day to be bound harder.

XVIII. And that the Member may be so placed, that the Shoul­der may not be perverted, or turned awry; the broad Bandage which encompasses the Shoulder, should be drawn in a manner round about the Brest.

XIX. Let the Sick (when in Bed) lye upon his Back, putting his Hand upon his Stomach, and soft Pillows under the Shoulder; and lift up the Elbow by a Scarf put about the Neck, to preserve the orthogonal figure, and that the Angle may not be altered whil'st the Patient sleeps.

XX. After the second or third Dressing, as often as the Patient is dressed, he must stretch out his Arm streight; to the end the Tendons which run from the Arm, and are inserted below the Elbow, (contracting themselves by the long bending of the El­bow) might cause a very trou­blesom stiffness.

XXI. The shrinking of Tendons (which Barbers, and ignorant Chirurgeons call the Shrinking of the Nerves or Sinews,) may yet easily be cured in ten or twelve Weeks time, if you cause the Patient to carry every day, some fit or proportional Weight.

XXII. And then withal endea­vour to relax and soften the Tendons with emollient Fomentations and Embrocations; (abstaining from all Astringent Medicines) and applying over the Contracture a Cloth dipt in Empl. de Minio, being but a little more than half boiled.

XXIII. You may also bathe the Contracture twice a day with Spi­ritus Mirabilis, which softens hard Parts, and restores Contractures, to a Miracle: then anoint with this. ℞ Mans, Ducks, Goose, and Vipers Grease, A.℥i. Oleum Catel­lorum, Ung. de Althaea, A. ℥ss. Oils of Earth-worms, of Neats-feet, of Camomil, and of white Lillies, A. ʒii. mix them: and after an­ointing, apply a Sparadrap of Emplast. de Minio, a little more than half boiled.

CHAP. XXI. Of a FRACTƲRE of the ELBOW.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Fractura Ossis Cubiti; and in English, A Fracture of the Elbow, or, of the Elbow-Bone.

II. This Part consists of two Bones; of which, the greater, which lyes lowermost, is called Cubitus, or Ulna: and the lesser, which lyes uppermost, is called Radius. Now sometimes but one of these Bones are broken, and sometimes both.

III. The Prognosticks. A Fra­cture of these Bones, is more easily cured than a Fracture of the Os Humeri: and if one Bone only is broken, the Cure is easier and sooner to be performed, than if both be broken together.

IV. And if the Radius is only broken, it is easier to be cured, than if the Cubitus is broken; because this latter is the larger Bone, and requires a greater extension: and if this latter is kept whole, whil'st the other is broken, it serves as a Prop, or Stay to the other broken Bone, that it may be kept the better in its place.

V. If both the Bones are broken together, the Cure is performed with some difficulty; 1. Because they have no Prop, or any thing to sustain them. 2. Because they need a greater extension, for that the Nerves and Muscles are very much contracted; and when extended, there is no­thing to keep them so. 3. Be­cause the Parts adjacent are also the more hurt.

VI. A Fracture of these Bones is generally consolidated in about 30 days, or little more: but in this case, you must have respect to the constitution or habit of Body, the nature, disposition, and age of the Patient: all which things make the punctual time more difficult to be limited.

VII. The Cure. If the Radius only is broken, there is need of less strength or force to reduce it, than when the Cubitus is broken: if both the Bones are broken, a stronger extension is to be made, but yet equal, than if one only were broken: but if one only of the two Bones is broken, the greatest extension is to be on that part or side, where the Bone is broken.

VIII. For which purpose, a Ser­vant is to be ordered to grasp the Arm above the Elbow, with both his Hands, and another to lay hold of it above the Wrist; whil'st the Artist reduces the Bones with the palms of both his Hands; and fixes them so well, as no inequality is felt in any part.

IX. The broken Bone being thus reduced, the Dressing and Bandage is to be the same with that in the former Chapter, but the Swaths [Page 1268] which are carried upwards, are to terminate above the Elbow: and if the Sick keeps his Bed, his Arm is to be laid upon a Pillow, and the Elbow is to be laid a little higher than the Hand.

X. But Hippocrates, de Fract. Lib. 1. Text. 22. would not have the Hand lower than the Elbow; lest by that means the Blood should flow towards the Fra­cture, or a flux of Humors should ensue: and yet it is to be so placed, that the Part may be as much as may be, at ease.

XI. And it is to be placed in that figure, which may not in the least pervert any of the Muscles, hurt the motion of the Member, or breed pain: for which reason, the Arm is neither to be right­out extended, nor to be wholly bent up, nor to be placed in a supine or prone manner.

XII. The Arm being thus bound up and placed, it will be necessary that the Patient should keep his Bed for ten days.

XIII. And when he leaves his Bed, the fractured Arm is to be hung in a broad or soft Scarf or Napkin; which may equally sus­tain a good part of the Arm within it, with a part of the Palm of the Hand; so that none of the reduced Bones may be in danger to be removed out of their places.

XIV. And afterwards, every third or fourth day, the Arm is gently to be stretched out; that the Humors which flow thither, and make a kind of stay there, may not cause a concretion in the Bones, or a contraction in the Tendons; nor yet a stiffness in the Arm, not easily afterwards to be remedied.

CHAP. XXII. Of a FRACTƲRE of the WRIST-BONES.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Carpi Fractura; and in English, A Fracture of the Wrist-bones.

II. The Prognosticks. There is no great danger or difficulty in this Cure; for the Consolidation of the Bone or Bones is generally compleated in about 20 days.

III. The Cure. Two Assistants are to be provided, to make the Extension; one must hold the Arm above the Wrist, and another the Fingers and Hand: and the Ex­tension being made, the Artist is to reduce the broken Bone in­to its place; so that no inequa­lity or unevenness may appear in the Part.

IV. When the Bones are reduced, or set right, then some proper Me­dicaments, such as are usually ap­plied in other Fractures, are to be applied here: and then the Part is to be bound up with a Swath, in the following manner.

V. You are to provide a Swath two Inches broad, and six or seven Yards long, or longer; which is to be rowled up with one Head: with this you are to make three circumvolutions about the Wrist.

VI. The Band is then to be pas­sed over the Hand, between the Thumb and Forefinger; and so by that passage to be directed again to the Wrist, on which a Bolster is to be applied, with a little piece of Pastboard, of the same figure with the Wrist.

VII. After this, having made several circumvolutions over the Bolster and Pastboard, the Swath is to be carried by several cir­cumvolutions to the top of the Elbow, and the Band or Swath is to end above it; which done, the Arm is to be carried in a Scarf.

CHAP. XXIII. Of a FRACTƲRE of the BONES of the HAND.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Fractura Ossium Metacarpii; and in English, A Fracture of the Hand; or, of the Bones of the Hand.

II. The Prognosticks. The Cure is performed without much diffi­culty, and in no great length of time: the Consolidation of the Fracture being accomplished in the space of about sixteen or eighteen days.

III. The Cure. Two Assistants are to hold the Hand in the same manner as is directed in the former Chapter, in Setting of the Wrist-Bone: which being extended to the fractured Bone or Bones, are to be reduced to their own places by the Hand of the Artist.

IV. Then proper Catagmaticks are to be applied, such as we have directed to in the Cure of a Simple Fracture: after which, the Hand is to be bound up with proper Swaths.

V. The Swaths are to be about two Inches broad, and five or six Yards long; (because many circumvolutions strengthen the Part, tho' they are not made very strait;) and to be rowled up with one head.

VI. This Band is to be fastned to the Carpus or Wrist, with a circumvolution; from whence it is to be carried to the Metacar­pium, over which it is to pass between the Thumb and the Forefinger.

VII. From whence it is to cross the Hand, and to form the Let­ter X, which is to be continued with several circumvolutions, 'till all the Metacarpium is co­vered.

VIII. Then a Bolster and Past­board are to be laid upon the [Page 1270] Metacarpium; and another Bol­ster in the Hand, in the shape of the Part: which done, the whole is to be covered as before, with many circumvolutions of the Swath, which are to be conti­nued above the Elbow, where it is to end.

CHAP. XXIV. Of a FRACTƲRE of the FINGERS.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Fractura Ossis, vel Ossium Digiti; and in English, A Fracture of a Bone, or Bones of a Finger.

II. The Prognosticks, This Fra­cture easily consolidates; and if carefully lookt after, the Cure is performed in 14 or 16 days time.

III. The Cure. A gentle Ex­tension is to be made on the Fin­gers, whereby the Bones are to be be reduced to their proper places: after which a small Dressing is to be prepared for the Finger, much like to that of the Arm, but every way lesser.

IV. The Fingers are to be a little bent, and the inside of the Hand is to be fitted with a Bolster, to retain the Parts in that situa­tion; and the Bolster is also to be stayed with a Bandage.

V. And indeed, if the Fingers should be fractured, they are to be bound fast to those Fingers which are sound, and next to them: that so by them, as it were by Splin­ters bound on, they may be kept immoveable in their places.

VI. After which, the hollow of the Hand is to be filled up with a Ball or Bolster of Linnen Rags, as is afore mentioned; not only to retain the Bones in their places, but that the Fingers may also preserve a figure of a middle form.

VII. Care must also be taken, that no Callus be generated in the Junctures, or places serving for the extension or contraction of the Fin­gers; for so the Function or Office of the Hand in laying hold of any thing, would be much hurt.

VIII. Lastly, the Hand is also with the Arm to be hung in a Scarf, or broad Swath, or a Nap­kin, from the Neck; that so the whole Hand with the Fingers may kept up, and resting upon the same, may be kept easy.

CHAP. XXV. Of a FRACTƲRE of the BREST-BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Fractura Sterni; and in English, A Fracture of the Brest-Bone.

II. This Bone is seated in the middle of the Brest, being joined to the Ribs by Cartilaginous Pro­ductions: in Children it is almost wholly Cartilaginous, and con­sists of seven or eight parts: but after some Years they grow firmly together, and in ripeness of Age, it seems to be composed but of three parts; and this in old Age seems to be but one Bone, but [...] distinguished by two transverse Lines, which shew the former division.

III. The whole Bone seems to be of a red fungous substance, the up­permost of which is thickest and broadest: having in each side a long cavity, assisted with a Car­tilage, to receive the heads of the Clavicles; and a small sinus or cavity on the inside, to permit a passage for the Wind-pipe.

IV. The second Bone is neither so thick, nor so broad, but much longer; joined to the former by a Cartilage, with five or six Sinus's, for the inarticulation of so many Ribs: the third Bone is the shortest of all, but broader than the second, and joined to it at its lower end by a Cartilage also, which receives into its sides the rest of the Ribs: to the lower end of this is joined the Cartilago Mucronata, or Ensifor­mis, which is about an Inch long, and of a triangular form.

V. This Bone thus composed, may be sometimes broken; either by a Blow, or some external vio­lence.

VI. The Signs. It is known by the Pain, but chiefly from the ine­quality or unevenness, which is known by touching; for that being touched with the Fingers, it will yield to them, or retire in­wardly, and cause a kind of crashing.

VII. Being pressed in where it is broken, it will yield inwardly, and a cavity outwardly may be taken notice of; with pain, coughing, shortness of Breath, and spitting of Blood.

VIII. The Prognosticks. It is very dangerous, by reason of the Pleura-Membrane (which is easily hurt with it) and the noble Parts which lye under it: for which reason, it is apt to cause many sad and terrible Symptoms.

IX. And by reason it is soft, spungy, and thin, it may be conso­lidated in twenty days, or twenty-four days time.

X. The Cure. To restore this, the Patient is to be laid upon his Back, on a great convex Stone covered with Cloth, or a convex Bolster: his Shoulders are both of them to be pressed down, or backwards, that the Sternum [Page 1272] which is sunk down, may be re­duced to its right place.

XI. Or an Incision may be made upon the Bone to discover it, and the Modiolus or Trepan may be applied thereto very gently, to raise it up into its true place; or it may be done with a pro­per Levator.

XII. Sennertus advises to put a Pillow under the Spina or Back-bone, right under the Fracture; and then observing the former Directions, the Artist is to press together with his Hands on both sides, till the Bones are brought again to their right places.

XIII. After this, those Medica­ments which are wont to be im­posed on other Fractures, serving to prevent Inflammation, and for Conglutination, are to be applied here.

XIV. And the binding up, is to be done with sit Swaths, above the Shoulders, in the form of the Letter X; which binding ought not to be made too straight or hard, lest it hinder the breathing.

XV. Or, a Bolster and Paste­board are to be laid upon the Ster­non, almost of the same figure with the Part; and the Bandage is to be fitted with a Napkin, and a Brest-plate.

XVI. The Swath is to be four Inches broad, and six Yards or better long, and wound up to the middle with two heads: you are to begin with it under the Arm-hole, and it is to be carried downwards with its two heads, the one before, and the other behind; and passing under the other Arm-hole, the heads are raised, and they cross one ano­ther upon the Shoulder, whence they are brought down back­wards and forwards, forming an X, both before and behind.

XVII. Then the Swath is rowl­ed or carried about the Brest, in making Circumvolutions, which are continued till the Swath comes to its ends, which are to terminate by a Circumvolution round the Brest.

CHAP. XXVI. Of a FRACTƲRE of the RIBS.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. pl. [...]. in Latin, Costae pl. Co­starum Fractura; and in Eng­lish, A Fracture of a Rib, or Ribs.

II. The Ribs are sometimes so broken as to decline inwardly, and sometimes to stick forth outward­ly; sometimes they are only broken in part, and sometimes wholly broken; and yet then sometimes they are not moved out of their places, and some­times the Flesh about them is broken or contused withal.

III. The Signs. If the whole [Page 1273] Rib is not broken, there follows neither spitting of Blood, nor Fe­ver thereupon, nor any Apostem, or Suppuration, nor any great Pain; yet there will be some Pain felt upon touching of it.

IV. If the Rib is wholly bro­ken, and yet the broken ends not removed out of their places, nei­ther inwardly nor outwardly; these seldom spit Blood, or have a Fever, or any Apostem in the Thorax or Pleura, but the Part is sore and painful outwardly.

V. But if the broken ends are removed out of their places, then there is an inequality or uneven­ness, and a hollowness, that may be found both by sight and feel­ing.

VI. If the Rib is broken in­wards, there is a very great and grievous Pain, much resembling the Pleurisy, difficulty of Breathing, and a troublesom Cough, with sometimes spitting of Blood; to which a Fever is also adjoined.

VII. The Flesh lying upon the Ribs is puffed up, which is known both by feeling and sight; and if the place is pressed with the Hand, there is heard a certain noise and sound of Air going out thereof.

VIII. This, if not timely reme­died, proves to be an Inflamma­tion, to which an Apostem suc­ceeds; and sometimes a Corrup­tion of the Bone, or Rib it self.

IX. The Prognosticks. If the Fracture is single, without any Contusion, or bruising of the Parts adjacent, there is little or no danger, and the Ribs will grow together again in about twenty days.

X. If the fractured Part is driven inwards, and there pricks or wounds the Pleura-Membrane, then all those Symptoms accom­panying a Pleurisy, are here at­tending, and the Case then is very dangerous; and if the Cure is accomplished, it is sel­dom done in less than 40 days.

XI. If there is a Contusion withal, it is yet more dangerous, because of the afore-enumerated Symptoms, and sometimes it is Mortal, of which Hippocrates, de Articulis has wrote.

XII. The Cure. If it is a simple Fracture, it is Cured by only laying on the Emplastrum Catagmaticum upon the Part. Some apply Cupping-glasses to the place, to reduce the Bone, but they are hurtful.

XIII. If the Rib stands out, it is to be reduced, or pressed in with ones hand, and then the Catag­matick Emplaster, or some such like, is to be laid thereon.

XIV. If the Rib is gone in­wards, let the Sick draw in his Breath, as strongly and as long as he can, thereby to force the Rib outwards; the Artist in the mean time assisting with his Hand.

XV. But if this succeeds not, let the Patient be laid upon the sound Side, and upon the fractured Rib, let a sticking Emplaster be applied, as a Plaster of Mastich, or this of Paraeus, in lib. 15. cap. 11. ℞ Turpentine, Rosin, black Pitch, Mastick, Aloes, Wheat-flower, A. q.s. mix, and make a Plaster, which spread upon strong new Linnen-cloth, and apply it.

XVI. When it has stuck some time, pull it suddenly with great violence, and often if need re­quires, from below upwards; this sometimes reduces the Bone, which is fallen into the Brest, to its place; but it ought to be pulled so often, till such time as the Sick finds ease, and breathes more freely.

XVII. Sennertus has this: ℞ Fine Wheat-flower, Whites of Eggs, A. ℥ii. Ichthyocolla ℥iss. Bird-lime ʒvi. Frankincense in pouder, Tragacanth, A. ʒv. Rose-water (but Poppy-water is bet­ter) enough to mix them.

XVIII. But if these things will not do, the only way left, is to make an Incision therein, and then with your Finger, or a Levatory, to raise it up, and so to put it into its true place.

XIX. If the Membrane Pleura is pricked by any Fragment of a Bone, the Part must then also be opened with an Incision-knife, that you may take away, or cut off the said Fragment; and then Cure it as a Wound of the Ribs, according to Art.

XX. If the Rib is not wholly broken; or if broken, and not re­moved out of its place, apply things to consolidate the Fra­cture, as a Plaster of fine Bole, Frankincense, Wheat-flower, and the White of an Egg, or some such like.

XXI. If there is a Contusion or Bruise, give inwardly Spirit of Sal Armoniack in a proper Vehi­cle, and bathe the Part with this: ℞ Damask Rose-water, or Poppy-water, or Rosemary-water ℥iii. Spirit of Wine ℥ii. volatil Sal Armoniack ʒiii. mix, and foment therewith warm.

XXII. Then apply Discussives, and such things as repress an In­flammation: as,Aloes, Bar­ley-flower, Catechu, Pouder of red Roses, Sumach, Myrtle-ber­ries, Cypress-nuts, Galls, Tormen­til, and Bistort Roots, Saccha­rum Saturni, A. ℥ss. Whites of Eggs, No ii. Oils of Roses and Camomil, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XXIII. If it Apostemates, you must speedily open it, lest the Mat­ter foul the Bones; after which you must Cure it, as we have in other places of this Book taught you.

XXIV. In this case it is neces­sary that the Sick keeps himself as quiet as may be, and composes him­self to rest, without Coughing or Sneezing, or much Talking, or Laughing; and withal, that he takes a particular Traumatick Diet-drink; and once in five days purge with some Liquid Cathartick, as Tinctura Purgans, Syrupus Catharticus, &c. See Galen, in Hippocrat. de Articulis, lib. 3. Text. 54. and Paraeus, lib. 14. cap. 12. if these things takes no effect, the Sick falls in­to a Consumption, and so dies.

XXV. When the Ribs are re­duced, tho' Nature will indeed ge­nerate a Callus, yet Sennertus thinks that this following Em­plaster, as one of the best and chiefest, may be imposed to give assistance therein.

XXVI. ℞ Pouder of Myrtles, red Roses, A. ℥i. Barley-flower, Meals of Beans, Lentils, Orobus, Mastich, Acorn-cups, rinds of Cy­prus-nuts, [Page 1275] Frankincense, Sanguis Draconis, Aloes, Myrrh, Terra Lemnia, A. ʒii. Oils of Myrtles, of Roses, and Oil-omphacine, A. ℥ix. Wax, Turpentine, A. lbss. mix, and make an Emphaster. If Catechu, dried Blood, A. ℥i. be added, the Emplaster will be yet much more powerful.

XXVII. Lastly, as to the bind­ing up, a Bolster is to be applied to the Fracture, with two little pieces of Pasteboard layed in form of an X, and another Bolster upon the whole Dressing; on which also may be laid a petty large square Pasteboard, covered with a Bol­ster: and the Bandage is made with a Napkin, made into three folds, which is to be put round the Brest, being sowed to, and supported by a Back and Brest­plate, or Scapulary hanging from the Shoulders, whose two ends are fastned both before and be­hind to the Napkin.

CHAP. XXVII. Of a FRACTƲRE of the BACK-BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. and in Latin, Fractura Ossium vel Spinarum Dorsi; and in Eng­lish, A Fracture of the Back-bone.

II. The Signs. Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 9. says, That if any Process of those Bones is broken, it may be discerned by the touch, because that it may be moved this way, and that way: and indeed it may be known by a Cavity in the place, with a Pain and Prick­ing.

III. If the Sick lyes upon his Fuce, the Pain is so much the greater, because the Skin is ex­tended, and the Flesh bruised and prickt with the fragments of the Bones, as if they were Thorns or Nails.

IV. But if the Patient stands upright, the fragments of the Bones prick not so much, by reason the Skin is then slackned or loos [...]ed.

V. The Prognosticks. If an involuntary egestion of Excre­ments, or a stoppage or suppression of Ʋrine happen in a Fracture of the Vertebrae, the Patient is de­sperate, and in great danger of his Life.

VI. A Fracture in the Process of the Vertebrae, is easily consoli­dated and cured; for that those Bones are spongy and thin, un­less some ill Symptom should intervene.

VII. But if the Spinal Marrow is hurt or prest in, whereby the Arms or Legs of the Sick become sensless, or that he cannot retain his Ʋrine or Excrements, Death com­monly follows: and this more especially, if the Fracture hap­pens in the Vertebrae of the Neck; for that with the Spinal Mar­row, the Nerves and Mem­branes are also hurt.

VIII. If in a Fracture of the Vertebrae of the Neck, the Sick escapes with Life; yet an inoura­ble Falsie of the Arms and Hands follows thereupon.

IX. If the Fracture happens in the Vertebrae of the Inferior Parts, and Motion and Sense are not al­together abolished, there may be some small hope of Recovery; but then by reason the Nerves are hurt, there follows a Palsey of the Thighs, Legs and Feet: if Motion and Sense are whol­ly lost, Death infallibly suc­ceeds.

X. The Cure. The in some of these Cases, there may be but lit­tle hopes of a Cure, yet the poor Patient is not altogether to be de­serted, but the most proper Means are to be attempted in order to a Cure.

XI. If the Spinous Apophyses are only broken, the Patient is to be laid upon his Belly, and with your Hands you must en­deavour to raise up the Bone again, and reduce it to its own proper place.

XII. Then you may apply to it on each side a small long Bolster, which may be covered with a Pasteboard of the same shape or form, laying also another Bolster upon each Pasteboard: the Ban­dage may be made with a Nap­kin, which you may keep fast by a Scapulary falling from the Shoulders.

XIII. As to Topicals, they are such as are generally applied in Fractures, viz. such as ease Pain, prevent Inflammation, and in­duce Conglutination.

XIV. If the Process is wholly broken off from the Periosteon, and is loose, you must make an In­cision, and take it out: so also if fragments of the Vertebrae press upon, or prick the Spinal Mar­row, or the Nerves; for other­wise dismal Accidents may hap­pen, and Life it self may be lost: afterwards the Wound is to be healed according to Art.

CHAP. XXVIII. Of a FRACƲRE of the GREAT BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in La­tin, Ossis Sacri Fractura; and in English, A Fracture of the Os Sacrum, or Great Bone.

II. This Bone is the largest or greatest of all the Bones of the Buck, and does sustain all the other Vertebrae: it is smooth on its inside, and concave; on its outside, convex, and uneven, being almost of a triangular form.

III. Its upper part on each side is very firmly knit to the Ossa Ilia, by an intervening Cartilage; and consists of five or six Bones in Infants, but in grown Persons scarcely distinguishable.

IV. These Bones resemble the [Page 1277] Vertebrae, and are so called; for each of them had a Body, and Pro­cesses, and a large hole for the Spinalis Medulla; the lower part of these Bodies are always less than the upper, whereas in other Vertebrae they are always bigger.

V. Their oblique Processes can scarcely be discerned, except the first: the transverse Pro­cesses are pretty long, but so united, that they all seem but one: and the hinder Processes or Spines, are like those of the Loins, but lesser, and still lesser the lower; the lowest having no Process but a Protuberance.

VI. The Prognosticks. These, if they shall be so bruised and bro­ken, that thereupon the Spinal Marrow shall be hurt, the Affect is very dangerous, if not mor­tal; for the Reasons which we shewed you in the former Chap­ter.

VII. The Cure. A Fracture in this Bone, is reduced as a Fra­cture in the other Vertebrae; but the Dressing and Bandage are made like a T, with a hole per­forated through it, at the Anus or Fundament; or else like the Greek Letter Π, or a double T.

VIII. It is done with a Swath two Inches broad, and long enough to go round the Body above the Hips; so that to the middle of this Swath, another Swath of the same breadth is fastned, and of a length long enough to pass over the Dressing, as also be­tween the Thighs, to be joined in the forepart, to the first Cir­cumvolution.

IX. The π, or double T, is made by fastening two Bands at an Inch distance one from another, to the Swath which is rowled round the Body; which Bandage is also supported with a scapu­lary, hanging down from the Shoulders.

X. The Topicks must be such as are anodyn, prevent Inflammation, and resist a flux of Humors; be­ing also of an Astringent force, and Catagmatick.

CHAP. XXIX. Of a FRACTƲRE of the RƲMP-BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Ossis Coccygis Fractura; and in English, A Fra­cture of the Rump or Crupper Bone.

II. This Bone is joined by a Cartilage to the Os Sacrum, but somewhat loosly, that it may bend a little backwards; especially in Women in Travail, for the more easy passage of the Foetus.

III. It is composed of four Bones, the first of which has a small ca­vity or hollowness, which re­ceives the last Vertebra of the Os Sacrum.

IV. The other three Bones grow [Page 1278] each less than other, and are join­ed together by Symphysis or Coa­lition; and at the end of these, is a small Cartilaginous Sub­stance or Gristle.

V. It is called Os Coccygis, because in its form, it resembles the Cuckow's-bill; and it bends inwards (like it) at its lower end, that it may be a stay to the Intestinum Rectum, and the Sphincter Muscle, which are joined to it.

VI. Its Bones are spongy and soft, but without Marrow, or any Process, or Hollowness; for the Medulla Spinalis descends no lower than to the bottom of the Os Sacrum.

VII. The Bone is commonly fra­ctured by Falls, and then it sinks inwards, scarcely ever out­wards.

VIII. The Prognosticks. Whilst recent, there is not much danger in it; but if it is neglected, it may be of very evil Consequence; and if that Part is hurt and corrup­ted, to which the Intestinum Rectum and Sphincter Musele are joined, very evil and dangerous Symptoms may follow.

IX. The Cure. The Cure is to be ordered as that of the Os Sa­crum in the former Chapter; but this has something peculiar to it self: for by putting your Fore­singer into the Anus as far as the Fracture, and thrusting it hard against the fractured Bones, you may reduce them to their true situation, the other Hand fixing them in the mean while on the other side.

X. The Dressing and Bandage are the same with the former, but the Sick must be obliged to lye on one side, and keep his Bed: but if he has a mind to rise, he ought to sit on a Chair, with almost no bottom in it; yet it is best keeping in Bed during the whole time of the Cure, &c.

CHAP. XXX. Of a FRACTURE of the HIP-BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Ossis Anonymi vel Inno­minati Fractura; and in English, A Fracture of the Hip-bone.

II. This Bone consists of three Parts or Bones, 1. Os Ilium, The Haunch-bone, because it lyes under the small Gut, called Ilium: this is the uppermost and broadest, semicircular in its form, convex without, and concave within; and is joined to the Os Sacrum, by a common membranous strong Ligament, and a Cartilage intervening.

III. 2. Os Ischium, or Os Coxendicis, the Huckle-bone, (which some call the Hip-bone) this is the outer and lower part of the Os Innominatum, contain­ing the Acetabulunt Coxendicis, [Page 1279] or large Cavity which receives the round head of the Thigh-bone, the edges of which are covered with a Cartilage, called Supercilium.

IV. 3. O. Pubis, or Os Pecti­nis, the Share-bone; which is the lower, and inner, or fore­part of the Os Innominatum; and is joined to its Fellow, on the other side by a Cartilage, which is much thicker, softer and looser in Women than in Men, that it may a little give way to the Foetus in Travail.

V. These three Bones in Men of full growth, are so fast knit and joined together, that they can by no means be separated; but in Chil­dren, they may be divided with­out much ado.

VI. These Bones may be broken (like those of the Shoulder-blade) either in their Extremities, or transverse, or longways.

VII. The Signs. A Fracture of this Bone is known by its pain­fulness, which is more especially exasperated by the touch and com­pression; as also by a pricking, a depression or cavity, uneven­ness, or inequality, and numb­edness of the Leg on the same side.

VIII. The Prognosticks. The Fractures of these Bones are usual­ly consolidated in the space of 24 days, especially if they be sud­denly set; otherwise you may expect various Accidents.

IX. The Cure. The Fracture is with all possible speed and dili­gence to be set, and the Bones are to be reduced into their own places; after which, fit and proper Ca­tagmatick Medicaments are to be applied.

X. But if there are any frag­ments of the Bone broken off, which by their continual pricking may ex­cite Pain, and there is withal fears of an Inflammation; some advise to make Incision, and take them out, replacing pre­sently these pieces which have fast hold.

XI. But whereas these frag­ments or splinters very rarely lye under the Skin alone, but also un­der the very Muscles themselves, as also under Arteries, Veins, Nerves and Tendons, or heads of Muscles; for this cause, such a Section or Incision cannot be made without much danger.

XII. If any one therefore will attempt such an Operation, he ought to be very cautious, that he hurts or wounds none of those Vessels or Parts, especially that very large Nerve, which de­scends down to the Muscles of the Thigh.

XIII. The fragments or splin­ters being taken away, and the Parts not separated from the Pe­riosteon, being reduced with your Fingers, you are to pursue the rest of the Cure, as necessity, and a recent Wound of those Parts may require.

CHAP. XXXI. Of a FRACTƲRE of the THIGH-BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Fractura Ossis Femoris: and in English, A Fracture of the Thigh-bone.

II. This Bone, of all the Bones in the whole Human Body, is ab­solutly the biggest, thickest, and longest, and may be broken ei­ther in the middle, or towards the extremities, in any of the kinds of Fractures.

III. The Signs. If the Thigh-bone is broken near its Head, it will be very difficult to be discove­red: but if it is broken more towards the middle or lower part, it may soon be known, because the Bones will tye one over another; also, one Leg will be shorter than another.

IV. The Prognosticks. Cel­sus, lib. 8. cap. 10. says, If the Thigh-bone is broken, it must of necessity be made shorter, because it never more returnes into its old place.

V. Peccettus, lib. 4. cap. 24. expounds this Opinion of Cel­sus to be, when the Part is less Extended than need requires, and when the Bones are not well and exactly set together: for we daily see, many having had a Fracture of the Thigh, to walk straight and upright, without any Lame­ness at all. And this Avicenna, lib. 4. Fen. 5. Tract. 3. cap. 14. Guido Cauliac. Tract. 5. Doct. 1. cap. 7. And Andreas, Chirurg, lib. 2. cap. 14. with divers others affirm.

VI. But Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 5. Obs. 86. says, that he never saw nor knew any, that had this kind of Fracture who escaped without a Lameness, except one young Maid only, whom he cured after a new and peculiar manner. But this is chiefly to be under­stood, when the Bone is broken near to the Hip; and of this kind of Fracture, the afore-quoted Authors are to be under­stood to Speak.

VII. But if the Bone is broken towards the Knee, or in the mid­dle, if care and diligence is used in the Cure, it may certainly be healed without Lameness, or any great difficulty: but if the said Bone is broken near to the Hip, Lameness for the most part fol­lows.

VIII. A Fracture of the Thigh-bone will be consolidated, or brought to grow together again, in about 50 days, and not sooner; in regard that it is the greatest of all Bones; for which reason, it requires a longer time for the generating of a Callus.

IX. The Cure. If the Thigh-bone is broken, and the parts re­moved out of their places, the Extension must be very strong and forcible; because the Muscles which encompass the Thigh, are [Page 1281] greater than all the rest, and therefore being contracted, are the harder to be extended.

X. This, if it is in one of ripe years will [...] be done by the Hands, without some Instrument, [...] Engine, for which purpose we commend either the Pulley of Vitruvius in Tab. XI. Fig. III. both which two have before de­scribed, cap. [...]. sect. 19. ad 23. and sect. 29. ad 33.

XI. Hippocrates approves of Extending this Bone, when it is broken so much, that the greatness of the Extension may be such that the ends of the fragments be some­what distant asunder, and an Empty space may be left between (for otherwise the Bones will not easily reduce) after which a ligature is to be made.

XII. But it is not here, as in the Extension of [...] Bones; for the Ligature is not in his place of such force alone, [...] and keep the Bones and Muscles in that State, wherein the Artist shall place them; by reason the Mus­cles are large and strong, and apt to prevail against the Liga­ture.

XIII. Paraeus, lib. 15. cap. 20. advises, therefore, that because the Thigh-bone is hollowed or croo­ked on the inside, and gibbous on the outer side, that [...] may be kept in its native Figure by putting into the hollowness a Compress, or thick Bolster, with a Plaster or Cerate under it spread with Ʋng. Rosatum, or some gluti­nous thing, that it may not fall off; otherwise the Patient would halt, and be Lame all his Life after.

XIV. Due Extension being made the Artist is to say his Hands upon the Fleshy parts of the Thigh, and direct his Thumbs to the fractured Bone, and so force it back into its place.

XV. This done, fit Medicaments are to be apply'd thereto, with the thick Bolster, as long as its bend­ing is; and then the Fracture is to be bound up with good Li­gature.

XVI. You must provide three Swaths, each of them 4 Inches broad: let the first be four Yards long; the second five Yards long; and the third nearly six.

XVII. With the first Band, you are to make three Circumvolutions upon the Fracture: carrying it up­wards with small Ambages, and making it to end round the Body.

XVIII. With the second Band you are to make two Circumvolu­tions upon the Fracture; and this is to be carried down wards with small Ambages, and this is to end above the Knee; or if you think it fit, it may be continu­ed down the Leg, and passing under the Foot, and be carri­ed up again upon the Leg.

XIX. With the third Swath, you are to bind on Bolsters and Splints: A bolster is to be ap­ply'd to the lower part of the Thigh, thicker at bottom, than at top, that the Thigh may be every where even; and four Splenia, or long Bolsters are to be added, on which Splints are to be laid of the same length and breadth, which are to be wrapp'd up in Linnen Rags.

XX. These Splenia and Splints [Page 1282] being [...] about the Feacture, the third S [...]th it to be [...] about them, beginning at [...] [...]om, and gradnally ascending upwards with many Circumvo­lutions.

XXI. Then two large [...]fe­boards are to be apply'd, which many embrace the whole Member without crossing one another, which may be ty'd with three pieces of Tape; a pair of Pumps are to be put under the Foot and Heel, and to be fastned with a small Swath.

XXII. Semertus Med. Pract. lib. 5. part. 5. cap. 11. says it will not be amiss to cut Li [...]en Cloth into pieces, of a sufficient length, and to mind them r [...]d the Hip, and near the Ilia, as likewise the Groins and Perine­um; for by this means, says he, the naked parts will not only be defended against the Splinters, but thereby a Flux of Humors may in a great measure be pre­vented.

XXIII. The Placing of the Part is next to be considered, which is to be put into a Junck or Cose [...] so large or long, as it may take in the whole Thigh, from the very Hip to the Foot; in the end of which, near the foot, there ought to be a hollow for the Heel.

XXIV. And such in Instrument as this is to be used, because that other sort of Bandage, [...] about a Fracture of the [...] to hold the Part firm and easy, can by no means be used here.

XXV. This Case or Truck is to be made of Wood; in making of which, great care is to take for the bottom of the Heel, that it may lye easy, lest by the uneasiness of that part, you disorder the whole Member, and bring upon it a pain, or numbedness.

XXVI. And herein you must observe; 1. That the Part lyes soft; and than nothing which is hard, be immediately applied to it; but that between the wounded Place and this Case or Trunk, some soft Splenia be interposed; or little Cushions or Bolsters may be laid on each side; two below the Knee, and two others below the Ancles, to fill up the cavi­ties: and a thick Bolster is to be laid upon the Leg, all along in length, as also one upon the Thigh.

XXVII. 2. That the whole Limb may lye smooth and even, and that it may lye rather somewhat higher than the rest of the Body.

XXVIII. This Case or Junck is to be [...] with many Bands; three for the Thigh, and three for the Leg; and on both side Woollen Gloths or Flannels are to be put, that so the Member may not decline either way: all which is to be done, that the Sick may lye free from Pain, or as much as may be, at ease, and that he may not move the Part.

XXIX. This you must also ob­serve, that if a Swelling arises in the Ham, or parts beneath it, greater th [...]n [...] wight be ex­pected; that then the Ligature is too hard, and the Splints too strongly bound on, whereby the Part is pressed too much; and therefore you ought to loosen the binding.

XXX. And the Tumor is to be fomented or anointed with such things as are anodyn, digestive, and repercussive; applying to it Cotton or Lint dipt in Oils of Myrtles, Roses, and Whelps.

XXXI. The Ancients advised, that the Ligature should be loosned every third day, to the tenth day; and from thence every seventh day: but for this there is no certain Rule.

XXXII. For according as Ac­cidents or Symptoms may arise, so the Sick ought to be dressed sooner or later; more often, or sel­domer, renewing the Ligatures with the Dressing.

XXXIII. If no Symptoms urge, let not the first Dressing be quickly moved, but defer it as long as conveniently may be: because bro­ken Bones have very much need of Rest, for the breeding of the Callus, which begins about the thirteenth or fifteenth day, and may be farthered by ap­plying Catagmatick Emplasters.

XXXIV. If there is a Wound, with the Fractures or Splinters of Bones, you are to apply (the Fracture being first rightly Set) a proper Suppurative; such as Galen's Teirapharmacum, or Ʋng-Basilicon; and you must daily wet the Swaths with Wine and Oil, 'till the fear of an Inflam­mation is over.

XXXV. Then, to help Nature in casting forth the Bones, you must inject Decoctum Divinum, or some such like; and lay on Empl. Sacrum Galeni upon the lips of the Wound only, and lay round about the Part af­fected Empl. Album, or Diapal­ma: and if it may be without Pain, it is to be bound up with single Splints.

XXXVI. The Bones being cast forth, the Wound is to be healed with Ceratum Divinum, or some other Consolidative; and being brought to the Cicatrice, the whole Member is to be kept easy, and in rest and quietness; and Ferula's to be placed round about it, to corroborate the Part, and confirm and strengthen the broken Bone.

CHAP. XXXII. Of a FRACTƲRE of the KNEE-PAN.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...], i.e. Pelvis, vel Patine parvae; in Latin, Fracture Fatellae; and in English, A Fracture of the Knee-pan.

II. This Bone is sometimes bro­ken lengthways in respect to the Thigh, sometimes transverse, and sometimes obliquety: sometimes it is broken into two parts, sometimes, all manner of ways; and sometimes it is with a Wound, and sometimes with­out.

III. The Signs. It is easily known [Page 1284] by feeling; there is a distance be­tween the broken Bones, and the Patient has a weakness and dis­ability in going: it is also known by the cavity, which is in the place where the Fracture is; by its motion; and by the crashing sound, in the handling the roof.

IV. Prognosticks, If tis rightly set, and so preserved, it easily grows to­gether again; especially if the Fra­cture was made in the length thereof.

V. If the Fracture is made transverse or crossways, the Patient proves lame, and for the most part halts all his Life after.

VI. So also if it is broken ob­liquely; because in both these ways, the concretion of the Callus being produced, the con­solidation does hinder the free motion of the Knee.

VII. If it is broken longways, it is easily reduced, and consolida­ted, without any fear of a Callus bunching forth, or a Lameness fol­lowing thereupon: because the extremities of the seventh, eighth, and ninth Muscles, which move the Ancle and Leg, end in that most strong Ten­don which is implanted in the Patella; and that the Muscles are wont of their own accord to be moved, and to draw towards the place of their original.

VIII. But Par [...]us, lib. 14. cap. 22. says, he never saw any one who had this Bone broken, that was not same, and halted all their Lives after: for that the concretion of the Callus being produced, the consolidation does hinder the free bending of the Knee.

IX. This indeed, as to the Trans­verse Fracture, may be granted; yet, says Fabricius Hildanus Cent. 5. Obs. 88. this is not always necessary in the Fracture made longways; because such a Callus so sticking forth, is not of ne­cessity to be bred: and we may see in the coalition of other Bones, that Nature many times breeds a Callus with that near­ness, that there scarcely remains the least sign of any Fracture upon the Part.

X. And this more especially happens when the Periosteum is whole, or unbroken; for then it keeps in the matter of the Cal­lus, that it cannot grow out overmuch, or bunch, cut too far.

XI. Again, being broken trans­versly or obliquely, tho' all the industry is used that can be, it is not to be cured without Lameness or Halting ever after; because the seventh, eighth, and ninth Mu­scles, moving the Ancle, draw the one part of the Bone up to­wards the Hip: but the Tendon that under the Knee is inserted into the Shin-Bone, draws the other part of the Bone down­wards; so that they can hardly by any Art be conglutinated again: whereupon a Callus bunches forth; which hurting the Muscles moving the Leg and Ancle, causes Lameness.

XII. The Cure. If the Knee-Pan is broken lengthways, no ex­tension is to be made; because the pieces of the Bones remain those ways in their places.

XIII. If it is broken transversly or obliquely, as the two pieces fly one from another, so here an exten­sion is to be made; and the Artist is at the same time to thrust [Page 1285] back the upper part of the Ratella into its true place; and in this posture it is to be kept, during the time of the Cure.

XIV. Then a Cataplasm or Em­plaster proper to the Fracture is to be laid on; and the hollowness of the Ham is to be filled up with a Bolster, lest the Knee should bend unawares, whereby the fragments of the Patella would fly asunder.

XV. After which, the Part is to be bound up with a fitting Liga­ture, if it is broken crosswise, &c. the Swath ought to be four Yards long, and two Inches broad, which may be rowled up, with one or two Heads: it is to be applied above the Knee-pan, making a circumvolution, and crossing un­der the Knee; then the Swath is to be constantly carried up and down, 'till the Patella is wholly covered.

XVI. If the Fracture is long­ways, a Swath like to the former must be used, which must be divi­ded, or cut thro' in the middle: and is first to be applied under the Knee; and one of the Heads of the Swath is to be passed thro' the Cut, by which the Bones are to be well closed, with several circumvolutions made upon the Patelia, 'till it is all covered.

XVII. Aegineta, de Re Me­dica, lib. 6. cap. 103. will have the Leg extended, and the Patella joined with the Fingers, and so kept, 'till the edges of the broken Bone touch one another, and are grown together: this may indeed be advised; but I am afraid, that it is a very hard thing to be performed.

XVIII. Then with a Junck of Straw, or made of some other fit substance, (as in a Fracture of the Thigh or Leg) the Member is to be kept fixt and immoveable, taking care that the Knee is not bended in the least measure.

XIX. If sharp fragments of Bones are separated from the rest of the Bone, and prick the Skin; some there are, who advise to make incision, to take them out; but this, if done, ought to be performed with great care and caution; and if any vehement Symptom should succeed, you are timely to oppose it with proper Remedies.

CHAP. XXXIII. Of a FRACTƲRE of the LEG.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...] pl. [...]. in Latin, Cruris Fractura, vel, Fractura Ossis, pl. Ossium Cruris; and in English. A Fracture of the Leg; or, of the Bone, or Bones of the Leg.

II. The Leg, is that part which goes from the Knee to the Foot; and consists of two Bones, viz. 1. [...], Tibia, the Shin-bone; [Page 1286] which is the greater, thicker, and upper Bone. 2. [...], Fibula; which is the les­ser, thinner, under, or outward Bone.

III. These Bones are broken, sometimes both of them together, and sometimes but one of them only: and the Fracture is either in the upper, or middle, or nether part.

IV. The Signs. When both Bones are broken; the Leg may be bended or bowed, many ways.

V. The Fracture of the Shin-Bone may be known both by sight and touching; there is a sufficient cavity and unevenness, and the Patient is also in much pain, and unable to go.

VI. But if the Fibula only is broken, it is not so easily known be­cause it is covered with much flesh, but for the most part the broken Bones incline inwards.

VII. The Prognosticks. If one Bone only is broken, the Cure is much easier to be performed, than if both be broken; for then one Bone is a support or stay to the other.

VIII. The Fibula being broken, is more easily cured than the Ti­bia, for that the Leg in reduction of that Bone, needs less extension; and withal the Shin-bone, not only supports it, but also sus­tains the weight of the whole Body.

IX. But the Tibia or Shin-bone being broken, the Cure is done with more difficulty; because as there is need of greater Extension, lbthe Sick is much longer, before he is able to walk.

X. As to the Time of the Conso­lidation of these these Bones, it seldom happens in less than fourty days; but the Patient ought to put but little stress upon the Leg, 'till fourscore days are past; and this more especially, if both the Bones are broken.

XI. The Cure. Whether one, or more Bones are broken, the Legis to be extended, that the Bones may be reduced, and joined together. But so great and strong an Extension is not requisite, when one Bone only is broken, as when both are fractured.

XII. This is commonly done by two strong Persons: but if by the Hand it cannot be accomplished, the Reduction must be per­formed by help of Engins or Instruments, as we have for­merly taught.

XIII. If one Bone only is broken, it ought to be most extended on one side; if both are broken, then it it to be equally extended every way: and whil'st the Part is extended by the Assistants, the Artist is with his Hands to reduce the Bones; thrufting the ends of the Bones exactly one against another.

XIV. And they will be known to be rightly reduced; because the great Toe will be in its right or natural situation, which other­wise would not be.

XV. The Bones being thus set right, you must impose proper and convenient Medicaments; and then it is to be rowled about with Swaths, as we have formerly directed; which ought to be both broader and longer than for the Arm.

XVI. You must prepare three [Page 1287] Swaths; one of these three Yards long; the second of four Yards; and the third of five Yards long, and about three Inches broad.

XVII. The first Swath is to be applied, a Bolster being first im­posed, dipt in some Styptick or Catagmatick Liquor; and three strait Circumvolutions are to be made upon the Fracture, and the Swath is to be carried up­wards, with several circumvolu­tions, and to terminate above the Knee.

XVIII. The second Swath is to begin upon the Fracture, with two circumvolutions; and wind­ing, it is to be brought down, to pass under the Foot, and then afterwards is to be carried up again, and to be terminated above.

XIX. The third Swath is now to be applied, but first the Leg is to be filled up with a Bolster, thicker at the bottom than at the top; and then you must lay round four Splenia, or long Bolsters, as long as the Leg, and 2 Inches broad, upon which are to be apply'd Splints made of thin plyable Wood: Upon these Splenia and Splints (wrapt up in Linnen Rags) the third Band is to be apply'd, which may indif­ferently begin either at top or at bottom, opposite to the for­mer; so that it must be carried in its turnings and windings either downwards or upwards, and so accordingly terminate.

XX. The whole Contexture of this Bandage, is to be encompassed with large Paste-boards, made round at the ends, which are not to cross one another; but they must be straighter at bottom than at top, and ty'd with three pieces of Tape, beginning at the middle; and the knots are to be ty'd on the outside.

XXI. And the Leg is so to be disposed of, that it may not be turned away unto any part, lest the Bones be disordred, which may be don by a Junk of Straw, or a Wooden Case; where care is to be taken for the easy laying of the Heel, as in the Fracture of the Thigh-bone we have already ad­vised.

XXII. The Splinters are not to be apply'd upon the Extremities of the Bones sticking out; nor upon that Tendon which passes along from the Leg to the Foot, and is knit unto the Heel, by reason of its exquisite sense, which will not endure compression.

XXIII. But Hippocrates, de Fracturis lib. 3. text. 23. &c. advises not to lay on the Ferula's or Splints, till the fear of Inflam­mation is over, which is generally after the seventh day; and then they are to be apply'd with the Pledgets and the upper Ligature, and to be bound fast with three Girts. His words are these.

XXIV. 1. Then at length things necessary being provided, the Fra­cture being join'd (the part being yet extended in a mean Figure) we must bind it with a Linne [...] Rowler, laying the beginning of the first Band upon the Fracture, so that it may hold it firm, but not yet press it violently.

XXV. 2. When you have Wound the first Band about the same place, the second and third time, you must carry it upwards, that you may [Page 1288] thereby stop the Flux of Blood com­ing to it: and there it is to end; but this Band is not to be so long [...] the second.

XXVI. 3. The other Band, at the beginning of it, is to be wound about the Fracture once, and then is to be carried downwards, and not pressing so much, it must take a greater distance in rowling of it about, that so it may come to that place, where the first did end.

XXVII. 4. After these, Pled­gets smeared with some proper Ce­rate, are to be laid on, for so by these means, they will stick the faster, and smoother, and these must be bound on with Rowlers.

XXVIII. 5. But a Band with two Heads, will perform the of­fice of three Bands; changing the order so among them, that they may be carried sometimes to the Right Hand, sometimes to the Left Hand, and very much indeed from the lower parts upwards; and sometimes from the upper parts, they must be carried downwards.

XXIX. 6. But when the fear of Inflammation is past, you must lay on the Ferula's, and they are to be contained with Bands very loose, that they may only be staid on; and that the putting on of the Ferula's, may not add any pres­sure to the Part. Thus Hippo­crates.

XXX. Lastly, if need be, or you find that Symptoms are induc'd, you must sometimes use convenient Purging, with a Vulnerary Diet: let the Sick Eat very sparingly at first, and as much as may be, be at rest and quiet.

CHAP. XXXIV. Of a FRACTƲRE of the FOOT.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Fractura Ossis vel Ossium Pedis: and in English, a Fracture of a Bone, or Bones of the Foot.

II. Hippocrates, de Articulis, saith, That the Bones of the Feet, (as also of the Hands) cannot be broken, without a Wound of the Fleshy parts, by something very sharp or heavy: because these Bones are harder th [...]n ordinary, and therefore cannot suffer with­out hurt of the adjacent Flesh.

III. Paulus Aegineta, lib. 6. cap. 106. saith, That the Ancle-bone can by no means be broken, not only by reason of its hardness, but because also, it is guarded and de­fended round about.

IV. The Signs. A Fracture of the Bones of the Foot, is found both by sight and touching; be­cause those parts, have but little Flesh about them; for common­ly they stick out, upon their breaking.

V. The Prognosticks. A Fra­cture in these parts is not very [Page 1289] dangerous, or of difficult cure; yet because the Member is full of Nerves, which are generally bruised and wounded; there are most vehement Pains, Inflam­mations, and other evil Sym­ptoms excited.

VI. If a violent Flux of Hu­mors falls down upon the Part, the Cure will be exceeding difficult, by reason it is a depending Part.

VII. Otherwise, if no ill Sym­ptoms occur, these Fractures will, be for the most part consolidated in about twenty days: except the Fra­cture is near the Ancle; for then a longer time will be required.

VIII. The Cure. It is nearly the same with that in the Hand: there ought to be a due exten­sion, and then with the Fin­gers, the broken Bones are to be put in their proper places.

IX. This will be best done, if the Sick stands with the fractured Foot upon a Table, covered with a Woollen Cloth: then proper Me­dicaments are to be apply'd, and the Foot is to be wrapp'd about with Swaths.

X. Splinters cannot well be im­posed here, therefore Splenia ought to be used to cover the Part, and then the Fracture is to be bound up with Swaths; so the Bones being once put in their right places, they may be kept there.

XI. You are to have a Swath about two Inches broad, and four Yards long, which is to be rowled up to the middle, with two Heads.

XII. It is to begin with an Ap­plication, and a Circumvolution about the Ancle, and then it must pass on to the Foot, and n [...] like manner make a Circum. volution round it.

XIII. This done, with the same Swath, you must cross over the Metatarsus, making some Figures, in form of a Rhombus, or Diamond fashion, as also over the Toes: and then it is to be carried up again, to end above the Ankle.

XIV. But some are for carrying the Heads up the Leg, and then to end them above the Knee: this kind of Bandage is called the Sandal, and indifferently serves for any Fracture of the Bones of the Feet.

XV. The Situation and placing ought to be otherwise than in the Hands, for our Hands being gi­ven us to lay hold with upon things, are to be placed in a crooked Figure: but our Feet being given us to stand upon, and to go withal, are to be situ­ated in a straight Figure, lest their Action should be hindred, or depraved.

XVI. You must also take all imaginable care to hinder as much as may be Inflammation, and pre­vent defluxion of Humors; for that, if they once have a recourse to those Parts, they seldom or ne­ver after, suffer a Revulsion, without great difficulty.

XVII. Thus much upon Fra­ctures: if you would see more upon this Subject, you must Read the most Learned Books of Hippocrates de Fracturis, and de Articulis, with the admirable Comment of Galen upon them, where possibly you may meet with much satisfacti­on: and yet we think, that here­in, we have omitted nothing, which is absolutly necessary for the Young Artist to know.

Explicit Liber Sextus

ARS CHIRƲRGICA. Liber Septimus. OF DISLOCATIONS.

The ARGUMENT.

I. Of Dislocations in General. II. Dislocation Sim­ple. III. Dislocation, with Inflammation and Pain. IV. Dislocation with a Wound. V. Dislocation with Fracture. VI. Dislocation reduced, with Convulsions following it. VII. Dislocation with a Callus, or an old Luxation. VIII. Dislocation reduced, fallen out again. IX. Dislocation of the Nose-bone. X. Of the Mandible, or Jaw-bone. XI. Of the Clavicle or Collar-bone. XII. Of the Vertebrae of the Neck. XIII. Of the Spina Dorsi, or Back-bone. XIV. Dislo­cation of the Back-bone from an Internal Cause, or of a Crooked Back. XV. Dislocation, or sinking of the Xiphoides or Sternon. XVI. Dislocation of the Ribs. XVII. Of the Os Sacrum and Rump-bone. XVIII. Of the Shoulder. XIX. Of the Elbow and Radius. XX. Of the Carpus, or Wrist, or Meta­carpium, or hand. XXI. Of the Fingers. XXII. Of the Hip, or Thigh bone. XXIII. Of the Patella, or Knee-pan. XXIV. Of the Knee. XXV. Disloca­tion or Divulsion of the Fibula from the Tibia, or Shin-bone. XXVI. Dislocation of the Talus, or Ankle-bone. XXVII. Of the Heel. XXVIII. Of the Tarsus, Metatarsus, and Toes.

CHAP. I. Of DISLOCATIONS in General.

I. WHAT the Greeks call, [...], vel, [...]. the Latins call, Disloca­tio, vel Luxatio; and we in Eng­lish, A Dislocation, or Luxati­on, or Bone out of Joint.

II. It is the displacing or slip­ping of the head of some Limb or Bone out of its proper Acetabulum or Sinus, into another place.

III. And it is either compleat, when it is wholly out of its place; or incompleat, when it is but a little out, or distorted.

IV. Now a Joint which is de­signed for motion, consists of the head of a Bone, and a Sinus or Cavity: in the head, all Bones which have a round head, have all motions, as the Shoulder and Thigh: in the Sinus, all which have a deep Sinus, are not so apt to be thrust out of Joint, as the Os Coxendicis; and contrari­wise, where the Sinus is shal­low, as in the Scapula.

V. But in order to the full un­derstanding of the Doctrine of Dislo­cations, it is necessary to know how Bones are joined together, which is, 1. Per Symphysin. 2. Per Arthrosin.

VI. [...], Coalescentia, is a close growing of Bones together, and this is either immediate, or mediate.

VII. Immediate Conjunction of Bones is also threefold; 1. [...], Sutura, or indented Conjuncti­on, as in the Bones of the Scull. 2. [...], Harmonia, when joined in a straight line, without indenting. 3. [...], Gom­phosis, by entering into a Si­nus, as a Tooth in its hole or socket.

VIII. Mediate Conjunction of Bones is also threefold; 1. [...], Syssarcosis, when two Bones are joined by a Medium of Flesh; as the joining of the Teeth to the Jaw, by the Gums. 2. [...], Synneurosis, when the Connexion is made by a Li­gament, as the Ossa Pubis in Wo­men: in Articulation, it is ei­ther round, as that which joins the head of the Os Femoris to the Coxa: or broad, as the Tendon of the Patella, which unites it to the Os Tibiae. 3. [...], Synchondrosis, when there is a Union made by Gristles; and by this Medium, the Sternon is joined to the Ribs.

IX. 2. [...], Articulatio, a Ʋnition by jointing; and this it either, 1. [...], Diar­throsis, a manifest Articulation; as in the Joints of the Elbow, Thigh, Knee, &c. 2. [...], Synarthrosis, an obscure Articulation; as in the Conjun­ction of the Carpus with the Me­tacarpus, and the Tarsus with the Metatarsus. Both these are divided into three several Spe­cies, [Page 1292] viz. Enarthrosis, Arthrodia, and Ginglymus.

X. [...], Enarthrosis, is where a large round Head en­ters into Cotyla, a deep or pro­found Cavity, as the head of Os Femoris into that of the Os C [...]: or into Glene, a shallow Cavity, as the head of the Os Humeri into the Scapula.

XI. [...], Arthrodia, is where the Cavity is very super­ficial, as in Diarthrosis, between the head and first Vertebra of the Neck; and in Synarthrosis, between the Carpus and Meta­carpus.

XII. [...], Ginglymus, is where there is a mutual in­denting of two Bones in a Joint, into each others Cavity, as in Diarthrosis, in the juncture of the Elbow: and in Synarthrosis, in the Vertebrae of the Back.

XIII. It is good for an [...]rtist to know all the various kinds of unition of Bones; but notwith­standing all that has been said of that Matter, Diarthrosis and Synarthrosis are the chief subjects upon which this our present Discourse of Luxations is built.

XIV. Now lest the Bones should easily slip out of the Joint, they are held fast with Ligaments: some of them are orbicular, which in all Joints encompass round the head and Sinus: others are round, and are only in such Joints, as are made for strong Motions, as in the Thigh and Knee: these out of a deep Cavity, are inserted into the head of the Bone.

XV. Now the Joints which have both sorts of Ligaments, at least the orbicular, and are very close, are with much difficulty put out of Joint.

XVI. The Kinds. There are two kinds of Dislocations, 1. When the [...]d of the Bone slipt totally out of its proper Sinus: and this is that which is specially called Exarthrosis, or Exarthroma, Dis­location.

XVII. 2. When the head of the Bone starts a little out of the Si­nus, but is not quite out; and this is called, [...] vel [...], Luxatio, a loosening, or distortion of the Joint: and this may sometimes come to pass, when the Bones are length­ned thro' a laxity or distention of the Ligaments, from a weak­ness of the Part, or a flux of Humors. Yet Dislocatio and Luxatio are generally taken in one and the same acceptation.

XVIII. To these some add a third Species, viz. when such Bones shall gape, which were be­fore joined; and this happens in three places, 1. When the Sca­pula parts from the Clavicula or Humerus. 2. The Radius from the Cubitus. 3. The Fibula from the Tibia; and this they call a Divulsion or Disjunction, or Disjoining. See Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 10.

XIX. The Differences. They arise first from the Situation and Figure of the Part, as upwards, downwards, forward, back­ward, to the right side, or left side.

XX. Secondly, from Accidents or Symptoms attending them, as, vehement Pain, Inflammation, [Page 1293] flux of Humors, Wounds, Fra­ctures, &c.

XXI. The Causes. They are either Procatartick or Antecedent: The Procatartick or External, are Falls, Blows, violent Extensi­on, (in which latter Case, In­fants are sometimes hurt by the Hands of the Midwife.)

XXII. The Antecedent or In­ternal, are from Humors affect­ing the Joints, which flowing down upon them, do by their Quantity or Quality either relax the Ligaments; and so cause the Bones to slip out of their pro­per places; or else contract the Tendons, and so pluck them out of their natural seats.

XXIII. The Signs. A Dislo­cation is known by the extraordina­ry Tumor of the Part where the Bone is lodged, emptiness of the place where the Bone was, and privation of Motion, accompanied with Pain; as also by comparing it with its fellow, which is not dislocated: the Member is also rendred longer or shorter, ac­cordingly as the Bone is out of its place.

XXIV. These things then are to be observed, 1. That as long as the motion of the Member is not lost, tho' there may be sus­picion of a Dislocation, yet there is none. 2. That the Tu­mor or Swelling is always on that side unto which the Bone is slipt, and the hollowness on that side from whence it is fal­len. 3. That the Bone being out of its place, and finding no resistance, the Muscles will draw it upwards, and so make the Limb shorter, 4. That it will be unlike to its fellow, which is not dislocated.

XXV. A Dislocation may be di­stinguished from a Luxation, by the inte [...]s [...]ess of the signs aforesaid; for if all the motions of the Limb is lost; if it is indeed shorter, and there is a great Eminence and Gavity, and it is very unlike to the found one, it is a Distocation: & [...] contrar [...], it is a Luxation.

XXVI. If the Part is thicker than it ought to be; if where the Bones should meet, there is a grea­ter, extubera [...]ce; and if withal the Bones gape, there is a dis­juncture.

XXVII. That sort of Luxati­on, wherein the Limb is made lon­ger, is known by these signs, 1. Be­cause the Limb looks as if it were hung on, dangling this way and that way, by reason of the re­laxation of the Ligaments, and the Bones not touching one ano­ther. 2. When the Bone is re­duced to its place, it will not stay there, but fall out present­ly of its own accord. 3. There is a cavity or hollowness quite round the Joint, so big some­times, as almost to put ones lit­tle Finger into it.

XXVIII. The signs that the Bone is well set, are the just con­trary to these which shew it to be dislocated: Avicenna, and others, have another sign also, which is a Crashing noise, or a kind of Snap, which the By-standers hear, upon the reduction.

XXIX. But says Wiseman, this is not always a certain sign, nor indeed is it a very good sign: for it may be made by the head [Page 1294] of the Bone cubbing against, and breaking the Cartilaginous edges of the Acetabulum or Sinus; part of which may go into the cavity before the Bone, and then no good Reposition can be made, but the Patient will always be lame, because the Head cannot turn round in the Sinus.

XXX. Or, the noise may come from the head of the Bone striking against the bottom of the Cavity, which sometimes may hazard a bruising of the Cartilages, tho' many times it is without any such Accident: however this noise is easie to be distinguish­ed from the other, where the Cartilage is broken.

XXXI. The Prognosticks. In Children, and such as have very maist Bodies, Bones are easiest re­duced, but they are with much difficulty retained in their places; and contrariwise in elderly Per­sons, and dry Bodies.

XXXII. A Dislocation not re­cent, or of song-continuance, is with great difficulty and pain re­stored: and when restored, it is kept in its place with great trouble, because of the weak­ness of the Part, and of the Li­gaments, the whole growing emaciated.

XXXIII. A Dislocation of the Vertebrae, occasioned by External Atoi [...] or [...]elente, is for the most part Mortal; but if it is caused by Congestion, it is ma­ny times Gur [...]d.

XXXIV. A Dislocation, with a Wound, is more difficult to be cured than without; so also, if it is with a Fracture: but if it is with Wound and Fracture both it is harder yet to be performed, and with a great deal of trouble and difficulty.

XXXV. Luxations or Disloca­tions, in which the edges of the Acetabulum are broken off, are worst of all; for tho' the Joint is restored to its place, yet it continues not long, but falls out again upon the stightest cause.

XXXVI. Old Dislocations, which are grown hard with a Callus, and have a clammy or gelly-like Humor filling up the Gavities, are never, or very rarely, cured; for which reason, every Dislocation or Luxation ought presently to be replaced.

XXXVII. A Dislocation in Childhood, if not reduced, it causes the Member or Limb to grow less than the other.

XXXVIII. A Dislocation or Luxation of the Head from the Vertebrae of the Neck, is Mor­tal; because it compresses the Spinal Marrow at its Original, or first Rise, and so hinders the Influx of the Animal Spirits.

XXXIX. A Dislocation with great Pain, flux of Humors, In­semination, or Wound, is hard to be cured, and is not without dan­ger; nor can it be restored with­out danger of Convulsions, or Death.

XL. For which reason, Celsus advises, that if the Bone being re­duced, there is an extension of the [...]erves (with vehement Pain) It must presently be put out of Joint again.

XLI. The farther any Bone is fallen forth our of its Sinus, so much the more difficultly will it be [Page 1295] restored again; by how much the nearer, by so much the sooner and easier.

XLII. A Dislocation of long con­tinuance, by how much it is less able to be moved by a natural motion; by so much the more it will be extenuated and wasted, and affected with an Atrophia.

XLIII. And the reason is mani­fest; for because of the intermission of motion, the native heat of the Part will be dulled, and wasted also: and because the Vessels are comprest by the luxated Bone, the necessary Influx of the Blood and Spirits will be prohibited or hindred.

XLIV. The Cure. In the Cure of a Dislocation, there are (ac­cording to Scultetus) Five Inten­tions; viz. Extension, Reposition, Deligation, Deposition, and Reli­gation.

XLV. In Extension, four things are to be considered; viz. 1. The Time. 2. The Instruments. 3. The manner of the Extension. 4. And the Quantity of the Extension.

XLVI. As to Time, (says Hip­pocrates) it is to be done presently after it is put out of Joint, whil'st the Party is yet hot: but if it cannot be done presently, by reason no Physician (so I call every good or skilful Chirur­gian) is near, it must be done on the second or third day, except Inflammation hinder it.

XLVII. On the Fourth Day, no­thing is to be attempted, because of great paint; for it would not succeed well, but many ill Sym­ptoms would follow: and there­fore the Term of the Inflamma­tion must be expected; which is the seventh, eighth, or ninth Day.

XLVIII. For so Hippocrates, de Articulis, Text. 65. says; unless it can be reduced in the first three days, it is not to be medied withal: nor on the tenth, ele­venth, or twelfth day is it safe, because the Callus is bred.

XLIX. But before Extension, let the Joint be fomented with warm Water and Oil; or Wine and Oil; or a Decoction of Althea, or Mallows. Spigelius says, that nothing is better than a Bath of fair Water.

L. The Instruments of Extension are, our Hands, for small Dislo­cations; Bands, for such as are mean; and Engins or Instru­ments, for such as are great.

LI. The Bands ought to be strong, soft, and tractable; such as are Buck-skins dressed soft; or, for want of Leather, Linnen-cloth rubbed: you must fasten them on the part which is farthest from the Joint dislocated; lest the Muscles should be bound, or else torn by violent Extension.

LII. As for the Engins or In­struments, they are such as we have described in Lib. 6. Cap. 2. Sect. 12. ad Sect. 47. viz. the Ambi of Hippocrates; the Glossocomon of Galen; the Reductive Ladder; and the Table of Hippocrates.

LIII. The Manner of Extension. This we have sufficiently taught in the former Book of Fractures; however, it ought to be as straight as possibly it can, viz. in a right line; for so Extension is made with as little pain and difficulty as may be.

LIV. The Quantity of the Ex­tension: [Page 1296] This is known, from the Place where the Dislocation or Lineation is: the Way that the Bone slipt forth: the Place to which it is fallen: and the Place in which it rests.

LV. When Extension is almost made, the Swooning of the Sick, or of the Standers by, must by no means under the Ope­ration.

LVI. Reposition. It is done by the Hands of the Artist, which ought to be anointed with Oil of Roses: and it is either made by circumgyration; or by forcing it back, to the opposit part, to which it is fallen.

LVII. But these Motions are not always necessary: because that sometimes when Extension is made, the Muscles are only re­laxed, (not contracted) so that the Joint will slip into its natu­ral placeo, f its own accord.

LVIII. Now if it is well Set, you may know it by the natural shape of the Member; when nei­ther hollowness for swelilng appears about the Joint, as it did before it was set.

LIX. Also by the abatement of the Fair, which is always an inse­pay able sign, that the Bone is reduced; but the Pain may not be [...]aded, because the Museles may be very much [...] and and sometimes by a crank, or small blow, which the Bone make [...], when it falls into its Socket.

LX. You are to consider, which [...] it is stipt out; for by the same way it must be reduce back again, if it slipt to the right side, it must be prest to the lest; if it is luxated forwards, it must be forced backwards.

LXI. The Shoulder requires one way, the Elbow another, and the Knee or Ancle another: if the Luxation is not recent, or the Muscles be much contracted, you must relax them by Emollient Embrocations of Oil of Ben, Rears Oil, Mans or Vipers Grease; or with Ʋng. Dialthaeae, lest by too great violence you affect the Nerves, and cause a Raralisis.

LXII. Deligation. This is con­sidered from the Figure of the Part affected, and the Ligature it self; which may preserve the Joint being reduced, and pre­vent Inflammation.

LXIII. In the Figure, you must consider the Form both of the Joint reduced and also of the whole Part: some Figures are natural, and without Pain; and some are unnatural, and with Pain.

LXIV. The Figure of the Arm without pain, is bended; of the Foot, perfect extension: now the figure in which the Part must stand, must be ordered before it be bound up, that the binding may be neither too loose, nor too hard.

LXV. The Ligature must be made of Linnen Swaths or Bands, and soft; that they may cause to pain they must be equal, that they may bind equally every where [...] and they ought to be white and clean, that the Hu­mors, issuing forth (if any be) may be known by their Colours.

LXVI. The breadth of the Swath or Rowle [...] must be according to the Part to be bound up: for the [Page 1297] thinner or smaller Parts, they may be the narrower: in the Thigh and Knee they may be near four Inches broad: in the Arm and Hand, about three Inches: in the Fingers, about an Inch, or better.

LXVII. Galen divides them in­to inner Bands, to wit, such as bind the Joint under the Plasters; and outward Bands, as those which are put above the Plasters: Hip­pocrates uses two inward Bands, and two outward; but one may may do, where the Joint is not easy to be slipt out.

LXVIII. The length of the Swath is various, in respect to the variety of Parts to be bound. Upon the Thighs they must be six Yards in length; for the Shoulder, four Yards and half long; for the Arms and Legs, about two or three Yards in length.

LXiX. Now that the Swaths may hinder Inflammation, they must be wet in sowr or astringent Wine, mixed with Oil of Roses; or an­ointed with Hippocrates his Ca­taplasm or Cerate, made of Oil of Roses p. ii. Wax p. i.

LXX. Some allow not here of Astringent Pouders mixed with the white of an Egg; because they either cool, dry, and bind the Joint too much, hindering the bending of the Joint; or pro­hibit the flowing forth of the Humors which are flowed into it.

LXXI. Yet Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 5. part. 6. cap. 1. al­lows of Astringent Medicaments. First of all, (says he) before bind­ing up, Astringent Medicaments are to be laid on, which hinder a Flux of Humors, and Inflamma­tion, contract the Ligaments re­lax'd, and withal strengthen the Part.

LXXII. These may be made of fine Bole, Dragons-blood, Ba­laustians, Pomgranate-peels, red Roses, Frankincense, fine Flower, and the like, mixed with the white of an Egg. To these things you may add, Acacia, Comfrey-roots, Catechu, Myrtle-berries, Saccharum Saturni, Sumach, Crocus Martis, &c.

LXXIII. If there is great Pain, you may embrocate with Oils of Roses, of Earthworms, of Whelps, or of Mastich. Or you may mix some of those Oils with your Astringents afore-named; and apply over Empl. Album, è Bolo, or de Minio.

LXXIV. Sennertus commends this Emplaster. ℞ Fine Bole, Bean-flower, Comfrey-roots in pou­der, A. ℥iii. mix; steep them in Vinegar, and dry them: to which add Litharge, Wax, Rosin, A. ℥iii. melt these three over the Fire, then add to them the former three things; and with two Ounces of Gum-Tragacanth, make an Em­plaster.

LXXV. Or, ℞ Fine Bole, Com­frey-roots, Dragons-blood, Frank­incense, Mastich, A. ℥ss. fine Wheat-flower ℥i. Sheep-suet ℥iii. Wax q.s. mix, and make a Plaster.

LXXVI. Or, ℞ Birdlime, Ma­stich, Pine-Rosin, A. ℥ss. new Wax ℥iii. mix, and make a Plaster. Or you may apply Empl. Barba­rum, or Catagmaticum, malaxed with a little Oil of Roses Om­phacine.

LXXVII. Or, ℞ fine Bole, Catechu, Dragons-blood, Myrtle-berries, [Page 1298] Pomgranate peels, Sumach, Saccharum Saturni, A ℥ss. whites of Eggs, q.s. mix, and apply. These things being laid on, the Member must be conveniently bound up with Swaths or Row­lers, and Bolsters, in the same manner as we have taught con­cerning Fractures: and if need be, and the figure and nature of the Part will admit of it, Splints, or such like, made of Paste­board, Leather, &c. may be laid on.

LXXVIII. Deposition. This is threefold. 1. Alligation; as in a Dislocation of the Shoulder or Arm, where the Arm is bound to the Thorax. 2. Suspension; as when the Arm is hanged by a Scarf or Linnen-cloth, put about the Neck. 3. Collocation; when we place the Part affected in a certain situation or rest: as the Arm upon the Thorax, or in a Capsula, and the Thigh or Leg in a Trunk or Case, of Straw or Wood.

LXXIX. And herein you must note, that the Collocation must be, 1. After the mean Figure of the Part. 2. Soft; that the Sick may lye at ease; therefore is the Case filled with Hurds or Tow. 3. Equal, or rather a little upwards; that the Humors may not so easily flow to the Part affected, and cause Inflammation. 4. At Rest; for which Reason, the Ancients used to make a Hole thro' the Bed and Blankets, that the Sick in voiding their Excrements, might not be forced to move.

LXXX. Religation. This is of Ʋse, 1. Where the Part is bound too fast, or too loose. 2. If there is Itching, or Pain.

LXXXI. If the Ligature is bound too strait, a hard Tumor arise [...] in the Extream Parts dis­located: if too loose, there is no Tumor at all: if it is too strait, you must loosen it the second day: but if too loose, you must straiten it the third day.

LXXXII. If there is Itching or Pain, the Swaths are to be loosned, and fair warm Water to be poured upon the Part; not only to abate the Itching, and discuss the sharp watery Humors, but also that the Ligaments may be corrobo­rated.

LXXXIII. But unless the Liga­ture is made ill, or the Itching is troublesom, let the Part remain as it was first bound up, 'till the se­venth day: if there is an Itching, you must loosen it on the third or fourth day, and bathe with fair Water, as aforesaid: but Wiseman says, with Salt-water, or a Decoction of tops of Worm­wood, Camomil-flowers, Red-Roses, Balaustians, Myrtle-berries, Juniper and Cypress-Nuts, adding a little S.V.

XXXIV. On the seventh day, which is the time that the Inflam­mation should be past, the Liga­ture must be let loose again; and lukewarm Water poured on again; (but not too hot, for that loosens the Ligaments: so also all Greasy Medicaments re­lax the Tendons, and prolong the Cure.)

XXXV. But the Swaths are no more to be wet, nor to be sineared with the Cerate of Roses, by reason the Inflammation is over: but [Page 1299] upon the Joint, Empl. Catagmati­cum softned with Cerate of Roses, or Oil of Myrtles, or some of the afore-prescribed Medi­caments are to be applied; which may be also applied at first binding-up, if no evil Symptoms are present.

LXXXVI. After the seventh day, the Ligature ought to be made somewhat straiter than before: and after this second binding-up, the Part ought not to be loosned until the end of the Cure.

CHAP. II. Of a SIMPLE DISLOCATION.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dis-Dislocatio Simplex; and in Eng­lish, A Simple Dislocation, or, Simply out of Joint.

II. The Signs and Prognosticks of a Dislocation or Luxation, you have in the former Chapter at large: but this as a Presage may be said, That if it is a Simple Dislocation or Luxation, it will be so much the sooner and easier cured.

III. We call that a Simple Dis­location or Luxation, which is without Fracture, Wound, or Contusion, or any other ill Ac­cident or Symptom.

IV. In a Simple Dislocation or Luxation therefore, consider the Place; and put the Sick into a fit posture, and then carefully extend it: as we have taught in the former Chapter.

V. Then with your Fingers or Hands, forcing the dislocated Bone the contrary way, carefully reduce it.

VI. And in young Persons, fo­ment the Joint with some Astrin­gent Decoction made in Red-wine; but in elder Persons, where the Joints are confirmed, and the Ligaments hard and firm, you may anoint with Oleum Catello­rum, Oil of Earth-worms, or Oil of Hypericon.

VII. After which, you may lay over it Empl. Album, or Diachal­citeos, Sticticum Paracelsi, or Emplast. Catagmaticum, a little softned with Oil of Roses Ompha­cine; then rowling it up well with good Swaths or Bands.

VIII. But it will be better, if after anointing, for the first Day or two, you apply a Cataplasm of fine Bole, or of Catechu, mixt up with the white of an Egg.

IX. If there is a Tumor with­al, anoint it well, either with the aforesaid Oils, or with Oil of Elder, or with this. ℞ Golden-coloured Palm-Oil ℥ i. Oils of Amber and Rosemary, A.℥jss. mix them, and anoint therewith.

X. Then apply a Cataplasm made of Oatmeal, Linseed, Milk, and Oil of Roses; so will the Tumor discuss: but if it is not of [Page 1300] above two or three days standing, by reducing the Bone, it will presently vanish of its own accord.

XI. If the Luxation is made by Congestion, it requires Emol­lients, to resolve and discuss the Crude Humors affecting the Joints, Ligaments, and Tendons.

XII. For which Intention, you may apply this Cataplasm. ℞ Roots of Althaea ℥vi. roots of the wild Cucumber ℥iii. tops of Marjoram M ji. boil them in Broth made of Calves-feet; which done, bruise or beat them together; and add thereto pou­ders of Fenugreek and Linseed, A. ℥i. Oil of Lillies, Man's, or Vipers Fat, A. q. mix, and make a Pultiss.

XIII. Also, you may apply Emplastr. Diachylon cum Gummi, de Mucilaginibus, de Ranis cum Mercurio, Mercuriale, &c. for so long time as you see conve­nient, if the Fracture is great and hard.

XIV. The Matter being thus resolved, you may then go on to the reducing of the Luxation: and after you have restored it, you must apply such Medica­ments to it, as may dry up all the superfluous Humidity, and corroborate the Joint: such as we have directed to in the for­mer Chapter.

XV. And you must also have some extraordinary Bandage, to keep the Bone in its place: of which we have already dis­coursed, and shall discourse more particularly hereafter in in the following Chapter of this Book.

XVI. If the Luxation is old, or of long standing, the former Emollient Cataplasm, and other like things may be used; after which you may use Digestives, such as Ceratum de Betonica, Em­plastrum Sacrum, &c.

XVII. But before the applica­tion of the Emplasters, you may immediately Foment with a De­coction of Betony, Camomil, Hyssop, Origanum, and Stoechas, in Wine.

XVIII. And if the Humors are much, and hard to be discussed, you must use the Fumes of the Stone Pyritis, heated red-hot, and quenched in Vinegar, as Galen has sometimes advised: or a Fomentation made of Roots of Althaea, of wild Cucumber, of Bryony, and of pulp of Colocyn­this, boiled in Wine.

XIX. These by their heat and driness, will discuss the Matter; and by an innate property, give relief to the Part.

XX. The luxated Limb may be put also into a Bath of hot Water, and held in the same for some time; for so it digests the Hu­mors: which done, all the rest of the Work is to be performed as in recent Luxations, &c.

CHAP. III. Of a DISLOCATION, with PAIN and INFLAMMATION.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...], & [...]. in Latin, Dislocatio cum Dolore ac Inflamma­tione; vel Dislocatio Inflammata cum Dolore: and in English, a Dislocation with Pain and Inflam­mation, or a Luxation Inflamed, accompanied with Pain.

II. If Pain and Inflammation seizes the Part before the Bone is reduc'd, you must take heed of ex­tending the Part, or trying to re­store the Luxated Joint, till the Pain and Inflammation are allay'd; lest by the distention of the Nerves a Convulsion, Gangrene, or some other dangerous Sym­ptoms should be excited.

III. In this Case therefore, the Part is to be placed in a mean posture, which may be least pain­ful, and then it is to be an­ointed with this Emollient. ℞ Vng. de Althaea ʒii. Oils of Lillies, of Myrtles, and of Roses, A. ʒi. Hogs Lard ℥ss. mix them.

IV. Then you may apply this Discutient. ℞ Cumin and Fen­nel seeds, A. ʒvi. Colophony, Frankincense, Mastich, Pitch, A. ℥i. Oil of Dil, Wax, A. q.s. mix, and make an Emplaster.

V. And Ʋniversals being pre­mised, the Belly must be kept loose with Clysters: you may also con­tinually pour on the Part warm Water, mix'd with Oil of Roses, before application of the for­mer things.

VI. For the hot Water will discuss the Humors, loosen the Parts, and ease the Pain; and the Oil will mitigate the Inflam­mation, hinder its increase, and repercuss.

VII. When the Inflammation ceases, the Humors will be some­what thickned; for which cause sake, we must gently chafe the Part with our Hand, being first anointed with Oil of sweet Al­monds.

VIII. Then lay on this Gata­plasm. ℞ Ammoniacum ℥ii. which dissolve in Vinegar: Wax ℥jss. Hens Grease ℥i. Saffron ʒi. Oil of Roses, q.s. mix and make a Cataplasm: or you may apply Oxycroceum mollified with Oil of Roses.

IX. The Inflammation being overcome, let the Part be exten­ded, and reduc'd; and proper things being apply'd to it, let it be bound up, and placed as it ought to be.

X. If the Inflammation succeed after Reduction, by reason of the violent Extension, and perpetual Pain, the Ligature must be un­ty'd, tho' it fall out on the first or second day; and lukewarm-water mix'd with Oil of Roses, must be poured on the Part, till [Page 1302] the Sick finds some ease.

XI. Then the Part must be bound up somewhat loose, and with fewer Swaths, wet with Water and Oil; which is to be repeated every day, till the Inflammation declines, which happens for the most part on the fifth day.

XII. Then apply the afore de­scribed Cataplasm, or Oxycroceum, to resolve the remainder of the In­flammation, with a Ligature more loose: when the Inflammation is gone, you must pursue the re­maining part of the Cure, as if it were a Simple Luxation.

XIII. In the mean season, a slender Diet must be ordred, and re­vulsive means used, as Purging, Vomiting, Clysters, &c. ac­cording to the Age and Strength of the Patient.

XIV. If after the Joint is re­placed, there is an Itching, the binding must be loosned, and the place sprin [...]ed with fair warm Water (Wiseman says, with salt Water) or with some astringent Decoction: that the cause of the Itching may be discust, and the Itch abated: otherwise we must forbear warm Water, lest the Ligaments should be relaxed.

XV. And to keep the Patient easy and quiet, a Dose of our Volatile or Specifick Landanum, may be given every night at Bed-time.

CHAP. IV. Of a DISLOCATION with a WOƲND.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dislocatio cum Vulnere: and in English, a Dis­location with a Wound.

II. The Prognosticks. A Dislocation or Luxation join'd with a Wound, is very dangerous; and if the Joint be either uncover­ed, or a little thrust forth with­out the Skin, it is for the most part mortal.

III. If it is reduc'd, the dan­ger is greater, than if it is not: if it is not reduc'd, Inflamma­tion will come upon it, some­times Convulsions, and some­times Death.

IV. Or there will be a filthy and Incurable Ʋlcer; which if by chance it is brought to Cicatrize at all; it will easily be dissolved, by reason of its softness.

V. If it is reduc'd, there will be extream danger of Convulsion, Gangrene, and of Death, which ge­nerally follows it.

VI. Hippocrates, de Articulis Art. 4. Text. 16, 17. says, who­so has the Bones of the Leg Luxa­ted with a Wound, so that they hang forth of the Joint, whether inwardly or outwardly, they are not to be reduc'd; for if they be, and so remain, they shall Die, nor shall they Live many days; for few such pass the seventh day, by rea­son of a mortal Convulsion; more­over [Page 1303] a Gangrene does also happen: and these things you must know will certainly come to pass.

VII. This Danger, says Senner­tus, Med. Pract. lib. 5. part. 6. cap. 2. is so much the greater, by how much the Member is greater, and the Nerves and Muscles about it are greater, and by how much the Wound is nearer the Joint.

VIII. For as much, as because of Distention of the Nerves and Muscles, Pains, Inflammations, Convulsions, acute Fevers, Gan­grenes, and a Sphacelus may be induc'd: and therefore it is that Hippocrates, is against reducing of Luxated Bones, and their Bindings up; and orders us to use at the beginning only things which asswage Pain, and takes away Inflammation.

IX. And he is of Opinion, that no Bones can be safely reduc'd ex­cept those of the Fingers, Hands, and Feet: And in a Finger, (in which there is the least of dan­ger) the Luxation ought not to be replaced when there is an Inflammation, but either be­fore it comes, or after it is as­swaged.

X. But some fear these kinds of dangers only in the great Joints as, the Shoulder, Arm, Wrist, Thigh, Knee, Ancle; by reason of their strong Tendons, great Liga­ments, and considerable Vessels.

XI. The Cure. If it may be reduc'd, it must be at first, before Inflammation: but you are to let the Patient and by-standers know the eminent danger, that the Artist may save his Credit, and his Art not be disparaged, if things should not succeed.

XII. This, says Scultetus, the Chirurgian must attempt the first, second, eighth, or ninth day, that he may not appear to be ignorant; first looking to the Inflammation, and Convulsion; and then to the Wound and Dislocation.

XIII. If the Joint is replaced, and an Inflammation or Convulsion should then happen; it must be thrust out of its place again, (if it can be done without vio­lence.)

XIV. However, you must en­deavour to abate the Inflammation, and then the Cure of the Wound must be ordered, applying to it Lenient Medicaments, as in a Fracture with a Wound; after which you must take Care of the Dislocation.

XV. But if they possess one place at one time, first respect the Dislo­cation, then the Wound, applying over all, Sticticum Paracelsi: and see that the Member it self be so placed, that the Sick may lie in as much ease as is possible.

XVI. When the Joint or Bone cannot be reduc'd, care must be first taken for Ʋniversals and Diet: and the Part must be placed in a mean Figure, (without any extension or binding) either hanging from the Shoulder or Neck, or laid down in a Cap­sula, or in a Junk or Trunk, that the Sick may feel as little Pain as may be.

XVII. And if vehement Pain is present, or Inflammation and Con­vulsions may be feared to be near, or at hand, they ought to be prevented or hindred by such things as are anodyn, digestive, a little cooling and repellent.

CHAP. V. Of a DISLOCATION with a FRACTƲRE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dislocatio cum Fractu­ra; and in English, A Dislocation or Disjointing, with a Fracture.

II. The Prognosticks. This is always dangerous, and of difficult Cure; for that a Luxation with a Fracture, can scarcely bewith­out a Wound.

III. The nearer the Fracture is to the luxated Joint, the more danger; the farther off the Joint, the lesser danger: if attended with evil Symptoms, it is gene­rally Fatal.

IV. The Cure. If the Fra­cture is near the Joint, you are to consider whether the Joint is whole, or not; lest whilst you cure the Fracture only, you should neglect the Dislocation.

V. If with the Luxation there is a Fracture, you are to make the Extension the common way; and the luxated Joint must be re­duced into its proper place; and then the broken Bones are to be composed and conformed.

VI. Ʋpon each, you must apply fit Medicaments, such as we have already shewed in the general Me­thod of Cure of Fractures and Dislocations; after which the Part ought to be conveniently bound up with Swaths.

VII. But if the Joint cannot be restored to its place, without dan­ger, before the Fracture is cured; then you must first attempt to cure the Fracture; and after­wards when the Callus is gene­rated, and sufficiently confirm­ed, endeavour the reduction of the luxated Joint.

VIII. But if you restore the Dis­location first, and then the Fra­cture, you are to foment with red Wine warm; and then to apply a Cloth dipt into the Mixture of Oxycrate, Oil of Roses, and Whites of Eggs mixed together.

IX. And it will be so much the better, if you add thereto a small quantity of Catechu, which migh­tily fixes the Bone which was dislocated, confirms those which were fractured; and strengthens the whole Part.

X. The Dressing being laid on, you are either with Splints, or without, as you see occasion and ne­cessity to require, to bind up the Wound with Swaths, as we have formerly taught you.

XI. After it is bound up, it is not to be stirred or opened till the seventh day, except vehement Pain, Inflammation, flux of Humors; or other Symptoms en­force it.

XII. At what time, it is to be fomented with hot Water, in which Saccharum Saturni, or Lapis Prunellae, has been dissolved; after which, you may proceed by the former Directions, till Health is recovered.

XIII. And during the whole time of the Cure, you are to give Morning and Evening, the Stone Osteocolla levigated ad ʒi. in Blood of Comfrey-roots, or in red Port-wine, or choice Alicant.

CHAP. VI. Of a DISLOCATION with CONVƲLSIONS.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dislocatio cum Spas­mate; and in English, A Dislo­cation with Convulsion.

II. Convulsions in this case, may happen either before Reducti­on, or after Reduction: those be­fore Reduction, forbid the pre­sent reducing of the Bone: those after, shew that it ought to be put out of Joint again; or at least, that the Bandage be presently loosned.

III. The Prognosticks. If Convulsions accompany the Patient in this case, it is generally very dangerous; but before Reducti­on, it is less dangerous than af­ter it.

IV. If Convulsions come after it, the Bandage is presently to be loosned, because the Patient is in great hazard: if they cease not upon the loosening of the Ban­dage, the Sick is in much dan­ger; and the Bone is then to be put out of Joint again, or Death will in short time suc­ceed.

V. The Cure. If the Convul­sion is before Reduction; or if it is after, (the Joint being presently loosned) it is for a long time to be well wet, or embrocated with plenty of warm Water, mixed with Oil of Roses.

VI. The Parts adjacent are also to be bathed with S.V. Cam­phorated, or with Powers of Am­ber, or of Limons, Lavender, Rosemary, Marjoram, or Time; as also all the Back-bone, from the Cranium to the Rump-bone, and to be repeated at least twice a day.

VII. Inwardly you must give Sudorificks, as Spirit of Sal Ar­moniack, Tinctura Cordialis, Tin­ctura Opii, Tinct. Salis Tartari, Spiritus Cordialis, Spirit of Harts-horn Compound, Elixir Metallorum, Powers of Laven­der, Limons, Rosemary, or Amber, or Salt of Amber, Lau­danum Specificum.

VIII. Or you may give this Mixture: ℞ Elixir Metallorum ʒv. Powers of Limons, of Laven­der, and of Rosemary, A. ʒiv. Powers of Pennyroyal, of Marjo­ram, and of Time, A. ʒiii. Pow­ers of Savin ʒii. Powers of Cloves ʒi. Spiritus Cordialis ℥vi. mix them. Dose, half a Spoonful in a Glass of Canary.

IX. Or: ℞ Tinctura Anti­monii ʒiii. Tinctura Metallo­rum ʒii. Tincture of Salt of Tar­tar, Spirit of Sal Armoniack, A. [Page 1306] ʒi. Tinctura Opii ℈ii. Spiritus Cordialis ℥ii. mix them. Dose. 40 Drops, in a proper Vehicle.

X. And outwardly apply to the Soles of the Feet, Bricks warm­ed very hot, and wrapt up in a Cloth, or rather the Warming-stone, which holds heat much better: and to the Sides Bags of Oats, or of Salt made very hot, by frying it dry in a Frying­pan; that you may induce a powerful Sweating.

XI. For by these Means, the Joints grow equally hot, and Sym­pathize together; and withal, the Heart is strengthned and comfor­ted: which is yet farther pro­moted, by giving now and then in the Sweat Spirit of Angelica, Bawm, or Mint a little dulcified and made pleasant, or Spiritus Cordialis alone by it self.

XII. After the Sweating is over, the beginnings of the Nerves, as Nape of the Neck, and all the Vertebrae down to the Hips, as also the Groins and Arm holes are to be bathed with the Medi­caments mentioned at Sect. 6. above.

XIII. Or you may anoint with such Oils and Balsams as are powerful against Convulsions; a­mong which we commend Bal­samum Camphorae, Balsamum Sul­phuris Rulandi, Elixir Antepilep­ticum mixed with Balsam of Sulphur, Oils of Amber, of Ju­niper, of Limons, and of Tur­pentine, Oils of Mace, or Nut­megs, by Expression: or some of these mixed together.

XIV. Some commend Balsam of Amber, Balsamum Nervinum Schroderi, Polychrestum Myn­sichti, Apoplecticum Horstii, and Balsamum Sacrum, or Bal­sam of Myrrh; which see in Our Pharm. Lond. lib. 4. cap. 4. Sect. 1, 5, 7, 27.

CHAP. VII. Of a DISLOCATION with a CALLUS, or an OLD LƲXATION.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Luxatio vel Dislocatio cum Cal­lo, vel Dislocatio Callosa; and in English, A Dislocation with a Callus.

II. This only happens in old Luxations or Dislocations, joined with a Wound or Fracture; from which Causes, before the Bone can be restored, there is a Cal­lous hardness contracted about the Joint.

III. This is found mostly in those Joints which are not compassed a­bout with much Flesh, as the El­bow, Knee, and Legs: and it is either simply a Calious Flesh or Brawniness; or else it is as hard as a Stone.

IV. If it is a Callous Flesh on­ly, [Page 1307] it is whilst it is young and new; for growing old, it becomes like to a Stone; and it is known by a Tumor about the Part, and the Medicaments previously ap­plied, as also from the impossi­bility of the Patients moving the Joint, tho' possibly the Ar­tist may.

V. If it is of a stoney hardness, it is known, first from the driness and slenderness of the Joint: se­condly, from the immobility of the Joint, so that neither the Pati­ent nor the Artist can stir it. Thirdly, from the continued thin­ness, slenderness, or Atrophia of the Part. Fourthly, from the long continuance of the Malady.

VI. The Prognosticks. If the Callus is soft, there is some possibi­lity of Cure: but if the Callus is of a stoney or boney hardness, it is incurable.

VII. The Cure. First the Bo­dy ought to be emptied of evil and gross Humors, by due Purging and Vomiting, and a regular and spa­ring Diet is to be prescribed.

VIII. Then the Part is to be fomented with warm Water, or with Water and Oil; or rather, it is first to be bathed or anointed with Spiritus Mirabilis, which admirably softens any callous hardness or contractions, of the Muscles, Nerves or Tendons; and then afterwards foment with the Water and Oil as afore­said, or some Emollient De­coction.

IX. And this is to be done every day, twice a day, viz. Morning and Evening, till such time as you perceive apparently the callous Substance is resolved.

X. After bathing it with the Spiritus Mirabilis, and fomenting with the warm Water and Oil, or un Emollient Decoction, you may a­noint with Ʋng. Dialthaeae, or with this Ointment: ℞ Pure golden-coloured Palm-Oil ℥iv. Oil of Aniseeds ʒvi. mix them, and anoint therewith.

XI. After the Anointing, you are to apply upon it this Cataplasm: ℞ Roots of Althaea, of Briony, of wild Cucumber, and of Sow-bread, A. ℥iii. Lilly-roots ℥ii. Leaves of Althaea, Mallows, [...]ettice, A. M. j. Neats feet-Broth, q.s. boil, and pulp them thro' a Hair-sieve, and add to them meals of Fenugreek and Lin­seed, A. ℥jss. Oil of sweet Al­monds, Hogs-lard, A. q.s. mix, and make a Cataplasm.

XII. If the hardness is very great, add to it Gum Ammonia­cum, or Galbanum dissolved in Vinegar ℥ii. yellow Palm-Oil ℥jss. Oil of Aniseeds ℥ss. mixing them well.

XIII. The Cataplasm having been used for some days, you may then apply Diachylon Simplex, or cum Gummi, or Empl. de Am­moniaco cum Cicuta, or Galbano Crocatum Mynsichti, or Empl. de Ranis with Treble Mercury, or Our Emplastrum Mercuriale.

XIV. When the Part shall be sufficiently mollified, let it be cha­fed for near half an Hour toge­ther, with your Hand anointed with Oil of Roses, or rather with the Mixture of Palm-Oil and Oil of Aniseeds.

XV. And after chasing, lay on Digestives, or the Cataplasm in Cap. 3. Sect. 8. aforegoing; or [Page 1308] Oxycroceum malaxed with gol­den-coloured Palm-Oil, or Mans, or Vipers Grease, or Goose Grease, Empl. de Betonica, or some of the aforenamed Empla­sters.

XVI. Or you may use the Fumes of Vinegar being cast upon Lapis Pyrites, or Molaris, i. e. Mil­stone, a piece of it being heated red fire-hot; or the Patient may bathe often in a Bituminous or Sulphureous Bath.

XVII. Lastly, When whatso­ever was hard is mollified and dis­cussed, the Joint is in convenient manner to be reduced to its place, and the rest of the Work is to be performed according to the general Method of Cure.

CHAP. VIII. Of a DISLOCATION REDƲCED, FALLING OƲT again.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dislocationis reductae abscessio; and in English, A Falling out of the Bone in a Dislocation reduced.

II. It is caused, when after a violent Dislocation, the Joint is ill set, and the Ligaments are not well dried and confirmed.

III. Or, it may be caused from some Tumor which may arise from Inflammation, being ill cured, so that the Joint cannot be con­tained in its place.

IV. Or, from an Humor or flux of Humors, running to the Joint; which by their humidities and acrimony, relax the Ligaments, and weaken the Part.

V. The Prognosticks. This is of difficult Cure, because of the relaxation of the Ligaments; the Tone of the Joint being also hurt, so that it cannot assimulate as it ought to do, its due Nutriment.

VI. The Cure. If it proceeds from the first Cause, you must use great Driers, as fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Catechu, Crocus Mar­tis Astringens, Caput Mortuum of Vitriol, Dragons-blood, Nut­galls, Sumach, made into a Ca­taplasm with Whites of Eggs, and other things of like na­ture.

VII. If it proceeds from the Second Cause, you must use Emol­lients and Discutients, great va­riety of which, we have former­ly enumerated in many places.

VIII. To which you may add, the Fumes arising from Vinegar poured out upon the Lapis Py­rites red-hot, and continually repeated for some time.

IX. But if it proceeds from the Third Cause, it is more dange­rous, and difficult to be cured: and here you must first well Purge the Body, and order a proper and fitting Diet, which may strengthen the Joints; af­ter which you must use Adustion, [Page 1309] than which, nothing is said to be better.

X. For this Cauterizing con­sumes all the Moisture by a hard Crust, which makes a hollow Ʋl­cer; this being covered with a Cicatrice, contracts the Part re­laxed: for Cauterizing heats, dries, and consumes the Hu­mors.

XI. But to make the Adustion, it is necessary to know the place, towards which the Bone falls: as if the Shoulder-bone should fall into the Arm-hole; the Burn­ing then must be made in the Arm-hole.

XII. If the head of the Thigh is out of Joint towards the fore­part, the forepart must be burn­ed in many places.

XIII. But here you must be­ware, that you burn not the Ner­vous Parts, nor the Arteries, Veins, Glandules, or Ligaments; because the Fire is an Enemy to them, and causes wonderful Convulsions.

XIV. The Burning ought to be made with Iron Tools like to O­lives, with sharp points, and made red hot; which make no very great Scars.

XV. Then after the Adustion, the Patient is to be quiet and still, and the Joint is to rest with as lit­tle motion as may be, for many days; for if it should slip out again, the Affect would be in­curable.

XVI. But for that many will not be perswaded to the use of the Actual Cautery, by reason of the horror thereof; you must in those cases make use of the Po­tential Cautery, which may be effectual to the purpose, tho' not altogether so speedy; after the opening of which, the Ul­cer is to be cleansed and healed up with Ʋng. Fuscum Wurtzii.

XVII. Which done, the Joint is to be strengthned with this Cataplasm applied for some days: ℞ Catechu in fine pouder ℥iv. Roch-Alum ℥ii. Saccharum Saturni, Salt of Vitriol, A. ℥i. all being in fine pouder, make a Cataplasm with Whites of Eggs, and apply it.

XVIII. Having done with the Cataplasm; after all, the Pati­ent must wear upon the Joint, Empl. Catagmaticum a little soft­ned with Oil of Amber, for strengthning the Part; which Application is to be continued for some Months.

CHAP. IX. Of a DISLOCATION of the NOSE-BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dislocatio Ossis Nasi; and in English, A Dislocation of the Bone of the Nose.

II. This Bone is joined to the Os Frontis, and Os Cume [...]for­me, by the Sutures called Har­moniae; [Page 1310] and is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Os Ethmoeides, and Os Cribriforme (Nasi initium ubi cre­bra foraminae per quae sternutamen­tum mucu [...]que transit, & percola­tur.) And in English it is cal­led, The Bone of the Nose, or Sieve-like Bone.

III. And the reason is, because it has many holes, by which the Filaments of the Processus Mam­millares, or of the Olfactory Nerves pass into the Nostrils.

IV. It is fixed in the middle Basis of the Os Frontis, at the top of the Nostrils, and is cover­ed with the Dura Meninx, which goes along with the Nervous Fi­laments aforenamed, thro' the Foramina or holes.

V. On its upper side, it has growing upon it a Triangular Pro­cess like a Cocks Comb, called Crista Galli; and opposite to this on the lower side is the Septum Nasi, which is a thin hard Bone, dividing the Nostrils into two parts.

VI. In the Cavity there are two other Bones called Spongiosae, because full of holes like a Sponge or Pumice-stone: these adhere to the former, and therefore are accounted as parts of the Os Ethmoeides, or Cribriforme.

VII. The Causes. The Bones of the Nose may be disjoined by a fall from some high place, upon some hard thing; or by some vio­lent blow, or the like.

VIII. The Prognosticks. If well set, they easily conjoin again, and become as fast and as strong as ever: but if ill treated by the Artist, so as that they once be­gin to corrupt, there is a great fear of losing, at least falling or sinking of the Nose.

IX. The Cure. In order to set them, the Artist is to lay his Thumb upon the Root of the Nose, then putting up a little stick, or some such like, armed with Cotton, or a fine soft Linnen Rag, he may by the help there­of thrust back the Bones into their places.

X. This done, you must apply the same Medicaments which we have before in lib. 6. cap. 16. pre­scribed in a Fracture of the Nose-bone, and such like Bandage or Binding-up.

CHAP. X. Of a DISLOCATION of the JAW-BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin. Dislocatio vel Luxatio Maxillae seu Mandibulae; and in English, A Dislocation of the Jaw-bone.

II. the low Jaw-bone being on­ly moveable, it is that only which can suffer a Luxation; which yet seldom happens, for that the head of the Jaw-bone which is contained in the Cavity, is [Page 1311] encompassed on every side with Bones.

III. Besides, its strait coarticu­lation, it has many strong Muscles which keep it in its place, and draw it upwards: and it has two heads, which are not so apt to slip out as one is.

IV. And on each side it has two Processes in its hinder part, the former of which drawn forwards, being broad and thin, ends in a point: but the latter is carried backwards, and makes a long and transverse head: the for­mer is inserted into the Os Ju­gale, but the latter is fixed to the second Sinus, which is made in the Temple-bone.

V. The Jaw-bone (except in young Children) can scarcely be dislocated any other way than for­wards; nor can it ever go out of Joint, unless its acute Pro­cess slips under the Os Jugale, and so can't get back again.

VI. From which it is manifest, that it cannot be luxated to the hinder part; because the Teat-like Processes of the Os Temporis do hinder it: nor can it be luxated to the Right Hand (especially in those of ripe Age) because the left head of the Jaw hinders it: nor to the Left Hand, be­cause the head of the Jaw, on the right side hinders it.

VII. Nor can it be luxated up­wards, except in a Distortion of the Mouth; nor yet downwards, unless the Mouth gape very wide.

VIII. The Cause. It may be from a frequent and constant mo­tion of the Jaw-bone, both in Mastication or Chawing, and Speaking, whereby the Muscles being tired are debilitated, and so make way for the Luxation thereof.

IX. But the most common Cause, yea, almost the only Cause, says Sennertus, is the too wide opening and gaping of the Mouth, whe­ther it be by gaping, or striving to take some very great thing between the Teeth.

X. And tho' sometimes it may be luxated from the laxity of the Ligaments; yet it is seldom cau­sed from a debility of the Muscles; because that from both Processes of the lower Jaw, arise strong and nervous Tendons, with which the Muscles Crotaphitae and Masseteres are infolded.

XI. The Signs, It is known by the nether Jaw sticking out foremost, and the Process sticking out by the said Jaw; as also, be­cause the Mouth continues al­ways open, and the Spittle comes forth involuntarily.

XII. For if the Process resem­bling a Beak or Bill, falls out of the Os Jugale, it follows, that it must also hang forth, which in one that is not very Fat, is known both by sight and touch.

XIII. If the Dislocation is but on one side of the Face, it stands awry, and the Chin is turned to­wards the hurt side, having a prominency withal: the Teeth stand not directly under one another, nor can they be brought together, for which reason the Mouth remains open.

XIV. If it is dislocated on both sides of the Face, then does it fall forwards, the Mouth stands open, both the Apophyses are [Page 1312] prominent, the lower Teeth stand farther out than the upper, and the Temporal Muscles are dis­tended, stiff, and hard.

XV. The Prognosticks. If it is dislocated but on one side, it is easily restored; but if in both, it is much more difficult to re­duce, sometimes very dange­rous, and oftentimes mortal, because the Muscles on both sides are distended.

XVI. And Hippocrates says, that unless it is reduced presently, there will arise Continual Fevers, Sleepiness, Inflammation, Pain, Convulsion, voiding of Choler, and usually on the tenth day Death: and this may be reasonable to be thought, because the Muscles and Nerves (being primarily affected) affect the Brain by consent; Branches of Nerves being derived to those Muscles from the third Conjugation of the Brain.

XVII. The Cure. Where the Bone is out on one side only, the Re­position must be made by motions contrary to them, which made it slip out of its Cavity: as if it slipt out forwards, it must be thrust backwards: as in opening the Mouth it is drawn downwards, so it must be forced upwards: and as the Muscles draw the acute Process upwards, so the Jaw-bone must be drawn down­wards: which done, at once, with a blow of the Hand upon the luxated Bone, it will be re­duced into its natural place.

XVIII. Being reduced, apply Hippocrates his Ceratum Rosa­ceum (made of Oil of Roses ℥ii. Wax ℥i. melted together) to the heads of the Jaw and Temple: and if there was a strong Exten­sion, you must apply things to hinder Inflammation.

XIX. Then a fit Bandage must be made, beginning from the Chin, and passing towards the Crown of the Head, which Binding must not be loosed before the third day, the Sick all this while for­bearing to talk, gape, or chew hard things.

XX. If the Jaw-bone is out on both sides, let the Sick be placed on a low seat, and let one hold his Head firmly, or let it be held a­gainst the Wall, and putting both your Thumbs wrapt up in Lin­nen Rags into the Mouth upon the Grinders, the other Fingers laying hold of the Jaw out­wardly, and a couple of small pieces of Wood upon the Grin­ders on either side, that the Fingers of the Artist may not be hurt, upon the Bones return­ing to its place; let the Jaw-bone be extended or drawn first downwards: Secondly, thrust backwards: Thirdly, lifted up­wards; thus will it be easily and quickly replaced.

XXI. Or, a Band or Strap may be put under the Chin, and an Assistant having his Knees upon the Patients Shoulders, he may draw the Strap upwards, to fa­cilitate the Extension; which the Artist does in the mean season make with his Hands, and at the same time thrusting also the Bone again into its place.

XXII. The Bone being replaced, Medicines must be applied to the heads of the Jaw-bone, viz. to the Temples, such as Ceratum [Page 1313] Rosaceum; and where the Ex­tension was violent, you may interpose Stup [...]s wet in whites of Eggs, mixt with some Astrin­gent Ponders.

XXIII. And the whole Temporal Muscle may be anointed with Oil of Roses mixed with Oil of Whelps, or Oil of Earth-worms.

XXIV. Then it is to be bound up after this manner. The Swath must be applied to the Chin, where it m [...]st be slit a little, that it may take hold on the Chin, on both sides; then on each side the Ears, the Rowler must be slit again, and the Ear must be drawn through; and then the Rowler is to be fastned upon the crown of the Head.

XXV. The Patient is thus to be kept for two or three days, or 'till the luxated Part is strength­ned; forbearing any Action (as aforesaid) which may hurt or disturb the Operation.

XXVI. At second Dressing, apply things which may agglutinate, and strengthen the Ligaments: as, ℞ Fine Bole, Catechu, Sanguis Draconis, fine Flower, Mastich, Rosin, Pitch, A. ℥ ss. whites of Eggs, enough to make a Cata­plasm.

XXVII. Afterwards you may apply Diapalma, or Empl. Album, malaxed with Oil of Roses; and other things strengthning, as you find the occasion requires.

XXVIII. If it has been disloca­ted some few days before it is reduced, you must use emollient and relaxing Medicines: but when the Bone is put into the Joint, you must apply Oil of Roses mixt with whites of Eggs, to ease the Pain; and then put on Cloths dipt in Oxycrate: after which, you must pursue the Cure according to the Method afore­going.

CHAP. XI. Of a DISLOCATION of the COLLAR-BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dislocatio Claviculae; and in English, A a Dislocation of the Collar, or Channel-Bone.

II. The Clavicula is a crooked Bone, made almost like an S; one end of which being thicker, and almost three-square, is inserted into a cavity, designed by Nature for it, in the Sternum, and tied by a strong Ligamentous Membrane.

III. The other end is broad and flat, and joined to the Acromium; where it not only serves to keep the Shoulder at a due distance from the Sternum; but also assists those several Processes, which are designed to keep the Shoulder-Bone from slipping upwards from its cavity.

IV. It may be luxated two ways, and that only outwardly: [Page 1314] 1. Where it separates from the Sternum, and presses outward, like a hard Lump. 2. At the broad end, near the Acromium; which may also be twofold, viz. upward, and forward; but no other ways, by reason of the adjacent Bones.

V. Yet these Luxations, seldom happen, by reason of the firm con­nexion of the Clavicula with the Parts aforesaid: but being luxa­ted, it is very difficultly retained when restored, because of the smoothness of his Head, and the small hold they have of the Acromium and Sternon.

VI. The Cause. It is caused by external violence; as of a Blow, or Fall, or Pitching on the Shoulder.

VII. The Signs. It is easily known, by the Prominence it makes: the Shoulder swells: and in the place where the Clavicula is slipt, there is an apparent ca­vity.

VIII. Paraeus, lib. 15. cap. 11. says, he has known many Chirur­gians, who have mistaken a Luxa­tion of the Clavicula, for a Luxa­tion of the top of the Shoulder: but they may be distinguished by their several Signs.

IX. In this case there is also Pain, and an Inflammation; and an impotency to move and lift up the Arm, or to do other things which are performed by the help of the Shoulder.

X. The Prognosticks. This Bone, as it is seldom luxated, so it is seldom well set; but hangs forth more or less from the upper part.

XI. But unless it is restored, the Sick will fail in some motion of his Arm; nor can he move his Hand, either to his Head or Month.

XII. The Cure. To reduce the Bone, let the Sick be laid upon some convex body, put between his Shoulders; both which are to be pressed backwards, to raise up the Clavicle: then he is to be set in a Chair, that the Artist strives to press the Clavicle and Acro­mium, so as to join them.

XIII. Sennertus says, the Sick may lye upon his Back, with a Stone or hard Cushion under his Shoul­der: and the Arm is to be ex­tended, pressing it backwards or forwards, (as the Dislocation requires;) that the Shoulder and Brest may bunch forth outward­ly; then with the Palm of your Hand press the Clavicula so raised, into its proper place.

XIV. This done, fit Medicines, and many Bolsters must be laid on; and the Part must be bound straitly; which but few Men can endure.

XV. Which end so ever of the Bone is luxated, Wiseman advises Reduction to be made, by drawing the Shoulder backwards, and by pressing the luxated end even with the Acromium; or to the cavity of the Bone of the Ster­num, whence it departed.

XVI. And since neither of the places afford it much room, it will therefore require your greater Care and diligence; for if it is not exactly reduced, it will scarcely hold in, or right, 'till you have made your Applications.

XVII. You must have before­hand therefore in a readiness, Cala­plasms, Emplasters, Cerates, Com­presses, and Swaths for binding: [Page 1315] Splints, whether made of Paste­board, Scabberd, or Tin, are sometimes of use.

XVIII. The Swath or Bandage ought to be made up with two Heads, to come over the Shoul­der, and under the Armhole; making so many circumvolu­tions, as may retain the Dres­sings close.

XIX. This being well done, the Arm must be kept up with a Scarf, Napkin, or Towel, and the Hand placed under the Brest: nor is it to be loosned, 'till you think the Bones are united, and the Pa­tient is at ease, and has the free use of his Arm.

XX. Galen, in Hippocrat. de Articulis, Com. 1. Text. 62. saith, that he himself had a Luxation of this Bone, in the thirty-fifth year of his age; so great, that there was three Inches space between the Shoulder-blade and the Throat: and that he suffered so strait and strong a Ligation, that he could perceive the motion of the Arteries under his Throat.

CHAP. XII. Of a DISLOCATION of the NECK BONES.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dis­locatio Ossium Colli, vel Cervi­cis; and in English, A Luxation of the Bones of the Neck.

II. These Bones of the Neck (as also those of the Back) are called by the Greeks, [...], pl. [...]. and in Latin, Vertebra, pl. Vertebrae; of which there can be no perfect Disloca­tion, but what is mortal: but they may be a little luxated or loomed; and that the Greeks call [...]. and the Latins, Lu­xatio Vetebrarum Colli.

III. Each Vertebra is a Bone which is convex forwards, and a little hollow behind, but above and below plain: it is not of a solid and hard substance, but spongy, softish, and reddish of colour.

IV. It has three kinds of Pro­cesses, growing out towards its hinder side: two of which are transverse; four, which are ob­lique; and one, Posterior, which is acute, and of a harder sub­stance than the chief Bone it self.

V. It has also a very large Hole in the middle, or rather between it and its Processes, [...] is for the progress of the Spina-Marrow: and on its upper and under sides, two small lateral Holes, common to it self, and that next it; which serve for the entrance of the Blood-Vessels into the Spine, and the spring­ing forth of the Nerves, in their several ways.

VI. These Vertebrae of the Neck are seven in number less in m [...] ­gnitude, but harder in substance, [Page 1316] than those of the Back and Loins, because they are moved: nor are they of a semicircular shape, as the other are, but almost four-square: and their transverse Processes have each an Hole in them; thro' which Veins and Arteries pass to the Head, which the other have not.

VII. The first or upper most Ver­tebra is called Atlas, because the Head stands upon it, like the Globe of the World, and has no Spine behind it, but only a little blunt Knob: its oblique Processes, both ascending and descending, have a Sinus in them, the upper re­ceiving the Tubercles of the Occiput: and the lower, the ascending Processes of the se­cond Vertebra; and upon these the Head is moved forwards and backwards: within on the fore­side of its great Hole, it has a semicircular Sinus, lined with a Cartilage, which receives the tooth-like Process of the second Vertebra.

VIII. The second Vertebra, cal­led Dentata, because out of its upper side, between its two ascen­ding Processes, there comes forth a round, longish, and hard Process, [...] shape like a looth; it is in­ [...]ted with a Cartilage, and jointed into the aforesaid Sinus of the first Vertebra; upon which, as upon an Axis, the Head of the first Vertebra turns round.

IX. And when a Luxation hap­pens there, the Neck is said to be broken: and this tooth-like pro­cess in that part, which en­ters not into the said Sinus, is environed with a Ligament, by which it is tied to the Occiput

X. The four Vertebrae which lye next under this, are in all things like it; save that their transverse lateral Processes are larger, and divided into two, as well as the hinder Process: the seventh is the largest of all, and is more like to the Vertebrae of the Tho­rax, than those of the Neck; its Spine being singular, and not divided into two, as all the other of the Neck are.

XI. The Signs. The Head leans to one side, and the Face is swell'd, and livid; with a difficulty of breathing and speaking; and the Vertebrae are turned a little to the hinder or fore parts.

XII. The Prognosticks. Ʋnless it is speedily helped, it brings Death: for the Spinal Marrow is immediately oppressed, at the very original thereof: and the Nerves thence arising, suffer to­gether therewith, principally those which serve for Respira­tion; whence comes sudden In­flammation, Stoppage of Breath, and Death.

XIII. The Cure. The Sick is to be set upon a little low Stool, and the Artist drawing the Head strongly upwards with both Hands, an Assistant must as strongly hold down the Shoulders: mean season, the Artist must with both his Hands turn the Head to and fro, from one side to another, with as little violence as may be, 'till the Luxation is reduced.

XIV. And that will be known, by the Pain and other Accidents or Symptoms ceasing; and the Pa­tient's free moving his Head and Neck every way.

XV. After it is restored, Fo­mentations must be applied to the Part; and the Patient being laid in his Bed, must have his Head inclined to the part or side op­posite to the Luxation, taking care to avoid moving his Head.

XVI. The Neck must also be bound up about the Dearticulation of the Shoulder, but not too strait; lest it obstruct the passage of the Breathing and Swallowing, and so occasion a Tumor.

CHAP. XIII. Of a DSLOCATION of the BACK-BONES.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dislo­catio, seu Luxatio Ossium, vel Vertebrarum Dorsi; and in Eng­lish, A Dislocation of the Ver­tebrae, or Bones of the Back.

II. Those Vertebrae which gene­rally make up the Back-Bone, are those of the Thorax, and Loins: the Vertebrae of the Thorax are for the most part twelve, to which so many Ribs of a side answer; there are seldom thir­teen of each, but more seldom eleven: and the Vertebrae of the Loins are always five.

III. Their Spines or hinder Processes, are not divided, as those in the Neck: the transverse are short and blunt, each having a shallow Sinus, for the inar­ticulation of the Ribs, but are not perforated as those of the Neek; the oblique Processes, which are two ascending, and two descending, serve for the Articulation of one Vertebra with another.

IV. The descending are a little hollowed, and receive the protu­berant Heads of the ascending Processes of the next Vertebrae below them, successively: and the forepart of their bodies, next to the cavity of the Thorax, are round or convex; the hinder part lunated, or concave; and on each side they have a smooth Sinus, for the reception of the heads of the Ribs: for into these Sinus's they are received, as well as into those of the transverse Processes.

V. This Luxation may be made either inwards or outwards, or to the right or left sides.

VI. The Signs. The Disloca­tion is inwards, when there is a sinking of the Bone inwards, or a depressed cavity in the Spine, it is outwards, when there is a Bunch or Sticking-out on the Back; and it is to the right or left side, when they obliquely bunch out to either side, or the Patient is crooked, leaning to one side.

VII. The Causes. It is caused [Page 1318] either by external Force, from Falls, Blows; or too much, and long, and often Stooping one way: or from Internal Humors, of which in the next Chapter.

VIII. The Prognosticks. The Vertebrae cannot be thrust in with­out a great deal of violence; because it cannot be without breaking of the Ligaments, for that they will rather break, than suffer so great extension.

IX. Paraeus, lib. 15. cap. 11. says, that such a Dislocation is mortal; because the Spinal Marrow is exceedingly violated by too strait compression; whence comes loss of sense in the Members lying under: and a Paralysis of those Parts, which receive branches of Nerves from the Conjugations or Pairs of Nerves, from the Vertebrae lying below the Dislocation.

X. The Cure. Where the Dislo­cation is inwards, the Patient is to be laid upon his Belly; and the Extension is to be made with Napkins put under the Armpits; and upon the Os Ileon: the Artist in the mean season endea­vouring to draw the Vertebra back again.

XI. If this is not sufficient, Fabricius Hildanus, Cent. 5. Observ. 59. prescribes a Cure by Cutting. An Incision is to be made upon the Apophysis Spinosa of the Vertebra: so that after having laid open this Process of the Bone, it is to be taken hold of with a pair of Forceps, and pulled up again.

XII. Then the Wound is to be drest with Pledgets, and a Pla­ster, and bound about with a Napkin; and it to be treated and cured as a green Wound: but it is not to be bound too hard, for fear of pressing down again the Spine.

XIII. If the Luxation is out­wards, it is not so dangerous yet it is seldom cured, or not without great difficulty: to reduce this, the Extension must be made as be­fore, the Patient lying in like manner upon his Belly: but in order to thrust back the Verte­bra, two little Sticks armed with Linnen Cloth or Rags, are to be prepared, and laid along the two sides of the Spine of the Verte­bra: but these Sticks ought to be so thick, as to be higher than the Apophysis Spinosa: then a large Wooden Rowler is to be often rowled upon them, which by its often turning or rowling backwards and forwards, may thrust or force the Vertebrae in­ward: thus when all the Verte­brae are of an equal height, the Reduction is finished.

XIV. If the Vertebrae are lu­xated sideways, the same Extensions are to be made; and the Promi­nence is to be thrust the con­trary way, to be put in its right place again.

XV. If the way of Extension at Sect. 10. above, be not sufficient, and Mens Arms are not of force enough; you must then do it by the help of Hippocrates his Table, which we have described in Lib. 6. Cap. 2. Sect. 34. ad 47. where you have the way and manner of doing the Work, the which you may imitate upon occasion.

XVI. As to the Dresing, two thin Plates of Lead are to be laid [Page 1319] on either side of the Spinous processes of the Vertebrae, to maintain and keep it in its place, and a long Bolster is to be put over them, after which you are to bind it up with Swaths, after the manner we have taught in binding up the fractured Ster­non.

CHAP. XIV. Of a BƲNCHED, or CROOKED BONE.

I. IF the Vertebrae stand forth and make a Bunching out, it is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dor­sum vel Tergum recurvam: and in English, A Hunch'd or Bunch'd Back.

II. If the Vertebrae are depres­sed, and make a cavity or hollow­ness, it is called in Greek, [...], (Incurvatio Spinae dorsi in anteriora:) in Latin, Dor­sum vel Tergum Subsidens: and in English, A Saddle-back.

III. If the Vertebrae are luxa­ted to the Right or Left side, it is called in Greek; [...], (i. e. Vermem imitans:) and in English, A Crooked-back.

IV. The Causes. It is gene­rally from an inward cause; ei­ther from a natural Imbecillity of the Parts, principally of the Ner­vous Ligaments, by which all the Vertebrae are bound each to other on their outsides, but not coming to the Spinal Marrow, which Ligaments are encompas­sed with a tough and gluti­nous Humor, for the freer mo­tion of the Vertebrae.

V. Or, from Cold, Crude, Gross and Viscous Humors, mix'd with the Aliment, which by great De­fluxions and Catarrhs, beget a Tumor, which distends the Nerves proceeding out of the holes of the Vertebrae, and also stretches the Ligaments by which they are bound together; by which means they draw toge­ther with them the Vertebrae, either inwards or outwards, or to the Right or Left side, and so moving them out of their seats, do dislocate them.

VI. Or, from a fluidness and softness of Body, (which is only in Children) being hurt by Nurses, by their too straightly Lacing of them, to make them slender; where by the Brest, Sides, and Inwards, are disturbed in performance of their Actions.

VII. Or, from the Rickets in Children, in whom sometimes the Rickety Humor sometimes settles upon the Spina Dorsi, and the Nerves and Ligaments belonging to the same, stretching and swel­ling them, and so forces the Verte­brae out of their places: and in­deed upon such Children, it for the most part steals by de­grees, and is many times here­ditary [Page 1320] from the Parents.

VIII. Or, from a Strumous Humor, in such as have the Kings-Evil; which Humor, almost by a Sympathetick quality, does many times seize upon the Back-Bone, and its Nerves and Liga­ments: and in such, it many times happens to such as are of full stature, which I have three or four times seen:

IX. The Signs. It is known both by Sight and Feeling. The Ribs grow nothing, or but little in breadth, but run outwards before: the Brest loses its natu­ral latitude, and stands out as it were sharp, or with a point: it is a Defect so well known, that it needs no other Signs.

X. The Prognosticks. These Bunches, having their Original from an Inward Cause, are utterly uncu­rable; unless they be withstood at first, with care and industry.

XI. Such as have had them from their Ancestors, are never cured: only Infants, and such as are young and growing, a e to be attempted.

XII. The Cure. Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 5. part. 6. cap. 5. says, That if there remains any hope of Recovery, you must apply to the Part strengthning Emplasters; on which an Iron Plate is to be laid, which by degrees may force the Vertebrae into their places.

XIII. Which Plate, or Iron-Bodice, must be full of holes; and be so long and broad, as to com­prehend the whole Bunch, that it may press it the stronger: and the inside of it ought to be lined with Cotton closely bumbasted, and covered over with Linnen; and the Plate must be so sewed to some Bodice, that when it is put on, it may comprehend the Part affected.

XIV. This thus ordered, must be tied with Strings, or rather laced; slack in some places, but very strait about the Part af­fected; that it may compress the bunching-out Vertebrae.

XV. Under these Bodice, 'tis very requisite to apply the fol­lowing Emplaster. ℞ Oil lbiv. Red-Lead lbi. Vinegar lbss. Vi­triol, Litharge, both in fine pouder, A. ℥vi. which strew in by degrees; then add Pitch ℥viii. and boil al­most to a just thickness; at the end of which add Tacamahacca ℥vi. mix, and make an Emplaster.

XVI. But before this Emplaster is laid on, Emollients should be applied upon the Vertebrae, for a pretty long season; to loosen the Ligaments, and soften the Part: and these Emollients may be either Oils, Ointments, or Fomentations, or all of them, as you see occasion.

XVII. Then the aforegoing Pla­ster is to be laid on, with com­pression of the Iron-Bodice so long together, 'till the Vertebrae are forced back into the natural places.

XVIII. And the weakned Vertebrae are to be strengthned with this Emplaster. ℞ Em­plastrum de Minio, Osteocolla levigated, A. ℥i. Wax, Catechu, A. ℥ii. fine B [...]le, Comfrey-roots, A. ℥iii. Oil of Roses or Mastich q.s. mix, and make an Em­plaster.

XIX. An Emollient Ointment, to be used as afore directed, [Page 1321] at Sect. 16. ℞ Oil of Whelps, of Earthworms, of Orrice, and of white Lillies, A. ℥i. Bears, Vipers, and Mans Grease, Palm-Oil, Sperma Ceti, A. ℥ss. mix, and make an Emplaster.

CHAP. XV. Of a DISLOCATION or SINKING of the STERNON.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Luxatio Ossis Sterni, vel Mucronati; and in English, A Luxation, or Sinking of the Sternum, or Brest-Bone.

II. A Description of this Bone we have already given you in Lib. 6. Cap. 25. Sect. 2, 3, & 4. afore­going; so that no more need be said of it as to the matter here: our Business now is to shew how it may be luxated, or made to sink.

III. It may be prest in, and made to sink at the top, where it is joined to the Clavicula: or it may be dislocated from the Ribs on either side; to which it is joined by Arthrodia.

IV. The Causes. It may be caused by a Fall from a high place, falling upon a Stone, or stump of a Tree; or by a very great Blow or Stroak, with a great Stone; or the end of some great and heavy Stick.

V. The signs. It is known both by Sight and Touch: besides, the Patient has a vchement Pain within, and shortness of Breath, and for the most part a Vomi­ting, and Spitting of Blood.

VI. There a Fever withal, and the Patient seems to have all the Symptoms of a Peripneumony, or of a Pleurisy: and if it sticks on the top, under the Clavicula, the Sick is as if he were ready to be choaked.

VII. The Prognosticks. It is of very evil consequence, and if not soon raised up again into its place, by the vehement Pains which it brings along with it, it will be apt to induce Inflammations, Pleurisies, Convulsions, and a Delirium, with Fainting and Swooning Fits; and if not restored in due time, it certainly induces Death.

VIII. If it is sunk a little, and not restored, the Patient has al­ways a Pain and Sickness at Stomach, and is apt to Fain [...] away: and by the continuation of it, it causes at first a Pining only; then it brings into a deep Consumption, which is always mortal.

IX. The same thing is to be understood, if the Xiphoid Carti­lage at the bottom of the Sternon turns its point inward: for if it cannot be reduced, the Patient grows sick and out of order, looks pale like Death, is trou­bled with Sick and Fainting [Page 1322] Fits, and so consumes away, and dies.

X. The Cure. Whether it be sunk in on the top, or on the side, you must fix to the part or side sunk down, a strong sticking Em­plaster; which when it is fast, the Patient is to be laid upon his Back with a convex Body un­derneath, and two Assistants on each side are to press down the Shoulders or Sides, according as the Luxation or Sinking may be, on each side; and the Artist is forcibly to draw up the Sternum, by the help of the Plaster, which when he sees it is pluck'd up high enough, the Assistants are to give way to the Clavicula or Ribs, that they may fall into their right places or Sinus's again.

XI. To raise up the Xiphoid Cartilage, it ought to be Embro­cated for some time with Oil of Turpentine, mix'd with an equal quantity of Palm Oil; then the Patient is to be laid upon his Back, with a convex Body un­derneath, and the Shoulders and sides of the Brest, are to be pressed, to lift up the Cartilage.

XII. If you find that this is not enough to reduce it, you must apply Cupping Glasses without scarification, till the Part is suf­ficiently drawn up; and then a strengthning Emplaster is to be laid upon it.

CHAP. XVI. Of a DISLOCATION of the RIBS.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...], pl. [...], [...], pl. [...]. in Latin, Dislocatio Costae, pl. Costarum: and in Eng­lish, a Dislocation of a Rib, or Ribs.

II. The Ribs are for the most part Twelve in number, of which seven are called Costae verae, True or long Ribs: and five are called Costae nothae or Spuriae, Bastard or short Ribs: their substance is partly Boney, serving for firm­ness and strength; and partly Cartilaginous, serving for Arti­culation, and the easier motion of the B [...]est in Respiration.

III. Within, the Boney part is Spongy and red, and towards the Vertebrae thick, towards the Sternum, flat and thin, ending in a Cartilage, which is join'd in the first seven to the Sternon: and by reason of their fungous sub­stance, they are when broken, more easily join'd together by a Callus, than other Bones.

IV. The long Ribs are articu­lated, both with the Vertebrae and Sternon: their Cartilagi­nous ends are received by Arth­rodia, into shallow Sinus's in the Brest-bone: and their bo­ney Heads are received by Sy­narthrosis into the Sinus's of the [Page 1323] Vertebrae; and these Heads have also a Tubercle or small Pro­minence (except the two lowest) which being cloathed with a Cartilage, are articulated into the shallow Sinnus's of the Transverse Processes: these Heads of the Ribs are straitly ty'd to the Vertebrae by Liga­ments.

V. Of the five Costae nothae, four have their Cartilages bending upwards; and cleaving one to ano­ther, are join'd before to the lower side of the Cartilage of the seventh long, or true Rib: but the last and least is loose from the rest, and grows sometimes to the Dia­phragma, and sometimes to the Musculus rectus Abdominis, as al­so does sometimes the next above it.

VI. Behind they are join'd by Synarthrosis to the Vertebrae of the back, like as the true Ribs are: only the two lowest, and sometimes the third, are received simply into the Bodies of the Vertebrae, and not into the transverse Processes, which in these places have no Sinus's for their reception.

VII. The Cause. They may be luxated, and fall from the Verte­brae wherein they are articulated, either by vehement strokes or blows, or a great fall from some high place; and the Dislocation may be either inwards, or side­ways.

VIII. The Signs. It is known that it is slipp'd on one side, by a manifest inequality, which makes a hollowness here, and a bunch­ing forth there.

IX. But it is a sign that the Rib is driven in, when there is only a depressed Cavity in the place where it was fastned to the Vertebrae.

X. Such Luxations cause a difficulty of Breathing, pain in bowing down, or lifting up the Bo­dy, much resembling the pain of the Pleurify; and a rising or putting up of the Musculous Flesh about the Ribs, by a mu­cous and flatulent Humor there generated.

XI. The Prognosticks. A Rib dislocated, must not remain long out of its place, left more grievous Symptoms should fol­low, as violent Pain, Inflam­mation, Gangrene, and Death.

XII. The Cure. If the upper Ribs are removed out of their Ver­tebrae upwards, or on the outside, then let the Patient hang by his Arms over the top of a Door, or some high place, and let the Artist press upon the Prominence of the Rib with his Hands, to restore it to its right place.

XIII. If the lower short Ribs are luxated, the Patient must then bend himself, or stoop, laying his Hand's upon his Knees; and the Prominence of the Bone (moving the Rib to and again) must be prest in, till it is re­duc'd to its right place.

XIV. If the Ribs are dislocated inwards, a sticking Plaster is to be laid on it, and it is often to be pull'd away with violence, when it is fast: by this means, such a Luxation is often restored.

XV. But if the Operation of the sticking Emplaster will do nothing, you must then make an Incision with a Pen-knife, and the Rib [Page 1324] is to be reduc'd with the Fingers.

XVI. After Reduction, you may apply some strengthning Emplaster, such as that described in cap. 14. sect. 15. aforegoing; as for all the other Dressing and Bandage, it is the same with that used in a Fracture of the Ribs.

CHAP. XVII. Of a DISLOCATION of the OS SA­CRƲM, and RƲMP-BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...], & [...]. in Latin, Dislocatio vel Luxatio Ossis Sacri: & Luxatio Ossis Coccygis: in English, a Luxation of the Great Bone; and of the Rump-bone.

II. What kind of Bones these are, we have described in lib. 6. cap. 28. and 29. and how a Fra­cture of them is to be cured; we now come to show you how to help them being Luxated: they may be distorted either inwardly or outwardly, but seldom to ei­ther side.

III. The Causes. They may be Luxated by some violent Exter­nal force, either by great and vehement blows upon the But­tocks, or Parts adjacent, or falls from an high place, &c.

IV. The Signs. If either of these Bones are dislocated, the Pa­tient cannot bring his Heel to his Buttocks: neither unless with much force, can he bend his Knee.

V. He goes to Stool with very much Pain; nor can he sit easily, or without Pain; and if he sits at all, it must be upon a hollow Chair, or a Chair with a hole in its bottom.

VI. The Prognosticks. The Cure will scarcely be done or perfe­cted till about twenty days after the Bone is set: during which time, the Patient must not go to Stool, unless sitting upon a hollow Seat, lest the Bone should fall out of its place again.

VII. The Cure. If the Luxa­tion is outwards, you may reduce it by gently thrusting it back again with your Hand.

VIII. But if the Luxation is in­wards, you must put the fore-Fin­ger of the Right Hand up into the Anus, to the Part affected, and then strongly raise up the Bone; whilst with your other Hand on the outside, you put then in their true places.

IX. This done, strengthning Emplasters are to be apply'd to the dislocared Part, made of fine Bole, Terra Sigillata, Catechu, Sanguis Draconis, Frankincense, Mastick, and Crocus Martis astrin­gens, made up with the Whites of Eggs, &c. And then it is to be bound up, as we have taught in Fractures of these Parts.

CHAP. XVIII. Of a DISLOCATION of the SHOƲLDER-BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dislocatio Ossis Hume­ri; and in English, A Disloca­tion of the Shoulder, or Arm-bone.

II. The Os Humeri, or Adju­torium, the great Bone of the Arm is never dislocated back­wards, seldom upwards or for­wards; but for the most part downwards.

III. The Signs. It is there­fore luxated, when the head there­of (which is round, inserted into a shallow Cavity, and fenced with a very loose Ligament) slips out of its proper place: and this is for the most part under the Arm­hole, and then something round and hard is felt under the Arm, and a hollowness on the top of the Shoulder: If it should chance to be forwards, then there is in the hinder part a ma­nifest Cavity, and in the fore­part a very great Protuberancy, the head of the Humerus being driven towards the Brest.

IV. If it is dislocated down­wards, the Arm is longer than the other, nor can the Sick bring his Hand to his Mouth; but if the Dislocation is forwards, these Signs are wanting.

V. When the Bone is in its na­tural place, the upper Process of the Scapula appears round, but when out, it appears acute, be­cause the head which made the roundness, is slipt down.

VI. The Arm is carried far from the Ribs, nor can it without much Pain be brought to them, and several other motions also of it are hindered; for as he cannot lift his Hand up to his Head, much less can he stretch it upright against a Wall.

VII. The Causes. They are for the most part external, by some violent force, either by Wrestling, Running, Fall from a Horse, or some high place, or by some forci­ble Blow upon the top of the Shoulder, by a piece of Tim­ber, &c.

VIII. If the Luxation is made by a Relaxation of the Tendons, the Patients complaint will inform you; and the Emaciation or Atrophia of the Arm, will make the aforesaid Symptoms the more apparent.

IX. The Prognosticks. If the Bone is dislocated into the forepart, it is easier to reduce, than if it is fallen into the Arm-pit: and if it is from an External Cause, it is not very hard to be replaced, if timely taken, especially if it is in Children, and soft Bodies.

X. But if it is inveterate as old, or is in elderly People, who have hard, tough, and musculo [...]s Flesh; or if it has been reduced, [Page 1316] and falls out again; in all these Cases, it will be more difficult, and the Cure, and Recovery to the former strength and motion, will come slowly on.

XI. Sometimes a Paralysis is induced, and then an Atrophia comes after it; but with timely and good means it may be pre­vented.

XII. If in the Reduction, or otherwise, any part of the Aceta­bulum shall chance to be fractu­red, tho' the Bone may easily be reduced, yet it will be a very difficult thing to keep it in its place.

XIII. If the Luxation is made by Fluxion, it may also easily be reduced; but the same Cause which thrust i [...] out of Joint first, will be apt to do the same thing again.

XIV. When the Bone is redu­ced, if the Parts adjacent are free from Inflammation, the Sick may presently use his Shoulder and Arm without any Pain: but it is not Prudence to do it, lest it fall forth again; and this is true in all other Joints.

XV. How the Humerus is join­ed with the Shoulder. Nature has formed the Acetabulum of the Scapula shallow, because it was necessary for the variety of motions in that Joint: but by reason of the shallowness, it would easily be thrust out of Joint, had she not otherwise provided for the Security thereof.

XVI. Ʋpwards it is hindred from being dislocated, by the A­cromium, the Proce [...]us Ancho­rocides, and the broad end of the Clavicula, which reaching over the latter to the edge of the former, adds to the strength of the place.

XVII. There is also a strong Ligament, which reaches trans­verse from the Processus Ancho­rocides to the Acromium; and to confirm all, there is placed under­neath these, not only a strong Circular Ligament which in­volves the whole head of the Shoulder, (being indeed a Col­lection of the Tendons or the Muscles, which lying under and upon the Scapula, serve parti­cularly for the motion of the Humerus; or else lying upon the Humerus, do take their Ori­ginal from the Scapula:) but al­so a Tendon of one of the heads of the Biceps, which passing through a peculiar Cavity or Trench of the Humerus, inserts its self into the head of the Sca­pula.

XVIII. Over all these Tyes the Muscle Deltoides, binding in all so strongly, that if the Elbow should chance to be so pusht, as to force the Os Humeri upon this For­tress, it would sooner break all into bits, than make its way through.

XIX. Inwards and downwards it is defended from being disloca­ted, by its pendulous posture, to­gether with the many Muscles which keep it in that posture, chiefly the Tendons of the Biceps Externus, and of the Subscapula­ris, with the Rotundus minor.

XX. But these are not so strong, but that between the Fendon of the Subscapularis, and the Biceps Externus, it is apt to fly out into the Axilla: all other ways are so [Page 1327] fenced up with Bones or Ten­dons, that a Dislocation those ways is very difficult: yet sometimes, tho' seldom, it has been dislocated forwards, under the Pectoral Muscle.

XXI. The Cure. Hippocrates, de Articulis, and Galen, upon him, in Art. 1. Text. 5. says, That if the Shoulder is fallen into the Axilla, three things must be done, 1. The head of the Shoul­der must be forced to the forepart. 2. It must be directed to the up­per part. 3. It must be carried to the hinder part, which are the direct contrary ways to those by which the Luxation was made.

XXII. If the Shoulder is fallen forth forwards, it must be forced the contrary way, viz. back­wards; but that it might be freed from the Muscles by which it is held, there must be first an Extension, tho' it be but little.

XXIII. Hippocrates, de Arti­culis, reckons up ten several ways of reducing this Dislocation: but Modern Authors considering the Matter, have reduced them to a smaller number, chusing such as are easiest to be performed, and the most safe: and of these which we here declare, the Ar­tist may use sometimes one, sometimes another, as they are more ready or fit for the Occa­sion.

XXIV. The first Way of Redu­cine this Dislocation. Let a strong Man hold the Patient fast about the hurt Shoulder, and let ano­ther draw the Arm downwards; then let the Artist direct or lift up the upper part of the Arm into its cavity, and the Bone will presently be reduced into its place.

XXV. The second Way, done by one Man alone. Place the Patient in a low Seat; put your Fingers under the Arm-hole; your Knee or Thigh to the outside of his Elbow; and your Head to the point of his Shoulder; so you may by your Fingers strongly bent together, pluck the Bone both forwards and upwards; and by your Knee or Thigh, you will press his Elbow to his side, by which it will be raised up, and brought forward; and by the pressure of your Head, you will keep down the Scapula, that it may not rise with the Bone: But because this Opera­tion is very troublesom to be done by one Man, it is much better to have an Assistant or two. Thus the Elbow is brought quite back to the Spine; which being done, with your other Hand under the Axilla, the head of the Humerus is raised for­wards and upwards, whil'st ano­ther with his Hands presses down the Scapula, to receive the Bone. Wiseman.

XXVI. A third Way, used only in Children, and such as have loose Ligaments. Let the Artist, whil'st with one Hand he circumvolves the Humerus, put his other Hand clencht under the Axilla, so that the middle Knuckles of the Fingers may force the head of the Shoulder into its cavity. By this way, as the Shoulder is ea­sily reduced, so it easily falls back again; nor (says Hippo­crates) is it according to Na­ture, and therefore not so very [Page 1328] safe; for while we turn the head of the Shoulder round upon the Scapula, some Membranous or Nervous Bodies or Ligaments may be hurt, and the edges of the Sinus broken; upon which may follow a flux of Humors, Inflammation, &c.

XXVII. A fourth Way. Get a proper lusty Fellow, on whose Shoulder you must hang the luxated Arm, bringing his Hand over the Fellow's Brest: and if the weight of the Patient is not enough to make the Extension, some other Person may be or­dered to hang upon him: in the mean season press the Shoul­der downwards, and work the Arm to and fro, till it is reduced to its true place.

XXVIII. A fifth Way. Lay the Patient upon his Back on the Ground, and under the Arm-hole put a Leather Ball, or Ball made of some other soft Matter, of a middle size, fitted to it; then the Artist (being set opposite to the Sick) must apply his right Heel, if it is the Right Shoulder; or the Left Heel, if it is the Left Shoulder, upon the Ball which is put un­der the Arm-hole, and with both Arms he must draw the Arm towards him; whilst with his Feet he forces the Shoulder at once to the forepart and up­wards: lastly, let him force back the head of the Humerus into the cavity of the Blade, to­wards which Motion, the Mu­scles themselves do very much help.

XXIX. A sixth Way, by Ban­dage. A Ball or Bolster being put under the Axilla, let one with a Swath or Girt draw the Shoulder upwards, towards the Head of the Patient, pressing with his Foot the top of the Shoulder, while the Artist draws the Shoulder downwards; ano­ther Man mean season holding the opposite sound Arm; so will the Bone be reduced safe­ly, and without any great la­bour; because it is done by a way contrary to the falling forth of the Bone, and with Extensi­on, which is almost natural.

XXX. Or thus. You are to have a Swath or Girt, which is to be placed to a convenient Bolster in the middle, and the ends to be sewed fast together: then the Patient is to be so placed, that part of the Girt with the Bolster being placed under the Arm-hole, the other part may be put over the Chi­rurgions Neck, that he may thereby, with all his force, raise up the head of the Humerus: which that he may the better do, an Assistant must fit behind, and pull his Arm backwards, with all his strength; then the Artist pressing with his Hands upon the head of the Scapula at the same time, the Bone will be the more easily reduced.

XXXI. Or thus. Lay the Patient on his Back on the Ground, and the Artist being behind him, let him make Ex­tension with the aforesaid Girt placed under the Axilla, whilst an Assistant lying along by the Patients side, presses with his Heel upon the aforesaid Ban­dage and Bolster, and at the [Page 1329] same time, taking the Patient by the Hand, pulls his Arm with all his strength: thus the head of the Humerus may be raised and reduced.

XXXII. The seventh Way, by the Reductive Ladder. The form of the instrument, with its use, we have described in lib. 6. cap. 2. sect. 24, ad 28. aforegoing: at the bottom of the Ladder, a Stool is to be placed for the Sick to stand upon; and upon the uppermost round, the Arm-pit is put, and the luxated Arm is drawn downwards: in the inte­rim, the Shoulder is moved up and down, and the sound Arm is strongly drawn downwards at the same time, by a Servant on the opposite side, and the Stool also taken from under his Feet; so by means of the Patients thus hanging on the Ladder, the Shoulder-bone becomes Redu­ced.

XXXIII. The eighth Way, by the Ambi of Hippocrates. This is also described in lib. 6. cap. 2. sect. 12, ad 18 together with its use, in the Reduction of a Shoulder out of Joint: which being so largely and plainly said there, we need say nothing more of it in this place.

XXXIV. The ninth Way, by the Pully of Vitruvius. This we have also described in lib. 6. cap. 2. sect. 29, ad 33. its use is thus: let a strong lusty Fel­low hold the Sick fast about the luxated Shoulder, and another by a Swath or Girt lift up strongly the Os Humeri, whilst a third extends the Arm, by means of the Pully fastned into a wooden Post or Pillar at one end, and tyed to the Arm with Swaths above the Elbow at the other.

XXXV. Or thus, which is safer. Have a Colstaff with a bunch in its middle, somewhat Wedge-like, covered with a soft Bolster, in a readiness: then seat the Patient near some Post or Pillar, in which let the Pully be fastned at the one end, the other end tye fast with Swaths or Bands, above the El­bow; after which let the Col­staff be placed under the Pati­ents Arm-hole, and supported by a couple of Assistants; let the Artist stand on the contrary side, and with his Hands on each side the Scapula press it down­wards, and keep the Patient firm in his seat whilst he ma­nages the Reduction; taking care that the bunch be placed right, whilst the Extension is making, lost the Bone be bro­ken, or other Mischief be done.

XXXVI. If the Shoulder is luxated to the forepart, it is re­duced almost the same ways by which the former was done, viz. by extending the Shoulder, and draw­ing its head up and down, there by forcing it up, into its cavity: but herein, the Shoulder being drawn downwards, must be driven to the hinder part; the Artist ought also to beware, that in the Action the Bone falls not into the Arm-hole; which may be prevented by putting a Ball there, and making a Ser­vant with a strong and broad Swath to draw the Bone forci­bly upwards.

XXXVII. The Bone being re­duced, you must apply things which hinder Inflammation, and streng­then the relaxed and soft Liga­ments, of which we have spoken before in the general Cure both of Fractures and Dislocations, and elsewhere.

XXXVIII. In Swathing, you must have a Ball made up of Lin­nen, or coarse Flax, and dipt in proper Medicines, to be put under the Arm-pit, that the head of the Shoulder-bone returns not thither: then let the first Swath be here, afterwards let it be rowled once or twice about the Joint; hence let it be brought to the Shoul­der-blade, and again descend to the Joint: at length that it may draw the Arm the more up­wards, and keep it so, let it tend to the Neck on the other side, and there be bound, not loosening it, till the third or fourth day, unless an Inflamma­tion force it.

XXXIX. But the Swath be­ing taken off, Empl. Album, or Diapalma is to be applied, if it is Summer-time: Or Empl. Barba­rum, or Oxycroceum, or Cata­g [...]naticum, malaxed with a little Oil of Roses, if it is Winter-time.

XL. Only a Ball, &c. being laid under the Axilla, upon that a Bolster may be laid with four heads, which may be crossed upon the Shoulder; as also a Bolster under the sound Arm-hole, that it may not be galled by the Bandage, &c.

XLI. Or, after Reduction, things being applied to prevent In­flammation, and to strengthen the weakned Ligaments, (as fine Bole, Catechu, Pouder of Comfrey-roots, Dragons-Blood, Frankincense, Myr­tle-berries, Pomgranate-peels, red Roses, Sumach, Terra Sigillata, &c. all in fine pouder, and brought with Whites of Eggs, to the Con­sistence of Honey; in which Stuphs or Cloths are to be dipt, and im­posed, as also a Ball dipt in the same, and put under the Axilla:) the Part affected is then to be bound up with good and firm Bandage.

XLII. Laying over all a Cloth wrung out of austere Red-wine, a Rowler must be brought about it, which must keep fast the Ball, and always draw the Arm upwards, or at least keep it so.

XLIII. First then, the middle of the Rowler must go over the Ball, and be carried once or twice round the Joint, then both the heads must be carried round the Neck, on the other side.

XLIV. When three or four days are over, the Bandage may be loos­ned; and if all fear of Inflam­mation is not over, or if the Ligaments continue lax, the like Medicine must be renewed, till all fear of Inflammation is over, and the Ligaments are strengthned; after which you may leave off the Rowlers or Bandage, and apply over the Joint the Emplaster, named at Sect. 39. aforegoing.

XLV. If the Humerus is luxa­ted by a Relaxation of the Liga­ments and Tendons, it is to be re­stored to its place by some of the Ways aforementioned; after which it is to be bound up, and retain­ed in its place, with good Ban­dage, and all other Circumspe­ction imaginable.

CHAP. XIX. Of a DISLOCATION of the ELBOW BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dislocatio vel Luxatio Cubiti; and in Eng­lish, A Dislocation of the El­bow.

II. The Elbow consists of two Bones, 1. [...]. Cubitus, vel Os Cubiti, vel Ʋlna, the greater and lower Bone of the Elbow. 2. [...], Radius, the lesser, and upper Bone of the Elbow.

III. The Os Humeri ends to­wards the Elbow, with a double head; the inward of which is fitted for the reception of the Ʋlna, the outward for the Ra­dius.

IV. The inward head is exactly shaped and covered with a Gristle, which makes it smooth, and fit for the motions of the Ulna, which with a suitable Cavity plays about it, inserting upon every Exten­sion of the Arm, its utmost Pro­cess called [...], Ancon, or [...], Olecranon, in the large cavity which is situated on the backside of the Humerus: and in every bending, its lesser Protuberance plays into a lesser cavity, in the Exterior part of the said Humerus.

V. In the mean season, the Ra­dius, being round and flat with a very small excavity, does play up­on the outward head; both which heads by their respective Processes, make a station for several Mu­scles: the outward Protuberance giving Original to all the Ex­tensors of the Hand and Fingers, the innermost to all the Flexors of the same.

VI. Or thus: The upper end of the Ulna, or Cubitus is Articu­lated with the Os Humeri by Ginglymus; for its Process be­fore is received into one of the fore Sinus's of the Os Humeri, in bend­ing the Elbow-joint: and its hin­der Process upon stretching out the Arm, enters into the hin­der cavity of the same Bone, be­hind the Trochlea; by which the Cubit is stayed from a farther Extension than to a straight line, as is intimated at Sect. 3. a­bove.

VII. At the same end, the Cu­bit has also two Sinus's: the one of which is lateral and external, receiving the head of the Radius: the other, is between its two Processes, and receives one of the Processes of the Os Humeri, which moves in it as a Rope in a Pully.

VIII. The Joint it self, besides this Ginglymoide Connexion of the Ulna to the Humerus, is strengthned by a very strong Liga­ment, and well bound in with Mu­scles: on the inside it is lined with the strong, thick, and ve­ry soft end of the Brachiaeus in­ternus, whose Ligament, tho' [Page 1332] hard and thick enough, has yet a soft Bed of Flesh interposed between it and the Joint, that so the Pressure may not hinder the motion thereof, but rather give way to it: yet the Pres­sure is strong enough to keep the place firm, being very much corroborated by the accession of the Tendon of the Biceps, Pro­nator radii teres, & supinator lon­gus, &c.

IX. On the outside it is well guarded by that great strong Mu­scle, which is commonly reckoned for two, to [...]it, the Biceps, and Brachiaeus externus, which uni­ting together, have a fleshy soft in­side, with a strong broad Liga­ment, [...]ixt on the outside to the Olecranon: as also with the lit­tle Muscle Anconeus, which reach­ing from the end of the Hume­rus, obliquely transverse, does insert it self into the Ʋlna, much strengthning the Joint.

X. The Radius lyes on the out­side of the Cubit; its upper end is the slenderer, having a round head, one side of which is received by the Ulna, but its tip has a round shal­low cavity in it, which receives the outward Process of the Os Hu­meri by Diarthrosis: its lower end is thicker and broader, and by a sinall Sinus in its side re­ceives the Ʋlna; and at its end has two other small Sinus's for the reception of the little Bones of the Wrist.

XI. The Radius is also bound close to the side of the Ulna, and to the Humerus by two remark­able Ligaments, viz. the circular one which involves the Joint; and the broad one, which unites it and the Ʋlna together: it is also bound down by the neigh­bouring Muscles, especially by the two Supinators, and the Pro­nator teres.

XII. These things being consi­dered, together with the figure of the Ulna, and the great strength by which it is tyed to the Hume­rus, one would think, that it were almost impossible for this Joint to be dislocated; and yet some­times such a force is put upon it, that, as Authors say, it may be put out four several ways, viz. outwardly, inwardly, and to each side: sometimes the Ʋlna is dislocated alone, and some­times the Radius is dislocated with it.

XIII. The Causes. They are either External, or Internal: The External are from violence and force: the Luxation of the El­bow to the forepart, is for the most part from a violent and sudden Extension of the Arm: but if it is to the hinder part, it is from a violent bending of the Arm. And inwardly or out­wardly, it is from a forcible [...]version of the Arm.

XIV. The Internal Causes, are from Humors flouring to the Joint, which by degrees filling up the ca­vities which are made both in the lower part of the Os Humeri, as also in the Ulna and Radius, thrust forth the Cubitus and Ra­dius out of their seats; and this I have several times seen in such as have had the Kings-Evil; and sometimes in young Chil­dren who have had the Rickets, a flux of Humors accidentally falling down upon that Joint.

XV. The Signs. It is easily known, both by sight and touch: if it is luxated to the forepart, the Arm is extended and cannot be bent; and in the forepart there is seen an unusual Tu­mor, and in the hinder part a Cavity.

XVI. And contrariwise, if it is luxated to the hinder part, the Arm is crooked, and can by no means be extended; the Tumor appears on the hinder part, and the cavity on the forepart: the same understand, if it is dislo­cated towards the outside or in­side, the Tumor will be in the place to which the Bone is for­ced, and contrariwise.

XVII. If the Radius follows the Cubitus or Ulna, it is known by the same signs: but if there is only a divulsion or departing from the Ʋlna, without a Luxation, a gaping and disjoining demon­strates it, the place is hollow, and the bottom may be found with the Finger.

XVIII. The Prognosticks. A perfect Dislocation of this Joint does seldom happen; if it does, it is restored with much difficulty: the reason why it is not easily dislocated, is, by reason of its fast and firm Coarticulation with the Os Humeri, and its plenty and strength of Ligaments.

XIX. If with the Dislocation, there is a Fracture of any of the Processes of the Joint, the Case is very deplorable.

XX. Of all the Luxations which happen in the gibbous part of the Elbow, the most dange­rous and painful is that which is to the hinder part, as Paulus Aegineta, de re Medica, lib. 6. cap. 115. does maintain.

XXI. A Divulsion of the Ra­dius from the Cubitus, is not ea­sily restored: for two Bones so joined together, if once sepa­rated, do not easily return to their old place, but the Part be­coming swelled, they are soon encompassed with a Callus.

XXII. If a Luxation of the El­bow is not speedily restored, there will follow great Pains, Inflam­mations, vomiting Choler, a­cute Fevers and Convulsions; and sometimes Death it self.

XXIII. The Cure. If the Cu­bit is luxated forwards, Extension must be made in a proper figure, not directly, but obliquely; lest you should break the Process or Tip of the Ʋlna: the Extension must be made so much, that one Bone may not hurt the other in setting.

XXIV. If the Hands be not strong enough, then bend the luxa­ted Arm about some Pillar, or stedfast Post, and by the help of Swaths or Bandage, extend it, pressing the Bone backwards, till it is reduced.

XXV. Two Persons being im­ployed, the one must hold the Hu­merus, and the other must pull the Arm below, but obliquely: the Artist in the mean season must guide the Elbow so as to keep it bent, and to direct the Bone.

XXVI. This may be done also by pressing [...] [...]lster upon the bent of the Jo [...], or by a Girt, or other Ba [...]age pulled behind, or by one in the nature of a Stir [...]p, in which the Artist [Page 1334] may put his Foot, and make Extension that way: in the mean season, putting his Hands to the Cubit, he must bend it, and press it backwards.

XXVII. If the Cubit is luxa­ted backwards, Extension must be made obliquely, as before; and then the Artist with his Hands is to direct the Bone to its place.

XXVIII. Hippocrates, de Fracturis, says, he has sometimes cured the Elbow luxated to the hinder part, only by a sudden and continued Extension of the Arm: which if it suffices not, conveni­ent Extension being made be­low the Elbow, it is then to be forced inwards

XXIX. If the Cubitus is luxa­ted to the outward or inward Part, it is very easily reduced, if Extension is made, and it be forced from the Part to which it is fallen, into the contrary: this is easily done, if it is not inveterate.

XXX. The same manner of Reduction is used in replacing the Radius, if it has followed the Luxation of the Elbow; but if it is only a Divulsion, or a depar­ture from it, it must be prest close with the prominent Parts of the Hands, the Arm being posited in the natural figure.

XXXI. The Bones being redu­ced, Medicaments must be ap­plied, to asswage Pain, to pre­vent Inflammation, to contract the lax, and strengthen the dis­torted Ligaments.

XXXII. If there is Pain, you may use Oleum Myrtinum, or Rosaceum, with astringent Pouders, as fine Bole, Cate­chu, &c. mixed with Whites of Eggs; or Ceratum Rosaceum spread on Linnen, and then Stuphs must be applied, dipt in astringent Pouders mixed with Whites of Eggs.

XXXIII. After which it is to be bound up with a Swath six Yards long, and two Inches or better broad, rowled up with one head: in applying of it, begin with a Circumvolution about the lower part of the Shoulder-bone, over the bend­ing of the Arm; then make a Circumvolution about the up­per part of the Cubitus; cros­sing it in the bending: then continue the Circumvolutions upon the Elbow, crossing the inside of the Arm, upwards and downwards, till the Elbow is wholly covered: then the Swath is to be carried up to the top of the Arm with Circum­volutions, and stayed round about the Body; and the Arm is to be hung in a Scarf or Nap­kin, as in a Fracture of the Arm.

CHAP. XX. Of a DISLOCATION of the WRIST and HAND.

I. A Dislocation or Luxation of the Wrist-Bone, is called in Greek, [...]. and in Latin, Dislocatio vel Luxatio Carpi.

II. A Dislocation or Luxation of the Bones of the Hand, is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dislocatio vel Luxatio Metacarpii, vel Ossium Meta­carpii.

III. The whole Carpus or Wrist is joined to the Elbow-Bones; viz. the Cubitus and Radius by Diar­throsis, or a manifest Motion by Articulation. But the Metacar­pium, or Back of the Hand; by Synarthrosis, or Obscure Articula­tion, in which there is no mani­fest Motion: and the Metacar­pium is joined again by Diar­throsis with the Bones of the Fingers.

IV. The Carpus is composed of several Bones; one of them lyes out of order, the three others of them are joined to the Processes of the Radius and Ʋlna, and the four to the Metacarpium: all which are bound in by a strong Ligament, by the strength of which, the Joint is made very firm.

V. These Bones may any one of them be thrust out of Joint singly; and they may also be put out all together; and that either in­wardly, or outwardly, or to either side.

VI. The Cause, Is from some violent Motion or Force, Blow, Fall, Perversion, Contorsion, or Extension.

VII. The Signs. They are com­mon with other Luxations: in the place to which the Bone is slipt, a Tumor appears, with a hollowness in the place from whence it is fallen.

VIII. The Part cannot be bent, nor the Fingers extended, by reason of the compression of the Nerves and Tendons going to them: if the Bones are luxated inwards, the Flexors of those Fingers are so strecht, that the Extensors can­not move them.

IX. On the contrary, if the Bones are luxated inwards, the Exten­sors are immoveable: and if they are luxated side-ways, the Hand leans either to the Thumb, or to the little Finger.

X. The Prognosticks. These Luxations are not dangerous, for as much as they are in Parts remote, and may easily be reduced.

XI. The Cure. Whether the Luxation of the Wrist is made for­wards or backwards, the Hand is to be laid upon a Table, the Back downwards, if the Luxation is made forwards; and the Back up­wards, if the Luxation is made backwards: and then Extension is gently to be made by two [Page 1336] Servants; the one pulling the Arm, the other the Hand: and whil'st Extension is making, the Artist must sprce the luxated Bones the contrary way, with his Hand, in soft and tender Bodies; but with his Heel, in such as are stronger: so will the Bones be reduced.

XII. Celsus lays a Bolster of Linnen Cloth upon the Luxation, where it is to be chiefly prest; that so the Intrusion may be the stronger, and the Pain less.

XIII. If the Luxation is out­wards or inwards, as the Exten­sion is making, the Artist must also force the Bones the con­trary way.

XIV. If the Bones of the Meta­carpium are luxated, the Hand is to be placed on a Table, with some hard body put under it; then a moderate Extension is to be made: so the Bones are to be thrust into their places, by the Hand or by the Heel, either for­wards or backwards.

XV. A Swath of six or seven Yards long, and two Inches broad, is to be applied to the Luxation, with three circumvolutions; and it is to pass divers times over the inside of the Hand, between the Thumb and Forefinger, crossing upon the Thumb, having made several turns upon the Wrist.

XVI. Two pieces of Pastboard are also to be laid upon the sides of the Wrist; which are to be bound on with the same Swath, by rowling it about them: the Hand being kept hollow, with a Ball made of Linnen Rags, to keep the Fingers in a mean position: then the Swath is to be passed above, to strengthen it; and carried up, winding, to the whole length of the Cubit, and to terminate just below its up­per end.

CHAP. XXI. Of a DISLOCATION of the FINGERS.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dislocatio, vel Luxatio Ossis, vel Ossium Digiti; and in English, A Dislo­cation, or Luxation of the Bones of a Finger.

II. The Fingers may be Lu [...]a­ted all manner of ways; as to­wards the fore-part, and towards the hinder-part, and also to either side.

III. The Signs. The single Lu­xation of the several Bones, may be demonstrated by their protube­rance, by sight and touch, and the complaint of the Patient.

IV. The Prognosticks. If re­cent, they are easily reduced, nor is there any danger: but if the Lu­xation is once grown old, it is not to be done without much pain and trouble: because a [...]llous hardness is there easier [Page 1337] bred, than in other places.

V. The Jointing of the Bones. The Bones of the Fingers (in­cluding the Thumb) are the largest; and their upper Appen­dices have one round Sinus in them, whereby they receive the round heads of the Bones of the Metacarpium, and this is by En­arthrosis, or by Arthrodia; and by a singular conjunction with the Bones of the Metacarpium, the Fingers have a motion also sideways: their lower Appendi­ces have each two heads, divided by a Sinus, which are received by the double Sinus of the upper Appendix of the next Bone.

VI. The second Bones of the Fingers, have in their upper Ap­pendices Sinus's, parted by a small Protuberance; and these Bones are joined to the first aforenamed by Ginglymus; and by these the Fingers are stretched out and contracted: their lower Appendices have also each of them two heads, divided by a Sinus, as the former.

VII. The third and last Bones of the Fingers, have their Appen­dices like those of the second, with two Sinus's, parted by a small Protuberance, and are joined to the former by Ginglymus also: but these third and last Bones are received by none, being only covered with Flesh and Skin, and fenced with Nails.

VIII. The Jointings of the Thumb, answer to those of the Fingers, except that its upper Ap­pendix is not joined to any Bone of the Metacarpium, (with which it has no communication) but im­mediately to the Wrist; and its lower end has but one head; whence the second Bone hath but one Sinus in its upper Appen­dix, to receive it.

IX. The Cure. To reduce the Fingers, you must lay them streight upon a Table; and then making Extension by the help of two Servants, you are to press them down; so will the Bone go easily into the Joint, by reason their Sockets are not deep, the Articulation but short, and the Ligaments not so strong, as in other Joints. Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 5. part. 6. cap. 8.

X. This done, Medicaments hin­dering Inflammation, and strength­ning the Joints, ought to be applied: the common Restrictive may do in this case, with good Bandage, and putting the Fingers into a fitting and easy posture.

XI. If the Luxation is in the first Articulation of the Joint, the Bandage Spica is to be used; being a Swath rowled up with one head, about an Ell long, and an Inch broad.

XII. You must begin with Cir­cumvolutions about the Wrist, and then to pass over the Luxation, in in going between the Fingers: these Circumvolutions are to be continued, to form a Spica upon the Luxation, and the Swath is to terminate at the Wrist.

XIII. If all the Phalanges were dislocated, it would be requisite to make as many upon every Pha­lanx, and with the same Swath, or Band.

CHAP. XXII. Of a DISLOCATION of the HIP or THIGH BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dislo­catio, vel Luxatio Ossis Femoris; and in English, A Dislocation, or Luxation of the Hip; or rather, of the Thigh-Bone.

II. The Thigh-Bone is the largest, or longest and thickest in the whole Body; before it is round, behind a little depressed or hollow: on its upper part it has a round head, with a slender part under­neath it, called the Neck; which is pretty long, and oblique.

III. The Neck is an Apophy­sis, or Process to the Bone it self; and the round Head an Epiphysis or Appendix to the Neck: this Head is received by the large Acetabulum of the Coxendix, and is detained therein by two strong Ligaments: one which encom­passes the lips of the Acetabulum; and another which springs out of its bottom, and is inserted into the tip of this Epiphysis or round Head.

IV. At the lower end of the Neck, there spring two Prominen­ces from the Bone: which because the Muscles called Rotatores are fastned to them, are called Tro­chanteres: the hinder and lower is the lesser Trochanter; and the lateral or uppermost, the bigger.

V. The lower end of the Thigh-Bone, grows thicker gradatim, and has two indifferent large Apophy­ses or Heads; having a Cavity in the middle between them, which receives the Apophysis of the Tibia; which is tied therein by a Ligament; as the upper end, or head of this Bone is tied to the Acetabulum of the Cox­endix.

VI. The Acetabulum of the Os Coxendicis (which is a large Cavity, tipt round its Lips with a Cartilage called Supercilium) receives the Apophysis or Head of the Os Femoris, by that kind of Articulation which we call En­arthrosis.

VII. Now as the Thigh-bone is join'd by Enarthrosis to the Bosom of the Hip-bone; so that Sinus is fully large and deep enough to receive its Head: and as it is strongly united to it by a most firm Ligament arising from the bottom of the Hip, which is im­planted into the narrow Sinus of the Apophysis of the Os Femoris; so thereby, it is much the more safely, readily and casily ex­tended, turned or moved any way, and will not easily slip forth.

VIII. The Kinds. The Dislo­cation of the Thigh-Bone, is either perfect, or imperfect, which is called a Luxation; yet some Au­thors will not allow of an imper­fect Luxation in this Joint.

IX. To which it is answered, That tho' Aegineta, de Re Med. lib. 6. cap. 118. will only allow of a perfect Dislocation, and not of a Subluxation; yet this only is to be understood where it is caused from external force and violence.

X. But if it is caused from a Flux of Humors to the Part, those Humors sometimes so relax and mollify the Ligaments, that they cannot retain the Head of the Thigh-Bone firmly in its Cavity, whence follows a certain Sub­luxation.

XI. The Causes. Out of what hath been said it appears, That a Luxation or Subluxation is cau­sed, the first from External Vio­lence, the latter from Fluxion; as in an inveterate Sciatica, where the violence of the Pain induces a Flux of Humors upon the Part; where thickning and concreting, they by degrees thrust the Bone out of its place.

XII. The Differences. They are drawn from the several Ways by which the Dislocation may be made, 1. Inwards. 2. Outwards. These two happen very often, because at those places the lips of the Acetabulum are lower than in other places. 3. For­wards. 4. Backwards. These two happen very rarely, because the Lips of the Cavity are in those places higher than in others.

XIII. The Signs. If the Disloca­tion is Inwards; the Leg is longer, and moves with difficulty; the Knee, and Foot stand outward, (for if one end of a thing in­clines one way, the other end must recline the contrary way:) the Head of the Thigh-Bone may by the Hands be felt under the Groin; but the Thigh it self cannot be bent towards it, because the Musculi Inflexores are straitned and hindred, that they can neither lift up, nor bend the Thigh: and in the Perinaeum, viz. the Region between the Testicles and Anus, a manifest Tumor appears.

XIV. If the Dislocation is Out­wards; the Leg is made shorter, and the Knee, Leg, and Foot are turned inwards; the Sick can then indeed bend his Leg, but scarcely bring it to the Ground: in the Perinaeum there is a cavity and leanness; and on the con­trary, in the Butrocks a certain Tumor: the Heel touches not the Ground, and the Patient when he endeavours to walk, goes on tiptoes.

XV. If the Dislocation is For­wards; the Groin is swelled, for the head of the Thigh-Bone leans to the Pubes; the Buttock is fallen, hollow, and wrinkled; because the whole Thigh with the Processes is slipt forwards: the Leg is neither shorter nor longer; nor can it be bent, but with trouble; because the Mus­culi Inflexores are hindred, and pressed by the Head of the Thigh: the Urine is stopt also, because the Head of the Thigh-Bone presses upon the Bladder: nor can the Toes of the Foot be easily extended, or turned to the Ground, and the Patient is for­ced to tread only on the Heel.

XVI. If the Dislocation is Back­wards; the Patient can then [Page 1340] neither stretch out, nor bend his Leg; because the Musculi Ex­tensores which are behind, are prest, so that they cannot be drawn towards their proper Principles: he cannot bring his Heel to the Ground; which if he should force himself so to do, he would fall backwards: the Member affected is shorter than the other, because the head of the Bone is got above the Acetabulum: there is a hollow­ness in the Groins; and if the Buttock is pressed upwards, you will find an unusual Tumor, because the head of the Thigh-Bone sticks out at the Buttock.

XVII. The Prognosticks. These Luxations are never without dan­ger, because they are hardly redu­ced; and being reduced, are in danger of falling out again. The reason why they are difficult to reduce is, because of the ex­ceeding strength of the the Muscles, which are not easy to be extended.

XVIII. An inveterate or old Luxation of the Thigh-Bone, which has contracted a Callus, and whose Sinus or Acetabulum is filled up with Humors, or a Gelly, is incu­rable: and tho' in this case, the Bone should be reduced, yet it will not stay in its place, but fall out again. See Celsus, lib. 8. cap. 20.

XIX. The same will come to pass, if that the Ligament in the Cavity is preternaturally relaxed or extended, or by any means is broken.

XX. If the Luxation is not reduced, the Parts adjacent will waste and consume by degrees; be­cause the Veins and Arteries will be so straitned and compressed, that a free passage for the Blood, Nutriment, Vital and Animal Spirits will be wanting: and because the Part will not have its due motion, its heat will decay; whence an Atrophy or Paralysis may be feared.

XXI. If the Dislocation is In­wards, it is difficult to reduce, and as easily slips out again; whereby the Part affected is wasted, and the Sick lamed: if it is not re­duced, when they go, they wheel about their Thigh outwardly; because it is too long, and they cannot well bend, so that they are forced to wheel it about.

XXII. If the Dislocaiton is Out­wards, if it is not right set, yet the pain will vanish of it self, and the Sick will in time be able to go without Crutches. If it is not well restored in those that are of ripe age, the Flesh into which the head of the Joint falls will grow callous; after which the pain will go away, and he will be able to walk without a Staff.

XXIII. If the Dislocation is Forwards, tho' it be not rightly set, yet the Patient will in length of time go indifferently well upon it, tho' oftentimes it is so, that he is forced to trail his Leg after him. But Sennertus, Med. Pract. lib. 5. part. 6. cap. 9. says, That tho' it be not reduced, yet the Sick will be able forthwith to go upright upon it, and perfectly upright, with­out a Staff: for by reason of the inflexibility of the Groin, they use the whole Thigh more straight in going, than before it was dislocated.

XXIV. If the Dislocation is Backwards, tho' it be not reduced, yet the pain will vanish in time also; because the part which touches the head of the Bone will grow callous, and the the Leg may be bent again: but it will be shorter, yet streight, for that the Foot will be turned neither inwards nor outwards.

XXV. The Cure. The Way of Reducing the Luxation is almost the same with that of Reducing the Shoulder; and truly the manner of Extension may be common to all the four Species of a dislocated Thigh: but the manner of for­cing and restoring the Head of the Thigh-Bone, must be, ac­cording to the variety of the places into which it is fallen: for that which is fallen inwards, must be forced outwards; and that which is fallen outwards, must be forced inwards, &c.

XXVI. The Thigh-bone may also be reduced either without Ex­tension, or with it: without Ex­tension it may be done two ways: but not at all, unless the Luxation be recent, and in a Patient who has soft Flesh, and moist Liga­ments, and where the Bones stands but a little way from its Sinus, and it be also in a Childs Body.

XXVII. The first way is to turn round the head of the Thigh, about the Ilium (as we do some­times when the Arm is out of Joint) and not to separate it, if it gets into the Sinus, or Cavity: But this way is not accounted safe, for fear the head of the Bone should rub against the edges of the Acetabulum.

XXVIII. The second way is, to bend the Thigh suddenly; for so sometimes it is replaced, as Pau­lus, lib. 6. cap. 98. has told us. These ways possibly may do in Children, but to reduce the Bone with Extension, is certain­ly the safest and best way, which we now are a going to teach you.

XXIX. The General Method. Lay the Patient down upon a Table on the Back, or whole side, for the three first Species; but on the Belly if the Luxation is backwards: then between the Legs put a strong Staff, wound about with Linnen, which with Ropes, Reins, Girts, or some such like, let it be drawn strong­ly upwards, by one or two Men; or you may do it by Swaths or Bandages above.

XXX. In the mean season, let another draw out strongly the Leg: and while the Extension is mak­ing and made, let the Artist with his Hands put the head of the Bone into its place, thrusting that outwards which is fallen in­wards, and contrariwise; and that backwards, which is fallen forwards, and contrariwise.

XXXI. If it cannot be reduc'd by the former means, you must be forc'd to make use of Engins or In­struments; as the Reductive Lad­der, the Glossocomium of Galen, the Table of Hippocrates, or the Pully of Vitruvius, all which In­struments, together with their several uses, we have at large described and delivered in lib. 6. cap. 2. of this Work aforegoing.

XXXII. The Bone being redu­ced, you must apply proper Medica­ments, with fit Bandage and con­venient [Page 1342] Situation, as we have large­ly taught in the proceeding Discourse of Fractures: and both Thighs must be bound, that the Luxa­ted Bone may be kept in its place, which must not be loosed before the fourth day: the Pa­tient must also continue long enough in Bed, and not walk too soon, lest straining the Part whilst it is yet weak, it should be put out of the Joint again.

XXXIII. The particular Me­thods of Reduction, are as follows. If the Luxation is inwards, let the Patient be laid with his Back upon the Scamnum Hippocratis, or some other Table, in which a thick Wooden Pin, about a Foot long is to be fixt, which is to be set between his Thighs, to detain the Body when the Legs are drawn down: then a Strap or Girt is to be passed above the Joint of the Thigh, to draw the Ischion upwards; and the Thigh is to be drawn down­wards, with another Bandage fastned about the Knee: mean season, the Artist is to thrust the Thigh-Bone upwards and out­wards, to reduce it to its Aceta­bulum; upon which, the Exten­sion is to be somewhat slackned, to facilitate the Operation.

XXXIV. If the Luxation is Outwards, the Patient is to be laid upon his Belly, and the Extension is to be made after the same manner, as we have even now shewn: in the mean time, the Thigh-Bone is to be forced from the outside inwards, to re­duce and set it right in its Sinus.

XXXV. If the Luxation is For­wards, the Patient is to be laid upon the opposite side to that which is dislocated; and the Extension is to be made by drawing upwards and down­wards, as before; then the Head of the Bone must be for­ced strongly with the Knee, a Ball being first laid thereon; and so reduced to its proper place.

XXXVI. If the Luxation is Backwards, the Patient may be laid upon his his Belly, and the double Extension, upwards and downwards, is to be made; and with the Knee, the Bone is to be forced back again into its pro­per place.

XXXVII. These things being done, a Bolster or Splenium is to be applied, with strengthning, Bal­samick, and Spirituous Medica­ments; and it is to be bound up like in anner, as we have taught in the Binding-up of a Disloca­ted Shoulder.

CHAP. XXIII. Of a DISLOCATION of the KNEE-PAN.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dislocatio vel Luxatio Patellae; and in English, A Dis­location, or Luxation of the Knee-pan.

II. The Patella, vel Pelvis par­va, is a Bone upon the Knee, not joined with any other Bone; it is roundish, about two Inches broad, smooth and convex without, and concave within; and covered with a Cartilage.

III. It is placed before the Thigh-Bone, and the Tibia, to strengthen and defend the Articulation; for otherwise the Os Femoris would be in danger of slipping out forwards, in going down a Hill, or the like.

IV. It is involved by the thick Tendons of the second, third, and fourth Muscles which extend the Tibia or Leg; and are implanted into its fore-knob, whereby it is fixed in its place or station.

V. Its substance, in thole that are new-born, is very soft and also callous, or cartilaginous, and continues so for many Months: but in length of time it be­comes hard, and of a boney sub­stance, but full of holes, or po­rous; as all those Bones are, which are derived originally in their substance from Cartila­ges.

VI. The Patella may be luxated to the upper, lower, outward, and inward parts: for that it has no obstacle any of those ways, to hinder its Dislocation.

VII. But it can never be luxated to the hinder parts; because the Bones of the greater Focile and Thigh, which cover it, do hin­der such a Dislocation.

VIII. The Causes. It may be caused either by a Fall from an high place, great Blows, Jumping, or a violent Distention of the Leg.

IX. The Signs. It is known both by sight and touch: nor can the Knee be rightly or easily bent or moved, as it should be.

X. The Prognosticks. Because this Articulation is more loose, this Bone may easily be restored to its place: and being restored, it is easily put out again, unless great care be taken for some conside­rable time, 'till the Part is suffi­ciently strengthned.

XI. If the Luxation is old, or of a long standing, it ought not to be reduced; because it is in vain: for tho' it is put in its place never so well, it can never be kept there long, but will fall fall out of its seat again.

XII. The Cure. In reducing of it, let the Sick stand upright, and so press it into its place again. The Bone being restored, pro­per Medicaments must be laid upon it: and on the side to which it was forced away, you must lay a Splint or Bolster; the Ham likewise must be filled up with Bolsters, or else one or more compressing Splints; which must be bound on so fast, that the Patient may not bend his Knee.

XIII. At last, when you think the danger of falling out again is past, the Patient must by degrees accustom himself to bend the Joint.

XIV. Some advise, that the Sick should keep their Bed during the whole time of the Cure; which in my Opinion, is safe and good Advice: and the same Bandage is to be applied, with that which we shall prescribe in the next Chapter, for the Dislocation of the Knee, or Bones of the Leg.

CHAP. XXIV. Of a DISLOCATION of the KNEE, or BONES of the LEG.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...], pl. [...]. in Latin, Dislocatio Ossis, pl. Ossium Cruris; and in English, A Dislocation of the Bone, or Bones of the Leg. It is also called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dislocatio Genu; and in English, A Dislocation of the Knee.

II. The Thigh-Bone in its lower part has two eminent Apophyses, tending to the hinder part, with a Cavity in the middle, which receives the Apophysis of the Tibia; which Apophysis is tied to that Sinus, by a Ligament arising from the Vertex of that Head: and the Apophyses of the Os Femoris are received by the Cavities (which are not deep, but shalllow ones) of the Os Tibiae: this Articulation is loose, and is of that kind which we call Ginglymus; the fore-part of which is called the Knee, and the hindermost the Ham.

III. This Joint is guarded on the fore-part by the great and large Muscles, which running to, and beyond the Patella, join it to the Tibia, and bind it down upon the Articulation: and on the hinder-part, it is guarded with the two Ham-strings so called, viz. the Tendon of the Biceps outwardly; and of the Sartorius gracilis, Se­mimembranosus, and Seminervo­sus, inwardly: between which, thro' a little Cavity made for that purpose, all the Great Ves­sels have their passage to the Legs.

IV. Now this Joint being thus strengthned, does scarcely admit of of any Luxation forwards, (for that the opposition of the Patella does hinder it) unless the Cause or Force is exceeding violent: but there may be a perfect Luxation, either inwards or outwards, which are often seen; and some­times backwards, but that is very rare: as also a Subluxation, according to the variety of Causes.

V. The Causes. If it be caused by Falls from high places, ve­hement Blows, Jumping, hard Running, strong Extension, Con­traction, [Page 1345] or Distortion of the Leg.

VI. It may also be subluxated, thro' the afflux of Humors, as in the Rickets in Children, (which I once saw) and in the Kings-Evil in elder People; also in an Oedema, of which I knew a Patient to dye.

VII. The Signs. A Luxation in this Part is known by Sight and Touch, because it is almost a fleshless Part: there appears a Bunching-out of the side to which the Bone is fallen, and a hollowness in the place from whence it is fallen; the figure is depraved, and the mo­tion is weakned and abolished; for the Thigh is extended, and and cannot be bent.

VIII. The Prognosticks. If it is compared with the Elbow, the Knee is oftner dislocated, and more easily reduced: it also less dan­gerous, nor does an Inflammation easily happen, because the Re­duction is without any great force.

IX. The Cure. The Luxation, either inwards or outwards, it easy to be restored by a moderate Ex­tension, either with Hands in a new Luxation, and in Child's Body: or with Swaths or Bands in a Luxation not so recent, and in a stronger Body; forcing the Bones with the Hand, into the part from whence they fell.

X. A Luxation backwards is restored by placing the Sick to lean over a Bench, and putting a Linnen Ball into the hollow of the Ham, where the Bone sticks forth; and then strongly forcing the Bone forwards, whil'st another takes hold of the lame Leg, and on a sudden so bends it, as to make the Heel touch the Buttock; so will you hear it snap, when it enters into its place.

XI. Or thus. If the Tibia is luxated Sideways; one Attendant must draw the Thigh upwards, and another must in the mean season draw the Leg below the Knee down towards the Foot; and the Artist the mean while must force the Bone the contrary way: in a grown Person, and a perfect Luxation, there will be need of Swaths, Bands, or Girts; or the use of Engines, to make a suffi­cient Extension.

XII. If the Luxation is Back­wards, the Patient is to be laid upon his Belly; then Extension is to be made, and the whil'st the Artist is to bend his Leg, by making the Heel approach to the top of the Thigh, or But­tock.

XIII. These things being done, Embrocate the Joint and Parts affected; and apply Astringent Medicaments in the Ham, with Compress and good Bandage.

XIV. You must prepare a Swath four Yards long, and two Inches broad, rowled up to the middle, with two Heads: then a circum­volution is to be made above the Knee, and the Letter X is to be formed underneath; then ma­king a circumvolution above it, the Swath is to be carried up again over the Knee; which is to be rowled about, and cross'd again underneath, 'til the Knee is perfectly cured.

XV. If it is a Sublaxation, it is Cured by a very little Extension; upon which, the Bone is to be forced back to the Part from whence it is somewhat removed.

CHAP. XXV. Of the DIVƲLSION of the BONES of the LEG.

I. THis kind of Dislocation is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Divulsio Ossium Cru­ris; and in English, A Divulsion or parting asunder of the Bones of the Leg: That is, a separa­ting or pulling asunder the Fi­bula from the Tibia.

II. The Leg, strictly so called, is composed of two Bones, 1. [...], Tibia, Focile majus, the greater Bone, which is almost three-square, and by its smooth or flat side, and sharp edge be­fore, makes that which we call the Shin. 2. [...], Fibula, Focile minus, the lesser Bone, which is as long as the former, but much slenderer, and is the outward Bone of the Leg.

III. These two Bones are slight­ly conjoined to one another near each end; but in their middle they recede one from another; yet so, as they are tied toge­ther by a strong Membranous Ligament, which comes be­tween them.

IV. The Tibia at its upper end has a little head behind, which is below its upper and larger Ap­pendix; this little head enters into the upper Appendix of the Fibula. At its lower end it has an Appendix, which is lesser than its upper. Appendix, which jets out with a notable Process to­wards the inside of the Foot, making the Malleolus internus, or inner Ankle: it has two Cavi­ties, one less, in its side, by which it receives the Fibula; another greater and lower, divi­ded into two by a small Protu­berance in the middle, and li­ned with a Cartilage, which re­ceives the convex head of the Talus that lies under it, as the said Protuberance is received by the shallow Sinus or Cavity in the convex head of the Talus.

V. The Fibula in its upper part has an Appendix, which reaches not so high as the Knee, nor is it joined to the Thigh-bone, but to the Tibia, as in the former Section is declared. At its lower end it has also an Appendix, which is received by the Sinus of the Ti­bia, as aforesaid, and extend­ing its Process to the side of the Talus, makes therewith, the Malleolus externus, or outward Ankle.

VI. The Causes. This Divul­sion may come from those Causes, from which we said the Knee might be luxated, especially when walking in a slippery place, the Foot treads not firm­ly, but is wrinched either in­wardly or outwardly; as also from heavy Blows, Fall from an high place, &c.

VII. The Signs. A Tumor ap­pears [Page 1347] in the Part to which the Fi­bula is thrust forth; it is known by sight and touch; the motion also is hurt: and the Fibula may. be drawn from the Shin-bone three ways, viz. to the fore­part, and on both sides.

VIII. The Prognostick. It is easily reduced, if it is recent: but if it is so old, (before re­placing) that a Callus is bred, it can never be restored.

IX. The Cure. The sides of the Foot are to be pressed, to draw it back again; and it may be kept close with the Bandage which is ordered in the Fra­ctures of the Tarsus.

X. Or you may easily bring it back again to its place, by forcing it to the contrary part with your Hands; after which, conveni­ent Emplasters, Bolsters, Liga­ture, and Placing, must be or­dered, with quietness and rest for some Weeks, till the Liga­ments are confirmed.

CHAP. XXVI. Of a DISLOCATION of the ANKLE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dislocatio vel Luxatio Tali vel Mulleoli; and in English, A Dislocation or Luxation of the Ankle, or An­kle-bone.

II. The Talus, Astragalus, or Ankle-bone, is of a various shape; alone, it has a head a little con­vex, with a shallow Sinus in it, articulating with the Tibia; and by the Process of the Tibia which makes the inner Ankle, it is fenced in as it were on the in­side, as it is by that of the Fi­bula on the outer.

III. Before, it has a long Neck on which grows a round Appendix, which enters into the Sinus of the Os Naviculare, upon which joint­ing, the Foot is moved sideways. Behind, it is rough, and in its upper part, has a transverse Si­nus or Cavity, to receive the Li­gament of the Tibia; and in its lower part a little descending Sinus, by which the Tendons of the Muscles of the Foot pass.

IV. Below, it has a Sinus be­hind, and a Protuberance before, by which it is articulated with the Os Calcis by Ginglymus: be­tween the Sinus and Protube­rance, there is a long and some­thing deep Cavity, and over against it, such another in the Heel-bone.

V. The Bone of the Ankle is ar­ticulated by Ginglymus to the Ti­bia, joined with the Fibula: un­derneath which lye all the Ossa Tarsi in order, to wit, under the Talus, the Os Calcis, and before it the Os Cymbiforme: outward of that, joining to the Os Calcis, is the Os Cubiforme; and between the Os Cymbiforme, [Page 1348] and the Metatarsus, lye the three Ossa Cuneiformia.

VI. This Joint is involved with strong Membranes and Liga­ments, and bound in by divers strong Tendons: Behind, by the Tendon of the Gastro [...]nemius; and yet close underneath in the hollow of the Calcaneum, by the Flexores Pollicis, & Tertii inter­nodii digitorum lateralis: in­wards, by the Tibialis Posticus: outwards, by the Preconei: and forwards, by the Tibialis an­ticus.

VII. These being joined to the strong Ligaments which every where bind up the Part, and as­sisted by the figure of the Bones, do make a joint, not easie to be dislocated, without a great weight or force.

VIII. But from a great weight and force it may suffer four ways, 1. Inward. 2. Outward. 3. For­ward. 4. Backward. Both by a perfect and imperfect Luxa­tion.

IX. The Causes. It is caused commonly by violent Extension, great Blows, or Falls, or by Dis­tortion, or Wringing of the Foot.

X. The Signs. If it is in­ward, or to the inside, the Sole of the Foot turns outward; if it is luxated outward, or to the out­side; the Sole of the Foot is then turned inward.

XI. If it is luxated to the fore­part, then the strong and broad Tendon lying under the Heel, becomes hard and stretch'd; and the Foot is lesser and shor­ter; because the Leg and Joint are moved forward, and take up a great part of the Foot.

XII. If it is luxated to the hinder part, then on the con­trary the Heel is almost hid, the Sole of the Foot seems to be greater, and the Foot longer.

XIII. If these signs are plain and manifest, it is then indeed a perfect Dislocation: but if they are obscure and doubtful, it is then only an imperfect Luxa­tion.

XIV. The Prognosticks. The Ankle is both easily dislocated, and easily reduced: but because of the multitude of Bones which go to the constitution of the Joint, it is with great difficulty con­firmed.

XV. The Reduction, while re­cent, is not difficult, yet these Luxations are subject to great Pain, and are many times accom­panied with Tumor and Ecchymo­sis, and the Patient is long lame of them.

XVI. The Cure. Let the Part be compleatly extended, either by Mens Hands, one Man holding the Leg, another the Foot; or, with Swaths, Reins, or Girts; or, with proper Engines or Instruments such as we have formerly de­scribed and explained.

XVII. Then let the Artist force the Joint with his Hands to the contrary part, viz. to that from whence it is fallen, and after­wards apply convenient Medica­ments and Bandage.

XVIII. You may use Astringent Pouders made of Aloes, fine Bole, Catechu, Dragons-blood, Caput Mortuum of Vitriol, Crocus Mar­tis astringens, Sumach, Terra Sigillata, &c. mixt with Whites of Eggs, which may be applied [Page 1349] about the Joint with Tow: and if there is Pain, Lenients and Anodyns are then required.

XIX. In this Luxation, the Sick must keep his Bed the longer, for at least six Weeks, because the Ankle supports the whole Body; and unless that be com­pleatly restored, so that the distended Muscles and Liga­ments, which are now made more loose, do acquire their pristin Strength; it cannot be imagined that the Cure can be compleated; and this is seldom accomplished before the fortieth day is expired.

XX. Sometimes the Ankle-bone is apt to turn out on either side, by reason of a Relaxation of the Tendons; in such a Case, tho' you may reduce it, yet it will be ready upon the least walking upon it, to let the Bones slip out again.

XXI. Some Years ago (says Wiseman) such a one was brought to me: I reduced it ea­sily, and it as soon slipt out again, whereupon I caused a Shooe to be made, by which the Ankle was kept steady; and at length by the application of Astringents, &c. it recovered its strength.

CHAP. XXVII. Of a DISLOCATION of the HEEL-BONE.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dis­locatio vel Luxatio, Ossis Calcis vel Calcanei; and in English, A Dislocation or Luxation of the Heel, or Bone of the Heel.

II. [...], Os Calcis vel Calcanei, The Heel-bone is the second Bone of the Tarsus, and the greatest of the seven Bones which compleat the instep: it lyes under the Talus, with which in its upper side it is articulated, being joined thereto by Cartila­ginous Ligaments.

III. In its fore-end, it is re­ceived by the Os Cubiforme: Be­hind it receives the great Tendon called Nervus Hectoreus, or that great Chord, which is compo­sed of the Tendons of the three Muscles which extend the Foot.

IV. On its inside it has a large Sinus or Cavity, by which the Ten­dons and larger Vessels descend to the under side of the Foot: and on its outside, it is uneven with several Protuberances, for the firmer Connexion of the Liga­ments and Tendons.

V. The Causes. The Heel is for the most part luxated from the Ankle, by leaping or falling from an high place, the Patient falling upon the Heel; sometimes also it has been dislocated in Dancing.

VI. The Signs. It is easily [Page 1350] known by the great Pain, depra­ved figure of the Part, and hurt of the Action.

VII. The Heel-bone lying under the Ankle, is often dislocated, but more especially forward or back­ward: very seldom to the Sides, whether inward or outward.

VIII. The Prognosticks. A Luxation of the Heel is very dan­gerous, because the Arteries, Veins, and greater Nerves which it re­ceives, and also the Tendon con­joined with it, are easily drawn into consent; whence may arise acute Fevers, Tremblings, Ra­vings, Convulsions, Swoonings, and many other pernicious Sym­ptoms.

IX. The Cure. It is reduced into its pristin condition by a light Extension, putting with your Fingers the Bone into its right place.

X. When it is reduced, it must be so bound up, that the Humors abounding may be driven from it to other Parts; and the Sick must so long rest himself, till the Joint is fully confirmed.

XI. If there is a great Weak­ness in the Part, or a Flux of Hu­mors, Astringent and Strength­ning Topicks are to be applied, renewed, and continued so long as you see need shall require.

XII. And the abundance of Hu­mors flowing to the Part are to be diverted, by a daily and constant giving of proper Emeticks and Ca­tharticks, according as the Strength of the Sick will permit; such are Tartar Emeticum, Infusion of Crocus Metallorum, Wine and Vinegar of Squills, for Vomiting: and Syrupus Catharticus, Pulvis Catharticus, Pulvis Cornachini, and Our Family or Panchyma­goge Pills, for Purging, with other things of like-nature.

CHAP. XXVIII. Of a DISLOCATION of the BONES of the FOOT.

I. IT is called in Greek, [...]. in Latin, Dis­locatio Ossis, vel Ossium Pedis; and in English, A Luxation of a Bone, or the Bones of the Foot.

II. Ʋnder this general Name we comprehend, 1. [...], Luxatio Tarsi, a Luxation of the Instep. 2. [...], Luxatio Metatarsi, vel Pedis; a Luxation of the top of the Foot, or Foot it self. 3. [...], Luxatio Digiti vel Digitorum Pedis, a Luxation of a Toe, or Toes.

III. The Tarsus, or Instep, con­sists of seven Bones, 1. The Ta­lus. 2. The Os Calcis; of which we have already spoken in the two last Chapters. 3. The Os Naviculare. 4. The Os Cubifor­me. 5, 6, 7. The Ossa Cunei­formia of which five last we, shall speak a word or two here.

IV. The Os Naviculare or [Page 1351] Cymbiforme, is so called from its figure: behind it receives the Talus in a large Sinus: before it is convex, with three fattish smooth heads, which are re­ceived into the three shallow Sinus's of the Ossa Cuneiformia.

V. The Os Cubiforme is less than the former three, and stands in one rank with the third Cuneiformia: it has six sides, and articulates with the Heel-bone behind; is bigger than any of the Cuneiformia, and is seated on the outside of the Foot. On its foreside, it is joined to the fourth and fifth Bone of the Metatarsus: on the inside to the third Bone of the Cuneiformia: but its other three sides, outer, upper and lower, are joined to none.

VI. The three Cuneiformia, or Wedge-like Bones, (which are thick above, and thinner below) being joined, do all of them repre­sent a Vault; and are convex above, and concave or bending un­derneath, in which the Muscles and Tendons are placed, so that in going we do not press upon them, and bruise them: These three behind, are joined to the Os Naviculare, and before to the three first Bones of the Meta­tarsus.

VII. The Metatarsus, Pedium, or Body of the Foot, has five Bones, each Bone being appointed for the sustaining of a Toe: their Sub­stance is hard, and solid, and hollow within like so many Pipes: that which is articula­ted with the great Toe is thick­est, but longest; the other are almost of an equal thickness, but each shorter than other; their lower ends are round, and inserted into the Sinus's of the first Joints of the Toes: but their upper ends are hollow, to receive the Bones of the Tarsus.

VIII. The Bones of the Toes are fourteen in number; of which the great Toe has only two, the other four three apiece; they are hard and solid without, hol­low within, and articulated like those of the Fingers.

IX. The Bones of the Tarsus and Pedium never suffer a perfect Dislocation or Dis-jointing: and those of the Toes seldom, be­cause upheld by most strong Ligaments, and many Tendons.

X. They may be so many ways dislocated or luxated, as may the Bones of the Hands, and as ea­sily reduced as they.

XI. If the Bones of the Instep or Foot, should be moved upwards, the Patient must tread hard upon a plain place, or a Form, or Ta­ble, and the Artist with his Hand must thrust them into their places.

XII. If any of them should start outwards, you must them press them upwards, and restore each Bone to its place: the same you must do, if they should bear out sideways.

XIII. If the Toes are dislo­cated, they are restored altogether by the same Ways and Means as are the Dislocations of the Fin­gers: but with this note, that when any Bone is dislocated here, the Sick is necessitated to keep his Bed for at least twenty days, till the dislocated Part is perfectly confirmed.

The CONCLUSION.

NOW to the Great and the Holy One, the Just and Eternal Power, a God Glorious in Holiness, Fearful in Praises, Doing Wonders; who taking hold on Judgment has remembred Mercy, and delivered me his Servant out of the Jaws of Cruel Dogs, who for several Years past have been worrying me, and saved me from the Depredations of Beasts of Prey, making me in some measure, even to Triumph over my Adver­saries. To the Infinite and Almighty Being, who has been merciful and kind unto me, causing my Lott to fall in a pleasant Ground, and has been pleased to give me the Possession of a Treasure which can never be wasted, and a Substance which can never wax old, nor decay; filling me with full Measures of his Consolations, making my Cups to overflow; and who has given me Wisdom and Ʋnderstanding to begin, go through, and perfect this great and desirable Work: I say, for these, and all his other Mercies and singular Favours, with which he has daily visited me, a thankful Remembrance of which can never pass from me; my humble Soul, under a deep sense of all this his unspeakable Goodness, pours forth before the Throne of his Grace (as the Sacrifice of a Thank­ful Heart) all possible Praise and Thanksgiving, to whom be Honour and Glory for Ever. Amen.

W. SALMON.
THE END.

THE CONTENTS.

LIBER PRIMUS. Of Instruments and Operations.

I. Of INSTRUMENTS.

  • Chap. 1. OF Chirurgery in Ge­neral Page 1
  • Chap. 2. Of the Small Instruments 3
  • Chap. 3. The large Instruments 5
  • Chap. 4. The Form of the Chirurgians Chest 13
    • 1. The Old Form 13
    • 2. The New Form 14
  • Chap. 5. The Furniture of the Chest 15
    • 1. Cista Hildani. 16
    • 2. Woodall's Viaticum 18
    • 3. Woodall's Epitome 21
    • 4. Salmon's Repository 22
    • 5. Salmon's Reformed Chest. See the Preface.

II. Of OPERATIONS.

I. SYNTHESIS.

  • Chap. 6. Of Fractures 24
  • Chap. 7. Dislocations 28
  • Chap. 8. Ruptures 30
  • Chap. 9. Strutting out of the Eye 34
  • Chap. 10. Falling out of the Womb 35
  • Chap. 11. Falling out of the Fundament 38

II. DIAERESIS.

  • Chap. 12. Opening of a Vein. 39

    XIV. Propositions concerning Blood-Letting 40

  • Chap. 13. Opening an Artery 43
  • Chap. 14. Opening the Windpipe 44
  • Chap. 15. Opening of the Brest 45
    • 1. A Dropsy of the Brest 45
    • 2. An Empyema 46
    • 3. A Pleurisie 48
  • Chap. 16. Opening the Belly, or Para­centesis 49
  • Chap. 17. Opening closed Orifices 51
    • 1. Of Closed Eyes 51
    • 2. Orifice of the Ears closed 51
    • 3. The Nostrils closed 52
    • 4. The Mouth closed 52
    • 5. The Praeputium closed 52
    • 6. The Glans not perforated 52
    • 7. The Anus not perforated 52
    • 8. Pudenda Virginum closed 53
    • 9. The Vagina closed 53
    • 10. Inward Orifice of the Womb closed 54
  • Chap. 18. Opening of Apostems. 55
    • 1. With a Tunicle 55
    • 2. Without a Tunicle. 56
  • [Page]Chap. 19. Of Opening of the Skin 56
    • 1. By Vesicatories or Blistrings 57
    • 2. By Fontanels or Issues 58
    • 3. By the Seton 59
    • 4. By application of Leeches 60
    • 5. By Cupping-Glasses 61
    • 6. By Scarification 62
    • 7. By Ʋstion or Burning 62
    • 8. By the Haemorrhoids 63
    • 9. The opening of Varix 63
  • Chap. 20. The Dividing of closed Parts 63
    • 1. Hydatis, under the upper Eye-lid 63
    • 2. Hordeolum, under the Eye-lid 64
    • 3. Grando, a hard stoney mat­ter 64
    • 4. Lagophthalmos, narrow Eye-lid. 64
    • 5. Ectropion, lower lid fal­len down 64
    • 6. Hypopion, under the hor­ney Coat 64
    • 7. Tongue Ty'd 65
    • 8. Cutting Infants Gums 65
    • 9. Growing together of Fingers, and Toes 65
    • 10. Cutting of a Wry-neck 65
  • Chap. 21. The Dividing of Bones 67
    • 1. Trepaning, or Perforation ib.
    • 2. Scraping, Filing, and Saw­ing. 68

III. EXAERESIS.

  • Chap. 22. The Birth of a Living Child 69
  • Chap. 23. The Birth of a Dead Child 71
  • Chap. 24. Extracting the Secundine 73
  • Chap. 25. Extracting a Mola 74
  • Chap. 26. The Caesarian Birth 75
  • Chap. 27. Cutting out the Stone 77
    • 1. Apparatus minor 79
    • 2. Apparatus major ibid.
    • 3. Apparatus Hypogastricus 80
  • Chap. 28. Drawing out of Teeth 81
  • Chap. 29. Bullets, Arrows, Thorns, &c. 83
  • Chap. 30. Ʋrine Stopp'd 84

IV. APHAERESIS.

  • Chap. 31. Couching of Cataracts 89
  • Chap. 32. Amputation 92
    • 1. The Common way 93
    • 2. That of Aquapendens 95
  • Chap. 33. Cutting off Cancers 96
  • Chap. 34. Cutting off Wens 98
  • Chap. 35. Cutting a Sarcocele 100

    Cutting an Oskeocele 101

  • Chap. 36. Cutting out Warts and Corns 103
  • Chap. 37. Removing Caruncles 104
  • Chap. 38. Removing Humors 105
    • 1. By Friction 106
    • 2. By Bathing ibid.
    • 3. By Sweating 107
    • 4. By Fasting ibid.

V. DIARTHROSIS.

  • Chap. 39. Crookedness in General 108
  • Chap. 40. Crookedness of the Back 110
  • Chap. 41. Crookedness of Arms and Legs 112
  • Chap. 42. Crookedness of the Fingers 114
  • Chap. 43. Crooked Feet and Toes 116

VI. PROSTHESIS.

  • Chap. 44. Baldness 119
  • Chap. 45. A Hare-lip 120
  • Chap. 46. Parts of the Head supply'd 123
    • 1. The Eyes ibid.
    • 2. The Nose ibid.
    • 3. The Ears 124
    • 4. The Palate ibid.
    • 5. The Teeth ibid.
  • Chap. 47. Artificial Arms and Legs 125

VII. REPORTS.

  • Chap. 48. Of Reports in General 126 [Page]
    • 1. Wounds Mortal, Dangerous, Safe 126
    • 2. Wounds Great 128
    • 3. Diseases Great or Small, Long or Short, Mortal or not 128
    • 4. Wounds considered, in respect to the Parts hurt 129
    • 5. What the Event of Wounds may be 130
    • 6. In a Dead Person, whether the Wound was made before, or after Death 131
  • Chap. 49. Reports, where no Wound appears 132
    • 1. By Blows, Beating, Falls, &c. 132
    • 2. By External Suffocation 133
    • 3. By Internal Suffocation 134
    • 4. By Thunder and Lightning 135
    • 5. By Poison 137
  • Chap. 50. Reports from the Viscera be­ing wounded
    • 1. Wounds of the Brain 137
    • 2. Wounds of the Stomach 138
    • 3. Wounds of the Liver 139
    • 4. Wounds of the Lungs 139
    • 5. Wounds of the Diaphragma 140
    • 6. Wounds of the Guts 140
    • 7. Wounds of the Bladder 141
    • 8. Wounds of the Spinal Mar­row 141
    • 9. Wounds of Arteries and Veins 142
    • 10. Wounds of the Aspera Ar­teria 142
    • 11. Wounds of the Reins 142
    • 12. Wounds of the Spleen 143
    • 13. Wounds of the Heart 143
  • Chap. 51. Reports from Wounds Exter­nal 144
    • 1. Of the Malignity of Wounds 144
    • 2. Whether a Wound kills, or not 145
    • 3. How Men Die of Small Wounds 146
    • 4. Wounds Dangerous 147
    • 5. Wounds of Nerves and Back-bone 149
    • 6. Wounds of the Head 150
    • 7. Wounds of the Forehead 151
    • 8. Wounds of the Cheeks 152
    • 9. Wounds of the Arms 152
    • 10. Wounds of the Hands 154
    • 11. Wounds of the Thighs 154
    • 12. Wounds of Legs and Feet 155
  • Chap. 52. Examples of making Reports 155
    • 1. Of Death presumed to ensue 155
    • 2. A Report in a doubtful Case 156
    • 3. In case of the loss of a Mem­ber 156
    • 4. When Wounds are found in divers Parts 156
    • 5. When a Woman is Delivered of a Dead Child 157
    • 6. Of a Wounded Person found Dead. 157

VIII. EMBALMING.

  • Chap. 53. Embalming the Aegyptian Ways 158
    • 1. Salination with Salt alone 159
    • 2. Salination with Salt, and Juice of Cedar 159
    • 3. Salination with Salt and Aromaticks 159
    • 4. Embalming with Aroma­ticks alone 160
  • Chap. 54. Embalming the European Ways 161
    • 1. Embalming without Dissecti­on, called Encering 161
    • [Page]2. Embalming with Aroma­ticks 162
    • 3. Another Way to do the same 163
  • Chap. 55. Embalming the Modern Ways 164
    • 1. A Special Way of Embalm­ing, very Excellent 164
    • 2. Timaeus à Guldenklee his Way 165
    • 3. Gabriel Clauder his Way, at large 167

IX. MEDICAL STORE, Or, Pharmacopoeia Chirurgica.

  • Chap. 56. Of Simple Medicaments 171
    • 1. Vegetables 172
    • 2. Minerals 173
    • 3. Animals 176
    • 4. What are to be chosen for the Chest 176
  • Chap. 57. Of Waters 178
    • 1. Aqua Elementaria 178
    • 2. Aqua Antifebritica 178
    • 3. Aqua Vitrioli 179
    • 4. Aqua Calcis Vivae 179
    • 5. Aqua Stomachica 180
    • 6. Aqua Tartarisata 180
  • Chap. 58. Of Tinctures 181
    • 1. Tinctura Cordialis 181
    • 2. Tinctura Mirabilis 181
    • 3. Tinctura Opii 182
    • 4. Tinctura Purgans 183
    • 5. Tinctura Exfolians, seu Euphorbii 184
    • 6. Tinctura Absinthii 185
    • 7. Tinctura Antimonii Pur­gans 185
    • 8. Tinctura Cathartica 185
    • 9. Tinctura Martis 186
    • 10. Tinctura Sacra, seu Amara 187
    • 11. Tinctura, seu Elixir Pro­prietatis 188
    • 12. Tinctura Antimonii cru­di 188
    • 13. Tinctura Salis Tartari 189
  • Chap. 59. Of Spirits 189
    • 1. Spiritus Cordialis 189
    • 2. Spiritus Vini Camphorat. 190
    • 3. Spiritus Sulphuratus 191
    • 4. Spiritus Vini Basilii 191
    • 5. Spiritus Nitri 192
    • 6. Spiritus Nitratus 193
    • 7. Spiritus Salis Philosophic. 194
    • 8. Spiritus Corn. Cervi Com­pos. 195
    • 9. Spiritus Salis Armoniaci 196
    • 10. Spiritus Mirabilis 197
    • 11. Spiritus Opiatus Compo­sit. 198
    • 12. Spiritus Sulphuris, vel Ens Primum 199
    • 13. Spiritus Universalis 200
  • Chap. 60. Of Oils Chymical 201
    • 1. Oleum Anisi 201
    • 2. Oleum Caryophyllorum 202
    • 3. Oleum Cerae 203
    • 4. Oleum Juniperi 204
    • 5. Oleum Limonum 205
    • 6. Oleum Macis per Express. 205
    • 7. Oleum Philosophicum 207
    • 8. Oleum Rosmarini Com­pos. 209
    • 9. Oleum Succini 209
    • 10. Oleum Sulphuris 211
    • 11. Oleum Tartari per Deliq. 212
    • 12. Oleum Terebinthinae 213
    • 13. Oleum Vitrioli 214
  • Chap. 61. Of Balsams Distilled. 216
    • 1. Balsamum Antimonii 216
    • 2. Balsamum Salis Tartari 218
    • 3. Balsamum Camphorae 218
    • [Page]4. Balsamum Sulphuris Ru­landi 219
    • 5. Balsamum Sulphuris Com­mune 220
    • 6. Balsamum Saturni 221
    • 7. Balsamum Mirabile 222
    • 8. Butyrum Antimonii 223
  • Chap. 62. Of Elixirs 224
    • 1. Elixir Antepilepticum 224
    • 2. Elixir Proprietatis 226
    • 3. Elixir Metallorum 226
    • 4. Elixir Cranii Humani 227
    • 5. Elixir Pulmonum 228
    • 6. Elixir Sanguinis Humani 228
    • 7. Elixir Viperarum 229
    • 8. Elixir seu Sanguis Sym­phiti 229
    • 9. Elixir seu Sanguis Satyrii & Pastinacae Albae 230
  • Chap. 63. Of Powers 231
    • 1. Potestates Fuliginis Clau­deri 231
    • 2. Potestates Seminum Anisi 232
    • 3. Potestates Baccarum Juni­peri 233
    • 4. Potestates Lavendulae 233
    • 5. Potestates Caryophyllo­rum 234
    • 6. Potestates Limonum 235
    • 7. Potestates Pulegii 236
    • 8. Potestates Rosmarini 237
    • 9. Potestates Succini 238
    • 10. Potestates Terebinthinae 238
    • 11. Potestates Virtutum 238
    • 12. Potestates Viperarum 239
    • 13. Potestates Ungulae & Cornu Cervi 240
  • Chap. 64. Of Salts 241
    • 1. Sal Absinthii 241
    • 2. Sal Aluminis 242
    • 3. Sal Armoniacum Volatile 242
    • 4. Sal Ciner. Clavellatorum 243
    • 5. Sal Cor. Cervi Succina­tum 243
    • 6. Sal Fabarum Volatile 244
    • 7. Sal seu Lapis Infernalis 245
    • 8. Sal Martis 246
    • 9. Sal Mirabile 247
    • 10. Sal Nitratum 248
    • 11. Sal Nitrum Catharticum 248
    • 12. Sal Nitrum Nitratum 249
    • 13. Sal Nitrum Vitriolatum 249
    • 14. Sal Polychrestum 250
    • 15. Sal Prunellae 250
    • 16. Sal Saturni 251
    • 17. Sal Succini Volatile 253
    • 18. Sal Tartari 253
    • 19. Sal Vitriolatum 254
    • 20. Ens Veneris 255
    • 21. Vitriolum Lunae 255
  • Chap. 65. Of Flowers 257
    • 1. Flores Sulphuris 257
    • 2. Flores Bismuthi & Zinci 257
    • 3. Mercurius Sublimatus Cor­rosivus 258
    • 4. Mercurius Dulcis 259
    • 5. Cinnabaris Artificialis 261
  • Chap. 66. Of Magisteries 262
    • 1. Arcanum Corallinum 262
    • 2. Arcanum Jovis 263
    • 3. Antihecticum Poterii 264
    • 4. Bezoar Minerale 266
    • 5. Gryps Mercurii 267
    • 6. Mercurius Vitae 268
    • 7. Mercurius Praecipitatus Al­bus 269
    • 8. Mercurius Praecipitatus Ru­brus 271
    • 9. Mercurius Praecipitatus Principis 273
    • 10. Mercurius Praecipitatus Luteus, vel, Turpethum Minerale 273
    • 11. Mercurius Praecipitatus perse 274
    • [Page]12. Mercurius Praecipitatus Solaris, vel, Aurum Vitae 275
    • 13. Mercurius Praecipitatus Lunaris 276
    • 14. Tartarum Emeticum 277
  • Chap. 67. Of Syrups 279
    • 1. Syrupus Simplex 279
    • 2. Syrupus Volatilis 279
    • 3. Syrupus Limonum 279
    • 4. Syrupus Antifebriticus 280
    • 5. Syrupus Catharticus 281
    • 6. Syrupus de Meconio 281
    • 7. Mel Rosarum 282
    • 8. Oxymel Scilliticum 282
  • Chap. 68. Of Pouders 285
    • 1. Pulvis Antimonii 285
    • 2. Pulvis Antifebriticus 285
    • 3. Pulvis Bezoarticus 216
    • 4. Pulvis Cachecticus 286
    • 5. Pulvis Catharticus 287
    • 6. Pulvis Cornachini 288
    • 7. Pulvis ad Diabeten 288
    • 8. Pulvis Emeticus 289
    • 9. Pulvis Herculeus 290
    • 10. Pulvis Rheumaticus 290
    • 11. Pulvis ad Vermes 290
  • Chap. 69. Of Electuaties 291
    • 1. Theriaca Chymica 291
    • 2. Electuar. Antipestilentiale 292
    • 3. Electuar. Antihecticum 293
    • 4. Electuar. Catharticum 293
    • 5. Electuar. Catarrhale 294
    • 6. Electuar. Stomachicum 295
    • 7. Electuar. ad Tussim 295
  • Chap. 70. Of Pills 296
    • 1. Pilulae Catharticae 296
    • 2. Pilulae ad Luem 296
    • 3. Pilulae Mirabiles 297
    • 4. Pilulae Hystericae 297
    • 5. Laudanum Samech, seu Tartarisatum 298
    • 6. Laudanum Specificum nost. 299
    • 7. Laudanum Catharticum nost. 301
  • Chap. 71. Of Lotions 302
    • 1. Aqua Ophthalmica 302
    • 2. Aqua Styptica 302
    • 3. Aqua Calcis cum Mercurio 303
    • 4. Aqua Divina Fernelii 303
    • 5. Aqua ad Gonorrhaeam 303
    • 6. Aqua Mercurialis 304
    • 7. Lac Mercurii 304
  • Chap. 72. Of Oils External 305
    • 1. Oleum Calefaciens 305
    • 2. Oleum Refrigerans 305
    • 3. Oleum Anodynum 305
    • 4. Oleum Paralyticum 306
    • 5. Oleum Cosmeticum 306
    • 6. Oleum Diacolocynthidos 306
    • 7. Oleum ad Vermes 307
  • Chap. 73. Of Balsams. 308
    • 1. Balsamum Vulnerar. nost. 308
    • 2. Balsam. Anodynum nost. 309
    • 3. Balsam. Gummi Elemi nost. 309
    • 4. Mel Saponis 310
    • 5. Balsam. de Sapone 310
    • 6. Balsam. Amicum 310
    • 7. Balsam. Arthriticum 311
    • 8. Balsam. Polychrestum 311
    • 9. Balsam. Ophthalmicum 312
  • Chap. 74. Of Ointments 313
    • 1. Ung. Aegyptiacum 313
    • 2. Ung. Album 313
    • 3. Ung. Basilicon 314
    • 4. Ung. Fuscum Wurtzii 314
    • 5. Ung. Mercuriale 314
    • 6. Ung. Nicotianae 315
    • 7. Ung. Populeon 316
    • 8. Ung. Cosmeticum 317
    • 9. Ung. ad Scabiem 317
    • 10. Ung. Tutiae 318
  • Chap. 75. Of Pouders External 318
    • 1. Pulvis Mercurii coagulati 318
    • 2. Pulvis Vitrioli Absters. 319
    • [Page]3. Pulvis pro Ulceribus 320
    • 4. Pulvis pro Ulceribus Ve­nereis 321
    • 5. Pulvis Stypticus 321
    • 6. Pulvis ad Hypersarcosin 321
    • 7. Pulvis Sternutatorius 322
    • 8. Errhina 322
  • Chap. 76. Of Cerecloths 323
    • 1. Ceratum Album 323
    • 2. Ceratum Viride 324
    • 3. Ceratum de Galbano 324
    • 4. Ceratum è Gummi Elemi 325
    • 5. Ceratum Nigrum 326
    • 6. Ceratum Oxylaeum 326
    • 7. Ceratum Refrigerans 326
    • 8. Ceratum Sperm. Ceti 327
    • 9. Ceratum ad Tophos 327
  • Chap. 77. Of Emplasters 328
    • 1. Emplastrum Album 328
    • 2. Emplastrum Diachylon sim­plex 329
    • 3. Emplastr. Diachylon cum Gummi 329
    • 4. Empl. Epispasticum 330
    • 5. Empl. Febrifugum 331
    • 6. Empl. de Meliloto 331
    • 7. Emplastr. de Minio cum Sapone 332
    • 8. Empl. Mercuriale 332
    • 9. Empl. Polychrestum 333
    • 10. Empl. ad Strumam 333
    • 11. Empl. Vulnerarium 333
    • 12. Empl. Arthriticum 334

LIBER SECUNDUS. OF DEFOEDATION.

I. DEFILEMENTS, or VICES of the HAIR.

  • Chap. 1. OF Cleaving of the Hair 337
  • Chap. 2. Falling of the Hair ibid.
  • Chap. 3. A Fox-like Shedding of the Hair 340
  • Chap. 4. A Serpentlike Falling of Hair 341
  • Chap. 5. The Hair-Worm 344
  • Chap. 6. Baldness 346
  • Chap. 7. Hoariness 348
  • Chap. 8. Elf-Locks, or Matted Hair 351
  • Chap. 9. Lousiness, or Lousy-Evil 356
  • Chap. 10. Scurff and Dandriff 359
  • Chap. 11. A Scall'd Head 360

II. DEFILEMENTS, or VICES of the SKIN.

  • Chap. 12. Of Sun-burning 363
  • Chap. 13. Freckles 365
  • Chap. 14. Lentils, or large fixed Freckles 366
  • Chap. 15. Mother-Spots 369
  • Chap. 16. Red-Gum 370
  • Chap. 17. Liver-Spots 371

III. DEFILEMENTS, or ERU­PTIONS of the SKIN.

  • Chap. 18. Red Pimpels of the Face 374
  • Chap. 19. Morphew 377
  • Chap. 20. Profound Morphew, or, the Spotted Leprosy 379
  • [Page]Chap. 21. The Black Scab 381
  • Chap. 22. Pimples 382
  • Chap. 23. Galling 384
  • Chap. 24. The Shingles 386
  • Chap. 25. Wildfire 388

    Psydracia, or Pustules of the Head ibid.

  • Chap. 26. Worms in the Skin 389

IV. DEFILEMENTS, or VICES of SKIN and FLESH.

  • Chap. 27. Of Scabbiness 393
  • Chap. 28. The Chin-Scab 400
  • Chap. 29. The Ringworm 402
  • Chap. 30. The Tettar 404
  • Chap. 31. Worms in the Feet 405
  • Chap. 32. Warts 408
    • 1. Verruca, Myrmecia 408
    • 2. Thymon ibid.
    • 3. Acrochordon ibid.
  • Chap. 33. Corns 410
    • A Callus 412
    • Cornua, or Horns ibid.

V. Of DEFILFMENTS UNIVERSAL.

  • Chap. 34. Of the Itch 414
  • Chap. 35. The Leprosy 417
  • Chap. 36. Sudamina, or Measles 420
  • Chap. 37. The French-Pox 421
    • 1. Salivation by Internals 431
    • 2. Salivation by Ʋnction ibid.
    • 3. Salivation by Fumigation 432
  • Chap. 38. A Clap, or Running of the Reins 441
  • Chap. 39. Evil Smell of the Body 445

VI. DEFILEMENTS, or VICES of the EYES.

  • Chap. 40. Blisters of the Eyes 452
  • Chap. 41. Swelling in the Corner of the Eye 453
  • Chap. 42. A Running Sore in the Eye 454

VII. DEFILEMENTS, or VICES of TEETH and GUMS.

  • Chap. 43. Discoloured, filthy, and stinking Teeth 456
  • Chap. 44. Corrosion and Rottenness of the Teeth 458
  • Chap. 45. Loosness of the Teeth 459

VIII. VICES of HANDS, and NAILS.

  • Chap. 46. Clefts of the Hands 462
  • Chap. 47. Rough and deformed Nails 463
  • Chap. 48. Discoloured Nails 465
  • Chap. 49. Cleaving and Falling of the Nails 466
  • Chap. 50. A Whitloe 467

LIBER TERTIUS. OF TUMORS.

I. TUMORS arising from BLOOD.

  • Chap. 1. OF Tumors in general 471
  • Chap. 2. Corpulency 478

    An Atrophia 482

  • Chap. 3. An Abscess, or an Apostem 486
  • Chap. 4. A Sinus in Tumors 492
  • Chap. 5. An Inflammation 498
  • Chap. 6. A Bubo 520
  • [Page]Chap. 7. Of a Contusion 524
  • Chap. 8. A Carbuncle 530
  • Chap. 9. A Tumor behind the Ear 537
  • Chap. 10. Phyma, a Tumor of the Glan­dules 539
    • Phyma juxta Anum 542
    • Phygethlon, a Tumor under the Jaws 544
  • Chap. 11. Gangrene and Sphacelus 545
    • 1. A Gangrene ibid.
    • 2. A Sphacelus 557
  • Chap. 12. A Felon 561
  • Chap. 13. A Push, or Bile 565
  • Chap. 14. Chilblains or Kibes 568
  • Chap. 15. An Aneurism 570
  • Chap. 16. A Varix 576

II. TUMORS arising from CHOLER.

  • Chap. 17. Of an Erysipelas 582
  • Chap. 18. Herpes Miliaris, or Ʋlcerrous Pustules 589
  • Chap. 19. Herpes Exedens, or Eating-Pustules 592
  • Chap. 20. The Small-Pox 595

    The Confluent kind 598

III. TUMORS arising from PHLEGM.

  • Chap. 21. Of an Oedema 610
  • Chap. 22. The Cystick Tumor 616
    • Atheroma ibid.
    • Meliceris ibid.
    • Steatoma ibid.
    • Talpa 617
    • Testudo, Topinaria 618
    • Natta 618, 621
  • Chap. 23. A Wen 622
  • Chap. 24. Gums, Nodes, Tophs 627
    • The Cure of Gumms 629
    • The Cures of Nodes 630
    • The Cure of Tophs 630
  • Chap. 25. Of a Fungus, or Spongy Flesh 633
    • 1. A True Fungus ibid.
    • 2. Pterygium of the Eye 635
    • 3. Condyloma, Ficus, Cristae, Thymi 636
  • Chap. 26. Bronchocele, or a Tumor of the Throat 637, 639
    • A Ranula 638, 641
    • Tonsillae 638, 642
    • Cutting off the Uvula 644
  • Chap. 27. The Kings-Evil ibid.

IV. TUMORS arising from WIND.

  • Chap. 28. Of the Windy Tumor 656
  • Chap. 29. A Windy Rupture 660

    A Windy Rupture of the Navel ibid.

V. TUMORS arising from WATER.

  • Chap. 30. Of a Watery Rupture 663
    • 1. Hydrocele ibid.
    • 2. Hydromphalus 666
  • Chap. 31. A Watery Tumor 667
  • Chap. 32. A Dropsy 670
    • 1. Sarcites, or Anasarca 670
    • 2. Ascites, or Dropsy of the Belly 673
    • 3. A Tympanites 675
    • 4. An Hydrocele Derivative 678
  • Chap. 33. A Dropsy of the Head ibid.

VI. TUMORS arising from MELANCHOLY.

  • Chap. 34. Of a Polypus in the Nose 681

    A Sarcoma, or Noli me tan­gere 683

  • Chap. 35. A Scirrhus 687
  • Chap. 36. A Cancer 693
    • 1. A Cancer not Ʋlcerated ib.
    • 2. A Cancer Ʋlcerated 700
  • Chap. 37. A Cancer of a Bone 706
  • Chap. 38. An Elephantiasis 709
  • [Page]Chap. 39. The Elephantiasis of a Part 715

VII. TƲMORS, ex PARTIUM Decidentia.

  • Chap. 40. Of Ruptures 717
    • 1. Hernia Intestinalis 718
    • 2. Hernia Inguinalis 722
    • 3. Hernia Omentalis 723
    • 4. Hernia Humoralis 724
    • 5. Hernia Seminalis 725
    • 6. Hernia Carnosa 726
    • 7. Hernia Umbilicalis 728

LIBER QUARTUS. OF WOUNDS.

  • Chap. 1. OF wounds in general 732
    • 1. Wounds Simplex 743
    • 2. Wounds Complex 749
  • Chap. 2. Of External Vulneraries 753
    • 1. Pure Vulneraries 754
    • 2. Digestives, or Maturatives 755
    • 3. Sarcoricks, or Incarnatives 756
    • 4. Epuloticks, or Cicatrizers 758
  • Chap. 3. Internal Vulneraries, or Wound-Drinks 759
    • 1. Simples for Wound-Drinks 763
    • 2. Examples of Wound-Drinks compounded 764
  • Chap. 4. Stopping an Hemorrhage in Wounds 766
    • 1. By Dossels or Pledgets 770
    • 2. By application of Crepitus Lupi 771
    • 3. By Deligation of the Vessels 771
    • 4. By application of Sarcoticks ib.
    • 5. By application of Astringents and Stypticks 772
    • 6. By application of Specificks 773
    • 7. By applying Revulsives, &c
    • 8. By Cutting thro' the Vessels 774
    • 9. By applying Escharoticks ib.
    • 10. By exhibition of Internals 775
  • Chap. 5. Extraneous things in Wounds 777
    • 1. Drawing them out by Medi­cines 779
    • 2. Drawing them out with In­struments 780
  • Chap. 6. Stitching Wounds 783
    • I. Sutura, Stiching with the Needle.
      • 1. Instruments of Stitching 785
      • 2. Sutura Retentiva ibid.
      • 3. Sutura Incarnativa ibid.
      • 4. Sutura Abdominis, Gastro­raphia ibid.
      • 5. Sutura Conservatrix ibid.
      • 6. Observations on Stitching 786
    • II. Laqueatio, Dry-stitching.
      • 1. Instruments of Dry-stitching 787
      • 2. The Sticking Emplaster, twelve Forms of it 788
      • 3. The Way and Manner of per­forming it 789
  • [Page]Chap. 7. Of the Binding-up Wounds 790
    • I. The Materials for Binding, &c. ibid.
      • 1. The Covering-Emplaster ibid.
      • 2. Splenia, folded Cloths, or Bolsters ibid.
      • 3. Ferulae, Splinters 791
      • 4. Swathing-Bands, or Rowlers ibid.
      • 5. The Matter of Rowlers 792
    • II. The Kinds and Ways of Rowing or Binding-up ibid.
      • 1. Fascia Incarnativa ibid.
      • 2. Fascia Retentiva 793
      • 3. Fascia Expulsiva ibid.
      • 4. Fascia Aequans ibid.
      • 4. The Way and Manner of Binding-up, or Rowling ibid.
  • Chap. 8. A Flux of Humors in Wounds 795
  • Chap. 9. The Symptoms of Wounds 798
    • 1. An Hemorrhage 799
    • 2. Vehement Pain 799
      • Anodyns 800
      • Narcoticks ibid.
    • 3. An Inflammation 801
    • 4. An Erysipelas ibid.
    • 5. Indigestion of Humors 802
    • 6. Fevers from Humors dis­turbed 802
    • 7. Fevers, from generating Pus 803
    • 8. Fevers, from Inflammation ib.
    • 9. Fevers, from Putridness of Humors 804
    • 10. Fevers, from Ill-preparedness of Humors 805
    • 11. Fainting and Swooning 806
    • 12. Convulsions general 807
    • 13. Convulsions particular 808
    • 14. Delirium, or Dotage 111
    • 15. A Palsey 812
    • 16. Gangren and Sphacelus 814
    • 17. Removing of Proud Flesh 815
  • Chap. 10. Curing by the Second Intention 816
  • Chap. 11. Wounds of Arteries and Veins 820
  • Chap. 12. Wounds of Nerves and Tendons 823
    • 1. Cutting a Nerve or Tendon 827
    • 2. Pricking a Nerve, or Tendon 829
    • 3. Contusion of a Nerve, &c. 833
  • Chap. 13. Wounds of the Ligaments 834
  • Chap. 14. Wounds of the Limbs 835
  • Chap. 15. Wounds of the Joints 841
  • Chap. 16. Wounds with Contusion 846
  • Chap. 17. Wounds, by the Bitings of Venemous Beasts 848
    • 1. The Bitings of Beasts, and Human-kind 849
    • 2. Bitings of Mad-Dogs 851
    • 3. Bitings of Serpents 855
    • 4. Bitings of the Tarantula 865
    • 5. The Stinging of Scorpions, Hornets, Wasps, Bees 867
  • Chap. 18. Wounds made with Poisoned Weapons 870
  • Chap. 19. Wounds made by Gunshot in general 874
    • 1. Extracting the Bullet 879
    • 2. Proper Digestives 881
    • 3. Abstersives or Cleansers 884
    • 4. Incarnatives 886
    • 5. Wounds, with Fracture of the Bone ibid.
    • 6. Dressing Gunshot-Wounds 887
  • Chap. 20. Accidents or Symptoms in Gunshot-Wounds 890
    • 1. Vehement Pain ibid.
    • 2. Inflammation ibid.
    • 3. Grangrene 891
    • 4. An Hemorrhage 892
    • 5. A Fever 892
    • 6. A Delirium 893
    • 7. Fainting and Swooning 893
    • 8. Convulsions 893
    • 9. A Palsey 894
    • 10. A Sinuous Ʋlcer 894
  • Chap. 21. Gunshot-Wounds in the Tho­rax 896
  • [Page]Chap. 22. Of Gunshot-Wounds in the Ab­domen or Belly 898
    • 1. Wounds of the Stomach and Guts 901
    • 2. Wounds of the Reins or Kid­neys 901
    • 3. Wounds of Liver and Spleen 902
    • 4. Wounds of the Womb 902
  • Chap. 23. Gunshot-Wounds in the Limbs, and Joints 903
    • 1. The Cure of Gunshot-Wounds in the Limbs 904
    • 2. The Cure of Gunshot-Wounds in the Joints 910
  • Chap. 24. Burnings and Scaldings 911
    • 1. Burnings and Scaldings in general 913
    • 2. Light or gentle Burnings 915
    • 3. Burning with Gunpowder 916
    • 4. Burning by Lightning 918
    • 5. Burnings of the Second Degree 919
    • 6. Burnings of the Third and Fourth Degrees 920
    • 7. Burnings of the Eyes, Face, &c. 921
    • 8. Burnings in the Joints 921
    • 9. Burnings in the Groin 922
    • 10. The preventing of ugly Scars 923
  • Chap. 25. Wounds of the Head, without the Scull 924
    • 1. Wounds of the Head in gene­ral 925
    • 2. Binding up Wounds of the Head 929
    • 3. A Contusion of the Head 930
    • 4. A Wound of the Head 933
    • 5. A Wound with Contusion 935
  • Chap. 26. Wounds of the Temporal Mu­scles 237
  • Chap. 27. Wounds of the Membranes of the Brain 939
    • 1. The Wounds of the Dura Mater 940
    • 2. The Symptoms of those Wounds 942
    • 3. Wounds of the Pia Mater 943
  • Chap. 28. Wounds of the Brain 644
    • 1. The Cure of Wounds of the Brain 947
    • 2. The Cure of the Symptoms 949
      • 1. Apostemation of the Brain 949
      • 2. Concussion of the Brain 949
      • 3. Convulsions 950
      • 4. A Fungus of the Brain 950
      • 5. A Flatulent Tumor of the Brain 951
      • 6. Gangrene and Sphacelus 951
  • Chap. 29. Wounds of the Face 951
  • Chap. 30. Wounds of the Eyes 953
    • 1. Wounds of the Eye-brows 953
    • 2. Wounds of the Eye-lids 955
    • 3. Wounds of the Eye it self 956
  • Chap. 31. Wounds of the Ears 959
  • Chap. 32. Wounds of the Nose 960
  • Chap. 33. Wounds of the Mouth 961
    • 1. Wounds of the Lips 961
    • 2. Wounds of the Jaws, or Gums 962
    • 3. Wounds of the Tongue 963
  • Chap. 34. Wounds of the Neck 964
    • 1. Wounds of the Cutis and Membrana Carnosa 965
    • 2. Wounds of the Vertebrae of the Neck 965
  • Chap. 35. Wounds of the Wind-pipe and Gullet 967
    • 1. Wounds of the Wind-pipe 969
    • 2. Wounds of the Oesophagus or Swallow 669
  • Chap. 36. Wounds of the Vessels of the Neck 970
    • 1. Wounds of the Iugalar Veiny, and Soporal Arteries 970
    • 2. Wounds of the Recurrent Nerves 972
  • [Page]Chap. 37. Wounds of the Brest and Heart 973
  • Chap. 38. Wounds of the Back, and Spi­nal Marrow 978
  • Chap. 39. Wounds of the Lungs 979
  • Chap. 40. Wounds of the Liver and Spleen 982
    • 1. Of the Liver 982
    • 2. Of the Spleen 985
  • Chap. 41. Wounds of the Stomach 986
    • 1. Wounds of the Mouth of the Stomach 986
    • 2. Wounds of the Ventricle, or Bottom of the Stomach 287
  • Chap. 42. Wounds of the Belly 989
    • 1. Reduction of the Viscera 990
    • 2. Stitching up the Wound 991
    • 3. Application of Topicks 992
    • 4. Exhibition of Internals 992
    • 5. Wounds made by a Puncture 993
  • Chap. 43. Wounds of the Guts 994
  • Chap. 44. Wounds of the Reins 996
  • Chap. 45. Wounds of the Bladder 998
  • Chap. 46. Wounds of the Womb 999
  • Chap. 47. Wounds of the Yard 1001
  • Chap. 48. Wounds of the Fingers and Toes 1002

LIBER QUINTUS. OF ULCERS.

  • Chap. 1. OF Ʋlcers in Gene­ral 1005
  • Chap. 2. Medicaments appropriated to Ʋlcers 1018
    • 1. Repercussives 1019
    • 2. Helminthicks, Wormkillers 1020
    • 3. Digestives or suppuratives 1021
    • 4. Abstersives or Mundifiers 1022
    • 5. Sarcoticks or Incarnatives 1023
    • 6. Epuloticks or Cicatrizers 1025
  • Chap. 3. Simple Ʋlcers 1027
  • Chap. 4. Ʋlcers with Distemper 1033
    • 1. With a hot Distemper 1034
    • 2. With a cold Distemper 1035
    • 3. With a moist Distemper 1036
    • 4. With a dry Distemper 1036
  • 5. An Ʋlcer with Pain 1038
  • 6. Ʋlcers wth Fluxion 1040
  • 7. An Ʋlcer Sordid and Putrid 1044
    • 1. The Cure of a Sordid Ʋlcer 1045
    • 2. The Cure of a Putrid Ʋlcer 1046
  • Chap. 8. An Ʋlcer with Tumor 1047
    • 1. With a Phlegmon 1047
    • 2. With an Erysipelas 1048
    • 3. With an Oedema 1048
    • 4. With a Cancerous Tumor 1048
  • Chap. 9. An Ʋlcer with proud Flesh 1049
  • Chap. 10. An Ʋlcer Callous 1053
  • Chap. 11. An Ʋlcer discolored 1055
  • Chap. 12. An Ʋlcer Cavernous or hollow 1056
    • 1. The Cure without laying open 1057
    • 2. Dressing these Ʋlcers. 1060
    • [Page]3. The Cure by opening the Si­nus 1062
  • Chap. 13. An Ʋlcer with Worms 1064
  • Chap. 14. An Ʋlcer Varicous 1066
  • Chap. 15. An Ʋlcer Carious 1068
    • 1. Scaling the Bone by Medi­cines 1072
    • 2. Scaling by Scraping, &c. 1074
    • 3. Scaling by Cautery 1074
    • 4. Dressing and Healing the Ʋl­cer 1076
  • Chap. 16. An Ʋlcer Cacoethick 1077
  • Chap. 17. An Ʋlcer Phagedenick 1080
  • Chap. 18. An Ʋlcer Cancerous 1084
    • 1. Nomae, or Eating Ʋlcers 1085
    • 2. Lupus the Wolf 1086
    • 3. Noli me tangere 1087
  • Chap. 19. An Ʋlcer by Burning or Scald­ing 1088
  • Chap. 20. An Ʋlcer Fistulous, or of a Fistula 1090
    • 1. The True or Absolute Cure 1093
    • 2. Removing the Callus 1097
    • 3. The Palliative Cure 1103
  • Chap. 21. An Ʋlcer Gangrenous 1104
    • 1. The Cure of an Ʋlcer Gan­grened 1105
    • 2. The Cure when Sphacelated 1107
  • Chap. 22. An Ʋlcer of the Head 1108
    • 1. The Dry Scald Head 1108
    • 2. The Moist Scald with a thin Humor 1110
    • 3. The Moist Scald with a thick Humor 1111
    • 4. An Ʋlcer from Apostemation, Contusion, &c. 1113
  • Chap. 23. An Ʋlcer of the Eye 1114
    • 1. Ʋlcers affecting the Adnata 1115
    • 2. Ʋlcers of the Cornea super­ficial 1115
    • 3. Ʋlcers of the Cornea deep 1116
    • 4. Ʋlcers Depascent or Eating 1117
    • 5. Ʋlcers Cancerous 1118
    • 6. Ʋlcers from the Small-Pox 1119
    • 7. Ʋlcers from the French-Pox 1119
    • 8. Ʋlcers from a Pestilential Anthrax 1119
  • Chap. 24. A Fistula of the Eye 1120
  • Chap. 25. An Ʋlcer of the Nose 1126
  • Chap. 26. An Ʋlcer of the Ear 1131
  • Chap. 27. An Ʋlcer of the Mouth 1133
    • 1. Fissurae Labiorum 1133
    • 2. Ʋlcers of the Lips, &c. 1134
    • 3. Ʋlcers of the Roof 1135
    • 4. Ʋlcers of the Tongue 1135
  • Chap. 28. An Ʋlcer of the Throat 1136
    • 1. An Ʋlcer of the Uvula 1136
    • 2. An Ʋlcer of the Almonds 1137
    • 3. An Ʋlcer of the Throat be­low the Uvula and Almonds 1137
  • Chap. 29. An Ʋlcer of the Neck 1138
  • Chap. 30. An Ʋlcer of the Stomach 1140
  • Chap. 31. A Fistula of the Brest 1143
    • 1. The Cure of a Fistula, &c. 1144
    • 2. Of an Ʋlcer of the Lungs 1149
  • Chap. 32. An Ʋlcer in the Back and Loins 1154
  • Chap. 33. An Ʋlcer of the Womb, &c. 1155
    • 1. Of the Womb Ʋlcer 1155
    • 2. Of an Ʋlcer in the Neck of the Womb 1150
    • 3. The Method of Curing Ʋl­cers of the Womb, and its Neck 1157
  • Chap. 34. An Ʋlcer of the Bladder 1159
  • Chap. 35. An Ʋlcer in the Groin 1161
    • 1. An Ʋlcer not Fistulous 1161
    • [Page]2. A Fistula in the Groin 1162
  • Chap. 36. An Ʋlcer of the Yard 1164
    • 1. An Ʋlcer External 1164
    • 2. An Ʋlcer Internal with Ca­runcles 1166
  • Chap. 37. A Fistula in the Anus 1167
    • 1. The Cure by Deligation 1169
    • 2. By Incision 1170
    • 3. Application of Topicks 1170
    • 4. The Palliative Cure 1172
  • Chap. 38. An Ʋlcer and Fistula in the Joints. 1173
    • 1. An Ʋlcer in the Joints 1173
    • 2. A Fistula in the Joints 1174
  • Chap. 39. An Ʋlcer in Hands or Arms 1176
  • Chap. 40. An Ʋlcer of Thighs, Legs, Feet 1178
  • Chap. 41. Ʋlcerated Piles or Hemor­rhoids 1179
    • 1. The Cure of Blind Hemor­rhoids 1182
    • 2. The Cure of Bleeding Hemor­rhoids 1184
    • 3. The Cure of Ʋlcerated He­morrhoids, Ficus, &c. 1185

LIBER SEXTUS. OF FRACTURES.

  • Chap. 1. OF Fractures in Ge­neral 1188
  • Chap. 2. Instruments for Reduction 1194
    • 1. The Trepan, or Modiolus 1195
    • 2. Hippocrates his Ambi 1196
    • 3. Galen his Glossocomon 1196
    • 4. The Reductive Ladder 1197
    • 5. Vitruvius his Pulley 1197
    • 6. Hippocrates his Table 1198
  • Chap. 3. Accidents or Symptoms of Fra­ctures 1199
    • 1. Vehement Pain 1199
    • 2. An Inflammation 1200
    • 3. A Gangrene 1200
    • 4. Vehement Itching 1201
    • 5. Excoriation 1201
  • Chap. 4. A Simple Fracture 1202
    • 1. Extension of the Part 1203
    • 2. Coaptation or Conformation 1204
    • 3. Binding up the Fracture 1205
    • 4. Placing and Posture of the Part 1209
  • Chap. 5. A Fracture with a Wound 1213
  • Chap. 6. A Fracture with a Wound, the Bone not bare 1217
  • Chap. 7. A Fracture with a Wound, the Bone made bare 1220
  • Chap. 8. A Fracture with a Wound, the Bone sticking out 1222
  • Chap. 9. A Fracture distorted or ill-set 1223
  • Chap. 10. A Fracture with a Vitious Callus 1225
  • Chap. 11. A Fracture with Atrophia 1228
  • Chap. 12. A Fracture of the Skull 1229
    • 1. Fractures of the Skull in Children 1233
    • 2. Fractures of the Skull in grown Persons 1234
  • Chap. 13. A Fissure of the Skull 1244 [Page]
    • 1. A Fissure in the Part wound­ed 1244
    • 2. A Contrafissure of the Skull 1246
  • Chap. 14. A Contusion or Depression of the Skull 1249
  • Chap. 15. An Incision and Puncture of the Skull 1252
    • 1. An Incision of the Skull 1252
    • 2. A Puncture of the Skull 1255
    • 3. An Incision or Puncture un­der the Temperal Muscle 1256
  • Chap. 16. A Fracture of the Nose-bone 1257
  • Chap. 17. A Fracture of the Jaw-bone 1259
  • Chap. 18. A Fracture of the Collar-bone 1261
  • Chap. 19. A Fracture of the Shoulder-blade 1263
  • Chap. 20. A Fracture of the Arm 1264
  • Chap. 21. A Fracture of the Elbow 1267
  • Chap. 22. A Fracture of the Wrist-bones 1268
  • Chap. 23. A Fracture of the Hand-bones 1269
  • Chap. 24. A Fracture of the Bones of the Fingers 1270
  • Chap. 25. A Fracture of the Sternon 1271
  • Chap. 26. A Fracture of the Ribs 1272
  • Chap. 27. A Fracture of the Back-bone 1275
  • Chap. 28. A Fracture of the Os Sacrum 1276
  • Chap. 29. A Fracture of the Rump-bone 1277
  • Chap. 30. A Fracture of the Hip-bone 1278
  • Chap. 31. A Fracture of the Thigh-bone 1280
  • Chap. 32. A Fracture of the Knee-pan 1283
  • Chap. 33. A Fracture of the Leg 1285
  • Chap. 34. A Fracture of the Foot 1288

LIBER SERTIMUS. OF DISLOCATIONS.

  • Chap. 1. OF Dislocations in General 1291
  • Chap. 2. A Simple Dislocation 1299
  • Chap. 3. A Dislocation with Pain and In­flammation 1301
  • Chap. 4. A Dislocation with a Wound 1302
  • Chap. 5. A Dislocation with Fracture 1304
  • Chap. 6. A Dislocation with Convulsions 1305
  • Chap. 7. A Dislocation with a Callus, or an Old Location 1306
  • Chap. 8. A Dislocation Reduced, falling out again 1308
  • Chap. 9. A Dislocation of the Nose-bone 1309
  • Chap. 10. A Dislocation of the Jaw-bone 1310
  • Chap. 11. A Dislocation of the Collar-bone 1313
  • [Page]Chap. 12. A Dislocation of the Neck-bones 1315
  • Chap. 13. A Dislocation of the Back-bones 1317
  • Chap. 14. A Bunched or Crooked Back 1319
  • Chap. 15. A Dislocation of the Sternon 1321
  • Chap. 16. A Dislocation of the Ribs 1322
  • Chap. 17. A Dislocation of the Os Sa­crum and Rump-bones 1324
  • Chap. 18. A Dislocation of the Shoulder-bone 1325
  • Chap. 19. A Dislocation of the Elbow-bones 1331
  • Chap. 20. A Dislocation of the Wrist and Hand Bones 1335
  • Chap. 21. A Dislocation of the Fingers 1336
  • Chap. 22. A Dislocation of the Thigh-bone 1338
  • Chap. 23. A Dislocation of the Knee-pan 1338
  • Chap. 24. A Dislocation of the Bones of the Leg 1344
  • Chap. 25. The Divulsion of the Bones of the Leg 1346
  • Chap. 26. A Dislocation of the Ankle 1347
  • Chap. 27. A Dislocation of the Heel-bone 1349
  • Chap. 28. A Dislocation of the Bones of the Foot 1350
FINIS.

ARS ANATOMICA. OR, THE ANATOMY OF Humane Bodies.

In Nine Books.

Containing, a Description

  • I. Of Parts more Simple; as Skin, Flesh, Membranes, Fibres, Ligaments, Cartilages, Tendons, Fat.
  • II. Of Parts less Simple; as Arteries, Veins, Nerves.
  • III. Of the Muscles of the whole Body.
  • IV. Of the Bones, or Skeleton intire.
  • V. Of Parts Improper; as Hair, Nails, Juices, Blood.
  • VI. Of the Ʋpper Ventricle, or Head.
  • VII. Of the Middle Ventricle, or Brest.
  • VIII. Of the Lower Ventricle, or Belly.
  • IX. Of the Limbs, or Extream Parts.

REPRESENTING To the Mind or Apprehension, in a Logical Scheme, (as it were) a true and compleat Idea of the whole Humane Frame.

EXTRACTED Out of the Writings of the most Learned and Accurate Anatomists, both Ancient and Modern; and Re­formed according to all our more late Discoveries.

ILLUSTRATED and ADORNED With XLVIII. Tables of Copper Sculpts, and their several Explications.

The most compleat thing of this kind, yet published in the English Tongue.

By WILLIAM SALMON, M. D. Living at the Great House by Black-Friers-Stairs, LONDON.

The Book is now in the Press, and will be finished with all the speed that may be.

Tab. I.
Tab. II.
Tab. III.
Tab. IV.
Tab. V.
Tab. VI.
Tab. VII.
Tab. VIII.
Tab. IX.
Tab. X.
Tab. XI.
Tab. XII.

This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Text Creation Partnership. Searching, reading, printing, or downloading EEBO-TCP texts is reserved for the authorized users of these project partner institutions. Permission must be granted for subsequent distribution, in print or electronically, of this EEBO-TCP Phase II text, in whole or in part.